Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout03-23-22 Special City Council Meeting Packet SPECIAL CITY COUNCIL MEETING Mayor Amáda Márquez Simula Councilmembers John Murzyn, Jr. Connie Buesgens Nick Novitsky Kt Jacobs City Manager Kelli Bourgeois City Hall—Council Chambers, 590 40th Ave NE Wednesday, March 23, 2022 3:00 PM AMENDED AGENDA ATTENDANCE INFORMATION FOR THE PUBLIC Members of the public who wish to attend may do so in-person, by calling 1-312-626-6799 and entering meeting ID 899 1496 1972 or by Zoom at https://us02web.zoom.us/j/89914961972. For questions please call the Administration Department at 763-706-3610. CALL TO ORDER/ROLL CALL ITEMS FOR CONSIDERATION 1. City Hall Floorplan, Design, and Snow Melt Overview. Discussion Only 2. City Hall Budget Update, Approval of Plans and Specifications, Ordering Advertisement for Bids, and City Manager Spending Authority Adjustments. MOTION: Move to waive the reading of Resolution 2022-42, there being ample copies available to the public. MOTION: Move to adopt Resolution 2022-42 approving plans and specifications and ordering advertisement for bids for the buildout of the City Hall Condominium at 3989 Central Avenue NE, City Project #1911. MOTION: Move to waive the reading of Resolution 2022-43, there being ample copies available to the public. MOTION: Move to adopt Resolution 2022-43 amending Resolution 2003-03 delegating authority to the city manager to award certain contracts and purchases for the city hall project. 3. Schedule City Hall Site Visit. ADJOURNMENT Auxiliary aids or other accommodations for individuals with disabilities are available upon request when the request is made at least 72 hours in advance. Please contact Administration at 763-706-3610 to make arrangements. 1 CITY COUNCIL MEETING AGENDA SECTION ITEM 1 MEETING DATE 3/23/22 ITEM: City Hall Floorplan, Design, and Snow Melt Overview. DEPARTMENT: Administration BY/DATE: Kelli Bourgeois, 3/21/22 CITY STRATEGY: (please indicate areas that apply by adding a bold “X” in front of the selected text below) _Safe Community _Diverse, Welcoming “Small-Town” Feel _Economic Strength _Excellent Housing/Neighborhoods _Equity and Affordability X Strong Infrastructure/Public Services _Opportunities for Play and Learning _Engaged, Multi-Generational, Multi-Cultural Population BACKGROUND: At their meeting on November 30, 2020 the City Council approved the floorplan for the new City Hall as prepared by architects, Leo A Daly. Since that time we have continued to refine the plans and make decisions on color pallet, IT, furniture, and other design elements; we have refined and expanded the scope of the snow melt system; and we now have 100% complete construction drawings and material and design selections made for the new space, and are ready to go to bid on the project. With this first agenda item, staff will present the final floorplan layout, provide a general overview of the design of the space, provide Council an opportunity to look at material samples in -person, and discuss the snow melt system. This review is a precursor to following agenda items where we discuss project budget updates and finally, where Council is asked to authorize going to bid on the project and expand the scope of the city manager’s spending authority for this project. With these actions, we will remain on track for a fall project completion and move-in in October of this year. RECOMMENDED MOTION(S): MOTION: No Motion Needed, Discussion Only ATTACHMENT(S):  Material and Finishes Board with Floor Plan  Lobby and Council Chamber Renderings 2 Item 1. 3 Item 1. 4 Item 1. 5 Item 1. INSET CARPET TILE RUG Motorized - no blackout needed Rendered Finish Plan QUARTZ COUNTER BACKSPLASH TILECABINET LAMINATE CABINET LAMINATE BACKSPLASH TILE QUARTZ COUNTER QUARTZ VANITY COUNTER GENERAL CARPET INSET CARPET TILE RUG COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL iOPENi CLLAOCBAiiRAOKMAiiRK iOPEiSSTNOSTAOKTFOEAiiR iLLIECPFENiDPNT ENYCRLOA SUHinUalEzelsUinpcEtyHUzhEzlnlspUoHzEphipErlmiUHEiHdErlvUlwEovlrinnEerojlspEeinlppl FLOOR TILE WOOD FINISH GENERAL  PAINT OPEN CEILING PAINT ACCENT CARPET BLEND CO N C E R E N C E A C C E N T C A R P E T CO N F E R E N C E A C C E N T C A R P E T ACCENT CARPET MIX OP E N C O L L A B A C C E N T C A R P E T 1 ACCENT WALLCOVERING OPTIONS BREAKROOM FLOORING PORCELAIN FLOOR TILE GAUGED PORCELAIN WALL TILE WOOD FINISH CHAMBER AND CONFERENCE CARPET ACCENT CEILING TREATMENT AND COLORS FLOOR TILE GENERAL PAINT NEUTRAL ACCENT PAINT OPEN CEILING PAINT CONFERENCE ACCENT PAINTS PLAN WITH ACCENT FINISHES INDICATED ACCENT WALLCOVERING WOOD FINISH ACCENT WALLCOVERING LIMESTONE LIMESTONE CABINET LAMINATE GENERAL PAINT ACCENT PAINT ROLLER SHADES 5% OPENNESS ROLLER SHADES 5% OPENNESS ROLLER SHADES BLACKOUT  6 Item 1. CITY COUNCIL MEETING AGENDA SECTION ITEM 2 MEETING DATE MARCH 23, 2022 ITEM: City Hall Budget Update, Approval of Plans and Specifications, Ordering Advertisement for Bids, and City Manager Spending Authority Adjustments. DEPARTMENT: Public Works, Administration, Community Development BY/DATE: Kevin Hansen; March 23, 2022 CITY STRATEGY: (please indicate areas that apply by adding a bold “X” in front of the selected text below) _Safe Community _Diverse, Welcoming “Small-Town” Feel _Economic Strength _Excellent Housing/Neighborhoods _Equity and Affordability X Strong Infrastructure/Public Services _Opportunities for Play and Learning _Engaged, Multi-Generational, Multi-Cultural Population BACKGROUND: At the Special City Council meeting of November 30, 2020, the Council reviewed the 95% complete Construction Drawings (CD plan set) for the new City Hall condominium and approved a project budget based on the 95% CD plan set. Since that meeting, the City’s contracted architect Leo A. Daly has completed the CD plan set, and the City is now ready to seek bids for the project. BUDGET UPDATE: Following receipt of the CD plan set by Leo A. Daly, staff forwarded the completed plans to the City’s construction management partner Doran for review. As part of their review, Doran has completed an updated budget for the project based on the complete CD plan set. Staff felt that it was necessary to review the budget prior to bidding due to expected price increases re lated to inflation, pandemic induced supply chain disruptions, and labor shortages that are now impacting construction projects nationwide. At the time of the November 2020 project budget approval, the estimate for the base construction costs for the City Hall condo space was $5,171,000. Based on the complete bidding plan set finished in 2022, Doran has estimated the total project cost for base construction at $5,998,044, a difference of approximately $827,044. The base buildout costs include the following primary elements:  General Interior Construction  Back-up generator  Snow melt system for the exterior sidewalk In addition to the base condominium construction costs, the new City Hall budget includes the following cost categories:  Permitting  Professional Services  Furniture  Technology 7 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights - Council Letter Page 2  Contingency The November 2020 budget total for these items was $1,491,056. Since that time, staff have secured more refined budget numbers for these cost categories, and the revised estimate is $2,170,584, or a difference of $679,528. The final (prior to bidding) budget estimate for all City Hall condominium costs is now $8,168,628. A more detailed budget breakdown for the entire project is attached. While the estimated cost has increased, the funding has remained essentially the same and still funding the project. PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS: The final plans and specifications for the City Hall condominium buildout are substantially complete. The advertisement for bids is scheduled to be published on April 1st, and the bid opening is scheduled for April 26th. Council award for contracts is expected to take place on May 9th. To keep this timeline, staff recommend that the Council approve Resolution 2022 -42 approving the plans and specifications and ordering advertisement for bids for the buildout of the City Hall condominium. RECOMMENDED MOTION(S): MOTION: Move to waive the reading of Resolution 2022-42, there being ample copies available to the public. MOTION: Move to adopt Resolution 2022-42 approving plans and specifications and ordering advertisement for bids for the buildout of the City Hall Condominium at 3989 Central Avenue NE, City Project #1911. MOTION: Move to waive the reading of Resolution 2022-43, there being ample copies available to the public. MOTION: Move to adopt Resolution 2022-43 amending Resolution 2003-03 delegating authority to the city manager to award certain contracts and purchases for the city hall project. ATTACHMENT(S):  Resolution 2022-42  Revised Project Budget  Project Schedule  City Hall Plans and Specifications  Resolution 2022-43 8 Item 2. RESOLUTION NO. 2022-42 A resolution of the City Council for the City of Columbia Heights, Minnesota, WHEREAS, following the site selection by the City Council on September 23rd 2019, the firm of Leo A Daly was hired on October 10th, 2019 to prepare plans and specifications for the City Hall Build Out, located at 3989 Central Avenue. NOW THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MINNESOTA 1. Such plans and specifications identified as the City Hall Build Out, City Project 1911 are hereby approved. 2. The City Clerk shall prepare and cause to be inserted in the official paper and in a trade journal an advertisement for bids upon making of such improvement under such approved plans and specifications. The advertisement shall be published a minimum of three weeks prior to the bid opening, shall specify the work to be done, shall state that bids will be received by representatives of the City Council of Columbia Heights until 10:00 a.m. on Tuesday, April 26th, 2022 at which time they will be publicly opened at the place designated, will then be tabulated and will be considered by the City Council on Monday, May 9th, 2022 in the Council Chambers. Any bidder whose responsibility is questioned during consideration of the bid will be given an opportunity to address the council on the issue of responsibility. No bids will be considered unless sealed and filed with the clerk and accompanied by a cash deposit, bid bond, or certified check payable to the City of Columbia Heights for 5 percent of the amount of such bid. ORDER OF COUNCIL Passed this 23rd day of March, 2022 Offered by: Seconded by: Roll Call: Amáda Márquez Simula, Mayor Attest: Sara Ion, City Clerk/Council Secretary 9 Item 2. RESOLUTION NO. 2022-43 A RESOLUTION AMENDING RESOLUTION 2OO3-03 DELEGATING AUTHORITY TO THE CITY MANAGER TO AWARD CERTAIN CONTRACTS AND PURCHASES FOR THE CITY HALL PROJECT WHEREAS, the Columbia Heights City Council has adopted Resolution 2003-03, a resolution delegating authority to the city manager to award contracts and purchases not to exceed $15,000 , and delegating additional authority to award purchases over $15,000 for merchandise for resale in the municipal liquor operation; and WHEREAS, by various prior actions the Columbia Heights City Council has adopted a project budget, approved site plans, and awarded significant contracts, all for the purpose of constructing and occupying a new city hall before 2023, within a specified project scope and estimated cost range; and WHEREAS, construction schedules, the logistics of relocating principal city offices, and procurement procedures for public purposes, all constrain this city hall project and make time of the essence for the remainder of the project period: Now, therefore, in accordance with all ordinances and regulations of the City of Columbia Heights, the City Council of the City of Columbia Heights makes the following: ORDER OF COUNCIL It is hereby resolved, that Resolution 2003-03 is amended to add the following: BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED that for one year following adoption of this amendment, the city manager is authorized to approve contract change orders and award purchases, over and above the $15,000 award limit, for purposes of constructing and occupying a new city hall, subject to the conditions in Minnesota statute and the City of Columbia Heights’ purchasing policy. Passed this 23rd day of March, 2022 Offered by: Seconded by: Roll Call: _________________________________ Mayor Amáda Márquez Simula __________________________________ Sara Ion, City Clerk 10 Item 2. 1911 LAD DATE:3/23/2022 FUNDING  ORIGINAL PROJECT  BUDGET   ADJUSTMENTS REMARKS 1 FUNDING SOURCE 1.01  Gov't Building Fund 411:$5,917,000 $5,977,668 1.02 Est excess Fund Balance from various funds:$1,600,000 $1,600,000 1.04 Development Escrow $421,000 $421,000 1.05 MWMO Grant $111,500 $131,000 Grant Funded 1.06 Anoka County Grant N/A 39,000$                 Grant Application TOTAL REVENUE:$8,049,500 8,168,668$            COSTS: PERMITS /OWNER COST/ OFF SITE COSTS 2.01 2019/20 Costs expensed to project (prior to closing) $77,000 50,000$                       Attorney fees / prof services 2.02 Off Site Development Costs $13,500 10,000$                        2.03 Plan Review  $13,000 11,495$                       Calc based on value 2.04 Building Permit $7,386 18,385$                       Calc based on value 2.05 SAC & WAC Charges  $0 ‐$                                  Developer SUBTOTAL: $110,886 89,880$                        3 FEES/SERVICES/BUDGETS 3.01 Architectural Fee ‐  $335,500 $335,500 LAD 3.01a Arch Change Order TBD under review 3.02 Architectural Reimbursable N/A N/A 3.03 Civil Engineering Fee N/A N/A 3.04 FF&E Design $40,000 N/A In 3.01 3.05 Technology Design $39,670 $39,670 Finepoint 3.06 Security Assessment Consultant $15,000 ‐$                                  alt source 3.07 Pre Construction Services N/A 15,000$                       Doran 3.08 Construction Manager Fees N/A 294,159$                     Doran 3.09 Construction Manager Reimbursable N/A 48,375$                       Doran 3.10 Site Survey N/A ‐$                                   3.11 Soil Investigation N/A ‐$                                   3.12 Construction Testing N/A ‐$                                   3.13 Blueprinting $3,000 ‐$                                  in CM fees 3.14 Bond Finance/Issuance Costs N/A ‐$                                   3.15 Insurance ‐ Builders Risk $2,250 ‐$                                  in CM fees 3.16 Legal, Etc.‐$                                   3.17 Relocation / Transportation Costs $25,000 5,000$                         TBD 3.18 Rap Consultant N/A ‐$                                   SUBTOTAL: $460,420 737,704$                     4 CONSTRUCTION COSTS 4.01 Interior Build‐out (Base) $4,495,000 5,300,000$                 3/18/2022 Doran pricing check 4.02 Exterior upgrades (Alatus) $421,000 421,000$                     Alatus Dev Agreement 4.03 Garage Vestibule $50,000 92,044$                       Updated 3/2022 4.04 Sidewalk snow melt system $115,000 185,000$                     MWMO grant 4.05 Generator $90,000 ‐$                                  in 4.01 SUBTOTAL: $5,171,000 5,998,044$                  5 FURNITURE / EQUIPMENT / TECHNOLOGY 5.01 Furniture Fixtures & Equipment‐ General $525,000 615,000$                      5.02 Technology (A/V, Servers, PC's, displays, phone) $125,000 270,000$                     Network switch, PC's, server, displays, Swa 5.03 Appliances $20,000 15,000$                        5.04 Copiers (main, multi‐function, engineering) $25,000 38,000$                        5.06 5.07 5.08 SUBTOTAL: $695,000 938,000$                     6 CONSTRUCTION CONTINGENCY 6.01 Construction Contingency $224,750 270,000$                     5% of base construction 6.02 Owner Contingency 135,000$                      SUBTOTAL: $224,750 405,000$                     TOTAL BUDGETED COSTS: $6,662,056 8,168,628$                  OVERALL PROJECT BUDGET CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS ‐ NEW CITY HALL PROJECT NO: ARCHITECT:  11 Item 2. 1 3/21/2022 1:28 PMDavid Huber Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 March 2022 Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 April 2022March 2022 Feb 27 28 Mar 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 Advertise For Bid 27 28 29 30 31 Apr 1 2 Advertise For Bid Post Bid SUNDAY MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY SATURDAY 12 Item 2. 2 3/21/2022 1:28 PMDavid Huber Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 April 2022 Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 May 2022April 2022 Mar 27 28 29 30 31 Apr 1 2 Post Bid Vendor Pre Bid Site Walk 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Post Bid Vendor RFI Deadline 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Post Bid Addendum Issue Date from Leo A. 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Post Bid Quote Category Bid's Due Bid Public Open - 2:00 PM Bid Review 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 Bid Review Project Review With Owner SUNDAY MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY SATURDAY 13 Item 2. 3 3/21/2022 1:28 PMDavid Huber Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 May 2022 Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 June 2022May 2022 May 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Project Start up and Administration 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Project Start up and Administration 8:00am City Council Meeting Bid Review #1 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Project Start up and Administration 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 Project Start up and Administration Project Start 8:00am Council Meeting Bid Review #2 29 30 31 Jun 1 2 3 4 SUNDAY MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY SATURDAY 14 Item 2. PROJECT NO. PLANNING ARCHITECTURE ENGINEERING INTERIORS COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS FEBRUARY 18, 2022 PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 15 Item 2. GENERAL SYMBOLS SCALE:B2 VIEW NAME 1/8" = 1'-0" A4 EARTH EARTH GRAVEL CONCRETE METALS BRICK CMU TILE STONE WOOD GYPSUM GLASS INSULATION REGULAR STEEL ALUMINUM FACE COMMON CMU CERAMIC MARBLE LIMESTONE FINISH BLOCKING PLASTER OR GWB LARGE SCALE SMALL SCALE BATT OR LOOSE RIGID SURFACE DETAIL TITLE BUILDING SECTION WALL SECTION EXTERIOR / INTERIOR ELEVATION INTERIOR MULTI-VIEW ELEVATION MATERIALS REFERENCE DETAIL SECTION AE402 C4 AE201 A1 AE305 SIM A1 AE305 SIM A1 AE305 SIM AE505 C3 A3 ELEVATION NUMBER SHEET ON WHICH ELEVATION IS DRAWN ELEVATION NUMBER SHEET ON WHICH ELEVATION IS DRAWN 1 ACTUAL SQ. FT. PROGRAMMED SQ. FT. ROOM NUMBER DOOR NUMBER KEYNOTE WALL TYPE REVISION NUMBER ELEVATION INDICATION COLUMN GRID IDENTIFICATION NORTH ARROW WINDOW NUMBER A1 EQUIPMENT TAG D NTRUE NORTH MATCHLINE BASE FINISH WALL FINISH ROOM NUMBER CEILING FINISH FLOOR FINISHFINISH , FINISH MATERIAL FINISH EXTENTS SPRAY FOAM B5 0 5 E ? 1t S W1 F W C B ROOM NAME A505B LAD_Finish-Floor LAD_Finish-Wall LAD_Finish-Ceiling LAD_Finish-Base ROOM NAME A505B 200 SF / 150 SF IN MN 4'-0" MIN. CLR OBSTRUCTION 2' - 1 1 " 5" 1' - 6 " 3'-4" 3'-6" MIN MAX 1'-0" STALL TO WALL 3'-6" MIN CLEAR 17" - 19" 3'-6" @S T A L L 1' - 0 " NOTES: 1. THE MOUNTING HEIGHT DIAGRAMS DO NOT NECESSARILY REPRESENT ALL OF THE WALL MOUNTED ITEMS FOR THE PROJECT. ADDITIONALLY, SOME ITEMS MAY BE SHOWN THAT ARE NOT IN THE PROJECT. COORDINATE W/ ARCHITECT FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT ON ITEMS NOT REPRESENTATED IN DIAGRAM. 2. PROVIDE BLOCKING AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT ALL WALL MOUNTED ITEMS (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, MAP RAILS, MARKER BOARDS, SIGNAGE, CASEWORK, MILLWORK, AND TOILET ACCESSORIES, ETC.). 3. THE REQUIREMENTS NOTED IN THE DIAGRAMS ILLUSTRATE BEST PRACTICES. GC IS STILL OBLIGATED TO MEET ALL NATIONAL AND LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS. CONTACT ARCHITECT IF A DISCREPANCY EXISTS. 4. ALL ACCESSORIES ARE TO BE 1-1/2" CLEAR OF EDGES OF GRASPABLE SURFACE OF A GRAB BAR. 5. COAT HOOK/BUMPER ON BACK OF STALL DOORS TO BE MOUNTED AT 48"AFF IN ACCESSIBLE AND AMBULATORY STALLS AND 60" IN STANDARD STALL 6. ALL EXPOSED PIPES WITHIN REQUIRED KNEE & TOE CLEARANCE ARE REQUIRED TO HAVE AN INSULATED PIPE WRAP 7. ALL LAVS & SINKS TO MEET REACH RANGE REQUIREMENTS TO DEPTH OF BOWL, UNO 8. SEE TOILET ROOM PLAN(S) FOR REQUIRED ACCESSORIES. TOILET ACCESSORY STYLES MAY VARY FROM REPRESENTED SYMBOL. ALL OPERATING MECHANISMS ARE TO BE WITHIN REACH RANGE PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED ACCESSIBLE MOUNTING HEIGHT. COORDINATE W/ ARCHITECT IF MANUFACTURER DOES NOT HAVE A RECOMMENDED ACCESSIBLE MOUNTING HEIGHT 9. AT TOILET ROOMS, TILE TO BE COORDINATED W/ WALL MOUNTED ITEMS. IF TILE TERMINATES BELOW WALL MOUNTED ITEM, PROVIDE BLOCKING AND SEALANT TO CLOSE OFF ANY GAPS. DO NOT RUN TILE AROUND ITEM. IF TILE TERMINATES HORIZONTALLY ALONG A WALL MOUNTED ITEM, COORDINATE TILE EXTENTS W/ ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALL OF TILE. 10. ALL ACCESSORIES ARE TO PROTRUDE LESS THAN 4" FROM WALL OR BE PLACED OUTSIDE OF A CIRCULATION PATH 11. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WALL-MOUNTED DEVICES AMONG ALL CONTRACTORSWHOSE DEVICES ARE TO BE LOCATED ON A GIVEN SURFACE. DEVICES SHALL BE ALIGNED WITH EACH OTHER AT A COMMON HEIGHT, AND SHALL COMPLY WITH ADA ACCESSIBLE MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND LOCAL CODES AS INDICATED IN THE DOCUMENTS. DEVICES THAT ARE MOUNTED HIGHER ON A WALL SHALL BE ALIGNED VERTICALLY WITH OTHER DEVICES PRESENT BELOW. WHERE ALIGNMENT, LOCATION, OR HEIGHTS ARE UNCLEAR, CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO INSTALLTION. GB GB GB 2' - 1 1 " OBSTRUCTION 5'-0" MIN CLEAR 1'-0"2'-0" ACCESSIBLE TRANSFER TOILET MOUNTING CRITERIA FOR UNIVERSAL DESIGN SIDE VIEW FRONT VIEW SIDE OBSTRUCTIONS 2'-6" CLEAR ACCESSIBLE URINAL FRONT VIEWSIDE VIEW EQ EQ @D I V I D E R S 1' - 0 " FORWARD OBSTRUCTION 4'-0" CLEAR TO TO P O F S E A T 1' - 5 " RI M 1' - 4 " CL E A R 2' - 3 " M I N 2' - 1 0 " M A X DEPTH 2'-1" MAX REACH 8" MIN MIN. 11" CLEAR 17" MIN 9" DASHED LINE INDICATES KNEE & TOE CLEARANCE RQMTS SIDE OBSTRUCTIONS 2'-6" CLEAR MIN CLEAR 3'-6" DOOR TO BE SELF-CLOSING & MOUNTED OPPOSITE SIDE TO TOILET IN-SWING DOOR 56" MIN CLEAR PLAN VIEW REFLECTIVE FACE 3'-4" MAX CLR 1'-3" CLR 1'-3" ALTERNATE DOOR LOCATION MAX 4" 78" MIN CLEAR IN MN 78" MIN CLEAR IN MN SIDE VIEW FRONT VIEW ACCESSIBLE LAVATORY ACCESSIBLE DRINKING FOUNTAIN TO SPOUT 2'-10" MAX MIN 9" MIN 2'-3" MIN 8" MIN 11" REQUIRED 3'-0" ACTUAL 17"-19"17"-19" SC ACCESSIBLE AMBULATORY TOILET FRONT VIEWSIDE VIEW 3'-10" OBSTRUCTION 5'-0" MIN CLEAR GB GB 2'-11" 6" 1'-6" MIN 3'-6" MAX 1'-0" GB GB SEAT 1'-5" TOP OF WALL MOUNTED ACCESSORIES -UNOBSTRUCTED SIDE VIEW 4'-0" HEIGHT 2'-10" MAX 5'-3" 4'-0" 3'-0" REFLECTIVE FACE 3'-4" MAX TRASH -PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER SOAP DISPENSER AUTO HAND DRYER MIRROR 3'-10" BABY CHANGING STATION ADA HOOK 40"MIN& 4'-0" MAX TO 1'-0" HOOKS 5'-2" SANITARY NAPKIN DISPENSER 4'-6" PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER 3'-1" TRASH RECEPTACLE 3'-1" SHELF WALL MOUNTED ACCESSORIES - OBSTRUCTED FORWARD APPROACH REACH RANGE 2'-1" MAX OBSTRUCTION SIDE VIEW 1'-3" RANGE REACH FRONT VIEW RECOMMENDED 2'-10" CLEAR 9" EQ EQ TPD SN D RECOMMENDED 3'-0" CLEAR STANDARD TOILET STALL SIDE VIEW FRONT VIEW 2'-0" RIM 1'-3" 60" MIN CLEAR SC 3'-10" ALIGN SIDE OBSTRUCTIONS 2'-6" CLEAR STANDARD URINAL FRONT VIEWSIDE VIEW EQ EQ @DIVIDERS 1'-0" RIM 2'-0" MIN 1'-3" ACCESSIBLE UNIT STANDING PERSON UNIT 1'-3"MIN WALL MOUNTED ACCESSORIES -UNOBSTRUCTED STD OUTLET WALL MOUNTED ACCESSORIES - OBSTRUCTED PARALLEL APPROACH REACH RANGE 2'-0" MAX TYPICAL OBSTRUCTION. SEE APPLICABLE CODE FOR ADDITIONAL DEPTH REQUIREMENTS SIDE VIEW 4'-0" 1'-3" RANGE REACH 1'-6" PUBLIC PHONE SWITCH DEVICE CONTROL PANELS ALIGN TO TOP OF DEVICE OPERABLE THERMOSTAT CARD READER POWER ASSIST ACTUATOR 3'-2" DOOR 3'-0" MIN 8" EMERGENCY PULL STATION FIRE EXTING'R FIRE EXTING'R CABINET 5'-0" MAX LIGHT SWITCH NON-OPERABLE VISUAL DEVICE (ALIGN W/ DOOR HEAD WHERE ALLOWED) BRAILLE TACTILE SIGNAGE ALLOWED MOUNTING ZONE TACTILE ROOM SIGNAGE 4'-0" 1'-0" C THERMOSTAT. SEPARATE FROM SWITCH DEVICES AT LEAST 12" MIN 1'-0" OPERATING MECHANISM 3'-8" MAX TO COAT CLOSET SIDE VIEW ACCESIBLE ROD & SHELF STANDARD ROD & SHELF 3" 4'-0" 3" 5'-6" 4" MAX MAX PROJECTION INTO CIRCULATION PATH NOTE: WHERE SHELF IS NOT INCLUDED, PROVIDE ROD MOUNTING HEIGHT EQUAL TO SHELF MOUNTING HEIGHT AS SHOWN OF OUTLET 3'-4" CL ALIGN BOTTOM OF ACCESSORIES IF POSSIBLE ALIGN BOTTOM OF ACCESSORIES IF POSSIBLE 17" - 19" MAX 4" COORDINATE W/ MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT DOORWAYS CLEAR TO OBSTRUCTION MIN 1'-1" MIN 1'-1" COORDINATE W/ MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT DOORWAYS 38"-43" TO SPOUT STANDARD INSTALLATION 74" MIN FOR STANDARD INSTALLATION 74" MIN FOR NOTE: DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE MUNFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED ACCESSIBLE MOUNTING HEGHTS UNO 2"MIN L CLCLCL CL CL CL CL CL CLCLCL CL CL CL CL CL CL CL CL CL CL CL CL CL CL CLCL CL GENERAL NOTES 3'-4" CL 36" MAX ADA SPOUT IN MN 4'-0" MIN. CLR OBSTRUCTION MIN 4'-6" *PROTRUDING DISPENSER MOUNTING ZONE. 1'-6"2'-0" 1'-6" 1 1/2" *AREA CAN INCREASE IF DISPENSERS ARE FULLY RECESSED. SEE APPLICABLE CODE 1'-6"2'-0" 1'-6"1 1/2" *PROTRUDING DISPENSER MOUNTING ZONE. *AREA CAN INCREASE IF DISPENSERS ARE FULLY RECESSED. SEE APPLICABLE CODE NOTE: AT AMBULATORY STALLS, DOORS IS REQUIRED TO SWING OUT NOTE: EXPOSED PIPES SHALL BE INSULATED OR PANEL PROTECTION MEETING KNEE-TOE CLEARANCES OPERAT'G MECHANISM 3'-10" TOP OF MIN 4'-6" 4'-6" MIN ALIGN SURFACE 2'-10" WORK MA X . MIN. 2'-4" WORKSURFACE A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company 2/18/2022 3:50:44 PM \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS SHEET INDEX, GENERAL NOTES, SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS G002 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 Checker Author Designer PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SS SERVICE SINK / SANITARY SEWER SSM SOLID SURFACE MATERIAL SSO STORM SEWER OVERFLOW SST STAIR TREAD SSTL STAINLESS STEEL STA STATION STD STANDARD STE STANDARD TAPERED END STIFF STIFFENER STIR STIRRUP STL STEEL STOR STORAGE STR STRUCTURAL SUSP SUSPENDED SW SWITCH SWGR SWITCHGEAR SYM SYMMETRICAL T T TREAD T&B TOP AND BOTTOM T&G TONGUE AND GROOVE TC TOP OF CURB TE TOP ELEVATION TEL TELEPHONE TEMP TEMPERATURE TERR TERRAZZO TLT TOILET TOPO TOPOGRAPHY TOS TOP OF STEEL TOW TOP OF WALL TP TOP OF PAVEMENT TRANS TRANSVERSE TS TRANSITION STRIP TYP TYPICAL U UC UNDERCUT UG UNDERGROUND UH UNIT HEATER UNO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE UR URINAL UV UNIT VENTILATOR V V VOLT VAV VARIABLE AIR VOLUME VC VERTICAL CURVE VCP VITRIFIED CLAY PIPE VCT VINYL COMPOSITION TILE VERT VERTICAL VEST VESTIBULE VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE VTR VENT THROUGH ROOF VWC VINYL WALL COVERING W W WATT / WATER W/ WITH W/O WITHOUT WAGD WASTE ANESTHESIA GAS DISPOSAL WC WATER CLOSET / WALL COVERING WD WOOD WDB WOOD BASE WDF WOOD FLOOR WDP WOOD PANEL WDW WINDOW WDWF WINDOW FILM WGD WALL GUARD WH WATER HEATER / WALL HYDRANT WP WEATHERPROOF WPFG WATERPROOFING WS WATER STOP WT WEIGHT / WINDOW TREATMENT WWF WELDED WIRE FABRIC X XFMR TRANSFORMER Y YD YARD YH YARD HYDRANT P P PAINT / PUMP / PENDANT PA PASCAL PART PARTITION PAVT PAVEMENT PC POINT OF CURVATURE / PRIVACY CURTAIN PCF POUNDS PER CUBIC FOOT PED PEDESTAL PERP PERPENDICULAR PHC PREHEAT COIL PHVAC PLUMBING, HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING PI POINT OF INTERSECTION PIV POST INDICATOR VALVE PKG PARKING PL PLASTIC LAMINATE / PROPERTY LINE / PLATE PLAS PLASTER PLBG PLUMBING PLF POUNDS PER LINEAR FOOT PLYWD PLYWOOD PNL PANEL POL CONC POLISHED CONCRETE PR PAIR PRF POURED RESINOUS FLOORING PROJ PROJECTION PRV PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE PSF POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT PSI POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH PT POINT OF TANGENCY PTB PORCELAIN TILE BASE PTF PORCELAIN TILE FLOOR PTVC POINT OF VERTICAL CURVATURE PTW PORCELAIN TILE WALL PVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PVI POINT OF VERTICAL INTERSECTION PVT POINT OF VERTICAL TANGENCY Q QTB QUARRY TILE BASE QTF QUARRY TILE FLOOR QZP QUARTZ POLYMER R R RADIUS / REGISTER RA RETURN AIR RAF RAISED ACCESS FLOORING RB RESILIENT BASE RCP REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE RD ROOF DRAIN REF REFERENCE REFL REFLECTED REG REGISTER REINF REINFORCED REQD REQUIRED REV REVERSE / REVISION RF RETURN FAN RGS RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL RH ROOF HOOD / RELATIVE HUMIDITY / REHEAT RHC REHEAT COIL RM ROOM RO ROUGH OPENING ROW RIGHT OF WAY RS RESILIENT SHEET RT RESILIENT TILE S S STAIR / STAIN / SURFACE / SANITARY SA SUPPLY AIR / SOUND ATTENUATOR SAN SANITARY SCH SCHEDULE SD SMOKE DAMPER / SUB DRAIN / STORM SEWER SECT SECTION SF SUPPLY FAN SHT SHEET SIM SIMILAR SOG SLAB-ON-GRADE SP SUMP PUMP SPEC SPECIFICATIONS SQ SQUARE KPA KILOPASCALS KS KITCHEN SINK KV KILOVOLT KVA KILOVOLT AMPERE KW KILOWATTS L L LITER LA LABORATORY AIR LAB LABORATORY LAM LAMINATE LAV LAVATORY LBS POUNDS LF LINEAR FEET LIN LINEAR LINO LINOLEUM LL LIVE LOAD LLH LONG LEG HORIZONTAL LLV LONG LEG VERTICAL LMU LIGHTWEIGHT MASONRY UNITS LONG LONGITUDINAL LPM LITERS PER MINUTE LT LIGHT LT WT LIGHT WEIGHT LTG LIGHTING LV LABORATORY VACUUM LVL LEVEL LVT LUXURY VINYL TILE M M METER M2 SQUARE METER M3 CUBIC METER MA MEDICAL AIR MAINT MAINTENANCE MAR MARBLE MAS MASONRY MAT MATERIAL MAX MAXIMUM MB METAL BASE MBH 1000 BTUH MDO MEDIUM DENSITY OVERLAY MECH MECHANICAL MET METAL MFR MANUFACTURER MG MOTOR GENERATOR / MEDICAL GAS MH MANHOLE MIN MINIMUM MIR MIRROR MLO MAIN LUGS ONLY MM MILLIMETER MO MASONRY OPENING MP METAL PANEL MT METAL TRANSITION MTD MOUNTED MTG MOUNTING MULL MULLION MV MEDICAL VACUUM N N NITROGEN N2O NITROUS OXIDE NEC NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE NFPA NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION NIC NOT IN CONTRACT NO NUMBER NOM NOMINAL NTS NOT TO SCALE O O/S OFFSET OA OUTSIDE AIR OBD OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER OC ON CENTER OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF OUTSIDE FACE OPNG OPENING OPP OPPOSITE OX OXYGEN OZ OUNCE FF&E FURNITURE, FIXTURE, AND EQUIPMENT FH FIRE HYDRANT FHC FIRE HOSE CABINET FIN FINISH FIX FIXTURE FL FLOOR FM FORCE MAIN / FACTORY MUTUAL FP FIREPROOFING / FIRE PUMP FPM FEET PER MINUTE FR FIRE RATED FRP FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC FS FLOW SWITCH FT FEET FTG FOOTING FVC FIRE VALVE CABINET G G GAS / GRILLE GA GAGE GALV GALVANIZED GB GRAB BAR GBD GRAVITY BACKDRAFT DAMPER GEN GENERATOR GFRC GLASS FIBER REINFORCED CONCRETE GI GALVANIZED IRON GL GLASS GLB GLASS BLOCK GLP GLASS PANEL GLT GLASS TILE GP GLAZED PAINT GPM GALLONS PER MINUTE GR GRADE GRV GRAVITY ROOF VENTILATOR GT GROUT GWB GYPSUM WALLBOARD GYP GYPSUM H HB HOSE BIBB HC HEATING COIL HDNR HARDENER HDW HARDWARE HDWD HARDWOOD HK1E HOOK ONE END HK2E HOOK TWO ENDS HM HOLLOW METAL HNDRL HANDRAIL HORIZ HORIZONTAL HP HORSEPOWER HPT HIGH POINT HR HOUR HS HIGH STRENGTH HT HEIGHT HTG HEATING HTR HEATER HVAC HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING HW HOT WATER HWC HOT WATER CIRCULATING HZ HERTZ I IA INSTRUMENT AIR IC INTERCOM ID INSIDE DIAMETER IE INVERT ELEVATION IF INSIDE FACE IN INCH INSUL INSULATION INT INTERIOR J JAN JANITOR JB JUNCTION BOX JP JOCKEY PUMP JST JOIST JT JOINT K KC MIL THOUSAND CIRCULAR MILS KCJ KEYED CONSTRUCTION JOINT KIT KITCHEN CPT CARPET CR CRASH RAIL CS CONCRETE SEALER CSF CUBIC FEET PER SECOND CT CERAMIC TILE / COOLING TOWER CTB CERAMIC TILE BASE CTF CERAMIC TILE FLOOR CTR CENTER CTW CERAMIC TILE WALL CU CONDENSING UNIT CUH CABINET UNIT HEATER CUYD CUBIC YARD CW COLD WATER D D DRAIN / DIFFUSER DA DENTAL AIR DBL DOUBLE DEPR DEPRESSED DEPT DEPARTMENT DET DETAIL DF DRINKING FOUNTAIN DIA DIAMETER DIAG DIAGONAL DIFF DIFFUSER DIP DUCTILE IRON PIPE DISC DISCONNECT DISP DISPENSER DIST DISTRIBUTION DK DECK DL DEAD LOAD DN DOWN DO DITTO DPR DAMPER DR DOOR DS DOWNSPOUT DV DENTAL VACUUM DWG DRAWING DWL DOWEL DWP DOMESTIC WATER PUMP E EA EACH / EXHAUST AIR ECT ENTRY CARPET TILE EF EACH FACE / EXHAUST FAN EJ EXPANSION JOINT EL ELEVATION ELEC ELECTRIC(AL) ELEV ELEVATOR EMBED EMBEDMENT EMD ESTIMATED MAXIMUM DEMAND EMT ELECTRICAL METAL TUBING ENG ENTRANCE GRATING EP EPOXY PAINT EQ EQUAL EQUIP EQUIPMENT ET EXPANSION TANK / EPOXY TERRAZZO ETB EPOXY TERRAZZO INTEGRAL COVE BASE EVAC MEDICAL GAS EVACUATION EW EACH WAY EWC ELECTRICAL WATER COOLER EWH ELECTRICAL WATER HEATER EXH EXHAUST EXP EXPOSED EXPN EXPANSION EXST EXISTING EXT EXTERIOR F F FIRE MAIN FA FIRE ALARM FCU FAN COIL UNIT FD FLOOR DRAIN / FIRE DAMPER FD / SD COMBINATION FIRE AND SMOKE DAMPER FDC FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION FDN FOUNDATION FDR FEEDER FE FIRE EXTINGUISHER FEC FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET A A/C AIR CONDITIONING AB ANCHOR BOLT / AIR BLENDER ABS ACRYLONITRILE-BUTADIENE-STYRENE AC ALTERNATING CURRENT / AIR COMPRESSOR ACP ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE ACU AIR CONDITIONING UNIT AD AREA DRAIN ADA AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT ADJ ADJACENT / ADJUSTABLE ADR ACCESS DOOR AFF ABOVE FINISH FLOOR AHJ AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AHU AIR HANDLING UNIT AL ALUMINUM ALT ALTERNATE APC ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILING APPROX APPROXIMATELY APT APARTMENT ARCH ARCHITECT(URAL) ASPH ASPHALT ATB AIR TERMINAL BOX ATC ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILING ATD AIR TRANSFER DUCT ATU AIR TERMINAL UNIT AUX AUXILIARY AVG AVERAGE AWT ACOUSTICAL WALL TREATMENT AZ AZIMUTH B BB BALLED AND BURLAPPED BD BOARD BDD BACK DRAFT DAMPER BE BOTTOM ELEVATION BL BUILDING LINE BLDG BUILDING BLKG BLOCKING BM BENCH MARK / BEAM BR BARE ROOT BRG BEARING BTU BRITISH THERMAL UNIT BTUH BRITISH THERMAL UNIT PER HOUR C C/C CENTER TO CENTER CAB CABINET CB CIRCUIT BREAKER / CATCH BASIN CC COOLING UNIT CE COVER ELEVATION CEM CEMENT CFM CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE CG CORNER GUARD CH CHILLER CI CURB INLET / CAST IRON CIP CAST IRON PIPE CJ CONTROL JOINT OR CONTRACTION JOINT CKT CIRCUIT CL CENTER LINE CLG CEILING CLO CLOSET CLR CLEAR CM CENTIMETER CMH CUBIC METER PER HOUR CMP CORRUGATED METAL PIPE CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT CO CLEANOUT / CARBON MONOXIDE CO2 CARBON DIOXIDE COL COLUMN COMB COMBINATION / COMBINE COMP COMPRESSIBLE CONC CONCRETE CONN CONNECTION CONST CONSTRUCTION CONT CONTINUOUS / CONTINUATION CONTR CONTRACTOR CORR CORRIDOR CP CEMENT PIPE ABBREVIATIONS GENERAL NOTES ARCHITECTURAL 1. REPORT ALL CONFLICTS AND/OR DISCREPANCIES IN PLANS / DOCUMENTS TO ARCHITECT FOR CLARIFICATION PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. 2. CONTRACTOR IS TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS, UTILITY LOCATIONS, AND/OR DIMENSIONS, WETHER OR NOT SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS, PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. 3. THIS PROJECT WILL HAVE ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, AND/OR FIRE SERVICE STUB-UPS INTO THE CITY HALL SUITE BY OTHERS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL LOCATIONS FOR EXTENSION OR CONNECTION TO / INTO ALL SERVICES BEING PROVIDED BY OTHERS, PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. 4. IF ANY ASBESTOS OR LEAD MATERIALS ARE ENCOUNTERED, STOP WORK IMMEDIATELY AND NOTIFY THE OWNER / CONSTRUCTION MANAGER / ARCHTECT. 5. REFER TO INTERIORS, MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL, FIRE PROTECTION, AND AV / LOW VOLTAGE DRAWINGS FOR RELATED SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS, ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, AND/OR COORDINATION WITH THESE PLANS. 6. FLOOR AND/OR ROOF PENETRATIONS / SLEEVES HAVE BEEN PROVIDED / COORDINATED BEY OTHERS PRIOR TO STARTING THIS WORK. THE FLOOR / ROOF SLABS ARE POST TENSION (PT) CONCRETE SLABS AND THE USE OF GROUND-PENETRATING RADAR (GPR) IS REQUIRED TO CUT IN NEW SLEEVES. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE UP TO FIVE (5) GPR AND SLEEVES UP TO 6" IN DIAMETER AS A PART OF THE BASE BID. 7. NO CUTTING INTO THE EXISTING FLOOR OR ROOF SLABS IS ALLOWED WITHOUT PRIOR AUTHORIZATION AND PERHAPS GPR SURVEY. CONNECTION TO THE EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR / ROOF SLABS IS ALLOWED WITHOUT THIS SERVICE. 8. THE CONTRACTOR IS CONFIRM THE LEVELNESS OF ALL EXISTING SLABS, PRIOR TO STARTING WORK AND PROVIDE LEVELING MATERIALS AS REQUIRED TO MEET THE FINISH REQUIREMENTS OF THE ELEMENTS DETAILED. 9. ELEMENTS AND/OR AREAS SHOWN WITH GRAY HATCH/FILL (EXTERIOR WALL, STRUCTURAL COLUMNS, ETC) ON DRAWINGS ARE EXISTING / BASE BUILDING SCOPE TO BE PROVIDED BY DEVELOPER / OTHERS. COORDINATION WITH THESE EXISTING ELEMENTS IS REQUIRED AS INIDICATED AND DETAILED. 10. DIMENSIONS ARE TO CENTERLINE OF PARTITIONS, FACE OF CMU, FACE OF EXISTING FINISH OR FACE OF EXISTING COLUMNS UNLESS SHOWN OR NOTED OTHERWISE. 11. ALL PARTITIONS SHALL EXTEND FROM FLOOR TO THE UNDERSIDE OF DECK ABOVE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 12. SEE DIMENSION PLANS FOR WALL TYPE INDICATORS, AND SHEET A105 FOR PARTITION TYPE DETAILED INFORMATION. 13. INSTALL CONTINUOUS CAULKING / SEALANT AROUND ALL METAL FRAMES (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TOO ALUMINUM STOREFRONTS / ENTRANCES, HOLLOW METAL OPENINGS / FRAMES, ACCESS PANELS, ETC.) UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 14. INSTALL CONTINUOUS CAULKING / SEALANT AROUND EGDE OF ALL COUNTEROPS / SIDESPLASH / BACKSPLASHES TO ADJACENT SRUFACE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 15. CONTROL JOINTS SHALL BE PROVIDED AT EACH CORNER ABOVE DOORS (AT EACH SIDE) IN STUD AND GWB PARTITIONS. 16. SEE THE CODE SUMMARY AND LIFE SAFETY SHEET FOR RATED WALL LOCATIONS AND OTHER CODE RELATED REQUIREMENTS. 17. PATCH AND REPAIR EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN WHICH IS DAMAGED OR DISTURBED. CORRECTIONS ARE TO MATCH EXISTING NEARBY ELEMENTS OR BE RESTORED TO ORIGINAL CONDITION. IF ITEM CAN NOT BE REPAIRED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE THE ELEMENT / ITEM IN ITS ENTIRETY. WHERE ELEMENTS ARE INDICATED TO ABUT OR ADJOIN EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN, SAWCUT OR OTHERWISE REMOVE TO PROVIDE A CLEAN EDGE. 18. EXPANSION JOINTS AT ALL FLOORS, CEILINGS AND WALLS THAT ARE EXPOSED TO VIEW SHALL BE COVERED WITH EXPANSION JOINT COVERS APPROPRIATE FOR FINISHED SURFACES. 19. PROVIDE WOOD BLOCKING FOR ALL WALL HUNG / MOUNTED ELEMENTS (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TOO CASEWORK, GRAB BARS, TOILET ACCESSORIES, FINISHES, MILLWORK, SIGNAGE). BLOCKING SHALL BE CONTINUOUS AND LOCATED BOTH AT BOTTOM AND TOP OF EQUIPMENT. 20. PENETRATIONS THROUGH NON-RATED FLOORS, WALLS, AND OTHER ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE SEALED AT BOTH SIDES WITH MATERIALS APPROPRIATE TO THE ASSEMBLY CONSTRUCTION TO REDUCE SOUND TRANSMISSION. 21. PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE-RATED FLOORS, WALLS, AND OTHER ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE PROTECTED BY MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION DETAILS THAT CONFORM TO UL OR OTHER APPROVED LISTINGS AND MATCH THE RATING OF THE CONSTRUCTION BEING PENETRATED. 22. VERIFY CLEARANCE REQUIRED FOR INSTALL OF RECESSES, OR SEMI-RECESSED EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES, NOTIFY ARCHITECT IF SPECIFIED WALL TYPES DO NOT PRVIDE ADEQUATE SPACE FOR PROPER INSTALLATION PRIOR TO ORDERING EQUIPMENT. 23. LOCATED HINGE SIDE / EDGE OF DOOR/FRAME OPENING (HM AND ALUM.) 4" CLEAR FROM ADJACENT PERPENDICUALR WALL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 24. SEE G002 FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS OF PLUMBING FIXTURES AND OTHER ACCESSORIES. 25. ALL SANITARY SEWER LINES FOR APARTMENTS ABOVE CITY OFFICES TO BE CONCEALED IN SOFFITS, SEE AE114. CONTRACTOR TO VERFIY LOCATIONS IN FEILD. TWO LAYERS 5/8" GWB AND SOUND ATTENUATION BATTS TYP. NO. DESCRIPTION DATE SHEET INDEX GENERAL G001 COVER SHEET G002 SHEET INDEX, GENERAL NOTES, SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS G100 CODE SUMMARY, LIFE SAFETY PLAN G200 SLAB PENETRATION SLEEVE DRAWING - AREA A - FOR REFERENCE ONLY G202 SLAB PENETRATION SLEEVE DRAWING - AREA C - FOR REFERENCE ONLY G203 SLAB PENETRATION SLEEVE DRAWING - AREA A - FOR REFERENCE ONLY ARCHITECTURAL AE100 FLOOR PLAN - OVERALL AE101 FLOOR PLAN - AREA A AE101 DIM DIMENSION PLAN AND WALL TYPES - AREA A AE102 FLOOR PLAN - AREA B AE102 DIM DIMENSION PLAN AND WALL TYPES - AREA B AE103 FLOOR PLAN - AREA C AE103 DIM DIMENSION PLAN AND WALL TYPES - AREA C AE105 PARTITION TYPES & DETAILS AE110 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - OVERALL AE111 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - AREA A AE112 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - AREA B AE113 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - AREA C AE114 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - OVERALL PLENUM AE320 WALL SECTIONS AE400 ENLARGED PLANS AND ELEVATIONS - TOILET ROOMS AE420 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS AE421 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS AE422 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS AE500 DOOR SCHEDULE, HM FRAME DETAILS, ALUMINUM STOREFRONT DETAILS AE501 DOOR & STOREFRONT FRAME TYPES AE502 DETAILS - COUNCIL CHAMBERS AE503 DETAILS - LOBBY AE504 DETAILS - LOBBY AE505 DETAILS - CEILING AE511 DETAILS - CASEWORK AE512 DETAILS - CASEWORK INTERIOR IF101 FURNITURE PLAN - AREA A IF102 FURNITURE PLAN - AREA B IF103 FURNITURE PLAN - AREA C IN101 FINISH PLAN - AREA A IN102 FINISH PLAN - AREA B IN103 FINISH PLAN - AREA C IN501 INTERIOR DETAILS IN601 SCHEDULES FIRE PROTECTION F001 FIRE PROTECTION GENERAL NOTES FA101 FIRE ALARM PLAN - LEVEL 1 - AREA A FA102 FIRE ALARM PLAN - LEVEL 1 - AREA B FA103 FIRE ALARM PLAN - LEVEL 1 - AREA C FX101 FIRE SUPPRESSION PLAN - LEVEL 1 - AREA A FX102 FIRE SUPPRESSION PLAN - LEVEL 1 - AREA B FX103 FIRE SUPPRESSION PLAN - LEVEL 1 - AREA C PLUMBING P001 PLUMBING SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS P100 LEVEL P1 PLUMBING PLAN OVERALL P101 LEVEL P1 PLUMBING PLAN - AREA A P102 LEVEL P1 PLUMBING PLAN - AREA B P103 LEVEL P1 PLUMBING PLAN - AREA C P200 PLUMBING PLAN OVERALL P201 PLUMBING PLAN - AREA A P202 PLUMBING PLAN - AREA B P203 PLUMBING PLAN - AREA C P401 ENLARGED PLUMBING PLANS P501 PLUMBING DETAILS P601 PLUMBING SCHEDULES P701 PLUMBING RISER DIAGRAM - DOMESTIC WATER AREA A AND B P702 PLUMBING RISER DIAGRAM - DOMESTIC WATER AREA C P703 PLUMBING RISER DIAGRAM - SANITARY WASTE AND VENT AREA A AND B P704 PLUMBING RISER DIAGRAM - SANITARY WASTE AND VENT AREA C P705 CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING RISER DIAGRAM P706 GAS PIPING RISER DIAGRAM MECHANICAL M001 MECHANICAL TITLE SHEET M100 HVAC DUCTWORK PLAN - LEVEL 1 OVERALL M101 HVAC DUCTWORK PLAN - LEVEL 1 AREA A M102 HVAC DUCTWORK PLAN - LEVEL 1 AREA B M103 HVAC DUCTWORK PLAN - LEVEL 1 AREA C M110 MECHANICAL SNOWMELT PLAN M200 HVAC PIPING PLAN - LEVEL 1 OVERALL M201 HVAC PIPING PLAN - LEVEL1 AREA A M202 HVAC PIPING PLAN - LEVEL 1 AREA B M203 HVAC PIPING PLAN - LEVEL 1 AREA C M300 HVAC ENLARGED PLANS & SECTIONS M400 HVAC DETAILS & DIAGRAMS M401 HVAC DETAILS M500 HVAC SCHEDULES M501 SNOW MELTING SCHEDULES ELECTRICAL E001 ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS E201 POWER PLAN - AREA A E202 POWER PLAN - AREA B E203 POWER PLAN - AREA C E204 ELECTRICAL ROOF PLAN E301 LIGHTING PLAN - AREA A E302 LIGHTING PLAN - AREA B E303 LIGHTING PLAN - AREA C E401 ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES AND DETAILS E500 ELECTRICAL PANEL SCHEDULES E600 ELECTRICAL ONE LINE DIAGRAM AV / TECHNOLOGY TA001 TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS GENERAL NOTES AND SYMBOLS TA100 TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS OVERALL AREA PLAN TA101 AUDIO VISUAL STSTEMS PLAN - AREA A TA102 AUDIO VISUAL STSTEMS PLAN - AREA B TA103 AUDIO VISUAL STSTEMS PLAN - AREA C TA111 SOUND MASKING SYSTEMS PLAN - AREA A TA112 SOUND MASKING SYSTEMS PLAN - AREA B TA113 SOUND MASKING SYSTEMS PLAN - AREA C TA201 AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEMS ELEVATIONS TA202 AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEMS ELEVATIONS TA203 AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEMS ELEVATIONS TA204 AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEMS ELEVATIONS TA501 AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEMS DETAILS TA601 AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEMS ONE LINE DIAGRAMS TA602 AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEMS ONE LINE DIAGRAMS TA603 AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEMS ONE LINE DIAGRAMS TA604 AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEMS ONE LINE DIAGRAMS TA605 AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEMS ONE LINE DIAGRAMS TA606 AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEMS ONE LINE DIAGRAMS TA607 AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEMS ONE LINE DIAGRAMS TN101 TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PLAN - AREA A TN102 TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PLAN - AREA B TN103 TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PLAN - AREA C TN104 TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS ENLARGED PLANS & ELEVATIONS TN501 TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS DETAILS TY101 ELECTRONIC SAFETY & SECURITY SYSTEMS PLAN - AREA A TY102 ELECTRONIC SAFETY & SECURITY SYSTEMS PLAN - AREA B TY103 ELECTRONIC SAFETY & SECURITY SYSTEMS PLAN - AREA C TY501 UnnamedELECTRONIC SAFETY & SECURITY SYSTEMS DETAILS 16 Item 2. UP DN ANN OCCUPANCY B / AREA NAME 150 SF 00 00 OCC. 1 HOUR FIRE BARRIER PER IBC SECTION 706. OPENINGS FIRE RATED FOR 90 MINUTES UNLESS SHAFT, EXIT ENCLOSURE, OR EXIT PASSAGEWAY WALLS WHICH REQUIRE 1 HOUR RATED OPENINGS. 2 HOUR FIRE BARRIER PER IBC SECTION 706. OPENINGS FIRE RATED FOR 90 MINUTES. 3 HOUR FIRE BARRIER PER IBC SECTION 706. OPENINGS FIRE RATED FOR 3 HOURS INDICATES NUMBER OF OCCUPANTS EXITING ON EGRESS PATH EGRESS PATH WITH NAME, SEGMENT LENGTH, AND DIRECTION INDICATED EXIT INDICATOR BASIC: WITH NAME OF EXIT AND TOTAL OCCUPANTS EXITING INDICATED IBC OCCUPANCY GROUP ROOM (NET) AND AREA (GROSS) TAGS INDICATING SQUARE FOOTAGE / OCCUPANCY LOAD FACTOR, AND RESULTING OCCUPANCY BELOW FB FB FB 0 CODE ANALYIS LEGEND EXIT INDICATOR ADVANCED: WITH NAME OF EXIT, TOTAL OCCUPANTS EXITING INDICATED, SIZE OF OPENING VS ACUTAL OPENING WIDTH 165 165 0.2 X 165 = 33" MIN ACTUAL = 34.25" PATH A NOTE:RATED CONSTRUCTION TO BE COMPLETED BY DEVELOPER AS PART OF SHELL CONSTRUCTION. EXTERIOR WALLS, FLOORS, ETC. ARE CONSIDERED EXISTING CONDITIONS CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS - CITY HALL TENANT UPFIT CODE / LIFE SAFETY ANALYSIS / SUMMARY / NARRATIVE LOCATION: 3989 Cental Ave NE Columbia Heights, MN55421 APPLICABLE CODES INCLUDE: 2020 Minnesota Building Code (MnBC) 2020 Minnesota Energy Code 2020 Minnesota Accessibility Code 2020 Minnesota Fire Code 2020 Minnesota Mechanical and Fuel Gas Code 2015 Minnesota Plumbing Code 2020 National Electric Code USE & OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION (Chapter 3 MnBC) Occupancy Group: Mixed Use Non-Separated; B (Office), A-3 (Assembly), and S1 (Storage) SMALL ASSEMBLY SPACES (Section 303.1.2). The following rooms and spaces shall not be classified as Assembly occupancies: 1. A room or space used for assembly purposes with an occupant load of less than 50 persons and accessory to another occupancy shall be classified as a Group B occupancy or as part of that occupancy. 2. A room or space used for assembly purposes that is less than 750 square feet (70 m2) in area and accessory to another occupancy shall be classified as Group B occupancy or as part of that occupancy. ALLOWABLE BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS (Tables 504.3, 504.4, & 506.2) Allowable Height (Tables 504.3 & 504.4): Type IA & Groups A & B : = UL, UL Actual Height:= 1 Story, Approx. 16 Feet (Height) Allowable Area (Table 506.2):= UL Actual Area:= 21,055 SF (Gross, Tenant Suite) Note: City Hall project is a build-out of an existing shell space. Primary building Construction Type indicated based on existing conditions to remain. NONSEPARATED OCCUPANCIES (SECTION 508.3 - MnBC) • Occupancy Classification (Section 508.3.1 - MnBC): Nonseparated occupancies shall be individually classified in accordance with Section 302.1. The requirements of this code shall apply to each portion of the building based on the occupancy classification of that space. The most restrictive provisions of Chapter 9 (Fire Protection Systems) that apply to the nonseparated occupancies shall apply to the total nonseparated occupancy area. -COMPLIES. • Allowable Building Area and Height (Section 508.3.2 MnBC): The allowable building area and height og the building or portion thereof shall be based on the most restrictive allowances for the occupancy groups under consideration for the type of construction of the building in accordance with Section 503.1. - COMPLIES. • Allowances are the same for both Group B & A-3 occupancy types based on Type I-A construction. TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION (Chapter 6 - MnBC) Type of Construction - Type I-A (Fully Sprinkled) FIRE RESISTANCE RATING (Table 601 & 602 MnBC) - Existing Shell and Interior Buildout Building Element Rating Primary Structural Frame 3 Bearing Walls - Exterior 3 Bearing Walls - Interior 3 Nonbearing Walls and Partitions - Exterior 0 Nonbearing Walls and Partitions - Interior 0 Floor Construction and Associated Secondary Members 2 Roof Construction and Associated Secondary Members 1-1/2 DESIGN OCCUPANT LOAD (Table 1004.1.2 - MnBC) See the Life Safety Plan for occupant loads per this table. Total Occupant Load = 350 Occupants (Type B = 118, Type A = 323) POSTING OF OCCUPANCT LOAD (Section 1005 - MnBC) Every room or space that is an assembly occupancy shall have the occupant load of the room or space posted in a conspicuous place, near the main exit or exit access doorway from the room or space. Posted signs shall be of an approved legilble permanent design and shall be maintained by the owner or authorized agent. - COMPLIES. Note: All code required signage will be provided by the owner in a seperate package to align with design of other office signage. all code required signs will be installed in advance of certificate of occupancy for code official review and approval. MEANS OF EGRESS SIZING (Section 1005 - MnBC) • Other Egress Components (Section 1005.3.2 MnBC). The capacity, in inches, of means of egress components other than stairways shall be calculated by multiplying the occupant load served by such component by a means of egress capacity factor of 0.2 inch (5.1 mm) per occupant. • Distribution of minimum width and required capacity (Section 1005.5 - MnBC).Where more than one exit, or access to more than one exit, is required, the means of egress shall be configured such that the loss of any one exit shall not reduce the available capacity or width to less than 50 percent of the required capacity or width. EGRESS BASED ON OCCUPANT LOAD AND COMMON PATH OF EGRESS TRAVEL DISTANCE (Section 1006.2.1) Two exits or exist access doorways from any space shall be provided where the design occupant load or the common path of egress travel distance exceeds the values listed in Table 1006.2.1. The cumulative occupant load from adjacent rooms, areas or spaces shall be determined in accordance with Section 1004.2 - COMPLIES SPACES WITH ONE EXIT OR EXIT ACCESS DOORWAY (Table 1006.2.1 - MnBC) Group A Occupancy spaces with a maximum occupant load of 49 persons and equipped with a sprinkler system shall have a common path of egress of 75 ft. - COMPLIES. (see Life Safety Plan) TWO EXITS OR EXIT ACCESS DOORWAYS (Section 1007.1.1 - MnBC) Where two exits, exit access doorways, exit access stairways or ramps, or any combination thereof, are required from any portion of the exit access, they shall be placed a distance apart equal to not less than one-half of the length of the maximum overall diagonal dimension of the building or area to be served measured in a straight line between them. Exception 2. Where a building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2, the separation distance shall be not less than one-third of the length of the maximum overall diagonal dimension of the area served. ACCESSIBLE MEANS OF EGRESS REQUIRED (Section 1009.1 - MnBC) Accessible means of egress shall comply with this section. Accessible spaces shall be provided with not less than one accessible means of egress. Where more than one means of egress is required by Section 1006.2 or 1006.3 from any accessible space, each accessible portion of the space shall be served by not less than two accessible means of egress. EGRESS THROUGH INTERVENING SPACES (Section 1016.2 -MnBC) Egress from a room or space shall not pass through adjoining or intervening rooms or areas, except where such adjoining rooms or areas and the area served are accessory to one or the other, are not a Group H occupancy and provide a discernable path of egress travel to an exit. EXIT ACCESS TRAVEL DISTANCE (Table 1017.2 - MnBC) Type A Occupancy (with sprinkler system) = 250 ft. - COMPLIES. Type B Occupabcy (with sprinkler system) = 300 ft. - COMPLIES CORRIDOR FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING (Table 1020.1 MnBC) Type A & B Occupancies where a corridor serves greater than 30 persons and is equipped throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system shall have a 0 hour rated requirement for corridor walls. MINIMUM CORRIDOR WIDTH (Table 1020.2 MnBC) Minimum required corridor width shall be 44 inches per table. EXIT DISCHARGE (Section 1028.1 - MnBC) Exits shall discharge directly to the exterior of the building. The exit discharge shall be at grade or shall provide a direct path of egress travel to grade. The exit discharge shall not reenter a building.- COMPLIES. MINIMUM PLUMBING FIXTURE REQUIREMENTS (Table 2902.1 - MnBC) See table for compliance LIFE SAFETY ANALYSIS PLUMBING FIXTURES (MNBC TABLE 2902.1) WATER CLOSETS WATER CLOSETS MALE FEMALE LAVATORIES (M/F) DRINKING FOUNTAINS SERVICE SINK B: OFFICES / STORAGE TOTAL OCCUPANTS = 255 OCC. MIN. REQ. 1/25: 1ST 50 THEN 1/50 1/25: 1ST 50 THEN 1/50 1/40: 1ST 80 THEN 1/80 1/100 1 2.5 14.193.63.6 A/3: ASSEMBLY TOTAL OCCUPANTS = 162 OCC. MIN. REQ. 1/500 1 .324 1.811.25.65 (COUNCIL CHAMBER & FIRESIDE/ MULTIPURPOSE ROOM) 1/2001/651/125 TOTAL: B + A/3 REQ. PROVIDED 2.5 + .324 = 3 1 3* 1 4.19 + .81 = 53.6 + 1.25 = 53.6 + .65 = 5 6*** 7** 9** *INCLUDES HARD PLUMBED WATER COOLERS **INCLUDES SINGLE USER RESTROOM ***INCLUDES URINALS GENERAL NOTES: 1. SEE LIFE SAFETY ANALAYSIS ON SHEET G100 FOR ADDITIONAL CODE INFORMATION. 2. ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES ARE TO BE INSTALLED PER CURRENT LOCAL CODES, TYPICAL. 3. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR FIXTURE TYPES. (INCLUDES ASSEMBLY SPACES WITH FEWER THAN 50 PERSONS OR LESS THAN 750SF IN AREA) IBC Occupancy Groups (Ch. 3) Accessory Storage Areas, Mechanical Equipment Room Assembly w/o Fixed Seats - Unconcentrated (Tables and Chairs) Business Areas /1769 SF 15 COUNCIL CHAMBERS 118 OCC. /37 SF 300 CUSTODIAL 1 OCC. OCCUPANCY A-3 OCCUPANCY A-3 OCCUPANCY S-1 /125 SF 300 AV ROOM / STORAGE 1 OCC. /243 SF 300 STORAGE 1 OCC. 34 35 59 59 23 22 OCCUPANCY B BREAK & CONFERENCE ROOMS CLASSIFIED AS B OCCUPANCY. MnBC SECTION 303.1.2, EXCEPTIONS 1 & 2 CONFERENCE ROOM CLASSIFIED AS B OCCUPANCY MnBC SECTION 303.1.2, EXCEPTIONS 1&2. OF ROOM =15'-3" 28'-4 3/4" > 1/3 DIA. 169EXIT A 0.2 X 169 = 33.8" MIN ACTUAL = 72" 86 EXIT B 0.2 X 86 = 17.2" MIN ACTUAL = 36" CONFERENCE ROOM CLASSIFIED AS B OCCUPANCY MnBC SECTION 303.1.2, EXCEPTIONS 1&2. CONFERENCE ROOMS CLASSIFIED AS B OCCUPANCY. MnBC SECTION 303.1.2, EXCEPTIONS 1 & 2 LOBBY SEATING AREA CLASSIFIED AS B OCCUPANCY MnBC 303.1.2, EXCEPTIONS 1 & 2 /666 SF 15 COUNCIL CHMABERS CONFERENCE ROOM 45 OCC. OCCUPANCY A-3 /1027 SF 15 FIRESIDE/ MULTIPURPOSE ROOM 69 OCC. /123 SF 300 STORAGE 1 OCC. /57 SF 300 STORAGE 1 OCC. /23 SF 300 CUSTODIAL 1 OCC. /134 SF 300 STORAGE 1 OCC. /468 SF 300 MECHANICAL 2 OCC. /112 SF 300 ELECTRICAL 1 OCC. /203 SF 300 SERVER ROOM 1 OCC./101 SF 300 STORAGE 1 OCC. /92 SF 300 STORAGE 1 OCC. /156 SF 300 STORAGE 1 OCC. /15517 SF 150 BUSINESS AREA 104 OCC. EX I S T I N G B U I L D I N G T O R E M A I N (O U T S I D E O F P R O J E C T S C O P E EX I S T I N G B U I L D I N G T O R E M A I N (O U T S I D E O F P R O J E C T S C O P E EXISTING BUILDING TO REMAIN (OUTSIDE OF PROJECT SCOPE OCCUPANCY B OCCUPANCY B OCCUPANCY B OCCUPANCY B EXISTING 1-HOUR FIRE BARRIER TO REMAIN. ALL PENTRATIONS THROUGH THIS WALL REQUIRED RATED ASSUMBLIES EQUAL TO THE RATING OF THE WALL EXISTING RATED OPENINGS TO REMAIN. EXISTING 1-HOUR FIRE BARRIER TO REMAIN. ALL PENTRATIONS THROUGH THIS WALL REQUIRED RATED ASSUMBLIES EQUAL TO THE RATING OF THE WALL EXISTING 1-HOUR FIRE BARRIER TO REMAIN. ALL PENTRATIONS THROUGH THIS WALL REQUIRED RATED ASSUMBLIES EQUAL TO THE RATING OF THE WALL EXISTING 3-HOUR FIRE BARRIER TO REMAIN. ALL PENTRATIONS THROUGH THIS WALL REQUIRED RATED ASSUMBLIES EQUAL TO THE RATING OF THE WALL EXISTING 1-HOUR FIRE BARRIER TO REMAIN. ALL PENTRATIONS THROUGH THIS WALL REQUIRED RATED ASSUMBLIES EQUAL TO THE RATING OF THE WALL EXISTING 2-HOUR FIRE BARRIER TO REMAIN. ALL PENTRATIONS THROUGH THIS WALL REQUIRED RATED ASSUMBLIES EQUAL TO THE RATING OF THE WALL COMMON PATH OF EGRESS TRAVEL (DISTANCE TO TWO EXITS) • 70'-4" < 100' (COMPLIES) EXIT ACCES TRAVEL DISTANCE (TOTAL DISTANCE TILL BUILDING IS EXITED) • PATH A = 137'-9" < 300' (COMPLIES) • PATH B = 296'-8" < 300' (COMPLIES) PATH A PA T H B COMMON PATH OF EGRESS TRAVEL (DISTANCE TO TWO EXITS) • 34'-6" < 100' (COMPLIES) EXIT ACCES TRAVEL DISTANCE (TOTAL DISTANCE TILL BUILDING IS EXITED) • PATH A = 130'-4" < 300' (COMPLIES) • PATH B = 223'-11" < 300' (COMPLIES) PA T H B PA T H A PA T H A PA T H B EXIT ACCES TRAVEL DISTANCE (TOTAL DISTANCE TILL BUILDING IS EXITED) • PATH A = 148'-11" < 250' (COMPLIES) • PATH B = 73'-0" < 250' (COMPLIES) PA T H A PA T H B EXIT ACCES TRAVEL DISTANCE (TOTAL DISTANCE TILL BUILDING IS EXITED) • PATH A = 97'-1" < 250' (COMPLIES) • PATH B = 90'-8" < 250' (COMPLIES) 81EXIT C 0.2 X 81 = 16.2" MIN ACTUAL = 36" EXISTING 1-HOUR FIRE BARRIER TO REMAIN. ALL PENTRATIONS THROUGH THIS WALL REQUIRED RATED ASSUMBLIES EQUAL TO THE RATING OF THE WALL EXIT ACCES TRAVEL DISTANCE (TOTAL DISTANCE TILL BUILDING IS EXITED) • PATH A = 139'-7" < 250' (COMPLIES) • PATH B = 147'-1" < 250' (COMPLIES) PA T H A PA T H B EXISTING RATED EXIT CORRIDOR A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company 2/18/2022 3:50:53 PM \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CODE SUMMARY, LIFE SAFETY PLAN G100 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 Checker Author Designer PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N NO. DESCRIPTION DATE SCALE:3/32" = 1'-0"A4 LIFE SAFETY PLAN 17 Item 2. A B C D E F 1 2 3 4 5 A.4 E.6 2.1 2-1/2" SLEEVE THROUGH THE FLOOR 4" SLEEVE THROUGH FLOOR 3" SLEEVE THROUGH THE FLOOR 2-1/2" SLEEVE THROUGH THE FLOOR 2-1/2" SLEEVE THROUGH THE FLOOR 2-1/2" SLEEVE THROUGH THE FLOOR 4" SLEEVE THROUGH THE FLOOR 3" SLEEVE THROUGH THE FLOOR 15'-3 1/8" 14'-6 1/2" 14'-1" 1'-0" 2'-2 1/2" 2'-0" 1'-11" 4'-1 7/8" 1'-4" 1'-4" 2'-3" 12'-9 1/4" 1'-1 3/4" 2'-10 1/2" 4" SLEEVE THROUGH THE P1 LEVEL FLOOR 1'-0" 4 1/2" 1'-0" 6" 4" SLEEVE THROUGH THE P1 LEVEL FLOOR 7" 1'-1" 5" SLEEVE THROUGH THE P1 LEVEL FLOOR 1'-2 1/2" 4 1/2" 3" SLEEVE THROUGH THE P1 LEVEL FLOOR 6" 6" 9" 5'-3" (3) 4" SLEEVE THROUGH THE FLOOR 7'-2" 2'-3"(2) 3" SLEEVE THROUGH THE FLOOR 3'-1 1/2" 2-1/2" SLEEVE THROUGH THE FLOOR 2'-3" 7'-1 1/2" 4 1/4" 4 1/2" 6 1/2" (3) 2-1/2" SLEEVE THROUGH THE FLOOR 3'-6" 3'-10" 2" SLEEVE THROUGH THE FLOOR 2'-2" 4'-6" 3" SLEEVE THROUGH THE FLOOR 6" 1'-0" 7" 2'-11 1/2"2'-5" (3) 5" SLEEVE THROUGH THE FLOOR 2'-5" 7" (2) 5" SLEEVE THROUGH THE FLOOR 2'-6" 5" 3" SLEEVE THROUGH THE FLOOR 2'-6" 4'-7" 2-1/2" SLEEVE THROUGH THE FLOOR 8 5/8" 1'-2" 2'-6 1/4" 2'-4 1/2" 2'-10" 6'-0" 2'-8 3/4" 2'-7" 2'-5" 10'-8" 14'-0" 13'-2" 2'-9" 10'-7" 6'-6" 6'-6" 6" DIAMETER SLEEVE6"6" DIAMETER SLEEVE 8" DIAMETER SLEEVE 6" DIAMETER SLEEVE 6" DIAMETER SLEEVE 6" DIAMETER SLEEVE 6" DIAMETER SLEEVE 6" DIAMETER SLEEVE 7 1/2" 10'-2 1/2" 3" DIAMETER SLEEVE 7 1/2" 2'-7 1/2" 3" DIAMETER SLEEVE 6'-4 3/8" 10'-1 5/8" 3" DIAMETER SLEEVE A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company 2/18/2022 3:50:55 PM \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS SLAB PENETRATION SLEEVE DRAWING - AREA A - FOR REFERENCE ONLY G200 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 Checker Author Designer PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N NO. DESCRIPTION DATE SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"1 FLOOR PENETRATION COORDINATION - AREA A 18 Item 2. A B C D E F 5 6 7 8 8.1 A.4 E.6 6" SLEEVE THROUGH FLOOR 4" SLEEVE THROUGH FLOOR 3" SLEEVE THROUGH THE FLOOR 4" SLEEVE THROUGH FLOOR 2-1/2" SLEEVE THROUGH THE FLOOR 4" SLEEVE THROUGH THE FLOOR 3" SLEEVE THROUGH THE FLOOR 4" SLEEVE THROUGH FLOOR 2-1/2" SLEEVE THROUGH THE FLOOR 4" SLEEVE THROUGH FLOOR 2-1/2" SLEEVE THROUGH THE FLOOR 2-1/2" SLEEVE THROUGH THE FLOOR 1'-4" 12'-9 1/4" 1'-1 3/4" 2'-10 1/2" 7" 1'-1" 5" SLEEVE THROUGH THE P1 LEVEL FLOOR 1'-2 1/2" 4 1/2" 3" SLEEVE THROUGH THE P1 LEVEL FLOOR 1'-0 1/2" 4 1/2" 4" SLEEVE THROUGH THE P1 LEVEL FLOOR 7'-1 1/2" 4 1/4" 4 1/2" 6 1/2" (3) 2-1/2" SLEEVE THROUGH THE FLOOR 3'-6" 3'-10" 2" SLEEVE THROUGH THE FLOOR 2'-2" 4'-6" 3" SLEEVE THROUGH THE FLOOR 6" 1'-0" 7" 2'-11 1/2"2'-5" (3) 5" SLEEVE THROUGH THE FLOOR 2'-5" 7" (2) 5" SLEEVE THROUGH THE FLOOR 2'-6" 5" 3" SLEEVE THROUGH THE FLOOR 2'-6" 4'-7" 2-1/2" SLEEVE THROUGH THE FLOOR 1 1/8" 8'-9 3/4" 14'-11" 9" 1'-10" 8'-9 3/4" 2'-10 3/4" 14'-11" 1'-10" 3'-3 1/2" 4'-0 3/8" 2'-10 3/4" 3'-4 1/4" 2'-0" 2'-0" 5'-4 3/8" 4" SLEEVE THROUGH THE FLOOR 11 1/2" 1'-8 3/4" 1'-6 1/2" 11'-6 3/4" 11'-6 3/4"2-1/2" SLEEVE THROUGH THE FLOOR 3'-3 1/8" 3'-4 1/4" 1'-2 5/8" 4" SLEEVE THROUGH THE FLOOR 1'-2" 2'-6 1/4" 8'-4 5/8" 14'-8 1/4" 2'-5" 10'-8" 2'-9" 10'-7" 6'-6" 6'-6" 2'-5" 5" 4'-4" 5'-4" 4'-6" 6'-0" 6" DIAMETER SLEEVE 6" DIAMETER SLEEVE 6" DIAMETER SLEEVE 6" DIAMETER SLEEVE 6" DIAMETER SLEEVE 6" DIAMETER SLEEVE 6" DIAMETER SLEEVE 6" DIAMETER SLEEVE 6" DIAMETER SLEEVE 7 1/2" 2'-7 1/2" 3" DIAMETER SLEEVE A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company 2/18/2022 3:50:59 PM \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS SLAB PENETRATION SLEEVE DRAWING - AREA B - FOR REFERENCE ONLY G201 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 Checker Author Designer PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N NO. DESCRIPTION DATE SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"1 FLOOR PENETRATION COORDINATION - AREA B 19 Item 2. A B C D E F 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 8.1 A.4 E.6 11.2 11.4 12.1 6" SLEEVE THROUGH FLOOR 6" SLEEVE THROUGH FLOOR 4" SLEEVE THROUGH FLOOR 3" SLEEVE THROUGH FLOOR 3" SLEEVE THROUGH THE FLOOR 3" SLEEVE THROUGH THE FLOOR 4" SLEEVE THROUGH THE FLOOR 2-1/2" SLEEVE THROUGH THE FLOOR 3" SLEEVE THROUGH THE FLOOR 2-1/2" SLEEVE THROUGH THE FLOOR 2-1/2" SLEEVE THROUGH THE FLOOR 4" SLEEVE THROUGH THE FLOOR 4" SLEEVE THROUGH THE FLOOR 1'-0 1/2" 4 1/2" 4" SLEEVE THROUGH THE P1 LEVEL FLOOR 5 1/4" 3'-8 1/2" 1'-2 5/8" 1 3/4" 1'-7" 3" SLEEVE THROUGH THE FLOOR 4" SLEEVE THROUGH FLOOR 6'-6 5/8" 2'-6" 1'-11 1/4" 3'-2" 1 1/2" 3'-2" 1'-4" 4" SLEEVE THROUGH THE FLOOR 3'-4" 1'-0 3/4" 1'-6" 1'-10" 8 1/2" 1'-1 1/2" 5'-4" 3'-4" 4 3/4" 1'-0 1/2" 3'-7 3/4"1'-4" 1'-4" 5'-9" 5'-1 1/4" 1'-9 1/8" 1'-1 3/8" 2'-11" 2'-5 3/8" 7"1'-5" 1'-6" 2'-0 1/2" 1'-5 1/2" 5'-7 1/2" 5'-7 1/2" 3'-8 7/8"16'-1 3/4" 3'-0" 6'-3" 1 1/2" 7'-7 1/2" 7'-9" 7'-6" 5'-4" 5" 17'-8" 5" 6" DIAMETER SLEEVE 6" DIAMETER SLEEVE 3" DIAMETER SLEEVE 6" DIAMETER SLEEVE 3" DIAMETER SLEEVE 6" DIAMETER SLEEVE 8" DIAMETER SLEEVE 6" DIAMETER SLEEVE 6" DIAMETER SLEEVE A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company 2/18/2022 3:51:02 PM \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS SLAB PENETRATION SLEEVE DRAWING - AREA C - FOR REFERENCE ONLY G202 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 Checker Author Designer PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N NO. DESCRIPTION DATE SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"1 FLOOR PENETRATION COORDINATION - AREA C 20 Item 2. A B C D E F 1 2 3 4 5 A.4 E.6 2.1 13x47 30x34 4'-3 1/2" 12'-5 3/8" 1'-8 3/4" 1'-8 3/8" 2'-4 7/8" 3'-10 1/4" 2'-3 1/8" 3'-3" 10" 6'-7" 4" SLEEVE THROUGH THE FLOOR 34" x 38" OPENING THROUGH THE FLOOR FOR 30X34 DUCTWORK 1-3/4" SLEEVE THROUGH THE FLOOR 3" SLEEVE THROUGH THE FLOOR 1'-0" 17" x 51" OPENING THROUGH THE FLOOR FOR 13X47 DUCTWORK 14'-7" CLR. OPG. 3'-0" 4'-10 3/8" 3'-0" CLR. OPENING 8'-0" 36" X 96" OPENING THROUGH THE FLOOR FOR ROOF HATCH A B C D E F 1 2 3 4 5 A.4 E.6 2.1 A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company 2/18/2022 3:51:05 PM \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS SLAB PENETRATION SLEEVE DRAWING - AREA A - FOR REFERENCE ONLY G203 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 Checker Author Designer PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N NO. DESCRIPTION DATE SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"1 FLOOR PENETRATION COORDINATION - LEVEL 2 21 Item 2. UP DN A B C D E F G H J 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 A.4 E.6 H.5 11.2 11.4 12.1 2.1 CONFERENCE ROOM 171 CITY MANAGER OFFICE 169 OFFICE 168 OFFICE 167 CONFERENCE ROOM 166 BREAK ROOM 144 OFFICE 173 OFFICE 172 OFFICE 162 OFFICE 147 PRINT ROOM 161 OFFICE 148 WEATHER VESTIBULE 170 JANITOR & STORAGE 143 WELLNESS ROOM 145 OFFICE 138 OFFICE 137 HR FILE ROOM 140 FINANCE FILE ROOM 139 MECHANICAL ROOM 133 ELECTRICAL ROOM 135 SERVER ROOM 142 IT / IS WORK ROOM 141 OFFICE 136 WOMEN'S STAFF RESTROOM 125 MEN'S STAFF RESTROOM 128 JANITOR'S CLOSET 127 SURVEY STORAGE 130 CONFERENCE ROOM 153 OFFICE 152 OFFICE 154 TABLE & CHAIR STORAGE 155 OFFICE 158 OFFICE 157 VESTIBULE 126 SECURE FILE STORAGE 123 OFFICE 116 FIRESIDE/ MULTI-PURPOSE ROOM 120 COPY/ COLATING ROOM 124 CONFERENCE ROOM 114 JANITOR'S CLOSET 108 MEN'S PUBLIC RESTROOM 110 VESTIBULE 113VESTIBULE 100 PUBLIC LOBBY 101 PU B L I C C O R R I D O R 11 2 CONFERENCE ROOM 107 COUNCIL CHAMBERS AV ROOM 105 TABLE AND CHAIR STORAGE 106 COATS/COFFEE ALCOVE 103 COUNCIL CHAMBER 102 RECEPTION / PUBLIC COUNTERS 118 OPEN OFFICE 119 CO R R I D O R 11 5 CORRIDOR 132 OPEN OFFICE WORK AREA 150 OPEN OFFICE 163 CORRIDOR 164 CORRIDOR 146 CO R R I D O R 13 1 CORRIDOR 121 CO R R I D O R 15 6 OPEN OFFICE 159 CO R R I D O R 16 2 CO R R I D O R 16 0 THIS AREA NOT WITHIN THIS PROJECT (SHOWN IN GRAY) TH I S A R E A N O T WI T H I N T H I S P R O J E C T (S H O W N I N G R A Y ) TH I S A R E A N O T WI T H I N T H I S P R O J E C T (S H O W N I N G R A Y ) TH I S A R E A N O T WI T H I N T H I S P R O J E C T (S H O W N I N G R A Y ) UNISEX RESTROOM 109 J.1 WOMEN'S PUBLIC RESTROOM 111 SOUND VESTIBULE 104 OFFICE 117 COPY ALCOVE 149 COFFEE / BREAK 151 COPY ALCOVE 165 COPY ALCOVE 122 AE101 A1 AE102 A1 AE103 A1 A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/18/2022 3:56:20 PM \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS FLOOR PLAN - OVERALL AE100 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 MPK LAD LAD AML PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:3/32" = 1'-0"A2 FLOOR PLAN - OVERALL NO. DESCRIPTION DATE GENERAL NOTES ARCHITECTURAL 1. REPORT ALL CONFLICTS AND/OR DISCREPANCIES IN PLANS / DOCUMENTS TO ARCHITECT FOR CLARIFICATION PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. 2. CONTRACTOR IS TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS, UTILITY LOCATIONS, AND/OR DIMENSIONS, WETHER OR NOT SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS, PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. 3. THIS PROJECT WILL HAVE ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, AND/OR FIRE SERVICE STUB-UPS INTO THE CITY HALL SUITE BY OTHERS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL LOCATIONS FOR EXTENSION OR CONNECTION TO / INTO ALL SERVICES BEING PROVIDED BY OTHERS, PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. 4. IF ANY ASBESTOS OR LEAD MATERIALS ARE ENCOUNTERED, STOP WORK IMMEDIATELY AND NOTIFY THE OWNER / CONSTRUCTION MANAGER / ARCHTECT. 5. REFER TO INTERIORS, MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL, FIRE PROTECTION, AND AV / LOW VOLTAGE DRAWINGS FOR RELATED SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS, ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, AND/OR COORDINATION WITH THESE PLANS. 6. FLOOR AND/OR ROOF PENETRATIONS / SLEEVES HAVE BEEN PROVIDED / COORDINATED BEY OTHERS PRIOR TO STARTING THIS WORK. THE FLOOR / ROOF SLABS ARE POST TENSION (PT) CONCRETE SLABS AND THE USE OF GROUND-PENETRATING RADAR (GPR) IS REQUIRED TO CUT IN NEW SLEEVES. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE UP TO FIVE (5) GPR AND SLEEVES UP TO 6" IN DIAMETER AS A PART OF THE BASE BID. 7. NO CUTTING INTO THE EXISTING FLOOR OR ROOF SLABS IS ALLOWED WITHOUT PRIOR AUTHORIZATION AND PERHAPS GPR SURVEY. CONNECTION TO THE EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR / ROOF SLABS IS ALLOWED WITHOUT THIS SERVICE. 8. THE CONTRACTOR IS CONFIRM THE LEVELNESS OF ALL EXISTING SLABS, PRIOR TO STARTING WORK AND PROVIDE LEVELING MATERIALS AS REQUIRED TO MEET THE FINISH REQUIREMENTS OF THE ELEMENTS DETAILED. 9. ELEMENTS AND/OR AREAS SHOWN WITH GRAY HATCH/FILL (EXTERIOR WALL, STRUCTURAL COLUMNS, ETC) ON DRAWINGS ARE EXISTING / BASE BUILDING SCOPE TO BE PROVIDED BY DEVELOPER / OTHERS. COORDINATION WITH THESE EXISTING ELEMENTS IS REQUIRED AS INIDICATED AND DETAILED. 10. DIMENSIONS ARE TO CENTERLINE OF PARTITIONS, FACE OF CMU, FACE OF EXISTING FINISH OR FACE OF EXISTING COLUMNS UNLESS SHOWN OR NOTED OTHERWISE. 11. ALL PARTITIONS SHALL EXTEND FROM FLOOR TO THE UNDERSIDE OF DECK ABOVE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 12. SEE DIMENSION PLANS FOR WALL TYPE INDICATORS, AND SHEET A105 FOR PARTITION TYPE DETAILED INFORMATION. 13. INSTALL CONTINUOUS CAULKING / SEALANT AROUND ALL METAL FRAMES (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TOO ALUMINUM STOREFRONTS / ENTRANCES, HOLLOW METAL OPENINGS / FRAMES, ACCESS PANELS, ETC.) UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 14. INSTALL CONTINUOUS CAULKING / SEALANT AROUND EGDE OF ALL COUNTEROPS / SIDESPLASH / BACKSPLASHES TO ADJACENT SRUFACE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 15. CONTROL JOINTS SHALL BE PROVIDED AT EACH CORNER ABOVE DOORS (AT EACH SIDE) IN STUD AND GWB PARTITIONS. 16. SEE THE CODE SUMMARY AND LIFE SAFETY SHEET FOR RATED WALL LOCATIONS AND OTHER CODE RELATED REQUIREMENTS. 17. PATCH AND REPAIR EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN WHICH IS DAMAGED OR DISTURBED. CORRECTIONS ARE TO MATCH EXISTING NEARBY ELEMENTS OR BE RESTORED TO ORIGINAL CONDITION. IF ITEM CAN NOT BE REPAIRED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE THE ELEMENT / ITEM IN ITS ENTIRETY. WHERE ELEMENTS ARE INDICATED TO ABUT OR ADJOIN EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN, SAWCUT OR OTHERWISE REMOVE TO PROVIDE A CLEAN EDGE. 18. EXPANSION JOINTS AT ALL FLOORS, CEILINGS AND WALLS THAT ARE EXPOSED TO VIEW SHALL BE COVERED WITH EXPANSION JOINT COVERS APPROPRIATE FOR FINISHED SURFACES. 19. PROVIDE WOOD BLOCKING FOR ALL WALL HUNG / MOUNTED ELEMENTS (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TOO CASEWORK, GRAB BARS, TOILET ACCESSORIES, FINISHES, MILLWORK, SIGNAGE). BLOCKING SHALL BE CONTINUOUS AND LOCATED BOTH AT BOTTOM AND TOP OF EQUIPMENT. 20. PENETRATIONS THROUGH NON-RATED FLOORS, WALLS, AND OTHER ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE SEALED AT BOTH SIDES WITH MATERIALS APPROPRIATE TO THE ASSEMBLY CONSTRUCTION TO REDUCE SOUND TRANSMISSION. 21. PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE-RATED FLOORS, WALLS, AND OTHER ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE PROTECTED BY MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION DETAILS THAT CONFORM TO UL OR OTHER APPROVED LISTINGS AND MATCH THE RATING OF THE CONSTRUCTION BEING PENETRATED. 22. VERIFY CLEARANCE REQUIRED FOR INSTALL OF RECESSES, OR SEMI-RECESSED EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES, NOTIFY ARCHITECT IF SPECIFIED WALL TYPES DO NOT PRVIDE ADEQUATE SPACE FOR PROPER INSTALLATION PRIOR TO ORDERING EQUIPMENT. 23. LOCATED HINGE SIDE / EDGE OF DOOR/FRAME OPENING (HM AND ALUM.) 4" CLEAR FROM ADJACENT PERPENDICUALR WALL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 24. SEE G002 FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS OF PLUMBING FIXTURES AND OTHER ACCESSORIES. 25. ALL SANITARY SEWER LINES FOR APARTMENTS ABOVE CITY OFFICES TO BE CONCEALED IN SOFFITS, SEE AE114. CONTRACTOR TO VERFIY LOCATIONS IN FEILD. TWO LAYERS 5/8" GWB AND SOUND ATTENUATION BATTS TYP. 22 Item 2. A B C D E F 1 2 3 4 5 A.4 E.6 CONFERENCE ROOM 171 CITY MANAGER OFFICE 169 OFFICE 168 OFFICE 167 CONFERENCE ROOM 166 BREAK ROOM 144 OFFICE 173 OFFICE 172 OFFICE 162 OFFICE 147 PRINT ROOM 161 OFFICE 148 WEATHER VESTIBULE 170 JANITOR & STORAGE 143 WELLNESS ROOM 145 OFFICE 138 OFFICE 137 HR FILE ROOM 140 FINANCE FILE ROOM 139 MECHANICAL ROOM 133 ELECTRICAL ROOM 135 SERVER ROOM 142 IT / IS WORK ROOM 141 OFFICE 136 AE421 F1 143 14 4 14 1 14 5 16 6 16 7 16 8 16 9 170B 171 17 3 17 2 16 2 14 7 14 0 139 148161 137 13 5 A 13 3 A CORRIDOR 132 OPEN OFFICE WORK AREA 150 COPY ALCOVE 149 COFFEE / BREAK 151 OPEN OFFICE 163 CORRIDOR 164 CORRIDOR 146 CO R R I D O R 13 1 OPEN OFFICE 159 CORRIDOR 162 CO R R I D O R 16 0 COPY ALCOVE 165 AE421 F6 AE421 D4 AE421 E2 AE421 F4 AE421 F5 AE421 E4 14 2 135B 133B VE N D . RE F . B4 AE421 AE421F3 MATCH LINE SEE AE102 MATCH LINE SEE AE102 AE421 E6 4" 136 138 D6 AE422 E6 E1 E3 E4 A4 AE320 AF01AF01 AF01 AF01 AF01 RE F . AF02 AF03 AF03 AF04 AF05 AF06 AF06 AF06 ABOVE AF06 ABOVE AF06AF06AF06AF06AF06AF06AF06AF07AF07AF07 AF07 AF07 AF06 AF06 AF06 AF06 AF06 AF01 AF11 AF08 AF08 AF10AF10 AF13 AF09AF09 AF14 AF14 AF14 AF14 AF15 AF11 AF11 AF12 CO R R I D O R 13 1 AF09 AF09 AF09 AF11 AF11 AF11 AF08 AF10 AF09 AF08 AF10 AF08 (3) TOTAL AF09 AF09 AF17 AF08 (3) TOTAL AF16 (2) TOTAL (3) TOTAL AF08 AF09 AF01 AF01AF01 AF01 AF01 AF01 AF01 AF05 AF01 AF01AF01 AF01 AF01 AF01 AF01 AF01 AF01 AF01 AF01AF01AF01 AF01 AF01 AF01 AF01 AF01 AF01 AF01 AF01AF01 AF01 AF01 AF01 AF18AF18 AF18AF18 AF19 UP AF20 AF20 AF20 AF21AF21 AF22AF22 AF22AF22 AF01 AF05 AF01 (4) TOTAL AF01 AF01 AF01 AF20 AF23 AF01 AF01 AF01 AF01 AF01 AF01 AF01 AF01 AF01 AF24 AF24 AF24 AF25 AF26 AF27 AF27 A6 AE320 17 0 A 17 0 C AF38 AF38 AF16 AF08 AF09 AF39 AF39 N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/18/2022 3:56:27 PM \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS FLOOR PLAN - AREA A AE101 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 Checker Author Designer PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"A1 FLOOR PLAN LEVEL 1 AREA A GENERAL NOTES ARCHITECTURAL 1. REPORT ALL CONFLICTS AND/OR DISCREPANCIES IN PLANS / DOCUMENTS TO ARCHITECT FOR CLARIFICATION PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. 2. CONTRACTOR IS TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS, UTILITY LOCATIONS, AND/OR DIMENSIONS, WETHER OR NOT SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS, PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. 3. THIS PROJECT WILL HAVE ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, AND/OR FIRE SERVICE STUB-UPS INTO THE CITY HALL SUITE BY OTHERS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL LOCATIONS FOR EXTENSION OR CONNECTION TO / INTO ALL SERVICES BEING PROVIDED BY OTHERS, PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. 4. IF ANY ASBESTOS OR LEAD MATERIALS ARE ENCOUNTERED, STOP WORK IMMEDIATELY AND NOTIFY THE OWNER / CONSTRUCTION MANAGER / ARCHTECT. 5. REFER TO INTERIORS, MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL, FIRE PROTECTION, AND AV / LOW VOLTAGE DRAWINGS FOR RELATED SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS, ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, AND/OR COORDINATION WITH THESE PLANS. 6. FLOOR AND/OR ROOF PENETRATIONS / SLEEVES HAVE BEEN PROVIDED / COORDINATED BEY OTHERS PRIOR TO STARTING THIS WORK. THE FLOOR / ROOF SLABS ARE POST TENSION (PT) CONCRETE SLABS AND THE USE OF GROUND-PENETRATING RADAR (GPR) IS REQUIRED TO CUT IN NEW SLEEVES. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE UP TO FIVE (5) GPR AND SLEEVES UP TO 6" IN DIAMETER AS A PART OF THE BASE BID. 7. NO CUTTING INTO THE EXISTING FLOOR OR ROOF SLABS IS ALLOWED WITHOUT PRIOR AUTHORIZATION AND PERHAPS GPR SURVEY. CONNECTION TO THE EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR / ROOF SLABS IS ALLOWED WITHOUT THIS SERVICE. 8. THE CONTRACTOR IS CONFIRM THE LEVELNESS OF ALL EXISTING SLABS, PRIOR TO STARTING WORK AND PROVIDE LEVELING MATERIALS AS REQUIRED TO MEET THE FINISH REQUIREMENTS OF THE ELEMENTS DETAILED. 9. ELEMENTS AND/OR AREAS SHOWN WITH GRAY HATCH/FILL (EXTERIOR WALL, STRUCTURAL COLUMNS, ETC) ON DRAWINGS ARE EXISTING / BASE BUILDING SCOPE TO BE PROVIDED BY DEVELOPER / OTHERS. COORDINATION WITH THESE EXISTING ELEMENTS IS REQUIRED AS INIDICATED AND DETAILED. 10. DIMENSIONS ARE TO CENTERLINE OF PARTITIONS, FACE OF CMU, FACE OF EXISTING FINISH OR FACE OF EXISTING COLUMNS UNLESS SHOWN OR NOTED OTHERWISE. 11. ALL PARTITIONS SHALL EXTEND FROM FLOOR TO THE UNDERSIDE OF DECK ABOVE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 12. SEE DIMENSION PLANS FOR WALL TYPE INDICATORS, AND SHEET A105 FOR PARTITION TYPE DETAILED INFORMATION. 13. INSTALL CONTINUOUS CAULKING / SEALANT AROUND ALL METAL FRAMES (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TOO ALUMINUM STOREFRONTS / ENTRANCES, HOLLOW METAL OPENINGS / FRAMES, ACCESS PANELS, ETC.) UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 14. INSTALL CONTINUOUS CAULKING / SEALANT AROUND EGDE OF ALL COUNTEROPS / SIDESPLASH / BACKSPLASHES TO ADJACENT SRUFACE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 15. CONTROL JOINTS SHALL BE PROVIDED AT EACH CORNER ABOVE DOORS (AT EACH SIDE) IN STUD AND GWB PARTITIONS. 16. SEE THE CODE SUMMARY AND LIFE SAFETY SHEET FOR RATED WALL LOCATIONS AND OTHER CODE RELATED REQUIREMENTS. 17. PATCH AND REPAIR EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN WHICH IS DAMAGED OR DISTURBED. CORRECTIONS ARE TO MATCH EXISTING NEARBY ELEMENTS OR BE RESTORED TO ORIGINAL CONDITION. IF ITEM CAN NOT BE REPAIRED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE THE ELEMENT / ITEM IN ITS ENTIRETY. WHERE ELEMENTS ARE INDICATED TO ABUT OR ADJOIN EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN, SAWCUT OR OTHERWISE REMOVE TO PROVIDE A CLEAN EDGE. 18. EXPANSION JOINTS AT ALL FLOORS, CEILINGS AND WALLS THAT ARE EXPOSED TO VIEW SHALL BE COVERED WITH EXPANSION JOINT COVERS APPROPRIATE FOR FINISHED SURFACES. 19. PROVIDE WOOD BLOCKING FOR ALL WALL HUNG / MOUNTED ELEMENTS (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TOO CASEWORK, GRAB BARS, TOILET ACCESSORIES, FINISHES, MILLWORK, SIGNAGE). BLOCKING SHALL BE CONTINUOUS AND LOCATED BOTH AT BOTTOM AND TOP OF EQUIPMENT. 20. PENETRATIONS THROUGH NON-RATED FLOORS, WALLS, AND OTHER ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE SEALED AT BOTH SIDES WITH MATERIALS APPROPRIATE TO THE ASSEMBLY CONSTRUCTION TO REDUCE SOUND TRANSMISSION. 21. PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE-RATED FLOORS, WALLS, AND OTHER ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE PROTECTED BY MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION DETAILS THAT CONFORM TO UL OR OTHER APPROVED LISTINGS AND MATCH THE RATING OF THE CONSTRUCTION BEING PENETRATED. 22. VERIFY CLEARANCE REQUIRED FOR INSTALL OF RECESSES, OR SEMI-RECESSED EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES, NOTIFY ARCHITECT IF SPECIFIED WALL TYPES DO NOT PRVIDE ADEQUATE SPACE FOR PROPER INSTALLATION PRIOR TO ORDERING EQUIPMENT. 23. LOCATED HINGE SIDE / EDGE OF DOOR/FRAME OPENING (HM AND ALUM.) 4" CLEAR FROM ADJACENT PERPENDICUALR WALL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 24. SEE G002 FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS OF PLUMBING FIXTURES AND OTHER ACCESSORIES. 25. ALL SANITARY SEWER LINES FOR APARTMENTS ABOVE CITY OFFICES TO BE CONCEALED IN SOFFITS, SEE AE114. CONTRACTOR TO VERFIY LOCATIONS IN FEILD. TWO LAYERS 5/8" GWB AND SOUND ATTENUATION BATTS TYP. KEYNOTE LEGEND AF01 FURNITURE, N.I.C., COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL AND AV / LOW VOLTAGE DRAWINGS FOR POWER /DATA CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED AF02 4' X 4' WALL MOUNTED CORK BOARD, PROVIDE WOOD BLOCKING AS REQUIRED AF03 REFRIGERATOR, N.I.C. AF04 VENDING MACHINE, N.I.C. AF05 WALL MOUNTED MONITOR, PROVIDE WOOD BLOCKING AS REQUIRED. COORDINATE WITH AV / LOW VOLTAGE DRAWINGS AF06 MANUAL ROLLER SHADES AT EXISTING WINDOWS. SHADES TO BE CONTIGUOUS AND SECTIONED OFF AT EXISTING VERTICAL MULLIONS, SEE INTERIORS DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION AF07 MOTORIZED ROLLER SHADES AT EXISTING WINDOWS. SHADES TO BE CONTIGUOUS AND SECTIONED OFF AT EXISTING VERTICAL MULLIONS, SEE INTERIORS DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION AF08 EXISTING 2-1/2" DIA. SLEEVE IN POST TENSION CONCRETE SLAB. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL AND AV/LOW VOLTAGE DRAWINGS AF09 EXISTING 3" DIA. SLEEVE IN POST TENSION CONCRETE SLAB. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL AND AV/LOW VOLTAGE DRAWINGS AF10 EXISTING 4" DIA. SLEEVE IN POST TENSION CONCRETE SLAB. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL AND AV/LOW VOLTAGE DRAWINGS AF11 EXISTING 6" DIA. SLEEVE IN POST TENSION CONCRETE SLAB. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL AND AV/LOW VOLTAGE DRAWINGS AF12 EXISTING 8" DIA. SLEEVE IN POST TENSION CONCRETE SLAB. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL AND AV/LOW VOLTAGE DRAWINGS AF13 MOP SINK, SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS AND TYPICAL MOUNTING FOR SHELF/TOOL HOLDERS ABOVE AF14 ALL WALLS WITHIN THIS ROOM ARE TO BE COVERED WITH PAINTED PLYWOOD. SEE WALL TYPES FOR MORE INFORMATION. AF15 SERVER RACKING / TECHNOLOGY EQUIPMENT. COORDINATE WITH AV/LOW VOLTAGE DRAWINGS AF16 EXISTING 5" DIA. SLEEVE IN POST TENSION CONCRETE SLAB. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL AND AV/LOW VOLTAGE DRAWINGS AF17 (4) NEW 4" DIA. THROUGH-SLAB SLEEVES. COORDINATE WITH AV/LOW VOLTAGE DRAWINGS. EXISTING SLAB IS POST TENSION CONCRETE, PROVIDE GROUND PENETRATING RADAR IN THIS ARE TO CONFIRM LOCATION OF EXISTING TENDONS TO NOT ADVERSELY EFFECT THE EXISTING STRUCTURE AF18 HEAVY DUTY SHELVING UNIT. 24" DEEP, 48" WIDE, 72" TALL. 5 SHELVES AF19 NEW STEEL SHIPS LADDER TO EXISTING ROOF HATCH TO REMAIN. SEE SECTION FOR REQUIREMENTS ON LADDER AF20 COPIER, N.I.C. AF21 COFFEE MACHINE, N.I.C. SEE PLUMBING FOR WATER CONNECTION AF22 FILE CABINET, N.I.C. AF23 LARGE FORMAT PLOTTER, N.I.C. AF24 EXISTING RATED HOLLOW METAL (HM) DOOR AND FRAME TO REMAIN. COORDINATE WITH DOOR SCHEDULE FOR NEW DOOR HARDWARE ONLY AF25 EXISTING EXTERIOR STAIR/RAILINGS TO REMAIN AF26 WALL MOUNTED ADA COMPLIANT WATER COOLER, COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING. PROVIDE WOOD BLOCKING AS REQUIRED AF27 FLOOR DRAIN, COORDINATE ALL LOCATIONS WITH PLUMBING DRAWINGS AF38 RIDING/WALK BEHIND FLOORING AND CARPET CLEANERS (N.I.C.) AF39 RECESSED MANIFOLD CABINET FOR EXTERIOR SNOW MELT. COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 23 Item 2. A B C D E F 1 2 3 4 5 A.4 E.6 2.1 637 SF CONFERENCE ROOM 171 203 SF CITY MANAGER OFFICE 169 168 SF OFFICE 168 139 SF OFFICE 167 184 SF CONFERENCE ROOM 166 598 SF BREAK ROOM 144 159 SF OFFICE 173 124 SF OFFICE 172 154 SF OFFICE 162 129 SF OFFICE 147 123 SF PRINT ROOM 161 144 SF OFFICE 148 56 SF WEATHER VESTIBULE 170 156 SF JANITOR & STORAGE 143 78 SF WELLNESS ROOM 145 141 SF OFFICE 138 125 SF OFFICE 137 92 SF HR FILE ROOM 140 101 SF FINANCE FILE ROOM 139 468 SF MECHANICAL ROOM 133 112 SF ELECTRICAL ROOM 135 204 SF SERVER ROOM 142 477 SF IT / IS WORK ROOM 141 125 SF OFFICE 136 146 SF CONFERENCE ROOM 153 136 SF OFFICE 152 45 SF VESTIBULE 126 SAP SAP SAP SAP SAP SW SAP SAP M MO M M MO MO SOA SO 23'-6 3/4"6'-6"17'-8"14'-9"12'-0"16'-3"19'-6 3/4" 12 ' - 2 3 / 4 " 5' - 8 " 18 ' - 9 " 15'-1 7/8" 10'-2"13'-8" 6'-0 3/8" 1' - 8 " 8' - 5 " 5 1/2" 13'-0 3/4"10'-6" 3' - 0 " 6 1/2" 6 1/2"6 1/2" 6 1/2" 4 3/4" 6 1/2" 4'-0" 29'-11 3/4"15'-5"13'-0" 13'-1 3/4"17'-8"11'-2 3/4" 12 ' - 2 3 / 4 " 30 ' - 5 " 10 ' - 8 " 10 ' - 8 " 13'-5" 2'-10 1/2" 3' - 6 " 3' - 4 " 6 1 / 2 " 4 5 / 8 " 2' - 6 " S2O S2O SO 6' - 0 " 7' - 8 " 8' - 4 " 11 ' - 6 " 10 ' - 3 " 10 ' - 3 " 14 ' - 7 " 15 ' - 0 " 17 ' - 9 1 / 4 " 18'-3 3/4"3'-4" 7'-2 3/4" AL I G N 6 1 / 2 " 6 1 / 2 " 7 3/8" 1'-2 1/4" 4' - 4 " B4 AE421 1' - 1 0 " 8" 59 SF COPY ALCOVE 149 550 SF OPEN OFFICE WORK AREA 150 MATCHLINE - SEE SHEET A102 MATCHLINE - SEE SHEET A102 M S2OS2O S2O S2O S2O S2O SO S6O SA S6 S S6 S S S SA SA SA S S S S S S2OS2O S2OS2O S2OS2O S2OS2O SO S S S S2O S2O S2O S2O S2O S2O S2O S2O S2O S2O S S S2O S2O S2O S2O S2O S2O S2O SAP SOP S2OS2O S2O S2OS2O SO S2O SAP S6AP SOP SAP SW S SO S S S S S S MO S SO MO M SO SA SWO S6WO S6 SAP S2OS2O S2OS2O 12 ' - 8 " 27 ' - 1 0 3 / 4 " 3' - 8 1 / 2 " 6 1 / 2 " 6 1/2" 6 1 / 2 " AF05AF14 AF14 6 1/2"6 1/2" SA S6 1/2" 6 1 / 2 " S2O SO SAP SO SAP A4 AE320 3' - 1 " 2' - 1 " A5 AE320 A5 AE320 A5 AE320 A3 AE320 A5 AE320 A3 AE320 A3 AE320 A4 AE320 A4 AE320 A6 AE320 S6O N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/ 1 8 / 2 0 2 2 3 : 56 : 3 2 P M \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS DIMENSION PLAN AND WALL TYPES - AREA A AE101 DIM COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 Checker Author Designer PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"A1 DIMENSION PLAN LEVEL 1 AREA A GENERAL NOTES ARCHITECTURAL 1. REPORT ALL CONFLICTS AND/OR DISCREPANCIES IN PLANS / DOCUMENTS TO ARCHITECT FOR CLARIFICATION PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. 2. CONTRACTOR IS TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS, UTILITY LOCATIONS, AND/OR DIMENSIONS, WETHER OR NOT SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS, PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. 3. THIS PROJECT WILL HAVE ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, AND/OR FIRE SERVICE STUB-UPS INTO THE CITY HALL SUITE BY OTHERS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL LOCATIONS FOR EXTENSION OR CONNECTION TO / INTO ALL SERVICES BEING PROVIDED BY OTHERS, PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. 4. IF ANY ASBESTOS OR LEAD MATERIALS ARE ENCOUNTERED, STOP WORK IMMEDIATELY AND NOTIFY THE OWNER / CONSTRUCTION MANAGER / ARCHTECT. 5. REFER TO INTERIORS, MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL, FIRE PROTECTION, AND AV / LOW VOLTAGE DRAWINGS FOR RELATED SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS, ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, AND/OR COORDINATION WITH THESE PLANS. 6. FLOOR AND/OR ROOF PENETRATIONS / SLEEVES HAVE BEEN PROVIDED / COORDINATED BEY OTHERS PRIOR TO STARTING THIS WORK. THE FLOOR / ROOF SLABS ARE POST TENSION (PT) CONCRETE SLABS AND THE USE OF GROUND-PENETRATING RADAR (GPR) IS REQUIRED TO CUT IN NEW SLEEVES. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE UP TO FIVE (5) GPR AND SLEEVES UP TO 6" IN DIAMETER AS A PART OF THE BASE BID. 7. NO CUTTING INTO THE EXISTING FLOOR OR ROOF SLABS IS ALLOWED WITHOUT PRIOR AUTHORIZATION AND PERHAPS GPR SURVEY. CONNECTION TO THE EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR / ROOF SLABS IS ALLOWED WITHOUT THIS SERVICE. 8. THE CONTRACTOR IS CONFIRM THE LEVELNESS OF ALL EXISTING SLABS, PRIOR TO STARTING WORK AND PROVIDE LEVELING MATERIALS AS REQUIRED TO MEET THE FINISH REQUIREMENTS OF THE ELEMENTS DETAILED. 9. ELEMENTS AND/OR AREAS SHOWN WITH GRAY HATCH/FILL (EXTERIOR WALL, STRUCTURAL COLUMNS, ETC) ON DRAWINGS ARE EXISTING / BASE BUILDING SCOPE TO BE PROVIDED BY DEVELOPER / OTHERS. COORDINATION WITH THESE EXISTING ELEMENTS IS REQUIRED AS INIDICATED AND DETAILED. 10. DIMENSIONS ARE TO CENTERLINE OF PARTITIONS, FACE OF CMU, FACE OF EXISTING FINISH OR FACE OF EXISTING COLUMNS UNLESS SHOWN OR NOTED OTHERWISE. 11. ALL PARTITIONS SHALL EXTEND FROM FLOOR TO THE UNDERSIDE OF DECK ABOVE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 12. SEE DIMENSION PLANS FOR WALL TYPE INDICATORS, AND SHEET A105 FOR PARTITION TYPE DETAILED INFORMATION. 13. INSTALL CONTINUOUS CAULKING / SEALANT AROUND ALL METAL FRAMES (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TOO ALUMINUM STOREFRONTS / ENTRANCES, HOLLOW METAL OPENINGS / FRAMES, ACCESS PANELS, ETC.) UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 14. INSTALL CONTINUOUS CAULKING / SEALANT AROUND EGDE OF ALL COUNTEROPS / SIDESPLASH / BACKSPLASHES TO ADJACENT SRUFACE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 15. CONTROL JOINTS SHALL BE PROVIDED AT EACH CORNER ABOVE DOORS (AT EACH SIDE) IN STUD AND GWB PARTITIONS. 16. SEE THE CODE SUMMARY AND LIFE SAFETY SHEET FOR RATED WALL LOCATIONS AND OTHER CODE RELATED REQUIREMENTS. 17. PATCH AND REPAIR EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN WHICH IS DAMAGED OR DISTURBED. CORRECTIONS ARE TO MATCH EXISTING NEARBY ELEMENTS OR BE RESTORED TO ORIGINAL CONDITION. IF ITEM CAN NOT BE REPAIRED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE THE ELEMENT / ITEM IN ITS ENTIRETY. WHERE ELEMENTS ARE INDICATED TO ABUT OR ADJOIN EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN, SAWCUT OR OTHERWISE REMOVE TO PROVIDE A CLEAN EDGE. 18. EXPANSION JOINTS AT ALL FLOORS, CEILINGS AND WALLS THAT ARE EXPOSED TO VIEW SHALL BE COVERED WITH EXPANSION JOINT COVERS APPROPRIATE FOR FINISHED SURFACES. 19. PROVIDE WOOD BLOCKING FOR ALL WALL HUNG / MOUNTED ELEMENTS (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TOO CASEWORK, GRAB BARS, TOILET ACCESSORIES, FINISHES, MILLWORK, SIGNAGE). BLOCKING SHALL BE CONTINUOUS AND LOCATED BOTH AT BOTTOM AND TOP OF EQUIPMENT. 20. PENETRATIONS THROUGH NON-RATED FLOORS, WALLS, AND OTHER ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE SEALED AT BOTH SIDES WITH MATERIALS APPROPRIATE TO THE ASSEMBLY CONSTRUCTION TO REDUCE SOUND TRANSMISSION. 21. PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE-RATED FLOORS, WALLS, AND OTHER ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE PROTECTED BY MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION DETAILS THAT CONFORM TO UL OR OTHER APPROVED LISTINGS AND MATCH THE RATING OF THE CONSTRUCTION BEING PENETRATED. 22. VERIFY CLEARANCE REQUIRED FOR INSTALL OF RECESSES, OR SEMI-RECESSED EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES, NOTIFY ARCHITECT IF SPECIFIED WALL TYPES DO NOT PRVIDE ADEQUATE SPACE FOR PROPER INSTALLATION PRIOR TO ORDERING EQUIPMENT. 23. LOCATED HINGE SIDE / EDGE OF DOOR/FRAME OPENING (HM AND ALUM.) 4" CLEAR FROM ADJACENT PERPENDICUALR WALL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 24. SEE G002 FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS OF PLUMBING FIXTURES AND OTHER ACCESSORIES. 25. ALL SANITARY SEWER LINES FOR APARTMENTS ABOVE CITY OFFICES TO BE CONCEALED IN SOFFITS, SEE AE114. CONTRACTOR TO VERFIY LOCATIONS IN FEILD. TWO LAYERS 5/8" GWB AND SOUND ATTENUATION BATTS TYP. KEYNOTE LEGEND AF05 WALL MOUNTED MONITOR, PROVIDE WOOD BLOCKING AS REQUIRED. COORDINATE WITH AV / LOW VOLTAGE DRAWINGS AF14 ALL WALLS WITHIN THIS ROOM ARE TO BE COVERED WITH PAINTED PLYWOOD. SEE WALL TYPES FOR MORE INFORMATION. NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 24 Item 2. A B C D E F 5 6 7 8 A.4 E.6 OFFICE 136 WOMEN'S STAFF RESTROOM 125 MEN'S STAFF RESTROOM 128 JANITOR'S CLOSET 127 SURVEY STORAGE 130 CONFERENCE ROOM 153 OFFICE 152 OFFICE 154 TABLE & CHAIR STORAGE 155 OFFICE 158 OFFICE 157 VESTIBULE 126 SECURE FILE STORAGE 123 OFFICE 116 FIRESIDE/ MULTI-PURPOSE ROOM 120 COPY/ COLATING ROOM 124 CONFERENCE ROOM 114 VESTIBULE 113 VESTIBULE 100 PUBLIC LOBBY 101 RECEPTION / PUBLIC COUNTERS 118 OPEN OFFICE 119 CORRIDOR 115 CORRIDOR 132 CORRIDOR 121 CORRIDOR 156 OPEN OFFICE 159 126 12 5 12 7 12 8 130 155 153 15 4 15 7 15 8 12 0 A 12 0 B 11 4 A 114B CORRIDOR 131 COPY ALCOVE 122 MATCH LINE SEE AE103 MATCH LINE SEE AE103 MATCH LINE SEE AE101 MATCH LINE SEE AE101 AE421 E4 COFFEE / BREAK 151 AE421 D1 AE421 D2 AE422 F6 AE422 F3 F1 F2 AE421 E1 AE421 B1 AE400 A3 A5 A2 A1 AE400 B3 B5 B2 B1 AE420 B1 A1 B6 MECHANICAL ROOM 133 13 3 A 12 9 COAT CLOSET 129 AE422 F5 AE422 F4 100 B4 AE421 SIM B4 AE421 11 5 OFFICE 117 123 AE400 A6 A3 AE320 A4 AE320 A5 AE320 AF24 AF24 (3) TOTAL AF08 AF09 AF16 (3) TOTAL (2) TOTAL AF16AF08 AF01 AF01AF01 AF01 (4) TOTAL AF01 AF08AF21AF21AF05 AF01 AF01 AF01 AF09 AF26 AF10 AF11 AF05 AF01AF01 AF01 AF01AF01 AF01 AF01 AF08 AF27AF10 AF27 AF18AF18 AF08 AF11 AF10 AF08 AF10AF10 AF27 AF27 AF10AF10 AF27 AF09 (2) TOTAL AF09 AF09 AF08 AF08 BELOW BELOW AF22AF22 AF22 AF28 AF20 AF05 AF11 AF11 AF01 AF29 AF01 AF20 AF01 AF01 AF01 AF01 AF01 AF01 AF01 AF01AF01 AF11 AF11 AF01AF01 AF01 AF01 AF01 AF01 AF01 AF01 AF01 AF05 AF01 AF30 AF01 AE422 D1 AF31 AF32 AF01 AF01 AF33 AF34AF34 AF01 AF35 AF31 A5 AE503 B5 AE503 C1 AE503 C1 AE503AE503 D3 AE503 C4 AE503 B4 AE503 A4 AE503 A4 C2 AE504 C3 AE504 C4 AE504C1 AE504 D1 AE320 126A 133B 8" AF39AF39 N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/ 1 8 / 2 0 2 2 3 : 56 : 4 0 P M \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS FLOOR PLAN - AREA B AE102 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 Checker Author Designer PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"A1 FLOOR PLAN LEVEL 1 AREA B GENERAL NOTES ARCHITECTURAL 1. REPORT ALL CONFLICTS AND/OR DISCREPANCIES IN PLANS / DOCUMENTS TO ARCHITECT FOR CLARIFICATION PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. 2. CONTRACTOR IS TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS, UTILITY LOCATIONS, AND/OR DIMENSIONS, WETHER OR NOT SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS, PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. 3. THIS PROJECT WILL HAVE ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, AND/OR FIRE SERVICE STUB-UPS INTO THE CITY HALL SUITE BY OTHERS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL LOCATIONS FOR EXTENSION OR CONNECTION TO / INTO ALL SERVICES BEING PROVIDED BY OTHERS, PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. 4. IF ANY ASBESTOS OR LEAD MATERIALS ARE ENCOUNTERED, STOP WORK IMMEDIATELY AND NOTIFY THE OWNER / CONSTRUCTION MANAGER / ARCHTECT. 5. REFER TO INTERIORS, MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL, FIRE PROTECTION, AND AV / LOW VOLTAGE DRAWINGS FOR RELATED SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS, ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, AND/OR COORDINATION WITH THESE PLANS. 6. FLOOR AND/OR ROOF PENETRATIONS / SLEEVES HAVE BEEN PROVIDED / COORDINATED BEY OTHERS PRIOR TO STARTING THIS WORK. THE FLOOR / ROOF SLABS ARE POST TENSION (PT) CONCRETE SLABS AND THE USE OF GROUND-PENETRATING RADAR (GPR) IS REQUIRED TO CUT IN NEW SLEEVES. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE UP TO FIVE (5) GPR AND SLEEVES UP TO 6" IN DIAMETER AS A PART OF THE BASE BID. 7. NO CUTTING INTO THE EXISTING FLOOR OR ROOF SLABS IS ALLOWED WITHOUT PRIOR AUTHORIZATION AND PERHAPS GPR SURVEY. CONNECTION TO THE EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR / ROOF SLABS IS ALLOWED WITHOUT THIS SERVICE. 8. THE CONTRACTOR IS CONFIRM THE LEVELNESS OF ALL EXISTING SLABS, PRIOR TO STARTING WORK AND PROVIDE LEVELING MATERIALS AS REQUIRED TO MEET THE FINISH REQUIREMENTS OF THE ELEMENTS DETAILED. 9. ELEMENTS AND/OR AREAS SHOWN WITH GRAY HATCH/FILL (EXTERIOR WALL, STRUCTURAL COLUMNS, ETC) ON DRAWINGS ARE EXISTING / BASE BUILDING SCOPE TO BE PROVIDED BY DEVELOPER / OTHERS. COORDINATION WITH THESE EXISTING ELEMENTS IS REQUIRED AS INIDICATED AND DETAILED. 10. DIMENSIONS ARE TO CENTERLINE OF PARTITIONS, FACE OF CMU, FACE OF EXISTING FINISH OR FACE OF EXISTING COLUMNS UNLESS SHOWN OR NOTED OTHERWISE. 11. ALL PARTITIONS SHALL EXTEND FROM FLOOR TO THE UNDERSIDE OF DECK ABOVE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 12. SEE DIMENSION PLANS FOR WALL TYPE INDICATORS, AND SHEET A105 FOR PARTITION TYPE DETAILED INFORMATION. 13. INSTALL CONTINUOUS CAULKING / SEALANT AROUND ALL METAL FRAMES (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TOO ALUMINUM STOREFRONTS / ENTRANCES, HOLLOW METAL OPENINGS / FRAMES, ACCESS PANELS, ETC.) UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 14. INSTALL CONTINUOUS CAULKING / SEALANT AROUND EGDE OF ALL COUNTEROPS / SIDESPLASH / BACKSPLASHES TO ADJACENT SRUFACE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 15. CONTROL JOINTS SHALL BE PROVIDED AT EACH CORNER ABOVE DOORS (AT EACH SIDE) IN STUD AND GWB PARTITIONS. 16. SEE THE CODE SUMMARY AND LIFE SAFETY SHEET FOR RATED WALL LOCATIONS AND OTHER CODE RELATED REQUIREMENTS. 17. PATCH AND REPAIR EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN WHICH IS DAMAGED OR DISTURBED. CORRECTIONS ARE TO MATCH EXISTING NEARBY ELEMENTS OR BE RESTORED TO ORIGINAL CONDITION. IF ITEM CAN NOT BE REPAIRED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE THE ELEMENT / ITEM IN ITS ENTIRETY. WHERE ELEMENTS ARE INDICATED TO ABUT OR ADJOIN EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN, SAWCUT OR OTHERWISE REMOVE TO PROVIDE A CLEAN EDGE. 18. EXPANSION JOINTS AT ALL FLOORS, CEILINGS AND WALLS THAT ARE EXPOSED TO VIEW SHALL BE COVERED WITH EXPANSION JOINT COVERS APPROPRIATE FOR FINISHED SURFACES. 19. PROVIDE WOOD BLOCKING FOR ALL WALL HUNG / MOUNTED ELEMENTS (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TOO CASEWORK, GRAB BARS, TOILET ACCESSORIES, FINISHES, MILLWORK, SIGNAGE). BLOCKING SHALL BE CONTINUOUS AND LOCATED BOTH AT BOTTOM AND TOP OF EQUIPMENT. 20. PENETRATIONS THROUGH NON-RATED FLOORS, WALLS, AND OTHER ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE SEALED AT BOTH SIDES WITH MATERIALS APPROPRIATE TO THE ASSEMBLY CONSTRUCTION TO REDUCE SOUND TRANSMISSION. 21. PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE-RATED FLOORS, WALLS, AND OTHER ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE PROTECTED BY MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION DETAILS THAT CONFORM TO UL OR OTHER APPROVED LISTINGS AND MATCH THE RATING OF THE CONSTRUCTION BEING PENETRATED. 22. VERIFY CLEARANCE REQUIRED FOR INSTALL OF RECESSES, OR SEMI-RECESSED EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES, NOTIFY ARCHITECT IF SPECIFIED WALL TYPES DO NOT PRVIDE ADEQUATE SPACE FOR PROPER INSTALLATION PRIOR TO ORDERING EQUIPMENT. 23. LOCATED HINGE SIDE / EDGE OF DOOR/FRAME OPENING (HM AND ALUM.) 4" CLEAR FROM ADJACENT PERPENDICUALR WALL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 24. SEE G002 FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS OF PLUMBING FIXTURES AND OTHER ACCESSORIES. 25. ALL SANITARY SEWER LINES FOR APARTMENTS ABOVE CITY OFFICES TO BE CONCEALED IN SOFFITS, SEE AE114. CONTRACTOR TO VERFIY LOCATIONS IN FEILD. TWO LAYERS 5/8" GWB AND SOUND ATTENUATION BATTS TYP. KEYNOTE LEGEND AF01 FURNITURE, N.I.C., COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL AND AV / LOW VOLTAGE DRAWINGS FOR POWER /DATA CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED AF05 WALL MOUNTED MONITOR, PROVIDE WOOD BLOCKING AS REQUIRED. COORDINATE WITH AV / LOW VOLTAGE DRAWINGS AF08 EXISTING 2-1/2" DIA. SLEEVE IN POST TENSION CONCRETE SLAB. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL AND AV/LOW VOLTAGE DRAWINGS AF09 EXISTING 3" DIA. SLEEVE IN POST TENSION CONCRETE SLAB. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL AND AV/LOW VOLTAGE DRAWINGS AF10 EXISTING 4" DIA. SLEEVE IN POST TENSION CONCRETE SLAB. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL AND AV/LOW VOLTAGE DRAWINGS AF11 EXISTING 6" DIA. SLEEVE IN POST TENSION CONCRETE SLAB. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL AND AV/LOW VOLTAGE DRAWINGS AF16 EXISTING 5" DIA. SLEEVE IN POST TENSION CONCRETE SLAB. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL AND AV/LOW VOLTAGE DRAWINGS AF18 HEAVY DUTY SHELVING UNIT. 24" DEEP, 48" WIDE, 72" TALL. 5 SHELVES AF20 COPIER, N.I.C. AF21 COFFEE MACHINE, N.I.C. SEE PLUMBING FOR WATER CONNECTION AF22 FILE CABINET, N.I.C. AF24 EXISTING RATED HOLLOW METAL (HM) DOOR AND FRAME TO REMAIN. COORDINATE WITH DOOR SCHEDULE FOR NEW DOOR HARDWARE ONLY AF26 WALL MOUNTED ADA COMPLIANT WATER COOLER, COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING. PROVIDE WOOD BLOCKING AS REQUIRED AF27 FLOOR DRAIN, COORDINATE ALL LOCATIONS WITH PLUMBING DRAWINGS AF28 COUNTERTOP POSTAGE MACHINE, N.I.C. AF29 4' X 6' WALL MOUNTED MARKER BOARD, PROVIDE WOOD BLOCKING AS REQUIRED AF30 NATURAL GAS FIREPLACE. DOUBLE SIDED. COORDINATE SIZE WITH FINISHED LIMESTONE AND WALL TYPES AF31 PROVIDE GROMMET IN COUNTERTOP FOR ELECTRICAL ACCESS TO ABOVE COUNTER. AF32 PUBLIC ACCESS COMPUTER, N.I.C. PROVIDE GROMMET IN COUNTER FOR POWER/DATA AF33 MAIN RECEPTION COUNTER, COORDINATE WITH FINISH PLANS, DETAILS AND ELECTRICAL / AV / LOW VOLTAGE DRAWINGS AF34 TEMPERED GLASS DIVIDER PANELS WITH APPLIED LETTERING. SEE DETAILS FOR MORE INFORMATION AF35 COMPUTER, N.I.C. PROVIDE GROMMET IN COUNTER FOR POWER/DATA AF39 RECESSED MANIFOLD CABINET FOR EXTERIOR SNOW MELT. COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 25 Item 2. A B C D E F 5 6 7 8 8.1 A.4 E.6 125 SF OFFICE 137 468 SF MECHANICAL ROOM 133 125 SF OFFICE 136 13 SF COAT CLOSET 129 170 SF WOMEN'S STAFF RESTROOM 125 159 SF MEN'S STAFF RESTROOM 128 23 SF JANITOR'S CLOSET 127 57 SF SURVEY STORAGE 130 146 SF CONFERENCE ROOM 153 136 SF OFFICE 152 147 SF OFFICE 154 123 SF TABLE & CHAIR STORAGE 155 156 SF OFFICE 158 123 SF OFFICE 157 6'-10 1/8" 1'-1 3/4" 8'-0 1/8" 5'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 2'-2" 7'-10 3/8" 45 SF VESTIBULE 126 8' - 1 1 3 / 4 " 8'-7" 134 SF SECURE FILE STORAGE 123 6' - 5 " 2' - 6 " 9' - 3 " 9' - 9 " 15 ' - 6 " 141 SF OFFICE 116 SO STS STS SAPSAP SAP SAP SAP SAP SAP SAP SAP SAP 9'-0 1/8" 1'-0 1/4" 2'-6" 5' - 7 " 5' - 7 " 6 1 / 2 " 6 1 / 2 " 13'-0 3/4"10'-6 3/8" 6'-4 3/4"14'-9"13'-8" 6 1/2" 4 3/4" 2' - 0 " 1' - 0 " 10 ' - 8 " 9' - 8 " 6 1 / 2 " 28'-10 1/2" 6 1 / 2 " 6 1 / 2 " 9'-9"9'-9" 6'-5"16'-1 3/8" 3' - 5 " 13 ' - 3 " 14 ' - 3 " 9' - 0 " 4' - 0 " 4' - 3 " 6 1 / 2 " 12'-7 5/8" 6 1/2"9'-3 7/8" 6" S SO SWO SO SO S2O S2O S2O SO SO S6T 6 1/2" 3'-4"2' - 1 1 / 2 " 3' - 1 1 / 2 " 6 1 / 2 " 1' - 2 " 7'-4 3/4"15'-0 1/2"6'-8 7/8" 13'-4 3/4" 9 5 / 8 " 4' - 8 3 / 4 " 4' - 1 0 1 / 4 " B4 AE421 SIM3' - 2 1 / 2 " 2'-4" B4 AE421 SIM. SAP SOP SOP S6O 3'-0" 12'-8"8'-7" 2'-1 7/8" S6AP SW S2O S2O S2W S2O S2OS2O SO S2O S2OS2O S2OS2OS2O S2OS2O 2' - 9 1 / 4 " SKOSKO SKO S2O S2O S2O S2OS2O S2OS2O S2O SO S2O SAP S S MO STO S MO MO S S ST STO STO ST STO S SS6 S S S SO S S S S2OS2O S2OS2O S2OS2O S2OS2O SWO SWO S SW SWO SWO SWO SWO SKO SO SW SAP M S SWOSO S SAP 6 1 / 2 " 6 1 / 2 " 141 SF OFFICE 117 SAP 6 1 / 2 " 530 SF OPEN OFFICE 119 460 SF RECEPTION / PUBLIC COUNTERS 118 1021 SF FIRESIDE/ MULTI-PURPOSE ROOM 120 1368 SF PUBLIC LOBBY 101 212 SF CONFERENCE ROOM 114 200 SF COPY/ COLATING ROOM 124 S STO STO S SO STO 1' - 4 " 10 ' - 8 " 10 ' - 8 " 7' - 7 3 / 8 " 28 ' - 4 3 / 4 " 12 ' - 8 " 34 ' - 1 1 7 / 8 " 1' - 1 0 " 6 1/2" 16'-0 1/8"17'-0 1/8" 6'-0" 13'-1 3/4" 5'-7 3/4" 1'-5" 7 1 / 2 " 3'-1 1/2" S2WO S2O ALIGN A3 AE320 A4 AE320 A5 AE320 AE400 A6 3' - 6 " 6 1 / 2 " C2 AE504 C3 AE504 C4 AE504C1 AE504 11'-7 3/4"13'-10"19'-3 1/2" D1 AE320 AF51 AF51 AF51 AF51AF51 AF51 AF51 AF51 AF51 AF51 N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/ 1 8 / 2 0 2 2 3 : 56 : 4 5 P M \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS DIMENSION PLAN AND WALL TYPES - AREA B AE102 DIM COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 Checker Author Designer PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"A1 DIMENSION PLAN LEVEL 1 AREA B GENERAL NOTES ARCHITECTURAL 1. REPORT ALL CONFLICTS AND/OR DISCREPANCIES IN PLANS / DOCUMENTS TO ARCHITECT FOR CLARIFICATION PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. 2. CONTRACTOR IS TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS, UTILITY LOCATIONS, AND/OR DIMENSIONS, WETHER OR NOT SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS, PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. 3. THIS PROJECT WILL HAVE ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, AND/OR FIRE SERVICE STUB-UPS INTO THE CITY HALL SUITE BY OTHERS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL LOCATIONS FOR EXTENSION OR CONNECTION TO / INTO ALL SERVICES BEING PROVIDED BY OTHERS, PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. 4. IF ANY ASBESTOS OR LEAD MATERIALS ARE ENCOUNTERED, STOP WORK IMMEDIATELY AND NOTIFY THE OWNER / CONSTRUCTION MANAGER / ARCHTECT. 5. REFER TO INTERIORS, MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL, FIRE PROTECTION, AND AV / LOW VOLTAGE DRAWINGS FOR RELATED SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS, ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, AND/OR COORDINATION WITH THESE PLANS. 6. FLOOR AND/OR ROOF PENETRATIONS / SLEEVES HAVE BEEN PROVIDED / COORDINATED BEY OTHERS PRIOR TO STARTING THIS WORK. THE FLOOR / ROOF SLABS ARE POST TENSION (PT) CONCRETE SLABS AND THE USE OF GROUND-PENETRATING RADAR (GPR) IS REQUIRED TO CUT IN NEW SLEEVES. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE UP TO FIVE (5) GPR AND SLEEVES UP TO 6" IN DIAMETER AS A PART OF THE BASE BID. 7. NO CUTTING INTO THE EXISTING FLOOR OR ROOF SLABS IS ALLOWED WITHOUT PRIOR AUTHORIZATION AND PERHAPS GPR SURVEY. CONNECTION TO THE EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR / ROOF SLABS IS ALLOWED WITHOUT THIS SERVICE. 8. THE CONTRACTOR IS CONFIRM THE LEVELNESS OF ALL EXISTING SLABS, PRIOR TO STARTING WORK AND PROVIDE LEVELING MATERIALS AS REQUIRED TO MEET THE FINISH REQUIREMENTS OF THE ELEMENTS DETAILED. 9. ELEMENTS AND/OR AREAS SHOWN WITH GRAY HATCH/FILL (EXTERIOR WALL, STRUCTURAL COLUMNS, ETC) ON DRAWINGS ARE EXISTING / BASE BUILDING SCOPE TO BE PROVIDED BY DEVELOPER / OTHERS. COORDINATION WITH THESE EXISTING ELEMENTS IS REQUIRED AS INIDICATED AND DETAILED. 10. DIMENSIONS ARE TO CENTERLINE OF PARTITIONS, FACE OF CMU, FACE OF EXISTING FINISH OR FACE OF EXISTING COLUMNS UNLESS SHOWN OR NOTED OTHERWISE. 11. ALL PARTITIONS SHALL EXTEND FROM FLOOR TO THE UNDERSIDE OF DECK ABOVE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 12. SEE DIMENSION PLANS FOR WALL TYPE INDICATORS, AND SHEET A105 FOR PARTITION TYPE DETAILED INFORMATION. 13. INSTALL CONTINUOUS CAULKING / SEALANT AROUND ALL METAL FRAMES (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TOO ALUMINUM STOREFRONTS / ENTRANCES, HOLLOW METAL OPENINGS / FRAMES, ACCESS PANELS, ETC.) UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 14. INSTALL CONTINUOUS CAULKING / SEALANT AROUND EGDE OF ALL COUNTEROPS / SIDESPLASH / BACKSPLASHES TO ADJACENT SRUFACE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 15. CONTROL JOINTS SHALL BE PROVIDED AT EACH CORNER ABOVE DOORS (AT EACH SIDE) IN STUD AND GWB PARTITIONS. 16. SEE THE CODE SUMMARY AND LIFE SAFETY SHEET FOR RATED WALL LOCATIONS AND OTHER CODE RELATED REQUIREMENTS. 17. PATCH AND REPAIR EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN WHICH IS DAMAGED OR DISTURBED. CORRECTIONS ARE TO MATCH EXISTING NEARBY ELEMENTS OR BE RESTORED TO ORIGINAL CONDITION. IF ITEM CAN NOT BE REPAIRED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE THE ELEMENT / ITEM IN ITS ENTIRETY. WHERE ELEMENTS ARE INDICATED TO ABUT OR ADJOIN EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN, SAWCUT OR OTHERWISE REMOVE TO PROVIDE A CLEAN EDGE. 18. EXPANSION JOINTS AT ALL FLOORS, CEILINGS AND WALLS THAT ARE EXPOSED TO VIEW SHALL BE COVERED WITH EXPANSION JOINT COVERS APPROPRIATE FOR FINISHED SURFACES. 19. PROVIDE WOOD BLOCKING FOR ALL WALL HUNG / MOUNTED ELEMENTS (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TOO CASEWORK, GRAB BARS, TOILET ACCESSORIES, FINISHES, MILLWORK, SIGNAGE). BLOCKING SHALL BE CONTINUOUS AND LOCATED BOTH AT BOTTOM AND TOP OF EQUIPMENT. 20. PENETRATIONS THROUGH NON-RATED FLOORS, WALLS, AND OTHER ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE SEALED AT BOTH SIDES WITH MATERIALS APPROPRIATE TO THE ASSEMBLY CONSTRUCTION TO REDUCE SOUND TRANSMISSION. 21. PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE-RATED FLOORS, WALLS, AND OTHER ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE PROTECTED BY MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION DETAILS THAT CONFORM TO UL OR OTHER APPROVED LISTINGS AND MATCH THE RATING OF THE CONSTRUCTION BEING PENETRATED. 22. VERIFY CLEARANCE REQUIRED FOR INSTALL OF RECESSES, OR SEMI-RECESSED EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES, NOTIFY ARCHITECT IF SPECIFIED WALL TYPES DO NOT PRVIDE ADEQUATE SPACE FOR PROPER INSTALLATION PRIOR TO ORDERING EQUIPMENT. 23. LOCATED HINGE SIDE / EDGE OF DOOR/FRAME OPENING (HM AND ALUM.) 4" CLEAR FROM ADJACENT PERPENDICUALR WALL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 24. SEE G002 FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS OF PLUMBING FIXTURES AND OTHER ACCESSORIES. 25. ALL SANITARY SEWER LINES FOR APARTMENTS ABOVE CITY OFFICES TO BE CONCEALED IN SOFFITS, SEE AE114. CONTRACTOR TO VERFIY LOCATIONS IN FEILD. TWO LAYERS 5/8" GWB AND SOUND ATTENUATION BATTS TYP. KEYNOTE LEGEND AF51 16 GAUGE STUDS AND CEMENT BACKER BOARD FOR LARGE FORMAT TILE AND/OR LIMESTONE VENEER, TYP. NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 26 Item 2. UP DN A B C D E F 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 A.4 E.6 11.2 11.4 12.1 JANITOR'S CLOSET 108 MEN'S PUBLIC RESTROOM 110 VESTIBULE 113 VESTIBULE 100 PUBLIC LOBBY 101 PUBLIC CORRIDOR 112 CONFERENCE ROOM 107 COUNCIL CHAMBERS AV ROOM 105 TABLE AND CHAIR STORAGE 106 COATS/COFFEE ALCOVE 103 COUNCIL CHAMBER 102 100 111 110 109 107B 10 7 A 10 6 10 5 MATCH LINE SEE AE102 AE421 D2 AE420 B1 A1 AE420 E3 D1 E1 D4 AE421 A1 A5 A3 AE400 D2 D1 D5 D3 AE400C3 C1 C2 C5 108 UNISEX RESTROOM 109 AE400 E1 E2 E5 E3 10 2 B 11 2 10 2 A SOUND VESTIBULE 104 WOMEN'S PUBLIC RESTROOM 111 113B 113A AE503 A1 A5 AE503 B5 AE503 A6 AE502 AE420 E6 D5 AE503 6" STEP UP A4 AE502 A4 AE502 A1 AE502 C4 AE502 C2 AE502 A3 AE502 A3 AE502 D2 AE502 C1 AE503 C1 AE503 AE503 D3 AE503 C4AE503 B4 AE503 A4 AE503 A4 10 4 A 104B 12 0 A 11 5 11 4 A A1 AE320 AE400 C6 AE400 E6 A2 AE320 AE503 B3 AE503 B3 AE503 E1 AF37 2' - 4 " 2'-1 7/8" D1 AE320 100A A5 AE114 AF40 AF40AF41AF41 AF42 AF42 AF41AF41 AF42 AF42 AF40 AF40 AF43 AF44AF44 AF44AF44 AF44AF44 AF44AF44 RAMP UP RA M P D O W N AF01 TYP. AF01 AF01 TYP.TYP. AF01 TYP. AF46 AF47 AF01 AF01 AF01 AF01 AF01 AF01 AF01 AF01 TYP. AF05 AF49 AF07 AF07 AF07 AF07 AF21AF21 AF26 AF13 AF32 AF29 AF50 AF10AF10 AF10 AF09 (4) TOTAL AF11 AF09 AF10 AF08 AF10 AF10 AF09 (2) TOTAL AF08 (2) TOTAL AF10 AF11 AF09 AF05 AF05 AF05 AF05 AF08 AF08 AF11 AF11 AF11AF09 AF09 AF27 AF27 AF27 AF27 AF30 AF33 AF36 AF45 AF48 AF48 MIR. A2 AE502 D4 AE502 N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/ 1 8 / 2 0 2 2 3 : 56 : 5 2 P M \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS FLOOR PLAN - AREA C AE103 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 Checker Author Designer PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"A1 FLOOR PLAN LEVEL 1 AREA C GENERAL NOTES ARCHITECTURAL 1. REPORT ALL CONFLICTS AND/OR DISCREPANCIES IN PLANS / DOCUMENTS TO ARCHITECT FOR CLARIFICATION PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. 2. CONTRACTOR IS TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS, UTILITY LOCATIONS, AND/OR DIMENSIONS, WETHER OR NOT SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS, PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. 3. THIS PROJECT WILL HAVE ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, AND/OR FIRE SERVICE STUB-UPS INTO THE CITY HALL SUITE BY OTHERS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL LOCATIONS FOR EXTENSION OR CONNECTION TO / INTO ALL SERVICES BEING PROVIDED BY OTHERS, PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. 4. IF ANY ASBESTOS OR LEAD MATERIALS ARE ENCOUNTERED, STOP WORK IMMEDIATELY AND NOTIFY THE OWNER / CONSTRUCTION MANAGER / ARCHTECT. 5. REFER TO INTERIORS, MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL, FIRE PROTECTION, AND AV / LOW VOLTAGE DRAWINGS FOR RELATED SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS, ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, AND/OR COORDINATION WITH THESE PLANS. 6. FLOOR AND/OR ROOF PENETRATIONS / SLEEVES HAVE BEEN PROVIDED / COORDINATED BEY OTHERS PRIOR TO STARTING THIS WORK. THE FLOOR / ROOF SLABS ARE POST TENSION (PT) CONCRETE SLABS AND THE USE OF GROUND-PENETRATING RADAR (GPR) IS REQUIRED TO CUT IN NEW SLEEVES. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE UP TO FIVE (5) GPR AND SLEEVES UP TO 6" IN DIAMETER AS A PART OF THE BASE BID. 7. NO CUTTING INTO THE EXISTING FLOOR OR ROOF SLABS IS ALLOWED WITHOUT PRIOR AUTHORIZATION AND PERHAPS GPR SURVEY. CONNECTION TO THE EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR / ROOF SLABS IS ALLOWED WITHOUT THIS SERVICE. 8. THE CONTRACTOR IS CONFIRM THE LEVELNESS OF ALL EXISTING SLABS, PRIOR TO STARTING WORK AND PROVIDE LEVELING MATERIALS AS REQUIRED TO MEET THE FINISH REQUIREMENTS OF THE ELEMENTS DETAILED. 9. ELEMENTS AND/OR AREAS SHOWN WITH GRAY HATCH/FILL (EXTERIOR WALL, STRUCTURAL COLUMNS, ETC) ON DRAWINGS ARE EXISTING / BASE BUILDING SCOPE TO BE PROVIDED BY DEVELOPER / OTHERS. COORDINATION WITH THESE EXISTING ELEMENTS IS REQUIRED AS INIDICATED AND DETAILED. 10. DIMENSIONS ARE TO CENTERLINE OF PARTITIONS, FACE OF CMU, FACE OF EXISTING FINISH OR FACE OF EXISTING COLUMNS UNLESS SHOWN OR NOTED OTHERWISE. 11. ALL PARTITIONS SHALL EXTEND FROM FLOOR TO THE UNDERSIDE OF DECK ABOVE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 12. SEE DIMENSION PLANS FOR WALL TYPE INDICATORS, AND SHEET A105 FOR PARTITION TYPE DETAILED INFORMATION. 13. INSTALL CONTINUOUS CAULKING / SEALANT AROUND ALL METAL FRAMES (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TOO ALUMINUM STOREFRONTS / ENTRANCES, HOLLOW METAL OPENINGS / FRAMES, ACCESS PANELS, ETC.) UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 14. INSTALL CONTINUOUS CAULKING / SEALANT AROUND EGDE OF ALL COUNTEROPS / SIDESPLASH / BACKSPLASHES TO ADJACENT SRUFACE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 15. CONTROL JOINTS SHALL BE PROVIDED AT EACH CORNER ABOVE DOORS (AT EACH SIDE) IN STUD AND GWB PARTITIONS. 16. SEE THE CODE SUMMARY AND LIFE SAFETY SHEET FOR RATED WALL LOCATIONS AND OTHER CODE RELATED REQUIREMENTS. 17. PATCH AND REPAIR EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN WHICH IS DAMAGED OR DISTURBED. CORRECTIONS ARE TO MATCH EXISTING NEARBY ELEMENTS OR BE RESTORED TO ORIGINAL CONDITION. IF ITEM CAN NOT BE REPAIRED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE THE ELEMENT / ITEM IN ITS ENTIRETY. WHERE ELEMENTS ARE INDICATED TO ABUT OR ADJOIN EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN, SAWCUT OR OTHERWISE REMOVE TO PROVIDE A CLEAN EDGE. 18. EXPANSION JOINTS AT ALL FLOORS, CEILINGS AND WALLS THAT ARE EXPOSED TO VIEW SHALL BE COVERED WITH EXPANSION JOINT COVERS APPROPRIATE FOR FINISHED SURFACES. 19. PROVIDE WOOD BLOCKING FOR ALL WALL HUNG / MOUNTED ELEMENTS (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TOO CASEWORK, GRAB BARS, TOILET ACCESSORIES, FINISHES, MILLWORK, SIGNAGE). BLOCKING SHALL BE CONTINUOUS AND LOCATED BOTH AT BOTTOM AND TOP OF EQUIPMENT. 20. PENETRATIONS THROUGH NON-RATED FLOORS, WALLS, AND OTHER ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE SEALED AT BOTH SIDES WITH MATERIALS APPROPRIATE TO THE ASSEMBLY CONSTRUCTION TO REDUCE SOUND TRANSMISSION. 21. PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE-RATED FLOORS, WALLS, AND OTHER ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE PROTECTED BY MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION DETAILS THAT CONFORM TO UL OR OTHER APPROVED LISTINGS AND MATCH THE RATING OF THE CONSTRUCTION BEING PENETRATED. 22. VERIFY CLEARANCE REQUIRED FOR INSTALL OF RECESSES, OR SEMI-RECESSED EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES, NOTIFY ARCHITECT IF SPECIFIED WALL TYPES DO NOT PRVIDE ADEQUATE SPACE FOR PROPER INSTALLATION PRIOR TO ORDERING EQUIPMENT. 23. LOCATED HINGE SIDE / EDGE OF DOOR/FRAME OPENING (HM AND ALUM.) 4" CLEAR FROM ADJACENT PERPENDICUALR WALL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 24. SEE G002 FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS OF PLUMBING FIXTURES AND OTHER ACCESSORIES. 25. ALL SANITARY SEWER LINES FOR APARTMENTS ABOVE CITY OFFICES TO BE CONCEALED IN SOFFITS, SEE AE114. CONTRACTOR TO VERFIY LOCATIONS IN FEILD. TWO LAYERS 5/8" GWB AND SOUND ATTENUATION BATTS TYP. KEYNOTE LEGEND AF01 FURNITURE, N.I.C., COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL AND AV / LOW VOLTAGE DRAWINGS FOR POWER /DATA CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED AF05 WALL MOUNTED MONITOR, PROVIDE WOOD BLOCKING AS REQUIRED. COORDINATE WITH AV / LOW VOLTAGE DRAWINGS AF07 MOTORIZED ROLLER SHADES AT EXISTING WINDOWS. SHADES TO BE CONTIGUOUS AND SECTIONED OFF AT EXISTING VERTICAL MULLIONS, SEE INTERIORS DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION AF08 EXISTING 2-1/2" DIA. SLEEVE IN POST TENSION CONCRETE SLAB. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL AND AV/LOW VOLTAGE DRAWINGS AF09 EXISTING 3" DIA. SLEEVE IN POST TENSION CONCRETE SLAB. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL AND AV/LOW VOLTAGE DRAWINGS AF10 EXISTING 4" DIA. SLEEVE IN POST TENSION CONCRETE SLAB. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL AND AV/LOW VOLTAGE DRAWINGS AF11 EXISTING 6" DIA. SLEEVE IN POST TENSION CONCRETE SLAB. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL AND AV/LOW VOLTAGE DRAWINGS AF13 MOP SINK, SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS AND TYPICAL MOUNTING FOR SHELF/TOOL HOLDERS ABOVE AF21 COFFEE MACHINE, N.I.C. SEE PLUMBING FOR WATER CONNECTION AF26 WALL MOUNTED ADA COMPLIANT WATER COOLER, COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING. PROVIDE WOOD BLOCKING AS REQUIRED AF27 FLOOR DRAIN, COORDINATE ALL LOCATIONS WITH PLUMBING DRAWINGS AF29 4' X 6' WALL MOUNTED MARKER BOARD, PROVIDE WOOD BLOCKING AS REQUIRED AF30 NATURAL GAS FIREPLACE. DOUBLE SIDED. COORDINATE SIZE WITH FINISHED LIMESTONE AND WALL TYPES AF32 PUBLIC ACCESS COMPUTER, N.I.C. PROVIDE GROMMET IN COUNTER FOR POWER/DATA AF33 MAIN RECEPTION COUNTER, COORDINATE WITH FINISH PLANS, DETAILS AND ELECTRICAL / AV / LOW VOLTAGE DRAWINGS AF36 INSET RUG AT TILE FLOORING. COORDINATE WITH INTERIOR DRAWINGS AND TRANSITIONS BETWEEN FLOOR FINISHES. RUG TO SIT ON TOP OF EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB TO REMAIN AF37 NEW 4" DIA. THROUGH-SLAB SLEEVE. COORDINATE WITH AV/LOW VOLTAGE DRAWINGS. EXISTING SLAB IS POST TENSION CONCRETE, PROVIDE GROUND PENETRATING RADAR IN THIS AREA TO CONFIRM LOCATION OF EXISTING TENDONS TO NOT ADVERSELY EFFECT THE EXISTING STRUCTURE AF40 MULLION MOUNTED AUTO DOOR OPERATOR PUSH BUTTON. COORDINATE WITH NEW AND/OR EXISTING ALUMINUM FRAME FOR FRAME DEPTH, PROFILE, AND RUNNING OF WIRES WITHIN MULLION AS REQUIRED. AF41 AUTO DOOR OPERATOR PUSH BUTTON. AF42 ACTIVE DOOR LEAF / AUTO DOOR OPERATOR LOCATION AF43 TUBE STEEL RAILING AT SINGLE STEP. FLOOR MOUNTED. AF44 ELEVATED PLATFORM AT DIAL AND BACK AREAS AF45 PIN MOUNTED LETTERING TO READ "COLUMBIA HEIGHTS" AND PIN MOUNTED CUT METAL COUNTY LOGO. SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR MORE DETAIL AF46 PIN MOUNTED LETTERING TO READ "RESTROOMS" WITH PIN MOUNTED DIRECTIONAL ARROW. SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR MORE DETAIL AF47 PIN MOUNTED LETTERING TO READ "CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS". SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR MORE DETAIL AF48 RAMP UP/DOWN FROM ELEVATED PLATFORM. SEE INTERIORS FOR FLOOR FINISH AF49 ALUMINUM/GLASS SLIDING PARTITION. SEE SPECIFICATIONS AF50 WC-2 (CITY MAP IMAGE) BEHIND PIN MOUNTED CLEAR GLASS WHITE BOARD. SEE ELEVATION FOR MORE DETAIL NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 27 Item 2. UP DN A B C D E F 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 8.1 A.4 E.6 11.2 11.4 12.1 AE420 B1 A1 B6 AE420 E3 D1 E1 D4 AE421 A1 A5 A3 AE400 D2 D1 D5 D3 AE400C3 C1 C2 C5 AE400 E1 E2 E5 E3 CLEAR 5'-0" MIN. 1" R I S E P ER 1 ' - 0 " R U N 6' - 0 " R A M P , S L O P E M A X : SK SKO SO FI N I S H F AC E 2' - 3 " T O 3 1 / 2 " 5' - 3 1 / 2 " 1" RISE PER 1'-0" RUN 6'-0" RAMP, SLOPE MAX: CL E A R 4' - 0 " M I N SKO SKO SKO AL I G N SO SOSOSO SOSO SKOSKO SKO 6" 4' - 5 " 2' - 1 1 3 / 8 " CONFERENCE ROOM 114 JANITOR'S CLOSET 108 MEN'S PUBLIC RESTROOM 110 VESTIBULE 113 VESTIBULE 100 PUBLIC LOBBY 101 PUBLIC CORRIDOR 112 CONFERENCE ROOM 107 COUNCIL CHAMBERS AV ROOM 105 TABLE AND CHAIR STORAGE 106 COATS/COFFEE ALCOVE 103 COUNCIL CHAMBER 102 RECEPTION / PUBLIC COUNTERS 118 UNISEX RESTROOM 109 SOUND VESTIBULE 104 SDA SDA 2'-0 5/8"9"13'-11 1/2"8'-0 1/8"13'-11 1/2" 9" 7" AE516 E1 A6 AE502 AE420 E6 FIRESIDE/ MULTI-PURPOSE ROOM 120 6 1/2" 3' - 0 " 5 5 / 8 " 2' - 7 " 7"18'-11" 5'-5" 11'-11" WOMEN'S PUBLIC RESTROOM 111 1' - 2 3 / 4 " 9' - 0 1 / 8 " 5' - 6 " 5' - 0 " 5' - 6 " 8' - 0 1 / 8 " 1' - 1 3 / 4 " 5' - 4 1 / 2 " 3' - 4 " 6 1 / 8 " 5'-7 1/8" 3'-0" 8'-11" 5' - 6 " 2' - 6 " 2' - 6 " 5' - 6 " 5'-7" 6'-8 1/2" 6 1 / 2 " 5' - 9 3 / 8 " 8 ' - 5 " 5 3/4" 2'-1 1/4" 6' - 4 7 / 8 " 10'-2 1/2" 5'-7 1/2" 15'-5 3/8"19'-2 3/4" 6 1/2" 4 1 / 2 " 4' - 5 " 8' - 6 1 / 2 " 6 1/2" 13'-5 1/2" 10 3/4" S2O 2'-5 1/2" 7'-4 7/8" 12 ' - 9 1 / 2 " 11'-11 5/8" D2 AE502 1' - 8 " 13'-4 3/4"16'-3 3/8" 3'-1 1/2" 9 3/4"3' - 9 " 1' - 2 " 35 ' - 1 7 / 8 " 15 ' - 5 " 2' - 1 1 1 / 2 " 5/ 8 " 6'-3 1/2" 6'-4 1/8"16'-2" 1' - 2 " 6" SKO SKO 7'-7 3/8" 15.00° 9'-4"9 ' - 4 " 1 5 . 0 0 ° A4 AE502 A4 AE502 A1 AE502 C4 AE502 C2 AE502 A3 AE502 A3 AE502 S1K S1K SKO SKO SE T MA T C H SKO SKO 2 1 / 4 " AF51 AF51 AF51 AF51 AF51 AF51 AF51 AF51 AF51 AF51 AF51 AF51 AF51 AF06AF51 S6T S2OS2O S2OS2O S2OS2O SWO SWO SO SWO SKO SWO SWO SWO S2O SWO SO S S2OS2O SKO SKO SO S STO S2O S2O S2O S2O S2O S2O S2O SOSO SO S STS STS SKO ST ST STOSTOSTO STO STS STS STO S2OS2O S2O SDA S S2O S SKO S40S40 S40 S S S S STO STS S2O S S6 S S S S S S S SKO SKO SWOSO SKO SKO SKO SKO S2OS2O 5'-8" 6 1 / 2 " 3 5/8" S2WO S 5'-6 1/8" 1'-10 1/4" 7'-4 3/8" 3'-9 7/8" 11'-8 1/4" 1'-10 3/4" S2O STS S2O S2O 2' - 1 5 / 8 " 13 ' - 1 1 / 4 " 1' - 2 " 28 ' - 2 1 / 2 " 3' - 5 5 / 8 " 6 1 / 2 " 1' - 6 " 2'-3 1/4"5'-0" SKO SWO 1'-5 1/8" 5'-0" 1'-5 1/8" 3' - 6 " 1' - 0 " A1 AE320 A2 AE320 AE400 C6 AE400 E6 C2 AE504 C3 AE504 C4 AE504C1 AE504 D1 AE320 A5 AE114 S2O S2O S2O S2O 3'-6" 4'-5 1/4" 3' - 2 1 / 2 " AF51 AF51 AF51 AF51 AF51 AF51 AF51 AF51 AF51 AF51 AF51 AF51 AF51 AF51 AF51 AF51 N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/ 1 8 / 2 0 2 2 3 : 56 : 5 8 P M \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS DIMENSION PLAN AND WALL TYPES - AREA C AE103 DIM COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 Checker Author Designer PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"A1 DIMENSION PLAN LEVEL 1 AREA C GENERAL NOTES ARCHITECTURAL 1. REPORT ALL CONFLICTS AND/OR DISCREPANCIES IN PLANS / DOCUMENTS TO ARCHITECT FOR CLARIFICATION PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. 2. CONTRACTOR IS TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS, UTILITY LOCATIONS, AND/OR DIMENSIONS, WETHER OR NOT SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS, PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. 3. THIS PROJECT WILL HAVE ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, AND/OR FIRE SERVICE STUB-UPS INTO THE CITY HALL SUITE BY OTHERS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL LOCATIONS FOR EXTENSION OR CONNECTION TO / INTO ALL SERVICES BEING PROVIDED BY OTHERS, PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. 4. IF ANY ASBESTOS OR LEAD MATERIALS ARE ENCOUNTERED, STOP WORK IMMEDIATELY AND NOTIFY THE OWNER / CONSTRUCTION MANAGER / ARCHTECT. 5. REFER TO INTERIORS, MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL, FIRE PROTECTION, AND AV / LOW VOLTAGE DRAWINGS FOR RELATED SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS, ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, AND/OR COORDINATION WITH THESE PLANS. 6. FLOOR AND/OR ROOF PENETRATIONS / SLEEVES HAVE BEEN PROVIDED / COORDINATED BEY OTHERS PRIOR TO STARTING THIS WORK. THE FLOOR / ROOF SLABS ARE POST TENSION (PT) CONCRETE SLABS AND THE USE OF GROUND-PENETRATING RADAR (GPR) IS REQUIRED TO CUT IN NEW SLEEVES. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE UP TO FIVE (5) GPR AND SLEEVES UP TO 6" IN DIAMETER AS A PART OF THE BASE BID. 7. NO CUTTING INTO THE EXISTING FLOOR OR ROOF SLABS IS ALLOWED WITHOUT PRIOR AUTHORIZATION AND PERHAPS GPR SURVEY. CONNECTION TO THE EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR / ROOF SLABS IS ALLOWED WITHOUT THIS SERVICE. 8. THE CONTRACTOR IS CONFIRM THE LEVELNESS OF ALL EXISTING SLABS, PRIOR TO STARTING WORK AND PROVIDE LEVELING MATERIALS AS REQUIRED TO MEET THE FINISH REQUIREMENTS OF THE ELEMENTS DETAILED. 9. ELEMENTS AND/OR AREAS SHOWN WITH GRAY HATCH/FILL (EXTERIOR WALL, STRUCTURAL COLUMNS, ETC) ON DRAWINGS ARE EXISTING / BASE BUILDING SCOPE TO BE PROVIDED BY DEVELOPER / OTHERS. COORDINATION WITH THESE EXISTING ELEMENTS IS REQUIRED AS INIDICATED AND DETAILED. 10. DIMENSIONS ARE TO CENTERLINE OF PARTITIONS, FACE OF CMU, FACE OF EXISTING FINISH OR FACE OF EXISTING COLUMNS UNLESS SHOWN OR NOTED OTHERWISE. 11. ALL PARTITIONS SHALL EXTEND FROM FLOOR TO THE UNDERSIDE OF DECK ABOVE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 12. SEE DIMENSION PLANS FOR WALL TYPE INDICATORS, AND SHEET A105 FOR PARTITION TYPE DETAILED INFORMATION. 13. INSTALL CONTINUOUS CAULKING / SEALANT AROUND ALL METAL FRAMES (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TOO ALUMINUM STOREFRONTS / ENTRANCES, HOLLOW METAL OPENINGS / FRAMES, ACCESS PANELS, ETC.) UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 14. INSTALL CONTINUOUS CAULKING / SEALANT AROUND EGDE OF ALL COUNTEROPS / SIDESPLASH / BACKSPLASHES TO ADJACENT SRUFACE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 15. CONTROL JOINTS SHALL BE PROVIDED AT EACH CORNER ABOVE DOORS (AT EACH SIDE) IN STUD AND GWB PARTITIONS. 16. SEE THE CODE SUMMARY AND LIFE SAFETY SHEET FOR RATED WALL LOCATIONS AND OTHER CODE RELATED REQUIREMENTS. 17. PATCH AND REPAIR EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN WHICH IS DAMAGED OR DISTURBED. CORRECTIONS ARE TO MATCH EXISTING NEARBY ELEMENTS OR BE RESTORED TO ORIGINAL CONDITION. IF ITEM CAN NOT BE REPAIRED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE THE ELEMENT / ITEM IN ITS ENTIRETY. WHERE ELEMENTS ARE INDICATED TO ABUT OR ADJOIN EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN, SAWCUT OR OTHERWISE REMOVE TO PROVIDE A CLEAN EDGE. 18. EXPANSION JOINTS AT ALL FLOORS, CEILINGS AND WALLS THAT ARE EXPOSED TO VIEW SHALL BE COVERED WITH EXPANSION JOINT COVERS APPROPRIATE FOR FINISHED SURFACES. 19. PROVIDE WOOD BLOCKING FOR ALL WALL HUNG / MOUNTED ELEMENTS (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TOO CASEWORK, GRAB BARS, TOILET ACCESSORIES, FINISHES, MILLWORK, SIGNAGE). BLOCKING SHALL BE CONTINUOUS AND LOCATED BOTH AT BOTTOM AND TOP OF EQUIPMENT. 20. PENETRATIONS THROUGH NON-RATED FLOORS, WALLS, AND OTHER ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE SEALED AT BOTH SIDES WITH MATERIALS APPROPRIATE TO THE ASSEMBLY CONSTRUCTION TO REDUCE SOUND TRANSMISSION. 21. PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE-RATED FLOORS, WALLS, AND OTHER ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE PROTECTED BY MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION DETAILS THAT CONFORM TO UL OR OTHER APPROVED LISTINGS AND MATCH THE RATING OF THE CONSTRUCTION BEING PENETRATED. 22. VERIFY CLEARANCE REQUIRED FOR INSTALL OF RECESSES, OR SEMI-RECESSED EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES, NOTIFY ARCHITECT IF SPECIFIED WALL TYPES DO NOT PRVIDE ADEQUATE SPACE FOR PROPER INSTALLATION PRIOR TO ORDERING EQUIPMENT. 23. LOCATED HINGE SIDE / EDGE OF DOOR/FRAME OPENING (HM AND ALUM.) 4" CLEAR FROM ADJACENT PERPENDICUALR WALL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 24. SEE G002 FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS OF PLUMBING FIXTURES AND OTHER ACCESSORIES. 25. ALL SANITARY SEWER LINES FOR APARTMENTS ABOVE CITY OFFICES TO BE CONCEALED IN SOFFITS, SEE AE114. CONTRACTOR TO VERFIY LOCATIONS IN FEILD. TWO LAYERS 5/8" GWB AND SOUND ATTENUATION BATTS TYP. KEYNOTE LEGEND AF06 MANUAL ROLLER SHADES AT EXISTING WINDOWS. SHADES TO BE CONTIGUOUS AND SECTIONED OFF AT EXISTING VERTICAL MULLIONS, SEE INTERIORS DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION AF51 16 GAUGE STUDS AND CEMENT BACKER BOARD FOR LARGE FORMAT TILE AND/OR LIMESTONE VENEER, TYP. NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 28 Item 2. ACOUSTICAL INSULATION W/ OPTION 'A' ONLY 5/8" GWB 2ND 'SO' WALL W/ 'D' OPTION 5/8" GWB S 3 5/8" METAL STUDS @ 16" OC W/ 5/8" GWB BOTH SIDES TO STRUCTURE S2 S6 SA SAP NON-RATED PARTITION SO 3 5/8" METAL STUDS @ 16" OC W/ 5/8" GWB ONE FACE ONLY TO STRUCTURE OPTION 'O' - ONE GWB FACE ONLY SDA DOUBLE ROW OF STAGGERED 3 5/8" METAL STUDS @ 16" OC W/ 5/8" GWB ONE FACE ONLY TO STRUCTURE, PROVIDE CONTINUOUS ACOUSTICAL INSULATION WEAVING AROUND STUDS, STC 54 OPTION 'SDA' - STAGGERED DOUBLE STUDS (ACOUSTICAL) 1' - 4 " 2 1/2" METAL STUDS @ 16" OC W/ 5/8" GWB BOTH SIDES TO STRUCTURE 6" METAL STUDS @ 16" OC W/ 5/8" GWB BOTH SIDES TO STRUCTURE 3 5/8" METAL STUDS @ 16" OC W/ ACOUSTICAL INSULATION W/ 5/8" GWB BOTH SIDES TO STRUCTURE, STC 49 3 5/8" METAL STUDS @ 16" OC W/ ACOUSTICAL INSULATION W/ 5/8" GWB BOTH SIDES, HEIGHT INDICATED ON SECTION OR ELEVATION METAL STUD 5/8" GWB METAL STUD ACOUSTICAL INSULATION W/ OPTION 'A' ONLY ACOUSTICAL INSULATION METAL STUD PER PLAN SS 3 5/8" METAL STUDS @ 16" OC TO STRUCTURE ABOVE W/ 5/8" GWB BOTH SIDES - SMOKE PARTITION SK 3 5/8" METAL STUDS @ 16" OC W/ 1" STONE ONE SIDE TO CEILING, GWB OPPOSITE SIDE S2K STONE FACED PARTITION 2 1/2" METAL STUDS @ 16" OC W/ 1" STONE ONE SIDE TO CEILING ACOUSTICAL INSULATION 16 GA. METAL STUD MINIMUM 5/8" GWB (OMIT AT SKO & S1K) 1" STONE WALL FACING SOA 3 5/8" METAL STUDS @ 16" OC W/ 5/8" GWB ONE FACE ONLY & ACOUSTICAL INSULATION TO STRUCTURE S2O 2 1/2" METAL STUDS @ 16" OC W/ 5/8" GWB ONE FACE ONLY TO STRUCTURE SKO 3 5/8" METAL STUDS @ 16" OC W/ 7/8" STONE ONE SIDE TO CEILING CEMENT BACKERBOARD S1K " METAL FURRING @ 16" OC W/ 1" STONE ONE SIDE TO CEILING GROUT S6O 6" METAL STUDS @ 16" OC W/ 5/8" GWB ONE FACE ONLY TO STRUCTURE ACOUSTICAL INSULATION STO 3 5/8" 16 GA. METAL STUDS @ 16" OC W/ WALL TILE ONE SIDE TO CEILING. CEMENT BACKERBOARD ON TILE SIDE, 5/8" GWB OPPOSITE TILE SIDE. ST LARGE FORMAT TILE PARTITION 3 5/8" 16 GA. METAL STUDS @ 16" OC W/ WALL TILE BOTH SIDES TO CEILING. 16 GA. METAL STUD CEMENT BACKERBOARD (OMIT ONE SIDE AT STO & STS, REPLACE WITH GWB AT STO) LARGE FORMAT TILE PER INTERIOR SCHEDULE (OMIT ONE SIDE AT STO & STS) STS 3 5/8" 16 GA. METAL STUDS @ 16" OC W/ WALL TILE & CEMENT BACKERBOARD ONE SIDE TO CEILING. S6T 6" 16 GA. METAL STUDS @ 16" OC W/ WALL TILE BOTH SIDES TO CEILING. WOOD FACED PARTITION ACOUSTICAL INSULATION 16 GA. METAL STUD MINIMUM 3/8" WOOD PANELING 5/8" GWB SWO 3 5/8" METAL STUDS @ 16" OC W/ GWB BOTH SIDES TO STRUCTURE, WOOD PANELING ONE SIDE TO HEIGHT INDICATED IN ELEVATIONS SW 3 5/8" METAL STUDS @ 16" OC W/ GWB BOTH SIDES TO STRUCTURE, WOOD PANELING BOTH SIDES TO HEIGHT INDICATED IN ELEVATIONS FRENCH CLEAT 3/8" WOOD PANELING (OMIT AT SWO) Z-CLIP OR FRENCH CLEAT S6WO 6" METAL STUDS @ 16" OC W/ GWB BOTH SIDES TO STRUCTURE, WOOD PANELING ONE SIDE TO HEIGHT INDICATED IN ELEVATIONS LINE OF STRUCTURE LINE OF CEILING LINE OF FLOOR DIAGONAL BRACING AT 4'-0" OC MAX METAL RUNNER ACOUSTICAL INSULATION W/ OPTION 'A' ONLY NON-RATED PARTITION HE I G H T S E E E L E V LINE OF FLOOR SUPPORT ANGLE 5/8" GWB METAL RUNNER LINE OF CEILING NON-RATED PARTITION PARTIAL HEIGHT SZ 3 5/8" METAL STUDS AT 16" OC W/ 5/8" GWB BOTH SIDES TO 6" ABOVE CEILING BRACED TO STRUCTURE SZA 3 5/8" METAL STUDS AT 16" OC W/ 5/8" GWB BOTH SIDES TO 6" ABOVE CEILING BRACED TO STRUCTURE W/ ACOUSTICAL INSULATION, STC 49 SP 3 5/8" METAL STUDS AT 16" OC W/ 5/8" GWB BOTH SIDES, HEIGHT AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AND ELEVATIONS S6P 6" METAL STUDS AT 16" OC W/ 5/8" GWB BOTH SIDES, HEIGHT AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AND ELEVATIONS 6" INTERIOR STUD GAGE AND SPACING CHART* STUD WIDTH DESIGN THICKNESS (GAGE) STUD SPACING (INCHES) PARTITION HEIGHT DEFLECTION VALUE 5 psf BRACING SPACING WHERE OCCURSL/120 L/240 L/360 1 5/8" 0.0179" (25) 0.0312" (20) 0.0179" (25) 0.0312" (20) 0.0179" (25) 0.0312" (20) 0.0179" (25) 0.0312" (20) 0.0179" (25) 0.0312" (20) 2 1/2" 3 5/8" 4" 6" 16" 24" 16" 24" 16" 24" 16" 24" 16" 24" 16" 24" 16" 24" 16" 24" 16" 24" 16" 24" 10'-7" 9'-9" 12'-1" 11'-0" 13'-3" 11'-10" 16'-5" 14'-10" 15'-4" 13'-9" 20'-8" 18'-6" 17'-2" 15'-1" 23'-1" 20'-9" 19'-9" 16'-9" 30'-10" 27'-2" 8'-4" 7'-11" 9'-8" 8'-9" 11'-3" 10'-7" 12'-10" 11'-7" 14'-4" 13'-5" 16'-5" 14'-9" 15'-4" 14'-2" 18'-4" 16'-5" 19'-9" 16'-9" 24'-6" 21'-7" - - 8'-5" 7'-8" 9'-10" 9'-3" 11'-2" 10'-0" 12'-4" 11'-7" 14'-3" 12'-9" 13'-4" 12'-4" 15'-11" 14'-3" 17'-11" 16'-9" 21'-4" 18'-10" 4'-0" OC 4'-0" OC 4'-0" OC 4'-0" OC 6'-0" OC 6'-0" OC 6'-0" OC 6'-0" OC 8'-0" OC 8'-0" OC 8'-0" OC 8'-0" OC 8'-0" OC 8'-0" OC 8'-0" OC 8'-0" OC 10'-0" OC 10'-0" OC 10'-0" OC 10'-0" OC GENERAL NOTES: INTERIOR STUD CHART NOTES: 1. PROVIDE MINIMUM 0.0312" STUDS @ WALLS TO RECEIVE FINISH (TILE, STONE, WOOD, ETC). 2. PROVIDE MINIMUM 0.0312" STUDS @ JAMBS OF DOOR AND FIXED GLASS FRAMES, @ OPEN PARTITION ENDS, AND WHERE PARTITION IS TO RECEIVE WALL MOUNTED SHELVES, CASEWORK, PLUMBING FIXTURES, ETC. 3. USE 5/8" FR GWB @ ALL FIRE-RATED PARTITIONS, ANCHOR W/ SCREWS @ 8" OC ON EDGES @ 12" OC IN FIELD PER UL DESIGN NUMBERS LISTED. 4. SEE ALL SPECIFICATIONS FOR GWB REQUIREMENTS @ TOILETS AND ALL WET AREAS. 5. APPLIES TO POWER AND COMMUNICATIONS, ETC. A. BACK-TO-BACK PLACEMENT OF OUTLET BOXES NOT PERMITTED. B. PLUG ALL UNUSED KNOCK-OUTS IN OUTLET BOXES WITH KNOCK-OUT CAPS. C. PROVIDE 'HILTI' FIRESTOP PUTTY PAD OR EQUAL TO OUTLET BOXES IN FIRE-RATED WALLS OR WHERE OTHERWISE INDICATED. D. DEPTH OF OUTLET BOX TO BE COMPATIBLE WITH STUD SIZES IN ORDER TO ACCOMMODATE BOX PAD. 6. PROVIDE 2" x 8" FIRE TREATED WOOD BLOCKING @ WALL HUNG CASEWORK, SHELVES, COUNTERTOPS, HEAVY WALL SCONCES, AND MAJOR ARTWORK. * REFERENCE STEEL STUD MANUFACTURER ASSOCIATION'S STANDARDS FOR SECTION PROPERTIES AND DESIGN OF STUD SIZE LISTED HERE. USE L/240 DEFLECTION CHART FOR ALL AREAS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. PARTITION TYPE SYMBOL PARTITION DESIGNATION 3M6C FIRE RATING * MATERIAL NOMINAL THICKNESS **OPTION(S) *** -1 HR -2 HR -3 HR 1 2 3 -STUDS -CMU -CONCRETE S M C 2 4 6 8 A B C SUGGESTED OPTIONS LIST A -ACOUSTICAL INSULATION B -BOTH FACES C -GWB TO 6" ABOVE CEILING D -DOUBLE WALL H -SHAFTWALL K -STONE FACED L -LEAD LINED O -ONE FACE ONLY P -PARTIAL HEIGHT PARTITION R -RIGID INSULATION W/ GWB COVERING S -SMOKE PARTITION / BARRIER T -TEMPORARY PARTITION W -WOOD FACED Z -STAGGERED STUDS (ACOUSTICAL) 2 -2 LAYERS GWB *-DESIGNATION NOT INDICATED FOR NON-RATED PARTITIONS **-DESIGNATION NOT INDICATED FOR PROJECT STANDARD THICKNESS *** -DESIGNATION NOT INDICATED IF OPTIONS ARE NOT APPLICABLE; ONE OR TWO OPTION DESIGNATORS MAY BE USED. (or RESILIENT CHANNEL) -WOOD STUDSW NON-RATED PARTITION GWB - SEE PLAN AND PARTITION TYPES METAL STUDS (GAGE AS REQUIRED BY PARTITION TYPE & HEIGHT) GWB - SEE PLAN AND PARTITION TYPES RATED PARTITION NON-RATED PARTITION GWB - SEE PLAN AND PARTITION TYPES METAL STUDS (GAGE AS REQUIRED BY PARTITION TYPE AND HEIGHT) GWB - SEE PLAN AND PARTITION TYPES RATED PARTITION RATED PARTITION GWB - SEE PLAN AND PARTITION TYPES METAL STUDS (GAGE AS REQUIRED BY PARTITION TYPE AND HEIGHT GWB - SEE PLAN AND PARTITION TYPES NON-RATED PARTITION NON-RATED PARTITION GWB - SEE PLAN AND PARTITION TYPES METAL STUDS (GAGE AS REQUIRED BY PARTITION TYPE AND HEIGHT) GWB - SEE PLAN AND PARTITION TYPES RATED PARTITION NOTE: REFER TO PLANS AND PARTITION TYPES FOR SPECIAL CONDITIONS AND NOTES THE PRIORITY OF PARTITIONS IS DETERMINED AS FOLLOWS: 1. FIRE RATED PARTITIONS HAVE PRIORITY OVER NON-RATED PARTITIONS 2. PARTITIONS WITH GREATER FIRE RATING HAVE PRIORITY OVER THOSE WITH A LESSER RATING 3. SMOKE-SEALED PARTITIONS HAVE PRIORITY OVER NON-SMOKED SEALED PARTITIONS 4 WAY INTERSECTION - PRIORITY PARTITION CHANGES DIRECTION 3 WAY INTERSECTION - PRIORITY PARTITION CHANGES DIRECTION 3 WAY INTERSECTION - PRIORITY PARTITION IS CONTINUOUS4 WAY INTERSECTION - PRIORITY PARTITION IS CONTINUOUS BRIDGING CHANNEL ABOVE BRACKET LEG EXTEND BRACKET LEG TO 2/3 HT OF PARTITION - FASTEN TO STUD @ 6" OC VERT STL BRACKET L3 1/2" x 3" x 1/4" (4) 3/8" DIA EXPANSION BOLTS INSTALL BRACKET AT EVERY THIRD STUD & FREESTANDING ENDS & OPENINGS 1/4" GWB NOTE: PROVIDE REINFORCING BRACKETS AS REQD METAL STUDS FINISHED CONCRETE SUBSTRATE PROVIDE REINFORCING BRACKETS @ 48" OC HILTI NO DN24P8 SHOT PIN OR EQUAL, @ 24" OC & 2" FROM END OF EACH TRACK SECTION FLEXIBLE SEALANT 1 1/2" 3" 3" 3" 1 1/2" 1" 1" 1/ 4 " N O M C SECTION B ELEVATION A PLAN HE I G H T 2/ 3 P A R T I T I O N 1/ 4 " CONC FLOOR DEEP LEG TRACK; DO NOT ATTACH STUDS OR GWB TO TOP TRACK HILTI NO DN24P8 SHOT PIN OR EQUAL @ 24" OC & 2" FROM END OF EACH TRACK SECTION METAL STUDS 1 LAYER 5/8" GWB EACH SIDE HILTI NO DN24P8 SHOT PIN OR EQUAL @ 24" OC & 2" FROM END OF EACH TRACK SECTION FLEXIBLE SEALANT (FR @ SEALANT RATED CONDITION) ACOUSTICAL INSULATION WHEN REQUIRED IN WALL TYPES METAL STUDS FINISHED FLOOR 1/ 2 " T O 3 / 4 " 1 LAYER 5/8" GWB EACH SIDE 1/2" MIN FLEXIBLE ACOUSTICAL SEALANT B SECTION -HEAD A SECTION -SILL CONC SLAB ACOUSTICAL INSULATION IF REQD, SEE WALL TYPE MASONRY UNIT HILTI HDI 1/2" DIA; 2 1/2" MIN EMBEDMENT TYP L4"x4"x1/4" BENT STL PL ALTERNATING EACH SIDE 9" LONG @ 4'-0" OC MA X 3/ 4 " 4 1 / 2 " M I N MASONRY UNIT OR CONC WALL FINISHED FLOOR B SECTION -HEAD A SECTION -SILL 4 1 / 2 " M I N CONC SLAB 1/2" MIN FLEXIBLE FIRESTOP SEALANT DEEP LEG TRACK; DO NOT ATTACH STUDS OR GWB TO TOP TRACK HILTI NO DN24P8 SHOT PIN OR EQUAL @ 24" OC AND 2" FROM END OF EACH TRACK SECTION METAL FURRING STUDS RATED MASONRY UNIT OR CONC WALL MINERAL WOOL SAFING (MIN 4 PCF DENSITY) 1/2" MIN FLEXIBLE FIRESTOP SEALANT 1/4" BENT STL PL ALTERNATING EACH SIDE 9" LONG @ 4'-0" OC UL SYSTEM NO HW-D-1009 CONC SLAB 1/2" MIN FLEXIBLE FIRESTOP SEALANT MINERAL WOOL SAFING (MIN 4 PCF DENSITY) RATED MASONRY UNIT OR CONC WALL 1/4" BENT STL PL ALTERNATING EACH SIDE 9" LONG @ 4'-0" OC 3 3 / 4 " M A X 4 1 / 2 " M I N UL SYSTEM NO HW-D-1009 SILL SIMILAR TO A5/A501 GALV SHEET METAL DUCT (MAX SIZE: 24" x 48", MIN 24 GA) FIRESTOP SEALANT MIN 1 1/2" x 1 1/2" x 16 GA ANGLE, ALL 4 SIDES SECURED TO DUCT @ 3" OC MAX 1 LAYER 5/8" FR GWB @ 1-HR WALL METAL STUD UL SYSTEM NO W-L-7040 FOR WALL ASSEMBLIES U300 OR U400 SERIES 1" M A X 1/ 4 " M I N PENETRATING ITEM: A. MAX 30" DIA STEEL PIPE B. MAX 30" DIA CAST IRON PIPE C. MAX 6" NOM DIA STEEL CONDUIT D. MAX 6" NOM DIA COPPER PIPE E. MAX 4" NOM DIA EMT FIRESTOP SEALANT 5/8" MIN FOR 1-HR ASSEMBLY, 1 1/4" MIN FOR 2-HR ASSEMBLY 1 LAYER 5/8" FR GWB @ 1-HR WALL METAL STUD UL SYSTEM NO W-L-1054 FOR WALL ASSEMBLIES U300 OR U400 SERIES 5/ 8 " M I N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company 2/ 1 8 / 2 0 2 2 3 : 57 : 0 1 P M \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PARTITION TYPES & DETAILS AE105 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 Checker Author Designer PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N STUD PARTITION TYPES (PLANS) STUD PARTITION TYPES (SECTIONS)PARTITION TYPES LEGEND RATED WALL INTERSECTIONS NO. DESCRIPTION DATE SCALE:3" = 1'-0"A1 PARTIAL HEIGHT STUD PARTITION WALL SCALE:3" = 1'-0"A2 STUD PARTITION WALL - NON RATED SCALE:3" = 1'-0"A3 MASONRY PARTITION WALL - NON-RATED SCALE:3" = 1'-0"B2 1-HR RATED ASSEMBLY FURRING STUD WALL SCALE:3" = 1'-0"B3 1-HR RATED ASSEMBLY MASONRY PARTITION WALL SCALE:3" = 1'-0"D6 DUCT PENETRATION 1-HR WALL ASSEMBLY SCALE:3" = 1'-0"D7 PIPE PENETRATION 1-HR WALL ASSEMBLY 29 Item 2. OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OSOS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VDVD VDVD VD VDVD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD OS OS OS OS OS OS OS VD VD VD OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS JJ JJ JJ JJ JJ JJ JJ JJ JJ JJ JJ VD VD VD VD VD VD JJ OS OS A B C D E F G H J 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 8.1 A.4 E.6 H.5 11.2 11.4 12.1 2.1 J.1 171 169 168 167 166 144 173 172 162 147 161 148 170 143 145 138 137 140 139 133 135 142141 136 12 9 153 126152 163163 159 150 159 158 157 154 155 130 128 125 127 120 119 119 118 116 123 124 114 100 101 113 102 107 111 110 109 108103 106105104 A5 AE114 CEILING PLAN LEGEND GWB/P1 APC-1 APC-2 APC-3 OPEN TO ABOVE LIGHT FIXTURES -SEE ELECTRICAL EXHAUST DIFFUSER -SEE MECHANICAL RETURN AIR DIFFUSER -SEE MECHANICAL SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSERS -SEE MECHANICAL VRV BOX -SEE MECHANICAL SPEAKER -SEE AUDIO / VISUAL SECURITY CAMERA -SEE AUDIO / VISUAL EXIT LIGHTS, WALL & CEILING MOUNTED -SEE ELECTRICAL TRACK LIGHT FIXTURE -SEE ELECTRICAL A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/ 1 8 / 2 0 2 2 3 : 57 : 1 0 P M \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - OVERALL AE110 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 Checker Author Designer PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:3/32" = 1'-0"A2 CEILING PLAN LEVEL 1 OVERALL NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 30 Item 2. OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J OS A B C D E F 1 2 3 4 5 A.4 E.6 2.1 CONFERENCE ROOM 171 CITY MANAGER OFFICE 169 OFFICE 168 OFFICE 167 CONFERENCE ROOM 166 BREAK ROOM 144 OFFICE 173 OFFICE 172 OFFICE 162 OFFICE 147 PRINT ROOM 161 OFFICE 148 WEATHER VESTIBULE 170 JANITOR & STORAGE 143 WELLNESS ROOM 145 OFFICE 138 OFFICE 137 HR FILE ROOM 140 FINANCE FILE ROOM 139 MECHANICAL ROOM 133 ELECTRICAL ROOM 135 SERVER ROOM 142 IT / IS WORK ROOM 141 OFFICE 136 CONFERENCE ROOM 153 VESTIBULE 126 APC-2 10'-6" APC-1 10'-0"APC-1 10'-0" APC-2 10'-6" APC-2 10'-6" APC-2 10'-6" GWB/P-1 9'-0" WD-1 8'-2" WD-1 8'-2" APC-1 10'-0" APC-1 10'-0" APC-1 10'-0" APC-1 10'-0" APC-1 10'-0" APC-1 10'-0" APC-1 10'-0" APC-1 10'-0" APC-1 9'-0" APC-1 9'-0" APC-1 9'-0" APC-1 9'-0" APC-1 9'-0" APC-1 10'-0" APC-1 10'-0" APC-1 10'-0" GW B / P - 1 11 ' - 6 " GWB/P-1 11'-6" GWB/P-1 11'-6" GWB/P-1 11'-6" APC-3 10'-0" GW B / P - 1 11 ' - 6 " APC-1 10'-0" APC-1 9'-0" APC-1 9'-0" GWB/P-1 9'-6" OFFICE 152 OPEN OFFICE 163 OPEN OFFICE 163 OPEN OFFICE 159 OPEN OFFICE WORK AREA 150 OPEN OFFICE 159 GWB/P-1 11'-6" GWB/P-1 11'-6" APC-1 9'-0" GWB/P-1 9'-0" GWB/P-1 9'-0" 6'-8" 4'-3 5/8"3'-4 7/8" 6'-8" D1 AE505 D1 AE505 B4 AE421 6' - 0 " 1' - 0 " 1' - 0 " D4 AE505 D4 AE505 F6 AE505 F6 AE505 F6 AE505 F6 AE505 F6 AE505 F6 AE505 F6 AE505 F6 AE505 F6 AE505 F6 AE505 F6 AE505 F6 AE505 F6 AE505 F6 AE505 F7 AE505 F7 AE505 CJCJ CJ EQ E Q 1'-4 7/8" EQ 4'-0" 4'-0" 4'-0" EQ EQ E Q 2'-0" 4'-0" 4'-0" 3'-10 7/8" EQ 4'-0" 4'-0" 4'-0" EQ 2'-11 3/8" EQ E Q 3' - 0 1 / 2 " EQ 4' - 0 " 4' - 0 " 4' - 0 " 4' - 0 " 4' - 0 " EQ 2'-8" 4'-0" 4'-0" 2'-8" A1 50-IVORY A2 50-IVORY A2 47-LIME A1 47-LIME A2 47-LIME A1 50-IVORY A2 50-IVORY A2 47-LIME A2 47-LIME A1 50-IVORY A1 47-LIME A1 50-IVORY A1 47-LIME A1 47-LIME A1 47-LIME A1 47-LIME A1 47-LIME A1 47-LIME A1 47-LIME A1 47-LIME A1 47-LIME A1 47-LIME A1 47-LIME A1 47-LIME B2 47-LIME B2 47-LIME A2 47-LIME B2 47-LIME B2 47-LIME A2 47-LIME A2 47-LIME B2 47-LIME A2 47-LIME A2 47-LIME A2 47-LIME A2 47-LIME A2 47-LIME A2 47-LIME A2 47-LIME A2 47-LIME A2 47-LIME A1 47-LIME A1 47-LIME A1 47-LIME A1 50-IVORY A1 50-IVORY A1 50-IVORY A1 50-IVORY A1 50-IVORY A1 50-IVORY A1 50-IVORY A2 50-IVORY A2 50-IVORY B2 50-IVORY A2 50-IVORY A2 50-IVORY A2 50-IVORY A2 50-IVORY B2 50-IVORY A1 50-IVORY A2 50-IVORY 2' - 4 3 / 4 " 3' - 3 " 1' - 0 1 / 2 " D4 AE505 D4 AE505 F5 AE505 F5 AE505 F6 AE505 1' - 1 1 1 / 8 " 3 ' - 3 5 / 8 " 6" 2' - 7 1 / 4 " 5 7 / 8 " 6" 6' - 0 " 1' - 0 " D1 AE505 D1 AE505 A4 AE320 RS-2 RS-2 RS-2RS-2RS-2RS-2RS-2RS-2RS-2RS-2RS-3RS-3 RS - 3 RS - 3 RS - 3 RS - 3 RS - 3 RS - 2 RS - 2 RS - 2 RS - 2 RS - 2 RS - 2 RS - 2 RS - 2 RS - 2 RS - 2 RS - 2 RS - 2 RS - 2 A3 AE320 A3 AE320 A6 AE505 AL I G N 8'-6 3/4"23'-8 3/4"8'-1 3/4"22'-4" 5' - 3 1 / 8 " 19 ' - 1 7 / 8 " 5' - 7 1 / 8 " 11 ' - 5 7 / 8 " 10 ' - 1 0 5 / 8 " 22 ' - 4 5 / 8 " 5' - 3 7 / 8 " 45.00° 2' - 5 " 1' - 1 1 1 / 8 " 1 0'-0" 6'-0" 6'-0"6'-0" 6'- 0 " 10'-0" 10'-0" 16'-3 1/4"6'-0 1/8" 6'-0 1/8" RS-3 RS-2 RS-2 A6 AE320 CEILING PLAN LEGEND GWB/P1 APC-1 APC-2 APC-3 OPEN TO ABOVE LIGHT FIXTURES -SEE ELECTRICAL EXHAUST DIFFUSER -SEE MECHANICAL RETURN AIR DIFFUSER -SEE MECHANICAL SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSERS -SEE MECHANICAL VRV BOX -SEE MECHANICAL SPEAKER -SEE AUDIO / VISUAL SECURITY CAMERA -SEE AUDIO / VISUAL EXIT LIGHTS, WALL & CEILING MOUNTED -SEE ELECTRICAL TRACK LIGHT FIXTURE -SEE ELECTRICAL N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/ 1 8 / 2 0 2 2 3 : 57 : 1 6 P M \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - AREA A AE111 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 Checker Author Designer PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"A1 CEILING PLAN LEVEL 1 AREA A NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 31 Item 2. OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OSOS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS A B C D E F 5 6 7 8 8.1 A.4 E.6 OFFICE 137 MECHANICAL ROOM 133 OFFICE 136 COAT CLOSET 129 WOMEN'S STAFF RESTROOM 125 MEN'S STAFF RESTROOM 128 JANITOR'S CLOSET 127SURVEY STORAGE 130 CONFERENCE ROOM 153 OFFICE 152 OFFICE 154 TABLE & CHAIR STORAGE 155 OFFICE 158 OFFICE 157 VESTIBULE 126 SECURE FILE STORAGE 123 OFFICE 116 FIRESIDE/ MULTI-PURPOSE ROOM 120 COPY/ COLATING ROOM 124 CONFERENCE ROOM 114 VESTIBULE 113 VESTIBULE 100 PUBLIC LOBBY 101 GW B / P - 1 11 ' - 6 " APC-1 10'-0" APC-1 10'-0" APC-1 9'-0" APC-1 9'-0" APC-1 9'-0" APC-1 9'-0" APC-1 10'-0" GWB/P-1 9'-6" APC-2 10'-6" GWB/P-1 11'-6" APC-2 10'-6" GW B / P - 1 9' - 6 " GWB/P-1 9'-6" APC-1 10'-0" APC-3 10'-0" WD-1 8'-2" APC-1 10'-0" GWB/P-1 9'-0" APC-1 10'-0" GWB/P-1 9'-0" GWB/P-1 9'-0" APC-2 8'-0" GWB/P-1 11'-6" APC-2 11'-4" OPEN OFFICE 119 OPEN OFFICE 119 APC-1 9'-0" APC-1 9'-0" APC-1 9'-0" APC-1 10'-0" APC-1 10'-0" APC-1 10'-0" APC-2 8'-0" GWB/P-1 9'-0" RECEPTION / PUBLIC COUNTERS 118 APC-2 11'-6" GWB/P-1 11'-6" WD-1 8'-2" D1 AE505 B4 AE421 SIM WD-1 8'-2" 6' - 0 " 6' - 0 " B4 AE421 SIM. F6 AE505 F6 AE505 F6 AE505 F6 AE505 F6 AE505 F6 AE505 F6 AE505 F6 AE505 F6 AE505 F6 AE505 D4 AE505 TYP D4 AE505 TYP A6 AE505 A2 AE505 A2 AE505 D4 AE503 EQ 4'-0" 4'-0" 4'-0" EQ. 4' - 0 " E Q EQ 4 ' - 0 " EQ 4'-0" 4'-0" 4'-0" EQ EQ 4' - 0 " 4' - 0 " EQ 1'-7 1/8" 4'-0" 4'-0" 4'-0" 4'-0" 4'-0" 4'-0" 4'-0" 4'-0" 4'-0" 4'-0" 4'-0" 3'-11 3/4" EQ EQ A3 AE320 A4 AE320 GWB/P-1 9'-0" RS - 2 RS - 2 RS - 2 RS - 2 RS - 2 RS - 2 RS - 2 RS - 2 RS - 2 A5 AE320 C2 AE504 C3 AE504 C4 AE504C1 AE504 3'-0" D1 AE320 CEILING PLAN LEGEND GWB/P1 APC-1 APC-2 APC-3 OPEN TO ABOVE LIGHT FIXTURES -SEE ELECTRICAL EXHAUST DIFFUSER -SEE MECHANICAL RETURN AIR DIFFUSER -SEE MECHANICAL SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSERS -SEE MECHANICAL VRV BOX -SEE MECHANICAL SPEAKER -SEE AUDIO / VISUAL SECURITY CAMERA -SEE AUDIO / VISUAL EXIT LIGHTS, WALL & CEILING MOUNTED -SEE ELECTRICAL TRACK LIGHT FIXTURE -SEE ELECTRICAL N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/ 1 8 / 2 0 2 2 3 : 57 : 2 2 P M \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - AREA B AE112 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 Checker Author Designer PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"A1 CEILING PLAN LEVEL 1 AREA B KEYNOTE LEGEND NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 32 Item 2. OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS JJ JJ JJ JJ A B C D E F 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 8.1 A.4 E.6 11.2 11.4 12.1 CONFERENCE ROOM 114 JANITOR'S CLOSET 108 MEN'S PUBLIC RESTROOM 110 VESTIBULE 113 VESTIBULE 100 PUBLIC LOBBY 101 PUBLIC CORRIDOR 112 CONFERENCE ROOM 107 COUNCIL CHAMBERS AV ROOM 105 TABLE AND CHAIR STORAGE 106 COATS/COFFEE ALCOVE 103 COUNCIL CHAMBER 102 APC-2 10'-6" GWB/P-1 9'-0" GWB/P-1 9'-0" UNISEX RESTROOM 109 GWB/P-1 9'-0" ALIGN ALIGN 2'-0" 2'-0" 2'-0" ALIGN ALIGN ALIGN 5'-0" 5'-0" 5'-0" WD-1 8'-0" EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ Acoustical Panels 11'-6" Acoustical Panels 11'-6" Acoustical Panels 11'-6" GWB/P-1 9'-6" GWB/P-1 11'-6" GWB/P-1 11'-6" APC-2 11'-4" APC-1 9'-0" APC-1 10'-0" SOUND VESTIBULE 104 APC-1 9'-0" GWB/P-1 11'-6" APC-2 11'-6" GWB/P-1 11'-6" WOMEN'S PUBLIC RESTROOM 111 RECEPTION / PUBLIC COUNTERS 118 FIRESIDE/ MULTI-PURPOSE ROOM 120 AL I G N AL I G N 3' - 8 " 3' - 8 " 1' - 1 0 " 1' - 1 0 " 6" 21'-10" 6" A6 AE502 4' - 8 " 4' - 8 " 2' - 5 1 / 4 " 2' - 4 " 3'-4" 7'-6" 3'-4" EQ EQ TYP F6 AE502 A7 AE505 3'-5" 7' - 0 " 1'-11"1'-9 1/2"1'-9 3/8"EQ EQ COORDINATE REVEALS TO ALIGN WITH VERTICAL REVEALS OF WOOD WALL PANELING, TYPICAL. SEE ELEVATIONS. A6 AE505 A6 AE505 GWB/P-1 8'-2" 4' - 7 " AL I G N 4' - 8 " 4' - 0 " 4' - 0 " 6" AL I G N F7 AE505 D4 AE505 WD-1 8'-0" EQ . 4 ' - 0 " 4 ' - 0 " 4 ' - 0 " 4 ' - 0 " E Q 2'-2" 4'-0" 4'-0" 2'-2" CJCJ CJ CJ A1 AE505 GWB/P-1 9'-0" GWB/P-1 9'-0" 2' - 2 3 / 4 " 2' - 2 3 / 4 " A2 AE505 2' - 2 " RS-1 RS-1 3'-9 7/8" 3'-6 7/8" 3'-6 7/8" 3'-6 7/8" 4'-0" 4'-0" 3'-6 7/8" 3'-6 7/8" 3'-6 7/8" 3'-9 7/8" A1 AE320 A2 AE320 RS-1 RS-1 C2 AE504 C3 AE504 C4 AE504C1 AE504 D1 AE320 A5 AE114 CEILING PLAN LEGEND GWB/P1 APC-1 APC-2 APC-3 OPEN TO ABOVE LIGHT FIXTURES -SEE ELECTRICAL EXHAUST DIFFUSER -SEE MECHANICAL RETURN AIR DIFFUSER -SEE MECHANICAL SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSERS -SEE MECHANICAL VRV BOX -SEE MECHANICAL SPEAKER -SEE AUDIO / VISUAL SECURITY CAMERA -SEE AUDIO / VISUAL EXIT LIGHTS, WALL & CEILING MOUNTED -SEE ELECTRICAL TRACK LIGHT FIXTURE -SEE ELECTRICAL N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/ 1 8 / 2 0 2 2 3 : 57 : 2 7 P M \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - AREA C AE113 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 Checker Author Designer PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"A1 CEILING PLAN LEVEL 1 AREA C NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 33 Item 2. A B C D E F G H J 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 8.1 A.4 E.6 H.5 11.2 11.4 12.1 2.1 J.1 AC01 AC01 AC01 AC01 AC01 AC01 AC01 AC01 AC01 AC01 5' - 1 1 " 2'-10" AC01AC01 A5 AE114 B5 AE114 B5 AE114 METAL STUD FRAMING - ANCHOR TO STR ABOVE SOUND ATTENUATION BATTS, TYP. 2 LAYERS 5/8" GWB, TYP EXISTING SANITARY SEWER LINE FI E L D V E R I F Y 12 " - 1 8 " VARIES L0 100'-0" B C FI E L D V E R I F Y 12 " - 1 8 " PLENUM CEILING TO CONCEAL PLUMBING FROM APARTMENTS ABOVE. 2 LAYERS 5/8" GWB, AND SOUND ATTENUATION BATTS, TYP. MECHANICAL DUCTS BELOW PLENUM CEILING, TYP. CEILING CLOUD PER RCP. SEE AE113 A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company 2/ 1 8 / 2 0 2 2 3 : 57 : 3 4 P M \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - OVERALL PLENUM AE114 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 Checker Author Designer PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:3/32" = 1'-0"A1 CEILING PLAN LEVEL 1 OVERALL PLENUM KEYNOTE LEGEND KEY DESCRIPTION AC01 SOFFIT TO CONCEAL PLUMBING DRAIN LINES FROM APARTMENTS ABOVE USE SOUND BATT INSULATION. GENERAL NOTES ARCHITECTURAL 1. REPORT ALL CONFLICTS AND/OR DISCREPANCIES IN PLANS / DOCUMENTS TO ARCHITECT FOR CLARIFICATION PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. 2. CONTRACTOR IS TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS, UTILITY LOCATIONS, AND/OR DIMENSIONS, WETHER OR NOT SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS, PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. 3. THIS PROJECT WILL HAVE ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, AND/OR FIRE SERVICE STUB-UPS INTO THE CITY HALL SUITE BY OTHERS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL LOCATIONS FOR EXTENSION OR CONNECTION TO / INTO ALL SERVICES BEING PROVIDED BY OTHERS, PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. 4. IF ANY ASBESTOS OR LEAD MATERIALS ARE ENCOUNTERED, STOP WORK IMMEDIATELY AND NOTIFY THE OWNER / CONSTRUCTION MANAGER / ARCHTECT. 5. REFER TO INTERIORS, MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL, FIRE PROTECTION, AND AV / LOW VOLTAGE DRAWINGS FOR RELATED SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS, ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, AND/OR COORDINATION WITH THESE PLANS. 6. FLOOR AND/OR ROOF PENETRATIONS / SLEEVES HAVE BEEN PROVIDED / COORDINATED BEY OTHERS PRIOR TO STARTING THIS WORK. THE FLOOR / ROOF SLABS ARE POST TENSION (PT) CONCRETE SLABS AND THE USE OF GROUND-PENETRATING RADAR (GPR) IS REQUIRED TO CUT IN NEW SLEEVES. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE UP TO FIVE (5) GPR AND SLEEVES UP TO 6" IN DIAMETER AS A PART OF THE BASE BID. 7. NO CUTTING INTO THE EXISTING FLOOR OR ROOF SLABS IS ALLOWED WITHOUT PRIOR AUTHORIZATION AND PERHAPS GPR SURVEY. CONNECTION TO THE EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR / ROOF SLABS IS ALLOWED WITHOUT THIS SERVICE. 8. THE CONTRACTOR IS CONFIRM THE LEVELNESS OF ALL EXISTING SLABS, PRIOR TO STARTING WORK AND PROVIDE LEVELING MATERIALS AS REQUIRED TO MEET THE FINISH REQUIREMENTS OF THE ELEMENTS DETAILED. 9. ELEMENTS AND/OR AREAS SHOWN WITH GRAY HATCH/FILL (EXTERIOR WALL, STRUCTURAL COLUMNS, ETC) ON DRAWINGS ARE EXISTING / BASE BUILDING SCOPE TO BE PROVIDED BY DEVELOPER / OTHERS. COORDINATION WITH THESE EXISTING ELEMENTS IS REQUIRED AS INIDICATED AND DETAILED. 10. DIMENSIONS ARE TO CENTERLINE OF PARTITIONS, FACE OF CMU, FACE OF EXISTING FINISH OR FACE OF EXISTING COLUMNS UNLESS SHOWN OR NOTED OTHERWISE. 11. ALL PARTITIONS SHALL EXTEND FROM FLOOR TO THE UNDERSIDE OF DECK ABOVE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 12. SEE DIMENSION PLANS FOR WALL TYPE INDICATORS, AND SHEET A105 FOR PARTITION TYPE DETAILED INFORMATION. 13. INSTALL CONTINUOUS CAULKING / SEALANT AROUND ALL METAL FRAMES (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TOO ALUMINUM STOREFRONTS / ENTRANCES, HOLLOW METAL OPENINGS / FRAMES, ACCESS PANELS, ETC.) UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 14. INSTALL CONTINUOUS CAULKING / SEALANT AROUND EGDE OF ALL COUNTEROPS / SIDESPLASH / BACKSPLASHES TO ADJACENT SRUFACE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 15. CONTROL JOINTS SHALL BE PROVIDED AT EACH CORNER ABOVE DOORS (AT EACH SIDE) IN STUD AND GWB PARTITIONS. 16. SEE THE CODE SUMMARY AND LIFE SAFETY SHEET FOR RATED WALL LOCATIONS AND OTHER CODE RELATED REQUIREMENTS. 17. PATCH AND REPAIR EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN WHICH IS DAMAGED OR DISTURBED. CORRECTIONS ARE TO MATCH EXISTING NEARBY ELEMENTS OR BE RESTORED TO ORIGINAL CONDITION. IF ITEM CAN NOT BE REPAIRED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE THE ELEMENT / ITEM IN ITS ENTIRETY. WHERE ELEMENTS ARE INDICATED TO ABUT OR ADJOIN EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN, SAWCUT OR OTHERWISE REMOVE TO PROVIDE A CLEAN EDGE. 18. EXPANSION JOINTS AT ALL FLOORS, CEILINGS AND WALLS THAT ARE EXPOSED TO VIEW SHALL BE COVERED WITH EXPANSION JOINT COVERS APPROPRIATE FOR FINISHED SURFACES. 19. PROVIDE WOOD BLOCKING FOR ALL WALL HUNG / MOUNTED ELEMENTS (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TOO CASEWORK, GRAB BARS, TOILET ACCESSORIES, FINISHES, MILLWORK, SIGNAGE). BLOCKING SHALL BE CONTINUOUS AND LOCATED BOTH AT BOTTOM AND TOP OF EQUIPMENT. 20. PENETRATIONS THROUGH NON-RATED FLOORS, WALLS, AND OTHER ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE SEALED AT BOTH SIDES WITH MATERIALS APPROPRIATE TO THE ASSEMBLY CONSTRUCTION TO REDUCE SOUND TRANSMISSION. 21. PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE-RATED FLOORS, WALLS, AND OTHER ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE PROTECTED BY MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION DETAILS THAT CONFORM TO UL OR OTHER APPROVED LISTINGS AND MATCH THE RATING OF THE CONSTRUCTION BEING PENETRATED. 22. VERIFY CLEARANCE REQUIRED FOR INSTALL OF RECESSES, OR SEMI-RECESSED EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES, NOTIFY ARCHITECT IF SPECIFIED WALL TYPES DO NOT PRVIDE ADEQUATE SPACE FOR PROPER INSTALLATION PRIOR TO ORDERING EQUIPMENT. 23. LOCATED HINGE SIDE / EDGE OF DOOR/FRAME OPENING (HM AND ALUM.) 4" CLEAR FROM ADJACENT PERPENDICUALR WALL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 24. SEE G002 FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS OF PLUMBING FIXTURES AND OTHER ACCESSORIES. 25. ALL SANITARY SEWER LINES FOR APARTMENTS ABOVE CITY OFFICES TO BE CONCEALED IN SOFFITS, SEE AE114. CONTRACTOR TO VERFIY LOCATIONS IN FEILD. TWO LAYERS 5/8" GWB AND SOUND ATTENUATION BATTS TYP. SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"B5 SOFFIT DETAIL - PLUMBING CONCEALMENT SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"A5 SECTION THROUGH COUNCIL CHAMBER NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 34 Item 2. L0 100'-0" L2 116'-0" AE505 B1 EXTERIOR WALL AND GLAZING BT OTHERS ROOF STRUCTURE, EXSITING, BY DEVELOPER FLOOR SLAB AND FOUNDATION, EXISTING, BY DEVELOPER L0 1200" L2 1392" B L0 100'-0" ROOF STRUCTURE, EXISTING, BY DEVELOPER EXTERIOR WALL AND GLAZING EXISTING, BY DEVELOPER FLOOR SLAB AND FOUNDATION EXISTING, BY DEVELOPER L0 100'-0" ROOF STRUCTURE,EXISTING, BY DEVELOPER EXTERIOR WALL AND GLAZING, EXISTING, BY DEVELOPER FLOOR SLAB AND FOUNDATION, EXISTING, BY DEVELOPER AE505 D2 L0 1200" L0 100'-0" ROOF STRUCTURE, EXISTING, BY DEVELOPER EXTERIOR WALL AND GLAZING, EXISTING, BY DEVELOPER FLOOR SLAB AND FOUNDATION , EXISTING, BY DEVELOPER L0 1200" AE505 B2 L0 100'-0" AE505 D1 ROOF STRUCTURE BY OTHERS EXTERIOR WALL AND GLAZING BY OTHERS FLOOR SLAB AND FOUNDATION BY OTHERS L0 1200" A L0 100'-0" L0 1200" F ROOF STRUCTURE, EXISTING BY DEVELOPER EXTERIOR WALL AND GLAZING, EXISTING, BY DEVELOPER FLOOR SLAB AND FOUNDATION, EXISTING, BY DEVELOPER AE505 B2 L0 100'-0" L0 1200" 9" 2' - 0 " 2' - 0 " A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company 2/ 1 8 / 2 0 2 2 3 : 57 : 4 0 P M \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS WALL SECTIONS AE320 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 Checker Author Designer PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:3/4" = 1'-0"A1 WALL SECTION - COUNCIL CHAMBER EXTERIOR WALL SCALE:3/4" = 1'-0"A2 WALL SECTION - LOBBY EXTERIOR WALL SCALE:3/4" = 1'-0"A3 WALL SECTION - FIRESIDE ROOM, CONFERENCE ROOMS 166 & 171 EXTERIOR WALL SCALE:3/4" = 1'-0"A4 WALL SECTION - OPEN OFFICE SCALE:3/4" = 1'-0"A5 WALL SECTION - PRIVATE OFFICE EXTERIOR WALL NO. DESCRIPTION DATE SCALE:3/4" = 1'-0"A6 WALL SECTION - BREAK ROOM SCALE:3/4" = 1'-0"D1 WALL SECTION @ FIREPLACE 35 Item 2. AE400 A3 A5 A2 A1 AE400 B3 B5 B2 B1 MINIMUM 5'-0" CLEAR 7'-6 5/8"8'-6 5/8" MINIMUM 5'-0" CLEAR AF06 AF06 AF06 AF06 AF06AF06AF06 AF06 AF06 AF06AF06 AF06 1' - 6 " 5' - 1 1 / 2 " 3' - 1 1 / 2 " 5' - 0 " 1" 3' - 1 " 1" 3' - 0 " 3' - 1 " 1 " 3 ' - 0 1 / 8 " 1 " 5 ' - 0 " 3' - 0 1 / 2 " 5 ' - 1 5 / 8 " 1 ' - 6 " EQ 3' - 0 " EQ AF04 AF04 AF04 AF04 AT02AT02AT02 AT03 AT07 AT01 AT01 AT05 AT10 AT05 AT03 AT07 AT02AT02AT02AT02 AT05 AT10 AT05 AT01 AT01 AT08AT08 AT08 AT07AT07 AT02AT02AT02AT02 E E.6 L0 100'-0" QZ-1 4'-11" 9' - 0 " EQ EQ AT10 AT05AT05 PT-2 L0 100'-0" TP-1 9' - 0 " 4'-11"4'-11" AT05 PT-2 AT02AT02AT02 AT03 AT07 QZ-1 L0 100'-0" TP-1 9' - 0 " 4'-11"4'-11"4'-11" AT01 AT02AT02 PT-2 AT05 AT07 AT03 QZ-1 L0 100'-0" TP-1 9' - 0 " 4'-11"4'-11" AT01 PT-2 AT02AT02AT02AT02 AT03AT07 L0 100'-0" TP-1 9' - 0 " AT07AT03AT07AT03AT07AT03 AT02AT02AT02AT02 PT-2 4'-11" 4'-11" AT02AT02AT02 L0 100'-0" TP-1 9' - 0 " 4'-11" AT05 QZ-1 PT-2 AT02AT02AT02 AT07 AT03 4'-11" L0 100'-0" TP-1 4'-11"4'-11" 9' - 0 " AT05 AT10 AT01 AT02AT02 PT-2 QZ-1 L0 100'-0" QZ-1 9' - 0 " 4'-11"EQ EQ PT-2 AT10 AT05 AT05 AE400 D2 D1 D5 D3 AE400C3 C1 C2 C5 5'-0 3/8"1"3'-1" 1" 3'-0" 1'-6 1/8" 5'-2 1/4" 3'-1" 5'-1 3/8" 1" 3'-0" 1" 3'-0" EQ 3'-8"EQ 1'-6 1/8" 5'-1 3/4" 3'-1 1/2" AF04 AF04 AF04 AT10 AT02AT02AT02 AT07 AT03 AT02AT02 AT07 AT03AT02AT02 AT01 AT08 AT08AT08 AT02AT02 AF06AF06 AT01 AT05 AT05 AT05 AT10 AT05 AT01 AT08 AT01 AF06AF06AF06 AF06 AF06AF06AT02 AF06 AF06 AF06 AF06 AF06 9 10 E.6 L0 100'-0" 9' - 0 " 4'-11" 4'-11" 4'-11" QZ-1 AT01 AT05 PT-2 L0 100'-0" QZ-19' - 0 " EQEQ AT10 AT05AT05 PT-2 L0 100'-0" TP-1 TP-2 9' - 0 " 4'-11"4'-11" AT02 AT07 AT02 AT03 AT02 PT-2 L0 100'-0" 9' - 0 " 4'-11"4'-8 5/8" AT05 QZ-1 PT-2PT-2 TP-1 L0 100'-0" 9' - 0 " TP-1 4'-11" 4'-11" 4'-11" PT-2 AT05 AT01 AT02AT02 QZ-1 AT10 L0 100'-0" 9' - 0 " 4'-11" 4'-11" TP-1 PT-2 AT02AT02AT02 AT07 AT02 AT07AT03 AT03AT07AT03 AT02AT02AT02 L0 100'-0" QZ-1 9' - 0 " EQEQ AT10 AT05 PT-2 3'-0 3/8" AT05 L0 100'-0" 9' - 0 " TP-1 3 1/2"4'-8 7/8"4'-11" PT-2 AT05 PT-2 QZ-1 AT07 AT03 B5 IN501 L0 100'-0" 9' - 0 " 4'-9" 1' - 0 " AT01 AT02AT02AT02 PT-2 AT07AT03 L0 100'-0" 9' - 0 " PT-2 4'-11" AT02AT02AT02 AT07 AT03 L0 100'-0" 4'-11" 8' - 0 " PT-2 AT05 AT04 L0 100'-0" 9' - 0 " 4'-9" 1' - 0 " PT-2 AE400 E1 E2 E5 E3 6'-0 7/8" 7' - 1 1 3 / 8 " 1'-6" 1'-6" AT01 AT02AT02AT02 AT05 AT04 AT03 AT07 AT09 11 A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company 2/ 1 8 / 2 0 2 2 3 : 58 : 0 4 P M \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS ENLARGED PLANS AND ELEVATIONS - TOILET ROOMS AE400 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 Checker Author Designer PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"A6 ENLARGED PLAN - STAFF TOILETS SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"A1 MEN'S STAFF RESTROOM 128 EAST ELEVATION SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"A2 MEN'S STAFF RESTROOM 128 NORTH ELEVATION SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"A3 MEN'S STAFF RESTROOM 128 SOUTH ELEVATION SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"A5 MEN'S STAFF RESTROOM 128 WEST ELEVATION NO. DESCRIPTION DATE SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"B1 WOMEN'S STAFF RESTROOM 125 EAST ELEVATION SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"B2 WOMEN'S STAFF RESTROOM 125 NORTH ELEVATION SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"B3 WOMEN'S STAFF RESTROOM 125 SOUTH ELEVATION SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"B5 WOMEN'S STAFF RESTROOM 125 WEST ELEVATION SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"C6 ENLARGED PLAN - PUBLIC TOILETS SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"C2 MEN'S PUBLIC RESTROOM 109 EAST ELEVATION SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"C1 MEN'S PUBLIC RESTROOM 109 NORTH ELEVATION SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"C5 MEN'S PUBLIC RESTROOM 109 SOUTH ELEVATION SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"C3 MEN'S PUBLIC RESTROOM 109 WEST ELEVATION SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"D2 WOMEN'S PUBLIC RESTROOM 111 EAST ELEVATION SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"D1 WOMEN'S PUBLIC RESTROOM 111 NORTH ELEVATION SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"D5 WOMEN'S PUBLIC RESTROOM 111 SOUTH ELEVATION SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"D3 WOMEN'S PUBLIC RESTROOM 111 WEST ELEVATION SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"E1 UNISEX RESTROOM 109 EAST ELEVATION SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"E2 UNISEX RESTROOM 109 NORTH ELEVATION SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"E3 UNISEX RESTROOM 109 SOUTH ELEVATION SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"E5 UNISEX RESTROOM 109 WEST ELEVATION SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"E6 ENLARGED PLAN - PUBLIC UNISEX TOILET KEYNOTE LEGEND AF04 VENDING MACHINE, N.I.C. AF06 MANUAL ROLLER SHADES AT EXISTING WINDOWS. SHADES TO BE CONTIGUOUS AND SECTIONED OFF AT EXISTING VERTICAL MULLIONS, SEE INTERIORS DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION AT01 TOWEL AND WASTE RECEPTACLE COMBINATION AT02 GRAB BARS AT03 SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL AT04 MIRROR - 24X48 AT05 SOAP DISPENSER AT07 TOILET PAPER DISPENSER AT08 HOOK - TOILET STALL AT09 HOOK - ACCESSORY AT10 MIRROR - 90X48 36 Item 2. L0 100'-0" QZ-1 LS-1 QZ-1RP-1 RP-1 FP-1 PT-1 EQ EQ A5 AE503 B5 AE503 WB-1 CEILING IN FOREGROUND, SEE CEILING PLAN, TYP. WD-1 4'-0"3'-9"4'-0"2'-11 3/8"3'-0" 2'-5" 3'-0" 2'-5" 3'-0" 3'-1" 2'-5" 3'-0" 2'-5" 3'-0" 1'-8 3/4" 2'-0" 1'-8 1/2" PT-1 5'-0" AE504 A1 8' - 0 " D1 AE320 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PIN MOUNTED CUT ALUMINUM CITY LOGO (STREET LAMP) 4" TALL ALUMINUM CAST PIN MOUNTED LETTERING 3'-0" L0 100'-0" WC-1 6' - 0 " EQ EQ LS-1 LS-1 WP-1 REVEALS TO ALIGN WITH CEILING REVEALS A7 AE505 3'-9 7/8"3'-6 7/8"3'-6 7/8"3'-6 7/8"4'-0"4'-0"3'-6 7/8"3'-6 7/8"3'-6 7/8"3'-9 7/8" WD-1 8' - 0 " LIGHT FIXTURE, TYP. -SEE ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN. SPEAKER, TYP. -SEE AUDIO & VISUAL DRAWINGS. A2 AE320 5'-0" EQ EQ 5' - 0 " RS-2RS-2 RS-2 9"6'-5 7/8" 2'-6"2'-6"3'-0"2'-9" L0 100'-0" WD - 1 4' - 0 " 8' - 0 " SOFFIT, SEE RCP WD-1 P- 1 P-1 A5 AE114 L0 100'-0" SOFFIT, SEE CEILING PLAN LS-1 LS-1 LS-1 LS-1 P- 1 P- 1 P- 1 P- 1 P- 1 P- 1LS-1 12 ' - 4 " A1 AE320 A5 AE114 L0 100'-0" 8' - 0 " WD - 1 4' - 4 1 / 4 " OPEN TO BEYOND OPEN TO BEYOND ALIGN JOINTS ON FACE TO JOINTS ON UNDERSIDE OF SOFFIT, SEE CEILING PLANEQ E Q EQ E Q AUDIOVISUAL MONITORS - SEE AV DRAWINGS A6 AE502 D2 AE502 P- 1 1' - 6 " 6 " 2 ' - 0 " 1 ' - 6 " 6 " 1' - 6 1 / 4 " CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS 5' - 6 " 8" TALL ALUMINUM CAST PIN MOUNTED LETTERING 1'-6 3/8"1'-6 3/8" L0 100'-0" WD-1 WD - 1 4' - 0 " 8' - 0 " 6' - 0 " CEILING IN FOREGROUND, SEE CEILING PLAN AL I G N 3'-3"EQEQEQ 4'-0"4'-0"VIF3'-3"EQEQEQVIF 1/4" WOOD REVEALS, TYP. P- 1 A7 AE505 PRESS FEED BOX, SEE AUDIOVISUAL EQEQTV/MONITOR SEE AUDIOVISUAL AL I G N LS-1 C2 AE504 C3 AE504 C1 AE504 L0 100'-0" A6 AE502 CWT-1 RB-1 D4 AE511 E3 AE511 C3 AE511 E2 AE511 E5 AE511 3'-0" 1'-6" 1'-6" 3'-0" 2'-0" 2' - 1 0 " QZ-2 COUNTERTOP PL-2 BASE CABINETS PL-2 SHELVES7" L0 100'-0" RESTROOMS 5' - 0 " 2" TALL ALUMINUM CAST PIN MOUNTED LETTERING LS-1 3'-0" 1' - 6 " 6 " 2 ' - 0 " 1 ' - 6 " 6 " 2 ' - 0 " 1 ' - 6 " 6 " 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 6" 2'-0" 1'-0" 3'-0" 2'-0" 1'-0" 3'-0" 6" 3'-6" 2'-6" 3'-0" L0 100'-0" A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company 2/ 1 8 / 2 0 2 2 3 : 58 : 3 2 P M \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS INTERIOR ELEVATIONS AE420 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 Checker Author Designer PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"A1 PUBLIC LOBBY 101 NORTH ELEVATION SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"B1 PUBLIC LOBBY 101 SOUTH ELEVATION SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"D1 COUNCIL CHAMBERS 102 EAST ELEVATION SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"D4 COUNCIL CHAMBER 102 WEST ELEVATION SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"E1 COUNCIL CHAMBER 102 WALL BEHIND DAIS SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"E3 COUNCIL CHAMBER 102 NORTH ELEVATION SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"E6 COATS/COUNCIL EXIT CORRIDOR 103 NORTH ELEVATION CASEWORK GENERAL NOTES 1. ALL CABINETWORK IS AWI PREMIUM GRADE. 2. ALL CABINETWORK IS PLASTIC LAMINATE PL-1 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. FILLER PANELS SHALL MATCH ADJACENT FINISH. ALL COUNTERTOP IS QZ-1 UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 3. ALL KNEE SPACE MILLWORK IS TO BE SUPPORTED BY METAL BRACKETS. 4. ALL UPPER CABINETS INSIDE DIMENSIONS ARE 1'-1" DEEP UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 5. PROVIDE FIRE TREATED WOOD OR 20 GAGE METAL BLOCKING IN WALLS AS REQUIRED FOR CABINET SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS. 6. ALL BACKSPLASHES ARE 4" HIGH UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 7. ALL FILE DRAWERS ARE TO BE SET UP TO ACCEPT HANGING FILE FOLDERS. ALL FILE DRAWERS ARE TO HAVE FULL EXTENSION (150LB. MINIMUM) SLIDE HARDWARE. 8. ALL UPPER CABINETS ARE TO INCLUDE A 1 3/4" VALANCE COMPLETE WITH FINISH FACE VENEERS ON THE BOTTOM EDGES OF THE UPPER CABINETS IN ORDER TO SCREEN ANY UNDER CABINET LIGHTING. 9. ALL END PANELS EXPOSED TO VIEW ARE TO BE FINISHED TO MATCH FRONT FACE OF CABINETS. 10. ALL OPEN ADJUSTABLE SHELVING IS TO BE 3/4" PLASTIC LAMINATE FACED PARTICLEBOARD WITH A HARDWOOD EDGE. SHELVING IS NOT TO SPAN OVER 3'-6" WITHOUT INTERMEDIATE SUPPORT BRACING. 11. PROVIDE GROMMET INSERTS IN THE TOPS OF COUNTERTOPS OF SIZE AND AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 12 MICROWAVES, REFRIGERATORS, RANGE, DISHWASHERS ALL TO BE CONTRACTOR FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED. COPY/FAX/PRINTERS FURNISHED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"B6 PUBLIC LOBBY 101 EAST ELEVATION NO. DESCRIPTION DATE SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"D6 STONE DETAIL - TYPICAL NOTE: REFER TO ELEVATIONS FOR START OF VERTICAL COURSING PATTERN. 37 Item 2. L0 100'-0" WC-2, LOCATE ON WALL BEHIND PIN MOUNTED GLASS WRITING SURFACE. IMAGE FOR CUSTOM GRAPHIC BY OWNER. SIZE OF GRAPHIC = 16' WIDE X 11'-2" TALL. ALL ONE PIECE (4) 4' WIDE X 11'-2" TALL CLEAR GLASS WHITEBOARD SURFACE WITH INTEGRAL PIN MOUNTED HARDWARE BY WHITEBOARD SUPPLIER (GMB-1) DOOR SWING OF ADJACENT WALL IN OPEN POSITION 16'-0" GL PANEL 4'-0" GL PANEL 4'-0" GL PANEL 4'-0" GL PANEL 4'-0" 4" GL A S S P A N E L 11 ' - 2 " L0 100'-0"EQEQ 6' - 0 " C4 AE504 L0 100'-0" CWT-1 3'-0" 2'-0" 2' - 1 0 " 2 ' - 0 " 3 ' - 4 " 18" 18" 18" C3 AE511 2'-0"3'-0"2'-0"2'-6" D1 AE511 BASE CABINETS PL-2 UPPER CABINETS PL-2 COUNTERTOPS QZ-2 MARKER BOARD PMB-1 L0 100'-0" FIREPLACE LS-1 P1 1' - 6 " 6 " 2 ' - 0 " 1 ' - 6 " 6 " 2 ' - 0 " 1 ' - 6 " D1 AE320 L0 100'-0" CWT-1 MT-2 3'-0"2'-0" 1'-11 3/4" 1'-6"18" 18" 18" C3 AE511 E2 AE511 E5 AE511 WD-1 WD-1 D1 AE511 3' - 4 " 2' - 0 " 2' - 1 0 " 3'-6"2'-6"4'-0"3'-0" UPPER CABINETS PL-1 COUNTERTOP QZ-1 BASE CABINETS PL-1 RB-1 P1 L0 100'-0" 10 ' - 0 " 5' - 0 " P1 6'-4 3/8" TV & MOUNTING BRACKET PER A/V DRAWINGS RB-1 L0 100'-0" 2' - 1 0 " 3'-2 7/8" 3'-0" 3'-0" 4'-5"1 1/4"1 5/8" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-0" 1'-8" 1'-6"1'-6"1'-6" 8'-10 1/2" D5 AE503 B5 AE503 A5 AE503 8" RP-1 E5 AE503 B2 AE512 BASE CABINETS PL-2 COUNTERTOPS QZ-2 BASE CABINETS PL-2 COUNTERTOPS QZ-2 COUNTERTOPS QZ-2 E5 AE503 A2 AE512 A4 AE512 B2 AE512 B2 AE512 B4 AE512 PRINTER BY OWNER D2 AE512 D4 AE512 C2 AE504C3 AE504 C4 AE504 C1 AE504 L0 100'-0" 6' - 0 " EQ EQ 13'-4" WD-1 WD-1 CEILING ELEMENT GWB CEILING GWB CEILING P3 P3 P1 RB-1 WDB-1 RB-1 D1 AE320 L0 100'-0" CWT-1 2' - 1 0 " 2 ' - 0 " 3 ' - 4 " 7 3 / 4 " WD-1 WD-1 3' - 4 " 3'-0"19" 19" 19" 3 1/8"C3 AE511 E2 AE511 D1 AE511 3'-0"2'-0"2 1/8"2'-10" FURNITURE BOOKCASES UPPER CABINETS PL-1 COUNTERTOP QZ-1 BASE CABINETS PL-1 6' - 0 " EQ EQ MONITOR AND MOUNTING BRACKET PER A/V DRAWINGS CG-1CG-1 L0 100'-0" CWT-1 2' - 1 0 " 2 ' - 0 " 2 ' - 4 " 18"18" 18"14"3'-0" 2'-0 1/2" 2'-6" FILLER PANEL A2 AE511 C3 AE511 C3 AE511 D1 AE511 BASE CABINETS PL-1 COUNTERTOP AND WATERFALL EDGE QZ-1 UPPER CABINETS PL-1 L0 100'-0" 3'-2 1/2"3'-2 1/2"3'-2 1/2"3'-2 1/2"3'-2 1/2" 2' - 6 " 1' - 6 " 4" 2' - 1 0 " 3'-0" 2'-6" WD-1 WD-1 D3 AE511 C5 AE511 E3 AE511 E5 AE511 D1 AE511 2' - 3 " 3' - 6 " WA L L H E I G H T A T ' S A P ' W A L L T Y P E 10 ' - 0 " B4 AE421 WA L L H E I G H T A T ' S A P ' W A L L T Y P E 10 ' - 0 " A1 AE511 UPPER CABINETS PL-1 BASE CABINETS PL-1 COUNTER AND BACKSPLASH QZ-1 UPPER CABINETS PL-1 BASE CABINETS PL-1 COUNTER, WATERFALL EDGE AND BACKSPLASH QZ-1 4'-0" 4'-0" 4'-0" 4'-0" L0 100'-0" 1' - 1 0 " 2' - 6 " 1' - 1 0 " 2' - 1 0 " 4'-0" 1'-6" 3'-0" 1'-6" D1 AE511 3'-4" 3'-4" 3'-4" E5 AE511 E3 AE511 C2 AE511 UPPER CABINETS PL-2 COUNTERTOP AND BACKSPLASH QZ-1 BASE CABINETS PL-2 L0 100'-0" 4" 2' - 1 0 " 2'-0"FINISHED END PANEL 2'-0" E2 AE511 3' - 4 " 36" X 36" FRAMED MIRROR BASE CABINETS PL-2 COUNTERTOP, BACK AND SIDE SPLASHES QZ-1 C1 AE511 L0 100'-0" L2 116'-0" 4 FLOOR SLAB STRUCTURE ABOVE / EXISTING / BY DEVELOPER AT W A L L T Y P E S " S A P " 10 ' - 0 " W A L L H E I G H T S OFFICE OFFICE WD-1 AT FACE MECHANICAL EQUIP, SEE MECH PLANS CEILING, SEE CEILING PLANS EXTEND FURRING AND GWB AT STRUCTURAL COLUMN TO DECK ABOVE, TYP. WD-1 AE505 F3 AE505 A4 AE505 F3 MIR AE505 F3 SIM SOUND INSULATION BATTS AT OFFICE & CONFERENCE ROOM CEILINGS, TYP. L0 100'-0" WD-1 WA L L H E I G H T A T ' S A P ' W A L L T Y P E 10 ' - 0 " STRUCTURAL COLUMN WRAP W/ GWB TO UNDERSIDE OF STURCTURAL DECK L0 100'-0" 3'-6" 1'-6" UPPER CABINETS PL-2 4' - 8 " 2 ' - 6 " D1 AE511 L0 100'-0" 7'-9 1/2" EQ EQ 6' - 0 " WDB-1 RB-1RB-1 MONITOR AND MOUNTING BRACKET PER A/V DRAWINGS WD-1 P5P5 WD-1 CEILING ELEMENT L0 100'-0" UPPER CABINET AND APPLIANCE ENCLOSURE PL-1 7' - 0 " 2'-9" 1 1/2" CMB-1 FRAMED TACKBOARD (4' X 4') A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company 2/ 1 8 / 2 0 2 2 3 : 58 : 5 3 P M \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS INTERIOR ELEVATIONS AE421 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 Checker Author Designer PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"A1 CONFERENCE ROOM 107 EAST ELEVATION SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"A5 CONFERENCE ROOM 107 NORTH ELEVATION SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"A3 CONFERENCE ROOM 107 SOUTH ELEVATION SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"D2 FIRESIDE / MULTI-PURPOSE ROOM 120 SOUTH ELEVATION SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"D1 FIRESIDE / MULTIPURPOSE ROOM 120 NORTH ELEVATION SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"E1 CONFERENCE ROOM 114 EAST ELEVATION SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"B1 RECEPTION / PUBLIC COUNTERS 121 SOUTH ELEVATION SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"E2 CONFERENCE ROOM 171 SOUTH ELEVATION SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"E4 COFFEE/BREAK 151 ELEVATION SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"D4 BREAK ROOM 144 ELEVATION SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"F1 COPY ALCOVE 149 ELEVATION SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"F4 PRINT ROOM 161 EAST ELEVATION SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"F5 WELLNESS ROOM 145 ELEVATION CASEWORK GENERAL NOTES 1. ALL CABINETWORK IS AWI PREMIUM GRADE. 2. ALL CABINETWORK IS PLASTIC LAMINATE PL-1 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. FILLER PANELS SHALL MATCH ADJACENT FINISH. ALL COUNTERTOP IS QZ-1 UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 3. ALL KNEE SPACE MILLWORK IS TO BE SUPPORTED BY METAL BRACKETS. 4. ALL UPPER CABINETS INSIDE DIMENSIONS ARE 1'-1" DEEP UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 5. PROVIDE FIRE TREATED WOOD OR 20 GAGE METAL BLOCKING IN WALLS AS REQUIRED FOR CABINET SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS. 6. ALL BACKSPLASHES ARE 4" HIGH UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 7. ALL FILE DRAWERS ARE TO BE SET UP TO ACCEPT HANGING FILE FOLDERS. ALL FILE DRAWERS ARE TO HAVE FULL EXTENSION (150LB. MINIMUM) SLIDE HARDWARE. 8. ALL UPPER CABINETS ARE TO INCLUDE A 1 3/4" VALANCE COMPLETE WITH FINISH FACE VENEERS ON THE BOTTOM EDGES OF THE UPPER CABINETS IN ORDER TO SCREEN ANY UNDER CABINET LIGHTING. 9. ALL END PANELS EXPOSED TO VIEW ARE TO BE FINISHED TO MATCH FRONT FACE OF CABINETS. 10. ALL OPEN ADJUSTABLE SHELVING IS TO BE 3/4" PLASTIC LAMINATE FACED PARTICLEBOARD WITH A HARDWOOD EDGE. SHELVING IS NOT TO SPAN OVER 3'-6" WITHOUT INTERMEDIATE SUPPORT BRACING. 11. PROVIDE GROMMET INSERTS IN THE TOPS OF COUNTERTOPS OF SIZE AND AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 12 MICROWAVES, REFRIGERATORS, RANGE, DISHWASHERS ALL TO BE CONTRACTOR FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED. COPY/FAX/PRINTERS FURNISHED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"B4 SECTION AT OFFICES WITH PARTIAL HEIGHT WALLS SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"F3 ELEVATION COPY ALCOVE 156 SIDE SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"F6 COPY ALCOVE 165 ELEVATION SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"E6 CONFERENCE ROOM 166 ELEVATION NO. DESCRIPTION DATE SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"D6 BREAK ROOM 144 ELEVATION @ VENDING 38 Item 2. L0 100'-0" POSTAGE MACHINE, PROVIDED BY OWNER 3'-3" 2'-0" 2'-0" 1'-6" 1'-6" 3'-0" 2' - 6 " 2' - 6 " 2' - 1 0 " 3'-11"3'-6"3'-6"3'-3" D1 AE511 D3 AE511 E5 AE511 C3 AE511 E3 AE511 UPPER CABINETS PL-2 BASE CABINETS PL-2 COUNTERTOPS AND BACKSPLASHES QZ-1 L0 100'-0"4'-9" 2'-3" 1'-2" 4'-0" 4'-0" C4 AE511 E5 AE511 3' - 6 " 4" 1' - 6 " 2' - 6 " D1 AE511 UPPER CABINETS PL-2 COUNTERTOP AND BACKSPLASH QZ-1 BASE CABINETS PL-2 6'-4 5/8" L0 100'-0" 3'-5" 3'-6" 3'-5" 2'-6" 3'-6" 2'-6" A1 AE512 E3 AE511 D1 AE511 2' - 1 0 " 8" 2' - 6 " 1' - 1 0 " UPPER CABINETS PL-2 COUNTERTOP AND BACKSPLASH QZ-1 BASE CABINETS PL-2 L0 100'-0" WD-1 1'-6" 3'-0"WD-1 E5 AE511 C3 AE511 D1 AE511 UPPER CABINETS PL-1 COUNTERTOP AND BACKSPLASH QZ-1 BASE CABINETS PL-1 L0 100'-0"3'-0" 3'-0" COUNTERTOP QZ-1 BASE CABINETS PL-2 L0 100'-0"3'-0" 3'-0" COUNTERTOP QZ-1 BASE CABINETS PL-23' - 6 " L0 100'-0" 2' - 6 " 2' - 0 " 3' - 6 " 1'-6" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 1'-6" 2' - 6 " 2' - 8 " 2' - 1 0 " 9' - 0 " 10'-7 3/8" 2'-6" UPPER CABINETS PL-2 COUNTERTOP QZ-1 COUNTERTOP WATERFALL EDGE QZ-1 L0 1200" D1 AE511 C1 AE511 L0 100'-0" 2' - 6 " 2' - 8 " 2' - 1 0 " 3'-0"3'-0"3'-0" AL I G N 1'-6"8'-11 3/8"2'-6" 2' - 6 " 2' - 0 " 3' - 6 " 9' - 0 " UPPER CABINETS PL-2 COUNTERTOPS WITH WATERFALL EDGES QZ-1 L0 1200" D1 AE511 C1 AE511 L0 100'-0"8'-1 3/4" 4'-0" 4'-0" 4'-0" STORAGE CABINETS PL-2 7' - 0 " L0 100'-0" L0 100'-0" D4 AE511 7" PL-2 SHELVES A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company 2/ 1 8 / 2 0 2 2 3 : 59 : 0 4 P M \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS INTERIOR ELEVATIONS AE422 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 Checker Author Designer PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"F1 COPY/COLATING ROOM 124 NORTH ELEVATION SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"F2 COPY/COLATING ROOM 124 SOUTH ELEVATION SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"F3 COPY/COLATING ROOM 124 EAST ELEVATION SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"F6 COPY ALCOVE 122 ELEVATION SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"F4 COPY 124 ISLAND NORTH ELEV. SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"F5 COPY 124 ISLAND SOUTH SIDE ELEV. CASEWORK GENERAL NOTES 1. ALL CABINETWORK IS AWI PREMIUM GRADE. 2. ALL CABINETWORK IS PLASTIC LAMINATE PL-1 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. FILLER PANELS SHALL MATCH ADJACENT FINISH. ALL COUNTERTOP IS QZ-1 UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 3. ALL KNEE SPACE MILLWORK IS TO BE SUPPORTED BY METAL BRACKETS. 4. ALL UPPER CABINETS INSIDE DIMENSIONS ARE 1'-1" DEEP UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 5. PROVIDE FIRE TREATED WOOD OR 20 GAGE METAL BLOCKING IN WALLS AS REQUIRED FOR CABINET SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS. 6. ALL BACKSPLASHES ARE 4" HIGH UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 7. ALL FILE DRAWERS ARE TO BE SET UP TO ACCEPT HANGING FILE FOLDERS. ALL FILE DRAWERS ARE TO HAVE FULL EXTENSION (150LB. MINIMUM) SLIDE HARDWARE. 8. ALL UPPER CABINETS ARE TO INCLUDE A 1 3/4" VALANCE COMPLETE WITH FINISH FACE VENEERS ON THE BOTTOM EDGES OF THE UPPER CABINETS IN ORDER TO SCREEN ANY UNDER CABINET LIGHTING. 9. ALL END PANELS EXPOSED TO VIEW ARE TO BE FINISHED TO MATCH FRONT FACE OF CABINETS. 10. ALL OPEN ADJUSTABLE SHELVING IS TO BE 3/4" PLASTIC LAMINATE FACED PARTICLEBOARD WITH A HARDWOOD EDGE. SHELVING IS NOT TO SPAN OVER 3'-6" WITHOUT INTERMEDIATE SUPPORT BRACING. 11. PROVIDE GROMMET INSERTS IN THE TOPS OF COUNTERTOPS OF SIZE AND AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 12 MICROWAVES, REFRIGERATORS, RANGE, DISHWASHERS ALL TO BE CONTRACTOR FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED. COPY/FAX/PRINTERS FURNISHED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"E1 IT/IS WORK ROOM 141 - WEST ELEVATION SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"E3 IT/IS WORK ROOM 141 - NORTH ELEVATION SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"E4 IT/IS WORK ROOM 141 - EAST ELEVATION NO. DESCRIPTION DATE SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"E6 IT/IS WORK ROOM 141 - SOUTH ELEVATION SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"D1 COAT CLOSET 129 39 Item 2. ACOUSTICAL OR FIRE CAULKING WHERE REQD 3/4" COLD ROLLED CHANNEL BRIDGING, FASTEN TO STUDS W/ CLIP ANGLE, LOCATE @ HINGES & STRIKE PLATE DOUBLE 20 GA STUDS METAL STUDS, SECURED TO STRUCTURE ACOUSTICAL OR FIRE CAULKING WHERE REQD CONTROL JOINT CEILING LINE GWB ON MET STUDS HM FRAME BASE HEADER CONDTION @ OPENINGS OVER 4'-0" METAL RUNNER HM FRAME DOOR AS SCH DOOR AS SCH HM FRAME GROUT FILLED JAMBS FINISH PER WALL TYPE METAL STUD PER WALL TYPE HE I G H T AS S C H WI D T H AS S C H A HEAD B JAMB 2" 5 7/8" 2" SEE PARTITION TYPE 1/2" TYP. 1" AT FRAME TYPE 12 1/2" 1" AT FRAME TYPE 12 DOOR AS SCH GWB CMU LINTEL GWB HM FRAME, GROUT FULL GWB SEALANT CMU HM FRAME, GROUT FULL DOOR AS SCH DOOR AS SCH THRESHOLD (1/2" MAX HT) CONC SITE PAVING, GWB CONC SLAB AND FOUNDATION COMPRESSIBLE FILLER A HEAD B JAMB C THRESHOLD 7 5/8" 4" 1/ 4 " SEALANT MASONRY JAMB ANCHOR 7 5/8" 2" 1/ 4 " 1/2" 1/2" 7 3/4" CMU BOND BEAM LINTEL FILL FRAME WITH GROUT CURE BEFORE INSTALLING FRAME COUNTERSINK ANCHOR SCREW FILL DEPRESSION W/ METAL FILLER & FINISH SMOOTH & FLUSH FILL FRAME WITH GROUT CURE BEFORE INSTALLING FRAME 7'-2" T O F L O O R AS S C H PARTITION WHERE OCCURS A HEAD B JAMB 2" CONTINUOUS SEALANT @ PERIMETER OF FRAME - BOTH SIDES CONTINUOUS SEALANT @ PERIMETER OF FRAME - BOTH SIDES 2" 7 3/4" 4" 7' - 0 " T O F L O O R AS S C H MASONRY ANCHOR HM FRAME, GROUT FULL HM FRAME, GROUT FULL CMU BOND BEAM LINTEL PARTITION WHERE OCCURS A HEAD B JAMB 4" CONTINUOUS SEALANT @ PERIMETER OF FRAME - BOTH SIDES CONTINUOUS SEALANT @ PERIMETER OF FRAME - BOTH SIDES 7 3/4" 7 3/4" 4" 2 " CEILING AS SCH FIN FLR AS SCH ALUM FRAME ALUM FRAME GLASS THICKNESS AS REQD WALL TYPE PER PLANS WD BLKG CASING BEAD SEALANT EA SIDE MET KICKERS IF REQD GLASS TYPE, SEE FRAME ELEVATION B JAMB 1/ 4 " SEALANT HEADER AS REQD GLASS TYPE, SEE FRAME ELEVATION C SILL A HEAD D SILL AT DOOR DOOR AS SCH THRESHOLD (1/2" MAX HT) CONC SITE PAVING (AT EXTERIOR DOORS) CONC SLAB AND FOUNDATION COMPRESSIBLE FILLER (AT EXTERIOR DOORS) FG FV 5" 10 " 5"5" GLAZING F 5" 5"4" 2' - 0 " GL-1T GL-1T A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company 2/ 1 8 / 2 0 2 2 3 : 59 : 0 8 P M \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS DOOR SCHEDULE, HM FRAME DETAILS, ALUMINUM STOREFRONT DETAILS AE500 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 Checker Author Designer PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"E3 TYPICAL DOOR FRAMING SCALE:3" = 1'-0"A4 HM DOOR FRAME DETAIL SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"A3 HM DOOR IN CMU & FURRING WALL SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"A2 HM DOOR FRAME IN EXISTING CMU PARTITION SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"A1 HM DOOR FRAME IN CMU SCALE:3" = 1'-0"C1 ALUMINUM FRAME ENTRY DETAILS DOOR SCHEDULE DOOR NO. DOOR DOOR HDWE SET DOOR FRAME LABEL HOUR REMARKSWIDTH HEIGHT THICKNESS TYPE MAT'L FIN. TYPE MAT'L FIN. 100 PR 3'-0" 7'-10" 1 3/4" 21 FG AL AL-1 16 AL AL-1 -- WIDE STILE FOR MORE RIGIDITY/SECURITY 100A PR 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" 23 EXIST EXIST EXIST --- EXIST EXIST -- EXISTING DOOR/FRAME (N.I.C.), NEW DOOR HARDWARE ONLY 102A 3'-0" 7'-10" 1 3/4" 25 FG AL AL-1 17 AL AL-1 -- 102B 3'-0" 7'-10" 1 3/4" 24 FG AL AL-1 17 AL AL-1 -- 104A 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" 18 F WD WD-1 9 HM P-6 -- 104B 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" 19 F WD WD-1 9 HM P-6 -- 105 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" 13 F WD WD-1 9 HM P-6 -- 106 3'-6" 7'-0" 1 3/4" 07 F WD WD-1 9 HM P-6 -- 107A 3'-0" 7'-10" 1 3/4" 11 FG AL AL-1 13 AL AL-1 -- 107B 3'-0" 7'-10" 1 3/4" 11 FG AL AL-1 13 AL AL-1 -- 108 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" 02 F WD WD-1 9 HM P-6 -- 109 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" 16 F WD WD-1 9 HM P-6 -- 110 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" 32 F WD WD-1 9 HM P-6 -- 111 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" 32 F WD WD-1 9 HM P-6 -- 112 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" 15 EXIST EXIST P-6 --- EXIST P-6 -- 113A PR 3'-0" 7'-10" 1 3/4" 22 EXIST EXIST EXIST --- EXIST EXIST -- EXISTING DOOR/FRAME (N.I.C.), NEW DOOR HARDWARE ONLY 113B PR 3'-0" 7'-10" 1 3/4" 21 EXIST EXIST EXIST --- EXIST EXIST 90 EXISTING RATED DOOR/FRAME (N.I.C.), NEW DOOR HARDWARE ONLY 114A 3'-0" 7'-10" 1 3/4" 12 FG AL AL-1 13 AL AL-1 -- 114B 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" 13 F WD WD-1 9 HM P-6 -- 115 3'-0" 7'-10" 1 3/4" 12 FG AL AL-1 13 AL AL-1 -- 116 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" 07 FG AL AL-1 13 AL AL-1 -- 117 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" 07 FG AL AL-1 13 AL AL-1 -- 120A 3'-0" 7'-10" 1 3/4" 11 FG AL AL-1 13 AL AL-1 -- 120B 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" 14 FV AL AL-1 1 AL AL-1 -- 123 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" 13 F WD WD-1 9 HM P-6 -- 125 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" 32 F WD WD-1 9 HM P-6 -- 126 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" 20 F WD WD-1 9 HM P-6 -- 126A 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" 20 EXIST EXIST P-6 --- EXIST P-6 -- EXISTING RATED DOOR/FRAME (N.I.C.), NEW DOOR HARDWARE ONLY 127 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" 03 F WD WD-1 9 HM P-6 -- 128 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" 32 F WD WD-1 9 HM P-6 -- 129 PR 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" 04 F WD WD-1 9 HM P-6 -- 130 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" 13 F WD WD-1 9 HM P-6 -- 133A 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" 17 F WD WD-1 10 HM P-6 -- 133B PR 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" 31 EXIST EXIST P-6 --- EXIST P-6 90 EXISTING RATED DOOR/FRAME (N.I.C.), NEW DOOR HARDWARE ONLY 135A 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" 28 F HM P-6 10 HM P-6 -- 135B 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" 29 EXIST EXIST P-6 --- EXIST P-6 -- EXISTING RATED DOOR/FRAME (N.I.C.), NEW DOOR HARDWARE ONLY 136 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" 07 FG AL AL-1 12 AL AL-1 -- 137 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" 07 FG AL AL-1 12 AL AL-1 -- 138 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" 07 FG AL AL-1 7 AL AL-1 -- 139 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" 10 F WD WD-1 9 HM P-6 -- 140 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" 13 F WD WD-1 9 HM P-6 -- 141 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" 07 F WD WD-1 9 HM P-6 -- 142 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" 13 F WD WD-1 10 HM P-6 -- 143 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" 09 F WD WD-1 9 HM P-6 -- 144 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" 32 FG AL AL-1 13 AL AL-1 -- 145 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" 06 F WD WD-1 9 HM P-6 -- 147 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" 07 FG AL AL-1 4 AL AL-1 -- 148 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" 07 FG AL AL-1 11 AL AL-1 -- 152 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" 07 FG AL AL-1 8 AL AL-1 -- 153 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" 01 FG AL AL-1 8 AL AL-1 -- 154 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" 07 FG AL AL-1 5 AL AL-1 -- 155 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" 09 F WD WD-1 9 HM P-6 -- 157 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" 07 FG AL AL-1 5 AL AL-1 -- 158 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" 07 FG AL AL-1 4 AL AL-1 -- 161 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" 01 F WD WD-1 9 HM P-6 -- 162 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" 08 FG AL AL-1 13 AL AL-1 -- 166 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" 01 FG AL AL-1 1 AL AL-1 -- 167 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" 07 FG AL AL-1 1 AL AL-1 -- 168 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" 07 FG AL AL-1 2 AL AL-1 -- 169 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" 07 FG AL AL-1 3 AL AL-1 -- 170A 3'-0" 5'-5" 1 3/4" 26 FG AL AL-1 13 AL AL-1 -- 170B 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" 05 F WD WD-1 9 HM P-6 -- 170C 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" 27 EXIST EXIST EXIST --- EXIST EXIST -- EXISTING DOOR/FRAME (N.I.C.), NEW DOOR HARDWARE ONLY 171 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" 32 FG AL AL-1 3 AL AL-1 -- 172 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" 07 FG AL AL-1 5 AL AL-1 -- 173 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" 07 FG AL AL-1 4 AL AL-1 -- SCALE:1/2" = 1'-0"D3 DOOR TYPES NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 40 Item 2. EQEQ 11'-3 1/8" PER SCHEDULE DOOR PE R S C H E D U L E DO O R WINDOW FILM BETWEEN DASHED LINES CLEAR RIGID SEAL, TYP. 3' - 0 " 1' - 8 " SEE A6 / A505 FOR HEAD, JAMB, MULLION, SILL DETAILS EQ GL-2 GL-2GL-2 14'-0 1/8" EQEQEQEQ WINDOW FILM BETWEEN DASHED LINES CLEAR RIGID SEAL, TYP. PER SCHEDULE DOOR PE R S C H E D U L E DO O R 3' - 0 " 1' - 8 " SEE A6 / A505 FOR HEAD, JAMB, MULLION, SILL DETAILS GL-2GL-2GL-2 GL-2 17'-0 1/8" WINDOW FILM BETWEEN DASHED LINES CLEAR RIGID SEAL, TYP. EQEQEQEQEQ 3' - 0 " 1' - 8 " PER SCHEDULE DOOR PE R S C H E D U L E DO O R SEE A6 / A505 FOR HEAD, JAMB, MULLION, SILL DETAILS GL-2GL-2GL-2 GL-2GL-2 EQEQEQEQ PER SCHEDULE DOOR 12'-5 5/8" WINDOW FILM BETWEEN DASHED LINES CLEAR RIGID SEAL, TYP. 3' - 0 " 1' - 8 " PE R S C H E D U L E DO O R SEE A6 / A505 FOR HEAD, JAMB, MULLION, SILL DETAILS GL-2 GL-2 GL-2 GL-2 WINDOW FILM BETWEEN DASHED LINES CLEAR RIGID SEAL, TYP. 3' - 0 " 1' - 8 " 9'-9 1/8" PER SCHEDULE DOOREQEQEQ SEE A6 / A505 FOR HEAD, JAMB, MULLION, SILL DETAILS PE R S C H E D U L E DO O R GL-2GL-2GL-2 7' - 2 " 9'-10" EQ EQ EQ EQ WINDOW FILM BETWEEN DASHED LINES CLEAR RIGID SEAL, TYP. 1' - 8 " 3 ' - 0 " SEE A6 / A505 FOR HEAD, JAMB, MULLION, SILL DETAILS GL-2 GL-2GL-2GL-2 WINDOW FILM BETWEEN DASHED LINES 1' - 8 " 3 ' - 0 " 6'-0" PER SCHEDULE DOOR PE R S C H E D U L E DO O R SEE C1 / A505 FOR HEAD, JAMB, MULLION, SILL DETAILS GL-1T 1'-8" PE R S C H E D U L E DO O R WINDOW FILM BETWEEN DASHED LINES 1' - 8 " 3 ' - 0 " PER SCHEDULE DOOR SEE A6 / A505 FOR HEAD, JAMB, MULLION, SILL DETAILS 5'-0" GL-1T EQ EQ EQ 9'-4 1/2" PE R S C H E D U L E DO O R PER SCHEDULE DOOR WINDOW FILM BETWEEN DASHED LINES CLEAR RIGID SEAL, TYP. 1' - 8 " 3 ' - 0 " SEE A6 / A505 FOR HEAD, JAMB, MULLION, SILL DETAILS GL-2GL-2GL-2 12'-10 3/8" 11 ' - 4 " SEE C1 / A505 FOR HEAD, JAMB, MULLION, SILL DETAILS PER SCHEDULE DOOR PE R S C H E D U L E DO O R EQ "A"EQ "A" EQ "B" EQ "B" GL-1TGL-1T GL-1 GL-1 GL-1 GL-1 PER SCHEDULE DOOR PE R S C H E D U L E DO O R 3'-5 7/8"3'-5 7/8"3'-5 7/8" 2' - 6 " 5 ' - 6 " SEE C1 / A505 FOR HEAD, JAMB, MULLION, SILL DETAILS 13'-11 1/2" GL-2 GL-2 GL-2 GL-2GL-2GL-2 22'-10" EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ 8' - 0 " GL-3GL-3GL-3GL-3GL-3GL-3 A5 AE114 PE R S C H ED U L E DO O R PER SCHEDULE DOOR SEE A1 OR A3 / A505 FOR HEAD AND JAMB DETAILS WINDOW FILM BETWEEN DASHED LINES CLEAR RIGID SEAL, TYP. 3' - 0 " 1' - 8 " SEE A6 / A505 FOR HEAD, JAMB, MULLION, SILL DETAILS PE R S C H E D U L E DO O R PER SCHEDULE DOOR 10'-9 1/8" EQ EQ EQ GL-2 GL-2GL-2 PE R S C H ED U L E DO O R PER SCHEDULE DOOR SEE A4 / A505 FOR HEAD, JAMB, SILL DETAILS 1" JAMB FRAME RETURN ON RESTROOM SIDE TO ACCOMMODATE TILE DEPTH WINDOW FILM BETWEEN DASHED LINES CLEAR RIGID SEAL, TYP. 3' - 0 " 1' - 8 " SEE A6 / A505 FOR HEAD, JAMB, MULLION, SILL DETAILS SE E S C H E D U L E DO O R EQ EQ EQ PER SCHEDULE DOOR 9'-6 1/8" GL-2GL-2GL-2 GLAZING LEGEND GL-1 1/4" CLEAR GL-1T 1/4" CLEAR TEMPERED GL-2 3/8" TEMPERED GL-3 1/2" LAMINATED (1/4" + 0.030 PVB + 1/4") GL-4 7/8" (23MM), 60 MIN., FIRE RESISTANCE RATED GLAZING A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company 2/ 1 8 / 2 0 2 2 3 : 59 : 1 2 P M \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS DOOR & STOREFRONT FRAME TYPES AE501 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 Checker Author Designer PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:1/2" = 1'-0"E1 ALUMINUM FRAME TYPE 1 @ 166 &167 SCALE:1/2" = 1'-0"E2 ALUMINUM FRAME TYPE 2 @ 168 SCALE:1/2" = 1'-0"E4 ALUMINUM FRAME TYPE 3 @ 169 & 171 SCALE:1/2" = 1'-0"E6 ALUMINUM FRAME TYPE 4 @ 147, 173 & 158(MIRRORED) SCALE:1/2" = 1'-0"D1 ALUMINUM FRAME TYPE 5 @ 154, 172 & 157(MIRRORED) SCALE:1/2" = 1'-0"D2 ALUMINUM FRAME TYPE 6 @ 162 SCALE:1/2" = 1'-0"C4 ALUMINUM FRAME TYPE 13 @ 107A, 107B, 114A, 115, 116, 117, 144, 162, 170A & 120A(MIRRORED) SCALE:1/2" = 1'-0"C2 ALUMINUM FRAME TYPE 11 @ 148 SCALE:1/2" = 1'-0"D5 ALUMINUM FRAME TYPE 8 @ 153 & 152 SCALE:1/2" = 1'-0"B5 ALUMINUM FRAME TYPE 16 @ VEST. 100 SCALE:1/2" = 1'-0"A1 ALUMINUM FRAME TYPE 17 @ 102A & 102B SCALE:1/2" = 1'-0"A3 STACKED PANEL DOOR SCALE:1/2" = 1'-0"C1 HOLLOW METAL FRAME TYPE 10 SCALE:1/2" = 1'-0"D4 ALUMINUM FRAME TYPE 7 @ 138 SCALE:1/2" = 1'-0"D7 HOLLOW METAL FRAME TYPE 9 SCALE:1/2" = 1'-0"C3 ALUMINUM FRAME TYPE 12 @ 137 & 136(MIRRORED) NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 41 Item 2. L0 100'-0" L2 116'-0" 11 11.2 11.4 SKO MAIN TEE HANGER WIRE - SECURE TO STRUCTURE ABOVE CEILING GRID SYSTEM ACOUSTICAL CEILING UNITS WALL ANGLE STRUCTURE VIF GWB GWB SEE CEILING PLAN VARIES FOR CURVE CASEWORK WHERE OCCURS, SEE ELEVATION 1/2" REVEAL WD-1 1' - 7 3 / 4 " 4' - 4 1 / 4 " 7' - 6 " 6" GWB SEALANT JOINT AE505 A1 AE505 B4 PLUMBING PLENUM: 2 LAYERS GWB, AND SOUND BATT INSULATION, TYPICAL, FIELD COORDINATE DEPTH. CO O R D I N A T E FI E L D GWB ON 1 5/8" METAL STUDS @ 16" EXTEND TO METAL DECK ABOVE METAL CEILING CONTACT, PAINT TO MATCH STACKED PANEL DOOR FRAME COLOR FOLDING PARTITION TRACK TROLLEY & GUIDE RAIL 6" INSULATION 11 1/4" HANGER PLATE / BRACKET BY STACKED PANEL DOOR FRAME MANUFACTURER STEEL SIZED TO ACHIEVE DEFLECTION LIMITS OF STACKED PANEL DOOR WD-1 3-5/8" METAL STUD WALL QZ-1 MONITOR, SEE AUDIOVISUAL DRAWINGS CONCEALED BRACKET 2'-10" 3' - 4 " 4 1 / 2 " 7" 1'-7" 5/8" PLYWOOD, PAINT BLACK FOR 1/2" REVEALS 4" 1/ 2 " R E V E A L S 4" 1/ 2 " R E V E A L S 7 1/4" 1/2" REVEAL, PAINT BLOCKING BLACK, TYP. WD-1 METAL STUD WALL QZ-1 MONITOR, SEE AUDIOVISUAL DRAWINGS CONCEALED BRACKET 2'-10 1/2"WOOD BLOCKING PAINTED BLACK TO PROVIDE 1/2" REVEAL, TYPICAL RAISED FLOOR 2' - 4 " PROVIDE REINFORCING BRACKETS @ 48" OC HILTI NO DN24P8 SHOT PIN OR EQUAL, @ 24" OC & 2" FROM END OF EACH TRACK SECTION 3' - 4 " 1 ' - 0 " 7" 4 1 / 2 " 1/ 2 " R E V E A L 4" 5/8" PLYWOOD, PAINTED BLACK FOR 1/2" REVEALS 1/2 LEVEL 3 FIBERGLASS BALLISTIC PANEL 7 3/4" 1 1 / 2 " 1/ 2 " 7" 1'-3" 2' - 1 0 " 3' - 1 0 " 2'-6" 7 3/8" BLOCKING MONITOR, SEE AV WD-1 QZ-1 QZ-1 1/2" REVEAL PAINT BLOCKING BLACK, TYPICAL. 1" CONDUIT OR CLIPS FOR POWER & DATA CORDS 3' - 1 0 " 5/8" PLYWOOD 4 1 / 2 " QZ-1 MONITOR MICROPHONE SPEAKER WD-1 5/8" PLYWOOD QZ-1 1/2" REVEAL, PAINT BLOCKING BLACK, TYP. 11 7 / 8 " 2'-0" 3'-6" 6 1/8" 2' - 1 0 " 6 1/8"2'-5 3/4" 4" 1/ 2 " R E V E A L BRACKET Z-CLIP WD-1 QZ-1 6 1/8" 5/8" PLYWOOD, PAINT BLACK FOR 1/2" REVEALS 4" 1 / 2 " R E V E A L 4" 1/ 2 " R E V E A L 1/2" REVEALS, PAINT BLACK, TYPICAL L0 100'-0" 3' - 4 " QZ-1 CAP 1/2" REVEAL 1/2" REVEAL 4"H WD-1 BASE WD-1 QZ-1 CAP RAISED FLOOR FRAMING 3' - 4 " RAMP STRINGER TONGUE AND GROOVE PLYWOOD SUBFLOOR, TAPER TO SLAB FINISHED FLOOR PER SCHEDULE 6" 1/2" REVEAL 3/4" SEE PLANS FOR WALL TYPE BACK UP WALL 1/2" 5" 2 1 / 2 " Z-CLIP AFFIXED TO WALL SMALL Z-CLIP AFFIXED TO PANEL WOOD MOUNTING CLEAT - ROUTE TO RELIEVE Z-CLIP ATTACHMENTS 1/4" 3/4" Z-CLIP AFFIXED TO WALL Z-CLIP AFFIXED TO PANEL WOOD MOUNTING CLEAT - ROUTE TO RELIEVE Z-CLIP ATTACHMENTS 1/4" 1/ 4 " 1/2" SEE PLANS FOR WALL TYPE BACKUP WALL 1/8" WOOD SPLINE, PAINT BLACK, TYP. TYPICAL WOOD PANEL WD-1 BASE AS SCHEDULED SEE PLANS FOR WALL TYPE BACKUP WALL 1/2"3/4" 4" 1/ 2 " R E V E A L B B VERIFY 8 1/8" VERIFY 1'-5 7/8" 2'-2" VE R I F Y W IT H E X I S T . W I N D O WS 2' - 7 7 / 8 " REMOVE THIS SECTION OF EXISTING GYP. BD. AND REPLACE WITH NEW CEMENT BACKING BOARD TO ALLOW STONE TO RUN UP TO FACE OF EXISTING ALUMINUM WINDOW THERMAL BREAK THERMAL BREAK F2 AE502 WD-1 QZ-1 7 3/8" 3/4" PLYWOOD, PAINT BLACK FOR 1/2" REVEALS 4" 1 / 2 " R E V E A L 4" 1/ 2 " R E V E A L 1/2" REVEALS, PAINT BLACK, TYPICAL 1" 6" CPT-1 TONGUE AND GROOVE PLYWOOD SUBFLOOR RAISED FLOOR FRAMING BLOCKING FOR STEP NOSING SOUND INSULATION 3' - 4 " 1'-0"1'-0" WD-1 QZ-1 1-1/2" DIA. TUBE STEEL PER WALL TYPE METAL STUD 5/8" 1/2" 1" CEMENT BACKERBOARD MORTAR, SCRATCH COAT WITH LATH EMBEDDED MORTAR, BOND COAT LS-1 3/8" MORTAR JOINT A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company 2/ 1 8 / 2 0 2 2 3 : 59 : 1 6 P M \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS DETAILS - COUNCIL CHAMBERS AE502 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 Checker KJS Designer PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:3/4" = 1'-0"A6 SECTION AT COUNCIL CHAMBERS STONE WALL SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"F6 SECTION STACKING PANEL DOOR HEAD SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"A4 SECTION AT STAFF TABLE SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"A1 SECTION AT COUNCIL DAIS SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"C2 CROSS SECTION AT LECTERN SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"C4 LONGITUDINAL SECTION AT LECTERN NO. DESCRIPTION DATE SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"A3 SECTION AT STAFF TABLE RETURN SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"D2 SECTION COUNCIL CHAMBER RAMP SCALE:6" = 1'-0"E1 WD-1 PANEL CONNECTION - TOP OF WALL SCALE:6" = 1'-0"D1 WD-1 PANEL CONNECTION SCALE:6" = 1'-0"C1 WD-1 PANEL WALL BASE SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"D6 CHAMBERS PLAN DETAIL AT STONE COLUMN SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"A2 SECTION AT DAIS RETURN SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"D4 SECTION DETAIL AT DAIS STEP SCALE:6" = 1'-0"F2 LS-1 PANEL WALL, TYPICAL 42 Item 2. REVEAL LS-1 WD-1 WALL FRAMING PER PLAN FINISH FACES TO BE FLUSH Z-CLIP BEYOND ELEVATION PER MONITOR & MOUNTING BRACKET PER A/V DRAWINGS, RECESS FOR SCREEN TO BE FLUSH WITH ADJACENT FINISHES BLOCKING AS REQUIRED FOR TV MOUNTING 6" QUARTZ TRANSACTION TOP, QTZ-1 QUARTZ WORKSURFACE, QTZ-1 WD-1 PANEL TACKABLE SURFACE A&M CONCEALED BRACKET WALL BASE PER ROOM FINISH PLANS COMPUTER BY OWNER PROVIDE GROMMETS TO COORDINATE WITH POWER LOCATION BELOW, SEE ELECTRICAL FOR POWER LOCATIONS WDB-1 1'-0" 3' - 6 " 2' - 6 " 1 1 / 2 " 3'-6" 1/ 2 " R E V E A L 1' - 1 1 1 / 2 " 1/ 2 " R E V E A L 4" SEE ELECTRICAL PARTIAL HEIGHT WALL BRACING PER A4 / A501 PAINT GWB BLACK AT REVEALS QUARTZ TRANSACTION TOP BEYOND, WITH FINISHED QUARTZ SIDES QUARTZ WORKSURFACE, QTZ-1 WD-1 PANEL RB-1WDB-1 2' - 6 " 3'-6" 2' - 4 1 / 2 " 4" SEE ELECTRICAL PARTIAL HEIGHT WALL BRACING PER A4 / A501 QUARTZ TRANSACTION TOP BEYOND, WITH FINISHED QUARTZ SIDES QUARTZ WORKSURFACE, QTZ-1 WD-1 PANEL WDB-1 2' - 6 " 3'-6" 2' - 4 1 / 2 " 4" WD-1 PANEL BEYOND 1'-2" PARTIAL HEIGHT WALL BRACING PER A4 / A501 CASEWORK BEYOND, SEE ELEVATIONS WD-1 PANEL WALL BEYOND AL I G N 1/ 2 " 8' - 0" A.F.F. METAL STUD FRAMING 5/8" GWB Z-CLIP WOOD BLOCKING PAINTED BLACK TO PROVIDE 1/2" REVEAL, TYP. WD-1 PANEL 1/2" METAL STUD FRAMING 5/8" GWB WOOD BLOCKING PAINTED BLACK TO PROVIDE 1/2" REVEAL, TYP. Z-CLIP BEYOND WD-1 PANEL METAL STUD FRAMING 5/8" GWB BLOCKING Z-CLIP BEYOND WD-1 PANEL METAL STUD FRAMING 5/8" GWB ALIGN MITERED CORNER QTZ-1 COUNTERTOP BEYOND Z-CLIP BEYOND WD-1 PANEL SEE PLAN FOR WALL TYPE Z-CLIP BEYOND LS-1 EDGE OF SOFFIT ABOVE WD-1 PANEL WOOD BLOCKING PAINTED BLACK TO PROVIDE 1/2" REVEAL, TYP. METAL STUD FRAMING Z-CLIP BEYOND WD-1 PANEL SEE PLAN FOR WALL TYPE 1/2" Z-CLIP BEYOND QTZ-1 COUNTERTOP METAL CHANNEL RP-1 METAL CHANNEL WD-1 PANEL 8' - 0" A.F.F. Z-CLIP BEYOND WD-1 PANEL SEE PLAN FOR WALL TYPE 4"4" AUDIOVISUAL DISPLAY 5" 1 1 / 4 " AUDIOVISUAL MOUNTING BRACKET BACKING OR BLOCKING AS NEEDED Z-CLIP BEYOND CASEWORK EDGE OF COUNTER ABOVE METAL STUD FRAMING WD-1 PANELING Z-CLIP BEYOND EDGE OF COUNTER TURNDOWN ABOVE WOOD BLOCKING WOOD BLOCKING CASEWORK END PANEL -SEE ELEVATION QUARTZ WORKSURFACE, QTZ-1 WD-1 PANEL RB-1WDB-1 3' - 6 " 1/ 2 " R E V E A L 2' - 1 1 1 / 2 " 1/ 2 " R E V E A L 4" SEE ELECTRICAL PARTIAL HEIGHT WALL BRACING 3'-6" DRAWER FRONT 1 1 / 2 " RE V E A L 1/ 4 " 6" 2'-0" LS-1 3/8" DEPTH PIN MOUNT FOR LETTERING OFFSET VA R I E S ALUMINUM LETTER, SEE ELEVATION FOR HEIGHT A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company 2/ 1 8 / 2 0 2 2 3 : 59 : 2 1 P M \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS DETAILS - LOBBY AE503 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 Checker Author Designer PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"A1 PLAN DETAIL - RECESSED VIDEO DISLAY IN WD-1 INSET IN LIMESTONE WALL SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"A5 RECEPTION DESK SECTION 1 SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"B5 RECEPTION DESK SECTION 2 SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"D5 RECEPTION DESK SECTION 3 SCALE:3" = 1'-0"D4 CEILING DETAIL @ RECEPTION DESK SCALE:3" = 1'-0"C4 PLAN DETAIL @ WOOD PANEL SCALE:3" = 1'-0"B4 PLAN DETAIL @ MITERED CORNER SCALE:3" = 1'-0"A4 PLAN DETAIL @ MITERED WOOD PANEL CORNER SCALE:3" = 1'-0"A3 PLAN DETAIL @ WOOD PANEL AT FRAME SCALE:3" = 1'-0"D3 PLAN DETAIL @ STONE SCALE:3" = 1'-0"B3 PLAN DETAIL @ WOOD PANEL INTERIOR CORNER SCALE:3" = 1'-0"C1 SECTION DETAIL @ COUNTERTOP PARTITION SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"B1 PLAN DETAIL - WOOD WALL AT AUDIOVISUAL DISPLAY SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"E1 PLAN DETAIL @ RECEPTION KIOSK DESK NO. DESCRIPTION DATE SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"E5 COUNTERTOP W/ DRAWER SCALE:3" = 1'-0"E3 SECTION DETAIL @ PIN MOUNTED LETTERING 43 Item 2. L0 100'-0" L0 1200" C2 AE504 C3 AE504 C4 AE504 13'-10"19'-3 1/2" C1 AE504 11'-7 3/4" 2' - 6 " 2' - 1 0 " 3'-7 3/4"4'-0"4'-0"1'-8 1/2"2'-0"1'-8 1/2"3'-0 1/2"2'-5"3'-0"2'-5"3'-0 3/4"3'-0"2'-5"3'-0"2'-5"3'-0" 6"6"6"6"6"6"6"6"6"6"6"6" L0 100'-0" 5' - 6 " AE504 D1 RE C E P T I O N / U T I L I T Y B I L L I N G 4" TALL VINYL LETTERING L0 100'-0" 4' - 6 " AE504 D1 8" DE V E L O P M E N T S E R V I C E S 4" TALL VINYL LETTERING L0 100'-0" 5' - 2 " 2' - 1 0 " AE504 D1 8" KI O S K 4" TALL VINYL LETTERING L0 100'-0" 3' - 6 " 4' - 1 0 " AE504 D1 RE C E P T I O N / U T I L I T Y B I L L I N G 4" TALL VINYL LETTERING GLASS RECEPTION PARTITION PER SPECIFICATIONS U-CHANNEL PER SPECIFICATIONS U-CHANNEL PER SPECIFICATIONS. OFFSET PIN MOUNTED GLASS PER SPECIFICATIONS. 1" MIN - 2" MAX PIN MOUNT HARDWARE PER SPECIFICATION. PIN MOUNT HARDWARE PER SPECIFICATION. TY P I C A L 5" M A X . 5" A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company 2/ 1 8 / 2 0 2 2 3 : 59 : 2 9 P M \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS DETAILS - LOBBY AE504 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 Checker Author Designer PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:1/2" = 1'-0"A1 DETAIL ELEVATION - RECEPTION SECURITY GRILLS SCALE:1/2" = 1'-0"C2 OVERHEAD SECURITY GATE AT RECEPTION SCALE:1/2" = 1'-0"C3 OVERHEAD SECURITY GATE AT CENTER OF RECEPTION SCALE:1/2" = 1'-0"C4 OVERHEAD SECURITY GATE AT RECEPTION KIOSK SCALE:1/2" = 1'-0"C1 OVERHEAD SECURITY GATE AT RECEPTION (HIGH LEDGE) NO. DESCRIPTION DATE SCALE:3" = 1'-0"D1 CEILING DETAIL - SECURITY GATE SLOT 44 Item 2. ACOUSTICAL CEILING UNITS CEILING EDGE TRIM ACCESS PANEL - PAINT TO MATCH CEILING COLOR AND FINISH HANGER WIRE SECURE TO STRUCTURE ABOVE 5/8" GWB MAIN RUNNER CROSS RUNNER WALL RUNNER WALL FRAMING PER PLAN PER RCP STEEL BACKING PLATE 1/8" L2"x2"x3/8" BRACING 2-1/2" ROUND STEEL TUBE CEILING MOUNTED STEEL PLATE AT STRUCTURE PER RCP 5/8" GWB METAL STUD FRAMING WALL PER PLAN 2 "45° 45° 2 " 45° 45° 45.00° SEISMIC BRACING SEISMIC BRACING MAIN RUNNER CROSS RUNNER SECURE TO STRUCTURE ABOVE REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR CEILING HEIGHTS AND SOFFIT WIDTHS REFER TO RCPS WALL PER PLAN 6" MAIN TEE DIAGONAL BRACING - ANCHOR TO STR ABOVE HANGER WIRE - SECURE TO STR ABOVE CEILING GRID SYSTEM ACOUSTICAL CEILING UNITS METAL STUD FRAMING 5/8" GWB WALL ANGLE 1' - 0 " SEALANT JOINT METAL STUD FRAMING - ANCHOR TO STR ABOVE 5/8" GWB METAL STUD FRAMING WALL PER PLAN 5/8" GWB 5/8" GWB VARIES REFER TO RCPS RE F E R T O R C P S SEALANT JOINT DIAGONAL BRACING 4 7/8" MAIN TEE HANGER WIRE - SECURE TO STRUCTURE ABOVE CEILING GRID SYSTEM ACOUSTICAL CEILING UNITS METAL STUD FRAMING 5/8" GWB ROLLER SHADE 1' - 8 " 2" 10' - 0" A.F.F. 11' - 6" A.F.F. 2" BY OTHERS EXTERIOR WALL REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR CEILING HEIGHTS 6" DIAGONAL BRACING - ANCHOR TO STR ABOVE HANGER WIRE - SECURE TO STR ABOVE CEILING GRID SYSTEM ACOUSTICAL CEILING UNITS METAL STUD FRAMING 5/8" GWB METAL STUD FRAMING - ANCHOR TO STR ABOVE 1'-0" 4" MITER FOLD ACOUSTICAL CEILING UNITS HANGER WIRE SECURE TO STRUCTURE ABOVE CEILING EDGE TRIM MAIN TEE HANGER WIRE - SECURE TO STR ABOVE CEILING GRID SYSTEM ACOUSTICAL CEILING UNITS 4" MITER FOLD REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR CEILING HEIGHTS AND SOFFIT WIDTHS DIAGONAL BRACING - ANCHOR TO STRUCTURE ABOVE METAL STUD FRAMING 5/8" GWB 5/8" GWB - EXTEND TO STRUCTURE ABOVE 1-1/4" PIPE RAIL WELDED TO TOP OF STRINGER (PNT-6)STRUCTURE BY OTHERS ANGLE WELDED TO INSIDE OF STRINGER STRINGER TO BE SIZED BY STAIR FABRICATOR 1/4" BENT CHECKER PLATE TREADS ANGLE TO BE SIZED BY STAIR FABRICATOR 8" (MAX.) 30.00° ACCESS HATCH BY OTHERS INSULATION BY OTHERS DECKING BY OTHERS LEVEL 2 1" SE E S E C T I O N 30 " M I N . / 3 4 " M A X . 2' - 8 " 1' - 1 " HANGER WIRE SECURE TO STRUCTURE ABOVE 5/8" GWB MAIN RUNNER WALL RUNNER WALL FRAMING PER PLAN6" PER RCP REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR CEILING HEIGHTS AND SOFFIT WIDTHS WALL PER PLAN METAL STUD FRAMING WD-1 PER RCP SEALANT JOINT 7 3 / 8 " PER RCP 1/2" REVEAL ROLLER SHADE11' - 6" A.F.F. 2" BY OTHERS EXTERIOR WALL 3 5/8" METAL STUD FRAMING 5/8" GWB 2-1/2" METAL STUD FRAMING 7.5" X 8" POCKET FOR DUAL MOTORIZED ROLLER SHADE 3/4" PLYWOOD 1'-0" EXTERIOR WALL BY OTHERS EXTERIOR WALL BY OTHERS BLOCKING ALIGN TO TOP OF STORFRONT DUAL MOTORIZED ROLLER SHADE RS-1 7 1/2" BLACKOUT 3% OPENNESS WALL TYPE "SDA" WITH WD-1 EITHER SIDE LOBBY CEILING WD-1 COUNCIL CHAMBERS CEILING GWB FLOOR SLAB ABOVE AE505 F5 MIR AE505 D6 AE505 C7 REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR CEILING HEIGHTS AND SOFFIT WIDTHS VARIES ALONG CURVE WALL PER PLAN METAL STUD FRAMING 5/8" GWB 7'-6" A.F.F. STONE WALL FINISH WD-1 Z-CLIP Z-CLIP 5/8" GWB HANGER WIRE SECURE TO STRUCTURE ABOVE 5/8" GWB MAIN RUNNER WALL FRAMING PER PLAN PER RCP 2 1/4" 6" ROLLER SHADE11' - 6" A.F.F. BY OTHERS EXTERIOR WALL AL-1 WD-1 Z-CLIP EQ EQ BLOCKING A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company 2/ 1 8 / 2 0 2 2 3 : 59 : 3 4 P M \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS DETAILS - CEILING AE505 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 Checker Author Designer PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"E7 ACCESS PANEL DETAIL SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"F3 CEILING DETAIL - APC @ Wall SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"D7 CLG-MOUNTED EQUIPMENT DETAIL SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"F4 CEILING DETAIL - GWB @ INTERIOR WALL SCALE:3" = 1'-0"E1 SUSPENSION SYSTEM DETAIL SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"A1 SOFFIT DETAIL - GWB AND APC 1 SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"A2 SOFFIT DETAIL GWB TO GWB SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"D1 SECTION DETAIL - ROLLER SHADE & SOFFIT AT PRIVATE OFFICES SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"D4 SECTION DETAIL- GWB AND APC-2 SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"F6 CEILING DETAIL - APC-1 CLOUD EDGE SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"F7 SECTION DETAIL APC-2 CLOUD EDGE SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"A6 SOFFIT DETAIL FINISHED EDGE SCALE:1/2" = 1'-0"B6 SECTION AT SHIPS LADDER SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"F5 CEILING DETAIL - APC-2 @ WD-1 Wall SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"A4 SOFFIT DETAIL - WD-1 EYEBROW SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"D2 SECTION DETAIL - ROLLER SHADE & SOFFIT AT FIRESIDE ROOM & CONFERENCE ROOMS 166 & 171 SCALE:3" = 1'-0"B1 SECTION DETAIL - ROLLER SHADE AT COUNCIL CHAMBERS NO. DESCRIPTION DATE SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"A7 WALL SECTION DETAIL - LOBBY/COUNCIL CHAMBER WALL SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"B4 SOFFIT DETAIL - WD-1 AT STONE WALL SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"D6 CEILING DETAIL - GWB CLOUD @ WD-1 Wall SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"B2 SECTION DETAIL - ROLLER SHADE AT OPEN OFFICE 150 & BREAK ROOM 144 SCALE:3" = 1'-0"C7 DETAIL - WOOD RETURN AT WINDOW 45 Item 2. 3" 1 1/4" 2' - 6 " 4" 2' - 1 0 " ( U N L E S S N O T E D O T H E R W I S E ) ADJUSTABLE SHELF BASE AS SCH COUNTERTOP CABINET DOOR CABINET DOOR PULL CABINET BACK CAULKING 1 1 / 2 " 1/ 2 " 2'-0" 3/4" BACKSPLASH PER ELEVATION 3" 2' - 6 " 4" 2' - 1 0 " BASE AS SCH COUNTERTOP CABINET DOOR CABINET DOOR PULL BACKSPLASH PER ELEVATION CABINET BACK CAULKING SINK WHERE OCCURS 2'-0" 3/4" 1 1 / 2 " 1/ 2 " 1 1 / 2 " 1/ 2 " 6" 1/ 4 " 4" 3" 1 1/2"1 1/2" 2' - 1 0 " ADJUSTABLE SHELF BASE AS SCH COUNTERTOP CABINET DOOR CABINET DRAWER PULL CABINET BACK CAULKING CABINET DRAWER CABINET DOOR PULL 2'-0" 3/4" BACKSPLASH PER ELEVATION 3" 4" 1 ' - 1 1 / 2 " 1/ 4 " 8" 1/ 4 " 6" 1/ 2 " 1 1 / 2 " 10 1 / 2 " C L E A R 2' - 1 0 " FILE FOLDER DRAWER BASE AS SCH COUNTERTOP CABINET DRAWER CABINET DRAWER PULL BACKSPLASH PER ELEVATION CABINET BACK CAULKING CABINET DRAWER 2'-0" 3/4" 1 1 / 2 " 1/ 2 " 5 1 / 2 " 1/ 4 " 5 1 / 2 " 1/ 4 " 8 1 / 8 " 1/ 4 " 8 1 / 8 " 4" 3" 2' - 1 0 " CABINET DRAWER BASE AS SCH COUNTERTOP CABINET DRAWER PULL BACKSPLASH PER ELEVATION CABINET BACK CAULKING 2'-0" 3/4" 3" 1 1/2"1 1/2" 4" 2' - 1 0 " 2' - 6 " 4" BASE AS SCH COUNTERTOP ADJUSTABLE CABINET SHELF BACKSPLASH PER ELEVATION CABINET BACK CAULKING 1 1 / 2 " FACE OF ADJACENT CABINET BEYOND 2'-0" 3/4" SIDESPLASH @ ADJACENT WALL WHERE OCCURS 2' - 6 " ( U N L E S S N O T E D O T H E R W I S E ) UNDER CABINET LIGHT, SEE ELEC CABINET DOOR CABINET DOOR PULL CABINET BACK 1'-1 1/4" 2 1 / 2 " 2' - 6 " ( U N L E S S N O T E D O T H E R W I S E ) UNDER CABINET LIGHT, SEE ELEC ADJUSTABLE SHELF CABINET BACK 1'-2" 2 1 / 2 " CONCEALED METAL BRACKET @ 36" OC, MAX. COUNTERTOP BASE AS SCH 3x3x3/16 " X LENGTH ANGLE WELD TO VERTICAL ANGLE AND ANCHOR TO STRUCTURE W/ 2 - 1/2" Ø EXPANSION ANCHORS 2'-0 3/4" BACKSPLASH PER ELEVATION 4" 2' - 1 0 " SIDESPLASH @ ADJACENT WALL WHERE OCCURS 2' - 1 0 " M A X SINK, SEE PLUMBING 3/4" APRON 2' - 1 0 " 3/4" REMOVABLE PANEL 1'-2 7/8" 1' - 2 1 / 8 " 8 5/8" COUNTERTOP 8" MIN KNEE CLEARANCE TOE CLEARANCE 2'-1" 1'-0" 9" 6" MAX REACH REQM'T 1'-8" 7" 2' - 3 " 3x3x3/16 " x LENGTH ANGLE WELD TO VERTICAL ANGLE & ANCHOR TO STRUCTURE W/ 2 - 1/2" Ø EXPANSION ANCHORS BACKSPLASH AS SCHEDULED WHITE MELAMINE CABINET INTERIOR TOEKICK PER ELEVATIONS INTEGRATED PLAM DOOR FRONT/ PLAM TRASH PULL-OUT PER ELEVATION. PROVIDE FULL EXTENSION DRAWER SLIDES W/ SELF CLOSE HARDWARE. RUBBERMAID S-13527 10GAL CAN SHOWN. GRIND ALL EDGES SMOOTH, POWDER COAT BRACKET FLAT BLACK. 3' - 0 " 2" 1/ 2 " 1 1 / 2 " 3/4"2'-0" CAULKING COUNTERTOP 3" 4" BACKSPLASH WHERE SCHEDULED 2' - 6 " ( U N L E S S N O T E D O T H E R W I S E ) UNDER CABINET LIGHT, SEE ELEC ADJUSTABLE SHELVES CABINET DOOR CABINET DOOR PULL CABINET BACK 1'-1 1/4" 2 1 / 2 " 1' - 1 1 / 2 " 1 ' - 0 " 4' - 0 " A F F AT H C ; R E F E R T O P L A N 5' - 7 " A F F T Y P I C A L O R PROVIDE BLOCKING AT WALL FOR SUPPORT, TYPICAL 3/4" THICK PLASTIC LAMINATE INTERMEDIATE SUPPORT PANEL 1 1/4" DIAMETER CHROME HANG ROD ANCHORED AT ENDS WITH THREADED FLANGE OR APPROVED EQUAL, WITH INTERMEDIATE SUPPORTS @ 5'-0" OC MAXIMUM BRACKETS AS NECESSARY, TYPICAL; PROVIDE BLOCKING IN WALL PLASTIC LAMINATE ON 3/4" SUBSTRATE 2 1 / 2 " 2" 2 1 / 2 " 1'-6" 1'-6" 3" 1 1/2"1 1/2" 4" 2' - 1 0 " 1' - 1 0 " 4" BASE AS SCH COUNTERTOP ADJUSTABLE CABINET SHELF BACKSPLASH PER ELEVATION CABINET BACK CAULKING 1 1 / 2 " 1/ 2 " 6" CABINET DRAWER PULLCABINET DRAWER 2'-0" 3/4" SIDESPLASH @ ADJACENT WALL WHERE OCCURS COUNTERTOP TYPICAL UPPER CABINET BASECABINET PER ELEVATION F1/A201 3' - 1 " MAILSLOT UNIT 12 EQ H. x 3 EQ W. SLOTS FOR 36 TOTAL MAIL SLOTS. 1/ 2 " 5 1 / 2 " 1/ 8 " 5 1 / 2 " 1/ 8 " 5 1 / 2 " 1/ 8 " 5 1 / 2 " 1/ 8 " 5 1 / 2 " 4" 4" 2' - 1 0 " CABINET DRAWER BASE AS SCH COUNTERTOP CABINET DRAWER PULL BACKSPLASH CABINET BACK CAULKING 2'-0" 3/4" WHITE MELAMINE CABINET INTERIOR TOEKICK PER ELEVATIONS LOCKABLE PLAM DOOR FRONT GRIND ALL EDGES SMOOTH, POWDER COAT BRACKET FLAT BLACK. 4" 1 1 / 2 " 3" 3 " 3" 2'-0" 3/4" 3' - 6 " 4" BACKSPLASH PER ELEVATION SIDESPLASH @ ADJACENT WALL WHERE OCCURS 1/ 2 " 5 1 / 2 " 1/ 8 " 5 1 / 2 " 1/ 8 " 5 1 / 2 " 1/ 8 " 5 1 / 2 " 1/ 8 " 5 1 / 2 " 4" 4" 2' - 1 0 " CABINET DRAWER BASE AS SCH COUNTERTOP CABINET DRAWER PULL BACKSPLASH PER ELEVATION CABINET BACK CAULKING 3'-0" 3'-0" 3/4"SIDESPLASH @ ADJACENT WALL WHERE OCCURS A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company 2/ 1 8 / 2 0 2 2 3 : 59 : 3 7 P M \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS DETAILS - CASEWORK AE511 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 Checker Author Designer PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"E1 TYPICAL BASE CABINET W/ DOOR AND ADJUSTABLE SHELVES SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"E2 TYPICAL BASE CABINET W/ SINK SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"E3 TYPICAL BASE CABINET W/ ONE DRAWER SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"E4 BASE CABINET W/ 3 DRAWERS SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"E5 BASE CABINET W/ 4 DRAWERS SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"E6 BASE CABINET W/ OPEN ADJUSTABLE SHELVES SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"D3 UPPER CABINET WITH OPEN SHELF SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"D2 TYPICAL OPEN UPPER CABINET SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"C1 TYPICAL COUNTERTOP SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"A2 ADA KITCHEN SINK CASEWORK GENERAL NOTES 1. ALL CABINETWORK IS AWI PREMIUM GRADE. 2. ALL CABINETWORK IS PLASTIC LAMINATE PL-1 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. FILLER PANELS SHALL MATCH ADJACENT FINISH. ALL COUNTERTOP IS QZ-1 UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 3. ALL KNEE SPACE MILLWORK IS TO BE SUPPORTED BY METAL BRACKETS. 4. ALL UPPER CABINETS INSIDE DIMENSIONS ARE 1'-1" DEEP UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 5. PROVIDE FIRE TREATED WOOD OR 20 GAGE METAL BLOCKING IN WALLS AS REQUIRED FOR CABINET SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS. 6. ALL BACKSPLASHES ARE 4" HIGH UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 7. ALL FILE DRAWERS ARE TO BE SET UP TO ACCEPT HANGING FILE FOLDERS. ALL FILE DRAWERS ARE TO HAVE FULL EXTENSION (150LB. MINIMUM) SLIDE HARDWARE. 8. ALL UPPER CABINETS ARE TO INCLUDE A 1 3/4" VALANCE COMPLETE WITH FINISH FACE VENEERS ON THE BOTTOM EDGES OF THE UPPER CABINETS IN ORDER TO SCREEN ANY UNDER CABINET LIGHTING. 9. ALL END PANELS EXPOSED TO VIEW ARE TO BE FINISHED TO MATCH FRONT FACE OF CABINETS. 10. ALL OPEN ADJUSTABLE SHELVING IS TO BE 3/4" PLASTIC LAMINATE FACED PARTICLEBOARD WITH A HARDWOOD EDGE. SHELVING IS NOT TO SPAN OVER 3'-6" WITHOUT INTERMEDIATE SUPPORT BRACING. 11. PROVIDE GROMMET INSERTS IN THE TOPS OF COUNTERTOPS OF SIZE AND AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 12 MICROWAVES, REFRIGERATORS, RANGE, DISHWASHERS ALL TO BE CONTRACTOR FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED. COPY/FAX/PRINTERS FURNISHED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"C3 TYPICAL BASE CABINET W/ PULL-OUT TRASH SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"D1 TYPICAL UPPER CABINET SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"D4 SECTION - HAT SHELF AND COAT RACK NO. DESCRIPTION DATE SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"C2 BASE CABINET W/ ONE DRAWER & OPEN ADJUSTABLE SHELVES SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"A1 TYPICAL MAIL SLOTS SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"A3 BASE CABINET W/ 5 DRAWERS SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"C4 TYPICAL SHREDDER CABINET SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"C5 BASE CABINET W/ 5 LATERAL FILE DRAWERS 46 Item 2. 1/ 2 " 6" 1/ 4 " 9 3 / 4 " 1/ 4 " 9 3 / 4 " 1/ 4 " 9 3 / 4 " 4" 3" 4" 3' - 6 " CABINET DRAWER BASE AS SCH COUNTERTOP CABINET DRAWER PULL BACKSPLASH CABINET BACK CAULKING SIDESPLASH @ ADJACENT WALL WHERE OCCURS 2'-0" 3/4" 1/ 2 " 6" 1/ 4 " EQ 1/ 4 " EQ 1/ 4 " EQ 1/ 4 " EQ 3" CABINET DRAWER BASE AS SCH CABINET DRAWER PULL CABINET BACK QUARTZ WORKSURFACE, QTZ-1 WD-1 PANEL WDB-1 3' - 6 " 1/ 2 " R E V E A L 2' - 1 1 1 / 2 " 1/ 2 " R E V E A L 4" 3'-6" 2'-10 1/2" 4" 6 E Q U A L H E I G H T C U B B I E S 3" CABINET DRAWER BASE AS SCH CABINET DRAWER PULL CABINET BACK QUARTZ WORKSURFACE, QTZ-1 WD-1 PANEL WDB-1 1/ 2 " R E V E A L 2' - 1 1 1 / 2 " 1/ 2 " R E V E A L 4" 3'-6" 2'-0" 1' - 0 " 3/ 8 " 3/ 8 " 6" RE V E A L 1/ 2 " 3" CABINET DRAWER BASE AS SCH CABINET DRAWER PULL CABINET BACK QUARTZ WORKSURFACE, QTZ-1 WD-1 PANEL WDB-1 1/ 2 " R E V E A L PE R E L E V A T I O N 1/ 2 " R E V E A L 4" 3'-6" 2'-10 1/2" 6" RE V E A L 1/ 2 " 1/ 4 " ADJUSTIBLE SHELF CABINET DOOR PULL 4" CABINET DRAWER CABINET DRAWER BASE AS SCH CABINET DRAWER PULLCABINET BACK QUARTZ WORKSURFACE, QTZ-1 WD-1 PANEL WDB-1 1/ 2 " R E V E A L 1' - 1 1 1 / 2 " 1/ 2 " R E V E A L 4" 3'-6" 4" 5 7 / 8 " 1/ 4 " 5 7 / 8 " 1/ 4 " 5 7 / 8 " 1/ 4 " 5 7 / 8 " 1/ 2 " 2' - 6 " 3" 2'-10 1/2" CABINET DRAWER BASE AS SCH CABINET DRAWER PULL CABINET BACK QUARTZ WORKSURFACE, QTZ-1 WD-1 PANEL WDB-1 2' - 6 " o r 3 ' - 6 " S E E E L E V A T I O N 1/ 2 " R E V E A L PE R E L E V A T I O N 1/ 2 " R E V E A L 4" 3'-6" 2'-10 1/2" 6" RE V E A L 1/ 2 " PULL OUT PRINTER SHELF 4" 2" 1/ 4 " 4" PRINTER BY OWNER CABINET DRAWER BASE AS SCH CABINET DRAWER PULL CABINET BACK QUARTZ WORKSURFACE, QTZ-1 WD-1 PANEL WDB-1 2' - 6 " o r 3 ' - 6 " S E E E L E V A T I O N 1 1 / 2 " 1/ 2 " R E V E A L PE R E L E V A T I O N 1/ 2 " R E V E A L 4" 3'-6" 2'-10 1/2" 6" RE V E A L 1/ 2 " ADJUSTIBLE SHELF CABINET DOOR PULL 4" 3" A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company 2/ 1 8 / 2 0 2 2 3 : 59 : 3 9 P M \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS DETAILS - CASEWORK AE512 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 Checker Author Designer PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"A1 BASE CABINET W/ 4 DRAWERS STANDING HEIGHT SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"A2 BASE CABINET W/ 5 DRAWERS @ RECEPTION NO. DESCRIPTION DATE SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"A4 BASE CABINET W/ FILE DRAWER AND CUBBIES @ RECEPTION SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"B2 BASE CABINET W/ ONE DRAWER @ RECEPTION SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"B4 BASE CABINET W/ 4 DRAWERS @ RECEPTION SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"D2 BASE CABINET W/ PULL OUT PRINTER SHELF SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"D4 BASE CABINET W/ ONE DRAWER AND OPEN SHELVES 47 Item 2. A B C D E F 1 2 3 4 5 A.4 E.6 CONFERENCE ROOM 171 CITY MANAGER OFFICE 169 OFFICE 168 OFFICE 167 CONFERENCE ROOM 166 BREAK ROOM 144 OFFICE 173 OFFICE 172 OFFICE 162 OFFICE 147 PRINT ROOM 161 OFFICE 148 WEATHER VESTIBULE 170 JANITOR & STORAGE 143 WELLNESS ROOM 145 OFFICE 138 OFFICE 137 HR FILE ROOM 140 FINANCE FILE ROOM 139 MECHANICAL ROOM 133 ELECTRICAL ROOM 135 SERVER ROOM 142 IT / IS WORK ROOM 141 OFFICE 136 CONFERENCE ROOM 153 VESTIBULE 126 CORRIDOR 132 OPEN OFFICE WORK AREA 150 COPY ALCOVE 149 COFFEE / BREAK 151 OPEN OFFICE 163 CORRIDOR 164 CORRIDOR 146 CORRIDOR 131 OPEN OFFICE 159 CORRIDOR 162 CORRIDOR 160 COPY ALCOVE 165 MATCH LINE SEE IF102 MATCH LINE SEE IF102 S10 S10 T2 T2 T2 S3 S3 S3 S3 S3 S3 S3 S3 S3 S3 S3 S3 S3 T12 S12 S12 S12 S12S12 ST1 T7T7T7T7 S18S18 S17 S17 S17 S17 S4 S4 S4 S4 T3 S11 S12 S12 S11 S12S12 S11 S12 S12 T7 T13 S13 S13 S13 S13 S13 S13 S13 ST7 ST7 ? S5 T8 S8 ST7 ST7 ST7 ST7 ? S11 S11 S11 S11 S11 S11 S11 S11 S11 ST2 ST2 ST2ST2 S5 S12 S12 S11 S12 S12S12 S11T7 S11 S11 S11 S11 S11 S11 T2 S12 S12 S11 S12 S12 S11T7 S12 S12 S12 S11 T9 S15 S15 S15 S15 S15 S15 ST3 ST3ST3 ST3 ST4ST4 ST5 ST4ST4 ST5 S16 S16 S16 T10 S11 S11 S11 S11 S11 S11 S4 S4 S4 S4 T3 S19 T5 T4 ST4 ST4 ST4 ST4 ST4 ST4 ST4 ST4 ST4 ST4 ST4 ST4 S6R ? T4 T4 ? S12 S12 S11 ST4 TV1 RF1 VM1 WS1 WS1 WS1 WS2 WS2 WS2 WS2 WS2 WS2 WS3WS3 WS3 WS3 WS3 WS3 WS4WS4 WS4WS4 WS4WS4 WS5 WS5 WS6 ST8 ST8 ST8ST8 23'-3 3/4" 5' - 5 1 / 4 " 5' - 1 0 1 / 8 " 4' - 9 5 / 8 " 4 ' - 1 1 7 / 8 " 5' - 0 " 6'-0 1/8" 8' - 1 0 1 / 8 " 5' - 4 1 / 8 " 5'-5 7/8" 3' - 1 1 7 / 8 " 5'-9 1/8" S12 S12 WS3 S11 S11WS3 S12 S12 S12 S12 S11WS3 A B C D E F 1 2 3 4 5 A.4 E.6 2.1 GENERAL FURNITURE NOTES 1. FURNITURE IS PROVIDED BY OTHERS, UNO, AND SHOWN FOR COORDINATION PURPOSES ONLY. REFER TO FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE FOR OWNERSHIP. VERIFY FINAL PLACEMENT WITH OWNER. 2. PRINTERS, COPIERS, AND FAX MACHINES ARE NIC AND SHOWN FOR COORDINATION PURPOSES ONLY. VERIFY FINAL PLACEMENT WITH OWNER. 3. APPLIANCES ARE PROVIDED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR, UNO. VERIFY FINAL PLACEMENT WITH OWNER. 4. APPLIANCES ARE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY OWNER, UNO. VERIFY FINAL PLACEMENT WITH OWNER. 5. CONTRACTOR IS REPSONSIBLE FOR RELOATING AND/OR INSTALLING APPLIANCES AND VENDING MACHINES. VERIFY FINAL PLACEMENT WITH OWNER. 6. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR INSTALLING COMMUNICATIONS CABLING INTO SYSTEMS FURNITURE AND MAKING THE PANEL TO PANEL CONNECTION AND POWER CONNECTIONS BETWEEN THE BUILDING POWER AND FURNITURE. 7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WIRING OF POWERED TABLES WITH FURNITURE DEALER AND VERIFY TABLES ARE IN WORKING CONDITION WITH WIRE MANAGEMENT ADEQUATELY CONCEALED. 8. REFER TO ELECTRICAL SHEET SERIES FOR FURNITURE POWER / DATA CONNECTION LOCATIONS. 9. CONFIRM LOCATIONS OF POWER / DATA WITH FURNITURE DEALER ONCE FURNITURE PACKAGE IS BID AND AWARDED. 10. TV'S, MARKERBOARDS, AND TACKBOARDS ARE SHOWN ON FURNITURE PLAN FOR COORDINATION. 11. REFER TO FURNITURE / EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES ON SHEET IN601 FOR PROCUREMENT / INSTALLATION RESPONSIBILITES. N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/18/2022 4:08:34 PM \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS FURNITURE PLAN - AREA A IF101 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 Checker Author Designer PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N NO. DESCRIPTION DATE SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"A1 FURNITURE PLAN LEVEL 1 AREA A KEYNOTE LEGEND 48 Item 2. A B C D E F 5 6 7 8 A.4 E.6 OFFICE 136 WOMEN'S STAFF RESTROOM 125 MEN'S STAFF RESTROOM 128 JANITOR'S CLOSET 127 SURVEY STORAGE 130 CONFERENCE ROOM 153 OFFICE 152 OFFICE 154 TABLE & CHAIR STORAGE 155 OFFICE 158 OFFICE 157 VESTIBULE 126 SECURE FILE STORAGE 123 OFFICE 116 FIRESIDE/ MULTI-PURPOSE ROOM 120 COPY/ COLATING ROOM 124 CONFERENCE ROOM 114 VESTIBULE 113 VESTIBULE 100 PUBLIC LOBBY 101 RECEPTION / PUBLIC COUNTERS 118 OPEN OFFICE 119 CORRIDOR 115 CORRIDOR 132 CORRIDOR 121 CORRIDOR 156 OPEN OFFICE 159 CORRIDOR 131 COPY ALCOVE 122 MATCH LINE SEE IF103 MATCH LINE SEE IF103 MATCH LINE SEE IF101 MATCH LINE SEE IF101 COFFEE / BREAK 151 MECHANICAL ROOM 133 COAT CLOSET 129 2'-8" 6'-1" POSTAGE MACHINE ST2 ST2 ST2ST2 S11 S11 T9 S15 S15 S15 S15 ST3 ST3ST3 ST3 ST4ST4 ST4ST4 T10 S11 S11S11 S6R T4 T4 S14 S12 S12 S11 S12 S11 T7 S12 S12 S12 S11 S12 S12S12 S11T7 S11 S11 S11 S11 ST7 ST7 ST4 ST4 ST4 T6 S13 S13 S13 S13 S13 S13 S6 S9 T5 S5 S10 S10 S4 T3 S4 S4 S4 S4 T3 S4 S4 S4 S4 T3 S4 S4 S4 S4 T3 S4 S4 S4 S4 T3 S4 S4 S4 S11 ST1 S12 S5 S5 T4 WS4WS4 WS3 WS3 WS3WS3 WS2 WS2 WS2 WS2 5'-0" 6'-7" 7'-0 5/8" 6'-2 7/8" S12 S12 WS3 WS3 S11S11 S12 S12 S12 A B C D E F 5 6 7 8 8.1 A.4 E.6 GENERAL FURNITURE NOTES 1. FURNITURE IS PROVIDED BY OTHERS, UNO, AND SHOWN FOR COORDINATION PURPOSES ONLY. REFER TO FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE FOR OWNERSHIP. VERIFY FINAL PLACEMENT WITH OWNER. 2. PRINTERS, COPIERS, AND FAX MACHINES ARE NIC AND SHOWN FOR COORDINATION PURPOSES ONLY. VERIFY FINAL PLACEMENT WITH OWNER. 3. APPLIANCES ARE PROVIDED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR, UNO. VERIFY FINAL PLACEMENT WITH OWNER. 4. APPLIANCES ARE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY OWNER, UNO. VERIFY FINAL PLACEMENT WITH OWNER. 5. CONTRACTOR IS REPSONSIBLE FOR RELOATING AND/OR INSTALLING APPLIANCES AND VENDING MACHINES. VERIFY FINAL PLACEMENT WITH OWNER. 6. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR INSTALLING COMMUNICATIONS CABLING INTO SYSTEMS FURNITURE AND MAKING THE PANEL TO PANEL CONNECTION AND POWER CONNECTIONS BETWEEN THE BUILDING POWER AND FURNITURE. 7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WIRING OF POWERED TABLES WITH FURNITURE DEALER AND VERIFY TABLES ARE IN WORKING CONDITION WITH WIRE MANAGEMENT ADEQUATELY CONCEALED. 8. REFER TO ELECTRICAL SHEET SERIES FOR FURNITURE POWER / DATA CONNECTION LOCATIONS. 9. CONFIRM LOCATIONS OF POWER / DATA WITH FURNITURE DEALER ONCE FURNITURE PACKAGE IS BID AND AWARDED. 10. TV'S, MARKERBOARDS, AND TACKBOARDS ARE SHOWN ON FURNITURE PLAN FOR COORDINATION. 11. REFER TO FURNITURE / EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES ON SHEET IN601 FOR PROCUREMENT / INSTALLATION RESPONSIBILITES. N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/18/2022 4:08:39 PM \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS FURNITURE PLAN - AREA B IF102 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 Checker Author Designer PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N NO. DESCRIPTION DATE SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"A1 FURNITURE PLAN LEVEL 1 AREA B KEYNOTE LEGEND 49 Item 2. UP DN A B C D E F 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 A.4 E.6 11.2 11.4 12.1 JANITOR'S CLOSET 108 MEN'S PUBLIC RESTROOM 110 VESTIBULE 113 VESTIBULE 100 PUBLIC LOBBY 101 PUBLIC CORRIDOR 112 CONFERENCE ROOM 107 COUNCIL CHAMBERS AV ROOM 105 TABLE AND CHAIR STORAGE 106 COATS/COFFEE ALCOVE 103 COUNCIL CHAMBER 102 MATCH LINE SEE IF102 UNISEX RESTROOM 109 9'-2" 9'-2" 9'-2" SOUND VESTIBULE 104 S13 S13 S9 S11 S7 S7 ST1 ST1 T1 S3 S3 S3 S3 S3 S3 S3 S3 S3 S3 S3 S3 S3 S3 S3 S3 S3 S8 T2 S8 T2 S1 S1S1S1S1S1S1S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1S1S1S1S1S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1S1S1S1S1S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1S1S1S1S1S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1S1 S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 S2 S12 S3 3'-2" TYP 10'-9 1/8" 8'-9 5/8" 9'-8 5/8" S5 S5 S5 S5 S5S5S5S5 S12 A B C D E F 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 8.1 A.4 E.6 11.2 11.4 12.1 GENERAL FURNITURE NOTES 1. FURNITURE IS PROVIDED BY OTHERS, UNO, AND SHOWN FOR COORDINATION PURPOSES ONLY. REFER TO FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE FOR OWNERSHIP. VERIFY FINAL PLACEMENT WITH OWNER. 2. PRINTERS, COPIERS, AND FAX MACHINES ARE NIC AND SHOWN FOR COORDINATION PURPOSES ONLY. VERIFY FINAL PLACEMENT WITH OWNER. 3. APPLIANCES ARE PROVIDED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR, UNO. VERIFY FINAL PLACEMENT WITH OWNER. 4. APPLIANCES ARE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY OWNER, UNO. VERIFY FINAL PLACEMENT WITH OWNER. 5. CONTRACTOR IS REPSONSIBLE FOR RELOATING AND/OR INSTALLING APPLIANCES AND VENDING MACHINES. VERIFY FINAL PLACEMENT WITH OWNER. 6. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR INSTALLING COMMUNICATIONS CABLING INTO SYSTEMS FURNITURE AND MAKING THE PANEL TO PANEL CONNECTION AND POWER CONNECTIONS BETWEEN THE BUILDING POWER AND FURNITURE. 7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WIRING OF POWERED TABLES WITH FURNITURE DEALER AND VERIFY TABLES ARE IN WORKING CONDITION WITH WIRE MANAGEMENT ADEQUATELY CONCEALED. 8. REFER TO ELECTRICAL SHEET SERIES FOR FURNITURE POWER / DATA CONNECTION LOCATIONS. 9. CONFIRM LOCATIONS OF POWER / DATA WITH FURNITURE DEALER ONCE FURNITURE PACKAGE IS BID AND AWARDED. 10. TV'S, MARKERBOARDS, AND TACKBOARDS ARE SHOWN ON FURNITURE PLAN FOR COORDINATION. 11. REFER TO FURNITURE / EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES ON SHEET IN601 FOR PROCUREMENT / INSTALLATION RESPONSIBILITES. N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/18/2022 4:08:44 PM \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS FURNITURE PLAN - AREA C IF103 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 Checker Author Designer PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N NO. DESCRIPTION DATE SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"A1 FURNITURE PLAN LEVEL 1 AREA C KEYNOTE LEGEND 50 Item 2. FS FS TS TSFRP-1P-3 P-5 WC -4 WC-4 P-6 WD-1 P-3 WD -1 WD -1 WD -1 P-2P-2 P-3 P-3 P-2 P-2 P-2 P-2 P-2 P-2 P-5 P-2 P-2 P-2 CT B -1 A B C D E F 1 2 3 4 5 A.4 E.6 F W C B CONFERENCE ROOM 171 CPT-4 P-1,UNO APC-2,UNO RB-1 F W C B CITY MANAGER OFFICE 169 CPT-2 P-1,UNO APC-1 RB-1 F W C B OFFICE 168 CPT-2 P-1 APC-1 RB-1 F W C B OFFICE 167 CPT-2 P-1 APC-1 RB-1 F W C B CONFERENCE ROOM 166 CPT-5 P-1,UNO APC-1 RB-1 F W C B BREAK ROOM 144 RTF-1 P-1,UNO APC-2,UNO RB-1 F W C B OFFICE 173 CPT-2 P-1 APC-1 RB-1 F W C B OFFICE 172 CPT-2 P-1 APC-1 RB-1 F W C B OFFICE 162 CPT-2 P-1 APC-1 RB-1 F W C B OFFICE 147 CPT-2 P-1 APC-1 RB-1 F W C B PRINT ROOM 161 CPT-2 P-1 APC-1 RB-1 F W C B OFFICE 148 CPT-2 P-1 APC-1 RB-1 F W C B WEATHER VESTIBULE 170 CPT-8 P-1 P-1,GYP RB-1 F W C B JANITOR & STORAGE 143 SC-1 P-1,UNO EXP RB-1 F W C B WELLNESS ROOM 145 CPT-2 P-1,UNO APC-1 RB-1 F W C B OFFICE 138 CPT-2 P-1 APC-1 RB-1 F W C B OFFICE 137 CPT-2 P-1 APC-1 RB-1 F W C B HR FILE ROOM 140 CPT-2 P-1 APC-1 RB-1 F W C B FINANCE FILE ROOM 139 CPT-2 P-1 APC-1 RB-1 F W C B MECHANICAL ROOM 133 SC-1 P-1 EXP RB-1 F W C B ELECTRICAL ROOM 135 SC-1 P-1 EXP RB-1 F W C B SERVER ROOM 142 SC-1 P-1 EXP RB-1 F W C B IT / IS WORK ROOM 141 SC-1 P-1 EXP RB-1 F W C B OFFICE 136 CPT-2 P-1 APC-1 RB-1 F W C B CONFERENCE ROOM 153 CPT-5 P-1,UNO APC-1 RB-1 F W C B VESTIBULE 126 CPT-2 P-1 P-1,GYP RB-1F W C B CORRIDOR 132 CPT-2 P-1,UNO P-1,EXP RB-1 F W C B OPEN OFFICE WORK AREA 150 CPT-3A,CPT-3B P-1,UNO APC-3,UNO RB-1 F W C B COPY ALCOVE 149 CPT-3A,CPT-3B P-1,UNO WD-1 RB-1 F W C B COFFEE / BREAK 151 CPT-3A,CPT-3B P-1,UNO WD-1 RB-1 F W C B OPEN OFFICE 163 CPT-2 P-1 APC-1,UNO RB-1 F W C B CORRIDOR 164 CPT-2 P-1 P-1,EXP RB-1 F W C B CORRIDOR 146 CPT-2 P-1 P-1,EXP RB-1 F W C B CORRIDOR 131 CPT-2 P-1 P-1,EXP RB-1 F W C B OPEN OFFICE 159 CPT-2 P-1,UNO APC-1,UNO RB-1 F W C B CORRIDOR 162 CPT-2 P-1,UNO P-1,EXP RB-1 F W C B CORRIDOR 160 CPT-2 P-1,UNO P-1,EXP RB-1 F W C B COPY ALCOVE 165 CPT-2 P-1,UNO P-1,EXP RB-1 MATCH LINE SEE IN102 MATCH LINE SEE IN102 CG-2 CG-1CG-1 CG-1CG-1 CG-2 CG-1 CG-1 CG-1 A4 IN501 A1 IN501 A1 IN501 A1 IN501 A1 IN501 B4 AE421 WD-1 A4 AE320 A B C D E F 1 2 3 4 5 A.4 E.6 2.1 A6 AE320 RS-2 RS-2 RS-2 RS-2 RS-2 RS-2 RS-2 RS-2 RS-2 RS-2 RS-2 RS-3 RS-3 RS-3 RS-3 RS-3 RS-3 RS-3RS-3 RS-2 RS-2 RS-2 RS-2 RS-2 RS-2 RS-2 RS-2 RS-2 RS-2 RS-2 RS-2 RS-2 iF02 GENERAL FINISH NOTES 1. SEE SHEET G003 FOR COMPLETE LIST OF SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS. 2. "UNO" WITHIN A ROOM FINISH TAG INDICATES A CHANGE IN FINISH. REFER TO FINISH PLANS, ELEVATIONS, REFLECTED CEILING PLANS , AND/OR DETAILS FOR EXTENTS OF CHANGES IN FINISHES. 3. REFER TO "SCHEDULE FOR FINISHES", ON SHEET IN601, FOR COLOR / MATERIAL INFORMATION. 4. NOT ALL FINISHES ARE SHOWN ON THE FINISH PLAN. REFER TO ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE FOR COMPLETE LIST. 5. FLOORING TRANSITIONS BETWEEN ROOMS SHALL BE AT CENTERLINE OF DOOR WHEN CLOSED, UNO. SEE IN500 SERIES SHEETS FOR FLOORING TRANSITION DETAILS. 6. ALL EXPOSED TILE EDGES TO BE FINISHED WITH METAL TRANSITION STRIP (MT-2), UNO. SEE FINISH PLANS, ELEVATIONS AND/OR DETAILS FOR LOCATIONS AND EXTENTS OF INSTALLATION. 7. SEE FINISH PLANS AND/OR REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR LOCATIONS OF ROLLER SHADES (RS). SEE IN500 SERIES SHEETS FOR INSTALLATION DETAILS. 8. SOFFITS SHALL BE PAINTED TO MATCH ADJACENT PARTITIONS AND/OR SURFACES, UNO. 9. FREESTANDING COLUMNS SHALL BE PAINTED TO MATCH WALL FIELD COLOR, UNO. 10. INSTALLATION PATTERNS OF FLOORING ARE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 11. INSTALLATION PATTERNS OF WALL TILE ARE INDICATED ON ELEVATIONS. 12. WALLS SHALL BE PREPARED TO A LEVEL 5 FINISH AT THE FOLLOWING FINISH WALL COVERING (WC) LOCATIONS. 13. FINISHES OUTSIDE OF DESIGNATED PROJECT SCOPE AREA THAT ARE DISTURBED BY CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE REPAIRED WITH NEW FINISHES TO MATCH EXISTING. 14. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WALL MOUNTED DEVICES AMONG ALL CONTRACTORS WHOSE DEVICES ARE TO BE LOCATED IN A GIVEN SPACE. DEVICE SHALL BE ALIGNED WITH EACH OTHER AT A COMMON HEIGHT AND SHALL COMPLY WITH ADA ACCESSIBLE MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND LOCAL CODES AS INDICATED IN THE DOCUMENTS. DEVICES THAT ARE MOUNTED HIGHER ON A WALL SHALL BE ALIGNED VERTICALLY WITH OTHER DEVICES PRESENT BELOW. WHERE ALIGNMENT, LOCATION, OR HEIGHTS ARE UNCLEAR, CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY ARCHITECT, PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 15. REFER TO FURNITURE PLANS FOR TV LOCATIONS. TVS ARE SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND ARE PROVIDED BY OTHERS. VERIFY MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH OWNER. N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/18/2022 4:08:52 PM \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS FINISH PLAN - AREA A IN101 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 Checker Author Designer PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"A1 FINISH PLAN LEVEL 1 AREA A KEYNOTE LEGEND iF02 INSTALL RANDOM MIX OF TWO CARPET TYPES AS INDICATED - 50% CPT-3A AND 50% CPT-3B. NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 51 Item 2. ANN FS FS TS TS CWT-1FRP-1LS-1 CWT-1 P-3 P-3 LS -1 LS-1 WD -1 WD -1 WD -1 P-3 WC -3 P-7 P-3 P-3 P-3 P-3 P-3 P-3 P-3 P-3 P-2 P-2 P-2 P-2P-2 P-2 P-2 P-7 PM B -1 A B C D E F 5 6 7 8 A.4 E.6 F W C B OFFICE 136 CPT-2 P-1 APC-1 RB-1 F W C B WOMEN'S STAFF RESTROOM 125 PT-3 PT-2 P-1,GYP MT-1F W C B MEN'S STAFF RESTROOM 128 PT-3 PT-2 P-1,GYP MT-1 F W C B JANITOR'S CLOSET 127 SC-1 P-1,UNO EXP RB-1 F W C B SURVEY STORAGE 130 CPT-2 P-1 APC-1 RB-1 F W C B CONFERENCE ROOM 153 CPT-5 P-1,UNO APC-1 RB-1 F W C B OFFICE 152 CPT-2 P-1 APC-1 RB-1 F W C B OFFICE 154 CPT-2 P-1 APC-1 RB-1 F W C B TABLE & CHAIR STORAGE 155 CPT-2 P-1 APC-1 RB-1 F W C B OFFICE 158 CPT-2 P-1 APC-1 RB-1 F W C B OFFICE 157 CPT-2 P-1 APC-1 RB-1 F W C B VESTIBULE 126 CPT-2 P-1 P-1,GYP RB-1 F W C B SECURE FILE STORAGE 123 RTF-1 P-1 APC-1 RB-1 F W C B OFFICE 116 CPT-2 P-1,UNO APC-1 RB-1 F W C B FIRESIDE/ MULTI-PURPOSE ROOM 120 PT-1,UNO P-1,UNO APC-1,UNO PTB-1,UNO F W C B COPY/ COLATING ROOM 124 RTF-1 P-1 APC-1 RB-1 F W C B CONFERENCE ROOM 114 CPT-6 P-1,UNO APC-1 RB-1 F W C B VESTIBULE 113 PT-1 P-1 PT-2,EXP PTB-1 F W C B VESTIBULE 100 CPT-4 P-1,UNO P-2, EXP RB-1 F W C B PUBLIC LOBBY 101 PT-1,UNO P-1,UNO APC-2,UNO PTB-1,UNO F W C B RECEPTION / PUBLIC COUNTERS 118 CPT-2 P-1,UNO APC-2,UNO RB-1 F W C B OPEN OFFICE 119 CPT-2 P-1,UNO APC-1,UNO RB-1 F W C B CORRIDOR 115 F W C B CORRIDOR 132 CPT-2 P-1,UNO P-1,EXP RB-1 F W C B CORRIDOR 121 CPT-2 P-1,UNO P-1,UNO RB-1 F W C B CORRIDOR 156 CPT-2 P-1,UNO P-1,EXP RB-1 F W C B OPEN OFFICE 159 CPT-2 P-1,UNO APC-1,UNO RB-1 F W C B CORRIDOR 131 CPT-2 P-1 P-1,EXP RB-1 F W C B COPY ALCOVE 122 CPT-2 P-1,UNO WD-1 RB-1 MATCH LINE SEE IN103 MATCH LINE SEE IN103 MATCH LINE SEE IN101 MATCH LINE SEE IN101 F W C B COFFEE / BREAK 151 CPT-3A,CPT-3B P-1,UNO WD-1 RB-1 F W C B MECHANICAL ROOM 133 SC-1 P-1 EXP RB-1 F W C B COAT CLOSET 129 CPT-2 P-1 P-1,GYP RB-1 2'-8" 6'-1" POSTAGE MACHINE CPT-8 PT-1PT-1 PT-1 PT-1 CG-1 CG-1 CG-1 CG-2 CG-1 CG-1 CG-1 CG-2 CG-2 CG-2 CG-2CG-2 CG-1 CG-1 A1 IN501 B2 IN501 B2 IN501 B2 IN501 B2 IN501 A2 IN501 A2 IN501 A2 IN501 A4 IN501 A4 IN501 B4 AE421 SIM WD-1 F W C B OFFICE 117 CPT-2 P-1, UNO APC-1 RB-1 20'-0" 11'-0" A3 AE320 A4 AE320 A5 AE320 A B C D E F 5 6 7 8 8.1 A.4 E.6 C2 AE504 C3 AE504 C4 AE504C1 AE504 RS-2 RS-2 RS-2 RS-2 RS-2 RS-2 RS-2 RS-2 RS-2 D1 AE320 IN501 C1 GENERAL FINISH NOTES 1. SEE SHEET G003 FOR COMPLETE LIST OF SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS. 2. "UNO" WITHIN A ROOM FINISH TAG INDICATES A CHANGE IN FINISH. REFER TO FINISH PLANS, ELEVATIONS, REFLECTED CEILING PLANS , AND/OR DETAILS FOR EXTENTS OF CHANGES IN FINISHES. 3. REFER TO "SCHEDULE FOR FINISHES", ON SHEET IN601, FOR COLOR / MATERIAL INFORMATION. 4. NOT ALL FINISHES ARE SHOWN ON THE FINISH PLAN. REFER TO ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE FOR COMPLETE LIST. 5. FLOORING TRANSITIONS BETWEEN ROOMS SHALL BE AT CENTERLINE OF DOOR WHEN CLOSED, UNO. SEE IN500 SERIES SHEETS FOR FLOORING TRANSITION DETAILS. 6. ALL EXPOSED TILE EDGES TO BE FINISHED WITH METAL TRANSITION STRIP (MT-2), UNO. SEE FINISH PLANS, ELEVATIONS AND/OR DETAILS FOR LOCATIONS AND EXTENTS OF INSTALLATION. 7. SEE FINISH PLANS AND/OR REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR LOCATIONS OF ROLLER SHADES (RS). SEE IN500 SERIES SHEETS FOR INSTALLATION DETAILS. 8. SOFFITS SHALL BE PAINTED TO MATCH ADJACENT PARTITIONS AND/OR SURFACES, UNO. 9. FREESTANDING COLUMNS SHALL BE PAINTED TO MATCH WALL FIELD COLOR, UNO. 10. INSTALLATION PATTERNS OF FLOORING ARE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 11. INSTALLATION PATTERNS OF WALL TILE ARE INDICATED ON ELEVATIONS. 12. WALLS SHALL BE PREPARED TO A LEVEL 5 FINISH AT THE FOLLOWING FINISH WALL COVERING (WC) LOCATIONS. 13. FINISHES OUTSIDE OF DESIGNATED PROJECT SCOPE AREA THAT ARE DISTURBED BY CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE REPAIRED WITH NEW FINISHES TO MATCH EXISTING. 14. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WALL MOUNTED DEVICES AMONG ALL CONTRACTORS WHOSE DEVICES ARE TO BE LOCATED IN A GIVEN SPACE. DEVICE SHALL BE ALIGNED WITH EACH OTHER AT A COMMON HEIGHT AND SHALL COMPLY WITH ADA ACCESSIBLE MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND LOCAL CODES AS INDICATED IN THE DOCUMENTS. DEVICES THAT ARE MOUNTED HIGHER ON A WALL SHALL BE ALIGNED VERTICALLY WITH OTHER DEVICES PRESENT BELOW. WHERE ALIGNMENT, LOCATION, OR HEIGHTS ARE UNCLEAR, CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY ARCHITECT, PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 15. REFER TO FURNITURE PLANS FOR TV LOCATIONS. TVS ARE SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND ARE PROVIDED BY OTHERS. VERIFY MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH OWNER. N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/18/2022 4:08:59 PM \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS FINISH PLAN - AREA B IN102 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 Checker Author Designer PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N NO. DESCRIPTION DATE SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"A1 FINISH PLAN LEVEL 1 AREA B KEYNOTE LEGEND WD-1 52 Item 2. UP DN ANNFRP-1WC-1 CWT-1 CWT-1 LS-1 LS-1 LS-1 LS -1 WC -2 , G M B -1 LS -1 LS-1 LS -1 LS-1 WC -1 WC -1 PMB-1 A B C D E F 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 A.4 E.6 11.2 11.4 12.1 F W C B JANITOR'S CLOSET 108 SC-1 P-1,UNO EXP RB-1 F W C B MEN'S PUBLIC RESTROOM 110 PT-3 PT-2 P-1,GYP MT-1 F W C B VESTIBULE 113 PT-1 P-1 PT-2,EXP PTB-1 F W C B VESTIBULE 100 CPT-4 P-1,UNO P-2, EXP RB-1 F W C B PUBLIC LOBBY 101 PT-1,UNO P-1,UNO APC-2,UNO PTB-1,UNO F W C B PUBLIC CORRIDOR 112 PT-1 P-1 EXP PTB-1 F W C B CONFERENCE ROOM 107 CPT-1 P-1,UNO APC-2,UNO WB-1 F W C B COUNCIL CHAMBERS AV ROOM 105 CPT-1 P-1 APC-1 WB-1 F W C B TABLE AND CHAIR STORAGE 106 RTF-1 P-1 EXP RB-1 F W C B COATS/COFFEE ALCOVE 103 CPT-1 P-1,UNO APC-1 WB-1 F W C B COUNCIL CHAMBER 102 CPT-1 P-1,UNO APC-2, UNO WB-1 MATCH LINE SEE IN102 F W C B UNISEX RESTROOM 109 PT-3 PT-2 P-1 MT-1 9'-2" 9'-2" 9'-2" F W C B SOUND VESTIBULE 104 CPT-1 P-1 APC-1 WB-1 CPT-7 CPT-7 F W C B WOMEN'S PUBLIC RESTROOM 111 PT-3 PT-2 P-1,GYP MT-1 CG-1 CG-1 CG-1 A2 IN501 B2 IN501 B2 IN501 B2 IN501 B2 IN501 A2 IN501 A2 IN501 A2 IN501 B3 IN501 A6 AE502 D2 AE502 27'-0" 8'-0" A1 AE320 A2 AE320 A B C D E F 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 8.1 A.4 E.6 11.2 11.4 12.1 iF01 RS-1 RS-1 RS-1 RS-1 PT-1 PT-1 PT-1 PT-1 PT-1PT-1 A2 IN501 A4 IN501 D1 AE320 IN501 C3 A5 AE114 GENERAL FINISH NOTES 1. SEE SHEET G003 FOR COMPLETE LIST OF SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS. 2. "UNO" WITHIN A ROOM FINISH TAG INDICATES A CHANGE IN FINISH. REFER TO FINISH PLANS, ELEVATIONS, REFLECTED CEILING PLANS , AND/OR DETAILS FOR EXTENTS OF CHANGES IN FINISHES. 3. REFER TO "SCHEDULE FOR FINISHES", ON SHEET IN601, FOR COLOR / MATERIAL INFORMATION. 4. NOT ALL FINISHES ARE SHOWN ON THE FINISH PLAN. REFER TO ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE FOR COMPLETE LIST. 5. FLOORING TRANSITIONS BETWEEN ROOMS SHALL BE AT CENTERLINE OF DOOR WHEN CLOSED, UNO. SEE IN500 SERIES SHEETS FOR FLOORING TRANSITION DETAILS. 6. ALL EXPOSED TILE EDGES TO BE FINISHED WITH METAL TRANSITION STRIP (MT-2), UNO. SEE FINISH PLANS, ELEVATIONS AND/OR DETAILS FOR LOCATIONS AND EXTENTS OF INSTALLATION. 7. SEE FINISH PLANS AND/OR REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR LOCATIONS OF ROLLER SHADES (RS). SEE IN500 SERIES SHEETS FOR INSTALLATION DETAILS. 8. SOFFITS SHALL BE PAINTED TO MATCH ADJACENT PARTITIONS AND/OR SURFACES, UNO. 9. FREESTANDING COLUMNS SHALL BE PAINTED TO MATCH WALL FIELD COLOR, UNO. 10. INSTALLATION PATTERNS OF FLOORING ARE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 11. INSTALLATION PATTERNS OF WALL TILE ARE INDICATED ON ELEVATIONS. 12. WALLS SHALL BE PREPARED TO A LEVEL 5 FINISH AT THE FOLLOWING FINISH WALL COVERING (WC) LOCATIONS. 13. FINISHES OUTSIDE OF DESIGNATED PROJECT SCOPE AREA THAT ARE DISTURBED BY CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE REPAIRED WITH NEW FINISHES TO MATCH EXISTING. 14. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WALL MOUNTED DEVICES AMONG ALL CONTRACTORS WHOSE DEVICES ARE TO BE LOCATED IN A GIVEN SPACE. DEVICE SHALL BE ALIGNED WITH EACH OTHER AT A COMMON HEIGHT AND SHALL COMPLY WITH ADA ACCESSIBLE MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND LOCAL CODES AS INDICATED IN THE DOCUMENTS. DEVICES THAT ARE MOUNTED HIGHER ON A WALL SHALL BE ALIGNED VERTICALLY WITH OTHER DEVICES PRESENT BELOW. WHERE ALIGNMENT, LOCATION, OR HEIGHTS ARE UNCLEAR, CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY ARCHITECT, PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 15. REFER TO FURNITURE PLANS FOR TV LOCATIONS. TVS ARE SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND ARE PROVIDED BY OTHERS. VERIFY MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH OWNER. N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/18/2022 4:09:06 PM \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS FINISH PLAN - AREA C IN103 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 Checker Author Designer PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N NO. DESCRIPTION DATE SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"A1 FINISH PLAN LEVEL 1 AREA C KEYNOTE LEGEND iF01 INSTALL IDEAPAINT PERCH PACK ACCESSORY ADJACENT TO GLASS MARKERBOARD. UTILIZE EITHER SCREWS AND ANCHORS OR ADHESIVE STRIPS TO ATTACH TO WALL. SEE SPECIFICATION FOR MORE INFORMATION. 53 Item 2. CARPET TILE SEALED CONCRETE RESILIENT REDUCER (TS-1) FEATHER OUT 36" MIN CARPET TILE FLOOR TILE (SLOPE 1/8" PER FOOT TO DRAIN) METAL EDGE TRANSITION (MT-3) W/ SEALANT TO MATCH GROUT COLOR MORTAR BED FLOOR LEVELING FEATHERED OUT SO FINISH FLOORING IS FLUSH WITH TOP OF METAL EDGE STRIP THINSET MORTAR 2" FLOOR TILE COVE BASE METAL TRANSITION SYSTEM (MT-1) WALL TILE RUBBER MOVEMENT ZONE FEATHER OUT 36" MIN FLOOR LEVELING FEATHERED OUT SO FINISH FLOORING IS FLUSH WITH TOP OF METAL EDGE STRIP CARPET TILE RESILIENT TRANSITION (TS-2) RESILIENT FLOORING RESILIENT FLOORING SEALED CONCRETE RESILIENT REDUCER (TS-3) WALL TILE METAL TRANSITION STRIP (MT-2) RECESSED CARPET RUG MORTAR BED DREPRESSED SLAB - SEE STR MOUNTING TAB SCHEDULED FLOOR FINISH CONCRETE FLOOR TILE (SLOPE 1/8" PER FOOT TO DRAIN) METAL EDGE TRANSITION (MT-3) W/ SEALANT TO MATCH GROUT COLOR MORTAR BED THINSET MORTAR 2" STEEL STUD MECHANICAL FASTENER (TYP) 16 GA STAINLESS STEEL 5/8" GWB CLEAR SEALANT (TYP) WALL TILE 5/8" GWB STEEL STUD METAL OUTSIDE CORNER TRIM (MT-4) D1 AE320 LITHO LITHO TRANSITION MANTLE TRANSITION CORE TRANSITION REVERSE MANTLE TRANSITION REVERSE LITHO LITHO EQ EQ 1M X 1M CARPET TILE EQ EQ CORE MANTLE TRANSITION MANTLE LITHO TRANSITION LITHO REVERSE LITHO TRANSITION MANTLE TRANSITION REVERSE MANTLE CORE 1M X 1M CARPET TILE EQ EQ EQ EQ N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/18/2022 4:09:09 PM \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS INTERIOR DETAILS IN501 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 Checker Author Designer PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N NO. DESCRIPTION DATE SCALE:3" = 1'-0"A1 TRANSITION - CARPET TO CONCRETE SCALE:3" = 1'-0"A2 TRANSITION - CARPET TO TILE (MT-3) SCALE:3" = 1'-0"A3 TRANSITION - COVE BASE @ TILE (MT-1) SCALE:3" = 1'-0"A4 TRANSITION - RESILIENT TO CARPET SCALE:3" = 1'-0"A5 TRANSITION - RESILIENT TO CONCRETE W/ REDUCER SCALE:3" = 1'-0"B1 TRANSITION - METAL TRANSITION STRIP (MT-2) SCALE:3" = 1'-0"B2 TRANSITION - RECESSED RUG SCALE:3" = 1'-0"B3 TRANSITION - CONCRETE TO TILE SCALE:3" = 1'-0"B4 DETAIL - CORNER GUARD SCALE:3" = 1'-0"B5 DETAIL - OUTSIDE CORNER TRIM AT TILE (MT-4) SCALE:1/2" = 1'-0"C1 FIRESIDE ROOM RUG PATTERN DETAIL SCALE:1/2" = 1'-0"C3 LOBBY RUG PATTERN DETAIL 54 Item 2. FURNISHED / INSTALLED LEGEND CFCI CONTRACTOR FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED OFOI OFCI OWNER FURNISHED, OWNER INSTALLED OWNER FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED GENERAL FINISH NOTES 1. SEE SHEET G003 FOR COMPLETE LIST OF SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS. 2. "UNO" WITHIN A ROOM FINISH TAG INDICATES A CHANGE IN FINISH. REFER TO FINISH PLANS, ELEVATIONS, REFLECTED CEILING PLANS , AND/OR DETAILS FOR EXTENTS OF CHANGES IN FINISHES. 3. REFER TO "SCHEDULE FOR FINISHES", ON SHEET IN601, FOR COLOR / MATERIAL INFORMATION. 4. NOT ALL FINISHES ARE SHOWN ON THE FINISH PLAN. REFER TO ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE FOR COMPLETE LIST. 5. FLOORING TRANSITIONS BETWEEN ROOMS SHALL BE AT CENTERLINE OF DOOR WHEN CLOSED, UNO. SEE IN500 SERIES SHEETS FOR FLOORING TRANSITION DETAILS. 6. ALL EXPOSED TILE EDGES TO BE FINISHED WITH METAL TRANSITION STRIP (MT-2), UNO. SEE FINISH PLANS, ELEVATIONS AND/OR DETAILS FOR LOCATIONS AND EXTENTS OF INSTALLATION. 7. SEE FINISH PLANS AND/OR REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR LOCATIONS OF ROLLER SHADES (RS). SEE IN500 SERIES SHEETS FOR INSTALLATION DETAILS. 8. SOFFITS SHALL BE PAINTED TO MATCH ADJACENT PARTITIONS AND/OR SURFACES, UNO. 9. FREESTANDING COLUMNS SHALL BE PAINTED TO MATCH WALL FIELD COLOR, UNO. 10. INSTALLATION PATTERNS OF FLOORING ARE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 11. INSTALLATION PATTERNS OF WALL TILE ARE INDICATED ON ELEVATIONS. 12. WALLS SHALL BE PREPARED TO A LEVEL 5 FINISH AT THE FOLLOWING FINISH WALL COVERING (WC) LOCATIONS. 13. FINISHES OUTSIDE OF DESIGNATED PROJECT SCOPE AREA THAT ARE DISTURBED BY CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE REPAIRED WITH NEW FINISHES TO MATCH EXISTING. 14. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WALL MOUNTED DEVICES AMONG ALL CONTRACTORS WHOSE DEVICES ARE TO BE LOCATED IN A GIVEN SPACE. DEVICE SHALL BE ALIGNED WITH EACH OTHER AT A COMMON HEIGHT AND SHALL COMPLY WITH ADA ACCESSIBLE MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND LOCAL CODES AS INDICATED IN THE DOCUMENTS. DEVICES THAT ARE MOUNTED HIGHER ON A WALL SHALL BE ALIGNED VERTICALLY WITH OTHER DEVICES PRESENT BELOW. WHERE ALIGNMENT, LOCATION, OR HEIGHTS ARE UNCLEAR, CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY ARCHITECT, PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 15. REFER TO FURNITURE PLANS FOR TV LOCATIONS. TVS ARE SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND ARE PROVIDED BY OTHERS. VERIFY MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH OWNER. GENERAL FURNITURE NOTES 1. FURNITURE IS PROVIDED BY OTHERS, UNO, AND SHOWN FOR COORDINATION PURPOSES ONLY. REFER TO FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE FOR OWNERSHIP. VERIFY FINAL PLACEMENT WITH OWNER. 2. PRINTERS, COPIERS, AND FAX MACHINES ARE NIC AND SHOWN FOR COORDINATION PURPOSES ONLY. VERIFY FINAL PLACEMENT WITH OWNER. 3. APPLIANCES ARE PROVIDED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR, UNO. VERIFY FINAL PLACEMENT WITH OWNER. 4. APPLIANCES ARE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY OWNER, UNO. VERIFY FINAL PLACEMENT WITH OWNER. 5. CONTRACTOR IS REPSONSIBLE FOR RELOATING AND/OR INSTALLING APPLIANCES AND VENDING MACHINES. VERIFY FINAL PLACEMENT WITH OWNER. 6. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR INSTALLING COMMUNICATIONS CABLING INTO SYSTEMS FURNITURE AND MAKING THE PANEL TO PANEL CONNECTION AND POWER CONNECTIONS BETWEEN THE BUILDING POWER AND FURNITURE. 7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WIRING OF POWERED TABLES WITH FURNITURE DEALER AND VERIFY TABLES ARE IN WORKING CONDITION WITH WIRE MANAGEMENT ADEQUATELY CONCEALED. 8. REFER TO ELECTRICAL SHEET SERIES FOR FURNITURE POWER / DATA CONNECTION LOCATIONS. 9. CONFIRM LOCATIONS OF POWER / DATA WITH FURNITURE DEALER ONCE FURNITURE PACKAGE IS BID AND AWARDED. 10. TV'S, MARKERBOARDS, AND TACKBOARDS ARE SHOWN ON FURNITURE PLAN FOR COORDINATION. 11. REFER TO FURNITURE / EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES ON SHEET IN601 FOR PROCUREMENT / INSTALLATION RESPONSIBILITES. N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company 2/18/2022 4:09:13 PM \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS SCHEDULES IN601 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 Checker Author Designer PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCHEDULE FOR FINISHES CODE DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER PRODUCT SPECIFICATION SECTION APC-1 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILING ARMSTRONG #3290 OPTIMA TEGULAR FINE TEXTURE, SIZE: 12"X48"X1", NRC 0.95, LIGHT REFLECTANCE 0.88, GREENGUARD GOLD CERTIFIED, SUSPENSION SYSTEM: 9/16" SUPRAFINE, BLIZZARD WHITE 095113 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS APC-2 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILING ARMSTRONG COLLECTION: WOODWORKS ACCESS FLAT SYSTEM, W1 UNPERFORATED, CUSTOM VENEER TO MATCH ARCHITECTS SAMPLE- NEW LEAF VENEER BLACK WALNUT PLAIN SAWN V022 NATURAL 095429 WOOD PANEL CEILINGS APC-3 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILING TURF COLLECTION: SLICE TILE A1 & A2, COLOR: 47-LIME & 50-IVORY, LARGE: 23-3/8"X23-3/8"X12", STANDARD TEE GRID SIZE: 9/16", SIZE: 24"X24", PANEL THICKNESS: 9MM, FELT THICKNESS: 9MM, CONTENT: UP TO 60% PRE-CONSUMER RECYCLED PET FELT, EDGE: EXPOSED FELT 095113 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS CG-1 CORNER GUARD KOROSEAL KOROGARD G100 VINYL CORNER GUARD, 2", COLOR: PEARL 934 102600 WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION CG-2 CORNER GUARD KOROSEAL KOROGARD CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM CORNER GUARD, 2"102600 WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION CPT-1 CARPET TILE SHAW CONTRACT SIZE: 24"X24", COLLECTION: DYE LAB, STYLE: DYE LAB 5T041, CORNFLOWER 41480, BACKING: ECOWORX TILE, FIBER: ECO SOLUTION Q NYLON, INSTALLATION: MONOLITHIC 096813 TILE CARPETING CPT-2 CARPET TILE SHAW CONTRACT SIZE: 9"X36", COLLECTION: LIVING SYSTEMS, STYLE: TRANSFORM TILE 5T308, COLOR: RADIANT 05515, BACKING: ECOWORX TILE, FIBER: ECO SOLUTION Q NYLON, INSTALLATION: ASHLAR 096813 TILE CARPETING CPT-3A CARPET TILE SHAW CONTRACT SIZE: 9"X36", COLLECTION: LIVING SYSTEMS, STYLE: RESPOND COLOR TILE 5T310, COLOR: RADIANT NATURE 05326, BACKING: ECOWORX TILE, FIBER: ECO SOLUTION Q NYLON, INSTALLATION: ASHLAR 096813 TILE CARPETING CPT-3B CARPET TILE SHAW CONTRACT SIZE: 9"X36", COLLECTION: LIVING SYSTEMS, STYLE:TRANSFORM COLOR TILE 5T311, COLOR: RADIANT NATURE 05326, BACKING: ECOWORX TILE, FIBER: ECO SOLUTION Q NYLON, INSTALLATION: ASHLAR 096813 TILE CARPETING CPT-4 CARPET TILE SHAW CONTRACT ENTRY CARPET TILE SYSTEM, WELCOME II TILE, COLOR: CHARCOAL, BACKING: ECOWORX 096813 TILE CARPETING CPT-5 CARPET TILE SHAW CONTRACT SIZE: 9"X36", COLLECTION: LIVING SYSTEMS, STYLE: RESPOND COLOR TILE 5T310, COLOR: OPTIMISTIC OCHRE 05225, BACKING: ECOWORX TILE, FIBER: ECO SOLUTION Q NYLON, INSTALLATION: ASHLAR 096813 TILE CARPETING CPT-6 CARPET TILE SHAW CONTRACT SIZE: 9"X36", COLLECTION: LIVING SYSTEMS, STYLE: RESPOND COLOR TILE 5T310, COLOR: CALM OCEANS 05405, BACKING: ECOWORX TILE, FIBER: ECO SOLUTION Q NYLON, INSTALLATION: ASHLAR 096813 TILE CARPETING CPT-7 CARPET TILE MILLIKEN SIZE: 1M X 1M (39.4" X 39.4"), STYLE: LAPIDUS, COLOR: FLINT, PVC-FREE WELLBAC COMFORT PLUS CUSHION, FIBER: MILLIKEN-CERTIFIED WEARON NYLON TYPE 6.6, INSTALLATION: MONOLITHIC CUSTOM LARGE-SCALE PATTERN 096813 TILE CARPETING CPT-8 CARPET TILE MILLIKEN SIZE: 1M X 1M (39.4" X 39.4"), STYLE: LAPIDUS, COLOR: SAPPHIRE, PVC-FREE WELLBAC COMFORT PLUS CUSHION, FIBER: MILLIKEN-CERTIFIED WEARON NYLON TYPE 6.6, INSTALLATION: MONOLITHIC CUSTOM LARGE-SCALE PATTERN 096813 TILE CARPETING CTB-1 CORK TACKBOARD CLARIDGE CONVEY TACKBOARD WITH SMOKE 1111 CLARIDGE CORK AND BLACK METAL FRAME, SIZE: 48"X48"101100 VISUAL DISPLAY UNITS CWT-1 CERAMIC WALL TILE TILE X DESIGN SIZE: 2"X9", COLLECTION: VERNICI - SARTORIA, COLOR: WHITE XMAS, GLOSSY, INSTALL: SEE ELEVATIONS, GROUT: GT-2 093013 CERAMIC TILING FRP-1 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANEL MARLITE STANDARD FRP, WHITE PEBBLE FINISH 093013 CERAMIC TILING GMB-1 GLASS MARKERBOARD CLARIDGE CLEAR GLASS MARKERBOARD PANEL ON STANDOFF THROUGH-GLASS MOUNTS OVER CUSTOM GRAPHIC WALLCOVERING (SEE CORRESPONDING ELEVATION) 101100 VISUAL DISPLAY UNITS GT-1 GROUT MAPEI COLOR: 47 CHARCOAL, USE WITH PT-1 036000 GROUTING GT-2 GROUT MAPEI COLOR: 77 FROST, USE WITH CWT-1 036000 GROUTING GT-3 GROUT CUSTOM BUILDING PRODUCTS COLOR: 382 BONE, USE WITH PT-2 036000 GROUTING GT-4 GROUT MAPEI COLOR: 47 CHARCOAL, USE WITH PT-3 036000 GROUTING LS-1 LIMESTONE COLDSPRING KASOTA VALLEY, HONED FINISH 036000 GROUTING MT-1 METAL TRANSITION SCHLUTER SCHLUTER - DILEX-AHK, AND ACCESSORIES, SATIN ANODIZED ALUMINUM 093013 CERAMIC TILING MT-2 METAL TRANSITION SCHLUTER SCHLUTER - JOLLY, AND ACCESSORIES, SATIN ANODIZED ALUMINUM 093013 CERAMIC TILING MT-3 METAL TRANSITION SCHLUTER SCHLUTER - SCHIENE, AND ACCESSORIES, STAINLESS STEEL 093013 CERAMIC TILING MT-4 METAL TRANSITION SCHLUTER SCHLUTER - FINEC, AND ACCESSORIES, STAINLESS STEEL 093013 CERAMIC TILING P-1 PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS COLOR: SW 6070 HERON PLUME, FINISH: EGGSHELL, FIELD PAINT 099123 INTERIOR PAINTING P-2 PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS COLOR: SW 7024 FUNCTIONAL GRAY , FINISH: EGGSHELL, ACCENT PAINT 099123 INTERIOR PAINTING P-3 PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS COLOR: SW 0048 BUNGLEHOUSE BLUE, FINISH: EGGSHELL, ACCENT PAINT 099123 INTERIOR PAINTING P-4 PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS COLOR: SW 7069 IRON ORE, FINISH:TBD 099123 INTERIOR PAINTING P-5 PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS COLOR: SW 6383 GOLDEN RULE, FINISH: EGGSHELL 099123 INTERIOR PAINTING P-6 PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS COLOR: SW 7069 IRON ORE, FINISH:LOW-VOC SEMI-GLOSS ALKYD ENAMEL - PAINTED HM DOORS AND FRAMES 099123 INTERIOR PAINTING P-7 PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS COLOR: SW 7019 GAUNTLET GRAY, FINISH: EGGSHELL, ACCENT PAINT 099123 INTERIOR PAINTING PL-1 PLASTIC LAMINATE WILSONART ASTRO STRANDZ 4940K-18, LINEARITY FINISH WITH AEON SCRATCH RESISTANCE 064116 PLASTIC-LAMINATE-CLAD ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS PL-2 PLASTIC LAMINATE WILSONART COSMIC STRANDZ 4941K-18, LINEARITY FINISH WITH AEON SCRATCH RESISTANCE 064116 PLASTIC-LAMINATE-CLAD ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS PMB-1 PORCELAIN MARKERBOARD CLARIDGE VENUE WALL-MOUNTED MARKERBOARD, SURFACE: LCS PORCELAIN (NO. 100 WHITE), FRAME: BLACK 101100 VISUAL DISPLAY UNITS PT-1 PORCELAIN TILE TILE X DESIGN MFR: ITALGRANITI GROUP, COLLECTION: SQUARE, FORMAT: 32"X32" SQ0688 MATTE RECTIFIED, COLOR: CROSSING 093013 CERAMIC TILING PT-2 PORCELAIN TILE KATE-LO MFR: INALCO, COLLECTION: GEO, FORMAT: 59" X 118-1/8", COLOR: CREMA, FINISH: BUSH-HAMMERED (GAUGED PORCELAIN TILE)093013 CERAMIC TILING PT-3 PORCELAIN TILE KATE-LO MFR: INALCO, COLLECTION: ISEO, FORMAT: 39-3/8" X 39-3/8", COLOR: GRIS, FINISH: BUSH-HAMMERED (10MM)093013 CERAMIC TILING PTB-1 PORCELAIN TILE BASE TILE X DESIGN MFR: ITALGRANITI GROUP, COLLECTION: SQUARE, FORMAT: 4"X23-5/8" BATTISCOPA SKIRTING, COLOR: CROSSING, FINISH: MATTE RECTIFIED 093013 CERAMIC TILING QZ-1 QUARTZ WILSONART GREY LAKE Q1009, 2CM THICKNESS 0660000 SOLID SURFACING QZ-2 QUARTZ CAMBRIA DELGATIE, 2CM THICKNESS 0660000 SOLID SURFACING QZ-3 QUARTZ CAMBRIA WHITBY, 2CM THICKNESS 0660000 SOLID SURFACING RB-1 RESILIENT WALL BASE TARKETT 4"H TRADITIONAL DURACOVE THERMOPLASTIC RUBBER 1/8", COLOR: SILVER GREY 55 (USE WITH P-1, P-2)096513 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES RB-2 RESILIENT WALL BASE TARKETT 4"H TRADITIONAL DURACOVE THERMOPLASTIC RUBBER 1/8", COLOR: BURNT UMBER 63 096513 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES RB-3 RESILIENT WALL BASE TARKETT 4"H TRADITIONAL DURACOVE THERMOPLASTIC RUBBER 1/8", COLOR: BLUE INTENSITY TH2 (USE WITH WC-3)096513 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES RP-1 RESIN PANEL 3 FORM COLLECTION: VARIA, COLOR: MIRAGE PURE STRAIGHT, FRAMELESS SUSPENDED RESIN PANEL WITH SIGNAGE INTEGRATED, BLACK OXIDE HARDWARE 122413 ROLLER WINDOW SHADES RS-1 ROLLER SHADE SWF CONTRACT DOUBLE STANDARD MOTORIZED SOLAR SHADES, OUTER SHADE FABRIC: BLACKOUT R6005 SMOKY DUPLEX, INNER SHADE FABRIC: SUMMIT U300 GRANITE (3% OPENNESS) 122413 ROLLER WINDOW SHADES RS-2 ROLLER SHADE SWF CONTRACT R SERIES MANUAL SOLAR SHADES, FABRIC: SUMMIT U300 GRANITE (3% OPENNESS)122413 ROLLER WINDOW SHADES RS-3 ROLLER SHADE SWF CONTRACT SINGLE STANDARD MOTORIZED SOLAR SHADES, FABRIC: SUMMIT U300 GRANITE (3% OPENNESS)122413 ROLLER WINDOW SHADES RTF-1 RESILIENT TILE FLOOR SHAW CONTRACT SIZE: 9" X 48", COLLECTION: UNITE, STYLE: COVE 0927V, COLOR: CORNERSTONE 27585, WEAR LAYER THICKNESS: 20 MIL, FINISH: EXOGUARD, INSTALLATION: DIRECT GLUE / BRICK 096519 RESILIENT TILE FLOORING SC-1 SEALED CONCRETE --SEALED CONCRETE TP-1 TOILET PARTITION SCRANTON PRODUCTS COLLECTION: SCRANTON ECLIPSE PARTITIONS, STYLE: FLOOR TO CEILING, COLOR: SHALE 102113.19 SOLID PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS TP-2 URINAL PARTITION SCRANTON PRODUCTS COLLECTION: SCRANTON URINAL PARTITIONS, STYLE: FLOOR TO CEILING, COLOR: SHALE 102113.19 SOLID PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS TS-1 TRANSITION STRIP TARKETT RESILIENT REDUCER, CARPET TO CONCRETE, COLOR: 29 MOON ROCK WG 096513 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES TS-2 TRANSITION STRIP TARKETT RESILIENT REDUCER, CARPET TO RESILIENT, COLOR: 29 MOON ROCK WG 096513 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES TS-3 TRANSITION STRIP TARKETT RESILIENT REDUCER, RESILIENT TO CONCRETE, COLOR: 29 MOON ROCK WG 096513 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES WB-1 WOOD BASE --4"H, SQUARE PROFILE, TO MATCH ARCHITECT'S SAMPLE - NEW LEAF VENEER BLACK WALNUT PLAIN SAWN V022 NATURAL WC-1 WALL COVERING MDC INTERIOR SOLUTIONS LEN-TEX CONTRACT "RISING TIDE" NOAH 3405RT, 53/54" WIDTH, TYPE II VINYL 097200 WALL COVERINGS WC-2 WALL COVERING KOROSEAL CUSTOM DIGITAL WALL COVERING OF MAP - CONFERENCE ROOM 106 097200 WALL COVERINGS WC-3 WALL COVERING KNOLL KNOLL "BESPOKE" 6 FICUS, 50" WIDTH, 100% NON-PHTHALATE VINYL FACE, TYPE II VINYL 097200 WALL COVERINGS WC-4 WALL COVERING KNOLL KNOLL "SWAY" 3 EVENING TIDE, 50" WIDTH, 69% CELLULOSE & POLYESTER, 31% POST-CONSUMER RECYCLED POLYESTER, TYPE II VINYL 097200 WALL COVERINGS WC-5 WALL COVERING KOROSEAL WALLTALKERS JUST-RITE 60 JR60-00, 60" WIDTH 097200 WALL COVERINGS WD-1 WOOD --TO MATCH ARCHITECT'S SAMPLE - NEW LEAF VENEER BLACK WALNUT PLAIN SAWN V022 NATURAL FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE TYPE MARK COUNT TYPE FURNISHED / INSTALLED BY 2 30" x 16" x 16" Trim Kit# MWTK30KF RF1 2 REFRIGERATOR OFCI S1 49 STACKING CHAIR OFOI S2 6 COUNCIL CHAIR OFOI S3 40 CONFERENCE CHAIR OFOI S4 28 DINING CHAIR OFOI S5 15 LOUNGE CHAIR OFOI S6 1 LOUNGE SECTIONAL OFOI S6R 1 LOUNGE SECTIONAL, REVERSE OFOI S7 2 THREE SEAT BENCH OFOI S8 3 BENCH OFOI S9 1 OTTOMAN, 42" X 28" OFOI S10 4 FOUR SEAT BENCH OFOI S11 49 TASK CHAIR OFOI S12 51 GUEST CHAIR OFOI S13 13 CONFERENCE CHAIR OFOI S14 1 OTTOMAN, 30" X 30" OFOI S15 6 STOOL, BAR HEIGHT OFOI S16 3 STOOL, NO BACK OFOI S17 4 DINING CHAIR, NO ARMS OFOI S18 2 BOOTH BENCH, 88'' W OFOI S19 1 TWO SEAT SOFA OFOI ST1 3 CREDENZA OFOI ST2 4 LATERAL FILE, 24''D x 48''W OFOI ST3 4 BOOKCASE, 36"W X 14"D OFOI ST4 21 LATERAL FILE, 18' D x 36''W OFOI ST5 2 LATERAL FILE, 18''D x 30''W OFOI ST7 8 LATERAL FILE, 24''D x 42''W OFOI ST8 6 SHELVING, 48" X 24" X 72"H OFOI T1 1 CONFERENCE TABLE, 228" X 60" OFOI T2 6 LAPTOP TABLE OFOI T3 7 DINING TABLE, 42" X 42" OFOI T4 4 SIDE TABLE OFOI T5 2 SIDE TABLE, 32" X 18" OFOI T6 1 CONFERENCE TABLE, 36" x 84" OFOI T7 9 CONFERENCE TABLE, 36" X 36" OFOI T8 4 COFFEE TABLE, 30'' DIA OFOI T9 1 CONFERENCE TABLE, 96" x 48" X 40"H OFOI T10 1 TRAINING TABLE, 36" X 72" OFOI T12 2 CONFERENCE TABLE, 30''DIA OFOI T13 1 CONFERENCE TABLE, 36" x 108" OFOI TV1 7 60" TV MONITOR OFCI VM1 1 VENDING MACHINE CFCI WS1 4 WORKSTATION, PRIVATE OFFICE OFOI WS2 11 WORKSTATION, OPEN OFFICE, 9'-5" X 7'-9" OFOI WS3 15 WORKSTATION, PRIVATE OFFICE, 8' X 8' OFOI WS4 7 WORKSTATION, OPEN OFFICE, 8'-6" X 11'-6" OFOI WS5 3 WORKSTATION, OPEN OFFICE, 8'-6" X 10'-6" OFOI WS6 2 WORKSTATION, OPEN OFFICE 10' X 10' OFOI NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 55 Item 2. F TS FS ANN P FD F° 1. EXTEND EXISTING BUILDING FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM INTO THE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL TENANT SPACE. 2. THE DESIGN AND INSTALLATION OF THE WET-PIPE AND DRY-PIPE PREACTION SPRINKLER SYSTEM SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE NFPA 13 (2016 EDITION), LOCAL REQUIREMENTS AND THE DESIGN DOCUMENTS. 3. THESE DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC IN NATURE AND ALL PIPE ROUTING, SIZING AND DETAILS SHOWN SHALL BE CONFIRMED BY THE FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR AND FULLY COORDINATED WITH ALL DISCIPLINES. THE FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH COMPLETE CONSTRUCTION SHOP DRAWINGS SHOWING ALL SPRINKLER, PIPE, VALVE AND DRAIN LOCATIONS. 4. SPRINKLER SYSTEMS SHALL BE HYDRAULICALLY CALCULATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 13. 5. INSPECTOR'S TEST VALVES SHALL BE LOCATED NO MORE THAN 7 FEET AFF. 6. ALL HANGERS SHALL BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 13. 7. ALL VALVES (DRAIN, INSPECTOR'S TEST, CONTROL) SHALL BE IDENTIFIED AS REQUIRED BY NFPA 13. 8. PROVISIONS FOR DRAINING OF SPRINKLER PIPING SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 13. 9. ALL DRAINS AND TEST CONNECTIONS SHALL DISCHARGE TO A SAFE LOCATION OUTSIDE THE BUILDING. 10. LOCATIONS SUBJECT TO FREEZING SHALL BE PROTECTED WITH LISTED DRY SPRINKLER ASSEMBLIES. 11. SPRINKLER TEMPERATURE RATINGS NEAR HVAC DIFFUSERS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 13, SECTION 8.3.2. 12. PIPE 2" AND LESS IN DIAMETER SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40, PIPE GREATER THAN 2" IN DIAMETER SHALL BE SCHEDULE 10. 13. TO AID IN PREVENTION OF PIPE CORROSION PROVIDE AUTOMATIC AIR VENT ASSEMBLY NEAR A HIGH POINT ON EACH WET-PIPE SYSTEM PER NFPA 13. FIRE SUPPRESSION GENERAL NOTES LIGHT HAZARD DENSITY: 0.10 GPM/SQFT OVER 1500 SQFT ORDINARY HAZARD 1 (OH1) DENSITY: 0.15 GPM/SQFT OVER 1500 SQFT HATCH LEGEND 1. EXTEND EXISTING ADDRESSABLE VOICE-EVACUATION FIRE ALARM SYSTEM INTO THE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL TENANT SPACE. 2. PROVIDE FIRE SEAL FOR INSERTS, SLEEVES AND CONDUIT PENETRATIONS THROUGH WALLS, CEILINGS AND FLOORS AS PER SPECIFICATIONS 3. COORDINATE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM DEVICE LOCATIONS WITH LIGHT FIXTURES, STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, SPRINKLER HEADS AND PIPING, HVAC EQUIPMENT AND DUCTWORK. 4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL COMPLETE AND SATISFACTORILY OPERATING SYSTEMS AS INDICATED ON THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND AS EVIDENTLY INTENDED. IT IS NOTED THAT THE DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND INDICATE GENERAL ARRANGEMENTS OF SYSTEMS AND WORK. INTERCONNECTIONS HAVE BEEN SHOWN, AND THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL CONDUIT AND WIRING AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMPLISH THE FUNCTIONS INDICATED. ADDITIONALLY, FIRE ALARM SYSTEM HAVE BEEN SHOWN AND THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL THE REQUIRED QUANTITIES AND TYPES OF CABLES, CONDUCTORS, RACEWAYS, REMOTE POWER SUPPLIES AND CONNECTIONS, SHIELDING REQUIREMENTS, ETC., AS REQUIRED BY THE SYSTEM MANUFACTURER, THE SPECIFICATIONS, AND ANY APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS. ALL WIRING SHOWN ON RISER DIAGRAMS SHALL ALSO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED REGARDLESS OF WHETHER THESE ITEMS ARE SHOWN ON THE FLOOR PLANS. 5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE ELECTRICAL WORK WITH THE WORK OF ALL OTHER TRADES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS SO AS TO AVOID CONFLICTS. RESOLVE ALL CONFLICTS THROUGH THE A/E PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. FAILURE TO PROVIDE SUCH COORDINATION PRIOR TO WORK BEING INSTALLED SHALL NOT BE CAUSE FOR ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION TO THE CONTRACTOR, AND MAY RESULT IN REJECTION OF THE WORK. 6. ADDITIONAL DEVICES MAY BE REQUIRED. DO NOT USE THESE DRAWINGS FOR DEVICE COUNTS. 7. ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE NEW, SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR THE APPLICATION INTENDED, AND SHALL BEAR LABELS OR MARKINGS INDICATING THIRD PARTY TESTING LABORATORY LISTINGS ACCEPTABLE TO THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. 8. VERIFY LOCATIONS OF WIRING DEVICES IN FINISHED SPACES, MILLWORK, AND CASEWORK WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS, DETAILS, AND ELEVATIONS, AND WITH THE OWNER'S EQUIPMENT AND FURNITURE LAYOUTS PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 9. ALL FIRE ALARM CABLES SHOULD BE INSTALLED IN METAL RACEWAYS. 10. ALL RACEWAY AND WIRING SHALL BE CONCEALED IN FINISHED SPACES AND MAY BE EXPOSED IN UNFINISHED SPACES SUCH AS MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL ROOMS. ALL RACEWAY AND WIRING SHALL BE RUN EITHER PERPENDICULAR OR PARALLEL TO THE BUILDING'S STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS. 11. PROVIDE PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES AS REQUIRED TO MEET CODE AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES SHALL BE CONCEALED IN FINISHED SPACES AND LOCATIONS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE WORK OF ALL OTHER TRADES SO AS TO AVOID CONFLICTS. 12. ALL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE IDENTIFIED AT EACH JUNCTION BOX, OUTLET BOX, CABINET, PULL BOX, ETC., WITH VINYL SELF-ADHESIVE TAGS INDICATING PANEL AND CIRCUIT NUMBER, CONTROL WIRE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER, OR OTHER APPROPRIATE INFORMATION. ALL PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES SHALL BE LABELED AS TO FUNCTION. 13. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SECURELY FASTENED BY MEANS OF ANCHORS, RODS, HANGERS, SUPPORTS, GUIDES, SWAY BRACES, ETC., TO MAINTAIN ALIGNMENT AND PREVENT EQUIPMENT MOVEMENT. ALL EQUIPMENT LOCATED IN SEISMIC ZONES SHALL BE SECURED WITH MEANS APPROVED FOR THE SEISMIC CLASSIFICATION ENCOUNTERED. 14. ALL PENETRATIONS OF FIRE OR SMOKE RATED CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE SEALED WITH FIRESTOPPING MATERIALS APPROVED AND LISTED FOR THE RATING OF THE CONSTRUCTION TO BE PENETRATED. PROVIDE DOCUMENTATION ON ALL SUCH PENETRATION SEALING SYSTEMS FOR VERIFICATION OF PROPER INSTALLATION. 15. ALL PENETRATIONS OF ROOFS, EXTERIOR WALLS, FOUNDATIONS, OR OTHER WATER OR MOISTURE PROOF CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE SEALED WITH APPROPRIATE SEALING FITTINGS OR SEALED CONSTRUCTION TO PREVENT THE INTRODUCTION OF MOISTURE INTO THE BUILDING. 16. WHERE EMPTY RACEWAYS ARE INSTALLED, THEY SHALL BE LABELED AT BOTH ENDS AND FITTED WITH NYLON PULLSTRINGS FOR FUTURE USE. 17. ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED ON DE-ENERGIZED SYSTEMS ONLY TO PREVENT PERSONNEL INJURY AND POTENTIAL SYSTEM FAILURE. WHERE WORK ON EXISTING SYSTEMS WILL REQUIRE INTERRUPTION OF ELECTRICAL SERVICE, THEN TEMPORARY PROVISIONS ACCEPTABLE TO THE OWNER FOR TEMPORARY POWER SHALL BE UTILIZED UNTIL THE WORK IS COMPLETE. 18. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL RELATED NFPA AND BUILDING CODES, AND LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT REGULATIONS. 19. WALL MOUNTED FIRE ALARM PULL STATIONS ARE TO BE LOCATED 46" A.F.F. AND WITHIN 5' OF THE NEAREST ADJACENT EXIT DOOR FROM THE FLOOR OR BUILDING. 20. WALL MOUNTED FIRE ALARM NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES, EITHER VISUAL, OR COMBINATION AUDIO/VISUAL, SHALL BE LOCATED SUCH THAT THE ENTIRE LENS OF THE VISUAL PORTION IS BETWEEN 80" AND 96" A.F.F. AUDIO ONLY APPLIANCES SHALL BE LOCATED, NOT LESS THAN, 90" A.F.F. TO TOP OF APPLIANCE, OR 6" BELOW CEILING. FIRE ALARM/MNS GENERAL NOTES FIRE ALARM SYMBOLS SYMBOL DESCRIPTION FIRE ALARM DOUBLE ACTION TYPE MANUAL STATION FIRE ALARM/MNS AUDIBLE SPEAKER STROBE VISUAL SIGNAL (WHITE/CLEAR LENS) FIRE ALARM/MNS STROBE VISUAL SIGNAL (WHITE/CLEAR LENS) TAMPER SWITCH WATER FLOW ALARM SWITCH FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR FIRE ALARM PHOTOELECTRIC TYPE SMOKE DETECTOR FIRE ALARM DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR FIRE ALARM HEAT DETECTOR NITROGEN GENERATORN2 CARBON MONOXIDE SENSOR 4" CONNECTION PROVIDED BY OTHERS FLOW SWITCH ISPECTOR TEST AND DRAIN 3" PIPE ROUTING TO WET ZONE 1 1/2" PIPE ROUTING TO PREACTION ZONE IN SERVER ROOM TESTING VALVE DOUBLE-INTERLOCK ELECTRIC - ELECTRIC TRIM PREACTION VALVE DRAIN 2" MAIN DRAIN ROUTING TO OUTSIDE N2 NITROGEN GENERATOR FOR PREACTION SYSTEM CHECK VALVE INDICATING CONTROL VALVE SYSTEM INPUTS MANUAL PULL STATIONS IN-DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS SMOKE DETECTORS Actuate com mon alarm signal indicator CONTROL UNIT ANNUNCIATION Actuate Audible Alarm Signal Actuate com mon supervisory signal indicator Actuate audible supervisory signal Actuate com mon trouble signal indicator Actuate audible com mon trouble signal Actuate evacuation signals Display/print change of status Transmit fire alarm signal to supervising station Transmit supervisory signal to supervising station Transmit trouble signal to supervising station Release magnetically held smoke doors Close smoke/fire dampers in rated walls Shut down both AHUs RELAY: Unlock exit and exit access doors (Reserved) (Reserved) NOTIFICATION REQUIRED FIRE SAFETY CONTROL AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM - WATER FLOW AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM - TAMPER SWITCH FIRE ALARM -OPEN CIRCUITS, SHORTS, GROUNDS FIRE ALARM -POWER LOSS AT FACP ELECTRIC FIRE PUMP RUNNING ELECTRIC FIRE PUMP PHASE LOSS ELECTRIC FIRE PUMP PHASE REVERSAL SYSTEM OUTPUTS NOTES: 1. A B C D E F O P Q R S V Z AA FF GG HH 1 3 6 7FI R E A L A R M SI G N A L I N I T I A T I O N INITIATION DEVICE TAMPERING SY S T E M T R O U B L E SI G N A L I N I T I A T I O N Acutate exterior horn/strobe at Fire Department Connection (FDC) 5 T (Reserved) U (Reserved) M (Reserved) N 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 MAIN FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL VERIFY LOCATION IN FIELD NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES GROUND LEVEL FIRE/SMOKE INITIATING DEVICES GROUND LEVEL FIRE/SMOKE ANN VESTIBULE RM 100 FF TS FS FP P R/T CITY HALL LEVEL 1 NOTE: REPRESENTS NUMBER OF DEVICES ON THIS LEVEL. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL NECESSARY DEVICE COUNTS CLEAN AGENT SYSTEM JANITOR & STORAGE RM 143 A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company 2/18/2022 8:57:22 AM \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS FIRE PROTECTION GENERAL NOTES F001 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 DLO EWM EWM PERMIT DOCUMENTS FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S NO. DESCRIPTION DATE SCALE: NTSF4RISER DETAIL Professional Engineer I hereby certify that this plan, specification, or report was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly Licensed Professional Engineer under the laws of the state of Minnesota. Signature: Typed or Printed Name: Date: License Number: Daniel L. Olig 5794218FEB2022 56 Item 2. FS FS TS TS A B C D E F 1 2 3 4 5 A.4 E.6 2.1 CONFERENCE ROOM 171 CITY MANAGER OFFICE 169 OFFICE 168 OFFICE 167 CONFERENCE ROOM 166 BREAK ROOM 144 OFFICE 173 OFFICE 172 OFFICE 162 OFFICE 147 PRINT ROOM 161 OFFICE 148 WEATHER VESTIBULE 170 JANITOR & STORAGE 143 WELLNESS ROOM 145 OFFICE 138 OFFICE 137 HR FILE ROOM 140 FINANCE FILE ROOM 139 MECHANICAL ROOM 133 ELECTRICAL ROOM 135 SERVER ROOM 142 IT / IS WORK ROOM 141 OFFICE 136 CONFERENCE ROOM 153 OFFICE 152 VESTIBULE 126 CORRIDOR 132 OPEN OFFICE WORK AREA 150 COPY ALCOVE 149 COFFEE / BREAK 151 OPEN OFFICE 163 CORRIDOR 164 CORRIDOR 146 CORRIDOR 131 OPEN OFFICE 159 CORRIDOR 162 CORRIDOR 160 COPY ALCOVE 165 N2 N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/18/2022 8:57:22 AM \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS FIRE ALARM PLAN - LEVEL 1 - AREA A FA101 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 DLO EWM EWM PERMIT DOCUMENTS FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"A1 FIRE ALARM PLAN - LEVEL 1 - AREA A NO. DESCRIPTION DATE Professional Engineer I hereby certify that this plan, specification, or report was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly Licensed Professional Engineer under the laws of the state of Minnesota. Signature: Typed or Printed Name: Date: License Number: Daniel L. Olig 5794218FEB2022 57 Item 2. ANN FS FS TS TS A B C D E F 5 6 7 8 8.1 A.4 E.6 OFFICE 137 MECHANICAL ROOM 133 OFFICE 136 COAT CLOSET 129 WOMEN'S STAFF RESTROOM 125 MEN'S STAFF RESTROOM 128 JANITOR'S CLOSET 127 SURVEY STORAGE 130 CONFERENCE ROOM 153 OFFICE 152 OFFICE 154 TABLE & CHAIR STORAGE 155 OFFICE 158 OFFICE 157 VESTIBULE 126 SECURE FILE STORAGE 123 OFFICE 116FIRESIDE/ MULTI-PURPOSE ROOM 120 COPY/ COLATING ROOM 124 CONFERENCE ROOM 114 VESTIBULE 113 VESTIBULE 100 PUBLIC LOBBY 101 RECEPTION / PUBLIC COUNTERS 118 OPEN OFFICE 119 CORRIDOR 115 CORRIDOR 132 OPEN OFFICE WORK AREA 150 COFFEE / BREAK 151 CORRIDOR 121 CORRIDOR 156 OPEN OFFICE 159 COPY ALCOVE 122 N2 N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/18/2022 8:57:23 AM \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS FIRE ALARM PLAN - LEVEL 1 - AREA B FA102 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 DLO EWM EWM PERMIT DOCUMENTS FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"A1 FIRE ALARM PLAN - LEVEL 1 - AREA B NO. DESCRIPTION DATE Professional Engineer I hereby certify that this plan, specification, or report was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly Licensed Professional Engineer under the laws of the state of Minnesota. Signature: Typed or Printed Name: Date: License Number: Daniel L. Olig 5794218FEB2022 58 Item 2. UP DN ANN A B C D E F 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 8.1 A.4 E.6 11.2 11.4 12.1 CONFERENCE ROOM 114 JANITOR'S CLOSET 108 MEN'S PUBLIC RESTROOM 110 VESTIBULE 113 VESTIBULE 100 PUBLIC LOBBY 101 PUBLIC CORRIDOR 112 CONFERENCE ROOM 107 COUNCIL CHAMBERS AV ROOM 105 TABLE AND CHAIR STORAGE 106 COATS/COFFEE ALCOVE 103 COUNCIL CHAMBER 102 RECEPTION / PUBLIC COUNTERS 118 UNISEX RESTROOM 109 WOMEN'S PUBLIC RESTROOM 111 N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/18/2022 8:57:23 AM \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS FIRE ALARM PLAN - LEVEL 1 - AREA C FA103 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 DLO EWM EWM PERMIT DOCUMENTS FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"A1 FIRE ALARM PLAN - LEVEL 1 - AREA C NO. DESCRIPTION DATE Professional Engineer I hereby certify that this plan, specification, or report was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly Licensed Professional Engineer under the laws of the state of Minnesota. Signature: Typed or Printed Name: Date: License Number: Daniel L. Olig 5794218FEB2022 59 Item 2. A B C D E F 1 2 3 4 5 A.4 E.6 2.1 CONFERENCE ROOM 171 CITY MANAGER OFFICE 169 OFFICE 168 OFFICE 167 CONFERENCE ROOM 166 BREAK ROOM 144 OFFICE 173 OFFICE 172 OFFICE 162 OFFICE 147 PRINT ROOM 161 OFFICE 148 WEATHER VESTIBULE 170 JANITOR & STORAGE 143 WELLNESS ROOM 145 OFFICE 138 OFFICE 137 HR FILE ROOM 140 FINANCE FILE ROOM 139 MECHANICAL ROOM 133 ELECTRICAL ROOM 135 SERVER ROOM 142 IT / IS WORK ROOM 141 OFFICE 136 CONFERENCE ROOM 153 OFFICE 152 VESTIBULE 126 CORRIDOR 132 OPEN OFFICE WORK AREA 150 COPY ALCOVE 149 COFFEE / BREAK 151 OPEN OFFICE 163 CORRIDOR 164 CORRIDOR 146 CORRIDOR 131 OPEN OFFICE 159 CORRIDOR 162 CORRIDOR 160 COPY ALCOVE 165 FX02 FX01 FX03 FX04 LIGHT HAZARD DENSITY: 0.10 GPM/SQFT OVER 1500 SQFT ORDINARY HAZARD 1 (OH1) DENSITY: 0.15 GPM/SQFT OVER 1500 SQFT HATCH LEGEND N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/18/2022 8:57:26 AM \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS FIRE SUPPRESSION PLAN - LEVEL 1 - AREA A FX101 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 DLO EWM EWM PERMIT DOCUMENTS FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"A1 FIRE SUPPRESSION PLAN - LEVEL 1 - AREA A NO. DESCRIPTION DATE KEYNOTE LEGEND FX01 4" FIRE SUPPRESSION FEED. PROVIDED BY OTHERS. FX02 CITY HALL RISER LOCATION. 4" MANIFOLD SERVING 2 ZONES. SEE DETAIL F4/F001. FX03 SERVER ROOM SHALL BE PROTECTED BY TWO SEPARATE SYSTEMS, A DOUBLE INTERLOCK PREACTION SYSTEM AND A CLEAN-AGENT FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM. FX04 LOCATION OF NEW CLEAN-AGENT TANKS AND EQUIPMENT. Professional Engineer I hereby certify that this plan, specification, or report was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly Licensed Professional Engineer under the laws of the state of Minnesota. Signature: Typed or Printed Name: Date: License Number: Daniel L. Olig 5794218FEB2022 60 Item 2. A B C D E F 5 6 7 8 8.1 A.4 E.6 OFFICE 137 MECHANICAL ROOM 133 OFFICE 136 COAT CLOSET 129 WOMEN'S STAFF RESTROOM 125 MEN'S STAFF RESTROOM 128 JANITOR'S CLOSET 127 SURVEY STORAGE 130 CONFERENCE ROOM 153 OFFICE 152 OFFICE 154 TABLE & CHAIR STORAGE 155 OFFICE 158 OFFICE 157 VESTIBULE 126 SECURE FILE STORAGE 123 OFFICE 116FIRESIDE/ MULTI-PURPOSE ROOM 120 COPY/ COLATING ROOM 124 CONFERENCE ROOM 114 VESTIBULE 113 VESTIBULE 100 PUBLIC LOBBY 101 RECEPTION / PUBLIC COUNTERS 118 OPEN OFFICE 119 CORRIDOR 115 CORRIDOR 132 OPEN OFFICE WORK AREA 150 COFFEE / BREAK 151 CORRIDOR 121 CORRIDOR 156 OPEN OFFICE 159 COPY ALCOVE 122 FX02 FX01 LIGHT HAZARD DENSITY: 0.10 GPM/SQFT OVER 1500 SQFT ORDINARY HAZARD 1 (OH1) DENSITY: 0.15 GPM/SQFT OVER 1500 SQFT HATCH LEGEND N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/18/2022 8:57:28 AM \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS FIRE SUPPRESSION PLAN - LEVEL 1 - AREA B FX102 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 DLO EWM EWM PERMIT DOCUMENTS FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"A1 FIRE SUPPRESSION PLAN - LEVEL 1 - AREA B KEYNOTE LEGEND FX01 4" FIRE SUPPRESSION FEED. PROVIDED BY OTHERS. FX02 CITY HALL RISER LOCATION. 4" MANIFOLD SERVING 2 ZONES. SEE DETAIL F4/F001. NO. DESCRIPTION DATE Professional Engineer I hereby certify that this plan, specification, or report was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly Licensed Professional Engineer under the laws of the state of Minnesota. Signature: Typed or Printed Name: Date: License Number: Daniel L. Olig 5794218FEB2022 61 Item 2. UP DN A B C D E F 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 8.1 A.4 E.6 11.2 11.4 12.1 CONFERENCE ROOM 114 JANITOR'S CLOSET 108 MEN'S PUBLIC RESTROOM 110 VESTIBULE 113 VESTIBULE 100 PUBLIC LOBBY 101 PUBLIC CORRIDOR 112 CONFERENCE ROOM 107 COUNCIL CHAMBERS AV ROOM 105 TABLE AND CHAIR STORAGE 106 COATS/COFFEE ALCOVE 103 COUNCIL CHAMBER 102 RECEPTION / PUBLIC COUNTERS 118 UNISEX RESTROOM 109 ELEV A ELEV A LOBBY 006 STAIR 1 S1-0 SOUND VESTIBULE 104 WOMEN'S PUBLIC RESTROOM 111 LIGHT HAZARD DENSITY: 0.10 GPM/SQFT OVER 1500 SQFT ORDINARY HAZARD 1 (OH1) DENSITY: 0.15 GPM/SQFT OVER 1500 SQFT HATCH LEGEND N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/18/2022 8:57:28 AM \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS FIRE SUPPRESSION PLAN - LEVEL 1 - AREA C FX103 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 DLO EWM EWM PERMIT DOCUMENTS FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"A1 FIRE SUPPRESSION PLAN - LEVEL 1 - AREA C NO. DESCRIPTION DATE Professional Engineer I hereby certify that this plan, specification, or report was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly Licensed Professional Engineer under the laws of the state of Minnesota. Signature: Typed or Printed Name: Date: License Number: Daniel L. Olig 5794218FEB2022 62 Item 2. AIR ADMITTANCE VALVE AIR COMPRESSOR AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNIT ACTUAL CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE AIR CONDITIONING UNIT AREA DRAIN (AIR DRYER) AIR FILTER ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AIR FLOW MEASURING STATION AIR HANDLING UNIT AIR TO AIR HEAT EXCHANGER ALTERNATE ACCESS PANEL AIR PRESSURE DROP AIR SEPARATOR BACKDRAFT DAMPER BELOW FINISHED FLOOR BACK FLOW PREVENTER BRAKE HORSEPOWER BY OWNER BOTTOM OF DUCT BUFFER TANK BACKWATER VALVE COOLING (CHILLED WATER) COIL CONDENSATE DRAIN CUBIC FEET PER HOUR CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE CAST IRON CEILING CENTER LINE CARBON MONOXIDE (CLEANOUT) COMBINATION COMPRESSOR CONCRETE CONDENSATE (CONDENSER) CONNECTION CONTINUOUS (CONTINUED) CONTRACTOR COMPUTER ROOM AIR COND. UNIT CLINICAL SERVICE SINK CABINET UNIT HEATER DECIBEL (DRY BULB) DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL (PANEL) DRINKING FOUNTAIN DRY FLUID COOLER DRY FIRE SPRINKLER DIFFUSER DISCHARGE DOWN DOWNSPOUT DRY STAND PIPE DISH WASHER DIRECT EXPANSION (COOL'G COIL) EXHAUST AIR (EACH) ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE EXHAUST FAN ELEVATION EQUIPMENT ENERGY RECOVERY VENTILATOR EM. EYEWASH/SHOWER EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE EXPANSION TANK EVAPORATOR EMERGENCY EYEWASH ELECTRIC WATER COOLER ELECTRIC WATER HEATER ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE EXHAUST EXPANSION EXTERNAL FLOW CONTROL VALVE FIRE DAMPER (FLOOR DRAIN) FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION FIRE DEPARTMENT VALVE FIRE MAIN FIRE PROTECTION FEET PER MINUTE FINS PER INCH FEET PER SECOND FACE VELOCITY GAUGE GALVANIZE GRAVITY BACK DRAFT DAMPER GENERAL GLYCOL FEEDER GALLONS PER HOUR GALLONS PER MINUTE GRILLE GROUND SOURCE HEAT PUMP GRAVITY VENTILATOR GAS WATER HEATER HUMIDIFIER HEATING CONVECTOR (COIL) HEAD HANDICAPPED HIGH PRESSURE (HORSEPOWER) HEAT PUMP WATER HEATER HEATING, VENTILATION & AIR COND. HEAT WHEEL (HOT, HEAT'G WATER) HEAT EXCHANGER HOSE BIBB HOSE REEL AAV AC ACCU ACFM ACU AD AF AFF AFMS AHU AHX ALT AP APD AS BDD BFF BFP BHP BO BOD BT BWV CC CD CFH CFM CI CLG CL CO COMB COMP CONC COND CONN CONT CONTR CRAC CSS CUH DB DDC DF DFC DFS DIFF DISH DN DS DSP DW DX EA,E/A EAT EF EL EQ ERV ES ESP ET EVAP EW EWC EWH EWT EXH EXP EXT FCV FD FDC FDV FM FP FPM FPI FPS FV GA GALV GBD GEN GF GPH GPM GR GSHP GV GWH H HC HD HDCP HP HPWH HVAC HW HX HB HR COLD WATER (CW) CONDENSATE DRAIN HOT WATER (HW) NATURAL GAS RECIRCULATING HOT WATER (RHW) SANITARY ABOVE GRADE SANITARY BELOW GRADE SANITARY VENT COMPRESSED AIR CONDENSER WATER SUPPLY CONDENSER WATER RETURN HEATING WATER SUPPLY HEATING WATER RETURN D G SS SAN V A CWS CWR HWS HWR ABBREVIATIONS PIPING ANNOTATION MEDICAL GAS PIPING PIPING & PLUMBING SYMBOLS AIR VENT MANUAL PIPE ANCHOR 4" AD-1 AREA DRAIN (4" CONN.) TYPE (SEE SPEC.) CLEAN OUT CLEAN OUT (FLOOR) CLEAN OUT (WALL) DOWN SPOUT NOZZLE EXPANSION JOINT FLEXIBLE CONNECTION FLOOR DRAIN (2" CONN.) FLOOR SINK (2" CONN.) FLOW DIRECTION FLOW SWITCH/SENSOR HOSE BIB OR DRAIN VALVE ORIFICE PRESSURE GAUGE W/COCK CONT. PIPE NOT SHOWN PIPE CAP PIPE DOWN PIPE GUIDE PIPE TEE PIPE TEE DOWN PIPE TEE UP PIPE UP PITCH (DOWN IN THE DIRECTION OF ARROW) PRESSURE SWITCH/SENSOR PRESSURE/TEMP. PORT REDUCER (CONCENTRIC) REDUCER (ECCENTRIC) ROOF DRAIN (4" CONN.) OVERFLOW ROOF DRAIN (4" CONN.) VENT THRU ROOF (4" CONN.) STRAINER STEAM TRAP THERMOMETER UNION WALL HYDRANT 2" FD-1 TYPE (SEE SPEC.) 2" FS-1 TYPE (SEE SPEC.) 4" RD-1 TYPE (SEE SPEC.) 4" ORD-1 TYPE (SEE SPEC.) 4" VTR-1 TYPE (SEE SPEC.) WH P T PS 1/8" HB FS DS WCO FCO CO DESCRIPTIONSYMBOLDESCRIPTIONSYMBOL DESCRIPTIONSYMBOL DESCRIPTIONSYMBOL INDIRECT DRAIN (INSIDE DIAMETER) INSULATION INTERNAL INVERT ELEVATION IRON PIPE SIZE ISOLATOR/ISOLATION INTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE INFRARED HEATER LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURE LAVATORY LOCAL CONTROL PANEL LINEAR FEET LIQUID LAUNDRY TUB LEAVING LOUVER LEAVING WATER TEMPERATURE MIXED AIR MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE MAKE UP AIR UNIT MOP BASIN MANUFACTURER MANHOLE MOTORIZED THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE NORMALLY CLOSED (NOISE CRIT.) NEGATIVE NORMALLY OPEN NOT TO SCALE OUTSIDE AIR OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER ON CENTER OUTSIDE DIAMETER OPEN END DUCT OVERFLOW ROOF DRAIN OUTSIDE STEM AND YOKE PUMP PUMPED CONDENSATE RETURN PRESSURE DROP PLUMBING PANEL PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE RETURN AIR REHEAT COIL ROOF DRAIN REFRIGERANT/REFRIGERATE REGISTER REQUIRED RELIEF FAN RELATIVE HUMID. (ROOF HYDRANT) RECIRCULATING HOT WATER REDUCED PRESSURE ZONE RETURN ROOF TOP UNIT RAIN WATER LEADER SOUND ATTEN. (SUPPLY AIR) SANITARY SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE SUPPLY FAN STATIC PRESSURE (SUMP PUMP) SPRINKLER STAINLESS STEEL SUPERVISORY SWITCH STORAGE TANK STEAM SUCTION SINK SHOWER DRAIN (STORM DRAIN) SHOWER SERVICE SINK TEMPERATURE CONTROL CONTR. TEMP. DIFF. (TRENCH DRAIN) TEMPERATURE - DRY BULB TEMPERATURE - DEW POINT THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE TEMPERATURE - WET BULB THERMOSTATIC EXPANSION VALVE TYPICAL URINAL UNDERGROUND UNIT HEATER VALVE VARIABLE AIR VOLUME (TERM. UNIT) VACUUM BREAKER VOLUME DAMPER VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE VERIFY IN FIELD VACUUM PUMP VACUUM RETURN VENT THROUGH ROOF WITH WITHOUT WATER COLUMN (WATER CLOSET) WALL HYDRANT WALL POST INDICTOR VALVE WATER GAUGE WATER TO WATER HEAT EXCH. WATER SOFTENER WATER SOURCE HEAT PUMP WET STANDPIPE ID INSUL INT I.E. IPS ISO ISP IR LAT LAV LCP LF LIQ LT LV LVR LWT MA MAT MAU MB MFR MH MOT MV NC NEG NO NTS OA OBD OC OD OED ORD OS&Y P PCR PD PLBG PNL PRV RA RC RD REFR REG REQ RF RH RHW RPZ RTN RTU RWL SA SAN SAT SF SP SPKLR S/S SSW ST STM SUCT S SD SH SS TCC TD TDB TDP TMV TSP TWB TXV TYP U UG UH V VAV VB VD VFD VIF VP VR VTR W/ W/O WC WH WPIV WG WHX WS WSHP WSP ABBREVIATIONS DESCRIPTIONSYMBOL STORM/RWL ABOVE GRADE STORM/RWL BELOW GRADE SD SD INDIRECT WASTEIW GLYCOL WATER SUPPLY GLYCOL WATER RETURN GWS GWR CHILLED WATER SUPPLY CHILLED WATER RETURN CHWS CHWR REFRIGERANT LIQUID REFRIGERANT SUCTION/GAS RL RS AIR SEPARATOR LOW PRESSURE STEAM LOW PRESSURE RETURN LPS LPR GSHP LOAD SUPPLY/RETURN GSHP SOURCE SUPPLY/RET. GLWS/R GSWS/R PUMPED CONDENSATEPC DESCRIPTION DEMOLITION SYMBOLS PIPE TO BE REMOVED EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED CONNECT TO EXISTING PIPE OR DUCT 3-WAY VALVE ANGLE VALVE BALANCING VALVE GATE VALVE BALL VALVE BUTTERFLY VALVE CHECK VALVE SHUTOFF VALVE (ALL TYPES) PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE MOTORIZED VALVE FLOW VENTURI BACKFLOW PREVENTER DESCRIPTIONSYMBOL AUTOMATIC AIR VENTAV M CALIBRATED BALANCE VALVE VALVE SYMBOLS GREASE WASTEGW MEDICAL AIR MEDICAL VACUUM MA MV NITROGEN NITROUS OXIDE N N2O CARBON DIOXIDE INSTRUMENT AIR CO2 INST OXYGEN WASTE ANESTHESIA O WAGD GAS DISPOSAL SYMBOL A. ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF NATIONAL AND LOCAL CODES, WHICHEVER IS MORE STRINGENT. B. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT STORE MATERIALS OR EQUIPMENT ON THE ROOF. C. PROVIDE FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT (FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, ETC.) AS REQUIRED FOR CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES. D. FACILITY NEEDS TO BE KEPT WEATHER TIGHT REGARDLESS OF WEATHER CONDITIONS AT THE END OF EACH DAY. MAINTAIN WEATHER TIGHT CONDITIONS 24 HOURS A DAY FOR THE DURATION OF THE PROJECT. E. ALL PLUMBING EQUIPMENT, ACCESSORIES AND/OR PLUMBING FIXTURES WILL BE SECURED WITH VANDAL RESISTANT MOUNTING HARDWARE. F. ALL LAVATORY AND SINK FAUCETS TO HAVE VANDAL RESISTANT AERATORS. G. INSTALL VERTICAL SANITARY AND VENT PIPING TRUE AND PLUMB. H. INSTALL ALL HORIZONTAL SANITARY PIPING SLOPED AT 1/4" PER FOOT. I. INSTALL HORIZONTAL SANITARY VENT PIPING SLOPED AT 1/8" PER FOOT. J. INSTALL HORIZONTAL STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SLOPED AT 1/8" PER FOOT. K. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR PIPING ACCESS PANEL LOCATIONS. L. REFER TO FIRE PROTECTION DRAWINGS FOR PIPING AND SPRINKLER HEAD LOCATIONS. M. PROVIDE OFFSETS AS REQUIRED TO MEET SPACE REQUIREMENTS AND TO AVOID INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES. ROUTE ALL PIPING AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE. N. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATIONS OF NEW PIPING AND PLUMBING FIXTURES WITH ALL OTHER BUILDING SYSTEMS, STRUCTURE, LIGHTING, ARCHITECTURAL ELEMENTS, DUCTWORK, PIPING AND SPRINKLERS. O. REFER TO PLUMBING DETAILS FOR ACCESSORIES AND FINAL CONNECTIONS TO PLUMBING EQUIPMENT. P. PROVIDE DRAIN VALVES WITH CAPPED HOSE END CONNECTIONS AT THE BOTTOM OF EACH RISER AND AT ALL LOW POINTS IN EACH PRESSURE PIPING SYSTEM. VERIFY WITH ACCESS PANEL LOCATIONS. Q. PROVIDE SLEEVES AT EACH PENETRATION OF FIRE AND SMOKE RATED ASSEMBLIES AND SEAL WITH INTUMESCENT MATERIAL. R. CONNECT PIPE AND EQUIPMENT HANGERS TO TOP CHORD OF ROOF JOISTS, BEAM FLANGES OR CONCRETE FLOOR DECK BY APPROVED MEANS. S. FOR PLUMBING PIPE SIZES, SEE RISER DIAGRAMS. PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company 2/ 1 8 / 2 0 2 2 1 : 28 : 0 6 P M \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PLUMBING SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS P001 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 CJH GJH GJH PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 63 Item 2. UP UP 1. PITCH SANITARY SEWER PIPING AT A 1/4" PER FOOT. 2. COORDINATE EXISTING AND NEW PIPING OCCURING IN THE P1 LEVEL PARKING AREA. ROUTE SANITARY PIPING TO AVOID EXISTING PIPES. MAINTAIN CLEARANCE BELOW PIPING PER LANDLORDS INSTRUCTIONS. 3. FOR PIPE SIZES SEE RISER DIAGRAMS. UNDERFLOOR PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES A B C D E F G H J 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 8.1 A.4 E.6 H.5 11.211.4 12.1 2.1 J.1 PP06 PP06 A B C D E F G H J 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 8.1 A.4 E.6 H.5 11.211.4 12.1 2.1 J.1 N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/ 1 8 / 2 0 2 2 1 : 28 : 1 3 P M \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LEVEL P1 PLUMBING PLAN OVERALL P100 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 Checker Author Designer PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N KEYNOTE LEGEND PP06 4" SANITARY SEWER PIPE DOWN TO LANDLORD PROVIDED 4" SANITARY STUB UP IN P1 FLOOR. MAKE CONNECTION TO PIPE, PROVIDE CLEANOUT AT BASE OF PIPE. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH BASE BUILDING ARCHITECT/ENGINEER. SCALE:3/32" = 1'-0"A2 UNDERFLOOR PLUMBING PLAN LEVEL 1 OVERALL NO. DESCRIPTION DATE FOR MORE INFORMATION, SEE AREA PLANS 64 Item 2. A B C D E F 1 2 3 4 A.4 E.6 2.1 3" SS 3" SS UP TO FD-1 2" V UP 2" V UP 3" SS UP TO P-4 1-1/2" SS UP TO P-5 3" S S 1 1/2" SS 1-1/2" SS UP TO P-7 C.O. 3" SS UP TO FD-1 2" V UP A B C D E F 1 2 3 4 A.4 E.6 2.1 3" SS EXISTING 6" SS -VERIFY SIZE AND LOCATION EXISTING 6" SS -VERIFY SIZE AND LOCATION 3" SS 1. PITCH SANITARY SEWER PIPING AT A 1/4" PER FOOT. 2. COORDINATE EXISTING AND NEW PIPING OCCURING IN THE P1 LEVEL PARKING AREA. ROUTE SANITARY PIPING TO AVOID EXISTING PIPES. MAINTAIN CLEARANCE BELOW PIPING PER LANDLORDS INSTRUCTIONS. 3. FOR PIPE SIZES SEE RISER DIAGRAMS. UNDERFLOOR PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/ 1 8 / 2 0 2 2 1 : 28 : 1 8 P M \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LEVEL P1 PLUMBING PLAN - AREA A P101 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 CJH GJH GJH PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"A1 P1 LEVEL PLUMBING PLAN - AREA A NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 65 Item 2. A B C D E F 5 6 7 A.4 E.6 4" S S 4" SS 4" SS 4"SS UP TO TOILET BANK 3" SS UP TO FD-1 2" V UP 3" SS UP TO FD-1 3" SS UP TO FD-1 3" SS UP TO FD-1 3" SS UP TO FD-1 1-1/2" SS UP TO P-5 1-1/2" SS UP TO EWC C.O. 4" SS DN THROUGH FLOOR 4" SS UP TO P-1 2" SS UP TO P-2 2" V UP 1-1/2" SS UP TO P-3 1-1/2" UP TO P-3 2" V UP 3" SS UP TO P-4 2: V UP PP06 2" V UP 3" SS UP TO FD-1 1-1/2" SS UP TO P-7 1 1/2" SS 1 1/2" SS 1 1/2" SS A B C D E F 5 6 7 A.4 E.6 3" SS 3" SS UP TO FD-1 2" V UP EXISTING 6" SS -VERIFY SIZE AND LOCATION EXISTING 4" SS -VERIFY SIZE AND LOCATION EXISTING 4" SS -VERIFY SIZE AND LOCATION 1. PITCH SANITARY SEWER PIPING AT A 1/4" PER FOOT. 2. COORDINATE EXISTING AND NEW PIPING OCCURING IN THE P1 LEVEL PARKING AREA. ROUTE SANITARY PIPING TO AVOID EXISTING PIPES. MAINTAIN CLEARANCE BELOW PIPING PER LANDLORDS INSTRUCTIONS. 3. FOR PIPE SIZES SEE RISER DIAGRAMS. UNDERFLOOR PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/ 1 8 / 2 0 2 2 1 : 28 : 2 3 P M \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LEVEL P1 PLUMBING PLAN - AREA B P102 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 CJH GJH GJH PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"A1 LEVEL P1 PLUMBING PLAN - AREA B KEYNOTE LEGEND PP06 4" SANITARY SEWER PIPE DOWN TO LANDLORD PROVIDED 4" SANITARY STUB UP IN P1 FLOOR. MAKE CONNECTION TO PIPE, PROVIDE CLEANOUT AT BASE OF PIPE. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH BASE BUILDING ARCHITECT/ENGINEER. NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 66 Item 2. UP UP A B C D E F 8 9 10 11 12 8.1 A.4 E.6 11.2 11.4 12.1 3" SS3" SS 4" SS 4" SS 3" SS 1 1/2" SS 3" SS UP TO FD-1 2" V UP 4" SS UP 3" SS UP TO P-4 2" V UP1-1/2" SS UP TO P-3A 3" SS UP TO FD-1 2" V UP 1-1/2" SS UP TO P-5 1 1/2" SS 2" V UP 2" V UP 3" SS UP TO FD-1 3" SS UP TO FD-1 3" SS UP TO FD-1 4" SS UP 1-1/2" SS UP TO EWC-1 4" S S 4" S S 1 1/2" SS 1-1/2" SS UP TO P-5 1 1/2" SS 4" SS DN THROUGH FLOOR 1-1/2" SS UP TO P-3 1-1/2" SS UP TO P-3 PP06 2" V UP 3" SS UP TO FD-1 C.O. 4" SS A B C D E F 8 9 10 11 12 8.1 A.4 E.6 11.2 11.4 12.1 1. PITCH SANITARY SEWER PIPING AT A 1/4" PER FOOT. 2. COORDINATE EXISTING AND NEW PIPING OCCURING IN THE P1 LEVEL PARKING AREA. ROUTE SANITARY PIPING TO AVOID EXISTING PIPES. MAINTAIN CLEARANCE BELOW PIPING PER LANDLORDS INSTRUCTIONS. 3. FOR PIPE SIZES SEE RISER DIAGRAMS. UNDERFLOOR PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/ 1 8 / 2 0 2 2 1 : 28 : 2 9 P M \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LEVEL P1 PLUMBING PLAN - AREA C P103 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 CJH GJH GJH PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"A1 LEVEL P1 PLUMBING PLAN - AREA C KEYNOTE LEGEND PP06 4" SANITARY SEWER PIPE DOWN TO LANDLORD PROVIDED 4" SANITARY STUB UP IN P1 FLOOR. MAKE CONNECTION TO PIPE, PROVIDE CLEANOUT AT BASE OF PIPE. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH BASE BUILDING ARCHITECT/ENGINEER. NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 67 Item 2. UP DN A B C D E F G H J 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 8.1 A.4 E.6 H.5 11.211.4 12.1 2.1 J.1 P-5 WH-1 CP-1 P-5 P-5 P-7 P-5 P-1A P-2 P-2 P-1A P-3A P-4 P-6 P-3 P-3 P-3P-3 P-1 P-1P-1A P-3 P-3P-3 P-3 P-1 P-1 P-1AP-1A P-1 P-6 A B C D E F G H J 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 8.1 A.4 E.6 H.5 11.211.4 12.1 2.1 J.1 3/4" G 3/4" G 3/ 4 " G 3/ 4 " G 3/ 4 " G VTU-24 VTU-7 VTU-5 VTU-4 VTU-3 VTU-2 VTU-1 VTU-8 VTU-10 VTU-9 VTU-11 VTU-23 AC-1 VTU-25 VTU-30 VTU-14 VTU-17 VTU-18 VTU-16 VTU-15 VTU-21 VTU-28 VTU-27 VTU-19 A. ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF NATIONAL AND LOCAL CODES, WHICHEVER IS MORE STRINGENT. B. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT STORE MATERIALS OR EQUIPMENT ON THE ROOF. C. PROVIDE FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT (FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, ETC.) AS REQUIRED FOR CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES. D. FACILITY NEEDS TO BE KEPT WEATHER TIGHT REGARDLESS OF WEATHER CONDITIONS AT THE END OF EACH DAY. MAINTAIN WEATHER TIGHT CONDITIONS 24 HOURS A DAY FOR THE DURATION OF THE PROJECT. E. ALL PLUMBING EQUIPMENT, ACCESSORIES AND/OR PLUMBING FIXTURES WILL BE SECURED WITH VANDAL RESISTANT MOUNTING HARDWARE. F. ALL LAVATORY AND SINK FAUCETS TO HAVE VANDAL RESISTANT AERATORS. G. INSTALL VERTICAL SANITARY AND VENT PIPING TRUE AND PLUMB. H. INSTALL ALL HORIZONTAL SANITARY PIPING SLOPED AT 1/4" PER FOOT. I. INSTALL HORIZONTAL SANITARY VENT PIPING SLOPED AT 1/8" PER FOOT. J. INSTALL HORIZONTAL STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SLOPED AT 1/8" PER FOOT. K. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR PIPING ACCESS PANEL LOCATIONS. L. REFER TO FIRE PROTECTION DRAWINGS FOR PIPING AND SPRINKLER HEAD LOCATIONS. M. PROVIDE OFFSETS AS REQUIRED TO MEET SPACE REQUIREMENTS AND TO AVOID INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES. ROUTE ALL PIPING AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE. N. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATIONS OF NEW PIPING AND PLUMBING FIXTURES WITH ALL OTHER BUILDING SYSTEMS, STRUCTURE, LIGHTING, ARCHITECTURAL ELEMENTS, DUCTWORK, PIPING AND SPRINKLERS. O. REFER TO PLUMBING DETAILS FOR ACCESSORIES AND FINAL CONNECTIONS TO PLUMBING EQUIPMENT. P. PROVIDE DRAIN VALVES WITH CAPPED HOSE END CONNECTIONS AT THE BOTTOM OF EACH RISER AND AT ALL LOW POINTS IN EACH PRESSURE PIPING SYSTEM. VERIFY WITH ACCESS PANEL LOCATIONS. Q. PROVIDE SLEEVES AT EACH PENETRATION OF FIRE AND SMOKE RATED ASSEMBLIES AND SEAL WITH INTUMESCENT MATERIAL. R. CONNECT PIPE AND EQUIPMENT HANGERS TO TOP CHORD OF ROOF JOISTS, BEAM FLANGES OR CONCRETE FLOOR DECK BY APPROVED MEANS. S. FOR PLUMBING PIPE SIZES, SEE RISER DIAGRAMS. PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/ 1 8 / 2 0 2 2 1 : 28 : 4 1 P M \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PLUMBING PLAN OVERALL P200 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 Checker Author Designer PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:3/32" = 1'-0"A2 PLUMBING PLAN LEVEL 1 OVERALL NO. DESCRIPTION DATE FOR MORE INFORMATION, SEE AREA PLANS 68 Item 2. A B C D E F 1 2 3 4 5 A.4 E.6 2.1 EWC-1 CONFERENCE ROOM 171 CITY MANAGER OFFICE 169 OFFICE 168 OFFICE 167 CONFERENCE ROOM 166 BREAK ROOM 144 OFFICE 173 OFFICE 172 OFFICE 162 OFFICE 147 PRINT ROOM 161 OFFICE 148 WEATHER VESTIBULE 170 JANITOR & STORAGE 143WELLNESS ROOM 145 OFFICE 138 OFFICE 137 HR FILE ROOM 140 FINANCE FILE ROOM 139 MECHANICAL ROOM 133 ELECTRICAL ROOM 135 SERVER ROOM 142 IT / IS WORK ROOM 141 OFFICE 136 CONFERENCE ROOM 153 OFFICE 152 VESTIBULE 126 CORRIDOR 132 OPEN OFFICE WORK AREA 150 COPY ALCOVE 149 COFFEE / BREAK 151 OPEN OFFICE 163 CORRIDOR 164 CORRIDOR 146 CORRIDOR 131 OPEN OFFICE 159 CORRIDOR 162 CORRIDOR 160 COPY ALCOVE 165 FD-1 TMV-1 P-5 P-5 P-6 CP-1 WH-1 TMV-2 P-7 1 1 / 2 " G 1 1 / 2 " V 2" V2" V 3" V 3" V 3" V 3/4" HWC 1" HW 1" CW 3/4" GAS UP TO OUTDOOR AIR UNIT (DOAS-1) ON ROOF ABOVE 1 1/2" G 1 1/4" G 1 1 / 4 " G PP04 3/4" G 1 1/4" D 1 1 / 4 " D 1" D 1 1 / 4 " D 1" D 1" D 1" D 1" D 1" D 1" D 1" D 1" D 1" D 1" D 1" D 1" D 1" D 1 1/4" D PP08 PP08 PP08 PP08 PP08 PP08 PP08 PP08 PP08 PP08 1" D PP08 PP08 PP10 PP10 PP10 PP10 1 1/2" HW 1 1/2" CW PP08 PP05 PP03 P401 1 1" D 1/2"CW DN TO REFRIGERATOR. EXTEND TO ICEMAKER WITH SHUT OFF VALVE AND CODE APPROVED BACKFLOW PREVENTER WATTS MODEL SD-2 OR EQUAL. EXTEND 1/2"CW TO COFFEE MAKER WITH SHUT-OFF VALVE AND CODE APPROVED BACKFLOW PREVENTER WATTS MODEL SD-2 OR EQUAL. 1/2" CW 3/4" CW 1/2"CW DN, EXTEND TO COFFEE MAKER WITH SHUT OFF VALVE AND CODE APPROVED BACKFLOW PREVENTER WATTS MODEL SD-2 OR EQUAL. EXTEND 1/2"CW AND 1/2"HW TO DISHWASHER WITH SHUT-OFF VALVE AND CODE APPROVED BACKFLOW PREVENTER WATTS MODEL SD-2 OR EQUAL. 3" VTR FD-1 1 1/2" G 1 1/2" G PP02 P-4 A B C D E F 1 2 3 4 5 A.4 E.6 2.1 ROUTE PIPING TO MOP SINK BELOW SHIP'S LADDER PP09 PP05 VTU-31 1" D PP08 PP08 VTU-25 AC-1 1" D VTU-24 VTU-7 VTU-5 VTU-4 VTU-3 VTU-1 VTU-6 VTU-8 VTU-10VTU-9 VTU-11 VTU-12 VTU-13 VTU-30 VTU-26 VTU-23 VTU-2 3/ 4 " G A. ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF NATIONAL AND LOCAL CODES, WHICHEVER IS MORE STRINGENT. B. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT STORE MATERIALS OR EQUIPMENT ON THE ROOF. C. PROVIDE FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT (FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, ETC.) AS REQUIRED FOR CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES. D. FACILITY NEEDS TO BE KEPT WEATHER TIGHT REGARDLESS OF WEATHER CONDITIONS AT THE END OF EACH DAY. MAINTAIN WEATHER TIGHT CONDITIONS 24 HOURS A DAY FOR THE DURATION OF THE PROJECT. E. ALL PLUMBING EQUIPMENT, ACCESSORIES AND/OR PLUMBING FIXTURES WILL BE SECURED WITH VANDAL RESISTANT MOUNTING HARDWARE. F. ALL LAVATORY AND SINK FAUCETS TO HAVE VANDAL RESISTANT AERATORS. G. INSTALL VERTICAL SANITARY AND VENT PIPING TRUE AND PLUMB. H. INSTALL ALL HORIZONTAL SANITARY PIPING SLOPED AT 1/4" PER FOOT. I. INSTALL HORIZONTAL SANITARY VENT PIPING SLOPED AT 1/8" PER FOOT. J. INSTALL HORIZONTAL STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SLOPED AT 1/8" PER FOOT. K. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR PIPING ACCESS PANEL LOCATIONS. L. REFER TO FIRE PROTECTION DRAWINGS FOR PIPING AND SPRINKLER HEAD LOCATIONS. M. PROVIDE OFFSETS AS REQUIRED TO MEET SPACE REQUIREMENTS AND TO AVOID INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES. ROUTE ALL PIPING AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE. N. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATIONS OF NEW PIPING AND PLUMBING FIXTURES WITH ALL OTHER BUILDING SYSTEMS, STRUCTURE, LIGHTING, ARCHITECTURAL ELEMENTS, DUCTWORK, PIPING AND SPRINKLERS. O. REFER TO PLUMBING DETAILS FOR ACCESSORIES AND FINAL CONNECTIONS TO PLUMBING EQUIPMENT. P. PROVIDE DRAIN VALVES WITH CAPPED HOSE END CONNECTIONS AT THE BOTTOM OF EACH RISER AND AT ALL LOW POINTS IN EACH PRESSURE PIPING SYSTEM. VERIFY WITH ACCESS PANEL LOCATIONS. Q. PROVIDE SLEEVES AT EACH PENETRATION OF FIRE AND SMOKE RATED ASSEMBLIES AND SEAL WITH INTUMESCENT MATERIAL. R. CONNECT PIPE AND EQUIPMENT HANGERS TO TOP CHORD OF ROOF JOISTS, BEAM FLANGES OR CONCRETE FLOOR DECK BY APPROVED MEANS. S. FOR PLUMBING PIPE SIZES, SEE RISER DIAGRAMS. PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/ 1 8 / 2 0 2 2 1 : 28 : 4 9 P M \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PLUMBING PLAN - AREA A P201 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 CJH GJH GJH PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"A1 PLUMBING PLAN - AREA A KEYNOTE LEGEND PP02 EXTEND 1-1/2" 2 PSI GAS PIPE AND CONNECT TO LANDLORD PROVIDED 1-1/2" MINIMUM 2 PSI GAS PIPE. CONNECTED GAS LOAD IS 3396 CFH, VERIFY GAS PIPE SIZE BASED ON CONNECTED LOAD AND DISTANCE FROM HOUSE METER. PP03 3/4" GAS DOWN TO WATER HEATER MAKE CONNECTION TO WATER HEATER PP04 GAS PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE. REDUCE PRESSURE FROM 2 PSI TO 7" WC. VENT VALVE UP TO ROOF PER LOCAL CODE. PP05 ROUTE GAS PIPING TO EMERGENCY GENERATOR AND MAKE FINAL CONNECTION. PP08 1" CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPE CONNECTED TO EQUIPMENT CONDENSATE DRAIN PAN CONNECTION. INSTALL A MINIMUM 12" RISER PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE PITCHING PIPE FOR GRAVITY RETURN. PP09 1-1/4" D DOWN IN WALL. STUB PIPE OUT ABOVE MOP SINK AND TERMINATE WITH AN ELBOW DOWN 6" ABOVE MOP BASIN. PP10 RECIRCULATED HOT WATER AUTOMATIC FLOW CONTROL BALANCE VALVE. NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 69 Item 2. A B C D E F 5 6 7 8 8.1 A.4 E.6 P-1A P-1 P-1 P-3 P-3P-3 P-3 P-4 P-1A HB-1 HB-1 EWC-1 P-1 OFFICE 136 COAT CLOSET 129 WOMEN'S STAFF RESTROOM 125 MEN'S STAFF RESTROOM 128 JANITOR'S CLOSET 127 SURVEY STORAGE 130 CONFERENCE ROOM 153 OFFICE 152 OFFICE 154 TABLE & CHAIR STORAGE 155 OFFICE 158 OFFICE 157 VESTIBULE 126 SECURE FILE STORAGE 123 OFFICE 116FIRESIDE/ MULTI-PURPOSE ROOM 120 COPY/ COLATING ROOM 124 CONFERENCE ROOM 114 VESTIBULE 113 VESTIBULE 100 PUBLIC LOBBY 101 RECEPTION / PUBLIC COUNTERS 118 OPEN OFFICE 119 CORRIDOR 115 CORRIDOR 132 COFFEE / BREAK 151 CORRIDOR 121 CORRIDOR 156 COPY ALCOVE 122 FD-1 FD-1 FD-1 FD-1 TP-1 TP-1 P-5 P-6 TMV-1 1 1/2" HW 2" CW 2" CW 1 1/2" HW 3/4" HWC 1 1/2" HW 2" CW P401 A4 3" V 3" V 3" V 3" V3" V 3" V ? FD-1 1" D 1" D 1" D 1" D 1" D 1" D 1" D 1" D 1" D 1" D 1" D 1" D 1" D 1 1 / 4 " D 1 1 / 4 " D 1" D 1 1/4" D PP08 PP08 PP08 PP08 PP08 1" D 1" D 1" D PP08 PP09 PP08 PP10 PP10 PP10 3/4" HWC 1 1/2" CW P-2 PP08 2" CW P-7 PP08 1" D 1" D PP08 PP08 P401 1 1 1/2" V 1 1/2" V 1 1 / 2 " V 1/2"CW DN TO REFRIGERATOR. EXTEND TO ICEMAKER WITH SHUT OFF VALVE AND CODE APPROVED BACKFLOW PREVENTER WATTS MODEL SD-2 OR EQUAL. 1/2" CW 3/4" CW A B C D E F 5 6 7 8 8.1 A.4 E.6 1" D PP08 1" D 1" D PP08 VTU-30 VTU-26 VTU-14 VTU-17 VTU-16 VTU-18 VTU-21 VTU-19 VTU-20 VTU-28 VTU-27 3/4" G 3/4" G 3/ 4 " G 3/ 4 " G 3/ 4 " G 3/4" G DN TO FIREPLACE A. ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF NATIONAL AND LOCAL CODES, WHICHEVER IS MORE STRINGENT. B. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT STORE MATERIALS OR EQUIPMENT ON THE ROOF. C. PROVIDE FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT (FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, ETC.) AS REQUIRED FOR CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES. D. FACILITY NEEDS TO BE KEPT WEATHER TIGHT REGARDLESS OF WEATHER CONDITIONS AT THE END OF EACH DAY. MAINTAIN WEATHER TIGHT CONDITIONS 24 HOURS A DAY FOR THE DURATION OF THE PROJECT. E. ALL PLUMBING EQUIPMENT, ACCESSORIES AND/OR PLUMBING FIXTURES WILL BE SECURED WITH VANDAL RESISTANT MOUNTING HARDWARE. F. ALL LAVATORY AND SINK FAUCETS TO HAVE VANDAL RESISTANT AERATORS. G. INSTALL VERTICAL SANITARY AND VENT PIPING TRUE AND PLUMB. H. INSTALL ALL HORIZONTAL SANITARY PIPING SLOPED AT 1/4" PER FOOT. I. INSTALL HORIZONTAL SANITARY VENT PIPING SLOPED AT 1/8" PER FOOT. J. INSTALL HORIZONTAL STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SLOPED AT 1/8" PER FOOT. K. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR PIPING ACCESS PANEL LOCATIONS. L. REFER TO FIRE PROTECTION DRAWINGS FOR PIPING AND SPRINKLER HEAD LOCATIONS. M. PROVIDE OFFSETS AS REQUIRED TO MEET SPACE REQUIREMENTS AND TO AVOID INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES. ROUTE ALL PIPING AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE. N. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATIONS OF NEW PIPING AND PLUMBING FIXTURES WITH ALL OTHER BUILDING SYSTEMS, STRUCTURE, LIGHTING, ARCHITECTURAL ELEMENTS, DUCTWORK, PIPING AND SPRINKLERS. O. REFER TO PLUMBING DETAILS FOR ACCESSORIES AND FINAL CONNECTIONS TO PLUMBING EQUIPMENT. P. PROVIDE DRAIN VALVES WITH CAPPED HOSE END CONNECTIONS AT THE BOTTOM OF EACH RISER AND AT ALL LOW POINTS IN EACH PRESSURE PIPING SYSTEM. VERIFY WITH ACCESS PANEL LOCATIONS. Q. PROVIDE SLEEVES AT EACH PENETRATION OF FIRE AND SMOKE RATED ASSEMBLIES AND SEAL WITH INTUMESCENT MATERIAL. R. CONNECT PIPE AND EQUIPMENT HANGERS TO TOP CHORD OF ROOF JOISTS, BEAM FLANGES OR CONCRETE FLOOR DECK BY APPROVED MEANS. S. FOR PLUMBING PIPE SIZES, SEE RISER DIAGRAMS. PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/ 1 8 / 2 0 2 2 1 : 28 : 5 7 P M \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PLUMBING PLAN - AREA B P202 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 CJH GJH GJH PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"A1 PLUMBING PLAN - AREA B KEYNOTE LEGEND PP08 1" CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPE CONNECTED TO EQUIPMENT CONDENSATE DRAIN PAN CONNECTION. INSTALL A MINIMUM 12" RISER PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE PITCHING PIPE FOR GRAVITY RETURN. PP09 1-1/4" D DOWN IN WALL. STUB PIPE OUT ABOVE MOP SINK AND TERMINATE WITH AN ELBOW DOWN 6" ABOVE MOP BASIN. PP10 RECIRCULATED HOT WATER AUTOMATIC FLOW CONTROL BALANCE VALVE. NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 70 Item 2. UP DN A B C D E F 9 10 11 12 A.4 E.6 11.2 11.4 12.1 P-1A P-1A P-1 P-1 P-1A P-2 P-2 P-3 P-3 P-3 P-3 FD-1 FD-1 FD-1 FD-1 HB-1 HB-1 EWC-1 FD-1 JANITOR'S CLOSET 108 MEN'S PUBLIC RESTROOM 110 PUBLIC CORRIDOR 112 CONFERENCE ROOM 107 COUNCIL CHAMBERS AV ROOM 105 TABLE AND CHAIR STORAGE 106 COATS/COFFEE ALCOVE 103 COUNCIL CHAMBER 102 UNISEX RESTROOM 109 P-4 P-5 P-5 P-3A 1" HW 3" CW 1 1/4" HW 1 1/2" HW P-6 TMV-1 2" V 2" V 3" V 3" V 2" V P401 A1 2 PSI GAS 3" CW 3" CW FD-1 3/4" HWC 3/4" HWC 3/4" HW3/4" CW WATER METER PP10 PP10 PP01 1" D 1" D1" D PP12 1/2"CW DN, EXTEND TO COFFEE MAKER WITH SHUT OFF VALVE AND CODE APPROVED BACKFLOW PREVENTER WATTS MODEL SD-2 OR EQUAL. 1/2"CW DN, EXTEND TO COFFEE MAKER WITH SHUT OFF VALVE AND CODE APPROVED BACKFLOW PREVENTER WATTS MODEL SD-2 OR EQUAL. A B C D E F 9 10 11 12 A.4 E.6 11.2 11.4 12.1 2" V 2" V 2" V A. ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF NATIONAL AND LOCAL CODES, WHICHEVER IS MORE STRINGENT. B. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT STORE MATERIALS OR EQUIPMENT ON THE ROOF. C. PROVIDE FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT (FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, ETC.) AS REQUIRED FOR CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES. D. FACILITY NEEDS TO BE KEPT WEATHER TIGHT REGARDLESS OF WEATHER CONDITIONS AT THE END OF EACH DAY. MAINTAIN WEATHER TIGHT CONDITIONS 24 HOURS A DAY FOR THE DURATION OF THE PROJECT. E. ALL PLUMBING EQUIPMENT, ACCESSORIES AND/OR PLUMBING FIXTURES WILL BE SECURED WITH VANDAL RESISTANT MOUNTING HARDWARE. F. ALL LAVATORY AND SINK FAUCETS TO HAVE VANDAL RESISTANT AERATORS. G. INSTALL VERTICAL SANITARY AND VENT PIPING TRUE AND PLUMB. H. INSTALL ALL HORIZONTAL SANITARY PIPING SLOPED AT 1/4" PER FOOT. I. INSTALL HORIZONTAL SANITARY VENT PIPING SLOPED AT 1/8" PER FOOT. J. INSTALL HORIZONTAL STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SLOPED AT 1/8" PER FOOT. K. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR PIPING ACCESS PANEL LOCATIONS. L. REFER TO FIRE PROTECTION DRAWINGS FOR PIPING AND SPRINKLER HEAD LOCATIONS. M. PROVIDE OFFSETS AS REQUIRED TO MEET SPACE REQUIREMENTS AND TO AVOID INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES. ROUTE ALL PIPING AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE. N. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATIONS OF NEW PIPING AND PLUMBING FIXTURES WITH ALL OTHER BUILDING SYSTEMS, STRUCTURE, LIGHTING, ARCHITECTURAL ELEMENTS, DUCTWORK, PIPING AND SPRINKLERS. O. REFER TO PLUMBING DETAILS FOR ACCESSORIES AND FINAL CONNECTIONS TO PLUMBING EQUIPMENT. P. PROVIDE DRAIN VALVES WITH CAPPED HOSE END CONNECTIONS AT THE BOTTOM OF EACH RISER AND AT ALL LOW POINTS IN EACH PRESSURE PIPING SYSTEM. VERIFY WITH ACCESS PANEL LOCATIONS. Q. PROVIDE SLEEVES AT EACH PENETRATION OF FIRE AND SMOKE RATED ASSEMBLIES AND SEAL WITH INTUMESCENT MATERIAL. R. CONNECT PIPE AND EQUIPMENT HANGERS TO TOP CHORD OF ROOF JOISTS, BEAM FLANGES OR CONCRETE FLOOR DECK BY APPROVED MEANS. S. FOR PLUMBING PIPE SIZES, SEE RISER DIAGRAMS. PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/ 1 8 / 2 0 2 2 1 : 29 : 0 4 P M \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PLUMBING PLAN - AREA C P203 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 CJH GJH GJH PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"A1 PLUMBING PLAN - AREA C KEYNOTE LEGEND PP01 EXTEND 3" CW AND CONNECT TO LANDLORD PROVIDED MINIMUM 3" CW PP10 RECIRCULATED HOT WATER AUTOMATIC FLOW CONTROL BALANCE VALVE. PP12 1" D DOWN IN WALL. STUB PIPE OUT ABOVE MOP SINK AND TERMINATE WITH AN ELBOW DOWN 6" ABOVE MOP BASIN. NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 71 Item 2. D E E.6 FD-1 P-1A P-1 P-3 P-3 P-3 P-3 P-4 P-6 P-1A P-1 P-1 FD-1FD-1 HB-1 HB-1 2" CW 3" V 3" V 2" V 2" V FD-1 P-2 1 1/2" HW TMV-1 FD-1 D E E.6 159 SF MEN'S STAFF RESTROOM 128 170 SF WOMEN'S STAFF RESTROOM 125 TP-1 TP-1 TP-1 TP-1 1 1/2" HW 1 1/2" HW 3/4" HWC 1 1/2" CW 1" D 3" V 1 1/2" CW 1 1/2" HW 2" CW 9 10 E.6 P-2 P-2 FD-1 P-1A P-3 P-3 EWC-1 P-3 P-3 FD-1 P-1A P-1 P-1 2" CW 2" CW 2" V 1" CW 3/4" HWC 2" V2" V 2" CW2" CW 1 1/2" CW 1" HW FD-1 FD-1 HB-1 HB-1 ISOLATION VALVE - TYPICAL THERMOSTATIC BALANCING VALVE - TYPICAL TP-1 9 10 E.6 TP-1 165 SF MEN'S PUBLIC RESTROOM 110 176 SF WOMEN'S PUBLIC RESTROOM 111 TP-1 E 5 E.6 WH-1 CP-1 FD-1 TMV-2 2" V 1 1 / 2 " C W 2" V 1 1 / 2 " H W 3/ 4 " H W C 3/ 4 " H W C 1" H W 1" C W 1 1 / 2 " C W E 5 E.6 FD-1 2" V 2" V 1 1/2" G 1 1/2" G 1" G 1" G DROP DOWN TO GAS FIRED BOILER SEE PIPING DETAIL A2/M401 3/ 4 " G 3/ 4 " G 1 1/2" G A. ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF NATIONAL AND LOCAL CODES, WHICHEVER IS MORE STRINGENT. B. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT STORE MATERIALS OR EQUIPMENT ON THE ROOF. C. PROVIDE FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT (FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, ETC.) AS REQUIRED FOR CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES. D. FACILITY NEEDS TO BE KEPT WEATHER TIGHT REGARDLESS OF WEATHER CONDITIONS AT THE END OF EACH DAY. MAINTAIN WEATHER TIGHT CONDITIONS 24 HOURS A DAY FOR THE DURATION OF THE PROJECT. E. ALL PLUMBING EQUIPMENT, ACCESSORIES AND/OR PLUMBING FIXTURES WILL BE SECURED WITH VANDAL RESISTANT MOUNTING HARDWARE. F. ALL LAVATORY AND SINK FAUCETS TO HAVE VANDAL RESISTANT AERATORS. G. INSTALL VERTICAL SANITARY AND VENT PIPING TRUE AND PLUMB. H. INSTALL ALL HORIZONTAL SANITARY PIPING SLOPED AT 1/4" PER FOOT. I. INSTALL HORIZONTAL SANITARY VENT PIPING SLOPED AT 1/8" PER FOOT. J. INSTALL HORIZONTAL STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SLOPED AT 1/8" PER FOOT. K. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR PIPING ACCESS PANEL LOCATIONS. L. REFER TO FIRE PROTECTION DRAWINGS FOR PIPING AND SPRINKLER HEAD LOCATIONS. M. PROVIDE OFFSETS AS REQUIRED TO MEET SPACE REQUIREMENTS AND TO AVOID INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES. ROUTE ALL PIPING AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE. N. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATIONS OF NEW PIPING AND PLUMBING FIXTURES WITH ALL OTHER BUILDING SYSTEMS, STRUCTURE, LIGHTING, ARCHITECTURAL ELEMENTS, DUCTWORK, PIPING AND SPRINKLERS. O. REFER TO PLUMBING DETAILS FOR ACCESSORIES AND FINAL CONNECTIONS TO PLUMBING EQUIPMENT. P. PROVIDE DRAIN VALVES WITH CAPPED HOSE END CONNECTIONS AT THE BOTTOM OF EACH RISER AND AT ALL LOW POINTS IN EACH PRESSURE PIPING SYSTEM. VERIFY WITH ACCESS PANEL LOCATIONS. Q. PROVIDE SLEEVES AT EACH PENETRATION OF FIRE AND SMOKE RATED ASSEMBLIES AND SEAL WITH INTUMESCENT MATERIAL. R. CONNECT PIPE AND EQUIPMENT HANGERS TO TOP CHORD OF ROOF JOISTS, BEAM FLANGES OR CONCRETE FLOOR DECK BY APPROVED MEANS. S. FOR PLUMBING PIPE SIZES, SEE RISER DIAGRAMS. PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company 2/ 1 8 / 2 0 2 2 1 : 29 : 1 8 P M \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS ENLARGED PLUMBING PLANS P401 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 CJH GJH GJH PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N NO. DESCRIPTION DATE SCALE:1/2" = 1'-0"A4 ENLARGED STAFF TOILET ROOM PLAN SCALE:1/2" = 1'-0"A1 ENLARGED PUBLIC TOILET ROOM PLAN SCALE:1/2" = 1'-0"1 ENLARGED MECHANICAL ROOM PLUMBING PLAN 72 Item 2. PIPE SLEEVE THROUGH CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB ON GRADE WITHOUT WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE SAND FILL BACKUP MATERIAL PIPE PIPE SLEEVE CAPILLARY WATER BARRIER OR SUBGRADE SEALANT MIN. DEPTH 1/2" ESCUTCHEON PLATES (BOTH SIDES WHERE EXPOSED) PIPE SLEEVE SET SLEEVE IN WALL AND ANCHOR DURING WALL CONSTRUCTION PACK WITH FIBERGLASS AND SEAL BOTH SIDES PIPE INSULATION WALL SEALANT MASONRY WALL MINIMUM 1/4" GAP ALL AROUND PIPE PROVIDE ESCUTCHEON FOR EXPOSED PIPING OMIT INSIDE MECH. ROOMS. (TYP. FOR 2) ALUMINUM JACKET WITH FACTORY APPLIED MOISTURE BARRIER. EXTEND 2" BOTH SIDES & SECURE BOTH ENDS WITH A BAND INSULATION (WHERE REQUIRED) BACKUP MATERIAL FOR GYP. BOARD WALLS PROVIDE MIN. 16 GAUGE GALV. STEEL SLEEVE WITH LOCK-TYPE LONGITUDINAL SEAM SCHEDULE 40 STEEL OR CAST-IRON PIPE SLEEVE CUT FLUSH WITH WALL OMIT ALUMINUM JACKET IF PIPING IS UNINSULATED DRAW BANDPIPING THROUGH ROOF WITH INSULATION AND ALUMINUM JACKET SEAL ENDS OF INSULATION WITH PLASTIC CEMENT PROVIDE NEW GRAVEL AS NECESSARY TO MATCH EXISTING CORRUGATED METAL ROOF WITH RIGID INSULATION AND BUILT-UP ROOFING LAG BOLT (TYP.) 8" M I N . TREATED WOOD NAILER, SECURED TO METAL DECK FROM BELOW WITH 4 LAG BOLTS, ONE EACH SIDE TWO LAYERS 15 LB. FELT, SET IN BEDS OF PLASTIC CEMENT AND EXTENDED MIN. 3" AND 6" BEYOND EDGE OF FLASHING ON EACH SIDE AND MOP INTO EXISTING ROOFING SECURE FLASHING IN PLACE WITH 8 EVENLY SPACED ROOFING NAILS SQUARE SHAPED COPPER FLASHING WITH FLANGE BASE, SET IN BED OF PLASTIC CEMENT ROUND COPPER WEATHER CAP, CAULK THE SEAM BETWEEN THE CAP AND THE ALUMINUM JACKET FLASHING AND COUNTER FLASHING BY OTHERS REMOVEABLE WATER TIGHT COVER #12 SELF DRILLING SCREWS AT EACH CORNER AND A MAXIMUM SPACING OF 8" ON CENTER. ROOF INSULATION 12" ROOF CURB 6" 12" ROOF PIPE SUPPORT 90° PIPE CHASE 5/16 STAINLESS STEEL ANCHOR BOLTS AT EACH CORNER AND A MAXIMUM OF 8" ON CENTER. 18" 6" 12" SEAL PENETRATION IN ACCESS PANEL WATER TIGHT STANDARD CLEVIS PIPE HANGER INSULATION PROTECTION SHIELD. ROD, STEEL, GALVANIZED OR ELECTRO-PLATED HEX. NUTS WITH FLAT WASHERS, GALVANIZED OR ELECTRO-PLATED CONCRETE EXPANSION BOLT CASING INSULATION WITH HIGH DENSITY INSERT AT SUPPORT ADJUSTABLE CLEVIS HANGER TYPE 43 -SEE SPECIFICATIONS SADDLE WELD SIDE VIEW TRAPEZE HANGER FOR UP TO 1000 LB. (453 KG) UNIFORM LOAD PROVIDE INSULATION SHIELD AND INSERT FOR ALL PIPING (8" [200 MM] MIN.) 1 5/8" (43 MM) 12 GAGE CHANNEL OR 2"x2"x1/4" (50x50x8 MM) ANGLE 1" (25 MM) MAX. PROVIDE HIGH COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH INSULATION (9 PCF MIN. DENSITY) UNDER INSULATION SHIELD ADJUSTABLE CLEVIS HANGER TYPE 1 -SEE SPECIFICATIONS HANGER ROD INSULATION SHIELD AT HANGER INSULATION (VAPOR BARRIER TYPE IS REQUIRED FOR LOW TEMPERATURE PIPE) BAND 1/2" (15 MM) DIA. HANGER RODS WITH 36" (900 MM) MAX. SPACING ON EACH CHANNEL MASTIC CAULKING COMPOUND & OAKUM VENT PIPE SEE PLAN FOR SIZES AND CONTINUATION PIPE SLEEVE 6" MINIMUM 24" MIN. FROM ANY WALL OR VERTICAL SURFACE HAND WIPE OR SOLDER JOINT VENT THRU ROOF REFER TO SPEC. FOR VTR PIPE MATERIAL ROOF CONSTRUCTION ESCUTCHEON FOR EXPOSED RISER 10" 1-1/4 X 1-1/4 X 3/16 ANGLE IRON SUPPORTS NUTS AND WASHERS BOTH SIDES OF ANGLE (TYP) PROTECTION SHIELD TOP AND BOTTOM (TYP) 3/8" U-BOLT (TYP) HIGH DENSITY INSULATION INSERT-UPPER HALF OF PIPE (TYP.) HIGH DENSITY INSULATION INSERT- LOWER HALF OF PIPE (TYP) UNISTRUT PIPE SUPPORT FRAME NUT AND WASHER BOTH SIDES (TYP) MINIMUM 1/2" DIAMETER THREADED HANGER ROD (TYP) STRUCTURAL JOIST NON-SHRINK GROUT FLOOR DRAIN "P" TRAP SEE PLANS FOR SIZES NON-SHRINK GROUT FINISHED FLOOR FOR CLEANOUT AT END OF LINE PLUG WYE AT THIS POINT FLOW ROUND FLANGED CLEANOUT HOUSING FINISHED FLOOR PROVIDE PVC PIPE FITTINGS BELOW GRADE (TYP) 1/8 BEND SOIL PIPE. Y BRANCH SOIL PIPE. 3/4" DRAIN VALVE W/ HOSE CONNECTION ASME TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE WITH DRAIN LINE FULL SIZE OF VALVE TO FLOOR DRAIN. TERMINATE WITH TURNDOWN 6" (MAX) AFF D THERMOMETER (TYP.) 140 F HOT WATER COLD WATER WATER HEATER UNION (TYP) 3/4" SEE PLUMBING PLAN FOR CONTINUATION AND SIZES IN-LINE PUMP SEE DETAIL CHECK VALVE EXPANSION TANK SHUT OFF VALVE (TYP) CONCRETE PAD GMAIN GAS SHUT OFF VALVE GAS REGULATOR VALVE DIRT LEG TEE PIPE CAP FLOOR HEAT TRAP 120 F HOT WATER TO PLUMBING FIXTURESTHEMOSTATIC MASTER MIXING VALVE RECIRC. HOT WATER RETURN BALANCING VALVE WITH FLOW TAPS CHECK VALVE GATE VALVE UNION (TYP) HANGER SUPPORTS BOTH SIDES IN-LINE PUMPDIRT POCKET GAS PIPE UNION LUBRICATED PLUG COCK AS APPROVED BY LOCAL CODE AUTHORITY ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT APPLIANCE REGULATORS ROOF G WASTE LINE FOR WALL CONST. REFER TO ARCH. DWGS. C.I. CLEANOUT TEE WASTE LINE LENGTH TO SUIT MAY EXTEND AS WASTE OR VENT 1/8" BEND AND END OF LINE CLEANOUT FLOW CLEANOUT PLUG COUNTERSUNK SCREW POLISHED S.S. ACCESS COVER 1'-6" MIN. WEB OF COLUMN C.O. PLUG FLOOR COLUMN RAINWATER LEADER INSTALLED TIGHT TO WEB OF COLUMN COLUMN FOOTING COORDINATE WITH STRUCTURAL PVC PIPING BELOW FLOOR ALL EXPOSED STORM SEWER PIPING TO BE GALVANIZED STEEL MOUNTING HEIGHT PER ANSI Z358.1 GUIDELINES FINISHED FLOOR ANSI Z358.1 THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE FORWARD FACING, HAND HELD, DUAL NOZZLE DRENCH HOSE. PROVIDE DUST COVERS FLOW SWITCH ALARM STROBE AND HORN AS REQUIRED WALL MOUNTED MOUNTING BRACKET CWHW T RH W UTILITY SINK 1/2" TRAP PRIMER LINE DISTRIBUTION UNIT, FOR 5 LINES MAX SLEEVE THRU SLAB FLOOR DRAIN FLOOR SLAB 1/2" TRAP PRIMER SUPPLY DOMESTIC WATER LINE TRAP PRIMER VALVE M METER TO HAVE BOTH: DIRECT REGISTER READ (IN GALLONS) AND REMOTE READABLITY (VIA PULSE INTIATOR) ABOVE GROUND METER ASSEMBLY AFFIXED TO BUILDING NOTES: 1. PROVIDE A "DRESSER-TYPE" COUPLING ON METER ASSEMBLY INSTALLATIONS IN VAULTS TO ALLOW FOR EASY REMOVAL OF FLANGED COMPONENTS.2. METERING ASSEMBLY TO BE PROPERLY INSTALLED AND ADEQUATELY SUPPORTED TO ALLOW FOR EASY MAINTENANCE, REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT. PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE AND GATE VALVE IF REQUIRED-VERIFY WATER PRESSURE METER PLATE/PIPE SUPPORT METER ASSEMBLY MUST BE PROPERLY SUPPORTED AND LINE AFFIXED TO BLDG. GATE VALVES A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company 2/ 1 8 / 2 0 2 2 1 : 29 : 2 1 P M \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PLUMBING DETAILS P501 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 CJH GJH GJH PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE: NTSF1SLAB ON GRADE- PIPE PENETRATION DETAIL SCALE: NTSF3ABOVE GRADE PIPING NON-RATED WALL PENETRATION DETAIL SCALE: NTSF5WALL PIPE PENETRATION DETAIL SCALE: NTSF7PIPING THROUGH ROOF DETAIL SCALE: NTSD1PIPE PENETRATION DETAIL SCALE: NTSC4CEILING HUNG PIPE SUPPORT FOR INSUL. PIPE DETAIL SCALE: NTSD4TYPICAL PIPE HANGERS DETAIL SCALE: NTSD7VENT THRU ROOF DETAIL SCALE: NTSC1HORIZONTAL PIPE SUPPORT DETAIL SCALE: NTSD3FLOOR DRAIN DETAIL SCALE: NTSC3SANITARY FLOOR CLEANOUT DETAIL NO. DESCRIPTION DATE SCALE: NTSC5GAS WATER HEATER WITH RECIRC PUMP DETAIL SCALE: NTSB3DOMESTIC HOT WATER RECIRC DETAIL SCALE: NTSB1GAS CONNECTION TO ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT DETAIL SCALE: NTSB4SANITARY WALL CLEANOUT DETAIL SCALE: NTSB5WALL CLEANOUT DETAIL AT COLUMN SCALE: NTSB7EMERGENCY EYEWASH/DRENCHHOSE DETAIL SCALE: NTSC7TRAP SEAL PRIMER FOR MULTIPLE FLOOR DRAINS DETAIL SCALE: NTSF4WATER METER DETAIL 73 Item 2. A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company 2/ 1 8 / 2 0 2 2 1 : 29 : 2 4 P M \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PLUMBING SCHEDULES P601 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 CJH GJH GJH PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE EQPM ID FIXTURE FIXTURE TRIM CONNECTION SIZE OTHER CONNECTIONS WATER FLOW RATE NOTESMANUFACTURER MODEL MANUFACTURER MODEL WASTE VENT CW HW TEPID ELEC LOAD (WATTS) EWC-1 ELKAY LZSTL8WSLK 1 1/2" 2" 1/2" 0" 0" 0 0.000 DUAL HEIGHT WALL HUNG WATER COOLER WITH BOTTLE FILLING STATION. THE UNIT SHALL BE COMPLETE WITH CABINET, MOUNTING FRAME, SELF CLOSING EASY TOUCH SIDE AND FRONT PUSHBAR CONTROLS, FLEXGUARD SAFETY BUBBLER, AIR COOLED REFRIGERATION SYSTEM, 120 VOLT, 60 CYCLE, SINGLE PHASE POWER CONNECTION. FULLY AUTOMATIC AND READY TO OPERATE. FD-1 WATTS FD-100A 3" 0" 0" 0" 0" 0 0.000 EPOXY COATED CAST IRON FLOOR DRAIN WITH NICKLE BRONZE 6” STRAINER. ANCHOR FLANGE, REVERSIBLE CLAMPING COLLAR WITH PRIMARY AND SECONDARY WEEPHOLES, ADJUSTABLE ROUND HEEL PROOF NICKLE BRONZE STRAINER, AND NO HUB OUTLET. HB-1 CHICAGO FAUCET 952-CP 0" 0" 1/2" 0" 0" 0 0.000 INTERIOR HOSE BIBB WITH VACUUM BREAKER. 3/4" HOSE THREAD OUTLET, LOCK SHEILD CAP, AND REMOVABLE “TEE” HANDLE. PROVIDE SHUT OFF VALVE IN COLD WATER SUPPLY AHEAD OF HOSE BIBB. P-1 AMERICAN STANDARD AFWALL 2856 ZURN ZER 6000-AV-W2 4" 2" 1" 0" 0" 0 1.280 ELONGATED WALL HUNG WATER CLOSET, 1-1/2” TOP SPUD, WITH CHURCH 295CT ELONGATED OPEN FRONT SEAT. BATTERY POWERED SENSOR ACTIVATED FLUSHOMETER, 1.28 GPF. INSTALL AT STANDARD HEIGHT. P-1A AMERICAN STANDARD AFWALL 2856 ZURN ZER 6000-AV-W2 4" 2" 1" 0" 0" 0 1.280 ELONGATED WALL HUNG WATER CLOSET, 1-1/2” TOP SPUD, WITH CHURCH 295CT ELONGATED OPEN FRONT SEAT. BATTERY POWERED SENSOR ACTIVATED FLUSHOMETER, 1.28 GPF. INSTALL AT ADA COMPLIANT HEIGHT. P-2 AMERICAN STANDARD GREENGROOK 6516.001EC ZURN ZTR 6203-W2 2" 2" 3/4" 0" 0" 0 0.125 WALL HUNG URINAL WITH WASHOUT ACTION. 3/4" TOP SPUD, SIZE 18” WITH INTEGRAL EXTENDED SHEILDS SUPPORTED BY THROUGH GOING BOLTS AND C.P. NUTS. BATTERY POWERED SENSOR ACTIVATED FLUSHOMETER, .125 GPF. INSTALL AT ADA COMPLIANT HEIGHT. P-3 AMERICAN STANDARD ESTEEM 0483.600 CHICAGO FAUCET E80-A11D-11ABCP 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 0" 0 0.350 VITREOUS CHINA LAVATORY COUNTERTOP UNDERMOUNTED, SINGLE FAUCET HOLE IN CENTER, DECK MOUNTED FAUCET WITH BATTERY OPERATED SENSOR, VANDAL RESISTANT SPRAY, EXTERNAL ASSE 1070 COMPLIANT THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE, GRID DRAIN, LOOSE KEY ANGLE STOPS AND SUPPLIES. INSULATE WATER AND WASTE WITH TRUBRO LAVGUARD 2 ADA INSULATION KIT. P-3A AMERICAN STANDARD LUCERN 0356.021 CHICAGO FAUCET E80-A11D-11ABCP 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 0" 0 0.350 WALL HUNG LAVATORY WITH BACKSPLASH, “D” SHAPED BOWL, SINGLE FAUCET HOLE IN CENTER, DESK MOUNTED FAUCET WITH SENSOR, VANDAL RESISTANT SPRAY, EXTERNAL ASSE 1070 COMPLIANT THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE, GRID DRAIN, LOOSE KEY ANGLE STOPS AND SUPPLIES. PROVIDE CONCEALED ARM SUPPORTS. INSULATE WATER AND WASTE WITH TRUBRO LAVGUARD 2 ADA INSULATION KIT. INSTALL AT ADA COPMPLIANT HEIGHT. P-4 FIAT TSB3000 CHICAGO FAUCET 897-CP 3" 1 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 0" 0 2.200 TERRAZO SERVICE BASIN WITH STAINLESS STEEL CURB CAP ON 2 SIDES, 3” CHROME PLATED DRAIN, CAST IRON P-TRAP. WALL MOUNTED FAUCET SHALL INCLUDE PAIL HOOK AND ATMOSPHERIC VACUUM BREAKER SPOUT. FURNISH WITH 5’-0” LENGTH OF 5-PLY RUBBER HOSE AND WALL BRACKET. P-5 ELKAY ELUHAD121255 CHICAGO FAUCET 2302E72ABCP 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 0" 0 0.500 STAINLESS STEEL COUNTERTOP SINK, UNDERMOUNT WITH DECK MOUNTED GOOSENECK FAUCET WITH SIDE VALVE SINGLE LEVER HOT AND COLD WATER MIXING FAUCET. VANDAL RESISTANT SPRAY, EXTERNALL ASSE 1070 COMPLIANT THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE, GRID STRAINER DRAIN, LOOSE KEY ANGLE STOPS AND SUPPLIES. INSULATE WATER AND WASTE WITH TRUBRO LAVGUARD 2 ADA INSULATION KIT. P-6 GUARDIAN G1814 GUARDIAN 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 0" 0 3.000 WALL MOUNTED EMERGENCY EYE WASH, ROUND STAINLESS STEEL BOWL, TWO AERATED SPRAY HEADS WITH INTEGRAL FLOW CONTROL AND FLIP TOP DUST CAPS, STAINLESS STEEL PUSH HANDLE, POWDER COATED STEEL MOUNTING BRACKET, AND UNIVERSAL EMERGENCY SIGN. P-7 ELKAY ELUHAD311855PD KOHLER K-22034 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 1/2"1/2" 0" 0 1.500 STAINLESS STEEL TWO COMPARTMENT COUNTERTOP SINK, UNDERMOUNT WITH DECK MOUNTED GOOSENECK FAUCET WITH SINGLE LEVER HOT AND COLD WATER MIXING FAUCET. VANDAL RESISTANT SPRAY, EXTERNALL ASSE 1070 COMPLIANT THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE, BASKET STRAINER DRAIN, LOOSE KEY ANGLE STOPS AND SUPPLIES. INSULATE WATER AND WASTE WITH TRUBRO LAVGUARD 2 ADA INSULATION KIT. GAS WATER HEATER SCHEDULE EQPM ID LOCATION SERVES GAS INPUT (MBH) GAS OUTPUT (MBH) STORAGE TANK CAPACITY HOT WATER DATA ELECTRICAL DATA MANUFACTURER MODEL NOTES FIRST HOUR WATER FLOW (GPH)EWT (°F) LWT (°F) RECOVERY RATE AT 100 DEGREE RISE (GPH)VOLTAGE PHASE HZ WH-1 MECHANICAL ROOM OFFICES 76 71 50.0 118 40 140 83 120 1 50 A O SMITH BTX-80 NOTE 1, 2 NO. DESCRIPTION DATE THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE SCHEDULE ID DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER MODEL MATERIAL FLUID PROPERTIES MAXIMUM PRESSURE DROP VALVE PROPERTIES REMARKSTYPE TEMP. ENTERING COLD TEMP. ENTERING HOT TEMP.FLOW INLET DIAMETER OUTLET DIAMETER TMV-1 TMV FOR EMERGENCY EYE WASH POWERS ES150-11 LEAD FREE BRASS DOM. WATER 85 °F 50 °F 120 °F 3 GPM 10 3/4" 3/4" ASSE 1071 COMPLIANT TMV-2 TMV MASTER MIXER POWERS LFMM432 LEAD FREE BRASS DOM. WATER 120 °F 50 °F 140 °F 30 GPM 10 1 1/4" 1 1/4" ASSE 1017 COMPLIANT NOTES: 1. PROVIDE AMTROL MODEL ST-12C-DD EXPANSION TANK. SEE WATER HEATER DETAIL. 2. PROVIDE ACID NEUTRALIZATION KIT FOR CONDENSATE DRAIN. 3. PROVIDE CONCENTRIC VENT KIT. DOMESTIC CIRCULATING PUMP SCHEDULE ID LOCATION SYSTEM NAME MANUFACTURER MODEL NO. TYPE PUMP MOTOR UNIT WEIGHT FLA MCA MOCP VOLT PH REMARKSNAME NO. DESIGN FLOW HEAD POWER RPM ECM CP-1 MECHANICAL ROOM 136 HWC 2 BELL & GOSSETT ECOCIRC xl 36-45 IN-LINE 5 GPM 20.0 FT 200 W 0 Yes 10.00 lbf 2 A 2 A 15 A 120 V 1 PROVIDE WATTS MODEL LFUSG-B THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE BELOW EACH LAVATORY SINK SET AT 110 DEGRESS.. 74 Item 2. 3/4" CW WH-1 TMV-2 3/4" HWC 1" HW 1" CW 3/4" HW 3/4" HWC 1" CW 1" HW 3/4" HWC CP-1 1 1/2" CW 1 1/4" CW 1 1/2" HW 1 1/2" HW 1 1/2" CW 3/4" HWC 3/4" HWC 3/4" HW 3/4" CW 1 1/2" HW 1 1/2" CW 3/4" HWC 1 1/2" HW 2" CW 1 1/2" HW 2" CW 3/4" HWC 2" CW 2" CW 3/4" HWC 3/4" HW 3/4" CW 3/4" HWC 1" CW 1" HW 3/4" CW 3/4" HW P-7 P-5 TMV-1 P-5 EWC-1 P-1A P-1 P-4 TMV-1 P-3 P-3 P-3 P-3 TP-1 TP-1 P-1A P-1 P-1 FOR CONTINUATION, SEE SHEET P702 3/4" CW 3/4" HW 3/4" CW 3/4" HW 3/4" HW3/4" CW HB-1HB-1 1 1/2" CW 1 1/2" CW 3/4" CW 3/4" HW 1/2" CW P-6 P-6 2" CW 2" CW 2" CW 2" CW P-2 ISOLATION BALL VALVE - TYPICAL AT ALL RUNOUTS 1" HW 1" CW 3/4" CW 3/4" HW 3/4" CW 2" CW 3/4" CW EXTEND 1/2" CW TO COFFEE MAKER PROVIDE SHUT OFF VALVE AND CODE APPROVED BACKFLOW PREVENTER EXTEND 1/2" CW AND 1/2" HW TO DISHWASHER PROVIDE SHUT OFF VALVE AND CODE APPROVED BACKFLOW PREVENTER 3/4" CW 3/4" HW P-7 1/2"CW DN TO REFRIGERATOR. EXTEND TO ICEMAKER WITH SHUT OFF VALVE AND CODE APPROVED BACKFLOW PREVENTER WATTS MODEL SD-2 OR EQUAL. 3/4" HW 3/4" CW 1/2" CW 3/4" CW EXTEND 1/2" CW TO REFR. ICE MAKER PROVIDE SHUT OFF VALVE AND CODE APPROVED BACKFLOW PREVENTER 1/2" CW 3/4" CW 3/4" CW 3/4" CW 3/4" HWC 3/4" HW 3/4" CW TP-1 TP-1 EXTEND 1/2" CW TO COFFEE MAKER PROVIDE SHUT OFF VALVE AND CODE APPROVED BACKFLOW PREVENTER 1/2" CW 3/4" HWC A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/ 1 8 / 2 0 2 2 1 : 29 : 2 5 P M \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PLUMBING RISER DIAGRAM - DOMESTIC WATER AREA A AND B P701 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 CJH GJH GJH PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:A1 DOMESTIC RISER DIAGRAM - AREA A AND B NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 75 Item 2. 1 1/2" HW 2" CW 3/4" HWC 2" CW 1 1/2" HW 2" CW 3/4" HWC 1" HW P-1A P-1 P-1 3/4" HWC 1" CW 1/2" CW 3/4" CW3/4" CW 3/4" HW 1 1/4" HW 3" CW 3/4" HWC 3/4" HWC 3/4" HW 3/4" CW 3/4" HWC 3/4" HW 3/4" CW 2" CW 2" CW 3" CW 3/4" CW 1" HW 3/4" HWC 1" HW 3/4" CW 3/4" HW 3/4" HW 3/4" HWC 3/4" CW EWC-1 P-3 P-3 P-3 P-3 HB-1 HB-1 P-5 P-5 P-1A P-2 P-2 P-1A P-3A P-4 TMV-1 FOR CONTINUATION, SEE SHEET P701 3/4" HW 3/4" CW 1 1/2" CW 3/4" CW3/4" CW 3" CW 2" CW 3/4" HW 3" CW FD-1 3" CW 3" CW DOMESTIC WATER METER ISOLATION VALVE-TYPICAL EXTEND 3"CW TO A LANDLORD PROVIDED MINIMUM 3"CW - COORDINATE LOCATION WITH BASE BUILDING CONTRACTOR PROVIDE ISOLATION BALL VALVES ON ALL RUN-OUTS - TYPICAL AUTOMATIC FLOW CONTROL BALANCING VALVE - TYPICAL 2" CW 106 CWFU 70 GPM A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company 2/ 1 8 / 2 0 2 2 1 : 29 : 2 5 P M \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PLUMBING RISER DIAGRAM - DOMESTIC WATER AREA C P702 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 Checker Author Designer PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N NO. DESCRIPTION DATE SCALE:A1 DOMESTIC RISER DIAGRAM - AREA C EXTEND 1/2" CW TOCOFFEE MAKER. PROVIDE SHUT OFF VALVE AND CODE APPROVED BACKFLOW PREVENTER EXTEND 1/2" CW TOCOFFEE MAKER. PROVIDE SHUT OFF VALVE AND CODE APPROVED BACKFLOW PREVENTER 76 Item 2. P-1A P-1 P-3 P-3 P-3 P-3 FD-1 FD-1 P-4 P-1 P-1 FD-1 P-1A EWC-1 P-5 P-7 P-5 4" SS 3" V 2" V 2" V 2" V 2" V 2" V 2" V 1 1/2" V 4" SS 3" V 2" V 4" SS 4" SS 4" SS FD-1 1 1/2" V 1 1/2" V 2" V 3" V 3" V 3" V 3" SS 4" SS 2" V 2" V 4" SS C.O. 1 1/2" SS 3" SS 3" SS 1 1/2" SS 3" SS 2" V 2" V 1 1/2" V 1 1/2" V 3" V FOR CONTINUATION, SEE SHEET P704 1 1/2" SS 1 1/2" SS 4" SS 4" SS DN THROUGH LEVEL P1 FLOOR - 34 DFU 3" V 2" V PP06 4" SS FD-1 C.O. FD-1 2" V 2" V 3" SS 4" SS 4" SS 3" SS 1 1/2" SS3" SS 3" SS 3" SS 3" VTR 4" SS 4" SS 4" SS 2" V 2" V 3" SS 2" SS 3" SS 2" V 10 DFU 12 DFU 8 DFU 33 DFU 40 DFU 12 DFU 48 DFU 60 DFU 70 DFU 1 1/2" V 2 DFU 2 DFU 3 DFU 4 DFU 76 DFU 83 DFU 1 1/2" V 1 1/2" V 1 1/2" SS 1 1/2" SS 4 DFU P-7 EXISTING 6" SS EXISTING 4" SS EXISTING 4" SS 1. PITCH SANITARY SEWER PIPING AT A 1/4" PER FOOT. 2. COORDINATE EXISTING AND NEW PIPING OCCURING IN THE P1 LEVEL PARKING AREA. ROUTE SANITARY PIPING TO AVOID EXISTING PIPES. MAINTAIN CLEARANCE BELOW PIPING PER LANDLORDS INSTRUCTIONS. 3. PITCH SANITARY VENT PIPING AT A 1/8" PER FOOT. SANITARY RISER DIAGRAM GENERAL NOTES A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/ 1 8 / 2 0 2 2 1 : 29 : 2 7 P M \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PLUMBING RISER DIAGRAM - SANITARY WASTE AND VENT AREA A AND B P703 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 Checker Author Designer PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:A1 SANITARY RISER DIAGRAM, AREA A AND B NO. DESCRIPTION DATE KEYNOTE LEGEND PP06 4" SANITARY SEWER PIPE DOWN TO LANDLORD PROVIDED 4" SANITARY STUB UP IN P1 FLOOR. MAKE CONNECTION TO PIPE, PROVIDE CLEANOUT AT BASE OF PIPE. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH BASE BUILDING ARCHITECT/ENGINEER. 77 Item 2. P-1A P-1 P-1 FD-1 EWC-1 FD-1 FD-1 HB-1 HB-1 P-3 P-3 P-3 P-3 P-1A P-1A P-3A P-4 P-2 P-2 FD-1 FD-1 P-5 P-5 4" SS 3" SS 4" SS 4" SS 1 1/2" SS 2" V 2" V 2" V 4" SS 4" SS 4" SS 2" V 1 1/2" SS 3" SS 1 1/2" SS 3" SS 3" SS 2" V 2" V 1 1/2" V 2" V 2" V 1 1/2" V 2" V 2" V 1 1/2" V 3" V 3" V 2" V 3" SS 4" SS 4" SS 2" V 4" SS 1 1/2" V 1 1/2" SS 2" V 2" V 3" SS 1 1/2" SS 3" SS 3" SS 1 1/2" SS 1 1/2" SS 1 1/2" SS 2" V 2" V 3" V 3" V 3" V FOR CONTINUATION, SEE SHEET P703 4" SS DN THROUGH P1 LEVEL FLOOR - 40 DFU 1 1/2" V 2" V 2" V PP06 3" SS C.O. 2" V 3" SS 3" SS 3" SS 2" V 2" V 2" V 2" V 2" V 1 1/2" V FD-1 4 DFU 16 DFU 20 DFU 28 DFU 4" SS - 40 DFU 20 DFU 28 DFU 40 DFU 1. PITCH SANITARY SEWER PIPING AT A 1/4" PER FOOT. 2. COORDINATE EXISTING AND NEW PIPING OCCURING IN THE P1 LEVEL PARKING AREA. ROUTE SANITARY PIPING TO AVOID EXISTING PIPES. MAINTAIN CLEARANCE BELOW PIPING PER LANDLORDS INSTRUCTIONS. 3. PITCH SANITARY VENT PIPING AT A 1/8" PER FOOT. SANITARY RISER DIAGRAM GENERAL NOTES A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/ 1 8 / 2 0 2 2 1 : 29 : 2 8 P M \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PLUMBING RISER DIAGRAM - SANITARY WASTE AND VENT AREA C P704 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 Checker Author Designer PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:A1 SANITARY RISER DIAGRAM, AREA C NO. DESCRIPTION DATE KEYNOTE LEGEND PP06 4" SANITARY SEWER PIPE DOWN TO LANDLORD PROVIDED 4" SANITARY STUB UP IN P1 FLOOR. MAKE CONNECTION TO PIPE, PROVIDE CLEANOUT AT BASE OF PIPE. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH BASE BUILDING ARCHITECT/ENGINEER. 78 Item 2. 1" D 1" D 1" D 1" D 1" D 1" D 1 1/4" D 1 1/4" D 1 1/4" D 1 1/4" D 1 1/4" D 1" D 1 1/4" D 1" D 1" D 1" D 1" D 1" D 1" D 1" D 1" D 1" D 1" D 1" D 1" D 1" D 1" D 1" D 1" D 1" D 1" D 1 1/4" D 1" D 1" D 1" D 1" D1" D 1" D 1" D 1 1/4" D 1" D VTU-29 VTU-27 VTU-17 VTU-18 VTU-21 VTU-28 VTU-20 VTU-19 VTU-14 VTU-13 VTU-16 VTU-15 VTU-11 VTU-10 VTU-9 VTU-8 VTU-24 VTU-7 VTU-6 VTU-5 VTU-4 VTU-3 VTU-2 PP09 VTU-23 VTU-1 PP12 TYPICAL VTU-30 VTU-31VTU-12 BS-4 BS-1 VTU-22 BS-2 PP08 PP08 TYPICAL BS-5 PP08 PP09 TYPICAL BS-3 AC-1 1" D PP08 VTU-25 1" D 1" D ACCU-1 VTU-26 1. PITCH CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING AT A 1/16" PER FOOT. 2. COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF TERMINAL VRF UNITS AND DUCTWORK BEFORE ROUTING CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING. CONDENSATE PIPING RISER GENERAL NOTES A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company 2/ 1 8 / 2 0 2 2 1 : 29 : 2 9 P M \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING RISER DIAGRAM P705 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 Checker Author Designer PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N NO. DESCRIPTION DATE SCALE:1 CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING RISER DIAGRAM OVERALL KEYNOTE LEGEND PP08 1" CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPE CONNECTED TO EQUIPMENT CONDENSATE DRAIN PAN CONNECTION. INSTALL A MINIMUM 12" RISER PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE PITCHING PIPE FOR GRAVITY RETURN. PP09 1-1/4" D DOWN IN WALL. STUB PIPE OUT ABOVE MOP SINK AND TERMINATE WITH AN ELBOW DOWN 6" ABOVE MOP BASIN. PP12 1" D DOWN IN WALL. STUB PIPE OUT ABOVE MOP SINK AND TERMINATE WITH AN ELBOW DOWN 6" ABOVE MOP BASIN. 79 Item 2. 3/4" G 3/4" G 1 1/4" G PP03 PP05 1 1/2" G 1 1/4" G 1 1/4" G TO OUTDOOR AIR UNIT ON ROOF 145 CFH 3/4" G 3/4" G 3/4" G 1" G TO GAS FIRED BOILER 1000 CFH SEE DETAIL A2/M401 TO GAS FIREPLACE 60 CFH 3/4" G A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company 2/ 1 8 / 2 0 2 2 1 : 29 : 2 9 P M \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS GAS PIPING RISER DIAGRAM P706 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 Checker Author Designer PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N NO. DESCRIPTION DATE SCALE:1 GAS PIPING RISER DIAGRAM KEYNOTE LEGEND PP03 3/4" GAS DOWN TO WATER HEATER MAKE CONNECTION TO WATER HEATER PP05 ROUTE GAS PIPING TO EMERGENCY GENERATOR AND MAKE FINAL CONNECTION. 80 Item 2. AIR ADMITTANCE VALVE AIR COMPRESSOR AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNIT ACTUAL CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE AIR CONDITIONING UNIT AREA DRAIN (AIR DRYER) AIR FILTER ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AIR FLOW MEASURING STATION AIR HANDLING UNIT AIR TO AIR HEAT EXCHANGER ALTERNATE ACCESS PANEL AIR PRESSURE DROP AIR SEPARATOR BACKDRAFT DAMPER BELOW FINISHED FLOOR BACK FLOW PREVENTER BRAKE HORSEPOWER BY OWNER BOTTOM OF DUCT BUFFER TANK BACKWATER VALVE COOLING (CHILLED WATER) COIL CONDENSATE DRAIN CUBIC FEET PER HOUR CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE CAST IRON CEILING CENTER LINE CARBON MONOXIDE (CLEANOUT) COMBINATION COMPRESSOR CONCRETE CONDENSATE (CONDENSER) CONNECTION CONTINUOUS (CONTINUED) CONTRACTOR COMPUTER ROOM AIR COND. UNIT CLINICAL SERVICE SINK CABINET UNIT HEATER DECIBEL (DRY BULB) DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL (PANEL) DRINKING FOUNTAIN DRY FLUID COOLER DRY FIRE SPRINKLER DIFFUSER DISCHARGE DOWN DOWNSPOUT DRY STAND PIPE DISH WASHER DIRECT EXPANSION (COOL'G COIL) EXHAUST AIR (EACH) ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE EXHAUST FAN ELEVATION EQUIPMENT ENERGY RECOVERY VENTILATOR EM. EYEWASH/SHOWER EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE EXPANSION TANK EVAPORATOR EMERGENCY EYEWASH ELECTRIC WATER COOLER ELECTRIC WATER HEATER ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE EXHAUST EXPANSION EXTERNAL FLOW CONTROL VALVE FIRE DAMPER (FLOOR DRAIN) FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION FIRE DEPARTMENT VALVE FIRE MAIN FIRE PROTECTION FEET PER MINUTE FINS PER INCH FEET PER SECOND FACE VELOCITY GAUGE GALVANIZE GRAVITY BACK DRAFT DAMPER GENERAL GLYCOL FEEDER GALLONS PER HOUR GALLONS PER MINUTE GRILLE GROUND SOURCE HEAT PUMP GRAVITY VENTILATOR GAS WATER HEATER HUMIDIFIER HEATING CONVECTOR (COIL) HEAD HANDICAPPED HIGH PRESSURE (HORSEPOWER) HEAT PUMP WATER HEATER HEATING, VENTILATION & AIR COND. HEAT WHEEL (HOT, HEAT'G WATER) HEAT EXCHANGER HOSE BIBB HOSE REEL AAV AC ACCU ACFM ACU AD AF AFF AFMS AHU AHX ALT AP APD AS BDD BFF BFP BHP BO BOD BT BWV CC CD CFH CFM CI CLG CL CO COMB COMP CONC COND CONN CONT CONTR CRAC CSS CUH DB DDC DF DFC DFS DIFF DISH DN DS DSP DW DX EA,E/A EAT EF EL EQ ERV ES ESP ET EVAP EW EWC EWH EWT EXH EXP EXT FCV FD FDC FDV FM FP FPM FPI FPS FV GA GALV GBD GEN GF GPH GPM GR GSHP GV GWH H HC HD HDCP HP HPWH HVAC HW HX HB HR COLD WATER (CW) CONDENSATE, CONDENSER DRAIN HOT WATER (HW) NATURAL GAS RECIRCULATING HOT WATER (RHW) SANITARY ABOVE GRADE SANITARY BELOW GRADE SANITARY VENT COMPRESSED AIR CONDENSER WATER SUPPLY CONDENSER WATER RETURN HEATING WATER SUPPLY HEATING WATER RETURN D G SAN SAN V A CWS CWR HWS HWR ABBREVIATIONS PIPING ANNOTATION MEDICAL GAS PIPING DUCT SYMBOLSPIPING & PLUMBING SYMBOLS DOUBLE LINE DUCTWORK SUPPLY RETURN EXHAUST ROUND SINGLE LINE DUCTWORK DUCT RISES, DROPS AND SECTIONS SUPPLY RETURN DESCRIPTION SYMBOLSYMBOL RISE (R) OR DROP (D) IN DUCTWORK TRANSITION CONCENTRIC REDUCER (SQUARE TO ROUND) MOTORIZED DAMPER FIRE, SMOKE AND FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER AND BACKDRAFT DAMPER MITERED ELBOW WITH TURNING VANES LONG SWEEP RADIUS ELBOW BRANCH TAKE-OFFS OF A RECTANGULAR MAIN WITH MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS BRANCH TAKE-OFFS OF A ROUND MAIN WITH MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS FLEXIBLE DUCT WITH DIFFUSER R D 24/12 18/16 24/12 18/16 24/12 20Ø24/12 20Ø M M BB 36/18 24 / 1 2 14 Ø12Ø24Ø 16 Ø12ØMAX 3'-0". MAX 3'-0". SUPPLY AIR FLOW 36/18 24 / 1 2 14 Ø12Ø24Ø 16 Ø12ØDIFFUSER TAG GRILLE & REGISTER TAG LINEAR DIFFUSER TAG CONTROL TAG T S CO CO EQUIPMENT TAG WALL MOUNTED THERMOSTAT /TEMPERATURE SENSOR WALL MOUNTED SWITCH WALL MOUNTED CARBON MONOXIDE SENSOR WALL MOUNTED CARBON DIOXIDE SENSOR2 AF 2 UNIT NUMBER EQUIPMENT TYPE AHU-1 UNIT NUMBER EQUIPMENT TYPE X-XX-X X X-XX X (TYP OF X) CFM PLENUM INLET SIZE LENGTH TYPE (SEE SCHEDULE) TYPICAL OF X AIR FLOW RATE NECK SIZE TYPE (SEE SCHEDULE) AIR VENT MANUAL PIPE ANCHOR 4" AD-1 AREA DRAIN (4" CONN.) TYPE (SEE SPEC.) CLEAN OUT CLEAN OUT (FLOOR) CLEAN OUT (WALL) DOWN SPOUT NOZZLE EXPANSION JOINT FLEXIBLE CONNECTION FLOOR DRAIN (2" CONN.) FLOOR SINK (2" CONN.) FLOW DIRECTION FLOW SWITCH/SENSOR HOSE BIB OR DRAIN VALVE ORIFICE PRESSURE GAUGE W/COCK CONT. PIPE NOT SHOWN PIPE CAP PIPE DOWN PIPE GUIDE PIPE TEE PIPE TEE DOWN PIPE TEE UP PIPE UP PITCH (DOWN IN THE DIRECTION OF ARROW) PRESSURE SWITCH/SENSOR PRESSURE/TEMP. PORT REDUCER (CONCENTRIC) REDUCER (ECCENTRIC) ROOF DRAIN (4" CONN.) OVERFLOW ROOF DRAIN (4" CONN.) VENT THRU ROOF (4" CONN.) STRAINER STEAM TRAP THERMOMETER UNION WALL HYDRANT 2" FD-1 TYPE (SEE SPEC.) 2" FS-1 TYPE (SEE SPEC.) 4" RD-1 TYPE (SEE SPEC.) 4" ORD-1 TYPE (SEE SPEC.) 4" VTR-1 TYPE (SEE SPEC.) WH P T PS 1/8" HB FS DS WCO FCO CO DESCRIPTIONSYMBOLDESCRIPTIONSYMBOL DESCRIPTIONSYMBOL DESCRIPTIONSYMBOL INDIRECT DRAIN (INSIDE DIAMETER) INSULATION INTERNAL INVERT ELEVATION IRON PIPE SIZE ISOLATOR/ISOLATION INTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE INFRARED HEATER LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURE LAVATORY LOCAL CONTROL PANEL LINEAR FEET LIQUID LAUNDRY TUB LEAVING LOUVER LEAVING WATER TEMPERATURE MIXED AIR MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE MAKE UP AIR UNIT MOP BASIN MANUFACTURER MANHOLE MOTORIZED THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE NORMALLY CLOSED (NOISE CRIT.) NEGATIVE NORMALLY OPEN NOT TO SCALE OUTSIDE AIR OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER ON CENTER OUTSIDE DIAMETER OPEN END DUCT OVERFLOW ROOF DRAIN OUTSIDE STEM AND YOKE PUMP PUMPED CONDENSATE RETURN PRESSURE DROP PLUMBING PANEL PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE RETURN AIR REHEAT COIL ROOF DRAIN REFRIGERANT/REFRIGERATE REGISTER REQUIRED RELIEF FAN RELATIVE HUMID. (ROOF HYDRANT) RECIRCULATING HOT WATER REDUCED PRESSURE ZONE RETURN ROOF TOP UNIT RAIN WATER LEADER SOUND ATTEN. (SUPPLY AIR) SANITARY SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE SUPPLY FAN STATIC PRESSURE (SUMP PUMP) SPRINKLER STAINLESS STEEL SUPERVISORY SWITCH STORAGE TANK STEAM SUCTION SINK SHOWER DRAIN (STORM DRAIN) SHOWER SERVICE SINK TEMPERATURE CONTROL CONTR. TEMP. DIFF. (TRENCH DRAIN) TEMPERATURE - DRY BULB TEMPERATURE - DEW POINT THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE TEMPERATURE - WET BULB THERMOSTATIC EXPANSION VALVE TYPICAL URINAL UNDERGROUND UNIT HEATER VALVE VARIABLE AIR VOLUME (TERM. UNIT) VACUUM BREAKER VOLUME DAMPER VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE VERIFY IN FIELD VACUUM PUMP VACUUM RETURN VENT THROUGH ROOF WITH WITHOUT WATER COLUMN (WATER CLOSET) WALL HYDRANT WALL POST INDICTOR VALVE WATER GAUGE WATER TO WATER HEAT EXCH. WATER SOFTENER WATER SOURCE HEAT PUMP WET STANDPIPE ID INSUL INT I.E. IPS ISO ISP IR LAT LAV LCP LF LIQ LT LV LVR LWT MA MAT MAU MB MFR MH MOT MV NC NEG NO NTS OA OBD OC OD OED ORD OS&Y P PCR PD PLBG PNL PRV RA RC RD REFR REG REQ RF RH RHW RPZ RTN RTU RWL SA SAN SAT SF SP SPKLR S/S SSW ST STM SUCT S SD SH SS TCC TD TDB TDP TMV TSP TWB TXV TYP U UG UH V VAV VB VD VFD VIF VP VR VTR W/ W/O WC WH WPIV WG WHX WS WSHP WSP ABBREVIATIONS DESCRIPTIONSYMBOL STORM/RWL ABOVE GRADE STORM/RWL BELOW GRADE SD SD INDIRECT WASTEIW GLYCOL WATER SUPPLY GLYCOL WATER RETURN GWS GWR CHILLED WATER SUPPLY CHILLED WATER RETURN CHWS CHWR REFRIGERANT LIQUID REFRIGERANT SUCTION/GAS RL RS AIR SEPARATOR LOW PRESSURE STEAM LOW PRESSURE RETURN LPS LPR GSHP LOAD SUPPLY/RETURN GSHP SOURCE SUPPLY/RET. GLWS/R GSWS/R PUMPED CONDENSATEPC H WALL MOUNTED HUMIDIFIER DESCRIPTIONSYMBOL DEMOLITION SYMBOLS PIPE TO BE REMOVED DUCT TO BE REMOVED EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED CONNECT TO EXISTING PIPE OR DUCT FD SD FSD 3-WAY VALVE ANGLE VALVE BALANCING VALVE GATE VALVE BALL VALVE BUTTERFLY VALVE CHECK VALVE SHUTOFF VALVE (ALL TYPES) PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE MOTORIZED VALVE FLOW VENTURI BACKFLOW PREVENTER DESCRIPTIONSYMBOL AUTOMATIC AIR VENTAV M CALIBRATED BALANCE VALVE VALVE SYMBOLS GREASE WASTEGW MEDICAL AIR MEDICAL VACUUM MA MV NITROGEN NITROUS OXIDE N N2O CARBON DIOXIDE INSTRUMENT AIR CO2 INST OXYGEN WASTE ANESTHESIA O WAGD GAS DISPOSAL EXHAUST ROUND XX-X XX (TYP OF X)TYPICAL OF X AIR FLOW RATE GRILLE/REGISTER SIZE TYPE (SEE SCHEDULE) DUCT SYMBOLS DESCRIPTIONSYMBOL N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/18/2022 1:27:07 PM \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS MECHANICAL TITLE SHEET M001 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 CJH AJR AJR BDF PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 81 Item 2. UP DN VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VDVD VDVD VD VDVD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD A B C D E F G H J 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 8.1 A.4 E.6 H.5 11.2 11.4 12.1 2.1 CONFERENCE ROOM 171 CITY MANAGER OFFICE 169 OFFICE 168 OFFICE 167 CONFERENCE ROOM 166 BREAK ROOM 144 OFFICE 173 OFFICE 172 OFFICE 162 OFFICE 147PRINT ROOM 161 OFFICE 148 WEATHER VESTIBULE 170 JANITOR & STORAGE 143 WELLNESS ROOM 145 OFFICE 138 OFFICE 137 HR FILE ROOM 140 FINANCE FILE ROOM 139 MECHANICAL ROOM 133 ELECTRICAL ROOM 135 SERVER ROOM 142 IT / IS WORK ROOM 141 OFFICE 136 WOMEN'S STAFF RESTROOM 125 MEN'S STAFF RESTROOM 128 JANITOR'S CLOSET 127 SURVEY STORAGE 130 CONFERENCE ROOM 153 OFFICE 152 OFFICE 154 TABLE & CHAIR STORAGE 155 OFFICE 158 OFFICE 157 VESTIBULE 126 SECURE FILE STORAGE 123 OFFICE 116 FIRESIDE/ MULTI-PURPOSE ROOM 120 COPY/ COLATING ROOM 124 CONFERENCE ROOM 114 JANITOR'S CLOSET 108 MEN'S PUBLIC RESTROOM 110 VESTIBULE 113 VESTIBULE 100 PUBLIC LOBBY 101 PUBLIC CORRIDOR 112CONFERENCE ROOM 107 COUNCIL CHAMBERS AV ROOM 105 TABLE AND CHAIR STORAGE 106 COATS/COFFEE ALCOVE 103 COUNCIL CHAMBER 102 RECEPTION / PUBLIC COUNTERS 118 OPEN OFFICE 119 CO R R I D O R 11 5 CORRIDOR 132 OPEN OFFICE WORK AREA 150 OP E N O F F I C E 16 3 CORRIDOR 164 CORRIDOR 146 CORRIDOR 121 CO R R I D O R 15 6 OPEN OFFICE 159 CO R R I D O R 16 2 CO R R I D O R 16 0 UNISEX RESTROOM 109 J.1 A2 M300 A2 M300 A B C D E F G H J 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 8.1 A.4 E.6 H.5 11.211.4 12.1 2.1 J.1 AC-1 VTU-25 ACCU-1 1. DUCTWORK SHOWN ON PLAN IS DIAGRAMMATIC IN NATURE. NOT ALL DUCT RISES AND DROPS ARE SHOWN. PROVIDE OFFSETS AS REQUIRED TO MEET SPACE REQUIREMENTS AND TO AVOID INTERFERING WITH OTHER TRADES. ROUTE DUCTWORK AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE. 2. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATIONS OF DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT WITH REGARD TO STRUCTURE AND PLUMBING PIPING FROM FLOOR ABOVE. 3. DUCTWORK DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE INSIDE-CLEAR DIMENSIONS. DUCTWORK INSULATION NOT SHOWN ON PLAN. REFER TO DIVISION 23 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INSULATION REQUIREMENTS. 4. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION OF GRD WITH ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN AND LIGHTING PLAN(S). 5. LIMIT DUCT TRANSITION ANGLES TO 15 DEGREES, IF POSSIBLE. TRANSITION DUCTWORK TO EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED. 6. UTILIZE LONG RADIUS ELBOWS AS MUCH AS PRACTICAL. 7. FABRICATE AND SUPPORT ALL DUCTWORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA HAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS. 8. SEAL ALL DUCTWORK TO SMACNA SEAL CLASS A, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. 9. PROVIDE VOLUME DAMPERS AS NECESSARY TO BALANCE SYSTEM. 10. LIMIT FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK TO 5'-0" MAXIMUM. GENERAL NOTES - HVAC DUCTWORK N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/18/2022 1:27:15 PM \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS HVAC DUCTWORK PLAN - LEVEL 1 OVERALL M100 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 CJH AJR AJR BDF PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:3/32" = 1'-0"A2 HVAC DUCTWORK PLAN - LEVEL 1 OVERALL NO. DESCRIPTION DATE FOR MORE INFORMATION, SEE AREA PLANS 82 Item 2. VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD A B C D E F 1 2 3 4 5 A.4 E.6 2.1 CONFERENCE ROOM 171 CITY MANAGER OFFICE 169 OFFICE 168 OFFICE 167 CONFERENCE ROOM 166 BREAK ROOM 144 OFFICE 173 OFFICE 172 OFFICE 162 OFFICE 147 PRINT ROOM 161 OFFICE 148 WEATHER VESTIBULE 170 JANITOR & STORAGE 143 WELLNESS ROOM 145 OFFICE 138 OFFICE 137 HR FILE ROOM 140 FINANCE FILE ROOM 139 ELECTRICAL ROOM 135 SERVER ROOM 142 IT / IS WORK ROOM 141 VESTIBULE 126 VESTIBULE 126 CORRIDOR 132 OPEN OFFICE WORK AREA 150 COPY ALCOVE 149 OPEN OFFICE 163 CORRIDOR 164 CORRIDOR 146 CORRIDOR 131 OPEN OFFICE 159 CORRIDOR 162 CORRIDOR 160 COPY ALCOVE 165 OFFICE 136 CONFERENCE ROOM 153 OFFICE 152 VESTIBULE 126 CORRIDOR 132OPEN OFFICE 159 MECHANICAL ROOM 133 VTU-8 VTU-24 VTU-7 VTU-5 VTU-4 VTU-1 VTU-6 VTU-9 VTU-10 VTU-11 VTU-13 VTU-23 VTU-25 VTU-26 VTU-2 SD-1 -8ø 130 SD-1 -8ø 150 SD-1 -6ø 65 RG-1 -6x6 65 SD-1 -8ø 140 SD-1 -8ø 125 VTU-3 14ø 10ø 6ø 6ø 18x12 8ø 14x10 8ø 8ø 8ø 8ø LSD-1 -8ø 255 LSD-1 -8ø 255 LSD-1 -8ø 250 LSD-1 -8ø 250 LSD-1 -8ø 250 8ø 6ø 6ø 6ø 12x12 12x10 30x8 8ø 8ø 14x8 8ø LSD-1 -8ø 155 LSD-1 -8ø 155 LSD-1 -8ø 155 LSD-1 -8ø 155 LSD-1 -8ø 155 8ø 20x14 38x9 8ø 8x8 8ø 6x6 RG-1 -8x8 125 12x10 8x8 RG-1 -8x8 125 8ø 6ø 6ø BS-4 8ø 34 x 2 0 8ø 8x86x6 14ø 8ø SG-1 -20x8 290 SG-1 -20x8 290 8x8 21x9 8ø RG-1 -8x8 125 RG-1 -8x8 105 SD-1 -8ø 105 10x10 8x8 8x810ø 12ø LSD-1 -10ø 315 10ø 10ø 10ø 12ø 10ø 10ø 6ø 6ø 22x12 38x14 6x6 SG-1 -6x6 30 4ø BS-3 SG-1 -6x6 150 6x6 8ø 8ø RG-1 -8x8 125 10x10 RG-1 -8x8 125 6ø 6ø 20x20 RG-1 -6x6 60 RG-1 -6x6 50 BS-1 6x6 RG-1 -6x6 25 SD-1 -8ø 125 12ø10ø RG-1 -6x6 80 6x6 EG-1 -8x8 190 54 x 9 M02 M02 RG-2 -24x12 695 24x18 18x16 24x18 6ø 12x10 12ø A2 M300 A2 M300 M03 M04 14x14 SA M05 M05 M05 M05 8ø 8ø 10x10 EG-2 -6x6 50 EG-2 -6x6 50 LSD-1 -10ø 320 LSD-1 -10ø 320 LSD-1 -10ø 320 LSD-1 -10ø 320 LSD-1 -10ø 320 EG-1 -8x8 140 RG-2 -24x12 695 18x16 M05 TG-2 -6x6 90 TG-1 -6x6 90 VTU-30 4ø SD-1 -8ø 125 VTU-31 VTU-12 RG-1 -8x8 100 6ø 14ø 14x8 10ø RG-1 -8x8 125 A B C D E F 1 2 3 4 5 A.4 E.6 2.1 LSD-1 -8ø 200 LSD-1 -8ø 200 M05 44 x 22 M06 14x14 SA 6ø OA 20 x 2 0 O A 20 x 1 4 O A 20 x 2 0 O A 20 x 2 0 O A 12x12 OA12x12 OA ACCU-1 AC-1 M07 M08 BAS-1 BAS-2 B-1 6ø EA 6ø EA 6ø OA 6ø EA 6ø OA 6ø OA 6ø OA 4ø EA 4ø EA 4ø EA 4" WATER HEATER EXHAUST FLUE UP THROUGH ROOF 6" BOILER EXHAUST FLUE UP THROUGH ROOF 6" BOILER OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE UP THROUGH ROOF 6ø EA 6x6 EA 6ø EA 48" x 2-SLOT LINEAR DIFFUSER-TYPICAL 48" x 2-SLOT LINEAR DIFFUSER-TYPICAL 60 x 2-SLOT LINEAR DIFFUSER -TYPICAL 60 x 2-SLOT LINEAR DIFFUSER -TYPICAL 60 x 2-SLOT LINEAR DIFFUSER -TYPICAL SD-1 -6ø 110 6ø SA 1. DUCTWORK SHOWN ON PLAN IS DIAGRAMMATIC IN NATURE. NOT ALL DUCT RISES AND DROPS ARE SHOWN. PROVIDE OFFSETS AS REQUIRED TO MEET SPACE REQUIREMENTS AND TO AVOID INTERFERING WITH OTHER TRADES. ROUTE DUCTWORK AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE. 2. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATIONS OF DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT WITH REGARD TO STRUCTURE AND PLUMBING PIPING FROM FLOOR ABOVE. 3. DUCTWORK DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE INSIDE-CLEAR DIMENSIONS. DUCTWORK INSULATION NOT SHOWN ON PLAN. REFER TO DIVISION 23 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INSULATION REQUIREMENTS. 4. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION OF GRD WITH ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN AND LIGHTING PLAN(S). 5. LIMIT DUCT TRANSITION ANGLES TO 15 DEGREES, IF POSSIBLE. TRANSITION DUCTWORK TO EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED. 6. UTILIZE LONG RADIUS ELBOWS AS MUCH AS PRACTICAL. 7. FABRICATE AND SUPPORT ALL DUCTWORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA HAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS. 8. SEAL ALL DUCTWORK TO SMACNA SEAL CLASS A, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. 9. PROVIDE VOLUME DAMPERS AS NECESSARY TO BALANCE SYSTEM. 10. LIMIT FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK TO 5'-0" MAXIMUM. GENERAL NOTES - HVAC DUCTWORK N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/18/2022 1:27:21 PM \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS HVAC DUCTWORK PLAN - LEVEL 1 AREA A M101 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 CJH AJR AJR BDF PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N NO. DESCRIPTION DATE SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"A1 HVAC DUCTWORK PLAN - LEVEL 1 AREA A KEYNOTE LEGEND M02 MECHANICAL SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL PROPOSED LOCATION. FINAL PANEL QUANTITY AND DIMENSION TO BE SELECTED BY DIVISION 23 CONTROLS CONTRACTOR. M03 30X34 DUCT UP THROUGH ROOF TO DOAS-1. REFER TO LEVEL 2 AREA A PLAN FOR CONTINUATION. REFER TO ARCH DETAILS FOR ROOF PENETRATION REQUIREMENTS. M04 13X47 DUCT UP THROUGH ROOF TO DOAS-1. REFER TO LEVEL 2 AREA A PLAN FOR CONTINUATION. REFER TO ARCH DETAILS FOR ROOF PENETRATION REQUIREMENTS. M05 ELBOW UP RETURN DUCT. PROVIDE WIRE MESH SCREEN ON DUCT OPENING. M06 PROVIDE WIRE MESH SCREEN ON DUCT OPENING. M07 DAIKIN MODEL FTKB24AXVJU SERIES 17 24,000 BTU COOLING ONLY WALL UNIT M08 DAIKIN MODEL RKB24AXVJU SERIES 17 24,000 BTU COOLING ONLY OUTDOOR UNIT 83 Item 2. VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VDVD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD A B C D E F 5 6 7 8 8.1 A.4 E.6 OFFICE 137 VESTIBULE 126 VESTIBULE 126 CORRIDOR 132 OPEN OFFICE WORK AREA 150 OPEN OFFICE 159 OFFICE 136 WOMEN'S STAFF RESTROOM 125 MEN'S STAFF RESTROOM 128 JANITOR'S CLOSET 127 SURVEY STORAGE 130 CONFERENCE ROOM 153 OFFICE 152 OFFICE 154 TABLE & CHAIR STORAGE 155 OFFICE 158 OFFICE 157 VESTIBULE 126 SECURE FILE STORAGE 123 OFFICE 116 FIRESIDE/ MULTI-PURPOSE ROOM 120 COPY/ COLATING ROOM 124 CONFERENCE ROOM 114 VESTIBULE 113 VESTIBULE 100 RECEPTION / PUBLIC COUNTERS 118 OPEN OFFICE 119 CORRIDOR 115 CORRIDOR 132 CORRIDOR 121 CORRIDOR 156 OPEN OFFICE 159 CORRIDOR 131 COPY ALCOVE 122 MECHANICAL ROOM 133 VESTIBULE 113 PUBLIC LOBBY 101 VTU-14 VTU-13 VTU-15 VTU-17 VTU-20 VTU-21 VTU-26 VTU-28 14ø 10ø VTU-16 38x9 10ø 10ø 10ø 20x8 20x8 8x8 21x9 8ø 21x9 6ø 6x6 RG-1 -6x6 45 RG-1 -8x8 125 SD-1 -8ø 125 RG-1 -8x8 125 RG-1 -8x8 105 SD-1 -8ø 105 10x10 8x8 8x8 8ø SD-1 -6ø 125 RG-1 -8x8 125 10ø 12ø LSD-1 -10ø 315 10ø SG-1 -6x6 150 6x6 8ø RG-1 -8x8 125 BS-1 EG-1 -6x6 50 8x8EG-1 -8x8 170 8x8 EG-1 -8x8 180 RG-1 -6x6 45 RG-1 -6x6 70 6x6 8ø 14x10 16x14 32x8 4ø 14x8 BS-521x9 8ø SG-1 -20x8 340 SG-1 -20x8 340 SG-1 -20x8 340 SG-1 -20x8 340 20x8 14x10 24x16 54 x 9 VTU-19 48 x 8 16x14 16x14 38x9 10ø 8ø 6x6 50 SD-1 -6ø 50 BS-2 VTU-18 38 x 9 12x12 12x12 16x16 12x10 6ø 8ø 6x6 6x6 RG-1 -6x6 25 SD-1 -8ø 125 M02 M02 RG-2 -24x12 400 RG-2 -24x12 695 10x10 12ø M05 M05 M05 M05 VTU-27 38x12 RA14ø SA 10ø SA 10ø SALSD-1 -10ø 350 LSD-1 -10ø 350 10ø 8ø 8ø 6x6 10x10 EG-2 -6x6 50 LSD-1 -10ø 320 M05 TG-2 -8x8 120 TG-2 -8x8 130 18x16 6x6 TG-1 -8x8 120 TG-1 -8x8 130 VTU-30 4ø SD-1 -8ø 125 RG-1 -8x8 100 OFFICE 117 VTU-2210øSD-1 -8ø 140 SD-1 -8ø 140 8x8 8x88x8 6ø 10x10 10x10 21x9 6ø 6ø6ø SD-1 -6ø 70 RG-1 -8x8 140 RG-1 -8x8 140 CP-1 A B C D E F 5 6 7 8 8.1 A.4 E.6 M05 14x14 SA 6ø OA 12ø OA 12ø OA 20 x 2 0 O A 20 x 1 4 O A 20 x 1 4 O A 16 x 1 4 O A 16 x 1 4 O A 10ø SA10ø SA 14ø SA LSD-1 -10ø 320 LSD-1 -10ø 320 LSD-1 -10ø 320 SD-1 -10ø 315 24x12 24x12 32x8 SA SD-1 -10ø 315 12x12 RA 12x12 RA 12x12 RA RG-1 -12x12 530 RG-1 -12x12 530 RG-1 -12x12 530 8ø BAS-1 BAS-2 8" TYPE "B" EXHAUST FLUE VENT 8" DN. TO FIREPLACE FLUE CONNECTION 10" OUTSIDE AIR DUCT -CONNECT TO FIREPLACE INTAKE 10ø OA 8ø EA B-1 6ø EA 6ø EA 6ø OA 6ø OA 60 x 2-SLOT LINEAR DIFFUSER -TYPICAL 60 x 2-SLOT LINEAR DIFFUSER -TYPICAL 1. DUCTWORK SHOWN ON PLAN IS DIAGRAMMATIC IN NATURE. NOT ALL DUCT RISES AND DROPS ARE SHOWN. PROVIDE OFFSETS AS REQUIRED TO MEET SPACE REQUIREMENTS AND TO AVOID INTERFERING WITH OTHER TRADES. ROUTE DUCTWORK AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE. 2. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATIONS OF DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT WITH REGARD TO STRUCTURE AND PLUMBING PIPING FROM FLOOR ABOVE. 3. DUCTWORK DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE INSIDE-CLEAR DIMENSIONS. DUCTWORK INSULATION NOT SHOWN ON PLAN. REFER TO DIVISION 23 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INSULATION REQUIREMENTS. 4. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION OF GRD WITH ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN AND LIGHTING PLAN(S). 5. LIMIT DUCT TRANSITION ANGLES TO 15 DEGREES, IF POSSIBLE. TRANSITION DUCTWORK TO EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED. 6. UTILIZE LONG RADIUS ELBOWS AS MUCH AS PRACTICAL. 7. FABRICATE AND SUPPORT ALL DUCTWORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA HAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS. 8. SEAL ALL DUCTWORK TO SMACNA SEAL CLASS A, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. 9. PROVIDE VOLUME DAMPERS AS NECESSARY TO BALANCE SYSTEM. 10. LIMIT FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK TO 5'-0" MAXIMUM. GENERAL NOTES - HVAC DUCTWORK N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/18/2022 1:27:26 PM \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS HVAC DUCTWORK PLAN - LEVEL 1 AREA B M102 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 CJH AJR AJR BDF PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N NO. DESCRIPTION DATE SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"A1 HVAC DUCTWORK PLAN - LEVEL 1 AREA B KEYNOTE LEGEND M02 MECHANICAL SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL PROPOSED LOCATION. FINAL PANEL QUANTITY AND DIMENSION TO BE SELECTED BY DIVISION 23 CONTROLS CONTRACTOR. M05 ELBOW UP RETURN DUCT. PROVIDE WIRE MESH SCREEN ON DUCT OPENING. 84 Item 2. UP DN VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD VD A B C D E F 7 8 9 10 11 12 8.1 A.4 E.6 11.2 11.4 12.1 CONFERENCE ROOM 114 VESTIBULE 113 VESTIBULE 100 RECEPTION / PUBLIC COUNTERS 118 CORRIDOR 115 JANITOR'S CLOSET 108 MEN'S PUBLIC RESTROOM 110 VESTIBULE 113 PUBLIC LOBBY 101 PUBLIC CORRIDOR 112 CONFERENCE ROOM 107 COUNCIL CHAMBERS AV ROOM 105 TABLE AND CHAIR STORAGE 106 COATS/COFFEE ALCOVE 103 COUNCIL CHAMBER 102 UNISEX RESTROOM 109 VTU-20 VTU-28 VTU-29 20x8 20x8 8ø 14x10 16x14 4ø 14x8 BS-521x9 8ø SG-1 -20x8 340 SG-1 -20x8 340 SG-1 -20x8 340 SG-1 -20x8 340 20x8 14x10 24x16 54 x 9 VTU-19 48 x 8 16x14 16x14 38x14 38x14 24x16 14ø 8ø 8ø LSD-1 -8ø 165 LSD-1 -8ø 165 LSD-1 -10ø 295 LSD-1 -10ø 295 LSD-1 -10ø 295 LSD-1 -10ø 295 LSD-1 -10ø 295 LSD-1 -10ø 295 10ø 10ø 10ø 10ø10ø10ø 12x12 12x12 20x14 EG-1 -6x6 50 8x8 EG-1 -6x6 50 6x6 RG-1 -6x6 50 6x6 RG-1 -6x6 50 EG-1 -8x8 170 8x8 8x8 EG-1 -8x8 185 8x8 6x6 8x8 16x16 12x10 LSD-1 -8ø 165 8ø RG-2 -24x12 400 10x10 M05 VTU-27 38x12 RA14ø SA 10ø SA 10ø SALSD-1 -10ø 350 LSD-1 -10ø 350 RG-1 -22x10 540 LSD-1 -10ø 295 LSD-1 -10ø 295 LSD-1 -10ø 295 10ø SA 10ø SA10ø SA 16x12 M05 6x6 12ø M05 TG-2 -8x8 135 TG-1 -8x8 135 TG-1 -8x8 120 TG-2 -8x8 120 WOMEN'S PUBLIC RESTROOM 111 A B C D E F 7 8 9 10 11 12 8.1 A.4 E.6 11.2 11.4 12.1 16 x 1 4 O A LSD-1 -10ø 320 12x12 RA RG-1 -12x12 530 M06 M06 BALANCE TO 965 CFM BALANCE TO 970 CFM 8ø 8" TYPE "B" EXHAUST FLUE VENT 8" DN. TO FIREPLACE FLUE CONNECTION 10" OUTSIDE AIR DUCT -CONNECT TO FIREPLACE INTAKE 10ø OA 8ø EA PROVIDE WALL VENT CAP ON EXHAUST FLUE AND OUTSIDE AIR DUCT. PROVIDE INSECT SCREEN OVER THE OPENING. 60 x 2-SLOT LINEAR DIFFUSER -TYPICAL 36" x 3-SLOT LINEAR DIFFUSER -TYPICAL 48" x 2-SLOT LINEAR DIFFUSER -TYPICAL 1. DUCTWORK SHOWN ON PLAN IS DIAGRAMMATIC IN NATURE. NOT ALL DUCT RISES AND DROPS ARE SHOWN. PROVIDE OFFSETS AS REQUIRED TO MEET SPACE REQUIREMENTS AND TO AVOID INTERFERING WITH OTHER TRADES. ROUTE DUCTWORK AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE. 2. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATIONS OF DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT WITH REGARD TO STRUCTURE AND PLUMBING PIPING FROM FLOOR ABOVE. 3. DUCTWORK DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE INSIDE-CLEAR DIMENSIONS. DUCTWORK INSULATION NOT SHOWN ON PLAN. REFER TO DIVISION 23 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INSULATION REQUIREMENTS. 4. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION OF GRD WITH ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN AND LIGHTING PLAN(S). 5. LIMIT DUCT TRANSITION ANGLES TO 15 DEGREES, IF POSSIBLE. TRANSITION DUCTWORK TO EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED. 6. UTILIZE LONG RADIUS ELBOWS AS MUCH AS PRACTICAL. 7. FABRICATE AND SUPPORT ALL DUCTWORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA HAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS. 8. SEAL ALL DUCTWORK TO SMACNA SEAL CLASS A, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. 9. PROVIDE VOLUME DAMPERS AS NECESSARY TO BALANCE SYSTEM. 10. LIMIT FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK TO 5'-0" MAXIMUM. GENERAL NOTES - HVAC DUCTWORK N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/18/2022 1:27:29 PM \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS HVAC DUCTWORK PLAN - LEVEL 1 AREA C M103 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 CJH AJR AJR BDF PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N NO. DESCRIPTION DATE SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"A1 HVAC DUCTWORK PLAN - LEVEL 1 AREA C KEYNOTE LEGEND M05 ELBOW UP RETURN DUCT. PROVIDE WIRE MESH SCREEN ON DUCT OPENING. M06 PROVIDE WIRE MESH SCREEN ON DUCT OPENING. 85 Item 2. UP DN A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company 2/18/2022 1:27:34 PM \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS MECHANICAL SNOWMELT PLAN M110 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 Checker GJH GJH PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N NO. DESCRIPTION DATE SCALE:1/16" = 1'-0"1 MECHANICAL SITE PLAN MANIFOLD #1 8 CIRCUITS MANIFOLD #2 6 CIRCUITS MANIFOLD #4 9 CIRCUITS MANIFOLD #3 7 CIRCUITS 1406 SQ. FT. 1050 SQ. FT. 1100 SQ. FT. 1578 SQ. FT. 86 Item 2. UP DN A B C D E F G H J 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 8.1 A.4 E.6 H.5 11.2 11.4 12.1 2.1 J.1 VTU-8 VTU-24 VTU-7 VTU-5 VTU-4 VTU-1 VTU-6 VTU-9 VTU-10 VTU-11 VTU-13 VTU-15 VTU-16 VTU-17 VTU-18 VTU-19 VTU-20 VTU-21 VTU-23 VTU-25 VTU-26 VTU-28 VTU-29 VTU-2 VTU-3 CONFERENCE ROOM 171 CITY MANAGER OFFICE 169 OFFICE 168 OFFICE 167 CONFERENCE ROOM 166 BREAK ROOM 144 CONFERENCE ROOM 171 OFFICE 172 OFFICE 162 OFFICE 147PRINT ROOM 161 OFFICE 148 WEATHER VESTIBULE 170 JANITOR & STORAGE 143 WELLNESS ROOM 145 OFFICE 138 OFFICE 137 HR FILE ROOM 140 FINANCE FILE ROOM 139 MECHANICAL ROOM 133 ELECTRICAL ROOM 135 SERVER ROOM 142 IT / IS WORK ROOM 141 OFFICE 136 WOMEN'S STAFF RESTROOM 125 MEN'S STAFF RESTROOM 128 JANITOR'S CLOSET 127 SU R V E Y ST O R A G E 13 0 CONFERENCE ROOM 153 OFFICE 152 OFFICE 154 TABLE & CHAIR STORAGE 155 OFFICE 158 OFFICE 157 VESTIBULE 126 SECURE FILE STORAGE 123 OFFICE 116 FIRESIDE/ MULTI-PURPOSE ROOM 120 COPY/ COLATING ROOM 124 CONFERENCE ROOM 114 JANITOR'S CLOSET 108 MEN'S PUBLIC RESTROOM 110 VESTIBULE 113 VESTIBULE 100 PUBLIC LOBBY 101 PUBLIC CORRIDOR 112CONFERENCE ROOM 107 COUNCIL CHAMBERS AV ROOM 105 TABLE AND CHAIR STORAGE 106 COATS/COFFEE ALCOVE 103 COUNCIL CHAMBER 102 RECEPTION / PUBLIC COUNTERS 118 OP E N O F F I C E 11 9 CO R R I D O R 11 5 CORRIDOR 132 OPEN OFFICE WORK AREA 150 OPEN OFFICE 163 CORRIDOR 164 CORRIDOR 146 CO R R I D O R 13 1 CORRIDOR 121 CO R R I D O R 15 6 OPEN OFFICE 159 CO R R I D O R 16 0 BS-1 VTU-14 BS-2 BS-5 BS-3 A2 M300 A2 M300 A B C D E F G H J 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 8.1 A.4 E.6 H.5 11.211.4 12.1 2.1 J.1 VTU-22 B-1 VTU-12 VTU-31 1. PIPING SHOWN ON PLAN IS DIAGRAMMATIC IN NATURE. NOT ALL PIPING RISES AND DROPS ARE SHOWN. PROVIDE OFFSETS AS REQUIRED TO MEET SPACE REQUIRMEENTS AND TO AVOID INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES. ROUTE PIPING AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE. 2. PROVIDE SLEEVES AT WALL/ROOF PENETRATION. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DETAIL(S) FOR SLEEVE INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. 3. INSULATION IS NOT SHOWN ON PLAN. REFER TO DIVISION 23 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INSULATION REQUIREMENTS. 4. PROVIDE ADEQUATE CLEARANCE FOR INSULATION IN HANGERS, FROM STRUCTURE, AND FROM EQUIPMENT. 5. SIZE AND SLOPE REFRIGERANT PIPING IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER GUIDELINES AND AS RECOMMENDED BY VRF/REFRIGERATION DESIGNER. 6. REFER TO REFRIGERATION DIAGRAM FOR REFRIGERANT PIPE SIZES. 7. FINAL VRF DESIGN TO BE COMPLETED BY MANUFACTURER/MANUFACTURER REPRESENTATIVE AND SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER PIPING SHOWN ON PLAN. GENERAL NOTES - HVAC PIPING N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/18/2022 1:27:37 PM \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS HVAC PIPING PLAN - LEVEL 1 OVERALL M200 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 CJH AJR AJR BDF PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N NO. DESCRIPTION DATE SCALE:3/32" = 1'-0"A2 HVAC PIPING PLAN - LEVEL 1 OVERALL FOR MORE INFORMATION, SEE AREA PLANS 87 Item 2. A B C D E F 1 2 3 4 5 A.4 E.6 2.1 CONFERENCE ROOM 171 CITY MANAGER OFFICE 169 OFFICE 168 OFFICE 167 CONFERENCE ROOM 166 BREAK ROOM 144 OFFICE 173 OFFICE 172 OFFICE 162 OFFICE 147 PRINT ROOM 161 OFFICE 148 WEATHER VESTIBULE 170 JANITOR & STORAGE 143 WELLNESS ROOM 145 OFFICE 138 OFFICE 137 HR FILE ROOM 140 FINANCE FILE ROOM 139 ELECTRICAL ROOM 135 SERVER ROOM 142 IT / IS WORK ROOM 141 OFFICE 136 VESTIBULE 126 VESTIBULE 126CORRIDOR 132 OPEN OFFICE WORK AREA 150 COPY ALCOVE 149 OPEN OFFICE 163 ? ? CORRIDOR 146 CORRIDOR 131 OPEN OFFICE 159 CORRIDOR 162 CORRIDOR 160 COPY ALCOVE 165 OFFICE 136 CONFERENCE ROOM 153 OFFICE 152 VESTIBULE 126CORRIDOR 132 OPEN OFFICE 159 MECHANICAL ROOM 133 VTU-8 VTU-24 VTU-7 VTU-5 VTU-4 VTU-1 VTU-6 VTU-9 VTU-10 VTU-11 VTU-13 VTU-23 VTU-25 VTU-26 VTU-2 VTU-3 T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R BS-4 R R R R R R R BS-3 A2 M300 A2 M300 R VTU-30 T T A B C D E F 1 2 3 4 5 A.4 E.6 2.1 REFRIGERATION LINES RLRS AC-1 ACCU-1 T B-1 P-2 BAS-1 BAS-2 BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM CONTROL PANELS P-1 3" H W S 3" HWR 3" H W R 3" H W R 3" H W R 3" H W R MANIFOLD 1 (25.6 GPM)MANIFOLD 2 (19.08 GPM) 2" H W R 2" H W S 2" H W R 2" H W S 2" HWR 2" HWS 1 1/2" HWS 1 1/2" HWR 2 1/2" HWR 1 1/2" HWS 2" HWS 2 1/2" HWR 2" HWS 2 1/2" HWR 2" HWS 1 1/2" HWR M09 M10 VTU-12 VTU-31 1. PIPING SHOWN ON PLAN IS DIAGRAMMATIC IN NATURE. NOT ALL PIPING RISES AND DROPS ARE SHOWN. PROVIDE OFFSETS AS REQUIRED TO MEET SPACE REQUIRMEENTS AND TO AVOID INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES. ROUTE PIPING AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE. 2. PROVIDE SLEEVES AT WALL/ROOF PENETRATION. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DETAIL(S) FOR SLEEVE INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. 3. INSULATION IS NOT SHOWN ON PLAN. REFER TO DIVISION 23 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INSULATION REQUIREMENTS. 4. PROVIDE ADEQUATE CLEARANCE FOR INSULATION IN HANGERS, FROM STRUCTURE, AND FROM EQUIPMENT. 5. SIZE AND SLOPE REFRIGERANT PIPING IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER GUIDELINES AND AS RECOMMENDED BY VRF/REFRIGERATION DESIGNER. 6. REFER TO REFRIGERATION DIAGRAM FOR REFRIGERANT PIPE SIZES. 7. FINAL VRF DESIGN TO BE COMPLETED BY MANUFACTURER/MANUFACTURER REPRESENTATIVE AND SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER PIPING SHOWN ON PLAN. GENERAL NOTES - HVAC PIPING N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/18/2022 1:27:44 PM \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS HVAC PIPING PLAN - LEVEL1 AREA A M201 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 CJH AJR AJR BDF PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N NO. DESCRIPTION DATE SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"A1 HVAC PIPING PLAN - LEVEL 1 AREA A KEYNOTE LEGEND M09 1-1/4" S.S. MANIFOLD WITH FLOW METER AND BALL VALVES- 8 CIRCUITS IN 20 GAUGE STEEL BOX WITH ACCESS DOOR M10 1-1/4" S.S. MANIFOLD WITH FLOW METER AND BALL VALVES- 6 CIRCUITS IN 20 GAUGE STEEL BOX WITH ACCESS DOOR 88 Item 2. A B C D E F 5 6 7 8 8.1 A.4 E.6 OFFICE 137 OFFICE 136 VESTIBULE 126 VESTIBULE 126CORRIDOR 132 OPEN OFFICE WORK AREA 150 OPEN OFFICE 159 OFFICE 136 WOMEN'S STAFF RESTROOM 125 MEN'S STAFF RESTROOM 128 JANITOR'S CLOSET 127 SURVEY STORAGE 130 CONFERENCE ROOM 153 OFFICE 152 OFFICE 154 TABLE & CHAIR STORAGE 155 OFFICE 158 OFFICE 157 VESTIBULE 126 SECURE FILE STORAGE 123 OFFICE 116 FIRESIDE/ MULTI-PURPOSE ROOM 120 COPY/ COLATING ROOM 124 CONFERENCE ROOM 114 VESTIBULE 113 VESTIBULE 100 RECEPTION / PUBLIC COUNTERS 118 OPEN OFFICE 119 CORRIDOR 115 CORRIDOR 132 CORRIDOR 121 CORRIDOR 156 OPEN OFFICE 159 CORRIDOR 131 COPY ALCOVE 122 MECHANICAL ROOM 133 VESTIBULE 113 PUBLIC LOBBY 101 VTU-14 VTU-13 VTU-15 VTU-16 VTU-17 VTU-18 VTU-19 VTU-20 VTU-21 VTU-26 VTU-28 T T T T T T T T T R R R R BS-5 R R R R R R R R R R R R R M01 R BS-2 RVTU-27 T VTU-30 T T R R R R R R A B C D E F 5 6 7 8 8.1 A.4 E.6 B-1 P-2 BAS-1 BAS-2 BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM CONTROL PANELS P-1 3" H W S 3" H W S 3" HWS3" HWS3" HWS 3" H W R MANIFOLD 4 (28.7 GPM) MANIFOLD 3 (20.03 GPM) 2" HWS 1 1/2" HWS 1 1/2" HWR 1 1/2" HWS 1 1/2" HWR 2" HWR 2" H W R 2" H W S M11 M12 VTU-22 1. PIPING SHOWN ON PLAN IS DIAGRAMMATIC IN NATURE. NOT ALL PIPING RISES AND DROPS ARE SHOWN. PROVIDE OFFSETS AS REQUIRED TO MEET SPACE REQUIRMEENTS AND TO AVOID INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES. ROUTE PIPING AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE. 2. PROVIDE SLEEVES AT WALL/ROOF PENETRATION. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DETAIL(S) FOR SLEEVE INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. 3. INSULATION IS NOT SHOWN ON PLAN. REFER TO DIVISION 23 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INSULATION REQUIREMENTS. 4. PROVIDE ADEQUATE CLEARANCE FOR INSULATION IN HANGERS, FROM STRUCTURE, AND FROM EQUIPMENT. 5. SIZE AND SLOPE REFRIGERANT PIPING IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER GUIDELINES AND AS RECOMMENDED BY VRF/REFRIGERATION DESIGNER. 6. REFER TO REFRIGERATION DIAGRAM FOR REFRIGERANT PIPE SIZES. 7. FINAL VRF DESIGN TO BE COMPLETED BY MANUFACTURER/MANUFACTURER REPRESENTATIVE AND SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER PIPING SHOWN ON PLAN. GENERAL NOTES - HVAC PIPING N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/18/2022 1:27:50 PM \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS HVAC PIPING PLAN - LEVEL 1 AREA B M202 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 CJH AJR AJR BDF PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N NO. DESCRIPTION DATE SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"A1 HVAC PIPING PLAN - LEVEL 1 AREA B KEYNOTE LEGEND M01 REFRIGERANT LINES TO/FROM OUTDOOR CONDENSING UNIT(S) PROVIDED BY OTHERS. DIVISION 23 CONTRACTOR TO CONNECT AT THIS POINT. CONDENSING UNITS LOCATED IN MECHANICAL ROOM PROVIDED BY OTHERS. M11 1-1/4" S.S. MANIFOLD WITH FLOW METER AND BALL VALVES- 7 CIRCUITS IN 20 GAUGE STEEL BOX WITH ACCESS DOOR M12 1-1/4" S.S. MANIFOLD WITH FLOW METER AND BALL VALVES- 9 CIRCUITS IN 20 GAUGE STEEL BOX WITH ACCESS DOOR 89 Item 2. UP DN A B C D E F 7 8 9 10 11 12 8.1 A.4 E.6 11.2 11.4 12.1 FIRESIDE/ MULTI-PURPOSE ROOM 120 CONFERENCE ROOM 114 VESTIBULE 113 VESTIBULE 100 RECEPTION / PUBLIC COUNTERS 118 JANITOR'S CLOSET 108 MEN'S PUBLIC RESTROOM 110 VESTIBULE 113 PUBLIC LOBBY 101 PUBLIC CORRIDOR 112 CONFERENCE ROOM 107 COUNCIL CHAMBERS AV ROOM 105 TABLE AND CHAIR STORAGE 106 COATS/COFFEE ALCOVE 103 COUNCIL CHAMBER 102 UNISEX RESTROOM 109 VTU-19 VTU-20 VTU-28 VTU-29 T T T T R R R R R BS-5 RVTU-27 T A B C D E F 7 8 9 10 11 12 8.1 A.4 E.6 11.2 11.4 12.1 1. PIPING SHOWN ON PLAN IS DIAGRAMMATIC IN NATURE. NOT ALL PIPING RISES AND DROPS ARE SHOWN. PROVIDE OFFSETS AS REQUIRED TO MEET SPACE REQUIRMEENTS AND TO AVOID INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES. ROUTE PIPING AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE. 2. PROVIDE SLEEVES AT WALL/ROOF PENETRATION. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DETAIL(S) FOR SLEEVE INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. 3. INSULATION IS NOT SHOWN ON PLAN. REFER TO DIVISION 23 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INSULATION REQUIREMENTS. 4. PROVIDE ADEQUATE CLEARANCE FOR INSULATION IN HANGERS, FROM STRUCTURE, AND FROM EQUIPMENT. 5. SIZE AND SLOPE REFRIGERANT PIPING IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER GUIDELINES AND AS RECOMMENDED BY VRF/REFRIGERATION DESIGNER. 6. REFER TO REFRIGERATION DIAGRAM FOR REFRIGERANT PIPE SIZES. 7. FINAL VRF DESIGN TO BE COMPLETED BY MANUFACTURER/MANUFACTURER REPRESENTATIVE AND SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER PIPING SHOWN ON PLAN. GENERAL NOTES - HVAC PIPING N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/18/2022 1:27:56 PM \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS HVAC PIPING PLAN - LEVEL 1 AREA C M203 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 CJH AJR AJR BDF PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N NO. DESCRIPTION DATE SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"A1 HVAC PIPING PLAN - LEVEL 1 AREA C 90 Item 2. A B C D E F 1 2 3 4 5 A.4 E.6 2.1 DOAS-13/4" G REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ROOF CURB CONSTRUCTION AND REQUIREMENTS. COORDINATE ROOF PENETRATION WITH BASE-BUILDING STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. 20'-4 3/8" OPG. 3'-0" 8' - 0 " 6 ' - 7 " OP G . 8' - 0 " A2 M300 A2 M300 3" VTR -TERMINATE 24" ABOVE THE ROOF A B C D E F 1 2 3 4 5 A.4 E.6 2.1 WATER HEATER EXHAUST FLUE. TERMINATE 3'-0" ABOVE THE ROOF 3/4" G DN 6" BOILER COMBUSTION AIR INTAKE TERMINATE 3'-0" ABOVE THE ROOF WITH A GOOSENECK 6" BOILER EXHAUST FLUE TERMINATE 3'-0" ABOVE THE ROOF L0 100'-0" L2 116'-0" L3 127'-6" 2 32.1 18x24 20x34 30x34 DOAS-1 13x47 L0 1200" L2 1392" L3 1530" 2 32.1 N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/ 1 8 / 2 0 2 2 1 : 28 : 0 2 P M \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS HVAC ENLARGED PLANS & SECTIONS M300 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 CJH AJR AJR BDF PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:1/8" = 1'-0"A4 HVAC DUCTWORK & PIPING PLAN - LEVEL 2 AREA A SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"A2 MECHANICAL SECTION - DOAS-1 NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 91 Item 2. DIRT POCKET GAS PIPE UNION LUBRICATED PLUG COCK AS APPROVED BY LOCAL CODE AUTHORITYROOFTOP EQUIPMENT APPLIANCE REGULATORS ROOF G PIPE CLAMP W/ VIBRA STRIP PIPE CUSHION NOTES: 1. PAINT ALL METAL SURFACES WITH GLOSS BLACK RUST RESISTANT ENAMEL. 2. COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF PIPE SUPPORTS WITH ROOFING CONTRACTOR. ADDITIONAL PAD BY OTHERS ROOF PIPE PIER PIPE BLOCK PIPE ADJUSTABLE CLEVIS HANGER SADDLE WELD SIDE VIEW TRAPEZE HANGER FOR UP TO 1000 LB. UNIFORM LOAD PROVIDE INSULATION SHIELD AND INSERT FOR ALL PIPING (8" MIN.) 1 5/8" 12 GAGE CHANNEL OR 2"x2"x1/4" ANGLE 1" MAX. PROVIDE HIGH COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH INSULATION (9 PCF MIN. DENSITY) UNDER INSULATION SHIELD ADJUSTABLE CLEVIS HANGER HANGER ROD INSULATION SHIELD AT HANGER INSULATION (VAPOR BARRIER TYPE IS REQUIRED FOR LOW TEMPERATURE PIPE) BAND 1/2" DIA. HANGER RODS WITH 36" MAX. SPACING ON EACH CHANNEL RS SUPPLY DUCTWORK. REFER TO MECHANICAL PLANS FOR SIZE. FLEXIBLE CONNECTION (TYP) INSULATED, TRAPPED CONDENSATE DRAIN. REFER TO MANUFACTURER FOR RECOMMENDED SLOPE AND INSTALLATION. S.A. FINISHED CEILING RETURN, FULLY DUCTED. PROVIDE FILTER SECTION AND ACCESS PANELS AS NECESSARY. REFER TO PLAN FOR DUCT SIZE. EQUIPMENT HANGERS WITH ISOLATORS OA SUPPLY DUCT. CONNECT TO RETURN DUCT AS SHOWN ON PLANS. SEE MECHANICAL SCHEDULE FOR OA REQUIREMENT. FULLY INSULATED REFRIGERANT LIQUID AND SUCTION PIPING. SUPPORT UNIT FROM TOP OF STRUCTURE. PROVIDE HANGERS AT EACH CORNER. ALLOW ADEQUATE SPACE FOR CONDENSATE DRAINAGE. RL PROVIDE ADEQUATE SPACE FOR CONDENSATE DRAINAGE. VRF TERMINAL UNIT VD OCU-1 BS-5 VTU-20 3/8" RL, 5/8" RS 1/4" RL, 1/2" RS VTU-28 VTU-19 VTU-29 3/8" RL, 5/8" RS 1/4" RL, 1/2" RS BS-2 VTU-16 3/8" RL, 5/8" RS 1/4" RL, 1/2" RS 3/8" RL, 7/8" HPV, 3/4" LPV VTU-17 VTU-18 VTU-21 VTU-22 VTU-27 3/8" RL, 5/8" RS 1/4" RL, 1/2" RS 3/8" RL, 5/8" RS 1/4" RL, 1/2" RS BS-1 VTU-14 1/4" RL, 1/2" RS VTU-15 VTU-26 VTU-13 VTU-23 1/4" RL, 1/2" RS 3/8" RL, 7/8" HPV, 3/4" LPV 3/8" RL, 7/8" HPV, 3/4" LPV 7/8" RL, 1-5/8" HPV, 1-3/8" LPV 7/8" RL, 1-5/8" HPV, 1-3/8" LPV VTU-12 1/4" RL, 1/2" RS 3/8" RL, 5/8" RS 1/4" RL, 1/2" RS 1/4" RL, 1/2" RS BS-3 VTU-25 3/8" RL, 5/8" HPV, 1/2" LPV 3/8" RL, 5/8" RS BS-4 VTU-1 3/8" RL, 5/8" RS VTU-2 VTU-3 VTU-4 VTU-5 1/4" RL, 1/2" RS 7/8" RL, 1-3/8" HPV, 1-1/8" LPV VTU-6 1/4" RL, 1/2" RS 1/4" RL, 1/2" RS 1/4" RL, 1/2" RS VTU-7 VTU-8 VTU-9 VTU-10 VTU-24 VTU-11 1/4" RL, 1/2" RS 1/4" RL, 1/2" RS 1/4" RL, 1/2" RS 1/4" RL, 1/2" RS 1/4" RL, 1/2" RS 3/8" RL, 5/8" RS 3/8" RL, 5/8" RS NOTES: 1. REFER TO HVAC PIPING PLANS FOR VTU AND BS LOCATIONS. 2. BS TO BE PIPED FOR ENERGY/HEAT RECOVERY. 3. REFER TO HVAC PIPING PLANS FOR PIPING LENGTHS AND ROUTING REQUIREMENTS. 4. REFER TO DETAILS FOR PIPING INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS AND GUIDELINES WILL TAKE PRECEDENT OVER DETAILS PROVIDED ON PLANS. 5. REFRIGERANT LINE SIZING AND METHODS ARE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE REFRIGERANT SYSTEM (VTUS, OCU, BS, ETC) VENDOR/MANUFACTURER. 6. REFER TO MECHANICAL SCHEDULES FOR EQUIPMENT PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS. MAIN DUCT MAIN DUCT EQUAL TO REQUIRED BRANCH DUCT DIAMETER ADJUSTABLE ELBOW RINGS SEAL ALL AROUND 1" MIN. ON TOP AND BOTTOM SUPPLY AIRFLOW SEAL ALL AROUND EQUAL TO REQUIRED BRANCH DUCT DIMENSIONS 1/4 BRANCH DUCT WIDTH, BUT MIN. 4" 1" MIN. ON TOP AND BOTTOM 45°45° AIR DIFFUSER CEILING FLEXIBLE AIR DUCT (5'-0" MAX.) RUNOUT DUCT SIZE SHALL BE SAME AS DIFFUSER NECK DIAMETER UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS. DRAW BAND (2 TYP) ELBOW RADIUS 1-1/2 TIMES DUCT DIAMETER ROUND RIGID DUCT 45° TAKE-OFF RECTANGULAR OR ROUND SUPPLY AIR DUCT A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/ 1 8 / 2 0 2 2 1 : 28 : 0 4 P M \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS HVAC DETAILS & DIAGRAMS M400 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 CJH AJR AJR BDF PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE: NTSA1 HVAC DETAIL - GAS PIPING CONNECTION TO ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT SCALE: NTSA2HVAC DETAIL - GAS PIPING SUPPORT ON ROOF SCALE: NTSB1HVAC DETAIL - PIPE HANGERS SCALE: NTSC1HVAC DETAIL - VTU UNIT INSTALLATION SCALE: NTSA3REFRIGERANT PIPING DIAGRAM SCALE: NTSD1HVAC DETAIL - BRANCH DUCT TAKE-OFF FITTING SCALE: NTSE1HVAC DETAIL - DUCT TO SUPPLY DIFFUSER NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 92 Item 2. BALANCING VALVE INLINE PUMP STRAINE R SHUTOFF VALVE (TYP) PRESSURE GAUGE BALL VALVE (TYP) CHECK VALVE SUCTION DISCHARGE TEMP./PRESSURE GAUGE (FACTORY SUPPLIED). CONNECT BY DIV. 23 FLOW SWITCH (FACTORY SUPPLIED). CONNECT BY DIV. 23 MAIN REGULATOR PILOT REGULATOR PRESSURE & TEMP. RELIEF VALVE. MOUNT IN VERTICAL AND NOT ISOLATED FROM BOILER BY ANY SHUT-OFF. SHUT-OFF VALVE (TYP) THERMOMETER (TYP) RETURN SUPPLY R F R 3" HWS P-2 CHEMICAL POT FEEDER WITH FILTER AS-1 ET-1 3" HWS (150 °F) 3" HWR (130 °F)3" HWR 3" HWS B-1P-1 3" H W R 3" H W S CENTER TO CENTER DISTANCE BETWEEN BOILER (PRIMARY) SUPPLY AND RETURN MANIFOLDS SHOULD BE 4 PIPE DIAMETERS OR LESS (10" OR LESS) 3" HWR 3" 1-1/ 2 " H W S 1-1/ 2 " H W R SNOW MELT MANIFOLD #4 1-1/2" HWS 2-1/2" HWR 1-1/ 2 " H W S 1-1/ 2 " H W R 2-1/2" HWS 1-1/2" HWR M ENERGY METER SNOW MELT MANIFOLD #3 1-1/ 2 " H W S 1-1/ 2 " H W R SNOW MELT MANIFOLD #2 1-1/ 2 " H W S 1-1/ 2 " H W R SNOW MELT MANIFOLD #1 2" HWS 2" HWR A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company 2/ 1 8 / 2 0 2 2 1 : 28 : 0 5 P M \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS HVAC DETAILS M401 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 CJH GJH GJH PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N NO. DESCRIPTION DATE SCALE: NTSA1INLINE PUMP PIPING DETAIL SCALE: NTSA2BOILER PIPING SCHEMATIC DETAIL SCALE: NTSA4HEATING WATER PIPING SCHEMATIC (ALTERNATE NO. 6) 93 Item 2. A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company 2/ 1 8 / 2 0 2 2 1 : 28 : 0 5 P M \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS HVAC SCHEDULES M500 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 CJH AJR AJR BDF PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 3. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION OF GRD WITH OTHER TRADES AS APPLICABLE (LIGHTING, ARCH CEILING, ETC) 2. GRD INSTALLING CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR SELECTING PROPER MOUNTING MATERIALS TO MATCH WALL/CEILING CONSTRUCTION. 1. REFER TO PLANS FOR MODULE SIZE, NECK/CONNECTION SIZE, GRD LOCATION, QUANTITY, AND MOUNTING LOCATION. REMARKS: SG-1 SUPPLY STEEL WALL WHITE SUPPLY GRILLE, 3/4" BLADE SPACING, DOUBLE DEFLECTION TITUS 300RS 1, 2, 3 TG-2 TRANSFER STEEL CEILING WHITE TRANSFER GRILLE, SIGHT PROOF EGGRATE, RECTANGULAR DUCT CONNECTION TITUS 45F 1, 2, 3 TG-1 TRANSFER STEEL WALL WHITE TRANSFER GRILLE, 3/4" BLADE SPACING, 35 DEGREE, SINGLE DEFLECTION, HORIZONTAL BLADES TITUS 350RL 1, 2, 3 LSD-1 SUPPLY ALUMINUM CEILING WHITE ADJUSTABLE 3/4" LINEAR SLOTS, INSULATED PLENUM, ROUND OR OVAL NECK CONNECTION TITUS ML-38 1, 2, 3 SD-1 SUPPLY STEEL CEILING WHITE 3-CONE ADJUSTABLE, ROUND NECK CONNECTION TITUS TMSA 1, 2, 3 RG-2 RETURN STEEL WALL WHITE RETURN GRILLE, 3/4" BLADE SPACING, 35 DEGREE, SINGLE DEFLECTION, HORIZONTAL BLADES TITUS 350RL 1, 2, 3 RG-1 RETURN STEEL CEILING WHITE RETURN GRILLE, SIGHT PROOF EGGRATE, RECTANGULAR DUCT CONNECTION TITUS 45F 1, 2, 3 EG-2 EXHAUST STEEL DUCT/WALL WHITE EXHAUST GRILLE, 3/4" BLADE SPACING, 35 DEGREE, SINGLE DEFLECTION, HORIZONTAL BLADES TITUS 350RL 1, 2, 3 EG-1 EXHAUST STEEL CEILING WHITE EXHAUST GRILLE, SIGHT PROOF EGGRATE, RECTANGULAR DUCT CONNECTION TITUS 45F 1, 2, 3 ID SERVES MATERIAL MOUNT FINISH DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER MODEL NO REMARKS GRILLES, REGISTERS, DIFFUSERS SCHEDULE 3. UNITS TO HAVE MERV 8 FILTER. SEE MECHANICAL DETAIL FOR MORE INFORMATION.GRD INSTALLING CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR SELECTING PROPER MOUNTING MATERIALS TO MATCH WALL/CEILING CONSTRUCTION. 2. UNITS TO HAVE BUILT-IN CONDENSATE PUMP, IF AVAILABLE. IF NOT AVAILABLE PROVIDE CONDENSATE PUMP.REFER TO PLANS FOR MODULE SIZE,... 1. REFER TO ELECTRICAL PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS. REMARKS:3,160 140,530 280,114 420,644 312,190 VTU-31 136 - OFFICE 137- OFFICE 138 - OFFICE DAIKIN FXMQ05TAVJU DUCTED 375 375 70 305 375 375 65.0 67.4 75.1 3,062 44 0 3,106 375 375 55.0 70.5 55.0 1,975 VTU-30 152 - OFFICE DAIKIN FXZQ05TAVJU 2X2 CASSETTE 125 125 25 100 125 125 65.0 67.4 75.8 1,026 110 0 1,136 125 125 55.0 70.2 55.0 2,920 VTU-29 105 - COUNCIL CHAMBERS AV ROOM DAIKIN FXAQ24PVJU WALL MOUNTED 500 500 20 480 500 500 65.0 67.9 75.1 3,845 33 0 3,878 500 500 55.0 73.2 55.0 24,615 VTU-28 113 - VESTIBULE DAIKIN FXEQ07PVJU 1WAY CASSETTE 105 105 0 105 105 105 65.0 68.0 77.5 794 286 0 1,080 105 105 55.0 74.0 55.0 2,150 VTU-27 100 - VESTIBULE DAIKIN FXMQ24PBVJU DUCTED 700 700 0 700 700 700 65.0 68.0 101.5 5,292 20,046 0 25,338 700 700 55.0 74.0 55.0 14,255 VTU-26 135 - VESTIBULE DAIKIN FXEQ07PVJU 1WAY CASSETTE 45 45 0 45 45 45 65.0 68.0 75.3 340 17 0 357 45 45 55.0 74.0 55.0 1,120 VTU-25 142 - SERVER ROOM DAIKIN FXAQ24PVJU WALL MOUNTED 85 85 30 55 85 85 65.0 66.9 131.1 740 5,151 0 5,891 85 85 55.0 67.3 55.0 24,890 VTU-24 170 - WEATHER VESTIBULE DAIKIN FXEQ07PVJU 1WAY CASSETTE 115 115 0 115 115 115 65.0 68.0 75.4 869 48 0 917 115 115 55.0 74.0 55.0 2,275 VTU-23 141 - IT/IS WORK ROOM DAIKIN FXZQ05TAVJU 2X2 CASSETTE 205 205 55 150 205 205 65.0 67.2 75.5 1,728 110 0 1,838 205 205 55.0 68.9 55.0 2,920 VTU-22 116 - OFFICE 117 - OFFICE 124 - COPY AND COLATING DAIKIN FXMQ05TAVJU DUCTED 350 350 60 290 350 350 65.0 67.5 75.1 2,840 44 0 2,884 350 350 55.0 70.7 55.0 1,975 VTU-21 114 - CONFERENCE ROOM DAIKIN FXZQ05TAVJU 2X2 CASSETTE 165 165 45 120 165 165 65.0 67.2 82.9 1,393 1,408 0 2,801 165 165 55.0 68.8 55.0 2,340 VTU-20 107 - CONFERENCE ROOM DAIKIN FXMQ07TAVJU DUCTED 495 495 135 360 495 495 65.0 67.2 82.9 4,180 4,234 0 8,414 495 495 55.0 68.8 55.0 7,020 VTU-19 102 - COUNCIL CHAMBER DAIKIN FXMQ48TAVJU DUCTED 2,655 2,655 720 1,935 2,655 2,655 65.0 67.2 84.7 22,405 27,946 0 50,351 2,655 2,655 55.0 68.8 55.0 36,345 VTU-18 101 - PUBLIC LOBBY DAIKIN FXMQ30TAVJU DUCTED 1,360 1,360 335 1,025 1,360 1,360 65.0 67.3 86.8 11,367 17,336 0 28,703 1,360 1,360 55.0 69.3 55.0 19,990 VTU-17 119 - OPEN OFFICE DAIKIN FXZQ07TAVJU 2X2 CASSETTE 505 505 135 370 505 505 65.0 67.2 75.5 4,255 266 0 4,521 505 505 55.0 68.9 55.0 7,195 VTU-16 120 - FIRESIDE/MULTI-URPOSE... DAIKIN FXMQ36TAVJU DUCTED 1,590 1,590 280 1,310 1,590 1,590 65.0 67.5 90.4 12,928 26,397 0 39,325 1,590 1,590 55.0 70.7 55.0 26,140 VTU-15 158 - OFFICE DAIKIN FXZQ12TAVJU 2X2 CASSETTE 350 350 40 310 350 350 65.0 67.7 98.6 2,776 8,929 0 11,705 350 350 55.0 71.8 55.0 6,290 VTU-14 130 - SURVEY STORAGE 154 - OFFICE 157 - OFFICE DAIKIN FXMQ05TAVJU DUCTED 300 300 110 190 300 300 65.0 66.9 75.3 2,624 111 0 2,735 300 300 55.0 67.0 55.0 4,220 VTU-13 153 - CONFERENCE ROOM 150 - OPEN OFFICE WORK AREA DAIKIN FXMQ07TAVJU DUCTED 685 685 120 565 685 685 65.0 67.5 75.3 5,567 185 0 5,752 685 685 55.0 70.7 55.0 6,000 VTU-12 147 - OFFICE 148 - OFFICE 162 - OFFICE 161 - PRINT ROOM DAIKIN FXMQ24TAVJU DUCTED 485 485 90 395 485 485 65.0 67.4 75.4 3,958 190 0 4,148 485 485 55.0 70.5 55.0 4,220 VTU-11 159 - OPEN OFFICE DAIKIN FXMQ54TAVJU DUCTED 2,030 2,030 155 1,875 2,030 2,030 65.0 67.8 94.0 15,849 41,641 0 57,490 2,030 2,030 55.0 72.5 55.0 35,990 VTU-10 172 - OFFICE DAIKIN FXZQ05TAVJU 2X2 CASSETTE 155 155 40 115 155 155 65.0 67.2 75.2 1,301 36 0 1,337 155 155 55.0 69.1 55.0 1,745 VTU-9 173 - OFFICE DAIKIN FXZQ12TAVJU 2X2 CASSETTE 365 365 40 325 365 365 65.0 67.7 98.1 2,889 9,094 0 11,983 365 365 55.0 71.9 55.0 6,580 VTU-8 171 - CONFERENCE ROOM DAIKIN FXMQ48TAVJU DUCTED 1,260 1,260 160 1,100 1,260 1,260 65.0 67.6 103.2 10,044 38,315 0 48,359 1,260 1,260 55.0 71.6 55.0 22,325 VTU-7 169 - CITY MANAGER OFFICE DAIKIN FXZQ15TAVJU 2X2 CASSETTE 370 370 45 325 370 425 65.0 67.6 107.2 2,943 12,873 0 15,816 370 370 55.0 71.7 55.0 6,610 VTU-6 163 - OPEN OFFICE DAIKIN FXZQ05TAVJU 2X2 CASSETTE 360 360 90 270 360 360 65.0 67.3 75.6 3,013 215 0 3,228 360 360 55.0 69.3 55.0 5,403 VTU-5 168 - OFFICE DAIKIN FXZQ15TAVJU 2X2 CASSETTE 305 305 40 265 305 305 65.0 67.6 109.2 2,435 11,267 0 13,702 305 305 55.0 71.5 55.0 5,410 VTU-4 167 - OFFICE DAIKIN FXZQ09TAVJU 2X2 CASSETTE 200 200 25 175 200 200 65.0 67.6 113.4 1,593 8,299 0 9,892 200 200 55.0 71.6 55.0 3,600 VTU-3 166 - CONFERENCE ROOM DAIKIN FXMQ07TAVJU DUCTED 400 400 50 350 400 400 65.0 67.6 99.8 3,186 10,708 0 13,894 400 400 55.0 71.6 55.0 5,250 VTU-2 144 - BREAK ROOM DAIKIN FXMQ48TAVJU DUCTED 775 775 155 620 775 775 65.0 67.4 116.5 6,361 34,714 0 41,075 775 775 55.0 70.2 55.0 19,915 VTU-1 163 - OPEN OFFICE DAIKIN FXZQ05TAVJU 2X2 CASSETTE 360 360 90 270 360 360 65.0 67.3 75.6 3,013 215 0 3,228 360 360 55.0 69.3 55.0 5,403 - - - - - CFM CFM CFM CFM CFM CFM DEG F DEG F DEG F BTUH BTUH BTUH BTUH CFM CFM DEG F DEG F DEG F BTUH MAX. SUPPLY MIN. SUPPLY MIN. OUTSIDE AIR RETURN MAX. SUPPLY MIN. SUPPLY OAT (DB) MAT (DB) LAT (DB)REHEAT ENVELOPE SUPP. HEAT TOTAL CAPACITY MAX. SUPPLY MIN. SUPPLY OAT (DB) MAT (DB) LAT (DB) TOTAL COOLING (MAX) EQUIPMENT ID SPACE(S) SERVED MANUFACTURER MODEL NO. STYLE AIRFLOW HEATING PERFORMANCE COOLING PERFORMANCE VARIABLE REFRIGERANT FLOW TERMINAL UNIT SCHEDULE 2. COORDINATE ROOF CURB INSTALLATION AND PLACEMENT WITH OTHER TRADES (ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, ETC). 1. REFER TO ELECTRICAL PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS. REMARKS: DOAS-1 CITY HALL DAIKIN DPS010A 3,295 3,295 3,295 3,295 0.75 0.50 35.1 65.0 141,988 79.8 67.2 55.0 55.0 88,253 121,645 -15.0 -16.0 70.0 50.0 35.1 27.6 197,127 0.59 0.57 88.0 72.0 74.0 62.0 79.8 67.2 197,127 0.59 0.50 - - - - CFM CFM CFM CFM IN. WC IN. WC DEG... DEG F BTUH DEG F DEG F DEG F DEG F BTUH BTUH DEG F DEG F DEG F DEG F DEG F DEG F BTUH - - DEG F DEG F DEG F DEG F DEG F DEG F BTUH - - SUPPLY OUTSIDE RETURN EXHAUST SUPPLY ESP EXHAUST ESP EAT (DB) LAT (DB)CAPACITY EAT (DB) EAT (WB) LAT (DB) LAT (WB) SENSIBLE CAPACITY TOTAL CAPACITY OAT (DB) OAT (WB) RAT (DB) RAT (WB) LAT (DB) LAT (WB) ENERGY RECOVERED SENSIBLE EFFECTIVENESS TOTAL EFFECTIVENESS OAT (DB) OAT (WB) RAT (DB) RAT (WB) LAT (DB) LAT (WB) ENERGY RECOVERED SENSIBLE EFFECTIVENESS TOTAL EFFECTIVENESS EQUIPMENT ID SPACE(S) SERVED MANUFACTURER MODEL NO. AIRFLOW HEATING COIL - NATURAL GAS COOLING COIL - DX ENERGY RECOVERY (WINTER)ENERGY RECOVERY (SUMMER) DEDICATED OUTSIDE AIR SYSTEM UNIT SCHEDULE 3. UNITS TO BE PIPED FOR HEAT RECOVERY. 2. REFER TO PIPING PLAN FOR LOCATIONS OF BRANCH SELECTOR AND VTU... 1. REFER TO ELECTRICAL PLAN AND SPECIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL... REMARKS: BS-5 DAIKIN BS4Q54TVJ 54,000 BS-4 DAIKIN BS12Q54TVJ 54,000 BS-3 DAIKIN BSQ36TVJ 36,000 BS-2 DAIKIN BS6Q54TVJ 54,000 BS-1 DAIKIN BS6Q54TVJ 54,000 - - - BTUH EQUIPMENT ID MANUFACTURER MODEL NO. MAX CAPACITY PER PORT VRF BRANCH SELECTOR SCHEDULE GAS-FIRED BOILER SCHEDULE ID LOCATION MANUFACTURER MODEL NO. TYPE ARRANGEMENT GAS-FIRED HEAT EXCHANGER HEATING PLANT THERMAL EFF SOUND PRESS LEVEL UNIT WEIGHT FLA MCA MOCP VOLT PH REMARKSNAME NO. GAS BURNER WATERSIDE GLYCOL INPUT INPUT @ MIN FIRE CAP CAP @ MIN FIRE STAGES FUEL FLOW EWT LWT PRESS DROP (PSI) VOL TYPE %TYPE PRESS AVAIL DESIGN MIN @ MIN FIRE B-1 SPACE 75 AERCO BMK-1000 CONDENSING 1,000,000 66,666.7 920,000 61,333.3 15 NG 2.0 psi 100 GPM 12 GPM 130 °F 150 °F 3 16.3 PG 30 96% 802.00 lbf 10 A 12 A 15 A 120 V 1 CIRCULATING PUMP SCHEDULE ID SYSTEM NAME MANUFACTURER MODEL NO. TYPE PUMP MOTOR UNIT WEIGHT FLA MCA MOCP VOLT PH REMARKS FLOW HEAD DRIVE TYPE POWER RPM ECMDESIGN MIN P-1 HWS 3 BELL & GOSSETT ECOCIRC XL 20-140 IN-LINE 95 GPM 12 GPM 15.0 FT 0.00 hp 0 Yes 10.00 lbf 0 A 0 A 15 A 208 V 1 P-2 V 4 BELL & GOSSETT e-90 1.5AAB IN-LINE 95 GPM 12 GPM 100.0 FT 0.00 hp 3450 No 10.00 lbf 0 A 0 A 15 A 208 V 3 SPLIT SYSTEM INDOOR UNIT SCHEDULE EQPM ID LOCATION TYPE FLOW (CFM) NET COOLING CAP. (MBH) MAX COOLING HEATING DATA ELECTRICAL DATA SEER MIN. MAX NOISE (DBA) MANUFACTURER MODEL NOTESTOTAL SENSIBLE EAT °F DB EAT °F WB CAP (MBH) EAT °F LAT °F VOL PH MCA AC-1 142 - SERVER ROOM DUCTLESS SPLIT EVAPORATOR 790 24000.0 0.0 75 75 24000 75 208 1 20 20.5 48.5 BOSCH BMS500-AAU024-1 AHWXB SPLIT SYSTEM OUTDOOR UNIT SCHEDULE EQPM ID LOCATION SERVES TYPE REFRIGERANT TYPE COOLING HEATING CAPACITY (MBH) COMPRESSOR ELECTRICAL DATA MANUFACTURER MODEL NOTESCAP. MBH AMB. TEMP (°F) NO. TYPE RLA EA FLA VOL PH HZ COND. FAN MCA MOCPNO. HP ACCU-1 142 - SERVER ROOM 142 - SERVER ROOM R401A 24.0 75 0 1 TWIN ROTORY 14 0.0 208 1 60 1 .50 AMPS 20.0 30.0 BOSCH BMS500-AAS024-1 CSXHB 94 Item 2. A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company 2/ 1 8 / 2 0 2 2 1 : 28 : 0 6 P M \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS SNOW MELTING SCHEDULES M501 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 Checker Author Designer PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 95 Item 2. ELECTRICAL ABBREVIATIONS A/AMP AMPERES AC ALTERNATING CURRENT AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AFG ABOVE FINISHED GRADE AHU AIR HANDLING UNIT AIC AMPERES INTERRUPTING CAPACITY AL ALUMINUM ARCH ARCHITECTURAL ASYM ASYMMETRICAL ATS AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH AWG AMERICAN WIRE GAUGE BATT BATTERY BD BOARD BKBD BACKBOARD BLDG BUILDING C CONDUIT CATV CABLE TELEVISION CCTV CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION cd CANDELA CLG CEILING CB CIRCUIT BREAKER CH CHILLER CHWP CHILLED WATER PUMP CKT CIRCUIT CL CENTERLINE COMM COMMUNICATION CONT CONTINUED CORR CORRIDOR CT CURRENT TRANSFORMER CTR CENTER CU CONDENSING UNIT CU COPPER dB DECIBEL DC DIRECT CURRENT DEPT DEPARTMENT DIA DIAMETER DISC DISCONNECT DIST DISTRIBUTION DN DOWN DP DOUBLE POLE DR DOOR DT DOUBLE THROW DWG DRAWING DWP DOMESTIC WATER PUMP EA EACH EC EMPTY CONDUIT EF EXHAUST FAN ELEC ELECTRICAL ELEV ELEVATOR EMT ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING ENT ELECTRICAL NONMETALLIC TUBING EP EXPLOSION PROOF EPO EMERGENCY POWER OFF EQ EQUAL EQUIP. EQUIPMENT EWC ELECTRIC WATER COOLER EWH ELECTRIC WATER HEATER EUH ELECTRIC UNIT HEATER F FUSED FA FIRE ALARM FAAP FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR PANEL FACP FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL FBO FURNISHED BY OTHERS FC FOOT CANDLE FCU FAN COIL UNIT FDR FEEDER FT FEET FVNR FULL VOLTAGE NON REVERSING G GROUND GA GAUGE GEN GENERATOR GFI GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER GFCI GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER G.F.C.I. GOVT. FURNISHED,CONTRACTOR INSTALLED G.F.G.I. GOVT. FURNISHED, GOVT. INSTALLED GFP GROUND FAULT PROTECTION GND GROUND GOVT. GOVERNMENT GUH GAS UNIT HEATER GYP GYPSUM H HIGH HG HOSPITAL GRADE HH HAND HOLE HP HORSEPOWER HID HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE HO HIGH OUTPUT HOA HAND OFF AUTOMATIC HPF HIGH POWER FACTOR HPS HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM HR HOUR HT HEIGHT HTR HEATER HVAC HEATING, VENTILATION, AIR CONDITIONING HWP HOT WATER PUMP HZ HERTZ IES ILLUMINATING ENGINEERING SOCIETY IG ISOLATED GROUND IMC INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT IN INCHES IR INFRARED J-BOX JUNCTION BOX JP JOCKEY PUMP kcmil or KCM THOUSAND CIRCULAR MILS kW KILOWATTS kVA KILOVOLT AMPERES kVAR KILOVOLT AMPERES REACTIVE kV KILOVOLTS L LONG LA LIGHTNING ARRESTOR LAB LABORATORY LBS POUNDS LPS LOW PRESSURE SODIUM LTG LIGHTING LV LOW VOLTAGE MACH MACHINE MAU MAKEUP AIR UNIT MAX MAXIMUM MTBB MAIN TELEPHONE BACKBOARD MC METAL-CLAD MCB MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER MCC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER MCM THOUSAND CIRCULAR MILS MCS MOLDED CASE SWITCH MECH MECHANICAL MFR MANUFACTURER MH MANHOLE MH METAL HALIDE MIN MINIMUM MISC MISCELLANEOUS MLO MAIN LUGS ONLY MTD MOUNTED MTG MOUNTING MV MEDIUM VOLTAGE MV MERCURY VAPOR N NEUTRAL NC NORMALLY CLOSED NC NURSE CALL NEC NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE N.E.C. NETWORK ENTERPRISE CENTER NEMA NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION NF NON-FUSED NIC NOT IN CONTRACT NL NIGHT LIGHT NM NON-METALLIC NO NORMALLY OPEN NTS NOT TO SCALE OC ON CENTER OCPD OVER-CURRENT PROTECTION DEVICE OHCR OVERHEAD CORD REEL P POLE P PUMP PA PUBLIC ADDRESS PB PUSHBUTTON PC PHOTO CONTROL PFC POWER FURNITURE CONNECTION PH PHASE PIV POST INDICATOR VALVE PNL PANEL PSI POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH PVC POLYVINYL-CHLORIDE PWR POWER RC REMOTE CONTROL RCVR RECEIVER RECP RECEPTACLE REQD REQUIRED REV REVISION RF RETURN FAN RGS RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL RM ROOM RPM REVOLUTIONS PER MINUTE RTU ROOF TOP UNIT SCH SCHEDULE SEC SECURITY SF SQUARE FEET SF SUPPLY FAN SFL SUB FEED LUGS SN SOLID NEUTRAL SP SINGLE POLE SP SUMP PUMP SPD SURGE PROTECTION DEVICE SPEC SPECIFICATION SPKR SPEAKER SS SERVICE SWITCHBOARD ST SHUNT TRIP ST SINGLE THROW SW SWITCH SWBD SWITCHBOARD SWGR SWITCHGEAR SYM SYMMETRICAL TEL TELEPHONE TFL THRU FEED LUGS TL TWIST-LOCK TR TAMPER RESISTANT TV TELEVISION TVSS TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSION TYP TYPICAL UG UNDERGROUND UH UNIT HEATER UL UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES UON UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED UV ULTRAVIOLET UPS UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY V VOLTS VA VOLT AMPERES VAR VOLT AMPERES REACTIVE VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE W WATTS W WIDE W WIRES WH WATER HEATER WP WEATHERPROOF W WITH W/O WITHOUT XFMR TRANSFORMER XMTR TRANSMITTER 20A, 120 VOLT BRANCH CIRCUITS BRANCH CIRCUIT HOMERUN CONDUCTOR SIZING SCHEDULE MINIMUM CONDUCTOR SIZE GREATER THAN 250 FEET 151 FEET TO 250 FEET 100 FEET TO 150 FEET LESS THAN 100 FEET HOMERUN LENGTH #8 AWG COPPER #6 AWG COPPER #10 AWG COPPER #12 AWG COPPER NOTE: PROVIDE CONDUCTOR SIZES INDICATED ON ABOVE SCHEDULE UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON LIGHTING, POWER AND SYSTEMS DRAWINGS. HOMERUN JUNCTION BOX TO BE WITHIN 10' OF LAST DEVICE CONNECTED TO CIRCUITS. HOMERUN LENGTH TO INCLUDE BOTH HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL ROUTING DISTANCES. IN ALL CASES, PROVIDE BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS SIZED TO LIMIT VOLTAGE DROP TO LESS THAN 3% TO COMPLY WITH ENERGY CODE REQUIREMENTS. 20A, 277 VOLT BRANCH CIRCUITS GREATER THAN 350 FEET 250 FEET TO 350 FEET LESS THAN 250 FEET HOMERUN LENGTH #8 AWG COPPER #10 AWG COPPER #12 AWG COPPER MINIMUM CONDUCTOR SIZE COORDINATION NOTE COORDINATE WITH OTHER DISCIPLINES TO PREVENT INTERFERENCE BETWEEN WALL, CEILING, FLOOR, AND ROOF COMPONENTS, STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS, EQUIPMENT, DUCTING, PIPING, FITTINGS, CONDUIT, CABLE TRAYS, AND ALL OTHER SYSTEM COMPONENTS. FOR COORDINATION REQUIREMENTS, REFER TO SPECIFICATION 01 3100 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION. LIGHTING FIXTURES SYMBOL DESCRIPTION ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS (NOTE: NOT ALL SYMBOLS INDICATED ARE USED ON PLANS. COORDINATE SYMBOLS USED WITH SYMBOLS LEGEND ACCORDINGLY.) EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNIT SWITCHES & CONTROL OUTLETS SWITCHES - 48" AFF TO TOP OF COVER PLATE GANG LIGHT SWITCHES INDICATED ADJACENT TO EACH OTHER IN A MULTI-GANG BOX AND MULTI-GANG FACEPLATE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. LOW VOLTAGE SWITCHES UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 2 = DOUBLE POLE, SINGLE THROW 3 = THREE WAY 4 = FOUR WAY OS = OCCUPANCY SENSOR K = KEY OPERATED C = MOMENTARY CONTACT, SPDT, CENTER OFF P = OFF PILOT LIGHT D = DIMMABLE OS1 = OCCUPANCY SENSOR SET TO VACANCY MODE VS = VACANCY SENSOR LS = LIGHT LEVEL SENSOR CP = CONTROL PANEL LV = LOW VOLTAGE a 3 POWER DISTRIBUTION POWER OUTLETS SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SINGLE RECEPTACLE, MOUNTED AT 18"AFF, UON PANELBOARD DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, MOUNTED AT 18"AFF, UON SHADED SYMBOL - ONE SIDE - GENERATOR BACK-UP (RED DEVICE) SHADED SYMBOL - BOTH SIDES - UPS BACK-UP (RED DEVICE) SPECIAL RECEPTACLE - CONFIGURATION AS INDICATED, 18"AFF, UON JUNCTION BOX, MOUNTED 18"AFF, UONJ J DUPLEX OR DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, FLUSH, CEILING MOUNTED, UON SHADED SYMBOL - ONE SIDE - GENERATOR BACK-UP (RED DEVICE) SHADED SYMBOL - BOTH SIDES - UPS BACK-UP (RED DEVICE) DUPLEX OR DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, FLUSH, FLOOR MOUNTED, UON JUNCTION BOX, SURFACE MOUNTED ABOVE CEILING OR EXPOSED IN AREAS WITH EXPOSED CONDUIT, UON J JUNCTION OR PULL BOX, FLUSH, FLOOR MOUNTED, UON SUBSCRIPTS ON ELECTRICAL OUTLETS NUMBER INDICATES MOUNTING HEIGHT AFF TO CENTER LINE OF DEVICE. ABOVE COUNTER - MOUNT DEVICE 6" ABOVE COUNTER OR 36" AFF AT WORKSTATIONS. WEATHER PROOF - PROVIDE NEMA-3R RATED DEVICE OR ENCLOSURE SUITABLE FOR EXTERIOR USE. TELEVISION DEDICATED - RECEPTACLE SHALL BE MOUNTED AT 4'6" AFF. E.C. SHALL COORDINATE BACKBOX REQUIREMENTS WITH LOW VOLTAGE AND A/V DRAWINGS. EXPLOSION PROOF PER NEC 500 CLASS I, DIVISION 1. EXISTING DEVICE OR EQUIPMENT. CONNECTED TO AN EMERGENCY POWER SOURCE. DEDICATED - PROVIDE ENGRAVED COVER PLATE. HOSPITAL GRADE. TAMPER RESISTANT. CONNECTED TO UPS SYSTEM. ISOLATED GROUND. OUTLET WITH GFCI PROTECTION. OUTLET WITH (2) FAST CHARGE USB OUTLETS +44" = AC = WP = TV = EP = EX = EM = D = H = T = U = IG = G = USB = MOTOR CONTROL CENTER DISTRIBUTION POWER PANEL OR SWITCHBOARD ELECTRICAL CABINET - CONFIGURATION AS INDICATED PULL BOX, SIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC ARTICLE 314 REQUIREMENTS OR LARGER, UONPB DISCONNECT SWITCH MOTOR STARTER WITH NEMA SIZE AS INDICATED CONDUIT CONCEALED IN CEILING OR WALL CONDUIT EXPOSED CONDUIT CONCEALED IN OR BELOW SLAB NOTE: INCREASE CONDUCTOR SIZES AS LISTED IN THE BRANCH CIRCUIT HOMERUN CONDUCTOR SIZING SCHEDULE, OR AS REQUIRED TO LIMIT VOLTAGE DROP TO LESS THAN 3% FOR BRANCH CIRCUITS. WHERE CONDUCTOR SIZES ARE INCREASED TO COMPENSATE FOR VOLTAGE DROP, INCREASE SIZE OF EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR PROPORTIONALLY PER NEC INCREASE CONDUIT SIZE TO ACCOMMODATE INCREASE IN CONDUCTOR SIZE AS PER NEC.20.122(B). CONDUIT UPWARD CONDUIT DOWNWARD AIR TERMINAL - REFER TO DETAILS GROUND ROD GROUNDING & LIGHTNING PROTECTION EXOTHERMIC WELD TYPE GROUNDING CONNECTION WALL MOUNTED GROUNDING BUSBAR LIGHT LEVEL SENSOR, CEILING MOUNTEDLS OS OCCUPANCY SENSOR, CEILING MOUNTED PUSH BUTTON, 48" AFF UON MOTOR OR EQUIPMENT CONNECTION T TRANSFORMER CONDUIT / WIRING ONE-LINE SYMBOL DESCRIPTION GROUND CONNECTION GENERATOR FUSE CIRCUIT BREAKER METER CURRENT TRANSFORMER LIGHTNING ARRESTOR CAPACITOR DISCONNECT SWITCH G F G M P GROUND FAULT PROTECTOR DRAWOUT CIRCUIT BREAKER MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTER MOTOR CIRCUIT BREAKER PANELBOARD (H-X = 277/480V) (L-X = 208/120V) H-1 TRANSFER SWITCHEN L TRANSFORMER 3 CT'SSOLID-STATE MULTI-FUNCTION METER OVERLOAD RELAY N.O. CONTACT N.C. CONTACT KIRK KEYK R LAMP ONE-LINE SYMBOLS PB a RECTANGULAR LUMINAIRE A1 = FIXTURE TYPE (SEE FIXTURE SCHEDULE) 1 = CIRCUIT NUMBER, a = SWITCH LEG INDICATOR EGRESS LIGHTING: 1. FULLY SHADED SYMBOL - 24 HOUR LIFE SAFETY EGRESS FIXTURE 2. HALF-SHADED SYMBOL - STANDBY POWERED FIXTURE CONTROLLED WITH ROOM LIGHTING CONTROLS. EXIT SIGN, CEILING OR WALL MOUNTED A1 1 INDUSTRIAL / STRIP TYPE LUMINAIRE ROUND LUMINAIRE WALL MOUNTED LUMINAIRE PENDANT MOUNTED LUMINAIRE TRACK LIGHTING - TRACK & LUMINAIRES (VERIFY TRACK LENGTH AND LUMINAIRE QUANTITIES WITH PLANS) POLE MOUNTED LUMINAIRE (NUMBER OF HEADS AS INDICATED ON PLANS.) DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, FLUSH, FLOOR MOUNTED, UON SHADED SYMBOL - ONE DUPLEX SWITCHED VS VACANCY SENSOR, CEILING MOUNTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, MOUNTED AT 18"AFF, UON SHADED SYMBOL - ONE SIDE - GENERATOR BACK-UP (RED DEVICE) SHADED SYMBOL - BOTH SIDES - UPS BACK-UP (RED DEVICE) A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company 2/18/2022 3:59:25 PM \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS E001 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 JNB MSW MSW PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N NO. DESCRIPTION DATE ELECTRICAL SHEET LIST SHEET NUMBER SHEET NAME E001 ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS E201 POWER PLAN - AREA A E202 POWER PLAN - AREA B E203 POWER PLAN - AREA C E204 ELECTRICAL ROOF PLAN E301 LIGHTING PLAN - AREA A E302 LIGHTING PLAN - AREA B E303 LIGHTING PLAN - AREA C E401 ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES AND DETAILS E500 ELECTRICAL PANEL SCHEDULES E600 ELECTRICAL ONE LINE DIAGRAM I hereby certify that this plan, specification, or report was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly Licensed Professional Engineer under the laws of the State of Minnesota. Print Name: Signature: Date:License # Jeff N Besel 2/18/2022 44225 96 Item 2. JJ J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J JJ 1. E.C. SHALL COORDINATE WITH M.C. AND MECHANICAL EQUIPEMENT MANUFACTURER AND INCLUDE IN THEIR BID ALLOWANCE FOR ANY SAFETY DISCONNECT SWITCHES, MOTOR STARTERS OR VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES UNITS NECESSARY FOR OPERATION OF THE MECHANICAL EQUIPEMENT. 2. E.C. SHALL COORDINATE WITH FURNITURE MANUFACTURER EXACT LOCATION OF POWER FEEDS AND WHIP-TYPE CONNECTORS PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 3. E.C. SHALL COORDINATE WITH TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND A/V CONTRACTORS REQUIREMENTS OF ALL RACKS, SWITCHES AND EQUIPMENT. 4. E.C. SHALL COORDINATE WITH MANUFACTURER'S SHOP DRAWINGS ANY CONTROL WIRING BETWEEN MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND BAS. 5. PROVIDE FIRE SEALS FOR INSERTS, CONDUIT PENETRATIONS, SLEEVES AND ROUTINGS THROUGH RATED WALLS, CEILINGS AND FLOORS AS PER SPECIFICATIONS. 6. FLOOR BOXES SHALL BE ROUND RECESSED WITH BLACK FINISH. VERIFY FINISH SELECTION WITH ARCHITECT. 7. MOUNT BOTTOM OF DEVICES INDICATED AS ABOVE COUNTER A MINIMUM OF 3" ABOVE TOP OF BACKSPLASH OR TOP OF COUNTER, WHICHEVER IS HIGHER. COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF CASEWORK WITH ARCHITECTURAL CASEWORK DRAWINGS. REPORT DISCREPANCIES TO ENGINEER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 8. MOUNT POWER RECEPTACLES AT THE SAME ELEVATION AND WITHIN 12" OF THE ADJACENT DATA JACK/ROUGH-IN. COORDINATE LOCATIONS WITH SYSTEMS DRAWINGS. 9. ALIGN DEVICES VERTICALLY WHERE LIGHTING, POWER, AND SYSTEM DEVICES WITH DIFFERENT MOUNTING HEIGHTS ARE INDICATED CLOSE TO OTHER DEVICES. 10. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATION AND DETAIL DRAWINGS FOR COORDINATION OF ELECTRICAL DEVICES. 11. CUTTING, DRILLING, AND/OR BORING THROUGH STRUCTURAL MEMBERS IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. 12. PROVIDE FIRE RATED SEALS ON PENETRATIONS IN FIRE RATED FLOORS AND WALLS. COORDINATE RATED LOCATIONS WITH LIFE SAFETY CODE PLAN DRAWINGS. 13. PROVIDE INSULATED BUSHINGS FOR ROUGH-IN AND CONDUIT SLEEVE LOCATIONS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ANY CABLING. 14. BRANCH CIRCUITS CONDUCTOR LENGTHS FROM PANEL LONGER THAN 100’FOR 120V AND 200' FOR 277V SHALL BE #10 OR LARGER FOR ENTIRE LENGTH OF CIRCUIT FOR LINE, NEUTRAL, AND GROUND WIRES. 15. PROVIDE DEDICATED NEUTRAL FOR EACH MULTIWIRE BRANCH CIRCUIT PHASE CONDUCTOR. CIRCUITS FEEDING SYSTEMS FURNITURE WITH A SHARED NEUTRAL SHALL HAVE A HANDLE TIE/MULTI-POLE CIRCUIT BREAKERS. 16. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS AND MOTOR/EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES AND COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR FOR EXACT LOCATIONS OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. 17. FOR EACH POWER BOX SECTION OF FLOOR BOXES, ROUTE 1"C. IN FLOOR OVER TO WALL AND UP TO CONCEALED AND ACCESSIBLE POINT ABOVE WALL. 18. DEDICATED RECEPTACLES (ON A CIRCUIT WITH NO OTHER DEVICES) SHALL BE LABELED AS "DEDICATED CIRCUIT RECEPTACLE" ON COVER PLATE. 19. FOR DATA/COMMUNICATION ROOM POWER RECEPTACLES, JUNCTION BOXES, ETC., COORDINATE MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND EXACT LOCATIONS OF DATA ROOM EQUIPMENT POWER CONNECTIONS WITH OWNER AND DATA EQUIPMENT CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 20. PROVIDE BLANK COVER PLATES FOR ANY UNUSED J-BOXES. 21. DEVICES IN FINISHED AREAS SHALL BE RECESSED WITHIN WALLS EXCEPT WHERE REQUIRED TO BE SURFACE MOUNTED. IN UNFINISHED/UTILITY AREAS (PLUMBING CHASES, JANITORS CLOSETS, ELECTRICAL ROOMS, AND MECHANICAL ROOMS) DEVICES AND CONDUIT MAY BE SURFACE MOUNTED. SURFACE MOUNT NON- METALLIC RACEWAYS MAY BE USED ON EXISTING BRICK AND BLOCK WALLS IN LIEU OF RECESSING IN WALLS. 22. FOR EXISTING PANELS, CIRCUIT NUMBERS ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY. COORDINATE EXISTING PANEL CONFIGURATION. UTILIZE EXISTING DEMOED CIRCUITS FEEDING THE AREA. PROVIDE NEW, REMOVABLE, UPDATED, TYPED PANEL INDEX FOR MODIFIED PANELS. UNUSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE LISTED AS SPARE AND SET TO OFF. 23. PROVIDE X-RAY ANALYSIS OF CONCRETE FLOORING PRIOR TO CUTTING, DRILLING, OR BORING. 24. DEVICES MOUNTED ON PRECAST WALLS SHALL BE RECESSED IN THE WALL PANELS AND COORDINATED WITH PRECAST MANUFACTURER. SURFACE MOUNT DEVICES AND RACEWAYS ARE NOT ALLOWED UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED. POWER GENERAL NOTES A B C D E F 1 2 3 4 5 A.4 E.6 2.1 MDP LP-1 LP-3 WEATHER VESTIBULE 170 CITY MANAGER OFFICE 169 OFFICE 168 OFFICE 167 CONFERENCE ROOM 166 BREAK ROOM 144 COPY ALCOVE 165 CORRIDOR 164 CORRIDOR 162 OPEN OFFICE 159 OPEN OFFICE WORK AREA 150 PRINT ROOM 161 OFFICE 148 OFFICE 147 OFFICE 162 COPY ALCOVE 149 COFFEE / BREAK 151 OFFICE 136 OFFICE 138 OFFICE 137 MECHANICAL ROOM 133 ELECTRICAL ROOM 135 IT / IS WORK ROOM 141 SERVER ROOM 142 JANITOR & STORAGE 143 WELLNESS ROOM 145 OPEN OFFICE 163 CORRIDOR 146 HR FILE ROOM 140 FINANCE FILE ROOM 139 CORRIDOR 160 OFFICE 172 CONFERENCE ROOM 171 CONFERENCE ROOM 153 CORRIDOR 132 VESTIBULE 126 TRANSIENT/PUBLIC PARKING 002 E201 - POWER PLAN - AREA A E202 - POWER PLAN - AREA B E201 - POWER PLAN - AREA A E202 - POWER PLAN - AREA B VTU-24 VTU-7 VTU-5 VTU-3 VTU-6 VTU-8 VTU-25 VTU-13 WH-1 CP-1 VTU-11 VTU-23 VTU-9 VTU-10 VTU-4 VTU-2 VTU-1 VTU-26 ATS-EM ATS-MDP EM BS-1 BS-4 BS-3 EP05 EP05 EP08 EP09 G GG44"44" USB44" 60" 60" 60" G GG 44" 44"44" 44" G/D GUSB USB 44"24" 24" 44"44"44"USB USB USB LP-1 67 LP-1 65 LP-2 12 LP-2 10 LP-2 16 LP-2 14 LP-2 18 159 SF OFFICE 173 LP-2 55 LP-2 53 LP-2 35 LP-2 33 LP-2 31 LP-2 27 LP-2 23 LP-1 71 LP-1 69 LP-1 20 LP-2 51 LP-2 15,17 LP-2 5 LP-2 3 USB USB USB USB LP-2 7 D D D LP-2 13 LP-2 11 LP-2 9 G LP-2 1 LP-1 61 LP-1 57LP-2 6 LP-2 4 LP-2 39 LP-2 37 LP-2 25 LP-2 41 LP-2 29 LP-1 16 LP-2 2 LP-1 59 LP-2 24 LP-2 22 44" 44" USB USB LP-2 20 LP-2 26 LP-1 63 LP-1 22 LP-1 26 USB USB USB USB USB VTU-31 VTU-12 VTU-30 EP03 EP03 EP03 EP03 EP03 EP03 EP03 EP03 LP-1 28 LP-1 30 LP-1 32 LP-1 34 LP-1 36 LP-1 38 LP-1 40 LP-1 42 EP03EP03 LP-1 44 LP-1 46 LP-2 27 EP26 LP-2 49 EP21EP21EP21 EP21 EP21 EP21 EP21 LP-2 45 LP-1 24 EP23 EP30 58"40" LP-2 21 LP-2 19 44" 44" 44" 44"44" 44" EP25 EP25EP25EP25 48" 48" 48" 48" 48" 48" 48" 48" 60" 44" LP-1 61 LP-1 61 EP26 EP26 EP26 LP-1 71EP26 EP26 EP26 EP26 LP-2 8EP26 LP-2 45 EP26 LP-2 45 EP26 FB3 FB4 FB4 FB5 FB2 FB2 FB2 FB4 FB5FB5 FB4 LP-2 LP-2 28 LP-2 30 EP21 LP-2 43 EP32 LP-2 47 ACCU-1 AC-1 BAS-1 BAS-2 LP-3 5 EP33 EP33 EP33 EP33EP33EP33 EP33 EP33EP33 EP33 EP22 EP33 EP33 EP33 EP33 EP33 EP33 EP33 EP33 EP33 B-1 EP33 EP33 48" P-1 P-2 LP-3 49 EP35 LP-3 1 48" LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL LP-3 57 LP-3 59 GENERATOR GENERATOR DOCKING STATION N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/18/2022 3:59:31 PM \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS POWER PLAN - AREA A E201 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 JNB MSW MSW PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N NO. DESCRIPTION DATE KEYNOTE LEGEND EP03 PROVIDE DEDICATED CEILING-MOUNTED NEMA L5-20 RECEPTACLE FOR DATA RACK. COORDINATE EXACT MOUNTING LOCATION WITH LOW VOLTAGE CONSULTANT PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. EP05 EACH JUNCTION BOX SHALL POWER THREE WORKING STATIONS. E.C. SHALL COORDINATE WITH FURNITURE MANUFACTURER CONNECTION POINT TYPE AND PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY WIRING AND ACCESSORIES. EP08 PROVIDE 50A, 208V, 2-POLE RECEPTACLE. E.C. SHALL COORDINATE RECEPTACLE NEMA CONFIGURATION WITH RANGE MANUFACTURER. EP09 PROVIDE 20A, 120V, GFCI RATED CIRCUIT BREAKER FOR NEW DISHWASHER. EP21 PROVIDE TWO CEILING RECESSED JUNCTION BOXES FOR DUAL SHADES, INDIVIDUALLY MOTORIZED. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION WITH SHADE INSTALLER. EP22 CONNECT EWC RECEPTACLE TO LOAD SIDE OF UPSTREAM GFI DEVICE. EP23 DEDICATED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE FOR ACCESS CONTROL PANEL. COORDINATE MOUNTING ELEVATION AND LOCATION WITH AV INSTALLER. EP25 PROVIDE GFCI BREAKER. EP26 ROUTE HOME RUN IN CEILING SPACE OF LOWER LEVEL AND POP UP DIRECTLY BELOW PANEL IN EXISTING SLEEVE. REFER TO FLOOR BOX SCHEDULE ON SHEET E401 FOR FLOOR BOX TYPE DESCRIPTION. EP30 PROVIDE GROUND BUS BAR WITH MINIMUM DIMENSIONS OF 1/4" X 4" X 20". COORDINATE LOCATION WITH AV INSTALLER. EP32 PROVIDE CEILING MOUNTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE FOR MOTORIZED BLINDS CONTROLLER. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION WITH SYSTEMS INSTALLER. EP33 PROVIDE STRUCTURE- OR CEILING-MOUNTED MOTOR RATED TOGGLE DISCONNECT SWITCH FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT EP35 PROVIDE ELECTRICAL CONNECTION TO BOILER. (2)#12 AND (1)#12GND IN 3/4" CONDUIT AND 20A TOGGLE-RATED DISCONNECT SWITCH. PROVIDE 3/4"C FLEXIBLE CONDUIT BETWEEN DISCONNECT AND BOILER. COORDINATE LOCATION AND ELEVATION WITH MECHANICAL INSTALLER. SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"A1 POWER PLAN - AREA A I hereby certify that this plan, specification, or report was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly Licensed Professional Engineer under the laws of the State of Minnesota. Print Name: Signature: Date:License # Jeff N Besel 2/18/2022 44225 97 Item 2. J J J J J J 1. E.C. SHALL COORDINATE WITH M.C. AND MECHANICAL EQUIPEMENT MANUFACTURER AND INCLUDE IN THEIR BID ALLOWANCE FOR ANY SAFETY DISCONNECT SWITCHES, MOTOR STARTERS OR VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES UNITS NECESSARY FOR OPERATION OF THE MECHANICAL EQUIPEMENT. 2. E.C. SHALL COORDINATE WITH FURNITURE MANUFACTURER EXACT LOCATION OF POWER FEEDS AND WHIP-TYPE CONNECTORS PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 3. E.C. SHALL COORDINATE WITH TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND A/V CONTRACTORS REQUIREMENTS OF ALL RACKS, SWITCHES AND EQUIPMENT. 4. E.C. SHALL COORDINATE WITH MANUFACTURER'S SHOP DRAWINGS ANY CONTROL WIRING BETWEEN MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND BAS. 5. PROVIDE FIRE SEALS FOR INSERTS, CONDUIT PENETRATIONS, SLEEVES AND ROUTINGS THROUGH RATED WALLS, CEILINGS AND FLOORS AS PER SPECIFICATIONS. 6. FLOOR BOXES SHALL BE ROUND RECESSED WITH BLACK FINISH. VERIFY FINISH SELECTION WITH ARCHITECT. 7. MOUNT BOTTOM OF DEVICES INDICATED AS ABOVE COUNTER A MINIMUM OF 3" ABOVE TOP OF BACKSPLASH OR TOP OF COUNTER, WHICHEVER IS HIGHER. COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF CASEWORK WITH ARCHITECTURAL CASEWORK DRAWINGS. REPORT DISCREPANCIES TO ENGINEER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 8. MOUNT POWER RECEPTACLES AT THE SAME ELEVATION AND WITHIN 12" OF THE ADJACENT DATA JACK/ROUGH-IN. COORDINATE LOCATIONS WITH SYSTEMS DRAWINGS. 9. ALIGN DEVICES VERTICALLY WHERE LIGHTING, POWER, AND SYSTEM DEVICES WITH DIFFERENT MOUNTING HEIGHTS ARE INDICATED CLOSE TO OTHER DEVICES. 10. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATION AND DETAIL DRAWINGS FOR COORDINATION OF ELECTRICAL DEVICES. 11. CUTTING, DRILLING, AND/OR BORING THROUGH STRUCTURAL MEMBERS IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. 12. PROVIDE FIRE RATED SEALS ON PENETRATIONS IN FIRE RATED FLOORS AND WALLS. COORDINATE RATED LOCATIONS WITH LIFE SAFETY CODE PLAN DRAWINGS. 13. PROVIDE INSULATED BUSHINGS FOR ROUGH-IN AND CONDUIT SLEEVE LOCATIONS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ANY CABLING. 14. BRANCH CIRCUITS CONDUCTOR LENGTHS FROM PANEL LONGER THAN 100’FOR 120V AND 200' FOR 277V SHALL BE #10 OR LARGER FOR ENTIRE LENGTH OF CIRCUIT FOR LINE, NEUTRAL, AND GROUND WIRES. 15. PROVIDE DEDICATED NEUTRAL FOR EACH MULTIWIRE BRANCH CIRCUIT PHASE CONDUCTOR. CIRCUITS FEEDING SYSTEMS FURNITURE WITH A SHARED NEUTRAL SHALL HAVE A HANDLE TIE/MULTI-POLE CIRCUIT BREAKERS. 16. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS AND MOTOR/EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES AND COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR FOR EXACT LOCATIONS OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. 17. FOR EACH POWER BOX SECTION OF FLOOR BOXES, ROUTE 1"C. IN FLOOR OVER TO WALL AND UP TO CONCEALED AND ACCESSIBLE POINT ABOVE WALL. 18. DEDICATED RECEPTACLES (ON A CIRCUIT WITH NO OTHER DEVICES) SHALL BE LABELED AS "DEDICATED CIRCUIT RECEPTACLE" ON COVER PLATE. 19. FOR DATA/COMMUNICATION ROOM POWER RECEPTACLES, JUNCTION BOXES, ETC., COORDINATE MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND EXACT LOCATIONS OF DATA ROOM EQUIPMENT POWER CONNECTIONS WITH OWNER AND DATA EQUIPMENT CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 20. PROVIDE BLANK COVER PLATES FOR ANY UNUSED J-BOXES. 21. DEVICES IN FINISHED AREAS SHALL BE RECESSED WITHIN WALLS EXCEPT WHERE REQUIRED TO BE SURFACE MOUNTED. IN UNFINISHED/UTILITY AREAS (PLUMBING CHASES, JANITORS CLOSETS, ELECTRICAL ROOMS, AND MECHANICAL ROOMS) DEVICES AND CONDUIT MAY BE SURFACE MOUNTED. SURFACE MOUNT NON- METALLIC RACEWAYS MAY BE USED ON EXISTING BRICK AND BLOCK WALLS IN LIEU OF RECESSING IN WALLS. 22. FOR EXISTING PANELS, CIRCUIT NUMBERS ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY. COORDINATE EXISTING PANEL CONFIGURATION. UTILIZE EXISTING DEMOED CIRCUITS FEEDING THE AREA. PROVIDE NEW, REMOVABLE, UPDATED, TYPED PANEL INDEX FOR MODIFIED PANELS. UNUSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE LISTED AS SPARE AND SET TO OFF. 23. PROVIDE X-RAY ANALYSIS OF CONCRETE FLOORING PRIOR TO CUTTING, DRILLING, OR BORING. 24. DEVICES MOUNTED ON PRECAST WALLS SHALL BE RECESSED IN THE WALL PANELS AND COORDINATED WITH PRECAST MANUFACTURER. SURFACE MOUNT DEVICES AND RACEWAYS ARE NOT ALLOWED UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED. POWER GENERAL NOTES A B C D E F 5 6 7 8 8.1 A.4 E.6 COFFEE / BREAK 151 COAT CLOSET 129 OFFICE 136 OFFICE 137 MECHANICAL ROOM 133 CONFERENCE ROOM 153 OFFICE 152 CORRIDOR 132 VESTIBULE 126 TRANSIENT/PUBLIC PARKING 002 OFFICE 158 OFFICE 157 FIRESIDE/ MULTI-PURPOSE ROOM 120 CORRIDOR 156 OFFICE 154 TABLE & CHAIR STORAGE 155 SURVEY STORAGE 130 MEN'S STAFF RESTROOM 128 WOMEN'S STAFF RESTROOM 125 COPY/ COLATING ROOM 124 SECURE FILE STORAGE 123 CONFERENCE ROOM 114 VESTIBULE 113 PUBLIC LOBBY 101 VESTIBULE 100 RECEPTION / PUBLIC COUNTERS 118 OFFICE 116 COPY ALCOVE 122 OPEN OFFICE 119 CORRIDOR 121 CORRIDOR 115 E201 - POWER PLAN - AREA A E202 - POWER PLAN - AREA B E201 - POWER PLAN - AREA A E202 - POWER PLAN - AREA B E202 - POWER PLAN - AREA B E203 - POWER PLAN - AREA B E202 - POWER PLAN - AREA B E203 - POWER PLAN - AREA C VTU-20VTU-19 VTU-17 VTU-18 VTU-16 VTU-14 VTU-13 WH-1 CP-1 VTU-26 VTU-21 VTU-28 VTU-15 BS-5 BS-2 BS-1 EP14 EP10 EP11 60" G GG G G GG44"44" 44"44" 44" 44" 44" 44" 60" 24"USB 60"24" 60" 24" 24" 24"44"44" 24" GG USB USB 24" USB USB USB LP-1 43 44"44" LP-1 10 LP-1 12 141 SF OFFICE 117 LP-1 45 LP-1 47 LP-1 67 LP-1 65 44"44" 44"44" 23 SF JANITOR'S CLOSET 127 LP-1 18 LP-1 77 LP-1 75 LP-1 73 LP-1 71 LP-1 69 LP-1 20 LP-1 61 60" LP-1 8 LP-1 6 LP-1 2 LP-1 4 LP-1 53 LP-1 51 LP-1 16 LP-1 49 LP-2 2 LP-1 63 LP-1 55 LP-1 14 LP-1 12 LP-1 9 VTU-30 VTU-22 VTU-27 EP17 LP-1 3 EP25 48" 48" 48" 60" 48" LP-1 43 EP26 LP-1 6 EP26 EP26 LP-1 61 LP-1 61 EP26EP26 LP-1 71EP26 EP26 LP-2 8EP26 FB1 FB2 FB4 FB5FB5 FB5 FB5 FB5 FB4 48" BAS-1 BAS-2 LP-3 5 EP33 EP33 EP33 EP33 EP33 EP33 EP33 EP33 EP33 EP33 EP33 EP33 EP33 EP33 EP33 EP33 EP33 B-1 EP33 EP33 EP34 EP34 EP34 48 LP-1 48 LP-1 50 LP-1 P-1 P-2 AD-3 AD-1 AD-2 LP-3 49 EP35 LP-3 1 N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/18/2022 3:59:35 PM \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS POWER PLAN - AREA B E202 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 JNB MSW MSW PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N NO. DESCRIPTION DATE SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"A1 POWER PLAN - AREA B KEYNOTE LEGEND EP10 UTILIZE JUNCTION BOX TO POWER UNDERCOUNTER MOUNTED RECEPTACLES. COORDINATE MOUNTING LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT AND FURNITURE MANUFACTURER EP11 PROVIDE 120V POWER CONNECTION TO FIREPLACE. PROVIDE MOTOR RATED TOGGLE AT CONNECTION. INSTALL AND CONNECT CONTROLS FURNISHED BY OTHER. EP14 EACH JUNCTION BOX SHALL POWER TWO WORKING STATIONS. E.C. SHALL COORDINATE WITH FURNITURE MANUFACTURER CONNECTION POINT TYPE AND PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY WIRING AND ACCESSORIES. EP17 PROVIDE RECEPTACLE WITHIN RECESSED DISPLAY BOX. COORDINATE MOUNTING LOCATION. EP25 PROVIDE GFCI BREAKER. EP26 ROUTE HOME RUN IN CEILING SPACE OF LOWER LEVEL AND POP UP DIRECTLY BELOW PANEL IN EXISTING SLEEVE. REFER TO FLOOR BOX SCHEDULE ON SHEET E401 FOR FLOOR BOX TYPE DESCRIPTION. EP33 PROVIDE STRUCTURE- OR CEILING-MOUNTED MOTOR RATED TOGGLE DISCONNECT SWITCH FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT EP34 PROVIDE POWER TO AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATOR AS SHOWN AND CONNECT ALL AUXILIARY WIRING TO SENSORS AND PUSH-BUTTONS LOCATED ON PLANS, SPECIFIED BY DOOR OPERATOR MANUFACTURER, AND PROVIDED BY GC. FOR DOORS REQUIRING CARD ACCESS, MOTOR SHALL NOT OPERATE UNTIL CARD ACCESS IS GRANTED. COORDINATE FINAL EXACT MOUNTING LOCATION OF SENSORS AND PUSH-BUTTONS WITH ARCHITECT. EP35 PROVIDE ELECTRICAL CONNECTION TO BOILER. (2)#12 AND (1)#12GND IN 3/4" CONDUIT AND 20A TOGGLE-RATED DISCONNECT SWITCH. PROVIDE 3/4"C FLEXIBLE CONDUIT BETWEEN DISCONNECT AND BOILER. COORDINATE LOCATION AND ELEVATION WITH MECHANICAL INSTALLER. I hereby certify that this plan, specification, or report was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly Licensed Professional Engineer under the laws of the State of Minnesota. Print Name: Signature: Date:License # Jeff N Besel 2/18/2022 44225 98 Item 2. UP DN J J JJ JJ JJ JJ J JJ 1. E.C. SHALL COORDINATE WITH M.C. AND MECHANICAL EQUIPEMENT MANUFACTURER AND INCLUDE IN THEIR BID ALLOWANCE FOR ANY SAFETY DISCONNECT SWITCHES, MOTOR STARTERS OR VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES UNITS NECESSARY FOR OPERATION OF THE MECHANICAL EQUIPEMENT. 2. E.C. SHALL COORDINATE WITH FURNITURE MANUFACTURER EXACT LOCATION OF POWER FEEDS AND WHIP-TYPE CONNECTORS PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 3. E.C. SHALL COORDINATE WITH TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND A/V CONTRACTORS REQUIREMENTS OF ALL RACKS, SWITCHES AND EQUIPMENT. 4. E.C. SHALL COORDINATE WITH MANUFACTURER'S SHOP DRAWINGS ANY CONTROL WIRING BETWEEN MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND BAS. 5. PROVIDE FIRE SEALS FOR INSERTS, CONDUIT PENETRATIONS, SLEEVES AND ROUTINGS THROUGH RATED WALLS, CEILINGS AND FLOORS AS PER SPECIFICATIONS. 6. FLOOR BOXES SHALL BE ROUND RECESSED WITH BLACK FINISH. VERIFY FINISH SELECTION WITH ARCHITECT. 7. MOUNT BOTTOM OF DEVICES INDICATED AS ABOVE COUNTER A MINIMUM OF 3" ABOVE TOP OF BACKSPLASH OR TOP OF COUNTER, WHICHEVER IS HIGHER. COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF CASEWORK WITH ARCHITECTURAL CASEWORK DRAWINGS. REPORT DISCREPANCIES TO ENGINEER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 8. MOUNT POWER RECEPTACLES AT THE SAME ELEVATION AND WITHIN 12" OF THE ADJACENT DATA JACK/ROUGH-IN. COORDINATE LOCATIONS WITH SYSTEMS DRAWINGS. 9. ALIGN DEVICES VERTICALLY WHERE LIGHTING, POWER, AND SYSTEM DEVICES WITH DIFFERENT MOUNTING HEIGHTS ARE INDICATED CLOSE TO OTHER DEVICES. 10. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATION AND DETAIL DRAWINGS FOR COORDINATION OF ELECTRICAL DEVICES. 11. CUTTING, DRILLING, AND/OR BORING THROUGH STRUCTURAL MEMBERS IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. 12. PROVIDE FIRE RATED SEALS ON PENETRATIONS IN FIRE RATED FLOORS AND WALLS. COORDINATE RATED LOCATIONS WITH LIFE SAFETY CODE PLAN DRAWINGS. 13. PROVIDE INSULATED BUSHINGS FOR ROUGH-IN AND CONDUIT SLEEVE LOCATIONS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ANY CABLING. 14. BRANCH CIRCUITS CONDUCTOR LENGTHS FROM PANEL LONGER THAN 100’FOR 120V AND 200' FOR 277V SHALL BE #10 OR LARGER FOR ENTIRE LENGTH OF CIRCUIT FOR LINE, NEUTRAL, AND GROUND WIRES. 15. PROVIDE DEDICATED NEUTRAL FOR EACH MULTIWIRE BRANCH CIRCUIT PHASE CONDUCTOR. CIRCUITS FEEDING SYSTEMS FURNITURE WITH A SHARED NEUTRAL SHALL HAVE A HANDLE TIE/MULTI-POLE CIRCUIT BREAKERS. 16. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS AND MOTOR/EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES AND COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR FOR EXACT LOCATIONS OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. 17. FOR EACH POWER BOX SECTION OF FLOOR BOXES, ROUTE 1"C. IN FLOOR OVER TO WALL AND UP TO CONCEALED AND ACCESSIBLE POINT ABOVE WALL. 18. DEDICATED RECEPTACLES (ON A CIRCUIT WITH NO OTHER DEVICES) SHALL BE LABELED AS "DEDICATED CIRCUIT RECEPTACLE" ON COVER PLATE. 19. FOR DATA/COMMUNICATION ROOM POWER RECEPTACLES, JUNCTION BOXES, ETC., COORDINATE MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND EXACT LOCATIONS OF DATA ROOM EQUIPMENT POWER CONNECTIONS WITH OWNER AND DATA EQUIPMENT CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 20. PROVIDE BLANK COVER PLATES FOR ANY UNUSED J-BOXES. 21. DEVICES IN FINISHED AREAS SHALL BE RECESSED WITHIN WALLS EXCEPT WHERE REQUIRED TO BE SURFACE MOUNTED. IN UNFINISHED/UTILITY AREAS (PLUMBING CHASES, JANITORS CLOSETS, ELECTRICAL ROOMS, AND MECHANICAL ROOMS) DEVICES AND CONDUIT MAY BE SURFACE MOUNTED. SURFACE MOUNT NON- METALLIC RACEWAYS MAY BE USED ON EXISTING BRICK AND BLOCK WALLS IN LIEU OF RECESSING IN WALLS. 22. FOR EXISTING PANELS, CIRCUIT NUMBERS ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY. COORDINATE EXISTING PANEL CONFIGURATION. UTILIZE EXISTING DEMOED CIRCUITS FEEDING THE AREA. PROVIDE NEW, REMOVABLE, UPDATED, TYPED PANEL INDEX FOR MODIFIED PANELS. UNUSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE LISTED AS SPARE AND SET TO OFF. 23. PROVIDE X-RAY ANALYSIS OF CONCRETE FLOORING PRIOR TO CUTTING, DRILLING, OR BORING. 24. DEVICES MOUNTED ON PRECAST WALLS SHALL BE RECESSED IN THE WALL PANELS AND COORDINATED WITH PRECAST MANUFACTURER. SURFACE MOUNT DEVICES AND RACEWAYS ARE NOT ALLOWED UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED. POWER GENERAL NOTES A B C D E F 7 8 9 10 11 12 8.1 A.4 E.6 11.2 11.4 12.1 CONFERENCE ROOM 114 VESTIBULE 113 PUBLIC LOBBY 101 VESTIBULE 100 RECEPTION / PUBLIC COUNTERS 118 COUNCIL CHAMBER 102 COATS/COFFEE ALCOVE 103 STAIR 1 S1-0 COUNCIL CHAMBERS AV ROOM 105 TABLE AND CHAIR STORAGE 106 ELEV A ELEV A LOBBY 006 PUBLIC CORRIDOR 112 CONFERENCE ROOM 107 JANITOR'S CLOSET 108 UNISEX RESTROOM 109 MEN'S PUBLIC RESTROOM 110 E202 - POWER PLAN - AREA B E203 - POWER PLAN - AREA B E202 - POWER PLAN - AREA B E203 - POWER PLAN - AREA C VTU-29 VTU-20VTU-19 VTU-28 BS-5 EP10 EP11 44" 44"44"GG 60" 44"44"GG 60" 60" USB 24"USB USB 60" 24"USB 42 SF SOUND VESTIBULE 104 176 SF WOMEN'S PUBLIC RESTROOM 111 LP-1 35 LP-1 33 LP-1 37 LP-1 39 44" 44" G G LP-1 41 LP-1 27 LP-1 25 LP-1 15 LP-1 23 LP-1 21 LP-1 5 LP-1 7 60" LP-1 51 LP-1 49 LP-1 9 VTU-27 LP-1 19 EP17 EP17 60" 44"G EP18 60" LP-1 29 LP-1 31 LP-1 17 EP19 EP20 EP20 EP15 EP15 EP15 EP15 LP-1 11 48" 48"G G LP-1 3 EP22 EP26 EP26 EP26 LP-1 15 EP31 120"120" EP29EP29 LP-1 13 EP26 EP26 EP26 FB5 FB5 FB5 FB4 FB5 FB1 FB1 FB1 FB4 FB4 48" EP33 EP33 EP33 EP33 EP33 EP33 EP26EP26 EP34EP34 EP34 EP34 48 LP-1 48 LP-1 50 LP-150 LP-1 AD-4 AD-3 AD-1 AD-2 N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/18/2022 3:59:40 PM \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS POWER PLAN - AREA C E203 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 JNB MSW MSW PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"A1 POWER PLAN - AREA C NO. DESCRIPTION DATE KEYNOTE LEGEND EP10 UTILIZE JUNCTION BOX TO POWER UNDERCOUNTER MOUNTED RECEPTACLES. COORDINATE MOUNTING LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT AND FURNITURE MANUFACTURER EP11 PROVIDE 120V POWER CONNECTION TO FIREPLACE. PROVIDE MOTOR RATED TOGGLE AT CONNECTION. INSTALL AND CONNECT CONTROLS FURNISHED BY OTHER. EP15 PROVIDE TWO WALL-MOUNTED JUNCTION BOXES AT APPROXIMATELY 12' AFF FOR DUAL SHADES, INDIVIDUALLY MOTORIZED. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION AND ELEVATION WITH SHADE INSTALLER. EP17 PROVIDE RECEPTACLE WITHIN RECESSED DISPLAY BOX. COORDINATE MOUNTING LOCATION. EP18 ELEVATIONS OF ELECTRICAL DEVICES IN THIS AREA SHALL BE MEASURED FROM FINISHED, RAISED FLOOR. EP19 PROVIDE DEDICATED NEMA L5-20 RECEPTACLE FOR DATA RACK. COORDINATE EXACT MOUNTING LOCATION WITH LOW VOLTAGE CONSULTANT PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. EP20 PROVIDE DEDICATED QUAD RECEPTACLE FOR DATA RACK. COORDINATE EXACT MOUNTING LOCATION WITH LOW VOLTAGE CONSULTANT PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. EP22 CONNECT EWC RECEPTACLE TO LOAD SIDE OF UPSTREAM GFI DEVICE. EP26 ROUTE HOME RUN IN CEILING SPACE OF LOWER LEVEL AND POP UP DIRECTLY BELOW PANEL IN EXISTING SLEEVE. REFER TO FLOOR BOX SCHEDULE ON SHEET E401 FOR FLOOR BOX TYPE DESCRIPTION. EP29 PROVIDE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE MOUNTED TO SOFFIT FOR DISPLAY. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION WITH AV INSTALLER. EP31 PROVIDE GROUND BUS BAR WITH MINIMUM DIMENSIONS OF 1/4" X 4" X 12". COORDINATE LOCATION WITH AV INSTALLER. EP33 PROVIDE STRUCTURE- OR CEILING-MOUNTED MOTOR RATED TOGGLE DISCONNECT SWITCH FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT EP34 PROVIDE POWER TO AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATOR AS SHOWN AND CONNECT ALL AUXILIARY WIRING TO SENSORS AND PUSH-BUTTONS LOCATED ON PLANS, SPECIFIED BY DOOR OPERATOR MANUFACTURER, AND PROVIDED BY GC. FOR DOORS REQUIRING CARD ACCESS, MOTOR SHALL NOT OPERATE UNTIL CARD ACCESS IS GRANTED. COORDINATE FINAL EXACT MOUNTING LOCATION OF SENSORS AND PUSH-BUTTONS WITH ARCHITECT. I hereby certify that this plan, specification, or report was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly Licensed Professional Engineer under the laws of the State of Minnesota. Print Name: Signature: Date:License # Jeff N Besel 2/18/2022 44225 99 Item 2. B C D E 1 2 3 4 A.4 E.6 2.1 DOAS-1 WP/G LP-1 1 EP16 B C D E 1 2 3 4 A.4 E.6 2.1 DISCONNECT FOR DOAS-1 1. E.C. SHALL COORDINATE WITH M.C. AND MECHANICAL EQUIPEMENT MANUFACTURER AND INCLUDE IN THEIR BID ALLOWANCE FOR ANY SAFETY DISCONNECT SWITCHES, MOTOR STARTERS OR VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES UNITS NECESSARY FOR OPERATION OF THE MECHANICAL EQUIPEMENT. 2. E.C. SHALL COORDINATE WITH FURNITURE MANUFACTURER EXACT LOCATION OF POWER FEEDS AND WHIP-TYPE CONNECTORS PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 3. E.C. SHALL COORDINATE WITH TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND A/V CONTRACTORS REQUIREMENTS OF ALL RACKS, SWITCHES AND EQUIPMENT. 4. E.C. SHALL COORDINATE WITH MANUFACTURER'S SHOP DRAWINGS ANY CONTROL WIRING BETWEEN MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND BAS. 5. PROVIDE FIRE SEALS FOR INSERTS, CONDUIT PENETRATIONS, SLEEVES AND ROUTINGS THROUGH RATED WALLS, CEILINGS AND FLOORS AS PER SPECIFICATIONS. 6. FLOOR BOXES SHALL BE ROUND RECESSED WITH BLACK FINISH. VERIFY FINISH SELECTION WITH ARCHITECT. 7. MOUNT BOTTOM OF DEVICES INDICATED AS ABOVE COUNTER A MINIMUM OF 3" ABOVE TOP OF BACKSPLASH OR TOP OF COUNTER, WHICHEVER IS HIGHER. COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF CASEWORK WITH ARCHITECTURAL CASEWORK DRAWINGS. REPORT DISCREPANCIES TO ENGINEER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 8. MOUNT POWER RECEPTACLES AT THE SAME ELEVATION AND WITHIN 12" OF THE ADJACENT DATA JACK/ROUGH-IN. COORDINATE LOCATIONS WITH SYSTEMS DRAWINGS. 9. ALIGN DEVICES VERTICALLY WHERE LIGHTING, POWER, AND SYSTEM DEVICES WITH DIFFERENT MOUNTING HEIGHTS ARE INDICATED CLOSE TO OTHER DEVICES. 10. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATION AND DETAIL DRAWINGS FOR COORDINATION OF ELECTRICAL DEVICES. 11. CUTTING, DRILLING, AND/OR BORING THROUGH STRUCTURAL MEMBERS IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. 12. PROVIDE FIRE RATED SEALS ON PENETRATIONS IN FIRE RATED FLOORS AND WALLS. COORDINATE RATED LOCATIONS WITH LIFE SAFETY CODE PLAN DRAWINGS. 13. PROVIDE INSULATED BUSHINGS FOR ROUGH-IN AND CONDUIT SLEEVE LOCATIONS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ANY CABLING. 14. BRANCH CIRCUITS CONDUCTOR LENGTHS FROM PANEL LONGER THAN 100’FOR 120V AND 200' FOR 277V SHALL BE #10 OR LARGER FOR ENTIRE LENGTH OF CIRCUIT FOR LINE, NEUTRAL, AND GROUND WIRES. 15. PROVIDE DEDICATED NEUTRAL FOR EACH MULTIWIRE BRANCH CIRCUIT PHASE CONDUCTOR. CIRCUITS FEEDING SYSTEMS FURNITURE WITH A SHARED NEUTRAL SHALL HAVE A HANDLE TIE/MULTI-POLE CIRCUIT BREAKERS. 16. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS AND MOTOR/EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES AND COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR FOR EXACT LOCATIONS OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. 17. FOR EACH POWER BOX SECTION OF FLOOR BOXES, ROUTE 1"C. IN FLOOR OVER TO WALL AND UP TO CONCEALED AND ACCESSIBLE POINT ABOVE WALL. 18. DEDICATED RECEPTACLES (ON A CIRCUIT WITH NO OTHER DEVICES) SHALL BE LABELED AS "DEDICATED CIRCUIT RECEPTACLE" ON COVER PLATE. 19. FOR DATA/COMMUNICATION ROOM POWER RECEPTACLES, JUNCTION BOXES, ETC., COORDINATE MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND EXACT LOCATIONS OF DATA ROOM EQUIPMENT POWER CONNECTIONS WITH OWNER AND DATA EQUIPMENT CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 20. PROVIDE BLANK COVER PLATES FOR ANY UNUSED J-BOXES. 21. DEVICES IN FINISHED AREAS SHALL BE RECESSED WITHIN WALLS EXCEPT WHERE REQUIRED TO BE SURFACE MOUNTED. IN UNFINISHED/UTILITY AREAS (PLUMBING CHASES, JANITORS CLOSETS, ELECTRICAL ROOMS, AND MECHANICAL ROOMS) DEVICES AND CONDUIT MAY BE SURFACE MOUNTED. SURFACE MOUNT NON- METALLIC RACEWAYS MAY BE USED ON EXISTING BRICK AND BLOCK WALLS IN LIEU OF RECESSING IN WALLS. 22. FOR EXISTING PANELS, CIRCUIT NUMBERS ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY. COORDINATE EXISTING PANEL CONFIGURATION. UTILIZE EXISTING DEMOED CIRCUITS FEEDING THE AREA. PROVIDE NEW, REMOVABLE, UPDATED, TYPED PANEL INDEX FOR MODIFIED PANELS. UNUSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE LISTED AS SPARE AND SET TO OFF. 23. PROVIDE X-RAY ANALYSIS OF CONCRETE FLOORING PRIOR TO CUTTING, DRILLING, OR BORING. 24. DEVICES MOUNTED ON PRECAST WALLS SHALL BE RECESSED IN THE WALL PANELS AND COORDINATED WITH PRECAST MANUFACTURER. SURFACE MOUNT DEVICES AND RACEWAYS ARE NOT ALLOWED UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED. POWER GENERAL NOTES N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/18/2022 3:59:42 PM \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS ELECTRICAL ROOF PLAN E204 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 JNB MSW MSW PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"A1 ELECTRICAL PARTIAL ROOF POWER PLAN NO. DESCRIPTION DATE KEYNOTE LEGEND EP16 PROVIDE BLACK EXTERIOR WET LOCATED RATED "WHILE-IN-USE" COVER FOR WP/GFCI RECEPTACLE. I hereby certify that this plan, specification, or report was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly Licensed Professional Engineer under the laws of the State of Minnesota. Print Name: Signature: Date:License # Jeff N Besel 2/18/2022 44225 100 Item 2. OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS 1. ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL BE LED AND 0-10V DIMMING CAPABLE. 2. EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURES DESIGNATED BY HATCHED SYMBOL AND ODD- NUMBERED CIRCUIT NUMBER AND EXIT SIGNS SHALL BE CIRCUITED TO PANEL "EM". ALL NON-EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURES DESIGNATED WITH EVEN-NUMBERED CIRCUIT NUMBER SHALL BE CIRCUITED TO PANEL "LP-1". 3. EACH LIGHT FIXTURE DESIGNATED AS EMERGENCY SHALL BE SUPPLIED WITH UL 924 LISTED RELAY FOR MONITORING AND SWITCHING BETWEEN NORMAL AND EMERGENCY POWER. 4. PROVIDE FIRE SEALS FOR INSERTS, CONDUIT PENETRATIONS, SLEEVES AND ROUTINGS THROUGH RATED WALLS, CEILINGS AND FLOORS AS PER SPECIFICATIONS. 5. ALL EMERGENCY LIGHTING CIRCUITS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN SEPARATE RACEWAYS, BOXES AND ENCLOSURES FROM NORMAL LIGHTING CIRCUITS. 6. OCCUPANCY SENSORS SHALL BE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS. E.C. SHALL INCLUDE IN THEIR PRICE ALL NECESSARY DEVICES AND ACCESSORIES FOR A FULLY FUNCTIONAL LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO POWERPACKS, ROOM CONTROLLERS AND CABLING REQUIREMENTS. 7. ALIGN DEVICES VERTICALLY WHERE LIGHTING, POWER, AND SYSTEM DEVICES WITH DIFFERENT MOUNTING HEIGHTS ARE INDICATED CLOSE TO OTHER DEVICES. 8. REFER TO THE ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATION, DETAIL, AND REFLECTED CEILING PLAN DRAWINGS FOR COORDINATION OF ELECTRICAL DEVICES. 9. CUTTING, DRILLING, AND/OR BORING THROUGH STRUCTURAL MEMBERS IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. 10. PROVIDE FIRE RATED SEALS ON PENETRATIONS IN FIRE RATED FLOORS AND WALLS. COORDINATE RATED LOCATIONS WITH LIFE SAFETY CODE PLAN DRAWINGS. 11. PROVIDE INSULATED BUSHINGS FOR ROUGH-IN AND CONDUIT SLEEVE LOCATIONS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ANY CABLING. 12. BRANCH CIRCUITS CONDUCTOR LENGTHS FROM PANEL LONGER THAN 100’FOR 120V AND 200' FOR 277V SHALL BE #10 OR LARGER FOR ENTIRE LENGTH OF CIRCUIT FOR LINE, NEUTRAL, AND GROUND WIRES. 13. PROVIDE DEDICATED NEUTRAL FOR EACH MULTIWIRE BRANCH CIRCUIT PHASE CONDUCTOR. PROVIDE DEDICATED NEUTRAL FOR EACH DIMMING CIRCUIT. 14. LIGHT SWITCHES SHALL BE MOUNTED ON LATCH SIDE OF DOOR, WITHIN 12" OF DOOR/SIDELIGHT FRAMING, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. LIGHT SWITCHES INSTALLED ADJACENT TO OPEN DOOR SWINGS SHALL BE MOUNTED CLEAR OF THE DOOR SWING AND WITHIN 12" OF DOOR IN OPEN POSITION. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH OTHER WALL DEVICES. 15. COORDINATE LUMINAIRE LOCATIONS WITH STRUCTURAL AND MECHANICAL TRADES PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. COORDINATE MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND LOCATIONS OF LUMINAIRES IN MECHANICAL ROOMS WITH DUCTS, PIPES, AND EQUIPMENT. MOUNT LUMINAIRES BELOW DUCTS AND PIPES AND AVOID MOUNTING LUMINAIRES OVER EQUIPMENT. SUPPORT LUMINAIRES INDEPENDENTLY OF DUCTS, PIPES, AND EQUIPMENT. 16. VERIFY OCCUPANCY SENSOR DEVICE LAYOUT AND QUANTITIES FOR COMPLETE AREA/ROOM COVERAGE WITH SENSOR MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 17. COORDINATE CEILING TYPES, RECESS CONDITIONS, AND MOUNTING HARDWARE REQUIRED PRIOR TO PURCHASE OF LUMINAIRES. 18. WIRING SHALL NOT FEED THROUGH LUMINAIRES EXCEPT TO SERVE CONTINUOUS ROWS OF SIMILAR TYPE OF LUMINAIRES. 19. PROVIDE BLANK COVER PLATES FOR ANY UNUSED J-BOXES. 20. DEVICES IN FINISHED AREAS SHALL BE RECESSED WITHIN WALLS EXCEPT WHERE REQUIRED TO BE SURFACE MOUNTED. IN UNFINISHED/UTILITY AREAS (PLUMBING CHASES, JANITORS CLOSETS, ELECTRICAL ROOMS, AND MECHANICAL ROOMS) DEVICES AND CONDUIT MAY BE SURFACE MOUNTED. SURFACE MOUNT NON- METALLIC RACEWAYS MAY BE USED ON EXISTING BRICK AND BLOCK WALLS IN LIEU OF RECESSING IN WALLS. 21. FOR EXISTING PANELS, CIRCUIT NUMBERS ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY. COORDINATE EXISTING PANEL CONFIGURATION. UTILIZE EXISTING DEMOED CIRCUITS FEEDING THE AREA. PROVIDE NEW, REMOVABLE, UPDATED, TYPED PANEL INDEX FOR MODIFIED PANELS. UNUSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE LISTED AS SPARE AND SET TO OFF. 22. PROVIDE X-RAY ANALYSIS OF CONCRETE FLOORING PRIOR TO CUTTING, DRILLING, OR BORING. 23. DEVICES MOUNTED ON PRECAST WALLS SHALL BE RECESSED IN THE WALL PANELS AND COORDINATED WITH PRECAST MANUFACTURER. SURFACE MOUNT DEVICES AND RACEWAYS ARE NOT ALLOWED UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED. LIGHTING GENERAL NOTES A B C D E F 1 2 3 4 5 A.4 E.6 2.1 CONFERENCE ROOM 171 WEATHER VESTIBULE 170 CITY MANAGER OFFICE 169 OFFICE 168 OFFICE 167 CONFERENCE ROOM 166 BREAK ROOM 144 COPY ALCOVE 165 CORRIDOR 164 CORRIDOR 162 OPEN OFFICE 159 OPEN OFFICE WORK AREA 150 PRINT ROOM 161 OFFICE 148 OFFICE 147 OFFICE 162 COPY ALCOVE 149 COFFEE / BREAK 151 OFFICE 136 OFFICE 138 OFFICE 137 MECHANICAL ROOM 133 ELECTRICAL ROOM 135 IT / IS WORK ROOM 141 SERVER ROOM 142 JANITOR & STORAGE 143 WELLNESS ROOM 145 OPEN OFFICE 163 CORRIDOR 146 HR FILE ROOM 140 FINANCE FILE ROOM 139 CORRIDOR 160 OFFICE 172 CONFERENCE ROOM 153 OFFICE 152 CORRIDOR 132 VESTIBULE 126 TRANSIENT/PUBLIC PARKING 002 E201 - POWER PLAN - AREA A E202 - POWER PLAN - AREA B E201 - POWER PLAN - AREA A E202 - POWER PLAN - AREA B V D V V V D O 3 V V V V 4 3 4 V V V V V V VV V 12 A1 12 A1 16 A116 A1 18 A1 18 A1 18 A1 16 A1 3 D2S 3 S1 12 S1 12 S1 12 S1 12 S1 3 S1 12 S1 16 D4S 26 L2 26 L2 26 L2 26 L2 3 L2 3 L2 18 L2 18 L2 1 L2 3 L1 3 G1 14 A1 14 A1 14 A1 14 A1 14 A1 20 A1 20 A1 20 A1 20 A1 20 A1 20 A1 20 A1 20 A1 20 A1 20 A1 20 A1 20 A1 12 B1 12 B1 12 B1 12 B1 12 A1 12 A1 18 A1 18 A1 18 A1 18 A1 18 A1 18 A1 16 A1 16 A1 16 A1 16 A1 22 A1 22 A1 22 A1 22 A1 16 A1 16 A1 16 A1 16 A1 12 S1 1 S1 12 S1 1 S1 1 S1 1 D4S 22 D4S 22 D4S 22 D4S 1 D4S 22 D4S 1 D4S 22 D4S 1 D4S 14 D4S 14 D4S 14 D4S 1 D4S 14 D4S 14 S1 14 S1 14 S1 14 B1 22 L1 22 L1 22 L1 22 L1 14 L1 14 L1 14 B1 14 A1 24 L2 1 L2 1 L2 24 L2 20 A1 24 L1 1 L1 1 L2 24 L2 1 L2 24 L2 1 L1 1 L1 26 L2 26 L2 26 L2 3 L2 26 L2 26 L2 24 L1 24 L1 1 L2 28 L2 OS D D 1 XA D 3 3 4 14 D4S 14 D4S 14 D4S 14 D4S 14 D4S 14 D4S 14 D4S 1 D4S 14 D4S 14 D4S 14 D4S 14 D4S D4S 16 D4S 12 B1 12 B1 1 B1 12 B1 12 B1 12 B1 12 B1 1 B1 12 B1 12 B1 12 A1 12 A1 MEP VST VST COD OFFOFD OFFICE 173 OFD OFD OFD SUP SUP SUP MEP OPN OPN OPD SUP SUP OPN COR COR COR COR OPEN OFFICE 163 OPN COR b a a a b b b a b b b b a a a a a a a a a a aa aa a a a a a b b b b b b b b 20 A1 b c c c c c c c c c dd dd d d d d d gf e f e g gg gg g 16 B2 3 B2 16 B2 16 B2 16 B2 16 B2 z z z z zz z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z CORRIDOR 131 COR 12 UC1 12 UC2 12 UC2 12 UC2 12 UC1 a a a a a V ba b b bb b b bb b b 12 UC2 12 UC2 12 UC2 a a a 14 UC2 14 UC2 14 UC2 b b b 14 UC2 b 14 UC1 b bD a aaa a a a aa a a a a 1 D4S a 14 D4S a 14 L2 a UC3 UC3 UC3 UC3 UC3a a a a a a UC2 e UC1 fUC2f UC2 f MEP 28 L128 L1 z z 12 S1 EL04 EL04 EL04 CAV OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF BRK 24 UC3 24 UC1 f f f EL04 CON OFF EL06 EL04 EL07 1 XA LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL aefg aefg EL08 N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/18/2022 3:59:48 PM \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIGHTING PLAN - AREA A E301 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 JNB MSW MSW PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N NO. DESCRIPTION DATE SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"A1 LIGHTING PLAN - AREA A KEYNOTE LEGEND EL04 CONNECT THROUGH AREA OCCUPANCY CONTROL. EL06 PROVIDE OCCUPANCY SENSOR AIMED AT TOP OF STAIRS TO CONTROL S1 FIXTURES IN JANITOR & STORAGE 143. EL07 CONNECT LUMINAIRES IN THIS ROOM THROUGH AV CONTROL STATION PROVIDED BY OTHERS. EL08 PROVIDE RELAY DIMMING CONTROL PANEL. SEE LIGHTING CONTROL STRATEGY SCHEDULE. I hereby certify that this plan, specification, or report was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly Licensed Professional Engineer under the laws of the State of Minnesota. Print Name: Signature: Date:License # Jeff N Besel 2/18/2022 44225 101 Item 2. OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OSOS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS A B C D E F 5 6 7 8 8.1 A.4 E.6 OPEN OFFICE 159 COFFEE / BREAK 151 COAT CLOSET 129 OFFICE 136 OFFICE 137 MECHANICAL ROOM 133 CONFERENCE ROOM 153 OFFICE 152 CORRIDOR 132 VESTIBULE 126 TRANSIENT/PUBLIC PARKING 002 OFFICE 158 OFFICE 157 FIRESIDE/ MULTI-PURPOSE ROOM 120 CORRIDOR 156 OFFICE 154 TABLE & CHAIR STORAGE 155 SURVEY STORAGE 130 MEN'S STAFF RESTROOM 128 WOMEN'S STAFF RESTROOM 125 COPY/ COLATING ROOM 124 SECURE FILE STORAGE 123 CONFERENCE ROOM 114 VESTIBULE 113 PUBLIC LOBBY 101VESTIBULE 100 RECEPTION / PUBLIC COUNTERS 118 OFFICE 116 COPY ALCOVE 122 OPEN OFFICE 119 CORRIDOR 121 CORRIDOR 115 E201 - POWER PLAN - AREA A E202 - POWER PLAN - AREA B E201 - POWER PLAN - AREA A E202 - POWER PLAN - AREA B E302 - LIGHTING PLAN - AREA B E303 - LIGHTING PLAN - AREA B 4 V V D V V VV V V V V V V j 8 A1 10 D2S 8 A1 2 L1 5 L1 3 L1 2 D2S 5 D2S 2 D2S 5 D2S 12 A1 12 A1 16 A116 A1 18 A1 18 A1 18 A1 16 A1 16 A1 16 B1 16 B116 A1 16 A1 8 B1 10 A1 10 A1 10 A1 10 A1 8 A1 8 A1 8 A1 8 B1 8 B1 10 D2S 10 D2S 10 D2S 10 D2S 10 D2S 10 D2S 10 D2S 5 D2S 10 D2S 3 D2S 3 D2S 8 C2 8 C4 8 C2 3 D2S 3 S1 12 S1 12 S1 12 S1 12 S1 3 S1 12 S1 8 S1 16 D4S 26 L2 26 L2 26 L2 26 L2 3 L2 3 L2 18 L2 18 L2 1 L2 26 L2 3 L2 3 L1 28 L2 28 L2 3 L2 28 L2 3 L2 3 L2 28 L2 3 G1 8 C1 8 C1 5 XA OS 3 XA 3 XA 3 XA XA 4 D2S 10 D2S 3 D2S 10 D2S 3 D2S 10 D2S 10 D2S c c c c D 10 D2S 10 D2S 10 D2S 10 D2S 10 D2SW 10 D2S D4S EL05 8 A1 2 D2S 2 D2S 5 D2S 2 D2S 2 D2S 5 D2S 2 A1 5 A1 2 A1 2 A1 5 A1 2 A1 2 A1 10 A1 10 A1 10 A1 10 A1 8 A1 8 A1 8 A1 8 A1 10 A1 10 A1 10 A1 5 A1 10 A1 10 A1 10 A1 5 A1 12 A1 12 A1 2 A2 5 A2 5 A2 V V COR LOB MEP MUL SUP VST PUB PUB VST VST OFD SUP OFFICE 117 OPN OPN OPD SUP SUP SUP JANITOR'S CLOSET 127 COR COR COR D4S bb a c c c c b b a a a a b a a a a a dd dd d d d d d gf f g gg gg g 16 B2 3 B2 16 B2 16 B2 16 B2 16 B2 28 L2 D h y h h h h h h D jjjjjj D k k x x x xx x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x q q q z z z z z y z y y y y y y y y y y y y a,b,c a,b,c AV z z z y z y z z 28 L2 y COR UC1 fUC2f UC2 f 8 C4 MEP 28 L128 L1 z z UC1UC2 aa a a 8 UC3 8 UC3 8 UC3 8 UC3 8 UC38 UC3 8 UC3 8 UC3 8 UC3 b b b b b b b bb Vb a a a a 10 D2SW a 10 UC2 d 10 UC3 d 10 UC3 d 10 UC2 d Dd EL04 EL04 10 D2SW b b a EL02 EL02 a,b,c OFF OFF OFF OFF LOB OFF CON CON OFFOFF 5 XA 5 XA aefg aefg 1. ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL BE LED AND 0-10V DIMMING CAPABLE. 2. EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURES DESIGNATED BY HATCHED SYMBOL AND ODD- NUMBERED CIRCUIT NUMBER AND EXIT SIGNS SHALL BE CIRCUITED TO PANEL "EM". ALL NON-EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURES DESIGNATED WITH EVEN-NUMBERED CIRCUIT NUMBER SHALL BE CIRCUITED TO PANEL "LP-1". 3. EACH LIGHT FIXTURE DESIGNATED AS EMERGENCY SHALL BE SUPPLIED WITH UL 924 LISTED RELAY FOR MONITORING AND SWITCHING BETWEEN NORMAL AND EMERGENCY POWER. 4. PROVIDE FIRE SEALS FOR INSERTS, CONDUIT PENETRATIONS, SLEEVES AND ROUTINGS THROUGH RATED WALLS, CEILINGS AND FLOORS AS PER SPECIFICATIONS. 5. ALL EMERGENCY LIGHTING CIRCUITS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN SEPARATE RACEWAYS, BOXES AND ENCLOSURES FROM NORMAL LIGHTING CIRCUITS. 6. OCCUPANCY SENSORS SHALL BE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS. E.C. SHALL INCLUDE IN THEIR PRICE ALL NECESSARY DEVICES AND ACCESSORIES FOR A FULLY FUNCTIONAL LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO POWERPACKS, ROOM CONTROLLERS AND CABLING REQUIREMENTS. 7. ALIGN DEVICES VERTICALLY WHERE LIGHTING, POWER, AND SYSTEM DEVICES WITH DIFFERENT MOUNTING HEIGHTS ARE INDICATED CLOSE TO OTHER DEVICES. 8. REFER TO THE ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATION, DETAIL, AND REFLECTED CEILING PLAN DRAWINGS FOR COORDINATION OF ELECTRICAL DEVICES. 9. CUTTING, DRILLING, AND/OR BORING THROUGH STRUCTURAL MEMBERS IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. 10. PROVIDE FIRE RATED SEALS ON PENETRATIONS IN FIRE RATED FLOORS AND WALLS. COORDINATE RATED LOCATIONS WITH LIFE SAFETY CODE PLAN DRAWINGS. 11. PROVIDE INSULATED BUSHINGS FOR ROUGH-IN AND CONDUIT SLEEVE LOCATIONS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ANY CABLING. 12. BRANCH CIRCUITS CONDUCTOR LENGTHS FROM PANEL LONGER THAN 100’FOR 120V AND 200' FOR 277V SHALL BE #10 OR LARGER FOR ENTIRE LENGTH OF CIRCUIT FOR LINE, NEUTRAL, AND GROUND WIRES. 13. PROVIDE DEDICATED NEUTRAL FOR EACH MULTIWIRE BRANCH CIRCUIT PHASE CONDUCTOR. PROVIDE DEDICATED NEUTRAL FOR EACH DIMMING CIRCUIT. 14. LIGHT SWITCHES SHALL BE MOUNTED ON LATCH SIDE OF DOOR, WITHIN 12" OF DOOR/SIDELIGHT FRAMING, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. LIGHT SWITCHES INSTALLED ADJACENT TO OPEN DOOR SWINGS SHALL BE MOUNTED CLEAR OF THE DOOR SWING AND WITHIN 12" OF DOOR IN OPEN POSITION. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH OTHER WALL DEVICES. 15. COORDINATE LUMINAIRE LOCATIONS WITH STRUCTURAL AND MECHANICAL TRADES PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. COORDINATE MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND LOCATIONS OF LUMINAIRES IN MECHANICAL ROOMS WITH DUCTS, PIPES, AND EQUIPMENT. MOUNT LUMINAIRES BELOW DUCTS AND PIPES AND AVOID MOUNTING LUMINAIRES OVER EQUIPMENT. SUPPORT LUMINAIRES INDEPENDENTLY OF DUCTS, PIPES, AND EQUIPMENT. 16. VERIFY OCCUPANCY SENSOR DEVICE LAYOUT AND QUANTITIES FOR COMPLETE AREA/ROOM COVERAGE WITH SENSOR MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 17. COORDINATE CEILING TYPES, RECESS CONDITIONS, AND MOUNTING HARDWARE REQUIRED PRIOR TO PURCHASE OF LUMINAIRES. 18. WIRING SHALL NOT FEED THROUGH LUMINAIRES EXCEPT TO SERVE CONTINUOUS ROWS OF SIMILAR TYPE OF LUMINAIRES. 19. PROVIDE BLANK COVER PLATES FOR ANY UNUSED J-BOXES. 20. DEVICES IN FINISHED AREAS SHALL BE RECESSED WITHIN WALLS EXCEPT WHERE REQUIRED TO BE SURFACE MOUNTED. IN UNFINISHED/UTILITY AREAS (PLUMBING CHASES, JANITORS CLOSETS, ELECTRICAL ROOMS, AND MECHANICAL ROOMS) DEVICES AND CONDUIT MAY BE SURFACE MOUNTED. SURFACE MOUNT NON- METALLIC RACEWAYS MAY BE USED ON EXISTING BRICK AND BLOCK WALLS IN LIEU OF RECESSING IN WALLS. 21. FOR EXISTING PANELS, CIRCUIT NUMBERS ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY. COORDINATE EXISTING PANEL CONFIGURATION. UTILIZE EXISTING DEMOED CIRCUITS FEEDING THE AREA. PROVIDE NEW, REMOVABLE, UPDATED, TYPED PANEL INDEX FOR MODIFIED PANELS. UNUSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE LISTED AS SPARE AND SET TO OFF. 22. PROVIDE X-RAY ANALYSIS OF CONCRETE FLOORING PRIOR TO CUTTING, DRILLING, OR BORING. 23. DEVICES MOUNTED ON PRECAST WALLS SHALL BE RECESSED IN THE WALL PANELS AND COORDINATED WITH PRECAST MANUFACTURER. SURFACE MOUNT DEVICES AND RACEWAYS ARE NOT ALLOWED UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED. LIGHTING GENERAL NOTES N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/18/2022 3:59:54 PM \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIGHTING PLAN - AREA B E302 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 JNB MSW MSW PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"A1 LIGHTING PLAN - AREA B NO. DESCRIPTION DATE KEYNOTE LEGEND EL02 FIXTURE SHALL BE CONTROLLED WITH GROUP C, BUT MUST DIM WITH GROUP B DURING DAYLIGHT HARVESTING. EL04 CONNECT THROUGH AREA OCCUPANCY CONTROL. EL05 PROVIDE 36' LED LINEAR TAPE LIGHT TYPE "S2" RUNNING THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF CEILING CLOUD FEATURE TO PROVIDE UP-LIGHTING IN THE COVE AREA FACING THE RECEPTION COUNTERS. I hereby certify that this plan, specification, or report was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly Licensed Professional Engineer under the laws of the State of Minnesota. Print Name: Signature: Date:License # Jeff N Besel 2/18/2022 44225 102 Item 2. OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS OS 1. ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL BE LED AND 0-10V DIMMING CAPABLE. 2. EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURES DESIGNATED BY HATCHED SYMBOL AND ODD- NUMBERED CIRCUIT NUMBER AND EXIT SIGNS SHALL BE CIRCUITED TO PANEL "EM". ALL NON-EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURES DESIGNATED WITH EVEN-NUMBERED CIRCUIT NUMBER SHALL BE CIRCUITED TO PANEL "LP-1". 3. EACH LIGHT FIXTURE DESIGNATED AS EMERGENCY SHALL BE SUPPLIED WITH UL 924 LISTED RELAY FOR MONITORING AND SWITCHING BETWEEN NORMAL AND EMERGENCY POWER. 4. PROVIDE FIRE SEALS FOR INSERTS, CONDUIT PENETRATIONS, SLEEVES AND ROUTINGS THROUGH RATED WALLS, CEILINGS AND FLOORS AS PER SPECIFICATIONS. 5. ALL EMERGENCY LIGHTING CIRCUITS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN SEPARATE RACEWAYS, BOXES AND ENCLOSURES FROM NORMAL LIGHTING CIRCUITS. 6. OCCUPANCY SENSORS SHALL BE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS. E.C. SHALL INCLUDE IN THEIR PRICE ALL NECESSARY DEVICES AND ACCESSORIES FOR A FULLY FUNCTIONAL LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO POWERPACKS, ROOM CONTROLLERS AND CABLING REQUIREMENTS. 7. ALIGN DEVICES VERTICALLY WHERE LIGHTING, POWER, AND SYSTEM DEVICES WITH DIFFERENT MOUNTING HEIGHTS ARE INDICATED CLOSE TO OTHER DEVICES. 8. REFER TO THE ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATION, DETAIL, AND REFLECTED CEILING PLAN DRAWINGS FOR COORDINATION OF ELECTRICAL DEVICES. 9. CUTTING, DRILLING, AND/OR BORING THROUGH STRUCTURAL MEMBERS IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. 10. PROVIDE FIRE RATED SEALS ON PENETRATIONS IN FIRE RATED FLOORS AND WALLS. COORDINATE RATED LOCATIONS WITH LIFE SAFETY CODE PLAN DRAWINGS. 11. PROVIDE INSULATED BUSHINGS FOR ROUGH-IN AND CONDUIT SLEEVE LOCATIONS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ANY CABLING. 12. BRANCH CIRCUITS CONDUCTOR LENGTHS FROM PANEL LONGER THAN 100’FOR 120V AND 200' FOR 277V SHALL BE #10 OR LARGER FOR ENTIRE LENGTH OF CIRCUIT FOR LINE, NEUTRAL, AND GROUND WIRES. 13. PROVIDE DEDICATED NEUTRAL FOR EACH MULTIWIRE BRANCH CIRCUIT PHASE CONDUCTOR. PROVIDE DEDICATED NEUTRAL FOR EACH DIMMING CIRCUIT. 14. LIGHT SWITCHES SHALL BE MOUNTED ON LATCH SIDE OF DOOR, WITHIN 12" OF DOOR/SIDELIGHT FRAMING, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. LIGHT SWITCHES INSTALLED ADJACENT TO OPEN DOOR SWINGS SHALL BE MOUNTED CLEAR OF THE DOOR SWING AND WITHIN 12" OF DOOR IN OPEN POSITION. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH OTHER WALL DEVICES. 15. COORDINATE LUMINAIRE LOCATIONS WITH STRUCTURAL AND MECHANICAL TRADES PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. COORDINATE MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND LOCATIONS OF LUMINAIRES IN MECHANICAL ROOMS WITH DUCTS, PIPES, AND EQUIPMENT. MOUNT LUMINAIRES BELOW DUCTS AND PIPES AND AVOID MOUNTING LUMINAIRES OVER EQUIPMENT. SUPPORT LUMINAIRES INDEPENDENTLY OF DUCTS, PIPES, AND EQUIPMENT. 16. VERIFY OCCUPANCY SENSOR DEVICE LAYOUT AND QUANTITIES FOR COMPLETE AREA/ROOM COVERAGE WITH SENSOR MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 17. COORDINATE CEILING TYPES, RECESS CONDITIONS, AND MOUNTING HARDWARE REQUIRED PRIOR TO PURCHASE OF LUMINAIRES. 18. WIRING SHALL NOT FEED THROUGH LUMINAIRES EXCEPT TO SERVE CONTINUOUS ROWS OF SIMILAR TYPE OF LUMINAIRES. 19. PROVIDE BLANK COVER PLATES FOR ANY UNUSED J-BOXES. 20. DEVICES IN FINISHED AREAS SHALL BE RECESSED WITHIN WALLS EXCEPT WHERE REQUIRED TO BE SURFACE MOUNTED. IN UNFINISHED/UTILITY AREAS (PLUMBING CHASES, JANITORS CLOSETS, ELECTRICAL ROOMS, AND MECHANICAL ROOMS) DEVICES AND CONDUIT MAY BE SURFACE MOUNTED. SURFACE MOUNT NON- METALLIC RACEWAYS MAY BE USED ON EXISTING BRICK AND BLOCK WALLS IN LIEU OF RECESSING IN WALLS. 21. FOR EXISTING PANELS, CIRCUIT NUMBERS ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY. COORDINATE EXISTING PANEL CONFIGURATION. UTILIZE EXISTING DEMOED CIRCUITS FEEDING THE AREA. PROVIDE NEW, REMOVABLE, UPDATED, TYPED PANEL INDEX FOR MODIFIED PANELS. UNUSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE LISTED AS SPARE AND SET TO OFF. 22. PROVIDE X-RAY ANALYSIS OF CONCRETE FLOORING PRIOR TO CUTTING, DRILLING, OR BORING. 23. DEVICES MOUNTED ON PRECAST WALLS SHALL BE RECESSED IN THE WALL PANELS AND COORDINATED WITH PRECAST MANUFACTURER. SURFACE MOUNT DEVICES AND RACEWAYS ARE NOT ALLOWED UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED. LIGHTING GENERAL NOTES A B C D E F 7 8 9 10 11 12 8.1 A.4 E.6 11.2 11.4 12.1 VESTIBULE 113 PUBLIC LOBBY 101VESTIBULE 100 COUNCIL CHAMBER 102 COATS/COFFEE ALCOVE 103STAIR 1 S1-0 COUNCIL CHAMBERS AV ROOM 105 TABLE AND CHAIR STORAGE 106 ELEV A ELEV A LOBBY 006 PUBLIC CORRIDOR 112 CONFERENCE ROOM 107 JANITOR'S CLOSET 108 UNISEX RESTROOM 109 MEN'S PUBLIC RESTROOM 110 E302 - LIGHTING PLAN - AREA B E303 - LIGHTING PLAN - AREA B j V V V 8 A1 10 D2S 5 D2S 5 D2S 6 S1 6 S1 6 S1 6 S1 6 S1 4 P1 4 P1 4 P1 4 P1 4 P1 4 P1 6 B1 6 B1 6 B1 5 B1 5 B1 6 B1 5 D2S 6 S1 8 A1 4 P1 2 L1 5 L1 6 D4S 6 D4S 6 D4S 6 D4S 4 S2 4 S2 4 S2 2 D2S 5 D2S 2 D2S 5 D2S 6 C4 6 C4 6 C3 6 C3 5 L1 5 XA 5 XA 3 XA D2S 10 D2S 3 D2S 10 D2S 3 D2S 10 D2S D D 6 D2S 5 D2S c 5 B1 10 D2SW 10 D2S 6 D2S 6 D2S 6 D2S 6 D2S 6 D2S 6 D2S 6 D2S 6 D2S 6 D2S 6 D2S EL05 4 A3 4 A3 5 A3 5 A3 6 L2 4 T2 4 T2 4 T2 4 T2 4 T2 4 T2 4 T2 4 T2 4 T2 4 T2 4 T2 4 T2 4 T2 4 T2 4 T2 4 T2 4 T2 4 T2 4 L1 5 L1 4 L1 4 L1 5 L1 4 L1 4 L1 4 L1 4 L1 5 L1 4 L1 4 L1 4 G1 4 G1 4 G1 4 G1 2 D2S 2 D2S 5 D2S 2 D2S 2 D2S 5 D2S 6 A1 5 A1 6 A1 5 A1 2 A1 5 A1 2 A1 2 A1 5 A1 2 A1 2 A1 6 C2 6 C2 2 A2 5 A2 5 A2 2 A2 V V V 6 L1 5 C6 SOUND VESTIBULE 104 CCH LOB PUB RR VST PUB WOMEN'S PUBLIC RESTROOM 111 VST VST CON D c c c a a b b b bb b b b b ca c c a a D jjjjjj k k x x x xx x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x q q q r r r r r r r rr s tDDss t t x x x x x x x x x AV 5 XA a a a a bbbb g g g e e e e f f f cccc g h h h h i i i EL07 b b b b b 5 XA 5 XA 10 D2SW a EL05 10 D2SW b a LOB COR SUP CON SUP SUP COR 5 XA 5 XA 5 XA 5 XA N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/18/2022 4:00:00 PM \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS LIGHTING PLAN - AREA C E303 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 JNB MSW MSW PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"A1 LIGHTING PLAN - AREA C NO. DESCRIPTION DATE KEYNOTE LEGEND EL05 PROVIDE 36' LED LINEAR TAPE LIGHT TYPE "S2" RUNNING THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF CEILING CLOUD FEATURE TO PROVIDE UP-LIGHTING IN THE COVE AREA FACING THE RECEPTION COUNTERS. EL07 CONNECT LUMINAIRES IN THIS ROOM THROUGH AV CONTROL STATION PROVIDED BY OTHERS. I hereby certify that this plan, specification, or report was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly Licensed Professional Engineer under the laws of the State of Minnesota. Print Name: Signature: Date:License # Jeff N Besel 2/18/2022 44225 103 Item 2. N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/18/2022 4:00:00 PM \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES AND DETAILS E401 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 JNB MSW MSW PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N NETWORK LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM: A. PROVIDE CENTRALIZED LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM WITH RELAY DIMMING CONTROL PANEL (SEE LIGHTING PLAN FOR LOCATION). PROVIDE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM INTERFACE. B. PROVIDE INTEGRAL ASTRONOMIC TIME CLOCK, DISTRIBUTED OCCUPANCY CONTROLS AND CONTROL STATIONS IN INDIVIDUAL SPACES. PROVIDE OCCUPANCY AND DAYLIGHT SENSORS COMPATIBLE WITH LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM. C. PROVIDE DISTRIBUTED CONTROL STATIONS FOR PRESET CONTROL OF LIGHTING ZONES DESCRIBED ON PLAN. FEED LIGHTING BRANCH CIRCUITS FROM PANELBOARD THROUGH RELAY DIMMING CONTROL PANEL TO LIGHT FIXTURES. PROVIDE UL924-LISTED CAPABILITY AND BRANCH CIRCUIT FEEDS. ENSURE FULL-LIGHT OUTPUT OVERRIDE FOR EMERGENCY EGRESS LIGHTING ZONES. D. PROVIDE LOW VOLTAGE (0-10V) AND OTHER CONTROL WIRING FROM RELAY DIMMING CONTROL PANELS TO LIGHT FIXTURES. PROVIDE BACNET AND/OR OTHER CAPABILITY TO ALLOW FOR REMOTE ACCESS OF LIGHTING ZONES AND LEVELS BY OWNER. E. PROVIDE COMBABILITY AND COMMUNICATION INTERFACE (RS232 OR SIMILAR PROTOCOL) BETWEEN LIGHTING CONTROLS AND AUDIOVISUAL CONTROL SYSTEM OF THE CITY COUNCIL CHAMBERS AND LARGE CONFERENCE ROOM 171. AUDIOVISUAL CONTROL SYSTEM IS PRESUMED TO BE BY CRESTRON. F. PROVIDE TWO SEPARATE FULL DAYS OF SERVICE BY FACTORY AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE FOR SYSTEM START-UP, PROGRAMMING AND TRAINING. G. ROOMS CONTROLLED BY RELAY PANEL INCLUDE SPACES INDICATED NETWORK LIGHTING CONTROL COLUMN IN LIGHTING CONTROL STRATEGY SCHEDULE. H. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS AND SYSTEMS ARE: HUBBELL NX, DOUGLAS LIGHTING DIALOG WLCP, ACUITY NLIGHT, AND LEVITON GREENMAX. LIGHTING CONTROL STRATEGY SCHEDULE CONTROL KEY SPACE TYPE ON/OFF SWITCH DIMMING SCENE CONTROLS OCCUPANCY SENSOR VACANCY SENSOR DAYLIGHT SENSOR NETWORK DETAILED LIGHTING CONTROL STRATEGY BRK BREAK ROOM Yes Yes No No Yes Yes No MANUAL ON: LIGHTS TO 100% WALL DEVICE: ALLOW FOR LOCAL ON/OFF AND DIMMING OVERRIDE AUTOMATIC OFF: UPON VACANCY DETECTION, 10 MINUTE DELAY, LIGHTS OFF CAV CONFERENCE ROOM W/ DAYLIGHT HARVESTING & AV CONTROL Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes CONNECT THROUGH AV CONTROL SYSTEM AUTOMATIC ON: UPON OCCUPANCY DETECTION, LIGHTS TO 50% WALL DEVICE: ALLOW FOR LOCAL ON/OFF AND DIMMING OVERRIDE DAYLIGHT HARVESTING: UTILIZE DAYLIGHT TO MAINTAIN MAX OF 50 FC ON WORKPLANE AUTOMATIC OFF: 10 MINUTE DELAY, LIGHTS OFF CCH COUNCIL CHAMBER Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Yes CONNECT THROUGH AV CONTROL SYSTEM AUTOMATIC ON: UPON OCCUPANCY DETECTION, ZONE A TO 50% WALL DEVICE: ALLOW FOR LOCAL ON/OFF AND DIMMING OVERRIDE AUTOMATIC OFF: 15 MINUTE DELAY, LIGHTS OFF COD CONFERENCE ROOM W/ DAYLIGHT HARVESTING Yes No No No Yes Yes Yes AUTOMATIC ON: UPON OCCUPANCY DETECTION, LIGHTS TO 50% WALL DEVICE: ALLOW FOR LOCAL ON/OFF AND DIMMING OVERRIDE DAYLIGHT HARVESTING: UTILIZE DAYLIGHT TO MAINTAIN MAX OF 50 FC ON WORKPLANE AUTOMATIC OFF: 10 MINUTE DELAY, LIGHTS OFF CON CONFERENCE ROOM Yes Yes No No Yes No No AUTOMATIC ON: UPON OCCUPANCY DETECTION, LIGHTS TO 50% WALL DEVICE: ALLOW FOR LOCAL ON/OFF AND DIMMING OVERRIDE AUTOMATIC OFF: 10 MINUTE DELAY, LIGHTS OFF COR CORRIDOR No No No Yes No No Yes NORMALLY ON HOURS: LIGHTS ON FROM 7:00 AM TO 8:00 PM AUTOMATIC ON (AFTER HOURS): UPON OCCUPANCY DETECTION, LIGHTS TO 50% AUTOMATIC OFF (AFTER HOURS): 10 MINUTE DELAY, LIGHTS OFF LOB LOBBY No Yes Yes Yes No No Yes NORMALLY ON HOURS: ALL ZONES 100% FROM 7:00 AM TO 6:00 PM WALL DEVICE: ALLOW FOR LOCAL ON/OFF AND DIMMING OVERRIDE AUTOMATIC ON (AFTER HOURS): UPON OCCUPANCY DETECTION, ALL ZONES TO 50% AUTOMATIC OFF (AFTER HOURS): 10 MINUTE DELAY, RETURN TO SCHEDULE MEP MECHANICAL / ELECTRICAL ROOM Yes No No No Yes No No MANUAL ON: LIGHTS TO 100% WALL DEVICE: ALLOW FOR LOCAL ON/OFF OVERRIDE AUTOMATIC OFF: UPON VACANCY DETECTION, 10 MINUTE DELAY, LIGHTS OFF MUL MULTI-USE Yes Yes No Yes No Yes Yes AUTOMATIC ON: UPON OCCUPANCY DETECTION, ZONE A TO 50% WALL DEVICE: 8-BUTTON: 4-SCENE, ON/OFF, UP/DOWN. DAYLIGHT HARVESTING: UTILIZE DAYLIGHT TO MAINTAIN MAX OF 50 FC ON WORKPLANE AUTOMATIC OFF: 15 MINUTE DELAY, LIGHTS OFF OFD PRIVATE OFFICE W/ DAYLIGHT HARVESTING Yes Yes No No Yes Yes Yes MANUAL ON: LIGHTS TO 50% WALL DEVICE: ALLOW FOR LOCAL ON/OFF AND DIMMING OVERRIDE DAYLIGHT HARVESTING: UTILIZE DAYLIGHT TO MAINTAIN MAX OF 50 FC ON WORKPLANE AUTOMATIC OFF: UPON VACANCY DETECTION, 5 MINUTE DELAY, LIGHTS OFF OFF PRIVATE OFFICE Yes Yes No No Yes No No MANUAL ON: LIGHTS TO 50% WALL DEVICE: ALLOW FOR LOCAL ON/OFF AND DIMMING OVERRIDE AUTOMATIC OFF: UPON VACANCY DETECTION, 5 MINUTE DELAY, LIGHTS OFF OPD OPEN OFFICE W/ DAYLIGHT HARVESTING Yes Yes No Yes No Yes Yes AUTOMATIC ON: UPON OCCUPANCY DETECTION, LIGHTS TO 50% WALL DEVICE: ALLOW FOR LOCAL ON/OFF AND DIMMING OVERRIDE DAYLIGHT HARVESTING: UTILIZE DAYLIGHT TO MAINTAIN MAX OF 50 FC ON WORKPLANE AUTOMATIC OFF: 15 MINUTE DELAY, ALL ZONES OFF OPN OPEN OFFICE Yes Yes No Yes No No Yes AUTOMATIC ON: UPON OCCUPANCY DETECTION, LIGHTS TO 50% WALL DEVICE: ALLOW FOR LOCAL ON/OFF AND DIMMING OVERRIDE AUTOMATIC OFF: 15 MINUTE DELAY, ALL ZONES OFF PUB PUBLIC RESTROOM Yes No No No Yes No No MANUAL ON: LIGHTS TO 100% WALL DEVICE: ALLOW FOR LOCAL ON/OFF OVERRIDE AUTOMATIC OFF: UPON VACANCY DETECTION, 15 MINUTE DELAY, LIGHTS OFF RR PRIVATE RESTROOM Yes No No No Yes No No MANUAL ON: LIGHTS TO 100% WALL DEVICE: ALLOW FOR LOCAL ON/OFF OVERRIDE AUTOMATIC OFF: UPON VACANCY DETECTION, 5 MINUTE DELAY, LIGHTS OFF SUP SUPPORT / STORAGE Yes Yes No No Yes No No MANUAL ON: LIGHTS TO 100% WALL DEVICE: ALLOW FOR LOCAL ON/OFF AND DIMMING OVERRIDE AUTOMATIC OFF: UPON VACANCY DETECTION, 10 MINUTE DELAY, LIGHTS OFF VST VESTIBULE No No No Yes No No Yes NORMALLY ON HOURS: LIGHTS ON FROM 7:00 AM TO 8:00 PM AUTOMATIC ON (AFTER HOURS): UPON OCCUPANCY DETECTION, LIGHTS ON AUTOMATIC OFF (AFTER HOURS): 10 MINUTE DELAY, LIGHTS OFF LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE MARK DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER MODEL LAMP VOLTAGE MOUNTING COMMENTSWATTS LUMENS CCT CRI A1 RECESSED LINEAR - 8' PRUDENTIAL LTG. AXIS CORONET NULITE FOCAL POINT P23-FLSH-LED4-SO-8-TMW-D1-SC-UNV-X1-DM01 BEAM 2 LED LSR2 REGOLO 2 SEEM 2 76 W 6,400 4000 K 80 120 V RECESSED A2 RECESSED LINEAR - 4' PRUDENTIAL LTG. AXIS CORONET NULITE FOCAL POINT P23-FLSH-LED4-SO-4-TMW-D1-SC-UNV-X1-DM01 BEAM 2 LED LSR2 REGOLO 2 SEEM 2 38 W 3,200 4000 K 80 120 V RECESSED A3 RECESSED LINEAR WALL GRAZER - 4' PRUDENTIAL LTG. AXIS CORONET FOCAL POINT P23-FLSH-LED4-SO-4-TMW-D1G-SC-UNV-X1-DM01 BEAM 2 LED LSR2 SEEM 2 38 W 3,200 4000 K 80 120 V RECESSED B1 1x4 FLAT PANEL METALUX LITHONIA COLUMBIA WILLIAMS 14FP4240C EPANL CFP LP 38 W 4,200 4000 K 80 120 V RECESSED B2 2x2 FLAT PANEL METALUX LITHONIA COLUMBIA WILLIAMS 22FP4240C EPANL CFP LP 38 W 4,500 4000 K 80 120 V RECESSED C1 DIRECT/INDIRECT WALL MOUNTED LINEAR - 4' PRUDENTIAL LTG. AXIS CORONET NULITE FOCAL POINT BIO2-LIN-LED4-MO-4-D1-SYMDC-SC-UNV-WB-DIM10 BEAM 2 LED LS2 REGOLO 4 SEEM 2 52 W 5,000 4000 K 80 120 V WALL MOUNTED MOUNT FIXTURE 8'-0" AFF, UON. C2 INDIRECT WALL MOUNTED LINEAR - 4' PRUDENTIAL LTG. AXIS CORONET NULITE FOCAL POINT BIO2-LIN-LED4-SO-4-NW-SYMDC-SC-UNV-WB-DIM10 BEAM 2 LED LS2 REGOLO 4 SEEM 2 38 W 3,400 4000 K 80 120 V WALL MOUNTED MOUNT FIXTURE 8'-0" AFF, UON. C3 DIRECT/INDIRECT WALL MOUNTED LINEAR - 6' PRUDENTIAL LTG. AXIS CORONET NULITE FOCAL POINT BIO2-LIN-LED4-MO-6-D1-SYMDC-SC-UNV-WB-DIM10 BEAM 2 LED LS2 REGOLO 4 SEEM 2 78 W 7,500 4000 K 80 120 V WALL MOUNTED MOUNT FIXTURE 8'-0" AFF, UON. C4 INDIRECT WALL MOUNTED LINEAR - 6' PRUDENTIAL LTG. AXIS CORONET NULITE FOCAL POINT BIO2-LIN-LED4-SO-6-NW-SYMDC-SC-UNV-WB-DIM10 BEAM 2 LED LS2 REGOLO 4 SEEM 2 57 W 5,100 4000 K 80 120 V WALL MOUNTED MOUNT FIXTURE 8'-0" AFF, UON. C6 WALL MOUNTED PERIMETER LIGHT - 8' PRUDENTIAL LTG. AXIS CORONET NULITE FOCAL POINT BIO2-LIN-LED4-SO-8-D1R-NU-SC-UNV-WB-DIM10 BEAM 2 LED LS2 REGOLO 4 SEEM 2 76 W 6,800 4000 K 80 120 V WALL MOUNTED MOUNT FIXTURE AT TOP OF WALL, AS CLOSE TO CEILING AS POSSIBLE. D2S 2" SQUARE DOWNLIGHT GOTHAM HE WILLIAMS PORTFOLIO CALCULITE EVO2SQ-40/15-BR-LD-MWD-MVOLT-UGZ 2DS LD2B / LDSQA2B C2DL 21 W 1,500 4000 K 80 120 V RECESSED D2SW 2" SQUARE LED DOWNLIGHT - WALLWASH GOTHAM HE WILLIAMS PORTFOLIO CALCULITE EVO2SQLW-40/10-BR-LD-MVOLT-UGZ 2DS LD2B C2LW 13 W 1,000 4000K 80 120 V RECESSED D4S 4" SQUARE DOWNLIGHT GOTHAM HE WILLIAMS PORTFOLIO CALCULITE EVO4SQ-40/15-AR-LD-MVOLT-GZ10 4DS LDSQ4B C4SDL 14 W 1,500 4000 K 80 120 V RECESSED G1 DECORATIVE INTERIOR SQUARE SCONCE WAC LIGHTING DC-WD05-U-840-B-BK 22 W 300 4000 K 85 120 V WALL MOUNTED L1 DIRECT/INDIRECT LINEAR PENDANT - 4' PRUDENTIAL LTG. AXIS CORONET NULITE FOCAL POINT BIO2-LIN-LED4-SO-4-TMW-D1-CW-SC-UNV-CA96-DM10 BEAM 2 LED LS2 REGOLO 4 SEEM 2 76 W 6,800 4000 K 80 120 V CABLE HUNG COORDINATE MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. L2 DIRECT/INDIRECT LINEAR PENDANT - 8' PRUDENTIAL LTG. AXIS CORONET NULITE FOCAL POINT BIO2-LIN-LED4-SO-8-TMW-D1-CW-SC-UNV-CA96-DM10 BEAM 2 LED LS2 REGOLO 4 SEEM 2 152 W 13,600 4000 K 80 120 V CABLE HUNG COORDINATE MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. P1 PENDANT SQUARE LUMINAIRE. WAC LIGHTING DC-PD05-N840-BK 25 W 2,300 4000 K 85 120 V PENDANT MOUNT FIXTURE 6'-0" AFF TO THE TOP, UON. S1 SUSPENDED STRIP - 4' METALUX COLUMBIA LITHONIA ELITE 4SNLED-LD5-41SL-LU-UNV-L8XX-CD1-U MPS4 CSS OC1-LED 31 W 4,300 3500 K 90 120 V CABLE HUNG COORDINATE MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. S2 LED TAPE LIGHT WAC LIGHTING XIC KELVIX LEDTE24-35-5-WT XFL SW3 20 W 1,800 4000 K 90 120 V SURFACE COVE T2 TRACK HEAD ALTMAN LIGHTING HALT ERCO GAL-1535-4K-BLACK-0-T L80808FL9040P A0029971 50 W 4,200 4000 K 90 120 V TRACK ALTMAN TRACK REQUIRED TO OPERATE HEADS TR LIGHTING TRACK ALTMAN LIGHTING HALT ERCO ASL-233302-2 L642P L6419 L943P 78363.023 N/A N/A UC1 12" UNDER CABINET TASK LUMINAIRE. LITHONIA COLUMBIA HALO ORACLE UCES 12IN SWW4 90CRI WH M6 CUC1-CS-ED120 HU11 EU-LED 6 W 380 4000 K 90 277 V SURFACE MOUNT UNDER CABINET. UC2 24" UNDER CABINET TASK LUMINAIRE. LITHONIA COLUMBIA HALO ORACLE UCES 24IN SWW4 90CRI WH M6 CUC2-CS-ED120 HU11 EU-LED 10 W 740 4000 K 90 277 V SURFACE MOUNT UNDER CABINET. UC3 36" UNDER CABINET TASK LUMINAIRE. LITHONIA COLUMBIA HALO ORACLE UCES 36IN SWW4 90CRI WH M6 CUC3-CS-ED120 HU11 EU-LED 15 W 1,100 4000 K 90 277 V SURFACE MOUNT UNDER CABINET. XA LED EXIT SIGN LITHONIA LIGHTALARMS DUAL-LITE SURE-LITE EDG-R-SD GALAXY SLIM SE CX 3 W LED (SIGN) 0 K N/A 120 V CEILING, PENDANT OR WALL AS SHOWN PROVIDE NUMBER OF FACES AND CHEVRONS AS SHOWN ON PLANS. MECHANICAL CONNECTION SCHEDULE NAME LOAD VOLTAGE NUMBER OF POLES PANEL CIRCUIT NO. FEEDER FURNISHED / INSTALLED - DISCONNECT RATING - DISCONNECT FUSE SIZE - DISCONNECT ENCLOSURE - DISCONNECT ACCU-1 1460 VA 208 V 2 LP-3 35,37 (2)#12 AND (1)#12 GND IN 3/4"C EC / EC 30 A 30 A NEMA 3R AD-1 700 VA 120 V 1 LP-1 48 (2)#12 AND (1)#12 GND IN 3/4"C EC / EC 20 A NON-FUSED MOTOR RATED TOGGLE SWITCH AD-2 700 VA 120 V 1 LP-1 48 (2)#12 AND (1)#12 GND IN 3/4"C EC / EC 20 A NON-FUSED MOTOR RATED TOGGLE SWITCH AD-3 700 VA 120 V 1 LP-1 50 (2)#12 AND (1)#12 GND IN 3/4"C EC / EC 20 A NON-FUSED MOTOR RATED TOGGLE SWITCH AD-4 700 VA 120 V 1 LP-1 50 (2)#12 AND (1)#12 GND IN 3/4"C EC / EC 20 A NON-FUSED MOTOR RATED TOGGLE SWITCH BS-1 125 VA 208 V 2 LP-3 31,33 (2)#12 AND (1)#12 GND IN 3/4"C EC / EC 15 A NON-FUSED MOTOR RATED TOGGLE SWITCH BS-2 125 VA 208 V 2 LP-3 31,33 (2)#12 AND (1)#12 GND IN 3/4"C EC / EC 15 A NON-FUSED MOTOR RATED TOGGLE SWITCH BS-3 21 VA 208 V 2 LP-3 31,33 (2)#12 AND (1)#12 GND IN 3/4"C EC / EC 15 A NON-FUSED MOTOR RATED TOGGLE SWITCH BS-4 250 VA 208 V 2 LP-3 31,33 (2)#12 AND (1)#12 GND IN 3/4"C EC / EC 15 A NON-FUSED MOTOR RATED TOGGLE SWITCH BS-5 84 VA 208 V 2 LP-3 31,33 (2)#12 AND (1)#12 GND IN 3/4"C EC / EC 15 A NON-FUSED MOTOR RATED TOGGLE SWITCH CP-1 200 VA 120 V 1 LP-3 3 (2)#12 AND (1)#12 GND IN 3/4"C EC / EC 15 A NON-FUSED MOTOR RATED TOGGLE SWITCH DOAS-1 21865 VA 208 V 3 MDP 13,14,15 (4)#4 AND (1)#8 GND IN 1-1/4"C MC / EC 100 A NON-FUSED NEMA 3R P-1 1124 VA 208 V 2 LP-3 39,41 (2)#12 AND (1)#12 GND IN 3/4"C EC / EC 15 A NON-FUSED NEMA 1 P-2 5476 VA 208 V 3 LP-3 43,45,47 (3)#10 AND (1)#10 GND IN 3/4"C EC / EC 30 A NON-FUSED NEMA 1 VTU-1 42 VA 208 V 2 LP-3 7,9 (2)#12 AND (1)#12 GND IN 3/4"C EC / EC 15 A NON-FUSED MOTOR RATED TOGGLE SWITCH VTU-2 562 VA 208 V 2 LP-3 11,13 (2)#12 AND (1)#12 GND IN 3/4"C EC / EC 15 A NON-FUSED MOTOR RATED TOGGLE SWITCH VTU-3 104 VA 208 V 2 LP-3 11,13 (2)#12 AND (1)#12 GND IN 3/4"C EC / EC 15 A NON-FUSED MOTOR RATED TOGGLE SWITCH VTU-4 42 VA 208 V 2 LP-3 11,13 (2)#12 AND (1)#12 GND IN 3/4"C EC / EC 15 A NON-FUSED MOTOR RATED TOGGLE SWITCH VTU-5 63 VA 208 V 2 LP-3 11,13 (2)#12 AND (1)#12 GND IN 3/4"C EC / EC 15 A NON-FUSED MOTOR RATED TOGGLE SWITCH VTU-6 42 VA 208 V 2 LP-3 7,9 (2)#12 AND (1)#12 GND IN 3/4"C EC / EC 15 A NON-FUSED MOTOR RATED TOGGLE SWITCH VTU-7 63 VA 208 V 2 LP-3 11,13 (2)#12 AND (1)#12 GND IN 3/4"C EC / EC 15 A NON-FUSED MOTOR RATED TOGGLE SWITCH VTU-8 562 VA 208 V 2 LP-3 7,9 (2)#12 AND (1)#12 GND IN 3/4"C EC / EC 15 A NON-FUSED MOTOR RATED TOGGLE SWITCH VTU-9 63 VA 208 V 2 LP-3 7,9 (2)#12 AND (1)#12 GND IN 3/4"C EC / EC 15 A NON-FUSED MOTOR RATED TOGGLE SWITCH VTU-10 42 VA 208 V 2 LP-3 7,9 (2)#12 AND (1)#12 GND IN 3/4"C EC / EC 15 A NON-FUSED MOTOR RATED TOGGLE SWITCH VTU-11 562 VA 208 V 2 LP-3 15,17 (2)#12 AND (1)#12 GND IN 3/4"C EC / EC 15 A NON-FUSED MOTOR RATED TOGGLE SWITCH VTU-12 292 VA 208 V 2 LP-3 15,17 (2)#12 AND (1)#12 GND IN 3/4"C EC / EC 15 A NON-FUSED MOTOR RATED TOGGLE SWITCH VTU-13 104 VA 208 V 2 LP-3 19,21 (2)#12 AND (1)#12 GND IN 3/4"C EC / EC 15 A NON-FUSED MOTOR RATED TOGGLE SWITCH VTU-14 104 VA 208 V 2 LP-3 19,21 (2)#12 AND (1)#12 GND IN 3/4"C EC / EC 15 A NON-FUSED MOTOR RATED TOGGLE SWITCH VTU-15 63 VA 208 V 2 LP-3 23,25 (2)#12 AND (1)#12 GND IN 3/4"C EC / EC 15 A NON-FUSED MOTOR RATED TOGGLE SWITCH VTU-16 479 VA 208 V 2 LP-3 23,25 (2)#12 AND (1)#12 GND IN 3/4"C EC / EC 15 A NON-FUSED MOTOR RATED TOGGLE SWITCH VTU-17 42 VA 208 V 2 LP-3 23,25 (2)#12 AND (1)#12 GND IN 3/4"C EC / EC 15 A NON-FUSED MOTOR RATED TOGGLE SWITCH VTU-18 458 VA 208 V 2 LP-3 23,25 (2)#12 AND (1)#12 GND IN 3/4"C EC / EC 15 A NON-FUSED MOTOR RATED TOGGLE SWITCH VTU-19 562 VA 208 V 2 LP-3 27,29 (2)#12 AND (1)#12 GND IN 3/4"C EC / EC 15 A NON-FUSED MOTOR RATED TOGGLE SWITCH VTU-20 104 VA 208 V 2 LP-3 27,29 (2)#12 AND (1)#12 GND IN 3/4"C EC / EC 15 A NON-FUSED MOTOR RATED TOGGLE SWITCH VTU-21 42 VA 208 V 2 LP-3 27,29 (2)#12 AND (1)#12 GND IN 3/4"C EC / EC 15 A NON-FUSED MOTOR RATED TOGGLE SWITCH VTU-22 104 VA 208 V 2 LP-3 23,25 (2)#12 AND (1)#12 GND IN 3/4"C EC / EC 15 A NON-FUSED MOTOR RATED TOGGLE SWITCH VTU-23 42 VA 208 V 2 LP-3 15,17 (2)#12 AND (1)#12 GND IN 3/4"C EC / EC 15 A NON-FUSED MOTOR RATED TOGGLE SWITCH VTU-24 42 VA 208 V 2 LP-3 11,13 (2)#12 AND (1)#12 GND IN 3/4"C EC / EC 15 A NON-FUSED MOTOR RATED TOGGLE SWITCH VTU-25 104 VA 208 V 2 LP-3 15,17 (2)#12 AND (1)#12 GND IN 3/4"C EC / EC 15 A NON-FUSED MOTOR RATED TOGGLE SWITCH VTU-26 42 VA 208 V 2 LP-3 19,21 (2)#12 AND (1)#12 GND IN 3/4"C EC / EC 15 A NON-FUSED MOTOR RATED TOGGLE SWITCH VTU-27 292 VA 208 V 2 LP-3 27,29 (2)#12 AND (1)#12 GND IN 3/4"C EC / EC 15 A NON-FUSED MOTOR RATED TOGGLE SWITCH VTU-28 42 VA 208 V 2 LP-3 27,29 (2)#12 AND (1)#12 GND IN 3/4"C EC / EC 15 A NON-FUSED MOTOR RATED TOGGLE SWITCH VTU-29 104 VA 208 V 2 LP-3 27,29 (2)#12 AND (1)#12 GND IN 3/4"C EC / EC 15 A NON-FUSED MOTOR RATED TOGGLE SWITCH VTU-30 42 VA 208 V 2 LP-3 19,21 (2)#12 AND (1)#12 GND IN 3/4"C EC / EC 15 A NON-FUSED MOTOR RATED TOGGLE SWITCH VTU-31 42 VA 208 V 2 LP-3 15,17 (2)#12 AND (1)#12 GND IN 3/4"C EC / EC 15 A NON-FUSED MOTOR RATED TOGGLE SWITCH WH-1 600 VA 120 V 1 LP-3 1 (2)#12 AND (1)#12 GND IN 3/4"C EC / EC C&P NON-FUSED C&P NO. DESCRIPTION DATE NOTES: 1. FIRE RATED & TAMPER RESISTANT 2. TERMINATE WITH ELECTRICAL DEVICES INTEGRAL TO FURNITURE. 3. COORDINATE COMMUNICATIONS TERMINATIONS WITH SYSTEMS INSTALLER. FLOOR BOX SCHEDULE TYPE MANUFACTURER SERIES DESCRIPTION POWER COMMUNICATIONS NOTES FB1 LEGRAND RC7AFFTCBK 3", 2-GANG, FURNITURE FEED WHIP WHIP 1,2,3 FB2 LEGRAND RC7AFFTCBK 3", 2-GANG, FURNITURE FEED WHIP WHIP 1,2,3 FB3 LEGRAND EV4 4”, 2-GANG, RECESSED ACTIVATION (1) DUPLEX (1) DATA GANG 1,3 FB4 LEGRAND EV4 4”, 2-GANG, RECESSED ACTIVATION (2) DUPLEX N/A 1 FB5 LEGRAND EV6 6”, 3-GANG, RECESSED ACTIVATION (2) DUPLEX (1) DATA GANG 1,3 I hereby certify that this plan, specification, or report was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly Licensed Professional Engineer under the laws of the State of Minnesota. Print Name: Signature: Date:License # Jeff N Besel 2/18/2022 44225 104 Item 2. N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/18/2022 4:00:03 PM \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS ELECTRICAL PANEL SCHEDULES E500 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 JNB MSW MSW PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N POWER 10400 VA 100.00% 10400 VA MINIMUM PANEL RATING (AMPS):381 A HVAC 92 VA 100.00% 92 VA FUTURE LOAD GROWTH:15.00% RECEPTACLES 75000 VA 56.67% 42500 VA TOTAL ESTIMATED DEMAND...331 A LIGHTING 21528 VA 125.00% 26910 VA TOTAL CONNECTED CURRENT:406 A Other 0 VA 0.00% 0 VA TOTAL ESTIMATED DEMAND:119285 VA Motor 39383 VA 100.00% 39383 VA TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD;146403 VA LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR ESTIMATED DEMAND PANEL TOTALS TOTAL AMPS:422 A 413 A 391 A TOTAL LOAD:50338 VA 49198 VA 46868 VA 24 0 VA 23 0 VASPD 22 3 0 VA -- 60 A 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 7288 VA 14 7288 VADOAS-1 13 3 7288 VA 100 A 70 A 12 1466 VA 11 1469 VAEM 10 3 1515 VA 60 A 50 A 9 10863 VA 8 11550 VALP-3 7 3 12574 VA 200 A 150 A 6 11380 VA 5 13220 VALP-2 4 3 13200 VA 100 A 100 A 3 15870 VA 2 15670 VALP-1 1 3 15760 VA 200 A 150 A LOAD DESCRIPTION CKT NO.P A B C FRAME SIZE BREAKER TRIP NOTES A. PANEL PROVIDED BY CORE/SHELL SCOPE. B. PROVIDE SPACE FOR (2) 100A BREAKERS. NOTES: S.S.C.R.:22 KAIC VOLTS:120/208 WYE,3- Phase,4... NEUTRAL BUS RATING:600 A ENCLOSURE:TYPE 1 PHASE BUS RATING:600 A MOUNTING:PAD-MOUNTED MAIN BREAKER SIZE:500 A SUPPLY FROM:UTILITY XFMR MAINS TYPE:MCB LOCATION:SPACE 73 DISTRIBUTION PANEL : MDP MINIMUM PANEL RATING (AMPS):98 A FUTURE LOAD GROWTH:15.00% TOTAL ESTIMATED DEMAND CURRENT:85.3 A RECEPTACLES 43140 VA 61.59% 26570 VA TOTAL ESTIMATED DEMAND LOAD:30.7 kVA POWER 1360 VA 100.00% 1360 VA TOTAL CONNECTED CURRENT:131.3 A Motor 2800 VA 100.00% 2800 VA TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD:47.3 kVA LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR ESTIMATED DEMAND...PANEL TOTALS TOTAL AMPS:131.4 A 130.6 A 132.4 A TOTAL LOAD:15760.00 VA 15670.00 VA 15870.00 VA SPARE 20 1 83 0 0 84 1 20 SPARE SPARE 20 1 81 0 0 82 1 20 SPARE SPARE 20 1 79 0 0 80 1 20 SPARE RECEPTS - OFFICE 158 20 1 77 900 0 78 1 20 SPARE RECEPTS - OFFICE 157 20 1 75 1080 0 76 1 20 SPARE RECEPTS - OFFICE 154 20 1 73 900 0 74 1 20 SPARE RECEPTS - CONFERENCE 153 20 1 71 1800 0 72 1 20 SPARE RECEPTS - OFFICE 152, STORAGE 155 20 1 69 900 0 70 1 20 SPARE RECEPTS - OFFICE 136 20 1 67 900 0 68 1 20 SPARE RECEPTS - OFFICE 137 20 1 65 900 0 66 1 20 SPARE RECEPTS - COFFEE/BREAK 151 20 1 63 540 0 64 1 20 SPARE RECEPTS - OPEN OFFICE 150 FLOOR 20 1 61 1080 0 62 1 20 SPARE COPIER/PRINTER - COPY ALCOVE 149 20 1 59 500 0 60 1 20 SPARE RECEPTS - COPY ALCOVE 149 COUNTER 20 1 57 1080 0 58 1 20 SPARE OPEN OFFICE 119 - EAST FURNITURE 20 1 55 720 0 56 1 20 SPARE RECEPTS - OPEN OFFICE 119 WEST FURNITURE 20 1 53 1080 0 54 1 20 SPARE RECEPTS - RECEPTION 118 COUNTER 20 1 51 1080 0 52 1 20 SPARE RECEPTS - RECEPTION 118 20 1 49 540 1400 50 1 20 AUTO-DOOR OPERATORS - VESTIBULE 113 RECEPTS - OFFICE 117 20 1 47 1080 1400 48 1 20 AUTO-DOOR OPERATORS - VESTIBULE 100 RECEPTS - OFFICE 116 & CORRIDOR 115 20 1 45 1440 180 46 1 20 SERVER RACK 5B - SERVER ROOM 142 RECEPTS - CONFERENCE 114 20 1 43 1260 180 44 1 20 SERVER RACK 5A - SERVER ROOM 142 RECEPTS - RR 110, RR 111, WATER 20 1 41 730 180 42 1 20 SERVER RACK 4B - SERVER ROOM 142 RECEPTS - JANITOR 108, RR 109, CORRIDOR 112 20 1 39 720 180 40 1 20 SERVER RACK 4A - SERVER ROOM 142 RECEPTS - CONFERENCE 107 FLOOR 20 1 37 1080 180 38 1 20 SERVER RACK 3B - SERVER ROOM 142 RECEPTS - CONFERENCE 107 NORTHWEST 20 1 35 1080 180 36 1 20 SERVER RACK 3A - SERVER ROOM 142 RECEPTS - CONFERENCE 107 SOUTHEAST 20 1 33 1260 180 34 1 20 SERVER RACK 2B - SERVER ROOM 142 CENTRAL DATA RACK - AV ROOM 105 20 1 31 360 180 32 1 20 SERVER RACK 2A - SERVER ROOM 142 WEST DATA RACK - AV ROOM 105 20 1 29 180 180 30 1 20 SERVER RACK 1B - SERVER ROOM 142 RECEPTS - SOUND VEST 104, AV ROOM 105, STORAGE 106 20 1 27 720 180 28 1 20 SERVER RACK 1A - SERVER ROOM 142 RECEPTS - COATS/COUNCIL EXIT CORRIDOR 103 20 1 25 1260 720 26 1 20 RECEPTS - SERVER ROOM 142 RECEPTS - COUNCIL CHAMBER 102 DIAS 20 1 23 900 180 24 1 20 ACCESS CONTROL PANEL - SERVER ROOM 142 RECEPTS - COUNCIL CHAMBER 102 DIAS 20 1 21 720 900 22 1 20 RECEPTS - MECHANICAL 133 RECEPTS - COUNCIL CHAMBER 102 - EAST TABLE 20 1 19 540 720 20 1 20 RECEPTS - STORAGE 130, CORRIDOR 132, STORAGE 155 WALL DATA RACK - COUNCIL CHAMBERS AV ROOM 105 20 1 17 360 900 18 1 20 RECEPTS - RR 125, JANITOR 127, RR 128 RECEPTS - COUNCIL CHAMBER 102 - WEST & CENTER TABLE 20 1 15 900 730 16 1 20 RECEPTS VESTIBULE 126, CORRIDOR 132 FRONT OF CHAMBERS DISPLAYS - COUNCIL CHAMBER 102 20 1 13 360 500 14 1 20 COPIER/PRINTER - COPY/COLATING ROOM 124 MOTORIZED SHADES - COUNCIL CHAMBER 102 20 1 11 640 1260 12 1 20 RECEPTS - COPY 124 RECEPTS - PUBLIC LOBBY 101, VESTIBULE 113 20 1 9 540 1260 10 1 20 RECEPTS - COPY ALCOVE 122 & FILE STORAGE 123 RECEPTS - LOBBY 101, CHAMBER 102 DISPLAYS 20 1 7 720 1260 8 1 20 RECEPTS - FIRESIDE 120 RECEPTS - PUBLIC LOBBY 101 FLOOR 20 1 5 720 720 6 1 20 RECEPTS - FIRESIDE 120 FLOOR RECEPTS - VESTIBULE 100, LOBBY 101 20 1 3 360 720 4 1 20 *FRIDGE - FIRESIDE 120 RECEPTS - ROOF 20 1 1 180 720 2 1 20 RECEPTS - FIRESIDE 120 NORTH LOAD DESCRIPTION BKR P CKT NO.A B C CKT NO.P BKR LOAD DESCRIPTION A. 2-TUB PANEL NOTES: NEUTRAL BUS RATING:225 A A.I.C. RATING:22 KAIC ENCLOSURE:TYPE 1 PHASE BUS RATING:225 A WIRES:4 MOUNTING:SURFACE PHASES:3 SUPPLY FROM:MDP MAINS TYPE:MLO VOLTS:120/208 WYE LOCATION:SPACE 73 BRANCH PANEL : LP-1 RECEPTACLES 180 VA 100.00% 180 VA MINIMUM PANEL RATING (AMPS):125 A POWER 2920 VA 100.00% 2920 VA FUTURE LOAD GROWTH:15.00% Other 0 VA 0.00% 0 VA TOTAL ESTIMATED DEMAND CURRENT:109.0 A Motor 14718 VA 100.00% 14718 VA TOTAL ESTIMATED DEMAND LOAD:39.3 kVA LIGHTING 17078 VA 125.00% 21348 VA TOTAL CONNECTED CURRENT:97.1 A HVAC 92 VA 100.00% 92 VA TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD:35.0 kVA LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR ESTIMATED DEMAND...PANEL TOTALS TOTAL AMPS:105.7 A 97.1 A 90.5 A TOTAL LOAD:12574.33 VA 11550.33 VA 10863.33 VA GENERATOR - ENGINE JACKET HEATER 20 1 59 500 0 60 -- -- SPACE GENERATOR - BATTERY CHARGER 20 1 57 500 0 58 -- -- SPACE SPACE -- -- 55 0 0 56 -- -- SPACE SPACE -- -- 53 0 0 54 -- -- SPACE SPACE -- -- 51 0 0 52 -- -- SPACE B-1 20 1 49 1560 0 50 -- -- SPACE 47 1825 0 48 1 20 SPARE 45 1825 0 46 1 20 SPAREP-2 20 3 43 1825 0 44 1 20 SPARE 41 562 0 42 1 20 SPARE P-1 20 2 39 562 0 40 1 20 SPARE 37 730 0 38 1 20 SPARE ACCU-1 & AC-1 - SERVER ROOM 142 30 2 35 730 0 36 1 20 SPARE 33 303 0 34 1 20 SPARE BRANCH SELECTOR UNITS 20 2 31 303 0 32 1 20 SPARE 29 573 0 30 1 20 SPARE VTU 19, 20, 21, 27, 28, 29 20 2 27 573 1216 28 1 20 LIGHTING - CORRIDORS 115,121,131,132 25 573 1520 26 1 20 LIGHTING - CORRIDORS 156,160, OPEN OFFICE 159 VTU 15, 16, 17, 18, 22 20 2 23 573 857 24 1 20 LIGHTING - CORRIDORS 146,162,164 21 146 678 22 1 20 LIGHTING - 171,172,173 VTU 13, 14, 26, 30 20 2 19 146 1064 20 1 20 LIGHTING - OPEN OFFICE 163 17 567 988 18 1 20 LIGHTING - OPEN OFFICE 159 VTU 11, 12, 23, 25, 31 20 2 15 567 1499 16 1 20 LIGHTING - 147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,161,162 13 438 1229 14 1 20 LIGHTING - 143,144, 145, 166, 167, 168, 169 VTU 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 24 20 2 11 438 1412 12 1 20 LIGHTING - 133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142 9 376 1515 10 1 20 LIGHTING - 118,119,120,157,158 VTU 1, 6, 8, 9, 10 20 2 7 376 1379 8 1 20 LIGHTING - 114,116,117,123,124,125,127,128,130 BAS-1 & BAS-2 20 1 5 360 1478 6 1 20 LIGHTING - 103,104,105,106,107,108,109,110,111,112 CP-1 20 1 3 200 1591 4 1 20 LIGHTING - COUNCIL CHAMBER 102 WH-1 (DEDICATED RECEPT)20 1 1 780 652 2 1 20 LIGHTING - 100,101,113 LOAD DESCRIPTION BKR P CKT NO.A B C CKT NO.P BKR LOAD DESCRIPTION NOTES: NEUTRAL BUS RATING:225 A A.I.C. RATING:22 KAIC ENCLOSURE:TYPE 1 PHASE BUS RATING:225 A WIRES:4 MOUNTING:SURFACE PHASES:3 SUPPLY FROM:MDP MAINS TYPE:MLO VOLTS:120/208 WYE LOCATION:SPACE 73 BRANCH PANEL : LP-3 NO. DESCRIPTION DATE MINIMUM PANEL RATING (AMPS):18 A FUTURE LOAD GROWTH:15.00% TOTAL ESTIMATED DEMAND CURRENT:15.4 A TOTAL ESTIMATED DEMAND LOAD:5.6 kVA TOTAL CONNECTED CURRENT:12.4 A LIGHTING 4450 VA 125.00% 5563 VA TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD:4.5 kVA LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR ESTIMATED DEMAND...PANEL TOTALS TOTAL AMPS:12.6 A 12.2 A 12.2 A TOTAL LOAD:1515.00 VA 1469.00 VA 1466.00 VA SPARE 20 1 11 0 0 12 1 20 SPARE SPARE 20 1 9 0 0 10 1 20 SPARE SPARE 20 1 7 0 0 8 1 20 SPARE EGRESS LIGHTING - SOUTH 20 1 5 1466 0 6 1 20 SPARE EGRESS LIGHTING - CENTRAL 20 1 3 1469 0 4 1 20 SPARE EGRESS LIGHTING - NORTH 20 1 1 1515 0 2 1 20 SPARE LOAD DESCRIPTION BKR P CKT NO.A B C CKT NO.P BKR LOAD DESCRIPTION NOTES: NEUTRAL BUS RATING:100 A S.S.C.R.:22 KAIC ENCLOSURE:TYPE 1 PHASE BUS RATING:100 A WIRES:4 MOUNTING:SURFACE MAIN BREAKER SIZE:50 A PHASES:3 SUPPLY FROM:MDP MAINS TYPE:MCB VOLTS:120/208 WYE LOCATION:SPACE 73 BRANCH PANEL : EM MINIMUM PANEL RATING (AMPS):86 A FUTURE LOAD GROWTH:15.00% TOTAL ESTIMATED DEMAND CURRENT:74.8 A TOTAL ESTIMATED DEMAND LOAD:27.0 kVA RECEPTACLES 31680 VA 65.78% 20840 VA TOTAL CONNECTED CURRENT:104.9 A POWER 6120 VA 100.00% 6120 VA TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD:37.8 kVA LOAD CLASSIFICATION CONNECTED LOAD DEMAND FACTOR ESTIMATED DEMAND...PANEL TOTALS TOTAL AMPS:112.3 A 112.5 A 94.8 A TOTAL LOAD:13200.00 VA 13220.00 VA 11380.00 VA SPARE 20 1 59 0 0 60 1 20 SPARE SPARE 20 1 57 0 0 58 1 20 SPARE RECEPTS - OFFICE 172 20 1 55 900 0 56 1 20 SPARE RECEPTS - OFFICE 173 20 1 53 900 0 54 1 20 SPARE RECEPTS - CONFERENCE 171 SOUTH 20 1 51 900 0 52 1 20 SPARE NORTH MOTORIZED SHADES - CONFERENCE ROOM 171 20 1 49 1080 0 50 1 20 SPARE WEST MOTORIZED SHADES - CONFERENCE ROOM 171 20 1 47 1800 0 48 1 20 SPARE RECEPTS - CONFERENCE 171 FLOOR 20 1 45 1080 0 46 1 20 SPARE RECEPTS - CONFERENCE 171 NORTH, VESTIBULE 170 20 1 43 900 0 44 1 20 SPARE RECEPTS - OPEN OFFICE 163 20 1 41 720 0 42 1 20 SPARE FURNITURE - OPEN OFFICE 163 20 1 39 1080 0 40 1 20 SPARE FURNITURE - OPEN OFFICE 163 20 1 37 1080 0 38 1 20 SPARE RECEPTS - OFFICE 169 20 1 35 1080 0 36 1 20 SPARE RECEPTS - OFFICE 168 20 1 33 900 0 34 1 20 SPARE RECEPTS - OFFICE 167 20 1 31 900 0 32 1 20 SPARE COPIER - COPY ALCOVE 165 20 1 29 500 500 30 1 20 COPIER RECEPT - IT/IS WORK ROOM 141 RECEPTS - CONFERENCE 166 20 1 27 1440 1080 28 1 20 RECEPTS - IT/IS WORK ROOM 141 FURNITURE - OPEN OFFICE 163 20 1 25 1080 1440 26 1 20 RECEPTS - IT/IS WORK ROOM 141 RECEPTS - WELLNESS 145 20 1 23 720 500 24 1 20 COPIER/PRINTER - PRINT ROOM 161 UPPER MICROWAVE - BREAKROOM 144 20 1 21 1000 500 22 1 20 PLOTTER - PRINT ROOM 161 LOWER MICROWAVE - BREAKROOM 144 20 1 19 1000 540 20 1 20 RECEPTS - PRINT ROOM 161 17 1500 900 18 1 20 RECEPTS - OFFICE 148 RANGE - BREAKROOM 144 40 2 15 1500 1080 16 1 20 RECEPTS - OFFICE 162 *VENDING - BREAK ROOM 144 - NORTH 20 1 13 500 900 14 1 20 RECEPTS - OFFICE 147 *VENDING - BREAK ROOM 144 - CENTRAL 20 1 11 500 900 12 1 20 RECEPTS - OFFICE 138 *VENDING - BREAK ROOM 144 - SOUTH 20 1 9 500 1080 10 1 20 RECEPTS - FINANCE FILE 139, HR FILE 140 RECEPTS - BREAK ROOM 144 20 1 7 900 360 8 1 20 RECEPTS - OPEN OFFICE 159 - SOUTH FURNITURE *DISHWASHER - BREAK ROOM 144 20 1 5 500 360 6 1 20 RECEPTS - OPEN OFFICE 159 - CENTRAL FURNITURE RECEPTS - BREAK ROOM 144 COUNTER 20 1 3 720 360 4 1 20 RECEPTS - OPEN OFFICE 159 - NORTH FURNITURE RECEPTS - BREAKRM ENTRY 144, JANITOR 143 20 1 1 720 900 2 1 20 RECEPTS - OPEN OFFICE 159 LOAD DESCRIPTION BKR P CKT NO.A B C CKT NO.P BKR LOAD DESCRIPTION *PROVIDE GFCI BREAKER NOTES: NEUTRAL BUS RATING:100 A A.I.C. RATING:22 KAIC ENCLOSURE:TYPE 1 PHASE BUS RATING:100 A WIRES:4 MOUNTING:SURFACE PHASES:3 SUPPLY FROM:MDP MAINS TYPE:MLO VOLTS:120/208 WYE LOCATION:SPACE 73 BRANCH PANEL : LP-2 I hereby certify that this plan, specification, or report was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly Licensed Professional Engineer under the laws of the State of Minnesota. Print Name: Signature: Date:License # Jeff N Besel 2/18/2022 44225 105 Item 2. FEEDER NUMBER 20 30 40 50 70 80 90 110 150 175 200 225 250 251 300 301 400 401 402 450 500 600 SETS 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 4 WIRE PLUS GROUND PHASE 3 #12 3 #10 3 #8 3 #6 3 #4 3 #3 3 #2 3 #1 3 #1/0 3 #2/0 3 #3/0 3 #4/0 3-250kcmil 3-300kcmil 3-350kcmil 3-400kcmil 3-500kcmil 3-600kcmil 3-750kcmil 3 #4/0 3-250kcmil 3-350kcmil NEUTRAL 1 #12 1 #10 1 #8 1 #6 1 #4 1 #3 1 #2 1 #1 1 #1/0 1 #2/0 1 #3/0 1 #4/0 1-250kcmil 1-300kcmil 1-350kcmil 1-400kcmil 1-500kcmil 1-600kcmil 1-750kcmil 1 #4/0 1-250kcmil 1-350kcmil GROUND #12 #10 #10 #10 #8 #8 #8 #6 #6 #6 #6 #4 #4 #4 #4 #3 #3 #3 #2 #2 #2 #1 CONDUIT SIZE 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/4" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 2" 2" 2-1/2" 2-1/2" 3" 3" 3" 3-1/2" 3-1/2" 4" 2-1/2" 3" 3" FEEDER SCHEDULE FEEDER AMPS (MAX) 20 30 40 50 70 85 95 110 150 175 200 230 255 285 310 335 380 420 475 460 510 620 FEEDER NUMBER 20 30 40 50 70 80 90 110 150 175 200 225 250 251 300 301 400 401 402 450 500 600 SETS 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 WIRE PLUS GROUND PHASE 3 #12 3 #10 3 #8 3 #6 3 #4 3 #3 3 #2 3 #1 3 #1/0 3 #2/0 3 #3/0 3 #4/0 3-250kcmil 3-300kcmil 3-350kcmil 3-400kcmil 3-500kcmil 3-600kcmil 3-750kcmil 3 #4/0 3-250kcmil 3-350kcmil GROUND #12 #10 #10 #10 #8 #8 #6 #6 #6 #6 #6 #4 #4 #4 #4 #3 #3 #3 #2 #2 #2 #1 CONDUIT SIZE 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/4" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 2" 2" 2" 2-1/2" 2-1/2" 2-1/2" 3" 3" 3" 3-1/2" 2" 3" 3" 600S 2 3-350kcmil 1-350kcmil 3" G 400/3 50/3 LP-2 100/3 EM 50/3 ATS-MDP 600A, 208V, 3-POLE ATS-EM 70A, 208V, 3P 140KW, 208Y/120V/3PH/3W NATURAL GAS STANDBY GENERATOR 50 100 50 100/3 500/3 60/3 SP D LP-3 100/3 MDP 500A, 208Y/120V/3PH/4W PROVIDED BY CORE/SHELL SCOPE LSI LP-1 150/3 150 150/3 70/3 70 M DOAS-1 50/3 3 SETS OF (4)400 KCMIL, (1)#1/0 G, IN 3"C FEEDER PROVIDED BY CORE/SHELL SCOPE. 500 400 50 PROVIDED BY E.C. PROVIDED BY CORE/SHELL SCOPE ONE-LINE DIAGRAM LEGEND 100 150/3 60A GENERATOR DOCKING STATION N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/18/2022 4:00:04 PM \\ l a d c o \ s h a r e s \ p r o j e c t s \ 0 2 3 \ 0 2 3 - 1 0 3 1 1 - 0 0 0 \ 4 - 0 - P r o d u ct i o n - W o r k i n g \ 4 - 1 - B I M - C A D \ R e v i t \ C H - C i t y H a l l _ L A D . r v t 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS ELECTRICAL ONE LINE DIAGRAM E600 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 JNB MSW MSW PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH AUDIO / VISUAL DESIGN 7640 146TH STREET WEST, SUITE 4 APPLE VALLEY, MN 55124 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE: NTSA5ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE DIAGRAM NO. DESCRIPTION DATE I hereby certify that this plan, specification, or report was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly Licensed Professional Engineer under the laws of the State of Minnesota. Print Name: Signature: Date:License # Jeff N Besel 2/18/2022 44225 106 Item 2. TYPE MANUFACTURER MODEL S01 DYNASOUND DS1356 SPEAKER SCHEDULE DESCRIPTION SOUND MASKING LOUDSPEAKER SIGNAL FLOW BLOCK:AV REQUIREMENTS BLOCK: TO RACK R01 IN SERVER ROOM HEADEND CABLE INFO (1ST SPEAKER ONLY) SPEAKER TYPE UNIT ID (MATCHES SIGNAL FLOW) S01 101 SPEAKER TYPE: S01 IN OU T 70V 10W 101 SPEAKER TYPE VOLTAGE OR IMPEDANCE TAPPED WATTAGE UNIT ID (MATCHES AV REQUIREMENTS) S02 K-ARRAY LYZARD-KZ14 MICRO LOUDSPEAKER S03 QSC AC-C6T CEILING MOUNT LOUDSPEAKER S04 QSC AD-P6T PENDANT MOUNT LOUDSPEAKER RS GANG HEIGHT WALL DEVICE FLOOR DEVICE CEILING DEVICE AUDIO VISUAL & TELECOMMUNICATION SYMBOLS LEGEND: RS GANG HEIGHT MULTIPLE AT SIMILAR LOCATION # RECOMMENDED DATA (# INDICATES QTY) (OR PH OR VI) RS OTHER DEVICE (SEE TYPES BELOW) ABBREVIATIONS: ANT = ANTENNA ALS = ASSISTED LISTENING ANTENNA AV = AV RING CAM = CAMERA CAV = CEILING LCD CB = CABBLE CUBBY FA = FLOOR ACCESS FB = FLOOR BOX KEY = KEYPAD LCD = LCD DISPLAY LVC = SCREEN LVC LVS = SCREEN SWITCH MIC = MICROPHONE OCS = OCCUPANCY SENSOR OFR = FLOOR RACEWAY PH = PHONE PRJ = PROJECTOR PS = PARTITION SENSOR PTH = POKETHRU RK = AV RACK RS = ROOM SCHEDULER S = SPEAKER SIM = SIMILAR TP = TOUCHPANEL TV = CATV VI = VOIP WP = WALL PLATE WAP = WIRELESS ACCESS POINT GENERAL NOTES (ALL TECHNOLOGY PLAN AND DETAIL SHEETS) 1. ALL CONDUITS, CONDUIT SLEEVES, BACK BOXES, RACEWAYS, PULLBOXES, ETC. FOR VOICE, DATA, AUDIO VISUAL, SECURITY, CARD ACCESS, VIDEO SURVEILLANCE AND FIBER OPTIC OUTLET ROUGH-IN ARE PROVIDED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACT. 2. PROVIDE ALL COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT CABINETS, RACKS, ENCLOSURES, BONDING AND GROUNDING AT ALL TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOM LOCATIONS SHOWN ON THE TECHNOLOGY PLANS. 3. ALL LOW VOLTAGE SYSTEMS CABLING, DEVICES, EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION, CONNECTIONS AND TESTING FOR VOICE, DATA, VIDEO SURVEILLANCE, AUDIO VISUAL, AND OPTICAL FIBER SHOWN ON THE TECHNOLOGY PLANS ARE TO BE PROVIDED BY A LICENSED LOW VOLTAGE/POE LIMITED COMMUNICATIONS CONTRACTOR. 4. ALL NETWORK ELECTRONICS EQUIPMENT LOCAL-AREA-NETWORK (LAN), WIDE-AREA-NETWORK (WAN), AND WIRELESS-LOCAL-AREA-NETWORK (WLAN) SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE OWNER. 5. ALL AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEM DEVICES, EQUIPMENT, PROGRAMMING AND INSTALLATION PROVIDED BY A QUALIFIED CONTRACTOR AUTHORIZED BY THE EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER TO INSTALL AND PROGRAM THE SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT. INSTALL EQUIPMENT IN ROOMS AS SHOWN ON TECHNOLOGY PLANS. PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED SOFTWARE, LICENSING, INSTALLATION, CONFIGURATION AND PROGRAMMING NECESSARY TO ACTIVATE THE AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEMS PRIOR TO TURNING OVER TO OWNER. 6. ALL SOUNDMASKING SYSTEM DEVICES, EQUIPMENT, PROGRAMMING AND INSTALLATION PROVIDED BY A QUALIFIED CONTRACTOR AUTHORIZED BY THE EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER TO INSTALL AND PROGRAM THE SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT. INSTALL EQUIPMENT AS SHOWN ON TECHNOLOGY PLANS. PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED SOFTWARE, LICENSING, INSTALLATION, CONFIGURATION AND PROGRAMMING NECESSARY TO ACTIVATE THE SOUND MASKING SYSTEMS PRIOR TO TURNING OVER TO THE OWNER. 7. ALL ACCESS CONTROL, INTRUSION DETECTION AND VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEMS DEVICES, EQUIPMENT PROGRAMMING AND INSTALLATION PROVIDED BY A QUALIFIED CONTRACTOR AUTHORIZED BY THE EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER TO INSTALL AND PROGRAM THE SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT. INSTALL EQUIPMENT IN ROOMS SHOWN ON TECHNOLOGY PLANS. PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED SOFTWARE, LICENSING, INSTALLATION, CONFIGURATION AND PROGRAMMING NECESSARY TO ACTIVATE ACCESS CONTROL, INTRUSION DETECTION AND VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEMS PRIOR TO TURNING OVER TO OWNER. 8. TECHNOLOGY CONTRACTOR'S SUB-CONTRACTORS, OR SUB-CONTRACTORS ARE RESPONSIBLE TO INSURE PRIOR TO BIDDING THAT ALL INTEGRATION REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL SYSTEMS SHOWN ON THE TECHNOLOGY PLANS AND AS SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 0, 1, 27 AND 28 SPECIFICATIONS ARE ACCOUNTED FOR UNDER BASE BID. 9. TECHNOLOGY CONTRACTOR'S SUB-CONTRACTORS, OR SUB-CONTRACTORS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATION OF ALL ASPECTS OF INTEGRATION FOR ALL SYSTEMS SHOWN ON THE TECHNOLOGY PLANS AND AS SPECIFIED IN THE TECHNOLOGY DIVISION 0, 1, 27 AND 28 SPECIFICATIONS WITH THE TECHNOLOGY PRIME CONTRACTOR. 10. TECHNOLOGY CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATION OF ALL ASPECTS OF INTEGRATION FOR ALL SYSTEMS SHOWN ON THE TECHNOLOGY PLANS AND AS SPECIFIED IN THE TECHNOLOGY DIVISION 0, 1, 27 AND 28 SPECIFICATIONS 11. PROVIDE PLENUM RATED WIRE FOR ALL TECHNOLOGY CABLING REQUIRED TO DEVICES INDICATED ON TECHNOLOGY PLANS UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. 12. WHERE NO CABLE TRAY IS SHOWN SUPPORT ALL CABLES EVERY 48" -60" USING APPROVED J-HOOK HANGERS. 13. TECHNOLOGY CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATION OF NETWORK CONNECTIONS FOR BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM. COORDINATE QUANTITY AND LOCATIONS IN THE FIELD WITH THE BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM CONTRACTOR. 14.THE FURNITURE MANUFACTURER SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL RACEWAYS AND ROUGH-INS REQUIRED FOR AV EQUIPMENT INTEGRATED INFO FURNTIURE. INSTALLATION OF CABLING AND EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY AV CONTRACTOR. ELECTRONIC SAFETY & SECURITY SYMBOLS LEGEND: XX MULTIPLE AT SIMILAR LOCATION XX INDICATES SYMBOL TYPE ABBREVIATIONS: CR = CARD READER CRMU = CARD READER / MULLION MOUNT DC = DOOR CONTACT ES = ELECTRIC STRIKE EL = ELECTRIC LOCK RE = REQUEST TO EXIT / MOTION REB = REQUEST TO EXIT / BUTTON KP = KEYPAD KPB = KEYPAD WITH BIOMETRICS PB = PANIC BUTTON DR = DOOR RELEASE BUTTON CAMERA SYMBOL TYPES: 90 DEGREE CAMERA 180 DEGREE CAMERA 360 DEGREE CAMERA 48 " 4" 6" CARD READER, KEYPAD, REX, PUSH PLATE, DOORBELL, BIOMETRIC READER & VIDEO INTERCOM STATION 60 " 18 " RADIO BASE STATION OUTLET 96 " WALL MOUNTED MOTION SENSOR 18 " MONITOR OUTLET, AV OUTLET 96 " WALL MOUNTED CAMERA 96 " WALL MOUNTED SPEAKER 48 " WALL SWITCH, & WALLBOX DIMMER 18 " VOICE, DATA, VOICE/DATA & CATV 48 " TIMECLOCK, PAYPHONE & WALL PHONE OUTLET 48 " AV ROOM & CONTROLLER, INTERCOM STATION 48 " EQUIPMENT PANEL/ ENCLOSURE 4" ABOVE CONTER VOICE, DATA, & VOICE/DATA OUTLET FINISHED FLOOR FINISHED FLOOR NOTE: MOUNTING HEIGHTS FOR DEVICES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED DEVICE MOUNTING HEIGHT DIAGRAM AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEM: TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX OFOI OFCI CFCI CFOI PATHWAYS, ROUGH-IN, SLEEVES CONTRACT A/V NETWORK SWITCHES DISPLAYS DISPLAY MOUNTING HARDWARE PROJECTORS MEDIA PLAYERS CAMERAS CONTROL / TOUCH PANELS BLOCKING / BACKING BOARD END USER CABLES RACKS AND ENCLOSURES TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM: PATHWAYS, ROUGH-IN, SLEEVES COMMUNICATION NETWORK SWITCHES COMMUNICATION CABLING PATCH PANELS CABLE MANAGEMENT UPS (UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY) FIBER OPTIC BACKBONE CABLING COPPER HORIZONTAL CABLING WIRELESS ACCESS POINTS BLOCKING / BACKING BOARD RACKS AND ENCLOSURES PATCH CABLES END USER CABLES ACCESS CONTROL / VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM: PATHWAYS, ROUGH-IN, SLEEVES HEAD END EQUIPMENT / COMPONENTS CARD READERS ELECTRIFIED DOOR HARDWARE / CONTACTS CAMERAS COPPER HORIZONTAL CABLING PROGRAMMING / COMMISSIONING TESTING / COMMISSONING LEGEND: OFOI -OWNER FURNISHED / OWNER INSTALLED OFCI -OWNER FURNISHED / CONTRACTOR INSTALLED CFCI -CONTRACTOR FURNISHED / CONTRACTOR INSTALLED CFOI -CONTRACTOR FURNISHED / OWNER INSTALLED EC -ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TC -TELECOMMUNICATIONS CONTRACTOR AV -AUDIO/VISUAL INTEGRATOR SC -SECURITY INTEGRATOR MC -MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TE -TECHNOLOGY ENGINEER GC -GENERAL CONTRACTOR BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM CABLING X X X X X X X X X X X X EC AV AV AV AV AV AV AV GC AV / TC AV AV SYSTEM / SCOPE X X X X X X X X X X X X X X EC TC TC TC TC TC TC TC GC TC TC TC TC / MC TC X X X X X X EC SC SC SC SC TC TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS ROUGH-IN SCHEDULE BACK BOX SIZE 4" SQUARE X 2-1/8" DEEP W/ 2-GANG MUD RING RACEWAY SIZEDEVICE 1-1/4" C.RS 4" SQUARE X 2-1/8" DEEP W/ 2-GANG MUD RING 1-1/4" C.LCDX 4" SQUARE X 2-1/8" DEEP W/ 2-GANG MUD RING 1-1/4" C.CAM 4" SQUARE X 2-1/8" DEEP W/ 2-GANG MUD RING 1-1/4" C.WP 4" SQUARE X 2-1/8" DEEP W/ 2-GANG MUD RING 1-1/4" C. 4" SQUARE X 6" DEEP -AS SPECIFIED 2" C. X X NOTES: 1.MINIMUM BEND RADIUS OF (2) 1-1/2" CONDUITS FOR AUDIO/ VISUAL -4-1/2" 2.ALL CONDUITS FOR CABLING TO INCLUDE PULL STRINGS. 3.ADEQUATE MEANS TO ROUTE CABLING ABOVE CEILING TO BE PROVIDED BY OTHERS. 4.ALL CABLE LENGTHS INCLUDE A FIVE (5) FOOT MINIMUM SERVICE LOOP AT EACH DESTINATION AND A FIFTEEN (15) FOOR SERVICE LOOP AT THE RACK. 5.ALL CABLE SHALL BE CONTINUOUS WITH NO SPLICES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 6.ALL CONTINUOUS CONDUIT MUST NOT EXCEED 180 DEGREES OF TOTAL BEND WITHOUT AN ACCESSIBLE PULL BOX INSTALLED AFTER EACH 180 DEGREES OF CUMULATIVE BEND ALONG THE TOTAL CONDUIT RUN. ABBREVIATIONS: A/V PROJECT DIVISION 27 CONTRACTOR. EC PROJECT DIVISION 26 CONTRACTOR. LVC PROJECT LOW VOLTAGE DIVISION 27 CONTRACTOR. AFC ABOVE FINISHED CEILING AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR BCP BLANK COVER PLATE BCS BELOW COUNTER-TOP SURFACE BFC BELOW FINISHED CEILING BFF BELOW FINISHED FLOOR BOB BOTTOM OF BOX COB CENTER OF BOX SRH PROJECT STANDARD RECEPTACLE HEIGHT SSH PROJECT STANDARD SWITCH HEIGHT HT HEIGHT RU RACK UNIT ( 1.75" HIGH x 19.25" WIDE TYP. ) IP INTERNET PROTOCOL LAN LARGE AREA NETWORK MDF MAIN DISTRIBUTION FACILITY MDP MATV DISTRIBUTION PROCESSOR VLAN VIRTUAL LAN WAN WIDE AREA NETWORK WAP WIRELESS ACCESS POINT ec EMPTY CONDUIT IG ISOLATED GROUND (TECHNICAL GROUND) IP ISOLATED POWER (BALANCED POWER) no NORMALLY OPEN CONTACT nc NORMALLY CLOSED CONTACT OFE OWNER FURNISHED EQUIPMENT OFOI OWNER FURNISHED, OWNER INSTALLED OFCI OWNER FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED CFOI CONTRACTOR FURNISHED, OWNER INSTALLED CFCI CONTRACTOR FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED CFEI CONTRACTOR FURNISHED, ELECTRICAL INSTALLED EFEI ELECTRICAL FURNISHED, ELECTRICAL INSTALLED AR AS REQUIRED BY DOCUMENTS AS AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS CL CENTER LINE IPD IPOD MB MOUNTING BRACKET NIC NOT IN CONTRACT (FUTURE OR BY OTHERS) N/A NOT APPLICABLE N/C NO CONNECTION N/R NOT REQUIRED N/U NOT USED POE POWER OVER ETHERNET QM QUICK MEDIA RK RACK KIT SF STERILE FIELD TBD TO BE DETERMINED UNO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company 2/18/2022 10:59:51 AM COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS GENERAL NOTES AND SYMBOLS TA001 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 DMS CDY DMS PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS DESIGN 12209 WOOD LAKE DRIVE BURNSVILLE, MN 55337 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N Sheet Number Sheet Name TA001 TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS GENERAL NOTES AND SYMBOLS TA100 TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS OVERALL AREA PLAN TA101 AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEMS PLAN - AREA A TA102 AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEMS PLAN - AREA B TA103 AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEMS PLAN - AREA C TA111 SOUND MASKING SYSTEM PLAN - AREA A TA112 SOUND MASKING SYSTEM PLAN - AREA B TA113 SOUND MASKING SYSTEM PLAN - AREA C TA201 AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEMS ELEVATIONS TA202 AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEMS ELEVATIONS TA203 AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEMS ELEVATIONS TA204 AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEMS ELEVATIONS TA501 AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEMS DETAILS TA601 AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEMS ONE LINE DIAGRAM TA602 AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEMS ONE LINE DIAGRAMS TA603 AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEMS ONE-LINE DIAGRAM TA604 AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEMS ONE LINE DIAGRAM TA605 AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEMS ONE LINE DIAGRAMS TA606 AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEMS ONE LINE DIAGRAMS TA607 AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEMS ONE LINE DIAGRAMS TN101 TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYTEMS PLAN - AREA A TN102 TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PLAN - AREA B TN103 TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PLAN - AREA C TN104 TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS ENLARGED PLANS & ELEVATIONS TN501 TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS DETAILS TY101 ELECTRONIC SAFETY & SECURITY SYSTEMS PLAN - AREA A TY102 ELECTRONIC SAFETY & SECURITY SYSTEMS PLAN - AREA B TY103 ELECTRONIC SAFETY & SECURITY SYSTEMS PLAN - AREA C TY501 ELECTRONIC SAFETY & SECURITY SYSTEMS DETAILS CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL PID: 023-10311-00 NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 1 95% CD 07.30.2020 107 Item 2. UP DN J J J J ANN J J J J J J A B C D E F G H J 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 8.1 A.4 E.6 H.5 11.2 11.4 12.1 2.1 J.1 THIS AREA NOT WITHIN THIS PROJECT (SHOWN IN GRAY) TH I S A R E A N O T WI T H I N T H I S P R O J E C T (S H O W N I N G R A Y ) TH I S A R E A N O T WI T H I N T H I S P R O J E C T (S H O W N I N G R A Y ) TH I S A R E A N O T WI T H I N T H I S P R O J E C T (S H O W N I N G R A Y ) A B C D E F G H J 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 8.1 A.4 E.6 H.5 11.211.4 12.1 2.1 J.1BA 1 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 13 C F G H J 2 14 7 9 11 EE.2 E.6DD.2A.4 H.5 J.1 2.1 8.1 9.1 10.8 11.4 12.8 9.6 12.2 N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/18/2022 11:00:02 AM COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS OVERALL AREA PLAN TA100 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 DMS CDY DMS PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS DESIGN 12209 WOOD LAKE DRIVE BURNSVILLE, MN 55337 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:3/32" = 1'-0"1 TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS OVERALL AREA PLAN NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 1 95% CD 07.30.2020 108 Item 2. A B C D E F 1 2 3 4 5 A.4 E.6 2.1 LCD2 1G 60" LCD21G 60" LCD1 1G 60" NEC C981Q 98" DISPLAY 1 TA201 NEC E558 55" DISPLAY 2 TA201 3 TA201 4 TA201 NEC E558 55" DISPLAY 4 TA203 5 TA203 CBCRESTRON FT-2A CABLE CUBBY S03 102 S03 103 S03 106 S03 105 S03 104 S03 101 CAM1 2G 41 1/4" QSC PTZ-IP 20X60 CAMERA QSC AC-C6T CEILING LOUDSPEAKER (TYPICAL OF 6) SHURE MXA710AL-4FT MOUNTED IN TABLE MIC1 CRESTRON FT-2 CABLE CUBBY SHURE MXA710AL-2FT MOUNTED IN TABLE CB MIC1 S03 101 S03 102 S03 103 S03 104 QSC PTZ-IP 12X72 CAMERA QSC AC-C6T CEILING LOUDSPEAKER (TYPICAL OF 4) A B C D E F 1 2 3 4 5 A.4 E.6 2.1 RS RS 46" MU 46" MUCORRIDOR 164 OPEN OFFICE 163 WELLNESS ROOM 145 SERVER ROOM 142 IT / IS WORK ROOM 141 HR FILE ROOM 140 FINANCE FILE ROOM 139 OFFICE 138 OFFICE 137 OFFICE 136 MECHANICAL ROOM 133 ELECTRICAL ROOM 135 LIFE SAFETY ELECTRICAL ROOM 134 VESTIBULE 126 CORRIDOR 132 CORRIDOR 131 OPEN OFFICE WORK AREA 150 OFFICE 152 CONFERENCE ROOM 153 OFFICE 148 PRINT ROOM 161 OFFICE 162 OFFICE 147 CORRIDOR 146 OFFICE 172 CORRIDOR 156 CORRIDOR 131 BA 1 3 4 5 C F 2 E E.2 E.6DD.2A.4 2.1 LCD1 1G 60" NEC E558 55" DISPLAY 3 TA204 N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/18/2022 11:00:06 AM COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEMS PLAN - AREA A TA101 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 DMS CDY DMS PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS DESIGN 12209 WOOD LAKE DRIVE BURNSVILLE, MN 55337 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"1 AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEMS PLAN - AREA A NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 1 95% CD 07.30.2020 109 Item 2. A B C D E F 5 6 7 8 8.1 A.4 E.6 LCD1 1G 60" LCD21G 60" NEC E558 55" DISPLAY 1 TA202 2 TA202 5 TA201 6 TA201 CRESTRON FT-2 CABLE CUBBY SHURE MXA710AL-2FT MOUNTED IN TABLE CB MIC1 QSC PTZ-IP 12X72 CAMERA S03 101 S03 102 S03 103 S03 104 QSC AC-C6T CEILING LOUDSPEAKER (TYPICAL OF 4) CAM12G 41 1/4" A B C D E F 5 6 7 8 8.1 A.4 E.6 OFFICE 137 OFFICE 136 MECHANICAL ROOM 133 LIFE SAFETY ELECTRICAL ROOM 134 VESTIBULE 126 CORRIDOR 132 OPEN OFFICE WORK AREA 150 OFFICE 152 CONFERENCE ROOM 153 TABLE & CHAIR STORAGE 155 OFFICE 154 SURVEY STORAGE 130 MEN'S STAFF RESTROOM 128 WOMEN'S STAFF RESTROOM 125 JANITOR'S CLOSET 127 COAT CLOSET 129 SECURE FILE STORAGE 123 COPY/ COLATING ROOM 124 VESTIBULE 113 CORRIDOR 115 OFFICE 116 OFFICE 117 OPEN OFFICE 119 CORRIDOR 121 RECEPTION / PUBLIC COUNTERS 118 OFFICE 157 CORRIDOR 156 CORRIDOR 131 CORRIDOR 115 CONFERENCE ROOM 114 BA 5 6 8 C F 7 E E.2 E.6DD.2A.4 8.1 RS 46" RS 46" RS 46" NEC E558 55" DISPLAY 7 TA201 NEC E657Q 65" DISPLAY LCD2 1G 60" ROUGH-IN FOR FUTURE USE. PROVIDE BLANK PLATES AND COIL CABLING IN NEAREST ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE LCD1 1G 60" LCD1 1G 60" LCD1 1G 60" NEC E558 55" DISPLAY NEC E558 55" DISPLAY 2 TA204 3 TA204 SIM N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/18/2022 11:00:10 AM COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEMS PLAN - AREA B TA102 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 DMS CDY DMS PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS DESIGN 12209 WOOD LAKE DRIVE BURNSVILLE, MN 55337 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"1 AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEMS PLAN - AREA B NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 1 95% CD 07.30.2020 110 Item 2. UP DN A B C D E F 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 8.1 A.4 E.6 11.2 11.4 12.1 LCD1 1G 60" LCD21G 60" LCD2 1G 60" LCD4 1G S02 104 48" MIC5 1G LCD5 1G S02 105 48" S02 106 48" LCD6 1G MIC6 1G S02 112 LCD12 1G MIC12 1G 48" S02 111 LCD11 1G MIC11 1G 48" S02 110 LCD10 1G MIC10 1G 48" S02 109 LCD9 1G MIC9 1G 48" S02 107 48" LCD7 1G MIC7 1G S02 108 LCD8 1G MIC8 1G 48" MIC13 1G LCD13 1G S02 113 38" MIC14 1G LCD14 1G S02 114 38" MIC15 1G LCD15 1G S02 115 38" S02 103 LCD3 1G MIC3 1G 38" S02 102 LCD2 1G MIC2 1G 38" S02 101 LCD1 1G MIC1 1G 38" MIC16 1G 48" WP1 2G 18" NEC C981Q 98" DISPLAY NEC C861Q 86" DISPLAY NEC C861Q 86" DISPLAY 3 TA202 4 TA202 1 TA203 3 TA203 2 TA203 LCD2 1G 60" LCD1 1G 60" DELL 24" MONITOR (TYPICAL) MIDDLE ATLANTIC WRK-44SA-32LRD 44 RU EQUIPMENT RACK W/ CBS-WRK-32 CASTER BASE CRESTRON FT-2 CABLE CUBBY S03 103 S03 104 QSC AC-C6T CEILING LOUDSPEAKER (TYPICAL OF 4) QSC PTZ-IP 20X60 CAMERA S03 102 S03 101 S03 103 S03 104 S03 105 S03 106 S03 107 S03 108 CRESTRON FT-2 CABLE CUBBY CB QSC AC-C6T CEILING LOUDSPEAKER (TYPICAL OF 8) CRESTRON FT-2 CABLE CUBBY (TYPICAL) CB CB CB S04 103 S04 102 S04 101 S04 104 S04 105 S04 106 S04 107 ANT1 ALS ANT2 S03 101 S03 102 S03 103 QSC AD-P6T SPEAKER MOUNTED ABOVE THE ACOUSTIC PANEL (TYPICAL OF 7) S03 101 QSC AC-C6T CEILING LOUDSPEAKER (TYPICAL) MOUNTED ABOVE ACOUSTIC PANEL 6 TA203 LCD2LCD2 NEC C981Q 98" DISPLAY POLE MOUNTED DISPLAY ON SOFFIT (TYPICAL OF 2) 6 TA203 7 TY501 S03 101 QSC AC-C6T CEILING LOUDSPEAKER (TYPICAL OF 3) S03 102 S03 103 A B C D E F 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 8.1 A.4 E.6 11.2 11.4 12.1 MIC4 1G VESTIBULE 113 COATS/COFFEE ALCOVE 103 CONFERENCE ROOM 107 MEN'S PUBLIC RESTROOM 110 WOMEN'S PUBLIC RESTROOM 111 PUBLIC CORRIDOR 112 UNISEX RESTROOM 109 CORRIDOR 115 CONFERENCE ROOM 114 BA 8 10 12 13 C F 7 9 11 E E.2 E.6DD.2A.4 8.1 9.1 10.8 11.4 12.8 9.6 12.2 MIC 01 -SHURE MX710LA-2FT MIC 01 -SHURE MX710LA-2FT NEC E558 55" DISPLAY NEC E558 55" DISPLAY 1 TA204 CRESTRON TSW-770- B-S CONTROL PANEL CUSTOM PRESS PANEL 1 @ 18" AFF CUSTOM PRESS PANEL 2 @ 18" AFF 7 TA201 ROUGH-IN FOR FUTURE USE. PROVIDE BLANK PLATES AND COIL CABLING IN NEAREST ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE LCD1 1G 60" LCD1 1G 60" SIM N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/18/2022 11:00:16 AM COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEMS PLAN - AREA C TA103 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 DMS CDY DMS PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS DESIGN 12209 WOOD LAKE DRIVE BURNSVILLE, MN 55337 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"1 AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEMS PLAN - AREA C NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 1 95% CD 07.30.2020 111 Item 2. A1B1B1B1 B1 B1 B1 D A B C D E F 1 2 3 4 5 A.4 E.6 2.1 S01 S01 S01 S01S01 S01 S01 S01S01S01S01S01S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01S01S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01S01S01 S01 S01 S01S01S01 S01 S01 S01S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 A B C D E F 1 2 3 4 5 A.4 E.6 2.1 CORRIDOR 162 CORRIDOR 164 CORRIDOR 146 WELLNESS ROOM 145 OPEN OFFICE 163 SERVER ROOM 142 IT / IS WORK ROOM 141 FINANCE FILE ROOM 139 HR FILE ROOM 140 OFFICE 138 OFFICE 137 MECHANICAL ROOM 133 LIFE SAFETY ELECTRICAL ROOM 134 CORRIDOR 132 VESTIBULE 126 CORRIDOR 132 OFFICE 136 OPEN OFFICE WORK AREA 150 CONFERENCE ROOM 153 OFFICE 152 CORRIDOR 156 PRINT ROOM 161 OFFICE 162 OFFICE 147 OFFICE 148 OFFICE 172 CORRIDOR 156 BA 1 3 4 5 C F 2 E E.2 E.6DD.2A.4 2.1 N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/18/2022 11:00:19 AM COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS SOUND MASKING SYSTEM PLAN - AREA A TA111 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 DMS CDY DMS PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS DESIGN 12209 WOOD LAKE DRIVE BURNSVILLE, MN 55337 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"1 SOUND MASKING PLAN - AREA A NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 1 95% CD 07.30.2020 112 Item 2. A1B1B1 D A B C D E F 5 6 7 8 8.1 A.4 E.6 S01 S01 S01S01S01S01S01 S01S01 S01 S01 S01 S01S01 S01S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01S01S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 A B C D E F 5 6 7 8 8.1 A.4 E.6 OFFICE 137 MECHANICAL ROOM 133 LIFE SAFETY ELECTRICAL ROOM 134 CORRIDOR 132 VESTIBULE 126 CORRIDOR 132 OFFICE 136 OPEN OFFICE WORK AREA 150 CONFERENCE ROOM 153 OFFICE 152 CORRIDOR 131 MEN'S STAFF RESTROOM 128 WOMEN'S STAFF RESTROOM 125 JANITOR'S CLOSET 127 COAT CLOSET 129 SURVEY STORAGE 130 TABLE & CHAIR STORAGE 155 OFFICE 154 CORRIDOR 156 OFFICE 157 OPEN OFFICE 119 OPEN OFFICE 119 CORRIDOR 121 SECURE FILE STORAGE 123 COPY/ COLATING ROOM 124 CONFERENCE ROOM 114 VESTIBULE 113 RECEPTION / PUBLIC COUNTERS 118 RECEPTION / PUBLIC COUNTERS 118 CONFERENCE ROOM 114 BA 5 6 8 C F 7 E E.2 E.6DD.2A.4 8.1 N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/18/2022 11:00:23 AM COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS SOUND MASKING SYSTEM PLAN - AREA B TA112 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 DMS CDY DMS PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS DESIGN 12209 WOOD LAKE DRIVE BURNSVILLE, MN 55337 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"1 SOUND MASKING PLAN - AREA B NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 1 95% CD 07.30.2020 113 Item 2. A B C D E F 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 8.1 A.4 E.6 11.2 11.4 12.1 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 A B C D E F 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 8.1 A.4 E.6 11.2 11.4 12.1 VESTIBULE 113 RECEPTION / PUBLIC COUNTERS 118 CONFERENCE ROOM 114 WOMEN'S PUBLIC RESTROOM 111 PUBLIC CORRIDOR 112 MEN'S PUBLIC RESTROOM 110 UNISEX RESTROOM 109 CONFERENCE ROOM 107 COATS/COFFEE ALCOVE 103 BA 8 10 12 13 C F 7 9 11 E E.2 E.6DD.2A.4 8.1 9.1 10.8 11.4 12.8 9.6 12.2 N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/18/2022 11:00:26 AM COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS SOUND MASKING SYSTEM PLAN - AREA C TA113 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 DMS CDY DMS PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS DESIGN 12209 WOOD LAKE DRIVE BURNSVILLE, MN 55337 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"1 SOUND MASKING PLAN - AREA C NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 1 95% CD 07.30.2020 114 Item 2. ℄ DATA PLATE W/ 6 DROPS BY OTHERS 48" W X 48" H 3/4" PLYWOOD BACKING BY OTHERS 1-1/4" CONDUIT TO STUB IN CEILING NEC C981Q 98" 4K LCD DISPLAY 86 1/2" 49 " CHIEF XSM1U WALL MOUNT WITH FCA115 DUPLEX OUTLET NOTE: SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY QSC PTZ-IP 20X60 CAMERA WITH PTZ-WMB1 CAMERA WALL MOUNT 4" 3 0 ° AF F T O C E N T E R O F B O X E S 60 " AF F T O B O T T O M O F D I S P L A Y 47 1 / 2 " AF F T O T O P O F D I S P L A Y 96 1 / 2 " 1-GANG DATA PLATE W/ 6 DATA DROPS IN FLOOR BOX 1-1/4" CONDUIT TO ACCESSIBLE CEILNG AFF TO CENTER OF MOUNT & DISPLAY 72" 8' - 0"8' - 0" QSC AC-C6T CEILING LOUDSPEAKER (TYPICAL) SHURE MXA710AL-4FT MOUNTED IN TABLE CRESTRON FT-2A CABLE CUBBY 1-GANG BACK BOX DEDICATED TO CONFERENCING CAMERA AFF TO CENTER OF BOXES 41 1/2" ℄ DATA PLATE W/ 6 DROPS BY OTHERS 48" W X 36" H 3/4" PLYWOOD BACKING BY OTHERS 1-1/4" CONDUIT TO STUB IN CEILING NEC E558 55" 4K LED DISPLAY CHIEF MTM1U WALL MOUNTDUPLEX OUTLET NOTE: SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY 4" QSC PTZ-IP 12X72 CAMERA WITH PTZ-WMB1 CAMERA WALL MOUNT 29° 1-1/4" CONDUIT TO ACCESSIBLE CEILNG 1-GANG DATA PLATE W/ 2 DATA DROPS IN FLOOR BOX AFF TO CENTER OF DISPLAY, MOUNT & BOXES 72" AFF TO BOTTOM OF DISPLAY 58"AFF TO TOP OF DISPLAY 86" TILT 5° 4 1/2" 8' - 0" QSC AC-C6T CEILING LOUDSPEAKER (TYPICAL) SHURE MXA710AL-2FT MOUNTED IN TABLE CRESTRON FT-2 CABLE CUBBY AFF TO CENTER OF BOX 53" 1-GANG BACK BOX DEDICATED TO CONFERENCING CAMERA ℄ DATA PLATE W/ 6 DROPS BY OTHERS 48" W X 36" H 3/4" PLYWOOD BACKING BY OTHERS 1-1/4" CONDUIT TO STUB IN CEILING NEC E658 65" 4K LED DISPLAY CHIEF LTM1U WALL MOUNT DUPLEX OUTLET NOTE: SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY 33" 57 1/2" 4" 4° 1 2 ° TILT DATA PLATE W/ 2 DROPS BY OTHERS 48" W X 36" H 3/4" PLYWOOD BACKING BY OTHERS NEC E558 55" 4K LED DISPLAY CHIEF TS325TU WALL MOUNT DUPLEX OUTLET NOTE: SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY 1-1/4IN CONDUIT TO STUB IN CEILING 8" 60" 49" 28" A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company 2/18/2022 11:00:30 AM COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEMS ELEVATIONS TA201 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 DMS CDY DMS PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS DESIGN 12209 WOOD LAKE DRIVE BURNSVILLE, MN 55337 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:3/4" = 1'-0"1 CONFERENCE ROOM 175 - FRONT VIEW SCALE:3/4" = 1'-0"2 CONFERENCE ROOM 175 - SIDE VIEW SCALE:3/4" = 1'-0"3 CONFERENCE ROOM 187 - FRONT VIEW SCALE:3/4" = 1'-0"4 CONFERENCE ROOM 187 - SIDE VIEW SCALE:3/4" = 1'-0"5 FIRESIDE / MULTI-PURPOSE ROOM 120 - FRONT VIEW SCALE:3/4" = 1'-0"6 FIRESIDE / MULTI-PURPOSE ROOM 120 - SIDE VIEW NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 1 95% CD 07.30.2020 SCALE:3/4" = 1'-0"7 VESTIBULE DISPLAY ELEVATION (RECESSED) 115 Item 2. ℄ DATA PLATE W/ 6 DROPS BY OTHERS 48" W X 36" H 3/4" PLYWOOD BACKING BY OTHERS 1-1/4" CONDUIT TO STUB IN CEILING NEC E558 55" 4K LED DISPLAY CHIEF MTM1U WALL MOUNT DUPLEX OUTLET NOTE: SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY 4" QSC PTZ-IP 12X72 CAMERA WITH PTZ-WMB1 CAMERA WALL MOUNT 20° 1-1/4" CONDUIT TO ACCESSIBLE CEILNG 1-GANG DATA PLATE W/ 2 DATA DROPS IN FLOOR BOX AFF TO BOTTOM OF DISPLAY 46"AFF TO TOP OF DISPLAY 74" TILT 5° 4 1/2" QSC AC-C6T CEILING LOUDSPEAKER (TYPICAL) SHURE MXA710AL-2FT MOUNTED IN TABLE CRESTRON FT-2 CABLE CUBBY 8' - 0" AFF TO CENTER OF DISPLAY, MOUNT & BOXES 60" AFF TO CENTER OF CAMERA LENS 44" AFF TO CENTER OF BOXES 41 1/2" 1-GANG BACK BOX DEDICATED TO CONFERENCING CAMERA ℄ DATA PLATE W/ 6 DROPS BY OTHERS 48" W X 48" H 3/4" PLYWOOD BACKING BY OTHERS 1-1/4" CONDUIT TO STUB IN CEILING NEC C981Q 98" 4K LCD DISPLAY CHIEF XSM1U WALL MOUNT WITH FCA115 86 1/2" 49" DUPLEX OUTLET NOTE: SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY QSC PTZ-IP 20X60 CAMERA WITH PTZ-WMB1 CAMERA WALL MOUNT 4" 27° 1-GANG DATA PLATE W/ 4 DATA DROPS IN FLOOR BOX1-1/4" CONDUIT TO ACCESSIBLE CEILNG (TYPICAL) 1-GANG DATA PLATE W/ 4 DATA DROPS IN FLOOR BOX AFF TO CENTER OF BOXES 60" AFF TO CENTER OF DISPLAY AND MOUNT 72" AFF TO BOTTOM OF DISPLAY 47 1/2" AFF TO TOP OF DISPLAY 96 1/2" AFF TO CENTER OF BOXES 41 1/2" AFF TO CENTER OF CAMERA LENS 44" 7' - 2"7' - 2"7' - 2" QSC AC-C6T CEILING LOUDSPEAKER (TYPICAL) CRESTRON FT-2 CABLE CUBBY SHURE MXA710AL-2FT MOUNTED IN TABLE SHURE MXA710AL-2FT MOUNTED IN TABLE 1-GANG BACK BOX DEDICATED TO CONFERENCING CAMERA A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company 2/18/2022 11:00:32 AM COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEMS ELEVATIONS TA202 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 DMS CDY DMS PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS DESIGN 12209 WOOD LAKE DRIVE BURNSVILLE, MN 55337 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:3/4" = 1'-0"1 CONFERENCE ROOM 114 - FRONT VIEW SCALE:3/4" = 1'-0"2 CONFERENCE ROOM 114 - SIDE VIEW SCALE:3/4" = 1'-0"3 CONFERENCE ROOM 106 - FRONT VIEW SCALE:3/4" = 1'-0"4 CONFERENCE ROOM 106 - SIDE VIEW NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 1 95% CD 07.30.2020 116 Item 2. ℄ DATA PLATE W/ 2 DROPS BY OTHERS 48" W X 48" H 3/4" PLYWOOD BACKING BY OTHERS 1-1/4IN CONDUIT TO STUB IN CEILING NEC C861Q 86" ULTRA HIGH DEFINITION DISPLAY CHIEF XTM1U WALL MOUNT 4" 2-GANG COMBINATION JACK WALL PLATE DUPLEX OUTLET NOTE: SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY 76" 43 1/2" CUSTOM PRESS PANEL 2 SEE DETAIL 4/TA501 AFF TO CENTER OF DISPLAYS & MOUNTS 72" ℄ DATA PLATE W/ 2 DROPS BY OTHERS DATA PLATE W/ 2 DROPS BY OTHERS 48" W X 48" H 3/4" PLYWOOD BACKING BY OTHERS 1-1/4IN CONDUIT TO STUB IN CEILING NEC C861Q 86" ULTRA HIGH DEFINITION DISPLAY CHIEF XTM1U WALL MOUNTDUPLEX OUTLET NOTE: SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY 76" 43 1/2" 4" 1 8 ° AFF TO CENTER OF DISPLAY, MOUNT & BOXES 60" AFF TO BOTTOM OF DISPLAY 46"AFF TO TOP OF DISPLAY 74" 4 1/2" TIL T 5° ℄ DATA PLATE W/ 2 DROPS BY OTHERS 48" W X 36" H 3/4" PLYWOOD BACKING BY OTHERS 1-1/4IN CONDUIT TO STUB IN CEILING NEC E558 55" 4K LED DISPLAY CHIEF MTM1U WALL MOUNT DUPLEX OUTLET NOTE: SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY 4" 49" 28" EQ 86 1/2" NEC C981Q 98" 4K LCD DISPLAY CHIEF XTM1U ADJUSTABLE TILT WALL MOUNT COUNCIL CHAMBER SOFFIT EQ 6 1/2"6 1/2" DATA PLATE W/ 6 DROPS BY OTHERS 48" W X 48" H 3/4" PLYWOOD BACKING BY OTHERS 1-1/4" CONDUIT TO STUB IN CEILING DUPLEX OUTLET NOTE: SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company 2/18/2022 11:00:35 AM COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEMS ELEVATIONS TA203 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 DMS CDY DMS PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS DESIGN 12209 WOOD LAKE DRIVE BURNSVILLE, MN 55337 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:3/4" = 1'-0"1 COUNCIL CHAMBER 102 - FRONT VIEW SCALE:3/4" = 1'-0"3 COUNCIL CHAMBER 102 - SIDE VIEW SCALE:3/4" = 1'-0"2 PUBLIC LOBBY 101 - FRONT VIEW SCALE:3/4" = 1'-0"5 BREAK ROOM 190 - SIDE VIEW SCALE:3/4" = 1'-0"4 BREAK ROOM 190 - FRONT VIEW SCALE:3/4" = 1'-0"6 COUNCIL CHAMBER SOFFIT SCREENS NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 1 95% CD 07.30.2020 117 Item 2. EQ EQ 4" 60" 18" DATA PLATE W/ 6 DROPS BY OTHERS 48" W X 36" H 3/4" PLYWOOD BACKING BY OTHERS 1-1/4" CONDUIT TO STUB IN CEILING DUPLEX OUTLET NOTE: SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY HDMI PLATE BY OTHERS NEC E558 55" 4K LED DISPLAY CHIEF MTM1U WALL MOUNT CL CRESTRON TSW -770-B-S CONTROL PANEL CUSTOM PRESS PANEL 1 SEE DETAIL 4/TA501 AFF TO CENTER OF BACK BOX 44 1/2" AFF TO CENTER 18" 28"4" DATA PLATE W/ 2 DROPS BY OTHERS 48" W X 36" H 3/4" PLYWOOD BACKING BY OTHERS 1-1/4" CONDUIT TO STUB IN CEILING DUPLEX OUTLET NOTE: SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY NEC E558 55" 4K LED DISPLAY CHIEF MTM1U WALL MOUNT 60" A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company 2/18/2022 11:00:37 AM COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEMS ELEVATIONS TA204 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 Checker Author Designer PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS DESIGN 12209 WOOD LAKE DRIVE BURNSVILLE, MN 55337 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N NO. DESCRIPTION DATE SCALE:3/4" = 1'-0"2 CONFERENCE ROOM 153 - FRONT VIEW SCALE:3/4" = 1'-0"1 COUNCIL CHAMBERS CONTROL PANEL ELEVATION SCALE:3/4" = 1'-0"3 OPEN OFFICE WORK AREA 150 - FRONT VIEW 118 Item 2. - + - + - + - + + - + - + - + - LINE LEVEL PR E S S F E E D AV LAN DANTE 1 2 MIC LEVEL 65 NEUTRIK NEUTRIK NEUTRIKNEUTRIK © RCI PP1 (PRESS PANEL 1) LINE LEVEL PR E S S F E E D AV LAN DANTE 1 2 MIC LEVEL 65 NEUTRIK NEUTRIK NEUTRIKNEUTRIK © RCI PP2 (PRESS PANEL 2) © RCI © RCI LCD1 LCD2 LCD1 AND LCD2 DETAILS FOR REFERENCE ONLY. DISPLAY OUTLET ROUGH-IN AND PATHWAY PROVIDED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. CATEGORY CABLING PROVIDED BY THE LOW VOLTAGE CONTRACTOR. REFER TO TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PLANS AND DIVISION 27 SPECIFICATIONS FOR DATA OUTLET DETAILS. PT-1 (2) DATA JACKS PT-2 (4) DATA JACKS PT-3 (6) DATA JACKS © RCI © RCI © RCI DECKING OR STRUCTURAL SUPPORT 12 GAUGE HANGER WIRE LOUDSPEAKER ATTACHEMENT EYELET DS SERIES LOUDSPEAKER FINISHED CEILING WIRE CAPS WIRE TIES ATTACH CABLING TO DECK OR STRUCTURAL SUPPORT USING CODE COMPLIANT METHOD 18 AWG 2 CONDUCTION SPEAKER WIRE TO DS8000 VIF 5" WIRE HANGER MOUNTING CLIP DECKING OR STRUCTURAL SUPPORT 12 GAUGE HANGER WIRE #8 ATTACHEMENT EYELET DS 8000 SOUND MASKING PROCESSOR FINISHED CEILING WIRE TIES ATTACH CABLING TO DECK OR STRUCTURAL SUPPORT USING CODE COMPLIANT METHOD 18 AWG 2 CONDUCTION SPEAKER WIRE TO LOUDSPEAKER (TYPICAL OF 8) VIF WIRE HANGER MOUNTING CLIP DECKING OR STRUCTURAL SUPPORT 12 GAUGE HANGER WIRE WIRE CLIP (NOT INCLUDED DS 8000 SOUND MASKING PROCESSOR FINISHED CEILING WIRE TIES ATTACH CABLING TO DECK OR STRUCTURAL SUPPORT USING CODE COMPLIANT METHOD 18 AWG 2 CONDUCTION SPEAKER WIRE TO LOUDSPEAKER (TYPICAL OF 8) VIF WIRE HANGER MOUNTING CLIP A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company 2/18/2022 11:00:39 AM COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEMS DETAILS TA501 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 DMS CDY DMS PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS DESIGN 12209 WOOD LAKE DRIVE BURNSVILLE, MN 55337 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:3" = 1'-0"1 DS1356 / DS1338 LOUDSPEAKER SCALE:3" = 1'-0"2 DS8000 EYELET METHOD SOUND MASKING PROCESSOR SCALE:3" = 1'-0"3 DS8000 WIRE CLIP METHOD SOUND MASKING PROCESSOR NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 1 95% CD 07.30.2020 SCALE:N.T.S.4 CUSTOM PRESS PANEL DETAIL SCALE:N.T.S.5 DISPLAY OUTLET DETAIL SCALE:N.T.S.6 POKE-THRU OUTLET PLATE DETAIL 119 Item 2. NETWORK HDMIHDMIHDBASET(TABLE) Q-SYS USB Q-SYS (BEHIND DISPLAY)(BEHIND DISPLAY) (BEHIND DISPLAY) (WALL) NETWORK (TABLE) 70VDANTE DANTE(TABLE) (CEILING) CONFERENCE ROOM 175 70VDANTE (CEILING) CONFERENCE ROOM 187 70V (CEILING) CONFERENCE ROOM 123 DANTE 70V (CEILING) CONFERENCE ROOM 106 70V (CEILING) DANTE CONFERENCE ROOM 175 NETWORK HDMIHDMIHDBASET(TABLE) Q-SYS USB Q-SYS (BEHIND DISPLAY)(BEHIND DISPLAY) (BEHIND DISPLAY) (WALL) NETWORK (TABLE) DANTE(TABLE) CONFERENCE ROOM 187 NETWORK HDMIHDMIHDBASET(TABLE) Q-SYS USB Q-SYS (BEHIND DISPLAY)(BEHIND DISPLAY) (BEHIND DISPLAY) (WALL) NETWORK (TABLE) DANTE(TABLE) CONFERENCE ROOM 123 NETWORK HDMIHDMIHDBASET(TABLE) Q-SYS USB Q-SYS (BEHIND DISPLAY)(BEHIND DISPLAY) (BEHIND DISPLAY) (WALL) NETWORK (TABLE) DANTE(TABLE) CONFERENCE ROOM 106 (RACK) SERVER ROOM 146 NETWORK (RACK) NETWORK Q-SYS/DANTE/AES67 NETWORK NETWORK NETWORK NETWORK CRESTRON TS-770-B-S SHURE A710-FM-4FT/MXA710 CRESTRON HD-TX-101-C-E CRESTRON HD-RX-101-C-E BARCO CX-50 NEC C981Q QSC I/O_USB_BRIDGE QSC PTZ-IP20X60 CRESTRON TS-770-B-S SHURE A710-FM-4FT/MXA710 CRESTRON HD-TX-101-C-E CRESTRON HD-RX-101-C-E BARCO CX-50 QSC I/O_USB_BRIDGE NEC E658 QSC PTZ-IP12X72 CRESTRON TS-770-B-S SHURE A710-FM-4FT/MXA710 CRESTRON HD-TX-101-C-E CRESTRON HD-RX-101-C-E BARCO CX-50 QSC I/O_USB_BRIDGE NEC E558 QSC PTZ-IP20X60 CRESTRON TS-770-B-S SHURE A710-FM-4FT/MXA710 CRESTRON HD-TX-101-C-E CRESTRON HD-RX-101-C-E BARCO CX-50 QSC I/O_USB_BRIDGE NEC C981Q QSC PTZ-IP20X60 STEWART CVA40-1-CV-D QSC AC-C6T STEWART CVA40-1-CV-D STEWART CVA40-1-CV-D STEWART CVA40-1-CV-D STEWART CVA40-1-CV-D CRESTRON CP4N QSC CORE_5101_CTO HALLWAY CRESTRON TSS-770-B-S HALLWAY HALLWAY CRESTRON TSS-770-B-S CRESTRON TSS-770-B-S DANTE(TABLE) SHURE A710-FM-4FT/MXA710 SDI TO PRODUCTION SWR S01 QSC AC-C6T S01 QSC AC-C6T S01 QSC AC-C6T S01 QSC AC-C6T S01 QSC AC-C6T S01 QSC AC-C6T S01 QSC AC-C6T S01 QSC AC-C6T S01 QSC AC-C6T S01 QSC AC-C6T S01 QSC AC-C6T S01 QSC AC-C6T S01 QSC AC-C6T S01 QSC AC-C6T S01 QSC AC-C6T S01 QSC AC-C6T S01 QSC AC-C6T S01 QSC AC-C6T S01 QSC AC-C6T S01 QSC AC-C6T S01 QSC AC-C6T S01 FB / WP FB / WP QSC Q-SYS_NS-1148P FB / WP FB / WP FB / WP FB / WP FB / WP A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company 2/18/2022 11:00:39 AM COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEMS ONE LINE DIAGRAM TA601 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 DMS CDY DMS PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS DESIGN 12209 WOOD LAKE DRIVE BURNSVILLE, MN 55337 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:N.T.S.1 CONFERENCE ROOM AV - ONE LINE DIAGRAM NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 1 95% CD 07.30.2020 120 Item 2. (WALL) (BEHIND DISPLAY) (BELOW DISPLAY) HDMI HDMI HDMI RS232 OPTICAL NETWORK OWNERS IT NETWORK WALLPLATE BRIGHTSIGN XD234 NEC E658 YAMAHA YAS-109 (BEHIND DISPLAY) HDMI RS232 NETWORK OWNERS IT NETWORK BRIGHTSIGN XD234 NEC ME551 MICSHURE MX412/C MICSHURE MX412/C MICSHURE MX412/C MICSHURE MX412/C MICSHURE MX412/C MICSHURE MX412/C MICSHURE MX412/C MICSHURE MX412/C MICSHURE MX412/C MICSHURE MX412/C MICSHURE MX412/C MICSHURE MX412/C MICSHURE MX412/C MICSHURE MX412/C MICSHURE MX412/C MIC MIC MIC MIC MIC MIC LINE LINE LINE LINE PRESS PLATE PRESS PLATE PRESS PLATE PRESS PLATE PRESS PLATE PRESS PLATE PRESS PLATE PRESS PLATE QSC CORE_510I_CTO SHURE QLXD124/85 SHURE QLXD124/85 LINE LINE PRODUCTION SWR PRODUCTION SWR MICSHURE MX412/C A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company 2/18/2022 11:00:39 AM COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEMS ONE LINE DIAGRAMS TA602 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 DMS CDY DMS PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS DESIGN 12209 WOOD LAKE DRIVE BURNSVILLE, MN 55337 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:N.T.S.1 FIRESIDE-MULTI-PURPOSE ROOM 120 NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 1 95% CD 07.30.2020 SCALE:N.T.S.2 DIGITAL SIGNAGE DISPLAY SCALE:N.T.S.3 COUNCIL ANALOG AUDIO - ONE-LINE DIAGRAM 121 Item 2. NETWORK (WALL) NETWORK (WALL) NETWORK (WALL) NETWORK (WALL) (BEHIND DISPLAY) NVX HDMI RS232 HDMI RS232 HDMI RS232 (BEHIND DISPLAY) (BEHIND DISPLAY) HDMI RS232 (BEHIND DISPLAY) (STAFF TABLE) HDMI NVX (STAFF TABLE) HDMI NVX (PODIUM) HDMI NVX NVX NVX NVX (RACK) NVX HDMI KEYBOARD MOUSE NETWORK CONTROL PANEL HDMI HDMI (RACK)(CONSOLE) (CONSOLE) NETWORK (STAFF TABLE) NETWORK (WALL MOUNT) (RACK) NETWORK (RACK) NETWORK Q-SYS/DANTE/AES67 (CONSOLE) DANTE LINE (RACK) NETWORK (RACK)) HDMI NVX(RACK) NETWORK (PODIUM) HDMI NVX(PODIUM) PTZ CAMERA CRESTRON DM-NVX-E30 CRESTRON DM-NVX-E30 CRESTRON DM-NVX-E30 CRESTRON DM-NVX-E30 CRESTRON DM-NVX-E30 CRESTRON TSW-770-B-S CRESTRON TSW-770-B-S WOLFVISION VZ-8neo BARCO CX-50 FOCUSRITE REDNET_AM2 CRESTRON CP4N QSC CORE_510I_CTO WILLIAMSAV FM_588_PRO CRESTRON DM-NVX-360 PRODUCTION SWITCHER DELL U2719D DELL U2719D CRESTRON DM-NVX-360 CRESTRON DM-NVX-360 CRESTRON DM-NVX-360 CRESTRON DM-NVX-360 NEC ME551 NEC C861Q NEC C861Q NEC C861Q QSC Q-SYS_NS-1148P SDI SDI SDI SDI CAM 01 CAM 02 CAM 03 CAM 04 CONF. 106 CAM (RACK) VADDIO AV BRIDGE 2X1 (RACK) CRESTRON DM-NVX-360 HDMINVX NETWORK/DANTE SDI CAMERA FEED AUX OUT TO VADDIOPGM OUT (RACK) HDMI CRESTRON DM-NVX-E30 NETWORK (RACK) VADDIO USB TX 999-1005-032 (TBD) VADDIO USB RX 999-1005-032USB USB (RACK) PRODUCTION ROUTER (RACK) CRESTRON DM-NVX-E30 NETWORK (RACK) AJA - HI5 HDMI (RACK) AJA - HI5 (RACK) ENCODER (RACK) CAMERA CONTROLLER (RACK) CC ENCODER NETWORK NETWORK NETWORK NETWORK PRODUCTION CC ENCODER PRODUCTION ENCODER PRODUCTION ROUTER PRODUCTION ROUTER (RACK) AJA - FS1 MASTER CONTROL NETWORK CRESTRON DM-NVX-E30 PRODUCTION ROUTER AJA FS1 CRESTRON DM-NVX-E30 HDMI SDI SDI SPK4 YAMAHA HS7 LINE SPK4 YAMAHA HS7 PTZ CAMERA PTZ CAMERA PTZ CAMERA A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company 2/18/2022 11:00:40 AM COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEMS ONE-LINE DIAGRAM TA603 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 DMS CDY DMS PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS DESIGN 12209 WOOD LAKE DRIVE BURNSVILLE, MN 55337 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 1 95% CD 07.30.2020 SCALE:N.T.S.1 COUNCIL CHAMBERS AV NETWORK - ONE-LINE DIAGRAM 122 Item 2. NVX HDMI(UNDER DAIS) HDMI HDMI HDMI HDMI (UNDER DAIS)(DAIS) (DAIS) (DAIS) (DAIS) NVX HDMI(UNDER DAIS) HDMI HDMI HDMI HDMI (UNDER DAIS)(DAIS) (DAIS) (DAIS) (DAIS) NVX HDMI HDMI HDMI HDMI (UNDER STAFF TABLE)(STAFF) (STAFF) (STAFF) NVX HDMI HDMI HDMI HDMI (UNDER STAFF TABLE)(STAFF) (STAFF) (STAFF) NVX HDMI(UNDER DAIS) HDMI (UNDER DAIS)(DAIS) AV NETWORK AV NETWORK AV NETWORK AV NETWORK AV NETWORK NVX HDMI(UNDER DAIS) (PODIUM) AV NETWORK CRESTRON DM-NVX-360 CRESTRON HD-DA4-4KZ-E DELL U2419H DELL U2419H DELL U2419H DELL U2419H CRESTRON DM-NVX-360 CRESTRON HD-DA4-4KZ-E DELL U2419H DELL U2419H DELL U2419H CRESTRON DM-NVX-360 CRESTRON HD-DA4-4KZ-E DELL U2419H DELL U2419H DELL U2419H CRESTRON DM-NVX-360 DELL U2419H CRESTRON DM-NVX-360 CRESTRON HD-DA4-4KZ-E DELL U2419H DELL U2419H DELL U2419H DELL U2419H CRESTRON DM-NVX-360 CRESTRON HD-DA4-4KZ-E DELL U2419H A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company 2/18/2022 11:00:40 AM COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEMS ONE LINE DIAGRAM TA604 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 DMS CDY DMS PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS DESIGN 12209 WOOD LAKE DRIVE BURNSVILLE, MN 55337 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 1 95% CD 07.30.2020 SCALE:N.T.S.1 COUNCIL CHAMBERS DAIS, STAFF TABLES, AND PODIUM DISPLAYS - ONE-LINE DIAGRAM 123 Item 2. SPEAKER SPEAKER SPEAKER SPEAKER SPEAKER SPEAKER SPEAKER SPEAKER SPEAKER SPEAKER SPEAKER SPEAKER SPEAKER SPEAKER SPEAKER SPEAKER DAIS DAIS PODIUM STAFF TABLE STAFF TABLE DANTE AV NETWORK DANTE AV NETWORK STEWART MC850-LZ-D K-ARRAY LYZARD-KZ14 STEWART MC850-LZ-D S03 K-ARRAY LYZARD-KZ14 S03 K-ARRAY LYZARD-KZ14 S03 K-ARRAY LYZARD-KZ14 S03 K-ARRAY LYZARD-KZ14 S03 K-ARRAY LYZARD-KZ14 S03 K-ARRAY LYZARD-KZ14 S03 K-ARRAY LYZARD-KZ14 S03 K-ARRAY LYZARD-KZ14 S03 K-ARRAY LYZARD-KZ14 S03 K-ARRAY LYZARD-KZ14 S03 K-ARRAY LYZARD-KZ14 S03 K-ARRAY LYZARD-KZ14 S03 K-ARRAY LYZARD-KZ14 S03 K-ARRAY LYZARD-KZ14 S03 K-ARRAY LYZARD-KZ14 S03 SPEAKER SPEAKER SPEAKER SPEAKER CONTROL ROOM PODIUM Q-SYS CHAMBERS CHAMBERS AV NETWORK QSC CXD4.2Q QSC AC-C6T QSC AC-C6T QSC AC-C6T S01 S03 QSC AC-C6T S01 QSC AC-C6T S01 QSC AC-C6T S03 QSC AC-C6T S01 QSC AC-C6T S01 S02 QSC AC-C6T S02 QSC AC-C6T S02 QSC AC-C6T S02 QSC AC-C6T S02 QSC AC-C6T S02 QSC AC-C6T S02 A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company 2/18/2022 11:00:40 AM COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEMS ONE LINE DIAGRAMS TA605 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 DMS CDY DMS PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS DESIGN 12209 WOOD LAKE DRIVE BURNSVILLE, MN 55337 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 1 95% CD 07.30.2020 SCALE:N.T.S.1 COUNCIL CHAMBERS DAIS, STAFF TABLES, AND PODIUM SPEAKERS - ONE LINE DIAGRAM SCALE:N.T.S.2 TA607 - COUNCIL CHAMBERS CEILING SPEAKERS - ONE-LINE DIAGRAM 124 Item 2. NETGEAR DSPoE24 DYNASOUND DSPP24 DYNASOUND DS-8000 (MOUNTED IN CEILING) <- SPKR 1 (OUT) <- SPKR 2 (OUT) <- SPKR 3 (OUT) <- SPKR 4 (OUT) DYNASOUND DSTS10POE (OUT) SPKR 5 -> (OUT) SPKR 6 -> (OUT) SPKR 7 -> (OUT) SPKR 8 -> PoE (IN) S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 MDF / SERVER ROOM 142 DYNASOUND DS-8000 (MOUNTED IN CEILING) <- SPKR 1 (OUT) <- SPKR 2 (OUT) <- SPKR 3 (OUT) <- SPKR 4 (OUT) (OUT) SPKR 5 -> (OUT) SPKR 6 -> (OUT) SPKR 7 -> (OUT) SPKR 8 -> PoE (IN) S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 DYNASOUND DS-8000 (MOUNTED IN CEILING) <- SPKR 1 (OUT) <- SPKR 2 (OUT) <- SPKR 3 (OUT) <- SPKR 4 (OUT) (OUT) SPKR 5 -> (OUT) SPKR 6 -> (OUT) SPKR 7 -> (OUT) SPKR 8 -> PoE (IN) S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 DYNASOUND DS-8000 (MOUNTED IN CEILING) <- SPKR 1 (OUT) <- SPKR 2 (OUT) <- SPKR 3 (OUT) <- SPKR 4 (OUT) (OUT) SPKR 5 -> (OUT) SPKR 6 -> (OUT) SPKR 7 -> (OUT) SPKR 8 -> PoE (IN) S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 DYNASOUND DS-8000 (MOUNTED IN CEILING) <- SPKR 1 (OUT) <- SPKR 2 (OUT) <- SPKR 3 (OUT) <- SPKR 4 (OUT) (OUT) SPKR 5 -> (OUT) SPKR 6 -> (OUT) SPKR 7 -> (OUT) SPKR 8 -> PoE (IN) S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 DYNASOUND DS-8000 (MOUNTED IN CEILING) <- SPKR 1 (OUT) <- SPKR 2 (OUT) <- SPKR 3 (OUT) <- SPKR 4 (OUT) (OUT) SPKR 5 -> (OUT) SPKR 6 -> (OUT) SPKR 7 -> (OUT) SPKR 8 -> PoE (IN) S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 DYNASOUND DS-8000 (MOUNTED IN CEILING) <- SPKR 1 (OUT) <- SPKR 2 (OUT) <- SPKR 3 (OUT) <- SPKR 4 (OUT) (OUT) SPKR 5 -> (OUT) SPKR 6 -> (OUT) SPKR 7 -> (OUT) SPKR 8 -> PoE (IN) S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 DYNASOUND DS-8000 (MOUNTED IN CEILING) <- SPKR 1 (OUT) <- SPKR 2 (OUT) <- SPKR 3 (OUT) <- SPKR 4 (OUT) (OUT) SPKR 5 -> (OUT) SPKR 6 -> (OUT) SPKR 7 -> (OUT) SPKR 8 -> PoE (IN) S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 DYNASOUND DS-8000 (MOUNTED IN CEILING) <- SPKR 1 (OUT) <- SPKR 2 (OUT) <- SPKR 3 (OUT) <- SPKR 4 (OUT) (OUT) SPKR 5 -> (OUT) SPKR 6 -> (OUT) SPKR 7 -> (OUT) SPKR 8 -> PoE (IN) S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 DYNASOUND DS-8000 (MOUNTED IN CEILING) <- SPKR 1 (OUT) <- SPKR 2 (OUT) <- SPKR 3 (OUT) <- SPKR 4 (OUT) (OUT) SPKR 5 -> (OUT) SPKR 6 -> (OUT) SPKR 7 -> (OUT) SPKR 8 -> PoE (IN) S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 DYNASOUND DS-8000 (MOUNTED IN CEILING) <- SPKR 1 (OUT) <- SPKR 2 (OUT) <- SPKR 3 (OUT) <- SPKR 4 (OUT) (OUT) SPKR 5 -> (OUT) SPKR 6 -> (OUT) SPKR 7 -> (OUT) SPKR 8 -> PoE (IN) S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 DYNASOUND DS-8000 (MOUNTED IN CEILING) <- SPKR 1 (OUT) <- SPKR 2 (OUT) <- SPKR 3 (OUT) <- SPKR 4 (OUT) (OUT) SPKR 5 -> (OUT) SPKR 6 -> (OUT) SPKR 7 -> (OUT) SPKR 8 -> PoE (IN) A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company 2/18/2022 11:00:40 AM COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEMS ONE LINE DIAGRAMS TA606 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 DMS CDY DMS PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS DESIGN 12209 WOOD LAKE DRIVE BURNSVILLE, MN 55337 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 1 95% CD 07.30.2020 SCALE:N.T.S.1 SOUND MASKING SYSTEM - ONE-LINE DIAGRAM 125 Item 2. NETWORK NETWORK QSC Q-SYS_NS-1148P (RACK) PRODUCTION ROUTER (RACK) AJA - FS1 (RACK) AJA CP (RACK) (RACK) AJA KUMO 1616 CABLECAST CBL-VIOLITE-600 (RACK) CABLECAST VIOLITE-CG-SVR (RACK) COMCAST MODULATOR PGM FEED (RACK) PRODUCTION ENCODER (RACK) PRODUCTION CC ENCODER SDI NETWORK NETWORK PRODUCTION ENCODER (RACK) AJA - UDC SDI TO KUMO 1616 CBL-VIOLITE-600 NETWORK NETWORK NETWORK NETWORK SDI SDI SDI SDI SDI SDI PRODUCTION CC ENCODER VIOLITE 600 VIOLITE-CG-SVR AJA KUMO 1616 AJA FS1 (RACK) AJA GEN10 KUMO 1616 SYNC SYNC AJA-UDC AJA-FS1 SYNC CABLECAST - VIOLITE-600 SYNC SYNC CABLECAST - VIO - CG - SVR DSP QSC Core 510i CTO LOGIC LOGIC TO LED CONNECTIONS ON MUTE BUTTONS LOGIC LOGIC LOGIC LOGIC LOGIC LOGIC DSP QSC I/O-8 FLEX FROM MUTE SWITCH CONNECTIONS STAFF TABLE 1 DAIS MICROPHONES LOGIC DAIS MICROPHONES (COUNCIL MEMBER 1) (COUNCIL MEMBER 2) (COUNCIL MEMBER 3) (COUNCIL MEMBER 4) (COUNCIL MEMBER 5) (COUNCIL MEMBER 6) (COUNCIL MEMBER 7) BTN-05 BTN-06 BTN-07 BTN-08 BTN-09 BTN-10 BTN-11 BTN-04 (COUNCIL MEMBER 8) BTN-12(COUNCIL MEMBER 9) LOGIC BTN-01 LOGIC BTN-01 LOGIC LOGIC LOGIC LOGIC LOGIC LOGIC (RED) (GREEN) BTN-02 BTN-02 (RED) (GREEN) LOGIC BTN-05 LOGIC BTN-05 LOGIC LOGIC LOGIC LOGIC LOGIC LOGIC (RED) (GREEN) TO LED CONNECTIONS ON MUTE BUTTON DAIS MICROPHONES LOGIC QSC I/O-8 FLEX LOGIC LOGIC LOGIC LOGIC BTN-13 BTN-13 (RED) (GREEN) TO LED CONNECTIONS ON MUTE BUTTONS BTN-03 BTN-03 (RED) (GREEN) BTN-04 BTN-04 (RED) (GREEN) BTN-06 BTN-06 (RED) (GREEN) BTN-07 BTN-07 (RED) (GREEN) BTN-08 BTN-08 (RED) (GREEN) BTN-16 BTN-16 (RED) (GREEN) TO LED CONNECTIONS ON MUTE BUTTONS STAFF PODIUM Q SCC O R E_ 51 0I _C TO FROM MUTE SWITCH CONNECTIONS LOGIC STAFF PODIUM BTN-16(POD. MIC) LOGICBTN-13(STAFF 4) LOGICBTN-14(STAFF 5) LOGICBTN-15(STAFF 6) STAFF TABLE 2 LOGIC STAFF TABLE 1 BTN-01(STAFF 1) LOGICBTN-02(STAFF 2) LOGICBTN-03(STAFF 3) FROM MUTE SWITCH CONNECTIONS FROM MUTE SWITCH CONNECTIONS FROM MUTE SWITCH CONNECTIONS LOGIC LOGIC LOGIC BTN-09 (GREEN) BTN-10 BTN-10 (RED) (GREEN) LOGIC BTN-09 (RED) LOGIC BTN-11 (RED) LOGIC BTN-11 (GREEN) LOGIC BTN-12 (RED) LOGIC BTN-12 (GREEN) DAIS MICROPHONES TO LED CONNECTIONS ON MUTE BUTTONS STAFF TABLE 2 LOGIC LOGIC BTN-14 BTN-14 (RED) (GREEN) LOGIC LOGIC BTN-15 BTN-15 (RED) (GREEN) A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company 2/18/2022 11:00:40 AM COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEMS ONE LINE DIAGRAMS TA607 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 Checker Author Designer PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS DESIGN 12209 WOOD LAKE DRIVE BURNSVILLE, MN 55337 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N NO. DESCRIPTION DATE SCALE:N.T.S.1 COUNCIL CHAMBERS MASTER CONTROL - ONE-LINE DIAGRAM SCALE:N.T.S.2 DSP CONTROL LOGIC - ONE-LINE DIAGRAM 126 Item 2. A B C D E F 1 1 2 3 4 5 A.4 E.6 2.1 6 60" 6 2 18" 2 18" 2 18" 2 18" 2 18" 2 18" 2 18" 2 6 60" 2 18" 2 60" 2 18" 6 18" 8 18" 8 18" 2 18" 2 18" 2 18" 2 18" 2 18" 2 18"2 18" 2 18" 2 18" 4 46" 4 46" 2 48" 2 18" 2 18" 2 18" 2 18" 2 18" 4 18" 2 2 1 48" 2 18" 2 18" 2 46" 2 18" 2 48" 4 18" 4 18" 2 18" 4 18" 2 48" 2 44" 2 44" 2 18" 2 18" 1 48" LEGRAND CABLOFIL CF105/450 WAP WAP WAP WAP WAP WAP 4" ABOVE BACKSPLASH 4" ABOVE BACKSPLASH 4" ABOVE BACKSPLASH 2 18" 2 18" A B C D E F 1 2 3 4 5 A.4 E.6 2.1 2 18" 2 18" 2 18" 2 18" 2 18" 2 18" 2 18" 2 18" MECHANICAL ROOM 133 LIFE SAFETY ELECTRICAL ROOM 134 OFFICE 136 OFFICE 137 CORRIDOR 131 CONFERENCE ROOM 153 CORRIDOR 156 OPEN OFFICE WORK AREA 150 COFFEE / BREAK 151 PRINT ROOM 161 OFFICE 148 OFFICE 138 IT / IS WORK ROOM 141 ELECTRICAL ROOM 135 SERVER ROOM 142IT / IS WORK ROOM 141 HR FILE ROOM 140 FINANCE FILE ROOM 139 OFFICE 147 OFFICE 162 CORRIDOR 162 CORRIDOR 146 OPEN OFFICE 163 WELLNESS ROOM 145 OFFICE 172 BA 1 3 4 5 C F 2 E E.2 E.6DD.2A.4 2.1 3 4 4 1 2 22 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 1 & 2 TN104 PT-3 PT-1 PT-1 PT-1 6 2 96" 4 96" 4 96" 1 2 60" 2 60" 2 60" 4 46" 2 18" 4" ABOVE BACKSPLASH 4" ABOVE BACKSPLASH 4" ABOVE BACKSPLASH 2 60" WAP WAP 1350" 7 7 7 2 2 4 4 2 2 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 2 60" TV TV TV TV 10 KEYNOTES: 1. PROVIDE A DATA OUTLET AT 48" AFF FOR WALL MOUNTED VIDEO INTERCOM STATION. INTEGRATE THE INTERCOM STATION INTO THE OWNER'S VOIP TELEPHONE SYSTEM. 2.PROVIDE A 18"X4" WIRE CABLE BASKET TRAY DEDICATED TO TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING. 3.FLOOR BOX PROVIDED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. ROUTE CABLING BETWEEN FLOOR BOX AND NEAREST ACCESSIBLE CABLE PATHWAY VIA 1-1/4" CONDUIT. 4.PROVIDE (4) 4" FIRE/SMOKE RATED RE-ENTERABLE CABLE SLEEVES THROUGH WALL ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING. SLEEVES SHALL MATCH, OR EXCEED THE RATING OF THE WALL. 5.FLOOR BOX PROVIDED BY EC. MOUNT DATA OUTLET IN MODULAR FURNITURE. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF DATA OUTLET WITH THE FURNITURE VENDOR PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. ROUTE CABLING THROUGH CABLE PATHWAYS INTEGRATED INTO FURNITURE. ROUTE CABLING BETWEEN FURNITURE AND NEAREST ACCESSIBLE CABLE PATHWAY VIA FLOOR BOX AND CONDUIT PATHWAY. 6.PROVIDE NETWORK CONNECTION FOR BAS SYSTEM. COORDINATE REQUIRED DATA OUTLET COUNT WITH MECHANICAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 7.PROVIDE A 4-11/16" SQUARE BY 3-1/4" DEEP BACK BOX WITH A SINGLE GANG REDUCTION RING AND FACEPLATE CONTAINING A 1" CIRCULAR OPENING. PROVIDE A 1-1/4" CONDUIT ROUTED TO THE NEAREST ACCESSIBLE CABLE PATHWAY. ROUTE DATA CABLING THROUGH BACK BOX TO MODULAR FUNRITURE WITHIN BLACK PLASTIC LOOMING. 8.FLOOR BOX FURNITURE FEED PROVIDED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. ROUTE DATA CABLING THROUGH POKE-THRU TO MODULAR FURNITURE WITHIN BLACK PLASTIC LOOMING. 9.FLOOR SLEEVE FOR DATA CABLING PROVIDED BY EC. ROUTE CABLING BETWEEN FLOOR BOX / FURNITURE FEED AND NEAREST CABLE TRAY PATHWAY VIA 1-1/4" CONDUIT. 10.PROVIDE NETWORK CONNECTION TO ROLLER SHADE CONTROLLER. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. X GENERAL NOTES: 1. REFER TO SHEET TA001 FOR SYMBOLS, ABBREVIATIONS, AND GENERAL NOTES. 2.LEAVE 20'-0" OF EXTRA HORIZONTAL CABLING NEATLY COILED AT EACH WIRELSS LAN OUTLET. 3.COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR ROUGH-IN DETAILS. 4.PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF 2" CONDUIT TO ALL POKE-THRU LOCATIONS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/18/2022 11:00:45 AM COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYTEMS PLAN - AREA A TN101 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 DMS CDY DMS PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS DESIGN 12209 WOOD LAKE DRIVE BURNSVILLE, MN 55337 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"1 TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PLAN - AREA A NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 1 95% CD 07.30.2020 127 Item 2. A B C D E F 5 6 7 8 8.1 A.4 E.6 2 18" 2 18" 2 18" 2 18" 2 18" 2 18" 2 18" 2 18" 2 18" 2 18" 2 18" 2 44" 4 18" 2 18" 2 18" 2 18" 2 60"4 18" 4 18" 4 18" 4 18" 2 18" 2 18" 8 18" 2 18" 2 18" 2 2 6 60" 2 2 2 48" 1 48" 1 48" 2 44" 2 52" 2 52" 6 18" 1 48" 1 48" WAP WAP WAP WAP 4" ABOVE BACKSPLASH 4" ABOVE BACKSPLASH 4" ABOVE BACKSPLASH 4" ABOVE BACKSPLASH 2 18" A B C D E F 5 6 7 8 8.1 A.4 E.6 2 18" 2 18" 2 18" 2 18" VESTIBULE 113 CONFERENCE ROOM 114 RECEPTION / PUBLIC COUNTERS 118 COPY/ COLATING ROOM 124 SECURE FILE STORAGE 123 WOMEN'S STAFF RESTROOM 125 MEN'S STAFF RESTROOM 128 SURVEY STORAGE 130 COAT CLOSET 129 CORRIDOR 132 VESTIBULE 126 MECHANICAL ROOM 133 LIFE SAFETY ELECTRICAL ROOM 134 OFFICE 136 OFFICE 137 CORRIDOR 131 OFFICE 116 OFFICE 117 OPEN OFFICE 119 CORRIDOR 121 TABLE & CHAIR STORAGE 155 OFFICE 152 CONFERENCE ROOM 153 OFFICE 154 OFFICE 157 CORRIDOR 156 OPEN OFFICE WORK AREA 150 COFFEE / BREAK 151 BA 5 6 8 C F 7 E E.2 E.6DD.2A.4 8.1 2 3 3 1 1 2 22 2 2 2 2 3 6 60" 2 60" 2 3 PT-1 PT-1 PT-1 PT-1 PT-1 6 2 96" 4 96" 2 18" 1 2 60" 2 60" WAP WAP WAP WAP 6 7 7 2 2 8 9 8 8 2 60" 2 60" TV TV TV TV KEYNOTES: 1. PROVIDE A DATA OUTLET AT 48" AFF FOR WALL MOUNTED VIDEO INTERCOM STATION. INTEGRATE THE INTERCOM STATION INTO THE OWNER'S VOIP TELEPHONE SYSTEM. 2.PROVIDE A 18"X4" WIRE CABLE BASKET TRAY DEDICATED TO TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING. 3.FLOOR BOX PROVIDED BY DIVISION 26. ROUTE CABLING BETWEEN FLOOR BOX AND NEAREST ACCESSIBLE CABLE PATHWAY VIA 1-1/4" CONDUIT. 4.PROVIDE (4) 4" FIRE/SMOKE RATED RE-ENTERABLE CABLE SLEEVES THROUGH WALL ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING. SLEEVES SHALL MATCH, OR EXCEED THE RATING OF THE WALL. XGENERAL NOTES: 1. REFER TO SHEET TA001 FOR SYMBOLS, ABBREVIATIONS, AND GENERAL NOTES. 2.LEAVE 20'-0" OF EXTRA HORIZONTAL CABLING NEATLY COILED AT EACH WIRELSS LAN OUTLET. 3.COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR ROUGH-IN DETAILS. 4.PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF 2" CONDUIT TO ALL POKE-THRU LOCATIONS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. KEYNOTES: 5.FLOOR BOX PROVIDED BY EC. MOUNT DATA OUTLET IN MODULAR FURNITURE. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF DATA OUTLET WITH THE FURNITURE VENDOR PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. ROUTE CABLING THROUGH CABLE PATHWAYS INTEGRATED INTO FURNITURE. ROUTE CABLING BETWEEN FURNITURE AND NEAREST ACCESSIBLE CABLE PATHWAY VIA FLOOR BOX AND CONDUIT PATHWAY. 6.PROVIDE DATA OUTLET ROUGH-IN FOR FUTURE USE. ELECTRICAL CONTRACOTR TO PROVIDE BLANK PLATE AND PULL STRING. 7.PROVIDE A 4-11/16" SQUARE BY 3-1/4" DEEP BACK BOX WITH A SINGLE GANG REDUCTION RING AND FACEPLATE CONTAINING A 1" CIRCULAR OPENING. PROVIDE A 1-1/4" CONDUIT ROUTED TO THE NEAREST ACCESSIBLE CABLE PATHWAY. ROUTE DATA CABLING THROUGH BACK BOX TO MODULAR FUNRITURE WITHIN BLACK PLASTIC LOOMING. 8.FLOOR SLEEVE FOR DATA CABLING PROVIDED BY EC. ROUTE CABLING BETWEEN FLOOR BOX / FURNITURE FEED AND NEAREST CABLE TRAY PATHWAY VIA 1-1/4" CONDUIT. X N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/18/2022 11:00:50 AM COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PLAN - AREA B TN102 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 DMS CDY DMS PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS DESIGN 12209 WOOD LAKE DRIVE BURNSVILLE, MN 55337 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"1 TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PLAN - AREA B NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 1 95% CD 07.30.2020 128 Item 2. UP DN A B C D E F 7 8 9 10 11 12 8.1 A.4 E.6 11.2 11.4 12.1 2 60"4 18" 4 18" 4 18" 4 18"6 60" 4 4 6 60" 2 44" 2 60" 2 18" 2 18" 2 18" 2 60" 2 60" 1 48" 1 48" 4 18" 2 18" 1 48" 2 50" 1 48" WAP WAP 4" ABOVE BACKSPLASH A B C D E F 7 8 9 10 11 12 8.1 A.4 E.6 11.2 11.4 12.1 CONFERENCE ROOM 107 MEN'S PUBLIC RESTROOM 110 PUBLIC CORRIDOR 112 UNISEX RESTROOM 109 WOMEN'S PUBLIC RESTROOM 111 VESTIBULE 113 CONFERENCE ROOM 114 RECEPTION / PUBLIC COUNTERS 118 COATS/COFFEE ALCOVE 103 BA 8 10 12 C F 7 9 11 E E.2 E.6DD.2A.4 8.1 9.1 10.8 11.4 9.6 12.2 1 1 2 3 3 2 3 & 4 TN104 2 60" 2 60" 1 46" PT-2 PT-2 6 7 7 ALL DATA CABLES THIS SIDE PULLED TO SERVER ROOM 142 ALL DATA CABLES THIS SIDE PULLED TO COUNCIL CHAMBERS AV ROOM ALL DATA CABLES THIS SIDE PULLED TO SERVER ROOM 142 ALL DATA CABLES THIS SIDE PULLED TO COUNCIL CHAMBERS AV ROOM 4 18" WAP WAP WAP WAP 6 44 4 4 6 2 6 8 8 8 TV TV TV 9 GENERAL NOTES: 1. REFER TO SHEET TA001 FOR SYMBOLS, ABBREVIATIONS, AND GENERAL NOTES. 2.LEAVE 20'-0" OF EXTRA HORIZONTAL CABLING NEATLY COILED AT EACH WIRELSS LAN OUTLET. 3.COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR ROUGH-IN DETAILS. 4.PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF 2" CONDUIT TO ALL POKE-THRU LOCATIONS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. KEYNOTES: 1. PROVIDE A DATA OUTLET AT 48" AFF FOR WALL MOUNTED VIDEO INTERCOM STATION. INTEGRATE THE INTERCOM STATION INTO THE OWNER'S VOIP TELEPHONE SYSTEM. 2.PROVIDE A 18"X4" WIRE CABLE BASKET TRAY DEDICATED TO TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING. 3.FLOOR BOX PROVIDED BY EC. ROUTE CABLING BETWEEN FLOOR BOX AND NEAREST ACCESSIBLE CABLE PATHWAY VIA 1-1/4" CONDUIT. 4.ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE 24"x24"x6" PULL BOX LOCATED UNDER COUNCIL CHAMBERS ROOM AND AV ROOM (IDF). MOUNT PULL BOXES TIGHT TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. PROVIDE 2" CONDUIT PATHWAY BETWEEN PULL BOX LOCATIONS. MOUNT CONDUIT TIGHT TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. FIRE RATED FLOOR SLEEVE PROVIDED BY EC. 5.FLOOR BOX PROVIDED BY EC. MOUNT DATA OUTLET IN MODULAR FURNITURE. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF DATA OUTLET WITH THE FURNITURE VENDOR PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. ROUTE CABLING THROUGH CABLE PATHWAYS INTEGRATED INTO FURNITURE. ROUTE CABLING BETWEEN FURNITURE AND NEAREST ACCESSIBLE CABLE PATHWAY VIA FLOOR BOX AND CONDUIT PATHWAY. X KEYNOTES CONT'D: 6. 8"X8"X6" PULL BOX FLUSH WITH RAISED FLOOR PROVIDED BY EC.. PROVIDE 2" CONDUIT PATHWAY TO NEAREST ACCESSIBLE CABLE PATHWAY. 7.PROVIDE (2) 2" CONDUITS DEDICATED TO BACKBONE CABLING ROUTED BETWEEN CABLE TRAY PATHWAY AND COUNCIL CHAMBERS AV ROOM. MOUNT CONDUIT TIGHT TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. 8.FIRE RATED FLOOR SLEEVE FOR DATA CABLING PROVIDED BY EC. ROUTE CABLING BETWEEN FLOOR BOX / FURNITURE FEED AND NEAREST CABLE TRAY PATHWAY VIA 1-1/4" CONDUIT. 9.PROVIDE NETWORK CONNECTION TO ROLLER SHADE CONTROLLER. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. X N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/18/2022 11:00:54 AM COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PLAN - AREA C TN103 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 DMS CDY DMS PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS DESIGN 12209 WOOD LAKE DRIVE BURNSVILLE, MN 55337 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"1 TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PLAN - AREA C NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 1 95% CD 07.30.2020 129 Item 2. 4 E.6 5 TN104 TM G B 4 E.6 4 E.6 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 5 6 14 4 E.6 4 E.6 4 E.6 7 7 7 7 7 7 11 11 2 18" TGB 12.2 8 9 10 4 6 TN104 121 13 12.2 7 1 11 GENERAL NOTES: 1. REFER TO SHEET TA001 FOR SYMBOLS, ABBREVIATIONS, AND GENERAL NOTES. 2.LEAVE 20'-0" OF EXTRA HORIZONTAL CABLING NEATLY COILED AT EACH WIRELSS LAN OUTLET. 3.COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR ROUGH-IN DETAILS. 4.PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF 2" CONDUIT TO ALL POKE-THRU LOCATIONS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. KEYNOTES: 1. 3/4-INCH AC GRADE PLYWOOD PAINTED FIRE RATED BACKBOARD ON ALL FOUR WALLS OF ROOM PROVIDED BY EC. 2.PROVIDE 8-INCH SINGLE SIDED VERTICAL CABLE MANAGEMENT ON THE FRONT AND BACK OF EACH RACK SIDE. 3.PROVIDE 4-POST 45RU ADJUSTABLE RAIL SERVER RACKS. 4.TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING BUSBAR (TGB) PROVIDED BY EC. 5.(4) 4" CONDUITS STUBBED FROM BELOW GRADE DEDICATED TO INCOMING UTILITIES AND CITY FIBER. 6.WALL SPACE DEDICATED TO ACCESS CONTROL PANEL. 7.PROVIDE 18-INCH WIDE TELCO STYLE LADDER RACKING WITH CABLE DROP OUTS AT EACH EQUIPMENT RACK. 8.PROVIDE EQUIPMENT RACK ON CASTERS AND INTERNAL POWER DISTRIBUTION. 9.LOCATION OF MASTER AV PULL BOX. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 10.PRODUCTION EQUIPMENT RACK ON CASTERS AND INTERNAL POWER DISTRIBUTION PROVIDED BY OWNER. 11.PROVIDE 18-INCH WIDE TELCO STYLE LADDER RACKING MOUNTED VERTICALLY ON WALL. PROVIDE 3" ELEVATION KIT TO STAND OFF WALL. 12.PROVIDE A LOCKABLE 18RU WALL MOUNTED CABINET. 13.(1) 4" FIRE/SMOKE RATED CABLE SLEEVE THROUGH FLOOR STUBBED INTO PUULL BOX MOUNTED TO STRUCTURE BELOW. PROVIDE 12-INCH WIDE TELCO STYLE LADDER RACKING MOUNTED VERTICALLY ON WALL. PROVIDE 3" ELEVATION KIT TO STAND OFF WALL. 14.SPACE DEDICATED TO FUTURE RACK EXPANSION. X 7 3 2 2 2 2 1 FIBER OPTIC PATCH PANEL NETWORK SWITCH WIRE MANAGER SPACE SPACE DEDICATED TO INCOMING ISP UTILITY EQUIPMENT AND OWNER PROVIDED EQUIPMENT UPS UPS 2 3 3 3R3R2R4R1 SPACE DEDICATED TO SOUND MASKING EQUIPMENT SPACE DEDICATED TO VIDEO SURVEILLANCE EQUIPMENT 5 SPACE DEDICATED TO AUDIO/ VISUAL EQUIPMENT SPACE WIRE MANAGER 24-PORT PATCH PANEL 24-PORT PATCH PANEL NETWORK SWITCH WIRE MANAGER 24-PORT PATCH PANEL 24-PORT PATCH PANEL NETWORK SWITCH WIRE MANAGER 24-PORT PATCH PANEL 24-PORT PATCH PANEL NETWORK SWITCH WIRE MANAGER 24-PORT PATCH PANEL 24-PORT PATCH PANEL NETWORK SWITCH WIRE MANAGER 24-PORT PATCH PANEL 24-PORT PATCH PANEL NETWORK SWITCH WIRE MANAGER 24-PORT PATCH PANEL 24-PORT PATCH PANEL NETWORK SWITCH 24-PORT PATCH PANEL 24-PORT PATCH PANEL WIRE MANAGER SPACE DEDICATED OWNER PROVIDED NETWORK SERVER EQUIPMENT SPACE DEDICATED TO FUTURE EQUIPMENT SPACE DEDICATED TO CATV EQUIPMENT 10 8 SWITCH CC ENCODER ROUTER CAM CNTRL ENCODER WIRELESS MIC WIRELESS MIC FM TRANSMIT 48 PORT SWITCH HDMI CONVERTER AV BRIDGE USB EXTENSION ENCODER ENCODER BARCO ENCODER PROCESSOR SYNC/ CONVERTER CONTROL PANEL PROCESSOR 8-CH EXPANDER 8-CH EXPANDER DANTE AMPLIFIER DANTE AMPLIFIER NETWORK AMPLIFIER SYNC GEN UP/DN/CROSS 3G-SDI ROUTER 2-CHANNEL SERVER VIDEO SERVER UPS FIBER EQUIPMENT NETWORK SWITCH CABLE MANAGER 24-PORT PATCH PANEL 24-PORT PATCH PANEL 4 7 1 12 CABLE MANAGER SPACE UPS 6RU SPACE DEDICATED TO FUTURE EXPANSION NETWORK SWITCH 24-PORT PATCH PANEL 24-PORT PATCH PANEL CABLE MANAGER A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company 2/18/2022 11:00:58 AM COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS ENLARGED PLANS & ELEVATIONS TN104 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 DMS CDY DMS PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS DESIGN 12209 WOOD LAKE DRIVE BURNSVILLE, MN 55337 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:3/8" = 1'-0"1 ENLARGED SERVER ROOM SCALE:3/8" = 1'-0"2 ENLARGED SERVER ROOM - CABLE TRAY PATHWAY SCALE:3/8" = 1'-0"3 ENLARGED COUNCIL CHAMBERS AV ROOM PLAN SCALE:3/8" = 1'-0"4 COUNCIL CHAMBERS AV ROOM - CABLE TRAY PATHWAY SCALE:3/4" = 1'-0"5 SERVER ROOM 146 - RACK ELEVATION (FRONT VIEW) NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 1 95% CD 07.30.2020 SCALE:3/4" = 1'-0"6 COUNCIL CHAMBERS AV ROOM RACK ELEVATION 130 Item 2. CAT6A PROVIDE 4" SQUARE BACKBOX WITH SINGLE-GANG MUDRING. MOUNT BOX AT 18" AFF TO CENTER UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. CAT6A PROVIDE 1-1/4" CONDUIT TO CEILING SPACE (BUSHINGS ON BOTH ENDS) WITH QUANTITIES OF CATEGORY 6A CABLES MATCHING JACKS SHOWN TWO DATA PROVIDE 4" SQUARE BACKBOX WITH SINGLE-GANG MUDRING. MOUNT BOX AT 48" AFF TO CENTER UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. CAT6A PROVIDE 1-1/4" CONDUIT TO CEILING SPACE (BUSHINGS ON BOTH ENDS) WITH QUANTITIES OF CATEGORY 6A CABLES MATCHING JACKS SHOWN WALL PHONE PROVIDE 4" SQUARE BACKBOX WITH SINGLE-GANG MUDRING. PROVIDE BACKBOX WITH TILE BRIDGE AND BUSHINGS ON CABLE ENTRANCE. PROVIDE QUANTITIES OF CATEGORY 6A CABLES (PURPLE) MATCHING JACKS SHOWN WIRELESS ACCESS POINT CAT6A CAT6A J-HOOK HANGERS TYPICAL DATA CABLING AV CABLING 4 '-0 " M A X (T Y P I C A L ) 3" MINIMUN AT BOTTOM OF J-HANGER TO CEILING NOTE: 1. PROVIDE A DEDICATED J-HOOK PATHWAY FOR EACH CABLING SYSTEM (DATA, AUDIO VISUAL AND CONTROL CABLING). MDF / SERVER ROOM 146 FIBER OPTIC PATCH PANEL NETWORK SWITCH 24 PORT CATEGORY 6 PATCH PANEL (1)12 STRAND SM FIBER OPTIC CABLE (1)12 STRAND MM FIBER OPTIC CABLE INCOMING UTILITY / ISP TYP. DATA OUTLET (REFER TO PLANS FOR QUANTITY) WAP CCTV (2) CATEGORY 6 CABLES (WHITE IN COLOR) (1) CATEGORY 6 CABLE (YELLOW IN COLOR) FIBER OPTIC PATCH CORD CATEGORY 6 PATCH CORD SERVER ROOM 146 (MDF) COUNCIL CHAMBERS AV ROOM (IDF) (1) 12 STRAND SM FIBER OPTIC CABLE (1) 12 STRAND MM FIBER OPTIC CABLE (1) RG-11 COAXIAL CABLE (1) 12 STRAND SM FIBER OPTIC CABLE (1) 12 STRAND MM FIBER OPTIC CABLE (2) 2" HDPE CONTINUOUS CONDUITS WITH PULL STRINGS DEDICATED TO INCOMING UTILITIES. PROVIDED BY EC. SERVER ROOM 146 (MDF) NETWORK PATCH PANEL CAT6 CABLE CONNECTION FROM SERVICE PROVIDER RACK MOUNTED 16-PORT BROADBAND DISTRIBUTION AMPLIFIER PASSIVE CONVERTER DISPLAY (MOUNTED BEHIND DISPLAY) CAT6 CABLE RG-6 COAXIAL CABLE COUNCIL CHAMBERS AV ROOM (IDF) NETWORK PATCH PANEL CAT6 CABLE RACK MOUNTED 8-PORT BROADBAND DISTRIBUTION AMPLIFIER PASSIVE CONVERTER DISPLAY (MOUNTED BEHIND DISPLAY) CAT6 CABLE RG-6 COAXIAL CABLE RG-11 COAXIAL CABLE TAP A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company 2/18/2022 11:00:59 AM COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS DETAILS TN501 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 DMS CDY DMS PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS DESIGN 12209 WOOD LAKE DRIVE BURNSVILLE, MN 55337 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:N.T.S.1 DATA OUTLET FACEPLATE DETAILS SCALE:2 WALL MOUNT CABLE SUPPORT DETAIL N.T.S. NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 1 95% CD 07.30.2020 SCALE:N.T.S.3 TELECOMMUNICATIONS ONE-LINE DIAGRAM SCALE:N.T.S.4 TELECOMMUNICATIONS RISER DIAGRAM SCALE:N.T.S.5 CATV RISER DIAGRAM 131 Item 2. A1B1B1B1 B1 B1 B1 D A B C D E F 1 2 3 4 5 A.4 E.6 2.1 CRES CRESCRES CRES CR ES CRES CR ES CR DC ES CR ES CR ES CR ES CR ES CR ES DC DC DC DC CR DC EL CR DC EL A B C D E F 1 2 3 4 5 A.4 E.6 2.1 142A ESCR 143 141140 139 138 148 147162 172173 169 168 167 133A 126 136 137 ESCR PB CR ES 135A BA 1 3 4 5 C F 2 E E.2 E.6DD.2A.4 2.1 010.1 CAM 0-1 CAM 0-2 CAM 0-3 CAM 0-4 CAM 1-1 CAM 1-2 CAM 1-3 CAM 1-23 CAM 1-22 CAM 1-24 CAM 0-8 CONFERENCE ROOM 153 CORRIDOR 156 OPEN OFFICE WORK AREA 150 OFFICE 137 OFFICE 136 MECHANICAL ROOM 133 LIFE SAFETY ELECTRICAL ROOM 134 CORRIDOR 132 VESTIBULE 126 CORRIDOR 131 CORRIDOR 162 OFFICE 172 OPEN OFFICE 163 WELLNESS ROOM 145 JANITOR & STORAGE 143 SERVER ROOM 142 IT / IS WORK ROOM 141 HR FILE ROOM 140 FINANCE FILE ROOM 139 OFFICE 138 ELECTRICAL ROOM 135 OFFICE 148 OFFICE 147 PRINT ROOM 161 TRANSIENT/PUBLIC PARKING 002 DC 170A MU MU MU MU MU MU MU MU MU MU MU DC RE DC DC 134 010.3 135B 010.5 RE RE DC RE DC 170B MU MUMU CAM 1-26 N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/18/2022 11:01:04 AM COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS ELECTRONIC SAFETY & SECURITY SYSTEMS PLAN - AREA A TY101 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 DMS CDY DMS PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS DESIGN 12209 WOOD LAKE DRIVE BURNSVILLE, MN 55337 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"1 ELECTRONIC SAFETY & SECURITY PLAN - AREA A NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 1 95% CD 07.30.2020 132 Item 2. A1B1B1 D A B C D E F 5 6 7 8 8.1 A.4 E.6 CR ES DC CR DC EL CR DC EL CR DCEL CR ES CR ES CR ES CR ES CR ES CR ESCRES CRES CR ES CR ES DC EL CR DC EL KP BKP B PH PH A B C D E F 5 6 7 8 8.1 A.4 E.6 133A 126 136 137 CR ES SURVEY STORAGE 130 CR ES CR ES CR ES PB RE B 120A 115 114A 114B ?? 123 130 152 155 154 120B 158 157 135A BA 5 6 8 C F 7 E E.2 E.6DD.2A.4 8.1 010A CAM 1-3 CAM 1-4 CAM 1-5 CAM 1-14 CAM 1-16CAM 1-15 CAM 1-17 CAM 1-18CAM 1-19CAM 1-20 CAM 1-21 CAM 1-24 CAM 1-24 CONFERENCE ROOM 153 OPEN OFFICE 119 FIRESIDE/ MULTI-PURPOSE ROOM 120 CORRIDOR 156 OPEN OFFICE WORK AREA 150 OFFICE 137 OFFICE 136 MECHANICAL ROOM 133 LIFE SAFETY ELECTRICAL ROOM 134 WOMEN'S STAFF RESTROOM 125 MEN'S STAFF RESTROOM 128 JANITOR'S CLOSET 127 CORRIDOR 132 VESTIBULE 126 CORRIDOR 131 TABLE & CHAIR STORAGE 155OFFICE 154 COAT CLOSET 129 OFFICE 117 OFFICE 116 COPY/ COLATING ROOM 124 CONFERENCE ROOM 114 RECEPTION / PUBLIC COUNTERS 118 OPEN OFFICE 119 CITY HALL 010 VESTIBULE 113 OFFICE 157 MU ML ML ML EL DC ML EL DC DR DR MU MU DC DC 134 010.3 RE RE DC RE CR MU MU MUMU CR RE MU MU RE MU PH PH RERE CR ML EL DC ML EL DC PH PH RE 010B CR N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/18/2022 11:01:08 AM COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS ELECTRONIC SAFETY & SECURITY SYSTEMS PLAN - AREA B TY102 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 DMS CDY DMS PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS DESIGN 12209 WOOD LAKE DRIVE BURNSVILLE, MN 55337 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"1 ELECTRONIC SAFETY & SECURITY PLAN - AREA B NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 1 95% CD 07.30.2020 133 Item 2. A B C D E F G 7 8 9 10 11 12 8.1 A.4 E.6 11.2 11.4 12.1 CR ES CR ES CR ES DC EL CR DC EL CR ES CR EL CR ES DC EL CR DC EL CR ES CR DC EL CR CR ES ES KP BKP B PB PANIC BUTTON MOUNTED UNDER DAIS PH PH PH PH A B C D E F G 7 8 9 10 11 12 8.1 A.4 E.6 11.2 11.4 12.1 RE B CR ES PB PB PBPB DC 104B 105 106 112 107B 107A 102B102A 120A 115 114A 113A BA 8 10 12 C F G 7 9 11 E E.2 E.6DD.2A.4 8.1 9.1 10.8 11.4 9.6 12.2 010A CAM 0-5 CAM 0-6 CAM 0-7 CAM 1-5 CAM 1-6 CAM 1-7 CAM 1-8 CAM 1-9 CAM 1-11 CAM 1-10 CAM 1-12 CAM 1-13 CAM 1-14 CAM 1-16CAM 1-15 CAM 1-17 CAM 1-18CAM 1-19CAM 1-20 CAM 0-9 CAM 1-25 CITY HALL 010 VESTIBULE 113 CONFERENCE ROOM 107 MEN'S PUBLIC RESTROOM 110 WOMEN'S PUBLIC RESTROOM 111 PUBLIC CORRIDOR 112 UNISEX RESTROOM 109 CITY HALL 010COATS/COFFEE ALCOVE 103 MU ML ML ML EL DC ML EL DC DR DR RE MU MU RE MU MU CR CR 104A RE RE PH PH RERE CR ML ML ML EL DC ML EL DC PH PH RE RE010B MU CR N A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company A B C EXISTING DEVELOPMENT (N.I.C.) CI T Y H A L L P A R K I N G ( N . I . C . ) RETAIL (N.I.C.) 2/18/2022 11:01:12 AM COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS ELECTRONIC SAFETY & SECURITY SYSTEMS PLAN - AREA C TY103 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 DMS CDY DMS PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS DESIGN 12209 WOOD LAKE DRIVE BURNSVILLE, MN 55337 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"1 ELECTRONIC SAFETY & SECURITY PLAN - AREA C NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 1 95% CD 07.30.2020 134 Item 2. OUTSIDE VIEW (UNSECURED SIDE) CARD READER (PROVIDE MULLION MOUNTED OR WALL MOUNTED CARD READER AS INDICATED) (FINISHED FLOOR) INSIDE VIEW (SECURED SIDE) PROVIDE 3/4IN CONDUIT STUBBED INTO CEILING. PROVIDE BUSHINGS ON BOTH CONDUIT ENDS. (FINISHED FLOOR) (CEILING) DOOR CONTACT ELECTRIC STRIKE BY DIVISION 8 PROVIDE 3 TWISTED PAIR #22 SHLD TO READER PROVIDE 4/C#18 TO ELECTRIC STRIKE PROVIDE 8x6 NEMA1 TERMINATION CABINET WITH TERM BLOCKS PROVIDE COMPOSITE CABLE TO HEAD-END CARD READER (ON ADJACENT WALL) OUTSIDE VIEW (UNSECURED SIDE)(FINISHED FLOOR) INSIDE VIEW (SECURED SIDE) PROVIDE 3/4IN CONDUIT STUBBED INTO CEILING. PROVIDE BUSHINGS ON BOTH CONDUIT ENDS. SURFACE RACEWAY ALLOWED ONLY IF BLOCK WALL CONDITION IS INFILLED. (FINISHED FLOOR) (CEILING) DOOR CONTACT ELECTRIC RETRACTION LOCK IN RIM EXIT DEVICE BY DIVISION 8 PROVIDE 3 TWISTED PAIR #22 SHLD TO READER PROVIDE 4/C#18 TO POWER TRANSFER HINGE PROVIDE 8x6 NEMA1 TERMINATION CABINET WITH TERM BLOCKS PROVIDE ON BOX PER DOOR PROVIDE COMPOSITE CABLE TO HEAD-END ELECTRIC POWER TRANSFER HINGE BY DIVISION 8 DOOR POWER SUPPLY FURSNIHED BY DIVISION 8. PROVIDE CONNECTION FROM INDICATED 120VAC SOURCE AND CONNECT POWER TRANSFER HINGE COMPLETE. MOUNT POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE 4/C#18 TO DOOR POWER SUPPLY CEILING SURFACE MOUNTED SECURIY CAMERA CATEGORY 6 CABLE TO TELECOM ROOM INSTALL CABLES IN CONDUIT WHERE REQUIRED (CEILING) PENDANT MOUNT ADAPTER CEILING POLE MOUNTED SECURITY CAMERA 1-1/2" NPT THREADED PIPE, CUT TO LENTH FOR REQUIRED MOUNTING HEIGHT (IF REQUIRED TO PLACE CAMERA LOWER FOR UNOBSTRCUTED VIEWING) EC TO FURNISH AND INSTALL SURFACE MOUNTED 4" x 2-1/8" SQUARE DEEP BACK BOX WITH SINGLE GANG MUD RING REDUCER AND BLANK COVER PLATE CATEGORY 6 CABLE TO TELECOM ROOM INSTALL CABLES IN CONDUIT WHERE REQUIRED (DECK/SLAB) PANASONIC AW-HN130K PTZ CAMERA MOUNTED AT SOFFIT VADDIO 535-2000-22 THIN PROFILE WALL MOUNT BRACKET SIDE VIEW 2-GANG CAMERA BACKBOX INSTALL CABLES IN CONDUIT WHERE REQUIRED CATEGORY 6 CABLE TO TELECOM ROOM 3/4" EMT CONDUIT ROUTED TO NEAREST CABLE TRAY PATHWAY 4" SQUARE JUNCTION BOX LOCATED IN AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION. PROVIDE BLANK COVER AND LABEL READING "CCTV CAMERA" 3/4" IMC CONDUIT STUBBED OUT MIN. 1" BEYOND EXTERIOR WALL. SLOPE CONDUIT SLIGHTLY DOWN TO PREVENT WATER INTRUSION. SEAL PENETRATION WITH OUTDOOR SILICONE SEALANT EXTERIOR WALL MOUNTED CAMERA. REFER TO PLANS FOR LOCATION AND TYPE CAMERA BRACKET EDGE TO BE SEALED WITH OUTDOOR SILICONE SEALANT MDF / SERVER ROOM 146 ACCESS CONTROL PANEL CATEGORY 6 UTP CABLE NETWORK ACCESS CONTROL POWER SUPPLY FIRE ALARM RELAY JUNCTION BOX POWER CABLE 4/C, 16 AWG, SHEILDED POWER CABLE 4/C, 16 AWG, SHEILDED COMPOSITE ACCESS CONTROL CABLE CARD READER CABLE 3 TWISTED PAIR 22 AWG SHIELDED LOCK POWER CABLE 4/C 18 AWG SHEILDED REX CABLE 4/C 22 AWG SHEILDED DOOR CONTACT CABLE 2/C 22 AWG SHEILDED TYPICAL DOOR A B C D 1 E F 2 3 4 5 6 7 KEY PLAN REVISIONS FILE LOG ACTIVITY Draw Design Manager Check STAMP Project No. BY Copyright © 2020 LEO A DALY Company 2/18/2022 11:01:17 AM COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS ELECTRONIC SAFETY & SECURITY SYSTEMS DETAILS TY501 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 023-10311-00 FEBRUARY 18, 2022 Checker Author Designer PERMIT DOCUMENTS - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINEPOINT TECH TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS DESIGN 12209 WOOD LAKE DRIVE BURNSVILLE, MN 55337 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 730 SECOND AVE SOUTH, SUITE 1300 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402 T: 612.338.8741 PE R M I T D O C U M E N T S - N O T F O R C O N S T R U C T I O N NO. DESCRIPTION DATE SCALE:3/4" = 1'-0"1 ELECTRIC STRIKE DOOR DETAIL - INTERIOR SCALE:3/4" = 1'-0"2 INTERIOR ELECTRIC STRIKE DOOR (SECURED) SCALE:3/4" = 1'-0"3 RIM EXIT DEVICE EXT/INT DOORS WITH ELECTRIC LOCKSET SCALE:3/4" = 1'-0"4 RIM EXIT DEVICE EXT/INT DOORS WITH ELECTRIC LOCKSET (SECURED) SCALE:3" = 1'-0"5 CEILING SURFACE MOUNTED SECURITY CAMERA SCALE:3" = 1'-0"6 CEILING POLE MOUNTED SECURITY CAMERA SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0"7 PANASONIC AW-HN130K (side) CAMERA SCHEDULE CAMERA # LOCATION / MOUNTING MANUFACTURER / FIELD OF VIEW DETAIL CAM 0-1 EXTERIOR / WALL MOUNT MARCH NETWORKS / OnCAM C-12 - 360 CAMERA 8/TY501 CAM 0-2 EXTERIOR / WALL MOUNT MARCH NETWORKS / OnCAM C-12 - 180 CAMERA 8/TY501 CAM 0-3 EXTERIOR / WALL MOUNT MARCH NETWORKS / OnCAM C-12 - 360 CAMERA 8/TY501 CAM 0-4 EXTERIOR / WALL MOUNT MARCH NETWORKS / OnCAM C-12 - 180 CAMERA 8/TY501 CAM 0-5 EXTERIOR / WALL MOUNT MARCH NETWORKS / OnCAM C-12 - 360 CAMERA 8/TY501 CAM 0-6 EXTERIOR / WALL MOUNT MARCH NETWORKS / OnCAM C-12 - 360 CAMERA 8/TY501 CAM 0-7 EXTERIOR / WALL MOUNT MARCH NETWORKS / OnCAM C-12 - 360 CAMERA 8/TY501 CAM 0-8 EXTERIOR / CEILING POLE MOUNT MARCH NETWORKS / OnCAM C-12 - 360 CAMERA 6/TY501 CAM 0-9 EXTERIOR / CEILING POLE MOUNT MARCH NETWORKS / OnCAM C-12 - 360 CAMERA 6/TY501 CAM 1-1 INTERIOR / CEILING SURFACE MOUNT MARCH NETWORKS / VA4 5/TY501 CAM 1-2 INTERIOR / CEILING POLE MOUNT MARCH NETWORKS / VA4 6/TY501 CAM 1-3 INTERIOR / CEILING POLE MOUNT MARCH NETWORKS / VA4 6/TY501 CAM 1-4 INTERIOR / CEILING SURFACE MOUNT MARCH NETWORKS / VA4 5/TY501 CAM 1-5 INTERIOR / CEILING SURFACE MOUNT MARCH NETWORKS / VA4 5/TY501 CAM 1-6 INTERIOR / CEILING POLE MOUNT MARCH NETWORKS / VA4 6/TY501 CAM 1-7 INTERIOR / CEILING POLE MOUNT MARCH NETWORKS / VA4 6/TY501 CAM 1-8 INTERIOR / CEILING SURFACE MOUNT MARCH NETWORKS / VA4 5/TY501 CAM 1-9 INTERIOR / CEILING SURFACE MOUNT MARCH NETWORKS / OnCAM C-12 - 360 CAMERA 5/TY501 CAM 1-10 INTERIOR / CEILING POLE MOUNT MARCH NETWORKS / OnCAM C-12 - 360 CAMERA 6/TY501 CAM 1-11 INTERIOR / WALL MOUNT PTZ CAMERA INSTALLED BY OWNER 7/TY501 CAM 1-12 INTERIOR / WALL MOUNT PTZ CAMERA INSTALLED BY OWNER 7/TY501 CAM 1-13 INTERIOR / WALL MOUNT PTZ CAMERA INSTALLED BY OWNER 7/TY501 CAM 1-14 INTERIOR / CEILING SURFACE MOUNT MARCH NETWORKS / VA4 5/TY501 CAM 1-15 INTERIOR / CEILING SURFACE MOUNT MARCH NETWORKS / VA4 5/TY501 CAM 1-16 INTERIOR / CEILING SURFACE MOUNT MARCH NETWORKS / VA4 5/TY501 CAM 1-17 INTERIOR / CEILING SURFACE MOUNT MARCH NETWORKS / OnCAM C-12 - 360 CAMERA 5/TY501 CAM 1-18 INTERIOR / CEILING SURFACE MOUNT MARCH NETWORKS / VA4 / WITH EXTERNAL MICROPHONE 5/TY501 CAM 1-19 INTERIOR / CEILING SURFACE MOUNT MARCH NETWORKS / VA4 / WITH EXTERNAL MICROPHONE 5/TY501 CAM 1-20 INTERIOR / CEILING SURFACE MOUNT MARCH NETWORKS / VA4 5/TY501 CAM 1-21 INTERIOR / CEILING SURFACE MOUNT MARCH NETWORKS / VA4 5/TY501 CAM 1-22 INTERIOR / CEILING POLE MOUNT MARCH NETWORKS / VA4 6/TY501 CAM 1-23 INTERIOR / CEILING POLE MOUNT MARCH NETWORKS / VA4 6/TY501 CAM 1-24 INTERIOR / CEILING POLE MOUNT MARCH NETWORKS / VA4 6/TY501 CAM 1-25 INTERIOR / CEILING POLE MOUNT MARCH NETWORKS / OnCAM C-12 - 360 CAMERA 6/TY501 CAM 1-26 EXTERIOR / CEILING POLE MOUNT MARCH NETWORKS / VA4 6/TY501SCALE:1" = 1'-0"8 EXTERIOR WALL MOUNTED CAMERA DETAIL SCALE:N.T.S.9 ELECTRONIC ACCESS CONTROL WIRING DIAGRAM 135 Item 2. PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS: Vol 1 of 2 Division 00 - 13 Project No. 023-10311-000 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 PERMIT DOCUMENTS FEBRUARY 18, 2022 136 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 DOCUMENT 000101 - PROJECT TITLE PAGE 1.1 PROJECT A. Columbia Heights City Hall B. City of Columbia Heights C. Project Location: 3989 Central Ave, Columbia Heights, Minnesota 55421 D. Architect Project No. 023-10311-000 E. LEO A DALY F. 730 South 2nd Street, Suite 1300 G. Minneapolis, MN 55402 H. Phone: 612.388.8741 I. Copyright 2022 LEO A DALY. All rights reserved. END OF DOCUMENT 000101 137 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 DOCUMENT 000105 - CERTIFICATION PAGE I hereby certify that this plan, specification, or report was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly Licensed Architect under the laws of the State of Minnesota. Print Name: Adam Luckhardt Signature: _________________________________________________ Date: 02/18/2020 License: 48924 I hereby certify that this plan, specification, or report was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly Licensed Professional Fire Protection Engineer under the laws of the State of Minnesota. Print Name: Daniel L. Olig Signature: _________________________________________________ Date: 02/18/2020 License: 57942 I hereby certify that this plan, specification, or report was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly Licensed Professional Mechanical Engineer under the laws of the State of Minnesota. Print Name: Dan Sjostrand Signature: _________________________________________________ Date: 02/18/2020 License: 44274 I hereby certify that this plan, specification, or report was prepared by me or under my direct super vision and that I am a duly Licensed Professional Electrical Engineer under the laws of the State of Minnesota. Print Name: Jeff N. Besel Signature: _________________________________________________ Date: 02/18/2020 License: 44225 I hereby certify that this plan, specification, or report was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a Registered Communications Distribution Designer (RCDD). Print Name: David Soukup Signature: _____________________________________________ Date: 02/18/2020 License: 251975 END OF DOCUMENT 000105 138 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 Division Section Title PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING DOCUMENTS GROUP DIVISION 00 - PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS 000101 PROJECT TITLE PAGE 000105 CERTIFICATION PAGE 000110 TABLE OF CONTENTS 001113 ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS 002113 SUPPLYMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS (NOT ISSUED) 002113a AIA A132 SAMPLE CONTRACT (NOT ISSUED) 002113b AIA A232 SAMPLE GENERAL CONDITIONS (NOT ISSUED) 002513 PREBID MEETINGS (NOT ISSUED) 002600 PROCUREMENT SUBSTITUTION PORCEDURES (NOT ISSUED) 003113 PRELIMINARY SCHEDULES (NOT ISSUED) 003143 PERMIT APPLICATION (NOT ISSUED) 004126 BID FORM – CONSTURCTION MANAGER (MULTIPLE-PRIME CONTRACT) 004313 BID SECURITY FORMS (NOT ISSUED) 004393 BID SUBMITTAL CHECKLIST (NOT ISSUED) 006000 PROJECT FORMS (NOT ISSUED) SPECIFICATIONS GROUP General Requirements Subgroup DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 011000 SUMMARY 011200 MULTIPLE CONTRACT SUMMARY (NOT ISSUED) 012500 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 012500a SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM 012600 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURE 012900 PAYMENT PROCEDURES 013100 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013200 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013300 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 013300a SUBMITTAL TRANSMITTAL FORM 014000 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 015000 TEMPORARY FAICLITIES AND CONTROLS 016000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 017300 EXECUTION 017419 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017823 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017839 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017900 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 139 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 Facility Construction Subgroup DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE 031000 CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES 032000 CONCRETE REINFORCING 033000 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE DIVISION 04 - MASONRY 044313.16 ADHERED STONE MASONRY VENEER DIVISION 05 - METALS 054000 COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 055000 METAL FABRICATIONS 055213 PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS DIVISION 06 - WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES 061053 MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 061600 SHEATHING 064023 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 064116 PLASTIC-LAMINATE-CLAD ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS 064216 FLUSH WOOD PANELING 066400 PLASTIC PANELING 068313 RESIN COMPOSITE PANELING DIVISION 07 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 072100 THERMAL INSULATION 078413 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING 078443 JOINT FIRESTOPPING 079200 JOINT SEALANTS DIVISION 08 - OPENINGS 081113 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081416 FLUSH WOOD DOORS 081816.16 MULTIPANEL SLIDING ALUMINUM-FRAMED GLASS DOORS 083113 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 084113 ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 087100 DOOR HARDWARE 087113 POWER DOOR OPERATORS 088000 GLAZING 088300 MIRRORS 088813 FIRE-RATED GLAZING DIVISION 09 - FINISHES 092216 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 092900 GYPSUM BOARD 093013 CERAMIC TILING 140 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 095113 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 095426 SUSPENDED WOOD CEILINGS 096513 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 096519 RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 096813 TILE CARPETING 097200 WALL COVERINGS 097513 STONE WALL FACING 099123 INTERIOR PAINTING 099300 TRANSPARENT FINISHING DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES 101100 VISUAL DISPLAY UNITS 101419 DIMENSIONAL LETTER SIGNAGE 101423.16 ROOM-IDENTIFICATION PANEL SIGNAGE 102113.19 PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS 102600 WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION 102800 TOILET, BATH, AND CUSTODIAL ACCESSORIES 103100 FIREPLACES 104413 FIRE PROTECTION CABINETS 104416 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 105613 METAL STORAGE SHELVING DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT 113013 RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS 122413 ROLLER WINDOW SHADES 123623.13 PLASTIC-LAMINATE-CLAD COUNTERTOPS 123661.19 QUARTZ AGGLOMERATE COUNTERTOPS DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 134713 BULLET-RESISTANT FIBERGLASS PANELS Facility Services Subgroup DIVISION 21 - FIRE SUPPRESSION 210518 ESCUTCHEONS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 210523 GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR WATER-BASED FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 211313 WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 211316 DRY-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 212200 CLEAN-AGENT FIRE-EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING 220513 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR PLUMBING EQUIPMENT 220516 EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220517 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 141 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 220518 ESCUTCHEONS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220519 METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523.12 BALL VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523.14 CHECK VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523.15 GATE VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220553 IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220719 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 221113 FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 221116 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221119 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 221123.21 INLINE, DOMESTIC-WATER PUMPS 221316 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221319 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 221319.13 SANITARY DRAINS 223400 FUEL-FIRED, DOMESTIC-WATER HEATERS 224213.13 COMMERCIAL WATER CLOSETS 224213.16 COMMERCIAL URINALS 224216.13 COMMERCIAL LAVATORIES 224216.16 COMMERCIAL SINKS 224500 EMERGENCY PLUMBING FIXTURES 224716 PRESSURE WATER COOLERS DIVISION 23 - HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) 230000 GENERAL MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 230517 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR HVAC PIPING 230518 ESCUTCHEONS FOR HVAC PIPING 230519 METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523.12 BALL VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230548.13 VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230553 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230713 DUCT INSULATION 230719 MECHANICAL INSULATION 230719 HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230900 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 231123 FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING 232113 HYDRONIC PIPING 232116 HYDRONIC PIPING SPECIALTIES 232123 HYDRONIC PUMPS 232300 REFRIGERANT PIPING 233113 METAL DUCTS 233300 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233346 FLEXIBLE DUCTS 233713.13 AIR DIFFUSERS 142 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 233713.23 REGISTERS AND GRILLES 234100 PARTICULATE AIR FILTRATION 235216 CONDENSING BOILERS 237223.29 PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, FIXED PLATE ENERGY RECOVERY UNITS 238126 SPLIT-SYSTEM AIR-CONDITIONERS 238129 VARIABLE-REFRIGERANT-FLOW HVAC SYSTEMS 238316 RADIANT-HEATING HYDRONIC PIPING DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL 260519 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260523 CONTROL-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CABLES 260526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260536 CABLE TRAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260543 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260544 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS AND CABLING 260548 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260573.13 SHORT-CIRCUIT STUDIES 260573.16 COORDINATION STUDIES 260573.19 ARC-FLASH HAZARD ANALYSIS 260913 ELECTRICAL POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL 260923 LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 260936 MODULAR DIMMING CONTROLS 262413 SWITCHBOARDS 262416 PANELBOARDS 262713 ELECTRICITY METERING 262726 WIRING DEVICES 262913.06 SOFT-START MOTOR CONTROLLERS 263213.16 GAS-ENGINE-DRIVEN GENERATOR SETS 263600 TRANSFER SWITCHES 264313 SURGE PROTECTION FOR LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CIRCUITS 265119 LED INTERIOR LIGHTING 265213 EMERGENCY AND EXIT LIGHTING DIVISION 27 - COMMUNICATIONS 270000 COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 270100 GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 270105 SUBMITTALS AND PROJECT CLOSEOUT 270526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR COMM SYSTEMS 270528 PATHWAYS FOR COMM SYSTEMS 270529 FIRESTOPPING FOR COMM SYSTEMS 271100 COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT ROOM FITTINGS 271300 BACKBONE CABLING SYSTEMS 143 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 271500 COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING SYSTEMS 271543 COMM FACEPLATES AND CONNECTORS 271619 PATCH STATION CROSS CONNECT WIRES 274116 INTEGRATED AUDIOVISUAL SYSTEMS 274133 MASTER ANTENNA TELEVISION SYSTEM 275119 SOUND MASKING SYSTEMS DIVISION 28 - ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 280000 SECURITY SYSTEMS 280100 GENERAL PROVISION FOR SECURITY 280105 SUBMITTALS AND PROJECT CLOSEOUT 280526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR SECURITY SYSTEMS 280528 PATHWAYS FOR SECURITY SYSTEMS 280529 FIRESTOPPING FOR SECURITY SYSTEMS 281300 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 282300 VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEMS 284621.11 ADDRESSABLE FIRE-ALARM SYSTEMS END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS 144 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 DOCUMENT 001113 - ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS 1.1 PROJECT INFORMATION A. Notice to Bidders: Qualified bidders may submit bids for project as described in this Document. Submit bids according to the Instructions to Bidders. 1. Regulatory Requirements: League of Minnesota Cities public bidding requirements shall govern submittal, opening, and award of bids. B. Project Identification: Columbia Heights City Hall. C. Project Location: 3989 Central Ave, Columbia Heights, Minnesota 55421 D. Owner: City of Columbia Heights 1. Owner's Representative: Kevin Hansen, Director of Public Works / City Engineer E. Architect: LEO A DALY, 730 South 2nd Street, Suite 1300, Minneapolis, MN 55402 F. Project Description: Project consists of a 21,000 sf interior build-out within the first floor of a new mixed use housing/retail development. G. Construction Contract: Bids will be received for the following Work: 1. Multiple Contract Project per the scopes of work as detailed in Section 011200 “Multiple Contract Summary” including, but not limited to the following trades: a. General Building Construction. b. Fire Protection Construction. c. Mechanical Construction. d. Plumbing Construction. e. Electrical Construction. f. A/V & Technology Construction. 1.2 BID SUBMITTAL AND OPENING A. Owner will receive sealed lump sum bids until the bid time and date at the location given below. Owner will consider bids prepared in compliance with the Instructions to Bidders issued by Owner, and delivered as follows: 1. Bid Date: Tuesday April 5, 2022 2. Bid Time: 2:00 p.m., local time. 3. Location: Columbia Heights City Hall, 590 40th Ave NE, Columbia Heights, Minnesota 55421. 145 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Bids will be thereafter publicly opened and read aloud. 1.3 BID SECURITY A. Bid security shall be submitted with each bid in the amount of 5 percent of the bid amount. No bids may be withdrawn for a period of 60 days after opening of bids. Owner reserves the right to reject any and all bids and to waive informalities and irregularities. 1.4 PREBID MEETING A. Prebid Meeting: See Document 002513 "Prebid Meetings." B. Prebid Meeting: A Prebid meeting for all bidders will be held at the new Columbia Heights City Hall site location (3989 Central Ave, Columbia Heights, Minnesota 55421), on Friday March 18, 2022 at 10:00 a.m. Prospective bidders are requested to attend. 1.5 DOCUMENTS A. Online Procurement and Contracting Documents: Obtain access after February 7, 2020, by contacting ARC Central – Minnesota. 4730 Park Glen Road, St. Louis Park, Minnesota. 952.697.8800. minnesota@e-arc.com. Online access will be provided to all registered bidders and suppliers. 1. Link to ARC Planroom: https://order.e-arc.com/arcEOC/x_project.asp?de=0975D6FA- 0C06-42F1-AE04-ADF3AFF6340F B. Viewing Procurement and Contracting Documents: Examine after March 15, 2022, at the locations below: 1. Columbia Heights City Hall, 590 40th Ave NE, Columbia Heights, Minnesota 55421. 1.6 TIME OF COMPLETION A. Successful bidder shall begin the Work on receipt of the Notice to Proceed and shall complete the Work within the Contract Time. 1.7 BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS A. Bidders must be properly licensed under the laws governing their respective trades and be able to obtain insurance and bonds required for the Work. A Performance Bond, separate Labor and Material Payment Bond, and Insurance meeting the requirements found with this Project Manual and in a form acceptable to Owner will be required of the successful Bidder. 146 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1.8 NOTIFICATION A. This Advertisement for Bids document is advertised in the Star Tribune and Sun Focus. END OF DOCUMENT 001113 147 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 011000 - SUMMARY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Contract Type. 2. Multiple Work Packages. 3. Work under Owner's separate contracts. 4. Owner-furnished/Owner-installed (OFOI) products. 5. Contractor's use of site and premises. 6. Coordination with occupants. 7. Schedule. 8. Work restrictions. 9. Specification and Drawing conventions. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for limitations and procedures governing temporary use of Owner's facilities. 2. Section 017300 "Execution" for coordination of Owner-installed products. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Work Package: A group of specifications, drawings, and schedules prepared by the design team to describe a portion of the Project Work for pricing, permitting, and construction. 1.4 PROJECT INFORMATION A. Project Identification: Columbia Heights City Hall. 1. Project Location: 3989 Central Ave, Columbia Heights, Minnesota 55421. B. Owner: City of Columbia Heights. 148 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Owner's Representative: Kevin Hansen, Director of Public Works / City Engineer. 637- 38th Ave Ne, Columbia Heights, MN 55421. khansen@columbiaheightsmn.gov. C. Architect: LEO A DALY. 1. Architect's Representative: Matthew Keenan, Senior Designer, Project Manager. 730 South 2nd Street. Suite 1300, Minneapolis, Minnesota, 55402 mpkeenan@leoadaly.com. D. Construction Manager: DORAN Special Projects. 1. Construction Manager Representative: David Huber, Senior Project Manager. 7803 Glenroy Road, Suite 200, Bloomington, Minnesota 55439. david.huber@dorancompanies.com. 2. Construction Manager has been engaged for this Project to serve as an advisor to Owner and to provide assistance in administering the Contract for construction between Owner and each Contractor, according to a separate contract between Owner and Construction Manager. a. Construction Manager also serves as Project coordinator, as defined in Section 011200 "Multiple Contract Summary." 3. Construction Manager for this Project is Project's constructor. The terms "Construction Manager" and "Contractor" are synonymous. 1.5 CONTRACT TYPE A. Type of Contract: 1. Project will be constructed under coordinated, concurrent multiple contracts. See Section 011200 "Multiple Contract Summary" for a list of multiple contracts, a description of work included under each of the multiple contracts, and the responsibilities of Project coordinator. 1.6 WORK UNDER OWNER'S SEPARATE CONTRACTS A. Work with Separate Contractors: Cooperate fully with Owner's separate contractors, so work on those contracts may be carried out smoothly, without interfering with or delaying Work under this Contract or other contracts. Coordinate the Work of this Contract with work performed under Owner's separate contracts. 1.7 OWNER-FURNISHED/OWNER-INSTALLED (OFOI) PRODUCTS A. The Owner will furnish and install products indicated. B. Owner-Furnished/Owner-Installed (OFOI) Products: 149 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Gun safe in Armory / Gun Cleaning Room 118. 2. All systems furniture shown in the contract documents and labeled as such. 1.8 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF SITE AND PREMISES A. Limits on Use of Site: Do not disturb portions of Project site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated. 1. Limits on Use of Site: Confine construction operations to area(s) of work as indicated within the drawings. This project build out is a small portion of a larger development currently under construction and coordination will need to occur between projects. Tenants may be living above this project limits near the end of construction and is off- limits for all contractors at all times. 2. Driveways, Walkways and Entrances: Keep driveways, and entrances serving premises clear and available to Owner, Owner's employees, and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or for storage of materials. a. Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways and entrances by construction operations. b. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on-site. B. Condition of Existing Building: Maintain portions of existing building affected by construction operations in a weathertight condition throughout construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations. C. Condition of Existing Grounds: Maintain portions of existing grounds, landscaping, and hardscaping affected by construction operations throughout construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations. 1.9 SCHEDULE A. The following is the anticipated schedule of the project: 1. Documents available to Public: March 15, 2022. 2. Contract Finalized / Notice to Proceed: April xx , 2022. 3. Substantial Completion: October xx, 2022. 4. Owner Move-in Period: November xx, 2022. 5. Final Completion: November xx, 2022. 1.10 WORK RESTRICTIONS A. Comply with restrictions on construction operations. 150 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Comply with limitations on use of public streets, work on public streets, rights of way, and other requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. B. On-Site Work Hours: Limit work to: 1. 7:00 AM – 10:00 PM Monday through Friday. 2. 9:00 AM – 9:00 PM Saturday through Sunday. 3. Work hours may be modified to meet Project requirements if approved by Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. C. On-Site Work Day Restrictions: Do not perform work resulting in noisy activity, vibration, dust, or odors on-site between 8:00 AM to 5:00 PM without approval of Owner with 48 hours advanced notice. D. Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging for temporary utility services according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Owner not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions. 2. Obtain Owner's written permission before proceeding with utility interruptions. E. Smoking and Controlled Substance Restrictions: Use of tobacco products, alcoholic beverages, and other controlled substances on Owner's property is not permitted. F. Employee Identification: Provide identification tags for Contractor personnel working on Project site. Always require personnel to use identification tags. 1.11 SPECIFICATION AND DRAWING CONVENTIONS A. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations. These conventions are as follows: 1. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context, are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase. 2. Text Color: Text used in the Specifications, including units of measure, manufacturer and product names, and other text may appear in multiple colors or underlined as part of a hyperlink; no emphasis is implied by text with these characteristics. 3. Hypertext: Text used in the Specifications may contain hyperlinks. Hyperlinks may allow for access to linked information that is not residing in the Specifications. Unless otherwise indicated, linked information is not part of the Contract Documents. 4. Specification requirements are to be performed by Contractor unless specifically stated otherwise. B. Division 00 Contracting Requirements: General provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, apply to all Sections of the Specifications. 151 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. Division 01 General Requirements: Requirements of Sections in Division 01 apply to the Work of all Sections in the Specifications. D. Drawing Coordination: Requirements for materials and products identified on Drawings are described in detail in the Specifications. One or more of the following are used on Drawings to identify materials and products: 1. Terminology: Materials and products are identified by the typical generic terms used in the individual Specifications Sections. 2. Abbreviations: Materials and products are identified by abbreviations scheduled on Drawings and published as part of the U.S. National CAD Standard. 3. Keynoting: Materials and products are identified by reference keynotes referencing Specification Section numbers found in this Project Manual. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 011000 152 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 012500 - SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for substitutions. B. Related Requirements: 1. Document 002600 "Procurement Substitution Procedures" for requirements for substitution requests prior to award of Contract. 2. Section 016000 "Product Requirements" for requirements for submitting comparable product submittals for products by listed manufacturers. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents. 1. Substitutions for Cause: Changes proposed by Contractor that are required due to changed Project conditions, such as unavailability of product, regulatory changes, or unavailability of required warranty terms. 2. Substitutions for Convenience: Changes proposed by Contractor or Owner that are not required to meet other Project requirements but may offer advantage to Contractor or Owner. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Substitution Requests: Submit documentation identifying product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1. Substitution Request Form: Use form provided in Project Manual. 2. Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the following, as applicable: 153 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 a. Statement indicating why specified product or fabrication, or installation method cannot be provided, if applicable. b. Coordination of information, including a list of changes or revisions needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and separate contractors that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution. c. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitutions with those of the Work specified. Include annotated copy of applicable Specification Section. Significant qualities may include attributes, such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, sustainable design characteristics, warranties, and specific features and requirements indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the Work specified. d. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and installation procedures. e. Samples, where applicable or requested. f. Certificates and qualification data, where applicable or requested. g. List of similar installations for completed projects, with project names and addresses as well as names and addresses of architects and owners. h. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency, indicating and interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated. i. Research reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect for Project, from ICC-ES. j. Detailed comparison of Contractor's construction schedule using proposed substitutions with products specified for the Work, including effect on the overall Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer's letterhead, stating date of receipt of purchase order, lack of availability, or delays in delivery. k. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum. l. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in the Contract Documents, except as indicated in substitution request, is compatible with related materials and is appropriate for applications indicated. m. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce indicated results. 3. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within seven days of receipt of a request for substitution. Architect will notify Contractor through Construction Manager of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution within 15 days of receipt of request, or seven days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later. a. Forms of Acceptance: Change Order, Construction Change Directive, or Architect's Supplemental Instructions for minor changes in the Work. b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a proposed substitution within time allocated. 154 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed substitution with related products and materials. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers. 1.6 PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Revise or adjust affected work as necessary to integrate work of the approved substitutions. 1.7 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests for substitution immediately on discovery of need for change, but not later than 15 days prior to time required for preparation and review of related submittals. 1. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: a. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results. b. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted. c. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule. d. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction. e. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. f. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work. g. Requested substitution provides specified warranty. h. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved. B. Substitutions for Convenience: Architect will consider requests for substitution if received within 60 days after the Notice to Proceed. Requests received after that time may be considered or rejected at discretion of Architect. 1. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: a. Requested substitution offers Owner a substantial advantage in cost, t ime, energy conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional responsibilities 155 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 Owner must assume. Owner's additional responsibilities may include compensation to Architect for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by Owner, and similar considerations. b. Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to the Contract Documents. c. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results. d. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted. e. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule. f. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction. g. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. h. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work. i. Requested substitution provides specified warranty. j. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 012500 156 Item 2. 77//88//0099 LAD 00840-6 SUBSTITUTION APPLICATION / Value Engineering Proposal NO. DATE PLANNING •• ARCHITECTURE •• ENGINEERING •• INTERIORS PROJECT NAME 730 Second Avenue South, Suite 1300 Minneapolis, MN 55402-2416 DALY PROJECT NO. CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR JOB NO. The reason Contractor proposes the following Substitution/VE change (ref. to spec. and/or detail nos.) is: The Contractor certifies that this Substitution / Value Engineering proposal will perform adequately the functions called for by the Contract Documents and will be suited to the same use and be capable of performing the same function as that specified. If this substitution is accepted, Contractor will coordinate the installation into the work and make such other changes as may be required to make the Work complete in all resp ects. Warranties and/or bonds for the proposed substitution is _______ attached herewith, or is _______ not applicable. Acceptance of this substitution _______ will _______ will not require change in the Drawings and/or Specifications to adapt the design to the substitution. Acceptance of this substitution _______ will _______ will not require payment of any license fee or royalty. Acceptance of this substitution, subject to the costs of redesign (see A/E services estimate below) and any claims from other contractors affected by the resulting change, will realize a benefit/savings to the Owner of $_________________________. NOTE: The Contractor hereby waives all claims for additional costs which may subsequently become apparent. CCoonnttrraaccttoorr''ss SSiiggnnaattuurree CCoonnttrraaccttoorr SSttrreeeett AAddddrreessss oorr PP..OO.. BBooxx NNoo.. CCiittyy,, SSttaattee A detailed, side-by-side comparison of this substitution vs. that specified , complete with copies of the proposed manufacturer’s maintenance, repair and replacement services are attached herewith: Required Attachments: 1) Full descriptive and technical data; 2) Itemized cost breakdown SPACE BELOW FOR A/E USE ONLY The above application has been reviewed by Architect and is returned with action as designated below: A – Will recommend B – Will recommend C - Amend and Resubmit D - Rejected to the Owner for to Owner as Noted a Change Order for a Change Order Architect’s estimate for evaluation/redesign cost of the proposed Substitution/VE change: $ ___________ By (reviewer initials): Date: 157 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 012600 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Suppl ementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing Contract modifications. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" for administrative procedures for handling requests for substitutions made after the Contract award. 2. Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination" for requirements for forms for contract modifications provided as part of web-based Project management software. 1.3 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK A. Architect will issue through Construction Manager supplemental instructions authorizing minor changes in the Work, not involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, on Architect’s form. 1.4 PROPOSAL REQUESTS A. Owner-Initiated Proposal Requests: Architect will issue a detailed description of proposed changes in the Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If necessary, the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications. 1. Work Change Proposal Requests issued by Architect are not instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change. 2. Within time specified in Proposal Request after receipt of Proposal Request, submit a quotation estimating cost adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time necessary to execute the change. a. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. 158 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. c. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. d. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. e. Quotation Form: Use forms acceptable to Architect. B. Contractor-Initiated Proposals: If latent or changed conditions require modifications to the Contract, Contractor may initiate a claim by submitting a request for a change to Architect and Construction Manager. 1. Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time. 2. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. 3. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. 4. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. 5. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. 6. Comply with requirements in Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" if the proposed change requires substitution of one product or system for product or system specified. 7. Proposal Request Form: Use form acceptable to Architect. 1.5 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES A. On Owner's approval of a Work Change Proposal Request, Construction Manager will issue a Change Order for signatures of Owner and Contractor on AIA Document G701. 1.6 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE A. Construction Change Directive: Construction Manager may issue a Construction Change Directive on AIA Document G714. Construction Change Directive instructs Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. 1. Construction Change Directive contains a complete description of change in the Work. It also designates method to be followed to determine change in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. 159 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required by the Construction Change Directive. 1. After completion of change, submit an itemized account and supporting data necessary to substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 012600 160 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 012900 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and process Applications for Payment. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 012600 "Contract Modification Procedures" for administrative procedures for handling changes to the Contract. 2. Section 013200 "Construction Progress Documentation" for administrative requirements governing the preparation and submittal of the Contractor's construction schedule. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Schedule of Values: A statement furnished by Contractor allocating portions of the Contract Sum to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for r eviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment. 1.4 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the schedule of values with preparation of Construction Managers construction schedule. 1. Coordinate line items in the schedule of values with items required to be indicated as separate activities in Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Submit the schedule of values to Architect through Construction Manager at earliest possible date, but no later than seven days before the date scheduled for submittal of initial Applications for Payment. B. Format and Content: Use Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish line items for the schedule of values. Provide at least one-line item for each Specification Section. 1. Identification: Include the following Project identification on the schedule of values: a. Project name and location. 161 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 b. Owner's name. c. Owner's Project number. d. Name of Architect. e. Architect's Project number. f. Contractor's name and address. g. Date of submittal. 2. Arrange schedule of values consistent with format of AIA Document G703. 3. Arrange the schedule of values in tabular form, with separate columns to indicate the following for each item listed: a. Related Specification Section or division. b. Description of the Work. c. Name of subcontractor. d. Name of manufacturer or fabricator. e. Name of supplier. f. Change Orders (numbers) that affect value. g. Dollar value of the following, as a percentage of the Contract Sum to nearest one - hundredth percent, adjusted to total 100 percent. Round dollar amounts to whole dollars, with total equal to Contract Sum. 1) Labor. 2) Materials. 3) Equipment. 4. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Provide multipl e line items for principal subcontract amounts in excess of five percent of the Contract Sum. a. Differentiate between items stored on-site and items stored off-site. 5. Overhead Costs, Separate Line Items: Show cost of temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual work-in-place as separate line items. 6. Temporary Facilities: Show cost of temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual work-in-place as separate line items. 7. Closeout Costs. Include separate line items under Contractor and principal subcontracts for Project closeout requirements in an amount totaling five percent of the Contract Sum and subcontract amount. 8. Schedule of Values Revisions: Revise the schedule of values when Change Orders or Construction Change Directives result in a change in the Contract Sum. Include at least one separate line item for each Change Order and Construction Change Directive. 1.5 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT A. Each Application for Payment following the initial Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments, as certified by Architect and Construction Manager and paid for by Owner. 162 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Payment Application Times: Submit Application for Payment to Architect by the agreed to day of the month. The period covered by each Application for Payment is one month. 1. Submit draft copy of Application for Payment seven days prior to due date for review by Architect. C. Application for Payment Forms: Use AIA Document G702 and AIA Document G703 as form for Applications for Payment. D. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. Architect will return incomplete applications without action. 1. Entries shall match data on the schedule of values and Contractor's construction schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made. 2. Include amounts for work completed following previous Application for Payment, whether payment has been received. Include only amounts for work completed at time of Application for Payment. 3. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued before last day of construction period covered by application. E. Stored Materials: Include in Application for Payment amounts applied for materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed. Differentiate between items stored on-site and items stored off-site. 1. Provide certificate of insurance, evidence of transfer of title to Owner, and consent of surety to payment for stored materials. 2. Provide supporting documentation that verifies amount requested, such as paid invoices. Match amount requested with amounts indicated on documentation; do not include overhead and profit on stored materials. 3. Provide summary documentation for stored materials indicating the following: a. Value of materials previously stored and remaining stored as of date of previous Applications for Payment. b. Value of previously stored materials put in place after date of previous Application for Payment and on or before date of current Application for Payment. c. Value of materials stored since date of previous Application for Payment and remaining stored as of date of current Application for Payment. F. Waivers of Mechanic's Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of mechanic's lien from entities lawfully entitled to file a mechanic's lien arising out of the Contract and related to the Work covered by the payment. 1. Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested in previous application, after deduction for retainage, on each item. 2. When an application shows completion of an item, submit conditional final or full waivers. 163 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3. Owner reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must submit waivers. 4. Submit final Application for Payment with or preceded by conditional final waivers from every entity involved with performance of the Work covered by the application who is lawfully entitled to a lien. 5. Waiver Forms: Submit executed waivers of lien on forms acceptable to Owner. G. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following: 1. List of subcontractors. 2. Schedule of values. 3. Contractor's construction schedule (preliminary if not final). 4. Schedule of unit prices. 5. Submittal schedule (preliminary if not final). 6. List of Contractor's staff assignments. 7. List of Contractor's principal consultants. 8. Copies of building permits. 9. Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for performance of the Work. 10. Report of preconstruction conference. 11. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies. 12. Performance and payment bonds. 13. Data needed to acquire Owner's insurance. H. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After Architect issues the Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion for portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. 1. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum. a. Complete administrative actions, submittals, and Work preceding this application, as described in Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures." 2. This application shall reflect Certificate(s) of Substantial Completion issued previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work. I. Final Payment Application: After completing Project closeout requirements, submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including, but not limited, to the following: 1. Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements. 2. Certification of completion of final punch list items. 3. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and proof that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid. 4. Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum. 5. AIA Document G706. 164 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 6. AIA Document G706A. 7. AIA Document G707. 8. Evidence that claims have been settled. 9. Final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of date of Substantial Completion or when Owner took possession of and assumed responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work. 10. Proof that taxes, fees, and similar obligations are paid. 11. Waivers and releases. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 012900 165 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 013100 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. General coordination procedures. 2. Coordination drawings. 3. RFIs. 4. Digital project management procedures. 5. Web-based Project management software package. 6. Project meetings. B. Each contractor shall participate in coordination requirements. Certain areas of responsibility are assigned to a specific contractor. C. Related Requirements: 1. Section 011200 "Multiple Contract Summary" for a description of the division of work among separate contracts and responsibility for coordination activities not in this Section. 2. Section 013200 "Construction Progress Documentation" for preparing and submitting Contractor's construction schedule. 3. Section 017300 "Execution" for procedures for coordinating general installation and field-engineering services, including establishment of benchmarks and control points. 4. Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for coordinating closeout of the Contract. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. BIM: Building Information Modeling. B. RFI: Request for Information. Request from Owner, Construction Manager, Architect, or Contractor seeking information required by or clarifications of the Contract Documents. 166 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a special design. Include the following information in tabular form: 1. Name, address, telephone number, and email address of entity performing subcontract or supplying products. 2. Number and title of related Specification Section(s) covered by subcontract. 3. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract. B. Key Personnel Names: Within 15 days of starting construction operations, submit a list of key personnel assignments, including superintendent and other personnel in attendance at Project site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities, list addresses, cellular telephone numbers, and e-mail addresses. Provide names, addresses, and telephone numbers of individuals assigned as alternates in the absence of individuals assigned to Project. 1.5 GENERAL COORDINATION PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation. 1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results, where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation. 2. Coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair. 3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. 1.6 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. Coordination Drawings, General: Prepare coordination drawings according to requirements in individual Sections, and additionally where installation is not completely indicated on Shop Drawings, where limited space availability necessitates coordination, or if coordination is required to facilitate integration of products and materials fabricated or installed by more than one entity. 1. Content: Project-specific information, drawn accurately to a scale large enough to indicate and resolve conflicts. Do not base coordination drawings on standard printed data. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Use applicable Drawings as a basis for preparation of coordination drawings. Prepare sections, elevations, and details as needed to describe relationship of various systems and components. 167 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 b. Coordinate the addition of trade-specific information to coordination drawingsin a sequence that best provides for coordination of the information and resolution of conflicts between installed components before submitting for review. c. Indicate functional and spatial relationships of components of architectural, structural, civil, mechanical, and electrical systems. d. Indicate space requirements for routine maintenance and for anticipated replacement of components during the life of the installation. e. Show location and size of access doors required for access to concealed dampers, valves, and other controls. f. Indicate required installation sequences. g. Indicate dimensions shown on Drawings. Specifically note dimensions that appear to be in conflict with submitted equipment and minimum clearance requirements. Provide alternative sketches to Architect indicating proposed resolution of such conflicts. Minor dimension changes and difficult installations will not be considered changes to the Contract. B. Coordination Drawing Organization: Organize coordination drawings as follows: 1. Floor Plans and Reflected Ceiling Plans: Show architectural and structural elements, and mechanical, plumbing, fire-protection, fire-alarm, and electrical Work. Show locations of visible ceiling-mounted devices relative to acoustical ceiling grid. Supplement plan drawings with section drawings where required to adequately represent the Work. 2. Plenum Space: Indicate sub framing for support of ceiling and wall systems, mechanical and electrical equipment, and related Work. Locate components within plenums to accommodate layout of light fixtures and other components indicated on Drawings. Indicate areas of conflict between light fixtures and other components. 3. Mechanical Rooms: Provide coordination drawings for mechanical rooms, showing plans and elevations of mechanical, plumbing, fire-protection, fire-alarm, and electrical equipment. 4. Structural Penetrations: Indicate penetrations and openings required for all disciplines. 5. Slab Edge and Embedded Items: Indicate slab edge locations and sizes and locations of embedded items for metal fabrications, sleeves, anchor bolts, bearing plates, angles, door floor closers, slab depressions for floor finishes, curbs and housekeeping pads, and similar items. 6. Mechanical and Plumbing Work: Show the following: a. Sizes and bottom elevations of ductwork, piping, and conduit runs, including insulation, bracing, flanges, and support systems. b. Dimensions of major components, such as dampers, valves, diffusers, access doors, cleanouts and electrical distribution equipment. c. Fire-rated enclosures around ductwork. 7. Electrical Work: Show the following: a. Runs of vertical and horizontal conduit 1-1/4 inches (32 mm) in diameter and larger. b. Light fixture, exit light, emergency battery pack, smoke detector, and other fire- alarm locations. 168 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 c. Panel board, switchboard, switchgear, transformer, busway, generator, and motor- control center locations. d. Location of pull boxes and junction boxes, dimensioned from column center lines. 8. Fire-Protection System: Show the following: a. Locations of standpipes, mains piping, branch lines, pipe drops, and sprinkler heads. 9. Review: Architect will review coordination drawings to confirm that, in general, the Work is being coordinated, but not for the details of the coordination, which are Contractor's responsibility. If Architect determines that coordination drawings are not being prepared in sufficient scope or detail, or are otherwise deficient, Architect will so inform Contractor, who shall make suitable modifications and resubmit. 10. Coordination Drawing Prints: Prepare coordination drawing prints according to requirements in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures." C. Coordination Drawing Process: Prepare coordination drawings in the following manner: 1. Schedule submittal and review of Fire Sprinkler, Plumbing, HVAC, and Electrical Shop Drawings to make required changes prior to preparation of coordination drawings. 2. Commence routing of coordination drawing files with HVAC Installer, who will provide drawing plan files denoting approved ductwork. HVAC Installer will locate ductwork and piping on a single layer, using orange color. Forward drawings to Plumbing Installer. 3. Plumbing Installer will locate plumbing and equipment on a single layer, using blue color. 4. Fire Sprinkler Installer will locate piping and equipment, using red color. Fire Sprinkler Installer shall forward drawing files to Electrical Installer. 5. Electrical Installer will indicate service and feeder conduit runs and equipment in gr een color. Electrical Installer shall forward drawing files to Communications and Electronic Safety and Security Installer. 6. Communications and Electronic Safety and Security Installer will indicate cable trays and cabling runs and equipment in purple color. Communications and Electronic Safety and Security Installer shall forward completed drawing files to Contractor. 7. Contractor shall perform the final coordination review. As each coordination drawing is completed, Contractor will meet with Architect to review and resolve conflicts on the coordination drawings. D. Coordination Digital Data Files: Prepare coordination digital data files according to the following requirements: 1. File Submittal Format: Submit or post coordination drawing files using PDF format. 2. Architect will furnish Construction Manager one set of digital data files of Drawings for use in preparing coordination digital data files. a. Architect makes no representations as to the accuracy or completeness of digital data files as they relate to Drawings. 169 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 b. Contractor shall execute a data licensing agreement in the form of Agreement form acceptable to Owner and Architect. 1.7 REQUEST FOR INFORMATION (RFI) A. General: Immediately on discovery of the need for additional information, clarification, or interpretation of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall prepare and submit an RFI in the form specified. 1. Architect will return without response those RFIs submitted to Architect by other entities controlled by Contractor. 2. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner to avoid delays in Contractor's work or work of subcontractors. B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing information or interpretation and the following: 1. Project name. 2. Owner name. 3. Owner's Project number. 4. Name of Architect and Construction Manager. 5. Architect's Project number. 6. Date. 7. Name of Contractor. 8. RFI number, numbered sequentially. 9. RFI subject. 10. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate. 11. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 12. Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate. 13. Contractor's suggested resolution. If Contractor's suggested resolution impacts the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI. 14. Contractor's signature. 15. Attachments: Include sketches, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data, Shop Drawings, coordination drawings, and other information necessary to fully describe items needing interpretation. a. Include dimensions, thicknesses, structural grid references, and details of affected materials, assemblies, and attachments on attached sketches. C. RFI Forms: AIA Document G716. 1. Attachments shall be electronic files in PDF format. D. Architect's and Construction Manager's Action: Architect and Construction Manager will review each RFI, determine action required, and respond. Allow seven days for Architect's response for each RFI. RFIs received by Architect or Construction Manager after 1:00 p.m. will be considered as received the following working day. 170 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. The following Contractor-generated RFIs will be returned without action: a. Requests for approval of submittals. b. Requests for approval of substitutions. c. Requests for approval of Contractor's means and methods. d. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract Documents. e. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum. f. Requests for interpretation of Architect's actions on submittals. g. Incomplete RFIs or inaccurately prepared RFIs. 2. Architect's action may include a request for additional information, in which case Architect's time for response will date from time of receipt by Architect of additional information. 3. Architect's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time, or the Contract Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal according to Section 012600 "Contract Modification Procedures." a. If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, notify Architect in writing within 5 days of receipt of the RFI response. E. RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number. Submit log. Use software log that is part of web-based Project management software. Software log with not less than the following: 1. Project name. 2. Name and address of Contractor. 3. Name and address of Architect and Construction Manager. 4. RFI number, including RFIs that were returned without action or withdrawn. 5. RFI description. 6. Date the RFI was submitted. 7. Date Architect's and Construction Manager's response was received. 8. Identification of related Minor Change in the Work, Construction Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate. 9. Identification of related Field Order, Work Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate. F. On receipt of Architect's action, update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response to affected parties. Review response and notify Architect and Construction Manager within three days if Contractor disagrees with response. 1.8 DIGITAL PROJECT MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES A. Web-Based Project Management Software Package: Use Construction Manager's web-based Project management software package for purposes of hosting and managing Project communication and documentation until Final Completion. 171 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Web-based Project management software includes, at a minimum, the following features: a. Compilation of Project data, including Contractor, subcontractors, Architect, Architect's consultants, Owner, and other entities involved in Project. Include names of individuals and contact information. b. Access control for each entity for each workflow process, to determine entity's digital rights to create, modify, view, and print documents. c. Document workflow planning, allowing customization of workflow between project entities. d. Creation, logging, tracking, and notification for Project communications required in other Specification Sections, including, but not limited to, RFIs, submittals, Minor Changes in the Work, Construction Change Directives, and Change Orders. e. Track status of each Project communication in real time, and log time and date when responses are provided. f. Procedures for handling PDFs or similar file formats, allowing markups by each entity. Provide security features to lock markups against changes once submitted. g. Processing and tracking of payment applications. h. Processing and tracking of contract modifications. i. Creating and distributing meeting minutes. j. Document management for Drawings, Specifications, and coordination drawings, including revision control. k. Management of construction progress photographs. l. Mobile device compatibility, including smartphones and tablets. 1.9 PROJECT MEETINGS A. General: Construction Manager will schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site unless otherwise indicated. 1. Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and Architect of scheduled meeting dates and times a minimum of seven days prior to meeting. 2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees. 3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record significant discussions and agreements achieved. Distribute the meeting minutes to everyone concerned, including Owner, Construction Manager, and Architect, within three days of the meeting. B. Preconstruction Conference: Construction Manager will schedule and conduct a preconstruction conference before starting construction, at a time convenient to Owner and Architect, but no later than 15 days after execution of the Agreement. 1. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Construction Manager, Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. Participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 2. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the following: 172 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 a. Responsibilities and personnel assignments. b. Tentative construction schedule. c. Phasing. d. Critical work sequencing and long lead items. e. Designation of key personnel and their duties. f. Lines of communications. g. Use of web-based Project software. h. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. i. Procedures for RFIs. j. Procedures for testing and inspecting. k. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment. l. Distribution of the Contract Documents. m. Submittal procedures. n. Sustainable design requirements. o. Preparation of Record Documents. p. Use of the premises and existing building. q. Work restrictions. r. Working hours. s. Owner's occupancy requirements. t. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls. u. Procedures for moisture and mold control. v. Procedures for disruptions and shutdowns. w. Construction waste management and recycling. x. Parking availability. y. Office, work, and storage areas. z. Equipment deliveries and priorities. aa. First aid. bb. Security. cc. Progress cleaning. 3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes. C. Preinstallation Conferences: Conduct a preinstallation conference at Project site before each construction activity when required by other Sections and when required for coordination with other construction. 1. Attendees: Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or affected by the installation and its coordination or integration with other materials and installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise Architect, Construction Managerof scheduled meeting dates. 2. Agenda: Review progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular activity under consideration, including requirements for the following: a. Contract Documents. b. Options. c. Related RFIs. d. Related Change Orders. 173 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 e. Purchases. f. Deliveries. g. Submittals. h. Sustainable design requirements. i. Review of mockups. j. Possible conflicts. k. Compatibility requirements. l. Time schedules. m. Weather limitations. n. Manufacturer's written instructions. o. Warranty requirements. p. Compatibility of materials. q. Acceptability of substrates. r. Temporary facilities and controls. s. Space and access limitations. t. Regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. u. Testing and inspecting requirements. v. Installation procedures. w. Coordination with other work. x. Required performance results. y. Protection of adjacent work. z. Protection of construction and personnel. 3. Record significant conference discussions, agreements, and disagreements, including required corrective measures and actions. 4. Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to other parties requiring information. 5. Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the Work and reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date. D. Project Closeout Conference: Construction Manager will schedule and conduct a project closeout conference, at a time convenient to Owner and Architect, but no later than 30 days prior to the scheduled date of Substantial Completion. 1. Conduct the conference to review requirements and responsibilities related to Project closeout. 2. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Construction Manager, Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the meeting. Participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 3. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect or delay Project closeout, including the following: a. Preparation of Record Documents. b. Procedures required prior to inspection for Substantial Completion and for final inspection for acceptance. 174 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 c. Procedures for completing and archiving web-based Project software site data files. d. Submittal of written warranties. e. Requirements for completing sustainable design documentation. f. Requirements for preparing operations and maintenance data. g. Requirements for delivery of material samples, attic stock, and spare parts. h. Requirements for demonstration and training. i. Preparation of Contractor's punch list. j. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment at Substantial Completion and for final payment. k. Submittal procedures. l. Coordination of separate contracts. m. Owner's partial occupancy requirements. n. Installation of Owner's furniture, fixtures, and equipment. o. Responsibility for removing temporary facilities and controls. 4. Minutes: Entity conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes. E. Progress Meetings: Construction Manager will conduct progress meetings at biweekly intervals. 1. Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of payment requests. 2. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner, Construction Manager, and Architect, each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 3. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project. a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to Contractor's construction schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time. 1) Review schedule for next period. b. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following: 1) Interface requirements. 2) Sequence of operations. 3) Resolution of BIM component conflicts. 4) Status of submittals. 5) Status of sustainable design documentation. 6) Deliveries. 175 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 7) Off-site fabrication. 8) Access. 9) Site use. 10) Temporary facilities and controls. 11) Progress cleaning. 12) Quality and work standards. 13) Status of correction of deficient items. 14) Field observations. 15) Status of RFIs. 16) Status of Proposal Requests. 17) Pending changes. 18) Status of Change Orders. 19) Pending claims and disputes. 20) Documentation of information for payment requests. 4. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting the meeting will record and distribute the meeting minutes to each party present and to parties requiring information. a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's construction schedule after each progress meeting, where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 013100 176 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 013200 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress of construction during performance of the Work, including the following: 1. Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2. Daily construction reports. 3. Material location reports. 4. Site condition reports. 5. Unusual event reports. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 011200 "Multiple Contract Summary" for preparing a combined Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2. Section 014000 "Quality Requirements" for schedule of tests and inspections. 3. Section 012900 "Payment Procedures" for schedule of values and requirements for use of cost-loaded schedule for Applications for Payment. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Cost Loading: The allocation of the schedule of values for completing an activity as scheduled. The sum of costs for all activities must equal the total Contract Sum. B. CPM: Critical path method, which is a method of planning and scheduling a construction project where activities are arranged based on activity relationships. Network calculations determine the critical path of Project and when activities can be performed. C. Critical Path: The longest connected chain of interdependent activities through the network schedule that establishes the minimum overall Project duration and contains no float. D. Event: The starting or ending point of an activity. E. Float: The measure of leeway in starting and completing an activity. 177 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either Owner or Contractor, but is a jointly owned, expiring Project resource available to both parties as needed to meet schedule milestones and Contract completion date. 2. Free float is the amount of time an activity can be delayed without adversely affecting the early start of the successor activity. 3. Total float is the measure of leeway in starting or completing an activity without adversely affecting the planned Project completion date. F. Resource Loading: The allocation of manpower and equipment necessary for completing an activity as scheduled. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Initial schedule, of size required to display entire schedule for entire construction period. 1. Submit a working digital copy of schedule, using software indicated, and labeled to comply with requirements for submittals. B. Construction Schedule Updating Reports: Submit with Applications for Payment. C. Material Location Reports: Submit at monthly intervals. D. Site Condition Reports: Submit at time of discovery of differing conditions. E. Unusual Event Reports: Submit at time of unusual event. F. Qualification Data: For scheduling consultant. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Prescheduling Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to the preliminary construction schedule and Contractor's Construction Schedule, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Review software limitations and content and format for reports. 2. Verify availability of qualified personnel needed to develop and update schedule. 3. Review delivery dates for Owner-furnished products. 4. Review schedule for work of Owner's separate contracts. 5. Review submittal requirements and procedures. 6. Review time required for review of submittals and resubmittals. 7. Review requirements for tests and inspections by independent testing and inspecting agencies. 8. Review time required for Project closeout and Owner startup procedures. 9. Review and finalize list of construction activities to be included in schedule. 178 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 10. Review procedures for updating schedule. 1.6 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Computer Scheduling Software: Prepare schedules using current version of a program that has been developed specifically to manage construction schedules. 1. Use Microsoft Project for current Windows operating system. B. Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents and as follows in schedule and show how the sequence of the Work is affected. 1. Phasing: Arrange list of activities on schedule by phase. 2. Work under More Than One Contract: Include a separate activity for each contract. 3. Work by Owner: Include a separate activity for each portion of the Work performed by Owner. 4. Work Restrictions: Show the effect of the following items on the schedule: a. Coordination with existing construction. b. Limitations of continued occupancies. c. Uninterruptible services. d. Partial occupancy before Substantial Completion. e. Use-of-premises restrictions. f. Provisions for future construction. g. Seasonal variations. h. Environmental control. 5. Work Stages: Indicate important stages of construction for each major portion of the Work, including, but not limited to, the following: a. Subcontract awards. b. Submittals. c. Purchases. d. Mockups. e. Fabrication. f. Sample testing. g. Deliveries. h. Installation. i. Tests and inspections. j. Adjusting. k. Curing. l. Building flush-out. m. Startup and placement into final use and operation. 6. Construction Areas: Identify each major area of construction for each major portion of the Work. Indicate where each construction activity within a major area must be sequenced or integrated with other construction activities to provide for the following: 179 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 a. Structural completion. b. Temporary enclosure and space conditioning. c. Permanent space enclosure. d. Completion of mechanical installation. e. Completion of electrical installation. f. Substantial Completion. C. Upcoming Work Summary: Prepare summary report indicating activities scheduled to occur or commence prior to submittal of next schedule update. Summarize the following issues: 1. Unresolved issues. 2. Unanswered Requests for Information. 3. Rejected or unreturned submittals. 4. Notations on returned submittals. 5. Pending modifications affecting the Work and the Contract Time. D. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At monthly intervals, update schedule to reflect actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule one week before each regularly scheduled progress meeting. 1. Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each such meeting. 2. Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but not limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity durations. 3. As the Work progresses, indicate Final Completion percentage for each activity. E. Recovery Schedule: When periodic update indicates the Work is 14 or more calendar days behind the current approved schedule, submit a separate recovery schedule indicating means by which Contractor intends to regain compliance with the schedule. Indicate changes to working hours, working days, crew sizes, equipment required to achieve compliance, and date by which recovery will be accomplished. F. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Architect, Owner, separate contractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor with a need-to-know schedule responsibility. 1. Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices. 2. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities. 1.7 REPORTS A. Daily Construction Reports: Prepare a daily construction report recording the following information concerning events at Project site: 180 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Testing and inspection. 2. Accidents. 3. Meetings and significant decisions. 4. Unusual events. 5. Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses. 6. Emergency procedures. 7. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction. 8. Change Orders received and implemented. 9. Services connected and disconnected. 10. Equipment or system tests and startups. 11. Partial completions and occupancies. 12. Substantial Completions authorized. B. Material Location Reports: At monthly intervals, prepare and submit a comprehensive list of materials delivered to and stored at Project site. List shall be cumulative, showing materials previously reported plus items recently delivered. Include with list a statement of progress on and delivery dates for materials or items of equipment fabricated or stored away from Project site. Indicate the following categories for stored materials: 1. Material stored prior to previous report and remaining in storage. 2. Material stored prior to previous report and since removed from storage and installed. 3. Material stored following previous report and remaining in storage. C. Site Condition Reports: Immediately on discovery of a difference between site conditions and the Contract Documents, prepare and submit a detailed report. Submit with a Request for Information. Include a detailed description of the differing conditions, together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents. D. Unusual Event Reports: When an event of an unusual and significant nature occurs at Project site, whether or not related directly to the Work, prepare and submit a special report. List chain of events, persons participating, responses by Contractor's personnel, evaluation of results or effects, and similar pertinent information. Advise Owner in advance when these events are known or predictable. 1. Submit unusual event reports directly to Owner within one day(s) of an occurrence. Distribute copies of report to parties affected by the occurrence. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 013200 181 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 013300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Submittal schedule requirements. 2. Administrative and procedural requirements for submittals. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 012900 "Payment Procedures" for submitting Applications for Payment and the schedule of values. 2. Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination" for submitting coordination drawings and subcontract list and for requirements for web-based Project software. 3. Section 013200 "Construction Progress Documentation" for submitting schedules and reports, including Contractor's construction schedule. 4. Section 014000 "Quality Requirements" for submitting test and inspection reports, and schedule of tests and inspections. 5. Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting closeout submittals and maintenance material submittals. 6. Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for submitting operation and maintenance manuals. 7. Section 017839 "Project Record Documents" for submitting record Drawings, record Specifications, and record Product Data. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that require Architect's and Construction Manager's responsive action. Action submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as "action submittals." B. Informational Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that do not require Architect's and Construction Manager's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements. Informational submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as "informational submittals." 182 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1.4 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE A. Submittal Schedule: Submit, as an action submittal, a list of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates required by construction schedule. Include time required for review, ordering, manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates. Include additional time required for making corrections or revisions to submittals noted by Architect and Construction Manager and additional time for handling and reviewing submittals required by those corrections. 1. Coordinate submittal schedule with list of subcontracts, the schedule of values, and Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Initial Submittal Schedule: Submit concurrently with startup construction schedule. Include submittals required during the first 60 days of construction. List those submittals required to maintain orderly progress of the Work and those required early because of long lead time for manufacture or fabrication. 3. Format: Arrange the following information in a tabular format: a. Scheduled date for first submittal. b. Specification Section number and title. c. Submittal Category: Action; informational. d. Name of subcontractor. e. Description of the Work covered. f. Scheduled date for Architect's and Construction Manager's final release or approval. g. Scheduled dates for purchasing. h. Scheduled date of fabrication. i. Scheduled dates for installation. j. Activity or event number. 1.5 SUBMITTAL FORMATS A. Submittal Information: Include the following information in each submittal: 1. Project name. 2. Date. 3. Name of Architect. 4. Name of Construction Manager. 5. Name of Contractor. 6. Name of firm or entity that prepared submittal. 7. Names of subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier. 8. Unique submittal number, including revision identifier. Include Specification Section number with sequential alphanumeric identifier and alphanumeric suffix for resubmittals. 9. Category and type of submittal. 10. Number and title of Specification Section, with paragraph number and generic name for each of multiple items. 11. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 12. Indication of full or partial submittal. 183 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 13. Location(s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate. 14. Signature of transmitter. B. Deviations and Additional Information: On each submittal, clearly indicate deviations from requirements in the Contract Documents, including minor variations and limitations; i nclude relevant additional information and revisions, other than those requested by Architect and Construction Manager on previous submittals. Indicate by highlighting on each submittal or noting on attached separate sheet. 1.6 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Prepare and submit submittals required by individual Specification Sections. Types of submittals are indicated in individual Specification Sections. 1. Web-Based Project Management Software: Prepare submittals in PDF form, and upload to web-based Project management software website. Enter required data in web-based software site to fully identify submittal. B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. 1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity. 2. Coordinate transmittal of submittals for related parts of the Work specified in different Sections, so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. a. Architect and Construction Manager reserve the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received. C. Processing Time: Allow time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing, including resubmittals. 1. Initial Review: Allow 15 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if coordination with subsequent submittals is required. Architect will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. 2. Resubmittal Review: Allow 15 days for review of each resubmittal. 3. Concurrent Consultant Review: Where the Contract Documents indicate that submittals may be transmitted simultaneously to Architect and to Architect's consultants, allow 15 days for review of each submittal. Submittal will be returned to Architect and Construction Manager, through Architect before being returned to Contractor. a. Submit one copy of submittal to concurrent reviewer in addition to specified number of copies to Architect and Construction Manager. 184 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 D. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial submittal. 1. Note date and content of previous submittal. 2. Note date and content of revision in label or title block, and clearly indicate extent of revision. 3. Resubmit submittals until they are marked with approval notation from Architect's and Construction Manager's action stamp. E. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms. F. Use for Construction: Retain complete copies of submittals on Project site. Use only final action submittals that are marked with approval notation from Architect's and Construction Manager's action stamp. 1.7 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment. 1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard published data are unsuitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data. 2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable. 3. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Manufacturer's catalog cuts. b. Manufacturer's product specifications. c. Standard color charts. d. Statement of compliance with specified referenced standards. e. Testing by recognized testing agency. f. Application of testing agency labels and seals. g. Notation of coordination requirements. h. Availability and delivery time information. 4. For equipment, include the following in addition to the above, as applicable: a. Wiring diagrams that show factory-installed wiring. b. Printed performance curves. c. Operational range diagrams. d. Clearances required to other construction, if not indicated on accompanying Shop Drawings. 5. Submit Product Data before Shop Drawings, and before or concurrently with Samples. 185 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data unless submittal based on Architect's digital data drawing files is otherwise permitted. 1. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Identification of products. b. Schedules. c. Compliance with specified standards. d. Notation of coordination requirements. e. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. f. Relationship and attachment to adjoining construction clearly indicated. g. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified. C. Samples: Submit Samples for review of type, color, pattern, and texture for a check of these characteristics with other materials. 1. Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components, such as accessories together in one submittal package. 2. Identification: Permanently attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the following: a. Project name and submittal number. b. Generic description of Sample. c. Product name and name of manufacturer. d. Sample source. e. Number and title of applicable Specification Section. f. Specification paragraph number and generic name of each item. 3. Web-Based Project Management Software: Prepare submittals in PDF form, and upload to web-based Project software website. Enter required data in web-based software site to fully identify submittal. 4. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality- control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set. a. Samples that may be incorporated into the Work are indicated in individual Specification Sections. Such Samples must be in an undamaged condition at time of use. b. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as Owner's property, are the property of Contractor. 5. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of units, showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available. a. Number of Samples: Submit one full set(s) of available choices where color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from 186 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 manufacturer's product line. Architect, through Construction Manager, will return submittal with options selected. 6. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared from same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner spec ified, and physically identical with material or product proposed for use, and that show full range of color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, the following: partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used for independent testing and inspection. a. Number of Samples: Submit three sets of Samples. Architect and Construction Manager will retain two Sample sets; remainder will be returned. Mark up and retain one returned Sample set as a project record Sample. 1) Submit a single Sample where assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and other similar characteristics are to be demonstrated. 2) If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in material or product represented by a Sample, submit at least three sets of paired units that show approximate limits of variations. D. Design Data: Prepare and submit written and graphic information indicating compliance with indicated performance and design criteria in individual Specification Sections. Include list of assumptions and summary of loads. Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any, used for calculations. Number each page of submittal. E. Certificates: 1. Certificates and Certifications Submittals: Submit a statement that includes signature of entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that entity. Provide a notarized signature where indicated. 2. Installer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead, certifying that Installer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and, where required, is authorized by manufacturer for this specific Project. 3. Manufacturer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead, certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required. 4. Material Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead, certifying that material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. 5. Product Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead, certifying that product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. 6. Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel comply with requirements in the Contract Documents. Submit record of AWS B2.1/B2.1M on AWS forms. Include names of firms and personnel certified. 187 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 F. Test and Research Reports: 1. Compatibility Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed before installation of product. Include written recommendations for substrate preparation and primers required. 2. Field Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed either during installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents. 3. Material Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents. 4. Preconstruction Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of tests performed before installation of product, for compliance with performance requirements in the Contract Documents. 5. Product Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating that current product produ ced by manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency. 6. Research Reports: Submit written evidence, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with building code in effect for Project. Include the following information: a. Name of evaluation organization. b. Date of evaluation. c. Time period when report is in effect. d. Product and manufacturers' names. e. Description of product. f. Test procedures and results. g. Limitations of use. 1.8 DELEGATED-DESIGN SERVICES A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated. 1. If criteria indicated are insufficient to perform services or certification required, submit a written request for additional information to Architect. B. Delegated-Design Services Certification: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other required submittals, submit digitally signed PDF file of certificate, signed and sealed by the responsible design professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional. 188 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Indicate that products and systems comply with performance and design criteria in the Contract Documents. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing these services. 1.9 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW A. Action Submittals and Informational Submittals: Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Architect and Construction Manager. B. Contractor's Approval: Indicate Contractor's approval for each submittal with a uniform approval stamp. Include name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents. 1. Architect and Construction Manager will not review submittals received from Contractor that do not have Contractor's review and approval. 1.10 ARCHITECT'SAND CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S REVIEW A. Action Submittals: Architect and Construction Manager will review each submittal, indicate corrections or revisions required, and return. 1. Submittals by Web-Based Project Management Software: Architect will indicate, on Project management software website, the appropriate action. B. Informational Submittals: Architect and Construction Manager will review each submittal and will not return it, or will return it if it does not comply with requirements. Architect and Construction Manager will forward each submittal to appropriate party. C. Partial submittals prepared for a portion of the Work will be reviewed when use of partial submittals has received prior approval from Architect and Construction Manager. D. Incomplete submittals are unacceptable, will be considered nonresponsive, and will be returned for resubmittal without review. E. Architect and Construction Manager will return without review submittals received from sources other than Contractor. F. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents will be returned by Architect without action. 189 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 013300 190 Item 2. Version: 20171004 LAD 00840-1 SHOP DRAWING, PRODUCT DATA OR SAMPLE TRANSMITTAL NO. DATE PROJECT NAME LEO A DALY PROJECT NO. CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR JOB NO. 1ST Submittal (Indicate by X) Resubmittal (Indicate by X) IF RESUBMITTAL, PREVIOUS TRANSMITTAL NO. OF ITEM BEING RESUBMITTED: One specification section per cover sheet Specification Section Paragraph No. Description of Product or Equipment Manufacturer Drawing or Data No. a. The above submittal has been reviewed and approved by the Contractor in accordance with provisions of the General Conditions for this project, and there are no deviations from the requirements of the Contract Documents. _____ (Indicate by X); or, b. The above submittal has been reviewed and approved by the Contractor in accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions for this project with any specific deviations from the requirements of the Contract Documents clearly identified. _____ (Indicate by X – note: if this is actually a Substitution, a separate Substitution Application Form must be attached, clearly documenting how the Owner would benefit from such a contract change; the submittal will not be returned until Substitution Application has been acted upon) Contractor's Signature Contractor Street Address or P.O. Box No. City, State SPACE BELOW FOR ARCHITECT USE ONLY The above submittal has been reviewed by the Architect in accordance with the General Conditions for this project and is returned with action as indicated in the legend below. Shop drawings and other submittals are part of the Contractor’s own Work Plan and are not Contract Documents. Architect’s review of Contractor's submittals is only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. Architect’s review of such submittals is not conducted for the purpose of determining the accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and quantities, or for substantiating instructions for installation or performance of equipment or systems, all of which remain the sole responsibility of the Contractor. Architect's review of Contractor's submittals cannot change the Contract Documents and cannot relieve the Contractor of any obligations under the Contract. The Architect's review shall not constitute approval of Contractor’s safety precautions or of any construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures. No Exceptions Noted Reviewer Initials: ___________ Date: ___________ Exception Noted (do not resubmit) Revise and Resubmit (see notes) Other reviewers’ initials: Arch _________ Rejected Struct ________ Mech________ Elect_________ Not Required – Returned without Action Inter ________ Civil ________ Other_________ PLANNING•ARCHITECTURE•ENGINEERING•INTERIORS Address City, State Zip 191 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 014000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control. B. Testing and inspection services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 1. Specific quality-assurance and quality-control requirements for individual work results are specified in their respective Specification Sections. Requirements in individual Sections may also cover production of standard products. 2. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's other quality- assurance and quality-control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-assurance and quality-control services required by Architect, Owner,Construction Manager, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Experienced: When used with an entity or individual, "experienced," unless otherwise further described, means having successfully completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in nature, size, and extent to this Project; being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Field Quality-Control Tests and Inspections: Tests and inspections that are performed on-site for installation of the Work and for completed Work. C. Installer/Applicator/Erector: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, subcontractor, or sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation, erection, application, assembly, and similar operations. 192 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Use of trade-specific terminology in referring to a Work result does not require that certain construction activities specified apply exclusively to specific trade(s). D. Mockups: Full-size physical assemblies that are constructed either as freestanding temporary built elements or as part of permanent construction. Mockups are constructed to verify selections made under Sample submittals; to demonstrate aesthetic effects and qualities of materials and execution; to review coordination, testing, or operation; to show interface between dissimilar materials; and to demonstrate compliance with specified installation tolerances. Mockups are not Samples. Unless otherwise indicated, approved mockups establish the standard by which the Work will be judged. 1. In-Place Mockups: Mockups constructed on-site in their actual final location as part of permanent construction. E. Preconstruction Testing: Tests and inspections performed specifically for Project before products and materials are incorporated into the Work, to verify performance or compliance with specified criteria. Unless otherwise indicated, copies of reports of tests or inspections performed for other than the Project do not meet this definition. F. Product Tests: Tests and inspections that are performed by a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) according to 29 CFR 1910.7, by a testing agency accredited according to NIST's National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP), or by a testing agency qualified to conduct product testing and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, to establish product performance and compliance with specified requirements. G. Source Quality-Control Tests and Inspections: Tests and inspections that are performed at the source (e.g., plant, mill, factory, or shop). H. Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work, to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that proposed construction will comply with requirements. I. Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work, to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work and completed construction comply with requirements. Contractor's quality-control services do not include contract administration activities performed by Architect. 1.4 DELEGATED-DESIGN SERVICES A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated. 1. If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required, submit a written request for additional information to Architect. B. Delegated-Design Services Statement: Submit a statement signed and sealed by the responsible design professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be 193 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 designed or certified by a design professional, indicating that the products and systems are in compliance with performance and design criteria indicated. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing these services. 1.5 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS A. Conflicting Standards and Other Requirements: If compliance with two or more standards or requirements is specified and the standards or requirements establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, the higher quality, more expensive, and / or higher quantity shall be provided. Refer conflicting requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to Architect for clarification before proceeding. B. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Architect for a decision before proceeding. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Contractor's quality-control personnel. B. Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports and documents as specified. C. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's record, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work. 1.7 REPORTS AND DOCUMENTS A. Manufacturer's Technical Representative's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting manufacturer's technical representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1. Name, address, telephone number, and email address of technical representativ e making report. 2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product. 3. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements. 4. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken. 5. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 6. Statement of whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty. 194 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections. B. Factory-Authorized Service Representative's Reports: Prepare written information documenting manufacturer's factory-authorized service representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1. Name, address, telephone number, and email address of factory-authorized service representative making report. 2. Statement that equipment complies with requirements. 3. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 4. Statement of whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty. 5. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications paragraphs in this article establish the minimum qualification levels required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. As applicable, procure products from manufacturers able to meet qualification requirements, warranty requirements, and technical or factory-authorized service representative requirements. C. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. D. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, applying, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of the system, assembly, or product that is similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. F. Specialists: Certain Specification Sections require that specific construction activities shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged in the activities indicated. 1. Requirements of authorities having jurisdiction shall supersede requirements for specialists. 195 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 G. Testing and Inspecting Agency Qualifications: An NRTL, an NVLAP, or an independent agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspection indicated, as documented in accordance with ASTM E329, and with additional qualifications specified in individual Sections; and, where required by authorities having jurisdiction, that is acceptable to authorities. H. Manufacturer's Technical Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to observe and inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. I. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect, demonstrate, repair, and perform service on installations of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. J. Preconstruction Testing: Where testing agency is indicated to perform preconstruction testing for compliance with specified requirements for performance and test methods, comply with the following Contractor's responsibilities, including the following: 1. Provide test specimens representative of proposed products and construction. 2. Submit specimens in a timely manner with sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work. 3. Provide sizes and configurations of test assemblies, mockups, and laboratory mockups to adequately demonstrate capability of products to comply with performance requirements. 4. Build site-assembled test assemblies and mockups, using installers who will perform same tasks for Project. 5. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Submit a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-assurance service to Architect, with copy to Contractor. Interpret tests and inspections, and state in each report whether tested and inspected Work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents. 1.9 QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner Responsibilities: Where quality-control services are indicated as Owner's responsibility, Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform these services. 1. Owner will furnish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of testing agencies engaged and a description of types of testing and inspection they are engaged to perform. 2. Costs for retesting and reinspecting construction that replaces or i s necessitated by Work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to Contractor. B. Contractor Responsibilities: Tests and inspections not explicitly assigned to Owner are Contractor's responsibility. Perform additional quality-control activities, whether specified or not, to verify and document that the Work complies with requirements. 196 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality-control services specified and those required by authorities having jurisdiction. Perform quality-control services required of Contractor by authorities having jurisdiction, whether specified or not. 2. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform quality-control services. 3. Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires testing or inspection will be performed. 4. Where quality-control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality-control service. 5. Testing and inspection requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract Documents are Contractor's responsibility. 6. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction, when they so direct. C. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and reinspecting, for construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents. D. E. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including service connections. Report results in writing as specified in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures." F. Manufacturer's Technical Services: Where indicated, engage a manufacturer's technical representative to observe and inspect the Work. Manufacturer's technical representative's services include participation in preinstallation conferences, examination of substrates and conditions, verification of materials, observation of Installer activities, inspection of completed portions of the Work, and submittal of written reports. G. Contractor's Associated Requirements and Services: Cooperate with agencies and representatives performing required tests, inspections, and similar quality-control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following: 1. Access to the Work. 2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections. 3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and inspection. Assist agency in obtaining samples. 4. Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples. 5. Delivery of samples to testing agencies. 6. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing agency. 7. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspection equipment at Project site. 197 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 H. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-assurance and quality-control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspection. 1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities. I. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare a schedule of tests, inspections, and similar quality - control services required by the Contract Documents. Coordinate and submit concurrently with Contractor's Construction Schedule. Update and submit with each Application for Payment. 1. Schedule Contents: Include tests, inspections, and quality-control services, including Contractor- and Owner-retained services, commissioning activities, and other Project- required services paid for by other entities. 2. Distribution: Distribute schedule to Owner, Architect, testing agencies, and each party involved in performance of portions of the Work where tests and inspections are required. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 REPAIR AND PROTECTION A. General: On completion of testing, inspection, sample-taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes. 1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Specification Sections or matching existing substrates and finishes. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with the Contract Document requirements for cutting and patching in Section 017300 "Execution." B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities. C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality-control services. END OF SECTION 014000 198 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 015000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 011000 "Summary" for work restrictions and limitations on utility interruptions. 2. Section 011200 "Multiple Contract Summary" for responsibilities for temporary facilities and controls for projects utilizing multiple contracts. 3. . 1.3 USE CHARGES A. Installation, removal, and use charges for temporary facilities shall be included in the Contract Sum unless otherwise indicated. Allow other entities engaged in the Project to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to, Owner's construction forces, Architect, occupants of Project, testing agencies, and authorities having jurisdiction. B. Sewer Service: Owner will pay sewer-service use charges for sewer usage by all entities for construction operations. C. Water Service: Owner will pay water-service use charges for water used by all entities for construction operations. D. Electric Power Service: Owner will pay electric-power-service use charges for electricity used by all entities for construction operations. E. Sewer, Water, and Electric Power Service: Use charges are specified in Section 011200 "Multiple Contract Summary." 199 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Site Utilization Plan: Show temporary facilities, temporary utility lines and connections, staging areas, construction site entrances, vehicle circulation, and parking areas for construction personnel. B. Implementation and Termination Schedule: Within 15 days of date established for commencement of the Work, submit schedule indicating implementation and termination dates of each temporary utility. C. Project Identification and Temporary Signs: Show fabrication and installation details, including plans, elevations, details, layouts, typestyles, graphic elements, and message content. D. Fire-Safety Program: Show compliance with requirements of NFPA 241 and authorities having jurisdiction. Indicate Contractor personnel responsible for management of fire-prevention program. E. Dust- and HVAC-Control Plan: Submit coordination drawing and narrative that indicates the dust- and HVAC-control measures proposed for use, proposed locations, and proposed time frame for their operation. Include the following: 1. Locations of dust-control partitions at each phase of work. 2. HVAC system isolation schematic drawing. 3. Location of proposed air-filtration system discharge. 4. Waste-handling procedures. 5. Other dust-control measures. F. Noise and Vibration Control Plan: Identify construction activities that may impact the occupancy and use of existing spaces within the building or adjacent existing buildings, whether occupied by others, or occupied by the Owner. Include the following: 1. Methods used to meet the goals and requirements of the Owner. 2. Concrete cutting method(s) to be used. 3. Indicate locations of sensitive areas or other areas requiring special attention as identified by Owner. Indicate means for complying with Owner's requirements. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70. B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits. C. Accessible Temporary Egress: Comply with applicable provisions in the United States Access Board's ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines and ICC/ANSI A117.1. 200 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Engage Installer of each permanent service to assume responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent service during its use as a construction facility before Owner's acceptance, regardless of previously assigned responsibilities. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Portable Chain-Link Fencing: Minimum 2-inch (50-mm), 0.148-inch- (3.8-mm-) thick, galvanized-steel, chain-link fabric fencing; minimum 6 feet (1.8 m) high with galvanized-steel pipe posts; minimum 2-3/8-inch- (60-mm-) OD line posts and 2-7/8-inch- (73-mm-) OD corner and pull posts, with 1-5/8-inch- (42-mm-) OD top and bottom rails. Provide galvanized-steel bases for supporting posts. B. Fencing Windscreen Privacy Screen: Polyester fabric scrim with grommets for attachment to chain-link fence, sized to height of fence, in color selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. C. Wood Enclosure Fence: Plywood, [6 feet (1.8 m)] [8 feet (2.4 m)] high, framed with four 2-by- 4-inch (50-by-100-mm) rails, with preservative-treated wood posts spaced not more than 8 feet (2.4 m) apart. D. Polyethylene Sheet: Reinforced, fire-resistive sheet, 10-mil (0.25-mm) minimum thickness, with flame-spread rating of 15 or less in accordance with ASTM E84 and passing NFPA 701 Test Method 2. E. Dust-Control Adhesive-Surface Walk-Off Mats: Provide mats, minimum 36 by 60 inches (914 by 1524 mm). F. Insulation: Unfaced mineral-fiber blanket, manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool; with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 25 and 50, respectively. 2.2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Field Offices: Prefabricated or mobile units with serviceable finishes, temperature controls, and foundations adequate for normal loading. Interior field office spaces may be available upon prior approval of the Owner. B. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Provide sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to accommodate materials and equipment for construction operations. 1. Store combustible materials apart from building. 201 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.3 EQUIPMENT A. Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL rated; with class and extinguishing agent as required by locations and classes of fire exposures. B. HVAC Equipment: Unless Owner authorizes use of permanent HVAC system, provide vented, self-contained, liquid-propane-gas or fuel-oil heaters with individual space thermostatic control. 1. Use of gasoline-burning space heaters, open-flame heaters, or salamander-type heating units is prohibited. 2. Heating, Cooling, and Dehumidifying Units: Listed and labeled for type of fuel being consumed, by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended location and application. 3. Permanent HVAC System: If Owner authorizes use of permanent HVAC system for temporary use during construction, provide filter with MERV of 8 at each return-air grille in system and remove at end of construction and clean HVAC system as required in Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures." PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 TEMPORARY FACILITIES, GENERAL A. Conservation: Coordinate construction and use of temporary facilities with consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials. Coordinate use of temporary utilitie s to minimize waste. 1. Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not actually incorporated into, the Work. See other Sections for disposition of salvaged materials that are designated as Owner's property. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required by progress of the Work. B. Isolation of Work Areas in Occupied Facilities: Prevent dust, fumes, and odors from entering occupied areas. 1. Prior to commencing work, isolate the HVAC system in area where work is to be performed. a. Disconnect supply and return ductwork in work area from HVAC systems servicing occupied areas. 202 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 b. Maintain negative air pressure within work area, using HEPA-equipped air- filtration units, starting with commencement of temporary partition construction, and continuing until removal of temporary partitions is complete. 2. Maintain dust partitions during the Work. Use vacuum collection attachments on dust- producing equipment. Isolate limited work within occupied areas using portable dust - containment devices. 3. Perform daily construction cleanup and final cleanup using approved, HEPA-filter- equipped vacuum equipment. 3.3 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION A. General: Install temporary service or connect to existing service. 1. Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service can be interrupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services. B. Sewers and Drainage: Provide temporary utilities to remove effluent lawfully. C. Water Service: Install water service and distribution piping in sizes and pressures adequate for construction. D. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, safety shower and eyewash facilities, and drinking water for use of construction personnel. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities. 1. Use of Permanent Toilets: Use of Owner's existing or new toilet facilities is not permitted. E. Temporary Heating and Cooling: Provide temporary heating and cooling required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. 1. Provide temporary dehumidification systems when required to reduce ambient and substrate moisture levels to level required to allow installation or application of finishes and their proper curing or drying. F. Electric Power Service: Provide electric power service and distribution system of sufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics required for construction operations. G. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination for construction operations, observations, inspections, and traffic conditions. 1. Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection requirements without operating entire system. 203 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 H. Telephone Service: Provide temporary telephone service in common-use facilities for use by all construction personnel. Install WiFi cell phone access equipment] and one land-based telephone line(s) for each field office. 1. At each telephone, post a list of important telephone numbers. a. Police and fire departments. b. Ambulance service. c. Contractor's home office. d. Contractor's emergency after-hours telephone number. e. Architect's office. f. Construction Manager's home office. g. Engineers' offices. h. Owner's office. i. Principal subcontractors' field and home offices. I. Electronic Communication Service: Provide secure WiFi wireless connection to internet with provisions for access by Architect and Owner. 3.4 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. Comply with the following: 1. Provide construction for temporary field offices, shops, and sheds located within construction area or within 30 feet (9 m) of building lines that is noncombustible in accordance with ASTM E136. Comply with NFPA 241. 2. Utilize designated area within existing building for temporary field offices. 3. Maintain support facilities until Architect schedules Substantial Completion inspection. Remove before Substantial Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to Owner. B. Traffic Controls: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Protect existing site improvements to remain, including curbs, pavement, and utilities. 2. Maintain access for fire-fighting equipment and access to fire hydrants. C. Parking: Use designated areas of Owner's existing parking areas for construction personnel. D. Storage and Staging: Use designated areas of Project site for storage and staging needs. E. Dewatering Facilities and Drains: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Maintain Project site, excavations, and construction free of water. 1. Dispose of rainwater in a lawful manner that will not result in flooding Project or adjoining properties or endanger permanent Work or temporary facilities. 2. Remove snow and ice as required to minimize accumulations. 204 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 F. Project Signs: Provide Project signs as indicated. Unauthorized signs are not permitted. 1. Identification Signs: Provide Project identification signs as indicated on Drawings. 2. Temporary Signs: Provide other signs as indicated and as required to inform public and individuals seeking entrance to Project. a. Provide temporary, directional signs for construction personnel and visitors. 3. Maintain and touch up signs, so they are legible at all times. G. Waste Disposal Facilities: Comply with requirements specified in Section 017419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." H. Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste-collection containers in sizes adequate to handle waste from construction operations. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Comply with progress cleaning requirements in Section 017300 "Execution." I. Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities necessary for hoisting materials and personnel. 3.5 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. Protection of Existing Facilities: Protect existing vegetation, equipment, structures, utilities, and other improvements at Project site and on adjacent properties, except those indicated to be removed or altered. Repair damage to existing facilities. 1. Where access to adjacent properties is required in order to affect protection of existing facilities, obtain written permission from adjacent property owner to access property for that purpose. B. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction as required to comply with environmental regulations and that minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects. 1. Comply with work restrictions specified in Section 011000 "Summary." C. Pest Control: Engage pest-control service to recommend practices to minimize attraction and harboring of rodents, roaches, and other pests and to perform extermination and control procedures at regular intervals, so Project will be free of pests and their residues at Substantial Completion. Perform control operations lawfully, using materials approved by authorities having jurisdiction. D. Site Enclosure Fence: Prior to commencing furnish and install site enclosure fence in a manner that will prevent people from easily entering site except by entrance gates. 1. Extent of Fence: As required to enclose entire Project site or portion determined sufficient to accommodate construction operations. 205 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Maintain security by limiting number of keys and restricting distribution to authorized personnel. E. Temporary Egress: Provide temporary egress from existing occupied facilities as indicated and as required by authorities having jurisdiction. Provide signage directing occupants to temporary egress. F. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities. Provide temporary weathertight enclosure for building exterior. 1. Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is incomplete, insulate temporary enclosures. G. Temporary Partitions: Provide floor-to-ceiling dustproof partitions to limit dust and dirt migration and to separate areas occupied by Owner from fumes and noise. 1. Construct dustproof partitions with gypsum wallboard, with joints taped on occupied side, and fire-retardant-treated plywood on construction operations side. 2. Construct dustproof partitions with two layers of 6-mil (0.14-mm) polyethylene sheet on each side. Cover floor with two layers of 6-mil (0.14-mm) polyethylene sheet, extending sheets 18 inches (460 mm) up the sidewalls. Overlap and tape full length of joints. Cover floor with fire-retardant-treated plywood. a. Construct vestibule and airlock at each entrance through temporary partition with not less than 48 inches (1219 mm) between doors. Maintain water-dampened foot mats in vestibule. 3. Where fire-resistance-rated temporary partitions are indicated or are required by authorities having jurisdiction, construct partitions according to the rated assemblies. 4. Insulate partitions to control noise transmission to occupied areas. 5. Seal joints and perimeter. Equip partitions with gasketed dustproof doors and security locks where openings are required. 6. Protect air-handling equipment. 7. Provide walk-off mats at each entrance through temporary partition. H. Temporary Fire Protection: Install and maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 241; manage fire-prevention program. 1. Prohibit smoking in construction areas. Comply with additional limits on smoking specified in other Sections. 2. Supervise welding operations, combustion-type temporary heating units, and similar sources of fire ignition in accordance with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Develop and supervise an overall fire-prevention and -protection program for personnel at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and information. 206 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 4. Provide temporary standpipes and hoses for fire protection. Hang hoses with a warning sign, stating that hoses are for fire-protection purposes only and are not to be removed. Match hose size with outlet size and equip with suitable nozzles. 3.6 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses. B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. 1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage. C. Temporary Facility Changeover: Do not change over from using temporary security and protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion. D. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. 1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of Contractor. Owner reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs. 2. At Substantial Completion, repair, renovate, and clean permanent facilities used during construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements specified in Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures." END OF SECTION 015000 207 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for selection of products for use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard warranties on products; special warranties; and comparable products. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 011000 "Summary" for Contractor requirements related to Owner-furnished products. 2. Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting warranties. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Products: Items obtained for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent. 1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature that is current as of date of the Contract Documents. 2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility. Salvaged items or items reused from other projects are not considered new products. Items that are manufactured or fabricated to include recycled content materials are considered new products, unless indicated otherwise. 3. Comparable Product: Product by named manufacturer that is demonstrated and approved through the comparable product submittal process described in Part 2 "Comparable Products" Article, to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in- service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product. B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: A specification in which a single manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words "basis-of-design product," including make or model 208 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 number or other designation. Published attributes and characteristics of basis -of-design product establish salient characteristics of products. 1. Evaluation of Comparable Products: In addition to the basis-of-design product description, product attributes and characteristics may be listed to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, in-service performance and physical properties, weight, dimension, durability, visual characteristics, and other special features and requirements for purposes of evaluating comparable products of additional manufacturers named in the specification. C. Subject to Compliance with Requirements: Where the phrase "Subject to compliance with requirements" introduces a product selection procedure in an individual Specification Section, provide products qualified under the specified product procedure. In the event that a named product or product by a named manufacturer does not meet the other requirements of the specifications, select another named product or product from another named manufacturer that does meet the requirements of the specifications; submit a comparable product request or substitution request, if applicable. D. Comparable Product Request Submittal: An action submittal requesting consideration of a comparable product, including the following information: 1. Identification of basis-of-design product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced, including Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 2. Data indicating compliance with the requirements specified in Part 2 "Comparable Products" Article. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for use on Project, select product compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options. 1. Resolution of Compatibility Disputes between Multiple Contractors: a. Contractors are responsible for providing products and construction methods compatible with products and construction methods of other contractors. b. If a dispute arises between the multiple contractors over concurrently selectable but incompatible products, Architect will determine which products shall be used. B. Identification of Products: Except for required labels and operating data, do not attach or imprint manufacturer or product names or trademarks on exposed surfaces of products or equipment that will be exposed to view in occupied spaces or on the exterior. 1. Labels: Locate required product labels and stamps on a concealed surface, or, where required for observation following installation, on a visually accessible surface that is not conspicuous. 209 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Equipment Nameplates: Provide a permanent nameplate on each item of service- or power-operated equipment. Locate on a visually accessible but inconspicuous surface. Include information essential for operation, including the following: a. Name of product and manufacturer. b. Model and serial number. c. Capacity. d. Speed. e. Ratings. 3. See individual identification Sections in Divisions 21, 22, 23, 26 and 28 for additional equipment identification requirements. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Modify or adjust affected work as necessary to integrate work of approved comparable products and approved substitutions. 1.6 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and handle products, using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft and vandalism. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Delivery and Handling: 1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. 2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. 3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing. 4. Inspect products on delivery to determine compliance with the Contract Documents and that products are undamaged and properly protected. C. Storage: 1. Provide a secure location and enclosure at Project site for storage of materials and equipment. 2. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. 3. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure. 4. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements under cover in a weathertight enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation and with adequate protection from wind. 210 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 5. Protect foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment. 6. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage. 7. Protect stored products from damage and liquids from freezing. 8. Provide a secure location and enclosure at Project site for stora ge of materials and equipment by Owner's construction forces. Coordinate location with Owner. 1.7 PRODUCT WARRANTIES A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents. 1. Manufacturer's Warranty: Written standard warranty form furnished by individual manufacturer for a particular product and issued in the name of the Owner or endorsed by manufacturer to Owner. 2. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by the Contract Documents to provide specific rights for Owner and issued in the name of the Owner or endorsed by manufacturer to Owner. B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution. 1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific information and properly executed. 2. Specified Form: When specified forms are included in the Project Manual, prepare a written document, using indicated form properly executed. 3. See other Sections for specific content requirements and particular requirements for submitting special warranties. C. Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, are new at time of installation. 1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect. 211 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects. 3. Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties meeting requirements of the Contract Documents. 4. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," Architect will make selection. 5. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications establish salient characteristics of products. 6. Or Equal: For products specified by name and accompanied by the term "or equal," "or approved equal," or "or approved," comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product. a. Submit additional documentation required by Architect through Construction Manager in order to establish equivalency of proposed products. Unless otherwise indicated, evaluation of "or equal" product status is by the Architect, whose determination is final. B. Product Selection Procedures: 1. Sole Product: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer and product, provide the named product that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. a. Sole product may be indicated by the phrase "Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following." 2. Sole Manufacturer/Source: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer or source, provide a product by the named manufacturer or source that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. a. Sole manufacturer/source may be indicated by the phrase "Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following." 3. Limited List of Products: Where Specifications include a list of names of both manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will be considered unless otherwise indicated. a. Limited list of products may be indicated by the phrase "Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following." 4. Non-Limited List of Products: Where Specifications include a list of names of both available manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed or an unnamed product that complies with requirements. 212 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 a. Non-limited list of products is indicated by the phrase "Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following." b. Provision of an unnamed product is not considered a substitution, if the product complies with requirements. 5. Limited List of Manufacturers: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will be considered. a. Limited list of manufacturers is indicated by the phrase "Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following." 6. Non-Limited List of Manufacturers: Where Specifications include a list of available manufacturers, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed or a product by an unnamed manufacturer that complies with requirements. a. Non-limited list of manufacturers is indicated by the phrase "Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers whose products may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following." b. Provision of products of an unnamed manufacturer is not considered a substitution, if the product complies with requirements. 7. Basis-of-Design Product: Where Specifications name a product, or refer to a product indicated on Drawings, and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications may additionally indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product by one of the other named manufacturers. a. For approval of products by unnamed manufacturers, comply with requirements in Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" for substitutions for convenience. C. Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require the phrase "match Architect's sample," provide a product that complies with requirements and matches Architect's sample. Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches. 1. If no product available within specified category matches and complies with other specified requirements, comply with requirements in Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" for proposal of product. D. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range" or a similar phrase, select a product that complies with requirements. Architect will select color, gloss, pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's product line that includes both standard and premium items. 213 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 E. Sustainable Product Selection: Where Specifications require product to meet sustainable product characteristics, select products complying with indicated requirements. Comply with requirements in Division 01 sustainability requirements Section and individual Specification Sections. 1. Select products for which sustainable design documentation submittals are available from manufacturer. 2.2 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS A. Conditions for Consideration of Comparable Products: Architect will consider Contractor's request for comparable product when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect may return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with the following requirements: 1. Evidence that proposed product does not require revisions to the Contract Documents, is consistent with the Contract Documents, will produce the indicated results, and is compatible with other portions of the Work. 2. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those of the named basis-of-design product. Significant product qualities include attributes, such as type, function, in-service performance and physical properties, weight, dimension, durability, visual characteristics, and other specific features and requirements. 3. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty. 4. List of similar installations for completed projects, with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested. 5. Samples, if requested. B. Architect's Action on Comparable Products Submittal: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation, as specified in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures." 1. Form of Approval of Submittal: As specified in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures." 2. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a comparable product request within time allocated. C. Submittal Requirements, Two-Step Process: Approval by the Architect of Contractor's request for use of comparable product is not intended to satisfy other submittal requirements. Comply with specified submittal requirements. PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 016000 214 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 017300 - EXECUTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes general administrative and procedural requirements governing execution of the Work, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Construction layout. 2. Field engineering and surveying. 3. Installation of the Work. 4. Cutting and patching. 5. Coordination of Owner's portion of the Work. 6. Coordination of Owner-installed products. 7. Progress cleaning. 8. Starting and adjusting. 9. Protection of installed construction. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 011000 "Summary" for coordination of Owner-furnished products, Owner's separate contracts, and limits on use of Project site. 2. Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures" for submitting surveys. 3. Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting final property survey with Project Record Documents, recording of Owner-accepted deviations from indicated lines and levels, replacing defective work, and final cleaning. 4. Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping" for patching penetrations in fire-rated construction. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Cutting: Removal of in-place construction necessary to permit installation or performance of subsequent work. B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore construction to original conditions after installation of subsequent work. 215 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Cutting and Patching Plan: Submit plan describing procedures at least 10 days prior to the time cutting and patching will be performed. Include the following information: 1. Extent: Describe reason for and extent of each occurrence of cutting and patching. 2. Changes to In-Place Construction: Describe anticipated results. Include changes to structural elements and operating components as well as changes in building appearance and other significant visual elements. 3. Products: List products to be used for patching and firms or entities that will perform patching work. 4. Dates: Indicate when cutting and patching will be performed. 5. Utilities and Mechanical and Electrical Systems: List services and systems that cutting and patching procedures will disturb or affect. List services and systems that will be relocated and those that will be temporarily out of service. Indicate length of time permanent services and systems will be disrupted. a. Include description of provisions for temporary services and systems during interruption of permanent services and systems. B. Landfill Receipts: Submit copy of receipts issued by a landfill facility, licensed to accept hazardous materials, for hazardous waste disposal. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Final Property Survey: Submit 10 copies showing the Work performed and record survey data. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Cutting and Patching: Comply with requirements for and limitations on cutting and patching of construction elements. 1. Structural Elements: When cutting and patching structural elements, or when encountering the need for cutting and patching of elements whose structural function is not known, notify Architect of locations and details of cutting and await directions from Architect before proceeding. Shore, brace, and support structural elements during cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity or increase deflection. 2. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. a. Primary operational systems and equipment. b. Fire separation assemblies. c. Air or smoke barriers. d. Fire-suppression systems. 216 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 e. Plumbing piping systems. f. Mechanical systems piping and ducts. g. Control systems. h. Communication systems. i. Fire-detection and -alarm systems. j. Conveying systems. k. Electrical wiring systems. l. Operating systems of special construction. 3. Other Construction Elements: Do not cut and patch other construction elements or components in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity, that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Other construction elements include but are not limited to the following: a. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers. b. Membranes and flashings. c. Exterior curtain-wall construction. d. Sprayed fire-resistive material. e. Equipment supports. f. Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment. g. Noise- and vibration-control elements and systems. 4. Visual Elements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch exposed construction in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. B. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Obtain and maintain on-site manufacturer's written recommendations and instructions for installation of specified products and equipment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Comply with requirements specified in other Sections. 1. For projects requiring compliance with sustainable design and construction practices and procedures, use products for patching that comply with sustainable design requirements. B. In-Place Materials: Use materials for patching identical to in-place materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. 217 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will provide a match acceptable to Architect for the visual and functional performance of in-place materials. Use materials that are not considered hazardous. C. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces. 1. Use cleaning products that comply with Green Seal's GS-37, or if GS-37 is not applicable, use products that comply with the California Code of Regulations maximum allowable VOC levels. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning sitework, investigate and verify the existence and location of underground utilities, mechanical and electrical systems, and other construction affecting the Work. 1. Before construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of connection of sanitary sewer, storm sewer, gas service piping, and water -service piping; underground electrical services; and other utilities. 2. Furnish location data for work related to Project that must be performed by public utilities serving Project site. B. Examination and Acceptance of Conditions: Before proceeding with each component of the Work, examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations. 1. Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of connections before equipment and fixture installation. 2. Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems are to be installed. 3. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers. C. Written Report: Where a written report listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work is required by other Sections, include the following: 1. Description of the Work, including Specification Section number and paragraph, and Drawing sheet number and detail, where applicable. 2. List of detrimental conditions, including substrates. 3. List of unacceptable installation tolerances. 218 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 4. Recommended corrections. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to local utility that is necessary to adjust, move, or relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility appurtenances located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities having jurisdiction. B. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. C. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings. D. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for clarification of the Contract Documents, submit a request for information to Architect through Construction Manager in accordance with requirements in Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination." 3.3 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT A. Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verify layout information shown on Drawings, in relation to the property and existing conditions. If discrepancies are discovered, notify Architect and Construction Manager promptly. B. Engage a professional engineer experienced in laying out the Work, using the following accepted surveying practices: 1. Establish benchmarks and control points to set lines and levels at each story of construction and elsewhere as needed to locate each element of Project. 2. Establish limits on use of Project site. 3. Establish dimensions within tolerances indicated. Do not scale Drawings to obtain required dimensions. 4. Inform installers of lines and levels to which they must comply. 5. Check the location, level and plumb, of every major element as the Work progresses. 6. Notify Architect and Construction Manager when deviations from required lines and levels exceed allowable tolerances. 7. Close site surveys with an error of closure equal to or less than the standard established by authorities having jurisdiction. 219 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. Building Lines and Levels: Locate and lay out control lines and levels for structures, building foundations, column grids, and floor levels, including those required for mechanical and electrical work. Transfer survey markings and elevations for use with control lines and levels. Level foundations and piers from two or more locations. D. Record Log: Maintain a log of layout control work. Record deviations from required lines and levels. Include beginning and ending dates and times of surveys, weather conditions, name and duty of each survey party member, and types of instruments and tapes used. Make the log available for reference by Architect and Construction Manager. 3.4 FIELD ENGINEERING A. Identification: Owner will identify existing benchmarks, control points, and property corners. B. Reference Points: Locate existing permanent benchmarks, control points, and similar reference points before beginning the Work. Preserve and protect permanent benchmarks and control points during construction operations. 1. Do not change or relocate existing benchmarks or control points without prior written approval of Architect or Construction Manager. Report lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks or control points promptly. Report the need to relocate permanent benchmarks or control points to Architect and Construction Manager before proceeding. 2. Replace lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks and control points promptly. Base replacements on the original survey control points. C. Benchmarks: Establish and maintain a minimum of two permanent benchmarks on Project site, referenced to data established by survey control points. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction for type and size of benchmark. 1. Record benchmark locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record Documents. 2. Where the actual location or elevation of layout points cannot be marked, provide temporary reference points sufficient to locate the Work. 3. Remove temporary reference points when no longer needed. Restore marked construction to its original condition. 3.5 INSTALLATION A. Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated. 1. Make vertical work plumb, and make horizontal work level. 2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance and ease of removal for replacement. 3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas unless otherwise indicated. 220 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 4. Maintain minimum headroom clearance of 96 inches (2440 mm) in occupied spaces and 90 inches (2300 mm) in unoccupied spaces, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in applications indicated. C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure satisfactory results as judged by Architect. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion. D. Conduct construction operations, so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy of type expected for Project. E. Sequence the Work and allow adequate clearances to accommodate movement of construction items on-site and placement in permanent locations. F. Tools and Equipment: Select tools or equipment that minimize production of excessive noise levels. G. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for Work specified to be factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other portions of the Work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated requirements. H. Attachment: Provide blocking and attachment plates and anchors and fasteners of adequate size and number to securely anchor each component in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work. Where size and type of attachments are not indicated, verify size and type required for load conditions with manufacturer. 1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at heights directed by Architect. 2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction. 3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. I. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed Work are not indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect, as judged by Architect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. J. Repair or remove and replace damaged, defective, or nonconforming Work. 1. Comply with Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for repairing or removing and replacing defective Work. 221 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.6 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay. 1. Cut in-place construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition. B. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during installation or cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties. C. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of Work to be cut. D. Protection: Protect in-place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations. E. Adjacent Occupied Areas: Where interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas is unavoidable, coordinate cutting and patching in accordance with requirements in Section 011000 "Summary." F. Existing Utility Services and Mechanical/Electrical Systems: Where existing services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services/systems before cutting to minimize interruption to occupied areas. G. Cutting: Cut in-place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations. 1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots neatly to minimum size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 2. Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 3. Concrete and Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond-core drill. 4. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Sections where required by cutting and patching operations. 5. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting. 6. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete. H. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other Work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as 222 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 practicable, as judged by Architect. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections, where applicable. 1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate physical integrity of installation. 2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing. a. Clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. b. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. 3. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance. Remove in-place floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance. a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, prepare substrate and apply primer and intermediate paint coats appropriate for substrate over the patch, and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing the patch, corner to corner of wall and edge to edge of ceiling. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces. 4. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or rehang in-place ceilings as necessary to provide an even-plane surface of uniform appearance. 5. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a weathertight condition and ensures thermal and moisture integrity of building enclosure. I. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials from adjacent finished surfaces. 3.7 COORDINATION OF OWNER'S PORTION OF THE WORK A. Site Access: Provide access to Project site for Owner's construction personnel and Owner's separate contractors. 1. Provide temporary facilities required for Owner-furnished, Contractor-installed products. 2. Refer to Section 011000 "Summary" for other requirements for Owner-furnished, Contractor-installed and Owner-furnished, Owner-installed products B. Coordination: Coordinate construction and operations of the Work with work performed by Owner's construction personnel and Owner's separate contractors. 1. Construction Schedule: Inform Owner of Contractor's preferred construction schedule for Owner's portion of the Work. Adjust construction schedule based on a mutually agreeable 223 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 timetable. Notify Owner if changes to schedule are required due to differences in actual construction progress. 2. Preinstallation Conferences: Include Owner's construction personnel and Owner's separate contractors at preinstallation conferences covering portions of the Work that are to receive Owner's work. Attend preinstallation conferences conducted by Owner's construction personnel if portions of the Work depend on Owner's construction. 3.8 PROGRESS CLEANING A. Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully. 1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris. 2. Do not hold waste materials more than seven days during normal weather or three days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F (27 deg C). 3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations. a. Use containers intended for holding waste materials of type to be stored. 4. Coordinate progress cleaning for joint-use areas where Contractor and other contractors are working concurrently. B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris. C. Work Areas: Clean areas where Work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work. 1. Remove liquid spills promptly. 2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the entire work area, as appropriate. D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces. E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space. F. Exposed Surfaces: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. G. Waste Disposal: Do not bury or burn waste materials on-site. Do not wash waste materials down sewers or into waterways. Comply with waste disposal requirements in Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls." Section 017419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." 224 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 H. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion. I. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects. J. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to ensure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period. 3.9 STARTING AND ADJUSTING A. Coordinate startup and adjusting of equipment and operating components. B. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest. C. Adjust equipment for proper operation. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding. D. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. E. Manufacturer's Field Service: Comply with qualification requirements in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements." 3.10 PROTECTION AND REPAIR OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. B. Repair Work previously completed and subsequently damaged during construction period. Repair to like-new condition. C. Protection of Existing Items: Provide protection and ensure that existing items to remain undisturbed by construction are maintained in condition that existed at commencement of the Work. D. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity. END OF SECTION 017300 225 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 017419 - CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following: 1. Salvaging nonhazardous construction waste. 2. Recycling nonhazardous construction waste. 3. Disposing of nonhazardous construction waste. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 011200 "Multiple Contract Summary" for coordination of responsibilities for waste management. 2. Section 042000 "Unit Masonry" for disposal requirements for masonry waste. 3. Section 044313.16 "Adhered Stone Masonry Veneer" for disposal requirements for excess stone and stone waste. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Construction Waste: Building, structure, and site improvement materials and other solid waste resulting from construction, remodeling, renovation, or repair operations. Construction waste includes packaging. B. Demolition Waste: Building, structure, and site improvement materials resulting from demolition operations. C. Disposal: Removal of demolition or construction waste and subsequent salvage, sale, recycling, or deposit in landfill, incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, or designated spoil areas on Owner’s property. D. Recycle: Recovery of demolition or construction waste for subsequent processing in preparation for reuse. E. Salvage: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent sale or reuse in another facility. 226 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 F. Salvage and Reuse: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent incorporation into the Work. 1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP A. Unless otherwise indicated, demolition and construction waste becomes property of Contractor. B. Historic items, relics, antiques, and similar objects including, but not limited to, cornerstones and their contents, commemorative plaques and tablets, and other items of interest or value to Owner that may be uncovered during demolition remain the property of Owner. 1. Carefully salvage in a manner to prevent damage and promptly return to Owner. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Waste Management Plan: Submit plan within 7 days of date established for the Notice to Proceed. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Waste Reduction Calculations: Before request for Substantial Completion, submit calculated end-of-Project rates for salvage, recycling, and disposal as a percentage of total waste generated by the Work. B. Recycling and Processing Facility Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of recyclable waste by recycling and processing facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices. C. Landfill and Incinerator Disposal Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of waste by landfills and incinerator facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices. D. Statement of Refrigerant Recovery: Signed by refrigerant recovery technician responsible for recovering refrigerant, stating that all refrigerant that was present was recovered and that recovery was performed according to EPA regulations. Include name and address of technician and date refrigerant was recovered. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with transportation and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. 227 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Waste Management Conference(s): Conduct conference(s) at Project site to comply with requirements in Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to waste management including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Review and discuss waste management plan including responsibilities of each contractor and waste management coordinator. 2. Review requirements for documenting quantities of each type of waste and its disposition. 3. Review and finalize procedures for materials separation and verify availability of containers and bins needed to avoid delays. 4. Review procedures for periodic waste collection and transportation to recycling and disposal facilities. 5. Review waste management requirements for each trade. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Achieve end-of-Project rates for salvage/recycling of 50 percent by weight of total nonhazardous solid waste generated by the Work. Practice efficient waste management in the use of materials in the course of the Work. Use all reasonable means to divert construction and demolition waste from landfills and incinerators. Facilitate recycling and salvage of materials, including the following: 1. Construction Waste: a. Masonry and CMU. b. Lumber. c. Wood sheet materials. d. Wood trim. e. Metals. f. Roofing. g. Insulation. h. Carpet and pad. i. Gypsum board. j. Piping. k. Electrical conduit. l. Packaging: Regardless of salvage/recycle goal indicated in "General" Paragraph above, salvage or recycle 100 percent of the following uncontaminated packaging materials: 1) Paper. 2) Cardboard. 3) Boxes. 4) Plastic sheet and film. 5) Polystyrene packaging. 228 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 6) Wood crates. 7) Wood pallets. 8) Plastic pails. m. Construction Office Waste: Regardless of salvage/recycle goal indicated in "General" Paragraph above, salvage or recycle 100 percent of the following construction office waste materials: 1) Paper. 2) Aluminum cans. 3) Glass containers. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PLAN IMPLEMENTATION A. General: Implement approved waste management plan. Provide handling, containers, storage, signage, transportation, and other items as required to implement waste management plan during the entire duration of the Contract. 1. Comply with operation, termination, and removal requirements in Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls." B. Training: Train workers, subcontractors, and suppliers on proper waste management procedures, as appropriate for the Work. 1. Distribute waste management plan to everyone concerned within three days of submittal return. 2. Distribute waste management plan to entities when they first begin work on-site. Review plan procedures and locations established for salvage, recycling, and disposal. C. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct waste management operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. 1. Designate and label specific areas on Project site necessary for separating materials that are to be salvaged and recycled. 2. Comply with Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for controlling dust and dirt, environmental protection, and noise control. 3.2 RECYCLING CONSTRUCTION WASTE, GENERAL A. General: Recycle paper and beverage containers used by on-site workers. 229 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Recycling Incentives: Revenues, savings, rebates, tax credits, and other incentives received for recycling waste materials shall accrue to Contractor. C. Preparation of Waste: Prepare and maintain recyclable waste materials according to recycling or reuse facility requirements. Maintain materials free of dirt, adhesives, solvents, petroleum contamination, and other substances deleterious to the recycling process. D. Procedures: Separate recyclable waste from other waste materials, trash, and debris. Separate recyclable waste by type at Project site to the maximum extent practical according to approved construction waste management plan. 1. Provide appropriately marked containers or bins for controlling recyclable waste until removed from Project site. Include list of acceptable and unacceptable materials at each container and bin. a. Inspect containers and bins for contamination and remove contaminated materials if found. 2. Stockpile processed materials on-site without intermixing with other materials. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust. 3. Stockpile materials away from construction area. Do not store within drip line of remaining trees. 4. Store components off the ground and protect from the weather. 5. Remove recyclable waste from Owner's property and transport to recycling receiver or processor as often as required to prevent overfilling bins. 3.3 RECYCLING CONSTRUCTION WASTE A. Packaging: 1. Cardboard and Boxes: Break down packaging into flat sheets. Bundle and store in a dry location. 2. Polystyrene Packaging: Separate and bag materials. 3. Pallets: As much as possible, require deliveries using pallets to remove pallets from Project site. For pallets that remain on-site, break down pallets into component wood pieces and comply with requirements for recycling wood. 4. Crates: Break down crates into component wood pieces and comply with requirements for recycling wood. B. Wood Materials: 1. Clean Cut-Offs of Lumber: Grind or chip into small pieces. 2. Clean Sawdust: Bag sawdust that does not contain painted or treated wood. C. Gypsum Board: Stack large clean pieces on wood pallets or in container and store in a dry location. 230 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Clean Gypsum Board: Grind scraps of clean gypsum board using small mobile chipper or hammer mill. Screen out paper after grinding. D. Paint: Seal containers and store by type. 3.4 DISPOSAL OF WASTE A. General: Except for items or materials to be salvaged or recycled, remove waste materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in a landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Except as otherwise specified, do not allow waste materials that are to be disposed of accumulate on-site. 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. B. Burning: Do not burn waste materials. END OF SECTION 017419 231 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 017700 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for Contract closeout, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Substantial Completion procedures. 2. Final completion procedures. 3. Warranties. 4. Final cleaning. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 012900 "Payment Procedures" for requirements for Applications for Payment for Substantial Completion and Final Completion. 2. Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for additional operation and maintenance manual requirements. 3. Section 017900 "Demonstration and Training" for requirements to train the Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain products, equipment, and systems. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. List of Incomplete Items: Contractor-prepared list of items to be completed or corrected, prepared for the Architect's use prior to Architect's inspection, to determine if the Work is substantially complete. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of cleaning agent. B. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Initial submittal at Substantial Completion. C. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Final submittal at Final Completion. 232 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Certificates of Release: From authorities having jurisdiction. B. Certificate of Insurance: For continuing coverage. 1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: For maintenance material submittal items required by other Sections. 1.7 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES A. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Prepare and submit a list of items to be completed and corrected (Contractor's "punch list"), indicating the value of each item on the list and reasons why the Work is incomplete. B. Submittals Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request. 1. Certificates of Release: Obtain and submit releases from authorities having jurisdiction, permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. 2. Submit closeout submittals specified in other Division 01 Sections, including Project Record Documents, operation and maintenance manuals, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information. 3. Submit closeout submittals specified in individual Sections, including specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents. 4. Submit maintenance material submittals specified in individual Sections, including tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items, and deliver to location designated by Construction Manager. Label with manufacturer's name and model number. a. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: Prepare and submit schedule of maintenance material submittal items, including name and quantity of each item and name and number of related Specification Section. Obtai n Owner'ssignature for receipt of submittals. 5. Submit testing, adjusting, and balancing records. 6. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and maintenance. C. Procedures Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request. 233 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 2. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. 3. Complete startup and testing of systems and equipment. 4. Perform preventive maintenance on equipment used prior to Substantial Completion. 5. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems. Advise Owner of changeover in utility services. 6. Participate with Owner in conducting inspection and walkthrough with local emergency responders. 7. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements. 8. Complete final cleaning requirements. 9. Touch up paint and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects. D. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection to determine Substantial Completion a minimum of 10 days prior to date the Work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Architect and Construction Manager will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Architect, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for Final Completion. 1.8 FINAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES A. Submittals Prior to Final Completion: Before requesting final inspection for determining Final Completion, complete the following: 1. Submit a final Application for Payment in accordance with Section 012900 "Payment Procedures." 2. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect. Certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. 3. Certificate of Insurance: Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. 4. Submit Final Completion photographic documentation. B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection to determine acceptance a minimum of 10 days prior to date the Work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Architect and Construction Manager will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare a final Certificate for 234 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 1.9 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS A. Organization of List: Include name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction. 1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, , listed by room or space number. 2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceilings, individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems. 3. Include the following information at the top of each page: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name of Architect. d. Name of Contractor. e. Page number. 4. Submit list of incomplete items in the following format: a. PDF Electronic File: Architect will return annotated file. b. Web-Based Project Software Upload: Utilize software feature for creating and updating list of incomplete items (punch list). 1.10 SUBMITTAL OF PROJECT WARRANTIES A. Time of Submittal: Submit written warranties on request of Architect for designated p ortions of the Work where warranties are indicated to commence on dates other than date of Substantial Completion, or when delay in submittal of warranties might limit Owner's rights under warranty. B. Partial Occupancy: Submit properly executed warranties within 15 days of completion of designated portions of the Work that are completed and occupied or used by Owner during construction period by separate agreement with Contractor. C. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of Project Manual. D. Warranty Electronic File: Provide warranties and bonds in PDF format. Assemble complete warranty and bond submittal package into a single electronic PDF file with b ookmarks enabling navigation to each item. Provide bookmarked table of contents at beginning of document. 235 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Submit on digital media acceptable to Architect. E. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces. 1. Use cleaning products that comply with Green Seal's GS-37, or if GS-37 is not applicable, use products that comply with the California Code of Regulations maximum allowable VOC levels. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FINAL CLEANING A. General: Perform final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations. B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a designated portion of Project: a. Clean Project site of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign substances. b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits. c. Rake grounds that are not planted, mulched, or paved to a smooth, even-textured surface. d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site. e. Remove snow and ice to provide safe access to building. f. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. 236 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 g. Remove debris and surface dust from limited-access spaces, including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces. h. Clean flooring, removing debris, dirt, and staining; clean according to manufacturer's recommendations. i. Vacuum and mop concrete. j. Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap; clean according to manufacturer's recommendations if visible soil or stains remain. k. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision-obscuring materials. Polish mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces. l. Remove labels that are not permanent. m. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign substances. n. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains resulting from water exposure. o. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills. p. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were operated without filters during construction or that display contamination with particulate matter on inspection. 1) Clean HVAC system in compliance with NADCA ACR. Provide written report on completion of cleaning. q. Clean luminaires, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency. r. Clean strainers. s. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy. C. Construction Waste Disposal: Comply with waste-disposal requirements in Section 017419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." 3.2 REPAIR OF THE WORK A. Complete repair and restoration operations required by Section 017300 "Execution" before requesting inspection for determination of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 017700 237 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 017823 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplem entary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for preparing operation and maintenance manuals, including the following: 1. Operation and maintenance documentation directory manuals. 2. Emergency manuals. 3. Systems and equipment operation manuals. 4. Systems and equipment maintenance manuals. 5. Product maintenance manuals. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 011200 "Multiple Contract Summary" for coordinating operation and maintenance manuals covering the Work of multiple contracts. 2. Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures" for submitting copies of submittals for operation and maintenance manuals. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. System: An organized collection of parts, equipment, or subsystems united by regular interaction. B. Subsystem: A portion of a system with characteristics similar to a system. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Submit operation and maintenance manuals indicated. Provide content for each manual as specified in individual Specification Sections, and as reviewed and approved at the time of Section submittals. Submit reviewed manual content formatted and organized as required by this Section. 1. Architect will comment on whether content of operation and maintenance submittals is acceptable. 238 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Where applicable, clarify and update reviewed manual content to correspond to revisions and field conditions. B. Format: Submit operation and maintenance manuals in the following format: 1. Submit by uploading to web-based project software site. Enable reviewer comments on draft submittals. C. Initial Manual Submittal: Submit draft copy of each manual at least 30 days before commencing demonstration and training. Architect will comment on whether general scope and content of manual are acceptable. D. Final Manual Submittal: Submit each manual in final form prior to requesting inspection for Substantial Completion and at least 15 days before commencing demonstration and training. Architect will return copy with comments. 1. Correct or revise each manual to comply with Architect's comments. Submit copies of each corrected manual within 15 days of receipt of Architect's comments and prior to commencing demonstration and training. E. Comply with Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for schedule for submitting operation and maintenance documentation. 1.5 FORMAT OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Manuals, Electronic Files: Submit manuals in the form of a multiple file composite electronic PDF file for each manual type required. 1. Electronic Files: Use electronic files prepared by manufacturer where available. Where scanning of paper documents is required, configure scanned file for minimum readable file size. 2. File Names and Bookmarks: Bookmark individual documents based on file names. Name document files to correspond to system, subsystem, and equipment names used in manual directory and table of contents. Group documents for each system and subsystem into individual composite bookmarked files, then create composite manual, so that resulting bookmarks reflect the system, subsystem, and equipment names in a readily navigated file tree. Configure electronic manual to display bookmark panel on opening file. 1.6 REQUIREMENTS FOR EMERGENCY, OPERATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Organization of Manuals: Unless otherwise indicated, organize each manual into a separate section for each system and subsystem, and a separate section for each piece of equipment not part of a system. Each manual shall contain the following materials, in the order listed: 1. Title page. 239 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Table of contents. 3. Manual contents. B. Title Page: Include the following information: 1. Subject matter included in manual. 2. Name and address of Project. 3. Name and address of Owner. 4. Date of submittal. 5. Name and contact information for Contractor. 6. Name and contact information for Construction Manager. 7. Name and contact information for Architect. 8. Name and contact information for Commissioning Authority. 9. Names and contact information for major consultants to the Architect that designed the systems contained in the manuals. 10. Cross-reference to related systems in other operation and maintenance manuals. C. Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by product name, indexed to the content of the volume, and cross-referenced to Specification Section number in Project Manual. 1. If operation or maintenance documentation requires more than one volume to accommodate data, include comprehensive table of contents for all volumes i n each volume of the set. D. Manual Contents: Organize into sets of manageable size. Arrange contents alphabetica lly by system, subsystem, and equipment. If possible, assemble instructions for subsystems, equipment, and components of one system into a single binder. E. Identification: In the documentation directory and in each operation and maintenance manual, identify each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment with same designation used in the Contract Documents. If no designation exists, assign a designation according to ASHRAE Guideline 4, "Preparation of Operating and Maintenance Documentation for Building Systems." 1.7 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION DIRECTORY MANUAL A. Operation and Maintenance Documentation Directory: Prepare a separate manual that provides an organized reference to emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. List items and their location to facilitate ready access to desired information. Include the following: 1. List of Systems and Subsystems: List systems alphabetically. Include references to operation and maintenance manuals that contain information about each system. 2. List of Equipment: List equipment for each system, organized alphabetically by system. For pieces of equipment not part of system, list alphabetically in separate list. 3. Tables of Contents: Include a table of contents for each emergency, operation, and maintenance manual. 240 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1.8 EMERGENCY MANUALS A. Emergency Manual: Assemble a complete set of emergency information indicating procedures for use by emergency personnel and by Owner's operating personnel for types of emergencies indicated. B. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each of the following: 1. Type of emergency. 2. Emergency instructions. 3. Emergency procedures. C. Type of Emergency: Where applicable for each type of emergency indicated below, include instructions and procedures for each system, subsystem, piece of equipment, and component: 1. Fire. 2. Flood. 3. Gas leak. 4. Water leak. 5. Power failure. 6. Water outage. 7. System, subsystem, or equipment failure. 8. Chemical release or spill. D. Emergency Instructions: Describe and explain warnings, trouble indications, error messages, and similar codes and signals. Include responsibilities of Owner's operating personnel for notification of Installer, supplier, and manufacturer to maintain warranties. E. Emergency Procedures: Include the following, as applicable: 1. Instructions on stopping. 2. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency. 3. Operating instructions for conditions outside normal operating limits. 4. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. 5. Special operating instructions and procedures. 1.9 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT OPERATION MANUALS A. Systems and Equipment Operation Manual: Assemble a complete set of data indicating operation of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. Include information required for daily operation and management, operating standards, and routine and special operating procedures. B. Content: In addition to requirements in this Section, include operation data required in individual Specification Sections and the following information: 241 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. Use designations for systems and equipment indicated on Contract Documents. 2. Performance and design criteria if Contractor has delegated design responsibility. 3. Operating standards. 4. Operating procedures. 5. Operating logs. 6. Wiring diagrams. 7. Control diagrams. 8. Piped system diagrams. 9. Precautions against improper use. 10. License requirements including inspection and renewal dates. C. Descriptions: Include the following: 1. Product name and model number. Use designations for products indicated on Contract Documents. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Equipment identification with serial number of each component. 4. Equipment function. 5. Operating characteristics. 6. Limiting conditions. 7. Performance curves. 8. Engineering data and tests. 9. Complete nomenclature and number of replacement parts. D. Operating Procedures: Include the following, as applicable: 1. Startup procedures. 2. Equipment or system break-in procedures. 3. Routine and normal operating instructions. 4. Regulation and control procedures. 5. Instructions on stopping. 6. Normal shutdown instructions. 7. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions. 8. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. 9. Special operating instructions and procedures. E. Systems and Equipment Controls: Describe the sequence of operation, and diagram controls as installed. F. Piped Systems: Diagram piping as installed and identify color coding where required for identification. 1.10 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Systems and Equipment Maintenance Manuals: Assemble a complete set of data indicating maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. Include 242 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 manufacturers' maintenance documentation, preventive maintenance procedures and frequency, repair procedures, wiring and systems diagrams, lists of spare parts, and warranty information. B. Content: For each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system, include source information, manufacturers' maintenance documentation, maintenance procedures, maintenance and service schedules, spare parts list and source information, maintenance service contracts, and warranties and bonds as described below. C. Source Information: List each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual and drawing or schedule designation or identifier where applicable. D. Manufacturers' Maintenance Documentation: Include the following information for each component part or piece of equipment: 1. Standard maintenance instructions and bulletins; include only sheets pertinent to product or component installed. Mark each sheet to identify each product or component incorporated into the Work. If data include more than one item in a tabular format, identify each item using appropriate references from the Contract Documents. Identify data applicable to the Work and delete references to information not applicable. a. Prepare supplementary text if manufacturers' standard printed data are not available and where the information is necessary for proper operation and maintenance of equipment or systems. 2. Drawings, diagrams, and instructions required for maintenance, including disassembly and component removal, replacement, and assembly. 3. Identification and nomenclature of parts and components. 4. List of items recommended to be stocked as spare parts. E. Maintenance Procedures: Include the following information and items that detail essential maintenance procedures: 1. Test and inspection instructions. 2. Troubleshooting guide. 3. Precautions against improper maintenance. 4. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions. 5. Aligning, adjusting, and checking instructions. 6. Demonstration and training video recording, if available. F. Maintenance and Service Schedules: Include service and lubrication requirements, list of required lubricants for equipment, and separate schedules for preventive and routine maintenance and service with standard time allotment. 1. Scheduled Maintenance and Service: Tabulate actions for daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly, semiannual, and annual frequencies. 243 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Maintenance and Service Record: Include manufacturers' forms for recording maintenance. G. Spare Parts List and Source Information: Include lists of replacement and repair parts, with parts identified and cross-referenced to manufacturers' maintenance documentation and local sources of maintenance materials and related services. H. Maintenance Service Contracts: Include copies of maintenance agreements with name and telephone number of service agent. I. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. 1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims. J. Drawings: Prepare drawings supplementing manufacturers' printed data to illustrate the relationship of component parts of equipment and systems and to illustrate control sequence and flow diagrams. Coordinate these drawings with information contained in record Drawings to ensure correct illustration of completed installation. 1. Do not use original project record documents as part of maintenance manuals. 1.11 PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Product Maintenance Manual: Assemble a complete set of maintenance data indicating care and maintenance of each product, material, and finish incorporated into the Work. B. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each product, material, and finish. Include source information, product information, maintenance procedures, repair materials and sources, and warranties and bonds, as described below. C. Source Information: List each product included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross -reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual and drawing or schedule designation or identifier where applicable. D. Product Information: Include the following, as applicable: 1. Product name and model number. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Color, pattern, and texture. 4. Material and chemical composition. 5. Reordering information for specially manufactured products. E. Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations and the following: 244 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Inspection procedures. 2. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. 3. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. 4. Schedule for routine cleaning and maintenance. 5. Repair instructions. F. Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and related services. G. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. 1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 017823 245 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 017839 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for Project Record Documents, including the following: 1. Record Drawings. 2. Record specifications. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 011200 "Multiple Contract Summary" for coordinating Project Record Documents covering the Work of multiple contracts. 2. Section 017300 "Execution" for final property survey. 3. Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for general closeout procedures. 4. Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance manual requirements. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following: 1. Number of Copies: Submit copies of Record Drawings as follows: a. Initial Submittal: 1) Submit PDF electronic files of scanned record prints and one set(s) of file prints. 2) Architect will indicate whether general scope of changes, additional information recorded, and quality of drafting are acceptable. b. Final Submittal: 1) Submit PDF electronic files of scanned Record Prints and three set(s) of file prints. 246 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2) Print each drawing, whether or not changes and additional information were recorded. B. Record Specifications: Submit annotated PDF electronic files of Project's Specifications, including addenda and Contract modifications. 1.4 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of marked-up paper copies of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings, incorporating new and revised drawings as modifications are issued. 1. Preparation: Mark record prints to show the actual installation, where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to provide information for preparation of corresponding marked-up record prints. a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later. b. Accurately record information in an acceptable drawing technique. c. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. d. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. e. Cross-reference record prints to corresponding photographic documentation. 2. Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Dimensional changes to Drawings. b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings. c. Depths of foundations. d. Locations and depths of underground utilities. e. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits. f. Revisions to electrical circuitry. g. Actual equipment locations. h. Duct size and routing. i. Locations of concealed internal utilities. j. Changes made by Change Order or Change Directive. k. Changes made following Architect's written orders. l. Details not on the original Contract Drawings. m. Field records for variable and concealed conditions. n. Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically. 3. Mark the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings completely and accurately. Use personnel proficient at recording graphic information in production of marked-up record prints. 4. Mark record prints with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at same location. 5. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings. 247 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 6. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order numbers, and similar identification, where applicable. B. Record Digital Data Files: Immediately before inspection for Certificate of Substantial Completion, review marked-up record prints with Architect and Construction Manager. When authorized, prepare a full set of corrected digital data files of the Contract Drawings, as follows: 1. Format: Annotated PDF electronic file. 2. Incorporate changes and additional information previously marked on record prints. Delete, redraw, and add details and notations where applicable. 3. Refer instances of uncertainty to Architect through Construction Manager for resolution. 4. Architect will furnish Construction Manager with one set of digital data files of the Contract Drawings for use in recording information. C. Format: Identify and date each Record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location. 1. Format: Annotated PDF electronic file. 2. Identification: As follows: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS." d. Name of Architect and Construction Manager. e. Name of Contractor. 1.5 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS A. Preparation: Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation, where installation varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and Contract modifications. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options selected. 3. Record the name of manufacturer, supplier, Installer, and other information necessary to provide a record of selections made. 4. Note related Change Orders and Record Drawings where applicable. B. Format: Submit record specifications as annotated PDF electronic file. 248 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 017839 249 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 017900 - DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for instructing Owner's personnel, including the following: 1. Instruction in operation and maintenance of systems, subsystems, and equipment. 2. Demonstration and training video recordings. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Instruction Program: A list of training modules and a schedule of proposed dates, times, length of instruction time, and instructors' names for each training module. Include learning objective and outline for each training module. B. Attendance Record: For each training module, submit list of participants and length of instruction time. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Demonstration and Training Video Recordings: Submit one copy within seven days of end of each training module. 1. Identification: On each copy, provide an applied label with the following information: a. Name of Project. b. Name and address of videographer. c. Name of Architect. d. Name of Construction Manager. e. Name of Contractor. f. Date of video recording. 2. At completion of training, submit complete training manual(s) for Owner's use prepared in same PDF file format required for operation and maintenance manuals specified in Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data." 250 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1.5 INSTRUCTION PROGRAM A. Training Modules: Develop a learning objective and teaching outline for each module. Include a description of specific skills and knowledge that participant is expected to master. 1. Basis of System Design, Operational Requirements, and Criteria: Include the following: a. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. b. Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated design responsibility. c. Operating standards. d. Regulatory requirements. e. Equipment function. f. Operating characteristics. g. Limiting conditions. h. Performance curves. 2. Documentation: Review the following items in detail: a. Emergency manuals. b. Systems and equipment operation manuals. c. Systems and equipment maintenance manuals. d. Product maintenance manuals. e. Project Record Documents. f. Identification systems. g. Warranties and bonds. h. Maintenance service agreements and similar continuing commitments. 3. Emergencies: Include the following, as applicable: a. Instructions on meaning of warnings, trouble indications, and error messages. b. Instructions on stopping. c. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency. d. Operating instructions for conditions outside of normal operating limits. e. Sequences for electric or electronic systems. f. Special operating instructions and procedures. 4. Operations: Include the following, as applicable: a. Startup procedures. b. Equipment or system break-in procedures. c. Routine and normal operating instructions. d. Regulation and control procedures. e. Control sequences. f. Safety procedures. g. Instructions on stopping. h. Normal shutdown instructions. i. Operating procedures for emergencies. j. Operating procedures for system, subsystem, or equipment failure. 251 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 k. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions. l. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. m. Special operating instructions and procedures. 5. Adjustments: Include the following: a. Alignments. b. Checking adjustments. c. Noise and vibration adjustments. d. Economy and efficiency adjustments. 6. Troubleshooting: Include the following: a. Diagnostic instructions. b. Test and inspection procedures. 7. Maintenance: Include the following: a. Inspection procedures. b. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. c. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. d. Procedures for routine cleaning. e. Procedures for preventive maintenance. f. Procedures for routine maintenance. g. Instruction on use of special tools. 8. Repairs: Include the following: a. Diagnosis instructions. b. Repair instructions. c. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions. d. Instructions for identifying parts and components. e. Review of spare parts needed for operation and maintenance. 1.6 PREPARATION A. Set up instructional equipment at instruction location. 1.7 INSTRUCTION A. Facilitator: Engage a qualified facilitator to prepare instruction program and training modules, to coordinate instructors, and to coordinate between Contractor and Owner for number of participants, instruction times, and location. 252 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Engage qualified instructors to instruct Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain systems, subsystems, and equipment not part of a system. 1. Owner will furnish an instructor to describe Owner's operational philosophy. 2. Owner will furnish Contractor with names and positions of participants. C. Scheduling: Provide instruction at mutually agreed-on times. For equipment that requires seasonal operation, provide similar instruction at start of each season. 1. Schedule training with Owner, through Construction Manager, with at least sevendays advance notice. D. Training Location and Reference Material: Conduct training on-site in the completed and fully operational facility using the actual equipment in-place. Conduct training using final operation and maintenance data submittals. 1.8 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING VIDEO RECORDINGS A. Digital Video Recordings: Provide high-resolution, digital video in MPEG format, produced by a digital camera with minimum sensor resolution of 12 megapixels and capable of recording in full HD mode. 1. Submit video recordings thumb drive. 2. File Hierarchy: Organize folder structure and file locations according to Project Manual table of contents. Provide complete screen-based menu. 3. File Names: Utilize file names based on name of equipment generally described in video segment, as identified in Project specifications. 4. Contractor and Installer Contact File: Using appropriate software, create a file for inclusion on the equipment demonstration and training recording that describes the following for each Contractor involved on the Project, arranged according to Project Manual table of contents: a. Name of Contractor/Installer. b. Business address. c. Business phone number. d. Point of contact. e. Email address. B. Recording: Mount camera on tripod before starting recording, unless otherwise necessary to adequately cover area of demonstration and training. Display continuous running time. 1. Film training session(s) in segments not to exceed 15 minutes. a. Produce segments to present a single significant piece of equipment per segment. b. Organize segments with multiple pieces of equipment to follow order of Project Manual table of contents. 253 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 c. Where a training session on a particular piece of equipment exceeds 15 minutes, stop filming and pause training session. Begin training session again upon commencement of new filming segment. C. Light Levels: Verify light levels are adequate to properly light equipment. Verify equipment markings are clearly visible prior to recording. 1. Furnish additional portable lighting as required. PART 2 - PRODUCTS PART 3 - EXECUTION END OF SECTION 017900 254 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 031000 - CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Form-facing material for cast-in-place concrete related to modifications of the existing floor slab and/or concrete structure. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Form-Facing Material: Temporary structure or mold for the support of concrete while the concrete is setting and gaining sufficient strength to be self-supporting. B. Formwork: The total system of support of freshly placed concrete, including the mold or sheathing that contacts the concrete, as well as supporting members, hardware, and necessary bracing. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Review the following: a. Special inspection and testing and inspecting agency procedures for field quality control. b. Construction, movement, contraction, and isolation joints c. Forms and form-removal limitations. d. Shoring and reshoring procedures. e. Anchor rod and anchorage device installation tolerances. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each of the following: 255 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Exposed surface form-facing material. 2. Concealed surface form-facing material. 3. Form ties. 4. Form-release agent. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FORM-FACING MATERIALS A. As-Cast Surface Form-Facing Material: 1. Provide continuous, true, and smooth concrete surfaces. 2. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints. 3. Acceptable Materials: As required to comply with Surface Finish designations specified in Section 033000 "Cast-In-Place Concrete, and as follows: a. Plywood, metal, or other approved panel materials. B. Concealed Surface Form-Facing Material: Lumber, plywood, metal, plastic, or another approved material. 1. Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit. 2.2 RELATED MATERIALS A. Form-Release Agent: Commercially formulated form-release agent that does not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and does not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. 1. Formulate form-release agent with rust inhibitor for steel form-facing materials. 2. Form release agent for form liners shall be acceptable to form liner manufacturer. B. Form Ties: Factory-fabricated, removable or snap-off, glass-fiber-reinforced plastic or metal form ties designed to resist lateral pressure of fresh concrete on forms an d to prevent spalling of concrete on removal. 1. Furnish units that leave no corrodible metal closer than 1 inch to the plane of exposed concrete surface. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF FORMWORK A. Comply with ACI 301. 256 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Construct formwork, so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, alignment, elevation, and position indicated, within tolerance limits of ACI 117 and to comply with the Surface Finish designations specified in Section 033000 "Cast-In-Place Concrete" for as-cast finishes. C. Limit concrete surface irregularities as follows: 1. Surface Finish-1.0: ACI 117 Class D, 1 inch. D. Construct forms tight enough to prevent loss of concrete mortar. 1. Minimize joints. 2. Exposed Concrete: Symmetrically align joints in forms. E. Construct removable forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. 1. Provide crush or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast-concrete surfaces. 2. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces steeper than 1.5 horizontal to 1 vertical. 3. Install keyways, reglets, recesses, and other accessories, for easy removal. F. Do not use rust-stained, steel, form-facing material. G. Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and slopes in finished concrete surfaces. 1. Provide and secure units to support screed strips 2. Use strike-off templates or compacting-type screeds. H. Provide temporary openings for cleanouts and inspection ports where interior area of formwork is inaccessible. 1. Close openings with panels tightly fitted to forms and securely braced to prevent loss of concrete mortar. 2. Locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations. I. Chamfer exterior corners and edges of permanently exposed concrete. J. At construction joints, overlap forms onto previously placed concrete not less than 12 inches. K. Form openings, chases, offsets, sinkages, keyways, reglets, blocking, screeds, and bulkheads required in the Work. 1. Determine sizes and locations from trades providing such items. 2. Obtain written approval of Architect prior to forming openings not indicated on Drawings. L. Construction and Movement Joints: 257 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. 2. Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations indicated or as approved by Architect. 3. Place joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. 4. Space vertical joints in walls as indicated on Drawings a. Locate joints beside piers integral with walls, near corners, and in concealed locations where possible. M. Provide temporary ports or openings in formwork where required to facilitate cleaning and inspection. 1. Locate ports and openings in bottom of vertical forms, in inconspicuous location, to allow flushing water to drain. 2. Close temporary ports and openings with tight-fitting panels, flush with inside face of form, and neatly fitted, so joints will not be apparent in exposed concrete surfaces. N. Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, and other debris just before placing concrete. O. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment. P. Coat contact surfaces of forms with form-release agent, according to manufacturer's written instructions, before placing reinforcement. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is attached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. 1. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 2. Install anchor rods, accurately located, to elevations required and complying with tolerances in Section 7.5 of AISC 303. 3. Install dovetail anchor slots in concrete structures, as indicated on Drawings. 4. Clean embedded items immediately prior to concrete placement. 3.3 REMOVING AND REUSING FORMS A. Formwork for sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of the Work that does not support weight of concrete may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 deg F for 24 hours after placing concrete. Concrete has to be hard enough to not be damaged by form- removal operations, and curing and protection operations need to be maintained. B. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. 258 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Split, frayed, delaminated, or otherwise damaged form-facing material are unacceptable for exposed surfaces. 2. Apply new form-release agent. C. When forms are reused, clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten to close joints. 1. Align and secure joints to avoid offsets. 2. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete surfaces unless approved by Architect. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Special Inspections: Owner will engage a special inspector and qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B. Inspections: 1. Inspect formwork for shape, location, and dimensions of the concrete member being formed. 2. Inspect insulating concrete forms for shape, location, and dimensions of the concrete member being formed. END OF SECTION 031000 259 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 032000 - CONCRETE REINFORCING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Steel reinforcement bars. 2. Welded-wire reinforcement. a. Related to modification of the existing floor slab or concrete structure. 1.2 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Review the following: a. Special inspection and testing and inspecting agency procedures for field quality control. b. Construction contraction and isolation joints. c. Steel-reinforcement installation. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Each type of steel reinforcement. 2. Epoxy repair coating. 3. Bar supports. 4. Mechanical splice couplers. B. Shop Drawings: Comply with ACI SP-066: 1. Include placing drawings that detail fabrication, bending, and placement. 2. Include bar sizes, lengths, materials, grades, bar schedules, stirrup spacing, bent bar diagrams, bar arrangement, location of splices, lengths of lap splices, details of mechanical splice couplers, details of welding splices, tie spacing, hoop spacing, and supports for concrete reinforcement. C. Construction Joint Layout: Indicate proposed construction joints required to build the structure. 1. Location of construction joints is subject to approval of Architect. 260 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Material Certificates: For each of the following, signed by manufacturers: 1. Epoxy-Coated Reinforcement: CRSI's "Epoxy Coating Plant Certification." B. Material Test Reports: For the following, from a qualified testing agency: 1. Steel Reinforcement: a. For reinforcement to be welded, mill test analysis for chemical composition and carbon equivalent of the steel in accordance with ASTM A706/A706M. 2. Mechanical splice couplers. C. Minutes of preinstallation conference. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Steel Reinforcement: Deliver, store, and handle steel reinforcement to prevent bending and damage and to avoid damaging coatings on steel reinforcement. 1. Store reinforcement to avoid contact with earth. 2. Do not allow epoxy-coated reinforcement to be stored outdoors for more than 60 days without being stored under an opaque covering. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A615/A615M, Grade 60, deformed. B. Headed-Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A970/A970M. C. Epoxy-Coated Reinforcing Bars: 1. Steel Bars: ASTM A615/A615M, Grade 60, deformed bars. 2. Epoxy Coating: ASTM A775/A775M or ASTM A934/A934M with less than 2 percent damaged coating in each 12-inch bar length. D. Plain-Steel Welded-Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A1064/A1064M, plain, fabricated from as- drawn steel wire into flat sheets. 261 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.2 REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES A. Plate Dowels: Saw cut from ASTM A 36 hot rolled plate. 1. Available Products: a. Diamond DowelTM by PNA, Inc. b. Sika Speed Plate Dowel B. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded-wire reinforcement in place. 1. Manufacture bar supports from steel wire, plastic, or precast concrete in accordance with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice," of greater compressive strength than concrete and as follows: a. For concrete surfaces exposed to view, where legs of wire bar supports contact forms, use CRSI Class 1 plastic-protected steel wire, all-plastic bar supports, or CRSI Class 2 stainless steel bar supports. b. For epoxy-coated reinforcement, use CRSI Class 1A epoxy-coated or other dielectric-polymer-coated wire bar supports. C. Mechanical Splice Couplers: ACI 318 Type 1, same material of reinforcing bar being spliced; tension-compression type, dowel-bar type, or mechanical-lap type. D. Steel Tie Wire: ASTM A1064/A1064M, annealed steel, not less than 0.0508 inch in diameter. 1. Finish: Plain ASTM A884/A884M, Class A, Type 1, epoxy coated, with less than 2 percent damaged coating in each 12-inch wire length. E. Epoxy Repair Coating: Liquid, two-part, epoxy repair coating; compatible with epoxy coating on reinforcement and complying with ASTM A775/A775M. 2.3 FABRICATING REINFORCEMENT A. Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice." PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Protection of In-Place Conditions: 1. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. 2. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before placing concrete. 262 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other foreign materials that reduce bond to concrete. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for placing and supporting reinforcement. B. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. 1. Locate and support reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum concrete cover. 2. Do not tack weld crossing reinforcing bars. C. Preserve clearance between bars of not less than 1 inch, not less than one bar diameter, or not less than 1-1/3 times size of large aggregate, whichever is greater. D. Provide concrete coverage in accordance with ACI 318. E. Set wire ties with ends directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces. F. Splices: Lap splices as indicated on Drawings. 1. Bars indicated to be continuous, and all vertical bars to be lapped not less than 36 bar diameters at splices, or 24 inches, whichever is greater. 2. Stagger splices in accordance with ACI 318. 3. Mechanical Splice Couplers: Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. G. Install welded-wire reinforcement in longest practicable lengths. 1. Support welded-wire reinforcement in accordance with CRSI "Manual of Standard Practice." a. For reinforcement less than W4.0 or D4.0, continuous support spacing to not exceed 12 inches. 2. Lap edges and ends of adjoining sheets at least one wire spacing plus 2 inches for plain wire and 8 inches for deformed wire. 3. Offset laps of adjoining sheet widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. 4. Lace overlaps with wire. H. Epoxy-Coated Reinforcement: Repair cut and damaged epoxy coatings with epoxy repair coating in accordance with ASTM D3963/D3963M. 3.3 JOINTS A. Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations indicated or as approved by Architect. 263 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Place joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. 2. Continue reinforcement across construction joints unless otherwise indicated. 3. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip placements of floors and slabs. B. Doweled Joints: Install dowel bars and support assemblies at joints where indicated. Lubricate or asphalt coat one-half of dowel length, to prevent concrete bonding to one side of joint. 3.4 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES A. Comply with ACI 117. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Special Inspections: Owner will engage a special inspector and qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B. Inspections: 1. Steel-reinforcement placement. 2. Steel-reinforcement mechanical splice couplers. END OF SECTION 032000 264 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 033000 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes cast-in-place concrete as may be needed in working with the existing post- tensioned concrete slab, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete materials, mixture design, placement procedures, and finishes. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 017329 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Ready-mix concrete batch tickets. C. Design Mixtures: For concrete mixture. Submit alternate design mixtures when characteristics of materials, Project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant adjustments. Indicate amounts of mixing water to be withheld for later addition at Project site. D. Steel Reinforcement Shop Drawings: Placing drawings that detail fabrication, bending, and placement. Include bar sizes, lengths, material, grade, bar schedules, stirrup spacing, bent bar diagrams, bar arrangement, splices and laps, mechanical connections, tie spacing, hoop spacing, and supports for concrete reinforcement. E. Formwork Shop Drawings: Prepared by or under the supervision of a qualified professional engineer detailing fabrication, assembly, and support of formwork. 1. Shoring and Reshoring: Indicate proposed schedule and sequence of stripping formwork, shoring removal, and reshoring installation and removal. F. Qualification Data: For specialty flatwork installer and finishers. G. Welding certificates. H. Material Certificates: For each of the following, signed by manufacturers: 1. Cementitious materials. 2. Admixtures. 3. Form materials and form-release agents. 4. Steel reinforcement and accessories. 5. Fiber reinforcement. 6. Curing compounds. 7. Floor and slab treatments. 8. Bonding agents. 9. Adhesives. 10. Semirigid joint filler. 11. Joint-filler strips. 12. Repair materials. 265 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 I. Material Test Reports: For the following, from a qualified testing agency, indicating compliance with requirements: 1. Aggregates. Include service record data indicating absence of deleterious expansion of concrete due to alkali aggregate reactivity. J. Floor surface flatness and levelness measurements indicating compliance with specified tolerances. K. Field quality-control reports: Maximum slab shrinkage of 0.4% percent per ASTM C 157 (may be modified by curing period duration). Test takes 35 days minimum. Begin tests as soon as possible so final test results available for submittal to Engineer. Submit ASTM C 157 results for at least 3 specimens. L. Minutes of preinstallation conference. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who employs on Project personnel qualified as ACI-certified Flatwork Technician and Finisher and a supervisor who is an ACI-certified Concrete Flatwork Technician. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete products and that complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and equipment. 1. Manufacturer certified according to NRMCA's "Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities." C. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, qualified according to ASTM C 1077 and ASTM E 329 for testing indicated. 1. Personnel conducting field tests shall be qualified as ACI Concrete Field Testing Technician, Grade 1, according to ACI CP-1 or an equivalent certification program. 2. Personnel performing laboratory tests shall be ACI-certified Concrete Strength Testing Technician and Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician - Grade I. Testing Agency laboratory supervisor shall be an ACI-certified Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician - Grade II. D. Source Limitations: Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from the same manufacturer's plant, obtain aggregate from single source, and obtain admixtures from single source from single manufacturer. E. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.4/D 1.4M, "Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel." F. ACI Publications: Comply with the following unless modified by requirements in the Contract Documents: 1. ACI 301, "Specifications for Structural Concrete." 2. ACI 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials." 266 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 G. Concrete Testing Service: Engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform material evaluation tests and to design concrete mixtures. H. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site . 1. Before submitting design mixtures, review concrete design mixture and examine procedures for ensuring quality of concrete materials. Require representatives of each entity directly concerned with cast-in-place concrete to attend, including the following: a. Contractor's superintendent. b. Independent testing agency responsible for concrete design mixtures. c. Ready-mix concrete manufacturer. d. Concrete subcontractor. e. Special concrete finish subcontractor. f. Representative of special concrete finish manufacturer 2. Review special inspection and testing and inspecting agency procedures for field quality control, concrete finishes and finishing, cold- and hot-weather concreting procedures, curing procedures, construction contraction and isolation joints, and joint-filler strips, semirigid joint fillers, forms and form removal limitations, vapor-retarder installation, anchor rod and anchorage device installation tolerances, steel reinforcement installation, floor and slab flatness and levelness measurement, concrete repair procedures, and concrete protection. I. Carbon Monoxide / Carbon Dioxide Exposure: General Contractor shall be responsible for monitoring interior concrete floor exposure to excessive exhaust gases containing carbon dioxide (CO2) or carbon monoxide (CO). To minimize potential damage to interior concrete floor during slab placement and curing periods, maximum CO2 levels shall be 4,500 parts per million and maximum CO levels shall be 15 parts per million at concrete surface within 5 feet of any source of exhaust gases. Unvented combustion heaters shall not be in operation during concrete placement and equipment inside the building during concrete placement shall be limited to the equipment necessary to place and finish concrete. Carbon Monoxide and Carbon Dioxide shall be checked using an appropriate meter from a company similar to the following: CEA Instruments, Inc., 16 Chestnut Street, Emerson, NJ 07630; Phone (201-967-5660); email: www.ceainstr.com 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Steel Reinforcement: Deliver, store, and handle steel reinforcement to prevent bending and damage. All materials shall be kept dry during transportation, storage, handling and installation, and materials which exhibit evidence of exposure to moisture shall be rejected. 267 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FORM-FACING MATERIALS A. Smooth-Formed Finished Concrete: Form-facing panels that will provide continuous, true, and smooth concrete surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints. 1. Plywood, metal, or other approved panel materials. 2. Exterior-grade plywood panels, suitable for concrete forms, complying with DOC PS 1, and as follows: a. High-density overlay, Class 1 or better. b. Medium-density overlay, Class 1 or better; mill-release agent treated and edge sealed. c. Structural 1, B-B or better; mill oiled and edge sealed. d. B-B (Concrete Form), Class 1 or better; mill oiled and edge sealed. B. Rough-Formed Finished Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, or another approved material. Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit. C. Form-Release Agent: Commercially formulated form-release agent that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. 1. Formulate form-release agent with rust inhibitor for steel form-facing materials. D. Form Ties: Factory-fabricated, removable or snap-off metal or glass-fiber-reinforced plastic form ties designed to resist lateral pressure of fresh concrete on forms and to prevent spalling of concrete on removal. 1. Furnish units that will leave no corrodible metal closer than 1 inch to the plane of exposed concrete surface. 2. Furnish ties that, when removed, will leave holes no larger than 1 inch in diameter in concrete surface. 3. Furnish ties with integral water-barrier plates to walls indicated to receive dampproofing or waterproofing. 2.2 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Recycled Content of Steel Products: Postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content not less than 25 percent. B. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, deformed. 268 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. Low-Alloy-Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 706/A 706M, deformed. D. Plain-Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 185/A 185M, plain, fabricated from as- drawn steel wire into flat sheets. 2.3 REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES A. Joint Dowel Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, plain-steel bars, cut true to length with ends square and free of burrs. 1. Slab on Grade Plate Dowels and Baskets: Plate material shall be ASTM A36 steel, size as indicated. Do not shear plates. Remove burrs at edges of plates. Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. PNA, Inc. B. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire reinforcement in place. Manufacture bar supports from steel wire, plastic, or precast concrete according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice," of greater compressive strength than concrete and as follows: 1. For concrete surfaces exposed to view where legs of wire bar supports contact forms, use CRSI Class 1 plastic-protected steel wire or CRSI Class 2 stainless-steel bar supports. 2. For epoxy-coated reinforcement, use epoxy-coated or other dielectric-polymer-coated wire bar supports. 3. For zinc-coated reinforcement, use galvanized wire or dielectric-polymer-coated wire bar supports. 2.4 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cementitious Material: Use the following cementitious materials, of the same type, brand, and source, throughout Project: 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, a. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class F or C. Not permitted in concrete to receive dry shake hardeners. b. Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag: ASTM C 989, Grade 100 or 120. Not permitted in concrete to receive dry shake hardeners. B. Normal-Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33, coarse aggregate or better, graded. Provide aggregates from a single source . 1. Maximum Coarse-Aggregate Size: 1-1/2 inches nominal. a. Minimum coarse aggregate content for slab on grade shall be 12 cubic feet for 1 ½” or larger top size aggregate; 11.5 cubic feet for top size aggregate 1 ¼” or larger but less than 1 ½”; 11 cubic feet for top size aggregate 1” or larger but less than 1 ¼”; or 10.5 cubic feet for top size aggregate less than 1”. 269 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 b. Combined aggregate gradation for slabs and other designated concrete shall be 8% - 18% for large top size aggregates (1½ in.) or 8% - 22% for smaller top size aggregates (1 in. or ¾ in.) retained on each sieve below the top size and above the No. 100. 2. Fine Aggregate: Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement. C. Water: ASTM C 94/C 94M and potable. 2.5 ADMIXTURES A. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260. 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Euclid Chemical Company (The); an RPM company; AEA92/AEA92S or AIRMIX or a comparable product by one of the following: a. BASF Corporation-Construction Systems. b. Sika Corporation. B. Chemical Admixtures: Provide admixtures certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures and that will not contribute water-soluble chloride ions exceeding those permitted in hardened concrete. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride. 1. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type A. a. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Euclid Chemical Company (The); an RPM company; EUCON WR 91 or a comparable product by one of the following: 1) BASF Corporation - Construction Systems 2) Sika Corporation 2. Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type B. a. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Euclid Chemical Company (The); an RPM company; EUCON RETARDER 75 or a comparable product by one of the following: 1) BASF Corporation - Construction Systems. 2) Sika Corporation. 3. Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type D. a. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Euclid Chemical Company (The); an RPM company; EUCON RETARDER 75 or a comparable product by one of the following: 1) BASF Corporation - Construction Systems. 270 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2) Sika Corporation. 4. High-Range, Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type F. a. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Euclid Chemical Company (The); an RPM company; EUCON 37 or PLASTOL series or a comparable product by one of the following: 1) BASF Corporation - Construction Systems. 2) Sika Corporation. 5. High-Range, Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type G. a. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Euclid Chemical Company (The); an RPM company; EUCON 537 or a comparable product by one of the following: 1) BASF Corporation - Construction Systems. 2) Sika Corporation 6. Non-Chloride Set-Accelerating Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type C and E. a. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Euclid Chemical Company (The); an RPM company; ACCELGUARD NCA or a comparable product by one of the following: 1) BASF Corporation-Construction Systems. 2) Sika Corporation 7. Alkali Silica Reactivity (ASR) Control Admixture: Lithium nitrate admixture for the prevention of ASR in concrete when reactive aggregate, sufficient alkalis and moisture are present. Admixture must have test data indicating conformance to ASTM C1293. a. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Euclid Chemical Company (The); an RPM company; EUCON INTEGRAL ARC or a comparable product by one of the following: 1) BASF Corporation - Construction Systems. 2) Sika Corporation. 8. Shrinkage Compensating Admixture: Powdered admixture used for compensation and reduction of shrinkage for Portland cement concrete, meeting requirements of ACI 223. a. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Euclid Chemical Company (The); an RPM company; CONEX or a comparable product by one of the following: 271 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1) BASF Corporation - Construction Systems. 2) Sika Corporation. 9. Shrinkage Reducing Admixture: Chemical admixture designed to lower shrinkage in concrete through reduction of surface tension in the mix water. a. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Euclid Chemical Company (The); an RPM company; EUCON SRA Series or a comparable product by one of the following: 1) BASF Corporation - Construction Systems. 2) Sika Corporation 10. Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 1017/C 1017M, Type II. 2.6 FIBER REINFORCEMENT A. Synthetic Macro-Fiber: Polyolefin macro-fibers engineered and designed for use in concrete, complying with ASTM C 1116/C 1116M, Type III, minimum 1.5 in. long with a minimum aspect ratio of 70. 1. Basis of Design Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Euclid Chemical Company (The), an RPM company; Tuf-Strand SF or approved equal by the following: a. 3M; Scotchcast Polyolefin Fibers b. FORTA Corporation; FORTA FERRO. c. Grace Construction Products, W. R. Grace & Co.; Strux 90/40. d. Nycon, Inc.; XL. e. Propex Concrete Systems Corp.; Fibermesh 650. f. Sika Corporation; Sika Fiber 2.7 CURING MATERIALS A. Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular film forming, manufactured for application to fresh concrete. 1. Basis of Design Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Euclid Chemical Company (The); an RPM company; EUCOBAR, or approved equal from one of the following: a. BASF Construction Chemicals - Building Systems; Confilm. b. ChemMasters; SprayFilm. c. Dayton Superior Corporation; Sure Film (J-74). d. Edoco by Dayton Superior; BurkeFilm. e. L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.; E-CON. f. Meadows, W. R., Inc.; EVAPRE. g. Sika Corporation; SikaFilm. 272 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 oz./sq. yd. when dry. C. Moisture-Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap-polyethylene sheet. D. Water: Potable. E. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B, dissipating. 1. Basis of Design Products: Subject to compliance with requirements provide Euclid Chemical Company (The); an RPM company; KUREZ DR VOX or approved equal from one of the following: a. BASF Construction Chemicals - Building Systems; Kure 200. b. ChemMasters; Safe-Cure Clear. c. Conspec by Dayton Superior; W.B. Resin Cure. d. Dayton Superior Corporation; Day-Chem Rez Cure (J-11-W). e. Edoco by Dayton Superior; Res X Cure WB. f. L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.; L&M Cure R. g. Meadows, W. R., Inc.; 1100-CLEAR. 2.8 RELATED MATERIALS A. Expansion- and Isolation-Joint-Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751, asphalt-saturated cellulosic fiber. B. Control Joint and Construction Joint Filler: Provide semi-rigid Polyurea Joint Filler: Two- component, semi-rigid, 100 percent solids, UV-resistant aromatic polyurea with a Type A shore durometer hardness range of 90 to 95 according to ASTM D 2240, and meeting requirements and recommendations of ACI 302. 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Euclid Chemical Company (The); an RPM company; EUCO QWIKJOINT UVR or approved equal. 2. Color: BLACK C. Expansion and Isolation Joint Sealant: Provide urethane, S, NS, 35, T, NT: Single-component, nonsag, plus 35 percent and minus 35 percent movement capability, non-traffic-use, urethane joint sealant; ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 35, Uses NT, M, A, and O. 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Euclid Chemical Company (The); an RPM company; EUCOLASTIC 1NS or approved equal 2. Color: BLACK D. Bonding Agent: ASTM C 1059/C 1059M, Type II, non-redispersible, acrylic emulsion or styrene butadiene. 273 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 E. Epoxy Bonding Adhesive: ASTM C 881, two-component epoxy resin, capable of humid curing and bonding to damp surfaces, of class suitable for application temperature and of grade to suit requirements, and as follows: 1. Types IV and V, load bearing, for bonding hardened or freshly mixed concrete to hardened concrete. F. Reglets: Fabricate reglets of not less than 0.022-inch- thick, galvanized-steel sheet. Temporarily fill or cover face opening of reglet to prevent intrusion of concrete or debris. G. Dovetail Anchor Slots: Hot-dip galvanized-steel sheet, not less than 0.034 inch thick, with bent tab anchors. Temporarily fill or cover face opening of slots to prevent intrusion of concrete or debris. 2.9 REPAIR MATERIALS A. Repairs to concrete surfaces receiving dry shake hardeners shall be made per dry shake hardener manufacturer’s recommendation upon approval by architect. 2.10 CONCRETE MIXTURES, GENERAL A. Prepare design mixtures for each type and strength of concrete, proportioned on the basis of laboratory trial mixture or field test data, or both, according to ACI 301. 1. Coordinate mix design with admixture manufacturer. Representative of admixture manufacturer shall assist concrete producer with the development of the mix design including shrinkage reducing admixture. 2. Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed mixture designs based on laboratory trial mixtures. B. Cementitious Materials: Supplementary cementitious materials shall not be used in concrete to receive dry shake hardeners Limit percentage, by weight, of cementitious materials other than portland cement in concrete as follows: 1. Fly Ash: 25 percent. 2. Combined Fly Ash and Pozzolan: 25 percent. 3. Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag: 50 percent. 4. Combined Fly Ash or Pozzolan and Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag: 50 percent portland cement minimum, with fly ash or pozzolan not exceeding 25 percent. C. Limit water-soluble, chloride-ion content in hardened concrete to 0.06 percent by weight of cement. D. Admixtures: Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions. 274 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Use water-reducing, high-range water-reducing, or plasticizing admixture in concrete, as required, for placement and workability. 2. Use water-reducing and retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low humidity, or other adverse placement conditions. 3. Use water-reducing admixture in pumped concrete, concrete for heavy-use industrial slabs and parking structure slabs, concrete required to be watertight, macro fiber reinforced concrete, and concrete with a water-cementitious materials ratio below 0.50. 4. Use alkali-silica reactivity inhibitor unless ready mix company confirms that the aggregates to be used on the job are non-reactive per ASTM C1260, ASTM C1567 or ASTM C1293. 5. Use Shrinkage Reducing Admixture, Shrinkage Compensating Admixture, or combination of both as required to meet maximum shrinkage of less than 0.04% at 28 days per ASTM C 157 "Standard Test Method for Length Change of Hardened Hydraulic-Cement Mortar and Concrete". 2.11 CONCRETE MIXTURES FOR FOOTINGS, FOUNDATIONS AND WALLS A. Footings: Proportion normal-weight concrete mixture as follows: 1. Minimum Compressive Strength: 4000 psi at 28 days. 2. Maximum Water-Cementitious Materials Ratio: 0.45. 3. Slump Limit: 4 inches, plus or minus 1 inch. B. Foundation Walls and Piers: Proportion normal-weight concrete mixture as follows: 1. Minimum Compressive Strength: 4500 psi at 28 days. 2. Maximum Water-Cementitious Materials Ratio: 0.45. 3. Slump Limit: 4 inches, 8 inches for concrete with verified slump of 2 to 4 inches before adding high-range water-reducing admixture or plasticizing admixture, plus or minus 1 inch. 4. Air Content: 6 percent, plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery. C. Building Walls: Proportion normal-weight concrete mixture as follows: 1. Minimum Compressive Strength: 4500 psi at 28 days. 2. Maximum Water-Cementitious Materials Ratio: 0.45. 3. Slump Limit: 4 inches, 8 inches for concrete with verified slump of 2 to 4 inches before adding high-range water-reducing admixture or plasticizing admixture, plus or minus 1 inch. 4. Air Content: 6 percent, plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery. 2.12 CONCRETE MIXTURES FOR SLABS & TOPPINGS A. Class B - Suspended Slabs: Proportion normal-weight concrete mixture as follows: 275 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Minimum Compressive Strength: 4000 psi at 28 days. 2. Slump Limit: 4 inches, plus or minus 1 inch. 3. Air Content: Do not allow air content of trowel-finished floors to exceed 3 percent. 4. Synthetic Macro-Fiber: Uniformly disperse in concrete mixture at manufacturer's recommended rate, but not less than 4.0 lb/cu. yd. B. Class C - Concrete Toppings: Proportion normal-weight concrete mixture as follows: 1. Minimum Compressive Strength: 4000 psi at 28 days. 2. Slump Limit: 4 inches, plus or minus 1 inch. 3. Air Content: Do not allow air content of trowel-finished toppings to exceed 3 percent. 4. Synthetic Macro-Fiber: Uniformly disperse in concrete mixture at manufacturer's recommended rate, but not less than 4.0 lb/cu. yd. 2.13 FABRICATING REINFORCEMENT A. Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice." 2.14 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M and furnish batch ticket information. 1. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. 2. Concrete shall be delivered to the site and discharged within 90 minutes or before 300 revolutions of the mixer drum, whichever comes first, after introduction of mix water. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FORMWORK A. Design, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork, according to ACI 301, to support vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic loads, and construction loads that might be applied, until structure can support such loads. B. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, alignment, elevation, and position indicated, within tolerance limits of ACI 117. C. Limit concrete surface irregularities, designated by ACI 347 as abrupt or gradual, as follows: 1. Class A, 1/8 inch for smooth-formed finished surfaces. 276 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Class C, 1/2 inch for rough-formed finished surfaces. D. Construct forms tight enough to prevent loss of concrete mortar. E. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces steeper than 1.5 horizontal to 1 vertical. 1. Install keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, for easy removal. 2. Do not use rust-stained steel form-facing material. F. Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and slopes in finished concrete surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed strips; use strike-off templates or compacting-type screeds. G. Provide temporary openings for cleanouts and inspection ports where interior area of formwork is inaccessible. Close openings with panels tightly fitted to forms and securely braced to prevent loss of concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations. H. Chamfer exterior corners and edges of permanently exposed concrete. I. Form openings, chases, offsets, sinkages, keyways, reglets, blocking, screeds, and bulkheads required in the Work. Determine sizes and locations from trades providing such items. J. Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, and other debris just before placing concrete. K. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment. L. Coat contact surfaces of forms with form-release agent, according to manufacturer's written instructions, before placing reinforcement. 3.2 EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is attached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 1. Install anchor rods, accurately located, to elevations required and complying with tolerances in Section 7.5 of AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." 2. Install reglets to receive waterproofing and to receive through-wall flashings in outer face of concrete frame at exterior walls, where flashing is shown at lintels, shelf angles, and other conditions. 3. Install dovetail anchor slots in concrete structures as indicated. 277 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.3 REMOVING AND REUSING FORMS A. General: Formwork for sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of the Work that does not support weight of concrete may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 deg F for 24 hours after placing concrete. Concrete has to be hard enough to not be damaged by form-removal operations and curing and protection operations need to be maintained. Formwork for elements supporting the weight of concrete shall remain in place until concrete has achieved at least 70 percent of its 28-day design compressive strength. B. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed, delaminated, or otherwise damaged form-facing material will not be acceptable for exposed surfaces. Apply new form-release agent. C. When forms are reused, clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten to close joints. Align and secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete surfaces unless approved by Architect. 3.4 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for placing reinforcement. 1. B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other foreign materials that would reduce bond to concrete. C. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum concrete cover. Do not tack weld crossing reinforcing bars. 1. Weld reinforcing bars according to AWS D1.4/D 1.4M, where indicated. D. Set wire ties with ends directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces. E. Install welded wire reinforcement in longest practicable lengths on bar supports spaced to minimize sagging. Lap edges and ends of adjoining sheets at least one mesh spacing. Offset laps of adjoining sheet widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. Lace overlaps with wire. 3.5 JOINTS A. General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. 278 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations indicated or as approved by Architect. 1. Place joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction joints unless otherwise indicated. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip placements of floors and slabs. 2. Form keyed joints as indicated. Embed keys at least 1-1/2 inches into concrete. 3. Locate joints for beams, slabs, joists, and girders in the middle third of spans. Offset joints in girders a minimum distance of twice the beam width from a beam-girder intersection. 4. Locate horizontal joints in walls and columns at underside of floors, slabs, beams, and girders and at the top of footings or floor slabs. 5. Space vertical joints in walls as indicated. Locate joints beside piers integral with walls, near corners, and in concealed locations where possible. 6. Use a bonding agent at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces. 7. Use epoxy-bonding adhesive at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces. 3.6 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwork, reinforcement, and embedded items is complete and that required inspections have been performed. B. Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement unless approved by Architect. C. Before test sampling and placing concrete, water may be added at Project site, subject to limitations of ACI 301. 1. Do not add water to concrete after adding high-range water-reducing admixtures to mixture. D. Deposit concrete continuously in one layer or in horizontal layers of such thickness that no new concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as indicated. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation. 1. Deposit concrete in horizontal layers of depth to not exceed formwork design pressures and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. 2. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment according to ACI 301. 3. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to lose plasticity. At each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time 279 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mixture constituents to segregate. E. Deposit and consolidate concrete for floors and slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of construction joints, until placement of a panel or section is complete. 1. Consolidate concrete during placement operations so concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners. 2. Maintain reinforcement in position on chairs during concrete placement. 3. Screed slab surfaces with a straightedge and strike off to correct elevations. 4. Slope surfaces uniformly to drains where required. 5. Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open-textured surface plane, before excess bleedwater appears on the surface. Do not further disturb slab surfaces before starting finishing operations. F. Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures. 1. When average high and low temperature is expected to fall below 40 deg F for three successive days, maintain delivered concrete mixture temperature within the temperature range required by ACI 301. 2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials. 3. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators unless otherwise specified and approved in mixture designs. G. Hot-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 301 and as follows: 1. Maintain concrete temperature below 90 deg F at time of placement. Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option. 2. Fog-spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade uniformly moist without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas. 3. Steel reinforcement shall be covered with water-soaked burlap so that the steel temperature will not exceed the ambient air temperature immediately before embedding in concrete. 3.7 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES A. Rough-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material with tie holes and defects repaired and patched. Remove fins and other projections that exceed specified limits on formed-surface irregularities. 1. Apply to concrete surfaces not exposed to public view. 280 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Smooth-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material, arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch tie holes and defects. Remove fins and other projections that exceed specified limits on formed-surface irregularities. 1. Apply to concrete surfaces exposed to public view. C. Rubbed Finish: Apply the following to smooth-formed finished as-cast concrete where indicated: 1. Smooth-Rubbed Finish: Not later than one day after form removal, moisten concrete surfaces and rub with carborundum brick or another abrasive until producing a uniform color and texture. Do not apply cement grout other than that created by the rubbing process. 2. Grout-Cleaned Finish: Wet concrete surfaces and apply grout of a consistency of thick paint to coat surfaces and fill small holes. Mix one part portland cement to one and one- half parts fine sand with a 1:1 mixture of bonding admixture and water. Add white portland cement in amounts determined by trial patches so color of dry grout will match adjacent surfaces. Scrub grout into voids and remove excess grout. When grout whitens, rub surface with clean burlap and keep surface damp by fog spray for at least 36 hours. 3. Cork-Floated Finish: Wet concrete surfaces and apply a stiff grout. Mix one part portland cement and one part fine sand with a 1:1 mixture of bonding agent and water. Add white portland cement in amounts determined by trial patches so color of dry grout will match adjacent surfaces. Compress grout into voids by grinding surface. In a swirling motion, finish surface with a cork float. D. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces unless otherwise indicated. 3.8 FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS A. General: Comply with ACI 302.1R recommendations for screeding, restraightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces. B. Float Finish: Consolidate surface with power-driven floats or by hand floating if area is small or inaccessible to power driven floats. Restraighten, cut down high spots, and fill low spots. Repeat float passes and restraightening until surface is left with a uniform, smooth, granular texture. 1. Apply float finish to surfaces to receive trowel finish, and to surfaces to be covered with fluid-applied or sheet waterproofing. C. Trowel Finish: After applying float finish, apply first troweling and consolidate concrete by hand or power-driven trowel. Continue troweling passes and restraighten until surface is free of 281 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 trowel marks and uniform in texture and appearance. Grind smooth any surface defects that would telegraph through applied coatings or floor coverings. 1. Apply a trowel finish to surfaces to be covered with resilient flooring, carpet, ceramic or quarry tile set over a cleavage membrane, paint, or another thin-film-finish coating system. 2. Concrete to be diamond polished shall receive a hard steel trowel finish with a minimum of (3) separate passes with a power trowel to achieve a class 5 finish as described in ACI 302R. 3. Finish surfaces to the following tolerances, according to ASTM E 1155, for a randomly trafficked floor surface: a. Specified overall values of flatness, F(F) 35; and of levelness, F(L) 25; with minimum local values of flatness, F(F) 24; and of levelness, F(L) 17; for slabs-on- grade. b. Floors to be diamond polished shall have specified overall values of flatness F(F) 50 and of levelness F(L) 35 with minimum local values of flatness F(F) 35 and of levelness F(L) 24. c. Elevated slab tolerances, deflecting slabs, shall have a specified overall values of flatness F(F) 30 with minimum local values of flatness F(F) 24. D. Trowel and Fine-Broom Finish: Apply a first trowel finish to surfaces where ceramic or quarry tile is to be installed by either thickset or thin-set method. While concrete is still plastic, slightly scarify surface with a fine broom. 1. Comply with flatness and levelness tolerances for trowel-finished floor surfaces. E. Broom Finish: Apply a broom finish to exterior concrete platforms, steps, ramps, and elsewhere as indicated. 1. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen trafficked surface by brooming with fiber-bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. Coordinate required final finish with Architect before application. F. Slip-Resistive Finish: Before final floating, apply slip-resistive aluminum granule finish where indicated and to concrete stair treads, platforms, and ramps. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions and as follows: 1. Uniformly spread 25 lb/100 sq. ft. of dampened slip-resistive aluminum granules over surface in one or two applications. Tamp aggregate flush with surface, but do not force below surface. 2. After broadcasting and tamping, apply float finish. 3. After curing, lightly work surface with a steel wire brush or an abrasive stone and water to expose slip-resistive aluminum granules. 3.9 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS A. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures after work of other trades is in place unless otherwise indicated. Mix, place, and cure concrete, as specified, to blend with in- place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling indicated or required to complete the Work. 282 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while concrete is still green and by steel-troweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with corners, intersections, and terminations slightly rounded. C. Equipment Bases and Foundations: 1. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided. 2. Construct concrete bases 4 inches high unless otherwise indicated; and extend base not less than 6 inches in each direction beyond the maximum dimensions of supported equipment unless otherwise indicated or unless required for seismic anchor support. 3. Minimum Compressive Strength: 4000 psi at 28 days. 4. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch centers around the full perimeter of concrete base. 5. For supported equipment, install epoxy-coated anchor bolts that extend through concrete base, and anchor into structural concrete substrate. 6. Prior to pouring concrete, place and secure anchorage devices. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 7. Cast anchor-bolt insert into bases. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. 3.10 CONCRETE PROTECTING AND CURING A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection and ACI 301 for hot- weather protection during curing. B. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to unformed concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h before and during finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete, but before float finishing. C. Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams, supported slabs, and other similar surfaces. If forms remain during curing period, moist cure after loosening forms. If removing forms before end of curing period, continue curing for the remainder of the curing period. D. Unformed Surfaces: Begin curing immediately after finishing concrete. Cure unformed surfaces, including floors and slabs, concrete floor toppings, and other surfaces. E. Cure concrete according to ACI 308.1, by one or a combination of the following methods: 1. Dissipating Resin Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. 283 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 a. Removal: After curing period has elapsed, remove curing compound without damaging concrete surfaces by method recommended by curing compound manufacturer. 3.11 JOINT FILLING A. Prepare, clean, and install joint filler according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Defer joint filling until concrete has aged at least six months. Do not fill joints until construction traffic has permanently ceased. B. Remove dirt, debris, saw cuttings, curing compounds, and sealers from joints; leave contact faces of joint clean and dry. 1. Clean inner joint walls mechanically using dustless dry-cut saw, or similar tool, to the full depth of saw cuts and 2 inch minimum depth in construction joints so as to remove any form release agents, curing compounds, sealer residues, and other surface contaminations that may interfere with bond of the specified joint filler material. Then clean dust and debris from mechanically prepared joints by vacuuming joint C. Install semirigid joint filler full depth in saw-cut joints and at least 2 inches deep in formed joints. Overfill joint and trim joint filler flush with top of joint after hardening. Concave joints are not acceptable. 1. Mix and install sealant and filler in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. 2. Use primer if recommended for specific application 3. Install semirigid joint filler full depth in saw-cut joints. 4. Construction Joints Through Slab: Fill by one of the following methods: a. Fill joint with dry-bagged silica sand to within 2 inches of slab surface. b. Insert compressible backer rod to a minimum depth of 2 inches below slab surface. c. Overfill joint and trim joint filler flush with top of joint after hardening 3.12 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS A. Repairs to concrete receiving dry shake hardener shall be made in accordance with dry shake manufacturer’s recommendations and upon approval of architect. B. Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Architect. Remove and replace concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to Architect's approval. C. Patching Mortar: Mix dry-pack patching mortar, consisting of one part portland cement to two and one-half parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 sieve, using only enough water for handling and placing. 284 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 D. Repairing Formed Surfaces: Surface defects include color and texture irregularities, cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycombs, rock pockets, fins and other projections on the surface, and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning. 1. Immediately after form removal, cut out honeycombs, rock pockets, and voids more than 1/2 inch in any dimension to solid concrete. Limit cut depth to 3/4 inch. Make edges of cuts perpendicular to concrete surface. Clean, dampen with water, and brush-coat holes and voids with bonding agent. Fill and compact with patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Fill form-tie voids with patching mortar or cone plugs secured in place with bonding agent. 2. Repair defects on surfaces exposed to view by blending white portland cement and standard portland cement so that, when dry, patching mortar will match surrounding color. Patch a test area at inconspicuous locations to verify mixture and color match before proceeding with patching. Compact mortar in place and strike off slightly higher than surrounding surface. 3. Repair defects on concealed formed surfaces that affect concrete's durability and structural performance as determined by Architect. E. Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as floors and slabs, for finish and verify surface tolerances specified for each surface. Correct low and high areas. Test surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope and smoothness; use a sloped template. 1. Repair finished surfaces containing defects. Surface defects include spalls, popouts, honeycombs, rock pockets, crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01 inch wide or that penetrate to reinforcement or completely through unreinforced sections regardless of width, and other objectionable conditions. 2. After concrete has cured at least 14 days, correct high areas by grinding. 3. Correct localized low areas during or immediately after completing surface finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching mortar. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. 4. Correct other low areas scheduled to receive floor coverings with a repair underlayment. Prepare, mix, and apply repair underlayment and primer according to manufacturer's written instructions to produce a smooth, uniform, plane, and level surface. Feather edges to match adjacent floor elevations. 5. Correct other low areas scheduled to remain exposed with a repair topping. Cut out low areas to ensure a minimum repair topping depth of 1/4 inch to match adjacent floor elevations. Prepare, mix, and apply repair topping and primer according to manufacturer's written instructions to produce a smooth, uniform, plane, and level surface. 6. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas with clean, square cuts and expose steel reinforcement with at least a 3/4-inch clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete and apply bonding agent. Mix patching concrete of same materials and mixture as original concrete except without coarse aggregate. Place, compact, and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete. 285 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 7. Repair random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in diameter with patching mortar. Groove top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean off dust, dirt, and loose particles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and apply bonding agent. Place patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Compact patching mortar and finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep patched area continuously moist for at least 72 hours. F. Perform structural repairs of concrete, subject to Architect's approval, using epoxy adhesive and patching mortar. G. Repair materials and installation not specified above may be used, subject to Architect's approval. 3.13 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing and Inspecting: Owner will engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B. Testing and Inspecting: Engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform tests and inspections and to submit reports. C. Inspections: 1. See Statement of Special Inspections on Structural Drawing SE002. D. Concrete Tests: Testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained according to ASTM C 172 shall be performed according to the following requirements: 1. Minimum Testing Frequency: Obtain one composite sample for each day's pour of each concrete mixture exceeding 5 cu. yd., but less than 25 cu. yd. 2. Testing Frequency: Obtain at least one composite sample for each 150 cu. yd. or fraction thereof of each concrete mixture placed each day. a. When frequency of testing will provide fewer than five compressive-strength tests for each concrete mixture, testing shall be conducted from at least five randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five are used. 3. Slump: ASTM C 143/C 143M; one test at point of placement for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. Perform additional tests when concrete consistency appears to change. 4. Air Content: ASTM C 231, pressure method, for normal-weight concrete;]one test for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. 5. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064/C 1064M; one test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F and below and when 80 deg F and above, and one test for each composite sample. 286 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 6. Unit Weight: ASTM C 567, fresh unit weight of structural lightweight concrete; one test for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. 7. Compression Test Specimens for Standard 6 in by 12 in cylinders: ASTM C 31/C 31M. a. Cast and laboratory cure two sets of two standard cylinder specimens for each composite sample. b. Cast and field cure one standard cylinder specimens for each composite sample for Cold Weather Concreting. 8. Compressive-Strength Tests: ASTM C 39/C 39M; test one laboratory-cured specimen at 7 days, one laboratory-cured specimen at 14 days and one set of two specimens at 28 days. a. Test one field-cured specimen at 28 days. b. A compressive-strength test shall be the average compressive strength from a set of two specimens obtained from same composite sample and tested at age indicated. 9. When strength of field-cured cylinders is less than 85 percent of companion laboratory- cured cylinders, Contractor shall evaluate operations and provide corrective procedures for protecting and curing in-place concrete. 10. Strength of each concrete mixture will be satisfactory if every average of any three consecutive compressive-strength tests equals or exceeds specified compressive strength and no compressive-strength test value falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi. 11. Test results shall be reported in writing to Architect, concrete manufacturer, and Contractor within 48 hours of testing. Reports of compressive-strength tests shall contain Project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing and inspecting agency, location of concrete batch in Work, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mixture proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of break for both 7- and 28-day tests. 12. Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be permitted by Architect but will not be used as sole basis for approval or rejection of concrete. 13. Additional Tests: Testing and inspecting agency shall make additional tests of concrete when test results indicate that slump, air entrainment, compressive strengths, or other requirements have not been met, as directed by Architect. Testing and inspecting agency may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42/C 42M or by other methods as directed by Architect. 14. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 15. Correct deficiencies in the Work that test reports and inspections indicate do not comply with the Contract Documents. E. Measure floor and slab flatness and levelness according to ASTM E 1155 within 24 hours of finishing. 287 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 END OF SECTION 033000 288 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 044313.16 - ADHERED STONE MASONRY VENEER PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Stone masonry adhered to cold-formed metal framing and cement backer board. 1.2 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each variety of stone, stone accessory, and manufactured product. B. Samples for Initial Selection: For colored mortar and other items involving color selection. C. Samples for Verification: 1. For each stone type indicated. Include at least three Samples in each set, and show the full range of color and other visual characteristics in completed Work. 2. For each color of mortar required. Label Samples to indicate types and amounts of pigments used. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer. B. List of Materials Used in Constructing Mockups: List generic product names together with manufacturers, manufacturers' product names, supply sources, and other information as required to identify materials used. Include mix proportions for mortar and source of aggregates. 1. Neither receipt of list nor approval of mockups constitutes approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect approves such deviations in writing. C. Material Test Reports: 1. Stone Test Reports: For stone variety proposed for use on Project, by a qualified testing agency, indicating compliance with required physical properties, other than abrasion 289 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 resistance, according to referenced ASTM standards. Base reports on testing done within previous five years. 2. Sealant Compatibility and Adhesion Test Report: From sealant manufacturer, indicating that sealants will not stain or damage stone. Include interpretation of test results and recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who employs experienced stonemasons and stone fitters. B. Mockups: Build mockups to demonstrate aesthetic effects and to set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Build mockup in place where stone is to be placed, showing the bond pattern indicated, 4’ wide x 4’ high or enough to see full bond pattern, of typical wall area as shown on Drawings. If mockup is accepted, it may remain in place. a. Include metal studs, sheathing. 2. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically appr oves such deviations in writing. 3. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location. Do not use cementitious materials that have become damp. B. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination avoided. C. Deliver preblended, dry mortar mix in moisture-resistant containers designed for use with dispensing silos. Store preblended, dry mortar mix in delivery containers on elevated platforms, under cover, in a dry location, or in covered weatherproof dispensing silos. 1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS A. It is assumed that the building shell will be complete and therefore all stone installation is indoors / not exposed to the elements during construction. If any of the stone installation is subject to the elements during construction, provide protection of Stone Masonry: During construction, with waterproof sheeting at end of each day's work. Cover partially completed stone masonry when construction is not in progress. 290 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Extend cover a minimum of 24 inches (600 mm) down both sides, and hold cover securely in place. B. Stain Prevention: Immediately remove mortar and soil to prevent them from staining stone masonry face. 1. Protect base of walls from mortar splatter, using coverings spread on the ground and over the wall surface. 2. Protect surfaces of window and door frames, as well as similar products with painted and integral finishes, from mortar droppings. 1.8 COORDINATION A. Advise installers of other work about specific requirements for placement of flashing and similar items to be built into stone masonry. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Source Limitations for Stone: Obtain stone, from single quarry with resources to provide materials of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties. B. Source Limitations for Mortar Materials: Obtain mortar ingredients of uniform quality for each cementitious component from single manufacturer and each aggregate from single source or producer. 2.2 LIMESTONE A. Material Standard: Comply with ASTM C568/C568M. 1. Classification: Bulk density: ASTM C97, average 154 pcf. Absorption: ASTM C97, average 3.75% by weight. Compressive strength: ASTM C170, average 5,633 psi. Modulus of rupture 938 psi. B. Description: Dolomitic limestone. C. Material: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following 1. Mankato / Kasota stone, 13/16” thickness, in polished finish, for adhered installation to interior wall surfaces,. D. Match Architect's samples for color, finish, and other stone characteristics relating to aesthetic effects. 291 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.3 MORTAR MATERIALS A. Regional Materials: Aggregate for mortar and grout[, cement, and lime] to be manufactured within 100 miles (160 km) of Project site from materials that have been extracted, harvested, or recovered, as well as manufactured, within 100 miles (160 km) of Project site. B. Portland Cement: ASTM C150/C150M, Type I or Type II, except Type III may be used for cold-weather construction; natural color or white cement may be used as required to produce mortar color indicated. 1. Low-Alkali Cement: Not more than 0.60 percent total alkali when tested in accordance with ASTM C114. C. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207, Type S. D. Portland Cement-Lime Mix: Packaged blend of portland cement and hydrated lime containing no other ingredients. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Essroc. b. Holcim (US) Inc. c. Lafarge North America Inc. d. Lehigh Hanson; HeidelbergCement Group. e. Mutual Materials Co. E. Mortar Cement: ASTM C1329/C1329M. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Lafarge North America Inc. F. Masonry Cement: ASTM C91/C91M. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Cemex S.A.B. de C.V. b. Essroc. c. Holcim (US) Inc. d. Lafarge North America Inc. e. Lehigh Hanson; HeidelbergCement Group. f. National Cement Company, Inc. G. Mortar Pigments: Natural and synthetic iron oxides and chromium oxides, compounded for use in mortar mixes and complying with ASTM C979/C979M. Use only pigments with a record of satisfactory performance in stone masonry mortar. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Davis Colors. b. Euclid Chemical Company (The); an RPM company. c. Lanxess Corporation. d. Solomon Colors, Inc. 292 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 H. Colored Portland Cement-Lime Mix: Packaged blend of portland cement, hydrated lime, and mortar pigments. Mix produces color indicated or, if not indicated, as selected from manufacturer's standard colors. Pigments do not exceed 10 percent of portland cement by weight. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Holcim (US) Inc. b. Lafarge North America Inc. c. Lehigh Hanson; HeidelbergCement Group. d. Mutual Materials Co. I. Colored Masonry Cement Mix: Packaged blend of masonry cement and mortar pigments. Mix produces color indicated or, if not indicated, as selected from manufacturer's standard colors. Pigments do not exceed 5 percent of masonry cement by weight. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Cemex S.A.B. de C.V. b. Essroc. c. Holcim (US) Inc. d. Lafarge North America Inc. e. Lehigh Hanson; HeidelbergCement Group. f. National Cement Company, Inc. J. Aggregate: ASTM C144 and as follows: 1. For pointing mortar, use aggregate graded with 100 percent passing No. 16 (1.18-mm) sieve. 2. Colored Aggregates: Natural-colored sand or ground marble, granite, or other sound stone; of color necessary to produce required mortar color. a. Match Architect's sample. K. Latex Additive: Manufacturer's standard water emulsion, serving as replacement for part or all of gaging water, of type specifically recommended by latex-additive manufacturer for use with field-mixed portland cement mortar bed, and not containing a retarder. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Boiardi Products Corporation; a QEP company. b. Bonsal American, an Oldcastle company. c. Bostik, Inc. d. C-Cure. e. Custom Building Products. f. H.B. Fuller Construction Products Inc. / TEC. g. LATICRETE SUPERCAP, LLC. h. MAPEI Corporation. i. Parex USA, Inc. j. Southern Grouts & Mortars, Inc. k. Summitville Tiles, Inc. L. Water: Potable. 293 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.4 MASONRY CLEANERS A. Proprietary Acidic Cleaner: Manufacturer's standard-strength cleaner designed for removing mortar and grout stains, efflorescence, and other new construction stains from stone masonry surfaces without discoloring or damaging masonry surfaces; expressly approved for intended use by cleaner manufacturer and stone producer. 2.5 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate stone units in sizes and shapes required to comply with requirements indicated. 1. For limestone, comply with recommendations in ILI's "Indiana Limestone Handbook." B. Cut stone to produce pieces of thickness, size, and shape indicated, including details and pattern indicated on the Drawings. . C. Dress joints (bed and vertical) straight and flush with face of stone, not concave. D. Carefully inspect stone at quarry or fabrication plant for compliance with requirements for appearance, material, and fabrication. Replace defective units before shipment. 1. Clean sawed backs of stone to remove rust stains and iron particles. E. Gage backs of stones for adhered veneer if more than 81 sq. in. (522 sq. cm) in area. F. Thickness of Stone: Provide thickness indicated, but not less than the following: 1. Thickness: 13/16 inch (20 mm) plus or minus 1/8 inch (3 mm) G. Finish exposed stone faces and edges to comply with requirements indicated for finish and to match approved samples. 2.6 MORTAR MIXES A. General: Do not use admixtures, including pigments, air-entraining agents, accelerators, retarders, water-repellent agents, antifreeze compounds, or other admixtures, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Do not use calcium chloride. 2. Use portland cement-limemortar unless otherwise indicated. 3. Mixing Pointing Mortar: Thoroughly mix cementitious and aggregate materials together before adding water. Then mix again, adding only enough water to produce a damp, unworkable mix that will retain its form when pressed into a ball. Maintain mortar in this dampened condition for one to two hours. Add remaining water in small portions until mortar reaches required consistency. Use mortar within 30 minutes of final mixing; do not retemper or use partially hardened material. 294 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Mortar for Stone Masonry: Comply with ASTM C270,ProportionSpecification. 1. Mortar for Pointing Stone: Type O. C. Cement-Paste Bond Coat: Mix either neat cement and water or cement, sand, and water to a consistency similar to that of thick cream. 1. For latex-modified portland cement, setting-bed mortar, substitute latex admixture for part or all of water, according to latex-additive manufacturer's written instructions. D. Pigmented Mortar: Use colored cement product or select and proportion pigments with other ingredients to produce color required. Do not add pigments to colored cement products. 1. Pigments do not exceed 10 percent of portland cement by weight. 2. Mix to match Architect's sample. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces indicated to receive stone masonry, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of stone masonry. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean dirty or stained stone surfaces by removing soil, stains, and foreign materials befo re setting. Clean stone by thoroughly scrubbing with fiber brushes and then drenching with clear water. Use only mild cleaning compounds that contain no caustic or harsh materials or abrasives. 3.3 SETTING STONE MASONRY A. Perform necessary field cutting and trimming as stone is set. 1. Use power saws to cut stone that is fabricated with saw-cut surfaces. Cut lines straight and true, with edges eased slightly to prevent snipping. B. Sort stone before it is placed in wall to remove stone that does not comply with requirements relating to aesthetic effects, physical properties, or fabrication, or that is otherwise unsuitable for intended use. C. Arrange stones in range ashlar pattern with course heights as indicated, uniform lengths, and uniform joint widths, with offset between vertical joints as indicated. 295 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 D. Arrange stones with color and size variations uniformly dispersed for an evenly blended appearance. E. Set stone to comply with requirements indicated on Drawings. Set stone accurately in locations indicated, with edges and faces aligned according to established relationships and indicated tolerances. F. Maintain uniform joint widths, except for variations due to different stone sizes and where minor variations are required to maintain bond alignment if any. Lay walls with joints not less than 1/8 inch at narrowest points or more than 1/4 inch at widest points. G. Provide sealant joints of widths and at locations indicated. 1. Keep sealant joints free of mortar and other rigid materials. 2. Sealing joints are specified in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants." 3.4 CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES A. Variation from Plumb: For vertical lines and surfaces, do not exceed 1/4 inch in 10 feet or more. For external corners, expansion joints, control joints, and other conspicuous lines, do not exceed 1/4 inch in 20 feet (6 mm in 6 m) or 1/2 inch in 40 feet (13 mm in 12 m) or more. B. Variation from Level: For bed joints and horizontal grooves, and other conspicuous lines, do not exceed 1/4 inch in 20 feet (6 mm in 6 m) or 1/2 inch in 40 feet (13 mm in 12 m) or more. C. Variation of Linear Building Line: For position shown in plan, do not exceed 1/2 inch in 20 feet (13 mm in 6 m) or 3/4 inch in 40 feet (19 mm in 12 m) or more. D. Measure variation from level, plumb, and position shown in plan as a variation of the average plane of each stone face from level, plumb, or dimensioned plane. E. Variation in Mortar-Joint Thickness: Do not vary from joint size range indicated. F. Variation in Plane between Adjacent Stones: Do not exceed one-half of tolerance specified for thickness of stone. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF ADHERED STONE MASONRY VENEER A. Coat backs of stone units and face of scratch coat with cement-paste bond coat, then butter both surfaces with setting mortar. Use sufficient setting mortar, so a slight excess will be forced out the edges of stone units as they are set. Tap units into place, completely filling space between units and scratch coat. B. Rake out joints for pointing with mortar to depth of not less than 1/2 inch (13 mm) before setting mortar has hardened. Rake joints to uniform depths with square bottoms and clean sides. 296 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.6 POINTING A. Prepare stone-joint surfaces for pointing with mortar by removing dust and mortar particles. Where setting mortar was removed to depths greater than surrounding areas, apply pointing mortar in layers not more than 3/8 inch (10 mm) deep until a uniform depth is formed. B. Point stone joints by placing and compacting pointing mortar in layers of not more than 3/8 inch (10 mm) deep. Compact each layer thoroughly, and allow to it become thumbprint hard before applying next layer. C. Tool joints, when pointing mortar is thumbprint hard, with a smooth jointing tool to produce the following joint profile: 1. Joint Profile: Smooth, flat face slightly below edges of stone. 3.7 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Remove and replace stone masonry of the following description: 1. Broken, chipped, stained, or otherwise damaged stone. Stone may be repaired if methods and results are approved by Architect. 2. Defective joints. 3. Stone masonry not matching approved samples and mockups. 4. Stone masonry not complying with other requirements indicated. B. Replace in a manner that results in stone masonry matching approved samples and mockups, complying with other requirements, and showing no evidence of replacement. C. In-Progress Cleaning: Clean stone masonry as work progresses. Remove mortar fins and smears before tooling joints. D. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean stone masonry as follows: 1. Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and nonmetallic scrape hoes or chisels. 2. Test cleaning methods on mockup; leave one-half of panel uncleaned for comparison purposes. Obtain Architect's approval of sample cleaning before cleaning stone masonry. 3. Protect adjacent stone and nonmasonry surfaces from contact with cleaner by covering them with liquid strippable masking agent, polyethylene film, or waterproof masking tape. 4. Wet wall surfaces with water before applying cleaner; remove cleaner promptly by rinsing thoroughly with clear water. 5. Clean stone masonry by bucket and brush hand-cleaning method described in BIA Technical Note No. 20, Revised II, using job-mixed detergent solution. 6. Clean stone masonry with proprietary acidic cleaner applied according to manufacturer's written instructions. 297 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 7. Clean limestone masonry to comply with recommendations in ILI's "Indiana Limestone Handbook." 3.8 EXCESS MATERIALS AND WASTE A. Excess Stone: Stack excess stone where directed by Owner for Owner's use. B. Disposal as Fill Material: Dispose of clean masonry waste, including mortar and excess or soil- contaminated sand, by crushing and mixing with fill material as fill is placed. 1. Crush masonry waste to less than 4 inches (100 mm) in greatest dimension. 2. Mix masonry waste with at least 2 parts of specified fill material for each part of masonry waste. Fill material is specified in Section 312000 "Earth Moving." 3. Do not dispose of masonry waste as fill within 18 inches (450 mm) of finished grade. C. Excess Masonry Waste: Remove excess clean masonry waste that cannot be used as fill, as described above, and other waste, and legally dispose of off Owner's property. END OF SECTION 044313.16 298 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 054000 - COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Load-bearing wall framing. B. Section includes: 1. Gypsum sheathing. 2. Interior non-load-bearing wall framing exceeding height limitations of standard, nonstructural metal framing. C. Related Requirements 1. Section 072100 THERMAL INSULATION for insulation within stud cavities. 2. Section 092216 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING" for interior non-load- bearing, metal-stud framing and ceiling-suspension assemblies. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: for each type of cold-formed steel framing product and accessory. B. Shop Drawings. 1. Include layout, spacings, sizes, thicknesses, and types of cold-formed steel framing; fabrication; and fastening and anchorage details, including mechanical fasteners. 2. Indicate reinforcing channels, opening framing, supplemental framing, strapping, bracing, bridging, splices, accessories, connection details, and attachment to adjoining work. C. Delegated-Design Submittal: for cold-formed steel framing. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product Test Reports: for each listed product, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency. 1. Steel sheet. 2. Mechanical fasteners. 3. Miscellaneous structural clips and accessories. B. Research Reports: for non-standard cold-formed steel framing, from ICC-ES. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: qualified according to ASTM E329 for testing indicated. 299 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Product Tests: mill certificates or data from a qualified independent testing agency indicating steel sheet complies with requirements, including base-metal thickness, yield strength, tensile strength, total elongation, chemical requirements, and metallic-coating thickness. C. Comply with AISI S230 "Standard for Cold-Formed Steel Framing - Prescriptive Method for One and Two Family Dwellings." 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect cold-formed steel framing from corrosion, moisture staining, deformation, and other damage during delivery, storage, and handling. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Custom Stud, Inc. 2. ClarkDietrich Building Systems. 3. MRI Steel Framing. 4. Marino/Ware. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design. Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 014000 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS, to design cold-formed steel framing. B. Structural Performance. Provide cold-formed steel framing capable of withstanding design loads within limits and under conditions indicated. 1. Design Loads: as indicated. 2. Deflection Limits. Design framing systems to withstand design loads without deflections greater than following. a. Soffit Framing: vertical deflection of 1/240 of span. b. Exterior Non-Load-Bearing Framing: Horizontal deflection of 1/240 of the wall height. 3. Design framing systems to provide for movement of framing members located outside insulated building envelope without damage or overstressing, sheathing failure, connection failure, undue strain on fasteners and anchors, or other detrimental effects when subject to a maximum ambient temperature change of 120 degrees F. 4. Design framing system to maintain clearances at openings, to allow for construction tolerances, and to accommodate live load deflection of primary building structure as follows. a. Upward and downward movement of 1/2 inch. 5. Design exterior non-load-bearing wall framing to accommodate horizontal deflection without regard for contribution of sheathing materials. 300 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 6. The connections of framing members at sill, jamb and head conditions shall be designed/installed to minimize build-up, utilize pre-fabricated clips as required. Closely coordinate with other trades and design the type of fastener along with it’s position so it does not interfere with the curtain wall edging, primary or interior sealant joints. 7. Coordinate with other trades to design/install framing around openings to accommodate curtain wall anchorage. Framing shall be 14 gage minimum. 8. Coordinate with division 074213.23 METAL COMPOSITE MATERIAL WALL PANELS. Steel stud layout shall coordinate locations of studs with metal panel joint design and locations and provide metal strap blocking where needed for attachment of metal panel anchors. 9. Coordinate with other trades to install straps at exterior side of framing walls which will require substrate (other than gypsum sheathing) to receive non-structural fasteners. Steel stud supplier shall supply sheet metal straps as blocking for non-structural fasteners. 10. At box beams, corner columns, coordinate with other trades to ensure that potential enclosed cold-formed metal framing can be readily insulated. C. Cold-Formed Steel Framing Design Standards: 1. Wall Studs: AISI S211. 2. Headers: AISI S212. 3. Lateral Design: AISI S213. D. AISI Specifications and Standards: AISI S100 and AISI S200. E. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Comply with ASTM E 119; testing by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Indicate design designations from UL's "Fire Resistance Directory" or from the listings of another qualified testing agency. 2.3 COLD-FORMED STEEL FRAMING, GENERAL A. Recycled Content of Steel Products: Postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content not less than 25 percent. B. Steel Sheet: ASTM A1003, Structural Grade, Type H, metallic coated, of grade and coating weight as follows. 1. Grade: ST33H. 2. Coating: G90. C. Steel Sheet for Vertical Deflection Clips: ASTM A 653/A 653M, structural steel, zinc coated, of grade and coating as follows: 1. Grade: As required by structural performance. 2. Coating: G60. 2.4 INTERIOR NON-LOAD-BEARING WALL FRAMING A. Steel Studs: Manufacturer's standard C-shaped steel studs, of web depths indicated, punched, with stiffened flanges, and as follows: 301 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.0329 inch. 2. Flange Width: 1-3/8 inches. B. Steel Track: Manufacturer's standard U-shaped steel track, of web depths indicated, unpunched, with unstiffened flanges, and as follows: 1. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.0329 inch. 2. Flange Width: 1-1/4 inches. C. Vertical Deflection Clips: Manufacturer's standard bypass clips, capable of accommodating upward and downward vertical displacement of primary structure through positive mechanical attachment to stud web. D. Single Deflection Track: Manufacturer's single, deep-leg, U-shaped steel track; unpunched, with unstiffened flanges, of web depth to contain studs while allowing free vertical movement, with flanges designed to support horizontal loads and transfer them to the primary structure, and as follows: 1. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.0428 inch. 2. Flange Width: 1 inch minimum. E. Double Deflection Tracks: Manufacturer's double, deep-leg, U-shaped steel tracks, consisting of nested inner and outer tracks; unpunched, with unstiffened flanges. 1. Outer Track: Of web depth to allow free vertical movement of inner track, with flanges designed to support horizontal loads and transfer them to the primary structure, and as follows: a. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.0329 inch. b. Flange Width: 1 inch minimum. 2. Inner Track: Of web depth indicated, and as follows: a. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.0428 inch. b. Flange Width: 2 inch minimum. F. Drift Clips: Manufacturer's standard bypass or head clips, capable of isolating wall stud from upward and downward vertical displacement and lateral drift of primary structure through positive mechanical attachment to stud web and structure. 2.5 FRAMING ACCESSORIES A. Fabricate steel-framing accessories from steel sheet, ASTM A1003, Structural Grade, Type H, metallic coated, of same grade and coating weight used for framing members. B. Provide accessories of manufacturer's standard thickness and configuration, unless otherwise indicated, as follows. 1. Supplementary framing. 2. Bracing, bridging, and solid blocking. 3. Web stiffeners. 4. Anchor clips. 5. End clips. 6. Foundation clips. 7. Gusset plates. 8. Stud kickers and knee braces. 302 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 9. Joist hangers and end closures. 10. Hole reinforcing plates. 11. Backer plates. 2.6 ANCHORS, CLIPS, AND FASTENERS A. Steel Shapes and Clips: ASTM A 36/A 36M, zinc coated by hot-dip process according to ASTM A 123/A 123M. B. Anchor Bolts: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36, threaded carbon-steel hex-headed bolts and carbon- steel nuts; and flat, hardened-steel washers; zinc coated by hot-dip process according to ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class C. C. Expansion Anchors: Fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with allowable load or strength design capacities calculated according to ICC-ES AC193 and ACI 318 greater than or equal to the design load, as determined by testing per ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified testing agency. D. Power-Actuated Anchors: Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated, fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with allowable load capacities calculated according to ICC- ES AC70, greater than or equal to the design load, as determined by testing per ASTM E 1190 conducted by a qualified testing agency. E. Mechanical Fasteners: ASTM C1513, corrosion-resistant-coated, self-drilling, self-tapping, steel drill screws. 1. Head Type: low-profile head beneath sheathing, manufacturer's standard elsewhere. F. Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS standards. 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Galvanizing Repair Paint: SSPC-Paint 20 or MIL-P-21035B. B. Shims: Load bearing, high-density multimonomer plastic, and nonleaching; or of cold-formed steel of same grade and coating as framing members supported by shims. C. Sealer Gaskets: Closed-cell neoprene foam, 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) thick, selected from manufacturer's standard widths to match width of bottom track or rim track members. 2.8 WALL SHEATHING A. (GYP SHTG-1) Glass-Mat Gypsum Wall Sheathing: ASTM C1177. 1. Acceptable Products. a. G-P Gypsum Corporation: Dens-Glass Gold. b. Certainteed: GlasRoc. c. National Gypsum: Gold Bond eXP Sheathing. d. USG: Securock Brand Glass-Mat Sheathing. 303 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Type and Thickness: Type X, 5/8 inch thick. 3. Size: 48 by 96 inches. B. Fasteners. Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this Article for material and manufacture. 1. For and wall sheathing, provide fasteners with hot-dip zinc coating complying with ASTM A153. C. Screws for Fastening Gypsum Sheathing to Cold-Formed Metal Framing. Steel drill screws, in length recommended by sheathing manufacturer for thickness of sheathing board to be attached, with organic-polymer or other corrosion-protective coating having a salt-spray resistance of more than 800 hours according to ASTM B117. 1. For steel framing less than 0.0329 inch thick, attach sheathing to comply with ASTM C1002. 2. For steel framing from 0.033 to 0.112 inch thick, attach sheathing to comply with ASTM C954. 2.9 FABRICATION A. Fabricate cold-formed steel framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line, and with connections securely fastened, according to referenced AISI's specifications and standards, manufacturer's written instructions, and requirements in this Section. 1. Fabricate framing assemblies using jigs or templates. 2. Cut framing members by sawing or shearing; do not torch cut. 3. Fasten cold-formed steel framing members by screw fastening, clinch fastening, pneumatic pin fastening, or riveting as standard with fabricator. Wire tying of framing members is not permitted. a. Comply with AWS D1.3/D1.3M requirements and procedures for welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work. b. Locate mechanical fasteners and install according to Shop Drawings, with screw penetrating joined members by no fewer than three exposed screw threads. 4. Fasten other materials to cold-formed steel framing by bolting, pneumatic pin fastening, or screw fastening, according to Shop Drawings. B. Reinforce, stiffen, and brace framing assemblies to withstand handling, delivery, and erection stresses. Lift fabricated assemblies to prevent damage or permanent distortion. C. Fabrication Tolerances. Fabricate assemblies level, plumb, and true to line to a maximum allowable tolerance variation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet and as follows. 1. Spacing. Space individual framing members no more than plus or minus 1/8 inch from plan location. Cumulative error shall not exceed minimum fastening requirements of sheathing or other finishing materials. 2. Squareness. Fabricate each cold-formed steel framing assembly to a maximum out-of- square tolerance of 1/8 inch. 304 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine supporting substrates and abutting structural framing for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Install sealer gaskets at the underside of wall bottom track or rim track and at the top of foundation wall or slab at stud or joist locations. 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Cold-formed steel framing may be shop or field fabricated for installation, or it may be field assembled. B. Install cold-formed steel framing according to AISI S200 and to manufacturer's written instructions unless more stringent requirements are indicated. C. Install shop- or field-fabricated, cold-formed framing and securely anchor to supporting structure. 1. Screw, bolt, or weld wall panels at horizontal and vertical junctures to produce flush, even, true-to-line joints with maximum variation in plane and true position between fabricated panels not exceeding 1/16 inch. D. Install cold-formed steel framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line, and with connections securely fastened. 1. Cut framing members by sawing or shearing; do not torch cut. 2. Fasten cold-formed steel framing members by welding, screw fastening, clinch fastening, or riveting. Wire tying of framing members is not permitted. a. Comply with AWS D1.3/D1.3M requirements and procedures for welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work. b. Locate mechanical fasteners and install according to Shop Drawings, and complying with requirements for spacing, edge distances, and screw penetration. E. Install framing members in one-piece lengths unless splice connections are indicated for track or tension members. F. Install temporary bracing and supports to secure framing and support loads comparable in intensity to those for which structure was designed. Maintain braces and supports in place, undisturbed, until entire integrated supporting structure has been completed and permanent connections to framing are secured. 305 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 G. Do not bridge building expansion joints with cold-formed steel framing. Independently frame both sides of joints. H. Fasten hole reinforcing plate over web penetrations that exceed size of manufacturer's approved or standard punched openings. I. Erection Tolerances. Install cold-formed steel framing level, plumb, and true to line to a maximum allowable tolerance variation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet and as follows: 1. Space individual framing members no more than plus or minus 1/8 inch from plan location. Cumulative error shall not exceed minimum fastening requirements of sheathing or other finishing materials. 3.4 NON-LOAD-BEARING WALL INSTALLATION A. Install continuous tracks sized to match studs. Align tracks accurately and securely anchor to supporting structure as indicated. B. Fasten both flanges of studs to top and bottom track unless otherwise indicated. Space studs as 16 inches o.c. C. Set studs plumb, except as needed for diagonal bracing or required for non-plumb walls or warped surfaces and similar requirements. D. Isolate non-load-bearing steel framing from building structure to prevent transfer of vertical loads while providing lateral support. 1. Install single deep-leg deflection tracks and anchor to building structure. 2. Install double deep-leg deflection tracks and anchor outer track to building structure. 3. Connect vertical deflection clips to infill studs and anchor to building structure. 4. Connect drift clips to cold-formed metal framing and anchor to building structure. E. Install horizontal bridging in wall studs, spaced vertically in rows indicated on Shop Drawings but not more than 48 inches apart. Fasten at each stud intersection. 1. Top Bridging for Single Deflection Track: Install row of horizontal bridging within 12 inches of single deflection track. Install a combination of bridging and stud or stud-track solid blocking of width and thickness matching studs, secured to stud webs or flanges. a. Install solid blocking at centers indicated on Shop Drawings. 2. Bridging: Cold-rolled steel channel, welded or mechanically fastened to webs of punched studs. 3. Bridging: Combination of flat, taut, steel sheet straps of width and thickness indicated and stud-track solid blocking of width and thickness to match studs. Fasten flat straps to stud flanges and secure solid blocking to stud webs or flanges. 4. Bridging: Proprietary bridging bars installed according to manufacturer's written instructions. 306 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 F. Install miscellaneous framing and connections, including stud kickers, web stiffeners, clip angles, continuous angles, anchors, and fasteners, to provide a complete and stable wall-framing system. 3.5 SHEATHING INSTALLATION A. Do not use materials with defects that impair quality of sheathing or pieces that are too small to use with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement. B. Cut panels at penetrations, edges, and other obstructions of work; fit tightly against abutting construction, unless otherwise indicated. C. Securely attach to substrate by fastening as indicated, complying with following. 1. Table 2304.9.1, "Fastening Schedule," in ICC's "International Building Code." D. Do not bridge building expansion joints; cut and space edges of panels to match spacing of structural support elements. E. Coordinate sheathing installation with installation of materials installed over sheathing so sheathing is not exposed to precipitation or left exposed at end of the workday when rain is forecast. 3.6 SHEATHING JOINT-AND-PENETRATION TREATMENT A. Seal sheathing joints according to sheathing manufacturer's written instructions. B. Apply glass-fiber sheathing tape to glass-mat gypsum sheathing board joints, and apply and trowel silicone emulsion sealant to embed entire face of tape in sealant. Apply sealant to exposed fasteners with a trowel so fasteners are completely covered. Seal other penetrations and openings. 1. Comply with Grace Technical Letter #2 “Substrate Preparation for Application of Perm - A-Barrier Products to Glass-Mat Faced Sheathing” or comparable recommendation from other acceptable manufacturer. 3.7 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION A. Galvanizing Repairs. Prepare and repair damaged galvanized coatings on fabricated and installed cold-formed steel framing with galvanized repair paint according to ASTM A780 and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and installer, that ensure that cold-formed steel framing is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 054000 307 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 055000 - METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Steel framing and supports for operable partitions. 2. 3. Steel framing and supports for countertops. 4. Steel framing and supports for mechanical and electrical equipment. 5. Steel framing and supports for applications where framing and supports are not specified in other Sections. 6. Miscellaneous steel trim. B. Products furnished, but not installed, under this Section include the following. 1. Anchor bolts, steel pipe sleeves, slotted-channel inserts, and wedge-type inserts indicated to be cast into concrete or built into unit masonry. 2. Steel weld plates and angles for casting into concrete for applications where they are not specified in other Sections. C. Related Requirements: 1. Section 033000 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE for installing anchor bolts, steel pipe sleeves, slotted-channel inserts, wedge-type inserts, and other items cast into concrete. 2. Section 055213 PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS for railings associated with ship ladders. 3. Section 081816.16 MULTIPANEL SLIDING ALUMINUM-FRAMED GLASS DOORS. 1.2 COORDINATION A. Coordinate selection of shop primers with topcoats to be applied over them. Comply with paint and coating manufacturers' written recommendations to ensure that shop primers and topcoats are compatible with one another. B. Coordinate installation of metal fabrications that are anchored to or that receive other work. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. 308 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal fabrications and their connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. Provide Shop Drawings for the following. 1. Steel framing and supports for operable partitions. 2. Steel framing and supports for overhead doors. 3. Steel framing and supports for countertops. 4. Steel framing and supports for mechanical and electrical equipment. 5. Steel framing and supports for applications where framing and supports are not specified in other Sections. 6. Metal ships' ladders. 7. Miscellaneous steel trim including steel angle corner guards. B. Delegated-Design Submittal: For railings, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For professional engineer. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." B. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: 1. AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." 2. AWS D1.2/D1.2M, "Structural Welding Code - Aluminum." 3. AWS D1.6/D1.6M, "Structural Welding Code - Stainless Steel." 1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of walls and other construction contiguous with metal fabrications by field measurements before fabrication. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," to design railings. 309 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.2 METALS A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces unless otherwise indicated. For metal fabrications exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials without seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or blemishes. B. Recycled Content of Steel Products: Postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content not less than 25 percent. C. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. D. Stainless-Steel Bars and Shapes: ASTM A 276, Type 304. E. Abrasive-Surface Floor Plate: Steel plate with abrasive granules rolled into surface or with abrasive material metallically bonded to steel. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. IKG Industries, a division of Harsco Corporation. b. SlipNOT Metal Safety Flooring. c. Approved equal. F. Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500/A 500M, cold-formed steel tubing. G. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Standard Weight (Schedule 40) unless otherwise indicated. H. Slotted Channel Framing: Cold-formed metal box channels (struts) complying with MFMA-4. 1. Size of Channels: As indicated. 2. Material: Galvanized steel, ASTM A653, structural steel, Grade 33, with G90 coating; 0.108-inch nominal thickness. I. Aluminum Plate and Sheet: ASTM B 209, Alloy 6061-T6. J. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B 221, Alloy 6063-T6. K. Aluminum-Alloy Rolled Tread Plate: ASTM B 632/B 632M, Alloy 6061-T6. L. Aluminum Castings: ASTM B 26/B 26M, Alloy 443.0-F. 2.3 FASTENERS A. General: Unless otherwise indicated, provide Type 304 stainless-steel fasteners for exterior use. Select fasteners for type, grade, and class required. B. Steel Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon-head bolts, ASTM A 307, Grade A; with hex nuts, ASTM A 563; and, where indicated, flat washers. 310 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. Stainless-Steel Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon-head annealed stainless-steel bolts, ASTM F 593; with hex nuts, ASTM F 594; and, where indicated, flat washers; Alloy Group 1 . D. Anchor Bolts: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36, of dimensions indicated; with nuts, ASTM A 563; and, where indicated, flat washers. 1. Hot-dip galvanize or provide mechanically deposited, zinc coating where item being fastened is indicated to be galvanized. E. Cast-in-Place Anchors in Concrete: Either threaded type or wedge type unless otherwise indicated; galvanized ferrous castings, either ASTM A 47/A 47M malleable iron or ASTM A 27/A 27M cast steel. Provide bolts, washers, and shims as needed, all hot-dip galvanized per ASTM F 2329. F. Post-Installed Anchors: Torque-controlled expansion anchors or chemical anchors. 1. Material for Interior Locations: Carbon-steel components zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633 or ASTM F 1941, Class Fe/Zn 5, unless otherwise indicated. G. Slotted-Channel Inserts: Cold-formed, hot-dip galvanized-steel box channels (struts) complying with MFMA-4, 1-5/8 by 7/8 inches by length indicated with anchor straps or studs not less than 3 inches long at not more than 8 inches o.c. Provide with temporary filler and tee-head bolts, complete with washers and nuts, all zinc-plated to comply with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5, as needed for fastening to inserts. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Low-Emitting Materials: Paints and coatings shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Public Health's (formerly, the California Department of Health Services') "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers." B. Shop Primers: Provide primers that comply with Section 099123 “Interior and Exterior Painting," and Section 099600 "High-Performance Coatings." C. Universal Shop Primer: Fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free, universal modified-alkyd primer complying with MPI#79 and compatible with topcoat. 1. Use primer containing pigments that make it easily distinguishable from zinc-rich primer. D. Shop Primer for Galvanized Steel: Primer formulated for exterior use over zinc-coated metal and compatible with finish paint systems indicated. E. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High-zinc-dust-content paint complying with SSPC-Paint 20 and compatible with paints specified to be used over it. F. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D1187. 311 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 G. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107/C 1107M. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications. H. Concrete: Comply with requirements in Section 033000 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE for normal-weight, air-entrained, concrete with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 4000 psi. 2.5 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in the shop to greatest extent pos sible. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. B. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces. C. Form bent-metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work. D. Form exposed work with accurate angles and surfaces and straight edges. E. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface. F. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners or welds where possible. Where exposed fasteners are required, use Phillips flat-head (countersunk) fasteners unless otherwise indicated. Locate joints where least conspicuous. G. Fabricate seams and other connections that are exposed to weather in a manner t o exclude water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate. H. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap metal fabrications as indicated to recei ve finish hardware, screws, and similar items. I. Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting struc ture. Space anchoring devices to secure metal fabrications rigidly in place and to support indicated loads. 312 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 J. Where units are indicated to be cast into concrete or built into masonry, equip with integrally welded steel strap anchors, 1/8 by 1-1/2 inches, with a minimum 6-inch embedment and 2-inch hook, not less than 8 inches from ends and corners of units and 24 inches o.c., unless otherwise indicated. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS A. General: Provide steel framing and supports not specified in other Sections as needed to complete the Work. B. Fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of welded construction unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and as necessary to receive adjacent construction. 1. Fabricate units from slotted channel framing where indicated. 2. Furnish inserts for units installed after concrete is placed. C. Fabricate supports for operable partitions from continuous steel beams of sizes indicated with attached bearing plates, anchors, and braces as indicated. Drill or punch bottom flanges of beams to receive partition track hanger rods; locate holes where indicated on operable partition Shop Drawings. D. Galvanize miscellaneous framing and supports where indicated. E. Prime miscellaneous framing and supports with zinc-rich primer where indicated. 2.7 STEEL SHIPS' LADDERS AND ROOF ACCESS STAIRS A. Provide steel ships' ladders where indicated. Fabricate of open-type construction with channel or plate stringers and pipe and tube railings unless otherwise indicated. Provide brackets and fittings for installation. 1. Treads shall be not less than 5 inches exclusive of nosing or less than 8-1/2 inches including the nosing, and riser height shall be not more than 9-1/2 inches. 2. Fabricate ships' ladders, including railings from steel. 3. Fabricate treads and platforms from steel bar grating and checker or abrasive-surface floor plate nosings. B. Galvanize and prime steel ships' ladders, including treads, railings, brackets, and fasteners. 2.8 MISCELLANEOUS STEEL TRIM A. Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of profiles shown with continuously welded joints and smooth exposed edges. Miter corners and use concealed field splices where possible. 313 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Provide cutouts, fittings, and anchorages as needed to coordinate assembly and installation with other work. 1. Provide with integrally welded steel strap anchors for embedding in concrete or masonry construction. C. Galvanize and prime exterior miscellaneous steel trim. 2.9 LOOSE BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES A. Provide loose bearing and leveling plates for steel items bearing on masonry or concrete construction. Drill plates to receive anchor bolts and for grouting. B. Galvanize plates. 2.10 STEEL WELD PLATES AND ANGLES A. Provide steel weld plates and angles not specified in other Sections, for items supported from concrete construction as needed to complete the Work. Provide each unit with no fewer than two integrally welded steel strap anchors for embedding in concrete. 2.11 FINISHES, GENERAL A. Finish metal fabrications after assembly. B. Finish exposed surfaces to remove tool and die marks and stretch lines, and to blend into surrounding surface. 2.12 STEEL AND IRON FINISHES A. Galvanizing: Hot-dip galvanize items as indicated to comply with ASTM A153 for steel and iron hardware and with ASTM A123 for other steel and iron products. 1. Do not quench or apply post galvanizing treatments that might interfere with paint adhesion. B. Preparation for Shop Priming Galvanized Items: After galvanizing, thoroughly clean railings of grease, dirt, oil, flux, and other foreign matter, and treat with metallic phosphate process. C. Shop prime iron and steel items not indicated to be galvanized unless they are to be embedded in concrete, or masonry, or unless otherwise indicated. D. Shop Priming: Apply shop primer to comply with SSPC-PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No. 1: Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting of Steel," for shop painting. 314 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels. B. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections. C. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements. 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended. D. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where metal fabrications are required to be fastened to in-place construction. E. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete, masonry, or similar construction. 3.2 INSTALLING MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS A. General. Install framing and supports to comply with requirements of items being supported, including manufacturers' written instructions and requirements indicated on Shop Drawings. B. Anchor supports for operable partitions and overhead doors securely to, and rigidly brace from, building structure. 3.3 INSTALLING BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES A. Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of bond-reducing materials, and roughen to improve bond to surfaces. Clean bottom surface of plates. B. Set bearing and leveling plates on wedges, shims, or leveling nuts. After bearing members have been positioned and plumbed, tighten anchor bolts. Do not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of bearing plate before packing with nonshrink grout. Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates to ensure that no voids remain. 315 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas. Paint uncoated and abraded areas with the same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-painted surfaces. 1. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum 2.0-mil dry film thickness. B. Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint are specified in Section 099123 INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR PAINTING. C. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A780. END OF SECTION 055000 316 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 055213 - PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Steel pipe and tube railings. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 055000 METAL FABRICATIONS for steel tube railings associated with roof access ship ladders. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate selection of shop primers with topcoats to be applied over them. Comply with paint and coating manufacturers' written recommendations to ensure that shop primers and topcoats are compatible with one another. B. Coordinate installation of anchorages for railings. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, co ncrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. C. Schedule installation so wall attachments are made only to completed walls. Do not support railings temporarily by any means that do not satisfy structural performance requirements. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Manufacturer's product lines of mechanically connected railings. 2. Railing brackets. 3. Grout, anchoring cement, and paint products. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 317 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. Samples: For each type of exposed finish required. 1. Sections of each distinctly different linear railing member, including handrails, top rails, posts, and balusters, including finish. 2. Fittings and brackets. 3. Assembled Sample of railing system, made from full-size components, including top rail, post, handrail, and infill. Sample need not be full height. D. Delegated-Design Submittal: For railings, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For testing agency. B. Welding certificates. C. Mill Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of stainless-steel products certifying that products furnished comply with requirements. D. Paint Compatibility Certificates: From manufacturers of topcoats applied over shop primers certifying that shop primers are compatible with topcoats. E. Product Test Reports: For pipe and tube railings, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency, according to ASTM E 894 and ASTM E 935. F. Evaluation Reports: For post-installed anchors, from ICC-ES. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: 1. AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. 1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of walls and other construction contiguous with metal fabrications by field measurements before fabrication. 318 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of railing from single source from single manufacturer. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 014000 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS, to design railings, including attachment to building construction. B. Structural Performance: Railings, including attachment to building construction, shall withstand the effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated: 1. Handrails and Top Rails of Guards: a. Uniform load of 50 lbf/ ft. applied in any direction. b. Concentrated load of 200 lbf applied in any direction. c. Uniform and concentrated loads need not be assumed to act concurrently. 2. Infill of Guards: a. Concentrated load of 50 lbf applied horizontally on an area of 1 sq. ft.. b. Infill load and other loads need not be assumed to act concurrently. 2.3 METALS, GENERAL A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth surfaces, without seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, stains, discolorations, or blemishes. B. Brackets, Flanges, and Anchors: Cast or formed metal of same type of material and finish as supported rails unless otherwise indicated. 1. Provide type of bracket with flange tapped for concealed anchorage to threaded hanger bolt and that provides 1-1/2-inch clearance from inside face of handrail to finished wall surface. 2.4 STEEL AND IRON A. Tubing: ASTM A 500 (cold formed) or ASTM A 513. 319 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type F or Type S, Grade A, Standard Weight (Schedule 40), unless another grade and weight are required by structural loads. 1. Provide galvanized finish for exterior installations. C. Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. D. Cast Iron: Either gray iron, ASTM A 48/A 48M, or malleable iron, ASTM A 47/A 47M, unless otherwise indicated. E. Woven-Wire Mesh: Intermediate-crimp, square pattern, 2-inch woven-wire mesh, made from 0.134-inch- diameter wire complying with ASTM A 510. 2.5 FASTENERS A. General: Provide the following: 1. Ungalvanized-Steel Railings: Plated steel fasteners complying with ASTM B 633 or ASTM F 1941, Class Fe/Zn 5 for zinc coating. 2. Hot-Dip Galvanized Railings: Type 304 stainless-steel or hot-dip zinc-coated steel fasteners complying with ASTM A 153/A 153M or ASTM F 2329 for zinc coating. B. Fasteners for Anchoring Railings to Other Construction: Select fasteners of type, grade, and class required to produce connections suitable for anchoring railings to other types of construction indicated and capable of withstanding design loads. C. Fasteners for Interconnecting Railing Components: 1. Provide concealed fasteners for interconnecting railing components and for attaching them to other work, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Provide concealed fasteners for interconnecting railing components and for attaching them to other work, unless exposed fasteners are unavoidable or are the standard fastening method for railings indicated. D. Post-Installed Anchors: Torque-controlled expansion anchors or chemical anchors capable of sustaining, without failure, a load equal to 6 times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry and 4 times the load imposed when installed in concrete, as determined by testing according to ASTM E 488/E 488M, conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. 1. Material for Interior Locations: Carbon-steel components zinc-plated to comply with ASTM B 633 or ASTM F 1941, Class Fe/Zn 5, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Material for Exterior Locations and Where Stainless Steel Is Indicated: Alloy Group 2 stainless-steel bolts, ASTM F 593, and nuts, ASTM F 594. 320 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for metal alloy welded. B. Etching Cleaner for Galvanized Metal: Complying with MPI#25. C. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High-zinc-dust-content paint complying with SSPC-Paint 20 and compatible with paints specified to be used over it. D. Shop Primers: Provide primers that comply with Section 099123 INTERIOR PAINTING. E. Universal Shop Primer: Fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free, universal modified-alkyd primer complying with MPI#79 and compatible with topcoat. 1. Use primer containing pigments that make it easily distinguishable from zinc-rich primer. F. Epoxy Zinc-Rich Primer: Complying with MPI#20 and compatible with topcoat. G. Shop Primer for Galvanized Steel: Primer formulated for exterior use over zinc-coated metal and compatible with finish paint systems indicated. H. Intermediate Coats and Topcoats: Provide products that comply with Section 099123 INTERIOR PAINTING. I. Epoxy Intermediate Coat: Complying with MPI #77 and compatible with primer and topcoat. J. Polyurethane Topcoat: Complying with MPI #72 and compatible with undercoat. K. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187/D 1187M. L. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107/C 1107M. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications. M. Anchoring Cement: Factory-packaged, nonshrink, nonstaining, hydraulic-controlled expansion cement formulation for mixing with water at Project site to create pourable anchoring, patching, and grouting compound. 2.7 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate railings to comply with requirements indicated for design, dimensions, member sizes and spacing, details, finish, and anchorage, but not less than that required to support structural loads. B. Shop assemble railings to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units 321 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 for reassembly and coordinated installation. Use connections that maintain s tructural value of joined pieces. C. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces. D. Form work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces. E. Fabricate connections that are exposed to weather in a manner that excludes water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate. F. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar items. G. Connections: Fabricate railings with welded connections unless otherwise indicated. H. Welded Connections: Cope components at connections to provide close fit, or use fittings designed for this purpose. Weld all around at connections, including at fittings. 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and welded surface matches contours of adjoining surfaces. I. For changes in direction made by bending, use jigs to produce uniform curvature for each repetitive configuration required. Maintain cross section of member throughout entire bend without buckling, twisting, cracking, or otherwise deforming exposed surfaces of components. J. Close exposed ends of railing members with prefabricated end fittings. K. Provide wall returns at ends of wall-mounted handrails unless otherwise indicated. Close ends of returns unless clearance between end of rail and wall is 1/4 inch or less. L. Brackets, Flanges, Fittings, and Anchors: Provide wall brackets, flanges, miscellaneous fittings, and anchors to interconnect railing members to other work unless otherwise indicated. 1. At brackets and fittings fastened to plaster or gypsum board partitions, provide crush - resistant fillers or other means to transfer loads through wall finishes to structural supports and prevent bracket or fitting rotation and crushing of substrate. M. Provide inserts and other anchorage devices for connecting railings to concrete or masonry work. Fabricate anchorage devices capable of withstanding loads imposed by railings. Coordinate anchorage devices with supporting structure. 322 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 N. For railing posts set in concrete, provide stainless-steel sleeves not less than 6 inches long with inside dimensions not less than 1/2 inch greater than outside dimensions of post, with metal plate forming bottom closure. O. Expanded-Metal Infill Panels: Fabricate infill panels from expanded metal made from same metal as railings in which they are installed. 1. Edge panels with U-shaped channels made from metal sheet, of same metal as expanded metal and not less than 0.043 inch thick. 2. Orient expanded metal with long dimension of diamonds as indicated on Drawings. P. Woven-Wire Mesh Infill Panels: Fabricate infill panels from woven -wire mesh crimped into 1- by-1/2-by-1/8-inch metal channel frames. Make wire mesh and frames from same metal as railings in which they are installed. 1. Orient wire mesh with as indicated on Drawings. Q. Toe Boards: Where indicated, provide toe boards at railings around openings and at edge of open-sided floors and platforms. Fabricate to dimensions and details indicated. 2.8 STEEL AND IRON FINISHES A. Galvanized Railings: 1. Hot-dip galvanize exterior steel railings, including hardware, after fabrication. 2. Comply with ASTM A 123/A 123M for hot-dip galvanized railings. 3. Comply with ASTM A 153/A 153M for hot-dip galvanized hardware. 4. Do not quench or apply post galvanizing treatments that might interfere with paint adhesion. 5. Fill vent and drain holes that are exposed in the finished Work, unless indicated to remain as weep holes, by plugging with zinc solder and filing off smooth. B. For galvanized railings, provide hot-dip galvanized fittings, brackets, fasteners, sleeves, and other ferrous components. C. Preparing Galvanized Railings for Shop Priming: After galvanizing, thoroughly clean railings of grease, dirt, oil, flux, and other foreign matter, and treat with etching cleaner. D. For nongalvanized-steel railings, provide nongalvanized ferrous-metal fittings, brackets, fasteners, and sleeves; however, galvanize anchors to be embedded in exterior concrete or masonry. E. Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare uncoated ferrous-metal surfaces to comply with requirements indicated below: 1. Exterior Railings: SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning." 323 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Railings Indicated to Receive Zinc-Rich Primer: SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning." 3. Railings Indicated to Receive Primers: SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning." 4. Other Railings: SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning." F. Primer Application: Apply shop primer to prepared surfaces of railings unless otherwise indicated. Comply with requirements in SSPC-PA 1, "Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting of Steel," for shop painting. Primer need not be applied to surfaces to be embedded in concrete or masonry. 1. Shop prime uncoated railings with primers specified in Section 099123 INTERIOR PAINTING. 2. Do not apply primer to galvanized surfaces. G. High-Performance Coating: Apply epoxy intermediate and polyurethane topcoats to prime - coated surfaces. Comply with coating manufacturer's written instructions and with requirements in SSPC-PA 1, "Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting of Steel," for shop painting. Apply at spreading rates recommended by coating manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine plaster and gypsum board assemblies, where reinforced to receive anchors, to verify that locations of concealed reinforcements are clearly marked for Installer. Locate reinforcements and mark locations if not already done. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Fit exposed connections together to form tight, hairline joints. B. Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing railings. Set railings accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; measured from established lines and levels and free of rack. 1. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of railing components that are coated or finished after fabrication and that are intended for field connection by mechanical or other means without further cutting or fitting. 2. Set posts plumb within a tolerance of 1/16 inch in 3 feet. 3. Align rails so variations from level for horizontal members and variations from parallel with rake of steps and ramps for sloping members do not exceed 1/4 inch in 12 feet. C. Control of Corrosion: Prevent galvanic action and other forms of corrosion by insulating metals and other materials from direct contact with incompatible materials. 324 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Coat, with a heavy coat of bituminous paint, concealed surfaces of aluminum that are in contact with grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals. D. Adjust railings before anchoring to ensure matching alignment at abutting joints. E. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Use anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing railings and for properly transferring loads to in-place construction. 3.3 RAILING CONNECTIONS A. Nonwelded Connections: Use mechanical or adhesive joints for permanently connecting railing components. Seal recessed holes of exposed locking screws using plastic cement filler colored to match finish of railings. B. Welded Connections: Use fully welded joints for permanently connecting railing components. Comply with requirements for welded connections in "Fabrication" Article whether welding is performed in the shop or in the field. C. Expansion Joints: Install expansion joints at locations indicated but not farther apart than required to accommodate thermal movement. Provide slip-joint internal sleeve extending 2 inches beyond joint on either side, fasten internal sleeve securely to one side, and locate joint within 6 inches of post. 3.4 ATTACHING RAILINGS A. Anchor railing ends at walls with round flanges anchored to wall construction and welded to railing ends. B. Anchor railing ends to metal surfaces with flanges bolted to metal surfaces and welded to railing ends. C. Attach railings to wall with wall brackets, except where end flanges are used. Locate brackets as indicated or, if not indicated, at spacing required to support structural loads. D. Secure wall brackets and railing end flanges to building construction as follows: 1. For concrete and solid masonry anchorage, use drilled-in expansion shields and hanger or lag bolts. 2. For hollow masonry anchorage, use toggle bolts. 3. For wood stud partitions, use hanger or lag bolts set into studs or wood backing between studs. Coordinate with carpentry work to locate backing members. 4. For steel-framed partitions, use hanger or lag bolts set into fire-retardant-treated wood backing between studs. Coordinate with stud installation to locate backing members. 5. For steel-framed partitions, use self-tapping screws fastened to steel framing or to concealed steel reinforcements. 325 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 6. For steel-framed partitions, use toggle bolts installed through flanges of steel framing or through concealed steel reinforcements. 3.5 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Clean by washing thoroughly with clean water and soap and rinsing with clean water. B. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint, and paint exposed areas with the same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up shop-painted surfaces. 1. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum 2.0-mil dry film thickness. C. Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint are specified in Section 099123 INTERIOR PAINTING. D. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas, and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780/A 780M. 3.6 PROTECTION A. Protect finishes of railings from damage during construction period with temporary protective coverings approved by railing manufacturer. Remove protective coverings at time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 055213 326 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 06 10 53 - MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Wood blocking and nailers. 2. Plywood backing panels. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Dimension Lumber: Lumber of 2 inches nominal or greater but less than 5 inches nominal in least dimension. B. Lumber grading agencies, and the abbreviations used to reference them, include the following: 1. SPIB: The Southern Pine Inspection Bureau. 2. WWPA: Western Wood Products Association. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product. Indicate component materials and dimensions and include construction and application details. 1. Include data for fire-retardant treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Include physical properties of treated materials based on testing by a qualified independent testing agency. B. Research/Evaluation Reports: For the following, showing compliance with building code in effect for Project: 1. Fire-retardant-treated wood. 2. Expansion anchors. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Stack lumber flat with spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings. B. Deliver interior wood materials that are to be exposed to view only after building is enclosed and weatherproof, wet work other than painting is dry, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature and humidity at occupancy levels. 327 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 70 and applicable rules of grading agencies indicated. If no grading agency is indicated, provide lumber that complies with the applicable rules of any rules-writing agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review. Provide lumber graded by an agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review to inspect and grade lumber under the rules indicated. 1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency. 2. Where nominal sizes are indicated, provide actual sizes required by DOC PS 20 70 for moisture content specified. Where actual sizes are indicated, they are minimum dressed sizes for dry lumber. 3. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated. 2.2 WOOD-PRESERVATIVE-TREATED MATERIALS A. Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA U1; Use Category UC2. 1. Preservative Chemicals: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and containing no arsenic or chromium. 2. For exposed items indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, use chemical formulations that do not require incising, contain colorants, bleed through, or otherwise adversely affect finishes. B. Kiln-dry lumber after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent. Do not use material that is warped or does not comply with requirements for untreated material. C. Mark lumber with treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the ALSC Board of Review. 1. For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, mark end or back of each piece. D. Application: Treat all miscellaneous carpentry unless otherwise indicated. 1. Wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, and similar members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing. 2. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping, and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete. 3. Wood framing and furring attached directly to the interior of below-grade exterior masonry or concrete walls. 4. Wood framing members that are less than 18 inches above the ground in crawl spaces or unexcavated areas. 5. Wood floor plates that are installed over concrete slabs-on-grade. 328 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.3 FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED MATERIALS A. No preservative treated wood shall be used in roof related wood blocking except as noted below. B. Fire retardant treat lumber and plywood by pressure process: Comply with performance requirements in AWPA C20 (lumber) and AWPA C27 (plywood). 1. Products with flame spread index of 25 or less when tested per ASTM E84, with no evidence of significant progressive combustion when test is extended additional 20 minutes, and with flame front not extending more than 10.5 feet beyond centerline of burners at any time during test. 2. Use treatment that does not promote corrosion of metal fasteners and does not contain halogens, sulphates, ammonium phosphates and formaldehyde, and is compatible with materials in contact. 3. Kiln-dry lumber after treatment to maximum moisture content of 19 percent. 4. Use Interior Type A, unless otherwise indicated. C. Identify fire-retardant-treated wood with appropriate classification marking of testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. D. Application: Treat: 1. Plywood backing panels. 2. Roof construction, including equipment curbs, building or roof system joints, blocking, backing, and parapet or roof edge construction where wood is 24 inches or more above the roof deck. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. General: Provide miscellaneous lumber indicated and lumber for support or attachment of other construction, including the following: 1. Blocking. 2. Nailers. B. For items of dimension lumber size, provide Construction or No. 2 grade lumber with 15 percent maximum moisture content of any species. C. For blocking and nailers used for attachment of other construction, select and cut lumber to eliminate knots and other defects that will interfere with attachment of other work. D. For roof-related support along with wood blocking as indicated on drawings and as follows: Sheet metal bent plate, 12-gauge, galvanized steel. 2.5 VERTICAL WOOD SHEATHING A. Plywood Wall Sheathing: 329 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Span Rating: Not less than 16/0. 2. Nominal Thickness: Not less than 3/4”. 2.6 PLYWOOD BACKING PANELS A. Telephone and Electrical Equipment Backing Panels: DOC PS 1, Interior, CD , fire-retardant treated, 3/4-inch nominal thickness. 2.7 FASTENERS A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this Article for material and manufacture. 1. Where carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, pressure-preservative treated, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners of Type 304 stainless steel. B. Screws for Fastening to Cold-Formed Metal Framing: ASTM C 954, except with wafer heads and reamer wings, length as recommended by screw manufacturer for material being fastened. C. Lag Bolts: ASME B18.2.1. D. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A; with ASTM A 563 hex nuts and, where indicated, flat washers. E. Expansion Anchors: Anchor bolt and sleeve assembly of material indicated below with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 6 times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry assemblies and equal to 4 times the load imposed when installed in concrete as determined by testing per ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency. 1. Material: Stainless steel with bolts and nuts complying with ASTM F 593 and ASTM F 594, Alloy Group 1 or 2. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Set carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted. Fit carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as needed for accurate fit. Locate nailers, blocking, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other construction. B. Provide blocking as indicated and as required to support facing materials, fixtures, specialty items, and trim. 330 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. Sort and select lumber so that natural characteristics will not interfere with installation or with fastening other materials to lumber. Do not use materials with defects that interfere with function of member or pieces that are too small to use with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement. D. Securely attach carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated, complying with the following: 1. Table 2304.9.1, "Fastening Schedule," in ICC's International Building Code. E. Use common wire nails, unless otherwise indicated. Select fasteners of size that will not fully penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting wood; do not countersink nail heads, unless otherwise indicated. 3.2 WOOD BLOCKING INSTALLATION A. Install where indicated and where required for attaching other work. Form to shapes indicated and cut as required for true line and level of attached work. Coordinate locations with other work involved. B. Attach items to substrates to support applied loading. Recess bolts and nuts flush with surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. END OF SECTION 061053 331 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 061600 - SHEATHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Wall sheathing. 2. Sheathing joint and penetration treatment. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 061053 "Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry" for plywood backing panels. 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Review air-barrier and water-resistant glass-mat gypsum sheathing requirements and installation, special details, transitions, mockups, air-leakage testing, protection, and work scheduling that covers air-barrier and water-resistant glass-mat gypsum sheathing. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product. Indicate component materials and dimensions and include construction and application details. 1. Include data for wood-preservative treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated plywood complies with requirements. Indicate type of preservative used and net amount of preservative retained. 2. Include data for fire-retardant treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated plywood complies with requirements. Include physical properties of treated materials. 3. For fire-retardant treatments, include physical properties of treated plywood both before and after exposure to elevated temperatures, based on testing by a qualified independent testing agency according to ASTM D5516. 332 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 4. For products receiving waterborne treatment, include statement that moisture content of treated materials was reduced to levels specified before shipment to Project site. 5. For air-barrier and water-resistant glass-mat gypsum sheathing, include manufacturer's technical data and tested physical and performance properties of products. B. Shop Drawings: For air-barrier and water-resistant glass-mat gypsum sheathing assemblies. 1. Show locations and extent of sheathing, accessories, and assemblies specific to Project conditions. 2. Include details for sheathing joints and cracks, counterflashing strips, penetrations, inside and outside corners, terminations, and tie-ins with adjoining construction. 3. Include details of interfaces with other materials that form part of air barrier. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product Certificates: From air-barrier and water-resistant glass-mat gypsum sheathing manufacturer, certifying compatibility of sheathing accessory materials with Project materials that connect to or that come in contact with the sheathing. B. Product Test Reports: For each air-barrier and water-resistant glass-mat gypsum sheathing assembly, indicating compliance with specified requirements, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency. C. Evaluation Reports: For the following, from ICC-ES: 1. Wood-preservative-treated plywood. 2. Fire-retardant-treated plywood. 3. Air-barrier and water-resistant glass-mat gypsum sheathing. D. Field quality-control reports. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Stack panels flat with spacers beneath and between each bundle to provide air circulation. Protect sheathing from weather by covering with waterproof sheeting, securely anchored. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire-Resistance Ratings: As tested according to ASTM E119; testing by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 333 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Indicated by design designations from UL's "Fire Resistance Directory" or from the listings of another qualified testing agency. B. Air-Barrier and Water-Resistant Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing Performance: Air-barrier and water-resistant glass-mat gypsum sheathing assembly, and seals with adjacent construction, shall be capable of performing as a continuous air barrier and as a liquid -water drainage plane flashed to discharge to the exterior incidental condensation or water penetration. Air-barrier assemblies shall be capable of accommodating substrate movement and of sealing substrate expansion and control joints, construction material changes, penetrations, tie-ins to other installed air barriers, and transitions at perimeter conditions without deterioration and air leakage exceeding specified limits. 2.2 PRESERVATIVE-TREATED PLYWOOD A. Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA U1; Use Category UC2 for interior construction not in contact with ground, Use Category UC3b for exterior construction not in contact with ground, and Use Category UC4a for items in contact with ground. 1. Preservative Chemicals: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and containing no arsenic or chromium. B. Mark plywood with appropriate classification marking of an inspection agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. C. Application: Treat items indicated on Drawings and plywood in contact with masonry or concrete or used with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing. 2.3 FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED PLYWOOD A. General: Where fire-retardant-treated materials are indicated, use materials complying with requirements in this article that are acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and with fire- test-response characteristics specified as determined by testing identical products per test method indicated by a qualified testing agency. B. Fire-Retardant-Treated Plywood by Pressure Process: Products with a flame-spread index of 25 or less when tested according to ASTM E84, and with no evidence of significant progressive combustion when the test is extended an additional 20 minutes, and with the flame front not extending more than 10.5 feet (3.2 m) beyond the centerline of the burners at any time during the test. 1. Use treatment that does not promote corrosion of metal fasteners. 2. Exterior Type: Treated materials shall comply with requirements specified above for fire- retardant-treated plywood by pressure process after being subjected to accelerated weathering according to ASTM D2898. Use for exterior locations and where indicated. 334 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3. Interior Type A: Treated materials shall have a moisture content of 28 percent or less when tested according to ASTM D3201/D3201M at 92 percent relative humidity. Use where exterior type is not indicated. 4. Design Value Adjustment Factors: Treated lumber plywood shall be tested according to ASTM D5516 and design value adjustment factors shall be calculated according to ASTM D6305. Span ratings after treatment shall be not less than span ratings specified. C. Kiln-dry material after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 15 percent. Do not use material that is warped or does not comply with requirements for untreated material. D. Identify fire-retardant-treated plywood with appropriate classification marking of qualified testing agency. E. Application: Treat all plywood unless otherwise indicated. 2.4 WALL SHEATHING A. Plywood Sheathing: Exterior sheathing. 1. Span Rating: Not less than 16/0. 2. Nominal Thickness: Not less than 1/2 inch (13 mm). B. Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing: ASTM C1177/C1177M. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Certainteed; SAINT-GOBAIN. b. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC. c. National Gypsum Company. d. USG Corporation. 2. Type and Thickness: Type X, 5/8 inch (15.9 mm) thick. 3. Size: 48 by 96 inches (1219 by 2438 mm) for vertical installation. 2.5 FASTENERS A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this article for material and manufacture. 1. For roof, parapet, and wall sheathing, provide fasteners with hot-dip zinc coating complying with ASTM A153/A153M. B. Nails, Brads, and Staples: ASTM F1667. 335 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. Power-Driven Fasteners: Fastener systems with an evaluation report acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, based on ICC-ES AC70. D. Screws for Fastening Sheathing to Wood Framing: ASTM C1002. E. Screws for Fastening Wood Structural Panels to Cold-Formed Metal Framing: ASTM C954, except with wafer heads and reamer wings, length as recommended by screw manuf acturer for material being fastened. F. Screws for Fastening Gypsum Sheathing to Cold-Formed Metal Framing: Steel drill screws, in length recommended by sheathing manufacturer for thickness of sheathing to be attached. 1. For steel framing less than 0.0329 inch (0.835 mm) thick, use screws that comply with ASTM C1002. 2. For steel framing from 0.033 to 0.112 inch (0.84 to 2.84 mm) thick, use screws that comply with ASTM C954. 2.6 SHEATHING JOINT-AND-PENETRATION TREATMENT MATERIALS A. Sealant for Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing: Elastomeric, medium-modulus, neutral-curing silicone joint sealant compatible with joint substrates formed by gypsum sheathing and other materials, recommended by sheathing manufacturer for application indicated and complying with requirements for elastomeric sealants specified in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants." B. Sealant for Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing: Silicone emulsion sealant complying with ASTM C834, compatible with sheathing tape and sheathing and recommended by tape and sheathing manufacturers for use with glass-fiber sheathing tape and for covering exposed fasteners. 1. Sheathing Tape: Self-adhering glass-fiber tape, minimum 2 inches (50 mm) wide, 10 by 10 or 10 by 20 threads/inch (390 by 390 or 390 by 780 threads/m) of type recommended by sheathing and tape manufacturers for use with silicone emulsion sealant in sealing joints in glass-mat gypsum sheathing and with a history of successful in-service use. C. Sheathing Tape for Foam-Plastic Sheathing: Pressure-sensitive plastic tape recommended by sheathing manufacturer for sealing joints and penetrations in sheathing. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Do not use materials with defects that impair quality of sheathing or pieces that are too small to use with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement. Arrange joints so that pieces do not span between fewer than three support members. 336 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Cut panels at penetrations, edges, and other obstructions of work; fit tightly against abutting construction unless otherwise indicated. C. Securely attach to substrate by fastening as indicated, complying with the following: 1. Table 2304.9.1, "Fastening Schedule," in the ICC's International Building Code. 2. Table R602.3(1), "Fastener Schedule for Structural Members," and Table R602.3(2), "Alternate Attachments," in the ICC's International Residential Code for One- and Two- Family Dwellings. 3. ICC-ES evaluation report for fastener. D. Use common wire nails unless otherwise indicated. Select fasteners of size that will not fully penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will recei ve finish materials. Make tight connections. Install fasteners without splitting wood. E. Coordinate wall, parapet, and, roof sheathing installation with flashing and joint-sealant installation so these materials are installed in sequence and manner that prevent exterior moisture from passing through completed assembly. F. Do not bridge building expansion joints; cut and space edges of panels to match spacing of structural support elements. G. Coordinate sheathing installation with installation of materials installed over sheathing so sheathing is not exposed to precipitation or left exposed at end of the workday when rain is forecast. 3.2 WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with applicable recommendations in APA Form No. E30, "Engineered Wood Construction Guide," for types of structural-use panels and applications indicated. B. Fastening Methods: Fasten panels as indicated below: 1. Wall and Roof Sheathing: a. Nail or staple to wood framing. b. Screw to cold-formed metal framing. c. Space panels 1/8 inch (3 mm) apart at edges and ends. 3.3 GYPSUM SHEATHING INSTALLATION A. Comply with GA-253 and with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Fasten gypsum sheathing to wood framing with screws. 2. Fasten gypsum sheathing to cold-formed metal framing with screws. 337 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3. Install panels with a 3/8-inch (9.5-mm) gap where non-load-bearing construction abuts structural elements. 4. Install panels with a 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) gap where they abut masonry or similar materials that might retain moisture, to prevent wicking. B. Apply fasteners so heads bear tightly against face of sheathing, but do not cut into facing. C. Horizontal Installation: Install sheathing with V-grooved edge down and tongue edge up. Interlock tongue with groove to bring long edges in contact with edges of adjacent panels without forcing. Abut ends over centers of studs, and stagger end joints of adjacent panels not less than one stud spacing. Attach at perimeter and within field of panel to each stud. 1. Space fasteners approximately 8 inches (200 mm) o.c. and set back a minimum of 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) from edges and ends of panels. D. Vertical Installation: Install vertical edges centered over studs. Abut ends and edges with those of adjacent panels. Attach at perimeter and within field of panel to each stud. 1. Space fasteners approximately 8 inches (200 mm) o.c. and set back a minimum of 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) from edges and ends of panels. 2. For sheathing under stucco cladding, panels may be initially tacked in place with screws if overlying self-furring metal lath is screw-attached through sheathing to studs immediately after sheathing is installed. E. Seal sheathing joints according to sheathing manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Apply elastomeric sealant to joints and fasteners and trowel flat. Apply sufficient amount of sealant to completely cover joints and fasteners after troweling. Seal other penetrations and openings. 2. Apply glass-fiber sheathing tape to glass-mat gypsum sheathing joints and apply and trowel sealant to embed entire face of tape in sealant. Apply sealant to exposed fasteners with a trowel so fasteners are completely covered. Seal other penetrations and openings. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. ABAA Quality Assurance Program: Perform examinations, preparation, installation, testing, and inspections under ABAA's Quality Assurance Program. B. Inspections: Air-barrier and water-resistant glass-mat gypsum sheathing, accessories, and installation are subject to inspection for compliance with requirements. Inspections may include the following: 1. Continuity of air-barrier system has been achieved throughout the building envelope with no gaps or holes. 2. Laps in strips and transition strips have complied with minimum requirements and have been shingled in the correct direction (or mastic has been applied on exposed edges), with no fish-mouths. 338 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3. Termination mastic has been applied on cut edges. 4. Strips and transition strips have been firmly adhered to substrate. 5. Compatible materials have been used. 6. Transitions at changes in direction and structural support at gaps have been provided. 7. Connections between assemblies (sheathing and sealants) have complied with requirements for cleanliness, surface preparation and priming, structural support, integrity, and continuity of seal. 8. All penetrations have been sealed. C. Air barriers will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. D. Repair damage to air barriers caused by testing; follow manufacturer's written instructions. E. Prepare inspection reports. END OF SECTION 061600 339 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 064023 - INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Interior veneer-faced woodwork. 2. Interior wood trim. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 06 Section "Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry" for wood furring, blocking, shims, and hanging strips required for installing woodwork and concealed within other construction before woodwork installation. 2. Section 099300 “Transparent Finishing”. 3. Section 123623.13 “Plastic-Laminate-Clad Countertops”. 4. Section 123661.19 “Quartz Agglomerate Countertops”. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Interior architectural woodwork includes wood furring, blocking, shims, and hanging strips for installing woodwork items unless concealed within other construction before woodwork installation. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For panel products, interior standing and running trim, high-pressure decorative laminate adhesive for bonding plastic laminate, solid-surfacing material, cabinet hardware and accessories and finishing materials and processes. B. Shop Drawings: Show location of each item, dimensioned plans and elevations, large-scale details, attachment devices, and other components. 1. Show details full size. 2. Show locations and sizes of furring, blocking, and hanging strips, including concealed blocking and reinforcement specified in other Sections. 3. Show locations and sizes of cutouts and holes for plumbing fixtures, faucets, soap dispensers and other items installed in architectural woodwork. 4. Show veneer leaves with dimensions, grain direction, exposed face, and identification numbers indicating the flitch and sequence within the flitch for each leaf. 5. Apply AWI-Quality Certification Program label to first page of Shop Drawings. 340 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. Samples for Initial Selection: 1. Shop-applied transparent finishes. 2. Shop-applied opaque finishes. 3. Thermoset decorative panels. D. Samples for Verification: 1. Veneer-faced panel products and hardwood lumber with transparent finish applied, 12 by 24 inches, for each species and cut. Include at least one face-veneer seam and finish as specified. 2. Solid-surfacing materials, 6 inches square. 3. Plastic laminates. 4. Corner pieces as follows: a. Cabinet-front frame joints between stiles and rails, as well as exposed end pieces, 18 inches high by 18 inches wide by 6 inches deep. b. Miter joints for standing trim. 5. Exposed cabinet hardware and accessories, one unit for each type and finish. E. Product Certificates: For each type of product, signed by product manufacturer. F. Woodwork Quality Standard Compliance Certificates: AWI Quality Certification Program certificates. G. Qualification Data: For fabricator. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: Shop that employs skilled workers who custom -fabricate products similar to those required for this Project and whose products have a record of successful in - service performance. Shop is a certified participant in AWI's Quality Certification Program. 1. Fabricator shall be certified for chain of custody by an FSC-accredited certification body. B. Quality Standard: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with AWI's "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards" for grades of interior architectural woodwork indicated for construction, finishes, installation, and other requirements. Provide AWI Quality Certification Program certificates indicating that woodwork complies with requirements of grades specified. 1. FSC Standard: Wood products obtained from sustainably managed forests as certified by the Forest Stewardship Council (FSC) “Principles and Criteria”. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Do not deliver woodwork until painting and similar operations that could damage woodwork have been completed in installation areas. If woodwork must be stored in other than installation areas, store only in areas where environmental conditions comply with requirements specified 341 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 in "Project Conditions" Article. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install woodwork until building is enclosed, wet work is complete, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature and relative humidity at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. B. Field Measurements: Where woodwork is indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication, and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. 1. Locate concealed framing, blocking, and reinforcements that support woodwork by field measurements before being enclosed, and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. 2. Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, establish dimensions and proceed with fabricating woodwork without field measurements. Provide allowance for trimming at site, and coordinate construction to ensure that actual dimensions correspond to established dimensions. 1.8 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of framing, blocking, furring, reinforcements, and other related units of Work specified in other Sections to ensure that interior architectural woodwork can be supported and installed as indicated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Provide materials that comply with requirements of AWI's quality standard for each type of woodwork and quality grade specified, unless otherwise indicated. 2.2 COMPOSITE WOOD PRODUCTS: A. For use at: 1. Veneer-faced accents and woodwork as indicated. B. Decorative Engineered Veneer (WD-1): Reproduced veneers impregnated with a protective polyurethane and fused with melamine resin-impregnated kraft sheets. No urea formaldehyde. FSC certified. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering high-pressure decorative laminates that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Formica Corporation. 2. Nevamar Company, LLC; Decorative Products Div. 3. Westinghouse Electric Corp.; Specialty Products Div. 4. Wilsonart International; Div. of Premark International, Inc. 342 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. Basis-of-Design Product: NewLeaf Performance Veneers. 1. Surface Burning Characteristics: Class A; ASTM E84. 2. Species Name: Black Walnut, Plain Sawn, Natural 3. Grade: “New Leaf” Grade GP30. 4. Thickness: 0.030 inch. 5. Finish: Matte Grain Book Matched 6. Edge Profile: Self-Edge. 7. Acceptable Substrates: a. Particleboard: Minimum 45 lb. density; ANSI A208.1. b. Medium-Density Fiberboard (MDF): ANSI A208.2. c. High-Density Fiberboard (HDF). 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Furring, Blocking, Shims, and Hanging Strips: Softwood or hardwood lumber, kiln dried to less than 15 percent moisture content. B. Anchors: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each substrate for secure anchorage. Provide nonferrous-metal or hot-dip galvanized anchors and inserts on inside face of exterior walls and elsewhere as required for corrosion resistance. Provide toothed -steel or lead expansion sleeves for drilled-in-place anchors. C. Adhesive for Bonding Plastic Laminate: Contact cement. Adhesive for Bonding Edges: Hot- melt adhesive or adhesive specified above for faces. 2.4 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Interior Woodwork Grade: Unless otherwise indicated, provide Custom-grade interior woodwork complying with referenced quality standard. B. Wood Moisture Content: Comply with requirements of referenced quality standard for wood moisture content in relation to ambient relative humidity during fabrication and in installation areas. C. Complete fabrication, including assembly and hardware application, to maximum extent possible before shipment to Project site. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and installation. Where necessary for fitting at site, provide ample allowance for scribing, trimming, and fitting. 1. Notify Architect seven days in advance of the dates and times woodwork fabrication will be complete. 2. Trial fit assemblies at fabrication shop that cannot be shipped completely assembled. Install dowels, screws, bolted connectors, and other fastening devices that can be removed after trial fitting. Verify that various parts fit as intended and check measurements of assemblies against field measurements indicated on Shop Drawings before disassembling for shipment. 343 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 D. Shop-cut openings to maximum extent possible to receive hardware, appliances, plumbing fixtures, electrical work, and similar items. Locate openings accurately and use templates or roughing-in diagrams to produce accurately sized and shaped openings. Sand edges of cutouts to remove splinters and burrs. Seal edges of openings in countertops with a coat of varnish. E. Install glass to comply with applicable requirements in Division 8 Section "Glazing" and in GANA's "Glazing Manual." For glass in wood frames, secure glass with removable stops. 2.5 INERIOR ORNAMENTAL WOODWORK FOR TRANSPARENT FINISH A. Interior ornamental work for transparent finish includes the following: 1. Hardwood lumber standing and running trim as indicated. B. Grade: Premium. C. Hardwood Lumber Species and Cut: 1. Species: Walnut, to match WD-1 veneer. 2. Cut: plain sliced. 3. Sizes and Configurations: As indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Before installation, condition woodwork to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas. B. Before installing architectural woodwork, examine shop-fabricated work for completion and complete work as required, including removal of packing and back priming. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Grade: Install woodwork to comply with requirements for the same grade specified in Part 2 for fabrication of type of woodwork involved. B. Assemble woodwork and complete fabrication at Project site to comply with requirements for fabrication in Part 2, to extent that it was not completed in the shop. C. Install woodwork level, plumb, true, and straight. Shim as required with concealed shims. Install level and plumb (including tops) to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches. D. Scribe and cut woodwork to fit adjoining work, refinish cut surfaces, and repair damaged finish at cuts. 344 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 E. Anchor woodwork to anchors or blocking built in or directly attached to substrates. Secure with countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing as required for complete installation. Use fine finishing nails for exposed fastening, countersunk and filled flush with woodwork and matching final finish if transparent finish is indicated. F. Touch up finishing work specified in this Section after installation of woodwork. Fill nail holes with matching filler where exposed. 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Repair damaged and defective woodwork, where possible, to eliminate functional and visual defects; where not possible to repair, replace woodwork. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. B. Clean, lubricate, and adjust hardware. C. Clean woodwork on exposed and semi-exposed surfaces. END OF SECTION 064023 345 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 064116 - PLASTIC-LAMINATE-CLAD ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Plastic-laminate-clad architectural cabinets. 2. Cabinet hardware and accessories. 3. Wood furring, blocking, shims, and hanging strips for installing plastic-laminate-clad architectural cabinets that are not concealed within other construction. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 061000 "Rough Carpentry" for wood furring, blocking, shims, and hanging strips required for installing cabinets that are concealed within other construction before cabinet installation. 2. Section 123623.13 "Plastic-Laminate-Clad Countertops." 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of framing, blocking, furring, reinforcements, and other related units of Work specified in other Sections to support loads imposed by installed and fully loaded cabinets. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include data for fire-retardant treatment from chemical-treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details. 2. Show large-scale details. 346 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3. Show locations and sizes of furring, blocking, and hanging strips, including concealed blocking and reinforcement specified in other Sections. 4. Show locations and sizes of cutouts and holes for items installed in plastic-laminate architectural cabinets. 5. Apply AWI Quality Certification Program label to Shop Drawings. C. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified, in manufacturer's or manufacturer's standard size. D. Samples for Verification: For the following: 1. Plastic Laminates: [8 by 10 inches (200 by 250 mm)] [12 by 12 inches (300 by 300 mm)], for each type, color, pattern, and surface finish required. a. Provide one sample applied to core material with specified edge material applied to one edge. b. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For manufacturer and Installer. B. Product Certificates: For each type of product. 1. Composite wood products. 2. Thermoset decorative panels. 3. High-pressure decorative laminate. 4. Glass. 5. Adhesives. C. Evaluation Reports: For fire-retardant-treated materials, from ICC-ES. D. Field quality-control reports. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Quality Standard Compliance Certificates: AWI Quality Certification Program certificates. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Employs skilled workers who custom fabricate products similar to those required for this Project and whose products have a record of successful in-service performance. 347 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Manufacturer's Certification: Licensed participant in AWI's Quality Certification Program. B. Installer Qualifications: Licensed participant in AWI's Quality Certification Program. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Do not deliver cabinets until painting and similar finish operations that might damage architectural cabinets have been completed in installation areas. Store cabinets in installation areas or in areas where environmental conditions comply with requirements specified in "Field Conditions" Article. 1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations without Humidity Control: Do not deliver or install cabinets until building is enclosed, wet-work is complete, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature and relative humidity at levels planned for building occupants during the remainder of the construction period. B. Environmental Limitations with Humidity Control: Do not deliver or install cabinets until building is enclosed, wet-work is complete, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature between 60 and 90 deg F (16 and 32 deg C) and relative humidity between 25 and 55 percent during the remainder of the construction period. C. Field Measurements: Where cabinets are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication, and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. 1. Locate concealed framing, blocking, and reinforcements that support cabinets by field measurements before being enclosed/concealed by construction, and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. D. Established Dimensions: Where cabinets are indicated to fit to other construction, establish dimensions for areas where cabinets are to fit. Provide allowance for trimming at site, and coordinate construction to ensure that actual dimensions correspond to established dimensions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 1. 348 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.2 PLASTIC-LAMINATE-CLAD ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS A. Quality Standard: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with the Architectural Woodwork Standards for grades of cabinets indicated for construction, finishes, installation, and other requirements. 1. Provide labels and certificates from AWI certification program indicating that woodwork and installation complies with requirements of grades specified. 2. The Contract Documents contain requirements that are more stringent than the referenced quality standard. Comply with requirements of Contract Documents in addition to those of the referenced quality standard. B. Architectural Woodwork Standards Grade: Custom. C. Type of Construction: Frameless. D. Door and Drawer-Front Style: Flush overlay. E. High-Pressure Decorative Laminate: NEMA LD 3, grades as indicated or if not indicated, as required by quality standard. Provide product as indicated in Schedule for Finishes on drawings. F. Laminate Cladding for Exposed Surfaces: 1. Horizontal Surfaces: Grade HGS. 2. Postformed Surfaces: Grade HGP. 3. Vertical Surfaces: Grade HGS. 4. Edges: Grade VGS PVC tape, 0.018-inch (0.460-mm) minimum thickness, matching laminate in color, pattern, and finish PVC T-mold matching laminate in color, pattern, and finish PVC edge banding, 1/8-inch (3.0 mm) thick, matching laminate in color, pattern, and finish. 5. Pattern Direction: Vertically for drawer fronts, doors, and fixed panels. G. Materials for Semiexposed Surfaces: 1. Surfaces Other Than Drawer Bodies: High-pressure decorative laminate, NEMA LD 3, Grade VGS. a. Edges of Plastic-Laminate Shelves: PVC tape, 0.018-inch (0.460-mm) minimum thickness, matching laminate in color, pattern, and finish. b. Edges of Thermoset Decorative Panel Shelves: PVC or polyester edge banding. c. For semiexposed backs of panels with exposed plastic-laminate surfaces, provide surface of high-pressure decorative laminate, NEMA LD 3, [Grade VGS] [Grade CLS]. 2. Drawer Sides and Backs: Solid-hardwood lumber. 3. Drawer Bottoms: Hardwood plywood. 349 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 H. Dust Panels: 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) plywood or tempered hardboard above compartments and drawers unless located directly under tops. I. Concealed Backs of Panels with Exposed Plastic-Laminate Surfaces: High-pressure decorative laminate, NEMA LD 3, Grade BKL. J. Drawer Construction: Fabricate with exposed fronts fastened to subfront with mounting screws from interior of body. 1. Join subfronts, backs, and sides with glued rabbeted joints supplemented by mechanical fasteners or glued dovetail joints. K. Colors, Patterns, and Finishes: Provide materials and products that result in colors and textures of exposed laminate surfaces complying with the following requirements: 1. As indicated in Schedule for Finishes. 2.3 WOOD MATERIALS A. Wood Products: Provide materials that comply with requirements of referenced quality standard for each type of architectural cabinet and quality grade specified unless otherwise indicated. 1. Wood Moisture Content: 5 to 10 percent. B. Composite Wood Products: Provide materials that comply with requirements of referenced quality standard for each type of architectural cabinet and quality grade specified unless otherwise indicated. 1. Medium-Density Fiberboard (MDF): ANSI A208.2, Grade 130. 2. Particleboard (Medium Density): ANSI A208.1, Grade M-2. 3. Softwood Plywood: DOC PS 1, medium-density overlay. 4. Thermoset Decorative Panels: Particleboard or MDF finished with thermally fused, melamine-impregnated decorative paper and complying with requirements of NEMA LD 3, Grade VGL, for Test Methods 3.3, 3.4, 3.6, 3.8, and 3.10. 2.4 FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED MATERIALS A. Fire-Retardant-Treated Materials, General: Where fire-retardant-treated materials are indicated, use materials that are acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and with fire -test-response characteristics specified as determined by testing identical products per test method indicated by a qualified testing agency. 1. Use treated materials that comply with requirements of referenced quality standard. Do not use materials that are warped, discolored, or otherwise defective. 2. Use fire-retardant-treatment formulations that do not bleed through or otherwise adversely affect finishes. Do not use colorants to distinguish treated materials from untreated materials. 350 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3. Identify fire-retardant-treated materials with appropriate classification marking of qualified testing agency in the form of removable paper label or imprint on surfaces that will be concealed from view after installation. B. Fire-Retardant-Treated Lumber and Plywood: Products with a flame-spread index of 25 or less when tested according to ASTM E84, with no evidence of significant progressive combustion when the test is extended an additional 20 minutes, and with the flame front not extending more than 10.5 feet (3.2 m) beyond the centerline of the burners at any time during the test. 1. Kiln-dry lumber and plywood after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 and 15 percent, respectively. 2. For items indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, use or ganic resin chemical formulation. 3. Mill lumber after treatment within limits set for wood removal that do not affect listed fire-test-response characteristics, using a woodworking shop certified by testing and inspecting agency. 4. Mill lumber before treatment and implement procedures during treatment and drying processes that prevent lumber from warping and developing discolorations from drying sticks or other causes, marring, and other defects affecting appearance of architectural cabinets. C. Fire-Retardant Particleboard: Made from softwood particles and fire-retardant chemicals mixed together at time of panel manufacture to achieve flame-spread index of 25 or less and smoke- developed index of 25 or less per ASTM E84. 1. For panels 3/4 inch (19 mm) thick and less, comply with ANSI A208.1 for Grade M-2 except for the following minimum properties: modulus of rupture, 1600 psi (11 MPa); modulus of elasticity, 300,000 psi (2070 MPa); internal bond, 80 psi (550 kPa); and screw-holding capacity on face and edge, 250 and 225 lbf (1100 and 1000 N), respectively. 2. For panels 13/16 to 1-1/4 inches (20 to 32 mm) thick, comply with ANSI A208.1 for Grade M-1 except for the following minimum properties: modulus of rupture, 1300 psi (9 MPa); modulus of elasticity, 250,000 psi (1720 MPa); linear expansion, 0.50 percent; and screw-holding capacity on face and edge, 250 and 175 lbf (1100 and 780 N), respectively. 3. <Double click here to find, evaluate, and insert list of manufacturers and products.> D. Fire-Retardant Fiberboard: MDF panels complying with ANSI A208.2, made from softwood fibers, synthetic resins, and fire-retardant chemicals mixed together at time of panel manufacture to achieve flame-spread index of 25 or less and smoke-developed index of 200 or less per ASTM E84. 1. <Double click here to find, evaluate, and insert list of manufacturers and products.> 351 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.5 CABINET HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES A. General: Provide cabinet hardware and accessory materials associated with architectural cabinets except for items specified in Section 087100 "Door Hardware." B. Butt Hinges: 2-3/4-inch (70-mm), five-knuckle steel hinges made from 0.095-inch- (2.4-mm-) thick metal, and as follows: 1. Semiconcealed Hinges for Flush Doors: ANSI/BHMA A156.9, B01361. 2. Semiconcealed Hinges for Overlay Doors: ANSI/BHMA A156.9, B01521. C. Frameless Concealed Hinges (European Type): ANSI/BHMA A156.9, B01602, 135 degrees of opening, self-closing. D. Back-Mounted Pulls: ANSI/BHMA A156.9, B02011. 1. Basis of Design: Provide Richelieu Contemporary Metal Pull – 873 or comparable products by one of the following: a. Mockett. b. Hafele. 2. Finish: Matte Black E. Wire Pulls: Back mounted, solid metal, 4 inches (100 mm) long, 5/16 inch (8 mm) in diameter. F. Catches: Magnetic catches, ANSI/BHMA A156.9, B03141. G. Adjustable Shelf Standards and Supports: ANSI/BHMA A156.9, B04071; with shelf rests, B04081. H. Shelf Rests: ANSI/BHMA A156.9, B04013; metal. I. Drawer Slides: ANSI/BHMA A156.9. 1. Grade 1 and Grade 2: Side mounted and extending under bottom edge of drawer. a. Type: Full extension. b. Material: Zinc-plated steel with polymer rollers. 2. Grade 1HD-100 and Grade 1HD-200: Side mounted; full-extension type; zinc-plated- steel ball-bearing slides. 3. For drawers more than 3 inches (75 mm) high, but not more than 6 inches (150 mm) high and not more than 24 inches (600 mm) wide, provide Grade 1 Grade 1HD-100. 4. For drawers more than 6 inches (150 mm) high or more than 24 inches (600 mm) wide, provide Grade 1HD-100. 5. For trash bins not more than 20 inches (500 mm) high and 16 inches (400 mm) wide, provide Grade 1HD-100. 352 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 J. Door Locks: ANSI/BHMA A156.11, E07121. K. Drawer Locks: ANSI/BHMA A156.11, E07041. L. Door and Drawer Silencers: ANSI/BHMA A156.16, L03011. M. Grommets for Cable Passage: 1-1/4-inch (32-mm) OD, molded-plastic grommets and matching plastic caps with slot for wire passage. 1. Color: Black. N. Exposed Hardware Finishes: For exposed hardware, provide finish that complies with ANSI/BHMA A156.18 for ANSI/BHMA finish number indicated. 1. Satin Stainless Steel: ANSI/BHMA 630. O. For concealed hardware, provide manufacturer's standard finish that complies with product class requirements in ANSI/BHMA A156.9. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Furring, Blocking, Shims, and Hanging Strips: Softwood or hardwood lumber, kiln-dried to less than 15 percent moisture content. B. Anchors: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each substrate for secure anchorage. Provide metal expansion sleeves or expansion bolts for post-installed anchors. Use nonferrous- metal or hot-dip galvanized anchors and inserts at inside face of exterior walls and at floors. C. Adhesive for Bonding Plastic Laminate: Unpigmented contact cement. 1. Adhesive for Bonding Edges: Hot-melt adhesive or adhesive specified above for faces. 2.7 FABRICATION A. Fabricate architectural cabinets to dimensions, profiles, and details indicated. B. Complete fabrication, including assembly and hardware application, to maximum extent possible before shipment to Project site. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and installation. Where necessary for fitting at site, provide ample allowance for scribing, trimming, and fitting. 1. Notify Architect seven days in advance of the dates and times architectural cabinet fabrication will be complete. 2. Trial fit assemblies at manufacturer's shop that cannot be shipped completely assembled. Install dowels, screws, bolted connectors, and other fastening devices that can be removed after trial fitting. Verify that various parts fit as intended and check 353 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 measurements of assemblies against field measurements before disassembling for shipment. C. Shop-cut openings to maximum extent possible to receive hardware, appliances, electrical work, and similar items. Locate openings accurately and use templates or roughing-in diagrams to produce accurately sized and shaped openings. Sand edges of cutouts to remove splinters and burrs. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Before installation, condition cabinets to humidity conditions in installation areas for not less than 72 hours. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Architectural Woodwork Standards Grade: Install cabinets to comply with quality standard grade of item to be installed. B. Assemble cabinets and complete fabrication at Project site to extent that it was not completed in the shop. C. Anchor cabinets to anchors or blocking built in or directly attached to substrates. Secure with wafer-head cabinet installation screws. D. Install cabinets level, plumb, and true in line to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches (3 mm in 2400 mm) using concealed shims. 1. Scribe and cut cabinets to fit adjoining work, refinish cut surfaces, and repair damaged finish at cuts. 2. Install cabinets without distortion so doors and drawers fit openings and are accurately aligned. Adjust hardware to center doors and drawers in openings and to provide unencumbered operation. Complete installation of hardware and accessory items as indicated. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspections: Provide inspection of installed Work through AWI's Quality Certification Program certifying that woodwork, including installation, complies with requirements of the Architectural Woodwork Standards for the specified grade. 1. Inspection entity shall prepare and submit report of inspection. 354 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Repair damaged and defective cabinets, where possible, to eliminate functional and visual defects. Where not possible to repair, replace architectural cabinets. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. B. Clean, lubricate, and adjust hardware. C. Clean cabinets on exposed and semiexposed surfaces. END OF SECTION 064116 355 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 064216 - FLUSH WOOD PANELING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Flush wood paneling (veneer wall surfacing). 2. Wall Base. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 061053 "Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry" for wood furring, blocking, shims, and hanging strips required for installing paneling that is concealed within other construction before paneling installation. 2. Section 064023 “Interior Architectural Woodwork” for related interior woodwork. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of framing, blocking, furring, reinforcements, and other related units of Work specified in other Sections to ensure that paneling can be installed as indicated. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: For flush wood paneling. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details. 2. Show locations and sizes of furring and blocking, including concealed blocking specified in other Sections. 356 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3. For paneling produced from premanufactured sets, show finished panel sizes, set numbers, sequence numbers within sets, and method of cutting panels to produce indicated sizes. 4. For paneling veneered in fabrication shop, show veneer leaves with dimensions, grain direction, exposed face, and identification numbers indicating the flitch and sequence within the flitch for each leaf. 5. Apply AWI Quality Certification Program label to Shop Drawings. C. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and finish specified, in manufacturer's or fabricator's standard size. D. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of exposed finish. E. Samples for Verification: For the following: 1. Lumber for Transparent Finish: Not less than 5 inches (125 mm) wide by 12 inches (300 mm) long, for each species and cut, finished on one side and one edge. 2. Veneer Leaves: Representative of and selected from flitches to be used for transparent- finished paneling. 3. Veneer-Faced Panel Products for Transparent Finish: 8 by 10 inches (200 by 250 mm), for each species and cut. Include at least one face-veneer seam and finish as specified. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer and fabricator. B. Product Certificates: For each type of product. C. Quality Standard Compliance Certificates: WI Certified Compliance Program. D. Evaluation Reports: For fire-retardant-treated materials, from ICC-ES. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: Shop that employs skilled workers who custom-fabricate products similar to those required for this Project and whose products have a record of successful in - service performance. 1. Shop Certification: AWI's Quality Certification Program accredited participant. B. Installer Qualifications: AWI's Quality Certification Program accredited participant. C. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects, and to set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Build mockups of typical paneling as shown on Drawings. 357 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Do not deliver paneling until painting and similar operations that might damage paneling have been completed in installation areas. Store paneling in installation areas or in areas where environmental conditions comply with requirements specified in "Field Conditions" Article. 1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations without Humidity Control: Do not deliver or install paneling until building is enclosed, wet-work is complete, and HVAC system is operating and will maintain temperature and relative humidity at levels planned for building occupants during the remainder of the construction period. B. Environmental Limitations with Humidity Control: Do not deliver or install pan eling until building is enclosed, wet-work is complete, and HVAC system is operating and will maintain temperature between 60 and 90 deg F (16 and 32 deg C) and relative humidity between 25 and 55 percent during the remainder of the construction period. C. Field Measurements: Where paneling is indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. 1. Locate concealed framing, blocking, and reinforcements that support paneling by field measurements before being enclosed/concealed by construction and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. D. Established Dimensions: Where paneling is indicated to fit to other construction, establish dimensions for areas where woodwork is to fit. Provide allowance for trimming at site, and coordinate construction to ensure that actual dimensions correspond to established dimensions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PANELING FABRICATORS A. Source Limitations: Engage a qualified woodworking firm to assume undivided responsibility for production of paneling and wood trim. 358 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.2 PANELING, GENERAL A. Quality Standard: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with the "Architectural Woodwork Standards" for grades of flush wood paneling (wood-veneer wall surfacing) indicated for construction, finishes, installation, and other requirements. 1. Provide inspections of fabrication and installation together with labels and certificates from AWI certification program indicating that woodwork complies with requirements of grades specified. 2. The Contract Documents contain requirements that are more stringent than the referenced woodwork quality standard. Comply with requirements of Contract Documents in addition to those of the referenced quality standard. 2.3 FLUSH WOOD PANELING (WOOD-VENEER WALL SURFACING) A. Grade: Custom. B. Decorative Engineered Veneer (WD-1): Reproduced veneers impregnated with a protective polyurethane and fused with melamine resin-impregnated kraft sheets. No urea formaldehyde. FSC certified. C. Basis-of-Design Product: NewLeaf Performance Veneers. 1. Surface Burning Characteristics: Class A; ASTM E84. 2. Species Name: Black Walnut, Plain Sawn, Natural. 3. Grade: “New Leaf” Grade GP30. 4. Thickness: 0.030 inch. 5. Finish: Matte Grain Book Matched. 6. Edge Profile: Self-Edge. 7. Acceptable Substrates. a. Particleboard: Minimum 45 lb. density; ANSI A208.1. b. Medium-Density Fiberboard (MDF): ANSI A208.2. c. High-Density Fiberboard (HDF). D. Veneer Matching Method: 1. Adjacent Veneer Leaves: Book match. 2. Within Panel Face: Running match. 3. Adjacent Veneer Leaves and within Panel Face: Slip, center-balance, or book match. E. Panel-Matching Method: 1. No matching is required between adjacent panels. Select and arrange panels for similarity of grain pattern and color between adjacent panels. 2. Premanufactured panel sets selectively reduced in width within each separate area. F. Vertical Panel-Matching Method: Continuous end match; veneer leaves of upper panels are continuations of veneer leaves of lower panels. 359 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 G. Panel Core Construction: From veneer manufacturer’s approved substrate list. 1. Thickness: 3/4 inch (19 mm). H. Exposed Panel Edges: Wood-veneer matching faces. I. Fire-Retardant-Treated Paneling: Panels shall consist of wood-veneer and fire-retardant particleboard or fire-retardant, medium-density fiberboard (MDF). Panels shall have a flame- spread index of 25 or less and a smoke-developed index of 450 or less per ASTM E84, and be listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. J. Assemble panels by gluing and concealed fastening. 2.4 WOOD BASE A. Grade: Custom. B. Wood Species and Cut: As indicated on Schedule for Finishes. Refer to requirements in 064023 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK. C. Profile: As indicated on drawings. 2.5 MATERIALS A. Materials, General: Provide materials that comply with requirements of referenced quality standard for each quality grade specified unless otherwise indicated. B. Wood Moisture Content: 5 to 10 percent. C. Composite Wood Products: Provide materials that comply with requirements of referenced quality standard for each quality grade specified unless otherwise indicated. 1. MDF: ANSI A208.2, Grade 130. 2. Particleboard (Medium Density): ANSI A208.1, Grade M-2. 3. Veneer-Faced Panel Products (Hardwood Plywood): HPVA HP-1. 2.6 INSTALLATION MATERIALS A. Furring, Blocking, Shims, and Hanging Strips: Softwood or hardwood lumber, kiln-dried to less than 15 percent moisture content. B. Anchors: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each substrate for secure anchorage. Provide metal expansion sleeves or expansion bolts for post-installed anchors. Use nonferrous- metal or hot-dip galvanized anchors and inserts at inside face of exterior walls. 360 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. Installation Adhesive: Product recommended by panel fabricator for each substrate for secure anchorage. 2.7 FABRICATION A. Sand fire-retardant-treated wood lightly to remove raised grain on exposed surfaces before fabrication. B. Arrange paneling in shop or other suitable space in proposed sequence for examination by Architect. Mark units with temporary sequence numbers to indicate position in proposed layout. 1. Lay out one elevation at a time if approved by Architect. 2. Notify Architect seven days in advance of the date and time when layout will be available for viewing. 3. Provide lighting of similar type and level as that of final installation for viewing layout unless otherwise approved by Architect. 4. Rearrange paneling as directed by Architect until layout is approved. 5. Do not trim end units and other nonmodular-size units to less than modular size until after Architect's approval of layout. 6. Obtain Architect's approval of layout before start of assembly. Mark units and Shop Drawings with assembly sequence numbers based on approved layout. C. Complete fabrication, including assembly, to maximum extent possible, before shipment to Project site. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and installation. Where necessary for fitting at site, provide ample allowance for scribing, trimming, and fitting. 1. Notify Architect seven days in advance of the dates and times paneling fabrication will be complete. D. Shop cut openings, to maximum extent possible, to receive hardware, appliances, plumbing fixtures, electrical work, and similar items. Locate openings accurately and use templates or roughing-in diagrams to produce accurately sized and shaped openings. Sand edges of cutouts to remove splinters and burrs. 2.8 SHOP FINISHING A. General: Finish paneling at fabrication shop as specified in this Section. Defer only final touchup, cleaning, and polishing until after installation. B. Shop Priming: Shop apply the prime coat including backpriming, if any, for transparent-finished paneling specified to be field finished. C. Preparation for Finishing: Comply with referenced quality standard for sanding, filling countersunk fasteners, sealing concealed surfaces, and similar preparations for finishing paneling, as applicable to each unit of work. 361 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Backpriming: Apply two coats of sealer or primer, compatible with finish coats, to concealed surfaces of paneling. D. Transparent Finish: 1. Grade: Custom. 2. Finish: System - 5, conversion varnish. 3. Wash Coat for Closed-Grain Woods: Apply wash-coat sealer to woodwork made from closed-grain wood before staining and finishing. 4. Staining: None required. 5. Open Finish for Open-Grain Woods: Do not apply filler to open-grain woods. 6. Sheen: Matte, 15-30 gloss units measured on 60-degree gloss meter per ASTM D523. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Before installation, condition paneling to humidity conditions in installation areas. B. Before installing paneling, examine shop-fabricated work for completion and complete work as required, including removal of packing and backpriming. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Grade: Install paneling to comply with quality standard grade of paneling to be installed. B. Install paneling level, plumb, true in line, and without distortion. Shim as required with concealed shims. Install level and plumb to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches (3 mm in 2400 mm). Install with no more than 1/16 inch in 96-inch (1.6 mm in 2400-mm) vertical cup or bow and 1/8 inch in 96-inch (3 mm in 2400-mm) horizontal variation from a true plane. 1. For flush paneling with revealed joints, install with variations in reveal width, alignment of top and bottom edges, and flushness between adjacent panels not exceeding 1/16 inch (1.5 mm). C. Anchor paneling to supporting substrate with concealed panel-hanger clips or blind nailing. 1. Do not use face fastening unless covered by trim. D. Complete finishing work specified in this Section to extent not completed at shop or before installation of paneling. Fill nail holes with matching filler where exposed. 1. Apply specified finish coats, including stains and paste fillers if any, to exposed surfaces where only sealer/prime coats are shop applied. 362 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Repair damaged and defective paneling, where possible, to eliminate defects. Where not possible to repair, replace paneling. Adjust for uniform appearance. B. Clean paneling on exposed surfaces. Touch up shop-applied finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas. END OF SECTION 064216 363 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 066400 - PLASTIC PANELING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Plastic sheet paneling. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Source Limitations: Obtain plastic paneling and trim accessories from single manufacturer. 2.2 PLASTIC SHEET PANELING (FRP-1) A. Glass-Fiber-Reinforced Plastic Paneling: Gelcoat-finished, glass-fiber-reinforced plastic panels complying with ASTM D 5319. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Panolam b. Crane Composites, Inc. c. Glasteel. d. Marlite. e. Newcourt, Inc. f. Nudo Products, Inc. g. Parkland Plastics, Inc. 2. Low-Emitting Materials: Paneling shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Public Health's (formerly, the California Department of Health Services') "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of 364 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers." 3. Surface-Burning Characteristics: As follows when tested by a qualified testing agency according to ASTM E 84. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. a. Flame-Spread Index: 25 or less. b. Smoke-Developed Index: 450 or less. 4. Nominal Thickness: Not less than 0.09 inch. 5. Surface Finish: Molded pebble texture. 6. Color: White 7. Note: No horizontal seaming allowed in Kitchen. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Trim Accessories: Manufacturer's standard one-piece vinyl extrusions designed to retain and cover edges of panels. Provide division bars, inside corners, outside corners, and caps as needed to conceal edges. 1. Color: White. B. Exposed Fasteners: Nylon drive rivets recommended by panel manufacturer. C. Concealed Mounting Splines: Continuous, H-shaped aluminum extrusions designed to fit into grooves routed in edges of factory-laminated panels and to be fastened to substrate. D. Adhesive: As recommended by plastic paneling manufacturer and with a VOC content of 50g/L or less. E. Adhesive: As recommended by plastic paneling manufacturer and that complies with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Public Health's (formerly, the California Department of Health Services') "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers." F. Sealant: Mildew-resistant, single-component, neutral-curing silicone sealant recommended by plastic paneling manufacturer and complying with requirements in Section 079200 JOINT SEALANTS. 1. Sealant shall have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less. 2. Sealant shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Public Health's (formerly, the California Department of Health Services') "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers." 365 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Remove wallpaper, vinyl wall covering, loose or soluble paint, and other materials that might interfere with adhesive bond. B. Prepare substrate by sanding high spots and filling low spots as needed to provide flat, even surface for panel installation. C. Clean substrates of substances that could impair adhesive bond, including oil, grease, dirt, and dust. D. Condition panels by unpacking and placing in installation space before installation according to manufacturer's written recommendations. E. Lay out paneling before installing. Locate panel joints to provide equal panels at ends of walls not less than half the width of full panels. 1. Mark plumb lines on substrate at panel joint locations for accurate installation. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install plastic paneling according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Install panels in a full spread of adhesive. C. Install panels with fasteners. Layout fastener locations and mark on face of panels so that fasteners are accurately aligned. 1. Drill oversized fastener holes in panels and center fasteners in holes. 2. Apply sealant to fastener holes before installing fasteners. D. Install factory-laminated panels using concealed mounting splines in panel joints. E. Install trim accessories with adhesive. F. Fill grooves in trim accessories with sealant before installing panels, and bed inside corner trim in a bead of sealant. 366 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 G. Maintain uniform space between panels and wall fixtures. Fill space with sealant. H. Maintain uniform space between adjacent panels and between panels and floors, ceilings, and fixtures. Fill space with sealant. I. Remove excess sealant and smears as paneling is installed. Clean with solvent recommended by sealant manufacturer and then wipe with clean dry cloths until no residue remains. END OF SECTION 066400 367 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 068313 - RESIN COMPOSITE PANELING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes resin composite paneling as a plastics fabrication material/resin panel. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Samples: For resin paneling. 1. For Verification: Submit minimum 4-inch by 4-inch sample for each type, texture, pattern and color of solid plastic fabrication. C. Test Data: From a qualified independent third party testing agency indicating panel complies with project performance requirements. D. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, panel dimensions, details and attachments to other work. E. Maintenance Data: Submit manufacturer’s care and maintenance data, including care, repair and cleaning instructions. Include in Project closeout documents. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. B. Mockups 1. Build mockups to verify selections made under sample Submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects. 2. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion C. Manufacturers Qualifications 1. Materials and systems shall be manufactured by a company continuously and regularly employed in the manufacture of specified materials for a period of at least five (5) consecutive years and which can show evidence of those materials being satisfactorily used on at least six (6) projects of similar size, scope and location. At least three (3) of the projects shall have been successful for use five (5) years or longer. 368 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver Plastic Fabrications, systems and specified items in manufacturer’s standar d protective packaging. B. Do not deliver Plastic Fabrications, system, components and accessories to Project site until areas are ready for installation. C. Store materials in a flat orientation in a dry place that is not exposed to exterior elements. D. Handle materials to prevent damage to finished surfaces. Provide protective coverings to prevent damage or staining following installation for duration of project. E. Before installing Plastic Fabrications, permit them to reach room temperature. Do not install Plastic Fabrications until spaces are enclosed and weatherproof, and ambient temperatures and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for the Project when occupied for its intended use. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer’s Special Warranty on Plastic Fabrications: Manufacturer’s standard form agreeing to repair or replace units that fail in material or workmanship within the specified warranty period. B. Warranty Period: Two years after the date of substantial completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 TRANSLUCENT RESIN PANEL SYSTEM A. Engineered Polyester Resin: Monolithic plastic panels. 1. Basis of Design Product: 3 form 2. Nominal Thickness: TBD 3. Surface Finish: As indicated in Schedule for Finishes 4. Color: As indicated in Schedule for finishes B. Performance Requirements 1. Surface-Burning Characteristics: As follows when tested by a qualified testing agency according to ASTM E 84. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. a. Flame-Spread Index: 25 or less. b. Smoke-Developed Index: 450 or less. 369 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Rate of Burning ASTM D 635: Material must attain CC1 Rating for a nominal thickness of 1.5 mm (0.060 inch) and greater. 3. Self-Ignition Temperature ASTM D 1929. Material must have a Self-ignition temperature greater than 650°F. 4. Density of Smoke ASTM D 2843. Material must have a smoke density less than 75%. 5. Impact strength. Minimum impact strength test as measured by ASTM D 3763 of 20 ft. lbs. (for durability, shipping, installation, and use). 2.2 FABRICATION A. Fabricate Plastic Fabrications to designs, sizes and thicknesses indicated and to comply with indicated standards. Sizes, profiles and other characteristics are indicated on the drawings. Comply with manufacturer’s written recommendations for fabrication. B. Machining: Use manufacturer's acceptable means of machining. Ensure that material is not chipped or warped by machining operations. C. Forming: Comply with manufacturer’s written instructions to form products to shapes indicated using the recommended method of forming, bending or thermoforming. D. Laminating: Laminate to substrates indicated using adhesives and techniques recommended by manufacturer. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. General: Provide products of material, size, and shape required for application indicated, and with a proven record of compatibility with surfaces contacted in installation. B. Cleaner: Type recommended by manufacturer. C. Fasteners: Use screws designed specifically for plastics. Self-threading screws are acceptable for permanent installations. Provide threaded metal inserts for applications requiring frequent disassembly such as light fixtures. D. Bonding Cements: May be achieved with solvents or adhesives, suitable for use with product and application. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions where installation of Plastic Fabrications will occur, with Installer present, for compliance with manufacturer’s requirements. Verify that substrates and conditions are satisfactory for installation and comply with requirements specified. 370 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with manufacturer’s written instructions for the installation of Plastic Fabrications. B. Manufacturer’s shop to fabricate items to the greatest degree possible. C. Utilize fasteners, adhesives and bonding agents recommended by manufacturer for type of installation indicated. Material that is chipped, warped, hazed or discolored as a result of installation or fabrication methods will be rejected. D. Install components plumb, level and rigid, scribed to adjacent finishes, in accordance with approved shop drawings and product data. E. Form field joints using manufacturer’s recommended procedures. Locate seams in panels so that they are not directly in line with seams in substrates. 3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Protect surfaces from damage until date of substantial completion. Repair wo rk or replace damaged work, which cannot be repaired to Architect’s satisfaction. END OF SECTION 068313 371 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 07 21 00 - THERMAL INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Glass-fiber blanket sound insulation. 2. Spray polyurethane foam insulation. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 078443 "JOINT FIRESTOPPING" for insulation installed as part of a perimeter fire-resistive joint system. 2. Section 092900 “GYPSUM BOARD” for acoustical insulation (INSUL-6) in drywall partitions. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency, for each product. C. Research/Evaluation Reports: For foam-plastic insulation, from ICC-ES . 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Surface-Burning Characteristics: As determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 84 by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration due to moisture, soiling, and other sources. Store inside and in a dry location. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation. 372 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GLASS-FIBER BLANKET INSULATION A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. CertainTeed Corporation. 2. Johns Manville. 3. Knauf Insulation. 4. Owens Corning. B. Recycled Content: Postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content not less than 25 percent. C. Unfaced, Glass-Fiber Blanket Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type I; with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 25 and 50, respectively, per ASTM E 84; passing ASTM E 136 for combustion characteristics. 2.2 SPRAY POLYURETHANE FOAM INSULATION A. Closed-Cell Polyurethane Foam: ASTM C1029, Type II, with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 75 and 450, respectively, per ASTM E 84. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. BASF Corporation. b. Dow Chemical Company (The). c. Henry Company. d. NCFI; Division of Barnhardt Mfg. Co. e. Johns Manville. f. Demilec. 2. Minimum density of 1.5 lb/cu. ft., thermal resistivity of 6.2 deg F x h x sq. ft./Btu x in. at 75 deg F. 3. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Comply with ASTM E 84; testing by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. a. Flame-Spread Index: 25 or less. b. Smoke-Developed Index: 450 or less. 4. Fire Propagation Characteristics: Passes NFPA 285 testing as part of an approved assembly. 5. Coating: Conceal spray polyurethane foam insulation with intumescent coating that provides a minimum 15 minute thermal barrier. a. Comply with NFPA 286. 373 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.3 INSULATION FASTENERS A. Fasteners shall be of the type and manufacturer recommended by the insulation manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Clean substrates of substances that are harmful to insulation or vapor retarders, including removing projections capable of puncturing vapor retarders, or that interfere with insulation attachment. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products and applications indicated. B. Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, and unsoiled and that has not been left exposed to ice, rain, or snow at any time. C. Extend insulation to envelop entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement. D. Provide sizes to fit applications indicated and selected from manufacturer's standard thicknesses, widths, and lengths. Apply single layer of insulation units to produce thickness indicated unless multiple layers are otherwise shown or required to make up total thickness. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF BELOW-GRADE INSULATION A. On vertical surfaces, set insulation units using manufacturer's recommended adhesive according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF INSULATION FOR FRAMED CONSTRUCTION A. Apply insulation units to substrates by method indicated, complying with manufacturer's written instructions. If no specific method is indicated, bond units to substrate with adhesive or use mechanical anchorage to provide permanent placement and support of units. B. Glass-Fiber Insulation: Install in cavities formed by framing members according to the following requirements: 1. Use insulation widths and lengths that fill the cavities formed by framing members. If more than one length is required to fill the cavities, provide lengths that will produce a snug fit between ends. 374 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Place insulation in cavities formed by framing members to produce a friction fit between edges of insulation and adjoining framing members. 3. Maintain 3-inch clearance of insulation around recessed lighting fixtures not rated for or protected from contact with insulation. 4. For metal-framed wall cavities where cavity heights exceed 96 inches, support unfaced blankets mechanically and support faced blankets by taping flanges of insulation to flanges of metal studs. C. Spray-Applied Insulation: Apply spray-applied insulation according to manufacturer's written instructions. Do not apply insulation until installation of pipes, ducts, conduits, wiring, and electrical outlets in walls is completed and windows, electrical boxes, and other items not indicated to receive insulation are masked. After insulation is applied, make flush with face of studs by using method recommended by insulation manufacturer. D. Miscellaneous Voids: Install insulation in miscellaneous voids and cavity spaces where required to prevent gaps in insulation using the following materials: 1. Spray Polyurethane Insulation: Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF INSULATION IN CEILINGS FOR SOUND ATTENUATION A. Where glass-fiber blankets are indicated for sound attenuation above ceilings, install blanket insulation over entire ceiling area in thicknesses indicated. Extend insulation 48 inches up either side of partitions where applicable. 3.6 INSTALLATION OF SPRAY FOAM INSULATION A. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products and applications. B. Spray insulation to envelop entire area to be insulated and fill voids. C. Apply in multiple passes to not exceed maximum thicknesses recommended by manufacturer. Do not spray into rising foam. 3.7 PROTECTION A. Protect installed insulation from damage due to harmful weather exposures, physical abuse, and other causes. Provide temporary coverings or enclosures where insulation is subject to abuse and cannot be concealed and protected by permanent construction immediately after installation. END OF SECTION 072100 375 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 07 84 13 - PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DEFINITIONS A. Firestopping: Material or combination of materials used to retain integrity of fire-rated construction by maintaining an effective barrier against the spread of flame, smoke, and hot gases through penetrations in fire rated wall and floor assemblies. 1.2 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE WORK IN THIS SECTION A. Only tested firestop systems shall be used in specific locations as follows. 1. Penetrations for the passage of duct, cable, cable tray, conduit, piping, electrical busways and raceways through fire-rated vertical barriers (walls and partitions), horizontal barriers (floor/ceiling assemblies), and vertical partitions. 2. Blank openings through fire-rated vertical barriers (walls and partitions), horizontal barriers (floor/ceiling assemblies), and vertical walls and partitions. 3. Openings and penetrations in fire-rated partitions or walls containing fire doors. 4. Openings around structural members which penetrate floors or walls. 1.3 RELATED WORK OF OTHER SECTIONS A. Coordinate work of this section with work of other sections as required to properly execute the work and as necessary to maintain satisfactory progress of the work of other sections, including: 1. Section 033000 - Cast-In-Place Concrete. 2. Section 078443 - Joint Firestopping. 3. Section 092900 - Gypsum Board. 4. Section 210000 - Fire Suppression. 5. Section 220000 - Plumbing. 6. Section 230000 - Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning. 7. Section 260000 - Electrical. 1.4 REFERENCES 1.5 A. Test Requirements: ASTM E814, "Standard Method of Fire Tests of Through Penetration Fire Stops." B. Test Requirements: UL 1479, “Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Firestops.” 376 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) of Northbrook, IL publishes tested systems in their "FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY" that is updated annually. 1. UL Fire Resistance Directory. a. Firestop Devices (XHJI). b. Fire Resistance Ratings (BXRH). c. Through-Penetration Firestop Systems (XHEZ). d. Fill, Voids, or Cavity Material (XHHW). e. Forming Materials (XHKU). D. International Firestop Council Guidelines for Evaluating Firestop Systems Engineering Judgments. E. ASTM E84, Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. F. Inspection Requirements: ASTM E2174, “Standard Practice for On-site Inspection of Installed Fire Stops.” G. International Building Code (IBC 2009). H. NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code. I. NFPA 70 - National Electric Code. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. A manufacturer's direct representative (not distributor or agent) shall be on-site during initial installation of firestop systems to train appropriate contractor personnel in proper selection and installation procedures. This shall be done per manufacturer's written recommendations published in their literature and drawing details. B. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics. Provide through-penetration fire stop systems that comply with specified requirements of tested systems. C. Firestop System installation must meet requirements of ASTM E814, UL 1479 or UL 2079 tested assemblies that provide a fire rating equal to that of construction being penetrated. D. Proposed firestop materials and methods shall conform to applicable governing codes having local jurisdiction. E. Firestop Systems do not reestablish the structural integrity of load bearing partitions/assemblies, or support live loads and traffic. Installer shall consult the structural engineer prior to penetrating any load bearing assembly. F. For those firestop applications that exist for which no qualified tested system is available through a manufacturer, an engineering judgment derived from similar qualified tested system designs or other tests will be submitted to local authorities having jurisdiction for their review 377 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 and approval prior to installation. Engineering judgment documents must follow requirements set forth by the International Firestop Council. 1.7 SUBMITTALS A. Submit Product Data: Manufacturer's specifications and technical data for each material including the composition and limitations, documentation of qualified firestop systems to be used and manufacturer's installation instructions to comply with Section 01 30 00 “Administrative Requirements”. B. Manufacturer's engineering judgment identification number and drawing details when no qualified tested system is available for an application. Engineering judgment must include both project name and contractor’s name who will install firestop system as described in document. C. Submit material safety data sheets provided with product delivered to job-site. D. Product Schedule. 1. For each penetration firestopping system. Include location and design designation of qualified testing and inspecting agency. 2. Where Project conditions require modification to a qualified testing and inspecting agency’s illustration for a particular penetration firestopping condition, submit illustration, with modifications marked, approved by penetration firestopping manufacturer’s fire protection engineer as an engineering judgment or equivalent fire- resistance rated assembly. 1.8 INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS A. Engage an experienced installer who is certified, licensed, or otherwise qualified by the firestopping manufacturer as having been provided the necessary training to install manufacturer’s products per specified requirements. A supplier’s willingness to sell its firestopping products to Contractor or to installer engaged by Contractor does not in itself confer qualification on the buyer. B. Work must be installed by contractor with at least one of following qualifications. 1. FM 4991 Approved Contractor. 2. UL Approved Contractor. 3. Hilti Accredited Fire Stop Specialty Contractor. 4. 3M Master Contractor. 5. Approved Manufacturer’s Accredited Firestop Specialty Contractor. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials undamaged in manufacturer's clearly labeled, unopened containers, identified with brand, type, and UL label where applicable. 378 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Coordinate delivery of materials with scheduled installation date to allow minimum storage time at job-site. C. Store materials under cover and protect from weather and damage in compliance with manufacturer's requirements, including temperature restrictions. D. Comply with recommended procedures, precautions or remedies described in material safety data sheets as applicable. E. Do not use damaged or expired materials. 1.10 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Do not use materials that contain flammable solvents. B. Schedule installation of firestopping after completion of penetrating item installation but prior to covering or concealing of openings. C. Verify existing conditions and substrates before starting work. Correct unsatisfactory conditions before proceeding. D. Weather Conditions. Do not proceed with installation of firestop materials when temperatures exceed the manufacturer's recommended limitations for installation printed on product label and product data sheet. E. During installation, provide masking and drop cloths to prevent firestopping materials from contaminating any adjacent surfaces. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FIRESTOPPING, GENERAL A. Provide firestopping composed of components that are compatible with each other, the substrates forming openings, and the items, if any, penetrating the firestopping under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by the firestopping manufacturer based on testing and field experience. B. Provide components for each firestopping system that are needed to install fill material. Use only components specified by the firestopping manufacturer and approved by the qualified testing agency for the designated fire-resistance-rated systems. C. Penetrations in Fire Resistance Rated Walls. 1. Provide firestopping with ratings determined in accordance with UL 1479 or ASTM E814. 2. F-Rating: not less than the fire-resistance rating of wall construction being penetrated. 379 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 D. Penetrations in Horizontal Assemblies. Provide firestopping with ratings determined in accordance with UL 1479 or ASTM E814. 1. F-Rating: minimum of 1-hour rating, but not less than the fire-resistance rating of the floor construction being penetrated. 2. T-Rating: when penetrant is located outside of a wall cavity, minimum of 1-hour rating, but not less than the fire-resistance rating of the floor construction being penetrated. E. Penetrations in Smoke Barriers. Provide firestopping with ratings determined in accordance with UL 1479 or ASTM E814. 1. L-Rating: Not exceeding 5.0 cfm/sq. ft. of penetration opening at both ambient and elevated temperatures, or no more than 50 cfm cumulative total for any 100 square feet at both ambient and elevated temperatures. F. Mold Resistance. Provide penetration firestopping with mold and mildew resistance rating of 0 as determined by ASTM G21. G. Firestopping Materials are either “cast-in-place” (integral with concrete placement) or “post installed.” Provide cast-in-place firestop devices prior to concrete placement. 2.2 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Products. Subject to compliance with through penetration firestop systems (XHEZ) listed in Volume II of the UL Fire Resistance Directory, provide products from one of the following manufacturers. 1. Hilti, Inc., Tulsa, Oklahoma; 800-879-8000, www.us.hilti.com. 2. 3M Fire Protection Products. 3. Specified Technologies Inc. 2.3 MATERIALS A. Use only firestop products that have been UL 1479 or ASTM E814 tested for specific fire-rated construction conditions conforming to construction assembly type, penetrating item type, annular space requirements, and fire-rating involved for each separate instance. B. Pre-installed firestop devices for use with noncombustible and combustible pipes (closed and open systems), conduit, and/or cable bundles penetrating concrete floors and/or gypsum walls. 1. Basis of Design Product. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following, or comparable product by other listed manufacturers. a. Hilti Cast-In Place Firestop Device (CP 680-P). 1) Add Aerator Adaptor when used in conjunction with aerator system. b. Hilti Tub Box Kit (CP 681) for use with tub installations. c. Hilti Cast-In Place Firestop Device (CP 680-M) for use with noncombustible penetrants. d. Hilti Speed Sleeve (CP 653) for use with cable penetrations. e. Hilti Firestop Drop-In Device (CFS-DID) for use with noncombustible and combustible penetrants. 380 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 f. Hilti Firestop Block (CFS-BL). C. Sealants, caulking materials, or foams for use with non-combustible items including steel pipe, copper pipe, rigid steel conduit and electrical metallic tubing (EMT). 1. Basis of Design Product. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following, or comparable product by other listed manufacturers. a. Hilti Intumescent Firestop Sealant (FS-ONE). b. Hilti Self-leveling Firestop Sealant (CP 604). c. Hilti Fire Foam (CP 620). d. Hilti Flexible Firestop Sealant (CP 606). e. Hilti Elastomeric Firestop Sealant (CP 601S). D. Sealants or caulking materials for use with sheet metal ducts. 1. Basis of Design Product. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following, or comparable product by other listed manufacturers. a. Hilti Elastomeric Firestop Sealant (CP 601S). b. Hilti Flexible Firestop Sealant (CP 606). c. Hilti Intumescent Firestop Sealant (FS-ONE). E. Intumescent sealants, caulking materials for use with combustible items (penetrants consumed by high heat and flame) including insulated metal pipe, PVC jacketed, flexible cable or cable bundles and plastic pipe. 1. Basis of Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following, or comparable product by other listed manufacturers: a. Hilti Intumescent Firestop Sealant (FS-ONE). F. Foams, intumescent sealants, or caulking materials for use with flexible cable or cable bundles. 1. Basis of Design Product. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following, or comparable product by other listed manufacturers. a. Hilti Intumescent Firestop Sealant (FS-ONE). b. Hilti Fire Foam (CP 620). c. Hilti Elastomeric Firestop Sealant (CP 601S). d. Hilti Flexible Firestop Sealant (CP 606). G. Non-curing, re-penetrable, intumescent putty or foam materials for use with flexible cable or cable bundles. 1. Basis of Design Product. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following, or comparable product by other listed manufacturers. a. Hilti Firestop Putty Stick (CP 618). b. Hilti Firestop Plug (CFS-PL). H. Wall opening protective materials for use with UL listed metallic and specified nonmetallic outlet boxes. 1. Basis of Design Product. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following, or comparable product by other listed manufacturers. a. Hilti Firestop Putty Pad (CP 617). b. Hilti Firestop Box Insert. 381 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 I. Firestop collar or wrap devices attached to assembly around combustible plastic pipe (closed and open piping systems). 1. Basis of Design Product. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following, or comparable product by other listed manufacturers. a. Hilti Firestop Collar (CP 643N). b. Hilti Firestop Collar (CP 644). c. Hilti Wrap Strips (CP 648E/648S). J. Materials used for large openings and complex penetrations made to accommodate cable trays and bundles, multiple steel and copper pipes, electrical busways in raceways. 1. Basis of Design Product. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following, or comparable product by other listed manufacturers. a. Hilti Firestop Mortar (CP 637). b. Hilti Firestop Block (CFS-BL). c. Hilti Fire Foam (CP 620). d. Hilti Firestop Board (CP 675T). K. Non curing, re-penetrable materials used for large openings and complex penetrations made to accommodate cable trays and bundles, multiple steel and copper pipes, electrical busways in raceways. 1. Basis of Design Product. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following, or comparable product by other listed manufacturers. a. Hilti Firestop Block (CFS-BL). b. Hilti Firestop Board (CP 675T). L. Re-penetrable, round cable management devices for use with new or existing cable bundles penetrating gypsum or masonry walls. 1. Basis of Design Product. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following, or comparable product by other listed manufacturers. a. Hilti Speed Sleeve (CP 653) with integrated smoke seal fabric membrane. b. Hilti Firestop Sleeve (CFS-SL SK). c. Hilti Retrofit Sleeve (CFS-SL RK) for use with existing cable bundles. d. Hilti Gangplate (CFS-SL GP) for use with multiple cable management devices. e. Hilti Gangplate Cap (CFS-SL GP CAP) for use at blank openings in gangplate for future penetrations. M. For blank openings made in fire-rated wall or floor assemblies, where future penetration of pipes, conduits, or cables is expected. 1. Basis of Design Product. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following, or comparable product by other listed manufacturers. a. Hilti Firestop Block (CFS-BL). b. Hilti Firestop Plug (CFS-PL). N. Provide a firestop system with a "F" Rating as determined by UL 1479 or ASTM E814 which is equal to the time rating of construction being penetrated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 382 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.1 PREPARATION A. Verification of Conditions. Examine areas and conditions under which work is to be performed and identify conditions detrimental to proper or timely completion. 1. Verify penetrations are properly sized and in suitable condition for application of materials. 2. Surfaces to which firestop materials will be applied shall be free of dirt, grease, oil, rust, laitance, release agents, water repellents, and any other substances that may affect proper adhesion. 3. Provide masking and temporary covering to prevent soiling of adjacent surfaces by firestopping materials. 4. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for temperature and humidity conditions before, during and after installation of firestopping. 5. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 COORDINATION A. Coordinate construction of openings, penetrations and construction joints to ensure fire stop systems are installed according to specified requirements. B. Coordinate sizing of sleeves, openings, core-drilled holes, or cut openings to accommodate through-penetration fire stop systems. Coordinate construction and sizing of joints to ensure fire-resistive joint systems are installed according to specified requirements. C. Coordinate fire stopping with other trades so that obstructions are not placed in the way prior to the installation of the fire stop systems. D. Do not cover up through-penetration fire stop and joint system installations that will become concealed behind other construction until each installation has been examined by building inspector. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Regulatory Requirements. Install firestop materials in accordance with UL Fire Resistance Directory. B. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for installation of through-penetration materials. 1. Seal all holes or voids made by penetrations to ensure an air and water resistant seal. 2. Consult with mechanical engineer, project manager, and damper manufacturer prior to installation of UL firestop systems that might hamper the performance of fire dampers as it pertains to duct work. 3. Protect materials from damage on surfaces subjected to traffic. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 383 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 A. Examine sealed penetration areas to ensure proper installation before concealing or enclosing areas. B. Keep areas of work accessible until inspection by applicable code authorities. C. Inspection of through-penetration firestopping shall be performed in accordance with ASTM E2174, “Standard Practice for On-Site Inspection of Installed Fire Stops” or other recognized standard for High-rise buildings, or in buildings assigned to risk category III or IV. D. Perform under this section patching and repairing of firestopping caused by cutting or penetrating of existing firestop systems already installed by other trades. E. Manufacturer’s Field Services. During installation, provide periodic destructive testing inspections to assure proper installation/application. After installation is complete, submit findings in writing indicating whether or not the installation of the tested system identified was installed correctly. 3.5 IDENTIFICATION A. The firestop contractor is to supply documentation for each single application addressed. This documentation is to identify each penetration and joint location on the entire project. B. Identify through-penetration firestop systems with plastic, metallic or pressure-sensitive, self- adhesive, preprinted vinyl labels. Attach labels permanently to surfaces of penetrated construction on both sides of each firestop system installation where labels will be visible to anyone seeking to remove penetrating items or firestop systems. Include the following information on labels. 1. The words: "Warning -Through Penetration Firestop System-Do Not Disturb. Notify Building Management of Any Damage." 2. Contractor's Name, address, and phone number. 3. Through-Penetration firestop system designation of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 4. Date of Installation. 5. Through-Penetration firestop system manufacturer's name. 6. Installer's Name. 3.6 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Remove equipment, materials and debris, leaving area in undamaged, clean condition. B. Clean all surfaces adjacent to sealed holes and joints to be free of excess firestop materials and soiling as work progresses. END OF SECTION 078413 384 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 07 84 43 - JOINT FIRESTOPPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DEFINITIONS A. Firestopping: Material or combination of materials used to retain integrity of fire-rated construction by maintaining an effective barrier against the spread of flame, smoke, and hot gases through penetrations in fire rated wall and floor assemblies. 1.2 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE WORK OF THIS SECTION A. Only tested and listed firestop systems shall be used in specific locations as follows. 1. Openings between structurally separate sections of wall or floors. 2. Gaps between the top of walls and ceilings or roof assemblies. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Coordinate work of this section with work of other sections as required to properly execute the work and as necessary to maintain satisfactory progress of the work of other sections, including. 1. Section 033000 "Cast-In-Place Concrete". 2. Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping". 1.4 REFERENCES A. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) Fire Resistance Directory, Volume II, updated annually: 1. Joint Systems (XHBN). 2. Perimeter Fire Containment Systems (XHDG). 3. Fire Resistance Ratings (BXRH). 4. Fill, Voids, or Cavity Material (XHHW). 5. Forming Materials (XHKU). B. Omega Point Laboratories, Inc. (OPL) Listed Products Directory, Volume II, updated annually: 1. Fire Resistant Joint Systems. C. ASTM E1966, “Standard Test Method for Fire-Resistive Joint Systems.” D. ASTM E1399, “Test Method for Cyclic Movement and Measuring the Minimum and Maximum Joint Width of Architectural Joint Systems.” E. ASTM E84, “Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.” F. ASTM E2174, “Standard Practice for On-Site Inspection of Installed Fire Stops.” 385 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 G. ASTM E2307, “Standard Test Method for Determining the Fire Endurance of Perimeter Fire Barrier Systems Using Intermediate-Scale, Multi-story Test Apparatus.” H. ANSI/UL 2079, “Tests for Fire Resistance of Building Joint Systems.” I. International Firestop Council Recommended (IFC) Guidelines for Evaluating Firestop Systems Engineering Judgments. J. International Building Code (IBC 2009). K. NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. A manufacturer's direct representative (not distributor or agent) to be on-site during initial installation of firestop systems to train appropriate contractor personnel in proper selection and installation procedures. This shall be done per manufacturer's written recommendations published in their literature and drawing details. B. Firestop System installation shall meet requirements of ASTM E1966 and/or ANSI/UL 2079 tested and listed assemblies that provide fire-resistance ratings not less than that of the construction in which the joint occurs. C. Proposed firestop materials and methods shall conform to applicable governing codes having local jurisdiction. D. Firestop Systems do not reestablish the structural integrity of load bearing partitions/assemblies, or support live loads and traffic. Installer shall consult the structural engineer prior to penetrating any load bearing assembly. E. For those firestop applications that exist for which no tested and listed system is available through a manufacturer, an engineering judgment derived from similar tested system designs or other tests will be submitted to local authorities having jurisdiction for their review and approval prior to installation. Engineering judgment documents shall follow requirements set forth by the International Firestop Council. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Submit Product Data. Manufacturer's specifications and technical data for each material including the composition and limitations, documentation of tested firestop systems to be used and manufacturer's installation instructions to comply with Section 013000 “Administrative Requirements”. B. Manufacturer's engineering judgment identification number and details when no tested and listed system is available for an application. Engineering judgment shall include both project name and contractor’s name who will install firestop system as described in document. 386 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. Submit material safety data sheets provided with product delivered to jobsite. D. Product Schedule. 1. For each penetration firestopping system. Include location and design designation of qualified testing and inspecting agency. 2. Where Project conditions require modification to a qualified testing and inspecting agency’s illustration for a particular penetration firestopping condition, submit illustration, with modifications marked, approved by penetration firestopping manufacturer’s fire protection engineer as an engineering judgment or equivalent fire- resistance rated assembly. 1.7 INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS A. Engage an experienced installer who is certified, licensed, or otherwise qualified by the firestopping manufacturer as having been provided the necessary training to install manufacturer’s products per specified requirements. A manufacturer’s willingness to sell its firestopping products to the Contractor or to installer engaged by Contractor does not in itself confer qualification on the buyer. B. Work shall be installed by a contractor with at least one of following qualifications. 1. FM 4991 Approved Contractor. 2. UL Approved Contractor. 3. Hilti Accredited Fire Stop Specialty Contractor. 4. 3M Master Contractor. 5. Approved Manufacturer’s Accredited Firestop Specialty Contractor. C. Installer shall have not less than 3 years of experience with fire stop installation. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials undamaged in manufacturer's clearly labeled, unopened containers, identified with brand, type, and UL or OPL label, where applicable. B. Coordinate delivery of materials with scheduled installation date to allow minimum storage time at job-site. C. Store materials under cover and protect from weather and damage in compliance with manufacturer's requirements, including temperature restrictions. D. Comply with recommended procedures, precautions or remedies described in material safety data sheets as applicable. E. Do not use damaged or expired materials. 1.9 PROJECT CONDITIONS 387 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 A. Do not use materials that contain flammable solvents. B. Schedule installation of firestopping after completion of penetrating item installation but prior to covering or concealing of openings. C. Verify existing conditions and substrates before starting work. Correct unsatisfactory conditions before proceeding. D. Weather Conditions. Do not proceed with installation of firestop materials when temperatures exceed the manufacturer's recommended limitations for installation printed on product label and product data sheet. E. During installation, provide masking and drop cloths to prevent firestopping materials from contaminating any adjacent surfaces. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 JOINT FIRESTOPPING, GENERAL A. Provide firestopping composed of components that are compatible with each other and substrates forming joints under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by the firestopping manufacturer based on testing and field experience. B. Provide components for each fire-resistive joint system that are needed to install fill material. Use only components specified by the firestopping manufacturer and approved by the qualified testing agency for the designated fire-resistance-rated systems. C. Joints in or between Fire-Rated Construction. Provide joint firestopping systems with ratings determined per UL 2079 or ASTM E1966. 1. F-Rating: not less than the fire resistance rating of the construction they will join. D. Joints at Exterior Curtain Wall / Floor Intersections. Provide joint firestopping systems with ratings determined per ASTM E2307. 1. F-Rating: not less than the fire resistance rating of the construction they will join. E. Joints in Smoke Barriers. Provide joint firestopping systems with ratings determined per UL 2079: 1. L-Rating: Not exceeding 5.0 cfm/ft. of joint at both ambient and elevated temperatures. F. Joints at Intersection between Rated Wall Assemblies and Nonrated Horizontal Assemblies. Provide joint firestopping systems with ratings determined by ASTM E2837. G. Mold Resistance. Provide joint firestopping system sealant with mold and mildew resistance rating of 0 as determined by ASTM G21. 388 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.2 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with joint systems (XHBN) listed in Volume II of the UL Fire Resistance Directory or OPL Listed Products Directory; provide products of the following manufacturer as identified below. 1. Hilti, Inc., Tulsa, Oklahoma; 800-879-8000, www.us.hilti.com. 2. 3M Fire Protection Products. 3. Specified Technologies, Inc. 2.3 MATERIALS A. Use only firestop products that have been tested in accordance with ASTM E1966 and/or ANSI/UL 2079 for specific rated construction conditions conforming to construction assembly type, movement capability, spacing requirements, and fire-resistance-rating involved for each separate instance. B. Sealants for use with fire-resistance-rated construction joints. 1. Basis of Design Product. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following, or comparable product listed by other listed manufacturer. a. Hilti Firestop Joint Spray (CFS-SP WB). b. Hilti Elastomeric Firestop Sealant (CP 601S). c. Hilti Flexible Firestop Sealant (CP 606). d. Hilti Self-leveling Firestop Sealant (CP 604). C. Sealants for use as part of a Perimeter Fire Barrier System between fire-resistance-rated floors and exterior wall assemblies, the following products are acceptable. 1. Basis of Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following, or comparable product listed by other listed manufacturer: a. Hilti Firestop Joint Spray (CFS-SP WB). b. Hilti Self-leveling Firestop Sealant (CP 604). D. Pre-formed mineral wool designed to fit flutes of metal profile deck and gap between top of wall and metal deck profile; use as a backer for spray material. 1. Basis of Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following, or comparable product listed by other listed manufacturer: a. Hilti Speed Plugs (CP 777). b. Hilti Speed Strips (CP 767). E. Provide a firestop system with an Assembly Rating as determined by ASTM E1966 and/or ANSI/UL 2079 which is equal to the fire-resistance ratings of the construction in which the joint occurs. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION 389 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 A. Verification of Conditions. Examine areas and conditions under which work is to be performed and identify conditions detrimental to proper or timely completion. 1. Surfaces to which firestop materials will be applied shall be free of dirt, grease, oil, rust, laitance, release agents, water repellents, and any other substances that may affect proper adhesion. 2. Provide masking and temporary covering to prevent soiling of adjacent surfaces by firestopping materials. 3. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for temperature and humidity conditions before, during and after installation of firestopping. 4. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Regulatory Requirements. Install firestop materials in accordance with UL Fire Resistance Directory or Omega Point Laboratories Listed Products Directory. B. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for installation of construction joint materials. Protect materials from damage on surfaces subjected to traffic. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Examine sealed joints to ensure proper installation before concealing or enclosing areas. B. Keep areas of work accessible until inspection by applicable code authorities and/or independent inspection agency. C. Perform under this section patching and repairing of firestopping caused by cutting or penetrating of existing firestop systems already installed by other trades. 3.4 IDENTIFICATION A. The firestop contractor is to supply documentation for each single application addressed. This documentation is to identify each joint location on the entire project. B. Identify joint firestop systems with plastic, metallic or pressure-sensitive, self-adhesive, preprinted vinyl labels. Attach labels permanently to surfaces of wall construction on both sides of each firestop system installation where labels will be visible to anyone seeking to remove firestop systems. Include the following information on labels. 1. The words: "Warning -Through Penetration/Joint Firestop System-Do Not Disturb. Notify Building Management of Any Damage." 2. Contractor's Name, address, and phone number. 3. Joint firestop system designation of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 4. Date of Installation. 5. Joint firestop system manufacturer's name. 6. Installer's Name. 390 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.5 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Remove equipment, materials and debris, leaving area in undamaged, clean condition. B. Clean all surfaces adjacent to sealed holes and joints to be free of excess firestop materials and soiling as work progresses. END OF SECTION 078443 391 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 07 92 00 - JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Silicone joint sealants. 2. Latex joint sealants. B. Related Sections. 1. Section 078443 Joint Firestopping for sealing joints in fire-resistance-rated construction. 2. Section 088000 Glazing for glazing sealants. 3. Section 092900 Gypsum Board for sealing perimeter joints. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: for each joint-sealant product indicated. B. Sustainable Design Submittals: 1. Product Data: For sealants, indicating VOC content. 2. Laboratory Test Reports: For sealants, indicating compliance with requirements for low- emitting materials. C. Samples for Initial Selection: manufacturer's color charts consisting of strips of cured sealants showing full range of colors available for each product exposed to view. D. Joint-Sealant Schedule. Include following information. 1. Joint-sealant application, joint location, and designation. 2. Joint-sealant manufacturer and product name. 3. Joint-sealant formulation. 4. Joint-sealant color. E. Qualification Data: for qualified installer. F. Product Certificates: for each kind of joint sealant and accessory, from manufacturer. G. Product Test Reports: based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency, indicating that sealants comply with requirements. H. Preconstruction Compatibility and Adhesion Test Reports: from sealant manufacturer, indicating following. 392 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Materials forming joint substrates and joint-sealant backings have been tested for compatibility and adhesion with joint sealants. 2. Interpretation of test results and written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion. I. Warranties: sample of special warranties. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: manufacturer's authorized representative who is trained and approved for installation of units required for this Project. B. Source Limitations. Obtain each kind of joint sealant from single source from single manufacturer. C. Product Testing. Test joint sealants using qualified testing agency. 1. Testing Agency Qualifications: an independent testing agency qualified according to ASTM C1021 to conduct the testing indicated. D. Preinstallation Conference. Conduct conference at Project site. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under following conditions. 1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint- sealant manufacturer. 2. When joint substrates are wet. 3. Where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint-sealant manufacturer for applications indicated. 4. Where contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion have not yet been removed from joint substrates. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Special Installer's Warranty: manufacturer's standard form in which installer agrees to repair or replace joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: two years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: manufacturer's standard form in which joint-sealant manufacturer agrees to furnish joint sealants to repair or replace those that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: ten years from date of Substantial Completion. 393 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. Special warranties specified in this article exclude deterioration or failure of joint sealants from the following. 1. Movement of structure caused by structural settlement or errors attributable to design or construction resulting in stresses on sealant exceeding sealant manufacturer's written specifications for sealant elongation and compression. 2. Disintegration of joint substrates from natural causes exceeding design specifications. 3. Mechanical damage caused by individuals, tools, or other outside agents. 4. Changes in sealant appearance caused by accumulation of dirt or other atmospheric contaminants. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Compatibility. Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by joint-sealant manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. B. VOC Content of Interior Sealants. Sealants and sealant primers used inside the weatherproofing system shall comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 1. Architectural Sealants: 250 g/L. 2. Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates: 250 g/L. 3. Sealant Primers for Porous Substrates: 775 g/L. C. Liquid-Applied Joint Sealants: comply with ASTM C920 and other requirements indicated for each liquid-applied joint sealant specified, including those referencing ASTM C920 classifications for type, grade, class, and uses related to exposure and joint substrates. D. Stain-Test-Response Characteristics: Where sealants are specified to be nonstaining to porous substrates, provide products that have undergone testing according to ASTM C1248 and have not stained porous joint substrates indicated for Project. E. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2.2 SILICONE JOINT SEALANTS A. Mildew-Resistant, Single-Component, Nonsag, Neutral-Curing Silicone Joint Sealant: ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, for Use NT. 1. Products. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide following. a. Pecora Corporation; 898. b. Comparable product by other approved manufacturers. 394 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.3 LATEX JOINT SEALANTS A. Latex Joint Sealant: acrylic latex or siliconized acrylic latex, ASTM C834, Type OP, Grade NF. 1. Products: subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following. a. BASF Building Systems; Sonolac. b. Pecora Corporation; AC-20+. c. Tremco Incorporated; Tremflex 834. 2.4 JOINT SEALANT BACKING A. General. Provide sealant backings of material that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. B. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C1330, Type C (closed-cell material with a surface skin) Type O (open-cell material) Type B (bicellular material with a surface skin) or any of the preceding types, as approved in writing by joint-sealant manufacturer for joint application indicated, and of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance. C. Bond-Breaker Tape. Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint-filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint. Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Primer: material recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests and field tests. B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants to joint substrates. C. Masking Tape: nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. 395 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting joint- sealant performance. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning of Joints. Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions and following requirements. 1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water, surface dirt, and frost. 2. Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining after cleaning operations above by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil-free compressed air. Porous joint substrates include following. a. Concrete. b. Masonry. 3. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete. 4. Clean nonporous joint substrate surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. Nonporous joint substrates include the following. a. Metal. b. Glass. B. Joint Priming. Prime joint substrates where recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer or as indicated by preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint- sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. C. Masking Tape. Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant or primer with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. 396 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS A. General. Comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply. B. Sealant Installation Standard. Comply with recommendations in ASTM C1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. C. Install sealant backings of kind indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. 1. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings. 2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings. 3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application and replace them with dry materials. D. Install bond-breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants and backs of joints. E. Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with following and at same time backings are installed. 1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates. 2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration. 3. Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. F. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants. Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified in subparagraphs below to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. 1. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints. 2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces. 3. Provide concave joint profile per Figure 8A in ASTM C1193, unless otherwise indicated or required by the joint sealant manufacturer. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean off excess sealant or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so sealants are without 397 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from original work. 3.6 JOINT-SEALANT SCHEDULE A. Joint-Sealant Application. Exterior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces. 1. Joint Locations. a. Construction joints in cast-in-place concrete. b. Joints between plant-precast architectural concrete units. c. Control joints in unit masonry. d. Joints between metal panels. e. Joints between different materials listed above. f. Perimeter joints between materials listed above and frames of doors, windows, and louvers. g. Other joints as indicated. 2. Silicone Joint Sealant: single component, nonsag, neutral curing, Class 100/50 and Single component, nonsag, neutral curing, Class 50. The class of silicone sealant shall be selected for each location as recommended by the sealant manufacturer. B. Joint-Sealant Application. Interior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces. 1. Joint Locations. a. Isolation joints in cast-in-place concrete slabs. b. Other joints as indicated. 2. Urethane Joint Sealant: multicomponent, nonsag, traffic grade, Class 25. C. Joint-Sealant Application. Interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces. 1. Joint Locations. a. Control and expansion joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior walls. b. Perimeter joints of exterior openings where indicated. c. Vertical joints on exposed surfaces of interior unit masonry, concrete, walls and partitions. d. Perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors. e. Other joints as indicated. 2. Joint Sealant: latex. D. Joint-Sealant Application. Mildew-resistant interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces. 1. Joint Sealant Location. a. Joints between plumbing fixtures and adjoining walls, floors, and counters. b. Other joints as indicated. 2. Joint Sealant: mildew resistant, single component, nonsag, neutral curing, silicone. END OF SECTION 079200 398 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 399 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 08 11 13 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Interior standard steel doors and frames. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 087100 "Door Hardware" for door hardware for hollow-metal doors. 2. Section 099123 "Interior Painting" for painting of interior steel doors and frames. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Minimum Thickness: Minimum thickness of base metal without coatings according to NAAMM-HMMA 803 or SDI A250.8. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate anchorage installation for hollow-metal frames. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, core descriptions, fire-resistance ratings, and finishes. B. Schedule: Provide a schedule of hollow-metal work prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on Drawings. Coordinate with final Door Hardware Schedule. C. Product Test Reports: For each type of hollow-metal door and frame assembly, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency. 400 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 D. Oversize Construction Certification: For assemblies required to be fire rated and exceeding limitations of labeled assemblies. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver hollow-metal work palletized, packaged, or crated to provide protection during transit and Project-site storage. Do not use nonvented plastic. 1. Provide additional protection to prevent damage to factory-finished units. B. Deliver welded frames with two removable spreader bars across bottom of frames, tack welded to jambs and mullions. C. Store hollow-metal work vertically under cover at Project site with head up. Place on minimum 4-inch-high wood blocking. Provide minimum 1/4-inch space between each stacked door to permit air circulation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 INTERIOR DOORS AND FRAMES A. Construct interior doors and frames to comply with the standards indicated for materials, fabrication, hardware locations, hardware reinforcement, tolerances, and clearances, and as specified. B. Heavy-Duty Doors and Frames: SDI A250.8, Level 2. 1. Physical Performance: Level B according to SDI A250.4. 2. Doors: a. Type: As indicated in the Door and Frame Schedule. b. Thickness: 1-3/4 inches. c. Face: Uncoated, cold-rolled steel sheet, minimum 16 gauge. d. Edge Construction: Model 1, Full Flush. e. Reinforcement: Steel hat-shaped channel. f. Core: Mineral wool. 3. Frames: a. Materials: Uncoated steel sheet, minimum 16 gauge. b. Construction: Full profile welded (back welded). 4. Exposed Finish: Prime. 2.2 FRAME ANCHORS A. Jamb Anchors: 1. Masonry Type: Adjustable strap-and-stirrup or T-shaped anchors to suit frame size, not less than 0.042 inch thick, with corrugated or perforated straps not less than 2 inches wide by 10 inches long; or wire anchors not less than 0.177 inch thick. 401 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Stud-Wall Type: Designed to engage stud, welded to back of frames; not less than 0.042 inch thick. 3. Compression Type for Drywall Slip-on Frames: Adjustable compression anchors. 4. Postinstalled Expansion Type for In-Place Concrete or Masonry: Minimum 3/8-inch- diameter bolts with expansion shields or inserts. Provide pipe spacer from frame to wall, with throat reinforcement plate, welded to frame at each anchor location. B. Floor Anchors: Formed from same material as frames, minimum thickness of 0.042 inch, and as follows: 1. Monolithic Concrete Slabs: Clip-type anchors, with two holes to receive fasteners. 2. Separate Topping Concrete Slabs: Adjustable-type anchors with extension clips, allowing not less than 2-inch height adjustment. Terminate bottom of frames at finish floor surface. 2.3 MATERIALS A. Recycled Content of Steel Products: Postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content not less than 25 percent. B. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; suitable for exposed applications. C. Hot-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; free of scale, pitting, or surface defects; pickled and oiled. D. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B. E. Frame Anchors: ASTM A 879/A 879M, Commercial Steel (CS), 04Z coating designation; mill phosphatized. 1. For anchors built into exterior walls, steel sheet complying with ASTM A 1008/A 1008M or ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B. F. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153M. G. Power-Actuated Fasteners in Concrete: Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated, fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with clips or other accessory devices for attaching hollow-metal frames of type indicated. H. Grout: ASTM C 476, except with a maximum slump of 4 inches, as measured according to ASTM C 143/C 143M. I. Mineral-Fiber Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing); consisting of fibers manufactured from slag or rock wool; with maximum flame -spread and smoke- developed indexes of 25 and 50, respectively; passing ASTM E 136 for combustion characteristics. 402 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 J. Glazing: Comply with requirements in Section 088000 "Glazing." K. Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt mastic, compounded for 15-mil dry film thickness per coat. Provide inert-type noncorrosive compound free of asbestos fibers, sulfur components, and other deleterious impurities. 2.4 FABRICATION A. Fabricate hollow-metal work to be rigid and free of defects, warp, or buckle. Accurately form metal to required sizes and profiles, with minimum radius for metal thickness. Where practical, fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant. To ensure proper assembly at Project site, clearly identify work that cannot be permanently factory assembled before shipment. B. Hollow-Metal Doors: 1. Steel-Stiffened Door Cores: Provide minimum thickness 0.026 inch, steel vertical stiffeners of same material as face sheets extending full-door height, with vertical webs spaced not more than 6 inches apart. Spot weld to face sheets no more than 5 inches o.c. Fill spaces between stiffeners with glass- or mineral-fiber insulation. 2. Fire Door Cores: As required to provide fire-protection and temperature-rise ratings indicated. 3. Vertical Edges for Single-Acting Doors: Bevel edges 1/8 inch in 2 inches. 4. Top Edge Closures: Close top edges of doors with inverted closures, except provide flush closures at exterior doors of same material as face sheets. 5. Bottom Edge Closures: Close bottom edges of doors where required for attachment of weather stripping with end closures or channels of same material as face sheets. 6. Exterior Doors: Provide weep-hole openings in bottoms of exterior doors to permit moisture to escape. Seal joints in top edges of doors against water penetration. 7. Astragals: Provide overlapping astragal on one leaf of pairs of doors where required by NFPA 80 for fire-performance rating or where indicated. Extend minimum 3/4 inch beyond edge of door on which astragal is mounted or as required to comply with published listing of qualified testing agency. C. Hollow-Metal Frames: Where frames are fabricated in sections due to shipping or handling limitations, provide alignment plates or angles at each joint, fabricated of same thickness metal as frames. 1. Sidelight Frames: Provide closed tubular members with no visible face seams or joints, fabricated from same material as door frame. Fasten members at crossings and to jambs by butt welding. 2. Provide countersunk, flat- or oval-head exposed screws and bolts for exposed fasteners unless otherwise indicated. 3. Grout Guards: Weld guards to frame at back of hardware mortises in frames to be grouted. 4. Floor Anchors: Weld anchors to bottoms of jambs with at least four spot welds per anchor; however, for slip-on drywall frames, provide anchor clips or countersunk holes at bottoms of jambs. 5. Jamb Anchors: Provide number and spacing of anchors as follows: 403 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 a. Masonry Type: Locate anchors not more than 16 inches from top and bottom of frame. Space anchors not more than 32 inches o.c., to match coursing, and as follows: 1) Two anchors per jamb up to 60 inches high. 2) Three anchors per jamb from 60 to 90 inches high. 3) Four anchors per jamb from 90 to 120 inches high. 4) Four anchors per jamb plus one additional anchor per jamb for each 24 inches or fraction thereof above 120 inches high. b. Stud-Wall Type: Locate anchors not more than 18 inches from top and bottom of frame. Space anchors not more than 32 inches o.c. and as follows: 1) Three anchors per jamb up to 60 inches high. 2) Four anchors per jamb from 60 to 90 inches high. 3) Five anchors per jamb from 90 to 96 inches high. 4) Five anchors per jamb plus one additional anchor per jamb for each 24 inches or fraction thereof above 96 inches high. c. Compression Type: Not less than two anchors in each frame. d. Postinstalled Expansion Type: Locate anchors not more than 6 inches from top and bottom of frame. Space anchors not more than 26 inches o.c. 6. Head Anchors: Two anchors per head for frames more than 42 inches wide and mounted in metal-stud partitions. 7. Door Silencers: Except on weather-stripped frames, drill stops to receive door silencers as follows. Keep holes clear during construction. a. Single-Door Frames: Drill stop in strike jamb to receive three door silencers. b. Double-Door Frames: Drill stop in head jamb to receive two door silencers. 8. Factory Preparation for Security Devices: a. Door Contacts: Provide a mortar box, welded into head of frame for future door position switch. b. Electronic Power Transfer: Provide a mortar box welded into the hinge jamb of the frame in location to match standard power transfer device location and provide conduit extended to head of frame. c. Card Reader: When a card reader is indicated to be installed in the face of the strike jamb, weld a mortar box into frame at recommended location and provide conduit from the box to the head of frame. D. Fabricate concealed stiffeners and edge channels from either cold- or hot-rolled steel sheet. E. Hardware Preparation: Factory prepare hollow-metal work to receive templated mortised hardware; include cutouts, reinforcement, mortising, drilling, and tapping according to SDI A250.6, the Door Hardware Schedule, and templates. 1. Reinforce doors and frames to receive nontemplated, mortised, and surface-mounted door hardware. 2. Comply with applicable requirements in SDI A250.6 and BHMA A156.115 for preparation of hollow-metal work for hardware. F. Stops and Moldings: Provide stops and moldings around glazed lites and louvers where indicated. Form corners of stops and moldings with mitered hairline joints. 1. Single Glazed Lites: Provide fixed stops and moldings welded on secure side of hollow- metal work. 404 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Provide fixed frame moldings on outside of exterior and on secure side of interior doors and frames. 3. Provide loose stops and moldings on inside of hollow-metal work. 4. Coordinate rabbet width between fixed and removable stops with glazing and installation types indicated. 2.5 STEEL FINISHES A. Prime Finish: Clean, pretreat, and apply manufacturer's standard primer. 1. Shop Primer: Manufacturer's standard, fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free primer complying with SDI A250.10; recommended by primer manufacturer for substrate; compatible with substrate and field-applied coatings despite prolonged exposure. 2.6 ACCESSORIES A. Grout Guards: Formed from same material as frames, not less than 0.016 inch thick. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Examine roughing-in for embedded and built-in anchors to verify actual locations before frame installation. C. Prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Remove welded-in shipping spreaders installed at factory. Restore exposed finish by grinding, filling, and dressing, as required to make repaired area smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces. B. Drill and tap doors and frames to receive nontemplated, mortised, and surface -mounted door hardware. 405 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: Install hollow-metal work plumb, rigid, properly aligned, and securely fastened in place. Comply with Drawings and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Hollow-Metal Frames: Install hollow-metal frames of size and profile indicated. Comply with SDI A250.11 or NAAMM-HMMA 840 as required by standards specified. 1. Set frames accurately in position; plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is complete, remove temporary braces, leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged. a. At fire-rated openings, install frames according to NFPA 80. b. Where frames are fabricated in sections because of shipping or handling limitations, field splice at approved locations by welding face joint continuously; grind, fill, dress, and make splice smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces. c. Install frames with removable stops located on secure side of opening. d. Install door silencers in frames before grouting. e. Remove temporary braces necessary for installation only after frames have been properly set and secured. f. Check plumb, square, and twist of frames as walls are constructed. Shim as necessary to comply with installation tolerances. g. Field apply bituminous coating to backs of interior and exterior frames that will be filled with grout. 2. Floor Anchors: Provide floor anchors for each jamb and mullion that extends to floor, and secure with postinstalled expansion anchors. a. Floor anchors may be set with power-actuated fasteners instead of postinstalled expansion anchors if so indicated and approved on Shop Drawings. 3. Metal-Stud Partitions: Solidly pack mineral-fiber insulation inside frames. 4. Masonry Walls: Coordinate installation of frames to allow for solidly filling space between frames and masonry with grout. 5. Concrete Walls: Solidly fill space between frames and concrete with mineral -fiber insulation. 6. In-Place Concrete or Masonry Construction: Secure frames in place with postinstalled expansion anchors. Countersink anchors, and fill and make smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces. 7. In-Place Metal or Wood-Stud Partitions: Secure slip-on drywall frames in place according to manufacturer's written instructions. 8. Installation Tolerances: Adjust hollow-metal door frames for squareness, alignment, twist, and plumb to the following tolerances: a. Squareness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at door rabbet on a line 90 degrees from jamb perpendicular to frame head. b. Alignment: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs on a horizontal line parallel to plane of wall. c. Twist: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at opposite face corners of jambs on parallel lines, and perpendicular to plane of wall. d. Plumbness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs at floor. C. Hollow-Metal Doors: Fit hollow-metal doors accurately in frames, within clearances specified below. Shim as necessary. 406 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Non-Fire-Rated Steel Doors: a. Between Door and Frame Jambs and Head: 1/8 inch plus or minus 1/32 inch. b. Between Edges of Pairs of Doors: 1/8 inch to 1/4 inch plus or minus 1/32 inch. c. At Bottom of Door: 3/4 inch plus or minus 1/32 inch. d. Between Door Face and Stop: 1/16 inch to 1/8 inch plus or minus 1/32 inch. 2. Fire-Rated Doors: Install doors with clearances according to NFPA 80. 3. Smoke-Control Doors: Install doors and gaskets according to NFPA 105. D. Glazing: Comply with installation requirements in Section 088000 "Glazing" and with hollow- metal manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Secure stops with countersunk flat- or oval-head machine screws spaced uniformly not more than 9 inches o.c. and not more than 2 inches o.c. from each corner. 3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Final Adjustments: Check and readjust operating hardware items immediately before final inspection. Leave work in complete and proper operating condition. Remove and replace defective work, including hollow-metal work that is warped, bowed, or otherwise unacceptable. B. Remove grout and other bonding material from hollow-metal work immediately after installation. C. Prime-Coat Touchup: Immediately after erection, sand smooth rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air-drying, rust-inhibitive primer. D. Metallic-Coated Surface Touchup: Clean abraded areas and repair with galvanizing repair paint according to manufacturer's written instructions. E. Factory-Finish Touchup: Clean abraded areas and repair with same material used for factory finish according to manufacturer's written instructions. F. Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting of abraded areas of paint are specified in painting Sections. END OF SECTION 081113 407 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 08 14 16 - FLUSH WOOD DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes. 1. Solid-core doors with wood-veneer . 2. Factory finishing flush wood doors. 3. Factory fitting flush wood doors to frames and factory machining for hardware. B. Related Requirements. 1. Section 088000 "Glazing" for glass view panels in flush wood doors. 2. Section 064023 “Interior Architectural Woodwork” for wood veneer. 1.2 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of door. Include details of core and edge construction and trim for openings. Include factory-finishing specifications. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate location, size, and hand of each door; elevation of each kind of door; construction details not covered in Product Data; and the following: 1. Dimensions and locations of blocking. 2. Dimensions and locations of mortises and holes for hardware. 3. Dimensions and locations of cutouts. 4. Undercuts. 5. Requirements for veneer matching. 6. Doors to be factory finished and finish requirements. 7. Fire-protection ratings for fire-rated doors. C. Samples for Verification: 1. Factory finishes applied to actual door face materials, approximately 8 by 10 inches, for each material and finish. For each wood species and transparent finish, provide set of three Samples showing typical range of color and grain to be expected in finished Work. 2. Corner sections of doors, approximately 8 by 10 inches, with door faces and edges representing actual materials to be used. a. Provide Samples for each species of veneer and solid lumber required. b. Finish veneer-faced door Samples with same materials proposed for factory- finished doors. 408 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3. Frames for light openings, 6 inches long, for each material, type, and finish required. D. Sample Warranty: For special warranty. E. Quality Standard Compliance Certificates: AWI Quality Certification Program certificates. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer that is certified for chain of custody by an FSC-accredited certification body and is a certified participant in AWI's Quality Certification Program. B. Vendor Qualifications: A vendor that is certified for chain of custody by an FSC-accredited certification body. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Comply with requirements of referenced standard and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Package doors individually in cardboard cartons and wrap bundles of doors in plastic sheeting. C. Mark each door on top and bottom rail with opening number used on Shop Drawings. 1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install doors until spaces are enclosed and weathertight, wet work in spaces is complete and dry, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining ambient temperature and humidity conditions at occupancy levels during remainder of construction period. B. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install doors until spaces are enclosed a nd weathertight, wet work in spaces is complete and dry, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature between 60 and 90 degrees F and relative humidity between 25 and 55 percent during remainder of construction period. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace doors that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following. a. Warping (bow, cup, or twist) more than 1/4 inch in a 42-by-84-inch section. b. Telegraphing of core construction in face veneers exceeding 0.01 inch in a 3-inch span. 409 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Warranty shall also include installation and finishing that may be required due to repair or replacement of defective doors. 3. Warranty Period for Solid-Core Interior Doors: Life of installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Algoma Hardwoods, Inc. 2. Eggers Industries. 3. Graham Wood Doors; an Assa Abloy Group company. 4. Marshfield Door Systems, Inc. 2.2 FLUSH WOOD DOORS, GENERAL A. Quality Standard: In addition to requirements specified, comply with WDMA I.S.1-A, "Architectural Wood Flush Doors." 1. Provide AWI Quality Certification Labels indicating that doors comply with requirements of grades specified. 2. Contract Documents contain selections chosen from options in quality standard and additional requirements beyond those of quality standard. Comply with those selections and requirements in addition to quality standard. B. Certified Wood: Flush wood doors shall be certified as "FSC Pure" or "FSC Mixed Credit" according to FSC STD-01-001, "FSC Principles and Criteria for Forest Stewardship," and to FSC STD-40-004, "FSC Standard for Chain of Custody Certification." C. Low-Emitting Materials: Fabricate doors with adhesives and composite wood products that do not contain urea formaldehyde. D. WDMA I.S.1-A Performance Grade: Heavy Duty. E. Structural-Composite-Lumber-Core Doors: 1. Structural Composite Lumber: WDMA I.S.10. a. Screw Withdrawal, Face: 700 lbf. b. Screw Withdrawal, Edge: 400 lbf. F. Mineral-Core Doors: 1. Core: Noncombustible mineral product complying with requirements of referenced quality standard and testing and inspecting agency for fire-protection rating indicated. 2. Blocking: Provide composite blocking with improved screw-holding capability approved for use in doors of fire-protection ratings indicated asneeded to eliminate through-bolting hardware. 410 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3. Edge Construction: At hinge stiles, provide laminated-edge construction with improved screw-holding capability and split resistance. Comply with specified requirements for exposed edges. a. Screw-Holding Capability: 550 lbf per WDMA T.M.-10. 2.3 VENEER-FACED DOORS A. Interior Solid-Core Doors: 1. Grade: Premium, with Grade AA faces. 2. Species: NewLeaf Performance Veneers, Black Walnut, Natural. 3. Cut: Plain Sawn. 4. Match between Veneer Leaves: Book match. 5. Assembly of Veneer Leaves on Door Faces: Balance match. 6. Pair and Set Match: Provide for doors hung in same opening or separated only by mullions. 7. Exposed Vertical and Top Edges: Same species as faces or a compatible species - edge Type A . 8. Core: structural composite lumber. 9. Construction: Five plies. Stiles and rails are bonded to core, then entire unit is abrasive planed before veneering. Faces are bonded to core using a hot press. 10. WDMA I.S.1-A Performance Grade: Heavy Duty. 11. WDMA I.S.1-A Performance Grade: Heavy Duty. 2.4 LIGHT FRAMES A. Wood Beads for Light Openings in Wood Doors: Provide manufacturer's standard wood beads unless otherwise indicated. 1. Wood Species: Same species as door faces. 2. Profile: Recessed tapered beads. B. Wood-Veneered Beads for Light Openings in Fire-Rated Doors: Manufacturer's standard wood-veneered noncombustible beads matching veneer species of door faces and approved for use in doors of fire-protection rating indicated. Include concealed metal glazing clips where required for opening size and fire-protection rating indicated. C. Metal Frames for Light Openings in Fire-Rated Doors: Manufacturer's standard frame formed of 0.048-inch- thick, cold-rolled steel sheet; with baked-enamel- or powder-coated finish; and approved for use in doors of fire-protection rating indicated. 2.5 FABRICATION A. Factory fit doors to suit frame-opening sizes indicated. Comply with clearance requirements of referenced quality standard for fitting unless otherwise indicated. 1. Comply with NFPA 80 requirements for fire-rated doors. 411 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Factory machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied. Locate hardware to comply with DHI-WDHS-3. Comply with final hardware schedules, door frame Shop Drawings, BHMA-156.115-W, and hardware templates. 1. Coordinate with hardware mortises in metal frames to verify dimensions and alignment before factory machining. 2. Metal Astragals: Factory machine astragals and formed-steel edges for hardware for pairs of fire-rated doors. C. Openings: Factory cut and trim openings through doors. 1. Light Openings: Trim openings with moldings of material and profile indicated. 2. Glazing: Factory install glazing in doors indicated to be factory finished. Comply with applicable requirements in Section 088000 "Glazing." 2.6 FACTORY FINISHING A. General. Comply with referenced quality standard for factory finishing. Complete fabrication, including fitting doors for openings and machining for hardware that is not surface applied, before finishing. 1. Finish faces, all four edges, edges of cutouts, and mortises. B. Factory finish doors. Note: veneer is prefinished by veneer manufacturer. Factory finishing is for all other pieces/faces other than the veneer. C. Transparent Finish: 1. Grade: Premium, per veneer manufacturer. 2. Finish: WDMA TR-4 conversion varnish or WDMA TR-6 catalyzed polyurethane. 3. Staining: As per veneer manufacturer. 4. Sheen: Matte, per veneer manufacturer. Match sheen of veneer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine doors and installed door frames, with Installer present, before hanging doors. 1. Verify that installed frames comply with indicated requirements for type, size, location, and swing characteristics and have been installed with level heads and plumb jambs. 2. Reject doors with defects. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Hardware: For installation, see Section 087100 "Door Hardware." 412 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Installation Instructions: Install doors to comply with manufacturer's written instructions and referenced quality standard, and as indicated. 1. Install fire-rated doors according to NFPA 80. 2. Install smoke- and draft-control doors according to NFPA 105. C. Job-Fitted Doors: Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels as indicated below; do not trim stiles and rails in excess of limits set by manufacturer or permitted for fire- rated doors. Machine doors for hardware. Seal edges of doors, edges of cutouts, and mortises after fitting and machining. 1. Clearances: Provide 1/8 inch at heads, jambs, and between pairs of doors. Provide 1/8 inch from bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or covering unless otherwise indicated. Where threshold is shown or scheduled, provide1/4 inch from bottom of door to top of threshold unless otherwise indicated. a. Comply with NFPA 80 for fire-rated doors. b. Bevel non-fire-rated doors 1/8 inch in 2 inches at lock and hinge edges. 2. Bevel fire-rated doors 1/8 inch in 2 inches at lock edge; trim stiles and rails only to extent permitted by labeling agency. D. Factory-Fitted Doors: Align in frames for uniform clearance at each edge. E. Factory-Finished Doors: Restore finish before installation if fitting or machining is required at Project site. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Operation: Rehang or replace doors that do not swing or operate freely. B. Finished Doors: Replace doors that are damaged or that do not comply with requirements. Doors may be repaired or refinished if Work complies with requirements and shows no evidence of repair or refinishing. END OF SECTION 081416 413 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 081816.16 - MULTIPANEL SLIDING ALUMINUM-FRAMED GLASS DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Multipanel sliding aluminum-framed glass doors. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 084113 "Aluminum-Framed Entrances and Storefronts" for coordinating finish among aluminum fenestration units at vestibules. 2. Section 087100 "Door Hardware" for hardware not specified in this Section. 3. Section 055000 "Metal Fabrications" for miscellaneous steel needed for support of sliding aluminum-framed glass door. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for multipanel sliding aluminum-framed glass doors. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and installation details. 2. Indicate dimensions, configuration of panels, and stacking layout. C. Samples: For each multipanel sliding aluminum-framed glass door and for each color specified, 12-inch-long (300-mm-long) section with factory-applied color finish. D. Samples for Initial Selection: For doors and hardware with factory-applied color finish. E. Samples for Verification: For multipanel sliding aluminum-framed glass doors and components required, prepared on Samples of size indicated below: 1. Main Framing Member: 12-inch-long (300-mm-long) section with weather stripping, glazing bead, and factory-applied color finish. 2. Hardware: Full-size units with factory-applied finish. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer and manufacturer. 414 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Field quality-control reports. C. Sample Warranty: For manufacturer's special warranty. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For multipanel sliding aluminum-framed glass doors to include in maintenance manuals. Include finishes, weather stripping, operable panels, and operating hardware. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A manufacturer capable of fabricating multipanel sliding aluminum-framed glass doors that meet or exceed performance requirements indicated and of documenting this performance by inclusion in lists and by labels, test reports, and calculations. B. Installer Qualifications: An installer acceptable to multipanel sliding aluminum-framed glass door manufacturer for installation of units required for this Project. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace multipanel sliding aluminum-framed glass doors that fail(s) in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Failure to meet performance requirements. b. Structural failures, including excess deflection. c. Faulty operation of movable panels and hardware. d. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. 2. Warranty Period: a. Multipanel Sliding Aluminum-Framed Glass Doors: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. b. Laminated Glass: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. c. Aluminum Finish: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Special Finish Warranty, Anodized Finishes: Standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair finishes or replace aluminum that shows evidence of deterioration of anodized finishes within specified warranty period. 1. Deterioration includes, but is not limited to, the following: 415 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 a. Color fading more than 5 Delta E units when tested in accordance with ASTM D2244. b. Chalking in excess of a No. 8 rating when tested in accordance with ASTM D4214. c. Cracking, peeling, or chipping. 2. Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Oldcastle BuildingEnvelope B. Western Window Systems C. PRL Glass Systems 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Product Standard: Comply with AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440 for minimum standards of performance, materials, components, accessories, and fabrication unless more stringent requirements are indicated. 1. Product Certification: AAMA certified with label attached to each door. B. Performance Class and Grade: AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440 as follows: 1. Minimum Performance Class: Class AW. C. Sound Transmission Class (STC): Rated for not less than 32 STC when tested for laboratory sound transmission loss in accordance with ASTM E90 and determined by ASTM E413. 2.3 MULTIPANEL SLIDING ALUMINUM-FRAMED GLASS DOORS A. Multipanel Sliding Aluminum-Framed Glass Doors: Provide extruded-aluminum-framed, multipanel sliding glass doors, designed for interior use, complete with glazing, threshold, support, and anchorage devices. 1. Stack Storage Configuration: Panels open from one side and stack at opposite end within opening. 2. Basis of design: Oldcastle BuildingEnvelope FG 2000 Mall Slider. 416 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Frames and Door Panels: Fabricate from aluminum extrusions complying with AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440 and indicated requirements. Provide factory-assembled door panels that are reglazable without dismantling panel framing and field-assembled frames. 2.4 GLAZING A. Glass and Glazing: Manufacturer's standard glazing system that produces airtight seal. 1. Glass: ASTM C1036, Type 1, q3; Category II laminated safety glass with two layers ¼” glass and an inner layer of 0.030” PVB, complying with testing requirements in 16 CFR 1201. 2. Safety Glazing Labeling: Permanently mark safety glazing with certification label of the manufacturer. Label shall indicate manufacturer's name, type of glass, thickness, and safety glazing standard with which glass complies. 3. Tint: Clear. 2.5 HARDWARE A. Provide manufacturer's standard hardware, fabricated from a corrosion-resistant material compatible with door panels and other components, and complying with AAMA 907. Provide hardware designed to smoothly operate, tightly close, and securely lock multipanel sliding aluminum-framed glass doors. Size hardware to accommodate panel weights and dimensions. Provide full-perimeter weatherstripping for each door panel. B. Bottom-Supported Panel System: Provide panel support system designed for size, weight, and performance requirements of multipanel sliding aluminum-framed glass doors indicated, capable of being adjusted for smooth operation and clearances wi thout needing to remove panels from tracks. 1. Bottom Carriers: Provide carrier system designed to roll on track within threshold, with overhead wheeled guide that engages upper track. Provide carriers with sealed ball bearings. 2. Lock: Provide manufacturer's standard multipoint locking device on primary door panel, lockable from the inside. Provide exterior cylinder lock on primary panel. Provide manufacturer's standard lock mechanism on each secondary door panel operable from the inside. Adjust locking devices to allow unobstructed movement of the panel across adjacent panel in the direction indicated. a. Trim Design: As selected from manufacturer's full range. b. Trim Finish: As selected from manufacturer's full range of finishes. c. Cylinders: Manufacturer's standard. 3. Threshold Configuration: Extruded-aluminum multitrack threshold with low profile, compliant with United States Access Board's "Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and Architectural Barriers Act (ABA) Accessibility Guidelines". 417 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 a. Aluminum Finish: To match panel. 2.6 ACCESSORIES A. Trim: Provide interior and exterior casings, jamb extensions, and other components in material and finish to match door frames. B. Fasteners: Noncorrosive and compatible with door members, trim, hardware, anchors, and other components. 1. Exposed Fasteners: Do not use exposed fasteners to the greatest extent possible. For application of hardware, use fasteners that match finish hardware being fastened. C. Anchors, Clips, and Accessories: Provide anchors, clips, and accessories of aluminum, nonmagnetic stainless steel, or zinc-coated steel or iron for multipanel sliding aluminum-framed glass doors, complying with ASTM B456 or ASTM B633 for SC 3 severe service conditions; provide sufficient strength to withstand design pressure indicated. 1. Windborne-Debris Resistance: Provide anchors of same design used in windborne-debris resistance testing. 2.7 FABRICATION A. Complete fabrication, assembly, finishing, hardware application, and other work in the factory to greatest extent possible. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and installation. B. Factory-Glazed Fabrication: Glaze sliding aluminum-framed glass doors in the factory. 2.8 GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS A. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are unacceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. 2.9 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. Color Anodic Finish: AAMA 611, AA-M12C22A42/A44, Class I, 0.018 mm or thicker. 1. Color: Black. 418 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine openings, substrates, structural support, anchorage, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and oth er conditions affecting performance of Work. B. Verify rough opening dimensions, levelness of threshold substrate, and operational clearances. C. Examine wall flashings, vapor retarders, water and weather barriers, and other built -in components to ensure a coordinated, weathertight hinged-door installation. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Comply with Drawings, Shop Drawings, and manufacturer's written instructions for installing multipanel sliding aluminum-framed glass doors, hardware, accessories, and other components. B. Install multipanel sliding aluminum-framed glass doors level, plumb, square, true to line; without distortion, warp, or rack of frames and panels, and without impeding thermal movement; anchored securely in place to structural support ; and in proper relation to wall flashing, vapor retarders, air barriers, water/weather barriers, and other adjacent construction. C. Set threshold members in bed of sealant or with gaskets, as indicated, to provide weathertight construction. D. Separate aluminum and other corrodible surfaces from sources of corrosion or electrolytic action at points of contact with other materials. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Adjust hardware for proper alignment, smooth operation, and proper latching without unnecessary force or excessive clearance. B. Adjust hardware and operable panels to function smoothly, and lubricate as recommended by manufacturer. 419 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.5 CLEANING A. Clean exposed surfaces immediately after installation. Avoid damaging protective coatings and finishes. Remove nonpermanent labels, excess sealants, glazing materials, dirt, and other substances. B. Remove and replace glass that has been broken, chipped, cracked, abraded, or damaged during construction period. 3.6 PROTECTION A. Protect multipanel sliding aluminum-framed glass door surfaces from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations. Remove contaminants immediately in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Refinish or replace sliding aluminum-framed glass doors with damaged finishes. END OF SECTION 081816.16 420 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 08 31 13 - ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Access doors and frames for walls and ceilings. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, fire ratings, materials, individual components and profiles, and finishes. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 2. Detail fabrication and installation of access doors and frames for each type of substrate. C. Samples: For each door face material, at least 3 by 5 inches in size, in specified finish. D. Product Schedule: Provide complete access door and frame schedule, including types, locations, sizes, latching or locking provisions, and other data pertinent to installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire-Rated Access Doors and Frames: Units complying with NFPA 80 that are identical to access door and frame assemblies tested for fire-test-response characteristics according to the following test method and that are listed and labeled by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. NFPA 252 or UL 10B for fire-rated access door assemblies installed vertically. 2.2 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES FOR WALLS AND CEILINGS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: B. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated or comparable product by one of the following: 1. Babcock-Davis. 2. J. L. Industries, Inc.; Div. of Activar Construction Products Group. 421 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3. Larsen's Manufacturing Company. 4. Milcor Inc. 5. Nystrom, Inc. C. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of access door and frame from single source from single manufacturer. D. Flush Access Doors with Exposed Flanges: 1. Assembly Description: Fabricate door to fit flush to frame. Provide manufacturer's standard-width exposed flange, proportional to door size. 2. Locations: Wall and ceiling. 3. Door Size: as indicated. 4. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet for Door: Nominal 0.064 inch, 16 gage. a. Finish: Factory prime. 5. Frame Material: Same material, thickness, and finish as door. 6. Hinges: Manufacturer's standard. 7. Hardware: Latch. 2.3 MATERIALS A. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A36. B. Rolled-Steel Floor Plate: ASTM A786, rolled from plate complying with ASTM A 36/A 36M or ASTM A 283/A 283M, Grade C or D. C. Steel Sheet: Uncoated or electrolytic zinc coated, ASTM A879, with cold-rolled steel sheet substrate complying with ASTM A1008, Commercial Steel (CS), exposed. D. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A653, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; with minimum G60 or A60 metallic coating. E. Frame Anchors: Same type as door face. F. Inserts, Bolts, and Anchor Fasteners: Hot-dip galvanized steel according to ASTM A 153 or ASTM F 2329. 2.4 FABRICATION A. Provide access door and frame assemblies manufactured as integral units ready for installation. B. Metal Surfaces: For metal surfaces exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces without blemishes. Do not use materials with exposed pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or roughness. 422 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. Doors and Frames: Grind exposed welds smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces. Furnish attachment devices and fasteners of type required to secure access doors to types of supports indicated. 1. For concealed flanges with drywall bead, provide edge trim for gypsum board securely attached to perimeter of frames. 2. For concealed flanges with plaster bead for full-bed plaster applications, provide zinc- coated expanded metal lath and exposed casing bead welded to perimeter of frames. 3. Provide mounting holes in frames for attachment of units to metal framing. 4. Provide mounting holes in frame for attachment of masonry anchors. D. Latching Mechanisms: Furnish number required to hold doors in flush, smooth plane when closed. 1. For cylinder locks, furnish two keys per lock and key all locks alike. 2. For recessed panel doors, provide access sleeves for each locking device. Furnish plastic grommets and install in holes cut through finish. 2.5 FINISHES A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. C. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. D. Steel and Metallic-Coated-Steel Finishes: 1. Factory Prime: Apply manufacturer's standard, fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free, universal primer immediately after surface preparation and pretreatment. 2. Factory Finish: Immediately after cleaning and pretreating, apply manufacturer's standard two-coat, baked-on finish consisting of prime coat and thermosetting topcoat, with a minimum dry-film thickness of 1 mil for topcoat. E. Access panels and doors shall match adjacent paint finishes. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 423 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing access doors and frames. B. Install doors flush with adjacent finish surfaces or recessed to receive finish material. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Adjust doors and hardware, after installation, for proper operation. B. Remove and replace doors and frames that are warped, bowed, or otherwise damaged. END OF SECTION 083113 424 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 08 41 13 - ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Interior storefront framing. 2. Interior manual- and power-operated swing entrance doors and door-frame units. 1.2 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, full-size details, and attachments to other work. 1. Show connection to and continuity with adjacent thermal, weather, air, and vapor barriers. C. Samples: For each exposed finish required. D. Entrance Door Hardware Schedule: Prepared by or under supervision of supplier, detailing fabrication and assembly of entrance door hardware, as well as procedures and diagrams. E. Delegated-Design Submittal: For aluminum-framed entrances and storefronts indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Energy Performance Certificates: NFRC-certified energy performance values from manufacturer. B. Product test reports. C. Field quality-control reports. D. Sample warranties. 425 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance data. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are trained and approved by manufacturer. B. Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM E 699 for testing indicated and accredited by IAS or ILAC Mutual Recognition Arrangement as complying with ISO/IEC 17025. C. Product Options: Information on Drawings and in Specifications establishes requirements for aesthetic effects and performance characteristics of assemblies. Aesthetic effects are indicated by dimensions, arrangements, alignment, and profiles of components and assemblies as they relate to sightlines, to one another, and to adjoining construction. 1. Do not change intended aesthetic effects, as judged solely by Architect, except with Architect's approval. If changes are proposed, submit comprehensive explanatory data to Architect for review. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of aluminum -framed entrances and storefronts that do not comply with requirements or that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Special Finish Warranty: Standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair finishes or replace aluminum that shows evidence of deterioration of factory-applied finishes within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," to design aluminum-framed entrances and storefronts. B. General Performance: Comply with performance requirements specified, as determined by testing of aluminum-framed entrances and storefronts representing those indicated for this Project without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction. 426 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Aluminum-framed entrances and storefronts shall withstand movements of supporting structure including, but not limited to, story drift, twist, column shortening, long-term creep, and deflection from uniformly distributed and concentrated live loads. 2. Failure also includes the following: a. Thermal stresses transferring to building structure. b. Glass breakage. c. Noise or vibration created by wind and thermal and structural movements. d. Loosening or weakening of fasteners, attachments, and other components. e. Failure of operating units. C. Deflection of Framing Members: At design wind pressure, as follows: 1. Deflection Normal to Wall Plane: Limited to edge of glass in a direction perpendicular to glass plane not exceeding 1/175 of the glass edge length for each individual glazing lite or an amount that restricts edge deflection of individual glazing lites to 3/4, whichever is less. 2. Deflection Parallel to Glazing Plane: Limited to 1/360 of clear span or 1/8 inch, whichever is smaller. D. Structural: Test according to ASTM E 330 as follows: 1. When tested at positive and negative wind-load design pressures, assemblies do not evidence deflection exceeding specified limits. 2. When tested at 150 percent of positive and negative wind-load design pressures, assemblies, including anchorage, do not evidence material failures, structural distress, or permanent deformation of main framing members exceeding 0.2 percent of span. 3. Test Durations: As required by design wind velocity, but not less than 10 seconds. E. Air Infiltration: Test according to ASTM E 283 for infiltration as follows: 1. Fixed Framing and Glass Area: a. Maximum air leakage of 0.03 cfm/sq. ft. at a static-air-pressure differential of 6.24 lbf/sq. ft. 2. Entrance Doors: a. Pair of Doors: Maximum air leakage of 1.0 cfm/sq. ft. at a static-air-pressure differential of 1.57 lbf/sq. ft. F. Water Penetration under Static Pressure: Test according to ASTM E 331 as follows: 1. No evidence of water penetration through fixed glazing and framing areas when tested according to a minimum static-air-pressure differential of 20 percent of positive wind-load design pressure, but not less than 15 lbf/sq. ft. G. Energy Performance: Certify and label energy performance according to NFRC as follows: 1. Thermal transmittance due to conduction (U-factor) no greater than 0.45 Btu/sq.ft.x deg F when tested in accordance with AAMA 1503-98. 2. Condensation Resistance Factor (CRF): Fixed glazing and framing areas shall have a rating of no less than 59 when tested in accordance with AAMA 1503-98. 3. Sound Transmission Class (STC): The system shall have a rating of 32 and an Outdoor - Indoor Transmission Class (OITC) rating of 31 when testing in accordance with ASTM E90-09, ASTM E413-10 and ASTM E1332-10a. 427 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 H. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements resulting from ambient and surface temperature changes: 1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces. 2.2 STOREFRONT FRAMING MANUFACTURERS A. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Oldcastle BuildingEnvelope FG-3000 2" X 4-1/2" Center Set Storefront or approved equal product by one of the following: 1. Arcadia, Inc. 2. EFCO Corporation. 3. Kawneer North America. 4. Vistawall Architectural Products. 2.3 FRAMING A. Framing Members: Manufacturer's extruded or formed-aluminum alloy 6063-T5 framing members of minimum .075 inch wall thickness required and reinforced as required to support imposed loads. Final fasteners and anchors reviewed and approved by a Professional Engineer. 1. Construction: Thermally broken and Nonthermal. 2. Glazing System: Exterior roll-in wedge of extruded elastomeric materials, interior seal around glass perimeter using structural silicone. Glazing stop moldings 0.060 inch thickness. 3. Thermal Barrier: Two-part chemically curing, unfilled polyurethane casting resin poured in place for perimeter members. 4. Snap-in Pocket Fillers: aluminum with punched slots. 5. Glazing Plane: Front. B. Backer Plates: Manufacturer's standard, continuous backer plates for framing members, if not integral, where framing abuts adjacent construction. C. Brackets and Reinforcements: Manufacturer's standard high-strength aluminum with nonstaining, nonferrous shims for aligning system components. D. Materials: 1. Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer for type of use and finish indicated. a. Sheet and Plate: ASTM B 209. b. Extruded Bars, Rods, Profiles, and Tubes: ASTM B 221. c. Extruded Structural Pipe and Tubes: ASTM B 429/B 429M. d. Structural Profiles: ASTM B 308/B 308M. 428 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Steel Reinforcement: Manufacturer's standard zinc-rich, corrosion-resistant primer complying with SSPC-PS Guide No. 12.00; applied immediately after surface preparation and pretreatment. Select surface preparation methods according to recommendations in SSPC-SP COM, and prepare surfaces according to applicable SSPC standard. a. Structural Shapes, Plates, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. b. Cold-Rolled Sheet and Strip: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M. c. Hot-Rolled Sheet and Strip: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M. 2.4 ENTRANCE DOOR SYSTEMS A. Entrance Doors: Manufacturer's standard glazed entrance doors for manual-swing operation. 1. Door Construction: 2-inch overall thickness, with minimum 0.188-inch-thick, extruded- aluminum tubular rail and stile members. Mechanically fasten corners with reinforcing brackets that are deeply penetrated and fillet welded or that incorporate concealed tie rods. 2. Door Design: Wide stile; 5-inch nominal width. 3. Glazing Stops and Gaskets: Inside wet-glazed, with snap-on, extruded-aluminum stops and preformed gaskets. a. Provide nonremovable glazing stops on outside of door. B. Manufacturers: Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Oldcastle BuildingEnvelope “Rugged Entrance" or approved equal product by one of the following: 1. Arcadia, Inc. 2. CMI Architectural. 3. EFCO Corporation 4. Kawneer North America. 2.5 ENTRANCE DOOR HARDWARE A. Entrance Door Hardware: As specified Section 087100 "Door Hardware." 1. Hinges. 2. Closers. 3. Exit Devices. 4. Locks and Latches. 5. Cylinders. 6. Door Pulls/Pushes. 7. Door Stops. 8. Thresholds. 9. Weatherstripping. 10. Silencers. B. Sequence of Operation: Provide electrified door hardware function, sequence of operation, and interface with other building control systems indicated. 429 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.6 GLAZING A. Glazing: Comply with Section 088000 "Glazing." B. Glazing Gaskets: Manufacturer's standard sealed-corner pressure-glazing system of black, resilient elastomeric glazing gaskets, setting blocks, and shims or spacers. C. Glazing Sealants: As recommended by manufacturer. 2.7 FABRICATION A. Form or extrude aluminum shapes before finishing. B. Weld in concealed locations to greatest extent possible to minimize distortion or discoloration of finish. Remove weld spatter and welding oxides from exposed surfaces by descaling or grinding. C. Fabricate components that, when assembled, have the following characteristics: 1. Profiles that are sharp, straight, and free of defects or deformations. 2. Accurately fitted joints with ends coped or mitered. 3. Physical and thermal isolation of glazing from framing members. 4. Accommodations for thermal and mechanical movements of glazing and framing to maintain required glazing edge clearances. 5. Provisions for field replacement of glazing from interior. 6. Fasteners, anchors, and connection devices that are concealed from view to greatest extent possible. D. Mechanically Glazed Framing Members: Fabricate for flush glazing without projecting stops. E. Entrance Door Frames: Reinforce as required to support loads imposed by door operation and for installing entrance door hardware. F. Entrance Doors: Reinforce doors as required for installing entrance door hardware. G. Entrance Door Hardware Installation: Factory install entrance door hardware to the greatest extent possible. Cut, drill, and tap for factory-installed entrance door hardware before applying finishes. H. After fabrication, clearly mark components to identify their locations in Project according to Shop Drawings. 2.8 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. Anodized Finish. 1. Color: Black. 430 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Do not install damaged components. 3. Fit joints to produce hairline joints free of burrs and distortion. 4. Rigidly secure nonmovement joints. 5. Install anchors with separators and isolators to prevent metal corrosion and electrolytic deterioration and to prevent impeding movement of moving joints. 6. Seal perimeter and other joints watertight unless otherwise indicated. B. Metal Protection: 1. Where aluminum is in contact with dissimilar metals, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with materials recommended by manufacturer for this purpose or by installing nonconductive spacers. 2. Where aluminum is in contact with concrete or masonry, protect against corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous paint. C. Set continuous sill members and flashing in full sealant bed as specified in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants" to produce weathertight installation. D. Install components plumb and true in alignment with established lines and grades. E. Install operable units level and plumb, securely anchored, and without distortion. Adjust weather - stripping contact and hardware movement to produce proper operation. F. Install glazing as specified in Section 088000 "Glazing." G. Entrance Doors: Install doors to produce smooth operation and tight fit at contact points. 1. Exterior Doors: Install to produce weathertight enclosure and tight fit at weather stripping. 2. Field-Installed Entrance Door Hardware: Install surface-mounted entrance door hardware according to entrance door hardware manufacturers' written instructions using concealed fasteners to greatest extent possible. END OF SECTION 084113 431 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 087100 - DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 CONDITIONS A. Conditions of the contract (General and Supplementary Conditions) and Division 01 General Requirements, govern the work of this section. B. This section includes all material, and related service necessary to furnish all finish hardware indicated on the drawings or specified herein. C. Furnish UL listed hardware for all labeled and 20 min. openings in conformance with the requirements for the class of opening scheduled. Underwriters' requirements shall have precedence over specification where conflicts exist. D. All work shall be in accordance with all applicable state and local building codes. Code requirements shall have precedence over this specification where conflicts exist. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED A. This section includes the following: 1. Furnish door hardware (for hollow metal, wood and aluminum doors) specified herein, listed in the hardware schedule, and/or required by the drawings. 2. Cylinders for Aluminum Doors 3. Thresholds and Weather-stripping (Aluminum frame seals to be provided by aluminum door supplier) at doors other than sliding aluminum-framed glass doors 4. Electro-Mechanical Devices 5. Access Control components and or systems specified within this section. B. Where items of hardware are not definitely or correctly specified and is required for the intended service, such omission, error or other discrepancy should be directed to the Architect prior to the bid date for clarification by addendum. Otherwise furnish such items in the type and quantity established by this specification for the appropriate service intended. 1.3 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS A. This section includes coordination with related work in the following sections: 1. Division 06 Section "Finish Carpentry" 2. Division 06 Section "Cabinet Hardware" 3. Division 08 Section "Hollow Metal Doors and Frames" 4. Division 08 Section "Wood Doors" 5. Division 08 Section "Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts" 6. Division 26 Sections “Electrical” 7. Division 28 Sections "Electronic Safety and Security" 1.4 REFERENCES A. Publications of agencies and organizations listed below form a part of this specification section to the extent referenced. 1. DHI - Recommended Locations for Builders' Hardware. 2. NFPA 80 - Standards for Fire Doors and Windows. 3. NFPA 101 - Code for Safety to Life from Fire in Buildings and Structures. 4. UL - Building Material Directory. 5. DHI - Door and Hardware Institute 6. WHI - Warnock Hersey 432 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 7. BHMA - Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association 8. ANSI – American National Standards Institute 9. ANSI ICC500 – Standard for the Design and Construction of Storm Shelters 10. IBC - International Building Code (as amended by local building code) 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Within ten days after award of contract, submit detailed hardware schedule in quantities as required by Division 01 - General Requirements. B. Schedule format shall be consistent with recommendations for a vertical format as set forth in the Door & Hardware Institute's (DHI) publication "Sequence and Format for the Hardware Schedule". Hardware sets shall be consolidated to group multiple door openings which share similar hardware requirements. Schedule shall include the following information: 1. Door number, location, size, handing, and rating. 2. Door and frame material, handing. 3. Degree of swing. 4. Manufacturer 5. Product name and catalog number 6. Function, type and style 7. Size and finish of each item 8. Mounting heights 9. Explanation of abbreviations, symbols, etc. 10. Numerical door index, indicating the hardware set/ group number for each door. C. The schedule will be prepared under the direct supervision of a certified Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC), or certified Door Hardware Consultant (DHC) employed by the hardware distributor. The hardware schedule shall be signed and embossed or stamped with the DHI certification seal of the supervising AHC or DHC. The supervising AHC or DHC shall attend any meetings related to the project when requested by the architect. D. Check the specified hardware for suitability and adaptability to the details and surrounding conditions. E. Review drawings from related trades as required to verify compatibility with specified hardware. Indicate unsuitable or in compatible items, and proposed substitutions in the hardware schedule. F. Provide documentation for all hardware to be furnished on labeled fire doors indicating compliance with positive pressure fire testing UL 10C. G. Furnish manufacturers' catalog data for each item of hardware in quantities as required by Division 01 - General Requirements. H. Submit a sample of each type of hardware requested by the architect. Samples shall be of the same finish, style, and function as specified herein. Tag each sample with its permanent location so that it may be used in the final work. I. Furnish with first submittal, a list of required lead times for all hardware items. J. After final approved schedule is returned, transmit corrected copies for distribution and field use in quantities as required by Division 01 - General Requirements. K. Furnish approved hardware schedules, template lists, and pertinent templates as requested by related trades. L. Furnish necessary diagrams, schematics, voltage and amperage requirements for all electro- mechanical devices or systems as required by related trades. Wiring diagrams shall be opening 433 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 specific and include both a riser diagram and point to point diagram showing all wiring terminations. M. After receipt of approved hardware schedule, Hardware supplier shall initiate a meeting including the owner’s representative to determine keying requirements. Upon completion of initial key meeting, hardware supplier shall prepare a proposed key schedule with symbols and abbreviations as set forth in the door and hardware institute’s publication “Keying Procedures, Systems, and Nomenclature”. Submit copies of owner approved key schedule for review and field use in quantities as required by Division 01 – General Requirements. Wiring diagrams shall be included in final submittals transmitted for distribution of field use. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturers and model numbers listed are to establish a standard of function and quality. Similar items by approved manufacturers that are equal in design, function, and quality, may be considered for prior approval of the architect, provided the required data and physical samples are submitted for approval as set forth in Division 01 General Requirements. B. Where indicated in this specification, products shall be independently certified by ANSI for compliance with relevant ANSI/BHMA standards A156.1 - A156.36 – Standards for Hardware and Specialties. All products shall meet or exceed certification requirements for the respective grade indicated within this specification. Supplier shall provide evidence of certification when requested by the architect. C. Obtain each type of hardware (hinges, latch & locksets, exit devices, closers, etc.) from a single manufacturer, although several may be indicated as offering products complying with requirements. D. Electrical drawings and electrical specifications are based on the specific electrified hardware components specified in hardware sets. When electronic hardware components other than those indicated in hardware sets are provided, the supplier shall be responsible for all costs incurred by the design team and their consultants to review and revise electrical drawings and electrical specifications. Supplier shall also be responsible for any additional costs associated with required changes in related equipment, materials, installation, or final hook up to ensure the system will operate and function as indicated in the construction documents, including hardware set operational / functional descriptions. E. All hardware items shall be manufactured no earlier than 6 months prior to delivery to site. F. Hardware supplier shall be factory trained and certified by the manufacture to provide and support all computer managed locks and system components. G. Installation of hardware shall be installed or directly supervised and inspected by a skilled installer certified by the manufacturer of locksets, door closers, and exit devices used on the project, or with not less than 3 years’ experience in successful completion of projects similar in size and scope. H. Provide hardware for all labeled fire doors, which complies with positive pressure fire testing UL 10C. I. Comply with all applicable provisions of the standards referenced within section 1.4 of this specification. J. Hardware supplier shall participate when reasonably requested to meet with the contractor and or architect to inspect any claim for incorrect or non-functioning materials; following such 434 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 inspection, the hardware supplier shall provide a written statement documenting the cause and proposed remedy of any unresolved items. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Hardware supplier shall deliver hardware to the job site unless otherwise specified. B. All hardware shall be delivered in manufacturers' original cartons and shall be clearly marked with set and door number. C. Coordinate with contractor prior to hardware delivery and recommend secure storage and protection against loss and damage at job site. D. Contractor shall receive all hardware and provide secure and proper protection of all hardware items to avoid delays caused by lost or damaged hardware. Contractor shall report shortages to the Architect and hardware supplier immediately after receipt of material at the job site. E. Coordinate with related trades under the direction of the contractor for delivery of hardware items necessary for factory installation. 1.8 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETING A. Schedule a hardware pre-installation meeting on site to review and discuss the installation of continuous hinges, locksets, door closers, exit devices, overhead stops, and electromechanical door hardware. B. Meeting attendees shall be notified 7 days in advance and shall include: Architect, Contractor, Door Hardware Installers (including low voltage hardware), Manufacturers representatives for above hardware items, and any other effected subcontractors or suppliers. C. All attendees shall be prepared to distribute installation manuals, hardware schedules, templates, and physical hardware samples. 1.9 WARRANTY A. All hardware items shall be warranted against defects in material and workmanship as set forth in Division 01 General Requirements. B. Repair, replace, or otherwise correct deficient materials and workmanship without additional cost to owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FASTENERS A. All exposed fasteners shall be Phillips head or as otherwise specified and shall match the finish of the adjacent hardware. All fasteners ex-posed to the weather shall be non-ferrous or stainless steel. Furnish correct fasteners to accommodate surrounding conditions. B. Coordinate required reinforcements for doors and frames. Seek approval of the architect prior to furnishing through-bolts. Furnish through-bolts as required for materials not readily reinforced. 2.2 BUTT HINGES A. Acceptable manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: Ives Stanley Hager McKinney 1. Standard Weight, Plain Bearing 5PB1 F179 **** T2714 2. Standard Weight, Ball Bearing 5BB1 BB179 BB1279 TB2714 3. Standard Weight, Ball Bearing, Non-Ferrous 5BB1 FBB191 BB1191 TB2314 435 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 4. Heavy Weight, Ball Bearing 5BB1HW FBB168 BB1168 T4B3786 5. Heavy Weight, Ball Bearing, Non-Ferrous 5BB1HW FBB199 BB1199 T4B3386 B. Hinges shall be independently certified by ANSI for compliance with ANSI A156.1 (2006). Hinges shall meet or exceed the following ANSI grade requirements as indicated below: 1. Standard Weight, Plain Bearing Hinges: Grade 3 2. Standard Weight, 2 Ball Bearing Hinges: Grade 2 3. Heavy Weight, 4 Ball Bearing Hinges: Grade 1 C. Unless otherwise specified, furnish the following hinge quantities for each door leaf. 1. 3 hinges for doors up to 90 inches. 2. 1 additional hinge for every 30 inches on doors over 90 inches. 3. 4 hinges for Dutch door applications. D. Unless otherwise specified, top and bottom hinges shall be located as specified in Division 08 Section "Hollow Metal Doors and Frames". Intermediate hinges shall be located equidistant from others. E. Unless otherwise specified, furnish hinge weight and type as follows: 1. Standard weight: plain bearing hinge 5PB1 or ball bearing hinge 5BB1 for interior openings through 36 inches wide without a door closer. 2. Standard weight: ball bearing hinge 5BB1 for interior opening over 36 through 40 inches wide without a door closer, and for interior openings through 40 inches wide with a door closer. 3. Heavyweight: 4 ball bearing hinge 5BB1HW for interior openings over 40 inches wide, and for all vestibule doors. 4. Heavyweight: 4 ball bearing hinge 5BB1HWss for exterior openings unless otherwise listed in groups. F. Unless otherwise specified, furnish hinges for exterior doors, fabricated from brass, bronze, or stainless steel. Unless otherwise specified, hinges for interior doors may be fabricated from steel. G. Unless otherwise specified, furnish hinges in the following sizes: 1. 5" x 5" 2-1/4" thick doors 2. 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" 1-3/4" thick doors 3. 3-1/2" x 3-1/2" 1-3/8" thick doors H. Furnish hinges with width to accommodate trim and allow for 180-degree swing. I. Unless otherwise specified, furnish hinges with flat button tips with non-rising pins at interior doors, non-removable loose pins (NRP) at exterior, and out-swinging lockable interior doors. J. Unless otherwise specified, furnish all hinges to template standards. 2.3 CONTINUOUS PIN AND BARREL HINGES A. Acceptable manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: Ives Markar Stanley 1. Edge Mount Pin & Barrel Stainless Steel Continuous Hinge 700 Series 300 Series 650 Series B. Hinges shall be independently certified by ANSI for compliance with ANSI A156.26, Grade 1 (2012). C. Continuous hinges shall be full height pin and barrel type hinge providing full height door support up to 600 lbs. Edge mount (unless noted otherwise). 436 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 D. Construct hinges of heavy-duty 14-gauge material. The stainless internal pin shall have a diameter of 0.25 and the exterior barrel diameter of 0.438. E. Hinge shall be non-handed with symmetrical template hole pattern and factory drilled. Hinge must accept a minimum of 21 fasteners on the door and 21 fasteners on the frame. F. Each knuckle to be 2 inches, including split nylon bearing at each separation for quiet, smooth, self-lubricating operation. G. Hinge to be able to carry Warnock Hersey Int. or UL for fire rated doors and frames up to 3 hours. H. Provide machine screws for doors which have been reinforced to accept machine screws. I. Note: Fire label for doors and frames should be placed on the header and top rail of fire rated doors and frames. J. Provide adjusting screws equal to Ives “Adjust-a-Stud” for continuous hinges specified as 705. Adjustment to be able to correct frame fit problems up to 3/8 inch. 2.4 POWER TRANSFERS A. Acceptable manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: Von Duprin ASSA 1. Concealed Two Wire EPT-2 CEPT-10 2. Concealed Ten Wire EPT-10 CEPT-10 B. Door cords shall be armored cable with screw on caps. C. Concealed power transfers shall be concealed in the door and frame when the door is closed. D. Concealed power transfers shall be supplied with a mud box to house all terminations. 2.5 FLUSH BOLTS AND DUST PROOF STRIKES A. Acceptable manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: Ives Door Controls Hager 1. Dust Proof Strike DP2 80 280X 2. Constant Latching Bolt (Metal Door) FB51P 845 293D 3. Constant Latching Bolt (Wood Door) FB61P 945 294D 4. Manual Flush Bolt FB458 780 282D B. Unless otherwise specified, provide 12" rods for manual flush bolts for door 7'6" or less, 24" top rods for doors over 7'6" to 8'6". C. Unless otherwise specified, provide doors over 8'6" with automatic top bolts. D. Provide automatic flush bolts where required to maintain fire door listing and or egress requirements on pairs of doors. E. All flush-bolt applications shall be UL listed to be installed with top flush-bolt only. Provide auxiliary fire bolt as required for fire rated openings where less bottom bolt has been specified. F. Provide all bottom flush bolts with non-locking dust proof strikes. 2.6 EXIT DEVICES A. Acceptable manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: Von Duprin Falcon Detex 437 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Wide Stile, Push Pad 99 Series 25 Series Advantex (Wide Stile) 2. Wide Stile, Electric Latch Retraction QEL 99 Series MEL 25 Series Advante-ER x (Wide Stile) 3. Narrow Stile, Push Pad 33 Series 24 Series Advantex (Narrow Stile) 4. Narrow Stile, Electric Latch Retraction QEL 33 Series MEL 24 Series AdvanteER-x (Narrow Stile) 5. Flat Bar Exit Device 22 Series 19 Series **** 6. Lever Trim 996 Series 510L / 511L Series “D/DM” Trim 7. Pull Trim 990 Series 512 Series “C” Trim A. Exit devices shall be independently certified by ANSI for compliance with ANSI A156.3, Grade 1 (2008). B. Obtain exit devices from a single manufacturer, although several may be indicated as offering products complying with requirements. C. All exit devices shall be equipped with a sound-dampening feature to reduce touch pad return noise. D. Quiet Electric Latch Retraction shall be accomplished using a motor driven assembly, and shall incorporate the following features: 1. Motor shall retract both the push pad assembly and latchbolt. 2. Automatic calibration of latch throw and pull. 3. Built-in time delay. 4. On-board installation and troubleshooting diagnostics built into power supply and device. 5. Retry mode if device does not pull on the first try. E. On full glass doors there shall be no exposed fasteners on the back of the mechanism visible through the glass. F. All exit devices shall be provided with flush end caps to reduce potential damage from impact. G. All exit devices shall be provided with dead-locking latch bolts to ensure security. H. All exit devices shall be U.L. listed for accident hazard. Exit device for use on fire doors shall also be U.L. listed for fire exit hardware. I. Provide optional strikes, special length rods, and adapter plates to accommodate door and frame conditions. Provide narrow style series devices in lieu of wide stile series devices where optional strikes will not accommodate door and frame conditions. J. Coordinate with related trades to ensure adequate clearance and reinforcement is provided in doors and frames. Provide thru bolts as required. K. Refer to hardware groups for exit device applications utilizing the option of: "less bottom rod and floor strike" (LBR) L. All exit devices shall be provided with optional trim designs to match other lever and pull designs used on the project. M. Unless specific exit device dogging options are noted within hardware sets, provide dogging options as follows: 1. Fire Rated devices: Dogging not permitted. 2. Non-Rated Exit Only functions not equipped with outside trim or pull: Less Dogging. 3. Non-Rated Classroom functions: Less Dogging. 4. Non-Rated devices utilizing electric latch retraction or electrified outside trim: Less Dogging. 438 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 5. All Other Non-Rated devices: Cylinder Dogging utilizing interchangeable core cylinders. Cylinder keyway shall match locksets furnished on this project. N. Provide glass bead kits as required to accommodate door conditions. Screws shall not be visible through full glass doors. O. Where specified, provide compatible keyed mullions with cylinder for pairs of doors. P. Provide reinforced crossbars for all traditional style exit devices applied to doors over 36" wide. 2.7 STORM DOOR EXIT DEVICES A. Acceptable manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: Von Duprin No Substitution 1. Wide Stile, Push Pad WS99 Series 2. Lever Trim 996 Series 3. Pull Trim 990 Series B. Exit devices shall be independently certified by ANSI for compliance with ANSI A156.3-2001, Grade 1 (2008). C. Exit devices shall be FEMA 361 and ICC500 certified. D. Exit device shall be a tested and approved for compliance and compatibility with manufacture’s tested assembly. E. Obtain windstorm exit devices from a single manufacturer, although several may be indicated as offering products complying with requirements. F. All exit devices shall be equipped with a sound-dampening feature to reduce touch pad return noise. G. All exit devices shall be provided with flush end caps to reduce potential damage from impact. H. All exit devices shall be provided with dead-locking latch bolts to ensure security. I. All exit devices shall be U.L. listed for accident hazard. Exit device for use on fire doors shall also be U.L. listed for fire exit hardware. J. Coordinate with related trades to ensure adequate clearance and reinforcement is provided in doors and frames. K. All exit devices shall be provided with optional trim designs to match other lever and pull designs used on the project. L. Dogging not permitted. 2.8 LOCKS AND LATCHES A. Acceptable manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: Schlage Falcon 1. Grade 1 Mortise L Series LAT MA Series LAT 2. Grade 1 Cylindrical ND Series LAT T Series LAT B. Bored locks shall be independently certified by ANSI for compliance with ANSI A156.2 (2011). Interconnected locks shall be independently certified by ANSI for compliance with ANSI A156.12 (2013). Mortise locks shall be independently certified by ANSI for compliance with ANSI A156.13 (2012). C. Minimize transmission of heat to lock trim. Provide temperature control modules (TCM) on all electrified locks when cataloged by the lock manufacturer. 439 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 D. Unless otherwise specified, all locks and latches to have: 1. 2-3/4" Backset 2. 1/2" minimum throw latchbolt 3. 1" throw deadbolt 4. 6 pin cylinders 5. ANSI A115.2 strikes E. Interconnected locks shall accommodate center to center dimensions of 4” or 5-1/2” between deadbolt and latch. F. Provide guarded latch bolts for all locksets, and latch bolts with throw to maintain fire rating of both single and paired door assemblies. G. Provide strike with lip length adequate to clear surrounding trim. H. Provide wrought boxes for strikes at inactive doors, wood frames, and metal frames without integral mortar covers. 2.9 THREE-POINT LOCK A. Acceptable manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: Schlage No Substitution 1. Concealed Multipoint Lock LM9300 Series A. Provide optional trim designs to match other lever designs used on the project. B. Locks shall be FEMA 361 and ICC500 certified. C. Lock shall be a tested and approved for compliance and compatibility with manufacture’s tested assembly. D. Lock shall be compatible with rose and escutcheon trim. E. Locks and latches to have: 1. Three-point locking system 2. Concealed vertical rods 3. No secondary operation required to comply with FEMA and ICC certification. 2.10 PULLS, PUSH BARS, PUSH/PULL PLATES A. Acceptable manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: Burns Hager Ives 1. Custom Door Pull - TBD --- --- --- 2. Push Plate (.050 6"X 16") 56 30S 6 x 16 8200 6" X 16" 3. Pull Plate (1" dia., 10" CTC - .050" X 4" X 16") 5426C 34J 4 x 16 8303-0 4" X 16" A. Adjust dimensions of push plates to accommodate stile and rail dimensions, lite and louver cutouts, and adjacent hardware. Where required by adjacent hardware, push plates shall be factory drilled for cylinders or other mortised hardware. All push plates shall be beveled 4 sides and counter sunk. B. Where possible, provide back-to-back, and concealed mounting for pulls and push bars. Push bar length shall be 3" less door width, or center of stile to center of stile for stile & rail or full glass doors. 2.11 COORDINATORS A. Acceptable manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: 440 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 Ives Door Controls Hager 1. Bar Coordinator COR x FL 600 x Filler 297D x 297F 2. Mounting Bracket MB Series AB, C Series 297 Series B. Provide coordinators at all pairs of doors having automatic flush bolts and closers on the inactive leaf, and for pairs of doors having vertical rod/mortise exit device combinations with overlapping astragals. C. Provide appropriate filler bars, closer mounting brackets, carry bars, and special top latch preparations as required by adjacent hardware. 2.12 CLOSERS A. Acceptable manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: LCN Yale Norton 1. 4050 / 4050 EDA R4400 / PR4400 R7500 / PR7500 B. Door closers shall be independently certified by ANSI for compliance with ANSI A156.4, Grade 1 (2013). C. Obtain door closers from a single manufacturer, although several may be indicated as offering products complying with requirements. D. Provide extra heavy-duty arm (EDA / HD) when closer is to be installed using parallel arm mounting. E. Hardware supplier shall coordinate with related trades to ensure aluminum frame profiles will accommodate specified door closers. F. Closers shall use aluminum cylinders. G. Closers for fire-rated doors shall be provided with temperature stabilizing fluid that complies with standards UL10C. H. Unless otherwise specified, all door closers shall have full covers and separate adjusting valves for sweeps, latch, and backcheck. I. Provide closers for all labeled doors. Provide closer series and type consistent with other closers for similar doors specified elsewhere on the project. J. Provide closers with adjustable spring power. Size closers to ensure exterior and fire rated doors will consistently close and latch doors under existing conditions. Size all other door closers to allow for reduced opening force not to exceed 5 lbs. K. Install closers on the room side of corridor doors, stair side of stairways and interior side of exterior doors. L. Closers shall be furnished complete with all mounting brackets and cover plates as required by door and frame conditions, and by adjacent hardware. M. Door closers shall be provided with a powder coat finish to provide superior protection against the effects of weathering. Powder coat finish shall successfully pass a 100-hour salt spray test. 2.13 LOW ENERGY ELECTRO-HYDRAULIC AUTOMATIC OPERATORS A. Acceptable manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: LCN Besam No Substitution 1. Electro-Hydraulic Operator 4640 PowerSwing 441 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Low energy operators shall be independently certified by ANSI for compliance with ANSI A156.19 (2002). C. Where low kinetic energy, as defined by ANSI/BHMA Standard A156.19, power operators are indicated for doors required to be accessible to the disabled, provide electrically powered operators complying with the ADA for opening force and time to close standards. D. The closing action shall be controlled by modern type cast iron door closer cylinder filled with a flat viscosity fluid, stable from +120F to -30F that would require no seasonal adjustments. The closer shall have field adjustable spring power; have two independent closing speed adjustment valves, and hydraulic back-check. E. Full closing force shall be provided when the power or assist cycle ends. F. All power operator systems shall include the following features and functions: 1. Provisions for separate conduits to carry high and low voltage wiring in compliance with the National Electrical Code, section 725-31. 2. The operator will be designed with an electronically controlled mechanical clutching mechanism to prevent damage to the operator if the system is actuated while the door is latched or if the door is forced closed during the opening cycle. 3. All covers, mounting plates and arm systems shall be powder coated and successfully pass a minimum of 100 hours testing as outlined in ANSI/BHMA Standard A156.18. 4. UL listed for use on labeled doors. 5. All operators shall be non-handed with spring power over a range of at least four sizes; either 1 through 4 or 2 through 5. 6. The power operator shall incorporate microprocessor controlled digital controls including factory default memory settings, on-board diagnostics, non-volatile memory, and integrated delay and relay for controlling door release devices. 7. Provisions in the control box or module shall provide control {inputs and outputs) for; electric strike delay, auxiliary contacts, sequential operation, fire alarms systems, actuators, swing side sensors, and stop side sensors. 8. Wall mounted actuators shall consist of a 4-1/2 inches diameter stainless steel touch plate with a blue filled handicapped symbol. Switches shall be weather resistant and mount on a single gang electrical box furnished by Division 26. G. All electrically powered operators shall include the following features or functions: 1. When an obstruction or resistance to the opening swing is encountered, the operator will pause at that point, then attempt to continue opening the door. If the obstruction or resistance remains, the operator will again pause the door. 2. Easily accessible main power and maintain hold open switches will be provided on the operator. 3. An electronically controlled clutch to provide adjustable opening force. 4. A microprocessor to control all motor and clutch functions. 5. An on-board power supply capable of delivering both 12V and 24V outputs up to a maximum of 1.0 ampere combined load. 6. All input and output power wiring shall be protected by slow blow fuses. These fuses shall be easily replaceable without special tools or component replacement. 7. If electrical failure occurs, the unit shall operate as a standard door closer. H. Power Operators shall be warranted by the manufacture to be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of two years. 2.14 KICK PLATES AND MOP PLATES 442 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 A. Furnish protective plates as specified in hardware groups. B. Where specified, provide 10" kick plates, 34" armor plates, and 4" mop plates. Unless otherwise specified, metal protective plates shall be .050" thick; plastic plates shall be 1/8" thick. C. Protective plates shall be 2" less door width, or 1" less door width at pairs. All protective plates shall be beveled 4 sides and counter sunk. D. Protection plates over 16" shall not be provided for labeled doors unless specifically approved by door manufacturers listing. When protection plates over 16” are provided for labeled doors, the plate shall be labeled. E. Where specified, provide surface mounted door edges. Edges shall butt to protective plates. Provide edges with cutouts as required adjacent hardware. F. Adjust dimensions of protection plates to accommodate stile and rail dimensions, lite and louver cutouts, and adjacent hardware. Where required by adjacent hardware, protection plates shall be factory drilled for cylinders or other mortised hardware. 2.15 OVERHEAD STOPS A. Acceptable manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: Glynn-Johnson Rixson Sargent 1. Heavy Duty Surface Mount GJ900 Series 9 Series 590 2. Heavy Duty Concealed Mount GJ100 Series 1 Series 690 B. Unless otherwise specified, furnish GJ900 series overhead stop for hollow metal or 1-3/4” solid core doors equipped with regular arm surface type closers that swing more than 140 degrees before striking a wall, for hollow metal or 1-3/4” solid core doors that open against equipment, casework, sidelights, or other objects that would make wall bumpers inappropriate, and as specified in hardware groups. C. Furnish sex bolt attachments for wood and mineral core doors unless doors are supplied with proper reinforcing blocks. D. Provide special stop only (“SE” suffix) overhead stops when used in conjunction with electronic hold open closers. E. Do not provide holder function for labeled doors. 2.16 WALL STOPS AND HOLDERS A. Acceptable manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: Ives Hager Burns 1. Wrought Convex Wall Stop WS406CVX 232W 570 2. Wrought Concave Wall Stop WS406CCV 236W 575 3. Automatic Wall Holder WS40 326W 533 B. Furnish a stop or holder for all doors. Furnish floor stops or hinge pin stops only where specifically specified. C. Provide concave style wall stop at all adjacent integral push button locks; provide convex style wall stop at all other locations. D. Where wall stops are not applicable, furnish overhead stops. E. Do not provide holder function for labeled doors. 2.17 WEATHERSTRIP, GASKETING 443 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 A. Acceptable manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: Zero Pemko NGP Reese 1. Weatherstrip 429 2891_PK 700NA 755 2. Adhesive Gasket 188 S88 5050 797 3. Adhesive Edge Seal 188S S771 5060 **** 4. Automatic Door Bottom 355 420APKL 320N 372A 5. Sweep w/ drip 8198 345_N C627 354 6. Drip Cap 142 346 16 R201 B. Weatherstrip and gasketing shall be independently certified by ANSI for compliance with ANSI A156.22 (2005). C. Where specified in the hardware groups, furnish the above products unless otherwise detailed in groups. D. Provide weatherstripping all exterior doors and where specified. E. Provide intumescent and other required edge sealing systems as required by individual fire door listings to comply with positive pressure standards UL 10C. F. Provide Zero 188 smoke gaskets at all fire rated doors and smoke and draft control assemblies. G. Provide gasketing for all meeting edges on pairs of fire doors. Gasketing shall be compatible with astragal design provided by door supplier as required for specific fire door listings. 2.18 THRESHOLDS A. Acceptable manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: Zero Pemko NGP Reese 1. Saddle Thresholds 8655 171 425 S205 2. Half Saddle Thresholds 1674 227 324 S239 3. Interlocking Threshold 74A 114 442-5 T550 4. ¼” Saddle Thresholds 63 151 411 S263 A. Thresholds shall be independently certified by ANSI for compliance with ANSI A156.21 (2001). B. Hardware supplier shall verify all finish floor conditions and coordinate proper threshold as required to ensure a smooth transition between threshold and interior floor finish. C. Threshold Types: 1. Unless otherwise specified, provide saddle threshold similar to Zero 8655 for all exterior openings with an interior floor finish less than or equal to 1/4" in height. 2. Unless otherwise specified, provide half saddle threshold similar to Zero 1674 for all exterior openings with an interior floor finish greater than 1/4" in height. Threshold height shall match thickness of interior floor finish. 2.19 ELECTRIC STRIKES A. Acceptable manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: Von Duprin Hes 1. Type 1 6200 Series 1006 Series 1. Type 2 6300 Series 9500 Series B. Provide electric strikes compatible with the type of locks shown at each opening where specified. C. Electric strikes shall be UL listed as Burglary-Resistant Electric Door Strikes and where required shall be UL listed as Electric Strike for Fire Doors. 444 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 D. Provide transformers and rectifiers for each strike as required. Verify voltage with electrical contractor. 2.20 POWER SUPPLIES A. Provide quantities and types as specified in hardware sets. Shared power supplies will not be accepted without prior approval from the owner. B. All power supplies shall have the following features: 1. 12/24 VDC Output, field selectable. 2. Class 2 Rated power limited output. 3. Universal 120-240 VAC input. 4. Low voltage DC regulated and filtered. 5. Polarized connector for distribution boards. 6. Fused primary input. 7. AC input and DC output monitoring circuit w/LED indicators. 8. Cover mounted AC Input indication. 9. Tested and certified to meet UL294. 10. NEMA 1 enclosure. 11. Hinged cover w/lock down screws. 12. High voltage protective cover. C. All power supplies shall incorporate fused distribution boards. D. All electro-mechanical systems requiring fail safe circuits shall be capable of interfacing with the fire alarm system to cut power to appropriate system components. Unless already provided in another system component, all power supplies utilized in fail safe circuits shall include an integral relay which when connected to the N/C fire alarm contact will cut power to all openings connected to the individual power supply. Power supply, unless otherwise specified, will automatically reset itself when fire alarm relay returns to normal state following a fire alarm. 2.21 BI-FOLDING DOOR HARDWARE A. Acceptable Manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: K.N. Crowder 1. Bi-Fold Kit As specified 2. Hinges (refer to 08710 – Butt Hinges) B. Provide complete hardware sets for each opening specified with bi-folding door hardware. Include track, pivots, ball-bearing hangers, hinges, fasteners, guides, and all hardware required for a complete installation. 2.22 FINISHES AND BASE MATERIALS A. Unless otherwise indicated in the hardware groups or herein, hardware finishes shall be applied over base metals as specified in the following finish schedule: HARDWARE ITEM BHMA FINISH AND BASE MATERIAL 1. Butt Hinges: Exterior, or Non-Ferrous 622/693 (US19 – Matte Black on stainless steel) 2. Butt Hinges: Interior 622 (US19 – Matte Black on brass) 3. Continuous Hinges 630 (US32D - Satin Stainless Steel) 4. Flush Bolts 622 (US19 – Matte Black) 5. Exit Devices 711 (315AN - Satin Black) 445 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 6. Locks and Latches 622 (US19 – Matte Black) 7. Pulls and Push Plates/Bars 622 (US19 – Matte Black) 8. Coordinators 622 (US19 – Matte Black) 9. Closers 693 (Powder Coat Black) 10. Protective Plates 622 (US19 – Matte Black) 11. Overhead Stops BLK Powder Coat 12. Wall Stops and Holders 622 (US19 – Matte Black) 13. Thresholds 628 (Mill aluminum) 14. Weather-strip, Sweeps Drip Caps 622 (US19 – Matte Black) 15. Miscellaneous 622 (US19 – Matte Black) 2.23 KEYING A. Provide all cylinders in keyways as required to accommodate owners existing key system. B. Provide interchangeable cores for all locks and cylinders. C. All locks under this section shall be keyed as directed by the owner to an existing Master Key System. D. Furnish a total of 2 keys per cylinder. Actual cut keys to be determined by owner. E. Master keys, control keys, and change keys shall be delivered by registered mail to the owner. Construction keys shall be delivered to the contractor. 2.24 KEY CABINETS A. Acceptable manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: Lund Key Control Telkee 1. 1200-1205 AA M228-2480 RWC-AWC B. Furnish 1 each model 1200 or 1205 AA key cabinet with a capacity 1.5 times the number of key sets. C. Provide one key cabinet with at least one hook for each key set, plus additional hooks for 50% expansion. D. Furnish key cabinet complete with cam lock, permanent key tags, and change key cards. E. Hardware supplier shall prepare all key change index records, tag all keys and place permanent file keys in cabinet. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Prior to installation of hardware, installer shall examine door frame installation to ensure frames have been set square and plumb. Installer shall examine doors, door frames, and adjacent wall, floor, and ceiling for conditions, which would adversely affect proper operation and function of door assemblies. Do not proceed with hardware installation until such deficiencies have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Before hardware installation, general contractor/construction manager shall coordinate a hardware installation seminar with a 1 week notice to all parties involved. The seminar is to be conducted on the installation of hardware, specifically of locksets, closers, exit devices, continuous hinges and overhead stops. Manufacturer's representative of the above products to 446 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 present seminar. Seminar to be held at the job site and attended by installers of hardware (including low voltage hardware) for aluminum, hollow metal and wood doors. Training to include use of installation manuals, hardware schedule, templates and physical products samples. B. Install all hardware in accordance with the approved hardware schedule and manufacturer’s instructions for installation and adjustment. C. Set units level, plumb and true to the line and location. Adjust and reinforce the attachment substrate as necessary for proper installation and operation. D. Provide blocking or reinforcement for all hardware mounted to drywall construction, including wall mounted door stops and holders. E. Drill and countersink units which are not factory-prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors in accord with industry standards. F. Drill appropriate size pilot holes for all hardware attached to wood doors and frames. G. Shim doors as required to maintain proper operating clearance between door and frame. H. Unless otherwise specified, locate all hardware in accordance with the recommended locations for builders hardware for standard doors and frames as published by the Door and Hardware Institute. I. Use only fasteners supplied by or approved by the manufacturer for each respective item of hardware. J. Mortise and cut to close tolerance and conceal evidence of cutting in the finished work. K. Conceal push and pull bar fasteners where possible. Do not install through bolts through push plates. L. Install hardware on UL labeled openings in accordance with manufacturer's requirements to maintain the label. M. Apply self-adhesive gasketing on frame stop at head & latch side and on rabbet of frame at hinge side. N. Install hardware in accordance with supplemental "S" label instructions on all fire rated openings. O. Install wall stops to contact lever handles or pulls. Do not mount wall stops on casework, or equipment. P. Where necessary, adjust doors and hardware as required to eliminate binding between strike and latchbolt. Doors should not rattle. Q. Overhead stops used in conjunction with electrified hold open closers shall be templated and installed to coincide with engagement of closer hold open position. R. Install door closers on corridor side of lobby doors, room side of corridor doors, and stair side of stairways. S. Adjust spring power of door closers to the minimum force required to ensure exterior and fire rated doors will consistently close and latch doors under existing conditions. Adjust all other door closers to ensure opening force does not to exceed 5 lbs. T. Adjust "sweep", "latch", & "back check" valves on all door closers to properly control door throughout the opening and closing cycle. Adjust total closing speed as required to comply with all applicable state and local building codes. 447 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 U. Install "hardware compatible" (bar stock) type weatherstripping continuously for an uninterrupted seal. Adjust templating for parallel arm door closers, exit devices, etc., as required to accommodate weatherstripping. V. Unless otherwise specified or detailed, install thresholds with the bevel in vertical alignment with the outside door face. Notch and closely fit thresholds to frame profile. Set thresholds in full bed of sealant. W. Compress sweep during installation as recommended by sweep manufacturer to facilitate a water-resistant seal. X. Deliver to the owner 1 complete set of installation and adjustment instructions, and tools as furnished with the hardware. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. After installation has been completed, the hardware supplier and manufacturers representative for locksets, door closers, exit devices, and overhead stops shall check the project and verify compliance with installation instructions, adjustment of all hardware items, and proper application according to the approved hardware schedule. Hardware supplier shall submit a list of all hardware that has not been installed correctly. B. After installation has been completed, the hardware supplier and manufacturers representative shall meet with the owner to explain the functions, uses, adjustment, and maintenance of each item of hardware. Hardware supplier shall provide the owner with a copy of all wiring diagrams. Wiring diagrams shall be opening specific and include both a riser diagram and point to point diagram showing all wiring terminations. 3.4 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING A. At final completion, and when H.V.A.C. equipment is in operation, installer shall make final adjustments to and verify proper operation of all door closers and other items of hardware. Lubricate moving parts with type lubrication recommended by the manufacturer. B. All hardware shall be left clean and in good operation. Hardware found to be disfigured, defective, or inoperative shall be repaired or replaced. 3.5 HARDWARE SCHEDULE A. The following schedule of hardware groups are intended to describe opening function. The hardware supplier is cautioned to refer to the preamble of this specification for a complete description of all materials and services to be furnished under this section. HW SET: 01 QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER MFR EA HINGE AS REQUIRED IVE 1 EA PASSAGE SET ND10 SCH 1 EA WALL STOP WS406 IVE FUNCTION: (F75) PASSAGE LATCH. LATCH RETRACTED BY LEVER EITHER SIDE. BOTH LEVERS ALWAYS UNLOCKED. 448 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 HW SET: 02 QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER MFR EA HINGE AS REQUIRED IVE 1 EA STOREROOM LOCK ND80 SCH 1 EA WALL STOP WS406 IVE FUNCTION: (F86) STOREROOM LOCK. FIXED OUTSIDE TRIM - OUTSIDE KEY OR INSIDE LEVER RETRACTS LATCH. INSIDE LEVER ALWAYS UNLOCKED. HW SET: 03 QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER MFR EA HINGE AS REQUIRED IVE 1 EA STOREROOM LOCK ND80 SCH 1 EA OH STOP 90S GLY 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" IVE FUNCTION: (F86) STOREROOM LOCK. FIXED OUTSIDE TRIM - OUTSIDE KEY OR INSIDE LEVER RETRACTS LATCH. INSIDE LEVER ALWAYS UNLOCKED. HW SET: 04 QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER MFR EA HINGE AS REQUIRED IVE 2 EA ROLLER LATCH RL36 IVE 2 EA SINGLE DUMMY TRIM ND170 SCH 2 EA OH STOP 90S GLY FUNCTION: DUMMY TRIM W/ ROLLER LATCH. HW SET: 05 QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER MFR EA HINGE AS REQUIRED IVE 1 EA Exit Lock L9025 SCH 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4050 / 4050 EDA LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS406 IVE 1 EA DOOR CONTACT 679 SCE FUNCTION: (F31) EXIT LOCK. NO OUTSIDE TRIM. INSIDE LEVER ALWAYS UNLOCKED FOR FREE EGRESS. 449 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 HW SET: 06 QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER MFR EA HINGE AS REQUIRED IVE 1 EA OFFICE W/SIM RETRACT L9056 L283-722 SCH 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4050 / 4050 EDA LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS406 IVE FUNCTION: KEYED PRIVACY LOCK WITH INDICATOR. OUTSIDE LEVER LOCKED BY OUTSIDE KEY OR INSIDE TURN. OUTSIDE LEVER UNLOCKED BY INSIDE TURN, INSIDE LEVER, OUTSIDE KEY, OR CLOSING DOOR. INSIDE LEVER ALWAYS UNLOCKED. OUTSIDE INDICATOR DISPLAYS OCCUPIED/VACANT STATUS. HW SET: 07 QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER MFR EA HINGE AS REQUIRED IVE 1 EA STOREROOM LOCK ND80 SCH 1 EA ELECTRIC STRIKE 6211 FSE VON 1 EA WALL STOP WS406 IVE 1 EA CREDENTIAL READER BY SECURITY SUPPLIER B/O 1 EA POWER SUPPLY BY SECURITY SUPPLIER VON 1 EA WIRING DIAGRAMS RISER AND POINT-TO-POINT FUNCTION: (F86) STOREROOM LOCK. FIXED OUTSIDE TRIM - OUTSIDE KEY OR INSIDE LEVER RETRACTS LATCH. INSIDE LEVER ALWAYS UNLOCKED. ELECTRIC STRIKE UNLOCKED BY ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM FOR PUSH/PULL OPERATION. HW SET: 08 QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER MFR EA HINGE AS REQUIRED IVE 1 EA STOREROOM LOCK ND80 SCH 1 EA ELECTRIC STRIKE 6211 FSE VON 1 EA OH STOP 90S GLY 1 EA CREDENTIAL READER BY SECURITY SUPPLIER B/O 1 EA POWER SUPPLY BY SECURITY SUPPLIER VON 1 EA WIRING DIAGRAMS RISER AND POINT-TO-POINT FUNCTION: (F86) STOREROOM LOCK. FIXED OUTSIDE TRIM - OUTSIDE KEY OR INSIDE LEVER RETRACTS LATCH. INSIDE LEVER ALWAYS UNLOCKED. ELECTRIC STRIKE UNLOCKED BY ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM FOR PUSH/PULL OPERATION. 450 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 HW SET: 09 QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER MFR EA HINGE AS REQUIRED IVE 1 EA STOREROOM LOCK ND80 SCH 1 EA ELECTRIC STRIKE 6211 FSE VON 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4050 / 4050 EDA LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS406 IVE 1 EA CREDENTIAL READER BY SECURITY SUPPLIER B/O 1 EA POWER SUPPLY BY SECURITY SUPPLIER VON 1 EA WIRING DIAGRAMS RISER AND POINT-TO-POINT FUNCTION: (F86) STOREROOM LOCK. FIXED OUTSIDE TRIM - OUTSIDE KEY OR INSIDE LEVER RETRACTS LATCH. INSIDE LEVER ALWAYS UNLOCKED. ELECTRIC STRIKE UNLOCKED BY ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM FOR PUSH/PULL OPERATION. HW SET: 10 QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER MFR EA HINGE AS REQUIRED IVE 1 EA POWER TRANSFER EPT10 VON 1 EA EU STOREROOM LOCK ND80EU RX SCH 1 EA OH STOP 90S GLY 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4050 / 4050 EDA LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" IVE 1 EA CREDENTIAL READER BY SECURITY SUPPLIER B/O 1 EA DOOR CONTACT 679 SCE 1 EA POWER SUPPLY BY SECURITY SUPPLIER VON 1 EA WIRING DIAGRAMS RISER AND POINT-TO-POINT FUNCTION: ELECTRIFIED STOREROOM LOCK - FAIL SECURE. LATCH BOLT RETRACTED BY KEY. OUTSIDE LEVER UNLOCKED BY CREDENTIAL. INSIDE LEVER ALWAYS UNLOCKED. UPON LOSS OF POWER, OUTSIDE LEVER REMAINS LOCKED. 451 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 HW SET: 11 QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER MFR EA HINGE AS REQUIRED IVE 1 EA POWER TRANSFER EPT10 VON 1 EA EU STOREROOM LOCK ND80EU RX SCH 1 EA OH STOP 100S GLY 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4050 / 4050 EDA LCN 1 EA CREDENTIAL READER BY SECURITY SUPPLIER B/O 1 EA DOOR CONTACT 679 SCE 1 EA POWER SUPPLY BY SECURITY SUPPLIER VON 1 EA WIRING DIAGRAMS RISER AND POINT-TO-POINT FUNCTION: ELECTRIFIED STOREROOM LOCK - FAIL SECURE. LATCH BOLT RETRACTED BY KEY. OUTSIDE LEVER UNLOCKED BY CREDENTIAL. INSIDE LEVER ALWAYS UNLOCKED. UPON LOSS OF POWER, OUTSIDE LEVER REMAINS LOCKED. HW SET: 12 QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER MFR EA HINGE AS REQUIRED IVE 1 EA POWER TRANSFER EPT10 VON 1 EA EU STOREROOM LOCK ND80EU RX SCH 1 EA OH STOP 100S GLY 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4050 / 4050 EDA LCN 1 EA REMOTE RELEASE SWITCH BY SECURITY SUPPLIER B/O 1 EA CREDENTIAL READER BY SECURITY SUPPLIER B/O 1 EA DOOR CONTACT 679 SCE 1 EA POWER SUPPLY BY SECURITY SUPPLIER VON 1 EA WIRING DIAGRAMS RISER AND POINT-TO-POINT FUNCTION: ELECTRIFIED STOREROOM LOCK - FAIL SECURE. LATCH BOLT RETRACTED BY KEY. OUTSIDE LEVER UNLOCKED BY CREDENTIAL OR REMOTE RELEASE SWITCH. INSIDE LEVER ALWAYS UNLOCKED. UPON LOSS OF POWER, OUTSIDE LEVER REMAINS LOCKED. 452 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 HW SET: 13 QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER MFR EA HINGE AS REQUIRED IVE 1 EA POWER TRANSFER EPT10 VON 1 EA EU STOREROOM LOCK ND80EU RX SCH 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4050 / 4050 EDA LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS406 IVE 1 EA CREDENTIAL READER BY SECURITY SUPPLIER B/O 1 EA DOOR CONTACT 679 SCE 1 EA POWER SUPPLY BY SECURITY SUPPLIER VON 1 EA WIRING DIAGRAMS RISER AND POINT-TO-POINT FUNCTION: ELECTRIFIED STOREROOM LOCK - FAIL SECURE. LATCH BOLT RETRACTED BY KEY. OUTSIDE LEVER UNLOCKED BY CREDENTIAL. INSIDE LEVER ALWAYS UNLOCKED. UPON LOSS OF POWER, OUTSIDE LEVER REMAINS LOCKED. HW SET: 14 QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER MFR EA HINGE AS REQUIRED IVE 1 EA POWER TRANSFER EPT10 VON 1 EA EU MORTISE LOCK L9095EU SCH 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4050 / 4050 EDA LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS406 IVE 2 EA CREDENTIAL READER BY SECURITY SUPPLIER B/O 1 EA DOOR CONTACT 679 SCE 1 EA POWER SUPPLY BY SECURITY SUPPLIER VON 1 EA WIRING DIAGRAMS RISER AND POINT-TO-POINT FUNCTION: ELECTRIFIED INSTITUTION LOCK - FAIL SECURE. INSIDE OR OUTSIDE KEY RETRACTS LATCH. INSIDE OR OUTSIDE LEVER UNLOCKED BY CREDENTIAL READER. UPON LOSS OF POWER, BOTH LEVERS REMAIN LOCKED. 453 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 HW SET: 15 QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER MFR EA HINGE AS REQUIRED IVE 1 EA POWER TRANSFER EPT10 VON 1 EA EU MORTISE LOCK L9095EU SCH 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4050 SCUSH LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" IVE 2 EA CREDENTIAL READER BY SECURITY SUPPLIER B/O 1 EA DOOR CONTACT 679 SCE 1 EA POWER SUPPLY BY SECURITY SUPPLIER VON 1 EA WIRING DIAGRAMS RISER AND POINT-TO-POINT FUNCTION: ELECTRIFIED INSTITUTION LOCK - FAIL SECURE. INSIDE OR OUTSIDE KEY RETRACTS LATCH. INSIDE OR OUTSIDE LEVER UNLOCKED BY CREDENTIAL READER. UPON LOSS OF POWER, BOTH LEVERS REMAIN LOCKED. HW SET: 16 QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER MFR EA HINGE AS REQUIRED IVE 1 EA FACULTY RESTROOM L9485 L283-722 SCH 1 EA ELECTRIC STRIKE 6216 FSE VON 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4050 / 4050 EDA LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS406 IVE 1 EA ELECTRONIC KEYPAD BY SECURITY SUPPLIER 1 EA POWER SUPPLY BY SECURITY SUPPLIER VON 1 EA WIRING DIAGRAMS RISER AND POINT-TO-POINT FUNCTION: FACULTY RESTROOM LOCK. OUTSIDE LEVER FIXED - LATCH RETRACTED BY OUTSIDE KEY. DEADBOLT ACTUATED BY INSIDE THUMBTURN. ALL KEYS (EXCEPT EMERGENCY KEY) INOPERATIVE WHEN DEADBOLT IS EXTENDED. INSIDE LEVER SIMULTANEOUSLY RETRACTS LATCHBOLT AND DEADBOLT. INSIDE LEVER ALWAYS UNLOCKED. OUTSIDE TRIM INDICATES OCCUPIED/VACANT STATUS. ELECTRIC STRIKE UNLOCKED BY CREDENTIAL READER OR KEYPAD FOR PUSH/PULL ACCESS. ELECTRIC STRIKE DOES NOT UNLOCK DOOR WHEN DEADBOLT IS EXTENDED. 454 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 HW SET: 17 QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER MFR EA HINGE AS REQUIRED IVE 1 EA POWER TRANSFER EPT10 VON 1 EA IC CYLINDER AS REQUIRED SCH 1 EA ELEC PANIC HARDWARE LD-RX-99-L-M996-FSE VON 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4050 SCUSH LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" IVE 1 EA CREDENTIAL READER BY SECURITY SUPPLIER B/O 1 EA DOOR CONTACT 679 SCE 1 EA POWER SUPPLY BY SECURITY SUPPLIER VON 1 EA WIRING DIAGRAMS RISER AND POINT-TO-POINT FUNCTION: ELECTRIFIED LEVER PANIC HARDWARE. OUTSIDE KEY RETRACTS LATCH. OUTSIDE LEVER RETRACTS LATCH WHEN UNLOCKED BY CREDENTIAL READER. INSIDE PUSH PAD RETRACTS LATCH FOR EGRESS. UPON LOSS OF POWER, OUTSIDE LEVER REMAINS LOCKED. HW SET: 18 QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER MFR EA HINGE AS REQUIRED IVE 1 EA POWER TRANSFER EPT10 VON 1 EA IC CYLINDER AS REQUIRED SCH 1 EA ELEC PANIC HARDWARE RX-QEL-99-L-NL VON 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4050 / 4050 EDA LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS406 IVE 1 EA CREDENTIAL READER BY SECURITY SUPPLIER B/O 1 EA DOOR CONTACT 679 SCE 1 EA POWER SUPPLY BY SECURITY SUPPLIER VON 1 EA WIRING DIAGRAMS RISER AND POINT-TO-POINT FUNCTION: NIGHT LATCH PANIC HARDWARE WITH ELECTRIC LATCH RETRACTION. FIXED OUTSIDE TRIM - LATCH RETRACTED BY KEY. LATCH ELECTRICALLY RETRACTED BY CREDENTIAL READER FOR PUSH/PULL OPERATION. INSIDE PUSH PAD RETRACTS LATCH FOR EGRESS. 455 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 HW SET: 19 QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER MFR EA HINGE AS REQUIRED IVE 1 EA POWER TRANSFER EPT10 VON 1 EA IC CYLINDER AS REQUIRED SCH 1 EA ELEC PANIC HARDWARE RX-QEL-99-L-NL VON 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4050 SCUSH LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" IVE 1 EA CREDENTIAL READER BY SECURITY SUPPLIER B/O 1 EA DOOR CONTACT 679 SCE 1 EA POWER SUPPLY BY SECURITY SUPPLIER VON 1 EA WIRING DIAGRAMS RISER AND POINT-TO-POINT FUNCTION: NIGHT LATCH PANIC HARDWARE WITH ELECTRIC LATCH RETRACTION. FIXED OUTSIDE TRIM - LATCH RETRACTED BY KEY. LATCH ELECTRICALLY RETRACTED BY CREDENTIAL READER FOR PUSH/PULL OPERATION. INSIDE PUSH PAD RETRACTS LATCH FOR EGRESS. HW SET: 20 QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER MFR EA HINGE AS REQUIRED IVE 1 EA POWER TRANSFER EPT10 VON 1 EA IC CYLINDER AS REQUIRED SCH 1 EA ELEC PANIC HARDWARE RX-QEL-99-NL VON 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4050 / 4050 EDA LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS406 IVE 1 EA CREDENTIAL READER BY SECURITY SUPPLIER B/O 1 EA DOOR CONTACT 679 SCE 1 EA POWER SUPPLY BY SECURITY SUPPLIER VON 1 EA WIRING DIAGRAMS RISER AND POINT-TO-POINT FUNCTION: NIGHT LATCH PANIC HARDWARE WITH ELECTRIC LATCH RETRACTION. FIXED OUTSIDE TRIM - LATCH RETRACTED BY KEY. LATCH ELECTRICALLY RETRACTED BY CREDENTIAL READER FOR PUSH/PULL OPERATION. INSIDE PUSH PAD RETRACTS LATCH FOR EGRESS. 456 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 HW SET: 21 QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER MFR EA HINGE AS REQUIRED IVE 2 EA POWER TRANSFER EPT10 VON 1 EA ELEC PANIC HARDWARE RX-QEL-9947-EO VON 1 EA ELEC PANIC HARDWARE RX-QEL-9947-NL-OP VON 2 EA 90 DEG OFFSET PULL 8190 10" IVE 2 EA OH STOP 100S GLY 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4050 / 4050 EDA LCN 1 EA SURF. AUTO OPERATOR 4642 LCN 2 EA ACTUATOR, WALL MOUNT 8310-853/818 LCN 1 EA CREDENTIAL READER BY SECURITY SUPPLIER B/O 2 EA DOOR CONTACT 679 SCE 1 EA POWER SUPPLY BY SECURITY SUPPLIER VON 1 EA WIRING DIAGRAMS RISER AND POINT-TO-POINT FUNCTION: NIGHT LATCH PANIC HARDWARE WITH ELECTRIC LATCH RETRACTION. FIXED OUTSIDE TRIM - LATCH RETRACTED BY KEY. LATCH ELECTRICALLY RETRACTED BY CREDENTIAL READER FOR PUSH/PULL OPERATION. INSIDE PUSH PAD RETRACTS LATCH FOR EGRESS. OUTSIDE PUSH PLATE ACTUATOR AUTOMATICALLY OPENS DOOR ONLY WHILE LATCH IS ELECTRICALLY RETRACTED. INSIDE PUSH PLATE ACTUATOR ELECTRICALLY RETRACTS LATCH AND AUTOMATICALLY OPENS DOOR AT ALL TIMES. 457 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 HW SET: 22 QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER MFR EA HINGE AS REQUIRED IVE 2 EA POWER TRANSFER EPT10 VON 1 EA ELEC PANIC HARDWARE RX-QEL-9947-EO VON 1 EA ELEC PANIC HARDWARE RX-QEL-9947-NL-OP VON 2 EA 90 DEG OFFSET PULL 8190 10" IVE 2 EA OH STOP 100S GLY 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4050 / 4050 EDA LCN 1 EA SURF. AUTO OPERATOR 4642 LCN 2 EA ACTUATOR, WALL MOUNT 8310-853/818 LCN EA WEATHERSTRIPPING BY DOOR SUPPLIER B/O 2 EA DOOR SWEEP 8192 ZER 1 EA THRESHOLD AS REQUIRED ZER 1 EA CREDENTIAL READER BY SECURITY SUPPLIER B/O 2 EA DOOR CONTACT 679 SCE 1 EA POWER SUPPLY BY SECURITY SUPPLIER VON 1 EA WIRING DIAGRAMS RISER AND POINT-TO-POINT FUNCTION: NIGHT LATCH PANIC HARDWARE WITH ELECTRIC LATCH RETRACTION. FIXED OUTSIDE TRIM - LATCH RETRACTED BY KEY. LATCH ELECTRICALLY RETRACTED BY CREDENTIAL READER FOR PUSH/PULL OPERATION. INSIDE PUSH PAD RETRACTS LATCH FOR EGRESS. OUTSIDE PUSH PLATE ACTUATOR AUTOMATICALLY OPENS DOOR ONLY WHILE LATCH IS ELECTRICALLY RETRACTED. INSIDE PUSH PLATE ACTUATOR ELECTRICALLY RETRACTS LATCH AND AUTOMATICALLY OPENS DOOR AT ALL TIMES. 458 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 HW SET: 23 QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER MFR EA HINGE AS REQUIRED IVE 2 EA POWER TRANSFER EPT10 VON 1 EA ELEC PANIC HARDWARE RX-QEL-9947-EO VON 1 EA ELEC PANIC HARDWARE RX-QEL-9947-NL-OP VON 2 EA 90 DEG OFFSET PULL 8190 10" IVE 2 EA OH STOP 100S GLY 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4050 / 4050 EDA LCN 1 EA SURF. AUTO OPERATOR 4642 LCN 2 EA ACTUATOR, WALL MOUNT 8310-853/818 LCN 1 EA RAIN DRIP 142 ZER EA WEATHERSTRIPPING BY DOOR SUPPLIER B/O 2 EA DOOR SWEEP 8198 ZER 1 EA THRESHOLD AS REQUIRED ZER 1 EA CREDENTIAL READER BY SECURITY SUPPLIER B/O 2 EA DOOR CONTACT 679 SCE 1 EA POWER SUPPLY BY SECURITY SUPPLIER VON 1 EA WIRING DIAGRAMS RISER AND POINT-TO-POINT FUNCTION: NIGHT LATCH PANIC HARDWARE WITH ELECTRIC LATCH RETRACTION. FIXED OUTSIDE TRIM - LATCH RETRACTED BY KEY. LATCH ELECTRICALLY RETRACTED BY CREDENTIAL READER FOR PUSH/PULL OPERATION. INSIDE PUSH PAD RETRACTS LATCH FOR EGRESS. OUTSIDE PUSH PLATE ACTUATOR AUTOMATICALLY OPENS DOOR ONLY WHILE LATCH IS ELECTRICALLY RETRACTED. INSIDE PUSH PLATE ACTUATOR ELECTRICALLY RETRACTS LATCH AND AUTOMATICALLY OPENS DOOR AT ALL TIMES. HW SET: 24 QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER MFR EA HINGE AS REQUIRED IVE 1 EA POWER TRANSFER EPT10 VON 1 EA IC CYLINDER AS REQUIRED SCH 1 EA ELEC PANIC HARDWARE SD-RX-QEL-99-EO VON 1 EA 90 DEG OFFSET PULL 8190 10" IVE 1 EA OH STOP 100S GLY 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4050 / 4050 EDA LCN 1 EA CREDENTIAL READER BY SECURITY SUPPLIER B/O 1 EA DOOR CONTACT 679 SCE 1 EA POWER SUPPLY BY SECURITY SUPPLIER VON 1 EA WIRING DIAGRAMS RISER AND POINT-TO-POINT FUNCTION: EXIT-ONLY PANIC HARDWARE WITH ELECTRIC LATCH RETRACTION. NO OUTSIDE TRIM. LATCH ELECTRICALLY RETRACTED BY CREDENTIAL READER FOR PUSH/PULL OPERATION. INSIDE PUSH PAD RETRACTS LATCH FOR EGRESS. 459 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 HW SET: 25 QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER MFR EA HINGE AS REQUIRED IVE 1 EA POWER TRANSFER EPT10 VON 2 EA IC CYLINDER AS REQUIRED SCH 1 EA ELEC PANIC HARDWARE SD-RX-QEL-99-NL-OP VON 1 EA 90 DEG OFFSET PULL 8190 10" IVE 1 EA OH STOP 100S GLY 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4050 / 4050 EDA LCN 1 EA CREDENTIAL READER BY SECURITY SUPPLIER B/O 1 EA DOOR CONTACT 679 SCE 1 EA POWER SUPPLY BY SECURITY SUPPLIER VON 1 EA WIRING DIAGRAMS RISER AND POINT-TO-POINT FUNCTION: NIGHT LATCH PANIC HARDWARE WITH ELECTRIC LATCH RETRACTION. FIXED OUTSIDE TRIM - LATCH RETRACTED BY KEY. LATCH ELECTRICALLY RETRACTED BY CREDENTIAL READER FOR PUSH/PULL OPERATION. INSIDE PUSH PAD RETRACTS LATCH FOR EGRESS. HW SET: 26 QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER MFR EA HINGE AS REQUIRED IVE 1 EA PANIC HARDWARE LD-99-EO VON 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4050 / 4050 EDA LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS406 IVE 1 EA DOOR CONTACT 679 SCE FUNCTION: EXIT-ONLY PANIC HARDWARE - NO OUTSIDE TRIM. INSIDE PUSH PAD RETRACTS LATCH FOR EGRESS. 460 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 HW SET: 27 QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER MFR EA HINGE AS REQUIRED IVE 1 EA PANIC HARDWARE LD-99-EO VON 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4050 SCUSH LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" IVE 1 EA RAIN DRIP 142 ZER 1 EA WEATHERSTRIPPING 429 ZER 1 EA DOOR SWEEP 8198 ZER 1 EA THRESHOLD AS REQUIRED ZER 1 EA DOOR CONTACT 679 SCE FUNCTION: EXIT ONLY PANIC HARDWARE - NO OUTSIDE TRIM. INSIDE PUSH PAD RETRACTS LATCH FOR EGRESS. HW SET: 28 QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER MFR EA HINGE AS REQUIRED IVE 1 EA IC CYLINDER AS REQUIRED SCH 1 EA PANIC HARDWARE LD-99-L-NL VON 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4050 SCUSH LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" IVE FUNCTION: NIGHT LATCH EXIT HARDWARE. FIXED OUTSIDE TRIM - LATCH RETRACTED BY KEY. INSIDE PUSH PAD RETRACTS LATCH FOR FREE EGRESS. HW SET: 29 QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER MFR EA HINGE AS REQUIRED IVE 1 EA IC CYLINDER AS REQUIRED SCH 1 EA FIRE EXIT HARDWARE 99-NL-F VON 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4050 SCUSH LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" IVE 1 EA GASKETING 429 ZER 1 EA DOOR SWEEP 8192 ZER 1 EA THRESHOLD AS REQUIRED ZER 1 EA DOOR CONTACT 679 SCE FUNCTION: NIGHT LATCH EXIT HARDWARE. FIXED OUTSIDE TRIM - LATCH RETRACTED BY KEY. INSIDE PUSH PAD RETRACTS LATCH FOR FREE EGRESS. 461 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 HW SET: 30 QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER MFR EA HINGE AS REQUIRED IVE 1 EA POWER TRANSFER EPT2 VON 1 EA IC CYLINDER AS REQUIRED SCH 1 EA ELEC FIRE EXIT HARDWARE RX-99-NL-F VON 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4050 SCUSH LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" IVE 1 EA GASKETING 429 ZER 1 EA DOOR SWEEP 8192 ZER 1 EA THRESHOLD AS REQUIRED ZER 1 EA DOOR CONTACT 679 SCE FUNCTION: NIGHT LATCH EXIT HARDWARE. FIXED OUTSIDE TRIM - LATCH RETRACTED BY KEY. INSIDE PUSH PAD RETRACTS LATCH FOR FREE EGRESS. HW SET: 31 QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER MFR EA HINGE AS REQUIRED IVE 1 EA FIRE RATED REMOVABLE MULLION KR9954 VON 2 EA IC CYLINDER AS REQUIRED SCH 1 EA FIRE EXIT DEVICE 99-EO-F VON 1 EA FIRE EXIT HARDWARE 99-NL-F VON 2 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4050 SCUSH LCN 1 EA WEATHERSTRIPPING 429 ZER 1 EA MULLION SEAL 8780 ZER 2 EA DOOR SWEEP 8192 ZER 1 EA THRESHOLD AS REQUIRED ZER 2 EA DOOR CONTACT 679 SCE FUNCTION: NIGHT LATCH PANIC HARDWARE. FIXED OUTSIDE TRIM - LATCH RETRACTED BY KEY. INSIDE PUSH PAD RETRACTS LATCH FOR EGRESS. LATCH HELD RETRACTED BY INSIDE CYLINDER FOR PUSH/PULL OPERATION. HW SET: 32 QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER MFR EA HINGE AS REQUIRED IVE 1 EA PUSH PLATE 8200 6" X 16" IVE 1 EA PULL PLATE 8303 10" 4" X 16" IVE 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4050 / 4050 EDA LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS406 IVE FUNCTION: PUSH/PULL. 462 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 END OF SECTION 087100 463 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 087113 - POWER DOOR OPERATORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Low-energy door operators for swinging doors at vestibule (non-exterior). B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 084113 “Aluminum-Framed Entrances and Storefronts” 2. DIV 26 Electrical. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. AAADM: American Association of Automatic Door Manufacturers. B. Activation Device: A control that, when actuated, sends an electrical signal to the door operator to open the door. C. Safety Device: A control that, to avoid injury, prevents a door from opening or closing. D. For automatic door terminology, see BHMA A156.19 for definitions of terms. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Templates: Distribute for doors, frames, and other work specified to be factory prepared and reinforced for installing power door operators. B. Coordinate hardware for doors with operators to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function, and finish. C. Electrical System Roughing-in: Coordinate layout and installation of power door operators with connections to the following: 1. Power supplies. 2. Access-control system. 3. Remote activation devices. 4. Remote monitoring systems. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site 464 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for power door operators. 2. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: For power door operators. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, hardware mounting heights, and attachment details. 2. Indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 3. Indicate locations of activation and safety devices. 4. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. 5. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details for guide rails. C. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified, manufacturer's standard size 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer. B. Product Certificates: For each type of power door operator. C. Field quality-control reports. D. Sample Warranties: For manufacturer's special warranties. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For power door operators, safety devices, and control systems, to include in maintenance manuals. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An authorized representative who is trained and approved by manufacturer for installation and maintenance of units required for this Project. B. Certified Inspector Qualifications: Certified by AAADM. 465 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1.9 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of power door operators that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Faulty or sporadic operation of power door operator, including controls. b. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering or use. 2. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Tormax B. ASSA ABBLOY C. Hager 2.2 POWER DOOR OPERATORS, GENERAL A. General: Provide operators of size recommended by manufacturer for door size, weight, and movement; for condition of exposure; and for long-term, maintenance-free operation under normal traffic load for occupancy type indicated; and in accordance with UL 325. Coordinate operator mechanisms with door operation, hinges, and activation and safety devices. 1. Emergency Breakaway: Where inswing doors also serve as required exits, provide emergency breakaway feature to allow doors to swing in the direction of egress. Forces to comply with ANSI/BHMA A156.10. Discontinue power to automatic door operator when door is in emergency breakaway position, and to automatically reset when door is manually returned to the full closed position. B. Electromechanical Operating System: Self-contained unit powered by permanent-magnet dc motor; with closing speed controlled mechanically by gear train and dynamically by braking action of electric motor, connections for power and activation- and safety-device wiring, and manual operation, including spring closing when power is off. C. Hinges: See Section 087100 "Door Hardware" for hinge type for each door that door operator shall accommodate. 466 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 D. Cover for Surface-Mounted Operators: Fabricated from 0.125-inch- (3.2-mm-) thick, extruded or formed aluminum continuous over full width of door opening, including door jambs; with enclosed end caps, provision for maintenance access, and fasteners concealed when door is in closed position. E. Brackets and Reinforcements: Fabricated from aluminum with nonstaining, nonferrous shims for aligning system components. F. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 2.3 LOW-ENERGY DOOR OPERATORS FOR SWINGING DOORS A. Standard: BHMA A156.19. B. Performance Requirements: 1. Opening Force if Power Fails: Not more than 15 lbf (67 N) required to release latch if provided, not more than 30 lbf (133 N) required to manually set door in motion, and not more than 15 lbf (67 N) required to fully open door. 2. Entrapment-Prevention Force: Not more than 15 lbf (67 N) required to prevent stopped door from closing or opening. C. Configuration, Single: Operator to control single swinging door. 1. Traffic Pattern: One way. 2. Operator Mounting: Surface. D. Operation: Power opening and power-assisted spring closing. Provide time delay for door to remain open before initiating closing cycle as required by BHMA A156.19. When not in automatic mode, door operator shall function as manual door closer, with or without electrical power. E. Operating System: Electromechanical. F. Microprocessor Control Unit: Solid-state controller. G. Features: 1. Adjustable opening and closing speed. 2. Adjustable opening and closing force. 3. Adjustable backcheck. 4. Adjustable hold-open time from zero to 30 seconds. 5. Adjustable time delay. 6. Adjustable acceleration. 7. Obstruction recycle. 8. On-off/hold-open switch to control electric power to operator; key operated. 467 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 H. Activation Device: Push-plate switch to activate door operator. A. Exposed Finish: Class I, color anodic finish. 1. Color: Black. 2.4 MATERIALS A. Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer for type of use and finish indicated. 1. Extrusions: ASTM B221 (ASTM B221M). 2. Sheet: ASTM B209 (ASTM B209M). B. Polycarbonate Sheet: ASTM C1349, Appendix X1, Type II, coated, mar-resistant, UV- stabilized polycarbonate with coating on both surfaces. C. Fasteners and Accessories: Corrosion-resistant, nonstaining, nonbleeding fasteners and accessories compatible with adjacent materials. 2.5 CONTROLS A. General: Provide controls, including activation and safety devices, in accordance with BHMA standards; for condition of exposure; and for long-term, maintenance-free operation under normal traffic load for occupancy type indicated. Coordinate activation and safety devices with door operation and door operator mechanisms. B. Push-Plate Switch: Momentary-contact door control switch with flat push-plate actuator with contrasting-colored, engraved message. 1. Configuration: a. Rectangular push plate with 2-by-4-inch (50-by-100-mm) junction box. 1) Mounting: Recess mounted in aluminum door jamb, and Surface mounted on wall, as indicated on the drawings. 2. Push-Plate Material: Stainless steel as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 3. Message: International symbol of accessibility and "Push to Open." C. Electrical Interlocks: Unless units are equipped with self-protecting devices or circuits, provide electrical interlocks to prevent activation of operator when door is locked, latched, or bolted. 468 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.6 ACCESSORIES A. Signage: As required by cited BHMA standard for type of door and its operation. 1. Application Process: Silk-screened. 2. Provide sign materials with instructions for field application when operators are installed. 2.7 FABRICATION A. Factory fabricate power door operators to comply with indicated standards. B. Form aluminum shapes before finishing. C. Fabricate exterior components to drain condensation and water-passing joints within operator enclosure to the exterior. D. Use concealed fasteners to greatest extent possible. Where exposed fasteners are required, use countersunk Phillips flat-head machine screws, finished to match operator. E. Provide metal cladding, completely covering visible surfaces before shipment to Project site. Fabricate cladding with concealed fasteners and connection devices, with accurately fitted joints with ends coped or mitered to produce hairline joints free of burrs and distortion, and with allowance for thermal expansion at exterior doors. 2.8 GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS A. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying strippable, temporary, protective covering before shipping. B. Apply organic and anodic finishes to formed metal after fabrication unless otherwise indicated. C. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are unacceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. 2.9 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. Color Anodic Finish: AAMA 611, AA-M12C22A42/A44, Class I, 0.018 mm or thicker. 469 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, door and frame preparation and reinforcements, and other conditions affecting performance of power door operators. B. Examine roughing-in for electrical systems to verify actual locations of power connections before power door operator installation. C. Examine roughing-in for compressed-air piping systems to verify actual locations of piping connections before power door operator installation. D. Verify that full-height finger guards are installed at each door with pivot hinges, where door has a clearance at hinge side greater than 1/4 inch (6 mm) and less than 3/4 inch (19 mm) with door in any position. E. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Install power door operators in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and cited BHMA standard for type of door operation and direction of pedestrian travel, including signage, controls, wiring, remote power units if any, and connection to building's power supply. 1. Do not install damaged components. Fit joints to produce hairline joints free of burrs and distortion. 2. Install operators true in alignment with established lines and door geometry without warp or rack. Anchor securely in place. B. Controls: Install activation and safety devices in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and cited BHMA standard for operator type and direction of pedestrian travel. Connect control wiring in accordance with Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." C. Access-Control System: Connect operators to access-control system as specified in Section 281500 "Access Control Hardware Devices." D. Signage: Apply on both sides of each door as required by cited BHMA standard for type of door operator and direction of pedestrian travel. 470 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory-authorized service representative: 1. Test and inspect each power door operator installation, using AAADM inspection forms, to determine compliance of installed systems with applicable BHMA standards. B. Power door operators will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Adjust power door operators to function smoothly, and lubricate as recommended by manufacturer; comply with requirements of applicable BHMA standards. B. After completing installation of power door operators, inspect exposed finishes on doors and operators. Repair damaged finish to match original finish. C. Readjust power door operators and controls after repeated operation of completed installation equivalent to three days' use by normal traffic (100 to 300 cycles). D. Occupancy Adjustment: When requested within 12 months of date of Substantial Completion, provide on-site assistance in adjusting system to suit actual occupied conditions. Provide up to two visits to Project during other-than-normal occupancy hours for this purpose. 3.5 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Initial Maintenance Service: Beginning at Substantial Completion, maintenance service shall include nine months' full maintenance by skilled employees of power door operator Installer. Include quarterly preventive maintenance, repair or replacement of worn or defective components, lubrication, cleaning, and adjusting as required for proper door operation. Parts and supplies shall be manufacturer's authorized replacement parts and supplies. 1. Engage a Certified Inspector to perform safety inspection after each adjustment or repair and at end of maintenance period. Furnish completed inspection reports to Owner. 2. Perform maintenance, including emergency callback service, during normal working hours. 3. Include 24-hour-per-day, seven-day-per-week, emergency callback service. 3.6 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain power door operators. 471 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 END OF SECTION 087113 472 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 08 80 00 - GLAZING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes glazing for the following products and applications, including those specified in other Sections where glazing requirements are specified by reference to this Section. 1. Interior Doors. 2. Interior Glazed entrances. 3. Interior sliding glass doors. 4. Interior borrowed lites. 5. Interior transoms. 6. Aluminum channel glazing frame. 7. Standoffs for mounting glass. 8. Privacy Window Film Overlay. 9. Vinyl Graphics at Interior Glazing. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 088813 "Fire-Rated Glazing” for glazing in fire rated assemblies. 2. Section 084113 “Aluminum-Framed Entrances and Storefronts”. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Glass Manufacturers: Firms that produce primary glass, fabricated glass, or both, as defined in referenced glazing publications. B. Glass Thicknesses: Indicated by thickness designations in millimeters according to ASTM C1036. C. Interspace: Space between lites of an insulating-glass unit that contains dehydrated air or a specified gas. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Installed glazing systems shall withstand normal thermal movement and wind and impact loads (where applicable) without failure, including loss or glass breakage attributable to the following: defective manufacture, fabrication, or installation; failure of sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and airtight; deterioration of glazing materials; or other defects in construction. B. Delegated Design: Design glass, including comprehensive engineering analysis according to ASTM E1300 by a qualified professional engineer, using the following design criteria: 473 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Maximum Lateral Deflection: For glass supported on all four edges, limit center-of-glass deflection at design wind pressure to not more than 1/50 times the short-side length or 1 inch, whichever is less. 1.4 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING A. Preconstruction Adhesion and Compatibility Testing: Test each glazing material type, tape sealant, gasket, glazing accessory, and glass-framing member for adhesion to and compatibility with elastomeric glazing sealants. 1. Testing will not be required if data are submitted based on previous testing of current sealant products and glazing materials matching those submitted. 2. Use ASTM C 1087 to determine whether priming and other specific joint-preparation techniques are required to obtain rapid, optimum adhesion of glazing sealants to glass, tape sealants, gaskets, and glazing channel substrates. 3. Test no fewer than eight Samples of each type of material, including joint substrates, shims, sealant backings, secondary seals, and miscellaneous materials. 4. Schedule sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work. 5. For materials failing tests, submit sealant manufacturer's written instructions for corrective measures including the use of specially formulated primers. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each glass product and glazing material indicated. B. Sustainable Design Submittals: 1. Product Data: For sealants, indicating VOC content. 2. Laboratory Test Reports: For sealants, indicating compliance with requirements for low- emitting materials. C. Glass Samples: For each type of glass product other than clear monolithic vision glass; 12 inches square. D. Glazing Accessory Samples: For gaskets sealants, in 12-inch lengths. E. Glazing Schedule: List glass types and thicknesses for each size opening and location. Indication locations of safety glazing required by code. Use same designations indicated on Drawings. F. Delegated-Design Submittal: For glass indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 474 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For installers glass testing agency and sealant testing agency. B. Product Certificates: For glass and glazing products, from manufacturer. C. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency, for tinted glass coated glass insulating glass glazing sealants and glazing gaskets. 1. For glazing sealants, provide test reports based on testing current sealant formulations within previous 36-month period. D. Preconstruction adhesion and compatibility test report. E. Warranties: Sample of special warranties. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications for Insulating-Glass Units with Sputter-Coated, Low-E Coatings: A qualified insulating-glass manufacturer who is approved and certified by coated-glass manufacturer. B. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who employs glass installers for this Project who are certified under the National Glass Association's Certified Glass Installer Program. C. Glass Testing Agency Qualifications: A qualified independent testing agency accredited according to the NFRC CAP 1 Certification Agency Program. D. Sealant Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency qualified according to ASTM C1021 to conduct the testing indicated. E. Source Limitations for Glass: Obtain tinted float glass coated float glass laminated glass and insulating glass from single source from single manufacturer for each glass type. F. Source Limitations for Glazing Accessories: Obtain from single source from single manufacturer for each product and installation method. G. Glazing Publications: Comply with published recommendations of glass product manufacturers and organizations below, unless more stringent requirements are indicated. Refer to these publications for glazing terms not otherwise defined in this Section or in referenced standards. 1. IGMA Publication for Insulating Glass: SIGMA TM-3000, "North American Glazing Guidelines for Sealed Insulating Glass Units for Commercial and Residential Use." H. Safety Glazing Labeling: Where safety glazing labeling is indicated, permanently mark glazing with certification label of the SGCC or another certification agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Label shall indicate manufacturer's name, type of glass, thickness, and safety glazing standard with which glass complies. 475 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. All tempered glass shall be heat soak tested by the manufacturer a minimum of two hours to minimize the potential of spontaneous breakage due to nickel sulfide inclusions. I. Insulating-Glass Certification Program: Permanently marked either on spacers or on at least one component lite of units with appropriate certification label of IGCC. J. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site . 1. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 2. Review temporary protection requirements for glazing during and after installation. 3. Review field quality control testing schedule and requirements. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect glazing materials according to manufacturer's written instructions. Prevent damage to glass and glazing materials from condensation, temperature changes, direct exposure to sun, or other causes. B. Comply with insulating-glass manufacturer's written recommendations for venting and sealing units to avoid hermetic seal ruptures due to altitude change. 1.9 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not proceed with glazing when ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by glazing material manufacturers and when glazing channel substrates are wet from rain, frost, condensation, or other causes. 1. Do not install glazing sealants when ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by sealant manufacturer or below 40 degrees F. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer’s Warranty for Vertical Glazing: Provide written manufacturers’ warranties for replacement of deteriorated glass, associated glazing product accessories and units, including coated, heat-strengthened and insulating glass units, due to normal conditions of use and not to handling, installation, protection and maintenance practices contrary to the glass manufacturers’ published instructions. Defects shall include edge seal separation, delamination, material obstructing vision through glass, cracks and blemishers. Should any defect develop during warranty period, such defects shall, upon request, be repaired or replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. Costs of such Work shall be borne by the defective product manufacturer. Provide written warranties for a ten (10) year warranty period from the date of final Substantial Completion. B. Manufacturers’ Warranty for Laminated Glass and Heat-Soaked Tempered Safety Glass: Provide written manufacturers’ warranties for replacement of deteriorated laminated glass and heat-soaked tempered safety glass, associated glazing product accessories and units, due to 476 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 normal conditions of use and not to handling, installation, protection and maintenance practices contrary to the glass manufacturers’ published instructions. Defects shall include edge seal separation, delamination, material obstructing vision through glass, cracks and blemishes. Defects covered by the warranty for heat soaked tempered glass shall include spontaneous breakage of the tempered glass due to inclusions, particularly nickel sulfide. Should any defect develop during warranty period, such defects shall, upon request, be repaired or replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. Costs of such work shall be borne by the defective product manufacturer. Provide written warranties for a five (5) year warranty period from the date of final Substantial Completion. C. If there are separate manufacturers for each of the different glass types, then a separate warranty shall be provided by each manufacturer. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GLASS PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. Thickness: Where glass thickness is indicated, it is a minimum. Provide glass lites in thicknesses as needed to comply with requirements indicated. 1. Minimum Glass Thickness for Interior Lites: 1/4 inch. B. Strength: Where float glass is indicated, provide annealed float glass, Kind HS heat-treated float glass, or Kind FT heat-treated float glass as needed to comply with "Performance Requirements" Article. Where heat-strengthened glass is indicated, provide Kind HS heat- treated float glass or Kind FT heat-treated float glass as needed to comply with "Performance Requirements" Article. Where fully tempered glass is indicated, provide Kind FT heat-treated float glass. C. Thermal and Optical Performance Properties: Provide glass with performance properties specified, as indicated in manufacturer's published test data, based on procedures indicated below: 1. Visible Reflectance: Center-of-glazing values, according to NFRC 300. D. Heat strengthened glass shall have a surface compression of 5500 psi +/- 1500 psi. 2.2 MONOLITHIC GLASS A. (GL-1) Glass Type: ASTM C1036, Type I, Quality Q3, Class I (clear) unless otherwise indicated. 1. Thickness: 1/4 inch. 2. Edges: polished. 3. See drawings for locations that require application of architectural window film. 4. Primary use: Interior glazing 477 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. (GL-1T) Glass Type: ASTM C1036, Type I, Quality Q3, Class I (clear) TEMPERED unless otherwise indicated. 1. Thickness: 1/4 inch. 2. Provide safety glazing labeling. 3. Provide fully tempered glass where indicated or required by authorities having jurisdiction. Indicated with suffix of “T” on drawings. 4. Edges: polished. 5. See drawings for locations that require application of architectural window film. 6. Primary use: Interior glazing C. (GL-2) Glass Type: ASTM C1036, Type I, Quality Q3, Class I (clear) TEMPERED unless otherwise indicated. 1. Thickness: 3/8 inch. 2. Provide safety glazing labeling. 3. Provide fully tempered glass where indicated or required by authorities having jurisdiction. 4. Edges: polished. 5. See drawings for locations that require application of architectural window film. 6. Primary use: Interior glazing D. (GL-3) Laminated Glass: ASTM C1172. Use materials that have a proven record of no tendency to bubble, discolor, or lose physical and mechanical properties after fabrication and installation. 1. Overall Thickness: 1/2 inch. 2. Two layers of glass: ¼” glass. 3. Interlayer Thickness: Provide thickness not less than that indicated and as needed to comply with requirements. 4. Construction: Laminate glass with polyvinyl butyral interlayer to comply with interlayer manufacturer's written instructions. 5. Interlayer Color: Clear unless otherwise indicated. 6. Provide safety glazing labeling. 7. Edges: polished. 8. See drawings for locations that require application of architectural window film. 9. Primary use: Interior glazing 2.3 GLAZING GASKETS A. Dense Compression Gaskets: Molded or extruded gaskets of profile and hardness required to maintain watertight seal, made from one of the following. 1. Neoprene complying with ASTM C 864. 2. EPDM complying with ASTM C 864. 3. Silicone complying with ASTM C 1115. 4. Thermoplastic polyolefin rubber complying with ASTM C 1115. B. Soft Compression Gaskets: Extruded or molded, closed-cell, integral-skinned EPDM gaskets complying with ASTM C509, Type II, black; of profile and hardness required to maintain watertight seal. 478 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Application: Use where soft compression gaskets will be compressed by inserting dense compression gaskets on opposite side of glazing or pressure applied by means of pressure-glazing stops on opposite side of glazing. C. Lock-Strip Gaskets: Neoprene extrusions in size and shape indicated, fabricated into frames with molded corner units and zipper lock-strips, complying with ASTM C542, black. 2.4 GLAZING SEALANTS A. General: 1. Compatibility: Provide glazing sealants that are compatible with one another and with other materials they will contact, including glass products, seals of insulating-glass units, and glazing channel substrates, under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience. 2. Suitability: Comply with sealant and glass manufacturers' written instructions for selecting glazing sealants suitable for applications indicated and for conditions existing at time of installation. 3. Colors of Exposed Glazing Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. B. Glazing Sealant: Neutral-curing silicone glazing sealant complying with ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 100/50, Use NT. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Dow Corning Corporation; 790. b. Sika Corporation, Construction Products Division; SikaSil-C990. c. Tremco Incorporated; Spectrem 1. 2.5 GLAZING TAPES A. Back-Bedding Mastic Glazing Tapes: Preformed, butyl-based, 100 percent solids elastomeric tape; nonstaining and nonmigrating in contact with nonporous surfaces; with or without spacer rod as recommended in writing by tape and glass manufacturers for application indicated; and complying with ASTM C 1281 and AAMA 800 for products indicated below: 1. AAMA 804.3 tape, where indicated. 2. AAMA 806.3 tape, for glazing applications in which tape is subject to continuous pressure. 3. AAMA 807.3 tape, for glazing applications in which tape is not subject to continuous pressure. B. Expanded Cellular Glazing Tapes: Closed-cell, PVC foam tapes; factory coated with adhesive on both surfaces; and complying with AAMA 800 for the following types: 1. AAMA 810.1, Type 1, for glazing applications in which tape acts as the primary sealant. 2. AAMA 810.1, Type 2, for glazing applications in which tape is used in combination with a full bead of liquid sealant. 479 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.6 ALUMINUM CHANNEL AT SERVICE COUNTER GLAZING A. Recessed aluminum channel at service counter glazing: 1. Basis of Design: C.R. Laurence Co., Inc “Shallow U-Channel” a. Catalog number: SCSA3812SL. b. Finish: Satin Anodized. c. Size: 1 5/8” (41.3mm) wide by 11/16” (17.5mm) high. d. Gasket: Top loading roll-in glazing gasket. Refer to drawings for glass type. Provide gasketing as appropriate for glass thickness. 2.7 PRIVACY WINDOW FILM OVERLAY A. Privacy Window Film Overlay: Translucent, dimensionally stable, cast PVC film, 2-mil- minimum thickness, with pressure-sensitive, clear adhesive back for adhering to glass and releasable protective backing. 1. Product: SOLYX SXWF-TWM TRANSPARENT WHITE MATTE 2.8 VINYL GRAPHICS AT INTERIOR GLAZING: A. Translucent, dimensionally stable, cast PVC film, 2-mil-minimum thickness, with pressure- sensitive, clear adhesive back for adhering to glass and releasable protective backing. 1. Product: SOLYX SXWF-SM SILVER MATTE, or equivalent. 2.9 STANDOFFS FOR MOUNTING GLASS A. Brushed stainless steel, 2” diameter, with ½” spacer between glass panes to allow air gap for sound to transfer for voice communication. 1. Product: a. Cap assembly: C.R. Laurence Co., Inc, “Standoff cap”, model number CAP2BS. b. Spacer between glass: C.R. Laurence Co., Inc, “Standoff base”, model number S0B212BS. c. Provide miscellaneous washers, gaskets, screws, threaded rods, and other assorted hardware as needed to complete the assembly. 2.10 MISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS A. General: Provide products of material, size, and shape complying with referenced glazing standard, requirements of manufacturers of glass and other glazing materials for application indicated, and with a proven record of compatibility with surfaces contacted in installation. B. Cleaners, Primers, and Sealers: Types recommended by sealant or gasket manufacturer. 480 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. Setting Blocks: Elastomeric material with a Shore, Type A durometer hardness of 85, plus or minus 5. D. Spacers: Elastomeric blocks or continuous extrusions of hardness required by glass manufacturer to maintain glass lites in place for installation indicated. E. Spacers at Insulating Glass Units: Glass fabricator’s standard stainless steel warm edge type spacer; black in color. F. Edge Blocks: Elastomeric material of hardness needed to limit glass lateral movement (side walking). G. Cylindrical Glazing Sealant Backing: ASTM C 1330, Type O (open-cell material), of size and density to control glazing sealant depth and otherwise produce optimum glazing sealant performance. 2.11 FABRICATION OF GLAZING UNITS A. Fabricate glazing units in sizes required to fit openings indicated for Project, with edge and face clearances, edge and surface conditions, and bite complying with written instructions of product manufacturer and referenced glazing publications, to comply with system performance requirements. B. Clean-cut or flat-grind vertical edges of butt-glazed monolithic lites to produce square edges with slight chamfers at junctions of edges and faces. C. Grind smooth and polish exposed glass edges and corners. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine framing, glazing channels, and stops, with Installer present, for compliance with the following: 1. Manufacturing and installation tolerances, including those for size, squareness, and offsets at corners. 2. Presence and functioning of weep systems. 3. Minimum required face and edge clearances. 4. Effective sealing between joints of glass-framing members. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 481 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean glazing channels and other framing members receiving glass immediately before glazing. Remove coatings not firmly bonded to substrates. B. Examine glazing units to locate exterior and interior surfaces. Label or mark units as needed so that exterior and interior surfaces are readily identifiable. Do not use materials that will leave visible marks in the completed work. 3.3 GLAZING, GENERAL A. Comply with combined written instructions of manufacturers of glass, sealants, gaskets, and other glazing materials, unless more stringent requirements are indicated, including those in referenced glazing publications. B. Adjust glazing channel dimensions as required by Project conditions during installation to provide necessary bite on glass, minimum edge and face clearances, and adequate sealant thicknesses, with reasonable tolerances. C. Protect glass edges from damage during handling and installation. Remove damaged glass from Project site and legally dispose of off Project site. Damaged glass is glass with edge damage or other imperfections that, when installed, could weaken glass and impair performance and appearance. D. Apply primers to joint surfaces where required for adhesion of sealants, as determined by preconstruction testing. E. Install setting blocks in sill rabbets, sized and located to comply with referenced glazing publications, unless otherwise required by glass manufacturer. Set blocks in thin course of compatible sealant suitable for heel bead. F. Do not exceed edge pressures stipulated by glass manufacturers for installing glass lites. G. Provide spacers for glass lites where length plus width is larger than 50 inches. 1. Locate spacers directly opposite each other on both inside and outside faces of glass. Install correct size and spacing to preserve required face clearances, unless gaskets and glazing tapes are used that have demonstrated ability to maintain required face clearances and to comply with system performance requirements. 2. Provide 1/8-inch minimum bite of spacers on glass and use thickness equal to sealant width. With glazing tape, use thickness slightly less than final compressed thickness of tape. H. Provide edge blocking where indicated or needed to prevent glass lites from moving sideways in glazing channel, as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer and according to requirements in referenced glazing publications. I. Set glass lites in each series with uniform pattern, draw, bow, and similar characteristics. 482 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 J. Set glass lites with proper orientation so that coatings face exterior or interior as specified. K. Where wedge-shaped gaskets are driven into one side of channel to pressurize sealant or gasket on opposite side, provide adequate anchorage so gasket cannot walk out when installation is subjected to movement. L. Square cut wedge-shaped gaskets at corners and install gaskets in a manner recommended by gasket manufacturer to prevent corners from pulling away; seal corner joints and butt joints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer. 3.4 TAPE GLAZING A. Position tapes on fixed stops so that, when compressed by glass, their exposed edges are flush with or protrude slightly above sightline of stops. B. Install tapes continuously, but not necessarily in one continuous length. Do not stretch tapes to make them fit opening. C. Cover vertical framing joints by applying tapes to heads and sills first and then to jambs. Cover horizontal framing joints by applying tapes to jambs and then to heads and sills. D. Place joints in tapes at corners of opening with adjoining lengths butted together, not lapped. Seal joints in tapes with compatible sealant approved by tape manufacturer. E. Do not remove release paper from tape until right before each glazing unit is installed. F. Apply heel bead of elastomeric sealant. G. Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks and press firmly against tape by inserting dense compression gaskets formed and installed to lock in place against faces of removable stops. Start gasket applications at corners and work toward centers of openings. H. Apply cap bead of elastomeric sealant over exposed edge of tape. 3.5 GASKET GLAZING (DRY) A. Cut compression gaskets to lengths recommended by gasket manufacturer to fit openings exactly, with allowance for stretch during installation. B. Insert soft compression gasket between glass and frame or fixed stop so it is securely in place with joints miter cut and bonded together at corners. C. Installation with Drive-in Wedge Gaskets: Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks and press firmly against soft compression gasket by inserting dense compression gaskets formed and installed to lock in place against faces of removable stops. Start gasket applications at corners and work toward centers of openings. Compress gaskets to produce a weathertight seal without 483 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 developing bending stresses in glass. Seal gasket joints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer. D. Installation with Pressure-Glazing Stops: Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks and press firmly against soft compression gasket. Install dense compression gaskets and pressure- glazing stops, applying pressure uniformly to compression gaskets. Compress gaskets to produce a weathertight seal without developing bending stresses in glass. Seal gasket joints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer. E. Install gaskets so they protrude past face of glazing stops. 3.6 SEALANT GLAZING (WET) A. Install continuous spacers, or spacers combined with cylindrical sealant backing, between glass lites and glazing stops to maintain glass face clearances and to prevent sealant from extruding into glass channel and blocking weep systems until sealants cure. Secure spacers or spacers and backings in place and in position to control depth of installed sealant relative to edge clearance for optimum sealant performance. B. Force sealants into glazing channels to eliminate voids and to ensure complete wetting or bond of sealant to glass and channel surfaces. C. Tool exposed surfaces of sealants to provide a substantial wash away from glass. 3.7 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Protect exterior glass from damage immediately after installation by attaching crossed streamers to framing held away from glass. Do not apply markers to glass surface. Remove nonpermanent labels and clean surfaces. B. Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations. If, despite such protection, contaminating substances do come into contact with glass, remove substances immediately as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer. C. Examine glass surfaces adjacent to or below exterior concrete and other masonry surfaces at frequent intervals during construction, but not less than once a month, for buildup of dirt, scum, alkaline deposits, or stains; remove as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer. D. Remove and replace glass that is broken, chipped, cracked, or abraded or that is damaged from natural causes, accidents, and vandalism, during construction period. E. Wash glass on both exposed surfaces in each area of Project not more than four days before date scheduled for inspections that establish date of Substantial Completion. Wash glass as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer. 484 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 END OF SECTION 088000 485 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 08 83 00 - MIRRORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes the following types of silvered flat glass mirrors: 1. Annealed monolithic glass mirrors. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1. Mirrors. Include description of materials and process used to produce each type of silvered flat glass mirror specified that indicates sources of glass, glass coating components, edge sealer, and quality-control provisions. B. Shop Drawings: Include mirror elevations, edge details, mirror hardware, and attachments to other work. C. Samples: For each type of the following products: 1. Mirrors: 12 inches square, including edge treatment on two adjoining edges. 2. Mirror Clips: Full size. 3. Mirror Trim: 12 inches long. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer. B. Product Certificates: For each type of mirror, from manufacturer. C. Preconstruction Test Reports: From mirror manufacturer indicating that mirror mastic was tested for compatibility and adhesion with mirror backing and substrates on which mirrors are installed. D. Warranty: Sample of special warranty. E. Maintenance Data: For mirrors to include in maintenance manuals. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who employs glass installers for this Project who are certified under the National Glass Association's Certified Glass Installer Program. 486 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Source Limitations for Mirrors: Obtain mirrors from single source from single manufacturer. C. Source Limitations for Mirror Accessories: Obtain mirror glazing accessories from single source. D. Glazing Publications: Comply with the following published recommendations: 1. GANA's "Glazing Manual" unless more stringent requirements are indicated. Refer to this publication for definitions of glass and glazing terms not otherwise defined in this Section or in referenced standards. 2. GANA Mirror Division's "Mirrors, Handle with Extreme Care: Tips for the Professional on the Care and Handling of Mirrors." E. Safety Glazing Products: For tempered mirrors, provide products complying with testing requirements in 16 CFR 1201 for Category II materials. F. Preconstruction Mirror Mastic Compatibility Test: Submit mirror mastic products to mirror manufacturer for testing to determine compatibility of mastic with mirror backing and substrates on which mirrors are installed. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect mirrors according to mirror manufacturer's written instructions and as needed to prevent damage to mirrors from moisture, condensation, temperature changes, direct exposure to sun, or other causes. B. Comply with mirror manufacturer's written instructions for shipping, storing, and handling mirrors as needed to prevent deterioration of silvering, damage to edges, and abrasion of glass surfaces and applied coatings. Store indoors. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install mirrors until ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at levels indicated for final occupancy. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which mirror manufacturer agrees to replace mirrors that deteriorate within specified warranty period. Deterio ration of mirrors is defined as defects developed from normal use that are not attributed to mirror breakage or to maintaining and cleaning mirrors contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Defects include discoloration, black spots, and clouding of the silver film. 1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. 487 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SILVERED FLAT GLASS MIRRORS A. Glass Mirrors, General: ASTM C 1503; manufactured using copper-free, low-lead mirror coating process. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Arch Aluminum & Glass Co., Inc. b. Donisi Mirror Company. c. Gilded Mirrors, Inc. d. Guardian Industries. e. Independent Mirror Industries, Inc. f. Lenoir Mirror Company. g. Maran-Wurzell Glass & Mirror. h. National Glass Industries. i. Stroupe Mirror Co., Inc. B. Clear Glass: Mirror Select Quality; ultraclear (low-iron) float glass with a minimum 91 percent visible light transmission. 1. Nominal Thickness: 6.0 mm. 2.2 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Setting Blocks: Elastomeric material with a Shore, Type A durometer hardness of 85, plus or minus 5. B. Edge Sealer: Coating compatible with glass coating and approved by mirror manufacturer for use in protecting against silver deterioration at mirrored glass edges. C. Mirror Mastic: An adhesive setting compound, asbestos-free, produced specifically for setting mirrors and certified by both mirror manufacturer and mastic manufacturer as compatible with glass coating and substrates on which mirrors will be installed. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Franklin International; Titebond Division. b. Laurence, C. R. Co., Inc. c. Macco Adhesives; Liquid Nails Division. d. OSI Sealants, Inc. e. Palmer Products Corporation. f. Pecora Corporation. 488 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 g. Royal Adhesives & Sealants; Gunther Mirror Mastics Division. h. Sommer & Maca Industries, Inc. 2. Adhesive shall have a VOC content of not more than 70 g/L when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). D. Film Backing for Safety Mirrors: Film backing and pressure -sensitive adhesive; both compatible with mirror backing paint as certified by mirror manufacturer. 2.3 MIRROR HARDWARE A. Top and Bottom Aluminum J-Channels: Aluminum extrusions with a return deep enough to produce a glazing channel to accommodate mirrors of thickness indicated and in lengths required to cover bottom and top edges of each mirror in a single piece. 1. Bottom Trim: J-channels formed with front leg and back leg not less than 3/8 and 7/8 inch in height, respectively, and a thickness of not less than 0.04 inch. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1) Laurence, C. R. Co., Inc.; CRL Standard "J" Channel. 2) Sommer & Maca Industries, Inc.; Aluminum Shallow Nose "J" Moulding Lower Bar. 3) Sommer & Maca Industries, Inc.; Heavy Gauge Aluminum Shallow Nose "J" Moulding Lower Bar. 2. Top Trim: J-channels formed with front leg and back leg not less than 5/8 and 1 inch in height, respectively, and a thickness of not less than 0.04 inch. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1) Laurence, C. R. Co., Inc.; CRL Deep "J" Channel. 2) Sommer & Maca Industries, Inc.; Aluminum Deep Nose "J" Moulding Upper Bar. 3) Sommer & Maca Industries, Inc.; Heavy Gauge Aluminum Deep Nose "J" Moulding Upper Bar. 3. Finish: Clear bright anodized. B. Fasteners: Fabricated of same basic metal and alloy as fastened metal and matching it in finished color and texture where fasteners are exposed. C. Anchors and Inserts: Provide devices as required for mirror hardware installation. Provide toothed or lead-shield expansion-bolt devices for drilled-in-place anchors. Provide galvanized anchors and inserts for applications on inside face of exterior walls and where indicated. 489 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.4 FABRICATION A. Mirror Sizes: To suit Project conditions, and before tempering, cut mirrors to final sizes and shapes as indicated on drawings. B. Cutouts: Fabricate cutouts before tempering for notches and holes in mirrors without marring visible surfaces. Locate and size cutouts so they fit closely around penetrations in mirrors. C. Mirror Edge Treatment: Flat polished. 1. Seal edges of mirrors with edge sealer after edge treatment to prevent chemical or atmospheric penetration of glass coating. 2. Require mirror manufacturer to perform edge treatment and sealing in factory immediately after cutting to final sizes. D. Film-Backed Safety Mirrors: Apply film backing with adhesive coating over mirror backing paint as recommended in writing by film-backing manufacturer to produce a surface free of bubbles, blisters, and other imperfections. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, over which mirrors are to be mounted, with Installer present, for compliance with installation tolerances, substrate preparation, and other conditions affecti ng performance of the Work. B. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility of mirror mastic with existing finishes or primers. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfaces are dry. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Comply with mastic manufacturer's written installation instructions for preparation of substrates, including coating substrates with mastic manufacturer's special bond coating where applicable. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: Install mirrors to comply with mirror manufacturer's written instructions and with referenced GANA publications. Mount mirrors accurately in place in a manner that avoids distorting reflected images. B. Provide a minimum air space of 1/8 inch between back of mirrors and mounting surface for air circulation between back of mirrors and face of mounting surface. 490 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. Wall-Mounted Mirrors: Install mirrors with mastic and mirror hardware. Attach mirror hardware securely to mounting surfaces with mechanical fasteners installed with anchors or inserts as applicable. Install fasteners so heads do not impose point loads on backs of mirrors. 1. Top and Bottom Aluminum J-Channels: Provide setting blocks 1/8 inch thick by 4 inches long at quarter points. To prevent trapping water, provide, between setting blocks, two slotted weeps not less than 1/4 inch wide by 3/8 inch long at bottom channel. 2. Install mastic as follows: a. Apply barrier coat to mirror backing where approved in writing by manufacturers of mirrors and backing material. b. Apply mastic to comply with mastic manufacturer's written instructions for coverage and to allow air circulation between back of mirrors and face of mounting surface. c. After mastic is applied, align mirrors and press into place while maintaining a minimum air space of 1/8 inch between back of mirrors and mounting surface. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Protect mirrors from breakage and contaminating substances resulting from construction operations. B. Do not permit edges of mirrors to be exposed to standing water. C. Maintain environmental conditions that will prevent mirrors from being exposed to moisture from condensation or other sources for continuous periods of time. D. Wash exposed surface of mirrors not more than four days before date scheduled for inspections that establish date of Substantial Completion. Wash mirrors as recommended in writing by mirror manufacturer. END OF SECTION 088300 491 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 09 22 16 - NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Non-load-bearing steel framing systems for interior gypsum board assemblies. 2. Suspension systems for interior gypsum ceilings, soffits, and grid systems. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 054000 "Cold-Formed Metal Framing" for exterior and interior load-bearing and exterior non-load-bearing wall studs; floor joists; roof rafters and ceiling joists; and roof trusses. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Evaluation Reports: For firestop tracks, from ICC-ES. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: For fire-resistance-rated assemblies that incorporate non- load-bearing steel framing, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated, according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing agency. B. STC-Rated Assemblies: For STC-rated assemblies, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated, according to ASTM E 90 and classified according to ASTM E 413 by an independent testing agency. 2.2 FRAMING SYSTEMS A. Recycled Content of Steel Products: Postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content not less than 25 percent. 492 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Framing Members, General: Comply with ASTM C754 for conditions indicated. 1. Steel Sheet Components: Comply with ASTM C645 requirements for metal unless otherwise indicated. 2. Protective Coating: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G40 , hot-dip galvanized unless otherwise indicated. C. Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645. Use either steel studs and runners or dimpled steel studs and runners. 1. Steel Studs and Runners: a. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.033 inch. b. Depth: As indicated on Drawings . D. Slip-Type Head Joints: Where indicated, provide one of the following: 1. Single Long-Leg Runner System: ASTM C 645 top runner with 2-inch- deep flanges in thickness not less than indicated for studs, installed with studs friction fit into top runner and with continuous bridging with straps or 11/2” cold-rolled channels located within 12 inches of the top of studs to provide lateral bracing. 2. Double-Runner System: ASTM C 645 top runners, inside runner with 2-inch- deep flanges in thickness not less than indicated for studs and fastened to studs, and outer runner sized to friction fit inside runner. 3. Deflection Track: Steel sheet top runner manufactured to prevent cracking of finishes applied to interior partition framing resulting from deflection of structure above; in thickness not less than indicated for studs and in width to accommodate depth of studs. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of following: 1) Dietrich Metal Framing; SLP-TRK Slotted Deflection Track. 2) Superior Metal Trim; Superior Flex Track System (SFT). E. Firestop Tracks: Top runner manufactured to allow partition heads to expand and contract with movement of the structure while maintaining continuity of fire-resistance-rated assembly indicated; in thickness not less than indicated for studs and in width to accommodate depth of studs. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following : a. Fire Trak Corp.; Fire Trak System attached to studs with Fire Trak Posi Klip. b. Grace Construction Products; FlameSafe FlowTrak System. c. Metal-Lite, Inc.; The System. F. Flat Strap and Backing Plate: Steel sheet for blocking and bracing in length and width indicated. 1. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.027 inch . G. Cold-Rolled Channel Bridging: Steel, 0.053-inch minimum base-metal thickness, with minimum 1/2-inch- wide flanges. 1. Depth: 1-1/2 inches . 2. Clip Angle: Not less than 1-1/2 by 1-1/2 inches, 0.068-inch- thick, galvanized steel. H. Hat-Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C645. 1. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.018 inch. 2. Depth: As indicated on Drawings. 493 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 I. Resilient Furring Channels: 1/2-inch- deep, steel sheet members designed to reduce sound transmission. 1. Configuration: Asymmetrical or hat shaped. J. Z-Shaped Furring: With slotted or nonslotted web, face flange of 1-1/4 inches, wall attachment flange of 7/8 inch, minimum uncoated-metal thickness of 0.018 inch, and depth required to fit insulation thickness indicated. 2.3 SUSPENSION SYSTEMS A. Tie Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.062-inch- diameter wire, or double strand of 0.048-inch- diameter wire. B. Hanger Attachments to Concrete: 1. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Suitable for application indicated, fabricated from corrosion- resistant materials with clips or other devices for attaching hangers of type indicated, and capable of sustaining, without failure, a load equal to 10 times that imposed by construction as determined by testing according to ASTM E 1190 by an independent testing agency. C. Wire Hangers: ASTM A641, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.16 inch in diameter, or minimum 0.12 inch diameter for use under the Contractor’s option specified later in the section for Grid Suspension System for Gypsum Board Ceilings. D. Carrying Channels: Cold-rolled, commercial-steel sheet with a base-metal thickness of 0.053 inch and minimum 1/2-inch- wide flanges. 1. Depth: As indicated on Drawings. E. Furring Channels (Furring Members): 1. Cold-Rolled Channels: 0.053-inch uncoated-steel thickness, with minimum 1/2-inch- wide flanges, 3/4 inch deep. 2. Steel Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645. a. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.018 inch . b. Depth: As indicated on Drawings . 3. At Contractor’s option, in lieu of steel studs and runners previously specified, provide Dimpled Steel Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645. a. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.015 inch . b. Depth: As indicated on Drawings . 4. Hat-Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C645, 7/8 inch deep. a. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.018 inch . 5. Resilient Furring Channels: 1/2-inch- deep members designed to reduce sound transmission. a. Configuration: Asymmetrical or hat shaped. F. Grid Suspension System for Gypsum Board Ceilings: ASTM C645, direct-hung system composed of main beams and cross-furring members that interlock. 494 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, at Contractor’s option, provide one of the following in lieu of the carrying channels and furing channels previously specified under this article: a. Armstrong World Industries, Inc.; Drywall Grid Systems. b. Chicago Metallic Corporation; Drywall Grid System. c. USG Corporation; Drywall Suspension System. 2.4 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards. 1. Fasteners for Metal Framing: Of type, material, size, corrosion resistance, holding power, and other properties required to fasten steel members to substrates. B. Isolation Strip at Exterior Walls: Provide one of the following. 1. Asphalt-Saturated Organic Felt: ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt), nonperforated. 2. Foam Gasket: Adhesive-backed, closed-cell vinyl foam strips that allow fastener penetration without foam displacement, 1/8 inch thick, in width to suit steel stud size. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and substrates, with Installer present, and including welded hollow-metal frames, cast-in anchors, and structural framing, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Suspended Assemblies: Coordinate installation of suspension systems with installation of overhead structure to ensure that inserts and other provisions for anchorages to building structure have been installed to receive hangers at spacing required to support the Work and that hangers will develop their full strength. 1. Furnish concrete inserts and other devices indicated to other trades for installation in advance of time needed for coordination and construction. B. Coordination with Sprayed Fire-Resistive Materials. 1. After sprayed fire-resistive materials are applied, remove them only to extent necessary for installation of non-load-bearing steel framing. Do not reduce thickness of fire-resistive materials below that required for fire-resistance ratings indicated. Protect adjacent fire- resistive materials from damage. 495 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Installation Standard: ASTM C754. 1. Gypsum Board Assemblies: Also comply with requirements in ASTM C840 that apply to framing installation. B. Install supplementary framing, and blocking to support fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings, or similar construction. C. Install bracing at terminations in assemblies. D. Do not bridge building control and expansion joints with non-load-bearing steel framing members. Frame both sides of joints independently. 3.4 INSTALLING FRAMED ASSEMBLIES A. Install framing system components according to spacings indicated, but not greater than spacings required by referenced installation standards for assembly types. B. Where studs are installed directly against exterior masonry walls or dissimilar metals at exterior walls, install isolation strip between studs and exterior wall. C. Install studs so flanges within framing system point in same direction. D. Install tracks (runners) at floors and overhead supports. Extend framing full height to structural supports or substrates above suspended ceilings except where partitions are indicated to terminate at suspended ceilings. Continue framing around ducts penetrating partitions above ceiling. 1. Slip-Type Head Joints: Where framing extends to overhead structural supports, install to produce joints at tops of framing systems that prevent axial loading of finished assemblies. 2. Door Openings: Screw vertical studs at jambs to jamb anchor clips on door frames; install runner track section (for cripple studs) at head and secure to jamb studs. a. Install two studs at each jamb unless otherwise indicated. b. Install cripple studs at head adjacent to each jamb stud, with a minimum 1/2-inch clearance from jamb stud to allow for installation of control joint in finished assembly. c. Extend jamb studs through suspended ceilings and attach to underside of overhead structure. 3. Other Framed Openings: Frame openings other than door openings the same as required for door openings unless otherwise indicated. Install framing below sills of openings to match framing required above door heads. 4. Fire-Resistance-Rated Partitions: Install framing to comply with fire-resistance-rated assembly indicated and support closures and to make partitions continuous from floor to underside of solid structure. a. Firestop Track: Where indicated, install to maintain continuity of fire-resistance- rated assembly indicated. 5. Sound-Rated Partitions: Install framing to comply with sound-rated assembly indicated. 496 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 E. Direct Furring: 1. Attach to concrete or masonry with stub nails, screws designed for masonry attachment, or powder-driven fasteners spaced 24 inches on center. F. Z-Furring Members: 1. Erect insulation, specified in Section 072100 "Thermal Insulation," vertically and hold in place with Z-furring members spaced 24 inches o.c. 2. Except at exterior corners, securely attach narrow flanges of furring members to wall with concrete stub nails, screws designed for masonry attachment, or powder-driven fasteners spaced 24 inches o.c. 3. At exterior corners, attach wide flange of furring members to wall with short flange extending beyond corner; on adjacent wall surface, screw-attach short flange of furring channel to web of attached channel. At interior corners, space second member no more than 12 inches from corner and cut insulation to fit. G. Installation Tolerance: Install each framing member so fastening surfaces vary not more than 1/8 inch from the plane formed by faces of adjacent framing. 3.5 INSTALLING SUSPENSION SYSTEMS A. Install suspension system components according to spacings indicated, but not greater than spacings required by referenced installation standards for assembly types. 1. Hangers: 48 inches o.c. 2. Carrying Channels (Main Runners): 48 inches o.c. 3. Furring Channels (Furring Members): 16 inches o.c. B. Isolate suspension systems from building structure where they abut or are penetrated by building structure to prevent transfer of loading imposed by structural movement. C. Suspend hangers from building structure as follows: 1. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structural or suspension system. a. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions and offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means. 2. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings that interfere with locations of hangers required to support standard suspension system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in the form of trapezes or equivalent devices. a. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits established by referenced installation standards . 3. Wire Hangers: Secure by looping and wire tying, either directly to structures or to inserts, eye screws, or other devices and fasteners that are secure and appropriate for substrate, and in a manner that will not cause hangers to deteriorate or otherwise fail. 4. Flat Hangers: Secure to structure, including intermediate framing members, by attaching to inserts, eye screws, or other devices and fasteners that are secure and appropriate for 497 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 structure and hanger, and in a manner that will not cause hangers to deteriorate or otherwise fail. 5. Do not attach hangers to steel roof deck. 6. Do not attach hangers to permanent metal forms. Furnish cast-in-place hanger inserts that extend through forms. 7. Do not attach hangers to rolled-in hanger tabs of composite steel floor deck. 8. Do not connect or suspend steel framing from ducts, pipes, or conduit. D. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: Wire tie furring channels to supports. E. Grid Suspension Systems: Attach perimeter wall track or angle where grid suspension systems meet vertical surfaces. Mechanically join main beam and cross -furring members to each other and butt-cut to fit into wall track. F. Installation Tolerances: Install suspension systems that are level to within 1/8 inch in 12 feet measured lengthwise on each member that will receive finishes and transversely between parallel members that will receive finishes. END OF SECTION 092216 498 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 09 29 00 - GYPSUM BOARD PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Interior gypsum board. 2. Tile backing panels. 3. Cement backer board for adhered stone veneer. 4. Gypsum board trim and accessories. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 054000 "Cold Formed Metal Framing" for gypsum sheathing for exterior walls. 2. Section 072000 “Thermal Insulation” for sound attenuation blankets. 3. Section 078443 “Joint Firestopping.” 4. Section 092216 "Non-Structural Metal Framing" for non-structural framing and suspension systems that support gypsum board panels. 5. Section 093000 "Tiling" for cementitious backer units installed as substrates for ceramic tile. 6. Section 090600 “Color and Finish Selections” for trim types and finishes. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. Mark manufacturer’s literature to identify only those products proposed for use. B. Samples: For the following products: 1. Trim Accessories: Full-size Sample in 12-inch- long length for each trim accessory indicated. 2. Textured Finishes: 12 inch square for each textured finish indicated and on same backing indicated for Work. 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against weather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction traffic, and other potential causes of damage. Stack panels flat and supported on risers on a flat platform to prevent sagging. 499 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1.4 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Comply with ASTM C840 requirements or gypsum board manufacturer's written recommendations, whichever are more stringent. B. Do not install paper-faced gypsum panels until installation areas are enclosed and conditioned. C. Do not install panels that are wet, those that are moisture damaged, and those that are mold damaged. 1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape. 2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: For fire-resistance-rated assemblies, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing agency. B. STC-Rated Assemblies: For STC-rated assemblies, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 90 and classified according to ASTM E 413 by an independent testing agency. 2.2 GYPSUM BOARD, GENERAL A. Recycled Content of Gypsum Panel Products: Postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content not less than 10 percent. B. Regional Materials: Gypsum panel products shall be manufactured within 500 miles of Project site from materials that have been extracted, harvested, or recovered, as well as manufactured, within 500 miles of Project site. C. Size: Provide maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each area and that correspond with support system indicated. 2.3 INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements provide products by one of the following: 1. CertainTeed Corp. 2. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC. 500 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3. National Gypsum Company. 4. USG Corporation. B. Gypsum Board, Type X: ASTM C1396. 1. Thickness: 5/8 inch. 2. Long Edges: Tapered. C. Moisture- and Mold-Resistant Gypsum Board: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M. With moisture- and mold-resistant core and paper surfaces. 1. Core: 5/8 inch, Type X. 2. Long Edges: Tapered. 3. Mold Resistance: ASTM D 3273, score of 10 as rated according to ASTM D 3274. 2.4 TILE BACKING PANELS A. Contractor has option to use either glass-mat water resistant backing board or cement board. B. Glass-Mat, Water-Resistant Backing Board: ASTM C1178, with manufacturer's standard edges. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following : a. CertainTeed Corp.; GlasRoc Tile Backer. b. National Gypsum Company; eXP Tile Backer. 2. Core: 5/8 inch, Type X, unlesws otherwise indicated. 3. Mold Resistance: ASTM D 3273, score of 10 as rated according to ASTM D 3274. C. Cementitious Backer Units: ANSI A118.9 and ASTM C 1288 or 1325, with manufacturer's standard edges. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Custom Building Products; Wonderboard . b. National Gypsum Company, Permabase Cement Board. c. USG Corporation; DUROCK Cement Board. 2. Thickness: 1/2 inch. 3. Mold Resistance: ASTM D 3273, score of 10 as rated according to ASTM D 3274. 2.5 CEMENT BACKER BOARD FOR ADHERED STONE VENEER A. Cementitious Backer Panel: 1. Basis of Design: Subject to compliance with project requirements, the design is based on the following: USG Corporation, LLC, ” USG Durock Cement Board” . 2. Classification: Cementitious Backer Units: ANSI A118.9, ASTM A108.11 and ASTM C 1325 provide with manufacturer's standard edges. a. Thickness: 5/8 inch (15.9 mm). b. Board Length: 8 feet (2438 mm). c. Board Width: 48 inches (1219 mm). d. Mold Resistance: ASTM D 3273, score of 10 as rated according to ASTM D 3274. 3. Minimum bending radius: 6 feet (1830 mm). 501 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 4. Fastener Requirements: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this Article for material and application. a. Screws for Fastening Gypsum Sheathing to Cold-Formed Metal Framing: DUROCK Brand Steel or USG Sheathing SF steel drill screws, 1-5/8 inch, with corrosion-resistant coating. 5. Installation Requirements: a. For steel framing less than 0.0329 inch thick, attach sheathing to comply with ASTM C 1002. 2.6 TRIM ACCESSORIES A. Interior Trim: ASTM C 1047. 1. Material: Galvanized or aluminum-coated steel sheet, rolled zinc, plastic, or paper-faced galvanized steel sheet. 2. Shapes: a. Cornerbead. b. Bullnose bead. c. LC-Bead: J-shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound. d. L-Bead: L-shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound. e. Expansion (control) joint. f. Curved-Edge Cornerbead: With notched or flexible flanges. g. Specific profiles with “basis of design” criteria listed in 2.5, B4. B. Aluminum Trim: Extruded accessories of profiles and dimensions indicated. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following : a. Fry Reglet Corp. b. Gordon, Inc. c. Pittcon Industries. 2. Aluminum: Alloy and temper with not less than the strength and durability properties of ASTM B 221, Alloy 6063-T5. 3. Finish: Corrosion-resistant primer compatible with joint compound and finish materials specified . 4. Profiles: Include, but are not limited to profiles detailed in drawings. Basis of design for detailed trim profiles: Fry Reglet Corp. a. DC.2 - “L” Trim (DRML-300) b. DC.8 - End closure (DMEC-7250) c. DC.7 – “J” Trim (JDM-625) 2.7 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS A. General: Comply with ASTM C475. B. Joint Tape: 1. Interior Gypsum Board: Paper. 2. Tile Backing Panels: As recommended by panel manufacturer. 502 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Board: For each coat use formulation that is compatible with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats. 1. Prefilling: At open joints and damaged surface areas, use setting-type taping compound. 2. Embedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first coat on joints, fasteners, and trim flanges, use setting-type taping compound. a. Use setting-type compound for installing paper-faced metal trim accessories. 3. Fill Coat: For second coat, use drying-type, all-purpose compound. 4. Finish Coat: For third coat, use drying-type, all-purpose compound. 5. Skim Coat: For final coat of Level 5 finish, use drying-type, all-purpose compound. D. Joint Compound for Tile Backing Panels. 1. Glass-Mat, Water-Resistant Backing Panel: As recommended by backing panel manufacturer. 2. Cementitious Backer Units: As recommended by backer unit manufacturer. 3. Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Board: Use setting-type taping compound and setting- type, sandable topping compound. 2.8 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards and manufacturer's written recommendations. B. Laminating Adhesive: Adhesive or joint compound recommended for directly adhering gypsum panels to continuous substrate. 1. Laminating adhesive shall have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). C. Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C1002, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Use screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening panels to steel members from 0.033 to 0.112 inch thick. 2. For fastening cementitious backer units, use screws of type and size recommended by panel manufacturer. D. Acoustical Joint Sealant: Manufacturer's standard nonsag, paintable, nonstaining latex sealant complying with ASTM C 834. Product effectively reduces airborne sound transmission through perimeter joints and openings in building construction as demonstrated by testing representative assemblies according to ASTM E 90 as specified in Section 079200 “Joint Sealants” E. Thermal Insulation: As specified in Section 072100 "Thermal Insulation." 503 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and substrates including welded hollow-metal frames and framing, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance. B. Examine panels before installation. Reject panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 APPLYING AND FINISHING PANELS, GENERAL A. Comply with ASTM C 840. B. Install ceiling panels across framing to minimize the number of abutting end joints and to avoid abutting end joints in central area of each ceiling. Stagger abutting end joints of adjacent panels not less than one framing member. C. Install panels with face side out. Butt panels together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16 inch of open space between panels. Do not force into place. D. Locate edge and end joints over supports, except in ceiling applications where intermediate supports or gypsum board back-blocking is provided behind end joints. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints on opposite sides of partitions. Do not make joints other than control joints at corners of framed openings. E. Form control and expansion joints with space between edges of adjoining gypsum panels. F. Cover both faces of support framing with gypsum panels in concealed spaces (above ceilings, etc.), except in chases braced internally. 1. Unless concealed application is indicated or required for sound, fire, air, or smoke ratings, coverage may be accomplished with scraps of not less than 8 sq. ft. in area. 2. Fit gypsum panels around ducts, pipes, and conduits. G. Isolate perimeter of gypsum board applied to non-load-bearing partitions at structural abutments, except floors. Provide 1/4- to 1/2-inch- wide spaces at these locations and trim edges with edge trim where edges of panels are exposed. Seal joints between edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical sealant. H. Attachment to Steel Framing: Attach panels so leading edge or end of each panel is attached to open (unsupported) edges of stud flanges first. 504 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 I. STC-Rated Assemblies: Seal construction at perimeters, behind control joints, and at openings and penetrations with a continuous bead of acoustical sealant. Install acoustical sealant at both faces of partitions at perimeters and through penetrations. Comply with ASTM C 919 and with manufacturer's written recommendations for locating edge trim and closing off sound-flanking paths around or through assemblies, including sealing partitions above acoustical ceilings. J. Install sound attenuation blankets before installing gypsum panels unless blankets are readily installed after panels have been installed on one side. 3.3 APPLYING INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD A. Single-Layer Application: 1. On ceilings, apply gypsum panels before wall/partition board application to greatest extent possible and at right angles to framing unless otherwise indicated. 2. On partitions/walls, apply gypsum panels horizontally (perpendicular to framing) unless otherwise indicated or required by fire-resistance-rated assembly, and minimize end joints. a. b. At stairwells and other high walls, install panels horizontally unless otherwise indicated or required by fire-resistance-rated assembly. 3. On Z-furring members, apply gypsum panels vertically (parallel to framing) with no end joints. Locate edge joints over furring members. 4. Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports with steel drill screws. B. Multilayer Application: 1. On ceilings, apply gypsum board indicated for base layers before applying base layers on walls/partitions; apply face layers in same sequence. Apply base layers at right angles to framing members and offset face-layer joints one framing member, 16 inches minimum, from parallel base-layer joints, unless otherwise indicated or required by fire-resistance- rated assembly. 2. On partitions/walls, apply gypsum board indicated for base layers and face layers vertically (parallel to framing) with joints of base layers located over stud or furring member and face-layer joints offset at least one stud or furring member with base-layer joints, unless otherwise indicated or required by fire-resistance-rated assembly. Stagger joints on opposite sides of partitions. 3. On Z-furring members, apply base layer vertically (parallel to framing) and face layer either vertically (parallel to framing) or horizontally (perpendicular to framing) with vertical joints offset at least one furring member. Locate edge joints of base layer over furring members. 4. Fastening Methods: Fasten base layers and face layers separately to supports with screws. C. Laminating to Substrate: Where gypsum panels are indicated as directly adhered to a substrate (other than studs, joists, furring members, or base layer of gypsum board), comply with gypsum board manufacturer's written recommendations and temporarily brace or fasten gypsum panels until fastening adhesive has set. 505 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.4 APPLYING TILE BACKING PANELS A. Glass-Mat, Water-Resistant Backing Panels: Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions and install at locations indicated to receive tile. Install with 1/4-inch gap where panels abut other construction or penetrations. B. Cementitious Backer Units: ANSI A108.11, at locations indicated to receive tile. C. Water-Resistant Backing Board: Install where indicated with 1/4-inch gap where panels abut other construction or penetrations. D. Where tile backing panels abut other types of panels in same plane, shim surfaces to produce a uniform plane across panel surfaces. 3.5 INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIES A. General: For trim with back flanges intended for fasteners, attach to framing with same fasteners used for panels. Otherwise, attach trim according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Control Joints: Install control joints at locations indicated on Drawings and according to ASTM C840. C. Interior Trim: Install in the following locations: 1. Cornerbead: Use at outside corners unless otherwise indicated. 2. Bullnose Bead: Use where indicated. 3. LC-Bead: Use at exposed panel edges. 4. L-Bead: Use where indicated. 5. Curved-Edge Cornerbead: Use at curved openings. D. Aluminum Trim: Install in locations indicated on Drawings. 3.6 FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD A. General: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, edge trim, control joints, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration. Promptly remove residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces. B. Prefill open joints and damaged surface areas. C. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except for trim products specifically indicated as not intended to receive tape. 506 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 D. Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below and according to ASTM C 840: 1. Level 1: Ceiling plenum areas, concealed areas, and where indicated. 2. Level 2: Panels that are substrate for tile Panels that are substrate for acoustical tile . 3. Level 4: At panel surfaces that will be exposed to view unless otherwise indicated . a. Primer and its application to surfaces are specified in Section 099123 "Interior and Exterior Painting." 4. Level 5: Where indicated on Drawings . a. Primer and its application to surfaces are specified in Section 099123 "Interior and Exterior Painting." E. Cementitious Backer Units: Finish according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.7 PROTECTION A. Protect adjacent surfaces from drywall compound and promptly remove from floors and other non-drywall surfaces. Repair surfaces stained, marred, or otherwise damaged during drywall application. B. Protect installed products from damage from weather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction, and other causes during remainder of the construction period. C. Remove and replace panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. 1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape. 2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration. END OF SECTION 092900 507 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 093013 - CERAMIC TILING TIPS: To view non-printing Editor's Notes that provide guidance for editing, click on MasterWorks/Single-File Formatting/Toggle/Editor's Notes. To read detailed research, technical information about products and materials, and coordination checklists, click on MasterWorks/Supporting Information. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Porcelain tile. 2. Glazed wall tile. 3. Gauged Porcelain Tile 4. Tile backing panels. 5. Crack isolation membrane. 6. Metal edge strips. 7. Tile backing panels. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 079200 "Joint Sealants" for sealing of expansion, contraction, control, and isolation joints in tile surfaces. 2. 092800 Backing Boards and Underlayment 3. 092900 Gypsum Board 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. General: Definitions in the ANSI A108 series of tile installation standards and in ANSI A137.1 apply to Work of this Section unless otherwise specified. B. ANSI A108 Series: ANSI A108.01, ANSI A108.02, ANSI A108.1A, ANSI A108.1B, ANSI A108.1C, ANSI A108.4, ANSI A108.5, ANSI A108.6, ANSI A108.8, ANSI A108.9, ANSI A108.10, ANSI A108.11, ANSI A108.12, ANSI A108.13, ANSI A108.14, 508 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 ANSI A108.15, ANSI A108.16, and ANSI A108.17, which are contained in its "Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile." C. Module Size: Actual tile size plus joint width indicated. D. Face Size: Actual tile size, excluding spacer lugs. 1.9 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI) Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members B. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) A137.1 American National Standard Specifica- tions For Ceramic Tile C. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) A108.01 - A108.17 American National Standard Specifications For The Installation Of Ceramic Tile D. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) A118.1 - A118.15 American National Standard Specifications For The Installation Of Ceramic Tile E. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) A137.3 American National Standard Specifica- tions for Gauged Porcelain Tiles and Gauged Porcelain Tile Panels/Slabs F. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) A108.19 American National Standard Specifica- tions for the Installation of Gauged Porcelain Tiles and Gauged Porcelain Tile Panels/Slabs G. American Society For Testing And Materials (ASTM) C171 Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete H. American Society For Testing And Materials (ASTM) C531 Standard Test Method for Linear Shrinkage and Coefficient of Thermal Expansion of Chemical-Resistant Mortars, Grouts, Mono- lithic Surfacings and Polymer Concretes I. American Society For Testing And Materials (ASTM) C627 Standard Test Method for Evaluat- ing Ceramic Floor Tile Installation Systems Using the Robinson-Type Floor Tester J. American Society For Testing And Materials (ASTM) C794 Standard Test Method for Adhesion- in-Peel of Elastomeric Joint Sealants K. American Society For Testing And Materials (ASTM) C920 Standard Specification for Elasto- meric Joint Sealants L. American Society For Testing And Materials (ASTM) D1248 Standard Test Method for Staining of Porous Substances by Joint Sealants M. American Society For Testing And Materials (ASTM) D4263 Standard Test Method for Indicat- ing Moisture in Concrete by The Plastic Sheet Method N. American Society For Testing And Materials (ASTM) D4716 Standard Test Method for Deter- mining the (In Plane) Flow Rate Per Unit Width and Hydraulic Transmissivity of a Geo-synthetic Using a Constant Head O. American Society For Testing And Materials (ASTM) E492 Standard Test Method for Laborato- ry Measurement of Impact Sound Transmission Through Floor-Ceiling Assemblies Using the Tapping Machine P. American Society For Testing And Materials (ASTM) E989 Standard Classification for Determi- nation of Impact Insulation Class (IIC) Q. American Society For Testing And Materials (ASTM) E1155 Standard Test Method for Deter- mining FF Floor Flatness and FL Floor Levelness R. American Society For Testing and Materials (ASTM) F1869 Standard Test Method for Measur- ing Moisture Vapor Emission Rate of Concrete Subfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride 509 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 S. American Society For Testing and Materials (ASTM) 2170 Standard Test Method for Determin- ing Relative Humidity in Concrete Floor Slabs using in situ Probes T. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) - ASME A112.6.3 Floor and Trench Drains U. International Organization for Standardization (ISO) 13007 Standards for Grouts and Adhesives V. Materials And Methods Standards Association (MMSA) Bulletins 1-16 W. Metal Lath/Steel Framing Association (ML/SFA) 540 Lightweight Steel Framing Systems Manu- al X. Steel Stud Manufacturers Association (SSMA) Product Technical Information and ICBO Evalua- tion Service, Inc. Report ER-4943P Y. Terrazzo, Tile And Marble Association Of Canada (TTMAC) Specification Guide 09300 Tile In- stallation Manual Z. Tile Council Of North America (TCNA) Handbook For Ceramic, Glass, and Stone Tile Installa- tion 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Exterior installations of gauged porcelain tiles over cementitious backer board using latex Portland cement mortar and cement grout. 1.5 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site 1. Review requirements in ANSI A108.01 for substrates and for preparation by other trades. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer’s data sheets on each product to be used, including: 1. Preparation instructions and recommendations. 2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. 3. Installation methods. B. Sustainable Design Submittals: 1. Adhesives shall have a VOC content of 65 g/L or less. 2. Product Data: For adhesives, indicating VOC content. C. Shop Drawings: Show locations of each type of tile and tile pattern. Show widths, details, and locations of expansion, contraction, control, and isolation joints in tile substrates and finished tile surfaces. D. Samples for Verification: 1. Full-size units of each type and composition of tile and for each color and finish required. 510 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Full-size units of each type of trim and accessory for each color and finish required. 3. Metal edge strips in 6-inch (150-mm) lengths. 1.7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer. B. Master Grade Certificates: For each shipment, type, and composition of tile, signed by tile manufacturer and Installer. C. Product Certificates: For each type of product. D. Product Test Reports: For tile-setting and -grouting products and certified porcelain tile. 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match and are from same production runs as products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Tile and Trim Units: Furnish quantity of full-size units equal to 3 percent of amount installed for each type, composition, color, pattern, and size indicated. 2. Grout: Furnish quantity of grout equal to 3 percent of amount installed for each type, composition, and color indicated. 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: 1. Consider retaining one or more of three subparagraphs below. Qualifications in subparagraphs are not equivalent; investigate them and consider retaining those that can help ensure that Installer is qualified for Project. 2. Installer qualifications shall comply with ANSI A108.19 / Section 10. 3. Installer is a five-star member of the National Tile Contractors Association or a Trowel of Excellence member of the Tile Contractors' Association of America. 4. Installer's supervisor for the Project holds the International Masonry Institute's Foreman Certification. 5. Installer employs Ceramic Tile Education Foundation Certified Installers. 6. For Surface Preparation scope - INSTALL Substrate Prep Certified installer / www.installfloors.org. B. Warranty: 511 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. 1-year Workmanship warranty provided, 5-year product material warranty. C. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. D. Obtain each selected type of GPTP/Gauged Porcelain Tile Panel from the manufacturer or it’s approved Distributor. E. Manufacturer’s Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products of this section with minimum ten years documented experience. F. To ensure compatibility of products specified within the installation system, please provide all surface preparation materials, adhesives, factory prepared dry set mortars, grouts and sealants from the same manufacturer. G. Due to the unique material characteristics and unconventional installation techniques required of gauged porcelain tiles and gauged porcelain tile panels/slabs, this work requires installers who are equipped with the proper tools and have acquired sufficient product knowledges and installation experience through the completion of an Installer Qualification Program as listed in ANSI A108.19/Section 10. 1. Installer certified by Advanced Certification for Tile Installers (ACT) program for Gauged Porcelain Tiles and Gauged Porcelain Tile Panels/Slabs. www.tilecertifications.com 2. Installer completion of a comprehensive installation program provided by the manu- facturer of gauged porcelain tiles or gauged porcelain tile panels/slabs. 3. Installer completion of a comprehensive installation program provided by the manu- facturer of setting materials for gauged porcelain tiles or gauged porcelain tile pan- els/slabs. 4. Other approved certification or installation programs. 1.10 Build mockup of each type of wall tile installation. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use. Comply with requirements in ANSI A137.1 for labeling tile packages. B. Comply with Material Handling Requirements outlined in ANSI A108.19 Section 8. C. Store tile and cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location. D. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained, and contamination can be avoided. E. Store liquid materials in unopened containers and protected from freezing. 512 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 F. Store large, thin porcelain tiles and installation system materials in a dry location; handle in a manner to prevent chipping, breakage, and contamination. G. Thin porcelain tiles are to be stored both upright and horizontal. If tiles are placed on top of each other, ensure that each tile is clean and that the surface that the slabs are resting on is flat. If tiles are stored in their vertical position, rest them on their long side. This side must be protected by wood, cardboard, polystyrene or rubber cement. H. To correctly lift and handle pallets / crates of large porcelain slabs using a forklift, position the forks at a distance of minimum 3.3 feet (1 meter) from each other, perpendicular t o the long side of the pallet and at the center of the pallet. If necessary, to move pallets 1.11 SCHEDULE A. Tile Schedule: Indicating the following: 1. Delivery lead times, with final dates tile must be ordered for in-time delivery. 2. Sequencing of activities leading up to tile installation. 3. Dates for product delivery and tile installation. B. Manufacturer Source Limitations: 1. Confirm delivery lead times, sequencing at the beginning of the project. Product substitutions will not be considered or approved by the Architect due to long lead times not being properly addressed. 1.12 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install tile until construction in spaces is complete and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated in referenced standards and manufacturer's written instructions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Source Limitations for Tile: Obtain tile of each type and color or finish from single source or producer. 1. Obtain tile of each type and color or finish from same production run and of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties for each contiguous area. 2. Confirm tile delivery lead times, sequencing of work, and scheduling at the beginning of the project. 513 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3. TILE PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED OR APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT. B. Source Limitations for Setting and Grouting Materials: Obtain ingredients of a uniform quality for each mortar, adhesive, and grout component from single manufacturer and each aggregate from single source or producer. 1. Obtain setting and grouting materials, except for unmodified Portland cement and aggregate, from single manufacturer. 2. Obtain waterproof membrane and crack isolation membrane, except for sheet products, from manufacturer of setting and grouting materials. C. Source Limitations for Other Products: Obtain each of the following products specified in this Section from a single manufacturer: 1. Crack isolation membrane. 2. Cementitious backer units. 3. Metal edge strips. 2.2 PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. ANSI Ceramic Tile Standard: Provide tile that complies with ANSI A137.1 for types, compositions, and other characteristics indicated. 1. Provide tile complying with Standard grade requirements. B. ANSI Standards for Tile Installation Materials: Provide materials complying with ANSI A108.02, ANSI standards referenced in other Part 2 articles, ANSI standards referenced by TCNA installation methods specified in tile installation schedules, and other requirements specified. C. Factory Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations within ranges, blend tile in factory and package so tile units taken from one package show same range in colors as those taken from other packages and match approved Samples. D. Mounting: For factory-mounted tile, provide back- or edge-mounted tile assemblies as standard with manufacturer unless otherwise indicated. 2.3 TILE PRODUCTS A. Porcelain Tile Type [PT-1]: 1. Composition: Porcelain. 2. Certification: Porcelain tile certified by the Porcelain Tile Certification Agency. 3. Module Size: 32” x 32” 514 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 4. Thickness: 1/4 inch (6.4 mm). 5. Face: Plain matte with rectified edges. 6. Surface: Smooth, without abrasive admixture. 7. Dynamic Coefficient of Friction: Not less than 0.42. 8. Finish: Matte clear glaze. 9. Tile Color and Pattern: As indicated in the Interior Schedule for Finishes on the drawings. 10. Grout Color: As indicated in the Interior Schedule for Finishes on the drawings. 11. Trim Units: Coordinated with sizes and coursing of adjoining flat tile where applicable and matching characteristics of adjoining flat tile. Provide shapes as follows, selected from manufacturer's standard shapes: a. Base Cove: Cove, module size 2-3/4 x 23 5/8” Battiscopa – not cove or Schluter metal trim as noted in Schedule for Finishes. b. Wainscot Cap for Thinset Mortar Installations: Surface bullnose, module size 2- 3/4” x 23 5/8” Battiscopa c. External Corners for Thinset Mortar Installations: Surface bullnose, module d. Internal Corners: Field-butted square corners. For coved base and cap, use angle pieces designed to fit with stretcher shapes. B. Gauged Porcelain Tile Type [PT-2]: 1. Composition: Porcelain. 2. Certification: Porcelain tile certified by the Porcelain Tile Certification Agency. 3. Module Size: 59” x 118 1/8” 4. Thickness: 0.236 inch (6 mm). 5. Face: Bush hammered rectified edges. 6. Surface: Smooth, without abrasive admixture. 7. Dynamic Coefficient of Friction: Not less than 0.42. 8. Finish: Matte clear glaze. 9. Tile Color and Pattern: As indicated in the Interior Schedule for Finishes on the drawings. 10. Grout Color: As indicated in the Interior Schedule for Finishes on the drawings. 11. Trim Units: Coordinated with sizes and coursing of adjoining flat tile where applicable and matching characteristics of adjoining flat tile. a. Base Cove: Schluter Dilex-AHK and accessories (MT-1). b. Wainscot Cap for Thinset Mortar Installations: Schluter Jolly and accessories (MT-2). c. External Corners for Thinset Mortar Installations: Schluter Finec and accessories (MT-3). d. Internal Corners: Field-butted square corners. For coved base and cap, use angle pieces designed to fit with stretcher shapes. C. Porcelain Tile Type [PT-3]: 1. Composition: Porcelain. 2. Certification: Porcelain tile certified by the Porcelain Tile Certification Agency. 3. Module Size: 39-3/8” x 39-3/8” 4. Thickness: 0.413 inch (10.5 mm). 515 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 5. Face: Bush hammered rectified edges. 6. Surface: Smooth, without abrasive admixture. 7. Dynamic Coefficient of Friction: Not less than 0.42. 8. Finish: Matte clear glaze. 9. Tile Color and Pattern: As indicated in the Interior Schedule for Finishes on the drawings. 10. Grout Color: As indicated in the Interior Schedule for Finishes on the drawings. 11. Trim Units: Coordinated with sizes and coursing of adjoining flat tile where applicable and matching characteristics of adjoining flat tile. D. Ceramic Tile Type [CWT-1]: Glazed wall tile. 1. Composition: Extruded white body ceramic. 2. Module Size: 2 by 9 inches Retain "Face Size Variation" Subparagraph below if required for narrow joints. Rectified tiles have their edges ground to minimize face size variation. See the Evaluations. 3. Face Size Variation: Rectified. 4. Thickness: 0.39 inch (10 mm). 5. Face: Plain with modified square edges or cushion edges 6. Finish: Glossy glaze. 7. Tile Color and Pattern: As indicated in Schedule for Finishes on drawings. 8. Grout Color: As indicated in drawings.Trim Units: Coordinated with sizes and coursing of adjoining flat tile where applicable and matching characteristics of adjoining flat tile. Provide shapes as follows, selected from manufacturer's standard shapes: a. Wainscot Cap for Thinset Mortar Installations: Schluter Jolly and accessories (MT-2) b. External Corners for Thinset Mortar Installations: Schluter Finec and accessories (MT-3) c. Internal Corners: Field-butted square corners. For coved base and cap use angle pieces designed to fit with stretcher shapes. 9. Color and Finish: >.As indicated in Schedule for Finishes on Drawings. 2.4 THRESHOLDS A. General: Fabricate to sizes and profiles indicated or required to provide transition between adjacent floor finishes. 1. Bevel edges at 1:2 slope, with lower edge of bevel aligned with or up to 1/16 inch (1.5 mm) above adjacent floor surface. Finish bevel to match top surface of threshold. Limit height of threshold to 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) or less above adjacent floor surface. B. Metal Thresholds: 1. Description: Schluter FINEC: Tile to Tile flush Edge protection profile a. Color/Finish: Stainless Steel 2. Description: Schluter Reno-T Tile to non-match surface edge protection. 516 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 a. Color/Finish: Stainless Steel 3. Description: Schluter Schiene: Tile to Carpet flush Edge protection profile a. Color/Finish: Stainless Steel 4. Description: Schluter Reno Ramp-K: Tile to Concrete Ramp profile a. Color/Finish: Satin Anodized Aluminum 5. Description: Schluter Reno-U: Tile to Resilient Ramp profile a. Color/Finish: Stainless Steel 6. Description: Schluter Reno-V: Tile to Concrete/Resilient Moveable arm Ramp profile a. Color/Finish: Satin Anodized Aluminum 2.5 TILE BACKING PANELS A. Cementitious Backer Units: ANSI A118.9 or ASTM C 1325, Type A, in maximum lengths available to minimize end-to-end butt joints. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Custom Building Products. b. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC. c. USG Corporation. 2. Thickness: 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) B. Fiber-Cement Backer Board: ASTM C 1288, in maximum lengths available to minimize end-to- end butt joints. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. CertainTeed Corporation. b. James Hardie Building Products, Inc. 2. Thickness:1/2 inch (6.4 mm) 517 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.6 CRACK ISOLATION MEMBRANE A. General: Manufacturer's standard product selected from the following, that complies with ANSI A118.12 for standard performance and is recommended by the manufacturer for the application indicated. Include reinforcement and accessories recommended by manufacturer. B. Fabric-Reinforced, Fluid-Applied Membrane: System consisting of liquid-latex rubber or elastomeric polymer and fabric reinforcement. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Boiardi Products Corporation; a QEP company. b. Bonsal American, an Oldcastle company. c. Custom Building Products. d. H.B. Fuller Construction Products Inc. / TEC. e. LATICRETE SUPERCAP, LLC. f. MAPEI Corporation. g. Merkrete; a Parex USA, Inc. brand. 2.7 SETTING MATERIALS A. Standard Dry-Set Mortar (Thinset): ANSI A118.1. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Bostik, Inc. b. Custom Building Products. c. LATICRETE SUPERCAP, LLC. d. MAPEI Corporation. e. Summitville Tiles, Inc. 2. For wall applications, provide mortar that complies with requirements for nonsagging mortar in addition to the other requirements in ANSI A118.4. B. Large Format Tile- LHT Improved Modified Mortar, ANSI A118.15 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Bostik, Inc. 518 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 b. Custom Building Products. c. LATICRETE SUPERCAP, LLC. d. MAPEI Corporation 2. Improved Modified Dry-Set Cement Thin Bed Mortar for thin set and slurry bond coats to be weather, frost, shock resistant, non-flammable, GREENGUARD Gold compliant, conform to ISO C2TES2,and meet the following physical requirements: a. 28 Day Porcelain Tile Shear Strength (ANSI A118.15): >450 psi (3.1 MPa) b. 28 Day Dry Cure / 20 Cycle Freeze-Thaw Porcelain Tile Shear Strength (ANSI A118.15): ≥ 250 psi (1.7 MPa) c. 7 Day Cure / 7 Day Water Immersion (ANSI A118.15): >280 psi (1.9 MPa) d. Extended Open Time (ANSI A118.15): > 100 psi (0.7 MPa) e. Smoke & Flame Contribution (ASTM E84 Modified): 0 f. Total VOC Content: ≤0.22 mg/m 2.8 GROUT MATERIALS A. Sand-Portland Cement Grout: ANSI A108.10, consisting of white or gray cement and white or colored aggregate as required to produce color indicated. B. Standard Cement Grout: ANSI A118.6. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. ARDEX Americas. b. Bostik, Inc. c. Custom Building Products. d. LATICRETE SUPERCAP, LLC. e. MAPEI Corporation. f. Summitville Tiles, Inc. C. Water-Cleanable Epoxy Grout: ANSI A118.3, with a VOC content of 65 g/L or less. To 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. ARDEX Americas. b. Bostik, Inc. c. Custom Building Products. d. LATICRETE SUPERCAP, LLC. e. MAPEI Corporation. 2. Epoxy Grout (Commercial/Residential) shall be non-toxic, non-flammable, non-hazardous during storage, mixing, application and when cured, UL GREENGUARD Gold compliant, and shall meet the following physical requirements: 519 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 a. Compressive Strength (ANSI A118.3): 3,800 psi (26.2 MPa) b. Shear Bond Strength (ANSI A118.3): 1,100 psi (7.6 MPa) c. Tensile Strength (ANSI A118.3): 1,100 psi (7.6 MPa) d. Thermal Shock (ANSI A118.3): >800 psi (5.5 MPa) e. Water Absorption (ANSI A118.3): <0.05% f. Vertical Joint Sag (ANSI A118.3): Pass g. Total VOC Content: ≤0.22 mg/m3 h. Cured Epoxy Grout to be chemically and stain resistant to ketchup, mustard, tea, coffee, milk, soda, beer, wine, bleach (5% solution), ammonia, juices, vegetable oil, brine, sugar, cosmetics, and blood, as well as chemically resistant to dilute acids and dilute alkalis 3. Provide product capable of withstanding continuous and intermittent exposure to temperatures of up to 140 and 212 deg F (60 and 100 deg C), respectively, and certified by manufacturer for intended use. 2.9 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Trowelable Underlayments and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland cement-based formulation provided or approved by manufacturer of tile-setting materials for installations indicated. B. Vapor-Retarder Membrane: Polyethylene sheeting, ASTM D 4397, 4.0 mils (0.1 mm) thick. C. Metal Edge Strips: Angle or L-shaped, height to match tile and setting-bed thickness, metallic or combination of metal and PVC or neoprene base, designed specifically for flooring applications; stainless-steel, ASTM A 666, 300 Series exposed-edge material. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: a. Schluter Systems L.P. D. Tile Cleaner: A neutral cleaner capable of removing soil and residue without harming tile and grout surfaces, specifically approved for materials and installations indicated by tile and grout manufacturers. E. Floor Sealer: Manufacturer's standard product for sealing grout joints and that does not change color or appearance of grout. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Bonsal American, an Oldcastle company. b. Custom Building Products. c. Summitville Tiles, Inc. 520 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Products shall comply with the requirements of the California Department of Public Health's "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers." 3. Laboratory Test Reports: For sealers, indicating compliance with requirements for low- emitting materials. 2.10 MIXING MORTARS AND GROUT A. Mix mortars and grouts to comply with referenced standards and mortar and grout manufacturers' written instructions. B. Add materials, water, and additives in accurate proportions. C. Obtain and use type of mixing equipment, mixer speeds, mixing containers, mixing time, and other procedures to produce mortars and grouts of uniform quality with optimum performance characteristics for installations indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions where tile will be installed, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. Verify that substrates for setting tile are firm; dry; clean; free of coatings that are incompatible with tile-setting materials, including curing compounds and other substances that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone; and comply with flatness tolerances required by ANSI A108.01 for installations indicated. 2. Verify that concrete substrates for tile floors installed with thinset mortar comply with surface finish requirements in ANSI A108.01 for installations indicated. a. Verify that surfaces that received a steel trowel finish have been mechanically scarified. b. Verify that protrusions, bumps, and ridges have been removed by sanding or grinding. 3. Verify that installation of grounds, anchors, recessed frames, electrical and mechanical units of work, and similar items located in or behind tile has been completed. 4. Verify that joints and cracks in tile substrates are coordinated with tile joint locations; if not coordinated, adjust joint locations in consultation with Architect. 5. Verify that surfaces to be covered with large, thin porcelain tile installations: a. Sound, rigid and conform to good design/engineering practices; 521 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 b. Systems, including the framing system and panels, over which thin porcelain tiles will be installed shall be in conformance with the International Building Code (IBC) for commercial applications, or applicable building codes. c. Clean and free of dust, dirt, oil, grease, sealers, curing compounds, laitance, efflorescence, form oil, loose plaster, paint, and scale; d. For thin-bed porcelain tile installations when a cementitious bonding material will be used: maximum allowable variation in the tile substrate is 1/8” in 10’ (3mm in 3m) from the required plane, with no more than 1/16” variation in 24” (1.5mm variation in 600mm) when measured from the high points in the surface. For modular substrate units, such as adjacent concrete masonry units, adjacent edges cannot exceed 1/32” (0.8mm) difference in height. e. Not leveled with gypsum or asphalt based compounds f. For substrates scheduled to receive crack isolation membrane, maximum amount of moisture in the concrete/mortar bed substrate should not exceed 5 lbs./1,000 ft2 / 24 hours (283 µg/s•m2) per ASTM F1869 or 75% relative humidity as measured with moisture probes per ASTM F2170. Consult with finish materials manufacturer to determine the maximum allowable moisture content for substrates under their finished material. 6. Concrete surfaces shall also be: 1) Cured a minimum of 28 days at 70°F (21°C), including an initial seven (7) day period of wet curing; B. Wood float finished, or better, if the installation is to be done by the thin bed method.Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions in concrete substrates for tile floors installed with adhesives or thinset mortar with trowelable leveling and patching compound specifically recommended by tile-setting material manufacturer. B. Where indicated, prepare substrates to receive waterproofing by applying a reinforced mortar bed that complies with ANSI A108.1A and is sloped 1/4 inch per foot (1:50) toward drains. C. Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations, verify that tile has been factory blended and packaged so tile units taken from one package show same range of colors as those taken from other packages and match approved Samples. If not factory blended, either return to manufacturer or blend tiles at Project site before installing. D. SURFACE PREPARATION – FRAMED WALLS 1. CEMENTITIOUS BACKER UNIT (CBU) OVER STEEL FRAMING a. All designs, specifications and construction practices shall be in accordance with industry standards. Refer to latest editions of: 1) American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI) “Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members” [www.steel.org]; 522 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2) Canadian Sheet Steel Building Institute (CSSBI) “Lightweight Steel Framing Binder {Publication 52M}” [www.cssbi.ca]; 3) Steel Stud Manufacturers Association (SSMA) “Product Technical Information” and “ICBO Evaluation Service, Inc. Report ER-4943P” [www.ssma.com]; 4) Metal Lath/Steel Framing Association “Steel Framing Systems Manual.” b. Prior to commencing work, installer must submit to Architect/Structural Engineer for approval, shop drawings showing wall/façade construction and attachment details. All attachments must be designed to prevent transfer of building or structural movement to the wall/façade. c. Construct all framing with galvanized or other rust resistant steel studs and channels; minimum requirements: d. Stud Gauge: 16 gauge (1.5mm); e. Stud Steel: conforming to ASTM A570 – latest edition with a minimum yield point of 50 ksi; f. Stud Spacing: not to exceed 16” (400mm) on center; 1) Stud Width: 6” (150mm); g. Horizontal Bridging: Not to exceed 4’ (1.2m) on center; 16 gauge CR channel typical or as specified by structural engineer. h. Studs shall be seated squarely in the channel tracks with the stud web and flange abutting the track web, plumbed or aligned, and securely attached to the flanges or web of both the upper and lower tracks by welding. Similarly connect horizontal bridging/purlins and anti-racking diagonal bracing as determined by structural engineer. Grind welds smooth and paint with rust inhibiting paint. Finished frame and components must be properly aligned, square and true. i. Provide adequate support of framing elements during erection to prevent racking, twisting or bowing. Lay out the CBU installation so all board edges are supported by metal framing (studs vertically and purlins horizontally). Cut/fit CBU and add additional framing elements as required to support board edges. Stagger boards in courses to prevent continuous vertical joints and allow ⅛-3/16” (3-5mm) between sheets. j. Fasten the CBU with 7/8” (22mm) minimum length, non-rusting, self-imbedding screws for metal studs (BUILDEX Catalog item 10-24 17/16 Wafer T3Z or equivalent). Fasten the boards every 6” (150mm) at the edges and every 8” (200mm) in the field. Stagger placement of screws at seams. Place screws no less than ⅜” (9mm), and no more than 1” (25mm), from board edges. k. Tape all the board joints with the alkali resistant 2” (50mm) wi de reinforcing mesh provided by the CBU manufacturer imbedded in the same mortar used to install the thin porcelain tiles. l. Compliance with design criteria and state and local building codes must approved and certified by a qualified structural engineer. Use more stringent design criteria when necessary to comply with state and local building code stiffness requirements for thin veneers. E. INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES – THIN PORCELAIN TILE 523 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 A. Crack Isolation Membrane (Liquid-Applied): 1. Install waterproofing and crack isolation membrane in compliance with current revisions of ANSI A108.1 (2.7 Waterproofing), ANSI A108.13, and ANSI A108.17. Review the installation and plan the application sequence. 2. Pre-Treat Cracks and Joints - Fill all substrate cracks, cold joints and control joints to a smooth finish using a latex-fortified thin-set. 3. Pre-Treat Coves and Floor/Wall Intersections - Fill all substrate coves and floor/wall transitions to a smooth finish and changes in plane using a latex-fortified thin-set. F. Protection - Provide protection for newly installed membrane, even if covered with a thin-bed Ceramic tile, stone or brick installation against exposure to rain or other water for a minimum of 2 hours at 70°F (21°C) and 50% RH. For temperatures between 45°F and 69°F (7°C to 21°C) allow a minimum 24 hour cure period. 3.3 CERAMIC TILE INSTALLATION A. Comply with TCNA's "Handbook for Ceramic, Glass, and Stone Tile Installation" for TCNA installation methods specified in tile installation schedules. Comply with parts of the ANSI A108 series "Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile" that are referenced in TCNA installation methods, specified in tile installation schedules, and apply to types of setting and grouting materials used. 1. For the following installations, follow procedures in the ANSI A108 series of tile installation standards for providing 95 percent mortar coverage: a. Tile floors in wet areas. b. Tile floors consisting of tiles 8 by 8 inches (200 by 200 mm) or larger. c. Tile floors consisting of rib-backed tiles. B. Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures to form complete covering without interruptions unless otherwise indicated. Terminate work neatly at obstructions, edges, and corners without disrupting pattern or joint alignments. C. Accurately form intersections and returns. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marring visible surfaces. Carefully grind cut edges of tile abutting trim, finish, or built-in items for straight aligned joints. Fit tile closely to electrical outlets, piping, fixtures, and other penetrations so plates, collars, or covers overlap tile. D. Provide manufacturer's standard trim shapes where necessary to eliminate exposed tile edges. E. Where accent tile differs in thickness from field tile, vary setting-bed thickness so that tiles are flush. F. Jointing Pattern: Lay tile in grid pattern unless otherwise indicated. Lay out tile work and center tile fields in both directions in each space or on each wall area. Lay out tile work to minimize 524 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 the use of pieces that are less than half of a tile. Provide uniform joint widths unless otherwise indicated. 1. For tile mounted in sheets, make joints between tile sheets same width as joints within tile sheets so joints between sheets are not apparent in finished work. 2. Where adjoining tiles on floor, base, walls, or trim are specified or indicated to be same size, align joints. 3. Where tiles are specified or indicated to be whole integer multiples of adjoining tiles on floor, base, walls, or trim, align joints unless otherwise indicated. G. Joint Widths: Unless otherwise indicated, install tile with the following joint widths: 1. Pressed Floor Tile: 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) 2. Glazed Wall Tile: 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) 3. Porcelain Tile: 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) H. Lay out tile wainscots to dimensions indicated or to next full tile beyond dimensions indicated. I. Expansion Joints: Provide expansion joints and other sealant -filled joints where indicated in accordance with TCNA EJ171, including control, contraction, and isolation joints, where indicated. Form joints during installation of setting materials, mortar beds, and tile. Do not saw- cut joints after installing tiles. 1. Where joints occur in concrete substrates, locate joints in tile surfaces directly above them. J. Metal Edge Strips: Install where exposed edge of tile flooring meets carpet, wood, or other flooring that finishes flush with or below top of tile and no threshold is indicated. K. Floor Sealer: Apply floor sealer to cementitious grout joints in tile floors according to floor- sealer manufacturer's written instructions. As soon as floor sealer has penetrated grout joints, remove excess sealer and sealer from tile faces by wiping with soft cloth. L. Control Joints: Large thin porcelain tile installations must include sealant filled joints between the ceramic tile, stone or brick which is over any control joints in the substrate. However, the sealant filled joints can be offset horizontally by as much as one tile width from the substrate control joint location to coincide with the grout joint pattern. M. Movement Joints: Large thin porcelain tile installations must include expansion joints at coves, corners, other changes in substrate plane and over any expansion joints in the substrate. Expansion joints in large thin porcelain tile work are also required at perimeters, at restraining surfaces, at penetrations and at the intervals described in the Tile Council of North America, Inc. (TCNA) Handbook Installation Method EJ171. Thin Bed Method (walls and floors): Installations are to comply with current revisions of ANSI A108.02, A108.1B and ANSI A108.5. Select an appropriately-sized ‘Euro-notch’ trowel (e.g. Tile Masters’ 1Y, 1YW, or 2YW trowels) or slant-notch trowel (e.g. Raimondi 5/16” x 5/16” or 8mm x 8mm) that will provide full bedding and coverage to the backs of the tiles. Use flat side 525 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 of trowel to apply the adhesive mortar into full contact with the substr ate. Immediately following, apply mortar with notched side of trowel. Spread only as much mortar as can be covered while the mortar surface is still wet and tacky. Mortar is to be applied to the panel backs using the notch side of the trowel. Trowel ridges on both the panel backs and substrate must be parallel to each other when panels are installed to assist in achieving 100% adhesive coverage to panel backs. Floor installations: Stand on the center of the panel and use short “shuffle-steps,” back-and-forth along the shortest panel dimension, to ensure complete mortar coverage and collapse mortar ridges. Floor and wall installations: Additionally, use vibrating palm sanders, with pads, to assist with releasing entrapped air from the beneath the panels and ensure complete mortar coverage beneath the panel edges. Use mechanical edge-leveling systems to help minimize lippage between panel edges and ensure complete mortar coverage under panel edges. Consult edge-leveling system manufacturer for detailed instructions on use of their various systems. Clean excess latex Portland-cement mortar from faces of porcelain slabs and joints between pieces, immediately. Allow installation to cure for minimum 72 hours at 70° F (21° C), prior to grouting. 3.4 TILE BACKING PANEL INSTALLATION A. Install panels and treat joints according to ANSI A108.11 and manufacturer's written instructions for type of application indicated 3.5 CRACK ISOLATION MEMBRANE INSTALLATION A. Install crack isolation membrane to comply with ANSI A108.17 and manufacturer's written instructions to produce membrane of uniform thickness that is bonded securely to substrate. B. Allow crack isolation membrane to cure before installing tile or setting materials over it. 3.6 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Remove and replace tile that is damaged or that does not match adjoining tile. Provide new matching units, installed as specified and in a manner to eliminate evidence of replacement. B. Cleaning: On completion of placement and grouting, clean all ceramic tile surfaces so they are free of foreign matter. 1. Remove grout residue from tile as soon as possible. 2. Clean grout smears and haze from tile according to tile and grout manufacturer's written instructions but no sooner than 10 days after installation. Use only cleaners recommended by tile and grout manufacturers and only after determining that cleaners are safe to use by testing on samples of tile and other surfaces to be cleaned. Protect metal surfaces and plumbing fixtures from effects of cleaning. Flush surfaces with clean water before and after cleaning. 526 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.7 PROTECTION A. Protect installed tile work with kraft paper or other heavy covering during construction period to prevent staining, damage, and wear. If recommended by tile manufacturer, apply coat of neutral protective cleaner to completed tile walls and floors. B. Prohibit foot and wheel traffic from tiled floors for at least seven days after grouting is completed. C. Before final inspection, remove protective coverings and rinse neutral protective cleaner from tile surfaces. 3.8 INTERIOR CERAMIC TILE INSTALLATION SCHEDULE A. Interior Floor Installations, Concrete Subfloor: 1. Ceramic Tile Installation CWT-1 TCNA F113; thinset mortar. a. Ceramic Tile Type: CWT-1 b. Thinset Mortar: Standard dry-set mortar. c. Grout: Standard unsanded cement grout. 2. Ceramic Tile Installation PT-1, PT-3:TCNA F125-Full thinset mortar on crack isolation membrane. a. Ceramic Tile Type: PT-1, PT-3 b. Thinset Mortar: Modified dry-set mortar. c. Grout: Water-cleanable epoxy grout. B. Interior Wall Installations, Wood or Metal Studs or Furring: 1. Ceramic Tile Installation PT-2 TCNA W221 and [ANSI A108.1Bcement mortar bed (thickset) over cleavage membraneon solid backing. a. Ceramic Tile Type: PT-2 Bond Coat for Cured-Bed Method: Modified dry-set mortar. Grout: Water-cleanable epoxy grout. END OF SECTION 093013 527 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 095113 - ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes acoustical panels and exposed suspension systems for interior ceilings. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 095123 "Acoustical Tile Ceilings" for ceilings consisting of mineral -base acoustical tiles used with fully concealed suspension systems, stapling, or adhesive bonding. C. Products furnished, but not installed under this Section, include anchors, clips, and other ceiling attachment devices to be cast in concrete. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Sustainable Design Submittals: 1. Product Data: For recycled content, indicating postconsumer and pre-consumer recycled content and cost. 2. Laboratory Test Reports: For ceiling products, indicating compliance with requirements for low-emitting materials. C. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified, 6 inches (150 mm) in size. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved: 1. Ceiling suspension-system members. 528 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Structural members to which suspension systems will be attached. 3. Method of attaching hangers to building structure. a. Furnish layouts for cast-in-place anchors, clips, and other ceiling attachment devices whose installation is specified in other Sections. 4. Carrying channels or other supplemental support for hanger-wire attachment where conditions do not permit installation of hanger wires at required spacing. 5. Size and location of initial access modules for acoustical panels. 6. Items penetrating finished ceiling and ceiling-mounted items including the following: a. Lighting fixtures. b. Diffusers. c. Grilles. d. Speakers. e. Sprinklers. f. Access panels. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For finishes to include in maintenance manuals. 1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials, from the same product run, that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Acoustical Ceiling Units: Full-size panels equal to 2 percent of quantity installed. 2. Suspension-System Components: Quantity of each exposed component equal to 2 percent of quantity installed. 3. Hold-Down Clips: Equal to 2 percent of quantity installed. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver acoustical panels, suspension-system components, and accessories to Project site and store them in a fully enclosed, conditioned space where they will be protected against damage from moisture, humidity, temperature extremes, direct sunlight, surface contamination, and other causes. B. Before installing acoustical panels, permit them to reach room temperature and a stabilized moisture content. 529 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install acoustical panel ceilings until spaces are enclosed and weathertight, wet-work in spaces is complete and dry, work above ceilings is complete, and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use. 1. Pressurized Plenums: Operate ventilation system for not less than 48 hours before beginning acoustical panel ceiling installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of acoustical ceiling panel and its supporting suspension system from single source from single manufacturer. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Ceiling products shall comply with the requirements of the California Department of Public Health's "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers." B. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Comply with ASTM E84; testing by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Flame-Spread Index: Class A according to ASTM E1264. 2. Smoke-Developed Index: 25 less. C. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Comply with ASTM E119; testing by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Indicate design designations from UL or from the listings of another qualified testing agency. 2.3 ACOUSTICAL PANELS APC-1 A. Acoustical Panel Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard panels according to ASTM E1264 and designated by type, form, pattern, acoustical rating, and light reflectance unless otherwise indicated. B. Classification: Provide fire-resistance-rated panels as follows: 1. Type and Form: XII, form 2 530 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. Color: As indicated in the Interior Schedule for finishes on the drawings. D. Light Reflectance (LR): Not less than .88. E. Ceiling Attenuation Class (CAC): NA F. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC): Not less than 0.95 G. Articulation Class (AC): Not less than 190. H. Edge/Joint Detail: Square I. Thickness: 1” J. Modular Size: As indicated on Drawings. K. Antimicrobial Treatment: Manufacturer's standard broad spectrum, antimicrobial formulation that inhibits fungus, mold, mildew, and gram-positive and gram-negative bacteria and showing no mold, mildew, or bacterial growth when tested according to ASTM D3273, ASTM D3274, or ASTM G21 and evaluated according to ASTM D3274 or ASTM G21. 2.4 ACOUSTICAL PANELS APC-3 A. Acoustical baffle Panel – 9mm PET felt board Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard panels as indicated in Schedule for Finishes according to ASTM E1264.assemble per manufacturers recommendations. B. Color: As indicated in the Interior Schedule for finishes on the drawings. C. Felt/panel Thickness: 9mm D. Ceiling Attenuation Class (CAC): NA E. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC): Not less than 0.75 F. Edge/Joint Detail: Square felt exposed G. Modular Size: As indicated on Drawings. H. Antimicrobial Treatment: Manufacturer's standard broad spectrum, antimicrobial formulation that inhibits fungus, mold, mildew, and gram-positive and gram-negative bacteria and showing no mold, mildew, or bacterial growth when tested according to ASTM D3273, ASTM D3274, or ASTM G21 and evaluated according to ASTM D3274 or ASTM G21. 531 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.5 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEM A. Metal Suspension-System Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard, direct-hung, metal suspension system and accessories according to ASTM C635/C635M and designated by type, structural classification, and finish indicated. 1. High-Humidity Finish: Where indicated, provide coating tested and classified for "severe environment performance" according to ASTM C635/C635M. B. Recycled Content: Postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content not less than 25 percent. C. For APC-1 Wide-Face, Capped, Double-Web, Fire-Rated, Steel Suspension System: Main and cross runners roll formed from cold-rolled steel sheet; prepainted, electrolytically zinc coated, or hot-dip galvanized, G30 (Z90) coating designation; with prefinished 15/16-inch- (24-mm-) wide metal caps on flanges. D. For APC-3 Wide-Face, Capped, Double-Web, Fire-Rated, Steel Suspension System: Main and cross runners roll formed from cold-rolled steel sheet; prepainted, electrolytically zinc coated, or hot-dip galvanized, G30 (Z90) coating designation; with prefinished 15/16-inch- (24-mm-) wide metal caps on flanges. Provide manufacturers recommended attachment system. 2.6 ACCESSORIES A. Wire Hangers, Braces, and Ties: Provide wires as follows: 1. Zinc-Coated, Carbon-Steel Wire: ASTM A641/A641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper. 2. Stainless-Steel Wire: ASTM A580/A580M, Type 304, nonmagnetic. 3. Nickel-Copper-Alloy Wire: ASTM B164, nickel-copper-alloy UNS No. N04400. 4. Size: Wire diameter sufficient for its stress at three times hanger design load (ASTM C635/C635M, Table 1, "Direct Hung") will be less than yield stress of wire, but not less than 0.106-inch- (2.69-mm-)] [0.135-inch- (3.5-mm-)diameter wire. B. Hanger Rods: Mild steel, zinc coated or protected with rust-inhibitive paint. C. Flat Hangers: Mild steel, zinc coated or protected with rust-inhibitive paint. 2.7 ACOUSTICAL SEALANT A. Acoustical Sealant: As specified in Section 079219 "Acoustical Joint Sealants." 532 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, including structural framing to which acoustical panel ceilings attach or abut, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements specified in this and other Sections that affect ceiling installation and anchorage and with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of acous tical panel ceilings. B. Examine acoustical panels before installation. Reject acoustical panels that are wet, moisture damaged, or mold damaged. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical panels to balance border widths at opposite edges of each ceiling. Avoid using less-than-half-width panels at borders unless otherwise indicated, and comply with layout shown on reflected ceiling plans. B. Layout openings for penetrations centered on the penetrating items. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install acoustical panel ceilings according to ASTM C636/C636Mand manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Fire-Rated Assembly: Install fire-rated ceiling systems according to tested fire-rated design. B. Suspend ceiling hangers from building's structural members and as follows: 1. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structure or of ceiling suspension system. 2. Splay hangers only where required and, if permitted with fire-resistance-rated ceilings, to miss obstructions; offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means. 3. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings that interfere with location of hangers at spacings required to support standard suspension-system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in form of trapezes or equivalent devices. 4. Secure wire hangers to ceiling-suspension members and to supports above with a minimum of three tight turns. Connect hangers directly to structure or to inserts, eye 533 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 screws, or other devices that are secure and appropriate for substrate and that will not deteriorate or otherwise fail due to age, corrosion, or elevated temperatures. 5. Secure flat, angle, channel, and rod hangers to structure, including intermediate framing members, by attaching to inserts, eye screws, or other devices that are secure and appropriate for both the structure to which hangers are attached and the type of hanger involved. Install hangers in a manner that will not cause them to deteriorate or fail due to age, corrosion, or elevated temperatures. 6. Do not support ceilings directly from permanent metal forms or floor deck. Fasten hangers to cast-in-place hanger inserts, postinstalled mechanical or adhesive anchors, or power-actuated fasteners that extend through forms into concrete. 7. When steel framing does not permit installation of hanger wires at spacing required, install carrying channels or other supplemental support for attachment of hanger wires. 8. Do not attach hangers to steel deck tabs. 9. Do not attach hangers to steel roof deck. Attach hangers to structural members. 10. Space hangers not more than 48 inches (1200 mm) o.c. along each member supported directly from hangers unless otherwise indicated; provide hangers not more than 8 inches (200 mm) from ends of each member. 11. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits established by referenced standards. C. Secure bracing wires to ceiling suspension members and to supports with a minimum of four tight turns. Suspend bracing from building's structural members as required for hangers, without attaching to permanent metal forms, steel deck, or steel deck tabs. Fasten bracing wires into concrete with cast-in-place or postinstalled anchors. D. Install edge moldings and trim of type indicated at perimeter of acoustical ceiling area and where necessary to conceal edges of acoustical panels. 1. Apply acoustical sealant in a continuous ribbon concealed on back of vertical legs of moldings before they are installed. 2. Screw attach moldings to substrate at intervals not more than 16 inches (400 mm) o.c. and not more than 3 inches (75 mm) from ends. Miter corners accurately and connect securely. 3. Do not use exposed fasteners, including pop rivets, on moldings and trim. E. Install suspension-system runners so they are square and securely interlocked with one another. Remove and replace dented, bent, or kinked members. F. Install acoustical panels with undamaged edges and fit accurately into suspension-system runners and edge moldings. Scribe and cut panels at borders and penetrations to provide precise fit. 1. For square-edged panels, install panels with edges fully hidden from view by flanges of suspension-system runners and moldings. 2. For reveal-edged panels on suspension-system runners, install panels with bottom of reveal in firm contact with top surface of runner flanges. 534 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3. For reveal-edged panels on suspension-system members with box-shaped flanges, install panels with reveal surfaces in firm contact with suspension-system surfaces and panel faces flush with bottom face of runners. 4. Paint cut edges of panel remaining exposed after installation; match color of exposed panel surfaces using coating recommended in writing for this purpose by acoustical panel manufacturer. 5. Protect lighting fixtures and air ducts according to requirements indicated for fire- resistance-rated assembly. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Perform the following tests and inspections of completed installations of acoustical panel ceiling hangers and anchors and fasteners in successive stages and when installation of ceiling suspension systems on each floor has reached 20 percent completion, but no panels have been installed. Do not proceed with installations of acoustical panel ceiling hangers for the next area until test results for previously completed installations of acoustical panel ceiling hangers show compliance with requirements. 1. Within each test area, testing agency will select one of every 10 power-actuated fasteners and postinstalled anchors used to attach hangers to concrete and will test them for 200 lbf (890 N) of tension; it will also select one of every two postinstalled anchors used to attach bracing wires to concrete and will test them for 440 lbf (1957 N) of tension. 2. When testing discovers fasteners and anchors that do not comply with requirements, testing agency will test those anchors not previously tested until 20 pass consecutively and then will resume initial testing frequency. C. Acoustical panel ceiling hangers, anchors, and fasteners will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.5 CLEANING A. Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical panel ceilings, including trim, edge moldings, and suspension-system members. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and touchup of minor finish damage. B. Remove and replace ceiling components that cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired t o permanently eliminate evidence of damage. END OF SECTION 095113 535 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 095426 - SUSPENDED WOOD CEILINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Wood-veneer, flat-panel ceilings (APC-2). 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of wood ceilings and suspension systems with other construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, fire-suppression system, and partition assemblies. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: For suspended wood ceilings. 1. Include reflected ceiling plans, sections, and details, drawn to scale, showing the following: a. Wood ceiling patterns and joints. b. Ceiling suspension members. c. Method of attaching hangers to building structure and locations of cast-in-place anchors, clips, and other ceiling attachment devices whose installation is specified in other Sections. d. Ceiling-mounted items including, but not limited to, light fixtures, diffusers, grilles, speakers, sprinklers, and access panels. e. Ceiling perimeter and penetrations through ceiling; trim and moldings. 536 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. Samples: For each exposed product and for each type, color, and finish specified, 12 inches (305 mm) long by 12 inches (305 mm) wide or full width in size. D. Samples for Initial Selection: For units with factory-applied colors and finishes. 1. Include Samples of accessories involving color and finish selections. E. Samples for Verification: For the following products: 1. Wood Ceilings: 12-inch- (305-mm-) long by 12-inch- (305-mm-) wide or full-width Samples of each type, color, and finish. 2. Suspension-System Members: 12-inch- (305-mm-) long Sample of each type. 3. Exposed Molding and Trim: 12-inch- (305-mm-) long Samples of each type, color, and finish. 4. Veneer Edge Banding: Applied to a cut end of a wood-ceiling Sample for each type, color, and finish. 5. Filler Strips: 12-inch- (305-mm-) long Samples of each type, color, and finish. F. Delegated Design Submittal: For design of attachment devices. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For testing agency. B. Product Test Reports: For each suspended wood ceiling, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency. C. Evaluation Reports: For suspended-wood-ceiling framing systems. D. Field quality-control reports. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For finishes to include in maintenance manuals. 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Suspended-Wood-Ceiling Components: Quantity of each wood-ceiling unit, suspension- system component, accessory, and exposed molding and trim equal to 2 percent of quantity installed. 537 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Accredited by National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program for testing indicated. B. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and to set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Build mockup of each type of suspended wood ceiling as shown on Drawings. a. Demonstrate treatment of exposed field cuts. 2. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such deviations in writing. 3. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver ceiling components and accessories to Project site in original, unopened packages and store them in a fully enclosed, conditioned space where they are protected against damage from moisture, humidity, temperature extremes, direct sunlight, surface contami nation, and other causes. 1. Store materials flat and level, raised from the floor. B. Handle ceiling components and accessories in a manner that prevents damage. 1.11 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install interior ceilings until spaces are enclosed and weathertight, wet-work in spaces is complete and dry, work above ceilings is complete, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature and relative humidity at levels planned for building occupants during the remainder of the construction period. 1. Store and acclimatize wood products in the spaces where they will be installed for a minimum of 72 hours immediately before ceiling installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements" to design attachment devices. 538 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Seismic Criteria: Provide suspended wood ceilings designed and installed to withstand the effects of earthquake motions in accordance with CISCA's "Recommendations for Direct-Hung Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panel Ceilings - Seismic Zones 0-2" and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. C. Recycled Content of Composite-Wood Products: Postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content not less than 50 percent. 2.2 WOOD-VENEER, FLAT-PANEL CEILING A. Wood Panels: Manufacturer's standard panels consisting of wood veneer bonded to both faces of composite-wood core with exposed edges banded with the same veneer finish as the face. 1. Basis of Design: Armstrong “Woodworks Access Flat System, W1 unperforated, with custom veneer to match architect’s sample. 2. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Provide products with the following characteristics when tested in accordance with ASTM E84: a. Flame-Spread Index: 25 or less. b. Smoke-Developed Index: 50 or less. 3. Veneer: NewLeaf Performance Veneers “Black Walnut, Plain Sawn”. 4. Panel Module: 48” x 48” 5. Panel Depth: 3/4 inch (19 mm) . 6. Panel Edges: Manufacturer's standard for concealed support system, with screw-secured clips hung on grid. a. Reveal Depth: Manufacturer's standard. b. Reveal Width: 6 mm. 7. Veneer Adhesive: Manufacturer's standard that complies with "Performance Requirements" Article and is compatible with veneer manufacturer’s requirements. B. Wood-Panel Accessories: Wood-panel manufacturer's accessories required to provide a complete installation of ceiling in accordance with manufacturer's written installation instructions. 1. Attachment Clips: Manufacturer's standard screw attached to back face of panels with square-cut edges to produce concealed-grid installation and allowing downward removal of ceiling panels. 2. Hold-Down Clips: Manufacturer's standard that maintain proper seating of kerfed panel edges. 3. Safety Clips: Manufacturer's standard to prevent panels from dropping when disengaged from the suspension system. 4. Safety Cables: Manufacturer's standard to prevent panels from falling to floor in event of grid failure. 5. Border Clips: Manufacturer's standard screw-attached type. 539 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 6. Grid-Stabilizer Clips: Manufacturer's standard for oversize panels. 7. Panel-Fixing Clip or Bracket: Manufacturer's standard that positively secures border and cut panels to the suspension system, so they cannot be removed from below. 8. Veneer Edge Banding: Manufacturer's standard matching panels for treating cut edges; with pressure-sensitive adhesive backing. C. Grid Suspension System: ASTM C635/C635M; recommended in writing by ceiling and suspension-system manufacturers for applications indicated; main- and cross-runner system complete with suspension-system components required to support ceiling units and other ceiling-supported construction. 1. Material: ASTM A653/A653M, hot-dip galvanized, cold-rolled sheet steel, G60 (Z180) coating designation. 2.3 SUSPENSION-SYSTEM HANGERS, BRACES, AND TIES A. Attachment Devices: Size for 5 times the design load indicated in ASTM C635/C635M, Table 1, Direct Hung, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Suspension System: WPC-1 2. Product: WoodWorks Flat Access (Hook-On) Suspension System 3. Components: H-bar sections shall be commercial-quality extruded aluminum. Ex- posed surfaces chemically cleansed. H-bars shall be suspended from Primary Angle BPM311.051. 1. BPM311.156 Hanger for H-profile. 2. BPM311.017 Connector for H-profile used to form continuous Hook-on H- bar members. 3. 10” Rail Hook mounted on panel. 4. Finish: All steel parts shall be chemically cleansed hot dipped galvanized steel. 1. Wall Molding Color: To be selected from manufacturer’s standard offering. 5. Hanger Wire: Hanger wire shall be galvanized carbon steel per ASTM A 641, soft temper, pre-stretched, with a yield stress load of at least three (3) times design load, but not less than 12 gauge (0.106") diameter. 1. Postinstalled Anchors in Concrete: Anchors of type and material indicated below, with holes or loops for attaching hangers of type indicated and with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 5 times that imposed by ceiling construction as determined by testing in accordance with ASTM E488/E488M or ASTM E1512, as applicable, conducted by a qualified testing and inspecting agency. a. Type: Postinstalled expansion anchors. b. Corrosion Protection: 1) Carbon-steel components zinc plated to comply with ASTM B633, Class Fe/Zn 5 (0.005 mm) for Class SC service condition (mild). 2) Stainless steel components complying with ASTM F593 and ASTM F594, Group 1 Alloy 304 or 316 for bolts; Alloy 304 or 316 for anchors. 540 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3) Components fabricated from nickel-copper-alloy rods complying with ASTM B164 for UNS No. N04400 alloy. B. Wire Hangers, Braces, and Ties: Provide wire complying with the following requirements: 1. Zinc-Coated, Carbon-Steel Wire: ASTM A641/A641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, including structural framing and substrates to which suspended wood ceilings attach or abut, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements specified in this and other Sections that affect ceiling installation and anchorage, and with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of suspended wood ceilings. Fasteners shall not strike reinforcing strands or otherwise compromise structural capability of existing structure. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of suspended wood ceilings. 1. Balance border widths at opposite edges of each ceiling. 2. Avoid using less-than-half-width units. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Comply with ASTM C636/C636M and seismic requirement indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and CISCA's "Ceiling Systems Handbook." B. Suspend ceiling hangers from building's structural members and as follows: 1. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structure or of ceiling suspension system. 2. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions; offset resulting horizontal f orces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means. 3. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings that interfere with location of hangers at spacings required to support standard suspension-system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in form of trapezes or equivalent devices. 4. Secure wire hangers to ceiling suspension members and to supports above with a minimum of three tight turns in 3 inches (76 mm). Connect hangers directly either to 541 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 structures or to inserts, eye screws, or other devices that are secure and appropriate for substrate to which hangers are attached and for type of hanger involved. 5. Secure flat, angle, channel, and rod hangers to structure, including intermediate framing members, by attaching to inserts, eye screws, or other devices that are secure and appropriate for both structure to which hangers are attached and type of hanger involved. Install hangers in a manner that does not cause them to deteriorate or fail due to age, corrosion, or elevated temperatures. 6. Do not support ceilings directly from permanent metal forms or floor deck. Fasten hangers to cast-in-place hanger inserts or post-installed mechanical or adhesive anchors that extend through forms into concrete. 7. When steel framing does not permit installation of hanger wires at spacing required, install carrying channels or other supplemental support for attachment of hanger wires. 8. Do not attach hangers to steel deck tabs. 9. Space hangers not more than 48 inches (1219 mm) o.c. along each member supported directly from hangers unless otherwise indicated; provide hangers not more than 8 inches (203 mm) from ends of each member. 10. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits established by referenced standards and publications. C. Install edge moldings and trim at perimeter of ceiling area and where necessary to conceal edges and ends of wood units. 1. Screw-attach metal moldings to substrate at intervals of not more than 16 inches (406 mm) o.c. and not more than 3 inches (76 mm) from ends, leveling with ceiling suspension system to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 12 feet (3 mm in 3.7 m). Miter corners accurately and connect securely. 2. Do not use exposed fasteners on moldings and trim. D. Grid Suspension Systems: Space main beams at 48” o.c. 1. Install cross tees to form modules sized in accordance with manufacturer's written installation instructions. 2. Remove and replace dented, bent, or kinked members. E. Install wood components and accessories in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and to accommodate natural expansion and contraction of wood products resulting from fluctuations in humidity. F. Cut wood components for accurate fit at borders and at interruptions and penetrations by other work through ceilings. 1. Stiffen edges of cut wood components as required to eliminate variations in flatness. 2. Wood-Veneer Units: Edge band exposed field-cut edges. G. Install wood components in coordination with suspension system and moldings and trim. 1. Install wood components in patterns indicated on Drawings. 542 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 H. Install field-constructed access panels in locations indicated on Drawings. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Special Inspections: Engage a qualified special inspector to perform the following special inspections: 1. Suspended ceiling system. 2. Hangers, anchors, and fasteners. B. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. C. Tests and Inspections: Testing and inspecting of completed installations of ceiling hangers, anchors, and fasteners shall take place in successive stages, in test areas and using methods as follows. Do not proceed with installations of ceiling hangers for the next area until t est results for previously completed installations show compliance with requirements. 1. Test Areas: Test installation of ceiling suspension systems on each floor when installation has reached 20 percent completion but before wood ceilings have been installed. a. Within each test area, testing agency will select one of every 10 power-actuated fasteners and postinstalled anchors used to attach hangers to concrete and will test them for 200 lbf (890 N) of tension; it will also select one of every two postinstalled anchors used to attach bracing wires to concrete and will test them for 440 lbf (1957 N) of tension. b. When testing discovers fasteners and anchors that do not comply with requirements, testing agency will test those anchors not previously tested until 20 pass consecutively and then will resume initial testing frequency. D. Ceiling hangers, anchors, and fasteners will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. E. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.5 CLEANING A. Clean exposed surfaces of ceilings, including trim and edge moldings. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and touchup of minor finish damage. Remove and replace ceiling components that cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to permanently eliminate evidence of damage, including dented units. END OF SECTION 095426 543 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 096513 - RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplem entary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Thermoplastic-rubber base. 2. Vinyl molding accessories. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Sustainable Design Submittals: 1. Product Data: For adhesives, indicating VOC content. 2. Laboratory Test Reports: For adhesives, indicating compliance with requirements for low-emitting materials. 3. Product Data: For sealants, indicating VOC content. 4. Laboratory Test Reports: For sealants, indicating compliance with requirements for low- emitting materials. 5. Laboratory Test Reports: For resilient base and stair products and accessories, indicating compliance with requirements for low-emitting materials. C. Samples for Verification: For each type of product indicated and for each color, texture, and pattern required in manufacturer's standard-size Samples, but not less than 12 inches (300 mm) long. D. Product Schedule: For resilient base and accessory products. Use same designations indicated on Drawings. 1.4 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials, from the same product run, that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 544 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Furnish not less than 10 linear feet (3 linear m)] for every 500 linear feet (150 linear m) or fraction thereof, of each type, color, pattern, and size of resilient product installed. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store resilient products and installation materials in dry spaces protected from the weather, with ambient temperatures maintained within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 50 deg F (10 deg C) or more than 90 deg F (32 deg C). 1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Maintain ambient temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 70 deg F (21 deg C)] or more than 95 deg F (35 deg C), in spaces to receive resilient products during the following periods: 1. 48 hours before installation. 2. During installation. 3. 48 hours after installation. B. After installation and until Substantial Completion, maintain ambient temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 55 deg F (13 deg C) or more than 95 deg F (35 deg C). C. Install resilient products after other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 THERMOPLASTIC-RUBBER BASE RB-1 1. Style and Location: a. Style A, Straight: Provide in areas with carpet. b. Style B, Cove: Provide in areas with resilient floor coverings. 1) Profile: As indicated. B. Thickness: 0.125 inch (3.2 mm). C. Height: 4 inches (102 mm). 545 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 D. Lengths: Coils in manufacturer's standard length. E. Outside Corners: Preformed. F. Inside Corners: Job formed or preformed. G. Colors: As indicated in the Interior Finish Schedule on the drawings. 2.2 RUBBER MOLDING ACCESSORY TS-1, TS-2, TS-3 A. Description: Rubber transition strips. B. Profile and Dimensions: As indicated in Schedule for Finishes in drawings. in drawings C. Locations: Provide rubber molding accessories in areas indicated in drawings D. Colors and Patterns: As indicated in the Interior Schedule for Finishes on the drawings. 2.3 INSTALLATION MATERIALS A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland-cement-based or blended hydraulic-cement-based formulation provided or approved by resilient-product manufacturer for applications indicated. B. Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by resilient-product manufacturer for resilient products and substrate conditions indicated. 1. Adhesives shall have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less. C. Metal Edge Strips: Extruded aluminum with mill finish, nominal 2 inches (50.8 mm) wide, of height required to protect exposed edges of flooring, and in maximum available lengths to minimize running joints. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. Verify that finishes of substrates comply with tolerances and other requirements specified in other Sections and that substrates are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits that might interfere with adhesion of resilient products. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 546 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Installation of resilient products indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare substrates according to manufacturer's written instructions to ensure adhesion of resilient products. B. If existing wall base is removed prior to new wall base being installed, prep and paint wall if applicable before new wall base is installed. C. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates with trowelable leveling and patching compound; remove bumps and ridges to produce a uniform and smooth substrate. D. Do not install resilient products until materials are the same temperature as space where they are to be installed. 1. At least 48 hours in advance of installation, move resilient products and installation materials into spaces where they will be installed. E. Immediately before installation, sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by resilient products. 3.3 RESILIENT BASE INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing resilient base. B. Apply resilient base to walls, columns, pilasters, casework and cabinets in toe spaces, and other permanent fixtures in rooms and areas where base is required. C. Install resilient base in lengths as long as practical without gaps at seams and with tops of adjacent pieces aligned. D. Tightly adhere resilient base to substrate throughout length of each piece, with base in continuous contact with horizontal and vertical substrates. E. Do not stretch resilient base during installation. F. On masonry surfaces or other similar irregular substrates, fill voids along top edge of resilient base with manufacturer's recommended adhesive filler material. G. Preformed Corners: Install preformed corners before installing straight pieces. H. Job-Formed Corners: 1. Inside Corners: Use straight pieces of maximum lengths possible and form with returns not less than 3 inches (76 mm) in length. 547 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 a. Miter or cope corners to minimize open joints. 3.4 RESILIENT ACCESSORY INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing resilient accessories. B. Resilient Molding Accessories: Butt to adjacent materials and tightly adhere to substrates throughout length of each piece. Install reducer strips at edges of floor covering that would otherwise be exposed. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and protecting resilient products. B. Perform the following operations immediately after completing resilient-product installation: 1. Remove adhesive and other blemishes from surfaces. 2. Sweep and vacuum horizontal surfaces thoroughly. 3. Damp-mop horizontal surfaces to remove marks and soil. C. Protect resilient products from mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during remainder of construction period. D. Cover resilient products subject to wear and foot traffic until Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 096513 548 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 096519 - RESILIENT TILE FLOORING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Luxury vinyl floor tile. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Sustainable Design Submittals: 1. Product Data: For adhesives, indicating VOC content. 2. Laboratory Test Reports: For adhesives, indicating compliance with requirements for low-emitting materials. 3. Product Data: For chemical-bonding compounds, indicating VOC content. 4. Laboratory Test Reports: For chemical-bonding compounds, indicating compliance with requirements for low-emitting materials. 5. Product Data: For sealants, indicating VOC content. 6. Laboratory Test Reports: For sealants, indicating compliance with requirements for low- emitting materials. 7. Laboratory Test Reports: For flooring products, indicating compliance with requirements for low-emitting materials. C. Shop Drawings: For each type of resilient floor tile. 1. Include floor tile layouts, edges, columns, doorways, enclosing partitions, built-in furniture, cabinets, and cutouts. 2. Show details of special patterns. D. Samples: Full-size units of each color, texture, and pattern of floor tile required. 1. For heat-welding bead, manufacturer's standard-size Samples, but not less than 9 inches (230 mm)long, of each color required. 549 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 E. Product Schedule: For floor tile.Use same designations indicated on Drawings. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For each type of floor tile to include in maintenance manuals. 1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials, from the same product run, that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Floor Tile: Furnish one box for every 50 boxes or fraction thereof, of each type, color, and pattern of floor tile installed. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are competent in techniques required by manufacturer for floor tile installation and seaming method indicated. 1. Engage an installer who employs workers for this Project who are trained or certified by floor tile manufacturer for installation techniques required. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store floor tile and installation materials in dry spaces protected from the weather, with ambient temperatures maintained within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 50 deg F (10 deg C) or more than 90 deg F (32 deg C). Store floor tiles on flat surfaces. 1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Maintain ambient temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 70 deg F (21 deg C)or more than 95 deg F (35 deg C), in spaces to receive floor tile during the following periods: 1. 48 hours before installation. 2. During installation. 3. 48 hours after installation. 550 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. After installation and until Substantial Completion, maintain ambient temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 55 deg F (13 deg C) or more than 95 deg F (35 deg C). C. Close spaces to traffic during floor tile installation. D. Close spaces to traffic for 48 hours after floor tile installation. E. Install floor tile after other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: For resilient floor tile, as determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E648 or NFPA 253 by a qualified testing agency. 1. Critical Radiant Flux Classification: Class I, not less than 0.45 W/sq. cm. Flooring products shall comply with the requirements of the California Department of Public Health's "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers." 2.2 LUXURY VINYL FLOOR TILE -RTF-1 A. Tile Standard: ASTM F1700. 1. Class: As indicated by product designations. B. Thickness: 0.196” . C. Size: 9” X 48” D. Seamless-Installation Method: per manufacturer’s recommendations E. Colors and Patterns: As indicated in the Interior Schedule for finishes on the drawings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 551 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Verify that finishes of substrates comply with tolerances and other requirements specified in other Sections and that substrates are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits that might interfere with adhesion of floor tile. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare substrates according to floor tile manufacturer's written instructions to ensure adhesion of resilient products. B. Concrete Substrates: Prepare according to ASTM F710. 1. Verify that substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, and hardeners. 2. Remove substrate coatings and other substances that are incompatible with adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, using mechanical methods recommended by floor tile manufacturer. Do not use solvents. 3. Alkalinity and Adhesion Testing: Perform tests recommended by floor tile manufacturer. Proceed with installation only after substrate alkalinity falls within range on pH scale recommended by manufacturer in writing, but not less than 5 or more than 10 pH. 4. Moisture Testing: Perform tests so that each test area does not exceed 200 sq. ft. (18.6 sq. m), and perform no fewer than three tests in each installation area and with test areas evenly spaced in installation areas. a. Anhydrous Calcium Chloride Test: ASTM F1869. Proceed with installation only after substrates have maximum moisture-vapor-emission rate of 3 lb of water/1000 sq. ft. (1.36 kg of water/92.9 sq. m) in 24 hours. b. Relative Humidity Test: Using in-situ probes, ASTM F2170. Proceed with installation only after substrates have a maximum 75percent relative humidity level measurement. C. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates with trowelable leveling and patching compound; remove bumps and ridges to produce a uniform and smooth substrate. D. Do not install floor tiles until materials are the same temperature as space where they are to be installed. 1. At least 48 hours in advance of installation, move resilient floor tile and installation materials into spaces where they will be installed. E. Immediately before installation, sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by resilient floor tile. 3.3 FLOOR TILE INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing floor tile. 552 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Lay out floor tiles from center marks established with principal walls, discounting minor offsets, so tiles at opposite edges of room are of equal width. Adjust as necessary to avoid using cut widths that equal less than one-half tile at perimeter. 1. Lay tiles in pattern indicated on drawings.. C. Match floor tiles for color and pattern by selecting tiles from cartons in the same sequence as manufactured and packaged, if so numbered. Discard broken, cracked, chipped, or deformed tiles. 1. Lay tiles in pattern of colors and sizes indicated on drawings. D. Scribe, cut, and fit floor tiles to butt neatly and tightly to vertical surfaces and permanent fixtures including built-in furniture, cabinets, pipes, outlets, and door frames. E. Extend floor tiles into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, and similar openings. Extend floor tiles to center of door openings. F. Maintain reference markers, holes, and openings that are in place or marked for future cutting by repeating on floor tiles as marked on substrates. Use chalk or other nonpermanent marking device. G. Install floor tiles on covers for telephone and electrical ducts, building expansion-joint covers, and similar items in installation areas. Maintain overall continuity of color and pattern between pieces of tile installed on covers and adjoining tiles. Tightly adhere tile edges to substrates th at abut covers and to cover perimeters. H. Adhere floor tiles to substrates using a full spread of adhesive applied to substrate to produce a completed installation without open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at joints, telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, and other surface imperfections. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and protecting floor tile. B. Perform the following operations immediately after completing floor tile installation: 1. Remove adhesive and other blemishes from surfaces. 2. Sweep and vacuum surfaces thoroughly. 3. Damp-mop surfaces to remove marks and soil. C. Protect floor tile from mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during remainder of construction period. D. Joint Sealant: Apply sealant to resilient terrazzo floor tile perimeter and around columns, at door frames, and at other joints and penetrations. 553 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 E. Cover floor tile until Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 096519 554 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 096813 - TILE CARPETING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Modular carpet tile. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 096513 "Resilient Base and Accessories" for resilient wall base and accessories installed with carpet tile. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include manufacturer's written data on physical characteristics, durability, and fade resistance. 2. Include manufacturer's written installation recommendations for each type of substrate. B. Sustainable Design Submittals: 1. Product Data: For adhesives, indicating VOC content. 2. Laboratory Test Reports: For adhesives, indicating compliance with requirements for low-emitting materials. 3. Product Data: For adhesives, indicating VOC content. 4. Laboratory Test Reports: For adhesives, indicating compliance with requirements for low-emitting materials. 5. Laboratory Test Reports: For flooring products, indicating compliance with requirements for low-emitting materials. C. Shop Drawings: For carpet tile installation, plans showing the following: 1. Columns, doorways, enclosing walls or partitions, built-in cabinets, and locations where cutouts are required in carpet tiles. 2. Carpet tile type, color, and dye lot. 555 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3. Type of subfloor. 4. Type of installation. 5. Pattern of installation. 6. Pattern type, location, and direction. 7. Pile direction. 8. Type, color, and location of insets and borders. 9. Type, color, and location of edge, transition, and other accessory strips. 10. Transition details to other flooring materials. D. Samples: For each of the following products and for each color and texture required. Label each Sample with manufacturer's name, material description, color, pattern, and designation indicated on Drawings and in schedules. 1. Carpet Tile: Full-size Sample. 2. Exposed Edge, Transition, and Other Accessory Stripping: 12-inch- (300-mm-) long Samples. E. Samples for Verification: For each of the following products and for each color and texture required. Label each Sample with manufacturer's name, material description, color, pattern, and designation indicated on Drawings and in schedules. 1. Carpet Tile: Full-size Sample. 2. Exposed Edge, Transition, and Other Accessory Stripping: 12-inch- (300-mm-) long Samples. F. Product Schedule: For carpet tile. Use same designations indicated on Drawings. G. Sustainable Product Certification: Provide ANSI/NSF 140 certification for carpet products. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer. B. Product Test Reports: For carpet tile, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency. C. Sample Warranty: For special warranty. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For carpet tiles to include in maintenance manuals. Include the following: 1. Methods for maintaining carpet tile, including cleaning and stain-removal products and procedures and manufacturer's recommended maintenance schedule. 2. Precautions for cleaning materials and methods that could be detrimental to carpet tile. 556 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials, from the same product run, that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Carpet Tile: Full-size units equal to 5percent of amount installed for each type indicated, but not less than 10 sq. yd. (8.3 sq. m). 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who is certified by the International Certified Floorcovering Installers Association at the Commercial II certification level. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Comply with the Carpet and Rug Institute's CRI 104. 1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Comply with the Carpet and Rug Institute's CRI 104 for temperature, humidity, and ventilation limitations. B. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install carpet tiles until spaces are enclosed and weathertight, wet-work in spaces is complete and dry, and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at levels planned for building occupants during the remainder of the construction period. C. Do not install carpet tiles over concrete slabs until slabs have cured and are sufficiently dry to bond with adhesive and concrete slabs have pH range recommended by carpet tile manufacturer. D. Where demountable partitions or other items are indicated for installation on top of carpet tiles, install carpet tiles before installing these items. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty for Carpet Tiles: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of carpet tile installation that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty does not include deterioration or failure of carpet tile due to unusual traffic, failure of substrate, vandalism, or abuse. 2. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. More than 10 percent edge raveling, snags, and runs. b. Dimensional instability. 557 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 c. Excess static discharge. d. Loss of tuft-bind strength. e. Loss of face fiber. f. Delamination. 3. Warranty Period: 10years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CARPET TILE CPT-1 A. Color: As indicated in Schedule for Finishes B. Pattern: As indicated in Drawings C. Fiber Type: Ecosolution Q100 nylon D. Pile Characteristic: Cut pile. E. Density: 7406 oz/yd2 F. Pile Thickness: 0.175” G. Total Weight: 36 oz/yd2 finished carpet tile. H. Primary Backing/Backcoating: Synthetic. I. Secondary Backing: Ecoworx. J. Backing System: PET Woven/ Ecoworx K. Size: 24 by 24 inches (610 by 610 mm). L. Applied Treatments: 1. Soil-Resistance Treatment: Manufacturer's standard treatment 2. Antimicrobial Treatment: Manufacturer's standard treatment that protects carpet tiles as follows: a. Antimicrobial Activity: Not less than 2-mm halo of inhibition for gram-positive bacteria, not less than 1-mm halo of inhibition for gram-negative bacteria, and no fungal growth, according to AATCC 174. M. Sustainable Design Requirements: 1. Sustainable Product Certification: Silver level certification according to ANSI/NSF 140. 558 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Verify flooring products comply with the requirements of the California Department of Public Health's "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers." 3. N. Performance Characteristics: 1. Appearance Retention Rating: Heavy traffic, 3.0 minimum according to ASTM D7330. 2. Critical Radiant Flux Classification: Not less than 0.45 W/sq. cm according to NFPA 253. 3. Dry Breaking Strength: Not less than 100 lbf (445 N) according to ASTM D2646. 4. Dimensional Stability: 0.2 percent or less according to ISO 2551 (Aachen Test). 5. Colorfastness to Crocking: Not less than 4, wet and dry, according to AATCC 165. 6. Colorfastness to Light: Not less than 6 ISO 105-B02 2.2 CARPET TILE CPT-2 A. Color: As indicated in Schedule for Finishes B. Pattern: As indicated in Drawings C. Fiber Type: Ecosolution Q100 nylon D. Pile Characteristic: Multilevel Pattern loop E. Density: 9000 oz per cu. Yd. F. Pile Thickness: 0.096 inches. G. Total Weight: 24.0 oz/yd2 for finished carpet tile. H. Primary Backing/Backcoating: Synthetic. I. Secondary Backing: Ecoworx J. Backing System: synthetic/ Ecoworx K. Size: 9 by 36 inches L. Applied Treatments: 1. Soil-Resistance Treatment: Manufacturer's standard treatment 2. Antimicrobial Treatment: Manufacturer's standard treatment that protects carpet tiles as follows: 559 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 a. Antimicrobial Activity: Not less than 2-mm halo of inhibition for gram-positive bacteria, not less than 1-mm halo of inhibition for gram-negative bacteria, and no fungal growth, according to AATCC 174. M. Sustainable Design Requirements: 1. Sustainable Product Certification: Silver level certification according to ANSI/NSF 140. 2. Verify flooring products comply with the requirements of the California Department of Public Health's "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers." 3. N. Performance Characteristics: 1. Appearance Retention Rating: Heavy traffic, 3.0 minimum according to ASTM D7330. 2. Critical Radiant Flux Classification: Not less than 0.45 W/sq. cm according to NFPA 253. 3. Dry Breaking Strength: Not less than 100 lbf (445 N) according to ASTM D2646. 4. Dimensional Stability: 0.2 percent or less according to ISO 2551 (Aachen Test). 5. Colorfastness to Crocking: Not less than 4, wet and dry, according to AATCC 165. 6. Colorfastness to Light: Not less than 6 ISO 105-B02 2.3 CARPET TILE CPT-3A A. Color: As indicated in Schedule for Finishes B. Pattern: As indicated in Drawings C. Fiber Type: Ecosolution Q100 nylon D. Pile Characteristic: Multi Level Pattern Loop E. Density: 7920 oz/yd2 F. Pile Thickness: 0.100 in. G. Gauge: 1/10 inch H. Total Weight: 22 oz / yd2 for finished carpet tile. I. Primary Backing/Backcoating: Synthetic. J. Secondary Backing: Ecoworx K. Backing System: Synthetic / Ecoworx L. Size: 9 by 36 inches (610 by 610 mm). 560 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 M. Applied Treatments: 1. Soil-Resistance Treatment: Manufacturer's standard treatment 2. Antimicrobial Treatment: Manufacturer's standard treatment that protects carpet tiles as follows: a. Antimicrobial Activity: Not less than 2-mm halo of inhibition for gram-positive bacteria, not less than 1-mm halo of inhibition for gram-negative bacteria, and no fungal growth, according to AATCC 174. N. Sustainable Design Requirements: 1. Sustainable Product Certification: Silver level certification according to ANSI/NSF 140. 2. Verify flooring products comply with the requirements of the California Department of Public Health's "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers." 2.4 CARPET TILE CPT-3B A. Color: As indicated in Schedule for Finishes B. Pattern: As indicated in Drawings C. Fiber Type: Ecosolution Q100 nylon D. Pile Characteristic: Multilevel Pattern loop E. Density: 9000 oz per cu. Yd. F. Pile Thickness: 0.096 inches. G. Total Weight: 24.0 oz/yd2 for finished carpet tile. H. Primary Backing/Backcoating: Synthetic. I. Secondary Backing: Ecoworx J. Backing System: synthetic/ Ecoworx K. Size: 9 by 36 inches L. Applied Treatments: 1. Soil-Resistance Treatment: Manufacturer's standard treatment 2. Antimicrobial Treatment: Manufacturer's standard treatment that protects carpet tiles as follows: 561 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 a. Antimicrobial Activity: Not less than 2-mm halo of inhibition for gram-positive bacteria, not less than 1-mm halo of inhibition for gram-negative bacteria, and no fungal growth, according to AATCC 174. M. Sustainable Design Requirements: 1. Sustainable Product Certification: Silver level certification according to ANSI/NSF 140. 2. Verify flooring products comply with the requirements of the California Department of Public Health's "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers." 2.5 CARPET ENTRANCE TILE CPT-4 A. Color: As indicated in Schedule for Finishes B. Pattern: As indicated in Drawings C. Fiber Type: PET Polyester D. Pile Characteristic: Needlebond Hobnail E. Density: 6447 per cu. yd. F. Pile Thickness: 0.157” for finished carpet tile according to ASTM D6859. G. Total Weight: 49oz per cu. yd. for finished carpet. H. Primary Backing/Backcoating: Polypropylene. I. Secondary Backing: Ecoworx Tile J. Backing System: Synthetic K. Size: 24” X 24” L. Applied Treatments: 1. Soil-Resistance Treatment: Manufacturer's standard treatment 2. Antimicrobial Treatment: Manufacturer's standard treatment that protects carpet tiles as follows: a. Antimicrobial Activity: Not less than 2-mm halo of inhibition for gram-positive bacteria, not less than 1-mm halo of inhibition for gram-negative bacteria, and no fungal growth, according to AATCC 174. M. Sustainable Design Requirements: 1. Sustainable Product Certification: Silver level certification according to ANSI/NSF 140. 562 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Verify flooring products comply with the requirements of the California Department of Public Health's "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers." 2.6 CARPET TILE CPT-5 A. Color: As indicated in Schedule for Finishes B. Pattern: As indicated in Drawings C. Fiber Type: Ecosolution Q100 nylon D. Pile Characteristic: Multi Level Pattern Loop E. Density: 7920 oz/yd2 F. Pile Thickness: 0.100 in. G. Gauge: 1/10 inch H. Total Weight: 22 oz / yd2 for finished carpet tile. I. Primary Backing/Backcoating: Synthetic. J. Secondary Backing: Ecoworx K. Backing System: Synthetic / Ecoworx L. Size: 9 by 36 inches (610 by 610 mm). M. Applied Treatments: 1. Soil-Resistance Treatment: Manufacturer's standard treatment 2. Antimicrobial Treatment: Manufacturer's standard treatment that protects carpet tiles as follows: a. Antimicrobial Activity: Not less than 2-mm halo of inhibition for gram-positive bacteria, not less than 1-mm halo of inhibition for gram-negative bacteria, and no fungal growth, according to AATCC 174. N. Sustainable Design Requirements: 1. Sustainable Product Certification: Silver level certification according to ANSI/NSF 140. 2. Verify flooring products comply with the requirements of the California Department of Public Health's "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers." 563 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.7 CARPET TILE CPT-6 A. Color: As indicated in Schedule for Finishes B. Pattern: As indicated in Drawings C. Fiber Type: Ecosolution Q100 nylon D. Pile Characteristic: Multi Level Pattern Loop E. Density: 7920 oz/yd2 F. Pile Thickness: 0.100 in. G. Gauge: 1/10 inch H. Total Weight: 22 oz / yd2 for finished carpet tile. I. Primary Backing/Backcoating: Synthetic. J. Secondary Backing: Ecoworx K. Backing System: Synthetic / Ecoworx L. Size: 9 by 36 inches (610 by 610 mm). M. Applied Treatments: 1. Soil-Resistance Treatment: Manufacturer's standard treatment 2. Antimicrobial Treatment: Manufacturer's standard treatment that protects carpet tiles as follows: a. Antimicrobial Activity: Not less than 2-mm halo of inhibition for gram-positive bacteria, not less than 1-mm halo of inhibition for gram-negative bacteria, and no fungal growth, according to AATCC 174. N. Sustainable Design Requirements: 1. Sustainable Product Certification: Silver level certification according to ANSI/NSF 140. 2. Verify flooring products comply with the requirements of the California Department of Public Health's "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers." 2.8 CARPET CUSTOM RUG CPT-7 A. Color: As indicated in Schedule for Finishes B. Pattern: As indicated in Drawings – custom design coordinated with manufacturer. 564 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. Fiber Type: Milliken-Certified WearOnTM Nylon Type 6,6 D. Pile Characteristic: 0.15” pile height, Tufted, Textured Loop, Tip Shear E. Density: 9,117 finished F. Pile Thickness: 0.107”. G. Gauge: 5/64 inch H. Total Weight: 116.0 oz/yd2 finished carpet. I. Backing System: PVC-Free WellBACTM Comfort Plus Cushion J. Size: 1M x 1M (39.4” x 39.4”) K. Applied Treatments: 1. Soil-Resistance Treatment: Manufacturer's standard treatment 2. Antimicrobial Treatment: Manufacturer's standard treatment that protects carpet tiles as follows: a. Antimicrobial Activity: Not less than 2-mm halo of inhibition for gram-positive bacteria, not less than 1-mm halo of inhibition for gram-negative bacteria, and no fungal growth, according to AATCC 174. L. Sustainable Design Requirements: 1. Sustainable Product Certification: Silver level certification according to ANSI/NSF 140. 2. Verify flooring products comply with the requirements of the California Department of Public Health's "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers." 2.9 CARPET CUSTOM RUG CPT-8 A. Color: As indicated in Schedule for Finishes B. Pattern: As indicated in Drawings – custom design coordinated with manufacturer. C. Fiber Type: Milliken-Certified WearOnTM Nylon Type 6,6 D. Pile Characteristic: 0.15” pile height, Tufted, Textured Loop, Tip Shear E. Density: 9,117 finished F. Pile Thickness: 0.107”. G. Gauge: 5/64 inch 565 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 H. Total Weight: 116.0 oz/yd2 finished carpet. I. Backing System: PVC-Free WellBACTM Comfort Plus Cushion J. Size: 1M x 1M (39.4” x 39.4”) K. Applied Treatments: 1. Soil-Resistance Treatment: Manufacturer's standard treatment 2. Antimicrobial Treatment: Manufacturer's standard treatment that protects carpet tiles as follows: a. Antimicrobial Activity: Not less than 2-mm halo of inhibition for gram-positive bacteria, not less than 1-mm halo of inhibition for gram-negative bacteria, and no fungal growth, according to AATCC 174. L. Sustainable Design Requirements: 1. Sustainable Product Certification: Silver level certification according to ANSI/NSF 140. 2. Verify flooring products comply with the requirements of the California Department of Public Health's "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers." 2.10 INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, hydraulic-cement-based formulation provided or recommended by carpet tile manufacturer. B. Adhesives: Water-resistant, mildew-resistant, nonstaining, pressure-sensitive type to suit products and subfloor conditions indicated, that comply with flammability requirements for installed carpet tile, and are recommended by carpet tile manufacturer for releasable installation. 1. Verify adhesives have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less. 2. Verify adhesives have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less. 3. Verify adhesive complies with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Public Health's "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers." C. Metal Edge/Transition Strips: Extruded aluminum with mill finish of profile and width shown, of height required to protect exposed edge of carpet, and of maximum lengths to minimize running joints. 566 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content, alkalinity range, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting carpet tile performance. B. Examine carpet tile for type, color, pattern, and potential defects. C. Concrete Slabs: Verify that finishes comply with requirements specified in Section 033000 "Cast-in-Place Concrete" and that surfaces are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits. 1. Moisture Testing: Perform tests so that each test area does not exceed 1000 sq. ft. (304.8 sq. m), and perform no fewer than three tests in each installation area and with test areas evenly spaced in installation areas. a. Anhydrous Calcium Chloride Test: ASTM F1869. Proceed with installation only after substrates have maximum moisture-vapor-emission rate of 3 lb of water/1000 sq. ft. (1.36 kg of water/92.9 sq. m) in 24 hours. b. Relative Humidity Test: Using in situ probes, ASTM F2170. Proceed with installation only after substrates have a maximum 75 percent relative humidity level measurement. c. Perform additional moisture tests recommended in writing by adhesive and carpet tile manufacturers. Proceed with installation only after substrates pass testing. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. General: Comply with the Carpet and Rug Institute's CRI 104 and with carpet tile manufacturer's written installation instructions for preparing substrates indicated to receive carpet tile. B. Use trowelable leveling and patching compounds, according to manufacturer's written instructions, to fill cracks, holes, depressions, and protrusions in substrates. Fill or level cracks, holes and depressions 1/8 inch (3 mm) wide or wider, and protrusions more than 1/32 inch (0.8 mm) unless more stringent requirements are required by manufacturer's written instructions. C. Concrete Substrates: Remove coatings, including curing compounds, and other substances that are incompatible with adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, without using solvents. Use mechanical methods recommended in writing by adhesive and carpet tile manufacturers. 567 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 D. Metal Substrates: Clean grease, oil, soil and rust, and prime if recommended in writing by adhesive manufacturer. Rough sand painted metal surfaces and remove loose paint. Sand aluminum surfaces, to remove metal oxides, immediately before applying adhesive. E. Broom and vacuum clean substrates to be covered immediately before installing carpet tile. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with the Carpet and Rug Institute's CRI 104, Section 10, "Carpet Tile," and with carpet tile manufacturer's written installation instructions. B. Installation Method: As recommended in writing by carpet tile manufacturer. C. Maintain dye-lot integrity. Do not mix dye lots in same area. D. Maintain pile-direction patterns indicated on Drawings. E. Cut and fit carpet tile to butt tightly to vertical surfaces, permanent fixtures, and built-in furniture including cabinets, pipes, outlets, edgings, thresholds, and nosings. Bind or seal cut edges as recommended by carpet tile manufacturer. F. Extend carpet tile into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, open-bottomed obstructions, removable flanges, alcoves, and similar openings. G. Maintain reference markers, holes, and openings that are in place or marked for future cutting by repeating on carpet tile as marked on subfloor. Use nonpermanent, nonstaining marking device. H. Install pattern parallel to walls and borders. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Perform the following operations immediately after installing carpet tile: 1. Remove excess adhesive and other surface blemishes using cleaner recommended by carpet tile manufacturer. 2. Remove yarns that protrude from carpet tile surface. 3. Vacuum carpet tile using commercial machine with face-beater element. B. Protect installed carpet tile to comply with the Carpet and Rug Institute's CRI 104, Section 13.7. C. Protect carpet tile against damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during the remainder of construction period. Use protection methods indicated or recommended in writing by carpet tile manufacturer. END OF SECTION 096813 568 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 097200 - WALL COVERINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Wall covering. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include data on physical characteristics, durability, fade resistance, and fire -test-response characteristics. B. Shop Drawings: Show location and extent of each wall-covering type. Indicate pattern placement, seams and termination points. C. Samples for Verification: For each type of wall covering and for each color, pattern, texture, and finish specified 1. Wall-Covering Sample: From same production run to be used for the Work D. Product Schedule: For wall coverings.Use same designations indicated on Drawings. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For testing agency. B. Product Test Reports: For each wall covering, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For wall coverings to include in maintenance manuals. 569 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1.6 SCHEDULE A. Wall Covering Schedule: Indicating the flowing: 1. Delivery lead times, with final dates VWC must be ordered for in-time delivery. 2. Sequencing of activities leading up to VWC installation. 3. Dates for product delivery and VWC installation. B. Manufacturer Source Limitations: 1. Confirm delivery lead times, sequencing at the beginning of the project. Product substitutions will not be considered or approved by the Architect due to long lead times not being properly addressed. 1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials, from the same product run, that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Wall-Covering Materials: For each type, color, texture, and finish, full width by length to equal to 5 percent of amount installed. 1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install wall coverings until spaces are enclosed and weathertight, wet work in spaces is complete and dry, work above ceilings is complete, and temporary HVAC system is operating and maintaining ambient temperature and humidity conditions at levels intended for occupants after Project completion during the remainder of the construction period. B. Lighting: Do not install wall covering until lighting that matches conditions intended for occupants after Project completion is provided on the surfaces to receive wall covering. C. Ventilation: Provide continuous ventilation during installation and for not less than the time recommended by wall-covering manufacturer for full drying or curing. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 VINYL WALLCOVERING (WC-1) A. Description: Provide products in rolls from same production run and complying with the following: 1. FS CCC-W-408D and CFFA-W-101-D for Type II, Medium 2. ASTM F793 for strippable wall coverings. 570 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Total Weight: 18 oz excluding coatings. C. Width: 52 inches D. Backing:. 1. Fiber Content: 90% Thermoplastic Olefin, 10% Post Consumer recycled glass. E. Repeat: 36” F. Colors, Textures, and Patterns: As indicated in the Interior Schedule for Finishes on the drawings. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Adhesive: Mildew-resistant, non-staining, strippable adhesive, for use with specific wall covering and substrate application indicated and as recommended in writing by wall-covering manufacturer. 1. Adhesives shall have a VOC content of 50g/L or less. 2. Adhesive shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Public Health's "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers." B. Seam Tape: As recommended in writing by wall-covering manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for levelness, wall plumbness, maximum moisture content, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for surface preparation. B. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of wall covering, including dirt, oil, grease, mold, mildew, and incompatible primers. 571 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. Prepare substrates to achieve a smooth, dry, clean, structurally sound surface free of flaking, unsound coatings, cracks, and defects. 1. Moisture Content: Maximum of 5 percent on new plaster, concrete, and concrete masonry units when tested with an electronic moisture meter. 2. Gypsum Board: Prime with primer as recommended in writing by primer/sealer manufacturer and wall-covering manufacturer. 3. Painted Surfaces: Treat areas susceptible to pigment bleeding. D. Check painted surfaces for pigment bleeding. Sand gloss, semigloss, and eggshell finish with fine sandpaper. E. Remove hardware and hardware accessories, electrical plates and covers, light fixture trims, and similar items. F. Acclimatize wall-covering materials by removing them from packaging in the installation areas not less than 24 hours before installation. 3.3 WALL-COVERING INSTALLATION A. Comply with wall-covering manufacturers' written installation instructions applicable to products and applications indicated. B. Cut wall-covering strips in roll number sequence. Change the roll numbers at partition breaks and corners. C. Install strips in same order as cut from roll. 1. For solid-color, even-texture, or random-match wall coverings, reverse every other strip. D. Install wall covering without lifted or curling edges and without visible shrinkage. E. Trim edges and seams for color uniformity, pattern match, and tight closure. Butt seams without overlaps or gaps between strips. F. Fully bond wall covering to substrate. Remove air bubbles, wrinkles, blisters, and other defects. 3.4 CLEANING A. Remove excess adhesive at seams, perimeter edges, and adjacent surfaces. B. Use cleaning methods recommended in writing by wall-covering manufacturer. C. Replace strips that cannot be cleaned. D. Reinstall hardware and hardware accessories, electrical plates and covers, light fixture trims, and similar items. 572 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 END OF SECTION 097200 573 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 099123 - INTERIOR PAINTING TIPS: To view non-printing Editor's Notes that provide guidance for editing, click on MasterWorks/Single-File Formatting/Toggle/Editor's Notes. To read detailed research, technical information about products and materials, and coordination checklists, click on MasterWorks/Supporting Information. Content Requests: <Double click here to submit questions, comments, or suggested edits to this Section.> Access Manufacturer-Provided, AIA MasterSpec-Based Sections: <Double click here for this Section based on specific manufacturer’s products set as Basis-of-Design at ProductMasterSpec.com.> This Section may be edited using AVITRU's SpecBuilder and the MPI Architectural Painting Decision Tree. <Double click here to connect.> PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes surface preparation and the application of paint systems onthe following interior substrates: 1. Concrete. 2. Concrete masonry units (CMUs). 3. Steel and cast iron. 4. Galvanized metal. 5. Aluminum (not anodized or otherwise coated). 6. Wood. 7. Gypsum board. 8. Plaster. 574 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 051200 "Structural Steel Framing" for shop priming structural steel. 2. Section 055000 "Metal Fabrications" for shop priming metal fabrications. 3. Section 055113 "Metal Pan Stairs" for shop priming metal pan stairs. 4. Section 055116 "Metal Floor Plate Stairs" for shop priming metal floor plate stairs. 5. Section 055119 "Metal Grating Stairs" for shop priming metal grating stairs. 6. Section 055213 "Pipe and Tube Railings" for shop painting pipe and tube railings. 7. Section 099600 "High-Performance Coatings" for tile-like coatings. 8. Section 099300 "Staining and Transparent Finishing" for surface preparation and the application of wood stains and transparent finishes on interior wood substrates. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. MPI Gloss Level 1: Not more than five units at 60 degrees and 10 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D523. B. MPI Gloss Level 2: Not more than 10 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D523. C. MPI Gloss Level 3: 10 to 25 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D523. D. MPI Gloss Level 4: 20 to 35 units at 60 degrees and not less than 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D523. E. MPI Gloss Level 5: 35 to 70 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D523. F. MPI Gloss Level 6: 70 to 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D523. G. MPI Gloss Level 7: More than 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D523. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include preparation requirements and application instructions. 1. Include Printout of current "MPI Approved Products List" for each product category specified, with the proposed product highlighted. 2. Indicate VOC content. B. Samples for Verification: For each type of paint system and in each color and gloss of topcoat. 1. Submit Samples on rigid backing, 8 inches (200 mm) square. 2. Apply coats on Samples in steps to show each coat required for system. 3. Label each coat of each Sample. 575 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 4. Label each Sample for location and application area. C. Product List: Cross-reference to paint system and locations of application areas. Use same designations indicated on Drawings and in schedules. Include color designations. 1. Cross-reference to paint system and locations of application areas. Use same designations indicated on Drawings and in schedules. 2. Indicate VOC content. 1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials, from the same product run, that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Paint: 5 percent, but not less than 1 gal. (3.8 L) of each material and color applied. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F (7 deg C). 1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily. 1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Apply paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and ambient air temperatures are between 50 and 95 deg F (10 and 35 deg C). B. Do not apply paints when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures less than 5 deg F (3 deg C) above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. C. Lead Paint: It is not expected that lead paint will be encountered in the Work. 1. If suspected lead paint is encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Architect and Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products indicated or comparable product from one of the following: 576 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Sherwin Williams 2. Benjamin Moore and Company 3. PPG Paints 4. Pratt and Lambert Paints 5. Valspar Paints B. Comparable Products: Comparable products of approved manufacturers will be considered in accordance with Section 016000 "Product Requirements," and the following: 1. Products are approved by manufacturer in writing for application specified. 2. Products meet performance and physical characteristics of basis of design product including published ratio of solids by volume, plus or minus two percent 2.2 PAINT, GENERAL A. MPI Standards: Products shall comply with MPI standards indicated and shall be listed in its "MPI Approved Products Lists." B. Material Compatibility: 1. Materials for use within each paint system shall be compatible with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. 2. For each coat in a paint system, products shall be recommended in writing by topcoat manufacturers for use in paint system and on substrate indicated. C. VOC Content: For field applications that are inside the weatherproofing system, paints and coatings shall provide materials that comply with VOC limits of authorities having jurisdiction and for interior paints and coatings applied at Project site, the following VOC limits exclusive of colorants added to a tint base, when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24): 1. Flat Paints and Coatings: 50 g/L. 2. Nonflat Paints and Coatings: 150 g/L. 3. Primers, Sealers, and Undercoaters: 200 g/L. 4. Anticorrosive and Antirust Paints Applied to Ferrous Metals: 250 g/L. 5. Floor Coatings: 100 g/L. 6. Shellacs, Clear: 730 g/L. 7. Shellacs, Pigmented: 550 g/L. D. Low-Emitting Materials: Interior paints and coatings shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small Scale Environmental Chambers." 577 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 E. Colors, Textures, and Patterns: As indicated in the Interior Schedule for Finishes on the drawings. 2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing of Paint Materials: Owner reserves the right to invoke the following procedure: 1. Owner will engage the services of a qualified testing agency to sample paint materials. Contractor will be notified in advance and may be present when samples are taken. If paint materials have already been delivered to Project site, samples may be taken at Project site. Samples will be identified, sealed, and certified by testing agency. 2. Testing agency will perform tests for compliance with product requirements. 3. Owner may direct Contractor to stop applying paints if test results show materials being used do not comply with product requirements. Contractor shall remove noncomplying paint materials from Project site, pay for testing, and repaint surfaces painted with rejected materials. Contractor will be required to remove rejected materials from previously painted surfaces if, on repainting with complying materials, the two paints are incompatible. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic moisture meter as follows: 1. Concrete: 12 percent. 2. Fiber-Cement Board: 12 percent. 3. Masonry (Clay and CMUs): 12 percent. 4. Wood: 15 percent. 5. Gypsum Board: 12 percent. 6. Plaster: 12 percent. C. Gypsum Board Substrates: Verify that finishing compound is sanded smooth. D. Plaster Substrates: Verify that plaster is fully cured. E. Spray-Textured Ceiling Substrates: Verify that surfaces are dry. F. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility, with existing finishes and primers. 578 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 G. Proceed with coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1. Application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual" applicable to substrates and paint systems indicated. B. Remove hardware, covers, plates, and similar items already in place that are removable and are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and painting. 1. After completing painting operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface-applied protection if any. C. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of paints, including dust, dirt, oil, grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants. 1. Remove incompatible primers and re-prime substrate with compatible primers or apply tie coat as required to produce paint systems indicated. D. Concrete Substrates: Remove release agents, curing compounds, efflorescence, and chalk. Do not paint surfaces if moisture content or alkalinity of surfaces to be painted exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions. E. Concrete Floors: Remove oil, dust, grease, dirt, and other foreign materials. Comply with SSPC-SP-13/NACE 6 or ICRI 03732.Masonry Substrates: Remove efflorescence and chalk. Do not paint surfaces if moisture content or alkalinity of surfaces or mortar joints exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions. F. Steel Substrates: Remove rust, loose mill scale, and shop primer, if any. Clean using methods recommended in writing by paint manufacturer[.] but not less than the following: 1. SSPC-SP 2. 2. SSPC-SP 3. 3. SSPC-SP 7/NACE No. 4. 4. SSPC-SP 11. G. Shop-Primed Steel Substrates: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and areas where shop paint is abraded. Paint exposed areas with the same material as used for shop priming to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-primed surfaces. H. Galvanized-Metal Substrates: Remove grease and oil residue from galvanized sheet metal by mechanical methods to produce clean, lightly etched surfaces that promote adhesion of subsequently applied paints. 579 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 I. Aluminum Substrates: Remove loose surface oxidation. J. Wood Substrates: 1. Scrape and clean knots, and apply coat of knot sealer before applying primer. 2. Sand surfaces that will be exposed to view, and dust off. 3. Prime edges, ends, faces, undersides, and backsides of wood. 4. After priming, fill holes and imperfections in the finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler. Sand smooth when dried. 3.3 APPLICATION A. Apply paints according to manufacturer's written instructions and to recommendations in "M PI Manual." 1. Use applicators and techniques suited for paint and substrate indicated. 2. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final installation, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. 3. Paint front and backsides of access panels, removable or hinged covers, and similar hinged items to match exposed surfaces. 4. Do not paint over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. 5. Primers specified in painting schedules may be omitted on items that are factory primed or factory finished if acceptable to topcoat manufacturers. B. Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat if multiple coats of same material are to be applied. Tint undercoats to match color of topcoat, but provide sufficient difference in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat. C. If undercoats or other conditions show through topcoat, apply additional coats until cured film has a uniform paint finish, color, and appearance. D. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and color breaks. E. Painting Fire Suppression, Plumbing, HVAC, Electrical, Communication, and Electronic Safety and Security Work: 1. Paint the following work where exposed in equipment rooms: a. Equipment, including panelboards. b. Uninsulated metal piping. c. Uninsulated plastic piping. d. Pipe hangers and supports. e. Metal conduit. 580 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 f. Plastic conduit. g. Tanks that do not have factory-applied final finishes. h. Duct, equipment, and pipe insulation having cotton or canvas insulation covering or other paintable jacket material. 2. Paint the following work where exposed in occupied spaces: a. Equipment, including panelboards. b. Uninsulated metal piping. c. Uninsulated plastic piping. d. Pipe hangers and supports. e. Metal conduit. f. Plastic conduit. g. Duct, equipment, and pipe insulation having cotton or canvas insulation covering or other paintable jacket material. h. Other items as directed by Architect. 3. Paint portions of internal surfaces of metal ducts, without liner, behind air inlets and outlets that are visible from occupied spaces. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Dry Film Thickness Testing: Owner may engage the services of a qualified testing and inspecting agency to inspect and test paint for dry film thickness. 1. Contractor shall touch up and restore painted surfaces damaged by testing. 2. If test results show that dry film thickness of applied paint does not comply with paint manufacturer's written recommendations, Contractor shall pay for testing and apply additional coats as needed to provide dry film thickness that complies with paint manufacturer's written recommendations. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials from Project site. B. After completing paint application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paints by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. C. Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition. D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. 581 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.6 INTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE A. Paint Color: As indicated in the Interior Finish Schedule on the drawings. B. Concrete Substrates, Nontraffic Surface: 1. Latex System: a. Prime Coat: Primer, latex, interior. 1) S-W Loxon Concrete & Masonry Primer Sealer, LX02W0050, at 8.0 mils (0.203 mm) wet, 3.2 mils (0.081 mm) dry. b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Latex, interior, flat. 1) S-W ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Flat, B30-2600 Series, at 4.0 mils (0.102 mm) wet, 1.6 mils (0.041 mm) dry, per coat. MPI #53 d. Topcoat: Latex, interior, low sheen. 1) S-W ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Low Sheen Eg-Shel, B24-2600 Series, at 4.0 mils (0.102 mm) wet, 1.6 mils (0.041 mm) dry, per coat. MPI #44 e. Topcoat: Latex, interior, eggshell. 1) S-W ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Eg-Shel, B20-2600 Series, at 4.0 mils (0.102 mm) wet, 1.7 mils (0.043 mm) dry, per coat . MPI #44 f. Topcoat: Latex, interior, semi-gloss. 1) S-W ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Semi-Gloss, B31-2600 Series, at 4.0 mils (0.102 mm) wet, 1.6 mils (0.041 mm) dry, per coat . MPI #43 g. Topcoat: Latex, interior, gloss. 1) S-W ProMar 200 Zero VOC Gloss, B21-12650 Series, at 4.0 mils (0.102 mm) wet, 1.4 mils (0.036 mm) dry, per coat. 2. Water-Based Light Industrial Coating System: a. Prime Coat: Primer sealer, latex, interior: 1) S-W Loxon Concrete & Masonry Primer Sealer, LX02W0050, at 8.0 mils (0.203 mm) wet, 3.2 mils (0.081 mm) dry. b. Intermediate Coat: Light industrial coating, interior, water based, matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, interior, water based, eggshell: 582 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1) S-W Pro Industrial Pre-Catalyzed Water Based Epoxy, K45-1150 Series, at 4.0 mils (0.102 mm) wet, 1.5 mils (0.038 mm) dry, per coat. MPI #151 d. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, interior, water based, semi-gloss: 1) S-W Pro Industrial Pre-Catalyzed Water Based Epoxy, K46-1150 Series, at 4.0 mils (0.102 mm) wet, 1.5 mils (0.038 mm) dry, per coat. MPI#153 3. Two-Component Epoxy and Epoxy High Build Systems for Non-Traffic Surfaces: Refer to Section 099600 "High-Performance Coatings." C. CMU Substrates: 1. Latex System: a. Block Filler: Block filler, latex, interior/exterior: 1) S-W PrepRite Block Filler, B25W25, at 75-125 sq. ft. per gal. (1.84 to 3.07 sq. m per liter). b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Latex, interior, flat: 1) S-W ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Flat, B30-2600 Series, at 4.0 mils (0.102 mm) wet, 1.6 mils (0.041 mm) dry, per coat. d. Topcoat: Latex, interior, low sheen: 1) S-W ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Low Sheen Enamel, B24-2600 Series, at 4.0 mils (0.102 mm) wet, 1.6 mils (0.041 mm) dry, per coat. e. Topcoat: Latex, interior, eggshell: 1) S-W ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Eg-Shel, B20-2600 Series, at 4.0 mils (0.102 mm) wet, 1.7 mils (0.043 mm) dry, per coat. f. Topcoat: Latex, interior, semi-gloss: 1) S-W ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Semi-Gloss, B31-2600 Series, at 4.0 mils (0.102 mm) wet, 1.6 mils (0.041 mm) dry, per coat. g. Topcoat: Latex, interior, gloss: 1) S-W ProMar 200 Zero VOC Gloss, B21-12650 Series, at 4.0 mils (0.102 mm) wet, 1.5 mils (0.038 mm) dry, per coat. 2. Water-Based Light Industrial Coating System: 583 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 a. Block Filler: Block filler, latex, interior/exterior: 1) S-W PrepRite Block Filler, B25W25, at 75-125 sq. ft. per gal. (1.84 to 3.07 sq. m per liter). b. Intermediate Coat: Light industrial coating, interior, water based, matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, interior, water based, eggshell: 1) S-W Pro Industrial Pre-Catalyzed Water Based Epoxy, K45-151 Series, at 4.0 mils (0.102 mm) wet, 1.5 mils (0.038 mm) dry, per coat. d. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, interior, water based, semi-gloss: 1) S-W Pro Industrial Pre-Catalyzed Water Based Epoxy, K46-151 Series, at 4.0 mils (0.102 mm) wet, 1.5 mils (0.038 mm) dry, per coat. D. Metal Substrates (Aluminum, Steel, Galvanized Steel): 1. Latex System: a. Prime Coat: Primer, rust-inhibitive, water based: 1) S-W Pro Industrial Pro-Cryl Universal Primer, B66-310 Series, at 5.0 to 10 mils (0.127 to 0.254 mm) wet, 2.0 to 4.0 mils (0.051 to 0.102 mm) dry. b. Intermediate Coat: Water-based acrylic, interior, matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Water-based acrylic, semi-gloss: 1) S-W Pro Industrial DTM Acrylic Semi-Gloss Coating, B66 Series, at 2.5 to 4.0 mils (0.064 to 0.102 mm) dry, per coat. d. Topcoat: Water-based acrylic, gloss: 1) S-W Pro Industrial DTM Acrylic Gloss Coating, B66 Series, at 2.5 to 4.0 mils (0.064 to 0.102 mm) dry, per coat. 2. Water-Based Dry-Fall System: a. Top Coat: Dry-fall latex, flat: 1) S-W Pro Industrial Waterborne Acrylic Dryfall Flat, B42-181 Series, at 6.0 mils (0.152 mm) wet, 1.5 mils (0.038 mm) dry. MPI #118 b. Top Coat: Dry-fall latex, eggshell: 1) S-W Pro Industrial Waterborne Acrylic DryFall Eg-Shel, B42-82, at 6.0 mils (0.152 mm) wet, 1.9 mils (0.048 mm) dry. c. Top Coat: Dry-fall latex, semi-gloss: 584 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1) S-W Pro Industrial Waterborne Acrylic DryFall Semi-Gloss, B42-83, at 5.8 mils (0.147 mm) wet, 2.3 mils (0.058 mm) dry. 3. Water-Based Light Industrial Coating System: a. Prime Coat: Primer, rust-inhibitive, water based: 1) S-W Pro Industrial Pro-Cryl Universal Primer, B66-310 Series, at 5.0 to 10 mils (0.127 to 0.254 mm) wet, 2.0 to 4.0 mils (0.051 to 0.102 mm) dry. b. Intermediate Coat: Light industrial coating, interior, water based, matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, interior, water based, eggshell: 1) S-W Pro Industrial Pre-Catalyzed Water Based Epoxy, K45-151 Series, at 4.0 mils (0.102 mm) wet, 1.5 mils (0.038 mm) dry, per coat. d. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, interior, water based, semi-gloss: 1) S-W Pro Industrial Pre-Catalyzed Water Based Epoxy, K46-151 Series, at 4.0 mils (0.102 mm) wet, 1.5 mils (0.038 mm) dry, per coat. E. Gypsum Board Substrates: 1. Latex System: a. Prime Coat: Primer, latex, interior: 1) S-W ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Primer, B28W2600, at 4.0 mils (0.102 mm) wet, 1.0 mils (0.025 mm) dry. b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Latex, interior, flat: 1) S-W ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Flat, B30-2600 Series, at 4.0 mils (0.102 mm) wet, 1.6 mils (0.041 mm) dry, per coat. d. Topcoat: Latex, interior, low sheen: 1) S-W ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Low Sheen Enamel, B24-2600 Series, at 4.0 mils (0.102 mm) wet, 1.6 mils (0.041 mm) dry, per coat. e. Topcoat: Latex, interior, low sheen: 1) S-W ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Low Gloss Eg-Shel, B41-2600 Series, at 4.0 mils (0.102 mm) wet, 1.6 mils (0.041 mm) dry, per coat. f. Topcoat: Latex, interior, eggshell: 585 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1) S-W ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Eg-Shel, B20-2600 Series, at 4.0 mils (0.102 mm) wet, 1.7 mils (0.043 mm) dry, per coat. g. Topcoat: Latex, interior, semi-gloss: 1) S-W ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Semi-Gloss, B31-2600 Series, at 4.0 mils (0.102 mm) wet, 1.6 mils (0.041 mm) dry, per coat. h. Topcoat: Latex, interior, gloss: 1) S-W ProMar 200 Zero VOC Gloss, B21-12650 Series, at 4.0 mils (0.102 mm) wet, 1.5 mils (0.038 mm) dry, per coat. END OF SECTION 099123 586 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 099300 - TRANSPARENT FINISHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Transparent finishes. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 064023 "Interior Architectural Woodwork" for wood trim and adjacent wood veneer finish to be matched by transparent finish in this section. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. For each type of product. 2. Include preparation requirements and application instructions. 3. Indicate VOC content. B. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's standard color sheets, showing full range of available colors for each type of exposed finish. C. Samples for Verification: Sample for each type of finish system and in each color and gloss of finish required on representative samples of actual wood substrates. 1. Size: 8 inches (200 mm) square. 2. Apply coats on Samples in steps to show each coat required for system. 3. Label each coat of each Sample. 4. Label each Sample for location and application area. D. Product List: Cross-reference to finish system and locations of application areas. Use same designations indicated on Drawings and in schedules. Include color designations. 1.3 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Extra Stock Material: Furnish extra materials, from the same product run, that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Transparent Finishes: 5 percent, but not less than [1 gal. (3.8 L)] of each material applied. 587 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1.4 MOCKUPS A. Apply mockups of each finish system indicated and each color selected to verify preliminary selections made under Sample submittals and to set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Architect will select one surface to represent surfaces and conditions for application of each type of finish system and substrate. a. Vertical and Horizontal Surfaces: Provide samples of at least 10 square feet. b. Other Items: Architect will designate items or areas required. 2. Final approval of stain color selections will be based on mockups. a. If preliminary stain color selections are not approved, apply additional mockups of additional stain colors selected by Architect at no added cost to Owner. 3. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F (7 deg C). 1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily. 1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Apply finishes only when temperature of surfaces to be finished and ambient air temperatures are between 50 and 95 deg F (10 and 35 deg C). B. Do not apply finishes when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent, at temperatures of less than 5 deg F (3 deg C) above the dew point, or to damp or wet surfaces. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. BEHR B. Sherwin Williams C. PPG 588 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 D. Lenmar 2.2 SOURCE LIMITATIONS A. Source Limitations: Obtain each coating product from single source from single manufacturer. 2.3 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Material Compatibility: 1. Provide materials for use within each coating system that are compati ble with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. 2.4 PRIMERS A. Alkyd Sanding Sealer, Interior, Solvent Based, Clear: Solvent-based, quick-drying, clear, sandable alkyd sealer used on new interior wood surfaces that are to be top-coated with an alkyd varnish. 1. <Double click here to find, evaluate, and insert list of manufacturers and products.> 2.5 TRANSPARENT FINISHES A. Varnish, Interior, Flat/Satin: Solvent-based, alkyd-type, clear flat/satin varnish for new or properly prepared, previously varnished interior wood surfaces. 1. Gloss and Sheen Level: Maximum gloss of 5 units at 60 degrees and maximum sheen of 10 units at 85 degrees when tested in accordance with ASTM D523 . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Maximum Moisture Content of Exterior Wood Substrates: 15 percent, when measured with an electronic moisture meter. C. Maximum Moisture Content of Interior Wood Substrates: 7 percent, when measured with an electronic moisture meter. 589 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 D. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility with existing finishes and primers. E. Proceed with finish application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1. Beginning finish application constitutes Contractor's acceptance of substrates and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Remove hardware, covers, plates, and similar items already in place that are removable. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and finishing. 1. After completing finishing operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface-applied protection if any. B. Clean and prepare surfaces to be finished according to manufacturer's written instructions for each substrate condition and as specified. 1. Remove dust, dirt, oil, and grease by washing with a detergent solution; rinse thoroughly with clean water and allow to dry. Remove grade stamps and pencil marks by sanding lightly. Remove loose wood fibers by brushing. 2. Remove mildew by scrubbing with a commercial wash formulated for mildew removal and as recommended by stain manufacturer. C. Interior Wood Substrates: 1. Scrape and clean knots, and apply coat of knot sealer before applying primer. 2. Apply wood filler paste to open-grain woods to produce smooth, glasslike finish. 3. Sand surfaces exposed to view and dust off. 4. After priming, fill holes and imperfections in the finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler. Sand smooth when dry. 3.3 APPLICATION A. Apply finishes according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Use applicators and techniques suited for finish and substrate indicated. 2. Finish surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed surfaces. 3. Do not apply finishes over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. B. Apply finishes to produce surface films without cloudiness, holidays, lap marks, brush marks, runs, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. 590 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials from Project site. B. After completing finish application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered materials by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. C. Protect work of other trades against damage from finish application. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition. D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced finished wood surfaces. 3.5 INTERIOR WOOD-FINISH-SYSTEM SCHEDULE A. Wood Substrates, Wood Trim, Architectural Woodwork, Wood Board Paneling: 1. Alkyd Varnish System : a. Prime Coat: Alkyd. b. Intermediate Coat: Varnish matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Varnish, interior, flat. END OF SECTION 099300 591 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 101100 - VISUAL DISPLAY UNITS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Visual display board assemblies. 2. Sliding visual display units. 3. Visual display conference units. 4. Glass markerboards. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Sustainable Design Submittals: 1. <Double click to insert sustainable design text for installation adhesives.> 2. <Double click to insert sustainable design text for composite wood.> C. Shop Drawings: For visual display units. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachment to other work. 2. Show locations of panel joints D. Samples: For each type of visual display unit indicated. E. Product Schedule: For visual display units. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Sample warranties. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance data. 592 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1.5 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty for Porcelain-Enamel Face Sheets: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace porcelain-enamel face sheets that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: [50] <Insert number> years from date of Substantial Completion. 2. Warranty Period: Life of the building. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Comply with ASTM E84; testing by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Flame-Spread Index: [25] <Insert value> or less. 2. Smoke-Developed Index: [50] [450] <Insert value> or less. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 2.2 VISUAL DISPLAY BOARD ASSEMBLY <Insert drawing designation> A. <Double click here to find, evaluate, and insert list of manufacturers and products.> B. Visual Display Board Assembly: [Field] [or] [factory] fabricated. 1. Assembly: [Chalkboard] [markerboard] [and] [tackboard]. 2. Corners: [Square] [Rounded]. 3. Width: [As indicated on Drawings] <Insert dimension>. 4. Height: [As indicated on Drawings] <Insert dimension>. C. Chalkboard Panel: [Porcelain-enamel] [High-pressure chalkboard laminate] [Melamine]- faced chalkboard panel on core indicated. 1. Color: [Green] [Blue] [Brown] [Black] [As indicated by manufacturer's designations] [Match Architect's sample] [As selected by Architect from full range of industry colors] <Insert color>. D. Markerboard Panel: [Porcelain-enamel-faced] [High-pressure markerboard laminate-faced] [Melamine-faced] <Insert facing> markerboard panel on core indicated. 593 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Color: [White] [Beige] [Tan] [As indicated by manufacturer's designations] [Match Architect's sample] [As selected by Architect from full range of industry colors] <Insert color>. E. Tackboard Panel: [Natural-cork] [Plastic-impregnated-cork] [Vinyl-fabric-faced] [Polyester-fabric-faced] tackboard panel on core indicated. 1. Fabric Wrapped Edge: Wrap edge of tackboard panel with fabric facing. 2. Color and Pattern: [As indicated by manufacturer's designations] [Match Architect's sample] [As selected by Architect from full range of industry colors]. F. Aluminum Frames[ and Trim]: Fabricated from not less than 0.062-inch- (1.57-mm-) thick, extruded aluminum; [standard size and shape] [slim size and standard shape] [of size and shape indicated on Drawings] <Insert size and shape>. 1. Field-Applied Trim: Manufacturer's standard, [snap-on trim with no visible screws or exposed joints] [slip-on trim] [screw-on trim with Phillips flat-head screws]. 2. Aluminum Finish: [Clear anodic] [Color anodic] [Manufacturer's standard baked- enamel or powder-coat] finish. a. Color: [Light bronze] [Medium bronze] [Dark bronze] [Black] [As indicated by manufacturer's designations] [Match Architect's sample] [As selected by Architect from full range of industry colors and color densities] <Insert color>. G. Factory-Applied Wood Trim: [Red oak] [Walnut] [Manufacturer's standard species] <Insert species>, not less than 1/2 inch (13 mm) thick; [standard size and shape] [of size and shape indicated on Drawings] <Insert size and shape> with [opaque] [transparent] finish. H. Vinyl Trim: [Dark brown] [Black] [As indicated by manufacturer's designations] [Match Architect's sample] [As selected by Architect from full range of industry colors]. I. Joints: Make joints only where total length exceeds maximum manufactured length. Fabricate with minimum number of joints, [balanced around center of board, as acceptable to Architect] [as indicated on approved Shop Drawings]. J. Combination Assemblies: Provide [manufacturer's standard exposed trim] [H-trim] [hidden spline] between abutting sections of visual display panels. K. Chalktray: Manufacturer's standard; continuous. 1. Box Type: Extruded aluminum with slanted front, grooved tray, and cast-aluminum end closures. 2. Solid Type: Extruded aluminum with ribbed section and smoothly curved exposed ends. L. Display Rail: Manufacturer's standard, extruded-aluminum display rail with [plastic- impregnated-cork] <Insert material> insert, end stops, [and continuous paper holder, ]designed to hold accessories. 594 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Size: [1 inch (25 mm)] [2 inches (50 mm)] [3 inches (75 mm)] high by [full length of visual display unit] [length indicated on Drawings]. 2. Map Hooks: [Two] <Insert number> map hooks for every [48 (1200)] <Insert dimension> inches (mm) of display rail or fraction thereof. 3. Map Hooks and Clips: [Two] <Insert number> map hooks with flexible metal clips for every [48 (1200)] <Insert dimension> inches (mm) of display rail or fraction thereof. 4. Flag Holder: [One] <Insert number> for each room. 5. Tackboard Insert Color: [As indicated by manufacturer's designations] [Match Architect's sample] [As selected by Architect from full range of industry colors] <Insert color>. 6. Aluminum Color: Match finish of visual display assembly trim. M. Paper Holder Display Rail: Extruded aluminum; designed to hold paper by clamping action. 2.3 SLIDING VISUAL DISPLAY UNITS A. Horizontal-Sliding Visual Display Units: Factory-fabricated units consisting of extruded- aluminum tubular frame, fixed rear visual display panel, aluminum -framed horizontal-sliding visual display panels, and extruded-aluminum fascia that conceals overhead sliding track; designed for recessed mounting. Provide panels that operate smoothly without vibration or chatter. 1. <Double click here to find, evaluate, and insert list of manufacturers and products.> 2. Two-Track Units: Fabricate unit with fixed rear panel covering entire rear surface. Provide two sliding panels, each equal to not less than one-half of overall length of unit. 3. Three-Track Units: Fabricate unit with fixed rear panel covering entire rear sur face. Provide three sliding panels, each equal to not less than [one-third] [one-half] of overall length of unit. 4. Four-Track Units: Fabricate unit with fixed rear panel centered in and covering not less than one-half of rear surface, and fixed front panel on each side of unit equal to not less than one-quarter of overall length of unit. Provide four sliding panels , each equal to not less than one-quarter of overall length of unit. a. Swinging Doors: Fabricated from same construction as sliding panels and supported on full-height continuous hinges. Provide visual display panel on both faces of each door. 5. Hardware: Manufacturer's standard, extruded-aluminum overhead track and channel- shaped bottom guides; with two nylon ball-bearing carriers and two nylon rollers for each sliding panel. 6. Overall Width: [As indicated on Drawings] <Insert dimension>. 7. Overall Height: [As indicated on Drawings] <Insert dimension>. B. Vertical-Sliding Visual Display Units: Factory-fabricated units consisting of extruded- aluminum tubular frame, fixed rear visual display panel, and aluminum-framed vertical-sliding panels; [motor operated; ]designed for recessed mounting. Provide panels that operate smoothly without vibration or chatter. 595 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. <Double click here to find, evaluate, and insert list of manufacturers and products.> 2. Type: Tubular frame on [four sides] [top and two sides, with sides extending to floor; with kick panel to conceal sliding panels]. Design unit to support panels independently of wall. 3. Two-Track Units: Fabricate unit with fixed rear panel covering entire rear surface. Provide two sliding panels, each equal to not less than one-half of overall height of unit. 4. Three-Track Units: Fabricate unit with fixed rear panel covering entire rear surface. Provide three sliding panels, each equal to not less than one-half of overall height of unit. 5. Four-Track Units: Fabricate unit with fixed rear panel centered in and covering not less than one-half of rear surface. Provide four sliding panels, each equal to not less than one- half of overall height of unit. 6. Hardware: Manufacturer's standard, neoprene ball-bearing end rollers, four on each side of each sliding panel. Counterbalance each sliding panel with counterweights supported by steel aircraft cable over ball-bearing sheaves; with removable cover plate for access to counterweights. Provide rubber bumpers at top and bottom for each sliding panel. 7. Motorized Operation: Provide not less than one motor with gearhead reducers for each sliding panel, mounted above visual display unit and connected to sliding panels with steel aircraft cable. Provide removable cover plate for access to motor. Equip motors with limit switches to automatically stop motor at each end of travel. a. Electric Motors: UL approved or recognized, totally enclosed, complying with NEMA MG 1, with thermal-overload protection; 1/15 hp, single phase, [110] [220] V, 60 Hz. b. Control Station: Three-position, [maintained] [momentary] contact, switch- operated control station with open, close, and off functions; with NEMA ICS 6, Type 1 enclosure. Provide [one] <Insert number> control station(s) for each sliding panel unit. c. Key Switch: Provide supplementary key switch for each control station. Furnish two keys for each control station, keyed alike. 8. Overall Width: [As indicated on Drawings] <Insert dimension>. 9. Overall Height: [As indicated on Drawings] <Insert dimension>. C. Panels and Accessories: 1. Sliding Chalkboard Panel: [Porcelain-enamel] [High-pressure chalkboard laminate]- faced chalkboard panel on kraft-paper honeycomb core designed to be rigid and to resist warpage, not less than [3/8 (9.5)] <Insert dimension> inch (mm) thick. a. Color: [Green] [Blue] [Brown] [Black] [As indicated by manufacturer's designations] [Match Architect's sample] [As selected by Architect from full range of industry colors] <Insert color>. 2. Sliding Markerboard Panel: [Porcelain-enamel] [High-pressure markerboard laminate]-faced markerboard panel on kraft-paper honeycomb core designed to be rigid and to resist warpage, not less than [3/8 (9.5)] <Insert dimension> inch (mm) thick. 596 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 a. Color: [White] [Beige] [Tan] [As indicated by manufacturer's designations] [Match Architect's sample] [As selected by Architect from full range of industry colors] <Insert color>. 3. Sliding Tackboard Panel: [Natural-cork] [Plastic-impregnated-cork] [Vinyl-fabric- faced] [Polyester-fabric-faced] tackboard panel on kraft-paper honeycomb core designed to be rigid and to resist warpage, not less than [3/8 (9.5)] <Insert dimension> inch (mm) thick. a. Color and Pattern: [As indicated by manufacturer's designations] [Match Architect's sample] [As selected by Architect from full range of industry colors]. 4. Fixed Rear Chalkboard Panel: [Porcelain-enamel] [High-pressure chalkboard laminate]-faced chalkboard panel on core indicated. a. Color: [Green] [Blue] [Brown] [Black] [As indicated by manufacturer's designations] [Match Architect's sample] [As selected by Architect from full range of industry colors] <Insert color>. 5. Fixed Rear Markerboard Panel: [Porcelain-enamel] [High-pressure markerboard laminate]-faced markerboard panel on core indicated. a. Color: [White] [Beige] [Tan] [As indicated by manufacturer's designations] [Match Architect's sample] [As selected by Architect from full range of industry colors] <Insert color>. 6. Fixed Rear Tackboard Panel: [Natural-cork] [Plastic-impregnated-cork] [Vinyl- fabric-faced] [Polyester-fabric-faced] tackboard panel on core indicated. a. Color and Pattern: [As indicated by manufacturer's designations] [Match Architect's sample] [As selected by Architect from full range of industry colors]. 7. Kick Panel: Manufacturer's standard [fabric-covered cork] [low-pressure laminate]. a. Color and Pattern: [As indicated by manufacturer's designations] [Match Architect's sample] [As selected by Architect from full range of industry colors]. 8. Accessories: [Chalktray] [locks] [and] [easel pad clamps]. 9. Display Rail: Manufacturer's standard, extruded-aluminum display rail with [plastic- impregnated-cork] <Insert material> insert, end stops, [and continuous paper holder, ]designed to hold accessories. a. Size: [1 inch (25 mm)] [2 inches (50 mm)] [3 inches (75 mm)] high by full length of visual display unit. 597 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 b. Map Hooks: [Two] <Insert number> map hooks for every [48 (1200)] <Insert dimension> inches (mm) of display rail or fraction thereof. c. Flag Holder: [One] <Insert number> for each sliding visual display unit. d. Tackboard Insert Color: [As indicated by manufacturer's designations] [Match Architect's sample] [As selected by Architect from full range of industry colors] <Insert color>. 10. Aluminum Trim: [Factory applied] [Field applied]; in [manufacturer's standard] <Insert description> size and profile; with [clear anodic] <Insert description> finish. 2.4 VISUAL DISPLAY CONFERENCE UNITS A. <Double click here to find, evaluate, and insert list of manufacturers and products.> B. Visual Display Conference Units: Factory-fabricated units consisting of hinged-door wood cabinet with perimeter face frame, sides, and back; not less than 3-inch (75-mm) interior depth and designed for surface wall mounting. Fabricate inside of cabinet and cabinet doors with fixed visual display units. 1. Wood Cabinets: Fabricated from solid wood with integral, solid-wood marker tray. Fabricate hinged door panels with solid-wood frame and wood-veneer exterior surface. a. Species and Finish: [Red oak] [Walnut] [Mahogany] <Insert species> with [natural lacquered] [oiled] [stained] finish. 2. Plastic-Laminate Cabinets: Cabinet and hinged door panels fabricated from manufacturer's standard wood panels finished with high-pressure decorative laminate; with integral marker tray. a. Color: [Match Architect's sample] [As indicated by referencing manufacturer's designations] [As selected by Architect from full range of industry colors] <Insert color>. 3. Cabinet Corners: [Square] [Rounded]. 4. Hardware: Manufacturer's standard, full-height continuous hinges[, wire door pulls,] and door bumpers. 5. Fixed Rear Panel: Manufacturer's standard [porcelain-enamel] [high-pressure markerboard laminate] [glass] markerboard panel. a. Color: [White] [Beige] [Tan] [Match Architect's sample] [As indicated by referencing manufacturer's designations] [As selected by Architect from full range of industry colors] <Insert color>. 6. Inside Surface of Doors: Same as fixed rear panel. 7. Inside Surface of Doors: Tackboard panel consisting of [natural-cork] [plastic- impregnated-cork] [vinyl-fabric] [polyester-fabric] facing on manufacturer's standard core. 598 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 a. Color: [Match Architect's sample] [As indicated by referencing manufacturer's designations] [As selected by Architect from full range of industry colors] <Insert color>. 8. Width: [48 inches (1219 mm)] [As indicated on Drawings] <Insert dimension>. 9. Height: [36 inches (914 mm)] [48 inches (1219 mm)] [72 inches (1829 mm)] [As indicated on Drawings] <Insert dimension>. 10. Accessories: [Cylinder lock] [and] [flip-chart pad clamp]. 2.5 GLASS MARKERBOARDS A. <Double click here to find, evaluate, and insert list of manufacturers and products.> B. Glass Markerboards: Fabricated of [6-mm tempered] [or] [6-mm tempered-laminated] [low- iron] [ultra-thin] glass[ with steel backing for use with magnets]. 1. Edge Treatment: Smooth polished edge with [rounded] [eased] corners. 2. Frame: Aluminum trim in profile indicated. 3. Surface: [Glossy] [Matte]. 4. Color: [White] [Gray] [Translucent] [Clear] [Black] [Red] [Blue] <Insert color>. C. Mounting: Round, stainless steel standoffs, holding glass approximately [1 (25)] <Insert dimension> inch (mm) from wall surface; mounted [through holes in] [in notches in standoffs at top and bottom edges of] markerboard. D. Mounting: Concealed, Z-shaped brackets. E. Mounting: Manufacturer's standard adhesive or adhesive-foam tape mounting. F. Graphics: Provide screen-printed graphics as indicated. G. Marker Tray: [Glass] [Aluminum], attached with [stainless steel clips] [magnet]. H. Size: [18 by 24 (457 by 610)] [24 by 36 (610 by 914)] [36 by 48 (914 by 1219)] [48 by 96 (1219 by 2438)] <Insert dimensions> inches (mm). 2.6 CHALKBOARD PANELS A. Porcelain-Enamel Chalkboard Panels: High-pressure factory-laminated chalkboard panels of balanced three-ply construction, consisting of moisture-barrier backing, core material, and porcelain-enamel face sheet with matte finish. Laminate panels under heat and pressure with manufacturer's standard, flexible waterproof adhesive. 1. Face Sheet Thickness: [0.021 inch (0.53 mm)] [0.013 inch (0.33 mm)] uncoated base metal thickness. 599 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Manufacturer's Standard Core: Minimum 1/4 inch (6 mm) thick, with manufacturer's standard moisture-barrier backing. 3. Hardboard Core: 1/4 inch (6 mm) thick; with [0.005-inch- (0.127-mm-) thick, aluminum foil] [0.015-inch- (0.38-mm-) thick, aluminum sheet] [0.0129-inch- (0.33- mm-) thick, galvanized-steel sheet] backing. 4. Particleboard Core: 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) thick; with [0.005-inch- (0.127-mm-) thick, aluminum foil] [0.015-inch- (0.38-mm-) thick, aluminum sheet] [0.0129-inch- (0.33- mm-) thick, galvanized-steel sheet] backing. 5. Fiberboard Core: [3/8 inch (9.5 mm)] [1/2 inch (13 mm)] thick; with [0.001-inch- (0.025-mm-) thick, aluminum foil] [0.015-inch- (0.38-mm-) thick, aluminum sheet] [0.0129-inch- (0.33-mm-) thick, galvanized-steel sheet] backing. 6. MDF Core: 7/16 inch (11 mm) thick; with manufacturer's standard moisture-barrier backing. 7. Laminating Adhesive: Manufacturer's standard moisture-resistant thermoplastic type. B. High-Pressure Chalkboard Laminate Panels: Factory-laminated chalkboard panels of balanced three-ply construction, consisting of backing, fiberboard core material, and high-pressure chalkboard laminate writing surface. C. Melamine Chalkboard Panels: Fabricated from 1/4-inch- (6-mm-) thick, sealed and primed hardboard core permanently bonded with thermally fused, melamine-impregnated decorative paper writing surface complying. 2.7 MARKERBOARD PANELS A. Porcelain-Enamel Markerboard Panels: Balanced, high-pressure, factory-laminated markerboard assembly of three-ply construction, consisting of moisture-barrier backing, core material, and porcelain-enamel face sheet with [high] [low]-gloss finish. Laminate panels under heat and pressure with manufacturer's standard, flexible waterproof adhesive. 1. Face Sheet Thickness: [0.021 inch (0.53 mm)] [0.013 inch (0.33 mm)] uncoated base metal thickness. 2. Manufacturer's Standard Core: Minimum 1/4 inch (6 mm) thick, with manufacturer's standard moisture-barrier backing. 3. Hardboard Core: 1/4 inch (6 mm) thick; with [0.005-inch- (0.127-mm-) thick, aluminum foil] [0.015-inch- (0.38-mm-) thick, aluminum sheet] [0.013-inch- (0.33- mm-) thick, galvanized-steel sheet] backing. 4. Particleboard Core: [3/8 inch (9.5 mm)] [1/2 inch (13 mm)] thick; with [0.005-inch- (0.127-mm-) thick, aluminum foil] [0.015-inch- (0.38-mm-) thick, aluminum sheet] [0.013-inch- (0.33-mm-) thick, galvanized-steel sheet] backing. 5. Fiberboard Core: [3/8 inch (9.5 mm)] [1/2 inch (13 mm)] thick; with [0.001-inch- (0.025-mm-) thick, aluminum foil] [0.015-inch- (0.38-mm-) thick, aluminum sheet] [0.013-inch- (0.33-mm-) thick, galvanized-steel sheet] backing. 6. MDF Core: 7/16 inch (11 mm) thick; with manufacturer's standard moisture-barrier backing. 7. Laminating Adhesive: Manufacturer's standard moisture-resistant thermoplastic type. 600 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. High-Pressure Markerboard Laminate Panels: Factory-laminated markerboard panel of three- ply construction, consisting of backing, fiberboard core material, and high-pressure markerboard laminate writing surface. C. Melamine Markerboard Panels: Fabricated from 1/4-inch- (6-mm-) thick, sealed and primed hardboard panels permanently bonded with thermally fused, melamine-impregnated decorative paper writing surface. 2.8 TACKBOARD PANELS A. Tackboard Panels: 1. Facing: [1/16-inch- (1.6-mm-) thick,] [1/8-inch- (3-mm-) thick,] [1/4-inch- (6-mm-) thick,] [natural cork] [plastic-impregnated cork]. 2. Facing: [Vinyl] [Polyester] fabric. 3. Facing: [Vinyl] [Polyester] fabric factory laminated to [1/16-inch- (1.6-mm-)] [1/8- inch- (3-mm-)] [1/4-inch- (6-mm-)] thick, cork sheet. 4. Facing: Recycled rubber, 0.44 inch (11 mm) thick; with [tan] [red] [green] [grey] [blue] color flecks. 5. Core: Manufacturer's standard. 6. Core: [3/8-inch- (9.5-mm-)] [7/16-inch- (11-mm-)] thick fiberboard. 7. Core: 1/4-inch- (6-mm-) thick [hardboard] [or] [particleboard]. 2.9 MATERIALS A. Porcelain-Enamel Face Sheet: PEI-1002, with face sheet manufacturer's standard two- or three- coat process. B. High-Pressure Decorative Laminate: NEMA LD 3. C. High-Pressure Markerboard Laminate: Complying with physical testing requirements of NEMA LD 3. D. High-Pressure Chalkboard Laminate: Complying with physical testing requirements of NEMA LD 3. E. Natural-Cork Sheet: Seamless, single-layer, compressed fine-grain cork sheet; bulletin board quality; face sanded for natural finish[; with surface-burning characteristics indicated]. F. Plastic-Impregnated-Cork Sheet: Seamless, homogeneous, self-sealing sheet consisting of granulated cork, linseed oil, resin binders, and dry pigments that are mixed and calendared onto fabric backing; with washable vinyl finish and integral color throughout[; with surface- burning characteristics indicated]. 601 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 G. Vinyl Fabric: Mildew resistant, washable, complying with ASTM F793/F793M, Type II, [burlap weave] <Insert texture or pattern>; weighing not less than 13 oz./sq. yd. (440 g/sq. m); with surface-burning characteristics indicated. H. Polyester Fabric: Nondirectional weave, 100 percent polyester; weighing not less than 15 oz./sq. yd. (508 g/sq. m); with surface-burning characteristics indicated. I. <Double click to insert sustainable design text for composite wood products.> J. Hardboard: ANSI A135.4, tempered. K. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1, Grade M-1. L. MDF: ANSI A208.2, Grade 130. M. Fiberboard: ASTM C208 cellulosic fiber insulating board. N. Clear Tempered Glass: ASTM C1048, Kind FT, Condition A, Type I, Class 1, Quality Q3, with exposed edges seamed before tempering. O. Extruded Aluminum: ASTM B221 (ASTM B221M), Alloy 6063. P. Adhesives for Field Application: Mildew-resistant, nonstaining adhesive for use with specific type of panels, sheets, or assemblies; and for substrate application; as recommended in writing by visual display unit manufacturer. 1. <Double click to insert sustainable design text for VOC content of adhesive.> 2. <Double click to insert sustainable design text for low emitting adhesives.> 2.10 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. Clear Anodic Finish: AAMA 611, AA-M12C22A31, Class II, 0.010 mm or thicker. B. Color Anodic Finish: AAMA 611, AA-M12C22A32/A34, Class II, 0.010 mm or thicker. C. Baked-Enamel or Powder-Coat Finish: AAMA 2603, except with a minimum dry film thickness of 1.5 mils (0.04 mm). Comply with coating manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning, conversion coating, and applying and baking finish. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Install visual display surfaces in locations and at mounting heights indicated on Drawings, or if not indicated, at heights indicated below. Keep perimeter lines straight, level, 602 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 and plumb. Provide grounds, clips, backing materials, adhesives, brackets, anchors, trim, a nd accessories necessary for complete installation. B. Field-Assembled Visual Display Board Assemblies: Coordinate field-assembled units with grounds, trim, and accessories indicated. Join parts with a neat, precision fit. 1. Make joints only where total length exceeds maximum manufactured length. Fabricate with minimum number of joints, [balanced around center of board, as acceptable to Architect] [as indicated on approved Shop Drawings]. 2. Where size of visual display board assemblies or other conditions require support in addition to normal trim, provide structural supports or modify trim as indicated or as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard structural support accessories to suit conditions indicated. C. Factory-Fabricated Visual Display Board Assemblies: Adhere to wall surfaces with [egg-size] <Insert coverage> adhesive gobs at 16 inches (400 mm) o.c., horizontally and vertically. D. Factory-Fabricated Visual Display Board Assemblies: Attach concealed clips, hangers, and grounds to wall surfaces and to visual display board assemblies with fasteners at not more than 16 inches (400 mm) o.c. Secure tops and bottoms of boards to walls. E. Sliding Visual Display Units: Install units at mounting heights indicated. Attach to wall framing with fasteners at not more than 16 inches (400 mm) o.c. F. Visual Display Conference Units: Install units at mounting heights indicated on Drawings, or if not indicated, at height indicated below. Attach to wall surface with [fasteners through back of cabinet] [concealed brackets screwed to wall] [concealed wood cleats screwed to wall]. END OF SECTION 101100 603 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 101419 - DIMENSIONAL LETTER SIGNAGE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Cast dimensional characters. 2. Cutout dimensional characters. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Illuminated: Illuminated by lighting source integrally constructed as part of the sign unit. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Furnish templates for placement of electrical service embedded in permanent construction by other installers. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: For dimensional letter signs. 1. Include fabrication and installation details and attachments to other work. 2. Show sign mounting heights, locations of supplementary supports to be provided by others, and accessories. 3. Show message list, typestyles, graphic elements, and layout for each sign at least half size. 4. Show locations of electrical service connections. 5. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. 6. Include representative Samples of available typestyles and graphic symbols. C. Samples for Verification: For each type of sign assembly showing all components and with the required finish(es), in manufacturer's standard size unless otherwise indicated and as follows: 1. Dimensional Characters: Full-size Sample of dimensional character. D. Sign Schedule: Use same designations specified or indicated on Drawings or in a sign schedule. 604 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer and manufacturer. B. Sample Warranty: For special warranty. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For signs to include in maintenance manuals. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are trained and approved by manufacturer. 1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify locations of electrical service embedded in permanent construction by other installers by field measurements before fabrication, and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of signs that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Deterioration of finishes beyond normal weathering. b. Separation or delamination of sheet materials and components. 2. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 DIMENSIONAL LETTER SIGNS, GENERAL 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," to design sign structure and anchorage of rooftop dimensional character and logo sign type(s) for entrance signage and logo. 605 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Thermal Movements: For exterior fabricated channel dimensional characters, allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes. 1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces. C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 2.3 DIMENSIONAL CHARACTERS A. Cast Characters (Type K, council chambers text): Characters with uniform faces, sharp corners, and precisely formed lines and profiles, and as follows: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: a. ASI Sign Systems, Inc. b. Metal Arts; Division of L & H Mfg. Co. c. Metallic Arts. 2. Character Material: Cast aluminum. 3. Character Height: As indicated on drawings. 4. Thickness: 3/8-inch. 5. Finishes: a. Integral Aluminum Finish: Satin. 6. Mounting: Concealed studs 1/8-inch stand-offs. 7. Typeface: Match city logo text; logo will be provided. 8. Message: As indicated on drawings. 9. Provide a full size template on site prior to installation for spacing verification. B. Cutout Logo: (Type L, council chambers logo). Construct out of 8 individual sheets to form logo with uniform faces; square-cut, smooth edges; precisely formed lines and profiles; and as follows: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: a. ASI Sign Systems, Inc. b. Metal Arts; Division of L & H Mfg. Co. c. Metallic Arts. 2. Character Material: Sheet or plate aluminum. 3. Character Height: As indicated on drawing. 4. Thickness: 3/8-inch. 5. Finishes: a. Integral Aluminum Finish: Satin. 6. Mounting: Concealed studs, 1/8-inch stand-offs. 606 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.4 DIMENSIONAL CHARACTER MATERIALS A. Aluminum Castings: ASTM B 26/B 26M, alloy and temper recommended by sign manufacturer for casting process used and for type of use and finish indicated. B. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B 221, alloy and temper recommended by aluminum producer and finisher for type of use and finish indicated. C. Paints and Coatings for Sheet Materials: Inks, dyes, and paints that are recommended by manufacturer for optimum adherence to surface and are UV and water resistant for colors and exposure indicated. 2.5 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners and Anchors: Manufacturer's standard as required for secure anchorage of signage, noncorrosive and compatible with each material joined, and complying with the following: 1. Use concealed fasteners and anchors unless indicated to be exposed. 2. For exterior exposure, furnish nonferrous-metal devices unless otherwise indicated. 3. Exposed Metal-Fastener Components, General: a. Fabricated from same basic metal and finish of fastened metal unless otherwise indicated. b. Fastener Heads: For nonstructural connections, use screws and bolts with tamper- resistant slots unless otherwise indicated. 4. Sign Mounting Fasteners: a. Concealed Studs: Concealed (blind), threaded studs welded or brazed to back of sign material, screwed into back of sign assembly, or screwed into tapped lugs cast integrally into back of cast sign material, unless otherwise indicated. b. Projecting Studs: Threaded studs with sleeve spacer, welded or brazed to back of sign material, screwed into back of sign assembly, or screwed into tapped lugs cast integrally into back of cast sign material, unless otherwise indicated. c. Through Fasteners: Exposed metal fasteners matching sign finish, with type of head indicated, installed in predrilled holes. B. Adhesives: As recommended by sign manufacturer and with a VOC content of 70 g/L or less for adhesives used inside the weatherproofing system and applied on-site when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). C. Adhesives: As recommended by sign manufacturer and that comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small -Scale Environmental Chambers." 607 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 D. Two-Face Tape: Manufacturer's standard high-bond, foam-core tape, 0.045 inch thick, with adhesive on both sides. E. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187. 2.6 FABRICATION A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard sign assemblies according to requirements indicated. 1. Preassemble signs and assemblies in the shop to greatest extent possible. Disassemble signs and assemblies only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and installation; apply markings in locations concealed from view after final assembly. 2. Mill joints to a tight, hairline fit. Form assemblies and joints exposed to weather to resist water penetration and retention. 3. Comply with AWS for recommended practices in welding and brazing. Provide welds and brazes behind finished surfaces without distorting or discoloring exposed side. Clean exposed welded and brazed connections of flux, and dress exposed and contact surfaces. 4. Conceal connections if possible; otherwise, locate connections where they are inconspicuous. 5. Internally brace signs for stability and for securing fasteners. 6. Provide rebates, lugs, and brackets necessary to assemble components and to attach to existing work. Drill and tap for required fasteners. Use concealed fasteners where possible; use exposed fasteners that match sign finish. 7. Castings: Fabricate castings free of warp, cracks, blowholes, pits, scale, sand holes, and other defects that impair appearance or strength. Grind, wire brush, sandblast, and buff castings to remove seams, gate marks, casting flash, and other casting marks before finishing. B. Brackets: Fabricate brackets, fittings, and hardware for bracket-mounted signs to suit sign construction and mounting conditions indicated. Modify manufacturer's standard brackets as required. 1. Aluminum Brackets: Factory finish brackets with baked-enamel or powder-coat finish to match sign-background color color unless otherwise indicated. 2.7 GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS A. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. B. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. 608 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. Directional Finishes: Run grain with long dimension of each piece and perpendicular to long dimension of finished trim or border surface unless otherwise indicated. D. Organic, Anodic, and Chemically Produced Finishes: Apply to formed metal after fabrication but before applying contrasting polished finishes on raised features unless otherwise indicated. 2.8 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. Clear Anodic Finish: AAMA 611, Class I, 0.018 mm or thicker. B. Baked-Enamel or Powder-Coat Finish: AAMA 2603 except with a minimum dry film thickness of 1.5 mils. Comply with coating manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning, conversion coating, and applying and baking finish. 2.9 STAINLESS-STEEL FINISHES A. Surface Preparation: Remove tool and die marks and stretch lines, or blend into finish. B. Polished Finishes: Grind and polish surfaces to produce uniform finish, free of cross scratches. 1. When polishing is completed, passivate and rinse surfaces. Remove embedded foreign matter and leave surfaces chemically clean. 2. Directional Satin Finish: No. 4. 3. Dull Satin Finish: No. 6. 4. Reflective, Directional Polish: No. 7. 5. Mirrorlike Reflective, Nondirectional Polish: No. 8. 2.10 CLEAR ORGANIC COATING FOR COPPER-ALLOY FINISHES A. Clear Organic Coating: Clear, waterborne, air-drying, acrylic lacquer called "Incralac"; specially developed for coating copper-alloy products; consisting of a solution of methyl methacrylate copolymer with benzotriazole to prevent breakdown of the film in UV light; shop applied in two uniform coats per manufacturer's written instructions, with interim drying between coats and without runs or other surface imperfections, to a total dry film thickness of 1 mil. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of signage work. 609 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Verify that sign-support surfaces are within tolerances to accommodate signs without gaps or irregularities between backs of signs and support surfaces unless otherwise indicated. C. Verify that electrical service is correctly sized and located to accommodate signs. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: Install signs using mounting methods indicated and according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Install signs level, plumb, true to line, and at locations and heights indicated, with sign surfaces free of distortion and other defects in appearance. 2. Before installation, verify that sign surfaces are clean and free of materials or debris that would impair installation. 3. Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of exterior aluminum in contact with grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals, with a heavy coat of bituminous paint. B. Mounting Methods: 1. Concealed Studs: Using a template, drill holes in substrate aligning with studs on back of sign. Remove loose debris from hole and substrate surface. a. Masonry Substrates: Fill holes with adhesive. Leave recess space in hole for displaced adhesive. Place sign in position and push until flush to surface, embedding studs in holes. Temporarily support sign in position until adhesive fully sets. b. Thin or Hollow Surfaces: Place sign in position and flush to surface, install washers and nuts on studs projecting through opposite side of surface, and tighten. 2. Projecting Studs: Using a template, drill holes in substrate aligning with studs on back of sign. Remove loose debris from hole and substrate surface. a. Masonry Substrates: Fill holes with adhesive. Leave recess space in hole for displaced adhesive. Place spacers on studs, place sign in position, and push until spacers are pinched between sign and substrate, embedding the stud ends in holes. Temporarily support sign in position until adhesive fully sets. b. Thin or Hollow Surfaces: Place spacers on studs, place sign in position with spacers pinched between sign and substrate, and install washers and nuts on stud ends projecting through opposite side of surface, and tighten. 3. Through Fasteners: Drill holes in substrate using predrilled holes in sign as template. Countersink holes in sign if required. Place sign in position and flush to surface. Install through fasteners and tighten. 610 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 4. Back Bar and Brackets: Remove loose debris from substrate surface and install backbar or bracket supports in position so that signage is correctly located and aligned. 5. Adhesive: Clean bond-breaking materials from substrate surface and remove loose debris. Apply linear beads or spots of adhesive symmetrically to back of sign and of suitable quantity to support weight of sign after cure without slippage. Keep adhesive away from edges to prevent adhesive extrusion as sign is applied and to prevent visibility of cured adhesive at sign edges. Place sign in position, and push to engage adhesive. Temporarily support sign in position until adhesive fully sets. 6. Two-Face Tape: Clean bond-breaking materials from substrate surface and remove loose debris. Apply tape strips symmetrically to back of sign and of suitable quantity to support weight of sign without slippage. Keep strips away from edges to prevent visibility at sign edges. Place sign in position, and push to engage tape adhesive. 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Remove and replace damaged or deformed characters and signs that do not comply with specified requirements. Replace characters with damaged or deteriorated finishes or components that cannot be successfully repaired by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. B. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as signs are installed. C. On completion of installation, clean exposed surfaces of signs according to manufacturer's written instructions, and touch up minor nicks and abrasions in finish. Maintain signs in a clean condition during construction and protect from damage until acceptance by Owner. END OF SECTION 101419 611 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 101423.16 - ROOM-IDENTIFICATION PANEL SIGNAGE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes room-identification signs that are directly attached to the building. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Accessible: In accordance with the accessibility standard. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Furnish templates for placement of sign-anchorage devices embedded in permanent construction by other installers. B. Furnish templates for placement of electrical service embedded in permanent construction by other installers. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Sustainable Design Submittals: 1. Product Data: For adhesives, indicating VOC content. 2. Laboratory Test Reports: For adhesives, indicating compliance with requirements for low-emitting materials. C. Shop Drawings: For room-identification signs. 1. Include fabrication and installation details and attachments to other work. 2. Show sign mounting heights, locations of supplementary supports to be provided by other installers, and accessories. 612 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3. Show message list, typestyles, graphic elements, including raised characters and Braille, and layout for each sign at least half sizetain "Samples for Initial Selection" and "Samples for Verification" paragraphs below for two-stage Samples. 1. D. Samples for Verification: For each type of sign assembly showing all components and with the required finish(es), in manufacturer's standard size unless otherwise indicated and as follows:Room-Identification Signs: Full-size Sample 2. Variable Component Materials: Full-size Sampleof each base material, character (letter, number, and graphic element) in each exposed color and finish not included in Samples above. 3. Exposed Accessories: Full-size Sampleof each accessory type. 4. Full-size Samples, if approved, will be returned to Contractor for use in Project. E. Product Schedule: For room-identification signs. Use same designations indicated on Drawings or specified. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer and manufacturer. B. Sample Warranty: For special warranty. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For signs to include in maintenance manuals. 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials, from the same product run, that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Variable Component Materials: 12 replaceable text inserts and interchangeable characters (letters, numbers, and graphic elements) of each type. 2. Tools: One set(s) of specialty tools for assembling signs and replacing variable sign components. 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are trained and approved by manufacturer. 613 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1.10 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify locations of anchorage devices and electrical service embedded in permanent construction by other installers by field measurements before fabrication, and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. 1.11 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of signs that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Deterioration of finishes beyond normal weathering. b. Deterioration of embedded graphic image. c. Separation or delamination of sheet materials and components. 2. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Accessibility Standard: Comply with applicable provisions in the USDOJ's "2010 ADA Standards for Accessible Design" 2.2 ROOM-IDENTIFICATION SIGNS A. Room-Identification Sign <Insert drawing designation>: Signwith smooth, uniform surfaces; with message and characters having uniform faces, sharp corners, and precisely formed lines and profiles; and as follows: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. ASI Sign Systems, Inc. b. Inpro Corporation. c. Takeform. 2. Sign: Direct print sign system with applied graphics including all tactile requirements in adherence with Accessibility Standard. a. Material: Signage shall be fabricated of non-glare acrylic. Refer to drawings. b. Composite-Sheet Thickness: .375”, comprised of two layers . 614 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 c. Surface-Applied Graphics: Applied graphics including all tactile requirements shall be in adherence to Accessibility Standard. Tactile lettering shall be precision machined, raised 1/32 inch, matte PETG and subsurface colored for scratch resistance. d. Signage shall be capable of accepting direct prints including colors, patterns, graphic images and photography. Prints shall be second surface to protect from scratches, fading or other damage. e. All signs, including workstation and room ID’s, overheads and flag mounts, directional and directories shall have a matching appearance and constructed utilizing the same manufacturing process. f. Color(s): As indicated in the Interior Finish Schedule on the drawings. 3. Sign-Panel Perimeter: Finish edges smooth. a. Edge Condition: Square cutEased.. 4. Frame: Frameless 5. Mounting: Manufacturer's standard method for substrates indicated with concealed anchors ormagnetic tape. 2.3 SIGN MATERIALS A. Acrylic Sheet: ASTM D4802, category as standard with manufacturer for each sign, Type UVF (UV filtering). B. Vinyl Film: UV-resistant vinyl film with pressure-sensitive, permanent adhesive; die cut to form characters or images as indicated on Drawings. C. Paints and Coatings for Sheet Materials: Inks, dyes, and paints that are recommended by manufacturer for optimum adherence to surface and are UV and water resistant for colors and exposure indicated. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners and Anchors: Manufacturer's standard as required for secure anchorage of signs, noncorrosive and compatible with each material joined, and complying with the following: 1. Use concealed fasteners and anchors unless indicated to be exposed. B. Adhesive: As recommended by sign manufacturer. 1. Adhesives shall have a VOC content of 70 g/L or less. 615 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Adhesive shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Public Health's "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers." C. Two-Face Tape: Manufacturer's standard high-bond, foam-core tape, 0.045 inch (1.14 mm) thick, with adhesive on both sides. 2.5 FABRICATION A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard sign assemblies according to requirements indicated. 1. Preassemble signs and assemblies in the shop to greatest extent possible. Disassemble signs and assemblies only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and installation; apply markings in locations concealed from view after final assembly. 2. Mill joints to a tight, hairline fit. Form assemblies and joints exposed to weather to resist water penetration and retention. 3. Conceal connections if possible; otherwise, locate connections where they are inconspicuous. 4. Provide rabbets, lugs, and tabs necessary to assemble components and to attach to existing work. Drill and tap for required fasteners. Use concealed fasteners where possible; use exposed fasteners that match sign finish. B. Subsurface-Applied Graphics: Apply graphics to back face of clear face-sheet material to produce precisely formed image. Image shall be free of rough edges. 2.6 GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS A. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applyi ng a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. B. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. 2.7 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. Clear Anodic Finish: AAMA 611, Class I, 0.018 mm or thicker. B. Baked-Enamel or Powder-Coat Finish: AAMA 2603 except with a minimum dry film thickness of 1.5 mils (0.04 mm). Comply with coating manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning, conversion coating, and applying and baking finish. 616 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Install signs using mounting methods indicated and according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Install signs level, plumb, true to line, and at locations and heights indicated, with sign surfaces free of distortion and other defects in appearance. 2. Install signs so they do not protrude or obstruct according to the accessibility standard. 3. Before installation, verify that sign surfaces are clean and free of materials or debris that would impair installation. B. Accessibility: Install signs in locations on walls as indicated on Drawings and according to the accessibility standard. C. Mounting Methods: 1. Concealed Studs: Using a template, drill holes in substrate aligning with studs on back of sign. Remove loose debris from hole and substrate surface. a. Masonry Substrates: Fill holes with adhesive. Leave recess space in hole for displaced adhesive. Place sign in position and push until flush to surface, embedding studs in holes. Temporarily support sign in position until adhesive fully sets. b. Thin or Hollow Surfaces: Place sign in position and flush to surface, install washers and nuts on studs projecting through opposite side of surface, and tighten. 2. Through Fasteners: Drill holes in substrate using predrilled holes in sign as template. Countersink holes in sign if required. Place sign in position and flush to surface. Install through fasteners and tighten. 3. Adhesive: Clean bond-breaking materials from substrate surface and remove loose debris. Apply linear beads or spots of adhesive symmetrically to back of sign and of suitable quantity to support weight of sign after cure without slippage. Keep adhesive away from edges to prevent adhesive extrusion as sign is applied and to prevent visibility of cured adhesive at sign edges. Place sign in position, and push to engage adhe sive. Temporarily support sign in position until adhesive fully sets. 4. Two-Face Tape: Clean bond-breaking materials from substrate surface and remove loose debris. Apply tape strips symmetrically to back of sign and of suitable quantity to support weight of sign without slippage. Keep strips away from edges to prevent visibility at sign edges. Place sign in position, and push to engage tape adhesive. 617 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Remove and replace damaged or deformed signs and signs that do not comply with specified requirements. Replace signs with damaged or deteriorated finishes or components that cannot be successfully repaired by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. B. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as signs are installed. C. On completion of installation, clean exposed surfaces of signs according to manufacturer's written instructions, and touch up minor nicks and abrasions in finish. Maintain signs in a clean condition during construction and protect from damage until acceptance by Owner. 3.3 SCHEDULE A. Provide signage for the following rooms, coordinated with each sign type indicated on drawings and coordinated with the floor plan. Verify room number and names with the drawings and with owner. Also include sign size, font, colors, and locations to the extent that these items are not indicated on Drawings. 1. Provide standard room sign for the following rooms: Janitor 191, Mechanical 126, Electrical 137, Janitor 131, Janitor 108. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as signs are installed. 2. Provide toilet signage for the following rooms: Men 132, Women 130, Men 110, Women 111, Toilet 109. 3. Provide occupancy load sign type for the following room: Council Chambers 102. 4. Provide exit signage at all illuminated exit signs. . END OF SECTION 101423.16 618 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 102113.19 - PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Solid-plastic toilet compartments configured as toilet enclosures and urinal screens. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 061000 "Rough Carpentry" for blocking overhead support of floor-and-ceiling- anchored compartments. 2. Section 092216 "Non-Structural Metal Framing" for blocking. 3. Section 102800 "Toilet, Bath, and Laundry Accessories" for accessories mounted on toilet compartments. 1.2 COORDINATION A. Coordinate requirements for overhead supports, blocking, reinforcing, and other supports concealed within wall and ceiling. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Solid-plastic toilet compartments: a. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for toilet compartments. B. Shop Drawings: For solid-plastic toilet compartments. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachment details. 2. Show locations of cutouts for compartment-mounted toilet accessories. 3. Show locations of centerlines of toilet fixtures. 4. Show locations of floor drains. C. Samples for Verification: Actual sample of finished products for each type of toilet compartment indicated. 1. Size: Manufacturers standard size. 2. Include each type of hardware and accessory. 619 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 D. Product Schedule: For toilet compartments, prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, detailing location and selected colors for toilet compartment material. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Certificates: 1. Product Certificates: For each type of toilet compartment by manufacturer. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For toilet compartments. 1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Extra Stock Material: Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Door Hinges: One hinge(s) with associated fasteners. 2. Latch and Keeper: One latch(es) and keeper(s) with associated fasteners. 3. Door Bumper: One bumper(s) with associated fasteners. 4. Door Pull: One door pull(s) with associated fasteners. 5. Fasteners: 10 fasteners of each size and type. 1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of toilet fixtures, walls, columns, ceilings, and other construction contiguous with toilet compartments by field measurements, and coordinate before fabrication. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire Performance: Tested in accordance with, and pass the acceptance criteria of, NFPA 286. B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable provisions in the U.S. Department of Justice "2010 ADA Standards for Accessible Design" and ICC A117.1 for toilet compartments designated as accessible. 620 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.2 SOLID-PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS TP-1, TP-2 A. Provide toilet enclosures as indicated in the Schedule for Finishes or comparable product that meets the following requirements. B. Toilet-Enclosure Style: Floor and ceiling anchored. C. Urinal-Screen Style: Wall hung. D. Door, Panel, Screen, and Pilaster Construction: Solid, high-density polyethylene (HDPE) panel material, not less than 1 inch (25 mm) thick, seamless, with eased edges, no-sightline system, and with homogenous color and pattern throughout thickness of material. 1. Integral Hinges: Configure doors and pilasters to receive integral hinges. 2. Heat-Sink Strip: Manufacturer's standard continuous, stainless steel strip fastened to exposed bottom edges of solid-plastic components to hinder malicious combustion. 3. Color and Pattern: in each room. As indicated in the Schedule for Finishes in the drawings. E. Pilaster Shoes and Sleeves (Caps): Manufacturer's standard design; stainless steel. F. G. Brackets (Fittings): 1. Stirrup Type: Ear or U-brackets, stainless steel. 2. Full-Height (Continuous) Type: Manufacturer's standard design; stainless steel. H. Overhead Cross Bracing for Ceiling-Hung Units: As recommended by manufacturer and fabricated from solid polymer. 2.3 HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES A. Hardware and Accessories, Standard Duty: Manufacturer's standard operating hardware and accessories. 1. Material: Stainless steel. 2. Hinges: Manufacturer's standard paired, self-closing type that can be adjusted to hold doors open at any angle up to 90 degrees, allowing emergency access by lifting door. 3. Latch and Keeper: Manufacturer's standard surface-mounted latch unit, designed for emergency access, and with combination rubber-faced door strike and keeper. Provide units that comply with regulatory requirements for accessibility at compartments designated as accessible. 4. Coat Hook: Manufacturer's standard combination hook and rubber -tipped bumper, sized to prevent inswinging door from hitting compartment-mounted accessories. 5. Door Bumper: Manufacturer's standard rubber-tipped bumper at outswinging doors. 621 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 6. Door Pull: Manufacturer's standard unit at outswinging doors that complies with regulatory requirements for accessibility. Provide units on both sides of doors at compartments designated as accessible. B. Hardware and Accessories, Heavy Duty: Manufacturer's heavy-duty operating hardware and accessories. 1. Hinges: Manufacturer's minimum 0.062-inch- (1.59-mm-) thick stainless steel paired, self-closing type that can be adjusted to hold doors open at any angle up to 90 degrees, allowing emergency access by lifting door. Mount with through bolts. 2. Latch and Keeper: Manufacturer's heavy-duty, surface-mounted, cast-stainless steel latch unit, designed to resist damage due to slamming, with combination rubber-faced door strike and keeper, and with provision for emergency access. Provide units that comply with regulatory requirements for accessibility at compartments designated as accessible. Mount with through bolts. 3. Coat Hook: Manufacturer's heavy-duty combination cast-stainless steel hook and rubber- tipped bumper, sized to prevent in-swinging door from hitting compartment-mounted accessories. Mount with through bolts. 4. Door Bumper: Manufacturer's heavy-duty, rubber-tipped, cast-stainless steel bumper at out-swinging doors. Mount with through bolts. 5. Door Pull: Manufacturer's heavy-duty, cast-stainless steel pull at out-swinging doors that complies with regulatory requirements for accessibility. Provide units on both sides of doors at compartments designated as accessible. Mount with through bolts. C. Overhead Bracing: Manufacturer's standard continuous, extruded-aluminum head rail with anti- grip profile and in manufacturer's standard finish. D. Anchorages and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard exposed fasteners of stainless steel, finished to match the items they are securing, with theft-resistant-type heads. Provide sex-type bolts for through-bolt applications. For concealed anchors, use stainless steel, hot-dip galvanized steel, or other rust-resistant, protective-coated steel compatible with related materials. 2.4 MATERIALS A. Aluminum Castings: ASTM B26/B26M. B. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B221 (ASTM B221M). C. Brass Castings: ASTM B584. D. Brass Extrusions: ASTM B455. E. Stainless Steel Sheet: ASTM A240/A240M or ASTM A666, Type 304, stretcher-leveled standard of flatness. F. Stainless Steel Castings: ASTM A743/A743M. 622 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 G. Zamac: ASTM B86, commercial zinc-alloy die castings. 2.5 FABRICATION A. Fabrication, General: Fabricate toilet compartment components to sizes indicated. Coordinate requirements and provide cutouts for through-partition toilet accessories where required for attachment of toilet accessories. B. . C. Floor-and-Ceiling-Anchored Units: Provide manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant anchoring assemblies with leveling adjustment nuts at tops and bottoms of pilasters. Provide shoes and sleeves (caps) at pilasters to conceal anchorage. D. Door Size and Swings: Unless otherwise indicated, provide 24-inch- (610-mm-) wide, inswinging doors for standard toilet compartments and 36-inch- (914-mm-) wide, outswinging doors with a minimum 32-inch- (813-mm-) wide, clear opening for compartments designated as accessible. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for fastening, support, alignment, operating clearances, and other conditions affecti ng performance of the Work. 1. Confirm location and adequacy of blocking and supports required for installation. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS A. General: Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions. Install units rigid, straight, level, and plumb. Secure units in position with manufacturer's recommended anchoring devices. 1. Maximum Clearances: a. Pilasters and Panels: 1/2 inch (13 mm). b. Panels and Walls: 1 inch (25 mm). 2. Stirrup Brackets: Secure panels to walls and to pilasters with no fewer than three brackets attached at midpoint and near top and bottom of panel. 623 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 a. Locate wall brackets, so holes for wall anchors occur in masonry or tile joints. b. Align brackets at pilasters with brackets at walls. 3. Full-Height (Continuous) Brackets: Secure panels to walls and to pilasters with full- height brackets. a. Locate bracket fasteners, so holes for wall anchors occur in masonry or tile joints. b. Align brackets at pilasters with brackets at walls. B. Floor-and-Ceiling-Anchored Units: Secure pilasters to supporting construction and level, plumb, and tighten. Hang doors and adjust, so doors are level and aligned with panels, when doors are in closed position. C. Urinal Screens: Attach with anchoring devices to suit supporting structure. Set units level and plumb, rigid, and secured to resist lateral impact. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Hardware Adjustment: Adjust and lubricate hardware according to hardware manufacturer's written instructions for proper operation. Set hinges on in-swinging doors to hold doors open approximately 30 degrees from closed position when unlatched. Set hinges on out-swinging doors to return doors to fully closed position. END OF SECTION 102113.19 624 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 102600 - WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Corner guards. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 087100 "Door Hardware" for metal protective trim units, according to BHMA A156.6, used for armor, kick, mop, and push plates. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, impact strength, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes. 2. Include fire ratings of units recessed in fire-rated walls and listings for door-protection items attached to fire-rated doors. B. Sustainable Design Submittals: 1. Product Data: For adhesives, indicating VOC content. 2. Laboratory Test Reports: For adhesives, indicating compliance with requirements for low-emitting materials. C. Shop Drawings: For each type of wall and door protection showing locations and extent. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details. D. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish on the following product s, prepared on Samples of size indicated below: 1. Corner Guards: 12 inches (300 mm) long. Include example top caps. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product Certificates: For each type of handrail. 625 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Material Certificates: For each type of exposed plastic material. C. Sample Warranty: For special warranty. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For each type of wall and door protection product to include in maintenance manuals. 1. Include recommended methods and frequency of maintenance for maintaining best condition of plastic covers under anticipated traffic and use conditions. Include precautions against using cleaning materials and methods that may be detrimental to finishes and performance. 1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials, from the same product run, that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Corner-Guard Covers: Full-size plastic covers of maximum length equal to 2 percent of each type, color, and texture of cover installed, but no fewer than two, 48-inch- (1200- mm-) long units. 2. Mounting and Accessory Components: Amounts proportional to the quantities of extra materials. Package mounting and accessory components with each extra material. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store wall and door protection in original undamaged packages and containers inside well- ventilated area protected from weather, moisture, soiling, extreme temperatures, and humidity. 1. Maintain room temperature within storage area at not less than 70 deg F (21 deg C) during the period plastic materials are stored. 2. Keep plastic materials out of direct sunlight. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of wall- and door- protection units that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Structural failures including detachment of components from each other or from the substrates, delamination, and permanent deformation beyond normal use. b. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, plastics, and other materials beyond normal use. 626 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Source Limitations: Obtain wall- and door-protection products from single source from single manufacturer. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Surface Burning Characteristics: Comply with ASTM E84 or UL 723; testing by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Flame-Spread Index: 25 or less. 2. Smoke-Developed Index: 450 or less. B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable provisions in the U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities. 2.3 CORNER GUARDS A. Surface-Mounted, Plastic-Cover Corner Guards CG-1 Manufacturer's standard assembly consisting of snap-on, resilient plastic cover installed over retainer; including mounting hardware; fabricated with 90- or 135-degree turn to match wall condition. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Construction Specialties, Inc. b. Inpro Corporation. c. JL Industries, Inc.; a division of the Activar Construction Products Group. d. Korogard Wall Protection Systems; a division of RJF International Corporation. e. Pawling Corporation. 2. Cover: Extruded rigid plastic, minimum 0.078-inch (2.0-mm) wall thickness; as follows: a. Profile: Nominal 3-inch- (75-mm-) long leg and 1/4-inch (6-mm) corner radius. b. Height: [4 feet (1.2 m)] [8 feet (2.4 m)] <Insert dimension>. c. Color and Texture: . As indicated in Schedule of Finishes. 3. Continuous Retainer: Minimum 0.060-inch- (1.5-mm-) thick, one-piece, extruded aluminum. 627 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 4. Retainer Clips: Manufacturer's standard impact-absorbing clips. 5. Top and Bottom Caps: Prefabricated, injection-molded plastic; color matching cover; field adjustable for close alignment with snap-on cover. 2.4 MATERIALS A. Plastic Materials: Chemical- and stain-resistant, high-impact-resistant plastic with integral color throughout; extruded and sheet material as required, thickness as indicated. B. Polycarbonate Plastic Sheet: ASTM D6098, S-PC01, Class 1 or Class 2, abrasion resistant; with a minimum impact-resistance rating of 15 ft.-lbf/in. (800 J/m) of notch when tested according to ASTM D256, Test Method A. C. Fasteners: Aluminum, nonmagnetic stainless-steel, or other noncorrosive metal screws, bolts, and other fasteners compatible with items being fastened. Use security-type fasteners where exposed to view. D. Adhesive: As recommended by protection product manufacturer. 1. Verify adhesives have a VOC content of 70 g/L or less. 2.5 FABRICATION A. Fabricate wall protection according to requirements indicated for design, performance, dimensions, and member sizes, including thicknesses of components. B. Curved Panels: Preform curved semirigid, abuse-resistant sheet wall covering in factory for radius and sheet thickness as follows: 1. Sheet Thickness of 0.040 Inch (1.0 mm): 24-inch (610-mm) radius. C. Factory Assembly: Assemble components in factory to greatest extent possible to minimize field assembly. Disassemble only as necessary for shipping and handling. D. Quality: Fabricate components with uniformly tight seams and joints and with exposed edges rolled. Provide surfaces free of wrinkles, chips, dents, uneven color ation, and other imperfections. Fabricate members and fittings to produce flush, smooth, and rigid hairline joints. 2.6 FINISHES A. Protect finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. 628 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and wall areas, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Examine walls to which wall and door protection will be attached for blocking, grounds, and other solid backing that have been installed in the locations required for secure attachment of support fasteners. 1. For wall and door protection attached with adhesive, verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Complete finishing operations, including painting, before installing wall and door protection. B. Before installation, clean substrate to remove dust, debris, and loose particles. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Installation Quality: Install wall and door protection according to manufacturer's written instructions, level, plumb, and true to line without distortions. Do not use materials with chips, cracks, voids, stains, or other defects that might be visible in the finished Work. B. Mounting Heights: Install wall and door protection in locations and at mounting heights indicated on Drawings. C. Accessories: Provide splices, mounting hardware, anchors, trim, joint moldings, and other accessories required for a complete installation. 1. Provide anchoring devices and suitable locations to withstand imposed loads. 2. Where splices occur in horizontal runs of more than 20 feet (6.1 m), splice aluminum retainers and plastic covers at different locations along the run, but no closer than 12 inches (305 mm) apart. 3. Adjust end and top caps as required to ensure tight seams. 629 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.4 CLEANING A. Immediately after completion of installation, clean plastic covers and accessories using a standard ammonia-based household cleaning agent. B. Remove excess adhesive using methods and materials recommended in writing by manufacturer. END OF SECTION 102600 630 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 102800 - TOILET, BATH, AND CUSTODIAL ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Public-use washroom accessories. 2. Underlavatory guards. 3. Custodial accessories. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include the following: 1. Construction details and dimensions. 2. Anchoring and mounting requirements, including requirements for cutouts in other work and substrate preparation. 3. Material and finish descriptions. 4. Features that will be included for Project. 5. Manufacturer's warranty. B. Samples: Full size, for each accessory item to verify design, operation, and finish requirements. 1. Approved full-size Samples will be returned and may be used in the Work. C. Product Schedule: Indicating types, quantities, sizes, and installation locations by room of each accessory required. 1. Identify locations using room designations indicated. 2. Identify products using designations indicated. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Warranty: Sample of special warranty. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For toilet and bath accessories to include in maintenance manuals. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: For products listed together in the same Part 2 articles, obtain products from single source from single manufacturer. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate accessory locations with other work to prevent interference with clearances required for access by people with disabilities, and for proper installation, adjustment, operation, cleaning, and servicing of accessories. B. Deliver inserts and anchoring devices set into concrete or masonry as required to prevent delaying the Work. 631 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 666, Type 304, 0.031-inch minimum nominal thickness unless otherwise indicated. B. Brass: ASTM B 19, flat products; ASTM B 16/B 16M, rods, shapes, forgings, and flat products with finished edges; or ASTM B 30, castings. C. Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Designation CS (cold rolled, commercial steel), 0.036- inch (0.9-mm) minimum nominal thickness. D. Galvanized-Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, with G60 hot-dip zinc coating. E. Galvanized-Steel Mounting Devices: ASTM A 153/A 153M, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. F. Fasteners: Screws, bolts, and other devices of same material as accessory unit and tamper-and- theft resistant where exposed, and of galvanized steel where concealed. G. Chrome Plating: ASTM B 456, Service Condition Number SC 2 (moderate service). H. Mirrors: ASTM C 1503, Mirror Glazing Quality, clear-glass mirrors, nominal 6.0 mm thick. I. ABS Plastic: Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene resin formulation. 2.2 PUBLIC-USE WASHROOM ACCESSORIES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. American Specialties, Inc. 2. Bradley Corporation. 3. Bobrick. 4. Approved equal. B. Towel and Waste Receptacle Combination (AT01): 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Bradley 234 Recessed Bradex 2. Mounting: Semirecessed. 3. Minimum Capacity: 12 gal receptacle, 800 multi-fold paper towels. 4. Material and Finish: Stainless steel, No. 4 finish (satin). 5. Liner: Reusable vinyl liner. 6. Lockset: Tumbler type for waste-receptacle. C. Grab Bars (AT02): 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Bobrick #B-6808. 2. Mounting: Flanges with concealed fasteners. 3. Material: Stainless steel, 0.05 inch thick. a. Finish: Smooth, No. 4 finish (satin) on ends and slip-resistant texture in grip area. 4. Outside Diameter: 1-1/2 inches. 5. Configuration and Length: As indicated on Drawings. D. Sanitary Napkin Disposal (AT03): 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Bobrick #B-254. 2. Mounting: Surface mounted. 3. Door or Cover: Self-closing, disposal-opening cover and hinged face panel with tumbler lockset. 4. Receptacle: Removable. 5. Material and Finish: Stainless steel, No. 4 finish (satin). E. Mirror (AT04): refer to section 088300 632 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 F. Soap Dispenser (AT05): 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Bobrick #B-82 Series. 2. Description: Designed for dispensing soap in liquid or lotion form. 3. Mounting: Deck mounted on countertop. 4. Capacity: 20-34 oz. (.6L - 1.0L). 5. Materials: Type 304 Stainless steel, No. 4 finish (satin). G. Toilet Paper Dispenser (AT07): 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Bobrick #B-2888. 2. Description: Roll-in-reserve dispenser with hinged front secured with tumbler lockset. 3. Mounting: Surface mounted. 4. Operation: Noncontrol delivery with standard spindle. 5. Capacity: Designed for 4-1/2- or 5-inch-diameter tissue rolls. 6. Material and Finish: Stainless steel, No. 4 finish (satin) H. Hook – Toilet Stall (AT08): 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Bradley #932 double hook. 2. Mounting: surface-mounted. 3. Material and Finish: Stainless steel, No. 4 finish (satin). I. Hook – Accessory (AT09): 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Bradley #932 double hook. 2. Mounting: surface-mounted. 3. Material and Finish: Stainless steel, No. 4 finish (satin). J. Mirror – 90”x48” (AT10): refer to section 088300 2.3 UNDERLAVATORY GUARDS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Plumberex Specialty Products, Inc. 2. Truebro by IPS Corporation. B. Underlavatory Guard: 1. Description: Insulating pipe covering for supply and drain piping assemblies that prevent direct contact with and burns from piping; allow service access without removing coverings. 2. Material and Finish: Antimicrobial, molded plastic, white. 2.4 CUSTODIAL ACCESSORIES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. A & J Washroom Accessories, Inc. 2. American Specialties, Inc. 3. Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. 4. Bradley Corporation. B. Mop and Broom Holder (TA-15): 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Bobrick #B-244-36”. 2. Description: Unit with shelf, hooks, holders, and rod suspended beneath shelf. 3. Length: 36 inches. 4. Hooks: Three. 633 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 5. Mop/Broom Holders: Four, spring-loaded, rubber hat, cam type. 6. Material and Finish: Stainless steel, No. 4 finish (satin). a. Shelf: Not less than nominal 0.05-inch- thick stainless steel. b. Rod: Approximately 1/4-inch-diameter stainless steel. 2.5 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate units with tight seams and joints, and exposed edges rolled. Hang doors and access panels with full-length, continuous hinges. Equip units for concealed anchorage and with corrosion-resistant backing plates. B. Keys: Provide universal keys for internal access to accessories for servicing and resupplying. Provide minimum of six keys to Owner's representative. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install accessories according to manufacturers' written instructions, using fasteners appropriate to substrate indicated and recommended by unit manufacturer. Install units level, plumb, and firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated. B. Grab Bars: Install to withstand a downward load of at least 250 lbf, when tested according to ASTM F 446. 3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust accessories for unencumbered, smooth operation. Replace damaged or defective items. B. Remove temporary labels and protective coatings. C. Clean and polish exposed surfaces according to manufacturer's written recommendations. END OF SECTION 102800 634 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 103100 – FIREPLACES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Gas fireplaces and accessories including the following: 1. Manufactured indoor gas fireplaces. 2. Gas fireplace accessories. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 061000 “Rough Carpentry”. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ANSI Z21.88 - Vented Gas Fireplace Heaters. B. Z21.50b - Vented Gas Fireplaces. C. ANSI Z223.1 - National Fuel Gas Code. D. CSA 2.22b - Vented Gas Fireplaces. E. CSA 2.33 - Vented Gas Fireplace Heaters. F. CAN/ULC S610 - Factory-Built Fireplaces. G. UL 127 - Standard for Factory-Built Fireplaces. H. UL 907 - Standard for Fireplace Accessories I. UL 1482 - Standard for Safety for Solid-Fuel Type Room Heaters. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including: 1. Preparation instructions and recommendations. 2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. 3. Installation methods. 635 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Shop Drawings: Provide drawing of required clearances, rough-in of enclosure and utilities. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Minimum 5 year experience manufacturing similar products. B. Installer Qualifications: Minimum 2 year experience installing similar products. 1.6 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Convene minimum two weeks prior to starting work of this section. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver and store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging bearing the brand name and manufacturer's identification until ready for installation. B. Handling: Handle materials to avoid damage. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation) within limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum results. Do not install products under environmental conditions outside manufacturer's recommended limits. 1.9 SEQUENCING A. Ensure that products of this section are supplied to affected trades in time to prevent interruption of construction progress. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Warranty: Provide manufacturer's standard warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturer: Stellar Hearth Products, Prior Lake, MN, (952) 224-4072, info@stellarhearth.com . 636 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Requests for substitutions will be considered in accordance with provisions of Section 016000 “Product Requirements”. 2.2 MANUFACTURED MODERN INDOOR GAS FIREPLACES A. Compliance - General: 1. Comply with applicable building codes. 2. Comply with ANSI Z21.88/CSA 2.33 or Z21.50b/CSA 2.22b. B. Stellar Hearth Products model #4-ST-20-GL. 1. 60,000 BTU 2. See-through (glass on two sides), both sides visible to interior spaces 3. RS Series Power Vent: RS012 4. In-line power vent: RSIF160 5. Finishing width: 53 3/16” 6. Finishing height: 20” 7. Firebox depth: 24” 8. Safe-T-Touch glass (glass surface kept to 170degF max) 9. Manufacturer’s standard remote control 10. Natural stone pebbles at base: ½” to 1” pebbles in “Lava Stone” 11. Driftwood log set 12. Standard black interior 2.3 GAS FIREPLACE FLUE VENT 1. Flue Vent shall be manufacturer’s Type B 8” exhaust vent. 2. Outside air: 10” PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared. B. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean surfaces thoroughly prior to installation. B. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions. 637 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, ANSI Z21.44 and the requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Use manufacturer's guidelines for minimum clearances to combustibles, walls, and finishes. C. Flue vent shall be installed per manufacturer’s installation instructions and all applicable code provisions. Routing of flue vent shall be as indicated in plan drawings with termination through the roof. Installation of flashing and storm collar shall be per manufacturer’s installation instructions. D. Anchor all components firmly in position for long life under hard use. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Upon completion of installation, visually inspect all exposed surfaces. Touch up scratches and abrasions with touch-up paint recommended by the manufacturer, make imperfections invisible to the unaided eye from a distance of 5 feet (1.5m). B. Test for proper operation, control and safety devices. C. Complete Installer's Warranty Validation Card. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products until completion of project. END OF SECTION 103100 638 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 104413 - FIRE PROTECTION CABINETS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Fire-protection cabinets for the following: a. Portable fire extinguisher. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 104416 "Fire Extinguishers" for portable, hand-carried fire extinguishers accommodated by fire-protection cabinets 1.2 PREINSTALLATION CONFERENCE A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Review methods and procedures related to fire-protection cabinets, including, but not limited to, the following: a. Schedules and coordination requirements. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Show door hardware, cabinet type, trim style, and panel style. Include roughing -in dimensions and details showing recessed-, semirecessed-, or surface-mounting method and relationships of box and trim to surrounding construction. B. Shop Drawings: For fire-protection cabinets. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. C. Samples: For each type of exposed finish required. D. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of exposed finish required. E. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish required, prepared on samples 6 by 6 inches (150 by 150 mm) square. 639 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 F. Product Schedule: For fire-protection cabinets. Indicate whether recessed, semirecessed, or surface mounted. Coordinate final fire-protection cabinet schedule with fire-extinguisher schedule to ensure proper fit and function. Use same designations indicated on Drawings. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For fire-protection cabinets to include in maintenance manuals. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size of fire-protection cabinets to ensure that type and capacity of fire extinguishers indicated are accommodated. B. Coordinate sizes and locations of fire-protection cabinets with wall depths. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Source Limitations: Obtain fire-protection cabinets, accessories, and fire extinguishers from single source from single manufacturer. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire-Rated Fire-Protection Cabinets: Listed and labeled to comply with requirements in ASTM E814 for fire-resistance rating of walls where they are installed. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 2.3 FIRE-PROTECTION CABINET A. Cabinet Type: Suitable for fire extinguisher. 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Strike First Corporation of America (The); Murano Radius Series, or approved equal. B. Cabinet Construction: Nonrated and firerated as indicated on drawings. 1. Fire-Rated Cabinets: Construct fire-rated cabinets with double walls fabricated from 0.043-inch- (1.09-mm-) thick cold-rolled steel sheet lined with minimum 5/8-inch- (16- mm-) thick fire-barrier material. Provide factory-drilled mounting holes. 640 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. Cabinet Material: Cold-rolled steel sheet; 16 gauge. 1. Shelf: Same metal and finish as cabinet. D. Cabinet Mounting: As indicating on drawing schedule E. Semirecessed Cabinet: One-piece combination trim and perimeter door frame overlapping surrounding wall surface, with exposed trim face and wall return at outer edge (backbend). 1. Rolled-Edge Trim. F. Surface-Mounted Cabinet: Cabinet box fully exposed and mounted directly on wall with no trim. G. Cabinet Trim Material: Cold-rolled steel . Same material and finish as door. H. Door Material: Cold-rolled steel. I. Door Style: Fully glazed panel with frame. J. Door Glazing: Acrylic. 1. Acrylic Sheet Color: a. Clear transparent acrylic sheet. K. Door Hardware: Manufacturer's standard door-operating hardware of proper type for cabinet type, trim style, and door material and style indicated. 1. Provide manufacturer's standard. 2. Provide manufacturer's standard hinge, permitting door to open 180 degrees. L. Accessories: 1. Mounting Bracket: Manufacturer's standard steel, designed to secure fire extinguisher to fire-protection cabinet, of sizes required for types and capacities of fire extinguishers indicated, with plated or baked-enamel finish. 2. Break-Glass Strike: Manufacturer's standard metal strike, complete with chain and mounting clip, secured to cabinet. 3. Break-Glass Door Handle: Manufacturer's standard, integral to glass with the words "PULL TO BREAK GLASS" applied to handle. 4. Lettered Door Handle: One-piece, cast-iron door handle with the word "FIRE" embossed into face. 5. Door Lock: Cam lock that allows door to be opened during emergency by pulling sharply on door handle 6. Identification: Lettering complying with authorities having jurisdiction for letter style, size, spacing, and location. Locate as directed by Architect. 641 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 a. Identify fire extinguisher in fire-protection cabinet with the words "FIRE EXTINGUISHER." 1) Location: Applied to cabinet glazing. 2) Application Process: Etched. 3) Lettering Color: Red. 4) Orientation: Vertical. M. Materials: 1. Cold-Rolled Steel: ASTM A1008/A1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B. a. Finish: Baked enamel. b. Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions. c. Color: Selection to include white, red and stainless steel; see Equipment Schedule for designation. 2. Transparent Acrylic Sheet: ASTM D4802, Category A-1 (cell-cast sheet). 2.4 FABRICATION A. Fire-Protection Cabinets: Provide manufacturer's standard box (tub) with trim, frame, door, and hardware to suit cabinet type, trim style, and door style indicated. 1. Weld joints and grind smooth. 2. Miter corners and grind smooth. 3. Provide factory-drilled mounting holes. 4. Prepare doors and frames to receive locks. 5. Install door locks at factory. B. Cabinet Doors: Fabricate doors according to manufacturer's standards, f rom materials indicated and coordinated with cabinet types and trim styles. 1. Fabricate door frames with tubular stiles and rails and hollow-metal design, minimum 1/2 inch (13 mm) thick. 2. Fabricate door frames of one-piece construction with edges flanged. 3. Miter and weld perimeter door frames and grind smooth. C. Cabinet Trim: Fabricate cabinet trim in one piece with corners mitered, welded, and ground smooth. 2.5 GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with NAAMM's AMP 500, "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products," for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. 642 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces of fire-protection cabinets from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. C. Finish fire-protection cabinets after assembly. D. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are unacceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine walls and partitions for suitable framing depth and blocking where recessed and semirecessed cabinets will be installed. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare recesses for recessed and semirecessed fire-protection cabinets as required by type and size of cabinet and trim style. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: Install fire-protection cabinets in locations and at mounting heights indicated on Mounting Heights drawing sheet. B. Fire-Protection Cabinets: Fasten cabinets to structure, square and plumb. 1. Unless otherwise indicated, provide recessed fire-protection cabinets. If wall thickness is inadequate for recessed cabinets, provide semirecessed fire-protection cabinets. 2. Provide inside latch and lock for break-glass panels. 3. Fasten mounting brackets to inside surface of fire-protection cabinets, square and plumb. 3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films, if any, as fire-protection cabinets are installed unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. B. Adjust fire-protection cabinet doors to operate easily without binding. Verify that integral locking devices operate properly. 643 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. On completion of fire-protection cabinet installation, clean interior and exterior surfaces as recommended by manufacturer. D. Touch up marred finishes, or replace fire-protection cabinets that cannot be restored to factory- finished appearance. Use only materials and procedures recommended or furnished by fire- protection cabinet and mounting bracket manufacturers. E. Replace fire-protection cabinets that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. END OF SECTION 104413 644 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 104416 - FIRE EXTINGUISHERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes portable, hand-carried fire extinguishers. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 104413 "Fire Protection Cabinets." 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Review methods and procedures related to fire extinguishers including, but not limited to, the following: a. Schedules and coordination requirements. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include rating and classification, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for fire extinguisher. B. Product Schedule: For fire extinguishers. Coordinate final fire-extinguisher schedule with fire- protection cabinet schedule to ensure proper fit and function. Use same designations indicated on Drawings. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Warranty: Sample of special warranty. 645 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For fire extinguishers to include in maintenance manuals. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate type and capacity of fire extinguishers with fire-protection cabinets to ensure fit and function. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace fire extinguishers that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Failure of hydrostatic test according to NFPA 10 when testing interval required by NFPA 10 is within the warranty period. b. Faulty operation of valves or release levers. 2. Warranty Period: Six years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. NFPA Compliance: Fabricate and label fire extinguishers to comply with NFPA 10, "Portable Fire Extinguishers." B. Fire Extinguishers: Listed and labeled for type, rating, and classification by an independent testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Provide fire extinguishers approved, listed, and labeled by FM Global. 2.2 PORTABLE, HAND-CARRIED FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A. Fire Extinguishers: Type, size, and capacity for each fire-protection cabinet indicated. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Activar Construction Products Group, Inc. - JL Industries. b. Amerex Corporation. 646 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 c. Ansul; brand of Johnson Controls International plc, Building Solutions North America. d. Babcock-Davis. e. Badger Fire Protection. f. Buckeye Fire Equipment Company. g. Fire End & Croker Corporation. h. Guardian Fire Equipment, Inc. i. Kidde; Carrier Global Corporation. j. Larsens Manufacturing Company. k. MOON American. l. Nystrom. m. Potter Roemer LLC; a Division of Morris Group International. n. Pyro-Chem; brand of Johnson Controls International plc, Building Solutions North America. o. Strike First Corporation of America (The). 2. Valves: Manufacturer's standard. 3. Handles and Levers: Manufacturer's standard. 4. Instruction Labels: Include pictorial marking system complying with NFPA 10, Appendix B. B. Multipurpose Dry-Chemical Type in Steel Container: UL-rated 4-A:60-B:C, 10-lb (4.5-kg) nominal capacity, with monoammonium phosphate-based dry chemical in enameled-steel container. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine fire extinguishers for proper charging and tagging. 1. Remove and replace damaged, defective, or undercharged fire extinguishers. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: Install fire extinguishers in locations indicated and in compliance with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. END OF SECTION 104416 647 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 10 56 13 - METAL STORAGE SHELVING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Four-post metal storage shelving (MSS-1). B. Related Sections: 1. Section 10 22 13 "Wire Mesh Partitions" for metal shelving in storage spaces with wire mesh partitions. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society of Civil Engineers/Structural Engineering Institute: 1. ASCE/SEI 7-2005 - Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures. B. ASTM International: 1. ASTM A513-00 - Specification for Electric-Resistance-Welded Carbon and Alloy Steel Mechanical Tubing. 2. ASTM A653/A 653M-05a - Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process. 3. ASTM A780-01 - Practice for Repair of Damaged and Uncoated Areas of Hot-Dip Galvanized Coatings. 4. ASTM A899-91 (Reapproved 2002) - Specification for Steel Wire, Epoxy-Coated. 5. ASTM A1008/A 1008M-05b - Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy and High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, Solution Hardened, and Bake Hardenable. 6. ASTM A1011/A 1011M-05a - Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy and High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability. C. Material Handling Industry of America: 1. MH 28.1-1997 - For the Design, Testing, Utilization and Application of Industrial Grade Steel Shelving - Specifications (ANSI). D. SSPC - The Society for Protective Coatings: 1. SSPC-Paint 20 2002 (Revised 2004) - Paint Specification No. 20 - Zinc-Rich Coating, Type I- Inorganic and Type II- Organic. 2. SSPC-SP 5/NACE No. 1 2000 (Revised 2004) - Joint Surface Preparation Specification SSPC-SP 5/NACE No. 1 - White Metal Blast Cleaning. 648 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3. SSPC-SP 8 1982 (Revised 2000) - Surface Preparation Specification No. 8: Pickling. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Design metal storage shelving, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated. B. Structural Performance for Four-Post Metal Storage Shelving: Capable of withstanding the loads indicated according to MH 28.1. C. Provide system designed for heavy-duty performance. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rated capacities, construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for metal storage shelving. B. Samples for Verification: For the following components, of size indicated below: 1. Vertical Posts: 12 inches (305 mm) tall. 2. Shelves: Full size, but not more than 24 inches wide by 12 inches deep (610 mm wide by 305 mm deep). C. Product Schedule: For metal storage shelving. D. Delegated-Design Submittal: For metal storage shelving indicated to comply with performance requirements, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product Certificates: For each type of metal storage shelving from manufacturer. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For metal storage shelving to include in maintenance manuals. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Manufacturer's authorized representative who is trained and approved for installation of units required for this Project. 649 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Source Limitations: Obtain metal storage shelving from single source from single manufacturer. C. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install metal storage shelving until spaces are enclosed and weathertight, wet work in spaces is complete and dry, and temporary HVAC system is operating and maintaining ambient temperature and humidity conditions at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. 1.9 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of blocking and backing required for installation of metal storage shelving attached to wall and ceiling assemblies. B. Coordinate locations and installation of metal storage shelving that may interfere with ceiling systems including lighting, HVAC, speakers, sprinklers, access panels, electrical switches or outlets, and floor drains. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Hot-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A1011/A1011M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; free of scale, pitting, or surface defects; pickled and oiled. B. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A1008/A1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B. C. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A653/A653M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; with G60 (Z180) zinc (galvanized) or A60 (ZF180) zinc-iron-alloy (galvannealed) coating. D. Steel Tubing: ASTM A513, Type 2. E. Steel Wire: ASTM A899. F. Floor Anchors: Galvanized-steel, post-installed expansion anchors. Provide number per unit recommended by manufacturer unless additional anchors are indicated in calculations. G. Wall Anchors: Manufacturer's standard, galvanized-steel anchors designed to secure metal storage shelving to adjacent wall. Provide one per shelving unit for each shelving unit adjacent to a wall unless additional anchors are indicated in calculations. 650 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.2 FOUR-POST METAL STORAGE SHELVING A. Open Four-Post Metal Storage Shelving: Factory-formed, field-assembled, freestanding system, designed for shelves to span between and be supported by corner posts, with shelves adjustable over the height of shelving unit. Fabricate initial shelving unit with a post at each corner. Fabricate additional shelving units similarly, so each unit is independent. Provide fixed top and bottom shelves, adjustable intermediate shelves, and accessories indicated. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Borroughs Corporation: B-Span Heavy-Duty Storage Shelving System b. Penco Products, Inc.: Erectomatic Heavy-Duty Storage Shelving System, based on Heavy-Duty H-Posts. 2. Load-Carrying Capacity per Shelf: 1,500 lb (680 kg). 3. Posts: Fabricated from hot-rolled steel; in angle or manufacturer's standard shape; with perforations at 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) o.c. to receive shelf-to-post connectors. a. Steel Thickness, Nominal: As required for load-carrying capacity per shelf and number of shelves. b. Add-On Shelf Posts: Fabricated from hot-rolled steel, T- or manufacturer's standard shape; perforated to match main posts and of same thickness. c. Post Base: Adjustable steel floor plate, drilled for floor anchors. 4. Bracing: Manufacturer's standard, as required for stability, load-carrying capacity of shelves, and number of shelves. 5. Back Panel: Two half panels fabricated from cold-rolled steel sheet. a. Steel-Sheet Thickness, Nominal: As required for load-carrying capacity per shelf. 6. End Panels: Fabricated from cold-rolled steel sheet. a. Steel-Sheet Thickness, Nominal: As required for load-carrying capacity per shelf. 7. Solid-Type Shelves: Fabricated from steel sheet as follows: a. Steel-Sheet Thickness, Nominal: As required for load-carrying capacity per shelf. b. Fabricate fronts and backs of shelves with box-formed edges, with corners lapped and welded. 8. Shelf Quantity: Four shelves per shelving unit in addition to top and bottom shelf. 9. Shelf-to-Post Connectors: Manufacturer's standard connectors. 10. Base: Open, with exposed post legs. 11. Overall Unit Width: 48 inches (1219 mm) or as indicated on the drawings. 12. Overall Unit Depth: 24 inches (610 mm) or as indicated on the drawings. 13. Overall Unit Height: 72” (1828mm) or as indicated on the drawings. 14. Finish: Baked enamel or powder coat. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Shop Fabrication: Prefabricate shelving components in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field fabrication; temporarily preassemble shelving components where necessary to ensure that field-assembled components fit together properly. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. 651 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Fabricate metal storage shelving square and rigid, with posts plumb and true and shelves flat and free of dents or distortion. Fabricate connections to form a rigid structure, free of buckling and warping. 1. Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and straight sharp edges. 2. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners where possible. Locate joints where least conspicuous. 3. Build in straps, plates, brackets, and other reinforcements as needed to support shelf loading. 4. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap metal fabrications to receive hardware, fasteners, and similar items. C. Form metal in maximum lengths to minimize joints. Form bent-metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing the Work. Form backs of shelving units up to 48 inches (1219 mm) wide from one piece. D. Form edges and corners free of sharp edges or rough areas. Fold back and crimp exposed edges of unsupported sheet metal to form a 1/2-inch- (13-mm-) wide hem on the concealed side; ease edges of metal plate to radius of approximately 1/32 inch (0.8 mm). Shear and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs. E. Weld corners and seams continuously to develop strength, minimize distortion, and maintain the corrosion resistance of base metals. At exposed locations, finish welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface. Weld before finishing components to greatest extent possible. Remove weld spatter and welding oxides from exposed surfaces before finishing. 2.4 GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. 2.5 METALLIC-COATED STEEL-SHEET FINISHES A. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces with nonpetroleum solvent so surfaces are free of oil and other contaminants. After cleaning, apply a conversion coating suited to the organic coating to be applied over it. Clean welds, mechanical connections, and abraded areas, and apply galvanizing repair paint, complying with SSPC-Paint 20, to comply with ASTM A780. 652 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Baked-Enamel or Powder-Coat Finish: Manufacturer's standard baked-on finish consisting of prime coat and thermosetting topcoat. Comply with coating manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning, pretreatment, application, and minimum dry thickness. 2.6 STEEL FINISHES A. Surface Preparation: Remove mill scale and rust, if present, from uncoated steel, complying with SSPC-SP 5/NACE No. 1, "White Metal Blast Cleaning" or SSPC-SP 8, "Pickling." B. Baked-Enamel or Powder-Coat Finish: Manufacturer's standard baked-on finish consisting of prime coat and thermosetting topcoat. Comply with coating manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning, pretreatment, application, and minimum dry thickness. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Examine floors for suitable conditions where metal storage shelving will be installed. C. Examine walls to which metal storage shelving will be attached for properly located blocking, grounds, or other solid backing for attachment of support fasteners. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Vacuum finished floor over which metal storage shelving is to be installed. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install metal storage shelving level, plumb, square, rigid, true, and with shelves flat and free of dents or distortion. Make connections to form a rigid structure, free of buckling and warping. 1. Install exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners where possible. 2. Install braces, straps, plates, brackets, and other reinforcements as needed to support shelf loading and as required for stability. 3. Adjust post-base bolt leveler to achieve level and plumb installation. 4. Anchor shelving units to floor with floor anchors through floor plate. Shim floor plate to achieve level and plumb installation. 5. Install seismic restraints. 653 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 6. Connect side-to-side shelving units together. 7. Install shelves in each shelving unit at spacing indicated on Drawings or, if not indicated, at equal spacing. a. Case-Type Metal Storage Shelving: Install adjustable shelf clips at front and back of each shelf. b. Four-Post Metal Storage Shelving: Install four clips, one at each post, for support of each shelf; with clips fully engaged in post perforations. c. Post-and-Beam Metal Storage Shelving: Install beams with beam-to-post connectors fully engaged in post perforations. 3.4 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Erect four-post metal storage shelving to a maximum tolerance from vertical of 1/2 inch (13 mm) in up to 10 feet (3 m) of height, not exceeding 1 inch (25 mm) for heights taller than 10 feet (3 m). B. Erect post-and-beam metal storage shelving to a maximum tolerance from vertical of 1/4 inch (6 mm) in 84 inches (2134 mm) of height. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Adjust metal storage shelving so that connectors and other components engage accurately and securely. B. Adjust and lubricate operable components to operate smoothly and easily, without binding or warping. Check and readjust operating hardware. C. Touch up marred finishes or replace metal storage shelving that cannot be restored to factory- finished appearance. Use only materials and procedures recommended or furnished by metal storage shelving manufacturer. D. Replace metal storage shelving that has been damaged or has deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. END OF SECTION 10 56 13 654 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 113013 - RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Cooking appliances. 2. 3. Refrigeration appliances. 4. Cleaning appliances. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 224100 "Residential Plumbing Fixtures" for kitchen sinks, dishwasher air-gap fittings, waste (garbage) disposers, and instant hot-water dispensers. 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include installation details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components, and finishes for each appliance. 2. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished accessories. B. Product Schedule: For appliances. Use same designations indicated on Drawings. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For manufacturer. B. Product Certificates: For each type of appliance. 655 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. Sample Warranties: For manufacturers' special warranties. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For each residential appliance to include in operation and maintenance manuals. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Maintains, within 50 miles ( km) of Project site, a service center capable of providing training, parts, and emergency maintenance repairs. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Special Warranties: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace residential appliances or components that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period[.][ except as qualified below:] 1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Microwave Oven: Limited warranty, including parts and labor for first year and parts thereafter, for on-site service. 1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. C. Refrigerator/Freezer, Sealed System: Full warranty, including parts and labor, for on-site service on the product. 1. Warranty Period for Sealed Refrigeration System: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. 2. Warranty Period for Other Components: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. D. Dishwasher: Full warranty, including parts and labor, for on-site service on the product. 1. Warranty Period for Deterioration of Tub and Metal Door Liner: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. 2. Warranty Period for Other Components: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of residential appliance from single manufacturer. 656 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Electrical Appliances: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Accessibility: Where residential appliances are indicated to comply with accessibility requirements, comply with applicable provisions in the DOJ's 2010 ADA Standards for Accessible Design and ICC A117.1. 2.3 RANGES A. Electric Range [RG #] <Insert drawing designation>: [Freestanding] [Slide-in] [Drop-in] range with [one] [two] oven(s) and complying with AHAM ER-1. 1. <Double click here to find, evaluate, and insert list of manufacturers and products.> 2. Width: [30 inches (762 mm)] [36 inches (914 mm)] <Insert dimension>. 3. Electric Burner Elements: [Four] [Six] <Insert number>. a. Coil Type: [Manufacturer's standard] [Two 1200 W and two 2200 W] [One 1200 W, one 2200-W dual element, and two 2200 W] <Insert burner combination and power ratings>. b. Radiant Type: [Two 1500 W and two 2000 W] [One 1200-W element, dual 1500-W/1500-W bridge element, and one 1200-W/2500-W expandable element] <Insert burner combination and power ratings>. c. Induction Type: [Manufacturer's standard] [Two 1200 W and two 1800 W] [One 1200 W, one 1800 W, one 2700 W, and one 3300 W] <Insert burner combination and power ratings>. d. Controls: Digital panel controls, located on [front] [left side] [right side] [splash panel at rear of rangetop]. e. <Insert feature>. 4. Oven Features: a. Capacity: [3.3 cu. ft. (0.09 cu. m)] [and] <Insert capacity for each oven>. b. Operation: [Baking] [convection] [and] [pyrolytic self-cleaning or catalytic continuous cleaning] <Insert requirement>. c. Broiler: Located in [top of oven] [separate roll-out drawer on bottom]. d. Oven Door(s): Counterbalanced, removable, with [observation window] [and] [full-width] <Insert type of handle> handle. e. Electric Power Rating: 1) Oven(s): [Manufacturer's standard] [2400 W] [and] <Insert power rating for each oven>. 2) Broiler: [Manufacturer's standard] [3500 W] <Insert power rating>. f. Controls: Digital panel controls and timer display, located on [front] [left side] [right side] [splash panel at rear of rangetop]. 657 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 g. <Insert feature>. 5. Anti-Tip Device: Manufacturer's standard. 6. Electric Power Supply: [240 V, 60 Hz, 1 phase, 30 A] [As indicated on Drawings] <Insert requirement>. 7. Material: [Porcelain-enameled] [Stainless] steel with [manufacturer's standard] [ceramic-glass] <Insert material> cooktop. a. Color/Finish: [White] [Black] <Insert color or finish>. 2.4 MICROWAVE OVENS A. Microwave Oven [MO #] <Insert drawing designation>: 1. <Double click here to find, evaluate, and insert list of manufacturers and products.> 2. Mounting: [Undercabinet] [Wall cabinet] <Insert requirement>. 3. Type: [Conventional] [Convection] <Insert type>. 4. Dimensions: a. Width: [24 inches (610 mm)] [30 inches (762 mm)] [As indicated on Drawings] <Insert dimension>. b. Depth: [19-1/2 inches (495 mm)] [As indicated on Drawings] <Insert dimension>. c. Height: [14 inches (356 mm)] [18 inches (457 mm)] [As indicated on Drawings] <Insert dimension>. 5. Capacity: [1.5 cu. ft. (0.04 cu. m)] [2.0 cu. ft. (0.06 cu. m)] <Insert capacity>. 6. Oven Door: Door with observation window [and pull handle] [and pushbutton latch release] <Insert requirement>. 7. Exhaust Fan: [Variable] [Two] [Four]-speed fan, [vented to outside] [nonvented, recirculating type with charcoal filter] and with [manufacturer's standard] [300-cfm (140-L/s)] <Insert value> capacity. 8. Microwave Power Rating: [Manufacturer's standard] [1000 W] <Insert power rating>. a. Convection Element Power Rating: [Manufacturer's standard] [1450 W] <Insert power rating>. 9. Electric Power Supply: [120 V, 60 Hz, 1 phase, 15 A] [As indicated on Drawings] <Insert requirement>. 10. Controls: Digital panel controls and timer display. 11. Other Features: [Turntable] [temperature probe] [and] [lock-out feature] <Insert feature>. 12. Material: [Porcelain-enameled steel] [Stainless steel] [Manufacturer's standard] <Insert material>. a. Color/Finish: [White] [Black] <Insert color or finish>. 658 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.5 REFRIGERATOR/FREEZERS A. Refrigerator/Freezer [RF #] <Insert drawing designation>: [One-door refrigerator with freezer compartment inside] [Two-door, side-by-side refrigerator/freezer] [Two-door refrigerator/freezer with freezer on top] [Two-door refrigerator/freezer with freezer on bottom] <Insert description> and complying with AHAM HRF-1. 1. <Double click here to find, evaluate, and insert list of manufacturers and products.> 2. Type: [Freestanding] [Built in] [Undercounter]. 3. Dimensions: a. Width: [16 inches (406 mm)] [24 inches (610 mm)] [27 inches (686 mm)] [30 inches (762 mm)] [36 inches (914 mm)] [42 inches (1067 mm)] [48 inches (1219 mm)] [As indicated on Drawings] <Insert dimension>. b. Depth: [24 inches (610 mm)] [27 inches (686 mm)] [33-1/4 inches (845 mm)] [As indicated on Drawings] <Insert dimension>. c. Height: [34-1/2 inches (876 mm)] [70 inches (1778 mm)] [73 inches (1854 mm)] [84 inches (2134 mm)] [As indicated on Drawings] <Insert dimension>. 4. Storage Capacity: a. Refrigeration Compartment Volume: [15.6 cu. ft. (0.44 cu. m)] <Insert volume>. b. Freezer Volume: [5.13 cu. ft. (0.15 cu. m)] <Insert volume>. c. Shelf Area: [Three] <Insert number> adjustable [wire] [glass] shelves, [26 sq. ft. (2.42 sq. m)] <Insert area>. d. <Insert storage requirement>. 5. General Features: a. Door Configuration: [Framed] [Overlay]. b. Dispenser in door for [ice] [and] [cold water] [with dispenser lock]. c. Built-in water-filtration system. d. Dual refrigeration systems. e. Separate[ touch-pad] temperature controls for each compartment. f. <Insert feature>. 6. Refrigerator Features: a. Interior light in refrigeration compartment. b. Compartment Storage: [Wine racks] [vegetable crisper] [and] [meat compartment] <Insert requirement>. c. Door Storage: [Glazed door without storage] [Modular compartments] [Gallon- (3.8-L) milk-container storage] <Insert requirement>. d. Temperature-controlled meat/deli bin. e. <Insert feature>. 7. Freezer Features: [One] [Two] <Insert number> freezer compartment(s) [with door(s)] [configured as pull-out drawer(s)]. 659 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 a. [Automatic] [Manual] defrost. b. Interior light in freezer compartment. c. Automatic icemaker and storage bin. d. <Insert feature>. 8. ENERGY STAR: Provide appliances that qualify for the EPA/DOE ENERGY STAR product-labeling program. 9. Front Panel(s): [Manufacturer's standard] [Wood panel(s) to match kitchen cabinets] [Porcelain enamel] [Stainless steel] [Wood-panel insert(s) specified in Section 064113 "Wood-Veneer-Faced Architectural Cabinets" to match kitchen cabinets] [Wood-panel insert(s) specified in Section 123530 "Residential Casework" to match kitchen cabinets] [Reversible panel(s) with choice of colors] <Insert description>. a. Panel Color: [White] [Black] <Insert color(s)>. 10. Appliance Color/Finish: [White] [Black] [Stainless steel] <Insert color or finish>. 2.6 DISHWASHERS A. Dishwasher [DW #] <Insert drawing designation>: Complying with AHAM DW-1. 1. <Double click here to find, evaluate, and insert list of manufacturers and products.> 2. Type: [Built-in undercounter] [Built-in under sink] [Portable] <Insert type>. 3. Dimensions: a. Width: [18 inches (457 mm)] [24 inches (610 mm)] [As indicated on Drawings] <Insert dimension>. b. Depth: [23 inches (584 mm)] [25-3/4 inches (654 mm)] [As indicated on Drawings] <Insert dimension>. c. Height: [34-1/2 inches (876 mm)] [As indicated on Drawings] <Insert dimension>. 4. Capacity: a. International Place Settings of China: [Eight] [12] [14] <Insert number>. b. Water Consumption for Full Load: [3.2 gal. (12 L)] <Insert value> per cycle. 5. Sound Level: Maximum [42] [48] <Insert number> dB. 6. Tub and Door Liner: [Manufacturer's standard] [Porcelain-enameled steel] [Stainless steel] [Porcelain-enameled steel tub and molded-plastic door liner] <Insert requirement> with sealed detergent and automatic rinsing-aid dispensers. 7. Rack System: [Nylon] [PVC]-coated sliding dish racks, with [removable cutlery basket] [top cutlery tray] <Insert feature>. 8. Controls: [Touch-pad] [Rotary-dial] <Insert description> controls with [four] <Insert number> wash cycles and hot-air and heat-off drying cycle options. 9. Features: 660 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 a. Waste food disposer. b. Self-cleaning food-filter system. c. Hot-water booster heater for [140 deg F (60 deg C)] [160 deg F (71 deg C)] wash water with incoming water at 100 deg F (38 deg C). d. Lock-out feature. e. Half-load option. f. Delay-wash option. g. Digital display panel. h. Water softener. i. Soil-sensing water use control system. j. <Insert feature>. 10. ENERGY STAR: Provide appliances that qualify for the EPA/DOE ENERGY STAR product-labeling program. 11. Front Panel: [Manufacturer's standard] [Wood panel to match kitchen cabinets] [Porcelain enamel] [Stainless steel] [Wood-panel insert specified in Section 064113 "Wood-Veneer-Faced Architectural Cabinets" to match kitchen cabinets] [Wood- panel insert specified in Section 123530 "Residential Casework" to match kitchen cabinets] [Reversible panel with choice of colors] <Insert description>. a. Panel Color: [White] [Black] <Insert color(s)>. 12. Appliance Color/Finish: [White] [Black] [Stainless steel] <Insert color or finish>. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, power connections, and other conditions affecting installation and performance of residential appliances. B. Examine roughing-in for piping systems to verify actual locations of piping connections before appliance installation. C. Examine walls, ceilings, and roofs for suitable conditions wheremicrowave ovens with vented exhaust fans will be installed. D. Prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work. E. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 661 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install appliances according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Built-in Equipment: Securely anchor units to supporting cabinets or countertops with concealed fasteners. Verify that clearances are adequate for proper functioning and that rough openings are completely concealed. C. Freestanding Equipment: Place units in final locations after finishes have been completed in each area. Verify that clearances are adequate to properly operate equipment. D. Range Anti-Tip Device: Install at each range according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and inspections: 1. Perform visual, mechanical, and electrical inspection and testing for each appliance according to manufacturers' written recommendations. Certify compliance with each manufacturer's appliance-performance parameters. 2. Leak Test: After installation, test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 3. Operational Test: After installation, start units to confirm proper operation. 4. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and components. B. An appliance will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.4 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain residential appliances. END OF SECTION 113013 662 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 122413 - ROLLER WINDOW SHADES TIPS: To view non-printing Editor's Notes that provide guidance for editing, click on MasterWorks/Single-File Formatting/Toggle/Editor's Notes. To read detailed research, technical information about products and materials, and coordination checklists, click on MasterWorks/Supporting Information. Content Requests: <Double click here to submit questions, comments, or suggested edits to this Section.> Access Manufacturer-Provided, AIA MasterSpec-Based Sections: <Double click here for this Section based on specific manufacturer’s products set as Basis-of-Design at ProductMasterSpec.com.> PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Manually operated roller shades with single rollers. 2. Motor-operated roller shades with single and double rollers. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 061000 "Rough Carpentry" for wood blocking and grounds for mounting roller shades and accessories. 2. Section 079200 "Joint Sealants" for sealing the perimeters of installation accessories for light-blocking shades with a sealant. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 663 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, features, finishes, and operating instructions for roller shades. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for roller shades, including shadeband materials, their orientation to rollers, and their seam and batten locations. 1. Motor-Operated Shades: Include details of installation and diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. C. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified, 10 inches (250 mm) long. D. Samples for Verification: For each type of roller shade. 1. Shadeband Material: Not less than 10 inches (250 mm) square. Mark interior face of material if applicable. 2. Roller Shade: Full-size operating unit, not less than 16 inches (400 mm) wide by 36 inches (900 mm) long for each type of roller shade indicated. 3. Installation Accessories: Full-size unit, not less than 10 inches (250 mm) long. E. Product Schedule: For roller shades. Use same designations indicated on Drawings. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer. B. Product Certificates: For each type of shadeband material. C. Product Test Reports: For each type of shadeband material, for tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency or a qualified testing agency. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For roller shades to include in maintenance manuals. 1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Roller Shades: Full-size units equal to 5 percent of quantity installed for each size, color, and shadeband material indicated, but no fewer than two units. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Fabricator of products. 664 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects, and to set quality standards for fabrication and installation. 1. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such deviations in writing. 2. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver roller shades in factory packages, marked with manufacturer, product name, and location of installation using same designations indicated on Drawings. 1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install roller shades until construc tion and finish work in spaces, including painting, is complete and dry and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use. B. Field Measurements: Where roller shades are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Allow clearances for operating hardware of operable glazed units through entire operating range. Notify Architect of installation conditions that vary from Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Source Limitations: Obtain roller shades from single source from single manufacturer. 2.2 MOTOR-OPERATED, DOUBLE-ROLLER SHADES RS-1 A. Provide product as indicated in Schedule for Finishes in drawings or comparable equal. B. Motorized Operating Systems: Provide factory-assembled, shade-operator systems of size and capacity and with features, characteristics, and accessories suitable for conditions indicated, complete with electric motor and factory-prewired motor controls, power disconnect switch, enclosures protecting controls and operating parts, and accessories required for reliable operation without malfunction. Include wiring from motor controls to motors. Coordinate operator wiring requirements and electrical characteristics with building electrical system. Controller required in order to in 665 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Electrical Components: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 2. Electric Motor: Manufacturer's standard tubular, enclosed in rollers. a. Electrical Characteristics: 110-V ac 24-V dc. b. Maximum Total Shade Width: As required to operate roller shades indicated. c. Maximum Shade Drop: As required to operate roller shades indicated. d. Maximum Weight Capacity: As required to operate roller shades indicated. 3. Remote Control: Electric controls with NEMA ICS 6, Type 1 enclosure for recessed or flush mounting. Provide the following for remote-control activation of shades: a. Individual/Group Control Station: Maintained-contact, three-position, rocker-style, wall-switch-operated control station with open, close, and center off functions for individual and group control. b. Controller required in order to integrate with AV System is SOFIUI IP CONTROLLER - SOMFY CONNECT UAI PLUS Part# 1870272. c. Microprocessor Control: Electronic programmable means for setting, changing, and adjusting control features; isolated from voltage spikes and surges. d. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 4. Crank-Operator Override: Crank and gearbox operate shades in event of power outage or motor failure. 5. Limit Switches: Adjustable switches, interlocked with motor controls and set to stop shade movement automatically at fully raised and fully lowered positions. 6. Operating Features: a. Group switching with integrated switch control; single faceplate for multiple switch cutouts. b. Capable of interface with audiovisual control system. c. Capable of accepting input from building automation control system. d. Override switch. C. Rollers: Corrosion-resistant steel or extruded-aluminum tubes of diameters and wall thicknesses required to accommodate operating mechanisms and weights and widths of shadebands indicated without deflection. Provide with permanently lubricated drive-end assemblies and idle-end assemblies designed to facilitate removal of shades for service. 1. Double-Roller Mounting Configuration: Side by side. 2. Inside Roller: a. Drive-End Location: Right side of interior face of shade. b. Direction of Shadeband Roll: Regular, from back (exterior face) of roller. 3. Outside Roller: a. Drive-End Location: Right side of interior face of shade. b. Direction of Shadeband Roll: Regular, from back (exterior face) of roller. 4. Shadeband-to-Roller Attachment: Manufacturer's standard method. 666 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 D. Mounting Hardware: Brackets or endcaps, corrosion resistant and compatible with roller mounting configuration, roller assemblies, operating mechanisms, installation accessories, and installation locations and conditions indicated. E. Roller-Coupling Assemblies: Coordinated with operating mechanism and designed to join up to three inline rollers into a multiband shade that is operated by one roller drive-end assembly. F. Inside Shadebands: 1. Shadeband Material: Light-filtering fabric. 2. Shadeband Bottom (Hem) Bar: Steel or extruded aluminum. a. Type: Enclosed in sealed pocket of shadeband material. b. Color and Finish: As indicated in Schedule for Finishes on drawings. G. Outside Shadebands: 1. Shadeband Material: Light-blocking fabric. 2. Shadeband Bottom (Hem) Bar: Steel or extruded aluminum. a. Type: Enclosed in sealed pocket of shadeband material. b. Color and Finish: As indicated in Schedule for Finishes in drawings.. H. Installation Accessories: 1. Recessed Shade Pocket: Rectangular, extruded-aluminum enclosure designed for recessed ceiling installation; with front, top, and back formed as one piece, end plates, and removable bottom closure panel. a. Height: Manufacturer's standard height required to enclose roller and shadeband assemblies when shade is fully open, but not less than 7.5” x 8”. 2. Closure Panel and Wall Clip: Removable aluminum panel designed for installation at bottom of site-constructed ceiling recesses or pockets and for snap-in attachment to wall clip without fasteners. a. Closure-Panel Width: 5 inches (51 mm). 3. Side Channels: With light seals and designed to eliminate light gaps at sides of shades as shades are drawn down. Provide side channels with shadeband guides or other means of aligning shadebands with channels at tops. 4. Bottom (Sill) Channel or Angle: With light seals and designed to eliminate light gaps at bottoms of shades when shades are closed. 5. Installation Accessories Color and Finish: As selected from manufacturer's full range. 2.3 MANUALLY OPERATED SHADES WITH SINGLE ROLLERS RS-2 A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: 1. Springs Window Fashions; SWFcontract. 667 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Chain-and-Clutch Operating Mechanisms: With continuous-loop bead chain and clutch that stops shade movement when bead chain is released; permanently adjusted and lubricated. 1. Bead Chains: Manufacturer's standard Stainless steel. a. Loop Length: Full length of roller shade As indicated on Drawings – please verify in field. b. Limit Stops: Provide upper and lower ball stops. c. Chain-Retainer Type: Manufacturer’s standard. [Clip, jamb mount] [Chain tensioner, jamb mounted] [Chain tensioner, sill mounted] <Insert description>. 2. Spring Lift-Assist Mechanisms: Manufacturer's standard for balancing roller shade weight and for lifting heavy roller shades. a. Provide for shadebands that weigh more than [10 lb (4.5 kg)] <Insert value> or for shades as recommended by manufacturer, whichever criterion is more stringent. C. Rollers: Corrosion-resistant steel or extruded-aluminum tubes of diameters and wall thicknesses required to accommodate operating mechanisms and weights and widths of shadebands indicated without deflection. Provide with permanently lubricated drive-end assemblies and idle-end assemblies designed to facilitate removal of shadebands for service. 1. Roller Drive-End Location: Right side of interior face of shade. 2. Direction of Shadeband Roll: Regular, from back (exterior face) of roller. 3. Shadeband-to-Roller Attachment: Manufacturer's standard method. D. Mounting Hardware: Brackets or endcaps, corrosion resistant and compatible with roller assembly, operating mechanism, installation accessories, and mounting location and conditions indicated. E. Roller-Coupling Assemblies: Coordinated with operating mechanism and designed to join up to three inline rollers into a multiband shade that is operated by one roller drive-end assembly. F. Shadebands: 1. Shadeband Material: Light-filtering fabric. 2. Shadeband Bottom (Hem) Bar: Steel or extruded aluminum. a. Type: Exposed with endcaps. b. Color and Finish: As indicated in the Interior Finish Schedule on the drawings.. G. Installation Accessories: 1. Front Fascia: Aluminum extrusion that conceals front and underside of roller and operating mechanism and attaches to roller endcaps without exposed fasteners. a. Shape: L-shaped. 668 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 b. Height: Manufacturer's standard height required to conceal roller and shadeband assembly when shade is fully open, but not less than 4 inches (102 mm) 3 inches (76 mm). 2. Endcap Covers: To cover exposed endcaps. 3. Closure Panel and Wall Clip: Removable aluminum panel designed for installation at bottom of site-constructed ceiling recess or pocket and for snap-in attachment to wall clip without fasteners. a. Closure-Panel Width: [As indicated on Drawings] [2 inches (51 mm)] <Insert dimension>. 2.4 MOTOR-OPERATED, SINGLE-ROLLER SHADES RS-3 A. Manufacturers: 1. Springs Window Fashions; SWFcontract. B. Motorized Operating System: Provide factory-assembled, shade-operator system of size and capacity and with features, characteristics, and accessories suitable for conditions indicated, complete with electric motor and factory-prewired motor controls, power disconnect switch, enclosures protecting controls and operating parts, and accessories required for reliable operation without malfunction. Include wiring from motor controls to motors. Coordinate operator wiring requirements and electrical characteristics with building electrical system. 1. Electrical Components: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.Electric Motor: Manufacturer's standard tubular, enclosed in roller. a. Electrical Characteristics: or. Refer to electrical drawings. b. Maximum Total Shade Width: As required to operate roller shades indicated. c. Maximum Shade Drop: As required to operate roller shades indicated. d. Maximum Weight Capacity: As required to operate roller shades indicated. 2. Remote Control: Electric controls with NEMA ICS 6, Type 1 enclosure for recessed or flush mounting. Provide the following for remote-control activation of shades: a. Individual/Group Control Station: Maintained-contact, three-position, rocker- style, wall-switch-operated control station with open, close, and center off functions for individual and group control. b. Microprocessor Control: Electronic programmable means for setting, changing, and adjusting control features; isolated from voltage spikes and surges. c. Limit Switches: Adjustable switches interlocked with motor controls and to set to stop shades automatically at fully raised and fully lowered positions. d. Color: As indicated in the Schedule for Finishes on the drawings. 3. Operating Features: a. Group switching with integrated switch control; single faceplate for multiple switch cutouts. 669 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 b. Capable of interface with audiovisual or control system. c. Override switch. C. Rollers: Corrosion-resistant steel or extruded-aluminum tubes of diameters and wall thicknesses required to accommodate operating mechanisms and weights and widths of shadebands indicated without deflection. Provide with permanently lubricated drive-end assemblies and idle-end assemblies designed to facilitate removal of shadebands for service. 1. Roller Drive-End Location: Refer to electrical drawings. 2. Direction of Shadeband Roll: Regular, from back (exterior face) of roller. 3. Shadeband-to-Roller Attachment: Manufacturer's standard method. D. Mounting Hardware: Brackets or endcaps, corrosion resistant and compatible with roller assembly, operating mechanism, installation accessories, and mounting location and conditions indicated. E. Roller-Coupling Assemblies: Coordinated with operating mechanism and designed to join up to three inline rollers that are operated by one roller drive-end assembly. F. Shadebands: 1. Shadeband Material: Light-filtering fabric. 2. Shadeband Bottom (Hem) Bar: Steel or extruded aluminum. a. Type: Enclosed in sealed pocket of shadeband material. b. Color and Finish: As indicated in the Shchedule for Finishes on the drawings. G. Installation Accessories: 1. Front Fascia: Aluminum extrusion that conceals front and underside of roller and operating mechanism and attaches to roller endcaps without exposed fasteners. a. Shape: L-shaped. b. Height: Manufacturer's standard height required to conceal roller and shadeband assembly when shade is fully open, but not less than 4 inches (102 mm). 2. Endcap Covers: To cover exposed endcaps. 3. Recessed Shade Pocket: Rectangular, extruded-aluminum enclosure designed for recessed ceiling installation; with front, top, and back formed as one piece, end plates, and removable bottom closure panel. a. Height: Manufacturer's standard height required to enclose roller and shadeband assembly when shade is fully open, but not less thanheight indicated on Drawings. b. Provide pocket with lip at lower edge to support acoustical ceiling panel. 4. Closure Panel and Wall Clip: Removable aluminum panel designed for installation at bottom of site-constructed ceiling recess or pocket and for snap-in attachment to wall clip without fasteners. a. Closure-Panel Width: To suite job conditions. 670 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 5. Installation Accessories Color and Finish: As indicated in Shcdule for Finishes. 2.5 SHADEBAND MATERIALS A. Shadeband Material Flame-Resistance Rating: Comply with NFPA 701. Testing by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. B. Light-Filtering Fabric: Woven fabric, stain and fade resistant. 1. Source: Roller shade manufacturer. 2. Roll Width: As indicated on drawings. Field measurements required.. 3. Orientation on Shadeband: Up the bolt. 4. Openness Factor: 3 percent. 5. Color: As indicated in the Schedule for Finishes on the drawings. C. Light-Blocking Fabric: Opaque fabric, stain and fade resistant. 1. Source: Roller shade manufacturer. 2. Roll Width: As indicated on drawings. Field measurements required. 3. Orientation on Shadeband: Up the bolt. 4. Color: As indicated in the Interior Finish Schedule on the drawings.. 2.6 ROLLER SHADE FABRICATION A. Product Safety Standard: Fabricate roller shades to comply with WCMA A 100.1, including requirements for flexible, chain-loop devices; lead content of components; and warning labels. B. Unit Sizes: Fabricate units in sizes to fill window and other openings as follows, measured at 74 deg F (23 deg C): 1. Between (Inside) Jamb Installation: Width equal to jamb-to-jamb dimension of opening in which shade is installed less 1/4 inch (6 mm) per side or 1/2-inch (13-mm) total, plus or minus 1/8 inch (3.1 mm). Length equal to head-to-sill or -floor dimension of opening in which shade is installed less 1/4 inch (6 mm), plus or minus 1/8 inch (3.1 mm). 2. Outside of Jamb Installation: Width and length as indicated, with terminations between shades of end-to-end installations at centerlines of mullion or other defined vertical separations between openings. C. Shadeband Fabrication: Fabricate shadebands without battens or seams to extent possible, except as follows: 1. Vertical Shades: Where width-to-length ratio of shadeband is equal to or greater than 1:4, provide battens and seams at uniform spacings along shadeband length to ensure shadeband tracking and alignment through its full range of movement without distortion of the material. 671 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, operational clearances, locations of connections to building electrical system, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 ROLLER SHADE INSTALLATION A. Install roller shades level, plumb, and aligned with adjacent units according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Electrical Connections: Connect motor-operated roller shades to building electrical system. C. Roller Shade Locations: As indicated on Drawings. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Adjust and balance roller shades to operate smoothly, easily, safely, and free from binding or malfunction throughout entire operational range. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean roller shade surfaces, after installation, according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and Installer, that ensure that roller shades are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. C. Replace damaged roller shades that cannot be repaired, in a manner approved by Architect, before time of Substantial Completion. 3.5 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain motor-operated roller shades. END OF SECTION 122413 672 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 123623.13 - PLASTIC-LAMINATE-CLAD COUNTERTOPS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Plastic-laminate-clad countertops. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include data for fire-retardant treatment from chemical-treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. B. Shop Drawings: For plastic-laminate-clad countertops. 1. Include plans, sections, details, and attachments to other work. Detail fabrication and installation, including field joints. 2. Show locations and sizes of cutouts and holes for items installed in plastic-laminate-clad countertops. 3. Apply AWI Quality Certification,WI Certified Compliance Program label to Shop Drawings. C. Samples: Plastic laminates in each type, color, pattern, and surface finish required in manufacturer's standard size. D. Samples for Verification: As follows: 1. Plastic Laminates: For each type, color, pattern, and surface finish required, 8 by 10 inches (200 by 250 mm)in size. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer, fabricator. 673 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Product Certificates: For the following: 1. Composite wood and agrifiber products. 2. High-pressure decorative laminate. 3. Chemical-resistant, high-pressure decorative laminate. 4. Adhesives. C. Evaluation Reports: For fire-retardant-treated materials, from ICC-ES. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: Shop that employs skilled workers who custom fabricate products similar to those required for this Project and whose products have a record of successful in- service performance. 1. Shop Certification: AWI's Quality Certification Program accredited participant, WI's Certified Compliance Program licensee. B. Installer Qualifications: Fabricator of products, AWI's Quality Certification Program accredited participant. WI's Certified Compliance Program licensee. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver countertops only after casework and supports on which they will be installed have been completed in installation areas. B. Store countertops in areas where environmental conditions comply with requirements specified in "Field Conditions" Article. C. Keep surfaces of countertops covered with protective covering during handling and installation. 1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install countertops until building is enclosed, wet- work is complete, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature and relative humidity at levels planned for building occupants during the remainder of the construction period. B. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install countertops until building is enclosed, wet- work is complete, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature between 60 and 90 deg F (16 and 32 deg C) and relative humidity between 25 and 55 percent during the remainder of the construction period. C. Field Measurements: Where countertops are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication and indicate 674 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. D. Established Dimensions: Where countertops are indicated to fit to other construction, establish dimensions for areas where countertops are to fit. Provide allowance for trimming at site, and coordinate construction to ensure that actual dimensions correspond to established dimensions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PLASTIC-LAMINATE-CLAD COUNTERTOPS A. Quality Standard: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with the "Architectural Woodwork Standards" for grades of plastic-laminate-clad countertops indicated for construction, finishes, installation, and other requirements. 1. Provide inspections of fabrication and installation together with labels and certificates from AWI certification program indicating that countertops comply with requirements of grades specified. 2. The Contract Documents contain requirements that are more stringent than the referenced quality standard. Comply with requirements of Contract Documents in addition to those of the referenced quality standard. B. Grade: Custom. C. Certified Wood: Wood products shall be certified as "FSC Pure" or "FSC Mixed Credit" according to FSC STD-01-001 and FSC STD-40-004. D. High-Pressure Decorative Laminate: NEMA LD 3, Grade HGS. E. Colors, Patterns, and Finishes: As indicated in the Interior Finish Schedule on the drawings. E. Edge Treatment: Same as laminate cladding on horizontal surfaces F. Core Material: As selected by fabricator to comply with quality standard. G. Core Material at Sinks: Particleboard made with exterior glue, MDF made with exterior glue or exterior-grade plywood. H. Core Thickness: 3/4 inch (19 mm). 1. Build up countertop thickness to 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) at front, back, and ends with additional layers of core material laminated to top. I. Backer Sheet: Provide plastic-laminate backer sheet, NEMA LD 3, Grade BKL, on underside of countertop substrate. 675 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.2 WOOD MATERIALS A. Wood Products: Provide materials that comply with requirements of referenced quality standard unless otherwise indicated. 1. Wood Moisture Content: 5 to 10 percent. B. Composite Wood and Agrifiber Products: Provide materials that comply with requirements of referenced quality standard for each type of countertop and quality grade specified unless otherwise indicated. 2.3 FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED MATERIALS A. Fire-Retardant-Treated Materials, General: Where fire-retardant-treated materials are indicated, use materials that are acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and with fire -test-response characteristics specified as determined by testing identical products according to test method indicated by a qualified testing agency. 1. Use treated materials that comply with requirements of referenced quality standard. Do not use materials that are warped, discolored, or otherwise defective. 2. Use fire-retardant-treatment formulations that do not bleed through or otherwise adversely affect finishes. Do not use colorants to distinguish treated materials from untreated materials. 3. Identify fire-retardant-treated materials with appropriate classification marking of qualified testing agency in the form of removable paper label or imprint on surfaces that will be concealed from view after installation. B. Fire-Retardant-Treated Lumber and Plywood: Products with a flame-spread index of 25 or less when tested according to ASTM E84, with no evidence of significant progressive combustion when the test is extended an additional 20 minutes, and with the flame front not extending more than 10.5 feet (3.2 m) beyond the centerline of the burners at any time during the test. 1. Kiln dry lumber and plywood after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 and 15 percent, respectively. 2. Mill lumber before treatment and implement procedures during treatment and drying processes that prevent lumber from warping and developing discolorations from drying sticks or other causes, marring, and other defects affecting appearance of exposed treated woodwork. C. Fire-Retardant Particleboard: Made from softwood particles and fire-retardant chemicals mixed at time of panel manufacture to achieve flame-spread index of 25 or less and smoke-developed index of 25 or less when tested according to ASTM E84. 1. For panels 3/4 inch (19 mm) thick and less, comply with ANSI A208.1 for Grade M-2 except for the following minimum properties: modulus of rupture, 1600 psi (11 MPa); modulus of elasticity, 300,000 psi (2070 MPa); internal bond, 80 psi (550 kPa); and screw-holding capacity on face and edge, 250 and 225 lbf (1100 and 1000 N), respectively. 676 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. For panels 13/16 to 1-1/4 inches (20 to 32 mm) thick, comply with ANSI A208.1 for Grade M-1 except for the following minimum properties: modulus of rupture, 1300 psi (9 MPa); modulus of elasticity, 250,000 psi (1720 MPa); linear expansion, 0.50 percent; and screw-holding capacity on face and edge, 250 and 175 lbf (1100 and 780 N), respectively. D. Fire-Retardant MDF: Medium-density fiberboard panels complying with ANSI A208.2, made from softwood fibers, synthetic resins, and fire-retardant chemicals mixed together at time of panel manufacture to achieve flame-spread index of 25 or less and smoke-developed index of 200 or less according to ASTM E84. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Wire-Management Grommets: Circular, molded-plastic grommets and matching plastic caps with slot for wire passage. 1. Outside Diameter: As indicated on drawings. 2. Color: As indicated on drawings. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Adhesives: Do not use adhesives that contain urea formaldehyde. B. Adhesives: Use adhesives that meet the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Public Health's "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers." C. Adhesive for Bonding Plastic Laminate: As selected by fabricator to comply with requirements. 1. Adhesive for Bonding Edges: Hot-melt adhesive. D. Installation Adhesive: 1. Adhesives shall have a VOC content of 70 g/L or less. 2.6 FABRICATION A. Sand fire-retardant-treated wood lightly to remove raised grain on exposed surfaces before fabrication. B. Fabricate countertops to dimensions, profiles, and details indicated. Provide front and end overhang of 1 inch (25 mm) over base cabinets. Ease edges to radius indicated for the following: 1. Solid-Wood (Lumber) Members: 1/16 inch (1.5 mm) unless otherwise indicated. 677 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. Complete fabrication, including assembly, to maximum extent possible before shipment to Project site. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and installation. Where necessary for fitting at site, provide ample allowance for scribing, trimming, and fitting. 1. Notify Architect seven days in advance of the dates and times countertop fabrication will be complete. 2. Trial fit assemblies at fabrication shop that cannot be shipped completely assembled. Install dowels, screws, bolted connectors, and other fastening devices that can be removed after trial fitting. Verify that various parts fit as intended, and check measurements of assemblies against field measurements before disassembling for shipment. D. Shop cut openings to maximum extent possible to receive appliances, plumbing fixtures, electrical work, and similar items. Locate openings accurately and use templates or roughing-in diagrams to produce accurately sized and shaped openings. Sand edges of cutouts to remove splinters and burrs. 1. Seal edges of cutouts by saturating with varnish. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Before installation, condition countertops to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas. B. Before installing countertops, examine shop-fabricated work for completion and complete work as required, including removal of packing. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Grade: Install countertops to comply with same grade as item to be installed. B. Assemble countertops and complete fabrication at Project site to the extent that it was not completed in the shop. 1. Provide cutouts for appliances, plumbing fixtures, electrical work, and similar items. Locate openings accurately and use templates or roughing-in diagrams to produce accurately sized and shaped openings. Sand edges of cutouts to remove splinters and burrs. 2. Seal edges of cutouts by saturating with varnish. C. Field Jointing: Where possible, make in the same manner as shop jointing, using dowels, splines, adhesives, and fasteners recommended by manufacturer. Prepare edges to be joined in 678 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 shop so Project-site processing of top and edge surfaces is not required. Locate field joints where shown on Shop Drawings. 1. Secure field joints in countertops with concealed clamping devices located within 6 inches (150 mm) of front and back edges and at intervals not exceeding 24 inches (600 mm). Tighten according to manufacturer's written instructions to exert a constant, heavy- clamping pressure at joints. D. Scribe and cut countertops to fit adjoining work, refinish cut surfaces, and repair dam aged finish at cuts. E. Fire-Retardant-Treated Wood: Handle, store, and install fire-retardant-treated wood to comply with chemical-treatment manufacturer's written instructions, including those for adhesives used to install woodwork. F. Countertop Installation: Anchor securely by screwing through corner blocks of base cabinets or other supports into underside of countertop. 1. Install countertops level and true in line. Use concealed shims as required to maintain not more than a 1/8-inch-in-96-inches (3-mm-in-2400-mm) variation from a straight, level plane. 2. Secure backsplashes to tops with concealed metal brackets at 16 inches (400 mm) o.c.] and to walls with adhesive. 3. Seal joints between countertop and backsplash, if any, and joints where countertop and backsplash abut walls with mildew-resistant silicone sealant or another permanently elastic sealing compound recommended by countertop material manufacturer. 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Repair damaged and defective countertops, where possible, to eliminate functional and visual defects. Where not possible to repair, replace countertops. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. B. Clean countertops on exposed and semi exposed surfaces. C. Protection: Provide Kraft paper or other suitable covering over countertop surfaces, taped to underside of countertop at a minimum of 48 inches (1220 mm) o.c. Remove protection at Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 123623.13 679 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 123661.19 - QUARTZ AGGLOMERATE COUNTERTOPS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Quartz agglomerate countertops. 2. Quartz agglomerate backsplashes. 3. Quartz agglomerate end splashes. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For countertop materials. B. Shop Drawings: For countertops. Show materials, finishes, edge and backsplash profiles, methods of joining, and cutouts for plumbing fixtures. 1. Show locations and details of joints. 2. Show direction of directional pattern, if any. C. Samples : For each type of material exposed to view. D. Samples for Verification: For the following products: 1. Countertop material, 6 inches (150 mm) square. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For fabricator. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For quartz agglomerate countertops to include in maintenance manuals. Include Product Data for care products used or recommended by Installer and names, addresses, and telephone numbers of local sources for products. 680 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: Shop that employs skilled workers who custom-fabricate countertops similar to that required for this Project, and whose products have a record of successful in- service performance. B. Installer Qualifications: Fabricator of countertops. 1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify dimensions of countertops by field measurements after base cabinets are installed but before countertop fabrication is complete. 1.8 COORDINATION A. Coordinate locations of utilities that will penetrate countertops or backsplashes. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 QUARTZ AGGLOMERATE COUNTERTOP MATERIALS A. Quartz Agglomerate: Solid sheets consisting of quartz aggregates bound together with a matrix of filled plastic resin and complying with ICPA SS-1, except for composition. 1. Colors and Patterns: As indicated in the Schedule for Finishes on the drawings. B. Composite Wood Products: Products shall be made without urea formaldehyde. C. Composite Wood Products: Products shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Public Health's "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers." 2.2 COUNTERTOP FABRICATION A. Fabricate countertops according to quartz agglomerate manufacturer's written instructions and the AWI/AWMAC/WI's "Architectural Woodwork Standards." 1. Grade: Custom. B. Countertops: 1/2-inch- (12.7-mm-) thick, quartz agglomerate with front edge built up with same material. C. Backsplashes: 1/2-inch- (12.7-mm-) thick, quartz agglomerate. 681 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Fabricate with loose backsplashes for field assembly. D. Joints: Fabricate countertops in sections for joining in field. 1. Joint Locations: Not within 18 inches (450 mm) of a sink or cooktop and not where a countertop section less than 36 inches (900 mm) long would result, unless unavoidable. 2. Joint Type: Bonded seams. Countertop deck seams should be bonded with an epoxy joint adhesive that is similar in color(s) to quartz material. Industry standard: up to 1/16” wide with a +/- tolerance of 1/64”. 3. Lipage- A good seam, material should be level on both sides. 4. Joint Type: Sealant filled, 1/16 inch (1.5 mm) in width. 5. Splined Joints: Accurately cut kerfs in edges at joints for insertion of metal spl ines to maintain alignment of surfaces at joints where indicated Make width of cuts slightly more than thickness of splines to provide snug fit. Provide at least three splines in each joint. E. Cutouts and Holes: 1. Undercounter Plumbing Fixtures: Make cutouts for fixtures in shop, using template or pattern furnished by fixture manufacturer. Form cutouts to smooth, even curves. a. Provide vertical edges, slightly eased at juncture of cutout edges with top and bottom surfaces of countertop and projecting 3/16 inch (5 mm) into fixture opening. 2. Fittings: Drill countertops in shop for plumbing fittings, undercounter soap dispensers, and similar items. 2.3 INSTALLATION MATERIALS A. Adhesive: Product recommended by quartz agglomerate manufacturer. 1. Adhesives shall have a VOC content of 70 g/L or less. 2. Adhesive shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Public Health's "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers." B. Sealant for Countertops: Comply with applicable requirements in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants." 682 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates to receive quartz agglomerate countertops and conditions under which countertops will be installed, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of countertops. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install countertops level to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 8 feet (3 mm in 2.4 m), 1/4inch (6 mm) maximum. Do not exceed 1/64-inch (0.4-mm) difference between planes of adjacent units. B. Fasten countertops by screwing through corner blocks of base units into underside of countertop. Predrill holes for screws as recommended by manufacturer. Align adjacent surfaces and, using adhesive in color to match countertop, form seams to comply with qu artz agglomerate manufacturer's written instructions. Carefully dress joints smooth, remove surface scratches, and clean entire surface. C. Fasten subtops to cabinets by screwing through subtops into corner blocks of base cabinets. Shim as needed to align subtops in a level plane. D. Secure countertops to subtops with adhesive according to quartz agglomerate manufacturer's written instructions. Align adjacent surfaces and, using adhesive in color to match countertop, form seams to comply with quartz agglomerate manufacturer's written instructions. Carefully dress joints smooth, remove surface scratches, and clean entire surface. E. Bond joints with adhesive and draw tight as countertops are set. Mask areas of countertops adjacent to joints to prevent adhesive smears. 1. Clamp units to temporary bracing, supports, or each other to ensure that countertops are properly aligned and joints are of specified width. F. Install backsplashes and end splashes by adhering to wall and countertops with adhesive. Mask areas of countertops and splashes adjacent to joints to prevent adhesive smears. G. Install aprons to backing and countertops with adhesive. Mask areas of countertops and splashes adjacent to joints to prevent adhesive smears. Fasten by screwing through backing. Predrill holes for screws as recommended by manufacturer. H. Complete cutouts not finished in shop. Mask areas of countertops adjacent to cutouts to prevent damage while cutting. Make cutouts to accurately fit items to be installed, and at right angles to finished surfaces unless beveling is required for clearance. Ease edges slightly to prevent snipping. 683 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Seal edges of cutouts in particleboard subtops by saturating with varnish. I. Apply sealant to gaps at walls; comply with Section 079200 "Joint Sealants." END OF SECTION 123661.19 684 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 134713 - BULLET-RESISTANT FIBERGLASS PANELS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 REFERENCES A. Underwriters Laboratories: 1. UL 752 Specifications and Ammunition, 11th Edition, Standard for Bullet Resisting Equipment published September 9, 2005, revised December 21, 2006, Level 3. B. National Institute of Justice Ballistic Standards: 1. NIJ Standard 0108.01 – Type III-A. C. American Society for Testing and Materials: 1. ASTM E119-98 Standard Test for One-Hour Fire-Rating of Building Construction and Materials. 2. ASTM F1233-98 Standard Test Method for Forced Entry Testing of Materials/Assemblies. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. The following shall be submitted in accordance with Section 13 4713 and the SPECIAL CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS (Submit for approval prior to fabrication samples, brochures, specifications): 1. UL LISTING Verification and UL752 Current Test Results as provided by Underwriters Laboratories. 2. Printed data in sufficient detail to indicate compliance with the contract documents. 3. ASTM E119-98 One-Hour Fire Rating of Building Construction and Materials. 4. ASTM F1233-98 Standard Test Method for Forced Entry Testing of Materials/Assemblies. 5. Manufacturer’s Instructions for installation of Bullet Resistant Fiberglass Panels. 1.3 DESIGN A. Through the design, manufacturing technique and material application the Bullet Resistant Fiberglass shall be of the “non-ricochet type.” This design is intended to permit the capture and retention of an attacking projectile lessening the potential of a random injury or lateral penetration. 1.4 DELIVERY, HANDLING, AND STORAGE 685 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 A. Deliver the materials to the project with the manufacturer’s UL LISTED Labels intact and legible. B. Handle the material with care to prevent damage. Store the materials inside under cover; stack flat and off the floor. 1.5 WARRANTY A. All materials and workmanship shall be warranted against defects for a period of two (2) years from the date of receipt at the project site. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Waco Composites, Ltd., Waco, TX 76710, fax: 254-752-3634, 254-752-3622; email: sales@armorcore.com. 2. Total Security Solutions. 3. Fortified Estate. 2.2 MATERIAL A. The panels shall be made of multiple layers of woven roving ballistic grade fiberglass cloth impregnated with a thermoset polyester resin and compressed into flat rigid sheets. The production technique and materials used shall provide the controlled internal delamination to defeat the penetrating projectile. B. Bullet Resistant Fiberglass panels: 7/16-inch nominal thickness, and 4.8 lbs. per sq. ft. nominal weight. 2.3 SECURITY LEVEL A. The Bullet Resistant Fiberglass will be warranted to meet the requirements of UL752 Level 3. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SUPPORTING MEMBERS A. Prior to installing the bullet resistive material the contractor shall verify that all supports have been installed as required by the contract documents and the architectural drawings. 686 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.2 JOINTS A. All joints shall be reinforced by a back-up layer of bullet resistive material. The bullet resistance of the joint, as reinforced, shall be at least equal to that of the panel. Minimum width of reinforcing layer at joint shall be 4-inches (2” on each panel or a 2” minimum overlap). 3.3 APPLICATION A. Armor shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s printed recommendations. Armor panels shall be adhered using an industrial adhesive, mastic, screws or bolts. Method of application shall maintain the bullet resistive rating at junctures with the concrete floor slab, the concrete roof slab, the bullet resistive door frames, the bullet resistive window frames, and all required penetrations. END OF SECTION 134713 687 Item 2. PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS: Vol 2 of 2 Division 21 - 28 Project No. 023-10311-000 COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL 3989 CENTRAL AVE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS 590 40TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 PERMIT DOCUMENTS FEBRUARY 18, 2022 688 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 DOCUMENT 000101 - PROJECT TITLE PAGE 1.1 PROJECT A. Columbia Heights City Hall B. City of Columbia Heights C. Project Location: 3989 Central Ave, Columbia Heights, Minnesota 55421 D. Architect Project No. 023-10311-000 E. LEO A DALY F. 730 South 2nd Street, Suite 1300 G. Minneapolis, MN 55402 H. Phone: 612.388.8741 I. Copyright 2022 LEO A DALY. All rights reserved. END OF DOCUMENT 000101 689 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 DOCUMENT 000105 - CERTIFICATION PAGE I hereby certify that this plan, specification, or report was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly Licensed Architect under the laws of the State of Minnesota. Print Name: Adam Luckhardt Signature: _________________________________________________ Date: 02/18/2020 License: 48924 I hereby certify that this plan, specification, or report was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly Licensed Professional Fire Protection Engineer under the laws of the State of Minnesota. Print Name: Daniel L. Olig Signature: _________________________________________________ Date: 02/18/2020 License: 57942 I hereby certify that this plan, specification, or report was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly Licensed Professional Mechanical Engineer under the laws of the State of Minnesota. Print Name: Dan Sjostrand Signature: _________________________________________________ Date: 02/18/2020 License: 44274 I hereby certify that this plan, specification, or report was prepared by me or under my direct super vision and that I am a duly Licensed Professional Electrical Engineer under the laws of the State of Minnesota. Print Name: Jeff N. Besel Signature: _________________________________________________ Date: 02/18/2020 License: 44225 I hereby certify that this plan, specification, or report was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a Registered Communications Distribution Designer (RCDD). Print Name: David Soukup Signature: _____________________________________________ Date: 02/18/2020 License: 251975 END OF DOCUMENT 000105 690 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 Division Section Title PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING DOCUMENTS GROUP DIVISION 00 - PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS 000101 PROJECT TITLE PAGE 000105 CERTIFICATION PAGE 000110 TABLE OF CONTENTS 001113 ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS 002113 SUPPLYMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS (NOT ISSUED) 002113a AIA A132 SAMPLE CONTRACT (NOT ISSUED) 002113b AIA A232 SAMPLE GENERAL CONDITIONS (NOT ISSUED) 002513 PREBID MEETINGS (NOT ISSUED) 002600 PROCUREMENT SUBSTITUTION PORCEDURES (NOT ISSUED) 003113 PRELIMINARY SCHEDULES (NOT ISSUED) 003143 PERMIT APPLICATION (NOT ISSUED) 004126 BID FORM – CONSTURCTION MANAGER (MULTIPLE-PRIME CONTRACT) 004313 BID SECURITY FORMS (NOT ISSUED) 004393 BID SUBMITTAL CHECKLIST (NOT ISSUED) 006000 PROJECT FORMS (NOT ISSUED) SPECIFICATIONS GROUP General Requirements Subgroup DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 011000 SUMMARY 011200 MULTIPLE CONTRACT SUMMARY (NOT ISSUED) 012500 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 012500a SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM 012600 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURE 012900 PAYMENT PROCEDURES 013100 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013200 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013300 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 013300a SUBMITTAL TRANSMITTAL FORM 014000 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 015000 TEMPORARY FAICLITIES AND CONTROLS 016000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 017300 EXECUTION 017419 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017823 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017839 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017900 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 691 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 Facility Construction Subgroup DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE 031000 CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES 032000 CONCRETE REINFORCING 033000 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE DIVISION 04 - MASONRY 044313.16 ADHERED STONE MASONRY VENEER DIVISION 05 - METALS 054000 COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 055000 METAL FABRICATIONS 055213 PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS DIVISION 06 - WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES 061053 MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 061600 SHEATHING 064023 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 064116 PLASTIC-LAMINATE-CLAD ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS 064216 FLUSH WOOD PANELING 066400 PLASTIC PANELING 068313 RESIN COMPOSITE PANELING DIVISION 07 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 072100 THERMAL INSULATION 078413 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING 078443 JOINT FIRESTOPPING 079200 JOINT SEALANTS DIVISION 08 - OPENINGS 081113 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081416 FLUSH WOOD DOORS 081816.16 MULTIPANEL SLIDING ALUMINUM-FRAMED GLASS DOORS 083113 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 084113 ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 087100 DOOR HARDWARE 087113 POWER DOOR OPERATORS 088000 GLAZING 088300 MIRRORS 088813 FIRE-RATED GLAZING DIVISION 09 - FINISHES 092216 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 092900 GYPSUM BOARD 093013 CERAMIC TILING 692 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 095113 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 095426 SUSPENDED WOOD CEILINGS 096513 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 096519 RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 096813 TILE CARPETING 097200 WALL COVERINGS 097513 STONE WALL FACING 099123 INTERIOR PAINTING 099300 TRANSPARENT FINISHING DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES 101100 VISUAL DISPLAY UNITS 101419 DIMENSIONAL LETTER SIGNAGE 101423.16 ROOM-IDENTIFICATION PANEL SIGNAGE 102113.19 PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS 102600 WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION 102800 TOILET, BATH, AND CUSTODIAL ACCESSORIES 103100 FIREPLACES 104413 FIRE PROTECTION CABINETS 104416 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 105613 METAL STORAGE SHELVING DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT 113013 RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS 122413 ROLLER WINDOW SHADES 123623.13 PLASTIC-LAMINATE-CLAD COUNTERTOPS 123661.19 QUARTZ AGGLOMERATE COUNTERTOPS DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 134713 BULLET-RESISTANT FIBERGLASS PANELS Facility Services Subgroup DIVISION 21 - FIRE SUPPRESSION 210518 ESCUTCHEONS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 210523 GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR WATER-BASED FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 211313 WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 211316 DRY-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 212200 CLEAN-AGENT FIRE-EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING 220513 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR PLUMBING EQUIPMENT 220516 EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220517 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 693 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 220518 ESCUTCHEONS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220519 METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523.12 BALL VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523.14 CHECK VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523.15 GATE VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220553 IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220719 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 221113 FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 221116 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221119 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 221123.21 INLINE, DOMESTIC-WATER PUMPS 221316 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221319 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 221319.13 SANITARY DRAINS 223400 FUEL-FIRED, DOMESTIC-WATER HEATERS 224213.13 COMMERCIAL WATER CLOSETS 224213.16 COMMERCIAL URINALS 224216.13 COMMERCIAL LAVATORIES 224216.16 COMMERCIAL SINKS 224500 EMERGENCY PLUMBING FIXTURES 224716 PRESSURE WATER COOLERS DIVISION 23 - HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) 230000 GENERAL MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 230517 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR HVAC PIPING 230518 ESCUTCHEONS FOR HVAC PIPING 230519 METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523.12 BALL VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230548.13 VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230553 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230713 DUCT INSULATION 230719 MECHANICAL INSULATION 230719 HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230900 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 231123 FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING 232113 HYDRONIC PIPING 232116 HYDRONIC PIPING SPECIALTIES 232123 HYDRONIC PUMPS 232300 REFRIGERANT PIPING 233113 METAL DUCTS 233300 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233346 FLEXIBLE DUCTS 233713.13 AIR DIFFUSERS 694 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 233713.23 REGISTERS AND GRILLES 234100 PARTICULATE AIR FILTRATION 235216 CONDENSING BOILERS 237223.29 PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, FIXED PLATE ENERGY RECOVERY UNITS 238126 SPLIT-SYSTEM AIR-CONDITIONERS 238129 VARIABLE-REFRIGERANT-FLOW HVAC SYSTEMS 238316 RADIANT-HEATING HYDRONIC PIPING DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL 260519 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260523 CONTROL-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CABLES 260526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260536 CABLE TRAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260543 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260544 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS AND CABLING 260548 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260573.13 SHORT-CIRCUIT STUDIES 260573.16 COORDINATION STUDIES 260573.19 ARC-FLASH HAZARD ANALYSIS 260913 ELECTRICAL POWER MONITORING AND CONTROL 260923 LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 260936 MODULAR DIMMING CONTROLS 262413 SWITCHBOARDS 262416 PANELBOARDS 262713 ELECTRICITY METERING 262726 WIRING DEVICES 262913.06 SOFT-START MOTOR CONTROLLERS 263213.16 GAS-ENGINE-DRIVEN GENERATOR SETS 263600 TRANSFER SWITCHES 264313 SURGE PROTECTION FOR LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CIRCUITS 265119 LED INTERIOR LIGHTING 265213 EMERGENCY AND EXIT LIGHTING DIVISION 27 - COMMUNICATIONS 270000 COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 270100 GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 270105 SUBMITTALS AND PROJECT CLOSEOUT 270526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR COMM SYSTEMS 270528 PATHWAYS FOR COMM SYSTEMS 270529 FIRESTOPPING FOR COMM SYSTEMS 271100 COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT ROOM FITTINGS 271300 BACKBONE CABLING SYSTEMS 695 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 271500 COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING SYSTEMS 271543 COMM FACEPLATES AND CONNECTORS 271619 PATCH STATION CROSS CONNECT WIRES 274116 INTEGRATED AUDIOVISUAL SYSTEMS 274133 MASTER ANTENNA TELEVISION SYSTEM 275119 SOUND MASKING SYSTEMS DIVISION 28 - ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 280000 SECURITY SYSTEMS 280100 GENERAL PROVISION FOR SECURITY 280105 SUBMITTALS AND PROJECT CLOSEOUT 280526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR SECURITY SYSTEMS 280528 PATHWAYS FOR SECURITY SYSTEMS 280529 FIRESTOPPING FOR SECURITY SYSTEMS 281300 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 282300 VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEMS 284621.11 ADDRESSABLE FIRE-ALARM SYSTEMS END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS 696 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 210518 - ESCUTCHEONS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Escutcheons. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Allied Rubber & Gasket Company. 2. Fire Protection Products, Inc. 2.2 ESCUTCHEONS A. One-Piece, Plastic Split-Ring Type: With white, chrome or brass plated finish. B. Split-Plate, Stamped-Steel Type: With polished, chrome-plated finish; concealed hinge; and spring-clip fasteners. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Where exposed to view, install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and finished floors. 697 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Install escutcheons with ID to closely fit around pipe and with OD that completely covers opening. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Using new materials, replace broken and damaged escutcheons. END OF SECTION 210518 698 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 210523 - GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR WATER-BASED FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Two-piece ball valves with indicators. 2. Iron butterfly valves with indicators. 3. Check valves. 4. Trim and drain valves. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. SBR: Styrene-butadiene rubber. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of valve. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Prepare valves for shipping as follows: 1. Protect internal parts against rust and corrosion. 2. Protect threads, flange faces, and weld ends. 3. Set valves open to minimize exposure of functional surfaces. B. Use the following precautions during storage: 1. Maintain valve end protection. 2. Store valves indoors and maintain at higher-than-ambient dew point temperature. If outdoor storage is necessary, store valves off the ground in watertight enclosures. C. Use sling to handle large valves; rig sling to avoid damage to exposed parts. Do not use operating handles or stems as lifting or rigging points. 699 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 D. Protect flanges and specialties from moisture and dirt. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SOURCE LIMITATIONS A. Obtain each type of valve from single manufacturer. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. UL Listed: Valves shall be listed in UL's "Online Certifications Directory" under the headings listed below and shall bear UL mark: 1. Fire Main Equipment: HAMV - Main Level a. Indicator Posts, Gate Valve: HCBZ - Level 1 b. Ball Valves, System Control: HLUG - Level 3 c. Butterfly Valves: HLXS - Level 3 d. Check Valves: HMER - Level 3 e. Gate Valves: HMRZ - Level 3 2. Sprinkler System & Water Spray System Devices: VDGT - Main Level a. Valves, Trim and Drain: VQGU - Level 1 B. ASME Compliance: 1. ASME B1.20.1 for threads for threaded-end valves. 2. ASME B16.1 for flanges on iron valves. 3. ASME B31.9 for building services piping valves. C. AWWA Compliance: Comply with AWWA C606 for grooved-end connections. D. NFPA Compliance for valves: 1. Comply with NFPA 13. E. Valve Pressure Ratings: Not less than the minimum pressure rating indicated or higher, as required by system pressures. F. Valve Sizes: Same as upstream piping unless otherwise indicated. G. Valve Actuator Types: 1. Worm-gear actuator with handwheel for quarter-turn valves, except for trim and drain valves. 2. Handwheel: For other than quarter-turn trim and drain valves. 3. Handlever: For quarter-turn trim and drain valves NPS 2 and smaller. 700 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.3 TWO-PIECE BALL VALVES WITH INDICATORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Ames Fire & Waterworks; A WATTS Brand. 2. NIBCO INC. 3. Victaulic Company. B. Description: 1. UL 1091, except with ball instead of disc and FM Global approved for indicating valves (butterfly or ball type), Class Number 1112. 2. Minimum Pressure Rating: 175 psig. 3. Body Design: Two piece. 4. Body Material: Forged brass or bronze. 5. Port Size: Full or standard. 6. Seats: PTFE. 7. Stem: Bronze or stainless steel. 8. Ball: Chrome-plated brass. 9. Actuator: Worm gear 10. Supervisory Switch: Internal or external. 11. End Connections for Valves NPS 1 through NPS 2: Threaded ends. 12. End Connections for Valves NPS 2-1/2: Grooved ends. 2.4 IRON BUTTERFLY VALVES WITH INDICATORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. RASCO. 2. Globe Fire Sprinkler Corporation. 3. Victaulic Company. B. Description: 1. Standard: UL 1091 and FM Global standard for indicating valves, (butterfly or ball type), Class Number 112. 2. Minimum Pressure Rating: 175 psig. 3. Body Material: Cast or ductile iron with nylon, EPDM, epoxy, or polyamide coating. 4. Seat Material: EPDM. 5. Stem: Stainless steel. 6. Disc: Ductile iron, and EPDM or SBR coated. 7. Actuator: Worm gear. 8. Supervisory Switch: Internal or external. 9. Body Design: Grooved-end connections. 701 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.5 CHECK VALVES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Globe Fire Sprinkler Corporation. 2. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. (The). 3. Victaulic Company. B. Description: 1. Standard: UL 312 and FM Global standard for swing check valves, Class Number 1210. 2. Minimum Pressure Rating: 175 psig. 3. Type: Single swing check. 4. Body Material: Cast iron, ductile iron, or bronze. 5. Clapper: Bronze, ductile iron, or stainless steel. 6. Clapper Seat: Brass, bronze, or stainless steel. 7. Hinge Shaft: Bronze or stainless steel. 8. Hinge Spring: Stainless steel. 9. End Connections: Flanged, grooved, or threaded. 2.6 TRIM AND DRAIN VALVES A. Ball Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Fire Protection Products, Inc. b. NIBCO INC. c. Victaulic Company. 2. Description: a. Pressure Rating: 175 psig. b. Body Design: Two piece. c. Body Material: Forged brass or bronze. d. Port size: Full or standard. e. Seats: PTFE. f. Stem: Bronze or stainless steel. g. Ball: Chrome-plated brass. h. Actuator: Handlever. i. End Connections for Valves NPS 1 through NPS 2-1/2: Threaded ends. j. End Connections for Valves NPS 1-1/4 and NPS 2-1/2: Grooved ends. B. Angle Valves: 702 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Allied Rubber & Gasket Company. b. Fire Protection Products, Inc. c. NIBCO INC. 2. Description: a. Pressure Rating: 175 psig. b. Body Material: Brass or bronze. c. Ends: Threaded. d. Stem: Bronze. e. Disc: Bronze. f. Packing: Asbestos free. g. Handwheel: Malleable iron, bronze, or aluminum. C. Globe Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Allied Rubber & Gasket Company. b. Fire Protection Products, Inc. c. NIBCO INC. 2. Description: a. Pressure Rating: 175 psig. b. Body Material: Bronze with integral seat and screw-in bonnet. c. Ends: Threaded. d. Stem: Bronze. e. Disc Holder and Nut: Bronze. f. Disc Seat: Nitrile. g. Packing: Asbestos free. h. Handwheel: Malleable iron, bronze, or aluminum. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine valve interior for cleanliness, freedom from foreign matter, and corrosion. Remove special packing materials, such as blocks, used to prevent disc movement during shipping and handling. 703 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Operate valves in positions from fully open to fully cl osed. Examine guides and seats made accessible by such operations. C. Examine threads on valve and mating pipe for form and cleanliness. D. Examine mating flange faces for conditions that might cause leakage. Check bolting for proper size, length, and material. Verify that gasket is of proper size, that its material composition is suitable for service, and that it is free from defects and damage. E. Do not attempt to repair defective valves; replace with new valves. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Comply with requirements in the following Sections for specific valve-installation requirements and applications: 1. Section 211313 "Wet-Pipe Sprinkler Systems" for application of valves in wet-pipe, fire- suppression sprinkler systems. B. Install listed fire-protection shutoff valves supervised-open, located to control sources of water supply, except from fire-department connections. Install permanent identification signs, indicating portion of system controlled by each valve. C. Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above the pipe center. D. Install valves in position to allow full stem movement. END OF SECTION 210523 704 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 211313 - WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Pipes, fittings, and specialties. 2. Specialty valves. 3. Sprinklers. 4. Alarm devices. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 210518 “Escutcheons for Fire-Suppression Piping” for one- and two-piece wall plates. 2. Section 230523 "General-Duty Valves for Water-Based Fire-Suppression Piping" for ball, butterfly, check, gate, post-indicator, and trim and drain valves. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Standard-Pressure Sprinkler Piping: Wet-pipe sprinkler system piping designed to operate at working pressure of 175-psig maximum. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: For wet-pipe sprinkler systems. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details. 2. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. C. Delegated-Design Submittal: For wet-pipe sprinkler systems indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data si gned and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 705 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer and professional engineer. B. Design Data: 1. Approved Sprinkler Piping Drawings: Working plans, prepared according to NFPA 13, that have been approved by authorities having jurisdiction, including hydraulic calculations if applicable. C. Fire-hydrant flow test report. D. Welding certificates. E. Field Test Reports: 1. Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance requirements and as described in NFPA 13. Include "Contractor's Material and Test Certificate for Aboveground Piping." 2. Fire-hydrant flow test report. F. Field quality-control reports. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For wet-pipe sprinkler systems and specialties to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Sprinkler Cabinets: Finished, wall-mounted, steel cabinet with hinged cover, and with space for minimum of six spare sprinklers plus sprinkler wrench. Include number of sprinklers required by NFPA 13 and sprinkler wrench. Include separate cabinet with sprinklers and wrench for each type of sprinkler used on Project. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: 1. Installer's responsibilities include designing, fabricating, and installing sprinkler systems and providing professional engineering services needed to assume engineering responsibility. Base calculations on results of fire-hydrant flow test. a. Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of working plans, calculations, and field test reports by a qualified professional engineer. 706 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and operators according to 2010 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Sprinkler system equipment, specialties, accessories, installation, and testing shall comply with NFPA 13. C. Standard-Pressure Piping System Component: Listed for 175-psig minimum working pressure. D. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," to design wet-pipe sprinkler systems. 1. Sprinkler system design shall be approved by authorities having jurisdiction. a. Margin of Safety for Available Water Flow and Pressure: The greater of 10 percent or 10 psi, including losses through water-service piping, valves, and backflow preventers. b. Sprinkler Occupancy Hazard Classifications: 1) Building Service Areas: Ordinary Hazard, Group 1. 2) Electrical Equipment Rooms: Ordinary Hazard, Group 1. 3) General Storage Areas: Ordinary Hazard, Group 1. 4) Mechanical Equipment Rooms: Ordinary Hazard, Group 1. 5) Office and Public Areas: Light Hazard. 6) Other Areas: As determined by NFPA 13 or the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 2. Minimum Density for Automatic-Sprinkler Piping Design: a. Light-Hazard Occupancy: 0.10 gpm over 1500-sq. ft. area. b. Ordinary-Hazard, Group 1 Occupancy: 0.15 gpm over 1500-sq. ft. area. c. Other Occupancy Hazard: As determined by authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Maximum protection area per sprinkler according to UL listing, NFPA 13 and authority having jurisdiction. 4. Total Combined Hose-Stream Demand Requirement: According to NFPA 13 unless otherwise indicated: a. Light-Hazard Occupancies: 100 gpm for 30 minutes. b. Ordinary-Hazard Occupancies: 250 gpm for 60 to 90 minutes. 707 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.2 STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Standard-Weight, Black-Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M, Type E, Grade B. Pipe ends may be factory or field formed to match joining method. B. Schedule 10, Black-Steel Pipe: ASTM A135/A135M or ASTM A795/A795M, Schedule 10 in NPS 2½ and larger. Pipe ends may be factory or field roll-grooved. C. Black-Steel Pipe Nipples: ASTM A733, made of ASTM A53/A53M, standard-weight, seamless steel pipe with threaded ends. D. Uncoated, Gray-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.4, Class 125, standard pattern. E. Malleable- or Ductile-Iron Unions: UL 860. F. Steel Welding Fittings: ASTM A234/A234M and ASME B16.9. 1. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12M/D10.12 for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded. G. Grooved-Joint, Steel-Pipe Appurtenances: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Anvil International. b. Tyco by Johnson Controls Company. c. Victaulic Company. 2. Pressure Rating: 175-psig minimum. 3. Painted Grooved-End Fittings for Steel Piping: ASTM A47/A47M, malleable-iron casting or ASTM A536, ductile-iron casting, with dimensions matching steel pipe. 4. Grooved-End-Pipe Couplings for Steel Piping: AWWA C606 and UL 213 rigid pattern, unless otherwise indicated, for steel-pipe dimensions. Include ferrous housing sections, EPDM-rubber gasket, and bolts and nuts. 2.3 SPECIALTY VALVES A. Listed in UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directory" or FM Global's "Approval Guide." B. Pressure Rating: 1. Standard-Pressure Piping Specialty Valves: 175-psig minimum. C. Body Material: Cast or ductile iron. D. Size: Same as connected piping. E. End Connections: Grooved. 708 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.4 AIR VENT A. Automatic Air Vent Assembly: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. AGF Manufacturing, Inc. b. Engineered Corrosion Solutions. c. South-Tek Systems, LLC. 2. Description: Automaticair vent assembly that automatically vents trapped air without human intervention, including Y-strainer and ball valve in a pre-piped assembly. 3. Standard: UL listed or FM Global approved for use in wet-pipe fire sprinkler system. 4. Vents oxygen continuously from system. 5. Float valve to prevent water discharge. 6. Minimum Water Working Pressure Rating: 175 psig. 2.5 SPRINKLER PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Welded Branch Outlet Fittings: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. AGF Manufacturing, Inc. b. Anvil International. c. Victaulic Company. 2. Standard: ASTM A-53, ANSI B1.20.1 3. Pressure Rating: 175-psig minimum. 4. Type: Welded outlet fittings. 5. Size: Of dimension to fit onto sprinkler main and with outlet connections as required to match connected branch piping. Size on size welded outlets are not allowed. 6. Branch Outlet Connections: Grooved or threaded. B. Flow Detection and Test Assemblies: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. AGF Manufacturing, Inc. b. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. (The). c. Victaulic Company. 2. Standard: UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directory" or FM Global's "Approval Guide." 709 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3. Pressure Rating: 175-psig minimum. 4. Body Material: Cast- or ductile-iron housing with orifice, sight glass, and integral test valve. 5. Size: Same as connected piping. 6. Inlet and Outlet: Threaded or grooved. C. Sprinkler Inspector's Test Fittings: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. AGF Manufacturing, Inc. b. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. (The). c. Victaulic Company. 2. Standard: UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directory" or FM Global's "Approval Guide." 3. Pressure Rating: 175-psig minimum. 4. Body Material: Cast- or ductile-iron housing with sight glass. 5. Size: Same as connected piping. 6. Inlet and Outlet: Threaded. D. Flexible Sprinkler Hose Fittings: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. FlexHead Industries, Inc. b. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. (The). c. Victaulic Company. 2. Standard: UL 1474. 3. Type: Braided flexible hose for connection to sprinkler, and with bracket for connection to ceiling grid. 4. Pressure Rating: 175-psig minimum. 5. Size: Same as connected piping, for sprinkler. 2.6 SPRINKLERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. (The). 2. Victaulic Company. 3. Viking Corporation. B. Listed in UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directory" or FM Global's "Approval Guide." C. Pressure Rating for Automatic Sprinklers: 175-psig minimum. 710 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 D. Automatic Sprinklers with Heat-Responsive Element: 1. Nonresidential Applications: UL 199. 2. Minimum Characteristics: Nominal 1/2-inch orifice with Discharge Coefficient K of 5.6, and for temperature classification rating according to NFPA 13 unless otherwise indicated or required by application. E. Sprinkler Finishes: Bronze or brass. F. Sprinkler Escutcheons: Materials, types, and finishes for the following sprinkler moun ting applications. Escutcheons for concealed, flush, and recessed-type sprinklers are specified with sprinklers. 1. Ceiling Mounting: Flat concealed cover plate. 2.7 ALARM DEVICES A. Alarm-device types shall match piping and equipment connections. B. Water-Flow Indicators: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC. b. System Sensor. 2. Standard: UL 346. 3. Water-Flow Detector: Electrically supervised. 4. Components: Two single-pole, double-throw circuit switches for isolated alarm and auxiliary contacts, 7 A, 125-V ac and 0.25 A, 24-V dc; complete with factory-set, field- adjustable retard element to prevent false signals and tamperproof cov er that sends signal if removed. 5. Type: Paddle operated. 6. Pressure Rating: 250 psig. 7. Design Installation: Horizontal or vertical. C. Valve Supervisory Switches: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC. b. System Sensor. 2. Standard: UL 346. 3. Type: Electrically supervised. 4. Components: Single-pole, double-throw switch with normally closed contacts. 711 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 5. Design: Signals that controlled valve is in other than fully open position. 6. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Perform fire-hydrant flow test according to NFPA 13 and NFPA 291. Use results for system design calculations required in "Quality Assurance" Article. B. Report test results promptly and in writing. 3.2 WATER-SUPPLY CONNECTIONS A. Connect sprinkler piping to building's interior water-distribution piping. Comply with requirements for interior piping in Section 221116 "Domestic Water Piping." B. Install shutoff valve, check valve, pressure gauge, and drain at connection to water supply. 3.3 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Locations and Arrangements: Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping. Install piping as indicated on approved working plans. 1. Deviations from approved working plans for piping require written approval from authorities having jurisdiction. File written approval with Architect before deviating from approved working plans. 2. Coordinate layout and installation of sprinklers with other construction that penetrates ceilings, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, and partition assemblies. B. Piping Standard: Comply with NFPA 13 requirements for installation of sprinkler piping. C. Use listed fittings to make changes in direction, branch takeoffs from mains, and reductions in pipe sizes. D. Install unions adjacent to each threaded valve. E. Install flanges, flange adapters, or couplings for grooved-end piping on valves, apparatus, and equipment having NPS 2-1/2 and larger end connections. F. Install "Inspector's Test Connections" in sprinkler system piping, complete with shutoff valve, and sized and located according to NFPA 13. G. Install sprinkler piping with drains for complete system drainage. 712 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 H. Install sprinkler control valves, test assemblies, and drain risers adjacent to standpipes when sprinkler piping is connected to standpipes. I. Install alarm devices in piping systems. J. Install hangers and supports for sprinkler system piping according to NFPA 13. Comply with requirements for hanger materials in NFPA 13. K. Install pressure gauges on riser and at each sprinkler test connection. Include pressure gauges with connection not less than NPS 1/4 and with soft-metal seated globe valve, arranged for draining pipe between gauge and valve. Install gauges to permit removal and install where they are not subject to freezing. L. Fill sprinkler system piping with water. M. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors . Comply with requirements for escutcheons specified in Section 210518 "Escutcheons for Fire-Suppression Piping." 3.4 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Install couplings, unions, nipples, and transition and special fittings that have finish and pressure ratings same as or higher than system's pressure rating for aboveground applications unless otherwise indicated. B. Install unions adjacent to each threaded valve. C. Install couplings for grooved-end piping on valves, apparatus, and equipment having NPS 2-1/2 and larger end connections. D. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. E. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipes, tubes, and fittings before assembly. F. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material in size, type, and thickness suitable for water service. Join flanges with gasket and bolts according to ASME B31.9. G. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads. 2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. H. Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS D10.12M/D10.12, using qualified processes and welding operators according to "Quality Assurance" Article. 713 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Shop weld pipe joints where welded piping is indicated. Do not use welded joints for galvanized-steel pipe. I. Steel-Piping, Roll-Grooved Joints: Roll rounded-edge groove in end of pipe according to AWWA C606. Assemble coupling with housing, gasket, lubricant, and bolts. Join steel pipe and grooved-end fittings according to AWWA C606 for steel-pipe grooved joints. J. Dissimilar-Material Piping Joints: Make joints using adapters compatible with materials of both piping systems. 3.5 VALVE AND SPECIALTIES INSTALLATION A. Install listed fire-protection valves, trim and drain valves, specialty valves and trim, controls, and specialties according to NFPA 13 and authorities having jurisdiction. B. Install listed fire-protection shutoff valves supervised open, located to control sources of water supply except from fire-department connections. Install permanent identification signs indicating portion of system controlled by each valve. C. Install check valve in each water-supply connection. D. Air Vent: 1. Provide at least one air vent at high point in each wet-pipe sprinkler system in accordance with NFPA 13 requirements. Connect vent into top of fire sprinkler piping. 2. Provide dielectric union for dissimilar metals, ball valve, and strainer upstream of automatic air vent. 3.6 SPRINKLER INSTALLATION A. Install sprinklers in suspended ceilings in center of acoustical ceiling panels. B. Install dry-type sprinklers with water supply from heated space. Do not install pendent or sidewall, wet-type sprinklers in areas subject to freezing. C. Install sprinklers into flexible, sprinkler hose fittings, and install hose into bracket on ceiling grid. 3.7 IDENTIFICATION A. Install labeling and pipe markers on equipment and piping according to requirements in NFPA 13. B. Identify system components, wiring, cabling, and terminals. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." 714 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and inspections: 1. Leak Test: After installation, charge systems and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 2. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. 3. Flush, test, and inspect sprinkler systems according to NFPA 13, "Systems Acceptance" Chapter. 4. Energize circuits to electrical equipment and devices. 5. Coordinate with fire-alarm tests. Operate as required. 6. Coordinate with fire-pump tests. Operate as required. 7. Verify that equipment hose threads are same as local fire department equipment. B. Sprinkler piping system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.9 CLEANING A. Clean dirt and debris from sprinklers. B. Only sprinklers with their original factory finish are acceptable. Remove and replace any sprinklers that are painted or have any other finish than their original factory finish. 3.10 DEMONSTRATION A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain specialty valves. 3.11 PIPING SCHEDULE A. Standard-pressure, wet-pipe sprinkler system, NPS 2 and smaller, shall be of the following: 1. Standard-weight, black-steel pipe with threaded ends; uncoated, gray-iron threaded fittings; and threaded joints. 2. Standard-weight, black-steel pipe with roll-grooved ends; uncoated, grooved-end fittings for steel piping; grooved-end-pipe couplings for steel piping; and grooved joints. B. Standard-pressure, wet-pipe sprinkler system, NPS 2-1/2 and larger, shall be one of the following: 1. Standard-weight, black-steel pipe with roll-grooved ends; uncoated, grooved-end fittings for steel piping; grooved-end-pipe couplings for steel piping; and grooved joints. 2. Schedule 10 black-steel pipe with roll-grooved ends; uncoated, grooved-end fittings for steel piping; grooved-end-pipe couplings for steel piping; and grooved joints. 715 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 END OF SECTION 211313 716 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 211316 - DRY-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Pipes, fittings, and specialties. 2. Specialty valves. 3. Sprinkler specialty pipe fittings. 4. Sprinklers. 5. Alarm devices. 6. Manual control stations. 7. Nitrogen generator-based corrosion-mitigation systems. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 210518 “Escutcheons for Fire-Suppression Piping.” 2. Section 210523 "Fire Protection Piping" for ball, butterfly, check, gate, post -indicator, and trim and drain valves. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Standard-Pressure Sprinkler Piping: Dry-pipe sprinkler system piping designed to operate at working pressure of 175-psig maximum. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: For dry-pipe sprinkler systems. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details. 2. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. 717 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. Delegated-Design Submittal: For dry-pipe sprinkler systems indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer and professional engineer. B. Design Data: 1. Approved Sprinkler Piping Drawings: Working plans, prepared according to NFPA 13, that have been approved by authorities having jurisdiction, including hydraulic calculations if applicable. C. Fire-hydrant flow test report. D. Field Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance requirements and as described in NFPA 13. Include "Contractor's Material and Test Certificate for Aboveground Piping." E. Field quality-control reports. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For dry-pipe sprinkler systems and specialties to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Sprinkler Cabinets: Finished, wall-mounted, steel cabinet with hinged cover, and with space for minimum of six spare sprinklers plus sprinkler wrench. Include number of sprinklers required by NFPA 13 and sprinkler wrench. Include separate cabinet with sprinklers and wrench for each type of sprinkler used on Project. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: 1. Installer's responsibilities include designing, fabricating, and installing sprinkler systems and providing professional engineering services needed to assume engineering responsibility. Base calculations on results of fire-hydrant flow test. a. Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of working plans, calculations, and field test reports by a qualified professional engineer. 718 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONS A. Double-Interlock Preaction Sprinkler System: Automatic sprinklers are attached to piping containing low-pressure air or nitrogen. Actuation of a fire-detection system, located in same area as sprinklers, will activate the normally closed solenoid but will not open the pre-action valve. Activation of a sprinkler head will not permit water to flow into sprinkler piping. Activation of both the normally closed solenoid valve and automatic sprinkler is required to cause the pre-action valve to open, permitting water to flow into sprinkler piping, and water will then discharge from opened sprinkler. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Sprinkler system equipment, specialties, accessories, installation, and testing shall comply with NFPA 13. C. Standard-Pressure Piping System Component: Listed for 175-psig minimum working pressure. D. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," to design dry-pipe sprinkler systems. E. Sprinkler system design shall be approved by authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Margin of Safety for Available Water Flow and Pressure: The greater of 10 percent or 10 psi, including losses through water-service piping, valves, and backflow preventers. 2. Sprinkler Occupancy Hazard Classifications: a. Building Service Areas: Ordinary Hazard, Group 1. b. Electrical Equipment Rooms: Ordinary Hazard, Group 1. c. General Storage Areas: Ordinary Hazard, Group 1. d. Mechanical Equipment Rooms: Ordinary Hazard, Group 1. e. Office and Public Areas: Light Hazard. f. Other Areas: As determined by NFPA 13 or the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 3. Minimum Density for Automatic-Sprinkler Piping Design: a. Light-Hazard Occupancy: 0.10 gpm over 1500-sq. ft. area. b. Ordinary-Hazard, Group 1 Occupancy: 0.15 gpm over 1500-sq. ft. area. c. Other Occupancy Hazard: As determined by authorities having jurisdiction. 4. Maximum protection area per sprinkler according to UL listing, NFPA 13 and authority having jurisdiction. 719 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 5. Total Combined Hose-Stream Demand Requirement: According to NFPA 13 unless otherwise indicated: a. Light-Hazard Occupancies: 100 gpm for 30 minutes. b. Ordinary-Hazard Occupancies: 250 gpm for 60 to 90 minutes. 2.3 STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Standard-Weight, Black-Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M, Type E, Grade B. Pipe ends may be factory or field formed to match joining method. B. Schedule 10, Black-Steel Pipe: ASTM A135/A135M or ASTM A795/A795M, Schedule 10 in NPS 2½ and larger. Pipe ends may be factory or field roll-grooved. C. Black-Steel Pipe Nipples: ASTM A733, made of ASTM A53/A53M, standard-weight, seamless steel pipe with threaded ends. D. Uncoated, Gray-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.4, Class 125, standard pattern. E. Malleable- or Ductile-Iron Unions: UL 860. F. Steel Welding Fittings: ASTM A234/A234M and ASME B16.9. 1. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12M/D10.12 for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded. G. Grooved-Joint, Steel-Pipe Appurtenances: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Anvil International. b. Tyco by Johnson Controls Company. c. Victaulic Company. 2. Pressure Rating: 175-psig minimum. 3. Painted Grooved-End Fittings for Steel Piping: ASTM A47/A47M, malleable-iron casting or ASTM A536, ductile-iron casting, with dimensions matching steel pipe. 4. Grooved-End-Pipe Couplings for Steel Piping: AWWA C606 and UL 213 rigid pattern, unless otherwise indicated, for steel-pipe dimensions. Include ferrous housing sections, EPDM-rubber gasket, and bolts and nuts. 2.4 SPECIALTY VALVES A. Listed in UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directory" or FM Global's "Approval Guide." B. Pressure Rating: 720 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Standard-Pressure Piping Specialty Valves: 175-psig minimum. C. Body Material: Cast or ductile iron. D. Size: Same as connected piping. E. End Connections: Flanged or grooved. F. Pre-Action Valves: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. (The); Type DDX. b. Victaulic Company; FireLock NXT Series 769N. 2. Standard: UL 260. 3. Design: Hydraulically operated, differential-pressure type. 4. Include trim sets for alarm-test bypass, drain, electrical water-flow alarm switch, pressure gauges, drip cup assembly piped without valves and separate fr om main drain line, and fill-line attachment with strainer. 5. Dry, Pilot-Line Trim Set: Include dry, pilot-line actuator; air- and water-pressure gauges; low-air-pressure warning switch; air relief valve; and actuation device. Dry, pilot-line actuator includes cast-iron, operated, diaphragm-type valve with resilient facing plate, resilient diaphragm, and replaceable bronze seat. Valve includes threaded water and air inlets and water outlet. Loss of air pressure on dry, pilot-line side allows pilot-line actuator to open and causes deluge valve to open immediately. 2.5 PRE-ACTION SPRINKLER SYSTEM NITROGEN GENERATOR WITH PURGE/VENT A. Pre-Action Sprinkler System Nitrogen Generator Corrosion-Mitigation with Purge/Vent: Nitrogen generator system to serve pre-action sprinkler zones for piping corrosion mitigation, including system venting. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Engineered Corrosion Solutions. b. South-Tek Systems, LLC. 2. Description: Nitrogen generator system for pre-action sprinkler system providing required supervisory pressure within sprinkler zone. System is to include either an integrated, oil-less air compressor located within the nitrogen generator system package, or a separate vibration-isolation mounted air compressor, also provided by nitrogen generator manufacturer. 3. Standards: a. FM Approvals 1035. 721 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 b. UL 508A listed. 4. Nitrogen Generator: a. Wall-mounted nitrogen generator to provide minimum nitrogen purity of 98 percent to the designated sprinkler systems. b. Power: 120 V ac. c. Bypass mode and nitrogen generating mode. d. Minimum Capacity: As recommended by manufacturer. 5. Air Compressor: a. Standard: UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directory" or FM Global's "Approval Guide." b. Motor Horsepower: Fractional. 1) Power: 120 V ac, 60 Hz, single phase. c. Sized for application and capable of achieving system supervisory pressure within 30 minutes in accordance with requirements of NFPA 13. Provide ASME air receiver tank as required to meet requirements on larger systems. d. Include filters, relief valves, coolers, automatic drains, and gauges. e. Minimum Capacity: Match capacity of nitrogen generator. 6. Automatic Purge Vent/Valve: a. Vents oxygen during system nitrogen fill. b. Automatically closes when 98 percent minimum nitrogen has been reached. c. Sized to allow correct purge rate per manufacturer's written instructions and within 14 days. d. Provide one venting device for each dry/pre-action sprinkler system zone. e. Include a connection port for a portable nitrogen purity sensor or a nitrogen purity manifold. 7. Supervisory Gas Monitoring - Nitrogen Purity Sensing Device: a. Permanently Mounted Nitrogen Purity Monitoring Device or Manifold: Permanent monitoring device to continuously monitor system's nitrogen purity. 8. BAS Alarm Integration: a. Provide nitrogen generation system with integrated leak detection and bypass alarms. Program alarms into controller and connect to BAS. 1) Leak detection system is to alarm if leaks develop within fire-suppression system piping. 2) Air bypass alarm is to alarm if nitrogen generation system is bypassed by air compressor. 722 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.6 SPRINKLER PIPING SPECIALTIES A. General Requirements for Dry-Pipe System Fittings: UL listed for dry-pipe service. A. Welded Branch Outlet Fittings: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. AGF Manufacturing, Inc. b. Anvil International. c. Victaulic Company. 2. Standard: ASTM A-53, ANSI B1.20.1 3. Pressure Rating: 175-psig minimum. 4. Type: Welded outlet fittings. 5. Size: Of dimension to fit onto sprinkler main and with outlet connections as required to match connected branch piping. Size on size welded outlets are not allowed. 6. Branch Outlet Connections: Grooved or threaded. A. Flow Detection and Test Assemblies: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. AGF Manufacturing, Inc. b. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. (The). c. Victaulic Company. 2. Standard: UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directory" or FM Global's "Approval Guide." 3. Pressure Rating: 175-psig minimum. 4. Body Material: Cast- or ductile-iron housing with orifice, sight glass, and integral test valve. 5. Size: Same as connected piping. 6. Inlet and Outlet: Threaded or grooved. B. Sprinkler Inspector's Test Fittings: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. AGF Manufacturing, Inc. b. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. (The). c. Victaulic Company. 2. Standard: UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directory" or FM Global's "Approval Guide." 3. Pressure Rating: 175-psig minimum. 723 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 4. Body Material: Cast- or ductile-iron housing with sight glass. 5. Size: Same as connected piping. 6. Inlet and Outlet: Threaded. 2.7 SPRINKLERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. (The). 2. Victaulic Company. 3. Viking Corporation. B. Listed in UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directory" or FM Global's "Approval Guide." C. Pressure Rating for Automatic Sprinklers: 175-psig minimum. D. Automatic Sprinklers with Heat-Responsive Element: 1. Nonresidential Applications: UL 199. 2. Minimum Characteristics: Nominal 1/2-inch orifice with Discharge Coefficient K of 5.6, and for temperature classification rating according to NFPA 13 unless otherwise indicated or required by application. E. Sprinkler Finishes: Bronze or brass. F. Sprinkler Escutcheons: Materials, types, and finishes for the following sprinkler mounting applications. Escutcheons for concealed, flush, and recessed-type sprinklers are specified with sprinklers. 1. Ceiling Mounting: Flat concealed cover plate. 2.8 ALARM DEVICES A. Alarm-device types shall match piping and equipment connections. B. Electrically Operated Alarm Notification Appliances: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC. b. System Sensor. 2. Strobe/Horn: a. Standard: UL 464. 724 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 b. Tone: Selectable, steady, Temporal-3 (T-3) in accordance with ISO 8201 and ANSI/ASA S3.41, 2400 Hz, electromechanical, broadband. c. Voltage: 120 V ac, 60 Hz. d. Effective Intensity: 110 cd. e. Finish: Red, suitable for outdoor use with approved and listed weatherproof backbox. White letters on housing identifying device as for "Fire." f. Sign, Integrated: Mount between backbox and strobe/horn with text visible on both sides, above and below strobe/horn. Housing to be shaped to cover surface- mounted weatherproof backbox. Sign is to consists of white lettering on red plastic identifying it as a "Sprinkler Fire Alarm" and instructing viewers to call 911, police, or fire department. C. Pressure Switches - Water-Flow Alarm Detection: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC. b. System Sensor. 2. Standard: UL 346. 3. Type: Electrically supervised, pressure-activated water-flow switch. 4. Components: Two single-pole, double-throw switches. 5. Design Operation: Rising pressure to 6 psi, plus or minus 2 psisignals water flow. 6. Adjustability: Each switch is to be independently adjustable. 7. Wire Separation: Pressure switch to provide separation of wiring to each switch connection to allow for low and high volume connections to comply with NFPA 70 Article 760 requirements. D. Pressure Switches - Low/High Air Pressure Supervisory: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC. b. System Sensor. 2. Standard: UL 346. 3. Type: Electrically supervised pressure supervisory switch. 4. Components: Two single-pole, double-throw switches. 5. Design Operation: Detects increase and/or decrease from normal supervisory air pressure. 6. Adjustability: Each switch is to be independently adjustable. 7. Wire Separation: Pressure switch shall provide for separation of wiring to each switch connection to allow for low and high voltage connections to comply with NFPA 70 Article 760 requirements. E. Valve Supervisory Switches: 725 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC. b. System Sensor. 2. General Requirements for Valve Supervisory Switches: a. Standard: UL 346. b. Type: Electrically supervised. c. Design: Signals that controlled valve is in other than fully open position. d. Wire Terminal Designations: Indicates normal switch position when switch is properly installed on the valve and valve is fully open. 3. Requirements for OS&Y Valve Supervisory Switches: a. Components: One or two single-pole, double-throw switches. b. NEMA Rating: NEMA 4 and NEMA 6P enclosures suitable for mounting in any position indoors or outdoors. c. Visual Switch Indication: Indicates device is properly installed and OS&Y valve is fully open. d. Mounting Hardware: Mounting bracket to grip valve yoke and prevent movement of switch assembly on OS&Y valve. e. Trip Rod Length: Adjustable. 4. Requirements for PIV and Butterfly Valve Supervisory Switches: a. Components: Two single-pole, double-throw switches. b. NEMA Rating: NEMA 4 and NEMA 6P enclosures suitable for mounting in any position indoors or outdoors. c. Mounting Hardware: Removable nipple. d. Trip Rod Length: Adjustable. 5. Requirements for Ball Valve Supervisory Switch: a. Components: One single-pole, double-throw switch. b. NEMA Rating: NEMA 4 enclosure suitable for mounting in any position indoors or outdoors. c. Mounting Hardware: Suitable for mounting directly to pipe, ball valves or backflow preventers sized from up toNPS 2. 2.9 MANUAL CONTROL STATIONS A. Listed in UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directory" or FM Global's "Approval Guide" for hydraulic operation, with union, NPS 1/2 pipe nipple, and bronze ball valve. B. Include metal enclosure labeled "MANUAL CONTROL STATION" with operating instructions and cover held closed by breakable strut to prevent accidental opening. 726 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Perform fire-hydrant flow test according to NFPA 13 and NFPA 291. Use results for system design calculations required in "Quality Assurance" Article. B. Report test results promptly and in writing. 3.2 WATER-SUPPLY CONNECTIONS A. Connect sprinkler piping to building's interior water-distribution piping. Comply with requirements for interior piping in Section 221116 "Domestic Water Piping." B. Install shutoff valve, pressure gauge, drain, and other accessories indicated at connection to water-distribution piping. C. Install shutoff valve, check valve, pressure gauge, and drain at connection to water supply. 3.3 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Locations and Arrangements: Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping. Install piping as indicated on approved working plans. 1. Deviations from approved working plans for piping require written approval from authorities having jurisdiction. File written approval with Architect before deviating from approved working plans. 2. Coordinate layout and installation of sprinklers with other construction that penetrates ceilings, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, and partition assemblies. B. Piping Standard: Comply with NFPA 13 requirements for installation of sprinkler piping. C. Use listed fittings to make changes in direction, branch takeoffs from mains, and reductions in pipe sizes. D. Install unions adjacent to each valve in pipes NPS 2 and smaller. E. Install flanges, flange adapters, or couplings for grooved-end piping on valves, apparatus, and equipment having NPS 2-1/2 and larger end connections. F. Install "Inspector's Test Connections" in sprinkler system piping, complete with shutoff valve, and sized and located according to NFPA 13. G. Install sprinkler piping with drains for complete system drainage. H. Install sprinkler control valves, test assemblies, and drain risers adjacent to standpipes when sprinkler piping is connected to standpipes. 727 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 I. Install automatic (ball drip) drain valves to drain piping between fire department connections and check valves. Drain to floor drain or to outside building. J. Connect compressed-air supply to dry-pipe sprinkler piping. K. Install alarm devices in piping systems. L. Install hangers and supports for sprinkler system piping according to NFPA 13. Comply with requirements in NFPA 13. M. Install pressure gauges on riser or feed main, at each sprinkler test connection, and at top of each standpipe. Include pressure gauges with connection not less than NPS 1/4 and with soft- metal seated globe valve, arranged for draining pipe between gauge and valve. Install gauges to permit removal, and install where they are not subject to freezing. N. Drain dry-pipe sprinkler piping. O. Pressurize and check dry-pipe sprinkler system piping and air compressors. P. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and f loors. Comply with requirements for escutcheons specified in Section 210518 "Escutcheons for Fire-Suppression Piping." 3.4 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Install couplings, flanges, flanged fittings, unions, nipples, and transition and special fittings that have finish and pressure ratings same as or higher than system's pressure rating for aboveground applications unless otherwise indicated. B. Install unions adjacent to each threaded valve. C. Install flanges, flange adapters, or couplings for grooved-end piping on valves, apparatus, and equipment having NPS 2-1/2 and larger end connections. D. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. E. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipes, tubes, and fittings before assembly. F. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material in size, type, and thickness suitable for water service. Join flanges with gasket and bolts according to ASME B31.9. G. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads. 2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. 728 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.5 VALVE AND SPECIALTIES INSTALLATION A. Install listed fire-protection valves, trim and drain valves, specialty valves and trim, controls, and specialties according to NFPA 13 and authorities having jurisdiction. B. Install listed fire-protection shutoff valves supervised open, located to control sources of water supply except from fire-department connections. Install permanent identification signs indicating portion of system controlled by each valve. C. Install check valve in each water-supply connection. Install backflow preventers instead of check valves in potable-water-supply sources. D. Specialty Valves: 1. Install valves in vertical position for proper direction of flow, in main supply to system. 2. Install preaction valves with trim sets for air supply, drain, priming level, alarm connections, ball drip valves, pressure gauges, priming chamber attachment, and fill -line attachment. 3.6 SPRINKLER INSTALLATION A. Install sprinklers in suspended ceilings in center of acoustical ceiling panels. B. Install sprinklers with water supply from heated space. Do not install pendent or sidewall sprinklers in areas subject to freezing. C. Install sprinklers into flexible, sprinkler hose fittings, and install hose into bracket on ceiling grid. 3.7 IDENTIFICATION A. Install labeling and pipe markers on equipment and piping according to requirements in NFPA 13. B. Identify system components, wiring, cabling, and terminals. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." 3.8 NITROGEN-GENERATION, CORROSION-MITIGATION SYSTEM A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's written installation instructions. B. Locate purge vent/valve in accordance with manufacturer's written installation instructions. C. Route alarm signals in code-approved electrical conduit from nitrogen generator system control panel to the supervisory circuit of BAS. 729 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and inspections: 1. Leak Test: After installation, charge systems and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 2. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. 3. Flush, test, and inspect sprinkler systems according to NFPA 13, "Systems Acceptance" Chapter. 4. Energize circuits to electrical equipment and devices. 5. Start and run nitrogen generator. 6. Coordinate with fire-alarm tests. Operate as required. 7. Coordinate with fire-pump tests. Operate as required. B. Sprinkler piping system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.10 CLEANING A. Clean dirt and debris from sprinklers. B. Only sprinklers with their original factory finish are acceptable. Remove and replace any sprinklers that are painted or have any other finish than their original factory finish. 3.11 DEMONSTRATION A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain specialty valves. 3.12 PIPING SCHEDULE A. Standard-pressure, dry-pipe sprinkler system, NPS 2 and smaller, shall be of the following: 1. Standard-weight, black-steel pipe with threaded ends; uncoated, gray-iron threaded fittings; and threaded joints. 2. Standard-weight, black-steel pipe with roll-grooved ends; uncoated, grooved-end fittings for steel piping; grooved-end-pipe couplings for steel piping; and grooved joints. A. Standard-pressure, wet-pipe sprinkler system, NPS 2-1/2 and larger, shall be one of the following: 1. Standard-weight, black-steel pipe with roll-grooved ends; uncoated, grooved-end fittings for steel piping; grooved-end-pipe couplings for steel piping; and grooved joints. 2. Schedule 10 black-steel pipe with roll-grooved ends; uncoated, grooved-end fittings for steel piping; grooved-end-pipe couplings for steel piping; and grooved joints. 730 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 END OF SECTION 211316 731 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 212200 - CLEAN-AGENT FIRE-EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Clean-agent fire-extinguishing systems. 2. Pipe and fittings. 3. Valves. 4. Extinguishing-agent containers. 5. Fire-extinguishing clean agent. 6. Discharge nozzles. 7. Manifold and orifice unions. 8. Fire control panels. 9. Detection devices. 10. Manual stations. 11. Switches. 12. Alarm devices. B. Summary of Work: 1. Design, supply and install a complete clean agent total flooding fire suppression system using agent manufactured by a reputable manufacturer with a process known as electrochemical fluorination. (Hereafter referred to as SYSTEM) 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. EPO: Emergency Power Off. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Sustainable Design Submittals: 732 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Product Data: Documentation that clean- agent chemicals are compliant with applicable Sustainable Design Standards and not restricted for use in fire protection due to its Ozone Depletion Potential (ODP) or Global Warming Potential (GWP) and is not targeted for phase-down by the Montreal Protocol, nor subject to the European F-Gas Regulations targeting the phase-down of production and import of HFCs into Europe; and will not be affected by U.S. EPA SNAP regulations which would render it either unacceptable or acceptable subject to narrow use limits. C. Shop Drawings: Prepare in accordance with requirements of NFPA 2001, to include, but not be limited to, the following: 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details. 2. Include design calculations. 3. Include details of equipment assemblies. Indicate dimensions, weights, loads, manufacturer-required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 4. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. 5. Permit-Approved Documents: Working plans and hydraulic calculations approved by authorities having jurisdiction. D. Delegated-Design Submittal: For clean-agent fire-extinguishing systems indicated to comply with performance and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer or NICET Level III technician in Special Hazards responsible for their preparation. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Plans, or BIM model, drawn to scale, showing the items described in this Section, and coordinated with all building trades. Coordinate for enclosure integrity in accordance with NFPA 2001 requirements. B. Welding certificates. C. Field quality-control reports. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For clean-agent fire-extinguishing system to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. Deliver extra materials to Owner. 733 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Extinguishing Agent: Not less than 100 percent of amount installed in largest hazard area. Include pressure-rated containers with valves. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Pipe and Pressure-Vessel Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and operators in accordance with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by an NRTL, and marked for intended location and application. B. UL Compliance: Provide equipment listed in UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directory." 2.2 CLEAN-AGENT SYSTEMS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Ansul; brand of Johnson Controls International plc, Building Solutions North America. 2. Kidde; Carrier Global Corporation. B. Source Limitations: Obtain clean-agent systems from single source from single manufacturer. C. Description: Clean-agent fire-extinguishing system shall be an engineered system for total flooding of the hazard area below the ceiling. If smoke is detected below the ceiling, extinguishing agent shall be discharged in zones below the ceiling. D. Delegated Design: Design clean-agent fire-extinguishing system and obtain approval from authorities having jurisdiction. Design system for Class A and Class C fires as appropriate for areas being protected, and include safety factor. Use clean agent indicated and in concentration suitable for normally occupied areas. E. Performance Requirements: Discharge FK-5-1-12 within 10 seconds and maintain 6.6 percent concentration by volume at 70 deg F for 10-minute holding time in hazard areas. 1. FK-5-1-12 concentration in hazard areas greater than 10.0 percent immediately after discharge or less than 6.5 percent throughout holding time will not be accepted without written authorization from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. 2. System Capabilities: Minimum 620-psig calculated working pressure and 360-psig initial charging pressure. 734 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 F. Cross-Zoned Detection: Devices located in two separate zones. Sound alarm on activating single-detection device, and discharge extinguishing agent on actuating single-detection device in another zone. G. System Operating Sequence: System shall be cross-zoned, air-sampling detectors and photoelectric detectors reporting to a fully programmable microprocessor-based control panel programmed to operate as follows: 1. If one photoelectric detector and air-sampling detector reaches the third detection level (Fire 1), agent discharge will be initiated as described for the third detection level (Fire 1) below. 2. Air-Sampling System: a. First Detection Level (Alert): Mild audible and visual indication on annunciator panel. Strobe lights flash slowly in the protected area. b. Second Detection Level (Action): Strong audible and visual indication on annunciator panel. Strobe lights flash rapidly in the protected area. c. Third Detection Level (Fire 1): Strong audible and visual indication on annunciator panel. Energize horn(s), bell(s), and strobe light(s) in the protect ed area and outside entry doors. Shut down air-conditioning and ventilating systems serving the protected area, and close doors in the protected area. Send signal to fire-alarm system, initiate 30-second time delay for extinguishing-agent discharge, and discharge extinguishing agent. At agent discharge, terminate power to equipment in the protected area, and release preaction valve to allow water flow to sprinkler system. d. Fourth Detection Level (Fire 2): Same as Fire 1. H. Manual stations shall immediately discharge extinguishing agent when activated. I. Operating abort switches will delay extinguishing-agent discharge while being activated, and switches must be reset to prevent agent discharge. Release hand pressure on the switch to cause agent discharge after the time delay has expired. J. EPO: Will terminate power to protected equipment immediately on actuation. K. Low-Agent Pressure Switch: Initiate trouble alarm if sensing less than set pressure. L. Power Transfer Switch: Transfer from normal to standby power source. 2.3 PIPE AND FITTINGS A. See "FK-5-1-12 Agent Piping Applications" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting, and joining materials. B. Piping, Valves, and Discharge Nozzles: Comply with types and standards listed in NFPA 2001, Section "Distribution," for charging pressure of system. 735 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M, Type S, Grade B or ASTM A106/A106M, Grade A or Grade B; Schedule 40, Schedule 80, and Schedule 160, seamless steel pipe. 1. Threaded Fittings: a. Malleable-Iron Fittings: ASME B16.3, Class 300. b. Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5, Class 300 unless Class 600 is indicated. c. Fittings Working Pressure: 620 psig minimum. d. Flanged Joints: Class 300 minimum. 2. Forged-Steel Welding Fittings: ASME B16.11, Class 3000, socket pattern. 3. Steel, Grooved-End Fittings: FM Approved and NRTL listed, ASTM A47/A47M malleable iron or ASTM A536 ductile iron, with dimensions matching steel pipe and ends factory grooved in accordance with AWWA C606. D. Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: Suitable for chemical and thermal conditions of piping system contents. 1. ASME B16.21, nonmetallic, flat, asbestos-free, 1/8-inch- maximum thickness unless thickness or specific material is indicated. E. Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel. F. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12M/D10.12 for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded. G. Steel, Keyed Couplings: UL 213, AWWA C606, approved or listed for clean-agent service, and matching steel-pipe dimensions. Include ASTM A536, ductile-iron housing, rubber gasket, and steel bolts and nuts. 2.4 VALVES A. General Valve Requirements: 1. UL listed or FM Approved for use in fire-protection systems. 2. Compatible with type of clean agent used. B. Container Valves: With rupture disc or solenoid and manual-release lever, capable of immediate and total agent discharge and suitable for intended flow capacity. C. Valves in Sections of Closed Piping and Manifolds: Fabricate to prevent entrapment of liquid, or install valve and separate pressure relief device. D. Valves in Manifolds: Check valve; installed to prevent loss of extinguishing agent when container is removed from manifold. 736 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.5 EXTINGUISHING-AGENT CONTAINERS A. Description: Steel tanks complying with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII, for unfired pressure vessels. Include minimum working-pressure rating that matches system charging pressure, valve, pressure switch, and pressure gage. 1. Finish: Red, enamel or epoxy paint. 2. Manifold: Fabricate with valves, pressure switches, and connections for multiple storage containers, as indicated. 3. Manifold: Fabricate with valves, pressure switches, selector swi tch, and connections for main- and reserve-supply banks of multiple storage containers. 4. Storage-Tank Brackets: Factory- or field-fabricated retaining brackets consisting of steel straps and channels; suitable for container support, maintenance, and tank refilling or replacement. 2.6 FIRE-EXTINGUISHING CLEAN AGENT A. FK-5-1-12 Clean Agent: Dodecaflouro-2-methylpentan-3-one. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: a. 3M. 2. Source Limitations: Obtain clean agents from single source from single manufacturer. 3. Clean Agent shall be manufactured at an ISO 9001 and ISO 14001 registered facility. 4. Clean Agent Fluid shall not be one of these greenhouse gases or ozone depleters; Perfluorocarbons (PFCs), Hydrofluorocarbons (HFCs), and Hydrochlorofluorcarbons (HCFCs). 5. The minimum extinguishing concentration (MEC) determined by test as witnessed per recognized testing laboratory standards (i.e UL 2166, FM 5600) shal l be no greater than 3.3%. 6. Equipment shall be UL listed and FM approved and extinguishing agent shall be component recognized by UL or FM for use in the system. 7. System cylinders shall be labeled indicating the system manufacturer and agent brand. System service and refill shall be by an authorized manufacturer’s representative and shall be the agent of the original installation brand. 737 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.7 DISCHARGE NOZZLES A. Description: Equipment manufacturer's standard one-piece brass or aluminum alloy of type, size, discharge pattern, and capacity required for application. B. Material: Corrosion-resistant metal. C. Stamped with orifice size and type. 2.8 MANIFOLD AND ORIFICE UNIONS A. Description: NRTL-listed device with minimum 2175-psig pressure rating, to control flow and reduce pressure of IG-541 gas in piping. 1. NPS 2 and Smaller: Piping assembly with orifice, sized for system design requirements. 2. NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Piping assembly with nipple, sized for system design requirements. 2.9 FIRE CONTROL PANELS A. Description: FM Approved or NRTL listed, including equipment and features required for testing, supervising, and operating fire-extinguishing system. B. Power Requirements: 120/240 V ac; with electrical contacts for connection to system components and fire-alarm system, and transformer or rectifier as needed to produce power at voltage required for accessories and alarm devices. C. Enclosure: NEMA ICS 6, Type 1, enameled-steel cabinet. 1. Mounting: Recessed flush with surface or Surface. D. Supervised Circuits: Separate circuits for each independent hazard area. 1. Detection circuits equal to required number of zones, or addressable devices assigned to required number of zones. 2. Manual pull-station circuit. 3. Alarm circuit. 4. Release circuit. 5. Abort circuit. 6. EPO circuit. E. Control-Panel Features: 1. Electrical contacts for shutting down fans, activating dampers, and operating system electrical devices. 2. Automatic switchover to standby power at loss of primary power. 738 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3. Storage container, low-pressure indicator. 4. Service disconnect to interrupt system operation for maintenance with visual status indication on the annunciator panel. F. Annunciator Panel: Graphic type showing protected, hazard-area plans, as well as locations of detectors and abort, EPO, and manual stations. Include lamps to indicate device-initiating alarm, electrical contacts for connection to control panel, and stainless steel or aluminum enclosure. G. Standby Power: Sealed lead calcium batteries with capacity to operate system for 24 hours and alarm for minimum of 15 minutes. Include automatic battery charger that has a varying charging rate between trickle and high depending on battery voltage, and that is capable of maintaining batteries fully charged. Include manual voltage control, dc voltmeter, dc ammeter, electrical contacts for connection to control panel, automatic transfer switch, and suitable enclosure. 2.10 DETECTION DEVICES A. Description: Comply with NFPA 2001, NFPA 72, and UL 268; 24 V dc, nominal. B. Photoelectric Detectors: LED light source and silicon photodiode receiving element. C. Remote Air-Sampling Detector System: Includes air-sampling pipe network, laser-based photoelectric detector, sample transport fan, and control unit. 1. Pipe Network: CPVC tubing connects control unit with calibrated sampling holes. 2. Smoke Detector: Particle-counting type with continuous laser beam. Sensitivity adjustable to a minimum of four preset values. 3. Sample Transport Fan: Centrifugal type, creating a minimum static pressure of 0.05 inch wg at all sampling ports. 4. Control Unit: Multizone unit as indicated on Drawings. Provides same system power supply, supervision, and alarm features as specified for the control panel plus separate trouble indication for airflow and detector problems. D. Signals to the Central Fire-Alarm Control Panel: Any type of local system trouble is reported to central fire-alarm control panel as a composite "trouble" signal. Alarms on each system zone are individually reported to central fire-alarm control panel as separately identified zones. 2.11 MANUAL STATIONS A. Description: Surface FM Approved or NRTL listed, with clear plastic hinged cover, 120-V ac or low-voltage compatible with controls. Include contacts for connection to control panel. B. Manual Release: "MANUAL RELEASE" caption, and red finish. Unit can manually discharge extinguishing agent with operating device that remains engaged until unlocked. C. Abort Switch: "ABORT" caption, momentary contact, with green finish. 739 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 D. EPO Switch: "EPO" caption, with yellow finish. 2.12 SWITCHES A. Description: FM Approved or NRTL listed, where available, 120-V ac or low-voltage compatible with controls. Include contacts for connection to control panel. 1. Low-Agent Pressure Switches: Pneumatic operation. 2. Power Transfer Switches: Key-operation selector, for transfer of release circuit signal from main supply to reserve supply. 3. Door Closers: Magnetic retaining and release device or electrical interlock to cause door operator to drive the door closed. 2.13 ALARM DEVICES A. Description: FM Approved or NRTL listed, low voltage, and surface mounting. Comply with requirements in Section 284621.11 "Addressable Fire-Alarm Systems" or Section 284621.13 "Conventional Fire-Alarm Systems" for alarm and monitoring devices. B. Bells: Minimum 6-inch diameter. C. Horns: 90 to 94 dBA. D. Strobe Lights: Translucent lens, with "FIRE" or similar caption. E. Oxygen Deficiency Monitor. 1. Sampling Method and Range: Diffusion, zero to 25 percent O2. 2. 24 V dc. 3. Wall mounted with bracket. 4. Built-in audible alarm 90 dBA. 5. Backlit LCD. 6. 10-year no-calibration sensor. 7. No maintenance required. 8. Signal Outputs: Standard 4- to 20-mA analog. 9. Connections for system control data acquisition system and/or programmable logi c controller. 10. Plus or minus 1 percent accuracy of full scale. 11. Operating temperature of minus 40 to plus 122 deg F. 740 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with enclosure integrity requirements, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work in accordance with NFPA 2001. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 FK-5-1-12 AGENT PIPING APPLICATIONS A. Flanged pipe and fittings and flanged joints may be used to connect to specialties and accessories and where required for maintenance. B. NPS 2 and Smaller: Schedule 40, steel pipe; malleable-iron threaded fittings; and threaded joints. C. NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Schedule 40, steel pipe; steel, grooved-end fittings; steel, keyed couplings; and grooved joints. 3.3 CLEAN-AGENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. Install clean-agent containers, piping, and other components level and plumb, in accordance with manufacturers' written instructions. B. Clean-Agent Container Mounting: 1. Install clean-agent containers on cast-in-place concrete equipment bases. Comply with requirements for equipment bases and foundations specified in Section 033000 "Cast-in- Place Concrete." C. Grooved Piping Joints: Groove pipe ends in accordance with AWWA C606 dimensions. Assemble grooved-end steel pipe and steel, grooved-end fittings with steel, keyed couplings and lubricant in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. D. Install pipe and fittings, valves, and discharge nozzles in accordance with requirements listed in NFPA 2001, Section "Distribution." 1. Install valves designed to prevent entrapment of liquid, or install pressure relief devices in valved sections of piping systems. 2. Support piping using supports and methods in accordance with NFPA 13. 3. Install control panels, detection system components, alarms, and accessories, in accordance with requirements listed in NFPA 2001, Section "Detection, Actuation, and Control Systems," as required for supervised system application. 741 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.4 PIPING CONNECTIONS A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Where installing piping adjacent to equipment, allow space for service and maintenance. 3.5 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS A. Connect wiring in accordance with Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." B. Ground equipment in accordance with Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." C. Install electrical devices furnished by manufacturer, but not factory mounted, in accordance with NFPA 70 and NECA 1. D. Install nameplate for each electrical connection, indicating electrical equipment designation and circuit number feeding connection. E. Connect electrical devices to control panel and to building's fire-alarm system. Electrical power, wiring, and devices are specified in Section 284621.11 "Addressable Fire-Alarm Systems" or Section 284621.13 "Conventional Fire-Alarm Systems." 3.6 CONTROL CONNECTIONS A. Install control and electrical power wiring to field-mounted control devices. B. Connect control wiring in accordance with Section 260523 "Control-Voltage Electrical Power Cables." 3.7 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components and equipment. Comply with requirements for i dentification specified in Section 210553 "Identification for Fire-Suppression Piping and Equipment." B. Identify piping, extinguishing-agent containers, other equipment, and panels in accordance with NFPA 2001. C. Install signs at entry doors for protected areas to warn occupants that they are entering a room protected with a clean-agent fire-extinguishing system. D. Install signs at entry doors to advise persons outside the room the meanin g of horn(s), bell(s), and strobe light(s) outside the protected space. 742 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to test and inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections. C. Perform tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory-authorized service representative. D. Tests and Inspections: 1. After installing clean-agent fire-extinguishing system and after electrical circuitry has been energized, test for compliance in accordance with requirements listed in NFPA 2001, Section "Approval of Installation." 2. Clean-agent fire-extinguishing system and associated protected enclosure will be considered defective if either does not pass required tests and inspections. 3. Prepare test and inspection reports in accordance with requirements listed in NFPA 2001, Section "Installation Acceptance." 3.9 CLEANING A. Each pipe section shall be cleaned internally after preparation and before assembly by means of swabbing, using a suitable nonflammable cleaner. Pipe network shall be free of particulate matter and oil residue before installing nozzles or discharge devices. 3.10 OPERATIONAL CONDITION SYSTEM FILLING A. Preparation: 1. Verify that clean-agent fire-extinguishing system and protected enclosure have passed all required tests and inspections in accordance with NFPA 2001. 2. Verify that clean-agent fire-extinguishing piping system installation is completed and cleaned. 3. Verify complete enclosure integrity. 4. Verify operation of ventilation and exhaust systems. B. Filling Procedures: 1. Fill clean-agent fire-extinguishing containers with extinguishing agent, and pressurize to indicated charging pressure. 2. Install filled containers. 3. Energize circuits. 4. Adjust operating controls. 743 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.11 DEMONSTRATION A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain clean-agent fire- extinguishing systems. END OF SECTION 212200 744 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 220513 - COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR PLUMBING EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes general requirements for single-phase and polyphase, general-purpose, horizontal, small and medium, squirrel-cage induction motors for use on alternating-current power systems up to 600 V and installed at equipment manufacturer's factory or shipped separately by equipment manufacturer for field installation. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate features of motors, installed units, and accessory devices to be compatible with the following: 1. Motor controllers. 2. Torque, speed, and horsepower requirements of the load. 3. Ratings and characteristics of supply circuit and required control sequence. 4. Ambient and environmental conditions of installation location. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL MOTOR REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with NEMA MG 1 unless otherwise indicated. B. Comply with IEEE 841 for severe-duty motors. 2.2 MOTOR CHARACTERISTICS A. Duty: Continuous duty at ambient temperature of 40 deg C and at altitude of 3300 feet (1000 m) above sea level. 745 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Capacity and Torque Characteristics: Sufficient to start, accelerate, and operate connected loads at designated speeds, at installed altitude and environment, with indicated operating sequence, and without exceeding nameplate ratings or considering service factor. 2.3 POLYPHASE MOTORS A. Description: NEMA MG 1, Design B, medium induction motor. B. Efficiency: Premium efficient, as defined in NEMA MG 1. C. Service Factor: 1.15. D. Multispeed Motors: Variable torque. 1. For motors with 2:1 speed ratio, consequent pole, single winding. 2. For motors with other than 2:1 speed ratio, separate winding for each speed. E. Multispeed Motors: Separate winding for each speed. F. Rotor: Random-wound, squirrel cage. G. Bearings: Regreasable, shielded, antifriction ball bearings suitable for radial and thrust loading. H. Temperature Rise: Match insulation rating. I. Insulation: Class F. J. Code Letter Designation: 1. Motors 15 HP and Larger: NEMA starting Code F or Code G. 2. Motors Smaller Than 15 HP: Manufacturer's standard starting characteristic. K. Enclosure Material: Cast iron for motor frame sizes 324T and larger; rolled steel for motor frame sizes smaller than 324T. 2.4 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR POLYPHASE MOTORS A. Motors Used with Reduced-Voltage and Multispeed Controllers: Match wiring connection requirements for controller with required motor leads. Provide terminals in motor terminal box, suited to control method. B. Motors Used with Variable-Frequency Controllers: Ratings, characteristics, and features coordinated with and approved by controller manufacturer. 1. Windings: Copper magnet wire with moisture-resistant insulation varnish, designed and tested to resist transient spikes, high frequencies, and short time rise pulses produced by pulse-width-modulated inverters. 746 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Inverter-Duty Motors: Class F temperature rise; Class H insulation. 3. Thermal Protection: Comply with NEMA MG 1 requirements for thermally protected motors. 2.5 SINGLE-PHASE MOTORS A. Motors larger than 1/20 hp shall be one of the following, to suit starting torque and requirements of specific motor application: 1. Permanent-split capacitor. 2. Split phase. 3. Capacitor start, inductor run. 4. Capacitor start, capacitor run. B. Multispeed Motors: Variable-torque, permanent-split-capacitor type. C. Bearings: Prelubricated, antifriction ball bearings or sleeve bearings suitable for radial and thrust loading. D. Motors 1/20 HP and Smaller: Shaded-pole type. E. Thermal Protection: Internal protection to automatically open power supply circuit to motor when winding temperature exceeds a safe value calibrated to temperature rating of motor insulation. Thermal-protection device shall automatically reset when motor temperature returns to normal range. PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 220513 747 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 220516 - EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Rubber union connector packless expansion joints. 2. Flexible-hose packless expansion joints. 3. Metal-bellows packless expansion joints. 4. Alignment guides and anchors. 5. Pipe loops and swing connections. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Delegated-Design Submittal: For each anchor and alignment guide, including analysis data, signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1. Design Calculations: Calculate requirements for thermal expansion of piping systems and for selecting and designing expansion joints, loops, and swing connections. 2. Anchor Details: Detail fabrication of each anchor indicated. Show dimensions and methods of assembly and attachment to building structure. 3. Alignment Guide Details: Detail field assembly and attachment to building structure. 4. Schedule: Indicate type, manufacturer's number, size, material, pressure rating, end connections, and location for each expansion joint. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Welding certificates. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For expansion joints to include in maintenance manuals. 748 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." B. Pipe and Pressure-Vessel Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Compatibility: Products shall be suitable for piping service fluids, materials, working pressures, and temperatures. B. Capability: Products to absorb 200 percent of maximum axial movement between anchors. 2.2 PACKLESS EXPANSION JOINTS A. Rubber Union Connector Expansion Joints (EXP-1): 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Amber/Booth Company, Inc.; a VMC Group Company. b. Flexicraft Industries. c. Mason Industries, Inc. 2. Material: Twin reinforced-rubber spheres. 3. Minimum Pressure Rating: 150 psig at 170 deg F (1035 kPa at 77 deg C), unless otherwise indicated. 4. End Connections for NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded. B. Flexible-Hose Packless Expansion Joints (EXP-2): 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Flexicraft Industries. b. Mason Industries, Inc. c. Metraflex Company (The). 2. Description: Manufactured assembly with inlet and outlet elbow fittings and two flexible- metal-hose legs joined by long-radius, 180-degree return bend or center section of flexible hose. 749 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3. Flexible Hose: Corrugated-metal inner hoses and braided outer sheaths. 4. Expansion Joints for Copper Tubing NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Copper-alloy fittings with solder-joint end connections. a. Bronze hoses and single-braid bronze sheaths with 450 psig at 70 deg F (3100 kPa at 21 deg C) and 340 psig at 450 deg F (2340 kPa at 232 deg C) ratings. b. Bronze hoses and double-braid bronze sheaths with 700 psig at 70 deg F (4830 kPa at 21 deg C) and 500 psig at 450 deg F (3450 kPa at 232 deg C) ratings. 5. Expansion Joints for Copper Tubing NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): Copper- alloy fittings with threaded end connections. a. Stainless-steel hoses and single-braid, stainless-steel sheaths with 300 psig at 70 deg F (2070 kPa at 21 deg C) and 225 psig at 450 deg F (1550 kPa at 232 deg C) ratings. b. Stainless-steel hoses and double-braid, stainless-steel sheaths with 420 psig at 70 deg F (2890 kPa at 21 deg C) and 315 psig at 450 deg F (2170 kPa at 232 deg C) ratings. 6. Expansion Joints for Steel Piping NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Carbon-steel fittings with threaded end connections. a. Stainless-steel hoses and single-braid, stainless-steel sheaths with 450 psig at 70 deg F (3100 kPa at 21 deg C) and 325 psig at 600 deg F (2250 kPa at 315 deg C) ratings. b. Stainless-steel hoses and double-braid, stainless-steel sheaths with 700 psig at 70 deg F (4830 kPa at 21 deg C) and 515 psig at 600 deg F (3550 kPa at 315 deg C) ratings. 7. Expansion Joints for Steel Piping NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 6 (DN 65 to DN 150): Carbon-steel fittings with flanged end connections. a. Stainless-steel hoses and single-braid, stainless-steel sheaths with 200 psig at 70 deg F (1380 kPa at 21 deg C) and 145 psig at 600 deg F (1000 kPa at 315 deg C) ratings. b. Stainless-steel hoses and double-braid, stainless-steel sheaths with 275 psig at 70 deg F (1900 kPa at 21 deg C) and 200 psig at 600 deg F (1380 kPa at 315 deg C) ratings. 8. Expansion Joints for Steel Piping NPS 8 to NPS 12 (DN 200 to DN 300): Carbon-steel fittings with flanged end connections. a. Stainless-steel hoses and single-braid, stainless-steel sheaths with 125 psig at 70 deg F (860 kPa at 21 deg C) and 90 psig at 600 deg F (625 kPa at 315 deg C) ratings. b. Stainless-steel hoses and double-braid, stainless-steel sheaths with 165 psig at 70 deg F (1130 kPa at 21 deg C) and 120 psig at 600 deg F (830 kPa at 315 deg C) ratings. 750 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 9. Expansion Joints for Steel Piping NPS 14 (DN 350) and Larger: Carbon-steel fittings with flanged end connections. a. Stainless-steel hoses and double-braid, stainless-steel sheaths with 165 psig at 70 deg F (1130 kPa at 21 deg C) and 120 psig at 600 deg F (830 kPa at 315 deg C) ratings. C. Metal-Bellows Packless Expansion Joints (EXP-3): 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Flexicraft Industries. b. Hyspan Precision Products, Inc. c. Metraflex Company (The). 2. Standards: ASTM F1120 and EJMA's "Standards of the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc." 3. Type: Circular, corrugated bellows. 4. Minimum Pressure Rating: 150 psig (1035 kPa), unless otherwise indicated. 5. Configuration: Single joint class(es), unless otherwise indicated. 6. Expansion Joints for Copper Tubing: Single-ply phosphor-bronze bellows, copper pipe ends, and brass shrouds. a. End Connections for Copper Tubing NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Solder joint. b. End Connections for Copper Tubing NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): Solder joint or threaded. c. End Connections for Copper Tubing NPS 5 (DN 125) and Larger: Flanged. 7. Expansion Joints for Steel Piping: Single- or multi- ply stainless-steel bellows, steel pipe ends, and carbon-steel shroud. a. End Connections for Steel Pipe NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded. b. End Connections for Steel Pipe NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Flanged. 2.3 ALIGNMENT GUIDES AND ANCHORS A. Alignment Guides: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Flexicraft Industries. b. Mason Industries, Inc. c. Metraflex Company (The). 751 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Description: Steel, factory-fabricated alignment guide, with bolted two-section outer cylinder and base for attaching to structure; with two-section guiding slider for bolting to pipe. B. Anchor Materials: 1. Steel Shapes and Plates: ASTM A36/A36M. 2. Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.10 or ASTM A183, steel hex head. 3. Washers: ASTM F844, steel, plain, flat washers. 4. Mechanical Fasteners: Insert-wedge-type stud with expansion plug anchor for use in hardened portland cement concrete, with tension and shear capacities appropriate for application. a. Stud: Threaded, zinc-coated carbon steel. b. Expansion Plug: Zinc-coated steel. c. Washer and Nut: Zinc-coated steel. 5. Chemical Fasteners: Insert-type stud, bonding-system anchor for use with hardened portland cement concrete, with tension and shear capacities appropriate for application. a. Bonding Material: ASTM C881/C881M, Type IV, Grade 3, two-component epoxy resin suitable for surface temperature of hardened concrete where fastener is to be installed. b. Stud: ASTM A307, zinc-coated carbon steel with continuous thread on stud, unless otherwise indicated. c. Washer and Nut: Zinc-coated steel. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXPANSION JOINT INSTALLATION A. Install expansion joints of sizes matching sizes of piping in which they are installed. B. Install metal-bellows expansion joints according to EJMA's "Standards of the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc." C. Install rubber packless expansion joints according to FSA-PSJ-703. D. Install grooved-joint expansion joints to grooved-end steel piping. 3.2 PIPE LOOP AND SWING CONNECTION INSTALLATION A. Install pipe loops cold-sprung in tension or compression as required to partly absorb tension or compression produced during anticipated change in temperature. 752 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Connect risers and branch connections to mains with at least five pipe fittings, including tee in main. C. Connect mains and branch connections to terminal units with at least four pipe fittings, including tee in main. 3.3 ALIGNMENT-GUIDE AND ANCHOR INSTALLATION A. Install alignment guides to guide expansion and to avoid end-loading and torsional stress. B. Install two guide(s) on each side of pipe expansion fittings and loops. Install guides nearest to expansion joint not more than four pipe diameters from expansion joint. C. Attach guides to pipe, and secure guides to building structure. D. Install anchors at locations to prevent stresses from exceeding those permitted by ASME B31.9 and to prevent transfer of loading and stresses to connected equipment. E. Anchor Attachments: 1. Anchor Attachment to Steel Pipe: Attach by welding. Comply with ASME B31.9 and ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications." 2. Anchor Attachment to Copper Tubing: Attach with pipe hangers. Use MSS SP-69, Type 24; U bolts bolted to anchor. F. Fabricate and install steel anchors by welding steel shapes, plates, and bars. Comply with ASME B31.9 and AWS D1.1/D1.1M. 1. Anchor Attachment to Steel Structural Members: Attach by welding. 2. Anchor Attachment to Concrete Structural Members: Attach by fasteners. Follow fastener manufacturer's written instructions. G. Use grout to form flat bearing surfaces for guides and anchors attached to concrete. END OF SECTION 22016 753 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 220517 - SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Sleeves. 2. Stack-sleeve fittings. 3. Sleeve-seal systems. 4. Sleeve-seal fittings. 5. Grout. 6. Silicone sealants. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality-control reports. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SLEEVES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. 2. CALPICO, Inc. 3. GPT; an EnPro Industries company. B. Cast-Iron Pipe Sleeves: Cast or fabricated of cast or ductile iron and equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop collar. 754 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. Steel Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A53/A53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, anticorrosion coated, with plain ends and integral welded waterstop collar. D. Galvanized-Steel Sheet Sleeves: 0.0239-inch (0.6-mm) minimum thickness; round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint. E. PVC Pipe Sleeves: ASTM D1785, Schedule 40. F. Molded-PVC Sleeves: With nailing flange for attaching to wooden forms. G. Molded-PE or -PP Sleeves: Removable, tapered-cup shaped, and smooth outer surface with nailing flange for attaching to wooden forms. 2.2 STACK-SLEEVE FITTINGS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Jay R. Smith Mfg Co; a division of Morris Group International. 2. Zurn Industries, LLC. B. Description: Manufactured, Dura-coated or Duco-coated cast-iron sleeve with integral clamping flange for use in waterproof floors and roofs. Include clamping ring, bolts, and nuts for membrane flashing. 1. Underdeck Clamp: Clamping ring with setscrews. 2.3 SLEEVE-SEAL SYSTEMS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. 2. CALPICO, Inc. 3. Metraflex Company (The). B. Description: 1. Modular sealing-element unit, designed for field assembly, for filling annular space between piping and sleeve. 2. Designed to form a hydrostatic seal of 20 psig (137 kPa) minimum. 3. Sealing Elements: EPDM-rubber interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe. 4. Pressure Plates: Composite plastic. 5. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel, with corrosion-resistant coating, ASTM B633 of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. 755 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.4 SLEEVE-SEAL FITTINGS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. 2. CALPICO, Inc. 3. Metraflex Company (The). B. Description: Manufactured plastic, sleeve-type, waterstop assembly made for imbedding in concrete slab or wall. C. Plastic or rubber waterstop collar with center opening to match piping OD. 2.5 GROUT A. Description: Nonshrink, for interior and exterior sealing openings in non-fire-rated walls or floors. B. Standard: ASTM C1107/C1107M, Grade B, post-hardening and volume-adjusting, dry, hydraulic-cement grout. C. Design Mix: 5000-psi (34.5-MPa), 28-day compressive strength. D. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. 2.6 SILICONE SEALANTS A. Silicone, S, NS, 25, NT: Single-component, nonsag, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, nontraffic-use, neutral-curing silicone joint sealant, ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT. B. Silicone, S, P, 25, T, NT: Single-component, pourable, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, traffic- and nontraffic-use, neutral-curing silicone joint sealant; ASTM C920, Type S, Grade P, Class 25, Uses T and NT. Grade P Pourable (self-leveling) formulation is for opening in floors and other horizontal surfaces that are not fire rated. C. Silicone Foam: Multicomponent, silicone-based liquid elastomers that, when mixed, expand and cure in place to produce a flexible, nonshrinking foam. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SLEEVE INSTALLATION A. Install sleeves for piping passing through penetrations in floors, partitions, roofs, and walls. 756 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. For sleeves that will have sleeve-seal system installed, select sleeves of size large enough to provide 1-inch (25-mm) annular clear space between piping and concrete slabs and walls. 1. Sleeves are not required for core-drilled holes. C. Install sleeves in concrete floors, concrete roof slabs, and concrete walls as new slabs and walls are constructed. 1. Permanent sleeves are not required for holes in slabs formed by molded-PE or -PP sleeves. 2. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. a. Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment areas or other wet areas 2 inches (50 mm) above finished floor level. 3. Using grout or silicone sealant, seal the space outside of sleeves in slabs and walls without sleeve-seal system. D. Install sleeves for pipes passing through interior partitions. 1. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. 2. Install sleeves that are large enough to provide 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) annular clear space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. 3. Seal annular space between sleeve and piping or piping insulation; use joint s ealants appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. E. Fire-Resistance-Rated Penetrations, Horizontal Assembly Penetrations, and Smoke Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire or smoke rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with fire- and smoke-stop materials. Comply with requirements for firestopping and fill materials specified in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping." 3.2 STACK-SLEEVE-FITTING INSTALLATION A. Install stack-sleeve fittings in new slabs as slabs are constructed. 1. Install fittings that are large enough to provide 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) annular clear space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. 2. Secure flashing between clamping flanges for pipes penetrating floors with membrane waterproofing. 3. Install section of cast-iron soil pipe to extend sleeve to 2 inches (50 mm) above finished floor level. 4. Extend cast-iron sleeve fittings below floor slab as required to secure clamping ring if ring is specified. 5. Use silicone sealant to seal the space around outside of stack-sleeve fittings. 757 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Fire-Resistance-Rated Penetrations, Horizontal Assembly Penetrations, and Smoke Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire or smoke rating of floors at pipe penetra tions. Seal pipe penetrations with fire- and smoke-stop materials. Comply with requirements for firestopping specified in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping." 3.3 SLEEVE-SEAL-SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. Install sleeve-seal systems in sleeves in exterior concrete walls and slabs-on-grade at service piping entries into building. B. Select type, size, and number of sealing elements required for piping material and size and for sleeve ID or hole size. Position piping in center of sleeve. Center piping in penetration, assemble sleeve-seal system components, and install in annular space between piping and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make a watertight seal. 3.4 SLEEVE-SEAL-FITTING INSTALLATION A. Install sleeve-seal fittings in new walls and slabs as they are constructed. B. Assemble fitting components of length to be flush with both surfaces of concrete slabs and walls. Position waterstop flange to be centered in concrete slab or wall. C. Secure nailing flanges to concrete forms. D. Use grout or silicone sealant to seal the space around outside of sleeve-seal fittings. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and inspections: 1. Leak Test: After allowing for a full cure, test sleeves and sleeve seals for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. B. Sleeves and sleeve seals will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.6 SLEEVE AND SLEEVE-SEAL SCHEDULE A. Use sleeves and sleeve seals for the following piping-penetration applications: 1. Exterior Concrete Walls above Grade: a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6 (DN 150): Cast-iron pipe sleevesSleeve-seal fittings . 758 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 b. Piping NPS 6 (DN 150) and Larger: Cast-iron pipe sleeves Sleeve-seal fittings. 2. Exterior Concrete Walls below Grade: a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6 (DN 150): Cast-iron pipe sleeves with sleeve-seal system. 1) Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch (25-mm) annular clear space between piping and sleeve for installing sleeve-seal system. b. Piping NPS 6 (DN 150) and Larger: Cast-iron pipe sleeves with sleeve-seal system. 1) Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch (25-mm) annular clear space between piping and sleeve for installing sleeve-seal system. 3. Concrete Slabs-on-Grade: a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6 (DN 150): Cast-iron pipe sleeves with sleeve-seal system. 1) Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch (25-mm) annular clear space between piping and sleeve for installing sleeve-seal system. b. Piping NPS 6 (DN 150) and Larger: Cast-iron pipe sleeves with sleeve-seal system. 1) Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch (25-mm) annular clear space between piping and sleeve for installing sleeve-seal system. 4. Concrete Slabs above Grade: a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6 (DN 150): Steel pipe sleeves. b. Piping NPS 6 (DN 150) and Larger: Steel pipe sleeves. 5. Interior Partitions: a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6 (DN 150): Steel pipe sleeves. b. Piping NPS 6 (DN 150) and Larger: Galvanized-steel sheet sleeves. END OF SECTION 220517 759 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 220518 - ESCUTCHEONS FOR PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Escutcheons. 2. Floor plates. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Existing Piping to Remain: Existing piping that is not to be removed and that is not otherwise indicated to be removed and salvaged, or removed and reinstalled. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. BrassCraft Manufacturing Co.; a Masco company. 2. Dearborn Brass. 3. Mid-America Fittings, Inc. 2.2 ESCUTCHEONS A. One-Piece, Steel Type: With polished, chrome-plated finish and setscrew fastener. B. One-Piece, Stainless-Steel Type: With polished stainless-steel finish. 760 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. One-Piece, Cast-Brass Type: With polished, chrome-plated finish and setscrew fastener. D. One-Piece, Deep-Pattern Type: Deep-drawn, box-shaped steel with polished, chrome-plated finish and spring-clip fasteners. E. One-Piece, Stamped-Steel Type: With polished, chrome-plated finish and spring-clip fasteners. F. Split-Plate, Stamped-Steel Type: With polished, chrome-plated finish; concealed hinge; and spring-clip fasteners. 2.3 FLOOR PLATES A. Split Floor Plates: Cast brass with concealed hinge. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and finished floors. B. Install escutcheons with ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of insulated piping and with OD that completely covers opening. 1. Escutcheons for New Piping: a. Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One-piece, deep pattern. b. Chrome-Plated Piping: One-piece cast brass or split-casting brass with polished, chrome-plated finish. c. Insulated Piping: One-piece steel with polished, chrome-plated finish. d. Insulated Piping: One-piece stainless steel with polished stainless-steel finish. e. Insulated Piping: One-piece cast brass with polished, chrome-plated finish. f. Insulated Piping: One-piece stamped steel or split-plate, stamped steel with concealed hinge with polished, chrome-plated finish. g. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece steel with polished, chrome-plated finish. h. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece stainless steel with polished stainless-steel finish. i. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece cast brass with polished, chrome-plated finish. j. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece stamped steel or split-plate, stamped steel with concealed hinge with polished, chrome- plated finish. k. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece steel with polished, chrome-plated finish. 761 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 l. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece stainless steel with polished stainless-steel finish. m. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece cast brass with polished, chrome-plated finish. n. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece stamped steel or split-plate, stamped steel with concealed hinge with polished, chrome-plated finish. o. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece steel with polished, chrome- plated finish. p. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece cast brass with polished, chrome-plated finish. q. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece stamped steel or split-plate, stamped steel with concealed hinge with polished, chrome-plated finish. r. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece steel with polished, chrome-plated finish. C. Install floor plates for piping penetrations of equipment-room floors. D. Install floor plates with ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of piping and with OD that completely covers opening. 1. New Piping: One-piece, floor plate. 2. Existing Piping: Split floor plate. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Using new materials, replace broken and damaged escutcheons and floor plates. END OF SECTION 220518 762 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 220519 - METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Filled-system thermometers. 2. Liquid-in-glass thermometers. 3. Thermowells. 4. Dial-type pressure gages. 5. Gage attachments. 6. Test plugs. 7. Test-plug kits. 8. Sight flow indicators. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 221119 "Domestic Water Piping Specialties" for water meters. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product Certificates: For each type of meter and gage. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For meters and gages to include in operation and maintenance manuals. 763 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 BIMETALLIC-ACTUATED THERMOMETERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Trerice, H. O. Co. 2. Weiss Instruments, Inc. 3. Weksler Glass Thermometer Corp. B. Standard: ASME B40.200. C. Case: Liquid-filled andsealedtype(s); stainless steel with 3-inch (76-mm) nominal diameter. D. Dial: Nonreflective aluminum with permanently etched scale markings and scales in deg F (deg C). E. Connector Type(s): Union joint, adjustable angle, with unified-inch screw threads. F. Connector Size: 1/2 inch (13 mm), with ASME B1.1 screw threads. G. Stem: 0.25 or 0.375 inch (6.4 or 9.4 mm) in diameter; stainless steel. H. Window: Plain glass or plastic. I. Ring: Stainless steel. J. Element: Bimetal coil. K. Pointer: Dark-colored metal. L. Accuracy: Plus or minus 1 percent of scale range. 2.2 FILLED-SYSTEM THERMOMETERS A. Direct-Mounted, Metal-Case, Vapor-Actuated Thermometers: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Ashcroft Inc. b. Trerice, H. O. Co. c. Weiss Instruments, Inc. 2. Standard: ASME B40.200. 3. Case: Sealed type, cast aluminum or drawn steel; 4-1/2-inch (114-mm) nominal diameter. 764 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 4. Element: Bourdon tube or other type of pressure element. 5. Movement: Mechanical, dampening type, with link to pressure element and connection to pointer. 6. Dial: Nonreflective aluminum with permanently etched scale markings graduated in deg F (deg C). 7. Pointer: Dark-colored metal. 8. Window: Glass or plastic. 9. Ring: Metal. 10. Connector Type(s): Union joint, adjustable, 180 degrees in vertical plane, 360 degrees in horizontal plane, with locking device; with ASME B1.1 screw threads. 11. Thermal System: Liquid-filled bulb in copper-plated steel, aluminum, or brass stem and of length to suit installation. a. Design for Thermowell Installation: Bare stem. 12. Accuracy: Plus or minus 1 percent of scale range. 2.3 LIQUID-IN-GLASS THERMOMETERS A. Metal-Case, Compact-Style, Liquid-in-Glass Thermometers: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Trerice, H. O. Co. 2. Standard: ASME B40.200. 3. Case: Cast aluminum; 6-inch (152-mm) nominal size. 4. Case Form: Back angle unless otherwise indicated. 5. Tube: Glass with magnifying lens and blue or red organic liquid. 6. Tube Background: Nonreflective aluminum with permanently etched scale markings graduated in deg F (deg C). 7. Window: Glass or plastic. 8. Stem: Aluminum or brass and of length to suit installation. a. Design for Thermowell Installation: Bare stem. 9. Connector: 3/4 inch (19 mm), with ASME B1.1 screw threads. 10. Accuracy: Plus or minus 1 percent of scale range or one scale division, to a maximum of 1.5 percent of scale range. B. Metal-Case, Industrial-Style, Liquid-in-Glass Thermometers: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 765 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 a. Trerice, H. O. Co. b. Weiss Instruments, Inc. c. Weksler Glass Thermometer Corp. 2. Standard: ASME B40.200. 3. Case: Cast aluminum; 9-inch (229-mm) nominal size unless otherwise indicated. 4. Case Form: Adjustable angle unless otherwise indicated. 5. Tube: Glass with magnifying lens and blue or red organic liquid. 6. Tube Background: Nonreflective aluminum with permanently etched scale markings graduated in deg F (deg C). 7. Window: Glass or plastic. 8. Stem: Aluminum and of length to suit installation. a. Design for Thermowell Installation: Bare stem. 9. Connector: 1-1/4 inches (32 mm), with ASME B1.1 screw threads. 10. Accuracy: Plus or minus 1 percent of scale range or one scale division, to a maximum of 1.5 percent of scale range. 2.4 THERMOWELLS A. Thermowells: 1. Standard: ASME B40.200. 2. Description: Pressure-tight, socket-type fitting made for insertion into piping tee fitting. 3. Material for Use with Copper Tubing: CNR or CUNI. 4. Material for Use with Steel Piping: CRES. 5. Type: Stepped shank unless straight or tapered shank is indicated. 6. External Threads: NPS 1/2, NPS 3/4, or NPS 1 (DN 15, DN 20, or NPS 25), ASME B1.20.1 pipe threads. 7. Internal Threads: 1/2, 3/4, and 1 inch (13, 19, and 25 mm), with ASME B1.1 screw threads. 8. Bore: Diameter required to match thermometer bulb or stem. 9. Insertion Length: Length required to match thermometer bulb or stem. 10. Lagging Extension: Include on thermowells for insulated piping and tubing. 11. Bushings: For converting size of thermowell's internal screw thread to size of thermometer connection. B. Heat-Transfer Medium: Mixture of graphite and glycerin. 2.5 PRESSURE GAGES A. Direct-Mounted, Metal-Case, Dial-Type Pressure Gages: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 766 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 a. Trerice, H. O. Co. b. Weiss Instruments, Inc. c. Weksler Glass Thermometer Corp. 2. Standard: ASME B40.100. 3. Case: Liquid-filled Sealed type(s); cast aluminum or drawn steel; 4-1/2-inch (114-mm) nominal diameter. 4. Pressure-Element Assembly: Bourdon tube unless otherwise indicated. 5. Pressure Connection: Brass, with NPS 1/2 (DN 15), ASME B1.20.1 pipe threads and bottom-outlet type unless back-outlet type is indicated. 6. Movement: Mechanical, with link to pressure element and connection to pointer. 7. Dial: Nonreflective aluminum with permanently etched scale markings graduated in psi (kPa). 8. Pointer: Dark-colored metal. 9. Window: Glass or plastic. 10. Ring: Metal. 11. Accuracy: Grade A, plus or minus 1 percent of middle half of scale range. 2.6 GAGE ATTACHMENTS A. Snubbers: ASME B40.100, brass; with NPS 1/4 or NPS 1/2 (DN 8 or DN 15), ASME B1.20.1 pipe threads and piston-type surge-dampening device. Include extension for use on insulated piping. B. Valves: Brass or stainless-steel needle, with NPS 1/4 or NPS 1/2 (DN 8 or DN 15), ASME B1.20.1 pipe threads. 2.7 TEST PLUGS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Trerice, H. O. Co. 2. Weiss Instruments, Inc. 3. Weksler Glass Thermometer Corp. B. Description: Test-station fitting made for insertion into piping tee fitting. C. Body: Brass or stainless steel with core inserts and gasketed and threaded cap. Include extended stem on units to be installed in insulated piping. D. Thread Size: NPS 1/4 (DN 8) or NPS 1/2 (DN 15), ASME B1.20.1 pipe thread. E. Minimum Pressure and Temperature Rating: 500 psig at 200 deg F (3450 kPa at 93 deg C). F. Core Inserts: Chlorosulfonated polyethylene synthetic and EPDM self-sealing rubber. 767 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.8 TEST-PLUG KITS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Trerice, H. O. Co. 2. WATTS. 3. Weiss Instruments, Inc. B. Furnish one test-plug kit(s) containing two thermometer(s), one pressure gage and adapter, and carrying case. Thermometer sensing elements, pressure gage, and adapter probes s hall be of diameter to fit test plugs and of length to project into piping. C. Low-Range Thermometer: Small, bimetallic insertion type with 1- to 2-inch- (25- to 51-mm-) diameter dial and tapered-end sensing element. Dial range shall be at least 25 to 125 deg F (minus 4 to plus 52 deg C). D. High-Range Thermometer: Small, bimetallic insertion type with 1- to 2-inch- (25- to 51-mm-) diameter dial and tapered-end sensing element. Dial range shall be at least 0 to 220 deg F (minus 18 to plus 104 deg C). E. Pressure Gage: Small, Bourdon-tube insertion type with 2- to 3-inch- (51- to 76-mm-) diameter dial and probe. Dial range shall be at least 0 to 200 psig (0 to 1380 kPa). F. Carrying Case: Metal or plastic, with formed instrument padding. 2.9 SIGHT FLOW INDICATORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Dwyer Instruments, Inc. 2. KOBOLD Instruments, Inc. - USA. 3. Pentair Valves & Controls; Penberthy Brand. B. Description: Piping inline-installation device for visual verification of flow. C. Construction: Bronze or stainless-steel body, with sight glass and ball, flapper, or paddle wheel indicator, and threaded or flanged ends. D. Minimum Pressure Rating: 150 psig (1034 kPa). E. Minimum Temperature Rating: 200 deg F (93 deg C). F. End Connections for NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded. G. End Connections for NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Flanged. 768 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install thermowells with socket extending a minimum of 2 inches (51 mm) into fluid and in vertical position in piping tees. B. Install thermowells of sizes required to match thermometer connectors. Include bushings if required to match sizes. C. Install thermowells with extension on insulated piping. D. Fill thermowells with heat-transfer medium. E. Install direct-mounted thermometers in thermowells and adjust vertical and tilted positions. F. Install remote-mounted thermometer bulbs in thermowells and install cases on panels; connect cases with tubing and support tubing to prevent kinks. Use minimum tubing length. G. Install direct-mounted pressure gages in piping tees with pressure gage located on pipe at the most readable position. H. Install remote-mounted pressure gages on panel. I. Install valve and snubber in piping for each pressure gage for fluids. J. Install test plugs in piping tees. K. Install thermometers in the following locations: 1. Inlet and outlet of each water heater. 2. Inlets and outlets of each domestic water heat exchanger. 3. Inlet and outlet of each domestic hot-water storage tank. 4. Inlet and outlet of each remote domestic water chiller. L. Install pressure gages in the following locations: 1. Building water service entrance into building. 2. Inlet and outlet of each pressure-reducing valve. 3. Suction and discharge of each domestic water pump. 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Install meters and gages adjacent to machines and equipment to allow service and maintenance of meters, gages, machines, and equipment. 769 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Adjust faces of meters and gages to proper angle for best visibility. 3.4 THERMOMETER SCHEDULE A. Thermometers at inlet and outlet of each domestic water heater shall be one of the following: 1. Liquid-filled, bimetallic-actuated type. 2. Direct-mounted, metal-case, vapor-actuated type. 3. Metal case, industrial-style, liquid-in-glass type. 4. Direct-mounted, light-activated type. 5. Test plug with EPDM self-sealing rubber inserts. B. Thermometer stems shall be of length to match thermowell insertion length. 3.5 THERMOMETER SCALE-RANGE SCHEDULE A. Scale Range for Domestic Cold-Water Piping: 0 to 100 deg F (Minus 20 to plus 50 deg C). B. Scale Range for Domestic Hot-Water Piping: 0 to 250 deg F (0 to 150 deg C). 3.6 PRESSURE-GAGE SCHEDULE A. Pressure gages at discharge of each water service into building shall be one of the following: 1. Liquid-filled Sealed, direct-mounted, metal case. 2. Test plug with EPDM self-sealing rubber inserts. B. Pressure gages at suction and discharge of each domestic water pump shall be one of the following: 1. Liquid-filled Sealed, direct-mounted, metal case. 2. Test plug with EPDM self-sealing rubber inserts. 3.7 PRESSURE-GAGE SCALE-RANGE SCHEDULE A. Scale Range for Water Service Piping: 0 to 160 psi (0 to 1100 kPa). END OF SECTION 220519 770 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 220523.12 - BALL VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Brass ball valves. 2. Bronze ball valves. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. CWP: Cold working pressure. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of valve. 1. Certification that products comply with NSF 61and NSF 372. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Prepare valves for shipping as follows: 1. Protect internal parts against rust and corrosion. 2. Protect threads, flange faces, and soldered ends. 3. Set ball valves open to minimize exposure of functional surfaces. B. Use the following precautions during storage: 1. Maintain valve end protection. 2. Store valves indoors and maintain at higher-than-ambient-dew-point temperature. If outdoor storage is necessary, store valves off the ground in watertight enclosures. C. Use sling to handle large valves; rig sling to avoid damage to exposed parts. Do not use operating handles or stems as lifting or rigging points. 771 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVES A. Source Limitations for Valves: Obtain each type of valve from single source from single manufacturer. B. ASME Compliance: 1. ASME B1.20.1 for threads for threaded end valves. 2. ASME B16.1 for flanges on iron valves. 3. ASME B16.5 for flanges on steel valves. 4. ASME B16.10 and ASME B16.34 for ferrous valve dimensions and design criteria. 5. ASME B16.18 for solder-joint connections. 6. ASME B31.9 for building services piping valves. C. NSF Compliance: NSF 61 and NSF 372 for valve materials for potable-water service. D. Bronze valves shall be made with dezincification-resistant materials. Bronze valves made with copper alloy (brass) containing more than 15 percent zinc are not permitted. E. Valve Pressure-Temperature Ratings: Not less than indicated and as required for system pressures and temperatures. F. Valve Sizes: Same as upstream piping unless otherwise indicated. G. Valve Actuator Types: 1. Handlever: For quarter-turn valves smaller than NPS 4 (DN 100). H. Valves in Insulated Piping: 1. Include 2-inch (50-mm) stem extensions. 2. Extended operating handles of nonthermal-conductive material and protective sleeves that allow operation of valves without breaking vapor seals or disturbing insulation. 3. Memory stops that are fully adjustable after insulation is applied. 2.2 BRASS BALL VALVES A. Brass Ball Valves, Two-Piece with Full Port and Brass Trim, Threaded or Soldered Ends: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Apollo Flow Controls; Conbraco Industries, Inc. b. Crane; a Crane brand. 772 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 c. Milwaukee Valve Company. d. NIBCO INC. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-110 or MSS SP-145. b. CWP Rating: 600 psig (4140 kPa). c. Body Design: Two piece. d. Body Material: Forged brass. e. Ends: Threaded and soldered. f. Seats: PTFE. g. Stem: Brass. h. Ball: Chrome-plated brass. i. Port: Full. B. Brass Ball Valves, Two-Piece with Full Port and Stainless-Steel Trim, Threaded or Soldered Ends: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Apollo Flow Controls; Conbraco Industries, Inc. b. Hammond Valve. c. Milwaukee Valve Company. d. NIBCO INC. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-110 or MSS SP-145. b. CWP Rating: 600 psig (4140 kPa). c. Body Design: Two piece. d. Body Material: Forged brass. e. Ends: Threaded and soldered. f. Seats: PTFE. g. Stem: Stainless steel. h. Ball: Stainless steel, vented. i. Port: Full. 2.3 BRONZE BALL VALVES A. Bronze Ball Valves, Two-Piece with Full Port, and Bronze or Brass Trim, Threaded or Soldered Ends: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Apollo Flow Controls; Conbraco Industries, Inc. 773 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 b. Hammond Valve. c. Milwaukee Valve Company. d. NIBCO INC. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-110 or MSS-145. b. CWP Rating: 600 psig (4140 kPa). c. Body Design: Two piece. d. Body Material: Bronze. e. Ends: Threaded and soldered. f. Seats: PTFE. g. Stem: Bronze or brass. h. Ball: Chrome-plated brass. i. Port: Full. B. Bronze Ball Valves, Two-Piece with Full Port and Stainless-Steel Trim: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Apollo Flow Controls; Conbraco Industries, Inc. b. Hammond Valve. c. Milwaukee Valve Company. d. NIBCO INC. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-110 or MSS-145. b. CWP Rating: 600 psig (4140 kPa). c. Body Design: Two piece. d. Body Material: Bronze. e. Ends: Threaded or soldered. f. Seats: PTFE. g. Stem: Stainless steel. h. Ball: Stainless steel, vented. i. Port: Full. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine valve interior for cleanliness, freedom from foreign matter, and corrosion. Remove special packing materials, such as blocks, used to prevent disc movement during shipping and handling. 774 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Operate valves in positions from fully open to fully closed. Examine guides and seats made accessible by such operations. C. Examine threads on valve and mating pipe for form and cleanliness. D. Examine mating flange faces for conditions that might cause leakage. Check bolting for proper size, length, and material. Verify that gasket is of proper size, that its material composition is suitable for service, and that it is free from defects and damage. E. Do not attempt to repair defective valves; replace with new valves. 3.2 VALVE INSTALLATION A. Install valves with unions or flanges at each piece of equipment arranged to allow service, maintenance, and equipment removal without system shutdown. B. Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary. C. Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above center of pipe. D. Install valves in position to allow full stem movement. E. Install valve tags. Comply with requirements in Section 220553 "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for valve tags and schedules. 3.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVE APPLICATIONS A. If valves with specified CWP ratings are unavailable, the same types of valves with higher CWP ratings may be substituted. B. Select valves with the following end connections: 1. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded ends except where solder- joint valve-end option or press-end option is indicated in valve schedules below. 2. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): Flanged ends except where threaded valve-end option is indicated in valve schedules below. 3. For Steel Piping, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded ends. 4. For Steel Piping, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): Flanged ends except where threaded valve-end option is indicated in valve schedules below. 3.4 DOMESTIC HOT- AND COLD-WATER VALVE SCHEDULE A. Pipe NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: 1. Brass ball valves, two-piece with full port and brass trim. Provide with threaded-joint ends. 775 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Bronze ball valves, two-piece with full port and bronze or brass trim. Provide with threaded-joint ends. B. Pipe NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: 1. Steel and Iron Valves, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): May be provided with threaded ends instead of flanged ends. 2. Steel ball valves, Class 150 with full port. 3. Iron ball valves, Class 150. END OF SECTION 220523.12 776 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 220523.14 - CHECK VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Bronze lift check valves. 2. Bronze swing check valves. 3. Bronze swing check valves, press ends. 4. Iron swing check valves. 5. Iron swing check valves with closure control. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. CWP: Cold working pressure. B. EPDM: Ethylene propylene-diene terpolymer rubber. C. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene, Buna-N, or nitrile rubber. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of valve. 1. Certification that products comply with NSF 61 and NSF 372. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Prepare valves for shipping as follows: 1. Protect internal parts against rust and corrosion. 2. Protect threads, flange faces, grooves, and weld ends. 3. Set check valves in either closed or open position. B. Use the following precautions during storage: 777 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Maintain valve end protection. 2. Store valves indoors and maintain at higher-than-ambient-dew-point temperature. If outdoor storage is necessary, store valves off the ground in watertight enclosures. C. Use sling to handle large valves; rig sling to avoid damage to exposed parts. Do not use handwheels or stems as lifting or rigging points. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVES A. Source Limitations for Valves: Obtain each type of valve from single source from single manufacturer. B. ASME Compliance: 1. ASME B1.20.1 for threads for threaded end valves. 2. ASME B16.1 for flanges on iron valves. 3. ASME B16.10 and ASME B16.34 for ferrous valve dimensions and design criteria. 4. ASME B16.18 for solder joint. 5. ASME B31.9 for building services piping valves. C. AWWA Compliance: Comply with AWWA C606 for grooved-end connections. D. Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects and Drinking Water System Components - Lead Content Compliance: NSF 61 and NSF 372. E. Bronze valves shall be made with dezincification-resistant materials. Bronze valves made with copper alloy (brass) containing more than 15 percent zinc are not permitted. F. Valve Pressure-Temperature Ratings: Not less than indicated and as required for system pressures and temperatures. G. Valve Sizes: Same as upstream piping unless otherwise indicated. H. Valve Bypass and Drain Connections: MSS SP-45. 2.2 BRONZE LIFT CHECK VALVES A. Bronze Lift Check Valves with Bronze Disc, Class 125: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Crane; a Crane brand. b. Jenkins Valves; a Crane brand. 778 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 c. Stockham; a Crane brand. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 1. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa). c. Body Design: Vertical flow. d. Body Material: ASTM B61 or ASTM B62, bronze. e. Ends: Threaded or soldered. See valve schedule articles. f. Disc: Bronze. B. Bronze Lift Check Valves with Nonmetallic Disc, Class 125: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Hammond Valve. b. Milwaukee Valve Company. c. NIBCO INC. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 2. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa). c. Body Design: Vertical flow. d. Body Material: ASTM B61 or ASTM B62, bronze. e. Ends: Threaded or soldered. See valve schedule articles. f. Disc: NBR, PTFE. 2.3 BRONZE SWING CHECK VALVES A. Bronze Swing Check Valves with Bronze Disc, Class 125: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Apollo Flow Controls; Conbraco Industries, Inc. b. Milwaukee Valve Company. c. NIBCO INC. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 3. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa). c. Body Design: Horizontal flow. d. Body Material: ASTM B62, bronze. e. Ends: Threaded or soldered. See valve schedule articles. 779 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 f. Disc: Bronze. 2.4 IRON SWING CHECK VALVES A. Iron Swing Check Valves with Metal Seats, Class 125: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Apollo Flow Controls; Conbraco Industries, Inc. b. Hammond Valve. c. Milwaukee Valve Company. d. NIBCO INC. e. Stockham; a Crane brand. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-71, Type I. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa). c. Body Design: Clear or full waterway. d. Body Material: ASTM A126, gray iron with bolted bonnet. e. Ends: Flanged or threaded. See valve schedule articles. f. Trim: Bronze. g. Gasket: Asbestos free. 2.5 IRON SWING CHECK VALVES WITH CLOSURE CONTROL A. Iron Swing Check Valves with Lever- and Spring-Closure Control, Class 125: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Crane; a Crane brand. b. Hammond Valve. c. Milwaukee Valve Company. d. NIBCO INC. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-71, Type I. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa). c. Body Design: Clear or full waterway. d. Body Material: ASTM A126, gray iron with bolted bonnet. e. Ends: Flanged or threaded. See valve schedule articles. f. Trim: Bronze. g. Gasket: Asbestos free. 780 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 h. Closure Control: Factory-installed exterior lever and weight. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine valve interior for cleanliness, freedom from foreign matter, and corrosion. Remove special packing materials, such as blocks, used to prevent disc movement during shipping and handling. B. Operate valves in positions from fully open to fully closed. Examine guides and seats made accessible by such operations. C. Examine threads on valve and mating pipe for form and cleanliness. D. Examine mating flange faces for conditions that might cause leakage. Check bolting for proper size, length, and material. Verify that gasket is of proper size, that its material composition is suitable for service, and that it is free from defects and damage. E. Do not attempt to repair defective valves; replace with new valves. 3.2 VALVE INSTALLATION A. Install valves with unions or flanges at each piece of equipment arranged to allow service, maintenance, and equipment removal without system shutdown. B. Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary. C. Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above center of pipe. D. Install valves in position to allow full stem movement. E. Check Valves: Install check valves for proper direction of flow. 1. Swing Check Valves: In horizontal position with hinge pin level. 2. Center-Guided and Plate-Type Check Valves: In horizontal or vertical position, between flanges. 3. Lift Check Valves: With stem upright and plumb. F. Install valve tags. Comply with requirements in Section 220553 "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for valve tags and schedules. 781 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Adjust or replace valve packing after piping systems have been tested and put into service but before final adjusting and balancing. Replace valves if persistent leaking occurs. 3.4 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVE APPLICATIONS A. If valve applications are not indicated, use the following: 1. Pump-Discharge Check Valves: a. NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Bronze swing check valves with bronze disc. b. NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger for Domestic Water: Iron swing check valves with lever and weight or spring; or iron, center-guided, metal-seat check valves. c. NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger for Sanitary Waste and Storm Drainage: Iron swing check valves with lever and weight or spring. B. If valves with specified CWP ratings are unavailable, the same types of valves with higher CWP ratings may be substituted. C. End Connections: 1. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded or soldered or press-ends. 2. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): Flanged or threaded. 3. For Copper Tubing, NPS 5 (DN 125) and Larger: Flanged. 4. For Steel Piping, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded. 5. For Steel Piping, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): Flanged or threaded. 6. For Steel Piping, NPS 5 (DN 125) and Larger: Flanged. 3.5 DOMESTIC HOT- AND COLD-WATER VALVE SCHEDULE A. Pipe NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: 1. Bronze swing check valves with bronze disc, Class 125, with soldered or threaded end connections. B. Pipe NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: 1. Iron swing check valves with metal seats, Class 125, with threaded end connections. 2. Iron swing check valves with closure control lever and spring, Class 125, with threaded end connections. END OF SECTION 220523.14 782 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 220523.15 - GATE VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Bronze gate valves. 2. Iron gate valves. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. CWP: Cold working pressure. B. NRS: Nonrising stem. C. OS&Y: Outside screw and yoke. D. RS: Rising stem. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of valve. 1. Certification that products comply with NSF 61 and NSF 372. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Prepare valves for shipping as follows: 1. Protect internal parts against rust and corrosion. 2. Protect threads, flange faces, grooves, and weld ends. 3. Set gate valves closed to prevent rattling. B. Use the following precautions during storage: 783 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Maintain valve end protection. 2. Store valves indoors and maintain at higher-than-ambient-dew-point temperature. If outdoor storage is necessary, store valves off the ground in watertight enclosures. C. Use sling to handle large valves; rig sling to avoid damage to exposed parts. Do not use handwheels or stems as lifting or rigging points. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVES A. Source Limitations for Valves: Obtain each type of valve from single source from single manufacturer. B. ASME Compliance: 1. ASME B1.20.1 for threads for threaded end valves. 2. ASME B16.1 for flanges on iron valves. 3. ASME B16.10 and ASME B16.34 for ferrous valve dimensions and design criteria. 4. ASME B16.18 for solder joint. 5. ASME B31.9 for building services piping valves. C. NSF Compliance: NSF 61 and NSP 372 for valve materials for potable-water service. D. Bronze valves shall be made with dezincification-resistant materials. Bronze valves made with copper alloy (brass) containing more than 15 percent zinc are not permitted. E. Valve Pressure-Temperature Ratings: Not less than indicated and as required for system pressures and temperatures. F. Valve Sizes: Same as upstream piping unless otherwise indicated. G. RS Valves in Insulated Piping: With 2-inch (50-mm) stem extensions. H. Valve Bypass and Drain Connections: MSS SP-45. 2.2 BRONZE GATE VALVES A. Bronze Gate Valves, NRS, Class 125: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Apollo Flow Controls; Conbraco Industries, Inc. b. Hammond Valve. c. Milwaukee Valve Company. 784 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 d. NIBCO INC. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 1. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa). c. Body Material: Bronze with integral seat and screw-in bonnet. d. Ends: Threaded or solder joint. e. Stem: Bronze. f. Disc: Solid wedge; bronze. g. Packing: Asbestos free. h. Handwheel: Malleable iron, bronze, or aluminum. 2.3 IRON GATE VALVES A. Iron Gate Valves, NRS, Class 150: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Apollo Flow Controls; Conbraco Industries, Inc. b. Hammond Valve. c. Milwaukee Valve Company. d. NIBCO INC. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-70, Type I. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa). c. Body Material: Gray iron with bolted bonnet. d. Ends: Flanged. e. Trim: Bronze. f. Disc: Solid wedge. g. Packing and Gasket: Asbestos free. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine valve interior for cleanliness, freedom from foreign matter, and corrosion. Rem ove special packing materials, such as blocks, used to prevent disc movement during shipping and handling. B. Operate valves in positions from fully open to fully closed. Examine guides and seats made accessible by such operations. 785 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. Examine threads on valve and mating pipe for form and cleanliness. D. Examine mating flange faces for conditions that might cause leakage. Check bolting for proper size, length, and material. Verify that gasket is of proper size, that its material composition is suitable for service, and that it is free from defects and damage. E. Do not attempt to repair defective valves; replace with new valves. 3.2 VALVE INSTALLATION A. Install valves with unions or flanges at each piece of equipment arranged to allow service, maintenance, and equipment removal without system shutdown. B. Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary. C. Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above center of pipe. D. Install valves in position to allow full stem movement. E. Install valve tags. Comply with requirements in Section 220553 "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for valve tags and schedules. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Adjust or replace valve packing after piping systems have been tested and put into service but before final adjusting and balancing. Replace valves if persistent leaking occurs. 3.4 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVE APPLICATIONS A. Use gate valves for shutoff service only. B. If valves with specified CWP ratings are unavailable, the same types of valves with higher CWP ratings may be substituted. 3.5 DOMESTIC HOT- AND COLD-WATER VALVE SCHEDULE A. Pipe NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: 1. Bronze gate valves, NRS, Class 125 with threaded ends. B. Pipe NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Iron gate valves, NRS, Class 125 with flanged ends. END OF SECTION 220523.15 786 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 220529 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Metal pipe hangers and supports. 2. Trapeze pipe hangers. 3. Metal framing systems. 4. Thermal hanger-shield inserts. 5. Fastener systems. 6. Pipe-positioning systems. 7. Equipment supports. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 055000 "Metal Fabrications" for structural-steel shapes and plates for trapeze hangers for pipe and equipment supports. 2. Section 220516 "Expansion Fittings and Loops for Plumbing Piping" for pipe guides and anchors. 3. Section 220548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for vibration isolation devices. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer. Show fabrication and installation details and include calculations for the following: 1. Trapeze pipe hangers. 2. Metal framing systems. 3. Equipment supports. B. Delegated-Design Submittal: For trapeze hangers indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 787 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Detail fabrication and assembly of trapeze hangers. 2. Include design calculations for designing trapeze hangers. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Welding certificates. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Structural-Steel Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M. B. Pipe Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and operators according to 2015 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," to design trapeze pipe hangers and equipment supports. B. Structural Performance: Hangers and supports for plumbing piping and equipment shall withstand the effects of gravity loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated according to ASCE/SEI 7. 1. Design supports for multiple pipes, including pipe stands, capable of supporting combined weight of supported systems, system contents, and test water. 2. Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of supported equipment and connected systems and components. 3. Design seismic-restraint hangers and supports for piping and equipment and obtain approval from authorities having jurisdiction. 2.2 METAL PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Carbon-Steel Pipe Hangers and Supports: 1. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, factory-fabricated components. 2. Galvanized Metallic Coatings: Pregalvanized, hot-dip galvanized, or electro-galvanized. 3. Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coated or epoxy powder coated. 4. Padded Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion to support bearing surface of piping. 5. Hanger Rods: Continuous-thread rod, nuts, and washer made of carbon steel. 788 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Copper Pipe and Tube Hangers: 1. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, copper-coated-steel, factory-fabricated components. 2. Hanger Rods: Continuous-thread rod, nuts, and washer made of copper-coated steel. 2.3 TRAPEZE PIPE HANGERS A. Description: MSS SP-58, Type 59, shop- or field-fabricated pipe-support assembly, made from structural-carbon-steel shapes, with MSS SP-58 carbon-steel hanger rods, nuts, saddles, and U- bolts. 2.4 METAL FRAMING SYSTEMS A. MFMA Manufacturer Metal Framing Systems: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. B-line, an Eaton business. b. Unistrut; Part of Atkore International. 2. Description: Shop- or field-fabricated pipe-support assembly, made of steel channels, accessories, fittings, and other components for supporting multiple parallel pipes. 3. Standard: Comply with MFMA-4, factory-fabricated components for field assembly. 4. Channels: Continuous slotted carbon-steel channel with inturned lips. 5. Channel Width: Selected for applicable load criteria. 6. Channel Nuts: Formed or stamped nuts or other devices designed to fit into channel slot and, when tightened, prevent slipping along channel. 7. Hanger Rods: Continuous-thread rod, nuts, and washer made of carbon steel. 8. Metallic Coating: Hot-dip galvanized. 9. Paint Coating: Green epoxy, acrylic, or urethane. 10. Plastic Coating: PVC. 2.5 THERMAL HANGER-SHIELD INSERTS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Buckaroos, Inc. 2. CADDY; a brand of nVent. 3. Pipe Shields Inc. 789 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Insulation-Insert Material for Cold Piping: ASTM C552, Type II cellular glass with 100-psig (688-kPa) or ASTM C591, Type VI, Grade 1 polyisocyanurate with 125-psig (862-kPa) minimum compressive strength and vapor barrier. C. Insulation-Insert Material for Hot Piping: ASTM C552, Type II cellular glass with 100-psig (688-kPa) or ASTM C591, Type VI, Grade 1 polyisocyanurate with 125-psig (862-kPa) minimum compressive strength. D. For Trapeze or Clamped Systems: Insert and shield shall cover entire circumference of pipe. E. For Clevis or Band Hangers: Insert and shield shall cover lower 180 degrees of pipe. F. Insert Length: Extend 2 inches (50 mm) beyond sheet metal shield for piping operating below ambient air temperature. 2.6 FASTENER SYSTEMS A. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Threaded-steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement concrete, with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Hilti, Inc. b. ITW Ramset/Red Head; Illinois Tool Works, Inc. c. MKT Fastening, LLC. d. Simpson Strong-Tie Co., Inc. B. Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: Insert-wedge-type anchors, for use in hardened portland cement concrete, with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. B-line, an Eaton business. b. Hilti, Inc. c. ITW Ramset/Red Head; Illinois Tool Works, Inc. d. MKT Fastening, LLC. 2. Indoor Applications: Zinc-coated steel. 3. Outdoor Applications: Stainless steel. 790 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.7 PIPE-POSITIONING SYSTEMS A. Description: IAPMO PS 42 positioning system composed of metal brackets, clips, and straps for positioning piping in pipe spaces; for plumbing fixtures in commercial applications. 2.8 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Description: Welded, shop- or field-fabricated equipment support made from structural-carbon- steel shapes. 2.9 MATERIALS A. Aluminum: ASTM B221 (ASTM B221M). B. Carbon Steel: ASTM A1011/A1011M. C. Structural Steel: ASTM A36/A36M carbon-steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. D. Stainless Steel: ASTM A240/A240M. E. Grout: ASTM C1107/C1107M, factory-mixed and -packaged, dry, hydraulic-cement, nonshrink and nonmetallic grout; suitable for interior and exterior applications. 1. Properties: Nonstaining, noncorrosive, and nongaseous. 2. Design Mix: 5000-psi (34.5-MPa), 28-day compressive strength. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. Comply with requirements in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping" for firestopping materials and installation, for penetrations through fire-rated walls, ceilings, and assemblies. B. Strength of Support Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components, so strength will be adequate to carry present and future static loads within specified loading limits. Minimum static design load used for strength determination shall be weight of supported components plus 200 lb (90 kg). 3.2 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Metal Pipe-Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-58. Install hangers, supports, clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping from building structure. 791 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Metal Trapeze Pipe-Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-58. Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping, and support together on field-fabricated trapeze pipe hangers. 1. Pipes of Various Sizes: Support together and space trapezes for smallest pipe size, or install intermediate supports for smaller-diameter pipes as specified for individual pipe hangers. 2. Field fabricate from ASTM A36/A36M carbon-steel shapes selected for loads being supported. Weld steel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M. C. Fiberglass Pipe-Hanger Installation: Comply with applicable portions of MSS SP-58. Install hangers and attachments as required to properly support piping from building structure. D. Metal Framing System Installation: Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of piping, and support together on field-assembled metal framing systems. E. Thermal Hanger-Shield Installation: Install in pipe hanger or shield for insulated piping. F. Fastener System Installation: 1. Install powder-actuated fasteners for use in lightweight concrete or concrete slabs less than 4 inches (100 mm) thick in concrete, after concrete is placed and completely cured. Use operators that are licensed by powder-actuated tool manufacturer. Install fasteners according to powder-actuated tool manufacturer's operating manual. 2. Install mechanical-expansion anchors in concrete, after concrete is placed and completely cured. Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions. G. Pipe-Positioning-System Installation: Install support devices to make rigid supply and waste piping connections to each plumbing fixture. H. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary attachments, inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers, and other accessories. I. Equipment Support Installation: Fabricate from welded-structural-steel shapes. J. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal and seismic movement of piping systems, to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units. K. Install lateral bracing with pipe hangers and supports to prevent swaying. L. Install building attachments within concrete slabs or attach to structural steel. Install additional attachments at concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, and strainers, NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger and at changes in direction of piping. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed; fasten inserts to forms, and install reinforcing bars through openings at top of inserts. M. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports, so that piping live and dead loads and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment. 792 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 N. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and to not exceed maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.9 for building services piping. O. Insulated Piping: 1. Attach clamps and spacers to piping. a. Piping Operating Above Ambient Air Temperature: Clamp may project through insulation. b. Piping Operating Below Ambient Air Temperature: Use thermal hanger-shield insert with clamp sized to match OD of insert. c. Do not exceed pipe stress limits allowed by ASME B31.9 for building services piping. 2. Install MSS SP-58, Type 39 protection saddles if insulation without vapor barrier is indicated. Fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation. a. Option: Thermal hanger-shield inserts may be used. Include steel weight- distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 (DN 100) and larger if pipe is installed on rollers. 3. Install MSS SP-58, Type 40 protective shields on cold piping with vapor barrier. Shields shall span an arc of 180 degrees. a. Option: Thermal hanger-shield inserts may be used. Include steel weight- distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 (DN 100) and larger if pipe is installed on rollers. 4. Shield Dimensions for Pipe: Not less than the following: a. NPS 1/4 to NPS 3-1/2 (DN 8 to DN 90): 12 inches (305 mm) long and 0.048 inch (1.22 mm) thick. b. NPS 4 (DN 100): 12 inches (305 mm) long and 0.06 inch (1.52 mm) thick. c. NPS 5 and NPS 6 (DN 125 and DN 150): 18 inches (457 mm) long and 0.06 inch (1.52 mm) thick. d. NPS 8 to NPS 14 (DN 200 to DN 350): 24 inches (610 mm) long and 0.075 inch (1.91 mm) thick. e. NPS 16 to NPS 24 (DN 400 to DN 600): 24 inches (610 mm) long and 0.105 inch (2.67 mm) thick. 5. Pipes NPS 8 (DN 200) and Larger: Include wood or reinforced calcium-silicate- insulation inserts of length at least as long as protective shield. 6. Thermal Hanger Shields: Install with insulation of same thickness as piping insulation. 3.3 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Fabricate structural-steel stands to suspend equipment from structure overhead or to support equipment above floor. 793 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Grouting: Place grout under supports for equipment, and make bearing surface smooth. C. Provide lateral bracing, to prevent swaying, for equipment supports. 3.4 METAL FABRICATIONS A. Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for trapeze pipe hangers and equipment supports. B. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field weld connections that cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M procedures for shielded, metal arc welding; appearance and quality of welds; and methods used in correcting welding work; and with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. Finish welds at exposed connections, so no roughness shows after finishing and so contours of welded surfaces match adjacent contours. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Hanger Adjustments: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieve indicated slope of pipe. B. Trim excess length of continuous-thread hanger and support rods to 1-1/2 inches (40 mm). 3.6 PAINTING A. Touchup: Clean field welds and abraded, shop-painted areas. Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as those used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field-painted surfaces. 1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils (0.05 mm). B. Touchup: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded, shop- painted areas on miscellaneous metal are specified in Section 099123 "Interior Painting." C. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas, and apply galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A780/A780M. 794 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.7 HANGER AND SUPPORT SCHEDULE A. Specific hanger and support requirements are in Sections specifying piping systems and equipment. B. Comply with MSS SP-58 for pipe-hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. C. Use hangers and supports with galvanized metallic coatings for piping and equipment that will not have field-applied finishes. D. Use nonmetallic coatings on attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments are in direct contact with copper tubing. E. Use carbon-steel pipe hangers and supports metal trapeze pipe hangers and metal framing systems and attachments for general service applications. F. Use copper-plated pipe hangers and copper or stainless-steel attachments for copper piping and tubing. G. Use padded hangers for piping that is subject to scratching. H. Use thermal hanger-shield inserts for insulated piping and tubing. I. Horizontal-Piping Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Adjustable, Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated or insulated, stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 30 (DN 15 to DN 750). 2. Yoke-Type Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 2): For suspension of up to 1050 deg F (566 deg C) pipes NPS 4 to NPS 24 (DN 100 to DN 600), requiring up to 4 inches (100 mm) of insulation. 3. Carbon- or Alloy-Steel, Double-Bolt Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 3): For suspension of pipes NPS 3/4 to NPS 36 (DN 20 to DN 900), requiring clamp flexibility and up to 4 inches (100 mm) of insulation. 4. Steel Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 4): For suspension of cold and hot pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 24 (DN 15 to DN 600) if little or no insulation is required. 5. Pipe Hangers (MSS Type 5): For suspension of pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 15 to DN 100), to allow off-center closure for hanger installation before pipe erection. 6. Adjustable, Swivel Split- or Solid-Ring Hangers (MSS Type 6): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 3/4 to NPS 8 (DN 20 to DN 200). 7. Adjustable, Steel Band Hangers (MSS Type 7): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 8 (DN 15 to DN 200). 8. Adjustable Band Hangers (MSS Type 9): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 8 (DN 15 to DN 200). 9. Adjustable, Swivel-Ring Band Hangers (MSS Type 10): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 8 (DN 15 to DN 200). 795 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 10. Split Pipe Ring with or without Turnbuckle Hangers (MSS Type 11): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 3/8 to NPS 8 (DN 10 to DN 200). 11. Extension Hinged or Two-Bolt Split Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 12): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 3/8 to NPS 3 (DN 10 to DN 80). 12. U-Bolts (MSS Type 24): For support of heavy pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 30 (DN 15 to DN 750). 13. Clips (MSS Type 26): For support of insulated pipes not subject to expansion or contraction. 14. Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 36): For support of pipes NPS 4 to NPS 36 (DN 100 to DN 900), with steel-pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange or carbon-steel plate. 15. Pipe Stanchion Saddles (MSS Type 37): For support of pipes NPS 4 to NPS 36 (DN 100 to DN 900), with steel-pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange or carbon- steel plate, and with U-bolt to retain pipe. 16. Adjustable Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 38): For stanchion-type support for pipes NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 36 (DN 65 to DN 900) if vertical adjustment is required, with steel- pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange. 17. Single-Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 41): For suspension of pipes NPS 1 to NPS 30 (DN 25 to DN 750), from two rods if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction occurs. 18. Adjustable Roller Hangers (MSS Type 43): For suspension of pipes NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 24 (DN 65 to DN 600), from single rod if horizontal movement caused by expansion and contraction occurs. 19. Complete Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 44): For support of pipes NPS 2 to NPS 42 (DN 50 to DN 1050) if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction occurs but vertical adjustment is unnecessary. 20. Pipe Roll and Plate Units (MSS Type 45): For support of pipes NPS 2 to NPS 24 (DN 50 to DN 600) if small horizontal movement caused by expansion and contraction occurs and vertical adjustment is unnecessary. 21. Adjustable Pipe Roll and Base Units (MSS Type 46): For support of pipes NPS 2 to NPS 30 (DN 50 to DN 750) if vertical and lateral adjustment during installation, in addition to expansion and contraction, is required. J. Vertical-Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Extension Pipe or Riser Clamps (MSS Type 8): For support of pipe risers NPS 3/4 to NPS 24 (DN 24 to DN 600). 2. Carbon- or Alloy-Steel Riser Clamps (MSS Type 42): For support of pipe risers NPS 3/4 to NPS 24 (DN 20 to DN 600) if longer ends are required for riser clamps. K. Hanger-Rod Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 13): For adjustment of up to 6 inches (150 mm) for heavy loads. 2. Steel Clevises (MSS Type 14): For 120 to 450 deg F (49 to 232 deg C) piping installations. 796 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3. Swivel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 15): For use with MSS Type 11 split pipe rings. 4. Malleable-Iron Sockets (MSS Type 16): For attaching hanger rods to various types of building attachments. 5. Steel Weldless Eye Nuts (MSS Type 17): For 120 to 450 deg F (49 to 232 deg C) piping installations. L. Building Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel or Malleable-Concrete Inserts (MSS Type 18): For upper attachment to suspend pipe hangers from concrete ceiling. 2. Top-Beam C-Clamps (MSS Type 19): For use under roof installations with bar-joist construction, to attach to top flange of structural shape. 3. Side-Beam or Channel Clamps (MSS Type 20): For attaching to bottom flange of beams, channels, or angles. 4. Center-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 21): For attaching to center of bottom flange of beams. 5. Welded Beam Attachments (MSS Type 22): For attaching to bottom of beams if loads are considerable and rod sizes are large. 6. C-Clamps (MSS Type 23): For structural shapes. 7. Top-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 25): For top of beams if hanger rod is required tangent to flange edge. 8. Side-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 27): For bottom of steel I-beams. 9. Steel-Beam Clamps with Eye Nuts (MSS Type 28): For attaching to bottom of steel I- beams for heavy loads. 10. Linked-Steel Clamps with Eye Nuts (MSS Type 29): For attaching to bottom of steel I- beams for heavy loads, with link extensions. 11. Malleable-Beam Clamps with Extension Pieces (MSS Type 30): For attaching to structural steel. 12. Welded-Steel Brackets: For support of pipes from below or for suspending from above by using clip and rod. Use one of the following for indicated loads: a. Light (MSS Type 31): 750 lb (340 kg). b. Medium (MSS Type 32): 1500 lb (680 kg). c. Heavy (MSS Type 33): 3000 lb (1360 kg). 13. Side-Beam Brackets (MSS Type 34): For sides of steel or wooden beams. 14. Plate Lugs (MSS Type 57): For attaching to steel beams if flexibility at beam is required. 15. Horizontal Travelers (MSS Type 58): For supporting piping systems subject to linear horizontal movement where headroom is limited. M. Saddles and Shields: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel-Pipe-Covering Protection Saddles (MSS Type 39): To fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation. 2. Protection Shields (MSS Type 40): Of length recommended in writing by manufacturer to prevent crushing insulation. 3. Thermal Hanger-Shield Inserts: For supporting insulated pipe. 797 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 N. Spring Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Spring Cushions (MSS Type 48): For light loads if vertical movement does not exceed 1- 1/4 inches (32 mm). 2. Spring-Cushion Roll Hangers (MSS Type 49): For equipping Type 41 roll hanger with springs. 3. Spring Sway Braces (MSS Type 50): To retard sway, shock, vibration, or thermal expansion in piping systems. 4. Variable-Spring Hangers (MSS Type 51): Preset to indicated load, and limit variability factor to 25 percent to allow expansion and contraction of piping system from hanger. 5. Variable-Spring Base Supports (MSS Type 52): Preset to indicated load, and limit variability factor to 25 percent to allow expansion and contraction of piping system from base support. 6. Variable-Spring Trapeze Hangers (MSS Type 53): Preset to indicated load, and limit variability factor to 25 percent to allow expansion and contraction of piping system from trapeze support. 7. Constant Supports: For critical piping stress and if necessary to avoid transfer of stress from one support to another support, critical terminal, or connected equipment. Include auxiliary stops for erection, hydrostatic test, and load-adjustment capability. These supports include the following types: a. Horizontal (MSS Type 54): Mounted horizontally. b. Vertical (MSS Type 55): Mounted vertically. c. Trapeze (MSS Type 56): Two vertical-type supports and one trapeze member. O. Comply with MSS SP-58 for trapeze pipe-hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. P. Comply with MFMA-103 for metal framing system selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. Q. Use powder-actuated fasteners or mechanical-expansion anchors instead of building attachments where required in concrete construction. R. Use pipe-positioning systems in pipe spaces behind plumbing fixtures to support supply and waste piping for plumbing fixtures. END OF SECTION 220529 798 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 220553 - IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Equipment labels. 2. Warning signs and labels. 3. Pipe labels. 4. Stencils. 5. Valve tags. 6. Warning tags. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Samples: For color, letter style, and graphic representation required for each identification material and device. C. Equipment Label Schedule: Include a listing of all equipment to be labeled with the proposed content for each label. D. Valve numbering scheme. E. Valve Schedules: For each piping system to include in maintenance manuals. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT LABELS A. Metal Labels for Equipment: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 799 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 a. Brady Corporation. b. Brimar Industries, Inc. c. Marking Services, Inc. d. Seton Identification Products; a Brady Corporation company. 2. Material and Thickness: Brass, 0.032-inch (0.8-mm) minimum thickness, and having predrilled or stamped holes for attachment hardware. 3. Letter Color: Black. 4. Background Color: White. 5. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch (64 by 19 mm). 6. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches (600 mm), 1/2 inch (13 mm) for viewing distances up to 72 inches (1830 mm), and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-quarters the size of principal lettering. 7. Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self-tapping screws. 8. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. B. Plastic Labels for Equipment: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Brady Corporation. b. Brimar Industries, Inc. c. Marking Services, Inc. d. Seton Identification Products; a Brady Corporation company. 2. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware. 3. Letter Color: Black. 4. Background Color: White. 5. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F (71 deg C). 6. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch (64 by 19 mm). 7. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches (600 mm), 1/2 inch (13 mm) for viewing distances up to 72 inches (1830 mm), and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-quarters the size of principal lettering. 8. Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self-tapping screws. 9. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. C. Label Content: Include equipment's Drawing designation or unique equipment number, Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), and the Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified. D. Equipment Label Schedule: For each item of equipment to be labeled, on 8-1/2-by-11-inch (A4) bond paper. Tabulate equipment identification number, and identify Drawing numbers where 800 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules) and the Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified. Equipment schedule shall be included in operation and maintenance data. 2.2 WARNING SIGNS AND LABELS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Brady Corporation. 2. Brimar Industries, Inc. 3. Marking Sevices Inc. 4. Seton Identification Products; a Brady Corporation company. B. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware. C. Letter Color: Red. D. Background Color: Yellow. E. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F (71 deg C). F. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch (64 by 19 mm). G. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches (600 mm), 1/2 inch (13 mm) for viewing distances up to 72 inches (1830 mm), and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two- thirds to three-quarters the size of principal lettering. H. Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self-tapping screws. I. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. J. Label Content: Include caution and warning information plus emergency notification instructions. 2.3 PIPE LABELS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Brady Corporation. 2. Brimar Industries, Inc. 3. Marking Sevices Inc. 801 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 4. Seton Identification Products; a Brady Corporation company. B. General Requirements for Manufactured Pipe Labels: Preprinted, color-coded, with lettering indicating service, and showing flow direction. C. Pretensioned Pipe Labels: Precoiled, semirigid plastic formed to cover full circumference of pipe and to attach to pipe without fasteners or adhesive. D. Self-Adhesive Pipe Labels: Printed plastic with contact-type, permanent-adhesive backing. E. Pipe Label Contents: Include identification of piping service using same designations or abbreviations as used on Drawings; also include pipe size and an arrow indicating flow direction. 1. Flow-Direction Arrows: Integral with piping-system service lettering to accommodate both directions or as separate unit on each pipe label to indicate flow direction. 2. Lettering Size: Size letters according to ASME A13.1 for piping. 2.4 STENCILS A. Stencils for Piping: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Brimar Industries, Inc. b. Carlton Industries, LP. c. Craftmark Pipe Markers. d. Marking Sevices Inc. 2. Lettering Size: Size letters according to ASME A13.1 for piping. 3. Stencil Material: Fiberboard or metal. 4. Stencil Paint: Exterior, gloss, acrylic enamel in colors complying with recommendations in ASME A13.1 unless otherwise indicated. Paint may be in pressurized spray-can form. 5. Identification Paint: Exterior, acrylic enamel in colors according to ASME A13.1 unless otherwise indicated. Paint may be in pressurized spray-can form. 2.5 VALVE TAGS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Brady Corporation. 2. Brimar Industries, Inc. 3. Marking Sevices Inc. 4. Seton Identification Products; a Brady Corporation company. 802 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Valve Tags: Stamped or engraved with 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) letters for piping system abbreviation and 1/2-inch (13-mm) numbers. 1. Tag Material: Brass, 0.032-inch (0.8-mm) minimum thickness, and having predrilled or stamped holes for attachment hardware. 2. Fasteners: Brass wire-link chain or beaded chain or S-hook. C. Valve Schedules: For each piping system, on 8-1/2-by-11-inch (A4) bond paper. Tabulate valve number, piping system, system abbreviation (as shown on valve tag), location of valve (room or space), normal-operating position (open, closed, or modulating), and variations for identification. Mark valves for emergency shutoff and similar special uses. 1. Valve-tag schedule shall be included in operation and maintenance data. 2.6 WARNING TAGS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Brady Corporation. 2. Brimar Industries, Inc. 3. Marking Sevices Inc. 4. Seton Identification Products; a Brady Corporation company. B. Description: Preprinted or partially preprinted accident-prevention tags of plasticized card stock with matte finish suitable for writing. 1. Size: 3 by 5-1/4 inches (75 by 133 mm) minimum. 2. Fasteners: Brass grommet and wire. 3. Nomenclature: Large-size primary caption such as "DANGER," "CAUTION," or "DO NOT OPERATE." 4. Color: Safety yellow background with black lettering. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Clean piping and equipment surfaces of substances that could impair bond of identification devices, including dirt, oil, grease, release agents, and incompatible primers, paints, and encapsulants. 803 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.2 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of surfaces where devices are to be applied. B. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with locations of access panels and doors. C. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. 3.3 EQUIPMENT LABEL INSTALLATION A. Install or permanently fasten labels on each major item of mechanical equipment. B. Locate equipment labels where accessible and visible. 3.4 PIPE LABEL INSTALLATION A. Piping Color Coding: Painting of piping is specified in Section 099123 "Interior Painting." B. Stenciled Pipe Label Option: Stenciled labels may be provided instead of manufactured pipe labels, at Installer's option. Install stenciled pipe labels, complying with ASME A13.1, with painted, color-coded bands or rectangles on each piping system. 1. Identification Paint: Use for contrasting background. 2. Stencil Paint: Use for pipe marking. C. Pipe Label Locations: Locate pipe labels where piping is exposed or above accessible ceilings in finished spaces; machine rooms; accessible maintenance spaces such as sha fts, tunnels, and plenums; and exterior exposed locations as follows: 1. Near each valve and control device. 2. Near each branch connection, excluding short takeoffs for fixtures and terminal units. Where flow pattern is not obvious, mark each pipe at branch. 3. Near penetrations through walls, floors, ceilings, and inaccessible enclosures. 4. At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit view of concealed piping. 5. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination. 6. Spaced at maximum intervals of 50 feet (15 m) along each run. Reduce intervals to 25 feet (7.6 m) in areas of congested piping and equipment. 7. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings. Omit intermediately spaced labels. D. Directional Flow Arrows: Arrows shall be used to indicate direction of f low in pipes, including pipes where flow is allowed in both directions. E. Pipe Label Color Schedule: 804 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. High-Pressure Compressed Air Piping: a. Background: Safety blue. b. Letter Colors: White. 2. Domestic Water Piping a. Background: Safety green. b. Letter Colors: White. 3. Sanitary Waste and Storm Drainage Piping: a. Background Color: Safety black. b. Letter Color: White. 3.5 VALVE-TAG INSTALLATION A. Install tags on valves and control devices in piping systems, except check valves, valves within factory-fabricated equipment units, shutoff valves, faucets, convenience and lawn-watering hose connections, and similar roughing-in connections of end-use fixtures and units. List tagged valves in a valve schedule. B. Valve-Tag Application Schedule: Tag valves according to size, shape, and color scheme and with captions similar to those indicated in the following subparagraphs: 1. Valve-Tag Size and Shape: a. Cold Water: 1-1/2 inches (38 mm), round. b. Hot Water: 1-1/2 inches (38 mm), round. c. High-Pressure Compressed Air: 1-1/2 inches (38 mm), round. 2. Valve-Tag Colors: a. Cold Water: Safety green. b. Hot Water: Safety green. c. High-Pressure Compressed Air: Safety blue. 3. Letter Colors: a. Cold Water: White. b. Hot Water: White. c. High-Pressure Compressed Air: White. 805 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.6 WARNING-TAG INSTALLATION A. Write required message on, and attach warning tags to, equipment and other items where required. END OF SECTION 220553 806 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 220719 - PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes insulating the following plumbing piping services: 1. Domestic cold-water piping. 2. Domestic hot-water piping. 3. Domestic recirculating hot-water piping. 4. Domestic chilled-water piping for drinking fountains. 5. Supplies and drains for handicap-accessible lavatories and sinks. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include thermal conductivity, water -vapor permeance thickness, and jackets (both factory and field applied if any). B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Detail application of protective shields, saddles, and inserts at hangers for each type of insulation and hanger. 2. Detail attachment and covering of heat tracing inside insulation. 3. Detail insulation application at pipe expansion joints for each type of insulation. 4. Detail insulation application at elbows, fittings, flanges, valves, and specialties for each type of insulation. 5. Detail removable insulation at piping specialties, equipment connections, and access panels. 6. Detail application of field-applied jackets. 7. Detail application at linkages of control devices. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer. B. Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction indicating, interpreting, and certifying test results for c ompliance of insulation 807 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 materials, sealers, attachments, cements, and jackets, with requirements indicated. Include dates of tests and test methods employed. C. Field quality-control reports. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Skilled mechanics who have successfully completed an apprenti ceship program or another craft training program certified by the Department of Labor, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training. B. Surface-Burning Characteristics: For insulation and related materials, as determined by testing identical products in accordance with ASTM E84 by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes, and cement material containers, with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread index of 25 or less and smoke-developed index of 50 or less. 2. Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame-spread index of 75 or less and smoke-developed index of 150 or less. C. Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for miscellaneous components: 1. Supply and Drain Protective Shielding Guards: ICC A117.1. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Packaging: Insulation material containers shall be marked by manufacturer with appropriate ASTM standard designation, type and grade, and maximum use temperature. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in Section 220529 "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." B. Coordinate clearance requirements with piping Installer for piping insulation application. Before preparing piping Shop Drawings, establish and maintain clearance requirements for installation of insulation and field-applied jackets and finishes and for space required for maintenance. C. Coordinate installation and testing of heat tracing. 808 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1.8 SCHEDULING A. Schedule insulation application after pressure testing systems and, where required, after installing and testing heat tracing. Insulation application may begin on segments that have satisfactory test results. B. Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of construction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 INSULATION MATERIALS A. Comply with requirements in "Piping Insulation Schedule, General," "Indoor Piping Insulation Schedule," "Outdoor, Aboveground Piping Insulation Schedule," and "Outdoor, Underground Piping Insulation Schedule" articles for where insulating materials shall be applied. B. Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds. C. Products that come into contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less than 50 ppm when tested in accordance with ASTM C871. D. Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualified as accepta ble in accordance with ASTM C795. E. Foam insulation materials shall not use CFC or HCFC blowing agents in the manufacturing process. F. Cellular Glass: Inorganic, incombustible, foamed or cellulated glass with annealed, rigid, hermetically sealed cells. Comply with ASTM C552. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Wor k include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Pittsburgh Corning Corporation. 2. Preformed Pipe Insulation: Type II, Class 1, without jacket. 3. Preformed Pipe Insulation: Type II, Class 2, with factory-applied ASJ jacket. 4. Factory fabricate shapes in accordance with ASTM C450 and ASTM C585. 5. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article. G. Flexible Elastomeric: Closed-cell, sponge- or expanded-rubber materials. Comply with ASTM C534/C534M, Type I for tubular materials. 809 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Aeroflex USA. b. Armacell LLC. c. K-Flex USA. H. Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C547. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Johns Manville; a Berkshire Hathaway company. b. Knauf Insulation. c. Owens Corning. 2. Preformed Pipe Insulation: Type I, Grade A with factory-applied ASJ-SSL. 3. 850 deg F (454 deg C). 4. Factory fabricate shapes in accordance with ASTM C450 and ASTM C585. 5. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article. 2.2 ADHESIVES A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated unless otherwise indicated. B. Cellular-Glass Adhesive: Two-component, thermosetting urethane adhesive containing no flammable solvents, with a service temperature range of minus 100 to plus 200 deg F (minus 73 to plus 93 deg C). 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Childers Products, Div. of ITW. b. Foster Brand; H. B. Fuller Construction Products. C. Flexible Elastomeric and Polyolefin Adhesive: Solvent-based adhesive. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Aeroflex USA. b. Armacell LLC. c. Foster Brand; H. B. Fuller Construction Products. d. K-Flex USA. 810 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Flame-spread index shall be 25 or less and smoke-developed index shall be 50 or less as tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 3. Wet Flash Point: Below 0 deg F (minus 18 deg C). 4. Service Temperature Range: 40 to 200 deg F (4 to plus 93 deg C). 5. Color: Black. D. Mineral-Fiber Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Childers Brand; H. B. Fuller Construction Products. b. Foster Brand; H. B. Fuller Construction Products. E. ASJ Adhesive and FSK Jacket Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A, for bonding insulation jacket lap seams and joints. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Childers Brand; H. B. Fuller Construction Products. b. Foster Brand; H. B. Fuller Construction Products. c. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc. F. PVC Jacket Adhesive: Compatible with PVC jacket. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Dow Consumer Solutions. b. Johns Manville; a Berkshire Hathaway company. c. P.I.C. Plastics, Inc. d. Speedline Corporation. 2.3 MASTICS AND COATINGS A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. B. Vapor-Retarder Mastic, Water Based: Suitable for indoor use on below-ambient services. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Childers Brand; H. B. Fuller Construction Products. b. Foster Brand; H. B. Fuller Construction Products. c. Knauf Insulation. d. Vimasco Corporation. 811 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Water-Vapor Permeance: Comply with ASTM E96/E96M or ASTM F1249. 3. Service Temperature Range: 0 to plus 180 deg F (Minus 18 to plus 82 deg C). 4. Comply with MIL-PRF-19565C, Type II, for permeance requirements. 5. Color: White. C. Breather Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor and outdoor use on above-ambient services. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Childers Brand; H. B. Fuller Construction Products. b. Foster Brand; H. B. Fuller Construction Products. c. Knauf Insulation. 2. Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM E96/E96M, greater than 1.0 perm (0.66 metric perms) at manufacturer's recommended dry film thickness. 3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F (Minus 29 to plus 82 deg C). 4. Color: White. 2.4 LAGGING ADHESIVES A. Adhesives shall comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class I, Grade A, and shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Childers Brand; H. B. Fuller Construction Products. b. Foster Brand; H. B. Fuller Construction Products. c. Vimasco Corporation. 2. Fire-resistant, water-based lagging adhesive and coating for use indoors to adhere fire- resistant lagging cloths over pipe insulation. 3. Service Temperature Range: 20 to plus 180 deg F (Minus 6 to plus 82 deg C). 4. Color: White. 2.5 SEALANTS A. Materials shall be as recommended by the insulation manufacturer and shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. B. Joint Sealants: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 812 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 a. Childers Brand; H. B. Fuller Construction Products. b. Foster Brand; H. B. Fuller Construction Products. c. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc. d. Pittsburgh Corning Corporation. 2. Permanently flexible, elastomeric sealant. 3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 100 to plus 300 deg F (Minus 73 to plus 149 deg C). 4. Color: White or gray. C. FSK and Metal Jacket Flashing Sealants: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Childers Brand; H. B. Fuller Construction Products. b. Foster Brand; H. B. Fuller Construction Products. c. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc. 2. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. 3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 121 deg C). 4. Color: Aluminum. D. ASJ Flashing Sealants and PVC Jacket Flashing Sealants: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Childers Brand; H. B. Fuller Construction Products. 2. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. 3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 121 deg C). 4. Color: White. 2.6 FACTORY-APPLIED JACKETS A. Insulation system schedules indicate factory-applied jackets on various applications. When factory-applied jackets are indicated, comply with the following: 1. ASJ: White, kraft-paper, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with aluminum-foil backing; complying with ASTM C1136, Type I. 2. ASJ-SSL: ASJ with self-sealing, pressure-sensitive, acrylic-based adhesive covered by a removable protective strip; complying with ASTM C1136, Type I. 3. FSK Jacket: Aluminum-foil, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with kraft-paper backing; complying with ASTM C1136, Type II. 813 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.7 TAPES A. ASJ Tape: White vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive, complying with ASTM C1136. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. 3M Industrial Adhesives and Tapes Division. b. Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division. c. Knauf Insulation. 2. Width: 3 inches (75 mm). 3. Thickness: 11.5 mils (0.29 mm). 4. Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch (1.0 N/mm) in width. 5. Elongation: 2 percent. 6. Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch (7.2 N/mm) in width. 7. ASJ Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of ASJ tape. B. FSK Tape: Foil-face, vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive; complying with ASTM C1136. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. 3M Industrial Adhesives and Tapes Division. b. Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division. c. Ideal Tape Co., Inc., an American Biltrite Company. d. Knauf Insulation. 2. Width: 3 inches (75 mm). 3. Thickness: 6.5 mils (0.16 mm). 4. Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch (1.0 N/mm) in width. 5. Elongation: 2 percent. 6. Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch (7.2 N/mm) in width. 7. FSK Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of FSK tape. C. PVC Tape: White vapor-retarder tape matching field-applied PVC jacket with acrylic adhesive; suitable for indoor and outdoor applications. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. 3M Industrial Adhesives and Tapes Division. b. Ideal Tape Co., Inc., an American Biltrite Company. 2. Width: 2 inches (50 mm). 3. Thickness: 6 mils (0.15 mm). 814 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 4. Adhesion: 64 ounces force/inch (0.7 N/mm) in width. 5. Elongation: 500 percent. 6. Tensile Strength: 18 lbf/inch (3.3 N/mm) in width. 2.8 SECUREMENTS A. Bands: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. ITW Insulation Systems; Illinois Tool Works, Inc. b. RPR Products, Inc. 2. Stainless Steel: ASTM A240/A240M, Type 304 or Type 316; 0.015 inch (0.38 mm) thick, 1/2 inch (13 mm) wide with wing seal or closed seal. 3. Aluminum: ASTM B209 (ASTM B209M), Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005; Temper H- 14, 0.020 inch (0.51 mm) thick, 1/2 inch (13 mm) wide with wing seal or closed seal. B. Staples: Outward-clinching insulation staples, nominal 3/4-inch- (19-mm-) wide, stainless steel or Monel. C. Wire: 0.080-inch (2.0-mm) nickel-copper alloy. 2.9 PROTECTIVE SHIELDING GUARDS A. Protective Shielding Pipe Covers,: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. McGuire Manufacturing. b. Plumberex Specialty Products, Inc. c. Truebro. 2. Description: Manufactured plastic wraps for covering plumbing fixture hot- and cold- water supplies and trap and drain piping. Comply with Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) requirements. B. Protective Shielding Piping Enclosures,: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Truebro. b. Zurn Industries, LLC. 815 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Description: Manufactured plastic enclosure for covering plumbing fixture hot - and cold- water supplies and trap and drain piping. Comply with ADA requirements. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application. 1. Verify that systems to be insulated have been tested and are free of defects. 2. Verify that surfaces to be insulated are clean and dry. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will adversely affect insulation application. B. Clean and prepare surfaces to be insulated. Before insulating, apply a corrosion coating to insulated surfaces as follows: 1. Stainless Steel: Coat 300 series stainless steel with an epoxy primer 5 mils (0.127 mm) thick and an epoxy finish 5 mils (0.127 mm) thick if operating in a temperature range of between 140 and 300 deg F (60 and 149 deg C). Consult coating manufacturer for appropriate coating materials and application methods for operating temperature range. 2. Carbon Steel: Coat carbon steel operating at a service temperature of between 32 and 300 deg F (0 and 149 deg C) with an epoxy coating. Consult coating manufacturer for appropriate coating materials and application methods for operating temperature range. C. Coordinate insulation installation with the tradesman installing heat tracing. Comply with requirements for heat tracing that apply to insulation. D. Mix insulating cements with clean potable water; if insulating cements are to be in contact with stainless steel surfaces, use demineralized water. 3.3 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and e ven surfaces; free of voids throughout the length of piping, including fittings, valves, and specialties. B. Install insulation materials, forms, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and of thicknesses required for each item of pipe system, as specified in insulation system schedules. 816 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state. D. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs. E. Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered. F. Do not weld brackets, clips, or other attachment devices to piping, fittings, and specialties. G. Keep insulation materials dry during storage, application, and finishing. Replace insulation materials that get wet. H. Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer. I. Install insulation with least number of joints practical. J. Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at ha ngers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor-barrier mastic. 1. Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments. 2. For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper and seal ends attached to structure with vapor-barrier mastic. 3. Install insert materials and insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation material manufacturer. 4. Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. Install shields over jacket, arranged to protect jacket from tear or puncture by hanger, support, and shield. K. Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet and dry film thicknesses. L. Install insulation with factory-applied jackets as follows: 1. Draw jacket tight and smooth. 2. Cover circumferential joints with 3-inch- (75-mm-) wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward-clinching staples along both edges of strip, spaced 4 inches (100 mm) o.c. 3. Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-1/2 inches (38 mm). Install insulation with longitudinal seams at bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap. Staple laps with outward-clinching staples along edge at 4 inches (100 mm) o.c. a. For below-ambient services, apply vapor-barrier mastic over staples. 4. Cover joints and seams with tape, in accordance with insulation material manufacturer's written instructions, to maintain vapor seal. 817 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 5. Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor-barrier mastic on seams and joints and at ends adjacent to pipe flanges and fittings. M. Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 25 percent of its nominal thickness. N. Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking due to thermal movement. O. Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas. Extend patches at least 4 inches (100 mm) beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches in similar fashion to butt joints. P. For above-ambient services, do not install insulation to the following: 1. Vibration-control devices. 2. Testing agency labels and stamps. 3. Nameplates and data plates. 4. Cleanouts. 3.4 PENETRATIONS A. Insulation Installation at Roof Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through roof penetrations. 1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. 2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation above roof surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. 3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside roof flashing at least 2 inches (50 mm) below top of roof flashing. 4. Seal jacket to roof flashing with flashing sealant. B. Insulation Installation at Underground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Terminate insulation flush with sleeve seal. Seal terminations with flashing sealant. C. Insulation Installation at Aboveground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through wall penetrations. 1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. 2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation inside wall su rface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. 3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside wall flashing and overlap wall flashing at least 2 inches (50 mm). 818 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 4. Seal jacket to wall flashing with flashing sealant. D. Insulation Installation at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire Rated): Install insulation continuously through walls and partitions. E. Insulation Installation at Fire-Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through penetrations of fire-rated walls and partitions. 1. Comply with requirements in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping" for firestopping and fire-resistive joint sealers. F. Insulation Installation at Floor Penetrations: 1. Pipe: Install insulation continuously through floor penetrations. 2. Seal penetrations through fire-rated assemblies. Comply with requirements in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping." 3.5 GENERAL PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Requirements in this article generally apply to all insulation materials, except where more specific requirements are specified in various pipe insulation material installation articles. B. Insulation Installation on Fittings, Valves, Strainers, Flanges, Mechanical Couplings, and Unions: 1. Install insulation over fittings, valves, strainers, flanges, mechanical couplings, unions, and other specialties with continuous thermal and vapor-retarder integrity unless otherwise indicated. 2. Insulate pipe elbows using preformed fitting insulation made from same material and density as that of adjacent pipe insulation. Each piece shall be butted tightly against adjoining piece and bonded with adhesive. Fill joints, seams, voids, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement finished to a smooth, hard, and uniform contour that is uniform with adjoining pipe insulation. 3. Insulate tee fittings with preformed fitting insulation of same material and thickness as that used for adjacent pipe. Cut sectional pipe insulation to fit. Butt each section closely to the next and hold in place with tie wire. Bond pieces with adhesive. 4. Insulate valves using preformed fitting insulation of same material, density, and thickness as that used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than 2 times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. For valves, insulate up to and including the bonnets, valve stuffing-box studs, bolts, and nuts. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement. 5. Insulate strainers using preformed fitting insulation of same material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than 2 times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement. Insulate strainers, so strainer basket flange or plug can be easily removed and replaced without damaging the 819 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 insulation and jacket. Provide a removable reusable insulation cover. For below-ambient services, provide a design that maintains vapor barrier. 6. Insulate flanges, mechanical couplings, and unions, using a section of oversized preformed pipe insulation. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than 2 times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. Stencil or label the outside insulation jacket of each union with the word "union" matching size and color of pipe labels. 7. Cover segmented insulated surfaces with a layer of finishing cement and coat with a mastic. Install vapor-barrier mastic for below-ambient services and a breather mastic for above-ambient services. Reinforce the mastic with fabric-reinforcing mesh. Trowel the mastic to a smooth and well-shaped contour. 8. For services not specified to receive a field-applied jacket, except for flexible elastomeric and polyolefin, install fitted PVC cover over elbows, tees, strainers, valves, flanges, and unions. Terminate ends with PVC end caps. Tape PVC covers to adjoining insulation facing, using PVC tape. C. Insulate instrument connections for thermometers, pressure gages, pressure temperature taps, test connections, flow meters, sensors, switches, and transmitters on insulated pipes. Shape insulation at these connections by tapering it to and around the connection with insulating cement and finish with finishing cement, mastic, and flashing sealant. D. Install removable insulation covers at locations indicated. Installation shall conform to the following: 1. Make removable flange and union insulation from sectional pipe insulation of same thickness as that on adjoining pipe. Install same insulation jacket as that of adjoining pipe insulation. 2. When flange and union covers are made from sectional pipe insulation, extend insulation from flanges or union at least 2 times the insulation thickness over adjacent pipe insulation on each side of flange or union. Secure flange cover in place with stainless steel or aluminum bands. Select band material compatible with insulation and jacket. 3. Construct removable valve insulation covers in same manner as for flanges, except divide the two-part section on the vertical center line of valve body. 4. When covers are made from block insulation, make two halves, each consisting of mitered blocks wired to stainless steel fabric. Secure this wire frame, with its attached insulation, to flanges with tie wire. Extend insulation at least 2 inches (50 mm) over adjacent pipe insulation on each side of valve. Fill space between flange or union cover and pipe insulation with insulating cement. Finish cover assembly with insulating cement applied in two coats. After first coat is dry, apply and trowel second coat to a smooth finish. 5. Unless a PVC jacket is indicated in field-applied jacket schedules, finish exposed surfaces with a metal jacket. 3.6 INSTALLATION OF CELLULAR-GLASS INSULATION A. Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes: 820 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Secure each layer of insulation to pipe with wire or bands, and tighten bands without deforming insulation materials. 2. Where vapor barriers are indicated, seal longitudinal seams, end joints, and protrusions with vapor-barrier mastic and joint sealant. 3. For insulation with factory-applied jackets on above-ambient services, secure laps with outward-clinched staples at 6 inches (150 mm) o.c. 4. For insulation with factory-applied jackets on below-ambient services, do not staple longitudinal tabs. Instead, secure tabs with additional adhesive, as recommended by insulation material manufacturer, and seal with vapor-barrier mastic and flashing sealant. B. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: 1. Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. 2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of pipe insulation. 3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of cellular-glass block insulation of same thickness as that of pipe insulation. 4. Install jacket material with manufacturer's recommended adhesive, overlap seams at least 1 inch (25 mm), and seal joints with flashing sealant. C. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: 1. Install preformed sections of same material as that of straight segments of pipe insulation when available. Secure according to manufacturer's written instructions. 2. When preformed sections of insulation are not available, install mitered sections of cellular-glass insulation. Secure insulation materials with wire or bands. D. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. Install preformed sections of cellular-glass insulation to valve body. 2. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. 3. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. 3.7 INSTALLATION OF FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC INSULATION A. Seal longitudinal seams and end joints with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. B. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: 1. Install pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. 2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of pipe insulation. 821 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of sheet insulation of same thickness as that of pipe insulation. 4. Secure insulation to flanges and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. C. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: 1. Install mitered sections of pipe insulation. 2. Secure insulation materials and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. D. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. Install preformed valve covers manufactured of same material as that of pipe insulation when available. 2. When preformed valve covers are not available, install cut sections of pipe and sheet insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. 3. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. 4. Secure insulation to valves and specialties, and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. 3.8 INSTALLATION OF MINERAL-FIBER INSULATION A. Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes: 1. Secure each layer of preformed pipe insulation to pipe with wire or bands, and tighten bands without deforming insulation materials. 2. Where vapor barriers are indicated, seal longitudinal seams, end joints, and protrusions with vapor-barrier mastic and joint sealant. 3. For insulation with factory-applied jackets on above-ambient surfaces, secure laps with outward-clinched staples at 6 inches (150 mm) o.c. 4. For insulation with factory-applied jackets on below-ambient surfaces, do not staple longitudinal tabs. Instead, secure tabs with additional adhesive, as recommended by insulation material manufacturer, and seal with vapor-barrier mastic and flashing sealant. B. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: 1. Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. 2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of pipe insulation. 3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with mineral-fiber blanket insulation. 4. Install jacket material with manufacturer's recommended adhesive, overlap seams at least 1 inch (25 mm), and seal joints with flashing sealant. 822 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: 1. Install preformed sections of same material as that of straight segments of pipe insulation when available. 2. When preformed insulation elbows and fittings are not available, install mitered sections of pipe insulation, to a thickness equal to adjoining pipe insulation. Secure insulation materials with wire or bands. D. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. Install preformed sections of same material as that of straight segments of pipe insulation when available. 2. When preformed sections are not available, install mitered sections of pipe insulation to valve body. 3. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. 4. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. 3.9 FINISHES A. Insulation with ASJ, Glass-Cloth, or Other Paintable Jacket Material: Paint jacket with paint system identified below and as specified in Section 099113 "Exterior Painting" and Section 099123 "Interior Painting." 1. Flat Acrylic Finish: Two Insert number finish coats over a primer that is compatible with jacket material and finish coat paint. Add fungicidal agent to render fabric mildew proof. a. Finish Coat Material: Interior, flat, latex-emulsion size. B. Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation: After adhesive has fully cured, apply two coats of insulation manufacturer's recommended protective coating. C. Color: Final color as selected by Architect. Vary first and second coats to allow visual inspection of the completed Work. D. Do not field paint aluminum or stainless steel jackets. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. C. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to test and inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections. 823 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 D. Perform tests and inspections. E. Tests and Inspections: Inspect pipe, fittings, strainers, and valves, randomly selected by Architect, by removing field-applied jacket and insulation in layers in reverse order of their installation. Extent of inspection shall be limited to three locations of straight pipe, three locations of threaded fittings, three locations of welded fittings, two locations of threaded strainers, two locations of welded strainers, three locations of threaded valves, and three locations of flanged valves for each pipe service defined in the "Piping Insulation Sched ule, General" Article. F. All insulation applications will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. G. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.11 PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Acceptable preformed pipe and tubular insulation materials and thicknesses are identified for each piping system and pipe size range. If more t han one material is listed for a piping system, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. B. Items Not Insulated: Unless otherwise indicated, do not install insulation on the following: 1. Drainage piping located in crawl spaces. 2. Underground piping. 3. Chrome-plated pipes and fittings unless there is a potential for personnel injury. 3.12 INDOOR PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE A. Domestic Cold Water: 1. NPS 1 (DN 25) and Smaller: Insulation shall be one of the following: a. Cellular Glass: 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) thick. b. Flexible Elastomeric: 3/4 inch (19 mm) thick. c. Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1-1/2 inch thick. 2. NPS 1-1/4 (DN 32) and Larger: Insulation shall be one of the following: a. Cellular Glass: 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) thick. b. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch (25 mm) thick. c. Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1 inch (25 mm) thick. B. Domestic Hot and Recirculated Hot Water: 1. NPS 1-1/4 (DN 32) and Smaller: Insulation shall be one of the following: 824 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 a. Cellular Glass: 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) thick. b. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch (25 mm) thick. c. Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1 inch (25 mm) Insert dimension thick. 2. NPS 1-1/2 (DN 40) and Larger: Insulation shall be one of the following: a. Cellular Glass: 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) thick. b. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch (25 mm) thick. c. Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1 inch (25 mm) thick. C. Exposed Sanitary Drains, Domestic Water, Domestic Hot Water, and Stops for Plumbing Fixtures for People with Disabilities: 1. All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be one of the following: a. Flexible Elastomeric: 3/4 inch (19 mm) thick. b. Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1/2 inch (13 mm) thick. D. Floor Drains, Traps, and Sanitary Drain Piping within 10 Feet (3 m) of Drain Receiving Condensate and Equipment Drain Water below 60 Deg F (16 Deg C): 1. All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be one of the following: a. Cellular Glass: 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) thick. b. Flexible Elastomeric: 3/4 inch (19 mm) thick. c. Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1 inch (25 mm) Insert dimension thick. END OF SECTION 220719 825 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 221113 - FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes water-distribution piping and related components outside the building for water service. B. Utility-furnished products include water meters that will be furnished to the site, ready for installation. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. EPDM: Ethylene propylene diene terpolymer rubber. B. LLDPE: Linear, low-density polyethylene plastic. C. PA: Polyamide (nylon) plastic. D. PE: Polyethylene plastic. E. PP: Polypropylene plastic. F. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic. G. RTRF: Reinforced thermosetting resin (fiberglass) fittings. H. RTRP: Reinforced thermosetting resin (fiberglass) pipe. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Detail precast concrete vault assemblies and indicate dimensions, method of field assembly, and components. 1. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring for alarms. 826 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: For piping and specialties including relation to other services in same area, drawn to scale. Show piping and specialty sizes and valves, meter and specialty locations, and elevations. B. Field quality-control test reports. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For water valves and specialties to include i n emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Comply with requirements of utility company supplying water. Include tapping of water mains and backflow prevention. 2. Comply with standards of authorities having jurisdiction for potable-water-service piping, including materials, installation, testing, and disinfection. 3. Comply with standards of authorities having jurisdiction for fire-suppression water- service piping, including materials, hose threads, installation, and testing. B. Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency. C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. D. Comply with ASTM F645 for selection, design, and installation of thermoplastic water piping. E. Comply with FMG's "Approval Guide" or UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directory" for fire- service-main products. F. NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 24 for materials, installations, tests, flushing, and valve and hydrant supervision for fire-service-main piping for fire suppression. 1. Potable-water piping and components shall comply with NSF 14, NSF 61, and NSF 372.. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Preparation for Transport: Prepare valves, including fire hydrants, according to the following: 1. Ensure that valves are dry and internally protected against rust and corrosion. 2. Protect valves against damage to threaded ends and flange faces. 827 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3. Set valves in best position for handling. Set valves closed to prevent rattling. B. During Storage: Use precautions for valves, including fire hydrants, according to the following: 1. Do not remove end protectors unless necessary for inspection; then reinstall for storage. 2. Protect from weather. Store indoors and maintain temperature higher than ambient dew- point temperature. Support off the ground or pavement in watertight enclosures when outdoor storage is necessary. C. Handling: Use sling to handle valves and fire hydrants if size requires handling by crane or lift. Rig valves to avoid damage to exposed parts. Do not use handwheels or stems as lifting or rigging points. D. Deliver piping with factory-applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping, storage, and handling to prevent pipe-end damage and to prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture. E. Protect stored piping from moisture and dirt. Elevate above grade. Do not exceed structural capacity of floor when storing inside. F. Protect flanges, fittings, and specialties from moisture and dirt. G. Store plastic piping protected from direct sunlight. Support to prevent sagging and bending. 1.9 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Interruption of Existing Water-Distribution Service: Do not interrupt service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary water-distribution service according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Architect no fewer than two days in advance of proposed interruption of service. 2. Do not proceed with interruption of water-distribution service without Architect's written permission. 1.10 COORDINATION A. Coordinate connection to water main with utility company. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPING MATERIALS A. Comply with requirements in "Piping Application" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting materials, and joining methods for specific services, service locations, and pipe sizes. 828 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Potable-water piping and components shall comply with NSF 14, NSF 61, and NSF 372. 2.2 COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS A. Soft Copper Tube: ASTM B88, Type K (ASTM B88M, Type A) and ASTM B88, Type L (ASTM B88M, Type B), water tube, annealed temper. 1. Copper, Solder-Joint Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast-copper-alloy or ASME B16.22, wrought-copper, solder-joint pressure type. Furnish only wrought-copper fittings if indicated. B. Hard Copper Tube: ASTM B88, Type K (ASTM B88M, Type A) and ASTM B88, Type L (ASTM B88M, Type B), water tube, drawn temper. 1. Copper, Solder-Joint Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast-copper-alloy or ASME B16.22, wrought-copper, solder-joint pressure type. Furnish only wrought-copper fittings if indicated. C. Bronze Flanges: ASME B16.24, Class 150, with solder-joint end. Furnish Class 300 flanges if required to match piping. D. Copper Unions: 1. MSS SP-123. 2. Cast-copper-alloy, hexagonal-stock body. 3. Ball-and-socket, metal-to-metal seating surfaces. 4. Solder-joint or threaded ends. E. Copper, Brass or Bronze, Pressure-Seal-Joint Fittings: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Apollo Flow Controls; Conbraco Industries, Inc. b. Mueller Industries, Inc. c. NIBCO INC. d. Viega LLC. 2. Fittings: Cast-brass, cast-bronze, or wrought-copper with EPDM O-ring seal in each end. Sizes NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger with stainless steel grip ring and EPDM O-ring seal. 3. Minimum 200-psig (1379-kPa) working-pressure rating at 250 deg F (121 deg C). 2.3 DUCTILE-IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Mechanical-Joint, Ductile-Iron Pipe: AWWA C151, with mechanical-joint bell and plain spigot end unless grooved or flanged ends are indicated. 829 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Mechanical-Joint, Ductile-Iron Fittings: AWWA C110, ductile- or gray-iron standard pattern or AWWA C153, ductile-iron compact pattern. 2. Glands, Gaskets, and Bolts: AWWA C111, ductile- or gray-iron glands, rubber gaskets, and steel bolts. B. Push-on-Joint, Ductile-Iron Pipe: AWWA C151, with push-on-joint bell and plain spigot end unless grooved or flanged ends are indicated. 1. Push-on-Joint, Ductile-Iron Fittings: AWWA C110, ductile- or gray-iron standard pattern or AWWA C153, ductile-iron compact pattern. 2. Gaskets: AWWA C111, rubber. C. Flanges: ASME 16.1, Class 125, cast iron. 2.4 PE PIPE AND FITTINGS A. PE, ASTM Pipe: ASTM D2239, SIDR No. 5.3, 7, or 9; with PE compound number required to give pressure rating not less than 160 psig (1100 kPa). 1. Insert Fittings for PE Pipe: ASTM D2609, made of PA, PP, or PVC with serrated male insert ends matching inside of pipe. Include bands or crimp rings. 2. Molded PE Fittings: ASTM D3350, PE resin, socket- or butt-fusion type, made to match PE pipe dimensions and class. B. PE, AWWA Pipe: AWWA C906, DR No. 7.3, 9, or 9.3; with PE compound number required to give pressure rating not less than 160 psig (1100 kPa). 1. PE, AWWA Fittings: AWWA C906, socket- or butt-fusion type, with DR number matching pipe and PE compound number required to give pressure rating not less than 160 psig (1100 kPa). 2.5 PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS A. PVC, Schedule 40 Pipe: ASTM D1785. 1. PVC, Schedule 40 Socket Fittings: ASTM D2466. B. PVC, Schedule 80 Pipe: ASTM D1785. 1. PVC, Schedule 80 Socket Fittings: ASTM D2467. 2. PVC, Schedule 80 Threaded Fittings: ASTM D2464. C. PVC, AWWA Pipe: AWWA C900, Class 150 and Class 200, with bell end with gasket, and with spigot end. 1. Comply with UL 1285 for fire-service mains if indicated. 830 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. PVC Fabricated Fittings: AWWA C900, Class 150 and Class 200, with bell-and-spigot or double-bell ends. Include elastomeric gasket in each bell. 3. PVC Molded Fittings: AWWA C907, Class 150, with bell-and-spigot or double-bell ends. Include elastomeric gasket in each bell. 4. Push-on-Joint, Ductile-Iron Fittings: AWWA C110, ductile- or gray-iron standard pattern or AWWA C153, ductile-iron compact pattern. a. Gaskets: AWWA C111, rubber. 5. Mechanical-Joint, Ductile-Iron Fittings: AWWA C110, ductile- or gray-iron standard pattern or AWWA C153, ductile-iron compact pattern. a. Glands, Gaskets, and Bolts: AWWA C111, ductile- or gray-iron glands, rubber gaskets, and steel bolts. 2.6 JOINING MATERIALS A. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, BCuP Series. B. Bonding Adhesive for Fiberglass Piping: As recommended by fiberglass piping manufacturer. C. Plastic Pipe-Flange Gasket, Bolts, and Nuts: Type and material recommended by piping system manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated. 2.7 PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Transition Fittings: Manufactured fitting or coupling same size as, with pressure rating at least equal to and ends compatible with, piping to be joined. B. Tubular-Sleeve Pipe Couplings: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Dresser, Inc. b. Smith-Blair, Inc. c. Viking Johnson. 2. Description: Metal, bolted, sleeve-type, reducing or transition coupling, with center sleeve, gaskets, end rings, and bolt fasteners and with ends of same sizes as piping to be joined. a. Standard: AWWA C219. b. Center-Sleeve Material: Manufacturer's standard. c. Gasket Material: Natural or synthetic rubber. d. Pressure Rating: 150 psig (1035 kPa) minimum. 831 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 e. Metal Component Finish: Corrosion-resistant coating or material. C. Split-Sleeve Pipe Couplings: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Victaulic Company. 2. Description: Metal, bolted, split-sleeve-type, reducing or transition coupling with sealing pad and closure plates, O-ring gaskets, and bolt fasteners. a. Standard: AWWA C219. b. Sleeve Material: Manufacturer's standard. c. Sleeve Dimensions: Of thickness and width required to provide pressure rating. d. Gasket Material: O-rings made of EPDM rubber, unless otherwise indicated. e. Pressure Rating: 150 psig (1035 kPa) minimum. f. Metal Component Finish: Corrosion-resistant coating or material. D. Flexible Connectors: 1. Nonferrous-Metal Piping: Bronze hose covered with bronze wire braid; with copper-tube, pressure-type, solder-joint ends or bronze flanged ends brazed to hose. 2. Ferrous-Metal Piping: Stainless-steel hose covered with stainless-steel wire braid; with ASME B1.20.1, threaded steel pipe nipples or ASME B16.5, steel pipe flanges welded to hose. E. Dielectric Fittings: 1. General Requirements: Assembly of copper alloy and ferrous materials with s eparating nonconductive insulating material. Include end connections compatible with pipes to be joined. 2. Dielectric Unions: a. Description: 1) Standard: ASSE 1079. 2) Pressure Rating: 150 psig (1035 kPa). 3) End Connections: Solder-joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous. 3. Dielectric Flanges: a. Description: 1) Standard: ASSE 1079. 2) Factory-fabricated, bolted, companion-flange assembly. 3) Pressure Rating: 150 psig (1035 kPa). 832 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 4) End Connections: Solder-joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous; threaded solder-joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous. 4. Dielectric-Flange Insulating Kits: a. Description: 1) Nonconducting materials for field assembly of companion flanges. 2) Pressure Rating: 150 psig (1035 kPa). 3) Gasket: Neoprene or phenolic. 4) Bolt Sleeves: Phenolic or polyethylene. 5) Washers: Phenolic with steel backing washers. 5. Dielectric Nipples: a. Description: 1) Standard: IAPMO PS 66. 2) Electroplated steel nipple complying with ASTM F1545. 3) Pressure Rating: 300 psig (2070 kPa) at 225 deg F (107 deg C). 4) End Connections: Male threaded or grooved. 5) Lining: Inert and noncorrosive, propylene. 2.8 CORROSION-PROTECTION PIPING ENCASEMENT A. Encasement for Underground Metal Piping: 1. Standards: ASTM A674 or AWWA C105. 2. Form: Sheet or tube. 3. Material: LLDPE film of 0.008-inch (0.20-mm) minimum thickness. 4. Material: LLDPE film of 0.008-inch (0.20-mm) minimum thickness, or high-density, crosslaminated PE film of 0.004-inch (0.10-mm) minimum thickness. 5. Material: High-density, crosslaminated PE film of 0.004-inch (0.10-mm) minimum thickness. 6. Color: Black. 2.9 GATE VALVES A. AWWA, Cast-Iron Gate Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Crane; a Crane brand. b. Mueller Co. c. NIBCO INC. 833 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 d. Zurn Industries, LLC. 2. Nonrising-Stem, Metal-Seated Gate Valves: a. Description: Gray- or ductile-iron body and bonnet; with cast-iron or bronze double-disc gate, bronze gate rings, bronze stem, and stem nut. 1) Standard: AWWA C500. 2) Minimum Pressure Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa). 3) End Connections: Mechanical joint. 4) Interior Coating: Complying with AWWA C550. 3. Nonrising-Stem, Resilient-Seated Gate Valves: a. Description: Gray- or ductile-iron body and bonnet; with bronze or gray- or ductile-iron gate, resilient seats, bronze stem, and stem nut. 1) Standard: AWWA C509. 2) Minimum Pressure Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa). 3) End Connections: Mechanical joint. 4) Interior Coating: Complying with AWWA C550. 4. Nonrising-Stem, High-Pressure, Resilient-Seated Gate Valves: a. Description: Ductile-iron body and bonnet; with bronze or ductile-iron gate, resilient seats, bronze stem, and stem nut. 1) Standard: AWWA C509. 2) Minimum Pressure Rating: 250 psig (1725 kPa). 3) End Connections: Push on or mechanical joint. 4) Interior Coating: Complying with AWWA C550. 5. OS&Y, Rising-Stem, Metal-Seated Gate Valves: a. Description: Cast- or ductile-iron body and bonnet, with cast-iron double disc, bronze disc and seat rings, and bronze stem. 1) Standard: AWWA C500. 2) Minimum Pressure Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa). 3) End Connections: Flanged. 6. OS&Y, Rising-Stem, Resilient-Seated Gate Valves: a. Description: Cast- or ductile-iron body and bonnet, with bronze or gray- or ductile- iron gate, resilient seats, and bronze stem. 1) Standard: AWWA C509. 2) Minimum Pressure Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa). 834 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3) End Connections: Flanged. B. UL/FMG, Cast-Iron Gate Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Crane; a Crane brand. b. Mueller Co. c. NIBCO INC. d. Stockham; a Crane brand. e. Zurn Industries, LLC. 2. UL/FMG, Nonrising-Stem Gate Valves: a. Description: Iron body and bonnet with flange for indicator post, bronze seating material, and inside screw. 1) Standards: UL 262 and FMG approved. 2) Minimum Pressure Rating: 175 psig (1207 kPa). 3) End Connections: Flanged. 3. OS&Y, Rising-Stem Gate Valves: a. Description: Iron body and bonnet and bronze seating material. 1) Standards: UL 262 and FMG approved. 2) Minimum Pressure Rating: 175 psig (1207 kPa). 3) End Connections: Flanged. C. Bronze Gate Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Crane; a Crane brand. b. Hammond Valve. c. Milwaukee Valve Company. d. NIBCO INC. e. Stockham; a Crane brand. f. Zurn Industries, LLC. 2. OS&Y, Rising-Stem Gate Valves: a. Description: Bronze body and bonnet and bronze stem. 1) Standards: UL 262 and FMG approved. 2) Minimum Pressure Rating: 175 psig (1207 kPa). 835 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3) End Connections: Threaded. 3. Nonrising-Stem Gate Valves: a. Description: Class 125, Type 1, bronze with solid wedge, threaded ends, and malleable-iron handwheel. 1) Standard: MSS SP-80. 2.10 GATE VALVE ACCESSORIES AND SPECIALTIES A. Tapping-Sleeve Assemblies: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. American Cast Iron Pipe Company. b. Mueller Co. c. U.S. Pipe and Foundry Company. 2. Description: Sleeve and valve compatible with drilling machine. a. Standard: MSS SP-60. b. Tapping Sleeve: Cast- or ductile-iron or stainless-steel, two-piece bolted sleeve with flanged outlet for new branch connection. Include sleeve matching size and type of pipe material being tapped and with recessed flange for branch valve. c. Valve: AWWA, cast-iron, nonrising-stem, resilient-seated gate valve with one raised face flange mating tapping-sleeve flange. B. Valve Boxes: Comply with AWWA M44 for cast-iron valve boxes. Include top section, adjustable extension of length required for depth of burial of valve, plug with lettering "WATER," and bottom section with base that fits over valve and with a barrel approximately 5 inches (125 mm) in diameter. 1. Operating Wrenches: Steel, tee-handle with one pointed end, stem of length to operate deepest buried valve, and socket matching valve operating nut. C. Indicator Posts: UL 789, FMG-approved, vertical-type, cast-iron body with operating wrench, extension rod, and adjustable cast-iron barrel of length required for depth of burial of valve. 2.11 CHECK VALVES A. AWWA Check Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 836 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 a. Crane; a Crane brand. b. Mueller Co. c. NIBCO INC. d. Stockham; a Crane brand. e. WATTS. 2. Description: Swing-check type with resilient seat. Include interior coating according to AWWA C550 and ends to match piping. a. Standard: AWWA C508. b. Pressure Rating: 175 psig (1207 kPa). B. UL/FMG, Check Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Crane; a Crane brand. b. Mueller Co. c. NIBCO INC. d. Stockham; a Crane brand. 2. Description: Swing-check type with pressure rating; rubber-face checks, unless otherwise indicated; and ends matching piping. a. Standards: UL 312 and FMG approved. b. Pressure Rating: 175 psig (1207 kPa). c. Standards: UL 312 and FMG approved. d. Pressure Rating: 175 psig (1207 kPa). 2.12 WATER METERS A. Water meters will be furnished by utility company. B. Manufacturers: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Badger Meter, Inc. b. Mueller Co. c. Neptune Technology Group Inc. C. Displacement-Type Water Meters: 1. Description: With bronze main case. 837 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 a. Standard: AWWA C700. b. Registration: Flow in cubic feet (cubic meters). D. Turbine-Type Water Meters: 1. Description: a. Standard: AWWA C701. b. Registration: Flow in cubic feet (cubic meters). E. Compound-Type Water Meters: 1. Description: a. Standard: AWWA C702. b. Registration: Flow in cubic feet (cubic meters). F. Remote Registration System: 1. Description: Utility company standard; direct-reading type. Include meter modified with signal-transmitting assembly, low-voltage connecting wiring, and remote register assembly. a. Standard: AWWA C706. b. Registration: Flow in cubic feet (cubic meters). G. Remote Registration System: 1. Description: Utility company standard; encoder type. Include meter modified with signal- transmitting assembly, low-voltage connecting wiring, and remote register assembly. a. Standard: AWWA C707. b. Registration: Flow in cubic feet (cubic meters). c. Data-Acquisition Units: Comply with utility company requirements for type and quantity. d. Visible Display Units: Comply with utility company requirements for type and quantity. 2.13 PRESSURE-REDUCING VALVES A. Water Regulators: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Apollo Flow Controls; Conbraco Industries, Inc. b. WATTS. 838 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 c. Zurn Industries, LLC. 2. Standard: ASSE 1003. 3. Pressure Rating: Initial pressure of 150 psig (1035 kPa). 4. Body: Bronze for NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller; cast iron with interior lining complying with AWWA C550 or that is FDA approved for NPS 2-1/2 and NPS 3 (DN 65 and DN 80). 5. Valves for Booster Heater Water Supply: Include integral bypass. 6. End Connections: Threaded for NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller; flanged for NPS 2-1/2 and NPS 3 (DN 65 and DN 80). B. Water Control Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Appolo Flow Controls. b. WATTS. c. Zurn Industries, LLC. 2. Description: Pilot-operation, diaphragm-type, single-seated main water control valve with AWWA C550 or FDA-approved, interior epoxy coating. Include small pilot control valve, restrictor device, specialty fittings, and sensor piping. a. Pressure Rating: Initial pressure of 150 psig (1035 kPa) minimum. b. Main Valve Body: Cast- or ductile-iron body with AWWA C550 or FDA- approved, interior epoxy coating; or stainless-steel body. 1) Pattern: Globe-valve design. 2) Trim: Stainless steel. 2.14 RELIEF VALVES A. Air-Release Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Apollo Flow Controls; Conbraco Industries, Inc. b. WATTS. c. Wilkins. d. Zurn Industries, LLC. 2. Description: Hydromechanical device to automatically release accumulated air. a. Standard: AWWA C512. b. Pressure Rating: 300 psig (2070 kPa). c. Body Material: Cast iron. 839 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 d. Trim Material: Stainless steel, brass, or bronze. B. Air/Vacuum Valves: 1. Description: Direct-acting, float-operated, hydromechanical device with large orifice to automatically release accumulated air or to admit air during filling of piping. a. Standard: AWWA C512. b. Pressure Rating: 300 psig (2070 kPa). c. Body Material: Cast iron. d. Trim Material: Stainless steel, brass, or bronze. C. Combination Air Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Apollo Flow Controls; Conbraco Industries, Inc. b. WATTS. c. Wilkins. d. Zurn Industries, LLC. 2. Description: Float-operated, hydromechanical device to automatically release accumulated air or to admit air. a. Standard: AWWA C512. b. Pressure Rating: 300 psig (2070 kPa). c. Body Material: Cast iron. d. Trim Material: Stainless steel, brass, or bronze. 2.15 VACUUM BREAKERS A. Pressure Vacuum Breaker Assembly: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Apollo Flow Controls; Conbraco Industries, Inc. b. WATTS. c. Wilkins. d. Zurn Industries, LLC. 2. Standard: ASSE 1020. 3. Operation: Continuous-pressure applications. 4. Pressure Loss: 5 psig (35 kPa) maximum, through middle 1/3 of flow range. 5. Accessories: Ball valves on inlet and outlet. 840 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.16 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS A. Reduced-Pressure-Principle Backflow Preventers: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Apollo Flow Controls; Conbraco Industries, Inc. b. WATTS. c. Wilkins. d. Zurn Industries, LLC. 2. Standard: ASSE 1013 or AWWA C511. 3. Operation: Continuous-pressure applications. 4. Pressure Loss: 12 psig (83 kPa) maximum, through middle 1/3 of flow range. 5. Body: Bronze for NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller; steel with interior lining complying with AWWA C550 or that is FDA approved for NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger. 6. End Connections: Threaded for NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller; flanged for NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger. 7. Configuration: Designed for horizontal, straight through flow. 8. Accessories: a. Valves: Ball type with threaded ends on inlet and outlet of NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller; OS&Y gate type with flanged ends on inlet and outlet of NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger. b. Air-Gap Fitting: ASME A112.1.2, matching backflow preventer connection. B. Double-Check, Backflow-Prevention Assemblies: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Apollo Flow Controls; Conbraco Industries, Inc. b. WATTS. c. Wilkins. d. Zurn Industries, LLC. 2. Standard: ASSE 1015 or AWWA C510. 3. Operation: Continuous-pressure applications, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Pressure Loss: 5 psig (35 kPa) maximum, through middle 1/3 of flow range. 5. Body: Bronze for NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller; steel with interior lining complying with AWWA C550 or that is FDA approved for NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger. 6. End Connections: Threaded for NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller; flanged for NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger. 7. Configuration: Designed for horizontal, straight through flow. 8. Accessories: Ball valves with threaded ends on inlet and outlet of NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller; OS&Y gate valves with flanged ends on inlet and outlet of NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger. 841 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. Backflow Preventer Test Kits: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Apollo Flow Controls; Conbraco Industries, Inc. b. WATTS. c. Wilkins. d. Zurn Industries, LLC. 2. Description: Factory calibrated, with gages, fittings, hoses, and carrying case with test- procedure instructions. 2.17 WATER METER BOXES A. Description: Cast-iron body and cover for disc-type water meter, with lettering "WATER METER" in cover; and with slotted, open-bottom base section of length to fit over service piping. 1. Option: Base section may be cast-iron, PVC, clay, or other pipe. B. Description: Cast-iron body and double cover for disc-type water meter, with lettering "WATER METER" in top cover; and with separate inner cover; air space between covers; and slotted, open-bottom base section of length to fit over service piping. C. Description: Polymer-concrete body and cover for disc-type water meter, with lettering "WATER" in cover; and with slotted, open-bottom base section of length to fit over service piping. Include vertical and lateral design loadings of 15,000 lb minimum over 10 by 10 inches (6800 kg minimum over 254 by 254 mm) square. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PIPING APPLICATIONS A. General: Use pipe, fittings, and joining methods for piping systems according to the following applications. B. Transition couplings and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping pressure rating may be used, unless otherwise indicated. C. Do not use flanges or unions for underground piping. D. Flanges, unions, grooved-end-pipe couplings, and special fittings may be used, instead of joints indicated, on aboveground piping and piping in vaults. 842 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 E. Underground water-service piping NPS 3/4 to NPS 3 (DN 20 to DN 80) shall be any of the following: 1. Soft copper tube, ASTM B88, Type K (ASTM B88M, Type A) ASTM B88, Type L (ASTM B88M, Type B); wrought-copper, solder-joint fittings; and brazed joints. 2. PVC, Schedule 40 pipe; PVC, Schedule 40 socket fittings; and solvent-cemented joints. 3.2 VALVE APPLICATIONS A. General Application: Use mechanical-joint-end valves for NPS 3 (DN 80) and larger underground installation. Use threaded- or flanged-end valves for installation in vaults. Use UL/FMG, nonrising-stem gate valves for installation with indicator posts. Use corporation valves and curb valves with ends compatible with piping, for NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller installation. B. Drawings indicate valve types to be used. Where specific valve types are not indicated, the following requirements apply: 1. Pressure-Reducing Valves: Use for water-service piping in vaults and aboveground to control water pressure. 2. Relief Valves: Use for water-service piping in vaults and aboveground. a. Air-Release Valves: To release accumulated air. b. Air/Vacuum Valves: To release or admit large volume of air during filling of piping. c. Combination Air Valves: To release or admit air. 3. Detector Check Valves: Use for water-service piping in vaults and aboveground to detect unauthorized use of water. 3.3 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Water-Main Connection: Arrange with utility company for tap of size and in location indicated in water main. B. Water-Main Connection: Tap water main according to requirements of water utility company and of size and in location indicated. C. Make connections larger than NPS 2 (DN 50) with tapping machine according to the following: 1. Install tapping sleeve and tapping valve according to MSS SP-60. 2. Install tapping sleeve on pipe to be tapped. Position flanged outlet for gate valve. 3. Use tapping machine compatible with valve and tapping sleeve; cut hole in main. Remove tapping machine and connect water-service piping. 4. Install gate valve onto tapping sleeve. Comply with MSS SP-60. Install valve with stem pointing up and with valve box. 843 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 D. Make connections NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller with drilling machine according to the following: 1. Install service-saddle assemblies and corporation valves in size, quantity, and arrangement required by utility company standards. 2. Install service-saddle assemblies on water-service pipe to be tapped. Position outlets for corporation valves. 3. Use drilling machine compatible with service-saddle assemblies and corporation valves. Drill hole in main. Remove drilling machine and connect water-service piping. 4. Install corporation valves into service-saddle assemblies. 5. Install manifold for multiple taps in water main. 6. Install curb valve in water-service piping with head pointing up and with service box. E. Comply with NFPA 24 for fire-service-main piping materials and installation. 1. Install PE corrosion-protection encasement according to ASTM A674 or AWWA C105. 2. Install copper tube and fittings according to CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook." F. Install ductile-iron, water-service piping according to AWWA C600 and AWWA M41. 1. Install PE corrosion-protection encasement according to ASTM A674 or AWWA C105. G. Install PE pipe according to ASTM D2774 and ASTM F645. H. Install PVC, AWWA pipe according to ASTM F645 and AWWA M23. I. Install fiberglass AWWA pipe according to AWWA M45. J. Bury piping with depth of cover over top at least 60 inches, with top at least 12 inches (300 mm) below level of maximum frost penetration.: K. Install piping by tunneling or jacking, or combination of both, under streets and other obstructions that cannot be disturbed. L. Extend water-service piping and connect to water-supply source and building-water-piping systems at outside face of building wall in locations and pipe sizes indicated. 1. Terminate water-service piping at building wall until building-water-piping systems are installed. Terminate piping with caps, plugs, or flanges as required for piping material. Make connections to building-water-piping systems when those systems are installed. M. Sleeves are specified in Section 220517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping." N. Mechanical sleeve seals are specified in Section 220517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping." O. Install underground piping with restrained joints at horizontal and vertical changes in direction. Use restrained-joint piping, thrust blocks, anchors, tie-rods and clamps, and other supports. 844 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 P. See Section 211313 "Wet-Pipe Sprinkler Systems" for fire-suppression-water piping inside the building. Q. See Section 221116 "Domestic Water Piping" for potable-water piping inside the building. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Comply with requirements for seismic-restraint devices specified in Section 230548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC." B. Comply with requirements for hangers, supports, and anchor devices specified in Section 230529 "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment." C. Install the following pipe attachments: 1. Adjustable steel clevis hangers for individual horizontal piping less than 20 feet (6 m) long. 2. Adjustable roller hangers and spring hangers for individual horizontal piping 20 feet (6 m) or longer. 3. Pipe Roller: MSS SP-58, Type 44 for multiple horizontal piping 20 feet (6 m) or longer, supported on a trapeze. 4. Spring hangers to support vertical runs. 5. Provide copper-clad hangers and supports for hangers and supports in direct contact with copper pipe. 6. On PVC and fiberglass piping, install pads or cushions on bearing surfaces to prevent hanger from scratching pipe. D. Install hangers for copper tubing with maximum spacing and minimum rod diameters to comply with MSS-58, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent. E. Install hangers for PVC piping with maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters to comply with manufacturer's written instructions, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent. F. Install hangers for fiberglass piping with maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters to comply with manufacturer's written instructions, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent. G. Support horizontal piping within 12 inches (300 mm) of each fitting and coupling. H. Support vertical runs of copper tubing to comply with MSS-58, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent. I. Support vertical runs of PVC piping to comply with manufacturer's written instructions, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent. 845 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.5 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Make pipe joints according to the following: 1. Copper-Tubing, Pressure-Sealed Joints: Join copper tube and pressure-seal fittings with tools and procedures recommended by pressure-seal-fitting manufacturer. Leave insertion marks on pipe after assembly. 2. Ductile-Iron Piping, Gasketed Joints for Water-Service Piping: AWWA C600 and AWWA M41. 3. Ductile-Iron Piping, Gasketed Joints for Fire-Service-Main Piping: UL 194. 4. Ductile-Iron Piping, Grooved Joints: Cut-groove pipe. Assemble joints with grooved-end, ductile-iron-piping couplings, gaskets, lubricant, and bolts according to coupling manufacturer's written instructions. 5. PE Piping Insert-Fitting Joints: Use plastic insert fittings and fasteners according to fitting manufacturer's written instructions. 6. PVC Piping Gasketed Joints: Use joining materials according to AWWA C900. Construct joints with elastomeric seals and lubricant according to ASTM D2774 or ASTM D3139 and pipe manufacturer's written instructions. 7. Fiberglass Piping Bonded Joints: Use adhesive and procedure recommended by piping manufacturer. 8. Install dielectric fittings in piping at connections of dissimilar metal piping and tubing. 3.6 ANCHORAGE INSTALLATION A. Anchorage, General: Install water-distribution piping with restrained joints. Anchorages and restrained-joint types that may be used include the following: 1. Concrete thrust blocks. 2. Locking mechanical joints. 3. Set-screw mechanical retainer glands. 4. Bolted flanged joints. 5. Heat-fused joints. 6. Pipe clamps and tie rods. B. Install anchorages for tees, plugs and caps, bends, crosses, valves, and hydrant branches. Include anchorages for the following piping systems: 1. Gasketed-Joint, Ductile-Iron, Water-Service Piping: According to AWWA C600. 2. Gasketed-Joint, PVC Water-Service Piping: According to AWWA M23. 3. Bonded-Joint Fiberglass, Water-Service Piping: According to AWWA M45. 4. Fire-Service-Main Piping: According to NFPA 24. C. Apply full coat of asphalt or other acceptable corrosion-resistant material to surfaces of installed ferrous anchorage devices. 846 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.7 VALVE INSTALLATION A. AWWA Gate Valves: Comply with AWWA C600 and AWWA M44. Install each underground valve with stem pointing up and with valve box. B. AWWA Valves Other Than Gate Valves: Comply with AWWA C600 and AWWA M44. C. UL/FMG, Gate Valves: Comply with NFPA 24. Install each underground valve and valves in vaults with stem pointing up and with vertical cast-iron indicator post. D. UL/FMG, Valves Other Than Gate Valves: Comply with NFPA 24. E. MSS Valves: Install as component of connected piping system. F. Corporation Valves and Curb Valves: Install each underground curb valve with head pointed up and with service box. G. Pressure-Reducing Valves: Install in vault or aboveground between shutoff valves. Install full- size valved bypass. H. Relief Valves: Comply with AWWA C512. Install aboveground with shutoff valve on inlet. 3.8 DETECTOR-CHECK VALVE INSTALLATION A. Install in vault or aboveground. B. Install for proper direction of flow. Install bypass with water meter, gate valves on each side o f meter, and check valve downstream from meter. C. Support detector check valves, meters, shutoff valves, and piping on brick or concrete piers. 3.9 WATER METER INSTALLATION A. Install water meters, piping, and specialties according to utility company's written instructions. B. Water Meters: Install turbine-type water meters, NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller, with shutoff valves on water meter inlets. Include valves on water meter outlets and valved bypass around meters unless prohibited by authorities having jurisdiction. C. Water Meters: Install turbine-type water meters, NPS 3 (DN 80) and larger. Include shutoff valves on water meter inlets and outlets and valved bypass around meters. Support meters, valves, and piping on brick or concrete piers. D. Water Meters: Install detector-type water meters in meter vault according to AWWA M6. Include shutoff valves on water meter inlets and outlets and full-size valved bypass around meters. Support meters, valves, and piping on brick or concrete piers. 847 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.10 ROUGHING-IN FOR WATER METERS A. Rough-in piping and specialties for water meter installation according to utility company's written instructions. 3.11 VACUUM BREAKER ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION A. Install pressure vacuum breaker assemblies of type, size, and capacity indicated. Include valves and test cocks. Install according to requirements of plumbing and health department and authorities having jurisdiction. B. Do not install pressure vacuum breaker assemblies in vault or other space subject to flooding. 3.12 BACKFLOW PREVENTER INSTALLATION A. Install backflow preventers of type, size, and capacity indicated. Include valves and test cocks. Install according to requirements of plumbing and health department and authorities having jurisdiction. B. Do not install backflow preventers that have relief drain in vault or in other spaces subject to flooding. C. Do not install bypass piping around backflow preventers. D. Support NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger backflow preventers, valves, and piping near floor and on brick or concrete piers. 3.13 CONNECTIONS A. Connect water-distribution piping to utility water main. Use service clamp and corporation valve. B. Connect water-distribution piping to interior domestic water piping. C. Ground equipment according to Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." D. Connect wiring according to Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." 3.14 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Piping Tests: Conduct piping tests before joints are covered and after concrete thrust blocks have hardened sufficiently. Fill pipeline 24 hours before testing and apply test pressure to stabilize system. Use only potable water. 848 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Hydrostatic Tests: Test at not less than one-and-one-half times working pressure for two hours. 1. Increase pressure in 50-psig (350-kPa) increments and inspect each joint between increments. Hold at test pressure for 1 hour; decrease to 0 psig (0 kPa). Slowly increase again to test pressure and hold for 1 more hour. Maximum allowable leakage is 2 quarts (1.89 L) per hour per 100 joints. Remake leaking joints with new materials and repeat test until leakage is within allowed limits. C. Prepare reports of testing activities. 3.15 IDENTIFICATION A. Install continuous underground detectable warning tape during backfilling of trench for underground water-distribution piping. Locate below finished grade, directly over piping. B. Permanently attach equipment nameplate or marker indicating plastic water-service piping, on main electrical meter panel. 3.16 CLEANING A. Clean and disinfect water-distribution piping as follows: 1. Purge new water-distribution piping systems and parts of existing systems that have been altered, extended, or repaired before use. 2. Use purging and disinfecting procedure prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction or, if method is not prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction, use procedure described in NFPA 24 for flushing of piping. Flush piping system with clean, potable water until dirty water does not appear at points of outlet. 3. Use purging and disinfecting procedure prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction or, if method is not prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction, use procedure described in AWWA C651 or do as follows: a. Fill system or part of system with water/chlorine solution containing at least 50 ppm of chlorine; isolate and allow to stand for 24 hours. b. Drain system or part of system of previous solution and refill with water/chlorine solution containing at least 200 ppm of chlorine; isolate and allow to stand for 3 hours. c. After standing time, flush system with clean, potable water until no chlorine remains in water coming from system. d. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction. Repeat procedure if biological examination shows evidence of contamination. B. Prepare reports of purging and disinfecting activities. END OF SECTION 221113 849 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 221116 - DOMESTIC WATER PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Copper tube and fittings. 2. Ductile-iron pipe and fittings. 3. Galvanized-steel pipe and fittings. 4. Stainless steel piping and fittings. 5. CPVC piping. 6. PEX tube and fittings. 7. PEX-AL-PEX tube and fittings. 8. PEX-AL-HDPE tube and fittings. 9. PVC pipe and fittings. 10. Piping joining materials. 11. Encasement for piping. 12. Transition fittings. 13. Dielectric fittings. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Pipe and tube. 2. Fittings. 3. Joining materials. 4. Transition fittings. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Piping layout, or BIM model, drawn to scale, showing the items described in this Section, and coordinated with all building trades. B. System purging and disinfecting activities report. 850 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. Field quality-control reports. 1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Interruption of Existing Water Service: Do not interrupt water service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary water service according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Architect no fewer than two days in advance of proposed interruption of water service. 2. Do not interrupt water service without Architect's written permission. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Polypropylene Piping (PP-R) Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace PP-R pipe and fittings that fail in materials or workmanship within 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. 1. Warranty is to cover labor and material costs of repairing and/or replacing defective materials and repairing any incidental damage caused by failure of the piping system due to defects in materials or manufacturing. 2. Warranty is to be in effect only upon submission by the Contractor to the manufacturer of valid pressure/leak documentation indicating that the system was tested and passed the manufacturer's pressure/leak test. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPING MATERIALS A. Potable-water piping and components shall comply with NSF 14, NSF 61, and NSF 372. Include marking "NSF-pw" on piping. 2.2 COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS A. Drawn-Temper Copper Tube: ASTM B88, Type K (ASTM B88M, Type A) ASTM B88, Type L (ASTM B88M, Type B) and ASTM B88, Type M (ASTM B88M, Type C). B. Annealed-Temper Copper Tube: ASTM B88, Type K (ASTM B88M, Type A) ASTM B88, Type L (ASTM B88M, Type B) and ASTM B88, Type M (ASTM B88M, Type C). C. Cast-Copper, Solder-Joint Fittings: ASME B16.18, pressure fittings. D. Wrought-Copper, Solder-Joint Fittings: ASME B16.22, pressure fittings. 851 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 E. Bronze Flanges: ASME B16.24, Class 150, with solder-joint ends. F. Cast Copper Unions: MSS SP-123, cast-copper-alloy, hexagonal-stock body, with ball-and- socket, metal-to-metal seating surfaces and solder-joint or threaded ends. G. Wrought Copper Unions: ASME B16.22. 2.3 DUCTILE-IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Mechanical-Joint, Ductile-Iron Pipe: 1. AWWA C151/A21.51, with mechanical-joint bell and plain spigot end unless grooved or flanged ends are indicated. 2. Glands, Gaskets, and Bolts: AWWA C111/A21.11, ductile- or gray-iron glands, rubber gaskets, and steel bolts. B. Standard-Pattern, Mechanical-Joint Fittings: 1. AWWA C110/A21.10, ductile or gray iron. 2. Glands, Gaskets, and Bolts: AWWA C111/A21.11, ductile- or gray-iron glands, rubber gaskets, and steel bolts. C. Compact-Pattern, Mechanical-Joint Fittings: 1. AWWA C153/A21.53, ductile iron. 2. Glands, Gaskets, and Bolts: AWWA C111/A21.11, ductile- or gray-iron glands, rubber gaskets, and steel bolts. D. Push-on-Joint, Ductile-Iron Pipe: 1. AWWA C151/A21.51. 2. Push-on-joint bell and plain spigot end unless grooved or flanged ends are indicated. E. Standard-Pattern, Push-on-Joint Fittings: 1. AWWA C110/A21.10, ductile or gray iron. 2. Gaskets: AWWA C111/A21.11, rubber. F. Compact-Pattern, Push-on-Joint Fittings: 1. AWWA C153/A21.53, ductile iron. 2. Gaskets: AWWA C111/A21.11, rubber. 2.4 GALVANIZED-STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Galvanized-Steel Pipe: 852 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. ASTM A53/A53M, Type E, Grade B, Standard Weight. 2. Include ends matching joining method. B. Galvanized-Steel Pipe Nipples: ASTM A733, made of ASTM A53/A53M or ASTM A106/A106M, Standard Weight, seamless steel pipe with threaded ends. C. Galvanized, Gray-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.4, Class 125, standard pattern. D. Malleable-Iron Unions: 1. ASME B16.39, Class 150. 2. Hexagonal-stock body. 3. Ball-and-socket, metal-to-metal, bronze seating surface. 4. Threaded ends. E. Flanges: ASME B16.1, Class 125, cast iron. 2.5 CPVC PIPING A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Charlotte Pipe and Foundry Company. 2. IPEX USA LLC. 3. Spears Manufacturing Company. B. CPVC Pipe: ASTM F441/F441M, with wall thickness as indicated in "Piping Applications" Article. 1. CPVC Socket Fittings: ASTM F438 for Schedule 40 and ASTM F439 for Schedule 80. 2. CPVC Threaded Fittings: ASTM F437, Schedule 80. C. CPVC Piping System: ASTM D2846/D2846M, SDR 11, pipe and socket fittings. D. CPVC Tubing System: ASTM D2846/D2846M, SDR 11, tube and socket fittings. 2.6 PEX TUBE AND FITTINGS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Apollo Flow Controls; Conbraco Industries, Inc. 2. REHAU. 3. Uponor. B. Tube Material: PEX plastic according to ASTM F876 and ASTM F877. 853 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. Fittings: ASTM F1807, metal insert and copper crimp rings ASTM F1960, cold expansion fittings and reinforcing rings. D. Manifold: Multiple-outlet, plastic or corrosion-resistant-metal assembly complying with ASTM F876; with plastic or corrosion-resistant-metal valve for each outlet. 2.7 PEX-AL-PEX TUBE AND FITTINGS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Uponor. 2. Viega LLC. 3. Watts Radiant; A WATTS Brand. B. Tube Material: PEX plastic bonded to the inside and outside of a welded aluminum tube according to ASTM F1281. C. Oxygen Barrier: Limit oxygen diffusion through the pipe to maximum 0.10 mg per cu. m/day at 104 deg F (40 deg C) according to DIN 4726. D. Fittings: ASTM F1974, metal insert fittings with split ring and compression nut (compression joint) or metal insert fittings with copper crimp rings (crimp joint). 2.8 PEX-AL-HDPE TUBE AND FITTINGS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Uponor. 2. Viega LLC. 3. Watts Radiant; A WATTS Brand. B. Tube Material: ASTM F1986 tubing. C. Fittings for PEX-AL-HDPE Tube: ASTM F1986, metal-insert type with copper or stainless steel crimp ring and matching PEX-AL-HDPE tube dimensions. 2.9 PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS A. PVC Pipe: ASTM D1785, with wall thickness as indicated in "Piping Applications" Article. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Charlotte Pipe and Foundry Company. 854 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 b. IPEX USA LLC. c. Spears Manufacturing Company. B. PVC Socket Fittings: ASTM D2466 for Schedule 40 and ASTM D2467 for Schedule 80. C. PVC Schedule 80 Threaded Fittings: ASTM D2464. 2.10 PIPING JOINING MATERIALS A. Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: 1. AWWA C110/A21.10, rubber, flat face, 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) thick or ASME B16.21, nonmetallic and asbestos free unless otherwise indicated. 2. Full-face or ring type unless otherwise indicated. B. Metal, Pipe-Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel unless otherwise indicated. C. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B32, lead-free alloys. D. Flux: ASTM B813, water flushable. E. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8M/A5.8, BCuP Series, copper-phosphorus alloys for general- duty brazing unless otherwise indicated. F. Solvent Cements for Joining CPVC Piping and Tubing: ASTM F493. G. Solvent Cements for Joining PVC Piping: ASTM D2564. Include primer according to ASTM F656. H. Plastic, Pipe-Flange Gaskets, Bolts, and Nuts: Type and material recommended by piping system manufacturer unless otherwise indicated. 2.11 ENCASEMENT FOR PIPING A. Standard: ASTM A674 or AWWA C105/A21.5. B. Form: Sheet or tube. C. Color: Black or natural. 2.12 TRANSITION FITTINGS A. General Requirements: 1. Same size as pipes to be joined. 2. Pressure rating at least equal to pipes to be joined. 855 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3. End connections compatible with pipes to be joined. B. Fitting-Type Transition Couplings: Manufactured piping coupling or specified piping system fitting. C. Sleeve-Type Transition Coupling: AWWA C219. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Cascade Waterworks Mfg. Co. b. Dresser, Inc. c. Jay R. Smith Mfg Co; a division of Morris Group International. d. Viking Johnson. D. Plastic-to-Metal Transition Fittings: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Aquatherm. b. Charlotte Pipe and Foundry Company. c. Uponor. 2. Description: a. CPVC or PVC one-piece fitting with manufacturer's Schedule 80 equivalent dimensions. b. One end with threaded brass insert and one solvent-cement-socket or threaded end. E. Plastic-to-Metal Transition Unions: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Aquatherm. b. Colonial Engineering, Inc. c. NIBCO INC. 2. Description: a. CPVC or PVC four-part union. b. Brass threaded end. c. Solvent-cement-joint or threaded plastic end. d. Rubber O-ring. e. Union nut. 856 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.13 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS A. General Requirements: Assembly of copper alloy and ferrous materials with separating nonconductive insulating material. Include end connections compatible with pipes to be joined. B. Dielectric Unions: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. WATTS. b. Wilkins. c. Zurn Industries, LLC. 2. Standard: ASSE 1079. 3. Pressure Rating: 125 psig (860 kPa) minimum at 180 deg F (82 deg C) 150 psig (1035 kPa). 4. End Connections: Solder-joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous. C. Dielectric Flanges: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. WATTS. b. Wilkins. c. Zurn Industries, LLC. 2. Standard: ASSE 1079. 3. Factory-fabricated, bolted, companion-flange assembly. 4. Pressure Rating: 150 psig (1035 kPa). 5. End Connections: Solder-joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous; threaded solder-joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous. D. Dielectric-Flange Insulating Kits: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. b. Calpico, Inc. c. Central Plastics Company. d. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. 2. Nonconducting materials for field assembly of companion flanges. 3. Pressure Rating: 150 psig (1035 kPa). 4. Gasket: Neoprene or phenolic. 5. Bolt Sleeves: Phenolic or polyethylene. 857 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 6. Washers: Phenolic with steel backing washers. E. Dielectric Nipples: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Precision Plumbing Products. b. Sioux Chief Manufacturing Company, Inc. c. Victaulic Company. 2. Standard: IAPMO PS 66. 3. Electroplated steel nipple complying with ASTM F1545. 4. Pressure Rating and Temperature: 300 psig (2070 kPa) at 225 deg F (107 deg C). 5. End Connections: Male threaded or grooved. 6. Lining: Inert and noncorrosive, propylene. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PIPING APPLICATIONS A. Transition and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping rating may be used in applications below unless otherwise indicated. B. Flanges and unions may be used for aboveground piping joints unless otherwise indicated. C. Fitting Option: Extruded-tee connections and brazed joints may be used on aboveground copper tubing. D. Under-building-slab, domestic water, building-service piping, NPS 3 (DN 80) and smaller, shall be one of the following: 1. Annealed-temper copper tube, ASTM B88, Type K (ASTM B88M, Type A) ASTM B88, Type L (ASTM B88M, Type B); wrought-copper, solder-joint fittings; and brazed joints. 2. PVC, Schedule 40; socket fittings; and solvent-cemented joints. E. Under-building-slab, domestic water piping, NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller, shall be one of the following: 1. Drawn-temper or annealed-temper copper tube, ASTM B88, Type L (ASTM B88M, Type B); wrought-copper, solder-joint fittings; and brazed joints. 2. PVC, Schedule 40; socket fittings; and solvent-cemented joints. F. Aboveground domestic water piping, NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller, shall be one of the following: 858 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Galvanized-steel pipe and nipples; galvanized, gray-iron threaded fittings; and threaded joints. 2. Drawn-temper copper tube, ASTM B88, Type L (ASTM B88M, Type B) ASTM B88, Type M (ASTM B88M, Type C); cast- or wrought-copper, solder-joint fittings; and soldered joints. 3. CPVC, Schedule 40; socket fittings; and solvent-cemented joints. 4. PEX tube, NPS 1 (DN 25) and smaller. a. Fittings for PEX tube: 1) ASTM F1807, metal insert and copper crimp rings. 2) ASTM F1960, cold expansion fittings and reinforcing rings. 3) ASSE 1061, push-fit fittings. 5. PVC, Schedule 40; socket fittings; and solvent-cemented joints. G. Aboveground domestic water piping, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100), shall be one of the following: 1. Galvanized-steel pipe and nipples; galvanized, gray-iron threaded fittings; and threaded joints. 2. Galvanized-steel pipe; grooved-joint, galvanized-steel-pipe appurtenances; and grooved joints. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF PIPING A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of domestic water piping. Indicated locations and arrangements are used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on coordination drawings. B. Install copper tubing under building slab according to CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook." C. Install ductile-iron piping under building slab with restrained joints according to AWWA C600 and AWWA M41. D. Install underground copper tube and ductile-iron pipe in PE encasement according to ASTM A674 or AWWA C105/A21.5. E. Install valves according to the following: 1. Section 220523.12 "Ball Valves for Plumbing Piping." 2. Section 220523.14 "Check Valves for Plumbing Piping." 3. Section 220523.15 "Gate Valves for Plumbing Piping." 859 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 F. Install water-pressure-reducing valves downstream from shutoff valves. Comply with requirements for pressure-reducing valves in Section 221119 "Domestic Water Piping Specialties." G. Install domestic water piping level and plumb. H. Rough-in domestic water piping for water-meter installation according to utility company's requirements. I. Install seismic restraints on piping. Comply with requirements for seismic-restraint devices in Section 220548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." J. Install piping concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. K. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. L. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal, and coordinate with other services occupying that space. M. Install piping to permit valve servicing. N. Install nipples, unions, special fittings, and valves with pressure ratings the same as or higher than the system pressure rating used in applications below unless otherwise indicated. O. Install piping free of sags and bends. P. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. Q. Install PEX tubing with loop at each change of direction of more than 90 degrees. R. Install unions in copper tubing at final connection to each piece of equipment, machi ne, and specialty. S. Install pressure gauges on suction and discharge piping for each plumbing pump and packaged booster pump. Comply with requirements for pressure gauges in Section 220519 "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping." T. Install thermostats in hot-water circulation piping. Comply with requirements for thermostats in Section 221123.21 "Inline, Domestic Water Pumps." U. Install thermometers on inlet and outlet piping from each water heater. Comply with requirements for thermometers in Section 220519 "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping." V. Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for sleeves specified in Section 220517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping." 860 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 W. Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. Comply with requirements for sleeve seals specified in Section 220517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping." X. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for escutcheons specified in Section 220518 "Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping." 3.3 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. B. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipes, tubes, and fittings before assembly. C. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads. 2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. D. Brazed Joints for Copper Tubing: Comply with CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook," "Brazed Joints" chapter. E. Soldered Joints for Copper Tubing: Apply ASTM B813, water-flushable flux to end of tube. Join copper tube and fittings according to ASTM B828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook." F. Pressure-Sealed Joints for Copper Tubing: Join copper tube and pressure-seal fittings with tools and procedure recommended by pressure-seal-fitting manufacturer. Leave insertion marks on pipe after assembly. G. Push-on Joints for Copper Tubing: Clean end of tube. Measure insertion depth with manufacturer's depth gage. Join copper tube and push-on-joint fittings by inserting tube to measured depth. H. Extruded-Tee Connections: Form tee in copper tube according to ASTM F2014. Use tool designed for copper tube; drill pilot hole, form collar for outlet, dimple tube to form seating stop, and braze branch tube into collar. I. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate asbestos-free, nonmetallic gasket material in size, type, and thickness suitable for domestic water service. Join flanges with gasket and bolts according to ASME B31.9. J. Joint Construction for Solvent-Cemented Plastic Piping: Clean and dry joining surfaces. Join pipe and fittings according to the following: 861 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Comply with ASTM F402 for safe-handling practice of cleaners, primers, and solvent cements. Apply primer. 2. CPVC Piping: Join according to ASTM D2846/D2846M Appendix. 3. PVC Piping: Join according to ASTM D2855. K. Joints for PEX Tubing, ASTM: Join according to ASTM F1807 for metal insert and copper crimp ring fittings and ASTM F1960 for cold expansion fittings and reinforcing rings. L. Joints for PEX Tubing, ASSE: Join according to ASSE 1061 for push-fit fittings. M. Joints for Dissimilar-Material Piping: Make joints using adapters compatible with materials of both piping systems. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF TRANSITION FITTINGS A. Install transition couplings at joints of dissimilar piping. B. Transition Fittings in Underground Domestic Water Piping: 1. Fittings for NPS 1-1/2 (DN 40) and Smaller: Fitting-type coupling. 2. Fittings for NPS 2 (DN 50) and Larger: Sleeve-type coupling. C. Transition Fittings in Aboveground Domestic Water Piping NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Plastic-to-metal transition fittings or unions. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF DIELECTRIC FITTINGS A. Install dielectric fittings in piping at connections of dissimilar metal piping and tubing. B. Dielectric Fittings for NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Use dielectric couplings or nipples. C. Dielectric Fittings for NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): Use dielectric flanges. 3.6 INSTALLATION OF HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Comply with requirements for seismic-restraint devices specified in Section 220548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." B. Comply with requirements for hangers, supports, and anchor devices in Section 220529 "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." C. Install hangers for copper ductile iron galvanized steel piping, with maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters, to comply with MSS-58, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent. 862 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 D. Install vinyl-coated hangers for CPVC PVC piping, with maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters, to comply with manufacturer's written instructions, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent. E. Install vinyl-coated hangers for PEX tubing, with maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters, to comply with manufacturer's written instructions, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent. F. Support horizontal piping within 12 inches (300 mm) of each fitting. G. Support vertical runs of copper ductile iron galvanized steel piping to comply with MSS-58, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent. H. Support vertical runs of CPVC PVC piping to comply with manufacturer's written instructions, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent. I. Support vertical runs of PEX tubing to comply with manufacturer's written instructions, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent. 3.7 CONNECTIONS A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. When installing piping adjacent to equipment and machines, allow space for service and maintenance. C. Connect domestic water piping to exterior water-service piping. Use transition fitting to join dissimilar piping materials. D. Connect domestic water piping to water-service piping with shutoff valve; extend and connect to the following: 1. Domestic Water Booster Pumps: Cold-water suction and discharge piping. 2. Water Heaters: Cold-water inlet and hot-water outlet piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than sizes of water heater connections. 3. Plumbing Fixtures: Cold- and hot-water-supply piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than that required by plumbing code. 4. Equipment: Cold- and hot-water-supply piping as indicated, but not smaller than equipment connections. Provide shutoff valve and union for each connection. Use flanges instead of unions for NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger. 863 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.8 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components. Comply with requirements for identification material s and installation in Section 220553 "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." 3.9 ADJUSTING A. Perform the following adjustments before operation: 1. Close drain valves, hydrants, and hose bibbs. 2. Open shutoff valves to fully open position. 3. Open throttling valves to proper setting. 4. Adjust balancing valves in hot-water-circulation return piping to provide adequate flow. a. Manually adjust ball-type balancing valves in hot-water-circulation return piping to provide hot-water flow in each branch. b. Adjust calibrated balancing valves to flows indicated. 5. Remove plugs used during testing of piping and for temporary sealing of p iping during installation. 6. Remove and clean strainer screens. Close drain valves and replace drain plugs. 7. Remove filter cartridges from housings and verify that cartridges are as specified for application where used and are clean and ready for use. 8. Check plumbing specialties and verify proper settings, adjustments, and operation. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and inspections: 1. Piping Inspections: a. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it has been inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction. b. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least one d ay before inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction: 1) Roughing-in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing in after roughing in and before setting fixtures. 2) Final Inspection: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests specified in "Piping Tests" Subparagraph below and to ensure compliance with requirements. c. Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass tests or inspections, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection. 864 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 d. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Piping Tests: a. Fill domestic water piping. Check components to determine that they are not air bound and that piping is full of water. b. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit a separate report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested. c. Leave new, altered, extended, or replaced domestic water piping uncovered and unconcealed until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or concealed before it was tested. d. Cap and subject piping to static water pressure of 50 psig (345 kPa) above operating pressure, without exceeding pressure rating of piping system mate rials. Isolate test source and allow it to stand for four hours. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must be repaired. e. Hydrostatic testing and documentation of test results for polypropylene piping to be in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and submitted to the manufacturer upon successful completion per warranty requirements. f. Repair leaks and defects with new materials, and retest piping or portion thereof until satisfactory results are obtained. g. Prepare reports for tests and for corrective action required. B. Domestic water piping will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.11 CLEANING A. Clean and disinfect potable domestic water piping as follows: 1. Purge new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired before using. 2. Use purging and disinfecting procedures prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction; if methods are not prescribed, use procedures described in either AWWA C651 or AWWA C652 or follow procedures described below: a. Flush piping system with clean, potable water until dirty water does not appear at outlets. b. Fill and isolate system according to either of the following: 1) Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution with at least 50 ppm (50 mg/L) of chlorine. Isolate with valves and allow to stand for 24 hours. 2) Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution with at least 200 ppm (200 mg/L) of chlorine. Isolate and allow to stand for three hours. 865 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 c. Flush system with clean, potable water until no chlorine is in water coming from system after the standing time. d. Repeat procedures if biological examination shows contamination. e. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction. B. Clean non-potable domestic water piping as follows: 1. Purge new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired before using. 2. Use purging procedures prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction or; if methods are not prescribed, follow procedures described below: a. Flush piping system with clean, potable water until dirty water does not appear at outlets. b. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction. Repeat procedures if biological examination shows contamination. C. Prepare and submit reports of purging and disinfecting activities. Include copies of water- sample approvals from authorities having jurisdiction. D. Clean interior of domestic water piping system. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses. END OF SECTION 221116 866 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 221119 - DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Vacuum breakers. 2. Backflow preventers. 3. Water pressure-reducing valves. 4. Automatic water shutoff valve systems. 5. Balancing valves. 6. Temperature-actuated, water mixing valves. 7. Strainers for domestic water piping. 8. Outlet boxes. 9. Hose stations. 10. Hose bibbs. 11. Wall hydrants. 12. Ground hydrants. 13. Post hydrants. 14. Roof hydrants. 15. Drain valves. 16. Water-hammer arresters. 17. Trap-seal primer device. 18. Trap-seal primer systems. 19. Flexible connectors. 20. Water meters. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 220519 "Meters and Gauges for Plumbing Piping" for thermometers, pressure gauges, and flow meters in domestic water piping. 2. Section 221116 "Domestic Water Piping" for water meters. 3. Section 224500 "Emergency Plumbing Fixtures" for water tempering equipment. 4. Section 224716 "Pressure Water Coolers" for water filters for water coolers. 5. 867 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. AMI: Advanced Metering Infrastructure. B. AMR: Automatic Meter Reading. C. FKM: A family of fluroelastomer materials defined by ASTM D1418. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: For domestic water piping specialties. 1. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Test and inspection reports. B. Field quality-control reports. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For domestic water piping specialties to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Domestic water piping specialties intended to convey or dispense water for human consumption are to comply with the SDWA, requirements of authorities having jurisdiction, and NSF 61 and NSF 372, or to be certified in compliance with NSF 61 and NSF 372 by an American National Standards Institute (ANSI)-accredited third-party certification body that the weighted average lead content at wetted surfaces is less than or equal to 0.25 percent. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Minimum Working Pressure for Domestic Water Piping Specialties: 125 psig (860 kPa) unless otherwise indicated. 868 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.3 VACUUM BREAKERS A. Pipe-Applied, Atmospheric-Type Vacuum Breakers: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Apollo Flow Controls; Conbraco Industries, Inc. b. WATTS. c. Zurn Industries, LLC. 2. Standard: ASSE 1001. 3. Size: NPS 1/4 to NPS 3 (DN 8 to DN 80), as required to match connected piping. 4. Body: Bronze. 5. Inlet and Outlet Connections: Threaded. 6. Finish: Chrome plated. B. Hose-Connection Vacuum Breakers: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. MIFAB, Inc. b. WATTS. c. Woodford Manufacturing Company. 2. Standard: ASSE 1011. 3. Body: Bronze, nonremovable, with manual drain. 4. Outlet Connection: Garden-hose threaded complying with ASME B1.20.7. 5. Finish: Chrome or nickel plated. C. Pressure Vacuum Breakers: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Apollo Flow Controls; Conbraco Industries, Inc. b. FEBCO; A WATTS Brand. c. WATTS. d. Zurn Industries, LLC. 2. Standard: ASSE 1020. 3. Operation: Continuous-pressure applications. 4. Pressure Loss: 5 psig (35 kPa) maximum, through middle third of flow range. 5. Accessories: a. Valves: Ball type, on inlet and outlet. 869 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 D. Laboratory-Faucet Vacuum Breakers: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Apollo Flow Controls; Conbraco Industries, Inc. b. WATTS. c. Zurn Industries, LLC. 2. Standard: ASSE 1035. 3. Size: NPS 1/4 or NPS 3/8 (DN 8 or DN 10) matching faucet size. 4. Body: Bronze. 5. End Connections: Threaded. 6. Finish: Chrome plated. E. Spill-Resistant Vacuum Breakers: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Apollo Flow Controls; Conbraco Industries, Inc. b. Zurn Industries, LLC. 2. Standard: ASSE 1056. 3. Operation: Continuous-pressure applications. 4. Accessories: a. Valves: Ball type, on inlet and outlet. 2.4 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS A. Intermediate Atmospheric-Vent Backflow Preventers: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Apollo Flow Controls; Conbraco Industries, Inc. b. WATTS. c. Zurn Industries, LLC. 2. Standard: ASSE 1012. 3. Operation: Continuous-pressure applications. 4. Body: Bronze. 5. End Connections: Union, solder joint. 6. Finish: Rough bronze. B. Reduced-Pressure-Principle Backflow Preventers: 870 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Apollo Flow Controls; Conbraco Industries, Inc. b. FEBCO; A WATTS Brand. c. WATTS. d. Zurn Industries, LLC. 2. Standard: ASSE 1013. 3. Operation: Continuous-pressure applications. 4. Pressure Loss: 12 psig (83 kPa) maximum, through middle third of flow range. 5. Body: Bronze for NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller; ductile or cast iron with interior lining that complies with AWWA C550 or that is FDA approved or stainless steel for NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger. 6. End Connections: Threaded for NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller; flanged for NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger. 7. Configuration: Designed for horizontal, straight-through flow. 8. Accessories: a. Valves NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Ball type with threaded ends on inlet and outlet. b. Valves NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Outside-screw and yoke-gate type with flanged ends on inlet and outlet. c. Air-Gap Fitting: ASME A112.1.2, matching backflow-preventer connection. C. Double-Check, Backflow-Prevention Assemblies: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Apollo Flow Controls; Conbraco Industries, Inc. b. FEBCO; A WATTS Brand. c. WATTS. 2. Standard: ASSE 1015. 3. Operation: Continuous-pressure applications unless otherwise indicated. 4. Pressure Loss: 5 psig (35 kPa) maximum, through middle third of flow range. 5. Body: Bronze for NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller; ductile or cast iron with interior lining that complies with AWWA C550 or that is FDA approved or stainless steel for NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger. 6. End Connections: Threaded for NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller; flanged for NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger. 7. Configuration: Designed for horizontal, straight-through flow. 8. Accessories: a. Valves NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Ball type with threaded ends on inlet and outlet. 871 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 b. Valves NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Outside-screw and yoke-gate type with flanged ends on inlet and outlet. D. Beverage-Dispensing-Equipment Backflow Preventers: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Apollo Flow Controls; Conbraco Industries, Inc. b. WATTS. c. Zurn Industries, LLC. 2. Standard: ASSE 1022. 3. Operation: Continuous-pressure applications. 4. Size: NPS 1/4 or NPS 3/8 (DN 8 or DN 10). 5. Body: Stainless steel or non-metallic. 6. End Connections: Threaded or flare. E. Dual-Check-Valve Backflow Preventers: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Apollo Flow Controls; Conbraco Industries, Inc. b. WATTS. c. Zurn Industries, LLC. 2. Standard: ASSE 1024. 3. Operation: Continuous-pressure applications. 4. Body: Bronze with union inlet. F. Hose-Connection Backflow Preventers: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Apollo Flow Controls; Conbraco Industries, Inc. b. WATTS. c. Woodford Manufacturing Company. d. Zurn Industries, LLC. 2. Standard: ASSE 1052. 3. Operation: Up to 10-foot head of water (30-kPa) back pressure. 4. Inlet Size: NPS 3/4 (DN 20). 5. Outlet Size: Garden-hose thread complying with ASME B1.20.7. 6. Capacity: At least 3-gpm (0.19-L/s) flow. G. Backflow-Preventer Test Kits: 872 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Apollo Flow Controls; Conbraco Industries, Inc. b. FEBCO; A WATTS Brand. c. WATTS. d. Zurn Industries, LLC. 2. Description: Factory calibrated, with gauges, fittings, hoses, and carrying case with test- procedure instructions. H. Water-Control Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Apollo Flow Controls; Conbraco Industries, Inc. b. Flomatic Valves. c. WATTS. d. Zurn Industries, LLC. 2. Description: Pilot-operated, diaphragm-type, single-seated, main water-control valve. 3. Pressure Rating: Initial working pressure of 150 psig (1035 kPa) minimum with AWWA C550 or FDA-approved, interior epoxy coating. Include small pilot-control valve, restrictor device, specialty fittings, and sensor piping. 4. Main Valve Body: Cast- or ductile-iron body with AWWA C550 or FDA-approved, interior epoxy coating; or stainless steel body. a. Pattern: Globe-valve design. b. Trim: Stainless steel. 5. End Connections: Threaded for NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller; flanged for NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger. 2.5 BALANCING VALVES A. Copper-Alloy Calibrated Balancing Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Bell & Gossett; a Xylem brand. b. NIBCO INC. c. WATTS. 2. Type: Ball valve with two readout ports and memory-setting indicator. 3. Body: Brass or bronze. 873 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 4. Size: Same as connected piping, but not larger than NPS 2 (DN 50). 5. Accessories: Meter hoses, fittings, valves, differential pressure meter, and carrying case. B. Memory-Stop Balancing Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Apollo Flow Controls; Conbraco Industries, Inc. b. Milwaukee Valve Company. c. NIBCO INC. 2. Standard: MSS SP-110 for two-piece, copper-alloy ball valves. 3. Pressure Rating: 400-psig (2760-kPa) minimum CWP. 4. Size: NPS 2 (DN 50) or smaller. 5. Body: Copper alloy. 6. Port: Standard or full port. 7. Ball: Chrome-plated brass or stainless steel. 8. Seats and Seals: Replaceable. 9. End Connections: Solder joint or threaded. 10. Handle: Vinyl-covered steel with memory-setting device. C. Automatic Flow Control Balancing Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Bell and Gosset Xylem Brand. b. Caleffi. c. IMI Hydronic Engineering Inc. d. ThermOmegaTech. 2. Flow Regulation: Plus or minus 5 percent over 95 percent of the working range. 3. Pressure Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa). 4. Size: NPS 2 (DN 50) or smaller. 5. Body: Stainless steel or brass. 6. Flow Cartridge: Stainless steel or antiscale polymer. 7. End Connections: Threaded or solder joint. 2.6 TEMPERATURE-ACTUATED, WATER MIXING VALVES A. Water-Temperature Limiting Devices: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Leonard Valve Company. 874 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 b. POWERS; A WATTS Brand. c. Symmons Industries, Inc. d. WATTS. 2. Standard: ASSE 1070. 3. Pressure Rating: 125 psig (860 kPa). 4. Type: Thermostatically controlled, water mixing valve. 5. Material: Bronze body with corrosion-resistant interior components. 6. Connections: Threaded inlets and outlet. 7. Accessories: Check stops on hot- and cold-water supplies, and adjustable, temperature- control handle. 8. Tempered-Water Setting: See Schedule. 9. Tempered-Water Design Flow Rate: See Schedule. 10. Valve Finish: Chrome plated. B. Primary, Thermostatic, Water Mixing Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Lawler Manufacturing Company, Inc. b. Leonard Valve Company. c. POWERS; A WATTS Brand. d. Symmons Industries, Inc. 2. Standard: ASSE 1017. 3. Pressure Rating: 125 psig (860 kPa) minimum unless otherwise indicated. 4. Type: Exposed-mounted, thermostatically controlled, water mixing valve. 5. Material: Bronze body with corrosion-resistant interior components. 6. Connections: Threaded inlets and outlet. 7. Accessories: Manual temperature control, check stops on hot- and cold-water supplies, and adjustable, temperature-control handle. 8. Tempered-Water Setting: See Schedule. 9. Tempered-Water Design Flow Rate: See Schedule. 10. Pressure Drop at Design Flow Rate: 15 psig. 11. Valve Finish: Chrome plated. 12. Piping Finish: Copper. C. Primary, Electronic, Water Mixing Valve Assemblies: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Acorn Engineering Company; a Division of Morris Group International. b. Leonard Valve Company. c. POWERS; A WATTS Brand. 2. Standard: ASSE 1017. 875 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3. Pressure Rating: 125 psig (860 kPa) minimum unless otherwise indicated. 4. Type: Exposed, electronically controlled, water mixing valve. 5. Material: Bronze body with corrosion-resistant interior components. 6. Connections: Threaded or solder joint inlets and outlet. 7. Accessories: Manual temperature override control, check stops on hot- and cold-water supplies, and automatic hot- and cold-water shutoff upon inlet supply failure. 8. Tempered-Water Setting: See schedule. 9. Tempered-Water Design Flow Rate: See schedule. 10. Pressure Drop at Design Flow Rate: 15 psig. 11. Valve Finish: Bronze. 12. Digital temperature control and monitoring module. a. Controls temperature within plus or minus 2 deg F (1 deg C). b. User programmable at module or through BAS. c. ASHRAE 188 compliance. d. Local and remote monitoring. e. BACNet protocol language(s). f. 115 V ac, 60 Hz. g. Battery backup. D. Individual-Fixture, Water Tempering Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Lawler Manufacturing Company, Inc. b. Leonard Valve Company. c. POWERS; A WATTS Brand. 2. Standard: ASSE 1016, thermostatically controlled, water tempering valve. 3. Pressure Rating: 125 psig (860 kPa) minimum unless otherwise indicated. 4. Material: Bronze body with corrosion-resistant interior components. 5. Temperature Control: Adjustable. 6. Connections: Threaded inlets and outlet. 7. Finish: Chrome plated. 8. Tempered-Water Setting: 105 deg F. 2.7 STRAINERS FOR DOMESTIC WATER PIPING A. Y-Pattern Strainers: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Keckley Company. b. Titan Flow Control, Inc. c. WATTS. 876 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 d. Zurn Industries, LLC. 2. Pressure Rating: 125 psig (860 kPa) minimum unless otherwise indicated. 3. Body: Bronze for NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller; cast iron with interior lining that complies with AWWA C550 or that is FDA approved, epoxy coated and for NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger. 4. End Connections: Threaded for NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller; flanged for NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger. 5. Screen: Stainless steel with round perforations unless otherwise indicated. 6. Perforation Size: a. Strainers NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: 0.020 inch (0.51 mm). b. Strainers NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): 0.045 inch (1.14 mm). 7. Drain: Factory-installed, hose-end drain valve. 2.8 HOSE BIBBS A. Hose Bibbs: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. MIFAB, Inc. b. Woodford Manufacturing Company. c. Zurn Industries, LLC. 2. Standard: ASME A112.18.1 for sediment faucets. 3. Body Material: Bronze. 4. Seat: Bronze, replaceable. 5. Supply Connections: NPS 1/2 or NPS 3/4 (DN 15 or DN 20) threaded or solder-joint inlet. 6. Outlet Connection: Garden-hose thread complying with ASME B1.20.7. 7. Pressure Rating: 125 psig (860 kPa). 8. Vacuum Breaker: Integral nonremovable, drainable, hose-connection vacuum breaker complying with ASSE 1011. 9. Finish for Equipment Rooms: Rough bronze, or chrome or nickel plated. 10. Finish for Service Areas: Chrome or nickel plated. 11. Finish for Finished Rooms: Chrome or nickel plated. 12. Operation for Equipment Rooms: Wheel handle or operating key. 13. Operation for Service Areas: Wheel handle. 14. Operation for Finished Rooms: Operating key. 15. Include operating key with each operating-key hose bibb. 16. Include integral wall flange with each chrome- or nickel-plated hose bibb. 877 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.9 WALL HYDRANTS A. Nonfreeze Wall Hydrants: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. MIFAB, Inc. b. WATTS. c. Woodford Manufacturing Company. 2. Standard: ASME A112.21.3M for exposed-outlet, self-draining wall hydrants. 3. Pressure Rating: 125 psig (860 kPa). 4. Operation: Loose key. 5. Casing and Operating Rod: Of length required to match wall thickness. Include wall clamp. 6. Inlet: NPS 3/4 or NPS 1 (DN 20 or DN 25). 7. Outlet, Concealed: With integral vacuum breaker and garden-hose thread complying with ASME B1.20.7. 8. Box: Deep, flush mounted with cover. 9. Box and Cover Finish: Polished nickel bronze. 10. Outlet, Exposed: With integral vacuum breaker and garden-hose thread complying with ASME B1.20.7. 11. Nozzle and Wall-Plate Finish: Polished nickel bronze. 12. Operating Keys(s): Two with each wall hydrant. B. Nonfreeze Vacuum Breaker Wall Hydrants: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. WATTS. b. Woodford Manufacturing Company. c. Zurn Industries, LLC. 2. Standard: ASSE 1019, Type A or Type B. 3. Type: Automatic draining with integral air-inlet valve. 4. Classification: Type A, for automatic draining with hose removed or Type B, for automatic draining with hose removed or with hose attached and nozzle closed. 5. Pressure Rating: 125 psig (860 kPa). 6. Operation: Loose key. 7. Casing and Operating Rod: Of length required to match wall thickness. Include wall clamp. 8. Inlet: NPS 1/2 or NPS 3/4 (DN 15 or DN 20). 9. Outlet: Exposed with garden-hose thread complying with ASME B1.20.7. 878 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.10 DRAIN VALVES A. Ball-Valve-Type, Hose-End Drain Valves: 1. Standard: MSS SP-110 for standard-port, two-piece ball valves. 2. Pressure Rating: 400-psig (2760-kPa) minimum CWP. 3. Size: NPS 3/4 (DN 20). 4. Body: Copper alloy. 5. Ball: Chrome-plated brass. 6. Seats and Seals: Replaceable. 7. Handle: Vinyl-covered steel. 8. Inlet: Threaded or solder joint. 9. Outlet: Threaded, short nipple with garden-hose thread complying with ASME B1.20.7 and cap with brass chain. B. Gate-Valve-Type, Hose-End Drain Valves: 1. Standard: MSS SP-80 for gate valves. 2. Pressure Rating: Class 125. 3. Size: NPS 3/4 (DN 20). 4. Body: ASTM B62 bronze. 5. Inlet: NPS 3/4 (DN 20) threaded or solder joint. 6. Outlet: Garden-hose thread complying with ASME B1.20.7 and cap with brass chain. C. Stop-and-Waste Drain Valves: 1. Standard: MSS SP-110 for ball valves or MSS SP-80 for gate valves. 2. Pressure Rating: 200-psig (1380-kPa) minimum CWP or Class 125. 3. Size: NPS 3/4 (DN 20). 4. Body: Copper alloy or ASTM B62 bronze. 5. Drain: NPS 1/8 (DN 6) side outlet with cap. 2.11 WATER-HAMMER ARRESTERS A. Water-Hammer Arresters: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. MIFAB, Inc. b. Precision Plumbing Products. c. WATTS. 2. Standard: ASSE 1010 or PDI-WH 201. 3. Type: Piston. 4. Size: ASSE 1010, Sizes AA and A through F, or PDI-WH 201, Sizes A through F. 879 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.12 TRAP-SEAL PRIMER DEVICE A. Supply-Type, Trap-Seal Primer Device: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Josam Company. b. Precision Plumbing Products. c. WATTS. 2. Standard: ASSE 1018. 3. Pressure Rating: 125 psig (860 kPa) minimum. 4. Body: Bronze. 5. Inlet and Outlet Connections: NPS 1/2 (DN 15) threaded, union, or solder joint. 6. Gravity Drain Outlet Connection: NPS 1/2 (DN 15) threaded or solder joint. 7. Finish: Chrome plated, or rough bronze for units used with pipe or tube that is not chrome finished. 2.13 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Flex-Hose Co., Inc. 2. Mason Industries, Inc. 3. Metraflex Company (The). B. Bronze-Hose Flexible Connectors: Corrugated-bronze tubing with bronze wire-braid covering and ends brazed to inner tubing. 1. Working-Pressure Rating: Minimum 200 psig (1380 kPa). 2. End Connections NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded copper pipe or plain-end copper tube. 3. End Connections NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Flanged copper alloy. C. Stainless Steel-Hose Flexible Connectors: Corrugated-stainless steel tubing with stainless steel wire-braid covering and ends welded to inner tubing. 1. Working-Pressure Rating: Minimum 200 psig (1380 kPa). 2. End Connections NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded steel-pipe nipple. 3. End Connections NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Flanged steel nipple. 2.14 WATER METERS A. Displacement-Type Water Meters: 880 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Aaliant; a brand of Niagara Meters. b. Badger Meter, Inc. c. Neptune Technology Group Inc. 2. Standard: AWWA C700. 3. Pressure Rating: 150-psig (1035-kPa) working pressure. 4. Body Design: Nutating disc; totalization meter. 5. Registration: In gallons (liters) or cubic feet (cubic meters) as required by utility company. a. Remote Registration System: Encoder type complying with AWWA C707; modified with signal-transmitting assembly, low-voltage connecting wiring, and remote register assembly as required by utility company. 1) System shall be capable of transmitting data using AMR/AMI technology. 6. Case: Bronze. 7. End Connections: Threaded or flanged. B. Turbine-Type Water Meters: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Aaliant; a brand of Niagara Meters. b. Badger Meter, Inc. c. Neptune Technology Group Inc. 2. Standard: AWWA C701. 3. Pressure Rating: 150 psig (1035 kPa) working pressure. 4. Body Design: Turbine; totalization meter. 5. Registration: In gallons (liters) or cubic feet (cubic meters) as required by utility company. a. Remote Registration System: Encoder type complying with AWWA C707; modified with signal-transmitting assembly, low-voltage connecting wiring, and remote register assembly as required by utility company. 1) System shall be capable of transmitting data using AMR/AMI technology. 6. Case: Bronze. 7. End Connections: Threaded or flanged. C. Compound-Type Water Meters: 881 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Badger Meter, Inc. b. Neptune Technology Group Inc. c. Sensus; a Xylem brand. 2. Standard: AWWA C702. 3. Pressure Rating: 150-psig (1035-kPa) working pressure. 4. Body Design: With integral mainline and bypass meters; totalization meter. 5. Registration: In gallons (liters) or cubic feet (cubic meters) as required by utility company. a. Remote Registration System: Encoder type complying with AWWA C707; modified with signal-transmitting assembly, low-voltage connecting wiring, and remote register assembly as required by utility company. 1) System shall be capable of transmitting data using AMR/AMI technology. 6. Case: Bronze. 7. End Connections: Flanged. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Backflow Preventers: Install in each water supply to mechanical equipment and systems and to other equipment and water systems that may be sources of contamination. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Locate backflow preventers in same room as connected equipment or system. 2. Install drain for backflow preventers with atmospheric-vent drain connection with air-gap fitting, fixed air-gap fitting, or equivalent positive pipe separation of at least two pipe diameters in drain piping and pipe-to-floor drain. Locate air-gap device attached to or under backflow preventer. Simple air breaks are unacceptable for this application. 3. Do not install bypass piping around backflow preventers. B. Water Regulators: Install with inlet and outlet shutoff valves. Install pressure gauges on inlet and outlet. C. Water Control Valves: Install with inlet and outlet shutoff valves. Install pressure gauges on inlet and outlet. D. Automatic Water Shutoff Valves: Test for signal strength before valve installation. Install automatic shutoff valve downstream from main domestic water shutoff valve. Install valve controller in an accessible location with sensors in areas where water is likely to accumulate. 882 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 E. Balancing Valves: Install in locations where they can easily be adjusted. Set at indicated design flow rates. F. Temperature-Actuated, Water Mixing Valves: Install with check stops or shutoff valves on inlets and with shutoff valve on outlet. 1. Install cabinet-type units recessed in or surface mounted on wall as specified. G. Y-Pattern Strainers: For water, install on supply side of each control valve water pressure- reducing valve solenoid valve and pump. H. Outlet Boxes: Install boxes recessed in wall or surface mounted on wall. Install 1-1/2-by-3-1/2- inch (38-by-89-mm) fire-retardant-treated-wood blocking, wall reinforcement between studs. Comply with requirements for fire-retardant-treated-wood blocking in Section 061053 "Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry." I. Hose Stations: Install with check stops or shutoff valves on inlets and with thermometer on outlet. 1. Install cabinet-type units recessed in or surface mounted on wall as specified. Install 1- 1/2-by-3-1/2-inch (38-by-89-mm) fire-retardant-treated-wood blocking, wall reinforcement between studs. Comply with requirements for fire-retardant-treated-wood blocking in Section 061053 "Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry." J. Water-Hammer Arresters: Install in water piping in accordance with PDI-WH 201. K. Supply-Type, Trap-Seal Primer Device: Install with outlet piping pitched down toward drain trap a minimum of 1 percent, and connect to floor-drain body, trap, or inlet fitting. Adjust valve for proper flow. L. Drainage-Type, Trap-Seal Primer Device: Install as lavatory trap with outlet piping pitched down toward drain trap a minimum of 1 percent, and connect to floor-drain body, trap, or inlet fitting. M. Trap-Seal Primer Systems: Install with outlet piping pitched down toward drain trap a minimum of 1 percent, and connect to floor-drain body, trap, or inlet fitting. Adjust system for proper flow. 3.2 PIPING CONNECTIONS A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. When installing piping specialties adjacent to equipment and machines, allow space for service and maintenance. 883 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.3 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS A. Connect wiring in accordance with Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." B. Ground equipment in accordance with Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." C. Install electrical devices furnished by manufacturer, but not factory mounted, in accordance with NFPA 70 and NECA 1. 3.4 IDENTIFICATION A. Plastic Labels for Equipment: Install engraved plastic-laminate equipment nameplate or sign on or near each of the following: 1. Vacuum breakers. 2. Backflow preventers. 3. Water pressure-reducing valves. 4. Automatic water shutoff valve systems. 5. Balancing valves. 6. Temperature-actuated, water mixing valves. 7. Outlet boxes. 8. Wall hydrants. 9. Trap-seal primer device. 10. Trap-seal primer systems. 11. Water meters. B. Distinguish among multiple units, inform operator of operational requirements, indicate safety and emergency precautions, and warn of hazards and improper operations, in addition to identifying unit. Nameplates and signs are specified in Section 220553 "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Set field-adjustable pressure set points of water pressure-reducing valves. B. Set field-adjustable flow set points of balancing valves. C. Set field-adjustable temperature set points of temperature-actuated, water mixing valves. D. Adjust each pressure vacuum breaker reduced-pressure-principle backflow preventer double- check, backflow-prevention assembly and double-check, detector-assembly backflow preventer in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, authorities having jurisdiction and the device's reference standard. 884 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to test and inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections. C. Perform the following tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory-authorized service representative. 1. Test each pressure vacuum breaker reduced-pressure-principle backflow preventer double-check, backflow-prevention assembly and double-check, detector-assembly backflow preventer according to authorities having jurisdiction and the device's reference standard. 2. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 3. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm unit operation. 4. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. D. Domestic water piping specialties will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. E. Prepare test and inspection reports. END OF SECTION 221119 885 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 221123.21 - INLINE, DOMESTIC-WATER PUMPS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. In-line, sealless centrifugal pumps. 2. Horizontally mounted, in-line, separately coupled centrifugal pumps. 3. Horizontally mounted, in-line, close-coupled centrifugal pumps. 4. Vertically mounted, in-line, close-coupled centrifugal pumps. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include construction materials, rated capacities, certified performance curves with operating points plotted on curves, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Detail pumps and adjacent equipment. Show support locations, type of support, weight on each support, required clearances, and other details, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved: 1. Structural members to which pumps will be attached. 2. Size and location of initial access modules for acoustical tile. B. Seismic Qualification Data: Certificates, for inline, domestic-water pumps, accessories, and components, from manufacturer. 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. 2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. 3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. 886 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. Field quality-control reports. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For inline, domestic-water pumps to include in operation and maintenance manuals. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Retain shipping flange protective covers and protective coatings during storage. B. Protect bearings and couplings against damage. C. Comply with pump manufacturer's written instructions for handling. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. UL Compliance: UL 778 for motor-operated water pumps. C. Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects and Drinking Water System Components - Lead Content Compliance: NSF 61 and NSF 372. D. Seismic Performance: Inline, domestic-water pumps shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7. 1. The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts when subjected to the seismic forces specified and the unit will be fully operational after the seismic event." 2. Component Importance Factor: 1.0. 2.2 IN-LINE, SEALLESS CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS A. Description: Factory-assembled and -tested, in-line, close-coupled, canned-motor, sealless, overhung-impeller centrifugal pumps. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Grundfos Pumps Corp. 887 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. TACO Comfort Solutions, Inc. 3. WILO USA LLC - WILO Canada Inc. C. Capacities and Characteristics: 1. See plans and schedules D. Pump Construction: 1. Pump and Motor Assembly: Hermetically sealed, replaceable-cartridge type with motor and impeller on common shaft and designed for installation with pump and motor shaft horizontal. 2. Minimum Working Pressure: 125 psig (860 kPa). 3. Maximum Continuous Operating Temperature: 220 deg F (104 deg C). 4. Casing: Bronze, with threaded or companion-flange connections. 5. Impeller: stainless steel. 6. Motor: Three speed. 2.3 HORIZONTALLY MOUNTED, IN-LINE, CLOSE-COUPLED CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS A. Description: Factory-assembled and -tested, in-line, single-stage, close-coupled, overhung- impeller centrifugal pumps designed for installation with pump and motor shaft mounted horizontal. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Bell & Gossett; a Xylem brand. 2. Thrush Co. Inc. C. Capacities and Characteristics: 1. See Plans and Schedules D. Pump Construction: 1. Casing: a. Radially split bronze brass or cast iron with threaded companion-flange connections for pumps with NPS 2 (DN 50) pipe connections and flanged connections for pumps with NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) pipe connections. b. Built to permit servicing of pump internals without disturbing the casing or the suction and discharge piping. c. Gauge port tappings at suction and discharge nozzles. 2. Impeller: Bronze or brass, statically and dynamically balanced, closed, and keyed to shaft. 888 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3. Shaft and Shaft Sleeve: Steel shaft with deflector, with copper-alloy shaft sleeve. Include water slinger on shaft between motor and seal. 4. Shaft Coupling: Flexible, capable of absorbing torsional vibration and shaft misalignment. 5. Seal: Mechanical, with carbon-steel rotating ring, stainless-steel spring, ceramic seat, and rubber bellows and gasket. 6. Bearings: permanently lubricated ball type. 7. Minimum Working Pressure: 175 psig (1200 kPa). 8. Continuous Operating Temperature: 225 deg F (107 deg C). E. Motor: Single speed, with grease-lubricated ball bearings; resiliently or rigidly mounted to pump casing. 2.4 MOTORS A. Comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor, enclosure type, and efficiency requirements for motors specified in Section 220513 "Common Motor Requirements for Plumbing Equipment." 1. Motor Sizes: Minimum size as indicated. If not indicated, large enough so driven load will not require motor to operate in service factor range above 1.0. 2.5 CONTROLS A. Thermostats: Electric; adjustable for control of hot-water circulation pump. 1. Type: Water-immersion temperature sensor, for installation in piping. 2. Range: 65 to 200 deg F (18 to 93 deg C). 3. Enclosure: NEMA 250, Type 4X. 4. Operation of Pump: On or off. 5. Transformer: Provide if required. 6. Power Requirement: 120 V ac. 7. Settings: Start pump at 105 deg F (41 deg C) and stop pump at 125 deg F (52 deg C). B. Timers: Electric, for control of hot-water circulation pump. 1. Type: Programmable, seven-day clock with manual override on-off switch. 2. Enclosure: NEMA 250, Type 1, suitable for wall mounting. 3. Operation of Pump: On or off. 4. Transformer: Provide if required. 5. Power Requirement: 120 V ac. 6. Programmable Sequence of Operation: Up to two on-off cycles each day for seven days. 889 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine roughing-in for domestic-water-piping system to verify actual locations of piping connections before pump installation. 3.2 PUMP INSTALLATION A. Comply with HI 1.4. B. Mount pumps in orientation complying with manufacturer's written instructions. C. Pump Mounting: 1. Install vertically mounted, in-line, close-coupled centrifugal pumps with cast-iron base mounted on concrete base using vibration isolation type and deflection as specified in Section 220548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." Comply with requirements for concrete base specified in Section 033000 "Cast-in-Place Concrete." 2. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch (450-mm) centers around the full perimeter of concrete base. 3. For supported equipment, install epoxy-coated anchor bolts that extend through concrete base and anchor into structural concrete floor. 4. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 5. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. D. Install continuous-thread hanger rods and vibration isolation of size required to support pump weight. 1. Comply with requirements for vibration isolation devices specified in Section 220548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." Fabricate brackets or supports as required. 2. Comply with requirements for hangers and supports specified in Section 220529 "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." E. Install pressure switches in water-supply piping. F. Install thermostats in hot-water return piping. G. Install timers In Mechanical Room. H. Install time-delay relays in piping between water heaters and hot-water storage tanks. 890 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.3 PIPING CONNECTIONS A. Comply with requirements for piping specified in Section 221116 "Domestic Water Piping." Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Where installing piping adjacent to inline, domestic-water pumps, allow space for service and maintenance. C. Connect domestic-water piping to pumps. Install suction and discharge piping equal to or greater than size of pump nozzles. 1. Install flexible connectors adjacent to pumps in suction and discharge piping of the following pumps: a. Horizontally mounted, in-line, separately coupled centrifugal pumps. b. Horizontally mounted, in-line, close-coupled centrifugal pumps. c. Vertically mounted, in-line, close-coupled centrifugal pumps. d. Comply with requirements for flexible connectors specified in Section 221116 "Domestic Water Piping." D. Install shutoff valve and strainer on suction side of each pump, and check, shutoff, and throttling valves on discharge side of each pump. Install valves same size as connected piping. Comply with requirements for strainers specified in Section 221119 "Domestic Water Piping Specialties." Comply with requirements for valves specified in the following: 1. Section 220523.12 "Ball Valves for Plumbing Piping." 2. Section 220523.14 "Check Valves for Plumbing Piping." 3. Section 220523.15 "Gate Valves for Plumbing Piping." 4. Install pressure gauge and snubber at suction of each pump and pressure gauge and snubber at discharge of each pump. Install at integral pressure-gauge tappings where provided or install pressure-gauge connectors in suction and discharge piping around pumps. Comply with requirements for pressure gauges and snubbers specified in Section 220519 "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping." 3.4 CONTROL CONNECTIONS A. Install control and electrical power wiring to field-mounted control devices. B. Connect control wiring between temperature controllers and devices. 3.5 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Section 220553 "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for identification of pumps. 891 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. C. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to test and inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections. D. Perform tests and inspections. E. Tests and Inspections: 1. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 2. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. 3. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. F. Inline, domestic-water pump will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. G. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.7 STARTUP SERVICE A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup service. 1. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Check piping connections for tightness. 3. Clean strainers on suction piping. 4. Set thermostats, timers, for automatic starting and stopping operation of pumps. 5. Perform the following startup checks for each pump before starting: a. Verify bearing lubrication. b. Verify that pump is free to rotate by hand and that pump for handling hot liquid is free to rotate with pump hot and cold. If pump is bound or drags, do not operate until cause of trouble is determined and corrected. c. Verify that pump is rotating in the correct direction. 6. Prime pump by opening suction valves and closing drains, and prepare pump for operation. 7. Start motor. 8. Open discharge valve slowly. 9. Adjust temperature settings on thermostats. 10. Adjust timer settings. 892 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.8 ADJUSTING A. Adjust inline, domestic-water pumps to function smoothly, and lubricate as recommended by manufacturer. B. Adjust initial temperature set points. C. Set field-adjustable switches and circuit-breaker trip ranges as indicated. END OF SECTION 221123.21 893 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 221316 - SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Hub-and-spigot, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings. 2. Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings. 3. Galvanized-steel pipe and fittings. 4. Ductile-iron pipe and fittings. 5. PVC pipe and fittings. 6. Specialty pipe fittings. 7. Encasement for underground metal piping. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: For hubless, single-stack drainage system. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Seismic Qualification Certificates: For waste and vent piping, accessories, and components, from manufacturer. 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. 2. Detailed description of piping anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. B. Field quality-control reports. 894 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Interruption of Existing Sanitary Waste Service: Do not interrupt service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only a fter arranging to provide temporary service according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Architect no fewer than two days in advance of proposed interruption of sanitary waste service. 2. Do not proceed with interruption of sanitary waste service without Architect's written permission. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Listed manufacturers to provide labeling and warranty of their respective products. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Components and installation shall be capable of withstanding the following minimum working pressure unless otherwise indicated: 1. Soil, Waste, and Vent Piping: 10-foot head of water (30 kPa). 2. Waste, Force-Main Piping: 50 psig (345 kPa). B. Seismic Performance: Soil, waste, and vent piping and support and installation shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7. 2.2 PIPING MATERIALS A. Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency. B. Comply with requirements in "Piping Schedule" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting materials, and joining methods for specific services, service locations, and pipe sizes. 2.3 HUB-AND-SPIGOT, CAST-IRON SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. AB & I Foundry; a part of the McWane family of companies. 2. Charlotte Pipe and Foundry Company. 3. Tyler Pipe; a part of McWane family of companies. 895 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 74, Service and Extra Heavy class(es). C. Gaskets: ASTM C 564, rubber. D. Caulking Materials: ASTM B 29, pure lead and oakum or hemp fiber. 2.4 HUBLESS, CAST-IRON SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. AB & I Foundry; a part of the McWane family of companies. 2. Charlotte Pipe and Foundry Company. 3. Tyler Pipe; a part of McWane family of companies. B. Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 888 or CISPI 301. C. Single-Stack Aerator Fittings: ASME B16.45, hubless, cast-iron aerator and deaerator drainage fittings. D. CISPI, Hubless-Piping Couplings: 1. Standards: ASTM C 1277 and CISPI 310. 2. Description: Stainless-steel corrugated shield with stainless-steel bands and tightening devices; and ASTM C 564, rubber sleeve with integral, center pipe stop. E. Heavy-Duty, Hubless-Piping Couplings: 1. Standards: ASTM C 1277 and ASTM C 1540. 2. Description: Stainless-steel shield with stainless-steel bands and tightening devices; and ASTM C 564, rubber sleeve with integral, center pipe stop. F. Cast-Iron, Hubless-Piping Couplings: 1. Standard: ASTM C 1277. 2. Description: Two-piece ASTM A 48/A 48M, cast-iron housing; stainless-steel bolts and nuts; and ASTM C 564, rubber sleeve with integral, center pipe stop. 2.5 GALVANIZED-STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Galvanized-Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Standard Weight class. Include square- cut-grooved or threaded ends matching joining method. B. Galvanized-Cast-Iron Drainage Fittings: ASME B16.12, threaded. C. Steel Pipe Pressure Fittings: 896 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Galvanized-Steel Pipe Nipples: ASTM A 733, made of ASTM A 53/A 53M or ASTM A 106/A 106M, Schedule 40, seamless steel pipe. Include ends matching joining method. 2. Malleable-Iron Unions: ASME B16.39; Class 150; hexagonal-stock body with ball-and- socket, metal-to-metal, bronze seating surface; and female threaded ends. 3. Galvanized-Gray-Iron, Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.4, Class 125, standard pattern. D. Cast-Iron Flanges: ASME B16.1, Class 125. 1. Flange Gasket Materials: ASME B16.21, full-face, flat, nonmetallic, asbestos-free, 1/8- inch (3.2-mm) maximum thickness unless thickness or specific material is indicated. 2. Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel unless otherwise indicated. 2.6 DUCTILE-IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Ductile-Iron, Mechanical-Joint Piping: 1. Ductile-Iron Pipe: AWWA C151/A21.51, with mechanical-joint bell and plain spigot ends unless grooved or flanged ends are indicated. 2. Ductile-Iron Fittings: AWWA C110/A21.10, mechanical-joint, ductile- or gray-iron standard pattern or AWWA C153/A21.53, ductile-iron compact pattern. 3. Glands, Gaskets, and Bolts: AWWA C111/A21.11, ductile- or gray-iron glands, rubber gaskets, and steel bolts. B. Ductile-Iron, Push-on-Joint Piping: 1. Ductile-Iron Pipe: AWWA C151/A21.51, with push-on-joint bell and plain spigot ends unless grooved or flanged ends are indicated. 2. Ductile-Iron Fittings: AWWA C110/A21.10, push-on-joint, ductile- or gray-iron standard pattern or AWWA C153/A21.53, ductile-iron compact pattern. 3. Gaskets: AWWA C111/A21.11, rubber. 2.7 PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Comply with NSF 14, "Plastics Piping Systems Components and Related Materials," for plastic piping components. Include marking with "NSF-dwv" for plastic drain, waste, and vent piping and "NSF-sewer" for plastic sewer piping. B. Solid-Wall PVC Pipe: ASTM D 2665, drain, waste, and vent. C. PVC Socket Fittings: ASTM D 2665, made to ASTM D 3311, drain, waste, and vent patterns and to fit Schedule 40 pipe. D. Adhesive Primer: ASTM F 656. E. Solvent Cement: ASTM D 2564. 897 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.8 SPECIALTY PIPE FITTINGS A. Transition Couplings: 1. Fitting-Type Transition Couplings: Manufactured piping coupling or specified piping system fitting. 2. Unshielded, Nonpressure Transition Couplings: a. Standard: ASTM C 1173. b. Description: Elastomeric, sleeve-type, reducing or transition pattern. Include shear ring and corrosion-resistant-metal tension band and tightening mechanism on each end. c. End Connections: Same size as and compatible with pipes to be joined. d. Sleeve Materials: 1) For Cast-Iron Soil Pipes: ASTM C 564, rubber. 2) For Plastic Pipes: ASTM F 477, elastomeric seal or ASTM D 5926, PVC. 3) For Dissimilar Pipes: ASTM D 5926, PVC or other material compatible with pipe materials being joined. 3. Shielded, Nonpressure Transition Couplings: a. Standard: ASTM C 1460. b. Description: Elastomeric or rubber sleeve with full-length, corrosion-resistant outer shield and corrosion-resistant-metal tension band and tightening mechanism on each end. c. End Connections: Same size as and compatible with pipes to be joined. 4. Pressure Transition Couplings: a. Standard: AWWA C219. b. Description: Metal, sleeve-type same size as, with pressure rating at least equal to, and ends compatible with, pipes to be joined. c. Center-Sleeve Material: Manufacturer's standard. d. Gasket Material: Natural or synthetic rubber. e. Metal Component Finish: Corrosion-resistant coating or material. B. Dielectric Fittings: 1. Dielectric Unions: a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1) Central Plastics Company. 2) WATTS. 3) Wilkins. 4) Zurn Industries, LLC. 898 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 b. Description: 1) Standard: ASSE 1079. 2) Pressure Rating: 125 psig (860 kPa) minimum at 180 deg F (82 deg C). 3) End Connections: Solder-joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous. 2. Dielectric Flanges: a. Description: 1) Standard: ASSE 1079. 2) Factory-fabricated, bolted, companion-flange assembly. 3) Pressure Rating: 125 psig (860 kPa) minimum at 180 deg F (82 deg C). 4) End Connections: Solder-joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous; threaded solder-joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous. 3. Dielectric-Flange Insulating Kits: a. Description: 1) Nonconducting materials for field assembly of companion flanges. 2) Pressure Rating: 150 psig (1035 kPa). 3) Gasket: Neoprene or phenolic. 4) Bolt Sleeves: Phenolic or polyethylene. 5) Washers: Phenolic with steel backing washers. 4. Dielectric Nipples: a. Description: 1) Standard: IAPMO PS 66. 2) Electroplated steel nipple. 3) Pressure Rating: 300 psig (2070 kPa) at 225 deg F (107 deg C). 4) End Connections: Male threaded or grooved. 5) Lining: Inert and noncorrosive, propylene. 2.9 ENCASEMENT FOR UNDERGROUND METAL PIPING A. Standard: ASTM A 674 or AWWA C105/A 21.5. B. Material: Linear low-density polyethylene film of 0.008-inch (0.20-mm) or high-density, cross- laminated polyethylene film of 0.004-inch (0.10-mm) minimum thickness. C. Form: Sheet or tube. D. Color: Black or natural. 899 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. 1. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. 2. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on coordination drawings. B. Install piping in concealed locations unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. C. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. D. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. E. Install piping to permit valve servicing. F. Install piping at indicated slopes. G. Install piping free of sags and bends. H. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. I. Install piping to allow application of insulation. J. Install seismic restraints on piping. Comply with requirements for seismic-restraint devices specified in Section 220548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." K. Make changes in direction for soil and waste drainage and vent piping using appropriate branches, bends, and long-sweep bends. 1. Sanitary tees and short-sweep 1/4 bends may be used on vertical stacks if change in direction of flow is from horizontal to vertical. 2. Use long-turn, double Y-branch and 1/8-bend fittings if two fixtures are installed back to back or side by side with common drain pipe. a. Straight tees, elbows, and crosses may be used on vent lines. 3. Do not change direction of flow more than 90 degrees. 900 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 4. Use proper size of standard increasers and reducers if pipes of different sizes are connected. a. Reducing size of waste piping in direction of flow is prohibited. L. Lay buried building waste piping beginning at low point of each system. 1. Install true to grades and alignment indicated, with unbroken continuity of invert. Place hub ends of piping upstream. 2. Install required gaskets according to manufacturer's written instructions for use of lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements. 3. Maintain swab in piping and pull past each joint as completed. M. Install soil and waste and vent piping at the following minimum slopes unless otherwise indicated: 1. Building Sanitary Waste: 2 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 3 (DN 80) and smaller; 2 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 4 (DN 100) and larger. 2. Horizontal Sanitary Waste Piping: 2 percent downward in direction of flow. 3. Vent Piping: 1 percent down toward vertical fixture vent or toward vent stack. N. Install cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook," Chapter IV, "Installation of Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings." 1. Install encasement on underground piping according to ASTM A 674 or AWWA C105/A 21.5. O. Install steel piping according to applicable plumbing code. P. Install stainless-steel piping according to ASME A112.3.1 and applicable plumbing code. Q. Install aboveground copper tubing according to CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook." R. Install aboveground ABS piping according to ASTM D 2661. S. Install aboveground PVC piping according to ASTM D 2665. T. Install underground PVC piping according to ASTM D 2321. U. Install engineered soil and waste and vent piping systems as follows: 1. Combination Waste and Vent: Comply with standards of authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Hubless, Single-Stack Drainage System: Comply with ASME B16.45 and hubless, single-stack aerator fitting manufacturer's written installation instructions. 3. Reduced-Size Venting: Comply with standards of authorities having jurisdiction. V. Install underground, ductile-iron, force-main piping according to AWWA C600. 901 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Install buried piping inside building between wall and floor penetrations and connection to sanitary sewer piping outside building with restrained joints. 2. Anchor pipe to wall or floor. Install thrust-block supports at vertical and horizontal offsets. 3. Install encasement on piping according to ASTM A 674 or AWWA C105/A 21.5. W. Install underground, copper, force-main tubing according to CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook." 1. Install encasement on piping according to ASTM A 674 or AWWA C105/A 21.5. X. Install force mains at elevations indicated. Y. Plumbing Specialties: 1. Install backwater valves in sanitary waster gravity-flow piping. a. Comply with requirements for backwater valves specified in Section 221319 "Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties." 2. Install cleanouts at grade and extend to where building sanitary drains connect to building sanitary sewers in sanitary waste gravity-flow piping. a. Install cleanout fitting with closure plug inside the building in sanitary drainage force-main piping. b. Comply with requirements for cleanouts specified in Section 221319 "Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties." 3. Install drains in sanitary waste gravity-flow piping. a. Comply with requirements for drains specified in Section 221319 "Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties." Z. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction. AA. Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. 1. Comply with requirements for sleeves specified in Section 220517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping." BB. Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. 1. Comply with requirements for sleeve seals specified in Section 220517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping." CC. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. 902 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Comply with requirements for escutcheons specified in Section 220518 "Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping." 3.2 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Join hub-and-spigot, cast-iron soil piping with gasket joints according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook" for compression joints. B. Join hub-and-spigot, cast-iron soil piping with calked joints according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook" for lead-and-oakum calked joints. C. Join hubless, cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI 310 and CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook" for hubless-piping coupling joints. D. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. 1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. 2. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: a. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal threading is specified. b. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. c. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds. E. Join stainless-steel pipe and fittings with gaskets according to ASME A112.3.1. F. Join copper tube and fittings with soldered joints according to ASTM B 828. Use ASTM B 813, water-flushable, lead-free flux and ASTM B 32, lead-free-alloy solder. G. Grooved Joints: Cut groove ends of pipe according to AWWA C606. Lubricate and install gasket over ends of pipes or pipe and fitting. Install coupling housing sections, over gasket, with keys seated in piping grooves. Install and tighten housing bolts. H. Flanged Joints: Align bolt holes. Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. Torque bolts in cross pattern. I. Plastic, Nonpressure-Piping, Solvent-Cement Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces. Join pipe and fittings according to the following: 1. Comply with ASTM F 402 for safe-handling practice of cleaners, primers, and solvent cements. 2. ABS Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2235 and ASTM D 2661 appendixes. 3. PVC Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2855 and ASTM D 2665 appendixes. 903 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.3 SPECIALTY PIPE FITTING INSTALLATION A. Transition Couplings: 1. Install transition couplings at joints of piping with small differences in ODs. 2. In Waste Drainage Piping: Shielded, nonpressure transition couplings. 3. In Aboveground Force Main Piping: Fitting-type transition couplings. 4. In Underground Force Main Piping: a. NPS 1-1/2 (DN 40) and Smaller: Fitting-type transition couplings. b. NPS 2 (DN 50) and Larger: Pressure transition couplings. B. Dielectric Fittings: 1. Install dielectric fittings in piping at connections of dissimilar metal piping and tubing. 2. Dielectric Fittings for NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Use dielectric unions. 3. Dielectric Fittings for NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): Use dielectric flanges. 3.4 VALVE INSTALLATION A. Comply with requirements in Section 220523.12 "Ball Valves for Plumbing Piping," Section 220523.14 "Check Valves for Plumbing Piping," and Section 220523.15 "Gate Valves for Plumbing Piping" for general-duty valve installation requirements. B. Shutoff Valves: 1. Install shutoff valve on each sewage pump discharge. 2. Install gate or full-port ball valve for piping NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller. 3. Install gate valve for piping NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger. C. Check Valves: Install swing check valve, between pump and shutoff valve, on each sewage pump discharge. D. Backwater Valves: Install backwater valves in piping subject to backflow. 1. Horizontal Piping: Horizontal backwater valves. 2. Floor Drains: Drain outlet backwater valves unless drain has integral backwater val ve. 3. Install backwater valves in accessible locations. 4. Comply with requirements for backwater valve specified in Section 221319 "Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties." 3.5 INSTALLATION OF HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Comply with requirements for seismic-restraint devices specified in Section 220548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." 904 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Comply with requirements for pipe hanger and support devices and installation specified in Section 220529 "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." 1. Install carbon-steel pipe hangers for horizontal piping in noncorrosive environments. 2. Install stainless-steel pipe hangers for horizontal piping in corrosive environments. 3. Install carbon-steel pipe support clamps for vertical piping in noncorrosive environments. 4. Install stainless-steel pipe support clamps for vertical piping in corrosive environments. 5. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or Type 42, clamps. 6. Install individual, straight, horizontal piping runs: a. 100 Feet (30 m) and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers. b. Longer Than 100 Feet (30 m): MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers. c. Longer Than 100 Feet (30 m) if Indicated: MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls. 7. Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet (30 m) or Longer: MSS Type 44, pipe rolls. Support pipe rolls on trapeze. 8. Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers. C. Install hangers for cast-iron soil piping, with maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters, to comply with MSS-58, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent. D. Install hangers for PVC piping, with maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters, to comply with manufacturer's written instructions, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent. E. Support horizontal piping and tubing within 12 inches (300 mm) of each fitting, valve, and coupling. F. Support vertical runs of cast iron soil piping to comply with MSS-58, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent. G. Support vertical runs of PVC piping to comply with manufacturer's written instructions, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent. 3.6 CONNECTIONS A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Connect soil and waste piping to exterior sanitary sewerage piping. Use transition fitting to join dissimilar piping materials. C. Connect waste and vent piping to the following: 1. Plumbing Fixtures: Connect waste piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. 905 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Plumbing Fixtures and Equipment: Connect atmospheric vent piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Plumbing Specialties: Connect waste and vent piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. 4. Install test tees (wall cleanouts) in conductors near floor and floor cleanouts with cover flush with floor. 5. Install horizontal backwater valves in pit with pit cover flush with floor. 6. Comply with requirements for backwater valves cleanouts and drains specified in Section 221319 "Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties." 7. Equipment: Connect waste piping as indicated. a. Provide shutoff valve if indicated and union for each connection. b. Use flanges instead of unions for connections NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger. D. Connect force-main piping to the following: 1. Sanitary Sewer: To exterior force main. 2. Sewage Pump: To sewage pump discharge. E. Where installing piping adjacent to equipment, allow space for service and maintenance of equipment. F. Make connections according to the following unless otherwise indicated: 1. Install unions, in piping NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller, adjacent to each valve and at final connection to each piece of equipment. 2. Install flanges, in piping NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger, adjacent to flanged valves and at final connection to each piece of equipment. 3.7 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify exposed sanitary waste and vent piping. B. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Section 220553 "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Roughing-in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing-in after roughing-in and before setting fixtures. 2. Final Inspection: Arrange for final inspection by authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements. 906 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass test or inspection, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection. C. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction. D. Test sanitary waste and vent piping according to procedures of authorities having jurisdiction or, in absence of published procedures, as follows: 1. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired. a. If testing is performed in segments, submit separate report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested. 2. Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, or replaced waste and vent piping until it has been tested and approved. a. Expose work that was covered or concealed before it was tested. 3. Roughing-in Plumbing Test Procedure: Test waste and vent piping except outside leaders on completion of roughing-in. a. Close openings in piping system and fill with water to point of overflow, but not less than 10-foot head of water (30 kPa). b. From 15 minutes before inspection starts to completion of inspection, water level must not drop. c. Inspect joints for leaks. 4. Finished Plumbing Test Procedure: After plumbing fixtures have been set and t raps filled with water, test connections and prove they are gastight and watertight. a. Plug vent-stack openings on roof and building drains where they leave building. Introduce air into piping system equal to pressure of 1-inch wg (250 Pa). b. Use U-tube or manometer inserted in trap of water closet to measure this pressure. c. Air pressure must remain constant without introducing additional air throughout period of inspection. d. Inspect plumbing fixture connections for gas and water leaks. 5. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping, or portion thereof, until satisfactory results are obtained. 6. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action. E. Test force-main piping according to procedures of authorities having jurisdiction or, in absence of published procedures, as follows: 1. Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, or replaced force-main piping until it has been tested and approved. 907 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 a. Expose work that was covered or concealed before it was tested. 2. Cap and subject piping to static-water pressure of 50 psig (345 kPa) above operating pressure, without exceeding pressure rating of piping system materials. a. Isolate test source and allow to stand for four hours. b. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must be repaired. 3. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping, or portion thereof, until satisfactory results are obtained. 4. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action. 3.9 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean interior of piping. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses. B. Protect sanitary waste and vent piping during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt and debris and to prevent damage from traffic and construction work. C. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day and when work stops. D. Exposed PVC Piping: Protect plumbing vents exposed to sunlight with two coats of water-based latex paint. E. Repair damage to adjacent materials caused by waste and vent piping installation. 3.10 PIPING SCHEDULE A. Flanges and unions may be used on aboveground pressure piping unless otherwise indicated. B. Aboveground, soil and waste piping NPS 4 (DN 100) and smaller shall be any of the following: 1. Service class, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; gaskets; and gasketed joints. 2. Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings and hubless, single-stack aerator fittings; CISPI heavy-duty hubless-piping couplings; and coupled joints. 3. Galvanized-steel pipe, drainage fittings, and threaded joints. 4. Solid-wall PVC pipe, PVC socket fittings, and solvent-cemented joints. 5. Dissimilar Pipe-Material Couplings: Shielded, nonpressure transition couplings. C. Aboveground, vent piping NPS 4 (DN 100) and smaller shall be any of the following: 1. Service class, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; gaskets; and gasketed joints. 2. Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; CISPI hubless-piping couplings; and coupled joints. 3. Galvanized-steel pipe, drainage fittings, and threaded joints. 4. Solid-wall PVC pipe, PVC socket fittings, and solvent-cemented joints. 908 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 5. Dissimilar Pipe-Material Couplings: Shielded, nonpressure transition couplings. D. Underground, soil, waste, and vent piping NPS 4 (DN 100) and smaller shall be any of the following: 1. Service class, cast-iron soil piping; gaskets; and gasketed calking materials; and calked joints. 2. Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; CISPI cast-iron hubless-piping couplings; and coupled joints. 3. Solid wall PVC pipe, PVC socket fittings, and solvent-cemented joints. 4. Dissimilar Pipe-Material Couplings: Shielded, nonpressure transition couplings. END OF SECTION 221316 909 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 221319 - SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Backwater valves. 2. Cleanouts. 3. Miscellaneous sanitary drainage piping specialties. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 077200 "Roof Accessories" for preformed flashings. 2. Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping" for through-penetration firestop assemblies. 3. Section 221423 "Storm Drainage Piping Specialties" for trench drains for storm water, channel drainage systems for storm water, roof drains, and catch basins. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. ABS: Acrylonitrile butadiene styrene. B. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Show fabrication and installation details for frost-resistant vent terminals. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality-control reports. 910 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For sanitary waste piping specialties to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ASSEMBLY DESCRIPTIONS A. Sanitary waste piping specialties shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency. B. Comply with NSF 14 for plastic sanitary waste piping specialty components. 2.2 BACKWATER VALVES A. Horizontal, Cast-Iron Backwater Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Jay R. Smith Mfg Co; a division of Morris Group International. b. Josam Company. c. MIFAB, Inc. 2. Standard: ASME A112.14.1. 3. Size: Same as connected piping. 4. Body: Cast iron. 5. Cover: Cast iron with bolted or threaded access check valve. 6. End Connections: Hub and spigot or hubless. 7. Type Check Valve: Removable, bronze, swing check, factory assembled or field modified to hang closed. 8. Extension: ASTM A74, Service Class; full-size, cast-iron, soil-pipe extension to field- installed cleanout at floor; replaces backwater valve cover. 2.3 CLEANOUTS A. Cast-Iron Exposed Cleanouts: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Jay R. Smith Mfg Co; a division of Morris Group International. b. Josam Company. 911 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 c. MIFAB, Inc. 2. Standard: ASME A112.36.2M. 3. Size: Same as connected drainage piping 4. Body Material: Hub-and-spigot, cast-iron soil pipe T-branch as required to match connected piping. 5. Closure: Countersunk, cast-iron plug. 6. Closure Plug Size: Same as or not more than one size smaller than cleanout size. B. Cast-Iron Exposed Floor Cleanouts: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Jay R. Smith Mfg Co; a division of Morris Group International. b. Josam Company. c. MIFAB, Inc. 2. Standard: ASME A112.36.2M for threaded, adjustable housing cleanout. 3. Size: Same as connected branch. 4. Type: Threaded, adjustable housing. 5. Body or Ferrule: Cast iron. 6. Clamping Device: Not required. 7. Outlet Connection: Threaded. 8. Closure: Brass plug with straight threads and gasket. 9. Adjustable Housing Material: Cast iron with setscrews or other device. 10. Frame and Cover Material and Finish: Nickel-bronze, copper alloy. 11. Frame and Cover Shape: Round. 12. Top-Loading Classification: Heavy Duty. 13. Riser: ASTM A74, Service Class, cast-iron drainage pipe fitting and riser to cleanout. C. Cast-Iron Wall Cleanouts: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Jay R. Smith Mfg Co; a division of Morris Group International. b. Josam Company. c. MIFAB, Inc. 2. Standard: ASME A112.36.2M. Include wall access. 3. Size: Same as connected drainage piping. 4. Body: Hub-and-spigot, cast-iron soil pipe T-branch as required to match connected piping. 5. Closure Plug: a. Cast iron. b. Countersunk head. 912 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 c. Drilled and threaded for cover attachment screw. d. Size: Same as or not more than one size smaller than cleanout size. 6. Wall Access, Cover Plate: Round, flat, chrome-plated brass or stainless steel cover plate with screw. D. Plastic Floor Cleanouts: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. IPS Corporation. b. Sioux Chief Manufacturing Company, Inc. c. Zurn Industries, LLC. 2. Size: Same as connected branch. 3. Body: PVC. 4. Closure Plug: PVC. 5. Riser: Drainage pipe fitting and riser to cleanout of same material as drainage piping. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS SANITARY DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Open Drains: 1. Description: Shop or field fabricate from ASTM A74, Service Class, hub-and-spigot, cast-iron soil-pipe fittings. Include P-trap, hub-and-spigot riser section; and where required, increaser fitting joined with ASTM C564 rubber gaskets. 2. Size: Same as connected waste piping with increaser fitting of size indicated. B. Deep-Seal Traps: 1. Description: Cast-iron or bronze casting, with inlet and outlet matching connected piping and cleanout trap-seal primer valve connection. 2. Size: Same as connected waste piping. a. NPS 2 (DN 50): 4-inch- (100-mm-) minimum water seal. b. NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: 5-inch- (125-mm-) minimum water seal. C. Air-Gap Fittings: 1. Standard: ASME A112.1.2, for fitting designed to ensure fixed, positive air gap between installed inlet and outlet piping. 2. Body: Bronze or cast iron. 3. Inlet: Opening in top of body. 4. Outlet: Larger than inlet. 5. Size: Same as connected waste piping and with inlet large enough for associated indirect waste piping. 913 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 D. Stack Flashing Fittings: 1. Description: Counterflashing-type, cast-iron fitting, with bottom recess for terminating roof membrane, and with threaded or hub top for extending vent pipe. 2. Size: Same as connected stack vent or vent stack. E. Vent Caps: 1. Description: Cast-iron body with threaded or hub inlet and vandal-proof design. Include vented hood and setscrews to secure to vent pipe. 2. Size: Same as connected stack vent or vent stack. F. Frost-Resistant Vent Terminals: 1. Description: Manufactured or shop-fabricated assembly constructed of copper, lead- coated copper, or galvanized steel. 2. Design: To provide 1-inch (25-mm) enclosed air space between outside of pipe and inside of flashing collar extension, with counterflashing. G. Expansion Joints: 1. Standard: ASME A112.6.4. 2. Body: Cast iron with bronze sleeve, packing, and gland. 3. End Connections: Matching connected piping. 4. Size: Same as connected soil, waste, or vent piping. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install backwater valves in building drain piping. 1. For interior installation, provide cleanout deck plate flush with floor and centered over backwater valve cover, and of adequate size to remove valve cover for servicing. B. Install cleanouts in aboveground piping and building drain piping according to the following, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Size same as drainage piping up to NPS 4 (DN 100). Use NPS 4 (DN 100) for larger drainage piping unless larger cleanout is indicated. 2. Locate at each change in direction of piping greater than 45 degrees. 3. Locate at minimum intervals of 50 feet (15 m) for piping NPS 4 (DN 100) and smaller and 100 feet (30 m) for larger piping. 4. Locate at base of each vertical soil and waste stack. 914 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. For floor cleanouts for piping below floors, install cleanout deck plates with top flush with finished floor. D. For cleanouts located in concealed piping, install cleanout wall access covers, of types indicated, with frame and cover flush with finished wall. E. Assemble open drain fittings and install with top of hub 1 inch (25 mm) above floor. F. Install deep-seal traps on floor drains and other waste outlets, if indicated. G. Install floor-drain, trap-seal primer fittings on inlet to floor drains that require trap-seal primer connection. 1. Exception: Fitting may be omitted if trap has trap-seal primer connection. 2. Size: Same as floor drain inlet. H. Install air-gap fittings on draining-type backflow preventers and on indirect-waste piping discharge into sanitary drainage system. I. Install sleeve and sleeve seals with each riser and stack passing through floors with waterproof membrane. J. Install vent caps on each vent pipe passing through roof. K. Install frost-resistant vent terminals on each vent pipe passing through roof. Maintain 1-inch (25-mm) clearance between vent pipe and roof substrate. L. Install expansion joints on vertical stacks and conductors. Position expansion joints for easy access and maintenance. M. Install frost-proof vent caps on each vent pipe passing through roof. Maint ain 1-inch (25-mm) clearance between vent pipe and roof substrate. N. Install wood-blocking reinforcement for wall-mounting-type specialties. O. Install traps on plumbing specialty drain outlets. Omit traps on indirect wastes unless trap is indicated. 3.2 PIPING CONNECTIONS A. Comply with requirements in Section 221316 "Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping" for piping installation requirements. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Install piping adjacent to equipment, to allow service and maintenance. 915 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.3 LABELING AND IDENTIFYING A. Distinguish among multiple units, inform operator of operational requirements, indicate safety and emergency precautions, and warn of hazards and improper operations, in addition to identifying unit. 1. Nameplates and signs are specified in Section 220553 "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." 3.4 PROTECTION A. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt or debris and to prevent damage from traffic or construction work. B. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of each day or when work stops. END OF SECTION 221319 916 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 221319.13 - SANITARY DRAINS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Floor drains. 2. Floor sinks. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. ABS: Acrylonitrile-butadiene styrene. B. FRP: Fiberglass-reinforced plastic. C. HDPE: High-density polyethylene. D. PE: Polyethylene. E. PP: Polypropylene. F. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 DRAIN ASSEMBLIES A. Sanitary drains shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency. B. Comply with NSF 14 for plastic sanitary piping specialty components. 917 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.2 FLOOR DRAINS A. Cast-Iron Floor Drains (See Floor Drain Schedule): 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Josam Company. b. MIFAB, Inc. c. WATTS. d. Zurn Industries, LLC. 2. Standard: ASME A112.6.3. 3. Body Material: cast iron. 4. Seepage Flange: Required. 5. Anchor Flange: Required. 6. Clamping Device: Required. 7. Outlet: Bottom. 8. Coating on Interior and Exposed Exterior Surfaces: Acid-resistant enamel. 9. Top or Strainer Material: Nickel bronze. 10. Top of Body and Strainer Finish: Nickel bronze. 11. Top Shape: Round. 2.3 FLOOR SINKS A. Cast-Iron Floor Sinks (See Floor Drain Schedule): 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Jay R. Smith Mfg Co; a division of Morris Group International. b. Josam Company. c. WATTS. d. Zurn Industries, LLC. 2. Standard: ASME A112.6.7. 3. Body Material: Cast iron. 4. Anchor Flange: Required , with seepage holes. 5. Clamping Device: Required. 6. Outlet: Bottom, no-hub connection. 7. Coating on Interior Surfaces: Acid-resistant enamel. 8. Sediment Bucket: Not required. 9. Internal Strainer: Not required. 10. Top Grate Material: Cast iron, loose. 11. Top of Body and Grate Finish: Acid-resistant enamel. 12. Top Shape: Square. 918 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install floor drains at low points of surface areas to be drained. Set grates of drains flush with finished floor, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Position floor drains for easy access and maintenance. 2. Set floor drains below elevation of surrounding finished floor to allow floor drainage. 3. Set with grates depressed according to the following drainage area radii: a. Radius, 30 Inches (750 mm) or Less: Equivalent to 1 percent slope, but not less than 1/4-inch (6.35-mm) total depression. b. Radius, 30 to 60 Inches (750 to 1500 mm): Equivalent to 1 percent slope. c. Radius, 60 Inches (1500 mm) or Larger: Equivalent to 1 percent slope, but not greater than 1-inch (25-mm) total depression. 4. Install floor-drain flashing collar or flange, so no leakage occurs between drain and adjoining flooring. a. Maintain integrity of waterproof membranes where penetrated. 5. Install individual traps for floor drains connected to sanitary building drain, unless otherwise indicated. B. Install trench drains at low points of surface areas to be drained. 1. Set grates of drains flush with finished surface, unless otherwise indicated. C. Comply with ASME A112.3.1 for installation of stainless-steel channel drainage systems. 1. Install on support devices, so that top will be flush with adjacent surface. D. Install FRP channel drainage system components on support devices, so that top will be flush with adjacent surface. E. Install plastic channel drainage system components on support devices, so that top will be flush with adjacent surface. F. Install open drain fittings with top of hub 1 inch (25 mm) above floor. 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Comply with requirements in Section 221316 "Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping" for piping installation requirements. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. 919 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Comply with requirements in Section 221319 "Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties" for backwater valves, air admittance devices and miscellaneous sanitary drainage piping specialties. C. Install piping adjacent to equipment to allow service and maintenance. D. Ground equipment according to Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." E. Connect wiring according to Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." 3.3 LABELING AND IDENTIFYING A. Distinguish among multiple units, inform operator of operational requirements, indicate safety and emergency precautions, and warn of hazards and improper operations, in addition to identifying unit. Nameplates and signs are specified in Section 220553 "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." 3.4 PROTECTION A. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt or debris and to prevent damage from traffic or construction work. B. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of each day or when work stops. END OF SECTION 221319.13 920 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 223400 - FUEL-FIRED, DOMESTIC-WATER HEATERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Commercial, gas-fired, high-efficiency, storage, domestic-water heaters. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Equipment room drawing or BIM model, drawn to scale, on which the items described in this Section are shown and coordinated with all building trades. B. Seismic Qualification Data: Certificates, for fuel-fired, domestic-water heaters, accessories, and components, from manufacturer. 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. 2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. 3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. C. Product Certificates: For each type of commercial, gas-fired, domestic-water heater. D. Domestic-Water Heater Labeling: Certified and labeled by testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 921 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 E. Source quality-control reports. F. Field quality-control reports. G. Sample Warranty: For special warranty. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For fuel-fired, domestic-water heaters to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of fuel-fired, domestic- water heaters that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Structural failures including storage tank and supports. b. Faulty operation of controls. c. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal use. 2. Warranty Periods: From date of Substantial Completion. a. Commercial, Gas-Fired, Storage, Domestic-Water Heaters: b. Expansion Tanks: Five years. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by an NRTL, and marked for intended location and use. B. Seismic Performance: Commercial domestic-water heaters shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined in accordance with ASCE/SEI 7. 1. The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified and the unit will be fully operational after the seismic event." 922 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Component Importance Factor: 1.5. C. ASHRAE/IES Compliance: Fabricate and label fuel-fired, domestic-water heaters to comply with ASHRAE/IES 90.1. D. ASME Compliance: 1. Where ASME-code construction is indicated, fabricate and label commercial, domestic- water heater storage tanks to comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII, Division 1. 2. Where ASME-code construction is indicated, fabricate and label commercial, finned- tube, domestic-water heaters to comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IV. E. NSF Compliance: Fabricate and label equipment components that will be in contact with potable water to comply with NSF 61 and NSF 372. 2.2 COMMERCIAL, GAS-FIRED, STORAGE, DOMESTIC-WATER HEATERS A. Commercial, Gas-Fired, High-Efficiency, Storage, Domestic-Water Heaters: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. A. O. Smith Corporation. b. AERCO; A WATTS Brand. c. PVI; A WATTS Brand. 2. Source Limitations: Obtain domestic-water heaters from single source from single manufacturer. 3. Standard: ANSI Z21.10.3/CSA 4.3. 4. Description: Manufacturer's proprietary design to provide at least 95 percent combustion efficiency at optimum operating conditions. 5. Storage-Tank Construction: ASME-code steel with 150-psig (1035-kPa) minimum working-pressure rating. a. Tappings: Factory fabricated of materials compatible with tank. Attach tappings to tank before testing. 1) NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded ends in accordance with ASME B1.20.1. 2) NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Flanged ends in accordance with ASME B16.5 for steel and stainless steel flanges and in accordance with ASME B16.24 for copper and copper-alloy flanges. 923 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 b. Interior Finish: Comply with NSF 61 and NSF 372 barrier materials for potable- water tank linings, including extending finish into and through tank fittings and outlets. c. Lining: Glass complying with NSF 61 and NSF 372 barrier materials for potable- water tank linings, including extending lining into and through tank fittings and outlets. 6. Factory-Installed, Storage-Tank Appurtenances: a. Anode Rod: Replaceable magnesium. b. Dip Tube: Required unless cold-water inlet is near bottom of tank. c. Drain Valve: Corrosion-resistant metal with hose-end connection. d. Insulation: Comply with ASHRAE/IES 90.1. Surround entire storage tank except connections and controls. e. Jacket: Steel with enameled finish. f. Burner or Heat Exchanger: Comply with UL 795 or approved testing agency requirements for gas-fired, high-efficiency, domestic-water heaters and natural-gas fuel. g. Temperature Control: Adjustable thermostat. h. Safety Controls: Automatic, high-temperature-limit and low-water cutoff devices or systems. i. Combination Temperature-and-Pressure Relief Valves: ANSI Z21.22/CSA 4.4. Include one or more relief valves with total relieving capacity at least as great as heat input, and include pressure setting less than working-pressure rating of domestic-water heater. Select one relief valve with sensing element that extends into storage tank. 7. Draft Hood: Draft diverter, complying with ANSI Z21.12. B. Capacity and Characteristics: 1. Capacity: See Schedule. 2. Gas Pressure Regulator: a. Capacity: See Schedule. 2.3 DOMESTIC-WATER HEATER ACCESSORIES A. Domestic-Water Expansion Tanks: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. A. O. Smith Corporation. b. AMTROL, Inc. c. TACO Comfort Solutions, Inc. 924 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Source Limitations: Obtain domestic-water heaters from single source from single manufacturer. 3. Description: Steel, pressure-rated tank constructed with welded joints and factory- installed, butyl-rubber diaphragm. Include air precharge to minimum system-operating pressure at tank. 4. Construction: a. Tappings: Factory-fabricated steel, welded to tank before testing and labeling. Include ASME B1.20.1 pipe thread. b. Interior Finish: Comply with NSF 61 and NSF 372 barrier materials for potable- water tank linings, including extending finish into and through tank fittings and outlets. c. Air-Charging Valve: Factory installed. 5. Capacity and Characteristics: a. Working-Pressure Rating: 150 psig (1035 kPa). b. Capacity Acceptable: 4 gal. (15.1 L) minimum. c. Air Precharge Pressure: 12. B. Drain Pans: Corrosion-resistant metal with raised edge. Include dimensions not less than base of domestic-water heater, and include drain outlet not less than NPS 3/4 (DN 20) with ASME B1.20.1 pipe threads. C. Piping-Type Heat Traps: Field-fabricated piping arrangement in accordance with ASHRAE/IES 90.1. D. Heat-Trap Fittings: ASHRAE 90.2. E. Manifold Kits: Domestic-water heater manufacturer's factory-fabricated inlet and outlet piping for field installation, for multiple domestic-water heater installation. Include ball- or gate-type shutoff valves to isolate each domestic-water heater and calibrated memory-stop balancing valves to provide balanced flow through each domestic-water heater. F. Comply with requirements for ball- or gate-type shutoff valves specified in Section 220523.12 "Ball Valves for Plumbing Piping," and Section 220523.15 "Gate Valves for Plumbing Piping." 1. Comply with requirements for balancing valves specified in Section 221119 "Domestic Water Piping Specialties." G. Gas Shutoff Valves: ANSI Z21.15/CSA 9.1, manually operated. Furnish for installation in piping. H. Gas Pressure Regulators: ANSI Z21.18/CSA 6.3, appliance type. Include 2-psig (13.8-kPa) pressure rating as required to match gas supply. I. Automatic Gas Valves: ANSI Z21.21/CSA 6.5, appliance, electrically operated, on-off automatic valve. 925 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 J. Combination Temperature-and-Pressure Relief Valves: Include relieving capacity at least as great as heat input, and include pressure setting less than working-pressure rating of domestic- water heater. Select relief valves with sensing element that extends into storage tank. 1. Gas-Fired, Domestic-Water Heaters: ANSI Z21.22/CSA 4.4. 2. Oil-Fired, Domestic-Water Heaters: ASME rated and stamped. K. Pressure Relief Valves: Include pressure setting less than working-pressure rating of domestic- water heater. 1. Gas-Fired, Domestic-Water Heaters: ANSI Z21.22/CSA 4.4. 2. Oil-Fired, Domestic-Water Heaters: ASME rated and stamped. L. Vacuum Relief Valves: ANSI Z21.22/CSA 4.4. M. Domestic-Water Heater Stands: Manufacturer's factory-fabricated steel stand for floor mounting, capable of supporting domestic-water heater and water. Provide dimension that will support bottom of domestic-water heater minimum of 18 inches (457 mm) above the floor. N. Domestic-Water Heater Mounting Brackets: Manufacturer's factory-fabricated steel bracket for wall mounting, capable of supporting domestic-water heater and water. 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Factory Tests: Test and inspect assembled domestic-water heaters and storage tanks specified to be ASME-code construction, in accordance with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. B. Hydrostatically test commercial domestic-water heaters and storage tanks to minimum of one and one-half times pressure rating before shipment. C. Domestic-water heaters will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 DOMESTIC-WATER HEATER INSTALLATION A. Commercial, Domestic-Water Heater Mounting: Install commercial domestic-water heaters on concrete base. Comply with requirements for concrete base specified in Section 033000 "Cast- in-Place Concrete." 1. Exception: Omit concrete bases for commercial domestic-water heaters if installation on stand, bracket, suspended platform, or directly on floor is indicated. 2. Maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances. 926 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3. Arrange units so controls and devices that require servicing are accessible. 4. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch (450-mm) centers around the full perimeter of concrete base. 5. For supported equipment, install epoxy-coated anchor bolts that extend through concrete base and anchor into structural concrete floor. 6. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 7. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. 8. Anchor domestic-water heaters to substrate. B. Install commercial domestic-water heaters with seismic-restraint devices. Comply with requirements for seismic-restraint devices specified in Section 220548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." C. Install combination temperature-and-pressure relief valves in top portion of storage tanks. Use relief valves with sensing elements that extend into tanks. Extend domestic-water-heater relief- valve outlet, with drain piping same as domestic-water piping in continuous downward pitch, and discharge by positive air gap onto closest floor drain. D. Install combination temperature-and-pressure relief valves in water piping for domestic-water heaters without storage. Extend domestic-water-heater relief-valve outlet, with drain piping same as domestic-water piping in continuous downward pitch, and discharge by positive air gap onto closest floor drain. E. Install water-heater drain piping as indirect waste to spill by positive air gap into open drains or over floor drains. Install hose-end drain valves at low points in water piping for domestic-water heaters that do not have tank drains. Comply with requirements for hose -end drain valves specified in Section 221119 "Domestic Water Piping Specialties." F. Install thermometer on outlet piping of domestic-water heaters. Comply with requirements for thermometers specified in Section 220519 "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping." G. Assemble and install inlet and outlet piping manifold kits for multiple domestic-water heaters. Fabricate, modify, or arrange manifolds for balanced water flow through each domestic-water heater. Include shutoff valve and thermometer in each domestic-water heater inlet and outlet, and throttling valve in each domestic-water heater outlet. Comply with requirements for valves specified in Section 220523.12 "Ball Valves for Plumbing Piping," and Section 220523.15 "Gate Valves for Plumbing Piping," and comply with requirements for thermometers specified in Section 220519 "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping." H. Install piping-type heat traps on inlet and outlet piping of domestic-water heater storage tanks without integral or fitting-type heat traps. I. Fill domestic-water heaters with water. J. Charge domestic-water expansion tanks with air to required system pressure. 927 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 K. Install dielectric fittings in all locations where piping of dissimilar metals is to be joined. The wetted surface of the dielectric fitting contacted by potable water shall contain less than 0.25 percent of lead by weight. 3.2 PIPING CONNECTIONS A. Comply with requirements for domestic-water piping specified in Section 221116 "Domestic Water Piping." B. Comply with requirements for fuel-oil piping specified in Section 231113 "Facility Fuel-Oil Piping." C. Comply with requirements for gas piping specified in Section 231123 "Facility Natural-Gas Piping." D. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. E. Where installing piping adjacent to fuel-fired, domestic-water heaters, allow space for service and maintenance of water heaters. Arrange piping for easy removal of domestic-water heaters. 3.3 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Section 220553 "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. C. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to test and inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections. D. Perform tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory-authorized service representative. E. Tests and Inspections: 1. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 2. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper operation. 3. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning control s and equipment. F. Domestic-water heaters will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. 928 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 G. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.5 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain commercial, gas-fired, storage, domestic-water heaters. Training shall be a minimum of one hour(s). END OF SECTION 223400 929 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 224213.13 - COMMERCIAL WATER CLOSETS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Floor-mounted, bottom-outlet water closets. 2. Floor-mounted, back-outlet water closets. 3. Wall-mounted water closets. 4. Flushometer valves. 5. Toilet seats. 6. Supports. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 224100 "Residential Plumbing Fixtures" for residential water closets. 2. Section 224300 "Medical Plumbing Fixtures" for healthcare water closets. 3. Section 224600 "Security Plumbing Fixtures" for security water closets. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Effective Flush Volume: Average of two reduced flushes and one full flush per fixture. B. Remote Water Closet: Located more than 30 feet from other drain line connections or fixture and where less than 1.5 drainage fixture units are upstream of the drain line connection. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for water closets. 2. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. 930 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For flushometer valves and electronic sensors to include in operation and maintenance manuals. 1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Flushometer-Valve Repair Kits: Equal to 10 percent of amount of each type installed, but no fewer than one of each type. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 WALL-MOUNTED WATER CLOSETS A. Water Closets, Wall Mounted, Top Spud P-1: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. American Standard. b. Kohler Co. c. TOTO USA, INC. 2. Bowl: a. Standards: ASME A112.19.2/CSA B45.1 and ASME A112.19.5. b. Material: Vitreous china. c. Type: Siphon jet. d. Style: Flushometer valve. e. Height: Standard. f. Rim Contour: Elongated. g. Water Consumption: 1.1 gal. per flush. h. Spud Size and Location: NPS 1-1/2; top. 3. Flushometer Valve: P-1. 4. Toilet Seat: P-1. 5. Support: Water closet carrier. 6. Water-Closet Mounting Height: Standard. B. Water Closets, Wall Mounted, Top Spud, Accessible P-1A: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 931 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 a. American Standard. b. Kohler Co. c. TOTO USA, INC 2. Bowl: a. Standards: ASME A112.19.2/CSA B45.1 and ASME A112.19.5. b. Material: Vitreous china. c. Type: Siphon jet. d. Style: Flushometer valve. e. Height: Standard. f. Rim Contour: Elongated. g. Water Consumption: 1.1 gal. per flush. h. Spud Size and Location: NPS 1-1/2; top. 3. Flushometer Valve: P-1. 4. Toilet Seat: P-1. 5. Support: Water closet carrier. 6. Water-Closet Mounting Height: Handicapped/elderly according to ICC/ANSI A117.1. 2.2 FLUSHOMETER VALVES A. Solenoid-Actuator, Diaphragm Flushometer Valves P-1: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Delany Products. b. Sloan Valve Company. c. Zurn Industries, LLC. 2. Standard: ASSE 1037. 3. Minimum Pressure Rating: 125 psig. 4. Features: Include integral check stop and backflow-prevention device. 5. Material: Brass body with corrosion-resistant components. 6. Exposed Flushometer-Valve Finish: Chrome plated. 7. Panel Finish: Chrome plated or stainless steel. 8. Style: Exposed. 9. Actuator: Solenoid complying with UL 1951, and listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 10. Trip Mechanism: Battery-powered electronic sensor complying with UL 1951, and listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 11. Consumption: 1.1 gal. per flush. 12. Minimum Inlet: NPS 1. 932 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 13. Minimum Outlet: NPS 1-1/4. 14. Features: Include integral check stop and backflow-prevention device. 15. Material: Brass body with corrosion-resistant components. 16. Exposed Flushometer-Valve Finish: Chrome plated. 17. Panel Finish: Chrome plated or stainless steel. 2.3 TOILET SEATS A. Toilet Seats P-1: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Bemis Manufacturing Company. b. Church Seats; Bemis Manufacturing Company. 2. Standard: IAPMO/ANSI Z124.5. 3. Material: Plastic. 4. Type: Commercial (Standard). 5. Shape: Elongated rim, open front. 6. Hinge: Self-sustaining, check. 7. Hinge Material: Noncorroding metal. 8. Seat Cover: Not required. 9. Color: White. 2.4 SUPPORTS A. Water Closet Carrier: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Josam Company. b. Zurn Industries, LLC. 2. Standard: ASME A112.6.1M. 3. Description: Waste-fitting assembly, as required to match drainage piping material and arrangement with faceplates, couplings gaskets, and feet; bolts and hardware matching fixture. Include additional extension coupling, faceplate, and feet for installation in wide pipe space. 933 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine roughing-in of water supply and sanitary drainage and vent piping systems to verify actual locations of piping connections before water-closet installation. B. Examine walls and floors for suitable conditions where water closets will be installed. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Water-Closet Installation: 1. Install level and plumb according to roughing-in drawings. 2. Install floor-mounted water closets on bowl-to-drain connecting fitting attachments to piping or building substrate. 3. Install accessible, wall-mounted water closets at mounting height for handicapped/elderly, according to ICC/ANSI A117.1. B. Support Installation: 1. Install supports, affixed to building substrate, for floor-mounted, back-outlet water closets. 2. Use carrier supports with waste-fitting assembly and seal. 3. Install floor-mounted, back-outlet water closets attached to building floor substrate, onto waste-fitting seals; and attach to support. 4. Install wall-mounted, back-outlet water-closet supports with waste-fitting assembly and waste-fitting seals; and affix to building substrate. C. Flushometer-Valve Installation: 1. Install flushometer-valve, water-supply fitting on each supply to each water closet. 2. Attach supply piping to supports or substrate within pipe spaces behind fixtures. 3. Install lever-handle flushometer valves for accessible water closets with handle mo unted on open side of water closet. 4. Install actuators in locations that are easy for people with disabilities to reach. 5. Install fresh batteries in battery-powered, electronic-sensor mechanisms. D. Install toilet seats on water closets. E. Wall Flange and Escutcheon Installation: 1. Install wall flanges or escutcheons at piping wall penetrations in exposed, finished locations and within cabinets and millwork. 934 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Install deep-pattern escutcheons if required to conceal protruding fittings. 3. Comply with escutcheon requirements specified in Section 220518 "Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping." F. Joint Sealing: 1. Seal joints between water closets and walls and floors using sanitary-type, one-part, mildew-resistant silicone sealant. 2. Match sealant color to water-closet color. 3. Comply with sealant requirements specified in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants." 3.3 CONNECTIONS A. Connect water closets with water supplies and soil, waste, and vent piping. Use size fittings required to match water closets. B. Comply with water piping requirements specified in Section 221116 "Domestic Water Piping." C. Comply with soil and waste piping requirements specified in Section 221316 "Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping." D. Where installing piping adjacent to water closets, allow space for service and maintenance. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Operate and adjust water closets and controls. Replace damaged and malfunctioning water closets, fittings, and controls. B. Adjust water pressure at flushometer valves to produce proper flow. C. Install fresh batteries in battery-powered, electronic-sensor mechanisms. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean water closets and fittings with manufacturers' recommended cleaning methods and materials. B. Install protective covering for installed water closets and fittings. C. Do not allow use of water closets for temporary facilities unless approved in writing by Owner. END OF SECTION 224213.13 935 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 224213.16 - COMMERCIAL URINALS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Wall-hung urinals. 2. Urinal flushometer valves. 3. Supports. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for urinals. 2. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For flushometer valves and electronic sensors to include in operation and maintenance manuals. 1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Flushometer-Valve Repair Kits: Equal to 10 percent of amount of each type installed, but no fewer than one of each type. 936 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 STALL URINALS 2.2 WALL-HUNG URINALS A. Urinals, Wall Hung, Back Outlet, Washout, Accessible P-2: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. American Standard. b. Kohler Co. c. TOTO USA, INC. 2. Fixture: a. Standards: ASME A112.19.2/CSA B45.1 and ASME A112.19.5. b. Material: Vitreous china. c. Type: Washout with extended shields. d. Strainer or Trapway: Manufacturer's standard strainer with integral trap. e. Water Consumption: Water saving. f. Spud Size and Location: NPS 3/4 (DN 20), top. g. Outlet Size and Location: NPS 2 (DN 50), back. h. Color: White. 3. Flushometer Valve: P-2. 4. Waste Fitting: a. Standard: ASME A112.18.2/CSA B125.2 for coupling. b. Size: NPS 2 (DN 50). 5. Support: Type I Urinal Carrier with fixture support plates and coupling with seal and fixture bolts and hardware matching fixture. Include rectangular, steel uprights.. 6. Urinal Mounting Height: Handicapped/elderly according to ICC A117.1. 2.3 URINAL FLUSHOMETER VALVES A. Solenoid-Actuator, Diaphragm Flushometer Valves P-2: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Delany Products. b. Sloan Valve Company. 937 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 c. Zurn Industries, LLC. 2. Standard: ASSE 1037. 3. Minimum Pressure Rating: 125 psig (860 kPa). 4. Features: Include integral check stop and backflow-prevention device. 5. Material: Brass body with corrosion-resistant components. 6. Exposed Flushometer-Valve Finish: Chrome plated. 7. Style: Exposed. 8. Actuator: Solenoid complying with UL 1951; listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency; and marked for intended location and application. 9. Trip Mechanism: Battery-powered electronic sensor complying with UL 1951; listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency; and marked for intended location and application. 10. Consumption: 0.125 gal. (1.9 L) per flush. 11. Minimum Inlet: NPS 3/4 (DN 20). 12. Minimum Outlet: NPS 1-1/4 (DN 32). 2.4 SUPPORTS A. Type I Urinal Carrier: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Josam Company. b. MIFAB, Inc. c. WATTS. 2. Standard: ASME A112.6.1M. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine roughing-in of water supply and sanitary drainage and vent piping systems to verify actual locations of piping connections before urinal installation. B. Examine walls and floors for suitable conditions where urinals will be installed. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Urinal Installation: 938 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Install urinals level and plumb according to roughing-in drawings. 2. Install wall-hung, back-outlet urinals onto waste fitting seals and attached to supports. 3. Install wall-hung, bottom-outlet urinals with tubular waste piping attached to supports. 4. Install accessible, wall-mounted urinals at mounting height for the handicapped/elderly, according to ICC/ANSI A117.1. 5. Install trap-seal liquid in waterless urinals. B. Support Installation: 1. Install supports, affixed to building substrate, for wall-hung urinals. 2. Use off-floor carriers with waste fitting and seal for back-outlet urinals. 3. Use carriers without waste fitting for urinals with tubular waste piping. 4. Use chair-type carrier supports with rectangular steel uprights for accessible urinals. C. Flushometer-Valve Installation: 1. Install flushometer-valve water-supply fitting on each supply to each urinal. 2. Attach supply piping to supports or substrate within pipe spaces behind fixtures. 3. Install lever-handle flushometer valves for accessible urinals with handle mounted on open side of compartment. 4. Install fresh batteries in battery-powered, electronic-sensor mechanisms. D. Wall Flange and Escutcheon Installation: 1. Install wall flanges or escutcheons at piping wall penetrations in exposed, finished locations. 2. Install deep-pattern escutcheons if required to conceal protruding fittings. 3. Comply with escutcheon requirements specified in Section 220518 "Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping." E. Joint Sealing: 1. Seal joints between urinals and walls and floors using sanitary-type, one-part, mildew- resistant silicone sealant. 2. Match sealant color to urinal color. 3. Comply with sealant requirements specified in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants." 3.3 CONNECTIONS A. Connect urinals with water supplies and soil, waste, and vent piping. Use size fittings required to match urinals. B. Comply with water piping requirements specified in Section 221116 "Domestic Water Piping." C. Comply with soil and waste piping requirements specified in Section 221316 "Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping." 939 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 D. Where installing piping adjacent to urinals, allow space for service and maintenance. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Operate and adjust urinals and controls. Replace damaged and malfunctioning urinals, fittings, and controls. B. Adjust water pressure at flushometer valves to produce proper flow. C. Install fresh batteries in battery-powered, electronic-sensor mechanisms. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean urinals and fittings with manufacturers' recommended cleaning methods and materials. B. Install protective covering for installed urinals and fittings. C. Do not allow use of urinals for temporary facilities unless approved in writing by Owner. END OF SECTION 224213.16 940 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 224216.13 - COMMERCIAL LAVATORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Vitreous-china, counter-mounted lavatories. 2. Vitreous-china, wall-mounted lavatories. 3. Lavatory systems. 4. Manually operated lavatory faucets. 5. Automatically operated lavatory faucets. 6. Supply fittings. 7. Waste fittings. 8. Lavatory supports. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for lavatories. 2. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring of automatic faucets. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Counter cutout templates for mounting of counter-mounted lavatories. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For lavatories and faucets to include in operation and maintenance manuals. 941 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. In addition to items specified in Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following: a. Servicing and adjustments of automatic faucets. 1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Faucet Washers and O-Rings: Equal to 10 percent of amount of each type and size installed. 2. Faucet Cartridges and O-Rings: Equal to 5 percent of amount of each type and size installed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 VITREOUS-CHINA, COUNTER-MOUNTED LAVATORIES A. Lavatory - Vitreous China, Undercounter Mounted P-3: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. American Standard. b. Kohler Co. c. TOTO USA, INC. d. Standard: ASME A112.19.2/CSA B45.1. e. Type: For undercounter mounting. f. Bowl Size: Rectangle, 18 by 12, 5-5/8 deep. g. Faucet-Hole Punching: No holes. h. Faucet-Hole Location: On countertop. i. Color: White. 2. Faucet: P-3. 2.2 VITREOUS-CHINA, WALL-MOUNTED LAVATORIES A. Lavatory - Vitreous China, Wall Mounted, with Back P-3A: 942 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Toto. b. Kohler Co. c. American Standard. 2. Fixture: a. Standard: ASME A112.19.2/CSA B45.1. b. Type: For wall hanging. c. Nominal Size: Rectangular, 20 by 18 inches (508 by 457 mm). d. Faucet-Hole Punching: One hole. e. Faucet-Hole Location: Top. f. Color: White. g. Mounting Material: Chair carrier. 3. Faucet: P-3. 4. Support: Type II, concealed-arm lavatory carrier. Include rectangular, steel uprights. 5. Lavatory Mounting Height: Handicapped/elderly in accordance with ICC A117.1. 2.3 AUTOMATICALLY OPERATED LAVATORY FAUCETS A. NSF Standard: Comply with NSF 61 and NSF 372 for faucet materials that will be in contact with potable water. B. Lavatory Faucets - Automatic Type: Battery Powered Electronic Sensor Operated, Mixing, P-3: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. American Standard. b. Chicago Faucets; Geberit Company. c. Kohler Co. d. T&S Brass and Bronze Works, Inc. e. TOTO USA, INC. 2. Standards: ASME A112.18.1/CSA B125.1 and UL 1951. 3. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 4. General: Include hot- and cold-water indicators; coordinate faucet inlets with supplies and fixture hole punchings; coordinate outlet with spout and fixture receptor. 5. Body Type: Single hole. 6. Body Material: Commercial, solid-brass, or die-cast housing with brazed copper and brass waterway. 7. Finish: Polished chrome plate. 8. Maximum Flow Rate: .35 gpm. 9. Mounting Type: Deck, concealed. 943 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 10. Spout: Rigid type. 11. Spout Outlet: Spray. 12. Drain: Grid. 2.4 SUPPLY FITTINGS A. NSF Standard: Comply with NSF 61 and NSF 372 for supply-fitting materials that will be in contact with potable water. B. Standard: ASME A112.18.1/CSA B125.1. C. Supply Piping: Chrome-plated-brass pipe or chrome-plated copper tube matching water-supply piping size. Include chrome-plated-brass or stainless steel wall flange. D. Supply Stops: Chrome-plated-brass, one-quarter-turn, ball-type or compression valve with inlet connection matching supply piping. E. Operation: Loose key. F. Risers: 1. NPS 1/2 (DN 15). 2. ASME A112.18.6/CSA B125.6, braided- or corrugated-stainless steel, flexible hose riser. 2.5 WASTE FITTINGS A. Standard: ASME A112.18.2/CSA B125.2. B. Drain: Grid type with NPS 1-1/4 (DN 32) offset and straight tailpiece. C. Trap: 1. Size: NPS 1-1/2 by NPS 1-1/4 (DN 40 by DN 32). 2. Material: a. Chrome-plated, two-piece, cast-brass trap and swivel elbow with 0.032-inch- (0.83-mm-) thick brass tube to wall; and chrome-plated, brass or steel wall flange. 2.6 LAVATORY SUPPORTS A. Lavatory Carrier: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Smith. 944 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 b. Josam. 2. Standard: ASME A112.6.1M. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine roughing-in of water supply and sanitary drainage and vent piping systems to verify actual locations of piping connections before lavatory installation. B. Examine counters and walls for suitable conditions where lavatories will be installed. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install lavatories level and plumb in accordance with roughing-in drawings. B. Install supports, affixed to building substrate, for wall-mounted lavatories. C. Install accessible wall-mounted lavatories at handicapped/elderly mounting height for people with disabilities or the elderly, in accordance with ICC A117.1. D. Install wall flanges or escutcheons at piping wall penetrations in exposed, finished locations . Use deep-pattern escutcheons if required to conceal protruding fittings. Comply with escutcheon requirements specified in Section 220518 "Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping." E. Seal joints between lavatories, counters, and walls using sanitary-type, one-part, mildew- resistant silicone sealant. Match sealant color to fixture color. Comply with sealant requirements specified in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants." F. Install protective shielding pipe covers and enclosures on exposed supplies and waste piping of accessible lavatories. Comply with requirements in Section 220719 "Plumbing Piping Insulation." 3.3 PIPING CONNECTIONS A. Connect fixtures with water supplies, stops, and risers, and with traps, soil, waste, and vent piping. Use size fittings required to match fixtures. B. Comply with water piping requirements specified in Section 221116 "Domestic Water Piping." C. Comply with soil and waste piping requirements specified in Section 221316 "Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping." 945 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.4 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS A. Connect wiring according to Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." B. Ground equipment according to Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." C. Install electrical devices furnished by manufacturer, but not factory mounted in accordance with NFPA 70 and NECA 1. D. Install nameplate for each electrical connection, indicating electrical equipment designation and circuit number feeding connection. 1. Nameplate shall be laminated acrylic or melamine plastic signs, as specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." 2. Nameplate shall be laminated acrylic or melamine plastic signs with a black background and engraved white letters at least [1/2 inch ((13 mm))] <Insert dimension> high. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Operate and adjust lavatories and controls. Replace damaged and malfunctioning lavatories, fittings, and controls. B. Install new batteries in battery-powered, electronic-sensor mechanisms. 3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. After completing installation of lavatories, inspect and repair damaged finishes. B. Clean lavatories, faucets, and other fittings with manufacturers' recommended cleaning methods and materials. C. Provide protective covering for installed lavatories and fittings. D. Do not allow use of lavatories for temporary facilities unless approved in writing by Owner. END OF SECTION 224216.13 946 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 224216.16 - COMMERCIAL SINKS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Service basins. 2. Service sinks. 3. Utility sinks. 4. Handwash sinks. 5. Sacristy sinks. 6. Sink faucets. 7. Laminar-flow, faucet-spout outlets. 8. Supports. 9. Supply fittings. 10. Waste fittings. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 224100 "Residential Plumbing Fixtures" for residential sinks. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for sinks. 2. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics and furnished specialties and accessories. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Counter cutout templates for mounting of counter-mounted lavatories. 947 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For sinks to include in maintenance manuals. 1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Faucet Washers and O-Rings: Equal to 10 percent of amount of each type and size installed. 2. Faucet Cartridges and O-Rings: Equal to 5 percent of amount of each type and size installed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SERVICE BASINS A. Service Basins P-4: Terrazzo, floor mounted. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Acorn Engineering Company; a Division of Morris Group International. b. Fiat Products. c. Florestone Products Co., Inc. d. Stern-Williams Co., Inc. 2. Fixture: a. Standard: IAPMO PS 99. b. Shape: Square. c. Nominal Size: 24 by 24 inches (610 by 610 mm). d. Height: 12 inches (305 mm) with dropped front. e. Tiling Flange: Not required. f. Rim Guard: On all top surfaces. g. Color: Not applicable. h. Drain: Grid with NPS 3 (DN 80) outlet. 3. Mounting: On floor and flush to wall. 2.2 UTILITY SINKS A. Utility Sinks P-5: Stainless steel, counter mounted. 948 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Advance Tabco. b. Elkay. c. Just Manufacturing. 2. Fixture: a. Standard: ASME A112.19.3/CSA B45.4. b. Type: Ledge back. c. Number of Compartments: One. d. Overall Dimensions: 14-1/2” by 14-1/2” by 5-3/8”. e. Metal Thickness: 18 gauge. f. Compartment: 1) Dimensions: 12” by 12” by 5-3/8”. 2) Drain: Grid with NPS 1-1/2 (DN 40) tailpiece and twist drain. 3) Drain Location: Centered in compartment. 3. Faucet(s): P-5. a. Number Required: One. b. Mounting: On ledge. 4. Supply Fittings: a. Standard: ASME A112.18.1/CSA B125.1. b. Supplies: Chrome-plated brass compression stop with inlet connection matching water-supply piping type and size. 1) Operation: Loose key. 2) Risers: NPS 1/2 (DN 15), ASME A112.18.6, braided or corrugated stainless-steel flexible hose. 5. Waste Fittings: a. Standard: ASME A112.18.2/CSA B125.2. b. Trap(s): 1) Size: NPS 1-1/2 (DN 40). 2) Material: Chrome-plated, two-piece, cast-brass trap and swivel elbow with 0.032-inch- (0.83-mm-) thick brass tube to wall; and chrome-plated brass or steel wall flange. c. Continuous Waste: 1) Size: NPS 1-1/2 (DN 40). 2) Material: Chrome-plated, 0.032-inch- (0.83-mm-) thick brass tube. 949 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 6. Mounting: On counter with sealant. B. Utility Sinks P-7: Stainless steel, counter mounted. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Advance Tabco. b. Elkay. c. Just Manufacturing. 2. Fixture: a. Standard: ASME A112.19.3/CSA B45.4. b. Type: Ledge back. c. Number of Compartments: Two. d. Overall Dimensions: 30-3/4” by 18-1/2” by 5-3/8”. e. Metal Thickness: 18 gauge. f. Each Compartment: 1) Dimensions: 13-1/2” by 18-1/2” by 5-3/8”. 2) Drains: Grid with NPS 1-1/2 (DN 40) tailpiece. 3) Drain Location: Centered in compartment. 3. Faucet(s): P-7. a. Number Required: One. b. Mounting: On ledge. 4. Supply Fittings: a. Standard: ASME A112.18.1/CSA B125.1. b. Supplies: Chrome-plated brass compression stop with inlet connection matching water-supply piping type and size. 1) Operation: Loose key. 2) Risers: NPS 1/2 (DN 15), ASME A112.18.6, braided or corrugated stainless-steel flexible hose. 5. Waste Fittings: a. Standard: ASME A112.18.2/CSA B125.2. b. Trap(s): 1) Size: NPS 1-1/2 (DN 40). 2) Material: Chrome-plated, two-piece, cast-brass trap and swivel elbow with 0.032-inch- (0.83-mm-) thick brass tube to wall; and chrome-plated brass or steel wall flange. 950 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 c. Continuous Waste: 1) Size: NPS 1-1/2 (DN 40). 2) Material: Chrome-plated, 0.032-inch- (0.83-mm-) thick brass tube. 6. Mounting: On counter with sealant. 7. 2.3 SINK FAUCETS A. NSF Standard: Comply with NSF 372 for faucet-spout materials that will be in contact with potable water. B. Sink Faucets: Manual type, two lever handle mixing valve. 1. Commercial, Solid-Brass Faucets P-4: a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1) American Standard. 2) Chicago Faucets; Geberit Company. 3) Kohler Co. 4) T&S Brass and Bronze Works, Inc. 2. Standard: ASME A112.18.1/CSA B125.1. 3. General: Include hot- and cold-water indicators; coordinate faucet inlets with supplies and fixture hole punchings; coordinate outlet with spout and sink receptor. 4. Body Type: Widespread. 5. Body Material: Commercial, solid brass. 6. Finish: Chrome plated. 7. Maximum Flow Rate: 2.2 gpm (8.3 L/min.). 8. Handle(s): Lever. 9. Mounting Type: Back/wall, exposed. 10. Spout Type: Rigid, solid brass with wall brace. 11. Vacuum Breaker: Required for hose outlet. 12. Spout Outlet: Hose thread according to ASME B1.20.7. C. Sink Faucets: Manual type, single lever side handle mixing valve. 1. Commercial, Solid-Brass Faucets P-5: a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 951 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1) American Standard. 2) Chicago Faucets; Geberit Company. 3) Kohler Co. 4) T&S Brass and Bronze Works, Inc. 2. Standard: ASME A112.18.1/CSA B125.1. 3. General: Include hot- and cold-water indicators; coordinate faucet inlets with supplies and fixture hole punchings; coordinate outlet with spout and sink receptor. 4. Body Type: single hole with side valve . 5. Body Material: Commercial, solid brass. 6. Finish: Chrome plated. 7. Maximum Flow Rate: .5 gpm . 8. Handle(s): Lever. 9. Mounting Type: deck mounted . 10. Spout Type: Rigid, swing gooseneck. 11. Spout Outlet: non-aerating laminar flow. D. Sink Faucets: Manual type, single lever handle mixing valve. 1. Commercial, Solid-Brass Faucets P-7: a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1) American Standard. 2) Chicago Faucets; Geberit Company. 3) Kohler Co. 4) T&S Brass and Bronze Works, Inc. 2. Standard: ASME A112.18.1/CSA B125.1. 3. General: Include hot- and cold-water indicators; coordinate faucet inlets with supplies and fixture hole punchings; coordinate outlet with spout and sink receptor. 4. Body Type: single hole. 5. Body Material: Commercial, solid brass. 6. Finish: Chrome plated. 7. Maximum Flow Rate: .50 gpm . 8. Handle(s): Lever. 9. Mounting Type: Deck mounted. 10. Spout Type: Rigid, swing gooseneck. 11. Spout Outlet: non-aerating laminar flow. 2.4 GROUT A. Standard: ASTM C1107/C1107M, Grade B, post-hardening and volume-adjusting, dry, hydraulic-cement grout. 952 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Characteristics: Nonshrink; recommended for interior and exterior applications. C. Design Mix: 5000-psi (34.5-MPa), 28-day compressive strength. D. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine roughing-in of water supply and sanitary drainage and vent piping systems to verify actual locations of piping connections before sink installation. B. Examine walls, floors, and counters for suitable conditions where sinks will be installed. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install sinks level and plumb according to roughing-in drawings. B. Install supports, affixed to building substrate, for wall-hung sinks. C. Install accessible wall-mounted sinks at handicapped/elderly mounting height according to ICC/ANSI A117.1. D. Set floor-mounted sinks in leveling bed of cement grout. E. Install water-supply piping with stop on each supply to each sink faucet. 1. Exception: Use ball or gate valves if supply stops are not specified with sink. Comply with valve requirements specified in Section 220523.12 "Ball Valves for Plumbing Piping" and Section 220523.15 "Gate Valves for Plumbing Piping." 2. Install stops in locations where they can be easily reached for operation. F. Install wall flanges or escutcheons at piping wall penetrations in exposed, finished locations. Use deep-pattern escutcheons if required to conceal protruding fittings. Comply with escutcheon requirements specified in Section 220518 "Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping." G. Seal joints between sinks and counters, floors, and walls using sanitary-type, one-part, mildew- resistant silicone sealant. Match sealant color to fixture color. Comply with sealant requirements specified in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants." H. Install protective shielding pipe covers and enclosures on exposed supplies and waste piping of accessible sinks. Comply with requirements in Section 220719 "Plumbing Piping Insulation." 953 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.3 CONNECTIONS A. Connect sinks with water supplies, stops, and risers, and with traps, soil, waste, and vent piping. Use size fittings required to match fixtures. B. Comply with water piping requirements specified in Section 221116 "Domestic Water Piping." C. Comply with soil and waste piping requirements specified in Section 221316 "Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping." 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Operate and adjust sinks and controls. Replace damaged and malfunctioning sinks, fittings, and controls. B. Adjust water pressure at faucets to produce proper flow. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. After completing installation of sinks, inspect and repair damaged finishes. B. Clean sinks, faucets, and other fittings with manufacturers' recommended cleaning methods and materials. C. Provide protective covering for installed sinks and fittings. D. Do not allow use of sinks for temporary facilities unless approved in writing by Owner. END OF SECTION 224216.16 954 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 224500 - EMERGENCY PLUMBING FIXTURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Eyewash equipment. 2. Supplemental equipment. 3. Water-tempering equipment. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Accessible Fixture: Emergency plumbing fixture that can be approached, entered, and used by people with disabilities. B. Plumbed Emergency Plumbing Fixture: Fixture with fixed, potable-water supply. C. Self-Contained Emergency Plumbing Fixture: Fixture with flushing-fluid-solution supply. D. Tepid: Moderately warm. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include flow rates and capacities, furnished specialties, and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and mounting and attachment details. 2. Include details of equipment assemblies. Indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 3. Vibration Isolation Base Details: Detail fabrication including anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. Include adjustable motor bases, rails, and frames for equipment mounting. 4. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. 955 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product Certificates: Submit certificates of performance testing specified in "Source Quality Control" Article. B. Field quality-control test reports. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For emergency plumbing fixtures to include in operation and maintenance manuals. 1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Flushing-Fluid Solution: Separate lot and equal to at least 200 percent of amount of solution installed for each self-contained unit. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. ISEA Standard: Comply with ISEA Z358.1. C. NSF Standard: Comply with NSF 61 and NSF 372, for fixture materials that will be in contact with potable water. D. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with requirements in ICC A117.1, for plumbing fixtures for people with disabilities. 2.2 EYEWASH EQUIPMENT A. Standard, Wall-Mounted, Plumbed Eyewash Units, P-6: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Bradley Corporation. b. Encon Safety Products. 956 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 c. Haws Corporation. d. Speakman Company. 2. Capacity: Not less than 3.0 gpm (11.5 L/min.) for at least 15 minutes. 3. Supply Piping: NPS 1/2 (DN 15) chrome-plated brass or stainless steel with flow regulator and stay-open control valve. 4. Control-Valve Actuator: Paddle. 5. Spray-Head Assembly: Two receptor-mounted spray heads. 6. Receptor: Stainless Steel bowl. 7. Drain Piping: a. Size: NPS 1-1/4 (DN 32) minimum. b. Finish: Chrome-plated brass. c. Fittings: Receptor drain, P-trap, waste to wall, and wall flange complying with ASME A112.18.2/CSA B125.2. 8. Mounting: Wall bracket. 2.3 WATER-TEMPERING EQUIPMENT A. Hot- and Cold-Water, Water-Tempering Equipment, TMV-2: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Lawler Manufacturing Company, Inc. b. Leonard Valve Company. c. POWERS; A WATTS Brand. d. WATTS. 2. Description: Factory-fabricated equipment with thermostatic mixing valve. a. Thermostatic Mixing Valve: Designed to provide 85 deg F (29 deg C) tepid, potable water at emergency plumbing fixtures, to maintain temperature at plus or minus 5 deg F (3 deg C) throughout required 15-minute test period, and in case of unit failure to continue cold-water flow, with union connections, controls, metal piping, and corrosion-resistant enclosure. b. Supply Connections: For hot and cold water. 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Certify performance of emergency plumbing fixtures by independent testing organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 957 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine roughing-in for water and waste piping systems to verify actual locations of piping connections before plumbed emergency plumbing fixture installation. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF EMERGENCY PLUMBING FIXTURE INSTALLATION A. Assemble emergency plumbing fixture piping, fittings, control valves, and other components. B. Install fixtures level and plumb. C. Fasten fixtures to substrate. D. Install shutoff valves in water-supply piping to fixtures, to facilitate maintenance of the equipment. Use ball or gate valve if specific type valve is not indicated. Install valves chained or locked in open position if permitted. Install valves in locations where they can easily be reached for operation. Comply with requirements for valves specified in Section 220523.12 "Ball Valves for Plumbing Piping" and Section 220523.15 "Gate Valves for Plumbing Piping." 1. Exception: Omit shutoff valve on supply to group of plumbing fixtures that includes emergency equipment. 2. Exception: Omit shutoff valve on supply to emergency equipment if prohibited by authorities having jurisdiction. E. Install shutoff valve and strainer in steam piping and shutoff valve in condensate return piping. Comply with requirements for steam and condensate piping. F. Install dielectric fitting in supply piping to emergency equipment if piping and equipment connections are made of different metals. Comply with requirements for dielectric fittings specified in Section 221116 "Domestic Water Piping." G. Install thermometers in supply and outlet piping connections to water-tempering equipment. Comply with requirements for thermometers specified in Section 220519 "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping." H. Install trap and waste piping on drain outlet of emergency equipment receptors that are indicated to be directly connected to drainage system. Comply with requirements for waste piping specified in Section 221316 "Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping." I. Install indirect waste piping on drain outlet of emergency equipment receptors that are indicated to be indirectly connected to drainage system. Comply with requirements for waste piping specified in Section 221316 "Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping." 958 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 J. Install escutcheons on piping wall and ceiling penetrations in exposed, finished locations. Comply with requirements for escutcheons specified in Section 220518 "Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping." K. Fill self-contained fixtures with flushing fluid. 3.3 CONNECTIONS A. Connect cold-water-supply piping to plumbed emergency plumbing fixtures not having water- tempering equipment. Comply with requirements for cold-water piping specified in Section 221116 "Domestic Water Piping." B. Connect hot- and cold-water-supply piping to hot- and cold-water, water-tempering equipment. Connect output from water-tempering equipment to emergency plumbing fixtures. Comply with requirements for hot- and cold-water piping specified in Section 221116 "Domestic Water Piping." C. Connect cold water and electrical power to electric heating water-tempering equipment. Comply with requirements for cold-water piping specified in Section 221116 "Domestic Water Piping." D. Directly connect emergency plumbing fixture receptors with trapped drain outlet to sanitary waste and vent piping. Comply with requirements for waste piping specified in Section 221316 "Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping." E. Indirectly connect emergency plumbing fixture receptors without trapped drain outlet to sanitary waste or storm drainage piping. F. Where installing piping adjacent to emergency plumbing fixtures, allow space for service and maintenance of fixtures. 3.4 IDENTIFICATION A. Install equipment nameplates or equipment markers on emergency plumbing fixtures and equipment and equipment signs on water-tempering equipment. Comply with requirements for identification materials specified in Section 220553 "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Mechanical-Component Testing: After plumbing connections have been made, test for compliance with requirements. Verify ability to achieve indicated capacities. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection. 959 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 3. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper unit operation. 4. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. C. Emergency plumbing fixtures and water-tempering equipment will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.6 ADJUSTING A. Adjust or replace fixture flow regulators for proper flow. B. Adjust equipment temperature settings. END OF SECTION 224500 960 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 224716 - PRESSURE WATER COOLERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes pressure water coolers and related components. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of pressure water cooler. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes. 2. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For pressure water coolers to include in maintenance manuals. 1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Filter Cartridges: Equal to 20 percent of quantity installed for each type and size indicated, but no fewer than 2 of each. 961 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PRESSURE WATER COOLERS A. Pressure Water Coolers EWC-1: Wall mounted, wheelchair accessible , bottle filler. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Elkay Manufacturing Co. b. Halsey Taylor. c. Haws Corporation. d. Oasis International. 2. Standards: a. Comply with NSF 61 and NSF 372. b. Comply with ASHRAE 34, "Designation and Safety Classification of Refrigerants," for water coolers. Provide HFC 134a (tetrafluoroethane) refrigerant unless otherwise indicated. c. Comply with ICC A117.1. 3. Cabinet: Bi-level with two attached cabinets, vinyl-covered steel with stainless-steel top. 4. Bubbler: One, with adjustable stream regulator, located on each cabinet deck. 5. Control: Push bar. 6. Bottle Filler: Sensor activation with 20-second automatic shutoff timer. Fill rate 0.5 to 1.5 gpm (0.03155 to 0.09464 L/s). 7. Drain: Grid with NPS 1-1/4 (DN 32) tailpiece. 8. Supply: NPS 3/8 (DN 10) with shutoff valve. 9. Waste Fitting: ASME A112.18.2/CSA B125.2, NPS 1-1/4 (DN 32) brass P-trap. 10. Filter: One or more water filters complying with NSF 42 and NSF 53 for cyst and lead reduction to below EPA standards; with capacity sized for unit peak flow rate. 11. Cooling System: Electric, with hermetically sealed compressor, cooling coil, air-cooled condensing unit, corrosion-resistant tubing, refrigerant, corrosion-resistant-metal storage tank, and adjustable thermostat. a. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 12. Capacities and Characteristics: a. Cooled Water: 8 gph (0.0084 L/s). b. Ambient-Air Temperature: 90 deg F (32 deg C). c. Inlet-Water Temperature: 80 deg F (27 deg C). d. Cooled-Water Temperature: 50 deg F (10 deg C). e. Electrical Characteristics: 962 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1) Motor Horsepower: 1/6. 2) Volts: 120-V ac. 3) Phase: Single. 4) Hertz: 60. 5) Full-Load Amperes: 6. 13. Support: Type I Water Cooler Carrier. 14. Water Cooler Mounting Height: Handicapped/elderly according to ICC A117.1. 2.2 SUPPORTS A. Type I Water Cooler Carrier: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Josam Company. b. MIFAB, Inc. c. WATTS. d. Zurn Industries, LLC. 2. Standard: ASME A112.6.1M. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine roughing-in for water-supply and sanitary drainage and vent piping systems to verify actual locations of piping connections before fixture installation. B. Examine walls and floors for suitable conditions where fixtures will be installed. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install fixtures level and plumb according to roughing-in drawings. For fixtures indicated for children, install at height required by authorities having jurisdiction. B. Set freestanding pressure water coolers on floor. C. Install off-the-floor carrier supports, affixed to building substrate, for wall-mounted fixtures. D. Install mounting frames, affixed to building construction, and attach recessed, pressure water coolers, and in-wall bottle filling stations to mounting frames. 963 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 E. Install water-supply piping with shutoff valve on supply to each fixture to be connected to domestic-water distribution piping. Use ball or gate valve. Install valves in locations where they can be easily reached for operation. Valves are specified in Section 220523.12 "Ball Valves for Plumbing Piping" and Section 220523.15 "Gate Valves for Plumbing Piping." F. Install trap and waste piping on drain outlet of each fixture to be connected to sanitary drainage system. G. Install wall flanges or escutcheons at piping wall penetrations in exposed, finished locations. Use deep-pattern escutcheons where required to conceal protruding fittings. Comply with escutcheon requirements specified in Section 220518 "Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping." H. Seal joints between fixtures and walls using sanitary-type, one-part, mildew-resistant, silicone sealant. Match sealant color to fixture color. Comply with sealant requirements specified in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants." 3.3 CONNECTIONS A. Connect fixtures with water supplies, stops, and risers, and with traps, soil, waste, and vent piping. Use size fittings required to match fixtures. B. Comply with water piping requirements specified in Section 221116 "Domestic Water Piping." C. Install ball or gate shutoff valve on water supply to each fixture. Install valve upstream from filter for water cooler. Comply with valve requirements specified in Section 220523.12 "Ball Valves for Plumbing Piping" and Section 220523.15 "Gate Valves for Plumbing Piping." D. Comply with soil and waste piping requirements specified in Section 221316 "Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping." 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Adjust fixture flow regulators for proper flow and stream height. B. Adjust pressure water-cooler temperature settings. 3.5 CLEANING A. After installing fixture, inspect unit. Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris. Repair damaged finish to match original finish. B. Clean fixtures, on completion of installation, according to manufacturer's written instructions. C. Provide protective covering for installed fixtures. D. Do not allow use of fixtures for temporary facilities unless approved in writing by Owner. 964 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 END OF SECTION 224716 965 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 230000 - GENERAL MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Requirements of this Section apply to every Division 22 and 23 Section. B. Administrative requirements in this Section that supplement requirements specified in Division 01: 1. Codes and standards. 2. Definitions specifically for mechanical work. 3. Submittals: a. Product Data. b. Shop Drawings. c. Certificates and Reports. d. Operation and Maintenance Manuals. e. Record Documents. 4. Basic Requirements. 5. Delivery, Storage and Handling. 6. Controls and Wiring. 7. Coordination Drawings. C. Basic mechanical materials included in this Section: 1. Housekeeping pads. 2. Motors. 3. Tools and lubricants. D. Basic mechanical procedures included in this Section: 1. Examination. 2. Preparation. 3. Excavation and backfill. 4. Cutting and patching. 5. Installation. 6. Motor selection. 7. Field tests. 8. Adjusting and cleaning. 9. Protection. 10. Painting. 11. Installing valve tags, equipment and piping identification. 1.2 CODES AND STANDARDS 966 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 A. Comply with provisions of editions, including addenda and modifications made by local authorities, that are current as of date of Project Manual: 1. Latest Version of all local codes and standards. 2. State Codes: a. 2012 International Energy Conservation Code. b. 2012 International Building Code. c. 2012 International Fire Code. d. 2012 International Fuel Gas Code. e. 2012 International Mechanical Code. f. 2012Uniform Plumbing Code. g. 2017 NFPA 70 – National Electrical Code. h. American Society of Heating Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE) Standards. i. National Fire Protection Agency (NFPA) Standards. 3. Federal Codes: a. Americans with Disabilities Act. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Group product literature by Specification Section. 2. Submit data for entire Section as single submittal. 3. Identify individual items with tabs to separate various products within submittal. 4. Clearly indicate compliance or deviation from Contract Documents. 5. Mark submission material with identification corresponding to equipment schedules. 6. Required Information: a. Physical size and weight of equipment. b. Rough-in requirements: 1) Inlet size and outlet locations. 2) Inlet and outlet sizes. 3) Power connection location(s). 4) Control wiring locations. c. Clearance requirements: 1) For service. 2) For proper operation. d. Insulation thickness and performance characteristics. e. Fluid flow rates. f. Fluid pressure characteristics. g. Power requirements: 1) Voltage and phase. 2) Amperage. 3) Overcurrent protection. h. Control signal requirements. i. Wiring diagram for power and controls. j. Approvals of specified organizations. k. Safe operating limits: 1) High and low temperatures. 967 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2) High and low pressures. 3) High and low fluid flow rates. 4) Ambient requirements. l. Method and type of fasteners and anchors m. Color and finish. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit layout of components of custom system, indicating locations, clearances and relationships of components. 2. Include wiring locations external to units. 3. Comply with requirements in Sections of Division 22 and 23. 4. Indicate chase, slot, hole or recess dimensions and clearances needed for every item. C. Design Data: Refer to individual Sections of Division 22 and 23 for design data submittal requirements: 1.4 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Manufacturer's names and catalog numbers indicate type, size, rating, capacity, design, quality, or kind of materials required. B. Provide equipment and accessories that are products of manufacturers regularly engaged in manufacturing these products. C. Provide equipment with manufacturer's standard features in addition to features specifically identified in the Contract Documents. D. Provide equipment with permanent identification indicating: 1. Manufacturer. 2. Model Number/Serial Number. 3. Electrical characteristics. 4. Flow and pressure characteristics. 5. Ratings and capacities. E. For duplicate items, provide same make and model throughout this Project. F. Provide equipment and accessories conforming to applicable standards listed in this Section, references listed in other Sections and with applicable national, state, and local codes. G. Provide material and equipment items required for complete operational systems. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site in unopened, original factory packaging, containers, wrapping or other protection. 968 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Reseal packages opened for damage inspection. C. Coordinate schedule of product delivery in order to minimize storage time. D. Store materials, equipment and accessories indoors or in secure, weather-tight and protected enclosure such as an enclosed trailer. Shrink wrapping and/or covering is not considered a weather protected and secure enclosure. No materials, equipment, or accessories shall be stored outdoors. Contractor shall provide off-site storage and protection indoors or in weather-proof enclosure when site does not permit on-site storage or protection. Contractor shall be paid for materials and equipment stored off-site upon proper documentation of delivery, control and protection of said materials and equipment. Contractor’s insurance shall be in full force at this off-site location for complete protection of said materials and equipment. E. All sensitive equipment shall be stored in weather-tight, climate controlled, enclosures in an environment favorable to the product. F. Heed warning labels on equipment regarding lifting, stacking, handling and unpacking requirements. G. Promptly remove emptied crating and containers from the site. 1.6 CONTROLS AND WIRING A. Provide control devices that require field piping, wiring, linkages, remote bulb, or other mechanical connections necessary for complete operation. B. Field Wiring: 1. Refer to the Electrical drawings for field wiring to be done by Division 26. 2. Provide control and interlock wiring necessary for the operating sequences described on mechanical plans, with properly licensed personnel. 3. Coordinate control panel locations with Division 26. 4. Provide transformers necessary to operate auxiliary control devices. 5. Conform to requirements of Sections in Division 26 for control wiring materials and installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 HOUSEKEEPING PADS A. Layout concrete pads for floor mounted mechanical equipment such as pumps, compressors, chillers, air handling units, and water heaters. 2.2 MOTORS 969 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 A. Manufacturers: 1. Baldor Electric Co. 2. General Electric Co. 3. Lincoln. 4. MagneTek Inc. 5. Reliance. B. General Construction and Requirements: 1. Motors less than 250 watts, for intermittent service: Equipment manufacturer's standard with thermal overload protection. 2. Electrical service: a. Motors 1/2 HP (0.4 Kw output) and smaller: 120 volts, single phase, 60 Hz with thermal overload protection. b. Motors larger than 1/2 HP (0.4 KW output): Three phase, 60 Hz. c. Refer to drawings for 3 phase motor voltage. 3. Type: a. Open drip-proof (ODP) or totally enclosed fan cooled (TEFC) except where specifically noted otherwise. b. Motors: Design for continuous operation in 105 degrees F (40 degrees C) environment. c. Design for temperature rise in accordance with NEMA MG 1 limits for insulation class, service factor, and motor enclosure type. d. Motors 5 hp (3.7 Kw output) and larger: Energy efficient type. 1) Refer to driven equipment specification for exceptions. 2) Refer NEMA MG-1 Table 12-10. 4. Explosion-proof motors: UL listed and labeled for hazard classification, with over temperature protection. 5. Visible nameplate: Indicate motor horsepower, voltage, phase, cycles, RPM, full load amps, locked rotor amps, frame size, manufacturer's name and model number, service factor, power factor, nominal efficiency. 6. Wiring terminations: a. Provide terminal lugs to match branch circuit conductor quantities, sizes, and materials indicated. b. Enclose terminal lugs in terminal box sized to NFPA 70, threaded for conduit. c. For fractional horsepower motors where connection is made directly, provide threaded conduit connection in end frame. C. Single phase power – permanent –split capacitor motors: 1. Starting torque: Exceeding one fourth of full load torque. 2. Starting current: Up to six times full load current. 3. Multiple speed: Through tapped windings. 4. Open drip-proof or enclosed air over enclosure: Class A (120 degrees F (50 degrees C) temperature rise) insulation, minimum 1.15 service factor, prelubricated sleeve or ball bearings, automatic reset overload protector. D. Single phase power – capacitor start motors: 1. Starting torque: Three times full load torque. 2. Starting current: Less than five times full load current. 970 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3. Pull-up torque: Up to 350 percent of full load torque. 4. Breakdown torque: Approximately 250 percent of full load torque. 5. Motors: Capacitor in series with starting winding; provide capacitor-start/capacitor-run motors with two capacitors in parallel with run capacitor remaining in circuit at operating speeds. 6. Drip-proof enclosure: Class A (120 degrees F (50 degrees C) temperature rise) insulation, NEMA Service Factor, prelubricated sleeve or ball bearings. 7. Enclosed motors: Class A (120 degrees F (50 degrees C) temperature rise) insulation, minimum 1.15 Service Factor, prelubricated ball bearings. E. Three phase power – squirrel cage motors: 1. Starting torque: Between 1 and 1-1/2 times full load torque. 2. Starting current: Six times full load current (maximum). 3. Power output, locked rotor torque, breakdown or pull out torque: NEMA Design B characteristics. 4. Design, construction, testing, and performance: Conform to NEMA MG 1 for Design B motors. 5. Insulation system: NEMA Class B minimum. 6. Testing procedure: In accordance with IEEE 112. Load test motors to determine they are free from electrical and mechanical defects and in compliance with catalog performance data. 7. Motor frames: NEMA Standard T-Frames of steel, aluminum, or cast iron with end brackets of cast iron or aluminum with steel inserts. 8. Bearings: Grease lubricated anti-friction ball bearings with housings equipped with plugged provision for relubrication, rated for minimum ABMA 9, L-10 life of 20,000 hours. 9. Sound power levels: To NEMA MG 1. 10. Nominal efficiency: As scheduled at full load and rated voltage when tested in accordance with IEEE 112. 11. Nominal power factor: As scheduled at full load and rated voltage when tested in accordance with IEEE 112. 12. Where manufacturers motor falls below scheduled efficiency, provide power factor correction capacitors to raise power factor to at least 90 percent, but not less than that required to meet scheduled efficiency. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that mounting surfaces are complete and ready to receive work. B. Verify that required utilities are available, in proper location and ready for use. C. Verify proper recess or chase or opening size for each item. D. Beginning installation means installer accepts existing surfaces and conditions. 971 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 E. Report conflicts between manufacturer’s recommendations and site conditions or Contract Documents in writing to the Architect, prior to installation. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Adjust rough-ins to conform to field conditions and actual fixture or equipment requirements. B. Protect previously installed Work from damage. 3.3 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Structural Limitations: 1. Do not cut structural framing, walls, floors, decks and other members intended to withstand stress, except with Architect's written authorization. 2. Pay for Architect's review of proposed cutting, design of reinforcing of members to be cut, shop drawings and fabrication according to Architect's design; provide installation and inspection of reinforcing. B. Cutting Concrete: 1. Where authorized, cut openings through concrete for pipe penetrations and similar services by core drilling or sawing. 2. Do not cut by hammer-driven chisel or drill. C. Other Work: 1. Do not endanger or damage other work through procedures and processes of cutting to accommodate mechanical work. 2. Review proposed cutting with installer of work to be cut, and comply with installer's recommendations to minimize damage. 3. Engage original installer or other specialists necessary to maintain warranties. D. Penetrations in Low Temperature Panels, Insulation and Roofing: 1. Furnish low temperature panel, insulation or roofing installer with size and location of mechanical penetrations. 2. Allow only low temp installer to cut penetrations and make final seals at penetrations. E. Patching: 1. Execute patching in manner to exceed the durability of original construction. 2. Restore material in every respect, including elimination of visual defects in exposed finishes, as judged by Architect. F. Replace installed work that becomes damaged while performing installation of mechanical items. G. Obtain Architect's written approval for repairs associated with damaged work. 972 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.4 INSTALLATION A. General: Sequence, coordinate and integrate the various elements of mechanical systems, materials, and equipment with other trades. B. For utility connections, comply with requirements of governing regulations, franchised service companies and controlling agencies. C. Give right-of-way to systems required to be sloped. D. Piping and Ductwork: 1. Finished areas: conceal within pipe chases, above suspended ceiling or within other building construction. 2. Parallel or at right angles with beams, walls, ceilings, and other building lines. 3. In straight lines between required changes in direction, with vertical runs plumb. 4. Install exposed piping and ductwork as close as practicable to walls, columns, ceilings, and overhead construction, and to provide maximum headroom and minimum interference with usable building space. 5. Support without transferring stress to associated equipment. E. Fixtures and Equipment: 1. Install in accordance with manufacturer's installation manual. 2. Install substantially as indicated, with access space around each piece of equipment to facilitate installation, operation, and maintenance. 3. Install components level and plumb. 4. Install suspended items as high as practical, considering other trades and maintenance requirements. 5. Allow ample space for plumbing, electrical, and other equipment indicated to be installed. 6. Extend lube lines from grease fittings to accessible location. 7. Minor revisions in layout may be made subject to Architect's approval. 8. Major changes in layout to accommodate proposed equipment that differs substantially from specified equipment in size and arrangement will not be considered. 3.5 MOTOR SELECTION A. Motors located outdoors: Totally enclosed type. B. Motors located in areas subject to combustible fumes, battery rooms: TEFC, explosion proof. 3.6 MOTOR INSTALLATION A. Install securely on firm foundation. B. Check line voltage and phase and ensure agreement with nameplate. 973 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. Mount direct connected motors securely in alignment. D. Mount belt drive motors using adjustable motor mounting bases: 1. Align pulleys and install belts. 2. Use belts identified by the manufacturer and tension belts in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 3.7 FIELD TESTS A. Notify inspectors and the Architect when work is ready for testing. B. Conduct each test in presence of inspectors and the Architect; the Architect reserves the right to waive their attendance of each test. C. Do not conceal or insulate Work until inspections have been made and tests have been approved by inspectors. D. Motor load tests: 1. Perform ammeter check of actual running current of each motor in mechanical system under operating conditions. 2. Adjust driven equipment to operate at or below each motor’s rated amp draw. E. Submit field test reports to Architect for review. 3.8 ADJUSTING A. Refer to Testing Adjusting and Balancing for description of additional HVAC work. B. Put systems in operation: 1. Test plumbing fixtures and other equipment. 2. Remedy leaks and defects. 3. Remove air from water circulating systems. 4. Adjust air and water flows to indicated quantities. C. After systems have been tested, insure that necessary adjustments have been made. 1. Lubricate bearings and other items including lubricated type plug valves. 2. Adjust belts to proper tension. 3. Replace disposable filters with new clean filter, except blanket roll and high efficiency type. 4. Adjust stops or valves for intended water flow rate to fixtures without splashing, excessive noise or overflow. 3.9 CLEANING A. After systems have been tested, clean work thoroughly to allow painting. 974 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Schedule the cleaning to occur just before painting. C. Remove foreign matter that may have accumulated in and on ducts, casings, enclosures, fixtures, and equipment. D. Clean and polish valves, trim, escutcheon plates, and other surfaces that are not to be painted. E. Strainers and Dirt Pockets: 1. Install very fine mesh strainer screens. 2. Operate system for 24 hours. 3. Periodically during the 24 hour operation, deactivate system, clean strainer screen and replace it, reactivate system. 4. After system cleanliness has been demonstrated, remove start-up screen and replace with operational screen. F. Disinfect domestic water system before plumbing system is used by the Owner: 1. Drain entire water system. 2. Refill entire water system with a sterilizing solution of potable water containing at least 50 parts per million of available chlorine. 3. Allow sterilizing solution to remain in water system for at least 24 hours, then drain sterilizing solution from water system. 4. Flush sterilizing solution from entire water system through each fixture and each water outlet with potable water. 5. Continue flushing process until residual chlorine is below 0.2 parts per million. 6. Submit report certifying that domestic water system has been disinfected in accordance with requirements of the State Health Department. G. Other Water Systems: 1. Flush with clear cold water. 2. Completely drain piping and equipment. 3. Refill with clean water. 4. Vent air from piping system. H. Filters: 1. Clean permanent filters and reinstall. 2. Replace disposable filters on units that have been operated during construction. 3.10 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products and materials from damage during construction. B. Replace products and materials damaged during construction with new products. C. Cover equipment openings and open ends of pipe and ducts to prevent entry of dust, animals and debris during construction. D. Prime coat exposed welds and cut pipe ends to prevent corrosion. 975 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.11 PAINTING A. Refer to Section 099000 PAINTS AND COATINGS for description of finish coatings on shop- primed items. B. Prime coat: 1. Tanks. 2. Structural supports and frames. 3. Hangers, rods, anchors, supports and guides. 4. Exposed, uninsulated black steel piping. 5. Field welds. C. Where galvanizing is broken during fabrication or installation, recoat exposed areas with cold galvanizing compound. D. Paint ductwork, conduit, insulation, pipe, and structures visible through grilles and diffusers flat black. E. Prime and paint damaged surfaces to match adjacent finish. F. Provide matching enamel touch-up paint for repairing damaged factory finished surfaces. END OF SECTION 230000 976 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 230517 - SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR HVAC PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Sleeves. 2. Stack-sleeve fittings. 3. Sleeve-seal systems. 4. Sleeve-seal fittings. 5. Grout. 6. Silicone sealants. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Sustainable Design Submittals: 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality-control reports. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SLEEVES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. 2. CALPICO, Inc. 3. GPT; an EnPro Industries company. 977 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Cast-Iron Pipe Sleeves: Cast or fabricated of cast or ductile iron and equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop collar. C. Steel Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, anti-corrosion coated orzinc coated, with plain ends and integral welded waterstop collar. D. Galvanized-Steel Sheet Sleeves: 0.0239-inch minimum thickness; round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint. E. PVC Pipe Sleeves: ASTM D 1785, Schedule 40. F. Molded-PVC Sleeves: With nailing flange for attaching to wooden forms. G. Molded-PE or -PP Sleeves: Removable, tapered-cup shaped, and smooth outer surface with nailing flange for attaching to wooden forms. 2.2 STACK-SLEEVE FITTINGS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Jay R. Smith Mfg. Co. 2. Zurn Industries, LLC. B. Description: Manufactured, Dura-coated or Duco-coated cast-iron sleeve with integral cast flashing flange for use in waterproof floors and roofs. Include clamping ring, bolts, and nuts for membrane flashing. 1. Underdeck Clamp: Clamping ring with setscrews. 2.3 SLEEVE-SEAL SYSTEMS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. 2. GPT; an EnPro Industries company. 3. Metraflex Company (The). B. Description: 1. Modular sealing-element unit, designed for field assembly, for filling annular space between piping and sleeve. 2. Designed to form a hydrostatic seal of 20-psig. 3. Sealing Elements: EPDM-rubber interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size. 978 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 4. Pressure Plates: Carbon steel. 5. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel, with corrosion-resistant coating, ASTM B 633 of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. 2.4 SLEEVE-SEAL FITTINGS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. 2. GPT; an EnPro Industries company. 3. Metraflex Company (The). B. Description: 1. Manufactured plastic, sleeve-type, waterstop assembly, made for imbedding in concrete slab or wall. 2. Plastic or rubber waterstop collar with center opening to match piping OD. 2.5 GROUT A. Description: Nonshrink, recommended for interior and exterior sealing openings in nonfire- rated walls or floors. B. Standard: ASTM C 1107/C 1107M, Grade B, post-hardening and volume-adjusting, dry, hydraulic-cement grout. C. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength. D. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. 2.6 SILICONE SEALANTS A. Silicone, S, NS, 25, NT: Single-component, nonsag, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, nontraffic-use, neutral-curing silicone joint sealant, ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, use NT. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Dow Corning Corporation. b. GE Construction Sealants; Momentive Performance Materials Inc. c. Polymeric Systems, Inc. 979 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Silicone, S, P, 25, T, NT: Single-component, pourable, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, traffic- and nontraffic-use, neutral-curing silicone joint sealant; ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade P, Class 25, Uses T and NT. Grade P Pourable (self-leveling) formulation is for opening in floors and other horizontal surfaces that are not fire rated. C. Silicone Foam: Multicomponent, silicone-based liquid elastomers that, when mixed, expand and cure in place to produce a flexible, nonshrinking foam. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SLEEVE INSTALLATION A. Install sleeves for piping passing through penetrations in floors, partitions, roofs, and walls. B. For sleeves that will have sleeve-seal system installed, select sleeves of size large enough to provide 1-inch annular clear space between piping and concrete slabs and walls. 1. Sleeves are not required for core-drilled holes. C. Install sleeves in concrete floors, concrete roof slabs, and concrete walls as new slabs and walls are constructed. 1. Permanent sleeves are not required for holes in slabs formed by molded-PE or -PP sleeves. 2. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. a. Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment areas or other wet areas 2 inches above finished floor level. 3. Using grout or silicone sealant, seal space outside of sleeves in slabs and walls without sleeve-seal system. D. Install sleeves for pipes passing through interior partitions. 1. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. 2. Install sleeves that are large enough to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. 3. Seal annular space between sleeve and piping or piping insulation; use sealants appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. E. Fire-Resistance-Rated Penetrations, Horizontal Assembly Penetrations, and Smoke-Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire or smoke rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with fire- and smoke-stop materials. 980 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.2 STACK-SLEEVE-FITTING INSTALLATION A. Install stack-sleeve fittings in new slabs as slabs are constructed. 1. Install fittings that are large enough to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. 2. Secure flashing between clamping flanges for pipes penetrating floors with membrane waterproofing. Comply with requirements for flashing specified in Section 076200 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim." 3. Install section of cast-iron soil pipe to extend sleeve to 3 inches above finished floor level. 4. Extend cast-iron sleeve fittings below floor slab as required to secure clamping ring if ring is specified. 5. Using waterproof silicone sealant, seal space between top hub of stack -sleeve fitting and pipe. B. Fire-Resistance-Rated, Horizontal Assembly, and Smoke Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire or smoke rating of floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with fire- and smoke-stop materials. 3.3 SLEEVE-SEAL-SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. Install sleeve-seal systems in sleeves in exterior concrete walls and slabs-on-grade at service piping entries into building. B. Select type, size, and number of sealing elements required for piping material and size and for sleeve ID or hole size. Position piping in center of sleeve. Center piping in penetration, assemble sleeve-seal-system components, and install in annular space between piping and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make a watertight seal. 3.4 SLEEVE-SEAL-FITTING INSTALLATION A. Install sleeve-seal fittings as new walls and slabs are constructed. B. Assemble fitting components of length to be flush with both surfaces of concrete slabs and walls. Position waterstop flange to be centered in concrete slab or wall. C. Secure nailing flanges to concrete forms. D. Using grout or silicone sealant, seal space around outside of sleeve-seal fittings. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and inspections: 981 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Leak Test: After allowing for a full cure, test sleeves and sleeve seals for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. B. Sleeves and sleeve seals will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. 3.6 SLEEVE AND SLEEVE-SEAL SCHEDULE A. Use sleeves and sleeve seals for the following piping-penetration applications: 1. Exterior Concrete Walls Above Grade: a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6: Steel pipe sleeves Sleeve-seal fittings. b. Piping NPS 6 and Larger: Steel pipe sleeves Sleeve-seal fittings. 2. Exterior Concrete Walls Below Grade: a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6: Cast-iron pipe sleeves with sleeve-seal system. 1) Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between piping and sleeve for installing sleeve-seal system. b. Piping NPS 6 and Larger: Cast-iron pipe sleeves with sleeve-seal system. 1) Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between piping and sleeve for installing sleeve-seal system. 3. Concrete Slabs-on-Grade: a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6: Steel pipe sleeves with sleeve-seal system. 1) Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between piping and sleeve for installing sleeve-seal system. b. Piping NPS 6 and Larger: Cast-iron pipe sleeves with sleeve-seal system. 1) Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between piping and sleeve for installing sleeve-seal system. 4. Concrete Slabs Above Grade: a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6: Steel pipe sleeves. b. Piping NPS 6 and Larger: Steel pipe sleeves Stack-sleeve fittings. 5. Interior Partitions: a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6: Steel pipe sleeves. b. Piping NPS 6 and Larger: Galvanized-steel sheet sleeves. 982 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 END OF SECTION 230517 983 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 230518 - ESCUTCHEONS FOR HVAC PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Escutcheons. 2. Floor plates. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Existing Piping to Remain: Existing piping that is not to be removed and that is not otherwise indicated to be removed, removed and salvaged, or removed and reinstalled. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. BrassCraft Manufacturing Co.; a Masco company. 2. Dearborn Brass. 3. Mid-America Fittings, Inc. 2.2 ESCUTCHEONS A. One-Piece, Steel Type: With polished, chrome-plated finish and setscrew fastener. B. One-Piece, Stainless-Steel Type: With polished stainless-steel finish. 984 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. One-Piece, Cast-Brass Type: With polished, chrome-plated finish and setscrew fastener. D. One-Piece, Deep-Pattern Type: Deep-drawn, box-shaped brass with polished, chrome-plated finish and spring-clip fasteners. E. One-Piece, Stamped-Steel Type: With polished, chrome-plated finish and spring-clip fasteners. F. Split-Plate, Stamped-Steel Type: With polished, chrome-plated finish; concealed and exposed- rivet hinge; and spring-clip fasteners. 2.3 FLOOR PLATES A. Split Floor Plates: Steel with concealed hinge. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and finished floors. B. Install escutcheons with ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of piping and with OD that completely covers opening. 1. Escutcheons for New Piping and Relocated Existing Piping: a. Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One-piece, deep pattern. b. Chrome-Plated Piping: One-piece cast brass or split-plate steel with polished, chrome-plated finish. c. Insulated Piping: One-piece steel with polished, chrome-plated finish. d. Insulated Piping: One-piece stainless steel with polished stainless-steel finish. e. Insulated Piping: One-piece cast brass with polished, chrome-plated finish. f. Insulated Piping: One-piece stamped steel or split-plate, stamped steel with concealed hinge or split-plate, stamped steel with exposed-rivet hinge with polished, chrome-plated finish. g. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece steel with polished, chrome-plated finish. h. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece stainless steel with polished stainless-steel finish. i. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece cast brass with polished, chrome-plated finish. j. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece stamped steel or split-plate, stamped steel with concealed hinge or split-plate, stamped steel with exposed-rivet hinge with polished, chrome-plated finish. k. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece steel with polished, chrome-plated finish. 985 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 l. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece stainless steel with polished stainless-steel finish. m. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece cast brass with polished, chrome-plated finish. n. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece stamped steel or split-plate, stamped steel with concealed hinge or split-plate, stamped steel with exposed-rivet hinge with polished, chrome-plated finish. o. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece steel with polished, chrome- plated finish. p. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece cast brass with polished, chrome-plated finish. q. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece stamped steel or split-plate, stamped steel with concealed hinge or split-plate, stamped steel with exposed-rivet hinge with polished, chrome-plated finish. r. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece steel with polished, chrome-plated finish. s. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece cast brass with polished, chrome- plated finish. t. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece stamped steel or split-plate, stamped steel with concealed hinge or split-plate, stamped steel with exposed-rivet hinge with polished, chrome-plated finish. 2. Escutcheons for Existing Piping to Remain: a. Chrome-Plated Piping: Split-plate, stamped steel with concealed or exposed-rivet hinge with polished, chrome-plated finish. b. Insulated Piping: Split-plate, stamped steel with concealed or exposed-rivet hinge with polished, chrome-plated finish. c. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: Split-plate, stamped steel with concealed or exposed-rivet hinge with polished, chrome-plated finish. d. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: Split-plate, stamped steel with concealed or exposed-rivet hinge with polished, chrome-plated finish. e. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: Split-plate, stamped steel with concealed or exposed-rivet hinge with polished, chrome-plated finish. f. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: Split-plate, stamped steel with concealed or exposed-rivet hinge with polished, chrome-plated finish. C. Install floor plates for piping penetrations of equipment-room floors. D. Install floor plates with ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of piping and with OD that completely covers opening. 1. New Piping and Relocated Existing Piping: Split floor plate. 2. Existing Piping to Remain: Split floor plate. 986 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Using new materials, replace broken and damaged escutcheons and floor plates. END OF SECTION 230518 987 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 230519 - METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Dial-type pressure gages. 2. Gage attachments. 3. Test plugs. 4. Test-plug kits. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product Certificates: For each type of meter and gage. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For meters and gages to include in operation and maintenance manuals. 988 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 DUCT-THERMOMETER MOUNTING BRACKETS A. Description: Flanged bracket with screw holes, for attachment to air duct and made to hold thermometer stem. 2.2 DIAL-TYPE PRESSURE GAGES A. Direct-Mounted, Metal-Case, Dial-Type Pressure Gages: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Trerice, H. O. Co. b. WATTS. c. Weiss Instruments, Inc. 2. Standard: ASME B40.100. 3. Case: Sealed type(s); cast aluminum or drawn steel; 6-inch nominal diameter. 4. Pressure-Element Assembly: Bourdon tube unless otherwise indicated. 5. Pressure Connection: Brass, with NPS 1/4 or NPS 1/2, ASME B1.20.1 pipe threads and bottom-outlet type unless back-outlet type is indicated. 6. Movement: Mechanical, with link to pressure element and connection to pointer. 7. Dial: Nonreflective aluminum with permanently etched scale markings graduated in psi. 8. Pointer: Dark-colored metal. 9. Window: Glass. 10. Ring: Metal Stainless steel. 11. Accuracy: Grade A, plus or minus 1 percent of middle half of scale range. 2.3 GAGE ATTACHMENTS A. Snubbers: ASME B40.100, brass; with NPS 1/4 or NPS 1/2, ASME B1.20.1 pipe threads and piston-type surge-dampening device. Include extension for use on insulated piping. B. Siphons: Loop-shaped section of brass pipe with NPS 1/4 or NPS 1/2 pipe threads. C. Valves: Brass or stainless-steel needle, with NPS 1/4 or NPS 1/2, ASME B1.20.1 pipe threads. 2.4 TEST PLUGS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 989 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Trerice, H. O. Co. 2. Weiss Instruments, Inc. 3. Weksler Glass Thermometer Corp. B. Description: Test-station fitting made for insertion in piping tee fitting. C. Body: Brass or stainless steel with core inserts and gasketed and threaded cap. Include extended stem on units to be installed in insulated piping. D. Thread Size: NPS 1/4 or NPS 1/2, ASME B1.20.1 pipe thread. E. Minimum Pressure and Temperature Rating: 500 psig at 200 deg F. F. Core Inserts: Chlorosulfonated polyethylene synthetic and EPDM self-sealing rubber. 2.5 TEST-PLUG KITS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Trerice, H. O. Co. 2. WATTS. 3. Weiss Instruments, Inc. B. Furnish one test-plug kit(s) containing one thermometer(s), one pressure gage and adapter, and carrying case. Thermometer sensing elements, pressure gage, and adapter probes shall be of diameter to fit test plugs and of length to project into piping. C. Pressure Gage: Small, Bourdon-tube insertion type with 2- to 3-inch- diameter dial and probe. Dial range shall be at least 0 to 200 psig. D. Carrying Case: Metal or plastic, with formed instrument padding. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install duct-thermometer mounting brackets in walls of ducts. Attach to duct with screws. B. Install direct-mounted pressure gages in piping tees with pressure gage located on pipe at the most readable position. C. Install remote-mounted pressure gages on panel. D. Install test plugs in piping tees. 990 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 E. Install pressure gages in the following locations: 1. Discharge of each pressure-reducing valve. 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Install meters and gages adjacent to machines and equipment to allow space for service and maintenance of meters, gages, machines, and equipment. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. After installation, calibrate meters according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Adjust faces of meters and gages to proper angle for best visibility. C. Thermometers at inlet and outlet of each thermal-storage tank shall be the following: 1. Sealed, bimetallic-actuated type. D. Thermometers at outside-, return-, supply-, and mixed-air ducts shall be the following: 1. Sealed, bimetallic-actuated type. E. Thermometer stems shall be of length to match thermowell insertion length. 3.4 THERMOMETER SCALE-RANGE SCHEDULE A. Scale Range for Air Ducts: Minus 40 to plus 160 deg F. 3.5 PRESSURE-GAGE SCHEDULE A. Pressure gages at discharge of each pressure-reducing valve shall be the following: 1. Sealed, direct-mounted, metal case. 2. Test plug with chlorosulfonated polyethylene synthetic self-sealing rubber inserts. END OF SECTION 230519 991 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 230523.12 - BALL VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING TIPS: To view non-printing Editor's Notes that provide guidance for editing, click on MasterWorks/Single-File Formatting/Toggle/Editor's Notes. To read detailed research, technical information about products and materials, and coordination checklists, click on MasterWorks/Supporting Information. Content Requests: <Double click here to submit questions, comments, or suggested edits to this Section.> Access Manufacturer-Provided, AIA MasterSpec-Based Sections: <Double click here for this Section based on specific manufacturer’s products set as Basis-of-Design at ProductMasterSpec.com.> PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Brass ball valves. 2. Bronze ball valves. 3. Stainless steel ball valves. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. CWP: Cold working pressure. B. RPTFE: Reinforced polytetrafluoroethylene. C. SWP: Steam working pressure. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of valve. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Prepare valves for shipping as follows: 992 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Protect internal parts against rust and corrosion. 2. Protect threads, flange faces, and weld ends. 3. Set ball valves open to minimize exposure of functional surfaces. B. Use the following precautions during storage: 1. Maintain valve end protection. 2. Store valves indoors and maintain at higher-than-ambient-dew-point temperature. If outdoor storage is necessary, store valves off the ground in watertight enclosures. C. Use sling to handle large valves; rig sling to avoid damage to exposed parts. Do not use operating handles or stems as lifting or rigging points. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SOURCE LIMITATIONS A. Obtain each type of valve from single source from single manufacturer. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. ASME Compliance: 1. ASME B1.20.1 for threads for threaded-end valves. 2. ASME B16.1 for flanges on iron valves. 3. ASME B16.5 for flanges on steel valves. 4. ASME B16.10 and ASME B16.34 for ferrous valve dimensions and design criteria. 5. ASME B16.18 for cast copper solder-joint connections. 6. ASME B16.22 for wrought copper and copper alloy solder-joint connections. 7. ASME B16.34 for flanged and threaded end connections. 8. ASME B31.1 for power piping valves. 9. ASME B31.9 for building services piping valves. B. Provide bronze valves made with dezincification-resistant materials. Bronze valves made with copper alloy (brass) containing more than 15 percent zinc are not permitted. C. Valve Pressure-Temperature Ratings: Not less than indicated and as required for system pressures and temperatures. D. Valve Sizes: Same as upstream piping unless otherwise indicated. E. Valve Actuator Types: 1. Hand Lever: For quarter-turn valves smaller than [NPS 4] <Insert pipe size>. F. Valves in Insulated Piping: 1. Provide 2-inch extended neck stems. 993 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Extended operating handles with nonthermal-conductive covering material, and protective sleeves that allow operation of valves without breaking vapor seals or disturbing insulation. 3. Memory stops that are fully adjustable after insulation is applied. G. Valve Bypass and Drain Connections: MSS SP-45. 2.3 BRASS BALL VALVES A. Brass Ball Valves, Two Piece with Full Port and Brass Trim, Threaded or Soldered Ends: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Apollo Valves; a part of Aalberts Integrated Piping Systems. b. Hammond Valve. c. Jenkins Valves; a Crane Co. brand. 2. Standard: MSS SP-110. 3. SWP Rating: 150 psig. 4. CWP Rating: 600 psig. 5. Body Design: Two piece. 6. Body Material: Forged brass. 7. Ends: Threaded or soldered. 8. Seats: PTFE. 9. Stem: Brass. 10. Ball: Chrome-plated brass. 11. Port: Full. B. Brass Ball Valves, Two Piece with Full Port and Stainless Steel Trim, Threaded Ends or Soldered Ends: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Apollo Valves; a part of Aalberts Integrated Piping Systems. b. Crane Fluid Systems; Crane Co. c. Hammond Valve. d. Jenkins Valves; a Crane Co. brand. 2. Standard: MSS SP-110. 3. SWP Rating: 150 psig. 4. CWP Rating: 600 psig. 5. Body Design: Two piece. 6. Body Material: Forged brass. 7. Ends: Threaded or soldered. 8. Seats: PTFE. 9. Stem: Stainless steel. 10. Ball: Stainless steel, vented. 994 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 11. Port: Full. 2.4 BRONZE BALL VALVES A. Bronze Ball Valves, Two Piece with Full Port and Bronze or Brass Trim, Threaded or Soldered Ends: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Apollo Valves; a part of Aalberts Integrated Piping Systems. b. Hammond Valve. c. Milwaukee Valve Company. d. NIBCO INC. e. Stockham; a Crane Co. brand. 2. Standard: MSS SP-110. 3. SWP Rating: 150 psig. 4. CWP Rating: 600 psig. 5. Body Design: Two piece. 6. Body Material: Bronze. 7. Ends: Threaded or soldered. 8. Seats: PTFE. 9. Stem: Bronze. 10. Ball: Chrome-plated brass. 11. Port: Full. B. Bronze Ball Valves, Two Piece with Full Port and Stainless Steel Trim, Threaded or Soldered Ends: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Apollo Valves; a part of Aalberts Integrated Piping Systems. b. Hammond Valve. c. Milwaukee Valve Company. d. NIBCO INC. 2. Standard: MSS SP-110. 3. SWP Rating: 150 psig. 4. CWP Rating: 600 psig. 5. Body Design: Two piece. 6. Body Material: Bronze. 7. Ends: Threaded or soldered. 8. Seats: PTFE. 9. Stem: Stainless steel. 10. Ball: Stainless steel, vented. 11. Port: Full. 995 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.5 STAINLESS STEEL BALL VALVES A. Stainless Steel Ball Valves, Two Piece with Full Port, Threaded or Flanged Ends: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Apollo Valves; a part of Aalberts Integrated Piping Systems. b. FNW; Ferguson Enterprises, Inc. c. Hammond Valve. 2. Standard: MSS SP-110. 3. CWP Rating: 200 psig. 4. Body Design: Split body. 5. Body Material: Type 316 stainless steel. 6. Ends: Threaded or flanged. 7. Seats: PTFE. 8. Stem: Type 316 stainless steel. 9. Ball: Type 316 stainless steel. 10. Port: Full. 2.6 STEEL BALL VALVES Retain this article if steel ball valves are required. MSS SP-72 covers steel ball valves from NPS 1/2 to NPS 36 (DN 15 to DN 900). A. Steel Ball Valves with Full Port and Stainless Steel Trim, Class 150: 1. <Double click here to find, evaluate, and insert list of manufacturers and products.> 2. Standard: MSS SP-72. 3. CWP Rating: 285 psig (1964 kPa). 4. Body Design: Split body. 5. Body Material: Carbon steel, ASTM A216/A216M, Type WCB. 6. Ends: Flanged. 7. Seats: PTFE. 8. Stem: Stainless steel. 9. Ball: Stainless steel, vented. 10. Port: Full. PART 3 - ECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine valve interior for cleanliness, freedom from foreign matter, and corrosion. Remove special packing materials, such as blocks, used to prevent disc movement during shipping and handling. 996 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Operate valves in positions from fully open to fully closed. Examine guides and seats made accessible by such operations. C. Examine threads on valve and mating pipe for form and cleanliness. D. Examine mating flange faces for conditions that might cause leakage. Check bolting for proper size, length, and material. Verify that gasket is of proper size, that its material composition is suitable for service, and that it is free from defects and damage. E. Do not attempt to repair defective valves; replace with new valves. Remove defective valves from site. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF VALVES A. Install valves with unions or flanges at each piece of equipment arranged to allow space for service, maintenance, and equipment removal without system shutdown. B. Provide support of piping adjacent to valves such that no force is imposed upon valves. C. Locate valves for easy access. D. Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above center of pipe. E. Install valves in position to allow full valve actuation movement. F. Valve Tags: Comply with requirements in Section 230553 "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment" for valve tags and schedules. G. Adhere to manufacturer's written installation instructions. When soldering or brazing valves, do not heat valves above maximum permitted temperature. Do not use solder with melting point temperature above valve manufacturer's recommended maximum. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Adjust or replace valve packing after piping systems have been tested and put into service, but before final adjusting and balancing. Replace valves exhibiting leakage. 3.4 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVE APPLICATIONS A. If valves with specified SWP classes or CWP ratings are unavailable, provide the same types of valves with higher SWP classes or CWP ratings. B. Select valves with the following end connections: 1. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded ends except where solder-joint valve- end option or press-end option is indicated in valve schedules below. 2. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: Flanged ends except where threaded valve-end option is indicated in valve schedules below. 997 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3. For Copper Tubing, NPS 5 and Larger: Flanged ends. 4. For Steel Piping, NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded ends. 5. For Steel Piping, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: Flanged ends except where threaded valve-end option is indicated in valve schedules below. 6. For Steel Piping, NPS 5 and Larger: Flanged ends. 7. For Stainless Steel Piping, NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded ends. 8. For Stainless Steel Piping,NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: Flanged ends. 3.5 HEATING-WATER VALVE SCHEDULE A. Pipe NPS 2 and Smaller: Brass or bronze ball valves, two piece with brass bronze or stainless steel trim, full port, and threaded or solder-joint ends. B. Pipe NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: 1. Steel ball valves, Class 150. 998 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 230529 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Metal pipe hangers and supports. 2. Trapeze pipe hangers. 3. Metal framing systems. 4. Thermal-hanger shield inserts. 5. Fastener systems. 6. Pipe stands. 7. Equipment supports. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 055000 "Metal Fabrications" for structural-steel shapes and plates for trapeze hangers for pipe and equipment supports. 2. Section 233113 "Metal Ducts" for duct hangers and supports. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Sustainable Design Submittals: C. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details and include calculations for the following; include Product Data for components: 1. Trapeze pipe hangers. 2. Metal framing systems. 3. Fiberglass strut systems. 4. Pipe stands. 5. Equipment supports. 999 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Welding certificates. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Structural-Steel Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." B. Pipe Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 2.2 METAL PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Carbon-Steel Pipe Hangers and Supports: 1. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, factory-fabricated components. 2. Galvanized Metallic Coatings: Pre-galvanized, hot-dip galvanized, or electro-galvanized. 3. Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coated, or epoxy powder-coated. 4. Padded Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion to support bearing surface of piping. 5. Hanger Rods: Continuous-thread rod, nuts, and washer made of carbon steel. B. Stainless-Steel Pipe Hangers and Supports: 1. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, factory-fabricated components. 2. Padded Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion to support bearing surface of piping. 3. Hanger Rods: Continuous-thread rod, nuts, and washer made of stainless steel. C. Copper Pipe and Tube Hangers: 1. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, copper-plated steel, factory-fabricated components. 2. Hanger Rods: Continuous-thread rod, nuts, and washer made of copper-plated steel. 1000 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.3 TRAPEZE PIPE HANGERS A. Description: MSS SP-58, Type 59, shop- or field-fabricated pipe-support assembly made from structural carbon-steel shapes with MSS SP-58 carbon-steel hanger rods, nuts, saddles, and U- bolts. 2.4 METAL FRAMING SYSTEMS A. MFMA Manufacturer Metal Framing Systems: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. B-line, an Eaton business. b. Unistrut; Part of Atkore International. 2. Description: Shop- or field-fabricated, pipe-support assembly made of steel channels, accessories, fittings, and other components for supporting multiple parallel pipes. 3. Standard: Comply with MFMA-4 factory-fabricated components for field assembly. 4. Channels: Continuous slotted carbon-steel channel with inturned lips. 5. Channel Width: Selected for applicable load criteria. 6. Channel Nuts: Formed or stamped nuts or other devices designed to fit into channel slot and, when tightened, prevent slipping along channel. 7. Hanger Rods: Continuous-thread rod, nuts, and washer made of carbon steel. 8. Metallic Coating: Pregalvanized G90. B. Non-MFMA Manufacturer Metal Framing Systems: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Anvil International. b. Gripple Inc. c. MIRO Industries. 2. Description: Shop- or field-fabricated, pipe-support assembly made of steel channels, accessories, fittings, and other components for supporting multiple parallel pipes. 3. Standard: Comply with MFMA-4 factory-fabricated components for field assembly. 4. Channels: Continuous slotted carbon-steel channel with inturned lips. 5. Channel Width: Select for applicable load criteria. 6. Channel Nuts: Formed or stamped nuts or other devices designed to fit into channel slot and, when tightened, prevent slipping along channel. 7. Hanger Rods: Continuous-thread rod, nuts, and washer made of carbon steel. 8. Metallic Coating: Pre-galvanized G90. 1001 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.5 THERMAL-HANGER SHIELD INSERTS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Buckaroos, Inc. 2. Pipe Shields Inc. 3. Piping Technology & Products, Inc. B. Insulation-Insert Material for Cold Piping: ASTM C 552, Type II cellular glass with 100-psi minimum compressive strength and vapor barrier. C. Insulation-Insert Material for Hot Piping: ASTM C 552, Type II cellular glass with 100-psi minimum compressive strength. D. For Trapeze or Clamped Systems: Insert and shield shall cover entire circumference of pipe. E. For Clevis or Band Hangers: Insert and shield shall cover lower 180 degrees of pipe. F. Insert Length: Extend 2 inches beyond sheet metal shield for piping operating below ambient air temperature. 2.6 FASTENER SYSTEMS A. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Threaded-steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement concrete with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Hilti, Inc. b. ITW Ramset/Red Head; Illinois Tool Works, Inc. c. Simpson Strong-Tie Co., Inc. B. Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: Insert-wedge-type anchors for use in hardened portland cement concrete; with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. B-line, an Eaton business. b. Hilti, Inc. c. ITW Ramset/Red Head; Illinois Tool Works, Inc. 2. Indoor Applications: Zinc-coated steel. 1002 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3. Outdoor Applications: Stainless steel. 2.7 PIPE STANDS A. General Requirements for Pipe Stands: Shop- or field-fabricated assemblies made of manufactured corrosion-resistant components to support roof-mounted piping. B. Compact Pipe Stand: 1. Description: Single base unit with integral-rod roller, pipe clamps, or V-shaped cradle to support pipe, for roof installation without membrane penetration. 2. Base: Single, vulcanized rubber, molded polypropylene, or polycarbonate. 3. Hardware: Galvanized steel or polycarbonate. 4. Accessories: Protection pads. C. Low-Profile, Single Base, Single-Pipe Stand: 1. Description: Single base with vertical and horizontal members, and pipe support, for roof installation without membrane protection. 2. Base: Single, vulcanized rubber, molded polypropylene, or polycarbonate. 3. Vertical Members: Two, galvanized-steel, continuous-thread 1/2-inch rods. 4. Horizontal Member: Adjustable horizontal, galvanized-steel pipe support channels. 5. Pipe Supports: Strut clamps. 6. Hardware: Galvanized steel. 7. Accessories: Protection pads. 8. Height: 12 inches above roof. D. Curb-Mounted-Type Pipe Stands: Shop- or field-fabricated pipe supports made from structural- steel shapes, continuous-thread rods, and rollers, for mounting on permanent stationary roof curb. 2.8 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Description: Welded, shop- or field-fabricated equipment support made from structural carbon- steel shapes. 2.9 MATERIALS A. Aluminum: ASTM B 221. B. Carbon Steel: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M. C. Structural Steel: ASTM A 36/A 36M, carbon-steel plates, shapes, and bars; galvanized. D. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 240/A 240M. 1003 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 E. Threaded Rods: Continuously threaded. Zinc-plated or galvanized steel for indoor applications and stainless steel for outdoor applications. Mating nuts and washers of similar materials as rods. F. Grout: ASTM C 1107/C 1107M, factory-mixed and -packaged, dry, hydraulic-cement, nonshrink and nonmetallic grout; suitable for interior and exterior applications. 1. Properties: Nonstaining, noncorrosive, and nongaseous. 2. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. Strength of Support Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components so strength will be adequate to carry present and future static loads within specified loading limits. Minimum static design load used for strength determination shall be weight of supported components plus 200 lb. 3.2 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Metal Pipe-Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-58. Install hangers, supports, clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping from the building structure. B. Metal Trapeze Pipe-Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-58. Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping, and support together on field-fabricated trapeze pipe hangers. 1. Pipes of Various Sizes: Support together and space trapezes for smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipes as specified for individual pipe hangers. 2. Field fabricate from ASTM A 36/A 36M, carbon-steel shapes selected for loads being supported. Weld steel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M. C. Metal Framing System Installation: Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of piping, and support together on field-assembled strut systems. D. Thermal-Hanger Shield Installation: Install in pipe hanger or shield for insulated piping. E. Fastener System Installation: 1. Install powder-actuated fasteners for use in lightweight concrete or concrete slabs less than 4 inches thick in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Use operators that are licensed by powder-actuated tool manufacturer. Install fasteners according to powder-actuated tool manufacturer's operating manual. 1004 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Install mechanical-expansion anchors in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions. F. Pipe Stand Installation: 1. Pipe Stand Types except Curb-Mounted Type: Assemble components and mount on smooth roof surface. Do not penetrate roof membrane. 2. Curb-Mounted-Type Pipe Stands: Assemble components or fabricate pipe stand and mount on permanent, stationary roof curb. G. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary attachments, inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers, and other accessories. H. Equipment Support Installation: Fabricate from welded-structural-steel shapes. I. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal and seismic movement of piping systems, to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units. J. Install lateral bracing with pipe hangers and supports to prevent swaying. K. Install building attachments within concrete slabs or attach to structural steel. Install additional attachments at concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, and strainers, NPS 2-1/2 and larger and at changes in direction of piping. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed; fasten inserts to forms and install reinforcing bars through openings at top of inserts. L. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loads and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment. M. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and to not exceed maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.9 for building services piping. N. Insulated Piping: 1. Attach clamps and spacers to piping. a. Piping Operating above Ambient Air Temperature: Clamp may project through insulation. b. Piping Operating below Ambient Air Temperature: Use thermal-hanger shield insert with clamp sized to match OD of insert. c. Do not exceed pipe stress limits allowed by ASME B31.9 for building services piping. 2. Install MSS SP-58, Type 39, protection saddles if insulation without vapor barrier is indicated. Fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation. a. Option: Thermal-hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel weight- distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 and larger if pipe is installed on rollers. 1005 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3. Install MSS SP-58, Type 40, protective shields on cold piping with vapor barrier. Shields shall span an arc of 180 degrees. a. Option: Thermal-hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel weight- distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 and larger if pipe is installed on rollers. 4. Shield Dimensions for Pipe: Not less than the following: a. NPS 1/4 to NPS 3-1/2: 12 inches long and 0.048 inch thick. b. NPS 4: 12 inches long and 0.06 inch thick. c. NPS 5 and NPS 6: 18 inches long and 0.06 inch thick. d. NPS 8 to NPS 14: 24 inches long and 0.075 inch thick. e. NPS 16 to NPS 24: 24 inches long and 0.105 inch thick. 5. Pipes NPS 8 and Larger: Include wood or reinforced calcium-silicate-insulation inserts of length at least as long as protective shield. 6. Thermal-Hanger Shields: Install with insulation same thickness as piping insulation. 3.3 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Fabricate structural-steel stands to suspend equipment from structure overhead or to support equipment above floor. B. Grouting: Place grout under supports for equipment and make bearing surface smooth. C. Provide lateral bracing, to prevent swaying, for equipment supports. 3.4 METAL FABRICATIONS A. Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for trapeze pipe hangers and equipment supports. B. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field weld connections that cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M procedures for shielded, metal arc welding; appearance and quality of welds; and methods used in correcting welding work; and with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows after finishing and so contours of welded surfaces match adjacent contours. 1006 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Hanger Adjustments: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieve indicated slope of pipe. B. Trim excess length of continuous-thread hanger and support rods to 1-1/2 inches. 3.6 PAINTING A. Touchup: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field-painted surfaces. 1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils. B. Touchup: Comply with requirements in Section 099113 "Exterior Painting" for cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint on miscellaneous metal. C. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780/A 780M. 3.7 HANGER AND SUPPORT SCHEDULE A. Specific hanger and support requirements are in Sections specifying piping systems and equipment. B. Comply with MSS SP-58 for pipe-hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. C. Use hangers and supports with galvanized metallic coatings for piping and equipment that will not have field-applied finish. D. Use nonmetallic coatings on attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments are in direct contact with copper tubing. E. Use carbon-steel pipe hangers and supports metal trapeze pipe hangers and metal framing systems and attachments for general service applications. F. Use copper-plated pipe hangers and copper or stainless-steel attachments for copper piping and tubing. G. Use padded hangers for piping that is subject to scratching. H. Use thermal-hanger shield inserts for insulated piping and tubing. 1007 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 I. Horizontal-Piping Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Adjustable, Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated or insulated, stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 30. 2. Yoke-Type Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 2): For suspension of up to 1050 deg F, pipes NPS 4 to NPS 24, requiring up to 4 inches of insulation. 3. Carbon- or Alloy-Steel, Double-Bolt Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 3): For suspension of pipes NPS 3/4 to NPS 36, requiring clamp flexibility and up to 4 inches of insulation. 4. Steel Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 4): For suspension of cold and hot pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 24 if little or no insulation is required. 5. Pipe Hangers (MSS Type 5): For suspension of pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 4, to allow off- center closure for hanger installation before pipe erection. 6. Adjustable, Swivel Split- or Solid-Ring Hangers (MSS Type 6): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 3/4 to NPS 8. 7. Adjustable, Steel Band Hangers (MSS Type 7): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 8. 8. Adjustable Band Hangers (MSS Type 9): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 8. 9. Adjustable, Swivel-Ring Band Hangers (MSS Type 10): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 8. 10. Split Pipe Ring with or without Turnbuckle Hangers (MSS Type 11): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 3/8 to NPS 8. 11. Extension Hinged or Two-Bolt Split Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 12): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 3/8 to NPS 3. 12. U-Bolts (MSS Type 24): For support of heavy pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 30. 13. Clips (MSS Type 26): For support of insulated pipes not subject to expansion or contraction. 14. Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 36): For support of pipes NPS 4 to NPS 36, with steel- pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange or carbon-steel plate. 15. Pipe Stanchion Saddles (MSS Type 37): For support of pipes NPS 4 to NPS 36, with steel-pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange or carbon-steel plate, and with U-bolt to retain pipe. 16. Adjustable Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 38): For stanchion-type support for pipes NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 36 if vertical adjustment is required, with steel-pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange. 17. Single-Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 41): For suspension of pipes NPS 1 to NPS 30, from two rods if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur. 18. Adjustable Roller Hangers (MSS Type 43): For suspension of pipes NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 24, from single rod if horizontal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur. 19. Complete Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 44): For support of pipes NPS 2 to NPS 42 if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur but vertical adjustment is unnecessary. 20. Pipe Roll and Plate Units (MSS Type 45): For support of pipes NPS 2 to NPS 24 if small horizontal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur and vertical adjustment is unnecessary. 1008 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 21. Adjustable Pipe Roll and Base Units (MSS Type 46): For support of pipes NPS 2 to NPS 30 if vertical and lateral adjustment during installation might be required in addition to expansion and contraction. J. Vertical-Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Extension Pipe or Riser Clamps (MSS Type 8): For support of pipe risers NPS 3/4 to NPS 24. 2. Carbon- or Alloy-Steel Riser Clamps (MSS Type 42): For support of pipe risers NPS 3/4 to NPS 24 if longer ends are required for riser clamps. K. Hanger-Rod Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 13): For adjustment up to 6 inches for heavy loads. 2. Steel Clevises (MSS Type 14): For 120 to 450 deg F piping installations. 3. Swivel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 15): For use with MSS Type 11, split pipe rings. 4. Malleable-Iron Sockets (MSS Type 16): For attaching hanger rods to various types of building attachments. 5. Steel Weldless Eye Nuts (MSS Type 17): For 120 to 450 deg F piping installations. L. Building Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel or Malleable Concrete Inserts (MSS Type 18): For upper attachment to suspend pipe hangers from concrete ceiling. 2. Top-Beam C-Clamps (MSS Type 19): For use under roof installations with bar-joist construction, to attach to top flange of structural shape. 3. Side-Beam or Channel Clamps (MSS Type 20): For attaching to bottom flange of beams, channels, or angles. 4. Center-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 21): For attaching to center of bottom flange of beams. 5. Welded Beam Attachments (MSS Type 22): For attaching to bottom of beams if loads are considerable and rod sizes are large. 6. C-Clamps (MSS Type 23): For structural shapes. 7. Top-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 25): For top of beams if hanger rod is required tangent to flange edge. 8. Side-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 27): For bottom of steel I-beams. 9. Steel-Beam Clamps with Eye Nuts (MSS Type 28): For attaching to bottom of steel I- beams for heavy loads. 10. Linked-Steel Clamps with Eye Nuts (MSS Type 29): For attaching to bottom of steel I- beams for heavy loads, with link extensions. 11. Malleable-Beam Clamps with Extension Pieces (MSS Type 30): For attaching to structural steel. 12. Welded-Steel Brackets: For support of pipes from below or for suspending from above by using clip and rod. Use one of the following for indicated loads: a. Light (MSS Type 31): 750 lb. 1009 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 b. Medium (MSS Type 32): 1500 lb. c. Heavy (MSS Type 33): 3000 lb. 13. Side-Beam Brackets (MSS Type 34): For sides of steel or wooden beams. 14. Plate Lugs (MSS Type 57): For attaching to steel beams if flexibility at beam is required. 15. Horizontal Travelers (MSS Type 58): For supporting piping systems subject to linear horizontal movement where headroom is limited. M. Saddles and Shields: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel-Pipe-Covering Protection Saddles (MSS Type 39): To fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation. 2. Protection Shields (MSS Type 40): Of length recommended in writing by manufacturer to prevent crushing insulation. 3. Thermal-Hanger Shield Inserts: For supporting insulated pipe. N. Spring Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Restraint-Control Devices (MSS Type 47): Where indicated to control piping movement. 2. Spring Cushions (MSS Type 48): For light loads if vertical movement does not exceed 1- 1/4 inches. 3. Spring-Cushion Roll Hangers (MSS Type 49): For equipping Type 41, roll hanger with springs. 4. Spring Sway Braces (MSS Type 50): To retard sway, shock, vibration, or thermal expansion in piping systems. 5. Variable-Spring Hangers (MSS Type 51): Preset to indicated load and limit variability factor to 25 percent to allow expansion and contraction of piping system from hanger. 6. Variable-Spring Base Supports (MSS Type 52): Preset to indicated load and limit variability factor to 25 percent to allow expansion and contraction of piping system from base support. 7. Variable-Spring Trapeze Hangers (MSS Type 53): Preset to indicated load and limit variability factor to 25 percent to allow expansion and contraction of piping system from trapeze support. 8. Constant Supports: For critical piping stress and if necessary to avoid transfer of stress from one support to another support, critical terminal, or connected equipment. Include auxiliary stops for erection, hydrostatic test, and load-adjustment capability. These supports include the following types: a. Horizontal (MSS Type 54): Mounted horizontally. b. Vertical (MSS Type 55): Mounted vertically. c. Trapeze (MSS Type 56): Two vertical-type supports and one trapeze member. O. Comply with MSS SP-58 for trapeze pipe-hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. 1010 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 P. Comply with MFMA-103 for metal framing system selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. Q. Use powder-actuated fasteners or mechanical-expansion anchors instead of building attachments where required in concrete construction. END OF SECTION 230529 1011 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 230548.13 - VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR HVAC PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Elastomeric isolation mounts. 2. Open-spring isolators. 3. Pipe-riser resilient supports. 4. Resilient pipe guides. 5. Spring hangers. 6. Vibration isolation equipment bases. 7. Restrained isolation roof-curb rails. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include rated load, rated deflection, and overload capacity for each vibration isolation device. 2. Illustrate and indicate style, material, strength, fastening provision, and finish for each type and size of vibration isolation device type required. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Detail fabrication and assembly of equipment bases. Detail fabrication including anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. Include adjustable motor bases, rails, and frames for equipment mounting. 2. Vibration Isolation Base Details: Detail fabrication including anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. Include adjustable motor bases, rails, and frames for equipment mounting. 1012 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Show coordination of vibration isolation device installation for HVAC piping and equipment with other systems and equipment in the vicinity, including other supports and restraints, if any. B. Qualification Data: For testing agency. C. Welding certificates. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ELASTOMERIC ISOLATION MOUNTS A. Double-Deflection, Elastomeric Isolation Mounts Type “A” 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Kinetics Noise Control, Inc. b. Mason Industries, Inc. c. Novia; A Division of C&P. 2. Mounting Plates: a. Top Plate: Encapsulated steel load transfer top plates, factory drilled and threaded with threaded studs or bolts. b. Baseplate: Encapsulated steel bottom plates with holes provided for anchoring to support structure. 3. Elastomeric Material: Molded, oil-resistant rubber, neoprene, or other elastomeric material. 2.2 OPEN-SPRING ISOLATORS A. Freestanding, Laterally Stable, Open-Spring Isolators: Type “B”. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1013 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 a. Kinetics Noise Control, Inc. b. Mason Industries, Inc. c. Novia; A Division of C&P. 2. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 3. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 4. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness. 5. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 6. Baseplates: Factory-drilled steel plate for bolting to structure with an elastomeric isolator pad attached to the underside. Baseplates shall limit floor load to 500 psig. 7. Top Plate and Adjustment Bolt: Threaded top plate with adjustment bolt and cap screw to fasten and level equipment. 2.3 PIPE-RISER RESILIENT SUPPORT A. Description: All-directional, acoustical pipe anchor consisting of two steel tubes separated by a minimum 1/2-inch-thick neoprene Type “C”. 1. Vertical-Limit Stops: Steel and neoprene vertical-limit stops arranged to prevent vertical travel in both directions. 2. Maximum Load Per Support: 500 psig on isolation material providing equal isolation in all directions. 2.4 RESILIENT PIPE GUIDES A. Description: Telescopic arrangement of two steel tubes or post and sleeve arrangement separated by a minimum 1/2-inch-thick neoprene Type “D”. 1. Factory-Set Height Guide with Shear Pin: Shear pin shall be removable and reinsertable to allow for selection of pipe movement. Guides shall be capable of motion to meet location requirements. 2. Dampening Element: Molded, oil-resistant rubber, neoprene, or other elastomeric material with a projecting bushing for the underside opening preventing steel to steel contact. 2.5 SPRING HANGERS A. Combination Coil-Spring and Elastomeric-Insert Hanger with Spring and Insert in Compression: Type “F”. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1014 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 a. Kinetics Noise Control, Inc. b. Mason Industries, Inc. c. Novia; A Division of C&P. 2. Frame: Steel, fabricated for connection to threaded hanger rods and to allow for a maximum of 30 degrees of angular hanger-rod misalignment without binding or reducing isolation efficiency. 3. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 4. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 5. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness. 6. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 7. Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene. Steel-washer-reinforced cup to support spring and bushing projecting through bottom of frame. 8. Adjustable Vertical Stop: Steel washer with neoprene washer "up-stop" on lower threaded rod. 9. Self-centering hanger rod cap to ensure concentricity between hanger rod and support spring coil. 2.6 VIBRATION ISOLATION EQUIPMENT BASES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Kinetics Noise Control, Inc. 2. Mason Industries, Inc. 3. Novia; A Division of C&P. B. Steel Rails: Factory-fabricated, welded, structural-steel rails. 1. Design Requirements: Lowest possible mounting height with not less than 1-inch clearance above the floor. Include equipment anchor bolts and auxiliary motor slide rails. 2. Structural Steel: Steel shapes, plates, and bars complying with ASTM A 36/A 36M. Rails shall have shape to accommodate supported equipment. 3. Support Brackets: Factory-welded steel brackets on frame for outrigger isolation mountings and to provide for anchor bolts and equipment support. C. Steel Bases: Factory-fabricated, welded, structural-steel bases and rails. 1. Design Requirements: Lowest possible mounting height with not less than 1-inch clearance above the floor. Include equipment anchor bolts and auxiliary motor slide bases or rails. 2. Structural Steel: Steel shapes, plates, and bars complying with ASTM A 36/A 36M. Bases shall have shape to accommodate supported equipment. 1015 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3. Support Brackets: Factory-welded steel brackets on frame for outrigger isolation mountings and to provide for anchor bolts and equipment support. 2.7 RESTRAINED ISOLATION ROOF-CURB RAILS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Kinetics Noise Control, Inc. 2. Mason Industries, Inc. 3. Novia; A Division of C&P. B. Description: Factory-assembled, fully enclosed, insulated, air- and watertight curb rail designed to resiliently support equipment. C. Upper Frame: Upper frame shall provide continuous and captive support for equipment. D. Lower Support Assembly: The lower support assembly shall be formed sheet metal section containing adjustable and removable steel springs that support upper frame. The lower support assembly shall have a means for attaching to building structure and a wood nailer for attaching roof materials and shall be insulated with a minimum of 2 inches of rigid glass-fiber insulation on inside of assembly. Adjustable, restrained-spring isolators shall be mounted on elastomeric vibration isolation pads and shall have access ports, for level adjustment, with removable waterproof covers at all isolator locations. Isolators shall be located so they are accessible for adjustment at any time during the life of the installation without interfering with the integrity of the roof. E. Snubber Bushings: All-directional, elastomeric snubber bushings at least 1/4 inch thick. F. Water Seal: Galvanized sheet metal with EPDM seals at corners, attached to upper support frame, extending down past wood nailer of lower support assembly, and counterflashed over roof materials. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and equipment to receive vibration isolation control devices for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Examine roughing-in of reinforcement and cast-in-place anchors to verify actual locations before installation. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1016 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.2 VIBRATION CONTROL DEVICE INSTALLATION A. Coordinate the location of embedded connection hardware with supported equipment attachment and mounting points and with requirements for concrete reinforcement and formwork specified in Section 033000 "Cast-in-Place Concrete." B. Installation of vibration isolators must not cause any change of position of equipment, piping, or ductwork resulting in stresses or misalignment. 3.3 VIBRATION ISOLATION EQUIPMENT BASES INSTALLATION A. Coordinate the location of embedded connection hardware with supported equipment attachment and mounting points and with requirements for concrete reinforcement and formwork specified in Section 033000 "Cast-in-Place Concrete." END OF SECTION 230548.13 1017 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 230553 - IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Equipment labels. 2. Warning signs and labels. 3. Pipe labels. 4. Duct labels. 5. Stencils. 6. Valve tags. 7. Warning tags. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Samples: For color, letter style, and graphic representation required for each identification material and device. C. Equipment Label Schedule: Include a listing of all equipment to be labeled with the proposed content for each label. D. Valve numbering scheme. E. Valve Schedules: For each piping system to include in maintenance manuals. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT LABELS A. Metal Labels for Equipment: 1018 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Brady Corporation. b. Brimar Industries, Inc. c. Carlton Industries, LP. d. Craftmark Pipe Markers. e. Marking Services, Inc. 2. Material and Thickness: stainless steel, 0.025-inch minimum thickness, and having predrilled or stamped holes for attachment hardware. 3. Letter Color: White. 4. Background Color: Black or Red. 5. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch. 6. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-quarters the size of principal lettering. 7. Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self-tapping screws. 8. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. B. Plastic Labels for Equipment: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Brady Corporation. b. Brimar Industries, Inc. c. Craftmark Pipe Markers. d. Marking Services, Inc. 2. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/8 inch thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware. 3. Letter Color: White. 4. Background Color: Black or Red. 5. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F. 6. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch. 7. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-quarters the size of principal lettering. 8. Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self-tapping screws. 9. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. 1019 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. Label Content: Include equipment's Drawing designation or unique equipment number, Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), and the Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified. D. Equipment Label Schedule: For each item of equipment to be labeled, on 8-1/2-by-11-inch bond paper. Tabulate equipment identification number, and identify Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules) and the Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified. Equipment schedule shall be included in operation and maintenance data. 2.2 WARNING SIGNS AND LABELS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Brady Corporation. 2. Brimar Industries, Inc. 3. Carlton Industries, LP. 4. Craftmark Pipe Markers. 5. Marking Sevices Inc. B. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/8 inch thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware. C. Letter Color: Black. D. Background Color: Yellow. E. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F. F. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch. G. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-quarters the size of principal lettering. H. Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self-tapping screws. I. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. J. Label Content: Include caution and warning information plus emergency notification instructions. 1020 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.3 PIPE LABELS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Brady Corporation. 2. Brimar Industries, Inc. 3. Carlton Industries, LP. 4. Craftmark Pipe Markers. 5. Marking Sevices Inc. B. General Requirements for Manufactured Pipe Labels: Preprinted, color-coded, with lettering indicating service, and showing flow direction according to ASME A13.1. C. Pretensioned Pipe Labels: Precoiled, semirigid plastic formed to cover full circumference of pipe and to attach to pipe without fasteners or adhesive. D. Self-Adhesive Pipe Labels: Printed plastic with contact-type, permanent-adhesive backing. E. Pipe Label Contents: Include identification of piping service using same designations or abbreviations as used on Drawings; also include pipe size and an arrow indicating flow direction. 1. Flow-Direction Arrows: Integral with piping system service lettering to accommodate both directions or as separate unit on each pipe label to indicate flow direction. 2. Lettering Size: Size letters according to ASME A13.1 for piping. 2.4 DUCT LABELS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Brady Corporation. 2. Brimar Industries, Inc. 3. Carlton Industries, LP. 4. Craftmark Pipe Markers. 5. Marking Sevices Inc. B. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving 1/8 inch thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware. C. Letter Color: White. D. Background Color: Black. E. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F. 1021 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 F. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch. G. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-quarters the size of principal lettering. H. Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self-tapping screws. I. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. J. Duct Label Contents: Include identification of duct service using same designations or abbreviations as used on Drawings; also include duct size and an arrow indicating flow direction. 1. Flow-Direction Arrows: Integral with duct system service lettering to accommodate both directions or as separate unit on each duct label to indicate flow direction. 2.5 STENCILS A. Stencils for Piping: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Brimar Industries, Inc. b. Carlton Industries, LP. c. Craftmark Pipe Markers. d. Marking Sevices Inc. 2. Lettering Size: Size letters according to ASME A13.1 for piping. 3. Stencil Material: Fiberboard or metal. 4. Stencil Paint: Exterior, gloss, acrylic enamel in colors complying with recommendations in ASME A13.1 unless otherwise indicated. Paint may be in pressurized spray-can form. 5. Identification Paint: Exterior, acrylic enamel in colors according to ASME A13.1 unless otherwise indicated. Paint may be in pressurized spray-can form. B. Stencils for Ducts: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Brimar Industries, Inc. b. Carlton Industries, LP. 1022 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 c. Champion America. d. Craftmark Pipe Markers. e. Marking Sevices Inc. 2. Lettering Size: Minimum letter height of 1-1/4 inches for viewing distances up to 15 feet and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. 3. Stencil Material: fiberboard or metal. 4. Stencil Paint: Exterior, gloss, acrylic enamel. Paint may be in pressurized spray-can form. 5. Identification Paint: Exterior, acrylic enamel. Paint may be in pressurized spray-can form. C. Stencils for Access Panels and Door Labels, Equipment Labels, and Similar Operational Instructions: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Brimar Industries, Inc. b. Carlton Industries, LP. c. Craftmark Pipe Markers. d. Marking Sevices Inc. 2. Lettering Size: Minimum letter height of 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. 3. Stencil Material: Fiberboard or metal. 4. Stencil Paint: Exterior, gloss, acrylic enamel. Paint may be in pressurized spray-can form. 5. Identification Paint: Exterior, acrylic enamel. Paint may be in pressurized spray-can form. 2.6 VALVE TAGS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Brady Corporation. 2. Brimar Industries, Inc. 3. Carlton Industries, LP. 4. Craftmark Pipe Markers. 5. Marking Sevices Inc. B. Description: Stamped or engraved with 1/4-inch letters for piping system abbreviation and 1/2- inch numbers. 1. Tag Material: Brass, 0.032-inch, aluminum, 0.032-inch or anodized aluminum, 0.032- inch minimum thickness, and having predrilled or stamped holes for attachment hardware. 2. Fasteners: Brass wire-link chain or beaded chain or S-hook. 1023 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. Valve Schedules: For each piping system, on 8-1/2-by-11-inch bond paper. Tabulate valve number, piping system, system abbreviation (as shown on valve tag), location of valve (room or space), normal-operating position (open, closed, or modulating), and variations for identification. Mark valves for emergency shutoff and similar special uses. 1. Valve-tag schedule shall be included in operation and maintenance data. 2.7 WARNING TAGS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Brady Corporation. 2. Brimar Industries, Inc. 3. Carlton Industries, LP. 4. Craftmark Pipe Markers. 5. Marking Sevices Inc. B. Description: Preprinted or partially preprinted accident-prevention tags of plasticized card stock with matte finish suitable for writing. 1. Size: 3 by 5-1/4 inches minimum. 2. Fasteners: Brass grommet and wire. 3. Nomenclature: Large-size primary caption such as "DANGER," "CAUTION," or "DO NOT OPERATE." 4. Color: Safety-yellow background with black lettering. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Clean piping and equipment surfaces of substances that could impair bond of identification devices, including dirt, oil, grease, release agents, and incompatible primers, paints, and encapsulants. 3.2 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of surfaces where devices are to be applied. B. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with locations of access panels and doors. C. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. 1024 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.3 EQUIPMENT LABEL INSTALLATION A. Install or permanently fasten labels on each major item of mechanical equipment. B. Locate equipment labels where accessible and visible. 3.4 PIPE LABEL INSTALLATION A. Piping Color Coding: Painting of piping is specified in Section 099123 "Interior Painting." B. Stenciled Pipe Label Option: Stenciled labels may be provided instead of manufactured pipe labels, at Installer's option. Install stenciled pipe labels, complying with ASME A13.1, with painted, color-coded bands or rectangles on each piping system. 1. Identification Paint: Use for contrasting background. 2. Stencil Paint: Use for pipe marking. C. Pipe Label Locations: Locate pipe labels where piping is exposed or above accessible ceilin gs in finished spaces; machine rooms; accessible maintenance spaces such as shafts, tunnels, and plenums; and exterior exposed locations as follows: 1. Near each valve and control device. 2. Near each branch connection, excluding short takeoffs for fixtures and terminal units. Where flow pattern is not obvious, mark each pipe at branch. 3. Near penetrations and on both sides of through walls, floors, ceilings, and inaccessible enclosures. 4. At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit view of concealed piping. 5. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination. 6. Spaced at maximum intervals of 50 feet along each run. Reduce intervals to 25 feet in areas of congested piping and equipment. 7. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings. Omit intermediately spaced labels. D. Directional Flow Arrows: Arrows shall be used to indicate direction of flow in pi pes, including pipes where flow is allowed in both directions. E. Pipe Label Color Schedule: 1. Heating Water Piping: White letters on a safety-green background. 2. Refrigerant Piping: White letters on a safety-purple background. 3.5 DUCT LABEL INSTALLATION A. Install self-adhesive duct labels with permanent adhesive on air ducts in the following color codes: 1025 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Blue: For conditioned air supply ducts. 2. Yellow: For return, relief ducts. 3. Orange for exhaust ducts. 4. Green: For outside air ducts. B. Stenciled Duct Label Option: Stenciled labels showing service and flow direction may be provided instead of plastic-laminated duct labels, at Installer's option. C. Locate labels near points where ducts enter into and exit from concealed spaces and at maximum intervals of 50 feet in each space where ducts are exposed or concealed by removable ceiling system. 3.6 VALVE-TAG INSTALLATION A. Install tags on valves and control devices in piping systems, except check valves, valves within factory-fabricated equipment units, shutoff valves, faucets, convenience and lawn-watering hose connections, and HVAC terminal devices and similar roughing-in connections of end-use fixtures and units. List tagged valves in a valve schedule. B. Valve-Tag Application Schedule: Tag valves according to size, shape, and color scheme and with captions similar to those indicated in the following subparagraphs: 1. Valve-Tag Size and Shape: a. Refrigerant: 2 inches square. b. Hot Water: 2 inches square. c. Gas: 2 inches square. 2. Valve-Tag Colors: a. Toxic and Corrosive Fluids: Black letters on a safety-orange background. b. Flammable Fluids: Black letters on a safety-yellow background. c. Combustible Fluids: White letters on a safety-brown background. d. Potable and Other Water: White letters on a safety-green background. e. Compressed Air: White letters on a safety-blue background. f. Defined by User: White letters on a safety-purple background, black letters on a safety-white background, white letters on a safety-gray background, and white letters on a safety-black background 3.7 WARNING-TAG INSTALLATION A. Write required message on, and attach warning tags to, equipment and other items where required. END OF SECTION 230553 1026 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 230593 - TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Balancing Air Systems: a. Constant-volume air systems. 2. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Equipment: a. Heat exchangers. b. Motors. c. Condensing units. d. Heat-transfer coils. 3. Testing, adjusting, and balancing existing systems and equipment. 4. Sound tests. 5. Vibration tests. 6. Duct leakage tests. 7. Control system verification. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. AABC: Associated Air Balance Council. B. BAS: Building automation systems. C. NEBB: National Environmental Balancing Bureau. D. TAB: Testing, adjusting, and balancing. E. TABB: Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Bureau. F. TAB Specialist: An independent entity meeting qualifications to perform TAB work. 1027 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 G. TDH: Total dynamic head. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. TAB Conference: If requested by the Owner, conduct a TAB conference at Project site after approval of the TAB strategies and procedures plan to develop a mutual understanding of the details. Provide a minimum of 14 days' advance notice of scheduled meeting time and location. 1. Minimum Agenda Items: a. The Contract Documents examination report. b. The TAB plan. c. Needs for coordination and cooperation of trades and subcontractors. d. Proposed procedures for documentation and communication flow. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Sustainable Design Submittals: 1. TAB Report: Documentation indicating that Work complies with ASHRAE/IES 90.1, Section 6.7.2.3 - "System Balancing." 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: Within 30 days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit documentation that the TAB specialist and this Project's TAB team members meet the qualifications specified in "Quality Assurance" Article. B. Contract Documents Examination Report: Within 30 days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit the Contract Documents review report as specified in Part 3. C. Strategies and Procedures Plan: Within 30 days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit TAB strategies and step-by-step procedures as specified in "Preparation" Article. D. System Readiness Checklists: Within 30 days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit system readiness checklists as specified in "Preparation" Article. E. Examination Report: Submit a summary report of the examination review required in "Examination" Article. F. Certified TAB reports. G. Sample report forms. H. Instrument calibration reports, to include the following: 1028 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Instrument type and make. 2. Serial number. 3. Application. 4. Dates of use. 5. Dates of calibration. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. TAB Specialists Qualifications: Certified by AABC. 1. TAB Field Supervisor: Employee of the TAB specialist and certified by AABC. 2. TAB Technician: Employee of the TAB specialist and certified by AABC as a TAB technician. B. TAB Specialists Qualifications: Certified by NEBB or TABB. 1. TAB Field Supervisor: Employee of the TAB specialist and certified by NEBB or TABB. 2. TAB Technician: Employee of the TAB specialist and certified by NEBB or TABB as a TAB technician. C. Instrumentation Type, Quantity, Accuracy, and Calibration: Comply with requirements in ASHRAE 111, Section 4, "Instrumentation." D. ASHRAE/IES 90.1 Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IES 90.1, Section 6.7.2.3 - "System Balancing." 1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Full Owner Occupancy: Owner will occupy the site and existing building during entire TAB period. Cooperate with Owner during TAB operations to minimize conflicts with Owner's operations. B. Partial Owner Occupancy: Owner may occupy completed areas of building before Substantial Completion. Cooperate with Owner during TAB operations to minimize conflicts wit h Owner's operations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine the Contract Documents to become familiar with Project requirements and to discover conditions in systems designs that may preclude proper TAB of systems and equipment. 1029 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Examine installed systems for balancing devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer wells, flow-control devices, balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers. Verify that locations of these balancing devices are applicable for intended purpose and are accessible. C. Examine the approved submittals for HVAC systems and equipment. D. Examine design data including HVAC system descriptions, statements of design assumptions for environmental conditions and systems output, and statements of philosophies and assumptions about HVAC system and equipment controls. E. Examine ceiling plenums and underfloor air plenums used for supply, return, or relief air to verify that they are properly separated from adjacent areas. Verify that penetrations in plenum walls are sealed and fire-stopped if required. F. Examine equipment performance data including fan and pump curves. 1. Relate performance data to Project conditions and requirements, including system effects that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause reduced capacities in all or part of a system. 2. Calculate system-effect factors to reduce performance ratings of HVAC equipment when installed under conditions different from the conditions used to rate equipment performance. To calculate system effects for air systems, use tables and charts found in AMCA 201, "Fans and Systems," or in SMACNA's "HVAC Systems - Duct Design." Compare results with the design data and installed conditions. G. Examine system and equipment installations and verify that field quality-control testing, cleaning, and adjusting specified in individual Sections have been performed. H. Examine test reports specified in individual system and equipment Sections. I. Examine HVAC equipment and verify that bearings are greased, belts are aligned and tight, filters are clean, and equipment with functioning controls is ready for operation. J. Examine terminal units, such as variable-air-volume boxes, and verify that they are accessible and their controls are connected and functioning. K. Examine strainers. Verify that startup screens have been replaced by permanent screens with indicated perforations. L. Examine control valves for proper installation for their intended function of throttling, diverting, or mixing fluid flows. M. Examine heat-transfer coils for correct piping connections and for clean and straight fins. N. Examine system pumps to ensure absence of entrained air in the suction piping. O. Examine operating safety interlocks and controls on HVAC equipment. 1030 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 P. Report deficiencies discovered before and during performance of TAB procedures. Observe and record system reactions to changes in conditions. Record default set points if different from indicated values. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare a TAB plan that includes the following: 1. Equipment and systems to be tested. 2. Strategies and step-by-step procedures for balancing the systems. 3. Instrumentation to be used. 4. Sample forms with specific identification for all equipment. B. Perform system-readiness checks of HVAC systems and equipment to verify system readiness for TAB work. Include, at a minimum, the following: 1. Airside: a. Verify that leakage and pressure tests on air distribution systems have been satisfactorily completed. b. Duct systems are complete with terminals installed. c. Volume, smoke, and fire dampers are open and functional. d. Clean filters are installed. e. Fans are operating, free of vibration, and rotating in correct direction. f. Variable-frequency controllers' startup is complete and safeties are verified. g. Automatic temperature-control systems are operational. h. Ceilings are installed. i. Windows and doors are installed. j. Suitable access to balancing devices and equipment is provided. 3.3 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR TESTING AND BALANCING A. Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system according to the procedures contained in ASHRAE 111 SMACNA's "HVAC Systems - Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing" and in this Section. B. Cut insulation, ducts, pipes, and equipment cabinets for installation of test probes to the minimum extent necessary for TAB procedures. 1. After testing and balancing, patch probe holes in ducts with same material and thickness as used to construct ducts. 2. After testing and balancing, install test ports and duct access doors that comply with requirements in Section 233300 "Air Duct Accessories." 3. Install and join new insulation that matches removed materials. Restore insulation, coverings, vapor barrier, and finish according to Section 230713 "Duct Insulation" and Section 230719 "HVAC Piping Insulation." 1031 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. Mark equipment and balancing devices, including damper-control positions, valve position indicators, fan-speed-control levers, and similar controls and devices, with paint or other suitable, permanent identification material to show final settings. D. Take and report testing and balancing measurements in inch-pound (IP) units. 3.4 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR BALANCING AIR SYSTEMS A. Prepare test reports for both fans and outlets. Obtain manufacturer's outlet factors and recommended testing procedures. Cross-check the summation of required outlet volumes with required fan volumes. B. Prepare schematic diagrams of systems' "as-built" duct layouts. C. Determine the best locations in main and branch ducts for accurate duct-airflow measurements. D. Check airflow patterns from the outdoor-air louvers and dampers and the return- and exhaust-air dampers through the supply-fan discharge and mixing dampers. E. Locate start-stop and disconnect switches, electrical interlocks, and motor starters. F. Verify that motor starters are equipped with properly sized thermal protection. G. Check dampers for proper position to achieve desired airflow path. H. Check for airflow blockages. I. Check condensate drains for proper connections and functioning. J. Check for proper sealing of air-handling-unit components. K. Verify that air duct system is sealed as specified in Section 233113 "Metal Ducts." 3.5 PROCEDURES FOR CONSTANT-VOLUME AIR SYSTEMS A. Adjust fans to deliver total indicated airflows within the maximum allowable fan speed listed by fan manufacturer. 1. Measure total airflow. a. Set outside-air, return-air, and relief-air dampers for proper position that simulates minimum outdoor-air conditions. b. Where duct conditions allow, measure airflow by Pitot-tube traverse. If necessary, perform multiple Pitot-tube traverses to obtain total airflow. c. Where duct conditions are not suitable for Pitot-tube traverse measurements, a coil traverse may be acceptable. 1032 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 d. If a reliable Pitot-tube traverse or coil traverse is not possible, measure airflow at terminals and calculate the total airflow. 2. Measure fan static pressures as follows: a. Measure static pressure directly at the fan outlet or through the flexible connection. b. Measure static pressure directly at the fan inlet or through the flexible connection. c. Measure static pressure across each component that makes up the air-handling system. d. Report artificial loading of filters at the time static pressures are measured. 3. Review Record Documents to determine variations in design static pressures versus actual static pressures. Calculate actual system-effect factors. Recommend adjustments to accommodate actual conditions. 4. Obtain approval from Architect for adjustment of fan speed higher or lower than indicated speed. Comply with requirements in HVAC Sections for air -handling units for adjustment of fans, belts, and pulley sizes to achieve indicated air-handling-unit performance. 5. Do not make fan-speed adjustments that result in motor overload. Consult equipment manufacturers about fan-speed safety factors. Modulate dampers and measure fan-motor amperage to ensure that no overload occurs. Measure amperage in full-cooling, full- heating, economizer, and any other operating mode to determine the maximum required brake horsepower. B. Adjust volume dampers for main duct, submain ducts, and major branch ducts to indicated airflows. 1. Measure airflow of submain and branch ducts. 2. Adjust submain and branch duct volume dampers for specified airflow. 3. Re-measure each submain and branch duct after all have been adjusted. C. Adjust air inlets and outlets for each space to indicated airflows. 1. Set airflow patterns of adjustable outlets for proper distribution without drafts. 2. Measure inlets and outlets airflow. 3. Adjust each inlet and outlet for specified airflow. 4. Re-measure each inlet and outlet after they have been adjusted. D. Verify final system conditions. 1. Re-measure and confirm that minimum outdoor, return, and relief airflows are within design. Readjust to design if necessary. 2. Re-measure and confirm that total airflow is within design. 3. Re-measure all final fan operating data, rpms, volts, amps, and static profile. 4. Mark all final settings. 5. Test system in economizer mode. Verify proper operation and adjust if necessary. 6. Measure and record all operating data. 7. Record final fan-performance data. 1033 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.6 PROCEDURES FOR MOTORS A. Motors 1/2 HP and Larger: Test at final balanced conditions and record the following data: 1. Manufacturer's name, model number, and serial number. 2. Motor horsepower rating. 3. Motor rpm. 4. Phase and hertz. 5. Nameplate and measured voltage, each phase. 6. Nameplate and measured amperage, each phase. 7. Starter size and thermal-protection-element rating. 8. Service factor and frame size. B. Motors Driven by Variable-Frequency Controllers: Test manual bypass of controller to prove proper operation. 3.7 PROCEDURES FOR CONDENSING UNITS A. Verify proper rotation of fans. B. Measure entering- and leaving-air temperatures. C. Record fan and motor operating data. 3.8 PROCEDURES FOR HEAT-TRANSFER COILS A. Measure, adjust, and record the following data for each water coil: 1. Entering- and leaving-water temperature. 2. Water flow rate. 3. Water pressure drop for major (more than 20 gpm) equipment coils, excluding unitary equipment such as reheat coils, unit heaters, and fan-coil units. 4. Dry-bulb temperature of entering and leaving air. 5. Wet-bulb temperature of entering and leaving air for cooling coils. 6. Airflow. B. Measure, adjust, and record the following data for each electric heating coil: 1. Nameplate data. 2. Airflow. 3. Entering- and leaving-air temperature at full load. 4. Voltage and amperage input of each phase at full load. 5. Calculated kilowatt at full load. 6. Fuse or circuit-breaker rating for overload protection. C. Measure, adjust, and record the following data for each steam coil: 1034 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Dry-bulb temperature of entering and leaving air. 2. Airflow. 3. Inlet steam pressure. D. Measure, adjust, and record the following data for each refrigerant coil: 1. Dry-bulb temperature of entering and leaving air. 2. Wet-bulb temperature of entering and leaving air. 3. Airflow. 3.9 SOUND TESTS A. After the systems are balanced and construction is Substantially Complete, measu re and record sound levels at 5 locations as designated by the Architect. B. Instrumentation: 1. The sound-testing meter shall be a portable, general-purpose testing meter consisting of a microphone, processing unit, and readout. 2. The sound-testing meter shall be capable of showing fluctuations at minimum and maximum levels, and measuring the equivalent continuous sound pressure level (LEQ). 3. The sound-testing meter must be capable of using 1/3 octave band filters to measure mid- frequencies from 31.5 Hz to 8000 Hz. 4. The accuracy of the sound-testing meter shall be plus or minus one decibel. C. Test Procedures: 1. Perform test at quietest background noise period. Note cause of unpreventable sound that affects test outcome. 2. Equipment should be operating at design values. 3. Calibrate the sound-testing meter prior to taking measurements. 4. Use a microphone suitable for the type of noise levels measured that is compatible with meter. Provide a windshield for outside or in-duct measurements. 5. Record a set of background measurements in dBA and sound pressure levels in the eight un-weighted octave bands 63 Hz to 8000 Hz (NC) with the equipment off. 6. Take sound readings in dBA and sound pressure levels in the eight un-weighted octave bands 63 Hz to 8000 Hz (NC) with the equipment operating. 7. Take readings no closer than 36 inches from a wall or from the operating equipment and approximately 60 inches from the floor, with the meter held or mounted on a tripod. 8. For outdoor measurements, move sound-testing meter slowly and scan area that has the most exposure to noise source being tested. Use A-weighted scale for this type of reading. D. Reporting: 1. Report shall record the following: 1035 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 a. Location. b. System tested. c. dBA reading. d. Sound pressure level in each octave band with equipment on and off. 2. Plot sound pressure levels on NC worksheet with equipment on and off. 3.10 VIBRATION TESTS A. After systems are balanced and construction is Substantially Complete, measure and record vibration levels on equipment having motor horsepower equal to or greater than 10. B. Instrumentation: 1. Use portable, battery-operated, and microprocessor-controlled vibration meter with or without a built-in printer. 2. The meter shall automatically identify engineering units, filter bandwidth, amplitude, and frequency scale values. 3. The meter shall be able to measure machine vibration displacement in mils of deflection, velocity in inches per second, and acceleration in inches per second squared. 4. Verify calibration date is current for vibration meter before taking readings. C. Test Procedures: 1. To ensure accurate readings, verify that accelerometer has a clean, flat surface and is mounted properly. 2. With the unit running, set up vibration meter in a safe, secure location. Connect transducer to meter with proper cables. Hold magnetic tip of transducer on top of the bearing, and measure unit in mils of deflection. Record measurement, then move transducer to the side of the bearing and record in mils of deflection. Record an axial reading in mils of deflection by holding nonmagnetic, pointed transducer tip on end of shaft. 3. Change vibration meter to velocity (inches per second) measurements. Repeat and record above measurements. 4. Record CPM or rpm. 5. Read each bearing on motor, fan, and pump as required. Track and record vibration levels from rotating component through casing to base. D. Reporting: 1. Report shall record location and the system tested. 2. Include horizontal-vertical-axial measurements for tests. 3. Verify that vibration limits follow Specifications, or, if not specified, follow the General Machinery Vibration Severity Chart or Vibration Acceleration General Severity Chart from the AABC National Standards. Acceptable levels of vibration are normally "smooth" to "good." 4. Include in report General Machinery Vibration Severity Chart, with conditions plotted. 1036 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.11 DUCT LEAKAGE TESTS A. Witness the duct pressure testing performed by Installer. B. Verify that proper test methods are used and that leakage rates are within specified tolerances. C. Report deficiencies observed. 3.12 CONTROLS VERIFICATION A. In conjunction with system balancing, perform the following: 1. Verify temperature control system is operating within the design limitations. 2. Confirm that the sequences of operation are in compliance with Contract Documents. 3. Verify that controllers are calibrated and function as intended. 4. Verify that controller set points are as indicated. 5. Verify the operation of lockout or interlock systems. 6. Verify the operation of valve and damper actuators. 7. Verify that controlled devices are properly installed and connected to correct controller. 8. Verify that controlled devices travel freely and are in position indicated by controller: open, closed, or modulating. 9. Verify location and installation of sensors to ensure that they sense only intended temperature, humidity, or pressure. B. Reporting: Include a summary of verifications performed, remaining deficiencies, and variations from indicated conditions. 3.13 TOLERANCES A. Set HVAC system's airflow rates and water flow rates within the following tolerances: 1. Supply, Return, and Exhaust Fans and Equipment with Fans: Plus or minus 10 percent. 2. Air Outlets and Inlets: Plus or minus 10 percent. 3. Heating-Water Flow Rate: Plus or minus 10 percent. 4. Cooling-Water Flow Rate: Plus or minus 10 percent. B. Maintaining pressure relationships as designed shall have priority over the tolerances sp ecified above. 3.14 PROGRESS REPORTING A. Initial Construction-Phase Report: Based on examination of the Contract Documents as specified in "Examination" Article, prepare a report on the adequacy of design for systems balancing devices. Recommend changes and additions to systems balancing devices to facilitate proper performance measuring and balancing. Recommend changes and additions to HVAC 1037 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 systems and general construction to allow access for performance measuring and balancing devices. B. Status Reports: Prepare monthly progress reports to describe completed procedures, procedures in progress, and scheduled procedures. Include a list of deficiencies and problems found in systems being tested and balanced. Prepare a separate report for each system and each building floor for systems serving multiple floors. 3.15 FINAL REPORT A. General: Prepare a certified written report; tabulate and divide the report into separate sections for tested systems and balanced systems. 1. Include a certification sheet at the front of the report's binder, signed and sealed by the certified testing and balancing engineer. 2. Include a list of instruments used for procedures, along with proof of calibration. 3. Certify validity and accuracy of field data. B. Final Report Contents: In addition to certified field-report data, include the following: 1. Pump curves. 2. Fan curves. 3. Manufacturers' test data. 4. Field test reports prepared by system and equipment installers. 5. Other information relative to equipment performance; do not include Shop Drawings and Product Data. C. General Report Data: In addition to form titles and entries, include the following data: 1. Title page. 2. Name and address of the TAB specialist. 3. Project name. 4. Project location. 5. Architect's name and address. 6. Engineer's name and address. 7. Contractor's name and address. 8. Report date. 9. Signature of TAB supervisor who certifies the report. 10. Table of Contents with the total number of pages defined for each section of the report. Number each page in the report. 11. Summary of contents including the following: a. Indicated versus final performance. b. Notable characteristics of systems. c. Description of system operation sequence if it varies from the Contract Documents. 1038 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 12. Nomenclature sheets for each item of equipment. 13. Data for terminal units, including manufacturer's name, type, size, and fittings. 14. Notes to explain why certain final data in the body of reports vary from indicated values. 15. Test conditions for fans and pump performance forms including the following: a. Settings for outdoor-, return-, and exhaust-air dampers. b. Conditions of filters. c. Cooling coil, wet- and dry-bulb conditions. d. Face and bypass damper settings at coils. e. Fan drive settings including settings and percentage of maximum pitch diameter. f. Inlet vane settings for variable-air-volume systems. g. Settings for supply-air, static-pressure controller. h. Other system operating conditions that affect performance. D. System Diagrams: Include schematic layouts of air and hydronic distribution systems. Present each system with single-line diagram and include the following: 1. Quantities of outdoor, supply, return, and exhaust airflows. 2. Water and steam flow rates. 3. Duct, outlet, and inlet sizes. 4. Pipe and valve sizes and locations. 5. Terminal units. 6. Balancing stations. 7. Position of balancing devices. E. Air-Handling-Unit Test Reports: For air-handling units with coils, include the following: 1. Unit Data: a. Unit identification. b. Location. c. Make and type. d. Model number and unit size. e. Manufacturer's serial number. f. Unit arrangement and class. g. Discharge arrangement. h. Sheave make, size in inches, and bore. i. Center-to-center dimensions of sheave and amount of adjustments in inches. j. Number, make, and size of belts. k. Number, type, and size of filters. 2. Motor Data: a. Motor make, and frame type and size. b. Horsepower and rpm. c. Volts, phase, and hertz. d. Full-load amperage and service factor. e. Sheave make, size in inches, and bore. 1039 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 f. Center-to-center dimensions of sheave and amount of adjustments in inches. 3. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values): a. Total airflow rate in cfm. b. Total system static pressure in inches wg. c. Fan rpm. d. Discharge static pressure in inches wg. e. Filter static-pressure differential in inches wg. f. Preheat-coil static-pressure differential in inches wg. g. Cooling-coil static-pressure differential in inches wg. h. Heating-coil static-pressure differential in inches wg. i. Outdoor airflow in cfm. j. Return airflow in cfm. k. Outdoor-air damper position. l. Return-air damper position. m. Vortex damper position. F. Apparatus-Coil Test Reports: 1. Coil Data: a. System identification. b. Location. c. Coil type. d. Number of rows. e. Fin spacing in fins per inch o.c. f. Make and model number. g. Face area in sq. ft.. h. Tube size in NPS. i. Tube and fin materials. j. Circuiting arrangement. 2. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values): a. Airflow rate in cfm. b. Average face velocity in fpm. c. Air pressure drop in inches wg. d. Outdoor-air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F. e. Return-air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F. f. Entering-air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F. g. Leaving-air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F. h. Water flow rate in gpm. i. Water pressure differential in feet of head or psig. j. Entering-water temperature in deg F. k. Leaving-water temperature in deg F. l. Refrigerant expansion valve and refrigerant types. m. Refrigerant suction pressure in psig. 1040 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 n. Refrigerant suction temperature in deg F. o. Inlet steam pressure in psig. G. Gas- and Oil-Fired Heat Apparatus Test Reports: In addition to manufacturer's factory startup equipment reports, include the following: 1. Unit Data: a. System identification. b. Location. c. Make and type. d. Model number and unit size. e. Manufacturer's serial number. f. Fuel type in input data. g. Output capacity in Btu/h. h. Ignition type. i. Burner-control types. j. Motor horsepower and rpm. k. Motor volts, phase, and hertz. l. Motor full-load amperage and service factor. m. Sheave make, size in inches, and bore. n. Center-to-center dimensions of sheave and amount of adjustments in inches. 2. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values): a. Total airflow rate in cfm. b. Entering-air temperature in deg F. c. Leaving-air temperature in deg F. d. Air temperature differential in deg F. e. Entering-air static pressure in inches wg. f. Leaving-air static pressure in inches wg. g. Air static-pressure differential in inches wg. h. Low-fire fuel input in Btu/h. i. High-fire fuel input in Btu/h. j. Manifold pressure in psig. k. High-temperature-limit setting in deg F. l. Operating set point in Btu/h. m. Motor voltage at each connection. n. Motor amperage for each phase. o. Heating value of fuel in Btu/h. H. Electric-Coil Test Reports: For electric furnaces, duct coils, and electric coils installed in central-station air-handling units, include the following: 1. Unit Data: a. System identification. b. Location. 1041 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 c. Coil identification. d. Capacity in Btu/h. e. Number of stages. f. Connected volts, phase, and hertz. g. Rated amperage. h. Airflow rate in cfm. i. Face area in sq. ft.. j. Minimum face velocity in fpm. 2. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values): a. Heat output in Btu/h. b. Airflow rate in cfm. c. Air velocity in fpm. d. Entering-air temperature in deg F. e. Leaving-air temperature in deg F. f. Voltage at each connection. g. Amperage for each phase. I. Fan Test Reports: For supply, return, and exhaust fans, include the following: 1. Fan Data: a. System identification. b. Location. c. Make and type. d. Model number and size. e. Manufacturer's serial number. f. Arrangement and class. g. Sheave make, size in inches, and bore. h. Center-to-center dimensions of sheave and amount of adjustments in inches. 2. Motor Data: a. Motor make, and frame type and size. b. Horsepower and rpm. c. Volts, phase, and hertz. d. Full-load amperage and service factor. e. Sheave make, size in inches, and bore. f. Center-to-center dimensions of sheave, and amount of adjustments in inches. g. Number, make, and size of belts. 3. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values): a. Total airflow rate in cfm. b. Total system static pressure in inches wg. c. Fan rpm. d. Discharge static pressure in inches wg. 1042 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 e. Suction static pressure in inches wg. J. Round, Flat-Oval, and Rectangular Duct Traverse Reports: Include a diagram with a grid representing the duct cross-section and record the following: 1. Report Data: a. System and air-handling-unit number. b. Location and zone. c. Traverse air temperature in deg F. d. Duct static pressure in inches wg. e. Duct size in inches. f. Duct area in sq. ft.. g. Indicated airflow rate in cfm. h. Indicated velocity in fpm. i. Actual airflow rate in cfm. j. Actual average velocity in fpm. k. Barometric pressure in psig. K. Air-Terminal-Device Reports: 1. Unit Data: a. System and air-handling unit identification. b. Location and zone. c. Apparatus used for test. d. Area served. e. Make. f. Number from system diagram. g. Type and model number. h. Size. i. Effective area in sq. ft.. 2. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values): a. Airflow rate in cfm. b. Air velocity in fpm. c. Preliminary airflow rate as needed in cfm. d. Preliminary velocity as needed in fpm. e. Final airflow rate in cfm. f. Final velocity in fpm. g. Space temperature in deg F. L. System-Coil Reports: For reheat coils and water coils of terminal units, include the following: 1. Unit Data: a. System and air-handling-unit identification. 1043 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 b. Location and zone. c. Room or riser served. d. Coil make and size. e. Flowmeter type. 2. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values): a. Airflow rate in cfm. b. Entering-water temperature in deg F. c. Leaving-water temperature in deg F. d. Water pressure drop in feet of head or psig. e. Entering-air temperature in deg F. f. Leaving-air temperature in deg F. M. Pump Test Reports: Calculate impeller size by plotting the shutoff head on pump curves and include the following: 1. Unit Data: a. Unit identification. b. Location. c. Service. d. Make and size. e. Model number and serial number. f. Water flow rate in gpm. g. Water pressure differential in feet of head or psig. h. Required net positive suction head in feet of head or psig. i. Pump rpm. j. Impeller diameter in inches. k. Motor make and frame size. l. Motor horsepower and rpm. m. Voltage at each connection. n. Amperage for each phase. o. Full-load amperage and service factor. p. Seal type. 2. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values): a. Static head in feet of head or psig. b. Pump shutoff pressure in feet of head or psig. c. Actual impeller size in inches. d. Full-open flow rate in gpm. e. Full-open pressure in feet of head or psig. f. Final discharge pressure in feet of head or psig. g. Final suction pressure in feet of head or psig. h. Final total pressure in feet of head or psig. i. Final water flow rate in gpm. j. Voltage at each connection. 1044 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 k. Amperage for each phase. N. Instrument Calibration Reports: 1. Report Data: a. Instrument type and make. b. Serial number. c. Application. d. Dates of use. e. Dates of calibration. 3.16 VERIFICATION OF TAB REPORT A. The TAB specialist's test and balance engineer shall conduct the inspection in the presence of Architect. B. Architect shall randomly select measurements, documented in the final report, to be rechecked. Rechecking shall be limited to either 10 percent of the total measurements recorded or the extent of measurements that can be accomplished in a normal 8-hour business day. C. If rechecks yield measurements that differ from the measurements documented in the final report by more than the tolerances allowed, the measurements shall be noted as "FAILED." D. If the number of "FAILED" measurements is greater than 10 percent of the total measurements checked during the final inspection, the testing and balancing shall be considered incomplete and shall be rejected. E. If TAB work fails, proceed as follows: 1. TAB specialists shall recheck all measurements and make adjustments. Revise the final report and balancing device settings to include all changes; resubmit the final report and request a second final inspection. 2. If the second final inspection also fails, Owner may contract the services of another TAB specialist to complete TAB work according to the Contract Documents and deduct the cost of the services from the original TAB specialist's final payment. 3. If the second verification also fails, design professional may contact AABC Headquarters regarding the AABC National Performance Guaranty. F. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.17 ADDITIONAL TESTS A. Within 90 days of completing TAB, perform additional TAB to verify that balanced conditions are being maintained throughout and to correct unusual conditions. 1045 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Seasonal Periods: If initial TAB procedures were not performed during near -peak summer and winter conditions, perform additional TAB during near-peak summer and winter conditions. END OF SECTION 230593 1046 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 230713 - DUCT INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes insulating the following duct services: 1. Indoor, concealed supply and outdoor air. 2. Indoor, exposed supply and outdoor air. 3. Indoor, concealed return located in unconditioned space. 4. Indoor, exposed return located in unconditioned space. 5. Indoor, concealed exhaust between isolation damper and penetration of building exterior. 6. Indoor, exposed exhaust between isolation damper and penetration of building exterior. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 230719 "HVAC Piping Insulation." 2. Section 233113 "Metal Ducts" for duct liners. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include thermal conductivity, water -vapor permeance thickness, and jackets (both factory- and field-applied if any). B. Sustainable Design Submittals: C. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Detail application of protective shields, saddles, and inserts at hangers for each type of insulation and hanger. 2. Detail insulation application at elbows, fittings, dampers, specialties and flanges for each type of insulation. 3. Detail application of field-applied jackets. 4. Detail application at linkages of control devices. D. Samples: For each type of insulation and jacket indicated. Identify each Sample, describing product and intended use. Sample sizes are as follows: 1047 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Sheet Form Insulation Materials: 12 inches square. 2. Sheet Jacket Materials: 12 inches square. 3. Manufacturer's Color Charts: For products where color is specified, show the full range of colors available for each type of finish material. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer. B. Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction indicating, interpreting, and certifying test results for compliance of insulation materials, sealers, attachments, cements, and jackets, with requirements indicated. Include dates of tests and test methods employed. C. Field quality-control reports. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Skilled mechanics who have successfully completed an apprenticeship program or another craft training program certified by the Department of Labor, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training. B. Surface-Burning Characteristics: For insulation and related materials, as determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 84, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes, and cement material containers, with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread index of 25 or less, and smoke-developed index of 50 or less. 2. Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame-spread index of 75 or less, and smoke-developed index of 150 or less. C. Mockups: Before installing insulation, build mockups for each type of insulatio n and finish listed below to demonstrate quality of insulation application and finishes. Build mockups in the location indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect. Use materials indicated for the completed Work. 1. Ductwork Mockups: a. One 10-foot section each of rectangular and round straight duct. b. One each of a 90-degree mitered round and rectangular elbow, and one each of a 90-degree radius round and rectangular elbow. c. One rectangular branch takeoff and one round branch takeoff from a rectangular duct. One round tee fitting. d. One rectangular and round transition fitting. e. Four support hangers for round and rectangular ductwork. 1048 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 f. Each type of damper and specialty. 2. For each mockup, fabricate cutaway sections to allow observation of application details for insulation materials, adhesives, mastics, attachments, and jackets. 3. Notify Architect seven days in advance of dates and times when mockups will be constructed. 4. Obtain Architect's approval of mockups before starting insulation application. 5. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such deviations in writing. 6. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed Work. 7. Demolish and remove mockups when directed. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Packaging: Insulation material containers shall be marked by manufacturer with appropriate ASTM standard designation, type and grade, and maximum use temperature. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in Section 230529 "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment." B. Coordinate clearance requirements with duct Installer for duct insulation application. Before preparing ductwork Shop Drawings, establish and maintain clearance requirements for installation of insulation and field-applied jackets and finishes and for space required for maintenance. C. Coordinate installation and testing of heat tracing. 1.8 SCHEDULING A. Schedule insulation application after pressure testing systems and, where required, after installing and testing heat tracing. Insulation application may begin on segments that have satisfactory test results. B. Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of construction. 1049 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 INSULATION MATERIALS A. Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds. B. Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less than 50 ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871. C. Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualified as acceptable according to ASTM C 795. D. Mineral-Fiber Blanket Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 553, Type II and ASTM C 1290, Type III with factory-applied FSK jacket. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. CertainTeed Corporation. b. Johns Manville; a Berkshire Hathaway company. c. Knauf Insulation. d. Owens Corning. E. Mineral-Fiber Board Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 612, Type IA or Type IB. For duct and plenum applications, provide insulation with factory-applied ASJ. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. CertainTeed Corporation. b. Johns Manville; a Berkshire Hathaway company. c. Knauf Insulation. d. Owens Corning. F. Mineral-Fiber, Pipe and Tank Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Semirigid board material with factory-applied ASJ complying with ASTM C 1393, Type II or Type IIIA Category 2, or with properties similar to ASTM C 612, Type IB. Nominal density is 2.5 lb/cu. ft. or more. Thermal conductivity (k-value) at 100 deg F is 0.29 Btu x in./h x sq. ft. x deg F or less. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1050 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 a. CertainTeed Corporation. b. Johns Manville; a Berkshire Hathaway company. c. Knauf Insulation. d. Owens Corning. 2.2 ADHESIVES A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated unless otherwise indicated. B. Mineral-Fiber Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Childers Brand; H. B. Fuller Construction Products. b. Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries. c. Foster Brand; H. B. Fuller Construction Products. C. ASJ Adhesive, and FSK Jacket Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A for bonding insulation jacket lap seams and joints. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Childers Brand; H. B. Fuller Construction Products. b. Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries. c. Foster Brand; H. B. Fuller Construction Products. 2.3 MASTICS A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates; comply with MIL-PRF-19565C, Type II. B. Vapor-Barrier Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor use on below ambient services. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Childers Brand; H. B. Fuller Construction Products. b. Foster Brand; H. B. Fuller Construction Products. c. Knauf Insulation. 2. Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM E 96/E 96M, Procedure B, 0.013 perm at 43-mil dry film thickness. 3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F. 1051 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 4. Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 58 percent by volume and 70 percent by weight. 5. Color: White. 2.4 LAGGING ADHESIVES A. Description: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class I, Grade A and shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Childers Brand; H. B. Fuller Construction Products. b. Foster Brand; H. B. Fuller Construction Products. 2. Fire-resistant, water-based lagging adhesive and coating for use indoors to adhere fire- resistant lagging cloths over duct insulation. 3. Service Temperature Range: 0 to plus 180 deg F. 4. Color: White. 2.5 SEALANTS A. FSK and Metal Jacket Flashing Sealants: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Childers Brand; H. B. Fuller Construction Products. b. Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries. c. Foster Brand; H. B. Fuller Construction Products. 2. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 3. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. 4. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F. 5. Color: Aluminum. B. ASJ Flashing Sealants, and Vinyl and PVC Jacket Flashing Sealants: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Childers Brand; H. B. Fuller Construction Products. 2. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 3. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. 4. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F. 1052 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 5. Color: White. 2.6 FACTORY-APPLIED JACKETS A. Insulation system schedules indicate factory-applied jackets on various applications. When factory-applied jackets are indicated, comply with the following: 1. ASJ: White, kraft-paper, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with aluminum-foil backing; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I. 2. FSK Jacket: Aluminum-foil, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with kraft-paper backing; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type II. 2.7 TAPES A. ASJ Tape: White vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive, complying with ASTM C 1136. 1. Width: 3 inches. 2. Thickness: 11.5 mils. 3. Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch in width. 4. Elongation: 2 percent. 5. Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch in width. 6. ASJ Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of ASJ tape. B. FSK Tape: Foil-face, vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive; complying with ASTM C 1136. 1. Width: 3 inches. 2. Thickness: 6.5 mils. 3. Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch in width. 4. Elongation: 2 percent. 5. Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch in width. 6. FSK Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of FSK tape. 2.8 SECUREMENTS A. Bands: 1. Aluminum: ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005; Temper H-14, 0.020 inch thick, 3/4 inch wide with wing seal or closed seal. 1053 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.9 CORNER ANGLES A. Aluminum Corner Angles: 0.040 inch thick, minimum 1 by 1 inch, aluminum according to ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005; Temper H-14. B. Stainless-Steel Corner Angles: 0.024 inch thick, minimum 1 by 1 inch, stainless steel according to ASTM A 167 or ASTM A 240/A 240M, Type 304 or Type 316. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application. 1. Verify that systems to be insulated have been tested and are free of defects. 2. Verify that surfaces to be insulated are clean and dry. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will adversely affect insulation application. 3.3 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of voids throughout the length of ducts and fittings. B. Install insulation materials, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses required for each item of duct system as specified in insulation system schedules. C. Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state. D. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs. E. Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered. F. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing. G. Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer. 1054 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 H. Install insulation with least number of joints practical. I. Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor-barrier mastic. 1. Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments. 2. For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor-barrier mastic. 3. Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation material manufacturer. J. Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet and dry film thicknesses. K. Install insulation with factory-applied jackets as follows: 1. Draw jacket tight and smooth. 2. Cover circumferential joints with 3-inch-wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges of strip, spaced 4 inches o.c. 3. Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-1/2 inches. Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap. Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 4 inches o.c. a. For below ambient services, apply vapor-barrier mastic over staples. 4. Cover joints and seams with tape, according to insulation material manufacturer's written instructions, to maintain vapor seal. 5. Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor-barrier mastic on seams and joints and at ends adjacent to duct flanges and fittings. L. Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its nominal thickness. M. Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking due to thermal movement. N. Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas. Extend patches at least 4 inches beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches similar to butt joints. 3.4 PENETRATIONS A. Insulation Installation at Roof Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through roof penetrations. 1055 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. 2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation above roof surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. 3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside roof flashing at least 2 inches below top of roof flashing. 4. Seal jacket to roof flashing with flashing sealant. B. Insulation Installation at Aboveground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through wall penetrations. 1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. 2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation inside wall surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. 3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside wall flashing and overlap wall flashing at least 2 inches. 4. Seal jacket to wall flashing with flashing sealant. C. Insulation Installation at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire Rated): Install insulation continuously through walls and partitions. D. Insulation Installation at Fire-Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Terminate insulation at fire damper sleeves for fire-rated wall and partition penetrations. Externally insulate damper sleeves to match adjacent insulation and overlap duct insulation at least 2 inches. E. Insulation Installation at Floor Penetrations: 1. Duct: For penetrations through fire-rated assemblies, terminate insulation at fire damper sleeves and externally insulate damper sleeve beyond floor to match adjacent duct insulation. Overlap damper sleeve and duct insulation at least 2 inches. 2. Seal penetrations through fire-rated assemblies. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF MINERAL-FIBER INSULATION A. Blanket Insulation Installation on Ducts and Plenums: Secure with adhesive and insulation pins. 1. Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per unit area, for 50 percent coverage of duct and plenum surfaces. 2. Apply adhesive to entire circumference of ducts and to all surfaces of fittings and transitions. 3. Install either capacitor-discharge-weld pins and speed washers or cupped-head, capacitor- discharge-weld pins on sides and bottom of horizontal ducts and sides of vertical ducts as follows: 1056 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 a. On duct sides with dimensions 18 inches and smaller, place pins along longitudinal centerline of duct. Space 3 inches maximum from insulation end joints, and 16 inches o.c. b. On duct sides with dimensions larger than 18 inches, place pins 16 inches o.c. each way, and 3 inches maximum from insulation joints. Install additional pins to hold insulation tightly against surface at cross bracing. c. Pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal, rectangular ducts and plenums. d. Do not over-compress insulation during installation. e. Impale insulation over pins and attach speed washers. f. Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation facing. 4. For ducts and plenums with surface temperatures below ambient, install a continuous unbroken vapor barrier. Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams and end joints with insulation by removing 2 inches from one edge and one end of insulation segment. Secure laps to adjacent insulation section with 1/2-inch outward-clinching staples, 1 inch o.c. Install vapor barrier consisting of factory- or field-applied jacket, adhesive, vapor- barrier mastic, and sealant at joints, seams, and protrusions. a. Repair punctures, tears, and penetrations with tape or mastic to maintain vapor- barrier seal. b. Install vapor stops for ductwork and plenums operating below 50 deg F at 18-foot intervals. Vapor stops shall consist of vapor-barrier mastic applied in a Z-shaped pattern over insulation face, along butt end of insulation, and over the surface. Cover insulation face and surface to be insulated a width equal to two times the insulation thickness, but not less than 3 inches. 5. Overlap unfaced blankets a minimum of 2 inches on longitudinal seams and end joints. At end joints, secure with steel bands spaced a maximum of 18 inches o.c. 6. Install insulation on rectangular duct elbows and transitions with a full insulation section for each surface. Install insulation on round and flat-oval duct elbows with individually mitered gores cut to fit the elbow. 7. Insulate duct stiffeners, hangers, and flanges that protrude beyond insulation surface with 6-inch-wide strips of same material used to insulate duct. Secure on alternating sides of stiffener, hanger, and flange with pins spaced 6 inches o.c. B. Board Insulation Installation on Ducts and Plenums: Secure with adhesive and insulation pins. 1. Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per unit area, for 50 percent coverage of duct and plenum surfaces. 2. Apply adhesive to entire circumference of ducts and to all surfaces of fittings and transitions. 3. Install either capacitor-discharge-weld pins and speed washers or cupped-head, capacitor- discharge-weld pins on sides and bottom of horizontal ducts and sides of vertical ducts as follows: 1057 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 a. On duct sides with dimensions 18 inches and smaller, place pins along longitudinal centerline of duct. Space 3 inches maximum from insulation end joints, and 16 inches o.c. b. On duct sides with dimensions larger than 18 inches, space pins 16 inches o.c. each way, and 3 inches maximum from insulation joints. Install additional pins to hold insulation tightly against surface at cross bracing. c. Pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal, rectangular ducts and plenums. d. Do not overcompress insulation during installation. e. Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation facing. 4. For ducts and plenums with surface temperatures below ambient, install a continuous unbroken vapor barrier. Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams and end joints with insulation by removing 2 inches from one edge and one end of insulation segment. Secure laps to adjacent insulation section with 1/2-inch outward-clinching staples, 1 inch o.c. Install vapor barrier consisting of factory- or field-applied jacket, adhesive, vapor- barrier mastic, and sealant at joints, seams, and protrusions. a. Repair punctures, tears, and penetrations with tape or mastic to maintain vapor- barrier seal. b. Install vapor stops for ductwork and plenums operating below 50 deg F at 18-foot intervals. Vapor stops shall consist of vapor-barrier mastic applied in a Z-shaped pattern over insulation face, along butt end of insulation, and over the surface. Cover insulation face and surface to be insulated a width equal to two times the insulation thickness, but not less than 3 inches. 5. Install insulation on rectangular duct elbows and transitions with a full insulation section for each surface. Groove and score insulation to fit as closely as possible to outside and inside radius of elbows. Install insulation on round and flat-oval duct elbows with individually mitered gores cut to fit the elbow. 6. Insulate duct stiffeners, hangers, and flanges that protrude beyond insulation surface with 6-inch-wide strips of same material used to insulate duct. Secure on alternating sides of stiffener, hanger, and flange with pins spaced 6 inches o.c. 3.6 FIELD-APPLIED JACKET INSTALLATION A. Where glass-cloth jackets are indicated, install directly over bare insulation or insulation with factory-applied jackets. 1. Draw jacket smooth and tight to surface with 2-inch overlap at seams and joints. 2. Embed glass cloth between two 0.062-inch-thick coats of lagging adhesive. 3. Completely encapsulate insulation with coating, leaving no exposed insulation. B. Where FSK jackets are indicated, install as follows: 1. Draw jacket material smooth and tight. 1058 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Install lap or joint strips with same material as jacket. 3. Secure jacket to insulation with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. 4. Install jacket with 1-1/2-inch laps at longitudinal seams and 3-inch-wide joint strips at end joints. 5. Seal openings, punctures, and breaks in vapor-retarder jackets and exposed insulation with vapor-barrier mastic. C. Where PVC jackets are indicated, install with 1-inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints; for horizontal applications, install with longitudinal seams along top and bottom of tanks and vessels. Seal with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. 1. Apply two continuous beads of adhesive to seams and joints, one bead under lap and the finish bead along seam and joint edge. D. Where metal jackets are indicated, install with 2-inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints. Overlap longitudinal seams arranged to shed water. Seal end joints with weatherproof sealant recommended by insulation manufacturer. Secure jacket with stainless -steel bands 12 inches o.c. and at end joints. 3.7 FIRE-RATED INSULATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. Where fire-rated insulation system is indicated, secure system to ducts and duct hangers and supports to maintain a continuous fire rating. B. Insulate duct access panels and doors to achieve same fire rating as duct. C. Install firestopping at penetrations through fire-rated assemblies. 3.8 FINISHES A. Insulation with ASJ, Glass-Cloth, or Other Paintable Jacket Material: Paint jacket with paint system identified below and as specified in Section 099113 "Exterior Painting" and Section 099123 "Interior Painting." 1. Flat Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer that is compatible with jacket material and finish coat paint. Add fungicidal agent to render fabric mildew proof. a. Finish Coat Material: Interior, flat, latex-emulsion size. B. Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation: After adhesive has fully cured, apply two coats of insulation manufacturer's recommended protective coating. C. Color: Final color as selected by Architect. Vary first and second coats to allow visual inspection of the completed Work. D. Do not field paint aluminum or stainless-steel jackets. 1059 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. Inspect ductwork, randomly selected by Architect, by removing field-applied jacket and insulation in layers in reverse order of their installation. Extent of inspection sh all be limited to one location(s) for each duct system defined in the "Duct Insulation Schedule, General" Article. C. All insulation applications will be considered defective Work if sample inspection reveals noncompliance with requirements. 3.10 DUCT INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Plenums and Ducts Requiring Insulation: 1. Indoor, concealed supply and outdoor air. 2. Indoor, exposed supply and outdoor air. 3. Indoor, concealed return located in unconditioned space. 4. Indoor, exposed return located in unconditioned space. 5. Indoor, concealed exhaust between isolation damper and penetration of building exterior. 6. Indoor, exposed exhaust between isolation damper and penetration of building exterior. B. Items Not Insulated: 1. Factory-insulated flexible ducts. 2. Factory-insulated plenums and casings. 3. Flexible connectors. 4. Vibration-control devices. 5. Factory-insulated access panels and doors. 3.11 INDOOR DUCT AND PLENUM INSULATION SCHEDULE A. Concealed, round and flat-oval, supply-air duct insulation shall be the following: 1. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1-1/2 inches thick and 0.75-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. B. Concealed, round and flat-oval, return-air duct insulation shall be the following: 1. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1-1/2 inches thick and 0.75-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. C. Concealed, round and flat-oval, outdoor-air duct insulation shall be the following: 1. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1-1/2 inches thick and 0.75-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. 1060 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 D. Concealed, rectangular, supply-air duct insulation shall be the following: 1. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1-1/2 inches thick and 0.75-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. E. Concealed, rectangular, return-air duct insulation shall be the following: 1. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1-1/2 inches thick and 0.75-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. F. Concealed, rectangular, outdoor-air duct insulation shall be the following: 1. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1-1/2 inches thick and 0.75-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. G. Concealed, rectangular, exhaust-air duct insulation between isolation damper and penetration of building exterior shall be the following: 1. Mineral-Fiber Board: 2 inches thick and 3-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. H. Concealed, supply-air plenum insulation shall be the following: 1. Mineral-Fiber Board: 2 inches thick and 3-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. I. Concealed, outdoor-air plenum insulation shall be the following: 1. Mineral-Fiber Board: 2 inches thick and 3-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. J. Concealed, exhaust-air plenum insulation shall be the following: 1. Mineral-Fiber Board: 2 inches thick and 3-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. K. Exposed, round and flat-oval, supply-air duct insulation shall be the following: 1. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1-1/2 inches thick and 0.75-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. L. Exposed, round and flat-oval, return-air duct insulation shall be the following: 1. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1-1/2 inches thick and 0.75-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. M. Exposed, round and flat-oval, outdoor-air duct insulation shall be the following: 1. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1-1/2 inches thick and 0.75-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. N. Exposed, outdoor-air plenum insulation shall be the following: 1. Mineral-Fiber Board: 2 inches thick and 3-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. O. Exposed, exhaust-air plenum insulation shall be the following: 1. Mineral-Fiber Board: 2 inches thick and 3-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. 1061 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.12 INDOOR, FIELD-APPLIED JACKET SCHEDULE A. Install jacket over insulation material. For insulation with factory-applied jacket, install the field-applied jacket over the factory-applied jacket. B. If more than one material is listed, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. C. Ducts and Plenums, Concealed: 1. None. D. Ducts and Plenums, Exposed: 1. Aluminum, Smooth: 0.024 inch thick. END OF SECTION 230713 1062 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 230719 - HVAC PIPING INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes insulating the following HVAC piping systems: 1. Condensate drain piping, indoors. 2. Refrigerant suction and hot-gas piping, indoors and outdoors. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 230713 "Duct Insulation." 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include thermal conductivity, water -vapor permeance thickness, and jackets (both factory and field applied if any). B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Detail application of protective shields, saddles, and inserts at hangers for each type of insulation and hanger. 2. Detail attachment and covering of heat tracing inside insulation. 3. Detail insulation application at pipe expansion joints for each type of insulation. 4. Detail insulation application at elbows, fittings, flanges, valves, and specialties for each type of insulation. 5. Detail removable insulation at piping specialties. 6. Detail application of field-applied jackets. 7. Detail application at linkages of control devices. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer. B. Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction indicating, interpreting, and certifying test results for compliance of insulation 1063 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 materials, sealers, attachments, cements, and jackets, with requirements indicated. Include dates of tests and test methods employed. C. Field quality-control reports. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Skilled mechanics who have successfully completed an apprenticeship program or another craft training program certified by the Department of Labor, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training. B. Surface-Burning Characteristics: For insulation and related materials, as determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 84, by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes, and cement material containers, with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread index of 25 or less, and smoke-developed index of 50 or less. 2. Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame-spread index of 75 or less, and smoke-developed index of 150 or less. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Packaging: Insulation material containers shall be marked by manufacturer with appropriate ASTM standard designation, type and grade, and maximum use temperature. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in Section 230529 "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment." B. Coordinate clearance requirements with piping Installer for piping insulation application. Before preparing piping Shop Drawings, establish and maintain clearance requirements for installation of insulation and field-applied jackets and finishes and for space required for maintenance. C. Coordinate installation and testing of heat tracing. 1.8 SCHEDULING A. Schedule insulation application after pressure testing systems and, where required, after installing and testing heat tracing. Insulation application may begin on segments that have satisfactory test results. 1064 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of construction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 INSULATION MATERIALS A. Comply with requirements in "Piping Insulation Schedule, General," "Indoor Piping Insulation Schedule," "Outdoor, Aboveground Piping Insulation Schedule," and "Outdoor, Underground Piping Insulation Schedule" articles for where insulating materials shall be applied. B. Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds. C. Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less than 50 ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871. D. Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualified as acceptable according to ASTM C 795. E. Foam insulation materials shall not use CFC or HCFC blowing agents in the manufacturing process. F. Flexible Elastomeric Insulation: Closed-cell, sponge- or expanded-rubber materials. Comply with ASTM C 534, Type I for tubular materials. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Aeroflex USA, Inc. b. Armacell LLC. c. K-Flex USA. G. Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Johns Manville; a Berkshire Hathaway company. b. Knauf Insulation. c. Owens Corning. 2. Type I, 850 deg F Materials: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 547, Type I, Grade A, with factory-applied ASJ-SSL. Factory- applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article. 1065 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.2 INSULATING CEMENTS A. Mineral-Fiber Insulating Cement: Comply with ASTM C 195. B. Mineral-Fiber, Hydraulic-Setting Insulating and Finishing Cement: Comply with ASTM C 449. 2.3 ADHESIVES A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated unless otherwise indicated. B. Flexible Elastomeric and Polyolefin Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-24179A, Type II, Class I. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Aeroflex USA, Inc. b. Armacell LLC. c. Foster Brand; H. B. Fuller Construction Products. d. K-Flex USA. C. Mineral-Fiber Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Childers Brand; H. B. Fuller Construction Products. b. Foster Brand; H. B. Fuller Construction Products. D. ASJ Adhesive, and FSK and PVDC Jacket Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A for bonding insulation jacket lap seams and joints. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Childers Brand; H. B. Fuller Construction Products. b. Foster Brand; H. B. Fuller Construction Products. E. PVC Jacket Adhesive: Compatible with PVC jacket. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Dow Corning Corporation. b. Johns Manville; a Berkshire Hathaway company. c. P.I.C. Plastics, Inc. 1066 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.4 SEALANTS A. ASJ Flashing Sealants, and Vinyl, PVDC, and PVC Jacket Flashing Sealants: 1. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 2. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. 3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F. 4. Color: White. 2.5 FACTORY-APPLIED JACKETS A. Insulation system schedules indicate factory-applied jackets on various applications. When factory-applied jackets are indicated, comply with the following: 1. ASJ-SSL: ASJ with self-sealing, pressure-sensitive, acrylic-based adhesive covered by a removable protective strip; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I. 2.6 FIELD-APPLIED JACKETS A. PVC Jacket: High-impact-resistant, UV-resistant PVC complying with ASTM D 1784, Class 16354-C; thickness as scheduled; roll stock ready for shop or field cutting and forming. Thickness is indicated in field-applied jacket schedules. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Johns Manville; a Berkshire Hathaway company. b. P.I.C. Plastics, Inc. c. Proto Corporation. 2. Adhesive: As recommended by jacket material manufacturer. 3. Color: White. 4. Factory-fabricated fitting covers to match jacket if available; otherwise, field fabricate. a. Shapes: 45- and 90-degree, short- and long-radius elbows, tees, valves, flanges, unions, reducers, end caps, soil-pipe hubs, traps, mechanical joints, and P-trap and supply covers for lavatories. 2.7 TAPES A. ASJ Tape: White vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive, complying with ASTM C 1136. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1067 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 a. Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division. b. Ideal Tape Co., Inc., an American Biltrite Company. c. Knauf Insulation. 2. Width: 3 inches. 3. Thickness: 11.5 mils. 4. Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch in width. 5. Elongation: 2 percent. 6. Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch in width. 7. ASJ Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of ASJ tape. B. PVC Tape: White vapor-retarder tape matching field-applied PVC jacket with acrylic adhesive; suitable for indoor and outdoor applications. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Ideal Tape Co., Inc., an American Biltrite Company. 2. Width: 2 inches. 3. Thickness: 6 mils. 4. Adhesion: 64 ounces force/inch in width. 5. Elongation: 500 percent. 6. Tensile Strength: 18 lbf/inch in width. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application. 1. Verify that systems to be insulated have been tested and are free of defects. 2. Verify that surfaces to be insulated are clean and dry. 3. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will adversely affect insulation application. B. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be insulated. Before insulating, apply a corrosion coating to insulated surfaces as follows: 1068 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Stainless Steel: Coat 300 series stainless steel with an epoxy primer 5 mils thick and an epoxy finish 5 mils thick if operating in a temperature range between 140 and 300 deg F. Consult coating manufacturer for appropriate coating materials and application methods for operating temperature range. 2. Carbon Steel: Coat carbon steel operating at a service temperature between 32 and 300 deg F with an epoxy coating. Consult coating manufacturer for appropriate coating materials and application methods for operating temperature range. C. Coordinate insulation installation with the trade installing heat tracing. Comply with requirements for heat tracing that apply to insulation. D. Mix insulating cements with clean potable water; if insulating cements are to be in contact with stainless-steel surfaces, use demineralized water. 3.3 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of voids throughout the length of piping including fittings, valves, and specialties. B. Install insulation materials, forms, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses required for each item of pipe system as specified in insulation system schedules. C. Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state. D. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs. E. Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered. F. Do not weld brackets, clips, or other attachment devices to piping, fittings, and specialties. G. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing. H. Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer. I. Install insulation with least number of joints practical. J. Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor-barrier mastic. 1. Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments. 2. For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor-barrier mastic. 1069 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3. Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation material manufacturer. 4. Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. Install shields over jacket, arranged to protect jacket from tear or puncture by hanger, support, and shield. K. Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet and dry film thicknesses. L. Install insulation with factory-applied jackets as follows: 1. Draw jacket tight and smooth. 2. Cover circumferential joints with 3-inch-wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges of strip, spaced 4 inches o.c. 3. Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-1/2 inches. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap. Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 2 inches o.c. a. For below-ambient services, apply vapor-barrier mastic over staples. 4. Cover joints and seams with tape, according to insulation material manufacturer's written instructions, to maintain vapor seal. 5. Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor-barrier mastic on seams and joints and at ends adjacent to pipe flanges and fittings. M. Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its nominal thickness. N. Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking due to thermal movement. O. Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas. Extend patches at least 4 inches beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches similar to butt joints. P. For above-ambient services, do not install insulation to the following: 1. Vibration-control devices. 2. Testing agency labels and stamps. 3. Nameplates and data plates. 4. Manholes. 5. Handholes. 6. Cleanouts. 1070 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.4 PENETRATIONS A. Insulation Installation at Roof Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through roof penetrations. 1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. 2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation above roof surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. 3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside roof flashing at least 2 inches below top of roof flashing. 4. Seal jacket to roof flashing with flashing sealant. B. Insulation Installation at Underground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Terminate insulation flush with sleeve seal. Seal terminations with flashing sealant. C. Insulation Installation at Aboveground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through wall penetrations. 1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. 2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation inside wall surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. 3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside wall flashing and overlap wall flashing at least 2 inches. 4. Seal jacket to wall flashing with flashing sealant. D. Insulation Installation at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire Rated): Install insulation continuously through walls and partitions. E. Insulation Installation at Fire-Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through penetrations of fire-rated walls and partitions. F. Insulation Installation at Floor Penetrations: 1. Pipe: Install insulation continuously through floor penetrations. 2. Seal penetrations through fire-rated assemblies. 3.5 GENERAL PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Requirements in this article generally apply to all insulation materials except where more specific requirements are specified in various pipe insulation material installation articles. B. Insulation Installation on Fittings, Valves, Strainers, Flanges, and Unions: 1071 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Install insulation over fittings, valves, strainers, flanges, unions, and other specialties with continuous thermal and vapor-retarder integrity unless otherwise indicated. 2. Insulate pipe elbows using preformed fitting insulation or mitered fittings made from same material and density as adjacent pipe insulation. Each piece shall be butted tightly against adjoining piece and bonded with adhesive. Fill joints, seams, voids, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement finished to a smooth, hard, and uniform cont our that is uniform with adjoining pipe insulation. 3. Insulate tee fittings with preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Cut sectional pipe insulation to fit. Butt each section closely to the next and hold in place with tie wire. Bond pieces with adhesive. 4. Insulate valves using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. For valves, insulate up to and including the bonnets, valve stuffing-box studs, bolts, and nuts. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement. 5. Insulate strainers using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulati on, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement. Insulate strainers so strainer basket flange or plug can be easily removed and replaced without damaging the insulation and jacket. Provide a removable reusable insulation cover. For below-ambient services, provide a design that maintains vapor barrier. 6. Insulate flanges and unions using a section of oversized preformed pipe insulation. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. 7. Cover segmented insulated surfaces with a layer of finishing cement and coat with a mastic. Install vapor-barrier mastic for below-ambient services and a breather mastic for above-ambient services. Reinforce the mastic with fabric-reinforcing mesh. Trowel the mastic to a smooth and well-shaped contour. 8. For services not specified to receive a field-applied jacket except for flexible elastomeric and polyolefin, install fitted PVC cover over elbows, tees, strainers, valves, flanges, and unions. Terminate ends with PVC end caps. Tape PVC covers to adjoining insulation facing using PVC tape. 9. Stencil or label the outside insulation jacket of each union with the word "union." Match size and color of pipe labels. C. Insulate instrument connections for thermometers, pressure gages, pressure temperature taps, test connections, flow meters, sensors, switches, and transmitters on insulated pipes. Shape insulation at these connections by tapering it to and around the connection with insulating cement and finish with finishing cement, mastic, and flashing sealant. D. Install removable insulation covers at locations indicated. Installation shall conform to the following: 1072 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Make removable flange and union insulation from sectional pipe insulation of same thickness as that on adjoining pipe. Install same insulation jacket as adjoining pipe insulation. 2. When flange and union covers are made from sectional pipe insulation, extend insulation from flanges or union long at least two times the insulation thickness over adjacent pipe insulation on each side of flange or union. Secure flange cover in place with stainless - steel or aluminum bands. Select band material compatible with insulation and jacket. 3. Construct removable valve insulation covers in same manner as for flanges, except divide the two-part section on the vertical center line of valve body. 4. When covers are made from block insulation, make two halves, each consisting of mitered blocks wired to stainless-steel fabric. Secure this wire frame, with its attached insulation, to flanges with tie wire. Extend insulation at least 2 inches over adjacent pipe insulation on each side of valve. Fill space between flange or union cover and pipe insulation with insulating cement. Finish cover assembly with insulating cement applied in two coats. After first coat is dry, apply and trowel second coat to a smooth finish. 5. Unless a PVC jacket is indicated in field-applied jacket schedules, finish exposed surfaces with a metal jacket. 3.6 INSTALLATION OF FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC INSULATION A. Seal longitudinal seams and end joints with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. B. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: 1. Install pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. 2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twi ce the thickness of pipe insulation. 3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of sheet insulation of same thickness as pipe insulation. 4. Secure insulation to flanges and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. C. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: 1. Install mitered sections of pipe insulation. 2. Secure insulation materials and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. D. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. Install preformed valve covers manufactured of same material as pipe insulation when available. 2. When preformed valve covers are not available, install cut sections of pipe and sheet insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. 1073 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. 4. Secure insulation to valves and specialties and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passa ge of air to surface being insulated. 3.7 INSTALLATION OF MINERAL-FIBER INSULATION A. Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes: 1. Secure each layer of preformed pipe insulation to pipe with wire or bands and tighten bands without deforming insulation materials. 2. Where vapor barriers are indicated, seal longitudinal seams, end joints, and protrusions with vapor-barrier mastic and joint sealant. 3. For insulation with factory-applied jackets on above-ambient surfaces, secure laps with outward-clinched staples at 6 inches o.c. 4. For insulation with factory-applied jackets on below-ambient surfaces, do not staple longitudinal tabs. Instead, secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by insulation material manufacturer and seal with vapor-barrier mastic and flashing sealant. B. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: 1. Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. 2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of pipe insulation. 3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with mineral-fiber blanket insulation. 4. Install jacket material with manufacturer's recommended adhesive, overlap seams at least 1 inch, and seal joints with flashing sealant. C. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: 1. Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available. 2. When preformed insulation elbows and fittings are not available, install mitered sections of pipe insulation, to a thickness equal to adjoining pipe insulation. Secure insulation materials with wire or bands. D. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available. 2. When preformed sections are not available, install mitered sections of pipe insulation to valve body. 3. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. 4. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. 1074 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.8 FIELD-APPLIED JACKET INSTALLATION A. Where PVC jackets are indicated, install with 1-inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints; for horizontal applications. Seal with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. 1. Apply two continuous beads of adhesive to seams and joints, one bead under lap and the finish bead along seam and joint edge. 3.9 FINISHES A. Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation: After adhesive has fully cured, apply two coats of insulation manufacturer's recommended protective coating. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Perform tests and inspections. C. Tests and Inspections: 1. Inspect pipe, fittings, strainers, and valves, randomly selected by Architect, by removing field-applied jacket and insulation in layers in reverse order of their installation. Extent of inspection shall be limited to five locations, D. All insulation applications will be considered defective Work if sample inspection reveals noncompliance with requirements. 3.11 PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Acceptable preformed pipe and tubular insulation materials and thicknesses are identified for each piping system and pipe size range. If more than one material is listed for a piping system, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. B. Items Not Insulated: Unless otherwise indicated, do not install insulation on the following: 1. Drainage piping located in crawl spaces. 2. Underground piping. 3. Chrome-plated pipes and fittings unless there is a potential for personnel injury. 3.12 INDOOR PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE A. Condensate and Equipment Drain Water below 60 Deg F: 1. All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be one of the following: 1075 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 a. Flexible Elastomeric: 3/4 inch thick. b. Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1 inch thick. B. Refrigerant Suction and Hot-Gas Piping: 1. All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be the following: a. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch thick. C. Refrigerant Suction and Hot-Gas Flexible Tubing: 1. All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be the following: a. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch thick. 3.13 OUTDOOR, ABOVEGROUND PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE A. Refrigerant Suction and Hot-Gas Piping: 1. All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be the following: a. Flexible Elastomeric: 2 inches (50 mm) thick. B. Refrigerant Suction and Hot-Gas Flexible Tubing: 1. All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be the following: a. Flexible Elastomeric: 2 inches (50 mm) thick. 3.14 INDOOR, FIELD-APPLIED JACKET SCHEDULE A. Install jacket over insulation material. For insulation with factory-applied jacket, install the field-applied jacket over the factory-applied jacket. B. If more than one material is listed, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. C. Piping, Concealed: 1. None. D. Piping, Exposed: 1. PVC: 30 mils thick. END OF SECTION 230719 1076 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 230719 - MECHANICAL INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 013300 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES for submittal requirements. B. Product Data: Provide product description, list of materials, k-value, and thickness for each service, and location. 1.2 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Fire Performance Characteristics: 1. Conform to following characteristics for insulation facings, cements, and adhesives unless otherwise indicated. 2. Test according to ASTM E84 by UL or other testing or inspecting organization acceptable to authority having jurisdiction. 3. Label insulation with appropriate markings of testing laboratory. B. Characteristics: 1. Insulation jackets: Flame spread/smoke developed rating of 25/50 maximum. 2. Insulation: Flame spread/smoke developed rating of 75/150 maximum. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator: Company specializing in performing work of this Section with minimum three years continuous experience. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, protect, and handle products to site under provisions of Section 230000 GENERAL MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS. 1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Maintain ambient temperatures and conditions required by manufacturers of adhesives, mastics, and insulation cements. B. Maintain temperature during and after installation for minimum period of 24 hours. 1.6 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING 1077 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 A. Schedule pipe insulation application after testing of piping systems. B. Schedule pipe insulation application after installation and testing of heat trace tape. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPE INSULATION A. Glass fiber: 1. Manufacturers: a. Certainteed Corp. b. Johns Manville. c. Knauf. d. Owens-Corning. 2. Insulation: a. Conform to ASTM C547, Type I. b. Rigid molded and noncombustible. c. Thermal Conductivity (k-value): ASTM C335, 0.23 Btu/hr x sq. ft. x deg. F at 75 degrees F (0.033 at 24 degrees C). d. Minimum service temperature: Minus 20 degrees F (minus 28.9 degrees C). e. Maximum service temperature: 300 degrees F (150 degrees C). f. Maximum moisture absorption: 0.2 percent by volume. B. Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Insulation: 1. Manufacturers: a. Armacell International. 2. Insulation: Preformed flexible elastomeric cellular rubber insulation complying with ASTM C 534 Grade 3; use molded tubular material wherever possible. a. Minimum service temperature: - 40 degrees F. b. Maximum service temperature: 220 degrees F. c. Connection: Waterproof vapor barrier adhesive. 3. Elastomeric Foam Adhesive: Air dried, contact adhesive, compatible with insulation. 2.2 EQUIPMENT INSULATION A. Manufacturers: 1. Certainteed. 2. Johns Manville. 3. Knauf. 4. Owens – Corning. B. Flexible Glass Fiber Blanket: 1. Thermal Conductivity (k-value): 0.24 Btu/hr x sq. ft. x deg. F at 75 degrees F mean temperature (0.035 at 24 degrees C), ASTM C 553, Type III; flexible. 2. Maximum service temperature: 450 degrees F (232 degrees C). 1078 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3. Density: 1.5 lb/cu ft (24 kg/cu m) density. C. Rigid Glass Fiber Board: 1. Thermal Conductivity (k-value): 0.23 Btu/hr x sq. ft. x deg. F at 75 degrees F mean temperature (0.033 at 24 degrees C), ASTM C 612, Type IA & IB; rigid. 2. Maximum service temperature: 450 degrees F (232 degrees C). 3. Density: 3.0 lb/cu ft (48 kg/cu m). D. Elastomeric Foam: 1. ASTM C 534, Type II, flexible, cellular elastomeric, or sheet. 2. Thermal Conductivity (k-value): 0.30 Btu/hr x sq. ft. x deg. F at 75 degrees F mean temperature (0.04 at 24 degrees C) 3. Maximum service temperature: 220 degrees F (104 degrees C). 4. Maximum flame spread: 25. 5. Maximum smoke developed: 50 (3/4 inch thick and below). 2.3 VAPOR BARRIER LAP ADHESIVE, MASTIC AND CEMENT A. Manufacturers: 1. Benjamin Foster. 2. Halstead Industries, Inc. 3. Hardcast, Inc. 4. Loctite Corp. B. Adhesive: 1. Waterproof, fire-retardant type, and compatible with insulation. 2. Air dried, contact type for foam insulation. C. Cement/Mastic: ASTM C195, with hydraulic setting on mineral wool. D. Vapor Barrier Finish: 1. Vinyl emulsion type acrylic mastic. 2. Compatible with insulation used. 3. White color. 4. Insulating Cement: ASTM C449. 2.4 JACKETS AND FITTING COVERS A. Vapor retarder jacket (AP): White kraft paper reinforced with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminum foil. B. Foil, scrim and kraft paper (FSK): 1. Tear resistant scrim laminated between foil and kraft sheet materials ASTM C 921. 2. Ratings: a. Minimum service temperature: minus 40 degrees F (minus 40 degrees C). b. Maximum service temperature: 150 degrees F (66 degrees C). 1079 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 c. Moisture vapor transmission: 0.012 perm inches; ASTM E96. d. Maximum flame spread: 25, ASTM E84. e. Maximum smoke developed: 50, ASTM E84. 3. Joint sealer: Self-adhering FSK tape, 2 inch minimum width. C. Aluminum Jacket: 1. Material: ASTM B209. 2. Thickness: 0.016 inch. 3. Finish: Smooth or embossed. 4. Joining: Longitudinal slip joints and 2 inches (51 mm) laps. 5. Fittings: 0.016 inch (0.4 mm) thick die shaped fitting covers with factory attached protective liner. 6. Metal jacket bands: a. 3/8 inch (10 mm) wide. b. 0.015 inch (0.38 mm) thick aluminum or 0.010 inch (0.25 mm) thick stainless steel. D. ABS and PVC Plastic Jacket and Fitting covers: 1. One-piece molded type fitting covers and sheet material, white color; ASTM C921. a. Minimum service temperature: minus 40 degrees F (minus 40 degrees C). b. Maximum service temperature: 150 degrees F (66 degrees C). c. Moisture vapor Transmission: 0.012 perm inches; ASTM E96. d. Maximum flame spread: 25, ASTM E84. e. Maximum smoke developed: 50, ASTM E84. f. Thickness: 30 mils. g. Connections: Brush on welding adhesive. 2. Covering adhesive mastic: Compatible with insulation. 2.5 ACCESSORIES A. Tie Wire: 18 gauge stainless steel with twisted ends. B. Fibrous Glass Fabric: 1. Untreated cloth. 2. Weight: 9 ounces per square yard (305 grams per square meter). 3. Density: 1.0 pound per cubic foot. C. Vapor Retarder Jacket: 1. Aluminum foil reinforced with fiber glass yarn laminated to fire-resistant kraft paper. 2. UL listed pressure sensitive tape and outward clinch expanding staples. D. UV –Protection: Flexible rubberized paint suitable for exterior applications. E. Inserts: Calcium silicate insulation or other heavy density non-combustible insulating material suitable for system and environmental temperature. 1080 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that piping has been tested before applying insulation materials. B. Verify that location of hangers and piping allow insulation to be applied leaving minimum 1/2 inch clearance between pipes. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Preparation: Clean, dry, and remove foreign materials such as rust, scale, and dirt. B. Mixing: 1. Mix insulating cements with clean potable water. 2. Mix insulating cements contacting stainless steel surfaces with demineralized water. 3.3 INSTALLATION - GENERAL A. Refer to schedules at end of this Section for materials, forms, jackets, and thicknesses required for each mechanical system. B. Select accessories compatible with materials suitable for each service. C. Select accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state. D. Install vapor barriers on insulated piping, ductwork, and equipment for systems where fluid operating temperatures are below 60 degrees F (16 degrees C). E. Secure insulation with tie wire spaced at 12-inch intervals. F. Install insulation with smooth, straight, and even surfaces. G. Seal joints and seams to maintain vapor barrier on insulation requiring vapor barrier. H. On exposed piping provide insulation with PVC jacket, locate insulation, and cover seams in least visible locations. I. Exterior applications: Provide vapor barrier. Insulate fittings, joints, and valves with insulation of like material and thickness as adjoining pipe, and finish with glass mesh reinforced vapor barrier cement. Cover with PVC jacket with seams located on bottom side of horizontal piping. J. Finish and seal penetrations in insulation requiring vapor barrier. K. Pipe Exposed in mechanical or equipment rooms: Finish with PVC jacket and fitting covers. 1081 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 L. Seal ends: 1. Taper ends at 45 degree (0.79 Rad) angle and seal with lagging adhesive. 2. Cut ends of flexible elastomeric cellular foam insulation square and seal with adhesive. M. Unless otherwise indicated do not apply insulation to following systems, materials, and equipment: 1. Flexible connectors, unions, pumps, valves and strainers on hot piping. 2. Fire protection piping systems. 3. Sanitary drainage and vent piping. 4. Below grade domestic water piping. 5. Chrome-plated pipes and fittings, except for accessible lavatories and sinks. 6. Air chambers, vacuum breakers. 7. Factory-insulated plenums, casings, terminal boxes, and filter boxes and sections. 8. Flexible duct connectors. 9. Vibration control devices. 10. Testing laboratory labels and stamps. 11. Nameplates and data plates. 12. Access panels and doors in air distribution systems. N. Piping insulation installation: 1. Tightly butt longitudinal seams and end joints and bond with adhesive. 2. Stagger joints on double layers of insulation. 3. Apply insulation continuously over fittings, valves, and specialties, except as otherwise indicated. 4. Apply insulation with minimum number of joints. 5. Apply insulation with integral jackets as follows: a. Cover circumferential joints with butt strips, at least 3-inches (76mm) wide, of same material as insulation jacket and secure with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges of butt strip spaced 4 inches (102mm) on center. b. Longitudinal seams: 1) Overlap seams at least 1-1/2 inches (38mm). 2) Apply insulation with longitudinal seams at bottom of pipe. 3) Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap. 4) Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 4 inches (102mm) on center. c. Vapor barrier coatings: Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply on seams and joints, over staples, and at ends butt to flanges, unions, valves, and fittings. d. At penetrations in jackets for thermometers, sensors, and pressure gages, fill and seal voids with vapor barrier coating. e. Repair damaged fabric insulation jackets by applying jacket material at least 2 inches (51 mm) beyond damaged jacket, adhere, staple, and seal. 6. Roof penetrations: a. Extend insulation for interior applications through roof insulation and roofing to top of roof flashing and seal with vapor barrier coating. b. Apply insulation for exterior applications butted tightly to interior insulation ends. c. Extend metal jacket for exterior insulation outside roof flashing at least 2 inches (51mm) below top of roof flashing. d. Seal metal jacket to roof flashing with vapor barrier coating. 1082 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 7. Exterior wall penetrations: a. For penetrations of below grade exterior walls, terminate insulation flush with mechanical sleeve seal. b. Seal terminations with vapor barrier coating. 8. Interior walls and partitions penetrations: a. Apply insulation continuously through walls and partitions, except fire-rated walls and partitions. b. Seal around penetration with acrylic joint sealer. 9. Fire-rated walls and partitions penetrations: a. Terminate insulation at penetrations through fire-rated walls and partitions. b. Seal insulation ends with vapor barrier coating. c. Notify firestopping installer that insulated mechanical work is ready for firestopping application. 10. Floor penetrations: a. Terminate insulation at underside of floor assembly and at floor support at top of floor. b. Taper and seal insulation ends with lagging adhesive. 11. Flanges, fittings, and valves: a. Coat pipe insulation ends with vapor barrier coating. b. Apply pre-molded, precut, or field-fabricated segments of insulation around flanges, unions, valves, and fittings. c. Make joints tight. d. Bond with adhesive. e. Use same material and thickness as adjacent pipe insulation. f. Overlap nesting insulation by 2 inches or 1-pipe diameter, whichever is greater. g. Apply materials with adhesive, fill voids with mineral fiber insulating cement, secure with wire or tape. h. Insulate elbows and tees smaller than 3-inches pipe size with premolded insulation. i. Insulate elbows and tees 3 inches and larger with premolded insulation or insulation material segments, using at least 3 segments for each elbow. j. Cover insulation with preformed PVC fitting covers and seal circumferential joints with butt strips. 12. Hangers and anchors: a. Apply insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments. b. For cold surface piping, extend insulation on anchor legs minimum of 12 inches and taper and seal insulation ends. 13. Inserts and shields: a. Install saddles, shields, and inserts as specified in Section 230529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS. b. Application: Piping 2 inches diameter or larger. c. Shields: Galvanized steel, locate between pipe hangers or pipe hanger rolls and inserts. d. Insert location: Between support shield and piping and under finish jacket. e. Insert configuration: Minimum 6 inches long, of same thickness and contour as adjoining insulation; factory or site fabricated. f. Insert material: Hydrous calcium silicate insulation. g. Cover hanger inserts and shields with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. 1083 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 O. Equipment Insulation Installation: 1. Install board and block materials with minimum dimension of 12 inches and maximum dimension of 48 inches. 2. Groove, score, and bevel insulation materials as required to fit as closely as possible to equipment and to fit contours of equipment. 3. Stagger end joints. 4. Secure insulation to equipment with studs, pins, clips, adhesive, wires, or bands. 5. Insulation thickness greater than 2 inches: Install insulation in multiple layers with staggered joints. 6. Bevel insulation edges for cylindrical surfaces, providing for tight joint. 7. Secure sections of insulation in place with wire or bands spaced at 9 inches centers, except for flexible elastomeric cellular foam insulation. 8. Protect exposed corners with corner angles under wires and bands. 9. Manholes, handholes and information plates: Bevel and seal insulation ends around manholes, handholes, ASME stamps, and nameplates. 10. Removable insulation: Install insulation on components that require periodic inspecting, maintenance, cleaning, and repairing for easy removal and replacement without damage to adjacent insulation. 11. Finishing: a. Except for flexible elastomeric cellular foam insulation, apply 2 coats of vapor barrier compound to minimum thickness of 1/16 inch (1.6 mm). b. Install layer of glass cloth embedded between layers. 12. Fill joints, cracks, seams, and depressions with bedding compound to form smooth surface and, on cold equipment, use vapor barrier cement. 13. Cold equipment or equipment containing fluids below ambient temperature: a. Provide vapor barrier jackets, factory applied or field applied. b. Finish with glass cloth and vapor barrier adhesive. c. Insulate entire system including, but not limited to pumps, air, separators, valves, fittings, and unions. 14. For hot equipment or equipment containing fluids above ambient temperature: a. Provide standard jackets, with or without vapor barrier, factory applied or field applied. b. Finish with glass cloth and adhesive. c. For hot equipment containing fluids 140 degrees F (60 degrees C) or less, do not insulate flanges and unions, but bevel and seal ends of insulation. d. For hot equipment containing fluids over 140 degrees F (60 degrees C), insulate flanges and unions with removable sections and jackets. 15. Inserts and shields: a. Application: equipment 2 inches diameter or larger. b. Shields: galvanized steel between hangers and inserts. c. Insert location: between support shield and equipment and under finish jacket. d. Insert configuration: minimum 6 inches long, of same thickness and contour as adjoining insulation; site or factory fabricated. e. Insert material: hydrous calcium silicate insulation or other heavy density insulating material suitable for planned temperature range. 3.4 GLASS FIBER INSTALLATION 1084 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 A. Secure insulation with anchor pins and speed washers. B. Space anchors at 18 inches on center maximum, both directions, with anchors located maximum of 3 inches from edges and joints. C. Apply smooth coat of insulating and finishing cement to insulation. 3.5 JACKETS A. Foil and Paper Jackets (AP and FSK): 1. Install jackets drawn tight. 2. Install lap or butt strips at joints using same material as jacket. 3. Secure with adhesive. 4. Install jackets with 1-1/2 inches laps at longitudinal joints and 3 inches wide butt strips at end joints. 5. Seal openings, punctures, and breaks in vapor barrier jackets and exposed insulation with vapor barrier compound. B. Metal jacket: 1. 2-inch overlap at longitudinal and butt joints. 2. Overlap longitudinal joints to shed water. 3. Seal butt joints with weatherproof sealant recommended by insulation manufacturer. 4. Secure jacket with stainless-steel draw bands 12 inches on center and at butt joints. C. PVC jacket: 1-inch overlap at longitudinal and butt joints and seal with adhesive. D. Canvas or glass cloth jacket: 1. Install directly over insulation. 2. Install jacket drawn smooth and tight with 2-inch overlap at joints. 3. Embed between two 1/16-inch thick coats of lagging adhesive. 4. Completely encapsulate insulation with jacket, leaving no exposed raw insulation. 5. On insulation with factory applied jacket, install this jacket over factory applied jacket. E. For insulation exposed in mechanical equipment rooms or in finished spaces below 10 feet above finished floor, finish with PVC jacket and fitting covers. F. For exterior applications, provide vapor barrier jacket. 1. Insulate fittings, joints, and valves with insulation of like material and thickness as adjoining pipe, and finish with glass mesh reinforced vapor barrier cement. 2. Cover with aluminum jacket with seams located on bottom side of horizontal piping. 3.6 FINISHES A. Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Foam Insulation: After adhesive has fully cured, apply 2 coats of protective coating to exposed insulation. 1085 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Cover glass fiber, cellular glass and cellular foam insulation with metal mesh and finish with heavy coat of insulating cement. 3.7 TOLERANCE A. Provide thermal resistance equal to or exceeding specified performance. 3.8 PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULES A. Plumbing Systems: 1. Potable hot water and hot water recirc: Pipe sizes up to 1-1/2 inches; 1 inch thickness glass fiber insulation with all service jacket (ASJ). Pipe sizes 2 inches and larger; 1-1/2- inch thickness glass fiber insulation with ASJ. 2. Potable cold water: Pipe sizes up to 1-1/2 inches; 1 inch thickness glass fiber insulation with ASJ. Pipe sizes 2 inches and larger; 1-1/2-inch thickness glass fiber insulation with ASJ. END OF SECTION 230719 1086 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 230900 - INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes control equipment for HVAC systems and components, including control components for terminal heating and cooling units not supplied with factory-wired controls. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Section 230519 "Meters and Gages for HVAC Piping" for measuring equipment that relates to this Section. 2. Section 230993.11 "Sequence of Operations for HVAC DDC" for requirements that relate to this Section. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. DDC: Direct digital control. B. I/O: Input/output. C. LonWorks: A control network technology platform for designing and implementing interoperable control devices and networks. D. MS/TP: Master slave/token passing. E. PC: Personal computer. F. PID: Proportional plus integral plus derivative. G. RTD: Resistance temperature detector. 1.4 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE A. Comply with the following performance requirements: 1087 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Graphic Display: Display graphic with minimum 20 dynamic points with current data within 10 seconds. 2. Graphic Refresh: Update graphic with minimum 20 dynamic points with current data within 8 seconds. 3. Object Command: Reaction time of less than two seconds between operator command of a binary object and device reaction. 4. Object Scan: Transmit change of state and change of analog values to control units or workstation within six seconds. 5. Alarm Response Time: Annunciate alarm at workstation within 45 seconds. Multiple workstations must receive alarms within five seconds of each other. 6. Program Execution Frequency: Run capability of applications as often as five seconds, but selected consistent with mechanical process under control. 7. Performance: Programmable controllers shall execute DDC PID control loops, and scan and update process values and outputs at least once per second. 8. Reporting Accuracy and Stability of Control: Report values and maintain measured variables within tolerances as follows: a. Water Temperature: Plus or minus 1 deg F. b. Water Flow: Plus or minus 5 percent of full scale. c. Water Pressure: Plus or minus 2 percent of full scale. d. Space Temperature: Plus or minus 1 deg F. e. Ducted Air Temperature: Plus or minus 1 deg F. f. Outside Air Temperature: Plus or minus 2 deg F. g. Dew Point Temperature: Plus or minus 3 deg F. h. Temperature Differential: Plus or minus 0.25 deg F. i. Relative Humidity: Plus or minus 5 percent. j. Airflow (Pressurized Spaces): Plus or minus 3 percent of full scale. k. Airflow (Measuring Stations): Plus or minus 5 percent of full scale. l. Airflow (Terminal): Plus or minus 10 percent of full scale. m. Air Pressure (Space): Plus or minus 0.01-inch wg. n. Air Pressure (Ducts): Plus or minus 0.1-inch wg. o. Carbon Monoxide: Plus or minus 5 percent of reading. p. Carbon Dioxide: Plus or minus 50 ppm. q. Electrical: Plus or minus 5 percent of reading. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include manufacturer's technical literature for each control device. Indicate dimensions, capacities, performance characteristics, electrical characteristics, finishes for materials, and installation and startup instructions for each type of product indicated. 1. DDC System Hardware: Bill of materials of equipment indicating quantity, manufacturer, and model number. Include technical data for operator workstation equipment, interface equipment, control units, transducers/transmitters, sensors, actuators, valves, relays/switches, control panels, and operator interface equipment. 2. Control System Software: Include technical data for operating system software, operator interface, color graphics, and other third-party applications. 1088 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3. Controlled Systems: Instrumentation list with element name, type of device, manufacturer, model number, and product data. Include written description of sequence of operation including schematic diagram. B. Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 1. Bill of materials of equipment indicating quantity, manufacturer, and model number. 2. Schematic flow diagrams showing fans, pumps, coils, dampers, valves, and control devices. 3. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring. 4. Details of control panel faces, including controls, instruments, and labeling. 5. Schedule of dampers including size, leakage, and flow characteristics. 6. Schedule of valves including flow characteristics. 7. DDC System Hardware: a. Wiring diagrams for control units with termination numbers. b. Schematic diagrams and floor plans for field sensors and control hardware. c. Schematic diagrams for control, communication, and power wiring, showing trunk data conductors and wiring between operator workstation and control unit locations. 8. Control System Software: List of color graphics indicating monitored systems, data (connected and calculated) point addresses, output schedule, and operator notations. 9. Controlled Systems: a. Schematic diagrams of each controlled system with control points labeled and control elements graphically shown, with wiring. b. Scaled drawings showing mounting, routing, and wiring of elements including bases and special construction. c. Written description of sequence of operation including schematic diagram. d. Points list. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Data Communications Protocol Certificates: Certify that each proposed DDC system component complies with ASHRAE 135. B. Data Communications Protocol Certificates: Certify that each proposed DDC system component complies with LonWorks. C. Qualification Data: For Installer and manufacturer. D. Software Upgrade Kit: For Owner to use in modifying software to suit future systems revisions or monitoring and control revisions. 1089 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 E. Field quality-control test reports. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For HVAC instrumentation and control system to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. Include the following: 1. Maintenance instructions and lists of spare parts for each type of control device and compressed-air station. 2. Interconnection wiring diagrams with identified and numbered system components and devices. 3. Keyboard illustrations and step-by-step procedures indexed for each operator function. 4. Inspection period, cleaning methods, cleaning materials recommended, and calibration tolerances. 5. Calibration records and list of set points. B. Software and Firmware Operational Documentation: Include the following: 1. Software operating and upgrade manuals. 2. Program Software Backup: On a magnetic media or compact disc, complete with data files. 3. Device address list. 4. Printout of software application and graphic screens. 5. Software license required by and installed for DDC workstations and control systems. 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials and parts that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Automatic control system manufacturer's authorized representative who is trained and approved for installation of system components required for this Project. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. C. Comply with ASHRAE 135 for DDC system components. 1090 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Factory-Mounted Components: Where control devices specified in this Section are indicated to be factory mounted on equipment, arrange for shipping of control devices to equipment manufacturer. B. System Software: Update to latest version of software at Project completion. 1.11 COORDINATION A. Coordinate location of thermostats, humidistats, and other exposed control sensors with plans and room details before installation. B. Coordinate supply of conditioned electrical branch circuits for control units and operator workstation. C. Coordinate equipment with Section 260913 "Electrical Power Monitoring and Control" to achieve compatibility of communication interfaces. D. Coordinate equipment with Section 262416 "Panelboards" to achieve compatibility with starter coils and annunciation devices. E. Coordinate equipment to achieve compatibility with motor starters and annunciation devices. F. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor -bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Section 033000 "Cast-in-Place Concrete." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. 2.2 CONTROL SYSTEM A. Manufacturers: 1. Delta Controls Inc. B. Control system shall consist of sensors, indicators, actuators, final control elements, interface equipment, other apparatus, and accessories to control mechanical systems. 1091 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. Control system shall consist of sensors, indicators, actuators, final control elements, interface equipment, other apparatus, accessories, and software connected to distributed controllers operating in multiuser, multitasking environment on token-passing network and programmed to control mechanical systems. An operator workstation permits interface with the network via dynamic color graphics with each mechanical system, building floor plan, and control device depicted by point-and-click graphics. Operators can use internet browser with login/password to access control system components. D. Control system shall include the following: 1. Building intrusion detection system. 2. Building clock control system. 3. Building lighting control system. 4. Fire alarm system. 2.3 DDC EQUIPMENT A. Diagnostic Terminal Unit: Portable notebook-style, PC-based microcomputer terminal capable of accessing system data by connecting to system network with minimum configuration as follows: 1. System: With one integrated USB 2.0 port, integrated Intel Pro 10/100 (Ethernet), integrated audio, bios, and hardware monitoring. 2. Processor: Intel Pentium 4, MHz. 3. Random-Access Memory: 128 MB. 4. Graphics: Video adapter, minimum 1024 x 768 pixels, 64 -MB video memory. 5. Monitor: 17 inches, LCD color. 6. Keyboard: QWERTY 105 keys in ergonomic shape. 7. Floppy-Disk Drive: 1.44 MB. 8. Hard-Disk Drive: 800 MB. 9. CD-ROM Read/Write Drive: 48x24x48. 10. Pointing Device: Touch pad or other internal device. B. Control Units: Modular, comprising processor board with programmable, nonvolatile, random- access memory; local operator access and display panel; integral interface equipment; and backup power source. 1. Units monitor or control each I/O point; process information; execute commands from other control units, devices, and operator stations; and download from or upload to operator workstation or diagnostic terminal unit. 2. Stand-alone mode control functions operate regardless of network status. Functions include the following: a. Global communications. b. Discrete/digital, analog, and pulse I/O. c. Monitoring, controlling, or addressing data points. d. Software applications, scheduling, and alarm processing. 1092 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 e. Testing and developing control algorithms without disrupting field hardware and controlled environment. 3. Standard Application Programs: a. Electric Control Programs: Demand limiting, duty cycling, automatic time scheduling, start/stop time optimization, night setback/setup, on-off control with differential sequencing, staggered start, antishort cycling, PID control, DDC with fine tuning, and trend logging. b. HVAC Control Programs: Optimal run time, supply-air reset, and enthalpy switchover. c. Programming Application Features: Include trend point; alarm processing and messaging; weekly, monthly, and annual scheduling; energy calculations; run-time totalization; and security access. d. Remote communications. e. Maintenance management. f. Units of Measure: Inch-pound and SI (metric). 4. Local operator interface provides for download from or upload to operator workstation or diagnostic terminal unit. 5. ASHRAE 135 Compliance: Control units shall use ASHRAE 135 protocol and communicate using ISO 8802-3 (Ethernet) datalink/physical layer protocol. 6. LonWorks Compliance: Control units shall use LonTalk protocol and communicate using EIA/CEA 709.1 datalink/physical layer protocol. C. Local Control Units: Modular, comprising processor board with electronically programmable, nonvolatile, read-only memory; and backup power source. 1. Units monitor or control each I/O point, process information, and download from or upload to operator workstation or diagnostic terminal unit. 2. Stand-alone mode control functions operate regardless of network status. Functions include the following: a. Global communications. b. Discrete/digital, analog, and pulse I/O. c. Monitoring, controlling, or addressing data points. 3. Local operator interface provides for download from or upload to operator workstation or diagnostic terminal unit. D. I/O Interface: Hardwired inputs and outputs may tie into system through controllers. Protect points so that shorting will cause no damage to controllers. 1. Binary Inputs: Allow monitoring of on-off signals without external power. 2. Pulse Accumulation Inputs: Accept up to 10 pulses per second. 3. Analog Inputs: Allow monitoring of low-voltage (0- to 10-V dc), current (4 to 20 mA), or resistance signals. 1093 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 4. Binary Outputs: Provide on-off or pulsed low-voltage signal, selectable for normally open or normally closed operation with three-position (on-off-auto) override switches and status lights. 5. Analog Outputs: Provide modulating signal, either low voltage (0- to 10-V dc) or current (4 to 20 mA) with status lights, two-position (auto-manual) switch, and manually adjustable potentiometer. 6. Tri-State Outputs: Provide two coordinated binary outputs for control of three-point, floating-type electronic actuators. 7. Universal I/Os: Provide software selectable binary or analog outputs. E. Power Supplies: Transformers with Class 2 current-limiting type or overcurrent protection; limit connected loads to 80 percent of rated capacity. DC power supply shall match output current and voltage requirements and be full-wave rectifier type with the following: 1. Output ripple of 5.0 mV maximum peak to peak. 2. Combined 1 percent line and load regulation with 100-mic.sec. response time for 50 percent load changes. 3. Built-in overvoltage and overcurrent protection and be able to withstand 150 percent overload for at least 3 seconds without failure. F. Power Line Filtering: Internal or external transient voltage and surge suppression for workstations or controllers with the following: 1. Minimum dielectric strength of 1000 V. 2. Maximum response time of 10 nanoseconds. 3. Minimum transverse-mode noise attenuation of 65 dB. 4. Minimum common-mode noise attenuation of 150 dB at 40 to 100 Hz. 2.4 UNITARY CONTROLLERS A. Unitized, capable of stand-alone operation with sufficient memory to support its operating system, database, and programming requirements, and with sufficient I/O capacity for the application. 1. Configuration: Local keypad and display; diagnostic LEDs for power, communication, and processor; wiring termination to terminal strip or card connected with ribbon cable; memory with bios; and 72-hour battery backup. 2. Operating System: Manage I/O communication to allow distributed controllers to share real and virtual object information and allow central monitoring and alarms. Perform scheduling with real-time clock. Perform automatic system diagnostics; monitor system and report failures. 3. Enclosure: Dustproof rated for operation at 32 to 120 deg F. 4. Enclosure: Waterproof rated for operation at 40 to 150 deg F. 1094 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.5 ALARM PANELS A. Unitized cabinet with suitable brackets for wall or floor mounting. Fabricate of 0.06-inch-thick, furniture-quality steel or extruded-aluminum alloy, totally enclosed, with hinged doors and keyed lock and with manufacturer's standard shop-painted finish. Provide common keying for all panels. B. Indicating light for each alarm point, single horn, acknowledge switch, and test switch, mounted on hinged cover. 1. Alarm Condition: Indicating light flashes and horn sounds. 2. Acknowledge Switch: Horn is silent and indicating light is steady. 3. Second Alarm: Horn sounds and indicating light is steady. 4. Alarm Condition Cleared: System is reset and indicating light is extinguished. 5. Contacts in alarm panel allow remote monitoring by independent alarm company. 2.6 ANALOG CONTROLLERS A. Step Controllers: 6- or 10-stage type, with heavy-duty switching rated to handle loads and operated by electric motor. B. Electric, Outdoor-Reset Controllers: Remote-bulb or bimetal rod-and-tube type, proportioning action with adjustable throttling range, adjustable set point, scale range minus 10 to plus 70 deg F, and single- or double-pole contacts. C. Electronic Controllers: Wheatstone-bridge-amplifier type, in steel enclosure with provision for remote-resistance readjustment. Identify adjustments on controllers, including proportional band and authority. 1. Single controllers can be integral with control motor if provided with accessible control readjustment potentiometer. D. Fan-Speed Controllers: Solid-state model providing field-adjustable proportional control of motor speed from maximum to minimum of 55 percent and on-off action below minimum fan speed. Controller shall briefly apply full voltage, when motor is started, to rapidly bring motor up to minimum speed. Equip with filtered circuit to eliminate radio interference. E. Receiver Controllers: Single- or multiple-input models with control-point adjustment, direct or reverse acting with mechanical set-point adjustment with locking device, proportional band adjustment, authority adjustment, and proportional control mode. 1. Remote-control-point adjustment shall be plus or minus 20 percent of sensor span, input signal of 3 to 13 psig. 2. Proportional band shall extend from 2 to 20 percent for 5 psig. 3. Authority shall be 20 to 200 percent. 4. Air-supply pressure of 18 psig, input signal of 3 to 15 psig, and output signal of zero to supply pressure. 1095 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 5. Gages: 3-1/2 inches in diameter, 2.5 percent wide-scale accuracy, and range to match transmitter input or output pressure. 2.7 TIME CLOCKS A. Manufacturers: 1. ATC-Diversified Electronics. 2. Grasslin Controls Corporation. 3. Paragon Electric Co., Inc. 4. Precision Multiple Controls, Inc. 5. SSAC Inc.; ABB USA. 6. TCS/Basys Controls. 7. Theben AG - Lumilite Control Technology, Inc. 8. Time Mark Corporation. B. Seven-day, programming-switch timer with synchronous-timing motor and seven-day dial; continuously charged, nickel-cadmium-battery-driven, eight-hour, power-failure carryover; multiple-switch trippers; minimum of two and maximum of eight signals per day with two normally open and two normally closed output contacts. C. Solid-state, programmable time control with 4 separate programs each with up to 100 on-off operations; 1-second resolution; lithium battery backup; keyboard interface and manual override; individual on-off-auto switches for each program; 365-day calendar with 20 programmable holidays; choice of fail-safe operation for each program; system fault alarm; and communications package allowing networking of time controls and programming from PC. 2.8 ELECTRONIC SENSORS A. Description: Vibration and corrosion resistant; for wall, immersion, or duct mounting as required. B. Thermistor Temperature Sensors and Transmitters: 1. Manufacturers: a. BEC Controls Corporation. b. Ebtron, Inc. c. Heat-Timer Corporation. d. I.T.M. Instruments Inc. e. MAMAC Systems, Inc. f. RDF Corporation. 2. Accuracy: Plus or minus 0.5 deg F at calibration point. 3. Wire: Twisted, shielded-pair cable. 1096 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 4. Insertion Elements in Ducts: Single point, 8 inches long; use where not affected by temperature stratification or where ducts are smaller than 9 sq. ft. 5. Averaging Elements in Ducts: 72 inches long, flexible 18 inches long, rigid; use where prone to temperature stratification or where ducts are larger than 10 sq. ft. 6. Insertion Elements for Liquids: Brass or stainless-steel socket with minimum insertion length of 2-1/2 inches. 7. Room Sensor Cover Construction: Manufacturer's standard locking covers. 8. Outside-Air Sensors: Watertight inlet fitting, shielded from direct sunlight. 9. Room Security Sensors: Stainless-steel cover plate with insulated back and security screws. C. RTDs and Transmitters: 1. Manufacturers: a. BEC Controls Corporation. b. MAMAC Systems, Inc. c. RDF Corporation. 2. Accuracy: Plus or minus 0.2 percent at calibration point. 3. Wire: Twisted, shielded-pair cable. 4. Insertion Elements in Ducts: Single point, 18 inches long; use where not affected by temperature stratification or where ducts are smaller than 9 sq. ft.. 5. Averaging Elements in Ducts: 24 inches long, rigid; use where prone to temperature stratification or where ducts are larger than 9 sq. ft.; length as required. 6. Insertion Elements for Liquids: Brass socket with minimum insertion length of 2-1/2 inches. 7. Room Sensor Cover Construction: Manufacturer's standard locking covers. 8. Outside-Air Sensors: Watertight inlet fitting, shielded from direct sunlight. 9. Room Security Sensors: Stainless-steel cover plate with insulated back and security screws. D. Humidity Sensors: Bulk polymer sensor element. 1. Manufacturers: a. BEC Controls Corporation. b. General Eastern Instruments. c. MAMAC Systems, Inc. d. ROTRONIC Instrument Corp. e. TCS/Basys Controls. f. Vaisala. 2. Accuracy: 2 percent full range with linear output. 3. Room Sensor Range: 20 to 80 percent relative humidity. 4. Room Sensor Cover Construction: Manufacturer's standard locking covers. 5. Duct Sensor: 20 to 80 percent relative humidity range with element guard and mounting plate. 1097 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 6. Outside-Air Sensor: 20 to 80 percent relative humidity range with mounting enclos ure, suitable for operation at outdoor temperatures of minus 22 to plus 185 deg F. 7. Duct and Sensors: With element guard and mounting plate, range of 0 to 100 percent relative humidity. E. Pressure Transmitters/Transducers: 1. Manufacturers: a. BEC Controls Corporation. b. General Eastern Instruments. c. MAMAC Systems, Inc. d. ROTRONIC Instrument Corp. e. TCS/Basys Controls. f. Vaisala. 2. Static-Pressure Transmitter: Nondirectional sensor with suitable range for expected input, and temperature compensated. a. Accuracy: 2 percent of full scale with repeatability of 0.5 percent. b. Output: 4 to 20 mA. c. Building Static-Pressure Range: 0- to 0.25-inch wg. d. Duct Static-Pressure Range: 0- to 5-inch wg. 3. Water Pressure Transducers: Stainless-steel diaphragm construction, suitable for service; minimum 150-psig operating pressure; linear output 4 to 20 mA. 4. Water Differential-Pressure Transducers: Stainless-steel diaphragm construction, suitable for service; minimum 150-psig operating pressure and tested to 300-psig; linear output 4 to 20 mA. 5. Differential-Pressure Switch (Air or Water): Snap acting, with pilot-duty rating and with suitable scale range and differential. 6. Pressure Transmitters: Direct acting for gas, liquid, or steam service; range suitable for system; linear output 4 to 20 mA. F. Room Sensor Cover Construction: Manufacturer's standard locking covers. 1. Set-Point Adjustment: Concealed. 2. Set-Point Indication: Concealed. 3. Thermometer: Concealed. 4. Color: White G. Room sensor accessories include the following: 1. Insulating Bases: For sensors located on exterior walls. 2. Guards: Locking; heavy-duty, transparent plastic; mounted on separate base. 3. Adjusting Key: As required for calibration and cover screws. 1098 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.9 STATUS SENSORS A. Status Inputs for Fans: Differential-pressure switch with pilot-duty rating and with adjustable range of 0- to 5-inch wg. B. Status Inputs for Pumps: Differential-pressure switch with pilot-duty rating and with adjustable pressure-differential range of 8 to 60 psig, piped across pump. C. Status Inputs for Electric Motors: Comply with ISA 50.00.01, current-sensing fixed- or split- core transformers with self-powered transmitter, adjustable and suitable for 175 percent of rated motor current. D. Voltage Transmitter (100- to 600-V ac): Comply with ISA 50.00.01, single-loop, self-powered transmitter, adjustable, with suitable range and 1 percent full-scale accuracy. E. Power Monitor: 3-phase type with disconnect/shorting switch assembly, listed voltage and current transformers, with pulse kilowatt hour output and 4- to 20-mA kW output, with maximum 2 percent error at 1.0 power factor and 2.5 percent error at 0.5 power factor. F. Current Switches: Self-powered, solid-state with adjustable trip current, selected to match current and system output requirements. G. Electronic Valve/Damper Position Indicator: Visual scale indicating percent of travel and 2- to 10-V dc, feedback signal. H. Water-Flow Switches: Bellows-actuated mercury or snap-acting type with pilot-duty rating, stainless-steel or bronze paddle, with appropriate range and differential adjustment, in NEMA 250, Type 1 enclosure. 1. Manufacturers: a. BEC Controls Corporation. b. I.T.M. Instruments Inc. 2.10 FLOW MEASURING STATIONS A. Duct Airflow Station: Combination of air straightener and multiport, self -averaging pitot tube station. 1. Manufacturers: a. Air Monitor Corporation. b. Wetmaster Co., Ltd. 2. Casing: Galvanized-steel frame. 3. Flow Straightener: Aluminum honeycomb, 3/4-inch parallel cell, 3 inches deep. 1099 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 4. Sensing Manifold: Copper manifold with bullet-nosed static pressure sensors positioned on equal area basis. 2.11 THERMOSTATS A. Manufacturers: 1. Erie Controls. 2. Danfoss Inc.; Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Div. 3. Heat-Timer Corporation. 4. Sauter Controls Corporation. 5. tekmar Control Systems, Inc. 6. Theben AG - Lumilite Control Technology, Inc. B. Combination Thermostat and Fan Switches: Line-voltage thermostat with push-button or lever- operated fan switch. 1. Label switches "FAN HIGH-MED-LOW-OFF". 2. Mount on single electric switch box. C. Electric, solid-state, microcomputer-based room thermostat with remote sensor. 1. Automatic switching from heating to cooling. 2. Preferential rate control to minimize overshoot and deviation from set point. 3. Set up for four separate temperatures per day. 4. Instant override of set point for continuous or timed period from 1 hour to 31 days. 5. Short-cycle protection. 6. Programming based on every day of week. D. Low-Voltage, On-Off Thermostats: NEMA DC 3, 24-V, bimetal-operated, mercury-switch type, with adjustable or fixed anticipation heater, concealed set-point adjustment, 55 to 85 deg F set-point range, and 2 deg F maximum differential. E. Line-Voltage, On-Off Thermostats: Bimetal-actuated, open contact or bellows-actuated, enclosed, snap-switch or equivalent solid-state type, with heat anticipator; listed for electrical rating; with concealed set-point adjustment, 55 to 85 deg F set-point range, and 2 deg F maximum differential. 1. Electric Heating Thermostats: Equip with off position on dial wired to break ungrounded conductors. 2. Selector Switch: Integral, manual on-off-auto. F. Remote-Bulb Thermostats: On-off or modulating type, liquid filled to compensate for changes in ambient temperature; with copper capillary and bulb, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Bulbs in water lines with separate wells of same material as bulb. 2. Bulbs in air ducts with flanges and shields. 1100 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3. Averaging Elements: Copper tubing with either single- or multiple-unit elements, extended to cover full width of duct or unit; adequately supported. 4. Scale settings and differential settings are clearly visible and adjustable from front of instrument. 5. On-Off Thermostat: With precision snap switches and with electrical ratings required by application. 6. Modulating Thermostats: Construct so complete potentiometer coil and wiper assembly is removable for inspection or replacement without disturbing calibration of instrument. 7. Room thermostat accessories include the following: a. Insulating Bases: For thermostats located on exterior walls. b. Thermostat Guards: Locking; heavy-duty, transparent plastic; mounted on separate base. c. Adjusting Key: As required for calibration and cover screws. d. Aspirating Boxes: For flush-mounted aspirating thermostats. e. Set-Point Adjustment: 1/2-inch-diameter, adjustment knob. G. Immersion Thermostat: Remote-bulb or bimetal rod-and-tube type, proportioning action with adjustable throttling range and adjustable set point. H. Airstream Thermostats: Two-pipe, fully proportional, single-temperature type; with adjustable set point in middle of range, adjustable throttling range, plug-in test fitting or permanent pressure gage, remote bulb, bimetal rod and tube, or averaging element. I. Electric, Low-Limit Duct Thermostat: Snap-acting, single-pole, single-throw, manual- or automatic- reset switch that trips if temperature sensed across any 12 inches of bulb length is equal to or below set point. 1. Bulb Length: Minimum 20 feet. 2. Quantity: One thermostat for every 20 sq. ft. of coil surface. J. Electric, High-Limit Duct Thermostat: Snap-acting, single-pole, single-throw, manual- or automatic- reset switch that trips if temperature sensed across any 12 inches of bulb length is equal to or above set point. 1. Bulb Length: Minimum 20 feet. 2. Quantity: One thermostat for every 20 sq. ft. of coil surface. K. Heating/Cooling Valve-Top Thermostats: Proportional acting for proportional flow, with molded-rubber diaphragm, remote-bulb liquid-filled element, direct and reverse acting at minimum shutoff pressure of 25 psig, and cast housing with position indicator and adjusting knob. L. Freeze stats shall have a minimum of 300 mm (one linear foot) of sensing element for each 0.093 square meter (one square foot) of coil area. A freezing condition at any increment of 300 mm (one foot) anywhere along the sensing element shall be sufficient to operate the thermostat- ic element. Freezestats shall be manually-reset. 1101 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 M. Strap-on thermostats shall be enclosed in a dirt-and-moisture proof housing with fixed tempera- ture switching point and single pole, double throw switch. 2.12 HUMIDISTATS A. Manufacturers: 1. MAMAC Systems, Inc. 2. ROTRONIC Instrument Corp. B. Duct-Mounting Humidistats: Electric insertion, 2-position type with adjustable, 2 percent throttling range, 20 to 80 percent operating range, and single- or double-pole contacts. 2.13 ACTUATORS A. Electric Motors: Size to operate with sufficient reserve power to provide smooth modulating action or two-position action. 1. Permanent Split-Capacitor or Shaded-Pole Type: Gear trains completely oil immersed and sealed. Equip spring-return motors with integral spiral-spring mechanism in housings designed for easy removal for service or adjustment of limit switches, auxiliary switches, or feedback potentiometer. 2. Nonspring-Return Motors for Valves Larger Than NPS 2-1/2: Size for running torque of 150 in. x lbf and breakaway torque of 300 in. x lbf. 3. Spring-Return Motors for Valves Larger Than NPS 2-1/2: Size for running and breakaway torque of 150 in. x lbf. 4. Nonspring-Return Motors for Dampers Larger Than 25 Sq. Ft.: Size for running torque of 150 in. x lbf and breakaway torque of 300 in. x lbf. 5. Spring-Return Motors for Dampers Larger Than 25 Sq. Ft.: Size for running and breakaway torque of 150 in. x lbf. B. Electronic Actuators: Direct-coupled type designed for minimum 60,000 full-stroke cycles at rated torque. 1. Manufacturers: a. Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. 2. Valves: Size for torque required for valve close off at maximum pump differential pressure. 3. Dampers: Size for running torque calculated as follows: a. Parallel-Blade Damper with Edge Seals: 7 inch-lb/sq. ft. of damper. b. Opposed-Blade Damper with Edge Seals: 5 inch-lb/sq. ft. of damper. c. Parallel-Blade Damper without Edge Seals: 4 inch-lb/sq. ft of damper. d. Opposed-Blade Damper without Edge Seals: 3 inch-lb/sq. ft. of damper. 1102 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 e. Dampers with 2- to 3-Inch wg of Pressure Drop or Face Velocities of 1000 to 2500 fpm: Increase running torque by 1.5. f. Dampers with 3- to 4-Inch wg of Pressure Drop or Face Velocities of 2500 to 3000 fpm: Increase running torque by 2.0. 4. Coupling: V-bolt and V-shaped, toothed cradle. 5. Overload Protection: Electronic overload or digital rotation-sensing circuitry. 6. Fail-Safe Operation: Mechanical, spring-return mechanism. Provide external, manual gear release on nonspring-return actuators. 7. Power Requirements (Two-Position Spring Return): 24-V ac. 8. Power Requirements (Modulating): Maximum 10 VA at 24-V ac or 8 W at 24-V dc. 9. Proportional Signal: 2- to 10-V dc or 4 to 20 mA, and 2- to 10-V dc position feedback signal. 10. Temperature Rating: Minus 22 to plus 122 deg F. 11. Temperature Rating (Smoke Dampers): Minus 22 to plus 250 deg F. 12. Run Time: 12 seconds open, 5 seconds closed. 13. Pilot Positioners: With the following characteristics: a. Start Point: Adjustable from 2 to 12 psig. b. Operating Span: Adjustable from 5 to 13 psig. c. Linearity: Plus or minus 10 percent of output signal span. d. Hysteresis: 3 percent of span. e. Response: 0.25-psig input change. f. Maximum Pilot Signal Pressure: 20 psig. g. Maximum Control Air-Supply Pressure: 60 psig. 14. Actuator Housing: Molded or die-cast zinc or aluminum. 15. Inlet-Vane Operators: High pressure, with pilot positioners. 2.14 CONTROL VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Danfoss Inc.; Air Conditioning & Refrigeration Div. 2. Erie Controls. 3. Hayward Industrial Products, Inc. 4. Magnatrol Valve Corporation. 5. Neles-Jamesbury. 6. Parker Hannifin Corporation; Skinner Valve Division. 7. Pneuline Controls. 8. Sauter Controls Corporation. B. Control Valves: Factory fabricated, of type, body material, and pressure class based on maximum pressure and temperature rating of piping system, unless otherwise indicated. C. Hydronic system globe valves shall have the following characteristics: 1103 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. NPS 2 and Smaller: Class 125 bronze body, bronze trim, rising stem, renewable composition disc, and screwed ends with backseating capacity repackable under pressure. 2. NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Class 125 iron body, bronze trim, rising stem, plug-type disc, flanged ends, and renewable seat and disc. 3. Internal Construction: Replaceable plugs and stainless-steel or brass seats. a. Single-Seated Valves: Cage trim provides seating and guiding surfaces for plug on top and bottom. b. Double-Seated Valves: Balanced plug; cage trim provides seating and guiding surfaces for plugs on top and bottom. 4. Sizing: 5-psig maximum pressure drop at design flow rate or the following: a. Two Position: Line size. b. Two-Way Modulating: Either the value specified above or twice the load pressure drop, whichever is more. c. Three-Way Modulating: Twice the load pressure drop, but not more than value specified above. 5. Flow Characteristics: Two-way valves shall have equal percentage characteristics; three- way valves shall have linear characteristics. 6. Close-Off (Differential) Pressure Rating: Combination of actuator an d trim shall provide minimum close-off pressure rating of 150 percent of total system (pump) head for two- way valves and 100 percent of pressure differential across valve or 100 percent of total system (pump) head. a. provides seating and guiding surfaces for plug on top and bottom of guided plugs. D. Butterfly Valves: 200-psig, 150-psig maximum pressure differential, ASTM A 126 cast-iron or ASTM A 536 ductile-iron body and bonnet, extended neck, stainless-steel stem, field- replaceable EPDM or Buna N sleeve and stem seals. 1. Body Style: Wafer. 2. Disc Type: Nickel-plated ductile iron. 3. Sizing: 1-psig maximum pressure drop at design flow rate. E. Terminal Unit Control Valves: Bronze body, bronze trim, two or three ports as indicated, replaceable plugs and seats, and union and threaded ends. 1. Rating: Class 125 for service at 125 psig and 250 deg F operating conditions. 2. Sizing: 3-psig maximum pressure drop at design flow rate, to close against pump shutoff head. 3. Flow Characteristics: Two-way valves shall have equal percentage characteristics; three- way valves shall have linear characteristics. F. Self-Contained Control Valves: Bronze body, bronze trim, two or three ports as indicated, replaceable plugs and seats, and union and threaded ends. 1104 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Rating: Class 125 for service at 125 psig and 250 deg F operating conditions. 2. Thermostatic Operator: Liquid-filled integral sensor with integral adjustable dial. 2.15 DAMPERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Air Balance Inc. 2. Don Park Inc.; Autodamp Div. 3. TAMCO (T. A. Morrison & Co. Inc.). 4. United Enertech Corp. 5. Vent Products Company, Inc. B. Dampers: AMCA-rated, parallel-blade design; 0.108-inch-minimum thick, galvanized-steel or 0.125-inch-minimum thick, extruded-aluminum frames with holes for duct mounting; damper blades shall not be less than 0.064-inch-thick galvanized steel with maximum blade width of 8 inches and length of 48 inches. 1. Secure blades to 1/2-inch-diameter, zinc-plated axles using zinc-plated hardware, with nylon blade bearings, blade-linkage hardware of zinc-plated steel and brass, ends sealed against spring-stainless-steel blade bearings, and thrust bearings at each end of every blade. 2. Operating Temperature Range: From minus 40 to plus 200 deg F. 3. Edge Seals, Standard Pressure Applications: Closed-cell neoprene. 4. Edge Seals, Low-Leakage Applications: Use inflatable blade edging or replaceable rubber blade seals and spring-loaded stainless-steel side seals, rated for leakage at less than 10 cfm per sq. ft. of damper area, at differential pressure of 4-inch wg when damper is held by torque of 50 in. x lbf; when tested according to AMCA 500D. 2.16 CONTROL CABLE A. Electronic and fiber-optic cables for control wiring. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that conditioned power supply is available to control units and operator workstation. B. Verify that pneumatic piping and duct-, pipe-, and equipment-mounted devices are installed before proceeding with installation. 1105 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install software in control units and operator workstation(s). Implement all features of programs to specified requirements and as appropriate to sequence of operation. B. Connect and configure equipment and software to achieve sequence of operation specified. C. Verify location of thermostats, humidistats, and other exposed control sensors with Drawings and room details before installation. Install devices 60 inches above the floor. 1. Install averaging elements in ducts and plenums in crossing or zigzag pattern. D. Install guards on thermostats in the following locations: 1. Entrances. 2. Public areas. 3. Where indicated. E. Install automatic dampers according to Section 233300 "Air Duct Accessories." F. Install damper motors on outside of duct in warm areas, not in locations exposed to outdoor temperatures. G. Install labels and nameplates to identify control components according to Section 230553 "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment." H. Install hydronic instrument wells, valves, and other accessories. I. Install steam and condensate instrument wells, valves, and other accessories. J. Install refrigerant instrument wells, valves, and other accessories according to Section 232300 "Refrigerant Piping." K. Install duct volume-control dampers according to Section 233113 "Metal Ducts." 3.3 ELECTRICAL WIRING AND CONNECTION INSTALLATION A. Install building wire and cable according to Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." B. Install signal and communication cable: 1. Conceal cable, except in mechanical rooms and areas where other con duit and piping are exposed. 2. Install exposed cable in raceway. 3. Install concealed cable in raceway. 1106 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 4. Bundle and harness multiconductor instrument cable in place of single cables where several cables follow a common path. 5. Fasten flexible conductors, bridging cabinets and doors, along hinge side; protect against abrasion. Tie and support conductors. 6. Number-code or color-code conductors for future identification and service of control system, except local individual room control cables. 7. Install wire and cable with sufficient slack and flexible connections to allow for vibration of piping and equipment. C. Connect manual-reset limit controls independent of manual-control switch positions. Automatic duct heater resets may be connected in interlock circuit of power controllers. D. Connect hand-off-auto selector switches to override automatic interlock controls when switch is in hand position. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect, test, and adjust field-assembled components and equipment installation, including connections, and to assist in field testing. Report results in writing. B. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper unit operation. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest. 2. Test and adjust controls and safeties. 3. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 4. Pressure test control air piping at 30 psig or 1.5 times the operating pressure for 24 hours, with maximum 5-psig loss. 5. Pressure test high-pressure control air piping at 150 psig and low-pressure control air piping at 30 psig for 2 hours, with maximum 1-psig loss. 6. Test calibration of electronic controllers by disconnecting input sensors and stimulating operation with compatible signal generator. 7. Test each point through its full operating range to verify that safety and operating control set points are as required. 8. Test each control loop to verify stable mode of operation and compliance with sequence of operation. Adjust PID actions. 9. Test each system for compliance with sequence of operation. 10. Test software and hardware interlocks. C. DDC Verification: 1. Verify that instruments are installed before calibration, testing, and loop or leak checks. 2. Check instruments for proper location and accessibility. 3. Check instrument installation for direction of flow, elevation, orientation, insertion depth, and other applicable considerations. 1107 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 4. Check instrument tubing for proper fittings, slope, material, and support. 5. Check installation of air supply for each instrument. 6. Check flow instruments. Inspect tag number and line and bore si ze, and verify that inlet side is identified and that meters are installed correctly. 7. Check pressure instruments, piping slope, installation of valve manifold, and self- contained pressure regulators. 8. Check temperature instruments and material and length of sensing elements. 9. Check control valves. Verify that they are in correct direction. 10. Check air-operated dampers. Verify that pressure gages are provided and that proper blade alignment, either parallel or opposed, has been provided. 11. Check DDC system as follows: a. Verify that DDC controller power supply is from emergency power supply, if applicable. b. Verify that wires at control panels are tagged with their service designation and approved tagging system. c. Verify that spare I/O capacity has been provided. d. Verify that DDC controllers are protected from power supply surges. D. Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment and repeat testing procedures. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Calibrating and Adjusting: 1. Calibrate instruments. 2. Make three-point calibration test for both linearity and accuracy for each analog instrument. 3. Calibrate equipment and procedures using manufacturer's written recommendations and instruction manuals. Use test equipment with accuracy at least double that of instrument being calibrated. 4. Control System Inputs and Outputs: a. Check analog inputs at 0, 50, and 100 percent of span. b. Check analog outputs using milliampere meter at 0, 50, and 100 percent output. c. Check digital inputs using jumper wire. d. Check digital outputs using ohmmeter to test for contact making or breaking. e. Check resistance temperature inputs at 0, 50, and 100 percent of span using a precision-resistant source. 5. Flow: a. Set differential pressure flow transmitters for 0 and 100 percent values with 3-point calibration accomplished at 50, 90, and 100 percent of span. b. Manually operate flow switches to verify that they make or break contact. 6. Pressure: 1108 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 a. Calibrate pressure transmitters at 0, 50, and 100 percent of span. b. Calibrate pressure switches to make or break contacts, with adjustable differential set at minimum. 7. Temperature: a. Calibrate resistance temperature transmitters at 0, 50, and 100 percent of span using a precision-resistance source. b. Calibrate temperature switches to make or break contacts. 8. Stroke and adjust control valves and dampers without positioners, following the manufacturer's recommended procedure, so that valve or damper is 100 percent open and closed. 9. Stroke and adjust control valves and dampers with positioners, following manufacturer's recommended procedure, so that valve and damper is 0, 50, and 100 percent closed. 10. Provide diagnostic and test instruments for calibration and adjustment of system. 11. Provide written description of procedures and equipment for calibrating each type of instrument. Submit procedures review and approval before initiating startup procedures. B. Adjust initial temperature and humidity set points. C. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months of date of Substantial Completion, provide on-site assistance in adjusting system to suit actual occupied conditions. Provide up to three visits to Project during other than normal occupancy hours for this purpose. 3.6 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain HVAC instrumentation and controls. END OF SECTION 230900 1109 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 231123 - FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Pipes, tubes, and fittings. 2. Piping specialties. 3. Piping and tubing joining materials. 4. Manual gas shutoff valves. 5. Pressure regulators. 6. Dielectric fittings. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces, pipe and duct shafts, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings, unexcavated spaces, crawlspaces, and tunnels. B. Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied spaces and mechanical equipment rooms. C. Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor ambient temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of the following: 1. Piping specialties. 2. Corrugated, stainless-steel tubing with associated components. 3. Valves. Include pressure rating, capacity, settings, and electrical connection data of selected models. 4. Pressure regulators. Indicate pressure ratings and capacities. 5. Dielectric fittings. 1110 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Plans and details, drawn to scale, on which natural-gas piping is shown and coordinated with other installations, using input from installers of the items involved. B. Site Survey: Plans, drawn to scale, on which natural-gas piping is shown and coordinated with other services and utilities. C. Qualification Data: For qualified professional engineer. D. Welding certificates. E. Field quality-control reports. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For pressure regulators to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Steel Support Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." B. Pipe Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Handling Flammable Liquids: Remove and dispose of liquids from existing natural-gas piping according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Deliver pipes and tubes with factory-applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping, storage, and handling to prevent pipe end damage and to prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture. C. Store and handle pipes and tubes having factory-applied protective coatings to avoid damaging coating, and protect from direct sunlight. D. Protect stored PE pipes and valves from direct sunlight. 1111 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1.9 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Perform site survey, research public utility records, and verify existing utility locations. Contact utility-locating service for area where Project is located. B. Interruption of Existing Natural-Gas Service: Do not interrupt natural-gas service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide purging and startup of natural-gas supply according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Owner no fewer than two days in advance of proposed interruption of natural-gas service. 2. Do not proceed with interruption of natural-gas service without Owner's written permission. 1.10 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided. B. Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors for valves installed concealed behind finished surfaces. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Minimum Operating-Pressure Ratings: 1. Piping and Valves: 100 psig minimum unless otherwise indicated. 2. Service Regulators: 100 psig minimum unless otherwise indicated. 3. Minimum Operating Pressure of Service Meter: 5 psig. B. Natural-Gas System Pressure within Buildings: More than 0.5 psig but not more than 2 psig. 2.2 PIPES, TUBES, AND FITTINGS A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, black steel, Schedule 40, Type E or S, Grade B. 1. Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.3, Class 150, standard pattern. 2. Wrought-Steel Welding Fittings: ASTM A 234/A 234M for butt welding and socket welding. 3. Unions: ASME B16.39, Class 150, malleable iron with brass-to-iron seat, ground joint, and threaded ends. 1112 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 4. Forged-Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5, minimum Class 150, including bolts, nuts, and gaskets of the following material group, end connections, and facings: a. Material Group: 1.1. b. End Connections: Threaded or butt welding to match pipe. c. Lapped Face: Not permitted underground. d. Gasket Materials: ASME B16.20, metallic, flat, asbestos free, aluminum o-rings, and spiral-wound metal gaskets. e. Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel aboveground and stainless steel underground. 5. Protective Coating for Underground Piping: Factory-applied, three-layer coating of epoxy, adhesive, and PE. a. Joint Cover Kits: Epoxy paint, adhesive, and heat-shrink PE sleeves. B. Aluminum Tubing: Comply with ASTM B 210 and ASTM B 241/B 241M. 1. Aluminum Alloy: Alloy 5456 is prohibited. 2. Protective Coating: Factory-applied coating capable of resisting corrosion on tubing in contact with masonry, plaster, insulation, water, detergents, and sewerage. 3. Flare Fittings: Comply with ASME B16.26 and SAE J513. a. Copper-alloy fittings. b. Metal-to-metal compression seal without gasket. c. Dryseal threads shall comply with ASME B1.20.3. C. Drawn-Temper Copper Tube: Comply with ASTM B 88, Type L. 1. Copper Fittings: ASME B16.22, wrought copper, and streamlined pattern. 2. Bronze Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.24, Class 150. a. Gasket Material: ASME B16.20, metallic, flat, asbestos free, aluminum o-rings, and spiral-wound metal gaskets. b. Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel or stainless steel. 3. Protective Coating for Underground Tubing: Factory-applied, extruded PE a minimum of 0.022 inch thick. D. Annealed-Temper Copper Tube: Comply with ASTM B 88, Type K. 1. Copper Fittings: ASME B16.22, wrought copper, and streamlined pattern. 2. Flare Fittings: Comply with ASME B16.26 and SAE J513. a. Copper fittings with long nuts. b. Metal-to-metal compression seal without gasket. c. Dryseal threads complying with ASME B1.20.3. 1113 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3. Protective Coating for Underground Tubing: Factory-applied, extruded PE a minimum of 0.022 inch thick. 2.3 JOINING MATERIALS A. Joint Compound and Tape: Suitable for natural gas. B. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12/D10.12M for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded. C. Brazing Filler Metals: Alloy with melting point greater than 1000 deg F complying with AWS A5.8/A5.8M. Brazing alloys containing more than 0.05 percent phosphorus are prohibited. 2.4 MANUAL GAS SHUTOFF VALVES A. See "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles for where each valve type is applied in various services. B. General Requirements for Metallic Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Comply with ASME B16.33. 1. CWP Rating: 125 psig. 2. Threaded Ends: Comply with ASME B1.20.1. 3. Dryseal Threads on Flare Ends: Comply with ASME B1.20.3. 4. Tamperproof Feature: Locking feature for valves indicated in "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles. 5. Listing: Listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for valves 1 inch and smaller. 6. Service Mark: Valves 1-1/4 inches to NPS 2 shall have initials "WOG" permanently marked on valve body. C. General Requirements for Metallic Valves, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Comply with ASME B16.38. 1. CWP Rating: 125 psig. 2. Flanged Ends: Comply with ASME B16.5 for steel flanges. 3. Tamperproof Feature: Locking feature for valves indicated in "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles. 4. Service Mark: Initials "WOG" shall be permanently marked on valve body. D. Two-Piece, Full-Port, Bronze Ball Valves with Bronze Trim: MSS SP-110. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1114 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 a. A.Y. McDonald Mfg. Co. b. Apollo Flow Controls; Conbraco Industries, Inc. c. BrassCraft Manufacturing Co.; a Masco company. 2. Body: Bronze, complying with ASTM B 584. 3. Ball: Chrome-plated bronze. 4. Stem: Bronze; blowout proof. 5. Seats: Reinforced TFE; blowout proof. 6. Packing: Threaded-body packnut design with adjustable-stem packing. 7. Ends: Threaded, flared, or socket as indicated in "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles. 8. CWP Rating: 600 psig. 9. Listing: Valves NPS 1 and smaller shall be listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 10. Service: Suitable for natural-gas service with "WOG" indicated on valve body. E. Bronze Plug Valves: MSS SP-78. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. A.Y. McDonald Mfg. Co. b. Lee Brass Company. 2. Body: Bronze, complying with ASTM B 584. 3. Plug: Bronze. 4. Ends: Threaded, socket, or flanged as indicated in "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles. 5. Operator: Square head or lug type with tamperproof feature where indicated. 6. Pressure Class: 125 psig. 7. Listing: Valves NPS 1 and smaller shall be listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 8. Service: Suitable for natural-gas service with "WOG" indicated on valve body. 2.5 PRESSURE REGULATORS A. General Requirements: 1. Single stage and suitable for natural gas. 2. Steel jacket and corrosion-resistant components. 3. Elevation compensator. 4. End Connections: Threaded for regulators NPS 2 and smaller; flanged for regulators NPS 2-1/2 and larger. B. Line Pressure Regulators: Comply with ANSI Z21.80. 1115 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Invensys. b. Itron Gas. c. Maxitrol Company. 2. Body and Diaphragm Case: Cast iron or die-cast aluminum. 3. Springs: Zinc-plated steel; interchangeable. 4. Diaphragm Plate: Zinc-plated steel. 5. Seat Disc: Nitrile rubber resistant to gas impurities, abrasion, and deformation at the valve port. 6. Orifice: Aluminum; interchangeable. 7. Seal Plug: Ultraviolet-stabilized, mineral-filled nylon. 8. Single-port, self-contained regulator with orifice no larger than required at maximum pressure inlet, and no pressure sensing piping external to the regulator. 9. Pressure regulator shall maintain discharge pressure setting downstream, and not exceed 150 percent of design discharge pressure at shutoff. 10. Overpressure Protection Device: Factory mounted on pressure regulator. 11. Atmospheric Vent: Factory- or field-installed, stainless-steel screen in opening if not connected to vent piping. 2.6 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS A. General Requirements: Assembly of copper alloy and ferrous materials with separating nonconductive insulating material. Include end connections compatible with pipes to be joined. B. Dielectric Unions: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. WATTS. b. Wilkins. c. Zurn Industries, LLC. 2. Description: a. Standard: ASSE 1079. Pressure Rating: 125 psig minimum at 180 deg F End Connections: Solder-joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous. 2.7 LABELING AND IDENTIFYING A. Detectable Warning Tape: Acid- and alkali-resistant, PE film warning tape manufactured for marking and identifying underground utilities, a minimum of 6 inches wide and 4 mils thick, 1116 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 continuously inscribed with a description of utility, with metallic core encased in a protective jacket for corrosion protection, detectable by metal detector when tape is buried up to 30 inches deep; colored yellow. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine roughing-in for natural-gas piping system to verify actual locations of piping connections before equipment installation. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Close equipment shutoff valves before turning off natural gas to premises or piping section. B. Inspect natural-gas piping according to NFPA 54 to determine that natural-gas utilization devices are turned off in piping section affected. C. Comply with NFPA 54 requirements for prevention of accidental ignition. 3.3 OUTDOOR PIPING INSTALLATION A. Comply with NFPA 54 for installation and purging of natural-gas piping. B. Steel Piping with Protective Coating: 1. Apply joint cover kits to pipe after joining to cover, seal, and protect joints. 2. Repair damage to PE coating on pipe as recommended in writing by protective coating manufacturer. 3. Replace pipe having damaged PE coating with new pipe. C. Copper Tubing with Protective Coating: 1. Apply joint cover kits over tubing to cover, seal, and protect joints. 2. Repair damage to PE coating on pipe as recommended in writing by protective coating manufacturer. D. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. E. Install pressure gage upstream and downstream from each service regulator. Pressure gages are specified in Section 230519 "Meters and Gages for HVAC Piping." 1117 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.4 INDOOR PIPING INSTALLATION A. Comply with NFPA 54 for installation and purging of natural-gas piping. B. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements are used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings. C. Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots, sleeves, and openings in building structure during progress of construction, to allow for mechanical installations. D. Install piping in concealed locations unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. E. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. F. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel rem oval. G. Locate valves for easy access. H. Install natural-gas piping at uniform grade of 2 percent down toward drip and sediment traps. I. Install piping free of sags and bends. J. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. K. Verify final equipment locations for roughing-in. L. Comply with requirements in Sections specifying gas-fired appliances and equipment for roughing-in requirements. M. Drips and Sediment Traps: Install drips at points where condensate may collect, including service-meter outlets. Locate where accessible to permit cleaning and emptying. Do not install where condensate is subject to freezing. 1. Construct drips and sediment traps using tee fitting with bottom outlet plugged or capped. Use nipple a minimum length of 3 pipe diameters, but not less than 3 inches long and same size as connected pipe. Install with space below bottom of drip to remove plug or cap. N. Extend relief vent connections for service regulators, line regulators, and overpressure protection devices to outdoors and terminate with weatherproof vent cap. O. Conceal pipe installations in walls, pipe spaces, utility spaces, above ceilings, below grade or floors, and in floor channels unless indicated to be exposed to view. 1118 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 P. Concealed Location Installations: Except as specified below, install concealed natural-gas piping and piping installed under the building in containment conduit constructed of steel pipe with welded joints as described in Part 2. Install a vent pipe from containment conduit to outdoors and terminate with weatherproof vent cap. 1. Above Accessible Ceilings: Natural-gas piping, fittings, valves, and regulators may be installed in accessible spaces without containment conduit. 2. In Walls or Partitions: Protect tubing installed inside partitions or hollow walls from physical damage using steel striker barriers at rigid supports. a. Exception: Tubing passing through partitions or walls does not require striker barriers. 3. Prohibited Locations: a. Do not install natural-gas piping in or through circulating air ducts, clothes or trash chutes, chimneys or gas vents (flues), ventilating ducts, or dumbwaiter or elevator shafts. b. Do not install natural-gas piping in solid walls or partitions. Q. Use eccentric reducer fittings to make reductions in pipe sizes. Install fittings with level side down. R. Connect branch piping from top or side of horizontal piping. S. Install unions in pipes NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to each valve, at final connection to each piece of equipment. Unions are not required at flanged connections. T. Do not use natural-gas piping as grounding electrode. U. Install strainer on inlet of each line-pressure regulator and automatic or electrically operated valve. V. Install pressure gage upstream and downstream from each line regulator. Pressure gages are specified in Section 230519 "Meters and Gages for HVAC Piping." W. Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for sleeves specified in Section 230517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for HVAC Piping." X. Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. Comply with requirements for sleeve seals specified in Section 230517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for HVAC Piping." Y. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for escutcheons specified in Section 230518 "Escutcheons for HVAC Piping." 1119 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.5 VALVE INSTALLATION A. Install manual gas shutoff valve for each gas appliance ahead of corrugated stainless-steel tubing, aluminum, or copper connector. B. Install underground valves with valve boxes. C. Install regulators and overpressure protection devices with maintenance access space adequate for servicing and testing. 3.6 PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. B. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly. C. Threaded Joints: 1. Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads complying with ASME B1.20.1. 2. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. 3. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full inside diameter of pipe. 4. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dryseal threading is specified. 5. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds. D. Welded Joints: 1. Construct joints according to AWS D10.12/D10.12M, using qualified processes and welding operators. 2. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. 3. Patch factory-applied protective coating as recommended by manufacturer at field welds and where damage to coating occurs during construction. E. Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and Tube" Chapter. F. Flanged Joints: Install gasket material, size, type, and thickness appropriate for natural -gas service. Install gasket concentrically positioned. G. Flared Joints: Cut tubing with roll cutting tool. Flare tube end with tool to result in flare dimensions complying with SAE J513. Tighten finger tight, then use wrench. Do not overtighten. 1120 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.7 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Install seismic restraints on piping. B. Comply with requirements for pipe hangers and supports specified in Section 230529 "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment." C. Install hangers for horizontal steel piping with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod sizes: 1. NPS 1 and Smaller: Maximum span, 96 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 2. NPS 1-1/4: Maximum span, 108 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 3. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: Maximum span, 108 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 4. NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 3-1/2: Maximum span, 10 feet; minimum rod size, 1/2 inch. 5. NPS 4 and Larger: Maximum span, 10 feet; minimum rod size, 5/8 inch. D. Install hangers for horizontal drawn-temper copper tubing with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod sizes: 1. NPS 3/8: Maximum span, 48 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 2. NPS 1/2 and NPS 5/8: Maximum span, 72 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 3. NPS 3/4 and NPS 7/8: Maximum span, 84 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 4. NPS 1: Maximum span, 96 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. E. Install hangers for horizontal, corrugated stainless-steel tubing with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod sizes: 1. NPS 3/8: Maximum span, 48 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 2. NPS 1/2: Maximum span, 72 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 3. NPS 3/4 and Larger: Maximum span, 96 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 3.8 CONNECTIONS A. Connect to utility's gas main according to utility's procedures and requirements. B. Install natural-gas piping electrically continuous, and bonded to gas appliance equipment grounding conductor of the circuit powering the appliance according to NFPA 70. C. Install piping adjacent to appliances to allow service and maintenance of appliances. D. Connect piping to appliances using manual gas shutoff valves and unions. Install valve within 72 inches of each gas-fired appliance and equipment. Install union between valve and appliances or equipment. E. Sediment Traps: Install tee fitting with capped nipple in bottom to form drip, as close as practical to inlet of each appliance. 1121 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.9 LABELING AND IDENTIFYING A. Comply with requirements in Section 230553 "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment" for piping and valve identification. B. Install detectable warning tape directly above gas piping, 12 inches below finished grade, except 6 inches below subgrade under pavements and slabs. 3.10 PAINTING A. Comply with requirements in Section 099113 "Exterior Painting" and Section 099123 "Interior Painting" for painting interior and exterior natural-gas piping. B. Paint exposed, exterior metal piping, valves, service regulators, service meters and meter bars, earthquake valves, and piping specialties, except components, with factory-applied paint or protective coating. 1. Alkyd System: MPI EXT 5.1D. a. Prime Coat: Alkyd anticorrosive metal primer. b. Intermediate Coat: Exterior alkyd enamel matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Exterior alkyd enamel (semigloss). d. Color: Gray C. Paint exposed, interior metal piping, valves, service regulators, service meters and meter bars, earthquake valves, and piping specialties, except components, with factory-applied paint or protective coating. 1. Latex Over Alkyd Primer System: MPI INT 5.1Q. a. Prime Coat: Alkyd anticorrosive metal primer. b. Intermediate Coat: Interior latex matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Interior latex (semigloss). d. Color: yellow. 2. Alkyd System: MPI INT 5.1E. a. Prime Coat: Alkyd anticorrosive metal primer. b. Intermediate Coat: Interior alkyd matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Interior alkyd (flat). D. Damage and Touchup: Repair marred and damaged factory-applied finishes with materials and by procedures to match original factory finish. 1122 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. Test, inspect, and purge natural gas according to NFPA 54 the International Fuel Gas Code and authorities having jurisdiction. C. Natural-gas piping will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.12 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain earthquake valves. 3.13 OUTDOOR PIPING SCHEDULE A. Aboveground natural-gas piping shall be one of the following: 1. Steel pipe with malleable-iron fittings and threaded joints. 2. Steel pipe with wrought-steel fittings and welded joints. B. Containment Conduit: Steel pipe with wrought-steel fittings and welded joints. Coat pipe and fittings with protective coating for steel piping. 3.14 INDOOR PIPING SCHEDULE FOR SYSTEM PRESSURES MORE THAN 0.5 PSIG AND LESS THAN 5 PSIG A. Aboveground, branch piping NPS 1 and smaller shall be the following: 1. Annealed-temper, tin-lined copper tube with flared joints and fittings. 2. Annealed-temper, copper tube with wrought-copper fittings and brazed joints. B. Aboveground, distribution piping shall be one of the following: 1. Steel pipe with malleable-iron fittings and threaded joints. 2. Steel pipe with steel welding fittings and welded joints. C. Containment Conduit: Steel pipe with wrought-steel fittings and welded joints. Coat underground pipe and fittings with protective coating for steel piping. 1123 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 D. Containment Conduit Vent Piping: Steel pipe with malleable-iron fittings and threaded or wrought-steel fittings with welded joints. Coat underground pipe and fittings with protec tive coating for steel piping. 3.15 ABOVEGROUND MANUAL GAS SHUTOFF VALVE SCHEDULE A. Valves for pipe sizes NPS 2 and smaller at service meter shall be the following: 1. Two-piece, full-port, bronze ball valves with bronze trim. B. Valves for pipe sizes NPS 2-1/2 and larger at service meter shall be the following: 1. Two-piece, full-port, bronze ball valves with bronze trim. C. Distribution piping valves for pipe sizes NPS 2 and smaller shall be one of the following: 1. Two-piece, full-port, bronze ball valves with bronze trim. 2. Bronze plug valve. D. Distribution piping valves for pipe sizes NPS 2-1/2 and larger shall be the following: 1. Two-piece, full-port, bronze ball valves with bronze trim. E. Valves in branch piping for single appliance shall be the following: 1. Two-piece, full-port, bronze ball valves with bronze trim. END OF SECTION 231123 1124 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 232113 - HYDRONIC PIPING TIPS: To view non-printing Editor's Notes that provide guidance for editing, click on MasterWorks/Single-File Formatting/Toggle/Editor's Notes. To read detailed research, technical information about products and materials, and coordination checklists, click on MasterWorks/Supporting Information. Content Requests: <Double click here to submit questions, comments, or suggested edits to this Section.> Access Manufacturer-Provided, AIA MasterSpec-Based Sections: <Double click here for this Section based on specific manufacturer’s products set as Basis-of-Design at ProductMasterSpec.com.> PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Copper tube and fittings. 2. Steel pipe and fittings. 3. Plastic pipe and fittings. 4. Fiberglass pipe and fittings. 5. Joining materials. 6. Transition fittings. 7. Dielectric fittings. 8. Bypass chemical feeder. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of the following: 1. Pipe and tube. 2. Fittings. 1125 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3. Joining materials. 4. Transition fittings. 5. Bypass chemical feeder. 6. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Piping layout, or BIM model, drawn to scale, showing the items described in this Section, and coordinated with all building trades. B. Qualification Data: For Installer. C. Welding certificates. D. Field quality-control reports. E. Preconstruction Test Reports: 1. Water Analysis: Submit a copy of the water analysis to illustrate water quality available at Project site. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: 1. Installers of Pressure-Sealed Joints: Installers shall be certified by pressure-seal joint manufacturer as having been trained and qualified to join piping with pressure -seal pipe couplings and fittings. B. Steel Support Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." C. Pipe Welding: Qualify procedures and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX. 1. Comply with ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping," for materials, products, and installation. 2. Certify that each welder has passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and that certification is current. 1.6 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING A. Preconstruction Testing Service: [Owner will engage] [Engage] a qualified testing agency to perform preconstruction testing on water quality. 1126 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1.7 WARRANTY 1. Warranty is to be in effect only upon submission by the Contractor to the manufacturer of valid pressure/leak documentation indicating that the system was tested and passed the manufacturer's pressure/leak test. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Hydronic piping components and installation shall be capable of withstanding the following minimum working pressure and temperature unless otherwise indicated: 1. Hot-Water Heating Piping: 100 psig (689 kPa) at 180 deg F (82 deg C). 2. Makeup-Water Piping: 150 psig (1034 kPa) at 73 deg F (22 deg C). 3. Condensate-Drain Piping: 180 deg F (82 deg C) Insert temperature. 4. Blowdown-Drain Piping: 180 deg F (82 deg C). 5. Air-Vent Piping: 180 deg F (82 deg C). 6. Safety-Valve-Inlet and -Outlet Piping: Equal to the pressure of the piping system to which it is attached. 2.2 COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS A. Drawn-Temper Copper Tube: ASTM B88, Type K (ASTM B88M, Type A) ASTM B88, Type L (ASTM B88M, Type B) and ASTM B88, Type M (ASTM B88M, Type C). B. Annealed-Temper Copper Tube: ASTM B88, Type K (ASTM B88M, Type A) ASTM B88, Type L (ASTM B88M, Type B) and ASTM B88, Type M (ASTM B88M, Type C). C. DWV Copper Tube: ASTM B306, Type DWV. D. Cast-Copper, Solder-Joint Fittings: ASME B16.18, pressure fittings. E. Wrought-Copper, Solder-Joint Fittings: ASME B16.22, pressure fittings. F. Bronze Flanges: ASME B16.24, Class 150, with solder-joint ends. G. Cast Copper Unions: MSS SP-123, cast-copper-alloy, hexagonal-stock body, with ball-and- socket, metal-to-metal seating surfaces and solder-joint or threaded ends. H. Wrought Copper Unions: ASME B16.22. I. Copper-Tube, Pressure-Seal-Joint Fittings: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Elkhart Products Corporation; a part of Aalberts Integrated Piping Systems. b. Mueller Streamline Co.; a company of Mueller Industries. 1127 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 c. NIBCO INC. d. Victaulic Company. e. Viega LLC. 2. Fittings: Cast-brass, cast-bronze, or wrought-copper with EPDM O-ring seal in each end. 3. Minimum 200-psig (1379-kPa) working-pressure rating at 250 deg F (121 deg C). 2.3 STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M, black steel with plain ends; welded and seamless, Grade B, and wall thickness as indicated in "Piping Applications" Article. B. Cast-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.4; Classes 125 and 250 as indicated in "Piping Applications" Article. C. Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.3, Classes 150 and 300 as indicated in "Piping Applications" Article. D. Malleable-Iron Unions: ASME B16.39; Classes 150, 250, and 300 as indicated in "Piping Applications" Article. E. Cast-Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.1, Classes 25, 125, and 250; raised ground face, and bolt holes spot faced as indicated in "Piping Applications" Article. F. Wrought-Steel Fittings: ASTM A234/A234M, wall thickness to match adjoining pipe. G. Wrought Cast- and Forged-Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5, including bolts, nuts, and gaskets of the following material group, end connections, and facings: 1. Material Group: 1.1. 2. End Connections: Butt welding. 3. Facings: Raised face. H. Plain-End Mechanical-Joint Couplings: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Anvil International/Smith-Cooper International; Tailwind Capital, LLC. b. Shurjoint; a part of Aalberts Integrated piping Systems. c. Victaulic Company. 2. Housing: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 segmented ductile iron or type 304 stainless steel. 3. Housing coating: None. 4. Gasket: EPDM. 5. Sealing Mechanism: Double-lip sealing system or carbon steel case-hardened jaws. 6. Bolts, hex nuts, washers, or lock bars based on manufacturer's design. 7. Minimum Pressure Rating: Equal to that of the joined pipes. 1128 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 I. Steel Pipe Nipples: ASTM A733, made of same materials and wall thicknesses as pipe in which they are installed. 2.4 JOINING MATERIALS A. Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: Suitable for chemical and thermal conditions of piping system contents. 1. ASME B16.21, nonmetallic, flat, asbestos free, 1/8-inch (3.2-mm) maximum thickness unless otherwise indicated. a. Full-Face Type: For flat-face, Class 125, cast-iron and cast-bronze flanges. b. Narrow-Face Type: For raised-face, Class 250, cast-iron and steel flanges. B. Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel, unless otherwise indicated. C. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux according to ASTM B813. D. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8/A5.8M, BCuP Series, copper-phosphorus alloys for joining copper with copper; or BAg-1, silver alloy for joining copper with bronze or steel. E. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12M/D10.12 for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded. 2.5 TRANSITION FITTINGS A. Plastic-to-Metal Transition Fittings: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Charlotte Pipe and Foundry Company. b. IPEX USA LLC. c. Uponor. d. Viega LLC. 2. One-piece fitting with one threaded brass or copper insert and one solvent-cement-joint end of material and wall thickness to match plastic pipe material. 2.6 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS A. General Requirements: Assembly of copper alloy and ferrous materials with separating nonconductive insulating material. Include end connections compatible with pipes to be joined. B. Dielectric Unions: 1129 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Watts Water Technologies; a Watts company. b. Wilkins. c. Zurn Industries, LLC. 2. Description: a. Standard: ASSE 1079. b. Pressure Rating: 125 psig (860 kPa) minimum at 180 deg F (82 deg C). c. End Connections: Solder-joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous. C. Dielectric Flanges: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Watts Water Technologies; a Watts company. b. Wilkins. c. Zurn Industries, LLC. 2. Description: a. Standard: ASSE 1079. b. Factory-fabricated, bolted, companion-flange assembly. c. Pressure Rating: 125 psig (860 kPa) minimum at 180 deg F (82 deg C). d. End Connections: Solder-joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous; threaded solder- joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous. D. Dielectric-Flange Insulating Kits: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Advance Products & Systems, LLC. b. CALPICO, Inc. c. GF Piping Systems: Georg Fischer LLC. 2. Description: a. Nonconducting materials for field assembly of companion flanges. b. Pressure Rating: 150 psig (1035 kPa). c. Gasket: Neoprene or phenolic. d. Bolt Sleeves: Phenolic or polyethylene. e. Washers: Phenolic with steel backing washers. E. Dielectric Nipples: 1130 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Anvil International/Smith-Cooper International; Tailwind Capital, LLC. b. Precision Plumbing Products. c. Victaulic Company. 2. Description: a. Standard: IAPMO PS 66. b. Electroplated steel nipple, complying with ASTM F1545. c. Pressure Rating: 300 psig (2070 kPa) at 225 deg F (107 deg C). d. End Connections: Male threaded or grooved. e. Lining: Inert and noncorrosive, propylene. 2.7 BYPASS CHEMICAL FEEDER A. Description: Welded steel construction; 125-psig (860-kPa) working pressure; 5-gal. (19-L) capacity; with fill funnel and inlet, outlet, and drain valves. 1. Chemicals: Specially formulated, based on analysis of makeup water, to prevent accumulation of scale and corrosion in piping and connected equipment. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PIPING APPLICATIONS A. Hot-water heating piping, aboveground, NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller, shall be any of the following: 1. Type L (Type B), drawn-temper copper tubing, wrought-copper fittings, and soldered joints. 2. Schedule 40, Grade B steel pipe; Class 125, cast-iron fittings; cast-iron flanges and flange fittings; and threaded joints. 3. Schedule 5 steel pipe; steel, pressure-seal couplings and fittings; and pressure-seal joints. B. Hot-water heating piping, aboveground, NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger, shall be any of the following: 1. Type M (Type C), drawn-temper copper tubing, wrought-copper fittings, and brazed joints. 2. Schedule 40 steel pipe, wrought-steel fittings and wrought-cast or forged-steel flanges and flange fittings, and welded and flanged joints. 3. Schedule 40 steel pipe; grooved, mechanical joint coupling and fittings; and grooved, mechanical joints. 4. Schedule 40 steel pipe, plain-end mechanical-coupled joints. 1131 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. Makeup-Water Piping Installed Belowground and within Slabs: Type K (Type A), annealed- temper copper tubing, wrought-copper fittings, and soldered joints. Use the fewest possible joints. D. Condensate-Drain Piping, Copper: Type M (Type C), drawn-temper copper tubing, wrought- copper fittings, and soldered joints or Schedule 40 PVC plastic pipe and fittings and solvent- welded joints. E. Condensate-Drain Piping, PVC: Schedule 40 PVC plastic pipe and fittings and solvent-welded joints. F. Blowdown-Drain Piping: Same materials and joining methods as for piping specified for the service in which blowdown drain is installed. G. Air-Vent Piping: 1. Inlet: Same as service where installed with metal-to-plastic transition fittings for plastic piping systems according to piping manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Outlet: Type K (Type A), annealed-temper copper tubing with soldered or flared joints. H. Safety-Valve-Inlet and -Outlet Piping for Hot-Water Piping: Same materials and joining methods as for piping specified for the service in which safety valve is installed with metal -to- plastic transition fittings for plastic piping systems according to piping manufacturer's written instructions. 3.2 EARTHWORK A. Comply with requirements in Section 312000 "Earth Moving" for excavating, trenching, and backfilling. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF PIPING A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements are used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings. B. Install piping in concealed locations unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. C. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. D. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. E. Install piping to permit valve servicing. 1132 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 F. Install piping at indicated slopes. G. Install piping free of sags and bends. H. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. I. Install piping to allow application of insulation. J. Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure. K. Install groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit applying insulation and servicing of valves. L. Install drains, consisting of a tee fitting, NPS 3/4 (DN 20) ball valve, and short NPS 3/4 (DN 20) threaded nipple with cap, at low points in piping system mains and elsewhere as required for system drainage. M. Install piping at a uniform grade of 0.2 percent upward in direction of flow. N. Reduce pipe sizes using eccentric reducer fitting installed with level side up. O. Install branch connections to mains using tee fittings in main pipe, with the branch connected to the bottom of the main pipe. For up-feed risers, connect the branch to the top of the main pipe. P. Install valves according to the following: 1. Section 230523.11 "Globe Valves for HVAC Piping." 2. Section 230523.12 "Ball Valves for HVAC Piping." 3. Section 230523.13 "Butterfly Valves for HVAC Piping." 4. Section 230523.14 "Check Valves for HVAC Piping." 5. Section 230523.15 "Gate Valves for HVAC Piping." Q. Install unions in piping, NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller, adjacent to valves, at final connections of equipment, and elsewhere as indicated. R. Install flanges in piping, NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger, at final connections of equipment and elsewhere as indicated. S. Install shutoff valve immediately upstream of each dielectric fitting. T. Comply with requirements in Section 230516 "Expansion Fittings and Loops for HVAC Piping" for installation of expansion loops, expansion joints, anchors, and pipe alignment guides. U. Comply with requirements in Section 230553 "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment" for identifying piping. V. Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for sleeves specified in Section 230517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for HVAC Piping." 1133 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 W. Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. Comply with requirements for sleeve seals specified in Section 230517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for HVAC Piping." X. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for escutcheons specified in Section 230518 "Escutcheons for HVAC Piping." 3.4 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. B. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly. C. Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B813, water-flushable flux, unless otherwise indicated, to tube end. Construct joints according to ASTM B828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook," using lead-free solder alloy complying with ASTM B32. D. Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and Tube" Chapter, using copper-phosphorus brazing filler metal complying with AWS A5.8/A5.8M. E. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal threading is specified. 2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds. F. Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS D10.12M/D10.12, using qualified processes and welding operators according to "Quality Assurance" Article. G. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness for service application. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. H. Plain-End Mechanical-Coupled Joints: Prepare, assemble, and test joints in accordance with manufacturer's written installation instructions. I. Pressure-Sealed Joints: Use manufacturer-recommended tools and procedure. Leave insertion marks on pipe after assembly. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF DIELECTRIC FITTINGS A. Install dielectric fittings in piping at connections of dissimilar metal piping and tubing. B. Dielectric Fittings for NPS 2 (DN 50) Insert pipe size and Smaller: Use dielectric unions. 1134 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. Dielectric Fittings for NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): Use dielectric flange kits. D. Dielectric Fittings for NPS 5 (DN 125) and Larger: Use dielectric flange kits. 3.6 INSTALLATION OF HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Comply with requirements for seismic-restraint devices specified in Section 230548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC." B. Comply with requirements in Section 230529 "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment" for hangers, supports, and anchor devices. 1. . C. Install hangers for copper tubing and steel piping, with maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters, to comply with MSS-58, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent. D. Install hangers for plastic piping, with maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters, to comply with manufacturer's written instructions, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent. E. Install hangers for fiberglass piping, with maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters, to comply with manufacturer's written instructions, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent. F. Support horizontal piping within 12 inches (300 mm) of each fitting and coupling. G. Support vertical runs of copper tubing and steel piping to comply with MSS-58, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent. 3.7 TERMINAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. Sizes for supply and return piping connections shall be the same as or larger than equipment connections. B. Install control valves in accessible locations close to connected equipment. C. Install bypass piping with globe valve around control valve. If parallel control valves are installed, only one bypass is required. D. Install ports for pressure gauges and thermometers at coil inlet and outlet connections. Comply with requirements in Section 230519 "Meters and Gages for HVAC Piping." 3.8 CHEMICAL TREATMENT A. Install bypass chemical feeders in each hydronic system where indicated. 1135 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Install in upright position with top of funnel not more than 48 inches (1200 mm) above the floor. 2. Install feeder in minimum NPS 3/4 (DN 20) bypass line, from main with full-size, full- port, ball valve in the main between bypass connections. 3. Install NPS 3/4 (DN 20) pipe from chemical feeder drain to nearest equipment drain and include a full-size, full-port, ball valve. B. Fill system with fresh water and add liquid alkaline compound with emulsifying agents and detergents to remove grease and petroleum products from piping. Circulate solution for a minimum of 24 hours, drain, clean strainer screens, and refill with fresh water. C. Add initial chemical treatment and maintain water quality in ranges noted above for the first year of operation. D. Fill systems that have antifreeze or glycol solutions with the following concentrations: 1. Hot-Water Heating Piping: Minimum of 30 percent propylene glycol. 3.9 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components. Comply with requirements for identification materials and installation in Section 230553 "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment." 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Prepare hydronic piping according to ASME B31.9 and as follows: 1. Leave joints, including welds, uninsulated and exposed for examination during test. 2. Provide temporary restraints for expansion joints that cannot sustain reactions due to test pressure. If temporary restraints are impractical, isolate expansion joints from testing. 3. Flush hydronic piping systems with clean water; then remove and clean or replace strainer screens. 4. Isolate equipment from piping. If a valve is used to isolate equipment, its closure shall be capable of sealing against test pressure without damage to valve. Install blinds in fl anged joints to isolate equipment. 5. Install safety valve, set at a pressure no more than one-third higher than test pressure, to protect against damage by expanding liquid or other source of overpressure during test. B. Perform the following tests on hydronic piping: 1. Use ambient temperature water as a testing medium unless there is risk of damage due to freezing. Another liquid that is safe for workers and compatible with piping may be used. 2. While filling system, use vents installed at high points of system to release air. Use dra ins installed at low points for complete draining of test liquid. 3. Isolate expansion tanks and determine that hydronic system is full of water. 4. Subject piping system to hydrostatic test pressure that is not less than 1.5 times the system's working pressure. Test pressure shall not exceed maximum pressure for any vessel, pump, valve, or other component in system under test. Verify that stress due to 1136 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 pressure at bottom of vertical runs does not exceed 90 percent of specified minimum yield strength or 1.7 times the "SE" value in Appendix A in ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping." 5. After hydrostatic test pressure has been applied for at least 10 minutes, examine piping, joints, and connections for leakage. Eliminate leaks by tightening, repairing, or replacing components, and repeat hydrostatic test until there are no leaks. 6. Prepare written report of testing. C. Perform the following before operating the system: 1. Open manual valves fully. 2. Inspect pumps for proper rotation. 3. Set makeup pressure-reducing valves for required system pressure. 4. Inspect air vents at high points of system and determine if all are installed and operating freely (automatic type), or bleed air completely (manual type). 5. Set temperature controls so all coils are calling for full flow. 6. Inspect and set operating temperatures of hydronic equipment, such as boilers, chillers, cooling towers, to specified values. 7. Verify lubrication of motors and bearings. END OF SECTION 232113 1137 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 232116 - HYDRONIC PIPING SPECIALTIES TIPS: To view non-printing Editor's Notes that provide guidance for editing, click on MasterWorks/Single-File Formatting/Toggle/Editor's Notes. To read detailed research, technical information about products and materials, and coordination checklists, click on MasterWorks/Supporting Information. Content Requests: <Double click here to submit questions, comments, or suggested edits to this Section.> Access Manufacturer-Provided, AIA MasterSpec-Based Sections: <Double click here for this Section based on specific manufacturer’s products set as Basis-of-Design at ProductMasterSpec.com.> PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Hydronic specialty valves. 2. Air vents. 3. Expansion tanks and fittings. 4. Air/dirt separators and purgers. 5. Strainers. 6. Flexible connectors. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 230516 "Expansion Fittings and Loops for HVAC Piping" for expansion fittings and loops. 2. Section 230523.11 "Globe Valves for HVAC Piping" for specification and installation requirements for globe valves common to most piping systems. 3. Section 230523.12 "Ball Valves for HVAC Piping" for specification and installa tion requirements for ball valves common to most piping systems. 4. Section 230523.13 "Butterfly Valves for HVAC Piping" for specification and installation requirements for butterfly valves common to most piping systems. 5. Section 230523.14 "Check Valves for HVAC Piping" for specification and installation requirements for check valves common to most piping systems. 6. Section 230523.15 "Gate Valves for HVAC Piping" for specification and installation requirements for gate valves common to most piping systems. 1138 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 7. Section 230923.11 "Control Valves" for automatic control valve and sensor specifications, installation requirements, and locations. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product: 1. Include construction details and material descriptions for hydronic piping specialties. 2. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. 3. Include flow and pressure drop curves based on manufacturer's testing for calibrated- orifice balancing valves and automatic flow-control valves. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For hydronic piping specialties to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.4 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Differential Pressure Meter: For each type of balancing valve and automatic flow control valve, include flowmeter, probes, hoses, flow charts, and carrying case. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Pipe Welding: Qualify procedures and operators in accordance with ASME BPVC, Section IX. B. Pressure-relief and safety-relief valves and pressure vessels bear the appropriate ASME label. Fabricate and stamp air separators and expansion tanks to comply with ASME BPVC, Section VIII, Division 1. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 HYDRONIC SPECIALTY VALVES A. Bronze, Calibrated-Orifice, Balancing Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Apollo Valves; a part of Aalberts Integrated Piping Systems. b. Armstrong Fluid Technology. c. Bell & Gossett; a Xylem brand. d. Griswold Controls, LLC. 1139 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Body: Bronze, ball or plug type with calibrated orifice or venturi. 3. Ball: Brass or stainless steel. 4. Plug: Resin. 5. Seat: PTFE. 6. End Connections: Threaded or socket. 7. Pressure Gauge Connections: Integral seals for portable differential pressure meter. 8. Handle Style: Lever, with memory stop to retain set position. 9. CWP Rating: Minimum 125 psig (860 kPa). 10. Maximum Operating Temperature: 250 deg F (121 deg C). B. Automatic Flow-Control Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Apollo Valves; a part of Aalberts Integrated Piping Systems. b. Bell & Gossett; a Xylem brand. c. Griswold Controls, LLC. d. NIBCO INC. 2. Body: Brass or ferrous metal. 3. Combination Assemblies: Include bronze or brass-alloy ball valve. 4. Identification Tag: Marked with zone identification, valve number, and flow rate. 5. Size and Capacity: For each application, provide a valve with rated capaci ty equal to or greater than capacity of device being served. 6. Performance: Maintain constant flow within plus or minus 10 percent, regardless of system pressure fluctuations. 7. Minimum CWP Rating: 175 psig (1207 kPa). 8. Maximum Operating Temperature: 200 deg F (93 deg C). 2.2 AIR VENTS A. Manual Air Vents: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Apollo Valves; a part of Aalberts Integrated Piping Systems. b. Bell & Gossett; a Xylem brand. c. Taco Comfort Solutions. d. Watts Water Technologies; a Watts company. 2. Body: Bronze. 3. Internal Parts: Nonferrous. 4. Operator: Screwdriver or thumbscrew. 5. Inlet Connection: NPS 1/2 (DN 15). 6. Discharge Connection: NPS 1/8 (DN 6). 7. CWP Rating: 150 psig (1035 kPa). 8. Maximum Operating Temperature: 225 deg F (107 deg C). 1140 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Automatic Air Vents: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Apollo Valves; a part of Aalberts Integrated Piping Systems. b. Bell & Gossett; a Xylem brand. c. Spirotherm, Inc. d. Taco Comfort Solutions. 2. Body: Bronze or cast iron. 3. Internal Parts: Nonferrous. 4. Operator: Noncorrosive metal float. 5. Inlet Connection: NPS 1/2 (DN 15). 6. Discharge Connection: NPS 1/4 (DN 8). 7. CWP Rating: 150 psig (1035 kPa). 8. Maximum Operating Temperature: 240 deg F (116 deg C). 2.3 EXPANSION TANKS AND FITTINGS A. Diaphragm-Type ASME Expansion Tanks: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. AMTROL, Inc. b. Armstrong Fluid Technology. c. Bell & Gossett; a Xylem brand. d. Taco Comfort Solutions. 2. Tank: Welded steel, rated for 125 psig (860 kPa) working pressure and 375 deg F (191 deg C) maximum operating temperature. Factory test after taps are fabricated and supports installed and are labeled in accordance with ASME BPVC, Section VIII, Division 1. 3. Diaphragm: Securely sealed into tank to separate air charge from system water to maintain required expansion capacity. 4. Air-Charge Fittings: Schrader valve, stainless steel with EPDM seats. B. Bladder-Type ASME Expansion Tanks: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. AMTROL, Inc. b. Armstrong Fluid Technology. c. Bell & Gossett; a Xylem brand. d. Taco Comfort Solutions. 1141 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Tank: Welded steel, rated for 125 psig (860 kPa) working pressure and 375 deg F (191 deg C) maximum operating temperature. Factory test after taps are fabricated and supports installed and are labeled in accordance with ASME BPVC, Section VIII, Division 1. 3. Bladder: Securely sealed into tank to separate air charge from system water to maintain required expansion capacity. Field-replaceable bladder. 4. Sight glass. 5. Air-Charge Fittings: Schrader valve, stainless steel with EPDM seats. C. Diaphragm-Type Non-ASME Expansion Tanks: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. AMTROL, Inc. b. Armstrong Fluid Technology. c. Bell & Gossett; a Xylem brand. d. Taco Comfort Solutions. 2. Tank: Carbon steel, non-ASME constructed, rated for minimum 100 psig (690 kPa) working pressure at minimum 200 deg F (115 deg C) maximum operating temperature. 3. Diaphragm: Securely sealed into tank to separate air charge from system water to maintain required expansion capacity. 4. Air-Charge Fittings: Schrader valve, stainless steel with EPDM seats. 2.4 AIR/DIRT SEPARATORS AND PURGERS A. In-Line Air Separators: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. AMTROL, Inc. b. Armstrong Fluid Technology. c. Bell & Gossett; a Xylem brand. d. Taco Comfort Solutions. 2. Tank: One-piece cast iron with an integral weir constructed to decelerate system flow to maximize air separation. 3. Maximum Working Pressure: Up to 175 psig (1207 kPa). 4. Maximum Operating Temperature: Up to 300 deg F (149 deg C). 2.5 STRAINERS A. Y-Pattern Strainers: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1142 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 a. Apollo Valves; a part of Aalberts Integrated Piping Systems. b. FNW; Ferguson Enterprises, Inc. c. Griswold Controls, LLC. d. Hays Fluid Controls. e. Victaulic Company. 2. Body: ASTM A126, Class B, cast iron with bolted cover and bottom drain connection. 3. End Connections: Threaded ends for NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller; flanged ends for NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger. 4. Strainer Screen: Stainless steel, 40-mesh strainer, or perforated stainless steel basket. 5. CWP Rating: 125 psig (860 kPa). 2.6 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS A. Stainless Steel Bellows, Flexible Connectors: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Flexicraft Industries. b. Flo Fab Inc. c. Metraflex Company (The). 2. Body: Stainless steel bellows with woven, flexible, bronze, wire-reinforcing protective jacket. 3. End Connections: Threaded or flanged to match equipment connected. 4. Performance: Capable of 3/4-inch (20-mm) misalignment. 5. CWP Rating: 150 psig (1035 kPa). 6. Maximum Operating Temperature: 250 deg F (121 deg C). B. Spherical, Rubber, Flexible Connectors: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Flexicraft Industries. b. Flo Fab Inc. c. Metraflex Company (The). 2. Body: Fiber-reinforced rubber body. 3. End Connections: Steel flanges drilled to align with Classes 150 and 300 steel flanges. 4. Performance: Capable of misalignment. 5. CWP Rating: 150 psig (1035 kPa). 6. Maximum Operating Temperature: 250 deg F (121 deg C). 1143 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine all piping specialties for cleanliness, freedom from foreign matter, and corrosion. Remove special packing materials, such as blocks, used to prevent disc movement during shipping and handling. B. Examine threads on all devices for form and cleanliness. C. Examine mating flange faces for conditions that might cause leakage. Check bolting for proper size, length, and material. Verify that gasket is of proper size, that its material composition is suitable for service, and that it is free from defects and damage. D. Do not attempt to repair defective piping specialties; replace with new devices. Remove defective piping specialties from site. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF VALVES A. Install calibrated-orifice balancing valve at each branch connection to return main. B. Install calibrated-orifice, balancing valve in the return pipe of each heating or cooling terminal. C. Install pressure-reducing valves at makeup-water connection to regulate system fill pressure. D. Install pressure-relief and safety-relief valves at hot-water generators and elsewhere as required by ASME BPVC. Pipe drain to nearest floor drain or as indicated on Drawings. Comply with ASME BPVC, Section VIII, Division 1, for installation requirements. 3.3 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES INSTALLATION A. Install manual air vents at high points in piping, at heat-transfer coils, and elsewhere as required for system air venting. B. Install automatic air vents at high points of system piping in mechanical equipment rooms only. 1. Provide air outlet drain line full size of air outlet to floor drain or to other point indicated on Drawings. C. Install manual vents at heat-transfer coils and elsewhere as required for air venting. D. Install in-line air separators in pump suction. Install drain valve on air separators NPS 2 (DN 50) and larger. E. Install tangential air separator in pump suction. Install blowdown piping with gate or full-port ball valve full size of separator outlet; extend full size to nearest floor drain. F. Install diaphragm- or bladder-type expansion tanks on the floor. 1144 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 G. Vent and purge air from hydronic system, and ensure that tank is properly charged with air to suit system Project requirements. END OF SECTION 232116 1145 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 232123 - HYDRONIC PUMPS TIPS: To view non-printing Editor's Notes that provide guidance for editing, click on MasterWorks/Single-File Formatting/Toggle/Editor's Notes. To read detailed research, technical information about products and materials, and coordination checklists, click on MasterWorks/Supporting Information. Content Requests: <Double click here to submit questions, comments, or suggested edits to this Section.> Access Manufacturer-Provided, AIA MasterSpec-Based Sections: <Double click here for this Section based on specific manufacturer’s products set as Basis-of-Design at ProductMasterSpec.com.> PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Close-coupled, in-line centrifugal pumps. 2. Wet-rotor pumps. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. ECM: Electronically commutated motor. B. EPDM: Ethylene propylene diene monomer. C. EPR: Ethylene propylene rubber. D. FKM: Fluoroelastomer polymer. E. HI: Hydraulic Institute. 1146 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 F. NBR: Nitrile rubber or Buna-N. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of pump. 1. Include certified performance curves and rated capacities, operating characteristics, furnished specialties, final impeller dimensions, and accessories for each type of product indicated. 2. Indicate pump's operating point on curves. B. Shop Drawings: For each pump. 1. Show pump layout and connections. 2. Include setting drawings with templates for installing foundation and anchor bolts and other anchorages. 3. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Plans, or BIM model, drawn to scale, showing the items described in this Section, and coordinated with all building trades. 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. 2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. 3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. B. Field quality-control reports. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For pumps to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Mechanical Seals: One mechanical seal(s) for each pump. 1147 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 2.2 CLOSE-COUPLED, IN-LINE CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Armstrong Pumps, Inc. 2. Aurora Pump; Pentair Ltd. 3. ITT Corporation. 4. Peerless Pump Company. B. Source Limitations: Obtain pumps from single source from single manufacturer. C. Description: Factory-assembled and -tested, centrifugal, overhung-impeller, close-coupled, in- line pump as defined in HI 1.1-1.2 and HI 1.3; designed for installation with pump and motor shafts mounted horizontally or vertically. D. Pump Construction: 1. Casing: Radially split, cast iron, with threaded gauge tappings at inlet and outlet, replaceable bronze wear rings, and threaded companion-flange connections. 2. Impeller: ASTM B584, cast bronze; statically and dynamically balanced, keyed to shaft, and secured with a locking cap screw. For constant-speed pumps, trim impeller to match specified performance. 3. Seal: Mechanical seal consisting of carbon rotating ring against a ceramic seat held by a stainless steel spring, and EPR/Carbon rubber bellows and gasket. Include water slinger on shaft between motor and seal. 4. Seal Flushing: Flush, cool, and lubricate pump seal by directing pump discharge water to flow over the seal. E. Shaft Coupling: Rigid, axially-split spacer coupling to allow service of pump seal without disturbing pump or motor. F. Motor: Comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor, and efficiency requirements for motors specified in Section 230513 "Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment." 1. NEMA Premium Efficient motors as defined in NEMA MG 1. 2. Motor Sizes: Minimum size as indicated. If not indicated, large enough so driven load will not require motor to operate in service factor range above 1.0. 3. Controllers, Electrical Devices, and Wiring: Comply with requirements for electrical devices and connections specified in electrical Sections. 4. Variable-speed motor. 1148 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 5. Provide integral pump motor variable-speed controller. G. Capacities and Characteristics: 1. Capacity: See Plans and Schedules 2.3 WET-ROTOR PUMPS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Armstrong Pumps, Inc. 2. Grundfos Pumps Corporation. 3. ITT Corporation. B. Source Limitations: Obtain pumps from single source from single manufacturer. C. Description: Factory-assembled and -tested, wet-rotor pump. Pump and motor to form an integral unit with bearings lubricated by the pumped liquid. D. Pump Construction: 1. Body: Cast iron. 2. Impeller: Type 304 stainless steel. 3. Pump Shaft: Type 316 stainless steel. 4. Bearings. Double-sintered carbon. E. Motor: Variable speed. 1. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by an NRTL, and marked for intended location and use. 2. Comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor, and efficiency requirements for motors specified in Section 230513 "Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment." a. Efficiency: Premium Efficiency. b. NEMA Design: <Insert designation>. c. Service Factor: <Insert value>. 3. Integral pump motor variable-speed control. 4. ECM. F. Capacities and Characteristics: 1. Capacity: See Plans and schedules. 2.4 AUTOMATIC CONDENSATE PUMP UNITS A. <Double click here to find, evaluate, and insert list of manufacturers and products.> 1149 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Source Limitations: Obtain pump units from single source from single manufacturer. C. Description: Packaged units with corrosion-resistant pump, [aluminum] [plastic] tank with cover, and automatic controls. Collects and removes condensate from fan coil units, air handling units, condensing boilers, and similar components. Include factory- or field-installed check valve and 72-inch- (1800-mm-) minimum, electrical power cord with plug. D. Capacities and Characteristics: 1. Tank Capacity: <Insert gal (L)>. 2. Pump Capacity: <Insert gpm (L/s)>. 3. Maximum Lift: <Insert feet (m)>. 4. Motor Horsepower: <Insert value>. 5. Electrical Characteristics: a. Volts: [120] <Insert value> V. b. Phase: Single. c. Hertz: 60 Hz. d. Full-Load Amperes: <Insert value> A. e. Minimum Circuit Ampacity: <Insert value> A. f. Maximum Overcurrent Protection: <Insert value> A. 2.5 INTEGRAL PUMP MOTOR VARIABLE-SPEED CONTROLLERS A. Where specified or scheduled, provide pumps with an integral pump motor speed controller. 1. Motor: Operates as constant- or variable-speed pump with speed regulated by an integrated variable-speed drive. 2. Integrated Pump Controller: Supports direct communication with the building management system (BMS) with built-in support for the following protocols: BACnet™ MS/TP. 3. Commissioning and pump set up access to pump controls via the following: a. A web interface (data exchange). b. A user interface located on the face of speed controller to adjust modes and mode values. c. An electronic display that reads real-time mode set values, flow, head, speed, and power and that locks out unauthorized adjustment of pump. 4. Provide electronics with "Auto" as factory default but slope of the proportional curve will automatically match the required system curve, constant pressure control (delta-p/c), variable differential pressure control (delta-p/v), constant curve duty (uncontrolled pump), and rpm regulation. RPM (speed) regulation can be accomplished by the following: a. Manual (via user interface or HTML). b. Remote via 0 to 10 V dc. c. Data protocol communications with the BMS. 1150 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 5. Pump Electronics: Standard with multiple digital inputs and one external digital output to be available for additional mechanical room control and pump status monitoring. 6. Controller: Mounted on or adjacent to the motor. Provide enclosure rated to UL Type 12. 7. Electronically Protected Pumps: Rated for continuous duty and with built -in startup circuit. Provide overcurrent, line surge and current limit protection, thermal monitoring, heat sink status and over temperature protection. 8. Pump capable of being monitored continuously via integrated Internet link. 9. Integrated pump controller system to have the following features: a. Controller software shall be capable of sensorless control in variable-volume systems without need for pump-mounted (internal/external) or remotely mounted differential pressure sensor. b. Integrated Pump Controller Sensorless Control: Operates under Quadratic Pressure Control (QPC) to ensure that head reduction with reducing flow conforms to quadratic control curve. c. Controller: 1) Minimum head of 40 percent of design duty head. 2) User-adjustable control mode settings and minimum/maximum head set points using built-in programming interface. d. Controller Integrated Control Software: 1) Capable of controlling pump performance for non-overloading power at every point of operation. 2) Capable of maintaining flow rate data. 2.6 ELECTRONICALLY COMMUTATED MOTOR (ECM) A. Provide pumps so they are specified or scheduled with ECM. 1. Synchronous, constant torque, ECM with permanent magnet rotor. Rotor magnets to be time-stable, nontoxic ceramic magnets (Sr-Fe). 2. Driven by a frequency converter with an integrated power factor correction filter. Conventional induction motors will not be acceptable. 3. Each motor with an integrated variable-frequency drive, tested as one unit by manufacturer. 4. Motor speed adjustable over full range from 0 rpm to maximum scheduled speed. 5. Variable motor speed to be controlled by a 0- to 10 V-dc or 4- to 20-mA input. 6. Integrated motor protection verified by UL to protect the pump agai nst over- /undervoltage, overtemperature of motor and/or electronics, overcurrent, locked rotor, and dry run (no-load condition). 1151 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine equipment foundations and anchor-bolt locations for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Examine roughing-in for piping systems to verify actual locations of piping connections before pump installation. C. Examine foundations and inertia bases for suitable conditions where pumps will be installed. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PUMP INSTALLATION A. Comply with HI 1.4. B. Install pumps to provide access for periodic maintenance including removing motors, impellers, couplings, and accessories. C. Independently support pumps and piping so weight of piping is not supported by pumps and weight of pumps is not supported by piping. D. Automatic Condensate Pump Units: Install units for collecting condensate and extend to open drain. E. Equipment Mounting: 1. Comply with requirements for vibration isolation and seismic-control devices specified in Section 230548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC." 2. Comply with requirements for vibration isolation devices specified in Section 230548.13 "Vibration Controls for HVAC." F. Equipment Mounting: Install in-line pumps with continuous-thread hanger rods and spring hangers with vertical-limit stop of size required to support weight of in-line pumps. 1. Comply with requirements for seismic-restraint devices specified in Section 230548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC." 2. Comply with requirements for hangers and supports specified in Section 230529 "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment." 3.3 ALIGNMENT A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform alignment service. B. Perform alignment service. When required by manufacturer to maintain warranty coverage, engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform it. 1152 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. Comply with requirements in HI standards for alignment of pump and motor shaft. Add shims to the motor feet and bolt motor to base frame. Do not use grout between motor feet and base frame. D. Comply with pump and coupling manufacturers' written instructions. E. After alignment is correct, tighten foundation bolts evenly but not too firmly. Completely fill baseplate with nonshrink, nonmetallic grout while metal blocks and shims or wedges are in place. After grout has cured, fully tighten foundation bolts. 3.4 PIPING CONNECTIONS A. Comply with requirements for piping specified in Section 232213 "Steam and Condensate Heating Piping" and Section 232216 "Steam and Condensate Piping Specialties." Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Where installing piping adjacent to pump, allow space for service and maintenance. C. Connect piping to pumps. Install valves that are same size as piping connected to pumps. D. Install suction and discharge pipe sizes equal to or greater than diameter of pump nozzles. E. Install check, shutoff, and throttling valves on discharge side of pumps. F. Install Y-type strainer and shutoff valve on suction side of pumps. 1. Use startup strainer for initial system startup. Install permanent strainer element before turnover of system to Owner. G. Install flexible connectors on suction and discharge sides of base-mounted pumps between pump casing and valves. H. Install pressure gauges on pump suction and discharge or at integral pressure -gauge tapping, or install single gauge with multiple-input selector valve. I. Install check valve on each condensate pump unit discharge unless unit has a factory -installed check valve. 3.5 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS A. Connect wiring in accordance with Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." B. Ground equipment in accordance with Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." C. Install electrical devices furnished by manufacturer, but not factory mounted, in accordance with NFPA 70 and NECA 1. 1153 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 D. Install nameplate for each electrical connection, indicating electrical equipment designation and circuit number feeding connection. 1. Nameplate shall be laminated acrylic or melamine plastic signs, as specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." 2. Nameplate shall be laminated acrylic or melamine plastic signs with a black background and engraved white letters at least 1/2 inch (13 mm) high. 3.6 CONTROL CONNECTIONS A. Install control and electrical power wiring to field-mounted control devices. B. Connect control wiring in accordance with Section 260523 "Control-Voltage Electrical Power Cables." 3.7 STARTUP SERVICE A. Perform startup service. 1. Complete installation and startup checks in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Check piping connections for tightness. 3. Clean strainers on suction piping. Use startup strainer for initial startup. 4. Perform the following startup checks for each pump before starting: a. Verify bearing lubrication. b. Verify that pump is free to rotate by hand and that pump for handling hot liquid is free to rotate with pump hot and cold. If pump is bound or drags, do not operate until cause of trouble is determined and corrected. c. Verify that pump is rotating in correct direction. 5. Prime pump by opening suction valves and closing drains, and prepare pump for operation. 6. Start motor. 7. Open discharge valve slowly. 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to test and inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections. C. Perform tests and inspections. D. Hydronic pumps will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. 1154 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 E. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.9 DEMONSTRATION A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain hydronic pumps. END OF SECTION 232123 1155 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 232300 - REFRIGERANT PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Refrigerant pipes and fittings. 2. Refrigerant piping valves and specialties. 3. Refrigerants. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of valve, refrigerant piping, and piping specialty. 1. Include pressure drop, based on manufacturer's test data, for the following: a. Thermostatic expansion valves. b. Solenoid valves. c. Hot-gas bypass valves. d. Filter dryers. e. Strainers. f. Pressure-regulating valves. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Welding certificates. B. Field quality-control reports. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For refrigerant valves and piping specialties to include in maintenance manuals. 1156 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to 2010 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications." B. Comply with ASHRAE 15, "Safety Code for Refrigeration Systems." C. Comply with ASME B31.5, "Refrigeration Piping and Heat Transfer Components." 1.7 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Store piping with end caps in place to ensure that piping interior and exterior are clean when installed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Line Test Pressure for Refrigerant R-410A: 1. Suction Lines for Air-Conditioning Applications: 300 psig. 2. Suction Lines for Heat-Pump Applications: 535 psig. 3. Hot-Gas and Liquid Lines: 535 psig. 2.2 COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS A. Copper Tube: ASTM B 280, Type ACR. B. Wrought-Copper Fittings: ASME B16.22. C. Wrought-Copper Unions: ASME B16.22. D. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32. Use 95-5 tin antimony or alloy HB solder to join copper socket fittings on copper pipe. E. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8/A5.8M. F. Flexible Connectors: 1. Body: Tin-bronze bellows with woven, flexible, tinned-bronze-wire-reinforced protective jacket. 2. End Connections: Socket ends. 3. Offset Performance: Capable of minimum 3/4-inch misalignment in minimum 7-inch- long assembly. 4. Working Pressure Rating: Factory test at minimum 500 psig. 1157 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 5. Maximum Operating Temperature: 250 deg F. 2.3 STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, black steel with plain ends; type, grade, and wall thickness as selected in piping application articles. B. Wrought-Steel Fittings: ASTM A 234/A 234M, for welded joints. C. Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5, steel, including bolts, nuts, and gaskets, bevel-welded end connection, and raised face. D. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12M/D10.12 for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded. E. Flanged Unions: 1. Body: Forged-steel flanges for NPS 1 to NPS 1-1/2 and ductile iron for NPS 2 to NPS 3. Apply rust-resistant finish at factory. 2. Gasket: Fiber asbestos free. 3. Fasteners: Four plated-steel bolts, with silicon bronze nuts. Apply rust-resistant finish at factory. 4. End Connections: Brass tailpiece adapters for solder-end connections to copper tubing. 5. Offset Performance: Capable of minimum 3/4-inch misalignment in minimum 7-inch- long assembly. 6. Pressure Rating: Factory test at minimum 400 psig. 7. Maximum Operating Temperature: 330 deg F. F. Flexible Connectors: 1. Body: Stainless-steel bellows with woven, flexible, stainless-steel-wire-reinforced protective jacket. 2. End Connections: a. NPS 2 and Smaller: With threaded-end connections. b. NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: With flanged-end connections. 3. Offset Performance: Capable of minimum 3/4-inch misalignment in minimum 7-inch- long assembly. 4. Pressure Rating: Factory test at minimum 500 psig. 5. Maximum Operating Temperature: 250 deg F. 2.4 VALVES AND SPECIALTIES A. Diaphragm Packless Valves: 1158 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Danfoss Inc. b. Parker Hannifin Corp. c. Paul Mueller Company. 2. Body and Bonnet: Forged brass or cast bronze; globe design with straight-through or angle pattern. 3. Diaphragm: Phosphor bronze and stainless steel with stainless-steel spring. 4. Operator: Rising stem and hand wheel. 5. Seat: Nylon. 6. End Connections: Socket, union, or flanged. 7. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig. 8. Maximum Operating Temperature: 275 deg F. B. Packed-Angle Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Danfoss Inc. b. Parker Hannifin Corp. c. Paul Mueller Company. 2. Body and Bonnet: Forged brass or cast bronze. 3. Packing: Molded stem, back seating, and replaceable under pressure. 4. Operator: Rising stem. 5. Seat: Nonrotating, self-aligning polytetrafluoroethylene. 6. Seal Cap: Forged-brass or valox hex cap. 7. End Connections: Socket, union, threaded, or flanged. 8. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig. 9. Maximum Operating Temperature: 275 deg F. C. Check Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: a. Apollo Flow Controls; Conbraco Industries, Inc. b. Danfoss Inc. c. Paul Mueller Company. 2. Body: Ductile iron, forged brass, or cast bronze; globe pattern. 3. Bonnet: Bolted ductile iron, forged brass, or cast bronze; or brass hex plug. 4. Piston: Removable polytetrafluoroethylene seat. 5. Closing Spring: Stainless steel. 6. Manual Opening Stem: Seal cap, plated-steel stem, and graphite seal. 1159 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 7. End Connections: Socket, union, threaded, or flanged. 8. Maximum Opening Pressure: 0.50 psig. 9. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig. 10. Maximum Operating Temperature: 275 deg F. D. Service Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Danfoss Inc. b. Emerson Climate Technologies. c. Paul Mueller Company. 2. Body: Forged brass with brass cap including key end to remove core. 3. Core: Removable ball-type check valve with stainless-steel spring. 4. Seat: Polytetrafluoroethylene. 5. End Connections: Copper spring. 6. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig. E. Solenoid Valves: Comply with AHRI 760 and UL 429; listed and labeled by a National Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL). 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Danfoss Inc. b. Emerson Climate Technologies. c. Paul Mueller Company. 2. Body and Bonnet: Plated steel. 3. Solenoid Tube, Plunger, Closing Spring, and Seat Orifice: Stainless steel. 4. Seat: Polytetrafluoroethylene. 5. End Connections: Threaded. 6. Electrical: Molded, watertight coil in NEMA 250 enclosure of type required by location with 1/2-inch conduit adapter, and 24-V ac coil. 7. Working Pressure Rating: 400 psig. 8. Maximum Operating Temperature: 240 deg F. F. Safety Relief Valves: Comply with 2010 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code; listed and labeled by an NRTL. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Danfoss Inc. b. Heldon Products; Henry Technologies. c. Paul Mueller Company. 1160 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Body and Bonnet: Ductile iron and steel, with neoprene O-ring seal. 3. Piston, Closing Spring, and Seat Insert: Stainless steel. 4. Seat: Polytetrafluoroethylene. 5. End Connections: Threaded. 6. Working Pressure Rating: 400 psig. 7. Maximum Operating Temperature: 240 deg F. G. Thermostatic Expansion Valves: Comply with AHRI 750. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Danfoss Inc. b. Emerson Climate Technologies. c. Paul Mueller Company. 2. Body, Bonnet, and Seal Cap: Forged brass or steel. 3. Diaphragm, Piston, Closing Spring, and Seat Insert: Stainless steel. 4. Packing and Gaskets: Non-asbestos. 5. Capillary and Bulb: Copper tubing filled with refrigerant charge. 6. Suction Temperature: 40 deg F. 7. Superheat: Adjustable. 8. Reverse-flow option (for heat-pump applications). 9. End Connections: Socket, flare, or threaded union. 10. Working Pressure Rating: 450 psig. H. Hot-Gas Bypass Valves: Comply with UL 429; listed and labeled by an NRTL. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Danfoss Inc. b. Heldon Products; Henry Technologies. c. Parker Hannifin Corp. 2. Body, Bonnet, and Seal Cap: Ductile iron or steel. 3. Diaphragm, Piston, Closing Spring, and Seat Insert: Stainless steel. 4. Packing and Gaskets: Non-asbestos. 5. Solenoid Tube, Plunger, Closing Spring, and Seat Orifice: Stainless steel. 6. Seat: Polytetrafluoroethylene. 7. Equalizer: Internal. 8. Electrical: Molded, watertight coil in NEMA 250 enclosure of type required by location with 1/2-inch conduit adapter and 24-V ac coil. 9. End Connections: Socket. 10. Throttling Range: Maximum 5 psig. 11. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig. 12. Maximum Operating Temperature: 240 deg F. 1161 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 I. Straight-Type Strainers: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Danfoss Inc. b. Heldon Products; Henry Technologies. c. Parker Hannifin Corp. 2. Body: Welded steel with corrosion-resistant coating. 3. Screen: 100-mesh stainless steel. 4. End Connections: Socket or flare. 5. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig. 6. Maximum Operating Temperature: 275 deg F. J. Moisture/Liquid Indicators: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Danfoss Inc. b. Emerson Climate Technologies. c. Heldon Products; Henry Technologies. 2. Body: Forged brass. 3. Window: Replaceable, clear, fused glass window with indicating element protected by filter screen. 4. Indicator: Color coded to show moisture content in parts per million (ppm). 5. Minimum Moisture Indicator Sensitivity: Indicate moisture above 60 ppm. 6. End Connections: Socket or flare. 7. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig. 8. Maximum Operating Temperature: 240 deg F. K. Replaceable-Core Filter Dryers: Comply with AHRI 730. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Danfoss Inc. b. Emerson Climate Technologies. c. Parker Hannifin Corp. 2. Body and Cover: Painted-steel shell with ductile-iron cover, stainless-steel screws, and neoprene gaskets. 3. Filter Media: 10 micron, pleated with integral end rings; stainless-steel support. 4. Desiccant Media: Activated alumina. 5. Designed for reverse flow (for heat-pump applications). 6. End Connections: Socket. 1162 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 7. Access Ports: NPS 1/4 connections at entering and leaving sides for pressure differential measurement. 8. Maximum Pressure Loss: 2 psig. 9. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig. 10. Maximum Operating Temperature: 240 deg F. 2.5 REFRIGERANTS A. ASHRAE 34, R-410A: Pentafluoroethane/Difluoromethane. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Arkema Inc. b. DuPont Fluorochemicals Div. c. Genetron Refrigerants; Honeywell International Inc. d. Mexichem Fluor Inc. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PIPING APPLICATIONS FOR REFRIGERANT R-410A A. Suction Lines NPS 3-1/2 and Smaller for Conventional Air-Conditioning Applications: Copper, Type ACR, drawn-temper tubing and wrought-copper fittings with brazed joints. B. Hot-Gas and Liquid Lines: Copper, Type ACR, drawn-temper tubing and wrought-copper fittings with Alloy HB soldered joints. C. Safety-Relief-Valve Discharge Piping: Copper, Type ACR, drawn-temper tubing and wrought- copper fittings with Alloy HB soldered joints. 3.2 VALVE AND SPECIALTY APPLICATIONS A. Install service valves for gage taps at inlet and outlet of hot -gas bypass valves and strainers if they are not an integral part of valves and strainers. B. Install a check valve at the compressor discharge and a liquid accumulator at the compressor suction connection. C. Install a full-size, three-valve bypass around filter dryers. D. Install solenoid valves upstream from each expansion valve and hot -gas bypass valve. Install solenoid valves in horizontal lines with coil at top. E. Install thermostatic expansion valves as close as possible to distributors on evaporators. 1163 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Install valve so diaphragm case is warmer than bulb. 2. Secure bulb to clean, straight, horizontal section of suction line using two bulb straps. Do not mount bulb in a trap or at bottom of the line. 3. If external equalizer lines are required, make connection where it will reflect suction-line pressure at bulb location. F. Install safety relief valves where required by 2010 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Pipe safety-relief-valve discharge line to outside according to ASHRAE 15. G. Install moisture/liquid indicators in liquid line at the inlet of the thermostatic expansion valve or at the inlet of the evaporator coil capillary tube. H. Install strainers upstream from and adjacent to the following unless they are furnished as an integral assembly for the device being protected: 1. Solenoid valves. 2. Thermostatic expansion valves. 3. Hot-gas bypass valves. 4. Compressor. I. Install filter dryers in liquid line between compressor and thermostatic expansion valve. J. Install receivers sized to accommodate pump-down charge. K. Install flexible connectors at compressors. 3.3 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems; indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Shop Drawings. B. Install refrigerant piping according to ASHRAE 15. C. Install piping in concealed locations unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. D. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. E. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. F. Install piping adjacent to machines to allow service and maintenance. G. Install piping free of sags and bends. 1164 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 H. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. I. Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure. J. Refer to Section 230923 "Direct Digital Control (DDC) System for HVAC" and Section 230993.11 "Sequence of Operations for HVAC DDC" for solenoid valve controllers, control wiring, and sequence of operation. K. Install piping as short and direct as possible, with a minimum number of joints, elbows, and fittings. L. Arrange piping to allow inspection and service of refrigeration equipment. Install valves and specialties in accessible locations to allow for service and inspection. Install access doors or panels if valves or equipment requiring maintenance is concealed behind finished surfaces. M. Install refrigerant piping in protective conduit where installed belowground. N. Install refrigerant piping in rigid or flexible conduit in locations where exposed to mechanical injury. O. Slope refrigerant piping as follows: 1. Install horizontal hot-gas discharge piping with a uniform slope downward away from compressor. 2. Install horizontal suction lines with a uniform slope downward to compressor. 3. Install traps and double risers to entrain oil in vertical runs. 4. Liquid lines may be installed level. P. When brazing or soldering, remove solenoid-valve coils and sight glasses; also remove valve stems, seats, and packing, and accessible internal parts of refrigerant specialties. Do not apply heat near expansion-valve bulb. Q. Before installation of steel refrigerant piping, clean pipe and fittings using the following procedures: 1. Shot blast the interior of piping. 2. Remove coarse particles of dirt and dust by drawing a clean, lintless cloth through tubing by means of a wire or electrician's tape. 3. Draw a clean, lintless cloth saturated with trichloroethylene through the tube or pipe. Continue this procedure until cloth is not discolored by dirt. 4. Draw a clean, lintless cloth, saturated with compressor oil, squeezed dry, through the t ube or pipe to remove remaining lint. Inspect tube or pipe visually for remaining dirt and lint. 5. Finally, draw a clean, dry, lintless cloth through the tube or pipe. 6. Safety-relief-valve discharge piping is not required to be cleaned but is required to be open to allow unrestricted flow. 1165 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 R. Install piping with adequate clearance between pipe and adjacent walls and hangers or between pipes for insulation installation. S. Identify refrigerant piping and valves according to Section 230553 "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment." T. Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for sleeves specified in Section 230517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for HVAC Piping." U. Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. Comply with requirements for sleeve seals specified in Section 230517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for HVAC Piping." V. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for escutcheons specified in Section 230518 "Escutcheons for HVAC Piping." 3.4 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. B. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly. C. Fill pipe and fittings with an inert gas (nitrogen or carbon dioxide), during brazing or welding, to prevent scale formation. D. Soldered Joints: Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook." E. Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," Chapter "Pipe and Tube." 1. Use Type BCuP (copper-phosphorus) alloy for joining copper socket fittings with copper pipe. 2. Use Type BAg (cadmium-free silver) alloy for joining copper with bronze or steel. F. Threaded Joints: Thread steel pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and to restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry -seal threading is specified. 2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds. G. Steel pipe can be threaded, but threaded joints must be seal brazed or seal welded. 1166 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 H. Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS D10.12M/D10.12. I. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness for service application. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. 3.5 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Comply with requirements for pipe hangers and supports specified in Section 230529 "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment." B. Install the following pipe attachments: 1. Adjustable steel clevis hangers for individual horizontal runs less than 20 feet long. 2. Roller hangers and spring hangers for individual horizontal runs 20 feet or longer. 3. Pipe Roller: MSS SP-58, Type 44 for multiple horizontal piping 20 feet or longer, supported on a trapeze. 4. Spring hangers to support vertical runs. 5. Copper-clad hangers and supports for hangers and supports in direct contact with copper pipe. C. Install hangers for copper tubing with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. NPS 1/2: Maximum span, 60 inches; minimum rod, 1/4 inch. 2. NPS 5/8: Maximum span, 60 inches; minimum rod, 1/4 inch. 3. NPS 1: Maximum span, 72 inches; minimum rod, 1/4 inch. 4. NPS 1-1/4: Maximum span, 96 inches; minimum rod, 3/8 inch. 5. NPS 1-1/2: Maximum span, 96 inches; minimum rod, 3/8 inch. 6. NPS 2: Maximum span, 96 inches; minimum rod, 3/8 inch. 7. NPS 2-1/2: Maximum span, 108 inches; minimum rod, 3/8 inch. 8. NPS 3: Maximum span, 10 feet; minimum rod, 3/8 inch. 9. NPS 4: Maximum span, 12 feet; minimum rod, 1/2 inch. D. Install hangers for steel piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. NPS 2: Maximum span, 10 feet; minimum rod, 3/8 inch. 2. NPS 2-1/2: Maximum span, 11 feet; minimum rod, 3/8 inch. 3. NPS 3: Maximum span, 12 feet; minimum rod, 3/8 inch. 4. NPS 4: Maximum span, 14 feet; minimum rod, 1/2 inch. E. Support multifloor vertical runs at least at each floor. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and inspections: 1167 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Comply with ASME B31.5, Chapter VI. 2. Test refrigerant piping, specialties, and receivers. Isolate compressor, condenser, evaporator, and safety devices from test pressure if they are not rated above the test pressure. 3. Test high- and low-pressure side piping of each system separately at not less than the pressures indicated in "Performance Requirements" Article. a. Fill system with nitrogen to the required test pressure. b. System shall maintain test pressure at the manifold gage throughout duration of test. c. Test joints and fittings with electronic leak detector or by brushing a small amount of soap and glycerin solution over joints. d. Remake leaking joints using new materials, and retest until satisfactory results are achieved. B. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.7 SYSTEM CHARGING A. Charge system using the following procedures: 1. Install core in filter dryers after leak test but before evacuation. 2. Evacuate entire refrigerant system with a vacuum pump to 500 micrometers. If vacuum holds for 12 hours, system is ready for charging. 3. Break vacuum with refrigerant gas, allowing pressure to build up to 2 psig. 4. Charge system with a new filter-dryer core in charging line. 3.8 ADJUSTING A. Adjust thermostatic expansion valve to obtain proper evaporator superheat. B. Adjust high- and low-pressure switch settings to avoid short cycling in response to fluctuating suction pressure. C. Adjust set-point temperature of air-conditioning or chilled-water controllers to the system design temperature. D. Perform the following adjustments before operating the refrigeration system, according to manufacturer's written instructions: 1. Open shutoff valves in condenser water circuit. 2. Verify that compressor oil level is correct. 3. Open compressor suction and discharge valves. 4. Open refrigerant valves except bypass valves that are used for other purposes. 5. Check open compressor-motor alignment and verify lubrication for motors and bearings. 1168 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 E. Replace core of replaceable filter dryer after system has been adjusted and after design flow rates and pressures are established. END OF SECTION 232300 1169 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 233113 - METAL DUCTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Single-wall rectangular ducts and fittings. 2. Single-wall round ducts and fittings. 3. Sheet metal materials. 4. Duct liner. 5. Sealants and gaskets. 6. Hangers and supports. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 230593 "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC" for testing, adjusting, and balancing requirements for metal ducts. 2. Section 233300 "Air Duct Accessories" for dampers, sound-control devices, duct- mounting access doors and panels, turning vanes, and flexible ducts. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. OSHPD: Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development (State of California). 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of the following products: 1. Liners and adhesives. 2. Sealants and gaskets. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Fabrication, assembly, and installation, including plans, elevations, sections, components, and attachments to other work. 2. Factory- and shop-fabricated ducts and fittings. 1170 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3. Duct layout indicating sizes, configuration, liner material, and static-pressure classes. 4. Elevation of top and bottom of ducts. 5. Dimensions of main duct runs from building grid lines. 6. Fittings. 7. Reinforcement and spacing. 8. Seam and joint construction. 9. Penetrations through fire-rated and other partitions. 10. Equipment installation based on equipment being used on Project. 11. Locations for duct accessories, including dampers, turning vanes, and access doors and panels. 12. Hangers and supports, including methods for duct and building attachment and vibration isolation. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: A single set of plans or BIM model, drawn to scale, showing the items described in this Section, and coordinated with all building trades. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Airstream Surfaces: Surfaces in contact with airstream shall comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1. B. ASHRAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1, Section 5 - "Systems and Equipment," and Section 7 - "Construction and System Startup." C. ASHRAE/IES Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IES 90.1, Section 6.4.4 - "HVAC System Construction and Insulation." D. Duct Dimensions: Unless otherwise indicated, all duct dimensions indicated on Drawings are inside clear dimensions and do not include insulation or duct wall thickness. 2.2 SINGLE-WALL RECTANGULAR DUCTS AND FITTINGS A. General Fabrication Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" based on indicated static-pressure class unless otherwise indicated. 1. Construct ducts of galvanized sheet steel unless otherwise indicated. B. Transverse Joints: Fabricate joints in accordance with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-1, "Rectangular Duct/Transverse Joints," for static- 1171 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." 1. For ducts with longest side less than 36 inches, select joint types in accordance with Figure 2-1. 2. For ducts with longest side 36 inches or greater, use flange joint connector Type T-22, T- 24, T-24A, T-25a, or T-25b. Factory-fabricated flanged duct connection system may be used if submitted and approved by engineer of record. C. Longitudinal Seams: Select seam types and fabricate in accordance with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-2, "Rectangular Duct/Longitudinal Seams," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct- support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." D. Elbows, Transitions, Offsets, Branch Connections, and Other Duct Construction: Select types and fabricate in accordance with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Ch. 4, "Fittings and Other Construction," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." 2.3 DOUBLE-WALL RECTANGULAR DUCTS AND FITTINGS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. McGill AirFlow LLC. 2. Sheet Metal Connectors, Inc. B. Rectangular Ducts: Fabricate ducts with indicated dimensions for clear internal dimensions of the inner duct. C. Outer Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" based on indicated static-pressure class unless otherwise indicated. D. Transverse Joints: Select joint types and fabricate in accordance with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-1, "Rectangular Duct/Transverse Joints," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct- support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." E. Longitudinal Seams: Select seam types and fabricate in accordance with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-2, "Rectangular Duct/Longitudinal Seams," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct- support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standard s - Metal and Flexible." 1172 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 F. Inner Duct: Minimum 0.028-inch (0.7-mm) perforated galvanized sheet steel having 3/32-inch- (2.4-mm-) diameter perforations, with overall open area of 23 percent. G. Formed-on Transverse Joints (Flanges): Select joint types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-1, "Rectangular Duct/Traverse Joints," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." H. Longitudinal Seams: Select seam types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-2, "Rectangular Duct/Longitudinal Seams," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct- support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." 2.4 SINGLE-WALL ROUND DUCTS AND FITTINGS A. General Fabrication Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Ch. 3, "Round, Oval, and Flexible Duct," based on indicated static-pressure class unless otherwise indicated. 1. Construct ducts of galvanized sheet steel unless otherwise indicated. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Ductmate Industries, Inc. b. McGill AirFlow LLC. c. SEMCO LLC. d. Spiral Manufacturing Co., Inc. B. Transverse Joints: Select joint types and fabricate in accordance with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-1, "Round Duct Transverse Joints," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." 1. Transverse Joints in Ducts Larger Than 60 Inches in Diameter: Flanged. C. Longitudinal Seams: Select seam types and fabricate in accordance with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-2, "Round Duct Longitudinal Seams," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct- support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." 1. Fabricate round ducts larger than 90 inches in diameter with butt-welded longitudinal seams. 1173 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Fabricate flat-oval ducts larger than 72 inches in width (major dimension) with butt- welded longitudinal seams. D. Tees and Laterals: Select types and fabricate in accordance with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-5, "90 Degree Tees and Laterals," and Figure 3-6, "Conical Tees," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." 2.5 SHEET METAL MATERIALS A. General Material Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for acceptable materials, material thicknesses, and duct construction methods unless otherwise indicated. Sheet metal materials shall be free of pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, and other imperfections. B. Galvanized Sheet Steel: Comply with ASTM A 653/A 653M. 1. Galvanized Coating Designation: G90. 2. Finishes for Surfaces Exposed to View: Mill phosphatized. C. Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4-inch-minimum diameter for lengths 36 inches or less; 3/8-inch- minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches. 2.6 DUCT LINER A. Flexible Elastomeric Duct Liner: Preformed, cellular, closed-cell, sheet materials complying with ASTM C 534/C 534M, Type II, Grade 1; and with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Aeroflex USA, Inc. b. Armacell LLC. c. Ductmate Industries, Inc. d. K-Flex USA. 2. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame-spread index of 25 and maximum smoke-developed index of 50 when tested in accordance with UL 723; certified by an NRTL. 3. Liner Adhesive: As recommended by insulation manufacturer and complying with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B. B. Insulation Pins and Washers: 1174 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Cupped-Head, Capacitor-Discharge-Weld Pins: Copper- or zinc-coated steel pin, fully annealed for capacitor-discharge welding, 0.106-inch- diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated with integral 1-1/2-inch galvanized carbon-steel washer. 2. Insulation-Retaining Washers: Self-locking washers formed from 0.016-inch-thick galvanized steel; with beveled edge sized as required to hold insulation securely in place, but not less than 1-1/2 inches in diameter. C. Shop Application of Duct Liner: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 7-11, "Flexible Duct Liner Installation." 1. Adhere a single layer of indicated thickness of duct liner with at least 90 percent adhesive coverage at liner contact surface area. Attaining indicated thickness with multiple layers of duct liner is prohibited. 2. Apply adhesive to transverse edges of liner facing upstream that do not receive metal nosing. 3. Butt transverse joints without gaps, and coat joint with adhesive. 4. Fold and compress liner in corners of rectangular ducts or cut and fit to ensure butted- edge overlapping. 5. Do not apply liner in rectangular ducts with longitudinal joints, except at corners of ducts, unless duct size and dimensions of standard liner make longitudinal joints necessary. 6. Apply adhesive coating on longitudinal seams in ducts with air velocity of 2500 fpmor greater. 7. Secure liner with mechanical fasteners 4 inches from corners and at intervals not exceeding 12 inches transversely; at 3 inches from transverse joints and at intervals not exceeding 18 inches longitudinally. 8. Secure transversely oriented liner edges facing the airstream with metal nosings that have either channel or "Z" profiles or are integrally formed from duct wall . Fabricate edge facings at the following locations: a. Fan discharges. b. Intervals of lined duct preceding unlined duct. c. Upstream edges of transverse joints in ducts where air velocities are higher than 2500 fpm or where indicated. 9. Secure insulation between perforated sheet metal inner duct of same thickness as specified for outer shell. Use mechanical fasteners that maintain inner duct at uniform distance from outer shell without compressing insulation. a. Sheet Metal Inner Duct Perforations: 3/32-inch diameter, with an overall open area of 23 percent. 10. Terminate inner ducts with buildouts attached to fire-damper sleeves, dampers, turning vane assemblies, or other devices. Fabricated buildouts (metal hat sections) or other buildout means are optional; when used, secure buildouts to duct walls with bolts, screws, rivets, or welds. 1175 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.7 SEALANT AND GASKETS A. General Sealant and Gasket Requirements: Surface-burning characteristics for sealants and gaskets shall be a maximum flame-spread index of 25 and a maximum smoke-developed index of 50 when tested in accordance with UL 723; certified by an NRTL. B. Two-Part Tape Sealing System: 1. Tape: Woven cotton fiber impregnated with mineral gypsum and modified acrylic/silicone activator to react exothermically with tape to form hard, durable, airtight seal. 2. Tape Width: 3 inches. 3. Sealant: Modified styrene acrylic. 4. Water resistant. 5. Mold and mildew resistant. 6. Maximum Static-Pressure Class: 10 inch wg, positive and negative. 7. Service: Indoor and outdoor. 8. Service Temperature: Minus 40 to plus 200 deg F. 9. Substrate: Compatible with galvanized sheet steel (both PVC coated and bare), stainless steel, or aluminum. C. Water-Based Joint and Seam Sealant: 1. Application Method: Brush on. 2. Solids Content: Minimum 65 percent. 3. Shore A Hardness: Minimum 20. 4. Water resistant. 5. Mold and mildew resistant. 6. VOC: Maximum 75 g/L (less water). 7. Maximum Static-Pressure Class: 10 inch wg, positive and negative. 8. Service: Indoor or outdoor. 9. Substrate: Compatible with galvanized sheet steel (both PVC coated and bare), stainless steel, or aluminum sheets. D. Solvent-Based Joint and Seam Sealant: 1. Application Method: Brush on. 2. Base: Synthetic rubber resin. 3. Solvent: Toluene and heptane. 4. Solids Content: Minimum 60 percent. 5. Shore A Hardness: Minimum 60. 6. Water resistant. 7. Mold and mildew resistant. 8. Maximum Static-Pressure Class: 10-inch wg, positive or negative. 9. Service: Indoor or outdoor. 10. Substrate: Compatible with galvanized sheet steel (both PVC coated and bare), stainless steel, or aluminum sheets. 1176 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 E. Flanged Joint Sealant: Comply with ASTM C 920. 1. General: Single-component, acid-curing, silicone, elastomeric. 2. Type: S. 3. Grade: NS. 4. Class: 25. 5. Use: O. F. Flange Gaskets: Butyl rubber, neoprene, or EPDM polymer with polyisobutylene plasticizer. G. Round Duct Joint O-Ring Seals: 1. Seal shall provide maximum leakage class of 3 cfm/100 sq. ft. at 1-inch wg and shall be rated for10-inch wg static-pressure class, positive or negative. 2. EPDM O-ring to seal in concave bead in coupling or fitting spigot. 3. Double-lipped, EPDM O-ring seal, mechanically fastened to factory-fabricated couplings and fitting spigots. 2.8 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Hanger Rods for Noncorrosive Environments: Galvanized-steel rods and nuts. B. Hanger Rods for Corrosive Environments: Electrogalvanized, all-thread rods or galvanized rods with threads painted with zinc-chromate primer after installation. C. Strap and Rod Sizes: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Table 5-1, "Rectangular Duct Hangers Minimum Size," and Table 5-2, "Minimum Hanger Sizes for Round Duct." D. Steel Cables for Galvanized-Steel Ducts: Galvanized steel complying with ASTM A 603. E. Steel Cables for Stainless-Steel Ducts: Stainless steel complying with ASTM A 492. F. Steel Cable End Connections: Galvanized-steel assemblies with brackets, swivel, and bolts designed for duct hanger service; with an automatic-locking and clamping device. G. Duct Attachments: Sheet metal screws, blind rivets, or self-tapping metal screws; compatible with duct materials. H. Trapeze and Riser Supports: 1. Supports for Galvanized-Steel Ducts: Galvanized-steel shapes and plates. 2. Supports for Stainless-Steel Ducts: Stainless-steel shapes and plates. 3. Supports for Aluminum Ducts: Aluminum or galvanized steel coated with zinc chromate. 1177 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 DUCT INSTALLATION A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of duct system. Indicated duct locations, configurations, and arrangements were used to size ducts and calculate friction loss for air-handling equipment sizing and for other design considerations. Install duct systems as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Shop Drawings and coordination drawings. B. Install ducts in accordance with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" unless otherwise indicated. C. Install ducts in maximum practical lengths with fewest possible joints. D. Install factory- or shop-fabricated fittings for changes in direction, size, and shape and for branch connections. E. Unless otherwise indicated, install ducts vertically and horizontally, and parallel and perpendicular to building lines. F. Install ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and permanent enclosure elements of building. G. Install ducts with a clearance of 1 inch, plus allowance for insulation thickness. H. Route ducts to avoid passing through transformer vaults and electrical equipment rooms and enclosures. I. Where ducts pass through non-fire-rated interior partitions and exterior walls and are exposed to view, cover the opening between the partition and duct or duct insulation with sheet metal flanges of same metal thickness as the duct. Overlap openings on four sides by at least 1-1/2 inches. J. Install heating coils, cooling coils, air filters, dampers, and all other duct-mounted accessories in air ducts where indicated on Drawings. K. Protect duct interiors from moisture, construction debris and dust, and other foreign materials both before and after installation. Comply with SMACNA's "IAQ Guidelines for Occupied Buildings Under Construction," Appendix G, "Duct Cleanliness for New Construction Guidelines." L. Elbows: Use long-radius elbows wherever they fit. 1. Fabricate 90-degree rectangular mitered elbows to include turning vanes. 2. Fabricate 90-degree round elbows with a minimum of three segments for 12 inches and smaller and a minimum of five segments for 14 inches and larger. 1178 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 M. Branch Connections: Use lateral or conical branch connections. 3.2 DUCT SEALING A. Seal ducts for duct static-pressure, seal classes, and leakage classes specified in "Duct Schedule" Article in accordance with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." B. Seal ducts at a minimum to the following seal classes in accordance with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible": 1. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." 2. Outdoor, Supply-Air Ducts: Seal Class A. 3. Outdoor, Exhaust Ducts: Seal Class C. 4. Outdoor, Return-Air Ducts: Seal Class C. 5. Unconditioned Space, Supply-Air Ducts in Pressure Classes 2-Inch wg and Lower: Seal Class B. 6. Unconditioned Space, Supply-Air Ducts in Pressure Classes Higher Than 2-Inch wg: Seal Class A. 7. Unconditioned Space, Exhaust Ducts: Seal Class C. 8. Unconditioned Space, Return-Air Ducts: Seal Class B. 9. Conditioned Space, Supply-Air Ducts in Pressure Classes 2-Inch wg and Lower: Seal Class C. 10. Conditioned Space, Supply-Air Ducts in Pressure Classes Higher Than 2-Inch wg: Seal Class B. 11. Conditioned Space, Exhaust Ducts: Seal Class B. 12. Conditioned Space, Return-Air Ducts: Seal Class C. 3.3 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Chapter 5, "Hangers and Supports." B. Building Attachments: Concrete inserts, powder-actuated fasteners, or structural-steel fasteners appropriate for construction materials to which hangers are being attached. 1. Where practical, install concrete inserts before placing concrete. 2. Install powder-actuated concrete fasteners after concrete is placed and completely cured. 3. Use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for standard-weight aggregate concretes or for slabs more than 4 inches thick. 4. Do not use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for lightweight-aggregate concretes or for slabs less than 4 inches thick. 5. Do not use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for seismic restraints. C. Hanger Spacing: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Table 5-1, "Rectangular Duct Hangers Minimum Size," and Table 5-2, "Minimum 1179 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 Hanger Sizes for Round Duct," for maximum hanger spacing; install hangers and supports within 24 inches of each elbow and within 48 inches of each branch intersection. D. Hangers Exposed to View: Threaded rod and angle or channel supports. E. Support vertical ducts with steel angles or channel secured to the sides of the duct with welds, bolts, sheet metal screws, or blind rivets; support at each floor and at a maximum intervals of 16 feet. F. Install upper attachments to structures. Select and size upper attachments with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. G. Drilling for and Setting Anchors: 1. Identify position of reinforcing steel and other embedded items prior to drilling holes for anchors. Do not damage existing reinforcement or embedded items during drilling. Notify Architect if reinforcing steel or other embedded items are encountered during drilling. Locate and avoid prestressed tendons, electrical and telecommunications conduit, and gas lines. 2. Do not drill holes in concrete or masonry until concrete, mortar, or grout has achieved full design strength. 3. Wedge Anchors: Protect threads from damage during anchor installation. Heavy-duty sleeve anchors shall be installed with sleeve fully engaged in the structural element to which anchor is to be fastened. 4. Set anchors to manufacturer's recommended torque, using a torque wrench. 5. Install zinc-coated steel anchors for interior applications and stainless-steel anchors for applications exposed to weather. 3.4 CONNECTIONS A. Make connections to equipment with flexible connectors complying with Section 233300 "Air Duct Accessories." B. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for branch, outlet and inlet, and terminal unit connections. 3.5 PAINTING A. Paint interior of metal ducts that are visible through registers and grilles and that do not have duct liner. Apply one coat of flat, black, latex paint over a compatible galvanized-steel primer. Paint materials and application requirements are specified in Section 099113 "Exterior Painting" and Section 099123 "Interior Painting." 1180 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. B. Leakage Tests: 1. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual." Submit a test report for each test. 2. Test the following systems: a. Ducts with a Pressure Class Higher Than 3-Inch wg: Test representative duct sections totaling no less than 25 percent of total installed duct area for each designated pressure class. b. Supply Ducts with a Pressure Class of 2- Inch wg or Higher: Test representative duct sections totaling no less than 50 percent of total installed duct area for each designated pressure class. c. Return Ducts with a Pressure Class of 2- Inch wg or Higher: Test representative duct sections totaling no less than 50 percent of total installed duct area for each designated pressure class. d. Exhaust Ducts with a Pressure Class of 2- Inch wg or Higher: Test representative duct sections totaling no less than 50 percent of total installed duct area for each designated pressure class. e. Outdoor-Air Ducts with a Pressure Class of 2- Inch wg or Higher: Test representative duct sections totaling no less than 50 percent of total installed duct area for each designated pressure class. 3. Disassemble, reassemble, and seal segments of systems to accommodate leakage testing and for compliance with test requirements. 4. Testing of each duct section is to be performed with access doors, coils , filters, dampers, and other duct-mounted devices in place as designed. No devices are to be removed or blanked off so as to reduce or prevent additional leakage. 5. Test for leaks before applying external insulation. 6. Conduct tests at static pressures equal to maximum design pressure of system or section being tested. If static-pressure classes are not indicated, test system at maximum system design pressure. Do not pressurize systems above maximum design operating pressure. 7. Give seven days' advance notice for testing. C. Duct System Cleanliness Tests: 1. Visually inspect duct system to ensure that no visible contaminants are present. 2. Test sections of metal duct system, chosen randomly by Owner, for cleanliness in accordance with "Description of Method 3 - NADCA Vacuum Test" in NADCA ACR, "Assessment, Cleaning and Restoration of HVAC Systems." a. Acceptable Cleanliness Level: Net weight of debris collected on the filter media shall not exceed 0.75 mg/100 sq. cm. D. Duct system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. 1181 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 E. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.7 DUCT CLEANING A. Clean new duct system(s) before testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Use duct cleaning methodology as indicated in NADCA ACR. C. Use service openings for entry and inspection. 1. Provide openings with access panels appropriate for duct static-pressure and leakage class at dampers, coils, and any other locations where required for inspection and cleaning access. Provide insulated panels for insulated or lined duct. Patch insulation and liner as recommended by duct liner manufacturer. Comply with Section 233300 "Air Duct Accessories" for access panels and doors. 2. Disconnect and reconnect flexible ducts as needed for cleaning and inspection. 3. Remove and reinstall ceiling to gain access during the cleaning process. D. Particulate Collection and Odor Control: 1. When venting vacuuming system inside the building, use HEPA filtration with 99.97 percent collection efficiency for 0.3-micron-size (or larger) particles. 2. When venting vacuuming system to outdoors, use filter to collect debris removed from HVAC system, and locate exhaust downwind and away from air intakes and other points of entry into building. E. Clean the following components by removing surface contaminants and deposits: 1. Air outlets and inlets (registers, grilles, and diffusers). 2. Supply, return, and exhaust fans including fan housings, plenums (except ceiling supply and return plenums), scrolls, blades or vanes, shafts, baffles, dampers, and drive assemblies. 3. Air-handling unit internal surfaces and components including mixing box, coil section, air wash systems, spray eliminators, condensate drain pans, humidifiers and dehumidifiers, filters and filter sections, and condensate collectors and drains. 4. Coils and related components. 5. Return-air ducts, dampers, actuators, and turning vanes except in ceiling plenums and mechanical equipment rooms. 6. Supply-air ducts, dampers, actuators, and turning vanes. 7. Dedicated exhaust and ventilation components and makeup air systems. F. Mechanical Cleaning Methodology: 1. Clean metal duct systems using mechanical cleaning methods that extract contaminants from within duct systems and remove contaminants from building. 1182 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Use vacuum-collection devices that are operated continuously during cleaning. Connect vacuum device to downstream end of duct sections so areas being cleaned are under negative pressure. 3. Use mechanical agitation to dislodge debris adhered to interior duct surfaces without damaging integrity of metal ducts, duct liner, or duct accessories. 4. Clean fibrous-glass duct liner with HEPA vacuuming equipment; do not permit duct liner to get wet. Replace fibrous-glass duct liner that is damaged, deteriorated, or delaminated or that has friable material, mold, or fungus growth. 5. Clean coils and coil drain pans in accordance with NADCA ACR. Keep drain pan operational. Rinse coils with clean water to remove latent residues and cleaning materials; comb and straighten fins. 6. Provide drainage and cleanup for wash-down procedures. 7. Antimicrobial Agents and Coatings: Apply EPA-registered antimicrobial agents if fungus is present. Apply antimicrobial agents in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions after removal of surface deposits and debris. 3.8 STARTUP A. Air Balance: Comply with requirements in Section 230593 "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC." 3.9 DUCT SCHEDULE A. Fabricate ducts with galvanized sheet steel except as otherwise indicated and as follows: 1. Fabricate all ducts to achieve SMACNA pressure class, seal cl ass, and leakage class as indicated below. B. Supply Ducts: 1. Ducts Connected to Fan Coil Units, Furnaces, Heat Pumps, and Terminal Units: a. Pressure Class: Positive 2-inch wg. b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: B. c. SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 12. d. SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 6. 2. Ducts Connected to Constant-Volume Air-Handling Units: a. Pressure Class: Positive 2-inch wg. b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: B. c. SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 12. d. SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 6. C. Return Ducts: 1183 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Ducts Connected to Fan Coil Units, Furnaces, Heat Pumps, and Terminal Units: a. Pressure Class: Positive or negative 2-inch wg. b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: B. c. SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 12. d. SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 6. 2. Ducts Connected to Air-Handling Units: a. Pressure Class: Positive or negative 2-inch wg. b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: B. c. SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 12. d. SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 6. D. Exhaust Ducts: 1. Ducts Connected to Fans Exhausting (ASHRAE 62.1, Class 1 and 2) Air: a. Pressure Class: Negative 2-inch wg. b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: B if negative pressure, and A if positive pressure. c. SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 12. d. SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 6. E. Outdoor-Air (Not Filtered, Heated, or Cooled) Ducts: 1. Ducts Connected to Air-Handling Units: a. Pressure Class: Positive or negative 2-inch wg. b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: B. c. SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 12. d. SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 6. F. Intermediate Reinforcement: 1. Galvanized-Steel Ducts: Galvanized steel. a. Exposed to Airstream: Match duct material. b. Not Exposed to Airstream: Galvanized. G. Liner: 1. Return-Air Ducts: Flexible elastomeric, 1 inch thick. 2. Exhaust-Air Ducts: Flexible elastomeric, 1 inch thick. 3. Return- and Exhaust-Fan Plenums: Flexible elastomeric, 1 inch thick. 4. Transfer Ducts: , 1 inch thick. H. Elbow Configuration: 1184 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Rectangular Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 4-2, "Rectangular Elbows." a. Velocity 1000 fpm or Lower: 1) Radius Type RE 1 with minimum 0.5 radius-to-diameter ratio. 2) Mitered Type RE 4 without vanes. b. Velocity 1000 to 1500 fpm: 1) Radius Type RE 1 with minimum 1.0 radius-to-diameter ratio. 2) Radius Type RE 3 with minimum 0.5 radius-to-diameter ratio and two vanes. 3) Mitered Type RE 2 with vanes complying with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 4-3, "Vanes and Vane Runners," and Figure 4-4, "Vane Support in Elbows." c. Velocity 1500 fpm or Higher: 1) Radius Type RE 1 with minimum 1.5 radius-to-diameter ratio. 2) Radius Type RE 3 with minimum 1.0 radius-to-diameter ratio and two vanes. 3) Mitered Type RE 2 with vanes complying with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 4-3, "Vanes and Vane Runners," and Figure 4-4, "Vane Support in Elbows." 2. Rectangular Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 4-2, "Rectangular Elbows." a. Radius Type RE 1 with minimum 1.5 radius-to-diameter ratio. b. Radius Type RE 3 with minimum 1.0 radius-to-diameter ratio and two vanes. c. Mitered Type RE 2 with vanes complying with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 4-3, "Vanes and Vane Runners," and Figure 4-4, "Vane Support in Elbows." 3. Round Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-4, "Round Duct Elbows." a. Minimum Radius-to-Diameter Ratio and Elbow Segments: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Table 3- 1, "Mitered Elbows." Elbows with less than 90-degree change of direction have proportionately fewer segments. 1) Velocity 1000 fpm or Lower: 0.5 radius-to-diameter ratio and three segments for 90-degree elbow. 2) Velocity 1000 to 1500 fpm: 1.0 radius-to-diameter ratio and four segments for 90-degree elbow. 1185 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3) Velocity 1500 fpm or Higher: 1.5 radius-to-diameter ratio and five segments for 90-degree elbow. 4) Radius-to Diameter Ratio: 1.5. b. Round Elbows, 12 Inches and Smaller in Diameter: Stamped or pleated. c. Round Elbows, 14 Inches and Larger in Diameter: Standing seam. I. Branch Configuration: 1. Rectangular Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 4-6, "Branch Connection." a. Rectangular Main to Rectangular Branch: 45-degree entry. b. Rectangular Main to Round Branch: Conical spin in. 2. Round and Flat Oval: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-5, "90 Degree Tees and Laterals," and Figure 3-6, "Conical Tees." Saddle taps are permitted in existing duct. a. Velocity 1000 fpm or Lower: 90-degree tap. b. Velocity 1000 to 1500 fpm: Conical tap. c. Velocity 1500 fpm or Higher: 45-degree lateral. END OF SECTION 233113 1186 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 233300 - AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Backdraft and pressure relief dampers. 2. Barometric relief dampers. 3. Manual volume dampers. 4. Control dampers. 5. Flange connectors. 6. Turning vanes. 7. Remote damper operators. 8. Duct-mounted access doors. 9. Flexible connectors. 10. Duct accessory hardware. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 233346 "Flexible Ducts" for insulated and non-insulated flexible ducts. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. For duct silencers, include pressure drop and dynamic insertion loss data. Include breakout noise calculations for high transmission loss casings. B. Shop Drawings: For duct accessories. Include plans, elevations, sections, details and attachments to other work. 1. Detail duct accessories fabrication and installation in ducts and other construction. Include dimensions, weights, loads, and required clearances; and method of field assembly into duct systems and other construction. Include the following: a. Special fittings. b. Manual volume damper installations. 1187 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 c. Control-damper installations. d. Fire-damper, smoke-damper, combination fire- and smoke-damper, ceiling, and corridor damper installations, including sleeves; and duct-mounted access doors and remote damper operators. e. Duct security bars. f. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plans, drawn to scale, on which ceiling -mounted access panels and access doors required for access to duct accessories are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from Installers of the items involved. B. Source quality-control reports. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For air duct accessories to include in operation and maintenance manuals. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ASSEMBLY DESCRIPTION A. Comply with NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems," and with NFPA 90B, "Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems." B. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for acceptable materials, material thicknesses, and duct construction methods unless otherwise indicated. Sheet metal materials shall be free of pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, and other imperfections. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Galvanized Sheet Steel: Comply with ASTM A 653/A 653M. 1. Galvanized Coating Designation: G90. 2. Exposed-Surface Finish: Mill phosphatized. B. Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4-inch minimum diameter for lengths 36 inches or less; 3/8-inch minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches. 1188 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.3 BACKDRAFT AND PRESSURE RELIEF DAMPERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. American Warming and Ventilating; a Mestek Architectural Group company. 2. Cesco Products; a division of MESTEK, Inc. 3. Ruskin Company. B. Description: Gravity balanced. C. Maximum Air Velocity: 1250 fpm. D. Maximum System Pressure: 2-inch wg . E. Frame: Hat-shaped,, with welded corners or mechanically attached. F. Blades: Multiple single-piece blades, center pivoted maximum 6-inch width, 0.025-inch-thick, roll-formed aluminum with sealed edges. G. Blade Action: Parallel. H. Blade Seals: Extruded vinyl, mechanically locked. I. Blade Axles: 1. Material: Galvanized steel. 2. Diameter: 0.20 inch. J. Tie Bars and Brackets: Galvanized steel. K. Return Spring: Adjustable tension. L. Bearings: synthetic pivot bushings. M. Accessories: 1. Adjustment device to permit setting for varying differential static pressure. 2. Counterweights and spring-assist kits for vertical airflow installations. 3. Electric actuators. 4. Chain pulls. 5. Screen Mounting: Front mounted in sleeve. a. Sleeve Thickness: 20 gage minimum. b. Sleeve Length: 6 inches minimum. 1189 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.4 BAROMETRIC RELIEF DAMPERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. American Warming and Ventilating; a Mestek Architectural Group company. 2. Cesco Products; a division of MESTEK, Inc. 3. Ruskin Company. B. Suitable for horizontal or vertical mounting. C. Maximum Air Velocity: 1000 fpm. D. Maximum System Pressure: 2-inch wg. E. Frame: Hat-shaped, 0.05-inch-thick, galvanized sheet steel, with welded corners or mechanically attached. F. Blades: 1. Multiple, 0.050-inch-thick aluminum sheet. 2. Maximum Width: 6 inches. 3. Action: Parallel. 4. Balance: Gravity. 5. Eccentrically pivoted. G. Blade Seals: Vinyl. H. Blade Axles: Galvanized steel. I. Tie Bars and Brackets: 1. Material: Galvanized steel. 2. Rattle free with 90-degree stop. J. Return Spring: Adjustable tension. K. Bearings: Bronze. L. Accessories: 1. Flange on intake. 2. Adjustment device to permit setting for varying differential static pressures. 2.5 MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS A. Standard, Steel, Manual Volume Dampers: 1190 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. American Warming and Ventilating; a Mestek Architectural Group company. b. McGill AirFlow LLC. c. Ruskin Company. 2. Standard leakage rating, with linkage outside airstream. 3. Suitable for horizontal or vertical applications. 4. Frames: a. Frame: Hat-shaped, 0.094-inch-thick, galvanized sheet steel. b. Mitered and welded corners. c. Flanges for attaching to walls and flangeless frames for installing in ducts. 5. Blades: a. Multiple or single blade. b. Parallel- or opposed-blade design. c. Stiffen damper blades for stability. d. Galvanized-steel, 0.064 inch thick. 6. Blade Axles: Galvanized steel. 7. Bearings: a. Oil-impregnated bronze. b. Dampers in ducts with pressure classes of 3-inch wg or less shall have axles full length of damper blades and bearings at both ends of operating shaft. 8. Tie Bars and Brackets: Galvanized steel. 2.6 CONTROL DAMPERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. American Warming and Ventilating; a Mestek Architectural Group company. 2. Arrow United Industries. 3. Cesco Products; a division of MESTEK, Inc. 4. Ruskin Company. B. Low-leakage rating and bearing AMCA's Certified Ratings Seal for both air performance and air leakage. C. Frames: 1. Hat shaped. 1191 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. 0.094-inch-thick, galvanized sheet steel. 3. Mitered and welded corners. D. Blades: 1. Multiple blade with maximum blade width of 6 inches. 2. Parallel- and opposed-blade design. 3. Aluminum. 4. 0.064 inch thick single skin. 5. Blade Edging: Inflatable seal blade edging, or replaceable rubber seals. E. Blade Axles: 1/2-inch-diameter; galvanized steel; blade-linkage hardware of zinc-plated steel and brass; ends sealed against blade bearings. 1. Operating Temperature Range: From minus 40 to plus 200 deg F. F. Bearings: 1. Oil-impregnated bronze. 2. Dampers in ducts with pressure classes of 3-inch wg or less shall have axles full length of damper blades and bearings at both ends of operating shaft. 3. Thrust bearings at each end of every blade. 2.7 FLANGE CONNECTORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. CL WARD & Family Inc. 2. Ductmate Industries, Inc. 3. Hardcast, Inc. B. Description: Add-on or roll-formed, factory-fabricated, slide-on transverse flange connectors, gaskets, and components. C. Material: Galvanized steel. D. Gage and Shape: Match connecting ductwork. 2.8 TURNING VANES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Ductmate Industries, Inc. 2. Hardcast, Inc. 1192 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3. METALAIRE, Inc. 4. SEMCO LLC. B. Manufactured Turning Vanes for Metal Ducts: Curved blades of galvanized sheet steel; support with bars perpendicular to blades set; set into vane runners suitable for duct mounting. 1. Acoustic Turning Vanes: Fabricate airfoil-shaped aluminum extrusions with perforated faces and fibrous-glass fill. C. Manufactured Turning Vanes for Nonmetal Ducts: Fabricate curved blades of resin-bonded fiberglass with acrylic polymer coating; support with bars perpendicular to blades set; set into vane runners suitable for duct mounting. D. General Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible"; Figures 4-3, "Vanes and Vane Runners," and 4-4, "Vane Support in Elbows." E. Vane Construction: Double wall. 2.9 DUCT-MOUNTED ACCESS DOORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. American Warming and Ventilating; a Mestek Architectural Group company. 2. Cesco Products; a division of MESTEK, Inc. 3. Ductmate Industries, Inc. 4. McGill AirFlow LLC. 5. Ventfabrics, Inc. B. Duct-Mounted Access Doors: Fabricate access panels according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible"; Figures 7-2, "Duct Access Doors and Panels," and 7-3, "Access Doors - Round Duct." 1. Door: a. Double wall, rectangular. b. Galvanized sheet metal with insulation fill and thickness as indicated for duct pressure class. c. Vision panel. d. Hinges and Latches: 1-by-1-inchbutt or piano hinge and cam latches. e. Fabricate doors airtight and suitable for duct pressure class. 2. Frame: Galvanized sheet steel, with bend-over tabs and foam gaskets. 3. Number of Hinges and Locks: a. Access Doors Less Than 12 Inches Square: No hinges and two sash locks. b. Access Doors up to 18 Inches Square: Two hinges and two sash locks. 1193 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 c. Access Doors up to 24 by 48 Inches: Three hinges and two compression latches. 2.10 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Ductmate Industries, Inc. 2. Hardcast, Inc. 3. Ventfabrics, Inc. B. Materials: Flame-retardant or noncombustible fabrics. C. Coatings and Adhesives: Comply with UL 181, Class 1. D. Metal-Edged Connectors: Factory fabricated with a fabric strip 3-1/2 inches wide attached to two strips of 2-3/4-inch-wide, 0.028-inch-thick, galvanized sheet steel or 0.032-inch-thick aluminum sheets. Provide metal compatible with connected ducts. E. Indoor System, Flexible Connector Fabric: Glass fabric double coated with neoprene. 1. Minimum Weight: 26 oz./sq. yd.. 2. Tensile Strength: 480 lbf/inch in the warp and 360 lbf/inch in the filling. 3. Service Temperature: Minus 40 to plus 200 deg F. F. Outdoor System, Flexible Connector Fabric: Glass fabric double coated with weatherproof, synthetic rubber resistant to UV rays and ozone. 1. Minimum Weight: 24 oz./sq. yd.. 2. Tensile Strength: 530 lbf/inch in the warp and 440 lbf/inch in the filling. 3. Service Temperature: Minus 50 to plus 250 deg F. G. High-Temperature System, Flexible Connectors: Glass fabric coated with silicone rubber. 1. Minimum Weight: 16 oz./sq. yd.. 2. Tensile Strength: 285 lbf/inch in the warp and 185 lbf/inch in the filling. 3. Service Temperature: Minus 67 to plus 500 deg F. H. High-Corrosive-Environment System, Flexible Connectors: Glass fabric with chemical-resistant coating. 1. Minimum Weight: 14 oz./sq. yd.. 2. Tensile Strength: 450 lbf/inch in the warp and 340 lbf/inch in the filling. 3. Service Temperature: Minus 67 to plus 500 deg F. 1194 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 I. Thrust Limits: Combination coil spring and elastomeric insert with spring and insert in compression, and with a load stop. Include rod and angle-iron brackets for attaching to fan discharge and duct. 1. Frame: Steel, fabricated for connection to threaded rods and to allow for a maximum of 30 degrees of angular rod misalignment without binding or reducing isolation efficiency. 2. Outdoor Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 3. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 4. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness. 5. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 6. Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene. 7. Coil Spring: Factory set and field adjustable for a maximum of 1/4-inch movement at start and stop. 2.11 DUCT ACCESSORY HARDWARE A. Instrument Test Holes: Cast iron or cast aluminum to suit duct material, including screw cap and gasket. Size to allow insertion of pitot tube and other testing instruments and of length to suit duct-insulation thickness. B. Adhesives: High strength, quick setting, neoprene based, waterproof, and resistant to gasoline and grease. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install duct accessories according to applicable details in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for metal ducts and in NAIMA AH116, "Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards," for fibrous-glass ducts. B. Install duct accessories of materials suited to duct materials; use galvanized-steel accessories in galvanized-steel and fibrous-glass ducts, stainless-steel accessories in stainless-steel ducts, and aluminum accessories in aluminum ducts. C. Install volume dampers at points on supply, return, and exhaust systems where branches extend from larger ducts. Where dampers are installed in ducts having duct liner, install dampers with hat channels of same depth as liner, and terminate liner with nosing at hat channel. 1. Install steel volume dampers in steel ducts. 2. Install aluminum volume dampers in aluminum ducts. D. Set dampers to fully open position before testing, adjusting, and balancing. 1195 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 E. Install test holes at fan inlets and outlets and elsewhere as indicated. F. Install duct access doors on sides of ducts to allow for inspecting, adjusting, and maintaining accessories and equipment at the following locations: 1. On both sides of duct coils. 2. At outdoor-air intakes and mixed-air plenums. 3. At drain pans and seals. 4. Downstream from manual volume dampers, control dampers, backdraft dampers, and equipment. 5. Control devices requiring inspection. 6. Elsewhere as indicated. G. Install access doors with swing against duct static pressure. H. Access Door Sizes: 1. One-Hand or Inspection Access: 8 by 5 inches. 2. Two-Hand Access: 12 by 6 inches. 3. Head and Hand Access: 18 by 10 inches. 4. Head and Shoulders Access: 21 by 14 inches. 5. Body Access: 25 by 14 inches. 6. Body plus Ladder Access: 25 by 17 inches. I. Label access doors according to Section 230553 "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment" to indicate the purpose of access door. J. Install flexible connectors to connect ducts to equipment. K. For fans developing static pressures of 5-inch wg and more, cover flexible connectors with loaded vinyl sheet held in place with metal straps. L. Connect diffusers or light troffer boots to ducts directly or with maximum 60-inch lengths of flexible duct clamped or strapped in place. M. Connect flexible ducts to metal ducts with draw bands. N. Install duct test holes where required for testing and balancing purposes. O. Install thrust limits at centerline of thrust, symmetrical on both sides of equipment. Attach thrust limits at centerline of thrust and adjust to a maximum of 1/4-inch movement during start and stop of fans. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspections: 1196 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Operate dampers to verify full range of movement. 2. Inspect locations of access doors and verify that purpose of access door can be performed. 3. Inspect turning vanes for proper and secure installation. 4. Operate remote damper operators to verify full range of movement of operator and damper. END OF SECTION 233300 1197 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 233346 - FLEXIBLE DUCTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Insulated flexible ducts. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Sustainable Design Submittals: 1. Product data showing compliance with ASHRAE 62.1. C. Shop Drawings: For flexible ducts. 1. Include plans showing locations and mounting and attachment details. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plans, drawn to scale, on which ceiling-mounted access panels and access doors required for access to duct accessories are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ASSEMBLY DESCRIPTION A. Comply with NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems," and with NFPA 90B, "Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems." 1198 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for acceptable materials, material thicknesses, and duct construction methods unless otherwise indicated. Sheet metal materials shall be free of pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, and other imperfections. C. Comply with the Air Diffusion Council's "ADC Flexible Air Duct Test Code FD 72-R1." D. Comply with ASTM E96/E96M, "Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials." 2.2 INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCTS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Flexmaster U.S.A., Inc. 2. McGill AirFlow LLC. 3. Thermaflex; a Flex-Tek Group company. B. Insulated, Flexible Duct: UL 181, Class 1, two-ply vinyl film supported by helically wound, spring-steel wire; fibrous-glass insulation; polyethylene vapor-barrier film. 1. Pressure Rating: 10-inch wg positive and 1.0-inch wg negative. 2. Maximum Air Velocity: 4000 fpm. 3. Temperature Range: Minus 10 to plus 160 deg F. 4. Insulation R-Value: Comply with ASHRAE/IES 90.1. 2.3 FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTORS A. Clamps: Stainless-steel band with cadmium-plated hex screw to tighten band with a worm-gear action in sizes 3 through 18 inches, to suit duct size. B. Non-Clamp Connectors: Liquid adhesive plus tape. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install flexible ducts according to applicable details in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for metal ducts and in NAIMA AH116, "Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards," for fibrous-glass ducts. B. Install in indoor applications only. Flexible ductwork should not be exposed to UV lighting. C. Connect diffusers or light troffer boots to ducts directly or with maximum 60-inch lengths of flexible duct clamped or strapped in place. 1199 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 D. Connect flexible ducts to metal ducts according to SMACNA guidelines. E. Install duct test holes where required for testing and balancing purposes. F. Installation: 1. Install ducts fully extended. 2. Do not bend ducts across sharp corners. 3. Bends of flexible ducting shall not exceed a minimum of one duct diameter. 4. Avoid contact with metal fixtures, water lines, pipes, or conduits. 5. Install flexible ducts in a direct line, without sags, twists, or turns. G. Supporting Flexible Ducts: 1. Suspend flexible ducts with bands 1-1/2 inches wide or wider and spaced a maximum of 48 inches apart. Maximum centerline sag between supports shall not exceed 1/2 inch per 12 inches. 2. Install extra supports at bends placed approximately one duct diameter from center line of the bend. 3. Ducts may rest on ceiling joists or truss supports. Spacing between supports sha ll not exceed the maximum spacing per manufacturer's written installation instructions. 4. Vertically installed ducts shall be stabilized by support straps at a maximum of 72 inches o.c. END OF SECTION 233346 1200 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 233713.13 - AIR DIFFUSERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Rectangular and square ceiling diffusers. 2. Louver face diffusers. 3. Linear slot diffusers. 4. Ceiling-integral continuous slot diffusers. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 233300 "Air Duct Accessories" for fire and smoke dampers and volume-control dampers not integral to diffusers. 2. Section 233713.23 "Air Registers and Grilles" for adjustable-bar register and grilles, fixed-face registers and grilles, and linear bar grilles. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Data Sheet: Indicate materials of construction, finish, and mounting details; and performance data including throw and drop, static-pressure drop, and noise ratings. 2. Diffuser Schedule: Indicate drawing designation, room location, quantity, model number, size, and accessories furnished. B. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified. Actual size of smallest diffuser indicated. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For diffusers with factory-applied color finishes. Actual size of smallest diffuser indicated. D. Samples for Verification: For diffusers, in manufacturer's standard sizes to verify color selected. Actual size of smallest diffuser indicated. 1201 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved: 1. Ceiling suspension assembly members. 2. Method of attaching hangers to building structure. 3. Size and location of initial access modules for acoustical tile. 4. Ceiling-mounted items including lighting fixtures, diffusers, grilles, speakers, sprinklers, access panels, and special moldings. 5. Duct access panels. B. Source quality-control reports. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 RECTANGULAR AND SQUARE CEILING DIFFUSERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Anemostat Products; a Mestek company. 2. Krueger-HVAC, a division of Air System Components; Johnson Controls, Inc. 3. Nailor Industries Inc. 4. Price Industries. 5. Titus, a division of Air System Components; Johnson Controls, Inc. B. Refer to mechanical plans for information regarding size, style, mounting, pattern, etc. C. Devices shall be specifically designed for variable-air-volume flows. 2.2 LINEAR SLOT DIFFUSERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Anemostat Products; a Mestek company. 2. Krueger-HVAC, a division of Air System Components; Johnson Controls, Inc. 3. Nailor Industries Inc. 4. Price Industries. 5. Titus, a division of Air System Components; Johnson Controls, Inc. B. Devices shall be specifically designed for variable-air-volume flows. C. Refer to mechanical plans for information regarding size, style, mounting, pattern, etc. 1202 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Verification of Performance: Rate diffusers according to ASHRAE 70, "Method of Testing for Rating the Performance of Air Outlets and Inlets." PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas where diffusers are installed for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of equipment. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install diffusers level and plumb. B. Ceiling-Mounted Outlets and Inlets: Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts, fittings, and accessories. Air outlet and inlet locations have been indicated to achieve design requirements for air volume, noise criteria, airflow pattern, throw, and pressure drop. Make final locations where indicated, as much as practical. For units installed in lay-in ceiling panels, locate units in the center of panel. Where architectural features or other items conflict with installation, notify Architect for a determination of final location. C. Install diffusers with airtight connections to ducts and to allow service and maintenance of dampers, air extractors, and fire dampers. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. After installation, adjust diffusers to air patterns indicated, or as directed, before starting air balancing. END OF SECTION 233713.13 1203 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 233713.23 - REGISTERS AND GRILLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Adjustable blade face registers and grilles. 2. Fixed face grilles. 3. Linear bar grilles. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 233300 "Air Duct Accessories" for fire and smoke dampers and volume-control dampers not integral to registers and grilles. 2. Section 233713.13 "Air Diffusers" for various types of air diffusers. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Data Sheet: Indicate materials of construction, finish, and mounting details; and performance data including throw and drop, static-pressure drop, and noise ratings. 2. Register and Grille Schedule: Indicate drawing designation, room location, quantity, model number, size, and accessories furnished. B. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified. Smallest size register and grille indicated. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For registers and grilles with factory -applied color finishes. Smallest size register and grille indicated. D. Samples for Verification: For registers and grilles, in manufacturer's standard sizes to verify color selected. Smallest size register and grille indicated. 1204 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved: 1. Ceiling suspension assembly members. 2. Method of attaching hangers to building structure. 3. Size and location of initial access modules for acoustical tile. 4. Ceiling-mounted items including lighting fixtures, diffusers, grilles, speakers, sprinklers, access panels, and special moldings. 5. Duct access panels. B. Source quality-control reports. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 REGISTERS A. Refer to mechanical plans for register information. 2.2 GRILLES A. Refer to mechanical plans for grille information. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Anemostat Products; a Mestek company. b. Krueger-HVAC, a division of Air System Components; Johnson Controls, Inc. c. Nailor Industries Inc. d. Price Industries. e. Titus, a division of Air System Components; Johnson Controls, Inc. B. Linear Bar Grilles 1. Refer to mechanical plans for information. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Anemostat Products; a Mestek company. b. Krueger-HVAC, a division of Air System Components; Johnson Controls, Inc. c. Nailor Industries Inc. 1205 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 d. Price Industries. e. Titus, a division of Air System Components; Johnson Controls, Inc. 2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Verification of Performance: Rate registers and grilles according to ASHRAE 70, "Method of Testing for Rating the Performance of Air Outlets and Inlets." PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas where registers and grilles are installed for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of equipment. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install registers and grilles level and plumb. B. Outlets and Inlets Locations: Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts, fittings, and accessories. Air outlet and inlet locations have been indicated to achieve design requirements for air volume, noise criteria, airflow pattern, throw, and pressure drop. Make final locations where indicated, as much as practical. For units installed in lay-in ceiling panels, locate units in the center of panel. Where architectural features or other items conflict with installation, notify Architect for a determination of final location. C. Install registers and grilles with airtight connections to ducts and to allow service and maintenance of dampers, air extractors, and fire dampers. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. After installation, adjust registers and grilles to air patterns indicated, or as directed, before starting air balancing. END OF SECTION 233713.23 1206 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 234100 - PARTICULATE AIR FILTRATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Flat panel filters. 2. Pleated panel filters. 3. Front- or back-access filter frames. 4. Side-access filter housings. 5. Filter gauges. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 233119 "HVAC Casings" for customized housings used for particulate air filters. 2. Section 233416 "Centrifugal HVAC Fans" for customized fan and filter units. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. HIPS: High-impact polystyrene. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include dimensions; operating characteristics; required clearances and access; rated flow capacity, including initial and final pressure drop at rated airflow; efficiency and test method; fire classification; furnished specialties; and accessories for each model indicated. B. Shop Drawings: For air filters. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Show filter rack assembly, dimensions, materials, and methods of assembly of components. 2. Include setting drawings, templates, and requirements for installing anchor bolts and anchorages. 1207 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Seismic Qualification Data: Certificates, for filters, accessories, and components from manufacturer. 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. 2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. 3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. B. Product Test Reports: For each filter, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency. C. Field quality-control reports. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For each type of filter and rack to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Provide one complete set(s) of filters for each filter bank. If system includes prefilters, provide only prefilters. 2. Provide one container(s) of red oil for inclined manometer filter gauge. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: An NRTL. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver and store products in a clean, dry place. B. Comply with manufacturer's written rigging and installation instructions for unloading and moving to final installed location. C. Handle products carefully to prevent damage, breaking, denting, and scoring. Do not install damaged products. D. Protect products from weather, dirt, dust, water, construction debris, and physical damage. 1208 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Retain factory-applied coverings on equipment to protect finishes during construction and remove just prior to operating unit. 2. Cover unit openings before installation to prevent dirt and dust from entering inside of units. If required to remover coverings during unit installation, reapply coverings over openings after unit installation and remove just prior to operating unit. 3. Replace installed products damaged during construction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Seismic Performance: Filters shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7. 1. The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts when subjected to the seismic forces specified and the unit will be fully operational after the seismic event." 2. Component Importance Factor: 1.5. B. ASHRAE Compliance: 1. Comply with applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1, Section 4 - "Outdoor Air Quality"; Section 5 - "Systems and Equipment"; and Section 7 - "Construction and Startup." 2. Comply with ASHRAE 52.2 for MERV for methods of testing and rating air-filter units. C. Comply with NFPA 90A and NFPA 90B. D. Comply with UL 900. E. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 2.2 PLEATED PANEL FILTERS A. Description: Factory-fabricated, self-supported, extended-surface, pleated, panel-type, disposable air filters with holding frames. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. AAF International. b. Camfil Farr. c. Filtration Group. 1209 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 d. Flanders Corporation. B. Source Limitations: Obtain from single source from single manufacturer. C. Capacities and Characteristics: 1. Refer to mechanical plans for performance characteristics. 2. Minimum Efficiency Reporting Value: MERV 7 or 8 "Composite Average Particle Size Efficiency, Percent in Size Range, Micrometers" according to ASHRAE 52.2. 3. Access: Front. D. Media: Interlaced glass or Cotton and synthetic fibers coated with nonflammable adhesive. 1. Separators shall be bonded to the media to maintain pleat configuration. 2. Welded-wire grid shall be on downstream side to maintain pleat. 3. Media shall be bonded to frame to prevent air bypass. 4. Support members on upstream and downstream sides to maintain pleat spacing. E. Filter-Media Frame: Galvanized steel or Aluminized steel sealed or bonded to the media. 2.3 FILTER GAUGES A. Diaphragm-type gauge with dial and pointer in metal case, vent valves, black figures on white background, and front recalibration adjustment. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. AirGuard; Clarcor Air Filtration Products, Inc. b. Dwyer Instruments, Inc. B. Source Limitations: Obtain from single source from single manufacturer. 1. Diameter: 2 inches. 2. Scale Range for Filter Media Having a Recommended Final Resistance of 0.5-Inch wg or Less: 0- to 0.5-inch wg. 3. Scale Range for Filter Media Having a Recommended Final Resistance of 0.5- to 1.0- Inch wg or Less: 0- to 1.0-inch wg. 4. Scale Range for Filter Media Having a Recommended Final Resistance of 1.0- to 2.0- Inch wg or Less: 0- to 2.0-inch wg. 5. Scale Range for Filter Media Having a Recommended Final Resistance of 2.0- to 3.0- Inch wg or Less: 0- to 3.0-inch wg. C. Manometer-Type Filter Gauge: Molded plastic, with epoxy-coated aluminum scale and logarithmic-curve tube gage with integral leveling gage, graduated to read from 0- to 3.0-inch wg, and accurate within 3 percent of the full-scale range. 1210 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 D. Accessories: Static-pressure tips, tubing, gauge connections, and mounting bracket. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine ducts, air-handling units, and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF FILTERS A. Position each filter unit with clearance for normal service and maintenance. Anchor filter holding frames to substrate. B. Install filters in position to prevent passage of unfiltered air. C. Install filter gauge for each filter bank. D. Do not operate fan system until filters (temporary or permanent) are in place. Replace temporary filters used during construction and testing with new, clean filters. E. Coordinate filter installations with duct and air-handling-unit installations. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF FILTER GAUGES A. Install filter gauge for each filter bank. B. Install filter-gauge, static-pressure tips upstream and downstream from filters. Install filter gauges on filter banks with separate static-pressure taps upstream and downstream from filters. Mount filter gauges on outside of filter housing or filter plenum in an accessible position. Adjust and level inclined gauges. 3.4 CONTROL CONNECTIONS A. Install control and electrical power wiring to field-mounted control devices. B. Connect control wiring between pressure sensors and DDC system. C. Connect control wiring between controlled devices. D. Connect control wiring according to Section 260523 "Control-Voltage Electrical Power Cables." 1211 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. C. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to test and inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections. D. Perform tests and inspections. E. Tests and Inspections: 1. Test for leakage of unfiltered air while system is operating. F. Air filter will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. G. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.6 CLEANING A. After completing system installation and testing, adjusting, and balancing of air-handling and air-distribution systems, clean filter housings and install new filter media. END OF SECTION 234100 1212 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 235216 - CONDENSING BOILERS TIPS: To view non-printing Editor's Notes that provide guidance for editing, click on MasterWorks/Single-File Formatting/Toggle/Editor's Notes. To read detailed research, technical information about products and materials, and coordination checklists, click on MasterWorks/Supporting Information. Content Requests: <Double click here to submit questions, comments, or suggested edits to this Section.> Access Manufacturer-Provided, AIA MasterSpec-Based Sections: <Double click here for this Section based on specific manufacturer’s products set as Basis-of-Design at ProductMasterSpec.com.> PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes gas-fired, fire-tube floor-mounted condensing boilers, trim, and accessories for generating hot water. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for boilers. 2. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: For boilers, boiler trim, and accessories. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and mounting details. 1213 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Include details of equipment assemblies. Indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 3. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Plans and sections, drawn to scale and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved. B. Source quality-control reports. C. Field quality-control reports. D. Sample Warranty: For special warranty. E. Product Certificates: 1. ASME Stamp Certification and Report: Submit "A," "S," or "PP" stamp certificate of authorization, as required by authorities having jurisdiction, and document hydrostatic testing of piping external to boiler. 2. CSA B51 pressure vessel Canadian Registration Number (CRN). 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For boilers to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of boilers that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. Where "prorated" is indicated, the boiler manufacturer will cover the indicated percentage of cost of replacement parts. With "prorated" type, covered cost decreases as age of equipment increases. 1. Warranty Period for Pulse-Combustion Boilers: 2. Warranty Period for Floor-Mounted Fire-Tube Condensing Boilers: a. Heat Exchanger and Tank: Free from defects in material and workmanship. b. Warranty Coverage: Prorated Year 0 to 5 - 100 percent; Year 6 to 7 - 50 percent; Year 8 to 9 - 30 percent; Year 10 - 10 percent for years from date of Substantial Completion. 1214 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. ASME Compliance: Fabricate and label boilers to comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. C. ASHRAE/IES 90.1 Compliance: Boilers shall have minimum efficiency in accordance with Table 6.8.1-6 and other requirements in Ch. 6 of ASHRAE/IES 90.1. D. ASHRAE 90.2 Compliance: Boilers shall have minimum efficiency in accordance with Ch. 6 of ASHRAE 90.2. E. DOE Compliance: Minimum efficiency shall comply with 10 CFR 431, Subpart E, Appendix N. F. Mounting Base: For securing boiler to concrete base. 2.2 FLOOR-MOUNTED, FORCED-DRAFT, FIRE-TUBE CONDENSING BOILERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. AERCO; A WATTS Brand. 2. Cleaver-Brooks. 3. Fulton Boiler Works, Inc. 4. Lochinvar, LLC. 5. Weil-McLain. B. Description: Factory-fabricated, -assembled, and -tested, fire-tube, forced-draft, condensing boiler with heat exchanger sealed pressure tight, built on a steel base, including insulated jacket; flue-gas vent; combustion-air intake connections; water supply, return, and condensate drain connections; and controls. Units are to be for water-heating service only. C. Primary Heat Exchanger: Corrosion-resistant Type 316 stainless steel. D. Secondary Heat Exchanger: Corrosion-resistant Type 316 stainless steel. E. Combustion Chamber and Flue Pipes: Corrosion-resistant stainless steel or aluminum. F. Pressure Vessel: Carbon steel with welded heads and tube connections. G. Burner: Natural gas, forced draft. H. Blower: Centrifugal fan to operate during each burner-firing sequence and to prepurge and postpurge the combustion chamber. 1215 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Motors: Comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor, and efficiency requirements for motors specified in Section 230513 "Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment." a. Motor Sizes: Large enough so driven load will not require motor to operate in service factor range above 1.0. I. Gas Train: Combination gas valve with manual shutoff and pressure regulator. J. Ignition: Direct-spark ignition or silicone carbide hot-surface ignition with 100 percent main- valve shutoff and electronic flame supervision. K. Casing: 1. Jacket: Sheet metal, with snap-in or interlocking closures. 2. Control Compartment Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1A. 3. Finish: Baked-enamel protective finish. 4. Insulation: Minimum 2-inch- (50-mm-) thick, mineral-fiber insulation surrounding the heat exchanger. 5. Combustion-Air Connections: Inlet and vent duct collars. L. Capacities and Characteristics: 1. Heating Medium: Hot water. 2. Design Water-Pressure Rating: 160 psig (1100 kPa). 3. Safety Relief Valve Setting: 150 psig. 4. Entering-Water Temperature: 130 degrees F. 5. Leaving-Water Temperature: 150 degrees F. 6. Design Water Flow Rate: 95 GPM. 7. Design Pressure Drop: 3.0 psig. 2.3 TRIM - FOR HOT-WATER BOILERS A. Include devices sized to comply with ASME B31.9. B. Safety Relief Valve: ASME rated. C. Pressure and Temperature Gauge: Minimum 3-1/2-inch- (89-mm-) diameter, combination water-pressure and -temperature gauge. Gauges shall have operating-pressure and -temperature ranges, so normal operating range is about 50 percent of full range. D. High and low gas-pressure switches. E. Alarm bell with silence switch. F. Boiler Air Vent: Automatic. G. Drain Valve: Minimum NPS 3/4 (DN 20) hose-end gate valve. 1216 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.4 CONTROLS A. Boiler operating controls shall include the following devices and features: 1. Control transformer. 2. Set-Point Adjust: All set points shall be adjustable. 3. Electric, factory-fabricated and factory-installed panel to modulate burner and control burner-firing rate to maintain water temperature in response to outdoor air temperature.. B. Burner Operating Controls: To maintain safe operating conditions, burner safety controls limit burner operation. 1. High Cutoff: Automatic reset stops burner if operating conditions rise above maximum boiler design temperature. 2. Low-Water Cutoff Switch: Electronic probe shall prevent burner operation on low water. Cutoff switch shall be automatic-reset type. 3. Blocked Inlet Safety Switch: Manual-reset pressure switch factory mounted on boiler combustion-air inlet. 4. Audible Alarm: Factory mounted on control panel with silence switch; shall sound alarm for above conditions. C. Building Automation System Interface: Factory install hardware and software to enable building automation system to monitor, control, and display boiler status and alarms. 1. Hardwired Points: a. Monitoring: On/off status, common trouble alarm low-water-level alarm. b. Control: On/off operation, hot-water-supply temperature set-point adjustment. 2. A BACnet communication interface with building automation system shall enable building automation system operator to remotely control and monitor the boiler from an operator workstation. All monitoring and control features, which are available at the local boiler control panel, shall also be available at the remote operator workstation through the building automation system. 2.5 ELECTRICAL POWER A. Controllers, Electrical Devices, and Wiring: Electrical devices and connections are shown on Drawings and specified in electrical Sections. B. Single-Point Field Power Connection: Factory-installed and -wired switches, motor controllers, transformers, and other electrical devices necessary shall provide a single-point field power connection to boiler. 1. House in NEMA 250, Type 1 enclosure. 2. Wiring shall be numbered and color coded to match wiring diagram. 3. Install factory wiring outside of an enclosure in a metal raceway. 4. Field power interface shall be to nonfused disconnect switch. 1217 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 5. Provide branch power circuit to each motor and to controls with a disconnect switch or circuit breaker. 6. Provide each motor with overcurrent protection. 2.6 VENTING KITS A. Kit: Complete system, ASTM A959, Type 29-4C stainless steel pipe, vent terminal, thimble, indoor plate, vent adapter, condensate trap and dilution tank, and sealant. B. Combustion-Air Intake: Complete system, stainless steel pipe, vent terminal with screen, inlet air coupling, and sealant. 2.7 CONDENSATE-NEUTRALIZATION UNITS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Neutra-Safe Corporation. 2. SFA Saniflo USA. 3. Skidmore Pump. 4. Wessels Company. B. Description: Factory-fabricated and -assembled condensate-neutralizing capsule assembly of corrosion-resistant plastic material with threaded or flanged inlet and outlet pipe connections. Device functions to prevent acidic condensate from damaging grain system. It is to be piped to receive acidic condensate discharged from condensing boiler and neutralize it by chemical reaction with replaceable neutralizing agent. Neutralized condensate is then piped to suitable drain. C. Capsule features: 1. All corrosion-resistant material. 2. Suitable for use on all natural gas and propane boilers. 3. Includes initial charge of neutralizing agent. 4. Neutralizing agent to be easily replaceable when exhausted. 5. Inlet and outlet pipe connections. D. Capsule Configuration: 1. Low-profile design for applications where boiler condensate drain is close to the floor. 2. Easily removed and opened for neutralizing agent replacement. 3. Multiple units may be used for larger capacity. E. Tank Configuration: 1. Utilized where boiler is elevated or where tank is installed in a pit with tank top flush with floor. 2. Top easily removed for neutralizing agent replacement. 1218 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3. Internal baffles to channel flow for complete neutralization. 4. Integral bypass to prevent condensate backflow into appliance. 5. Multiple units may be used for larger capacity. 2.8 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. UL Compliance: Test gas-fired boilers having input of more than 400,000 Btu/h (117 kW) for compliance with UL 795. Boilers shall be listed and labeled by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. B. UL Compliance, Oil-Fired: Test oil-fired boilers for compliance with UL 726. Boilers shall be listed and labeled by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. C. UL Compliance, Gas-Fired: Test gas-fired boilers for compliance with UL 2764. Boilers shall be listed and labeled by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. D. CSA Compliance: Test boilers for compliance with ANSI Z21.13-2017/CSA 4.9. E. Performance Testing: Test and label boilers for efficiency to comply with AHRI 1500. F. Burner and Hydrostatic Test: Factory adjust burner to eliminate excess oxygen, carbon dioxide, oxides of nitrogen emissions, and carbon monoxide in flue gas and to achieve combustion efficiency; perform hydrostatic test. G. Test and inspect factory-assembled boilers, before shipping, in accordance with 2017 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Factory test boilers for safety and functionality; fill boiler with water, and fire throughout firing range, to prove operation of all safety components. H. Allow Owner access to source quality-control testing of boilers. Notify Architect 14 days in advance of testing. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine roughing-in for concrete equipment bases, anchor-bolt sizes and locations, and piping and electrical connections to verify actual locations, sizes, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. Final boiler locations indicated on Drawings are approximate. Determine exact locations before roughing-in for piping and electrical connections. B. Examine mechanical spaces for suitable conditions where boilers will be installed. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1219 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.2 BOILER INSTALLATION A. Equipment Mounting: 1. Install floor-mounted boilers on cast-in-place concrete equipment base(s). Comply with requirements for equipment bases and foundations specified in Section 033000 "Cast-in- Place Concrete." 2. Install wall-hung boilers where indicated on Drawings using suitable hangers. Comply with manufacturer's mounting instructions. 3. Comply with requirements for vibration isolation and seismic-restraint devices specified in Section 230548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC." 4. Comply with requirements for vibration isolation devices specified in Section 230548.13 "Vibration Controls for HVAC." B. Install gas-fired boilers according to NFPA 54. C. Assemble and install boiler trim. D. Install electrical devices furnished with boiler but not specified to be factory mounted. E. Install control wiring to field-mounted electrical devices. 3.3 PIPING CONNECTIONS A. Comply with requirements for hydronic piping specified in Section 232113 "Hydronic Piping." B. Connect piping to boilers, except safety relief valve connections, with flexible connectors of materials suitable for service. Flexible connectors and their installation are specified in Section 232116 "Hydronic Piping Specialties." C. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. D. When installing piping adjacent to boiler, allow space for service and maintenance of condensing boilers. Arrange piping for easy removal of condensing boilers. E. Install condensate drain piping to condensate-neutralization unit and from neutralization unit to nearest floor drain. Piping shall be at least full size of connection. Install piping with a minimum of 2 percent downward slope in direction of flow. F. Install condensate piping from equipment drain connection to nearest floor drain. Piping shall be at least full size of connection. Install piping with a minimum of 2 percent downward slope in direction of flow. G. Connect gas piping to boiler gas-train inlet with union. Piping shall be at least full size of gas- train connection. Provide a reducer if required. H. Connect hot-water piping to supply- and return-boiler tappings with shutoff valve, and union or flange at each connection. 1220 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 I. Install piping from safety relief valves to nearest floor drain. 3.4 DUCT CONNECTIONS A. Boiler Venting: 1. Install flue-venting kit and combustion-air intake. 2. Comply with all boiler manufacturer's installation instructions. 3. Field fabricate and install boiler vent and combustion-air intake. 4. Utilize vent and intake duct material, size, and configuration as indicated in boiler manufacturer's instructions and to comply with UL 1738. 5. Comply with all boiler manufacturer's installation instructions. 6. Connect boiler vent full size to boiler connections. 7. Comply with requirements in Section 235123 "Gas Vents." 8. Comply with all boiler manufacturer's installation instructions. 3.5 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS A. Connect wiring in accordance with Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." B. Ground equipment according to Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." C. Install electrical devices furnished by manufacturer, but not factory mounted, according to NFPA 70 and NECA 1. D. Install nameplate for each electrical connection, indicating electrical equipment designation and circuit number feeding connection. 1. Nameplate shall be laminated acrylic or melamine plastic signs, as specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." 2. Nameplate shall be laminated acrylic or melamine plastic signs with a black background and engraved white letters at least 1/2 inch (13 mm) high. 3.6 CONTROL CONNECTIONS A. Install control and electrical power wiring to field-mounted control devices. B. Connect control wiring in accordance with Section 260523 "Control-Voltage Electrical Power Cables." C. Install nameplate for each control connection, indicating field control panel designation and I/O control designation feeding connection. 1. Nameplate shall be laminated acrylic or melamine plastic signs, as specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." 1221 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Nameplate shall be laminated acrylic or melamine plastic signs with a black background and engraved white letters at least 1/2 inch (13 mm) high. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency, Owner: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Testing Agency, Contractor: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. C. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to test and inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections. D. Perform tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory-authorized service representative: E. Tests and Inspections: 1. Perform installation and startup checks in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Leak Test: Hydrostatic test. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 3. Operational Test: Start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. Adjust air-fuel ratio and combustion. 4. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. a. Check and adjust initial operating set points and high- and low-limit safety set points of fuel supply, water level, and water temperature. b. Set field-adjustable switches and circuit-breaker trip ranges as indicated. F. Boiler will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. G. Prepare test and inspection reports. H. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months of date of Substantial Completion, provide on-site assistance in adjusting system to suit actual occupied conditions. Provide up to two visits to Project during other-than-normal occupancy hours for this purpose. 3.8 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain boilers. Refer to Section 017900 "Demonstration and Training." 1. Instructor shall be factory trained and certified. 2. Provide not less than two hours of training. 3. Train personnel in operation and maintenance and to obtain maximum efficiency in plant operation. 4. Provide instructional videos showing general operation and maintenance that are coordinated with operation and maintenance manuals. 1222 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 5. Obtain Owner sign-off that training is complete. 6. Owner training shall be held at Project site. END OF SECTION 235216 1223 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 237223.29 - PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, FIXED PLATE ENERGY RECOVERY UNITS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Fixed-plate, sensible heat exchangers in packaged, outdoor, energy-recovery units. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include packaged, outdoor, fixed-plate, energy-recovery-unit rated capacities, operating characteristics, furnished specialties, and accessories. 2. Fans: a. Certified fan-performance curves with system operating conditions indicated. b. Certified fan-sound power ratings. c. Fan construction and accessories. d. Motor ratings, electrical characteristics, and motor accessories. B. Shop Drawings: For packaged, outdoor, fixed-plate, energy-recovery units. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and mounting/attachment details. 2. Include details of equipment assemblies. Indicate dimensions, weights, loads, lifting requirements, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 3. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Floor plans, elevations, and other details, drawn to scale. and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of items involved. B. Seismic Qualification Data: Certificates, for packaged, outdoor, fixed-plate, energy-recovery units, accessories, and components, from manufacturer. 1224 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. 2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. 3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which certification is based and their installation requirements. C. Field quality-control reports. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For packaged, outdoor, fixed-plate, energy-recovery equipment to include in maintenance manuals. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of building openings and duct connections with actual equipment provided. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of packaged, outdoor, fixed-plate, energy-recovery units that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period for Packaged Energy-Recovery Units: One years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 90A for design, fabrication, and installation of air- handling units and components. B. ASHRAE Compliance: 1. Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1. 2. Capacity ratings for fixed-plate energy-recovery units shall comply with ASHRAE 84. C. ASHRAE/IES 90.1 Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IES 90.1. D. UL Compliance: 1225 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Packaged heat-recovery ventilators shall comply with requirements in UL 1815 or UL 1812. 2. Electric coils shall comply with requirements in UL 1995. 2.2 PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, FIXED-PLATE, SENSIBLE HEAT, ENERGY-RECOVERY UNITS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Daikin Applied 2. Valent 3. AAON B. Source Limitations: Obtain packaged, outdoor, fixed-plate, energy-recovery units from single manufacturer. C. Surfaces in Contact with Airstream: Comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1. 2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by NRTL, and marked for intended location and application. B. AHRI Compliance: Capacity ratings for air-to-air energy-recovery equipment certified as complying with AHRI 1060 (IP. C. Fan Performance Rating: Comply with AMCA 211, and label fans with AMCA-certified rating seal. Factory test fan performance for airflow, pressure, power, air density, rotation speed, and efficiency in accordance with AMCA 210 and ASHRAE 51. D. Fan Sound Ratings: Comply with AMCA 301 or AHRI 260 (IP. E. UL Compliance: 1. Packaged, Fixed-Plate, Energy-Recovery Units: Comply with requirements in UL 1812. 2. Electric Coils: Comply with UL 1995. 2.4 GENERAL DESCRIPTION A. Furnish as shown on plans, Daikin Applied Rebel Single zone Heating and Cooling Unit(s) model DPS. Unit performance and electrical characteristics shall be per the job schedule. B. Configuration: Fabricate as detailed on prints and drawings: 1226 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Return plenum / economizer section 2. Filter section 3. Cooling coil section 4. Supply fan section 5. Gas heating section. 6. Condensing unit section C. The complete unit shall be cETLus listed. D. The unit shall be ASHRAE 90.1-2016 compliant and labeled. E. Each unit shall be specifically designed for outdoor rooftop application and include a weatherproof cabinet. Each unit shall be completely factory assembled and shipped in one piece. Packaged units shall be shipped fully charged with R-410 Refrigerant and oil. F. The unit shall undergo a complete factory run test prior to shipment. The factory test shall include a refrigeration circuit run test, a unit control system operations checkout, a unit refrigerant leak test and a final unit inspection. G. All units shall have decals and tags to indicate caution areas and aid unit service. Unit nameplates shall be fixed to the main control panel door. Electrical wiring diagra ms shall be attached to the control panels. Installation, operating and maintenance bulletins and start-up forms shall be supplied with each unit. H. Performance: All scheduled EER, IEER, capacities and face areas are minimum accepted values. All scheduled amps, kW, and HP are maximum accepted values that allow scheduled capacity to be met. I. Warranty: The manufacturer shall provide 12-month parts only warranty. Defective parts shall be repaired or replaced during the warranty period at no charge. The warranty period shall commence at startup or six months after shipment, whichever occurs first. 2.5 CABINET, CASING, AND FRAME A. Panel construction shall be double-wall construction for all panels. All floor panels shall have a solid galvanized steel inner liner on the air stream side of the unit to protect insulation during service and maintenance. Insulation shall be a minimum of 2" thick with an R-value of 13.0, and shall be 2 part injected foam. Panel design shall include no exposed insulation edges. Unit cabinet shall be designed to operate at total static pressures up to 5.0 inches w.g. B. Exterior surfaces shall be constructed of pre-painted galvanized steel for aesthetics and long term durability. Paint finish to include a base primer with a high quality, polyester resin topcoat of a neutral beige color. Finished panel surfaces to withstand a minimum 1000-hour salt spray test in accordance with ASTM B117 standard for salt spray resistance. C. Service doors shall be provided on the fan section, filter section, control panel section, and heating vestibule in order to provide user access to unit components. All service access doors 1227 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 shall be mounted on multiple, stainless steel hinges and shall be secured by a latch system. Removable service panels secured by multiple mechanical fasteners are not acceptable. D. The unit base shall overhang the roof curb for positive water runoff and shall seat on the roof curb gasket to provide a positive, weathertight seal. Lifting brackets shall be provided on the unit base to accept cable or chain hooks for rigging the equipment. 2.6 OUTDOOR/RETURN AIR SECTION A. Unit shall be provided with an outdoor air economizer section. The economizer section shall include outdoor, return, and exhaust air dampers. The economizer operation shall be fully integral to the mechanical cooling and allow up to 100% of mechanical cooling if needed to maintain the cooling discharge air temperature. The outdoor air hood shall be factory installed and constructed from galvanized steel finished with the same durable paint finish as the main unit. The hood shall include moisture eliminator filters to drain water away from the entering air stream. The outside and return air dampers shall be sized to handle 100% of the supply air volume. The dampers shall be parallel blade design. Damper blades shall be gasketed with side seals to provide an air leakage rate of 1.5 cfm / square foot of damper area at 1” differential pressure in according with testing defined in AMCA 500. A barometric exhaust damper shall be provided to exhaust air out of the back of the unit. A bird screen shall be provided to prevent infiltration of rain and foreign materials. Exhaust damper blades shall be lined with vinyl gasketing on contact edges. Control of the dampers shall be by a factory installed direct coupled actuator. Damper actuator shall be of the modulating, spring return type. A comparative enthalpy control shall be provided to sense and compare enthalpy in both the outdoor and return air streams to determine if outdoor air is suitable for “free” cooling. If outdoor air is suitable for “free” cooling, the outdoor air dampers shall modulate in response to the unit’s temperature control system. 2.7 ENERGY RECOVERY A. The fixed plate energy recovery core is equipped with a bypass damper on the outside air path. If the RTU has an economizer internal to it then the bypass damper will open when the unit enters the economizer operating state and close when the unit leaves the economizer operating state. B. When the outside air is below 32F (adjustable) the bypass damper will open for 5 minutes (adjustable) every 60 minute period (adjustable). Exhaust air continues to run though the core during this time to remove frost buildup. C. The ERV core shall transfer both sensible and latent energy between the incoming fresh air stream and the exhaust stale air stream. D. The ERV core shall be in either a cross-flow or counter cross-flow orientation and have no moving parts. 1228 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 E. The ERV core shall be certified by AHRI under its Standard 1060 for Energy Recovery Ventilators. Products not currently AHRI certified will not be accepted. F. The ERV core shall achieve the minimum effectiveness value as indicated in the schedule. G. The fresh air stream must have complete separation from the stale air stream to prevent cross contamination. H. The ERV core shall have Exhaust Air Transport Ratio of 0.5% as tested to AHRI 1060 (EATR) to prevent cross-over of gases, contaminants or odors. I. The ERV core’s Outdoor Air Correction Factor (OACF) shall not exceed 1.0 as tested to AHRI 1060 (OACF) Standard. J. The ERV core shall not be degraded or promote the growth of mold and bacteria with a rating of zero in testing according to ISO846 A and C. K. The ERV core must be able to tolerate freezing temperatures of -30°C (-22°F and not have an increase in EATR or decrease in performance after being frozen. L. The ERV core must be able to tolerate high temperatures of +60°C and not have an increase in EATR or decrease in performance at these elevated temperatures. M. The ERV core must be freeze tolerant tested to 40 freeze thaw cycles from -20¬o C to +20o C while maintaining the energy recovery effectiveness and EATR rating of 0.5%. N. The ERV core must be water washable to remove dust and contaminants. O. The ERV core must be flame proof and comply with UL 723 with a flame spread index that shall not be over 25 and a smoke index that shall not be over 50. P. The ERV cores should have particulate filters positioned before the incoming air streams. Q. Accepted manufacturer: CORE Energy Recovery Solutions or approved equal, subject to compliance with requirements 2.8 EXHAUST FAN A. Exhaust fan shall be a single width, single inlet (SWSI) airfoil centrifugal fan. The fan wheel shall be Class II construction with aluminum fan blades that are continuously welded to the hub plate and end rim. The exhaust fan shall be a direct drive fan mounted to the motor shaft. Belts and sheaves are not acceptable due to the additional maintenance. B. The fan motor shall be a totally enclosed EC motor that is speed controlled by the rooftop unit controller. The motor shall include thermal overload protection and protect the motor in the case of excessive motor temperatures. The motor shall have phase failure protection and 1229 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 prevent the motor from operation in the event of a loss of phase. Motors shall be premium efficiency. C. The unit DDC controller shall provide building static pressure control. The unit controller shall provide proportional control of the exhaust fans from 25% to 100% of the supply air fan designed airflow to maintain the adjustable building pressure setpoint. The field shall mount the required sensing tubing from the building to the factory mounted building static pressure sensor. 2.9 FILTERS A. Unit shall be provided with a draw-through filter section. The filter rack shall be designed to accept a 2” prefilter and a 4” final filter. The unit design shall have a hinged access door for the filter section. The manufacturer shall ship the rooftop unit with 2” MERV 8 construction filters. The contractor shall furnish and install, at building occupancy, the final set of filters per the contract documents. 2.10 COOLING COIL A. The indoor coil section shall be installed in a draw through configuration, upstream of the supply air fan. The coil section shall be complete with a factory piped cooling coil and an ASHRAE 62.1 compliant double sloped drain pan. B. The direct expansion (DX) cooling coils shall be fabricated of seamless high efficiency copper tubing that is mechanically expanded into high efficiency aluminum plate fins. Coils shall be a multi-row, staggered tube design with a minimum of 3 rows. All cooling coils shall have an interlaced coil circuiting that keeps the full coil face active at all load conditions. All coils shall be factory leak tested with high pressure air under water. C. The cooling coil shall have an electronic controlled expansion valve. The unit controller shall control the expansion valve to maintain liquid subcooling and the superheat of the refrigerant system. D. The refrigerant suction lines shall be fully insulated from the expansion valve to the compressors. E. The drain pan shall be stainless steel and positively sloped. The slope of the drain pan shall be in two directions and comply with ASHRAE Standard 62.1. The drain pan shall have a minimum slope of 1/8" per foot to provide positive draining. The drain pan shall extend beyond the leaving side of the coil. The drain pan shall have a threaded drain connection extending through the unit base. 1230 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.11 HOT GAS REHEAT A. Unit shall be equipped with a fully modulating hot gas reheat coil with hot gas coming from the unit condenser. B. Hot gas reheat coil shall be a Micro Channel design. The aluminum tube shall be a micro channel design with high efficiency aluminum fins. Fins shall be brazed to the tubing for a direct bond. The capacity of the reheat coil shall allow for a 20°F temperature rise at all operating conditions. C. The modulating hot gas reheat systems shall allow for independent control of the cooling coil leaving air temperature and the reheat coil leaving air temperature. The cooling coil and reheat coil leaving air temperature setpoints shall be adjustable through the unit controller. During the dehumidification cycle the unit shall be capable of 100% of the cooling capacity. The hot gas reheat coil shall provide discharge temperature control within +/- 2°F. D. Each coil shall be factory leak tested with high-pressure air under water. 2.12 SUPPLY FAN A. Supply fan shall be a single width, single inlet (SWSI) airfoil centrifugal fan. The fan wheel shall be Class II construction with fan blades that are continuously welded to the hub plate and end rim. The supply fan shall be a direct drive fan mounted to the motor shaft. Belts and sheaves are not acceptable due to the additional maintenance. B. All fan assemblies shall employ solid steel fan shafts. Heavy-duty pillow block type, self- aligning, grease lubricated ball bearings shall be used. Bearings shall be sized to provide a L -50 life at 250,000 hours. The entire fan assembly shall be isolated from the fan bulkhead with a flexible collar and mounted on 1” spring isolators. C. All fan assemblies shall be statically and dynamically balanced at the factory, including a final trim balance, prior to shipment. D. Supply fan and motor assembly combinations larger than 8 hp or 22” diameter shall be internally isolated on 1” deflection, spring isolators and include removable shipping tie downs. E. The motor shall be T Frame and open drip proof. Overload protection and speed control is provided by the factory installed VFD and rooftop unit controller. The motor shall have phase failure protection and prevent the motor from operation in the event of a loss of phase. Motors shall be premium efficiency. F. The supply fan shall be capable of airflow modulation from 30% to 100% of the scheduled designed airflow. The fan shall not operate in a state of surge at any point within the modulation range. 1231 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.13 VARIABLE AIR VOLUME CONTROL A. An electronic variable frequency drive shall be provided for the supply air fan. Each drive shall be factory installed out of the air stream in a conditioned cabinet. Drives shall meet UL Standard 95-5V. The completed unit assembly shall be listed by a recognized safety agency, such as ETL. Drives are to be accessible through a hinged door assembly. Mounting arrangements that expose drives to high temperature unfiltered ambient air are not acceptable. B. The unit manufacturer shall install all power and control wiring. C. The supply air fan drive output shall be controlled by the factory installed main unit control system and drive status and operating speed shall be monitored and displayed at the main unit control panel. 2.14 HEATING SECTION A. The rooftop unit shall include a natural gas heating section. The gas furnace design shall be one natural gas fired heating module factory installed downstream of the supply air fan in the heat section. The heating module shall be a tubular design with in-shot gas burners. B. The module shall be complete with furnace controller and control valve capable of 12:1 modulating operation. C. The heat exchanger tubes shall be constructed of stainless steel. D. The module shall have an induced draft fan that will maintain a negative pressure in the heat exchanger tubes for the removal of the flue gases. E. Each burner module shall have two flame roll-out safety protection switches and a high temperature limit switch that will shut the gas valve off upon detection of improper burner manifold operation. The induced draft fan shall have an airflow safety switch t hat will prevent the heating module from turning on in the event of no airflow in the flue chamber. F. The factory-installed DDC unit control system shall control the gas heat module. Field installed heating modules shall require a field ETL certification. The manufacturer’s rooftop unit ETL certification shall cover the complete unit including the gas heating modules. 2.15 CONDENSING SECTION A. Outdoor coils shall be cast aluminum, micro-channel coils. Plate fins shall be protected and brazed between adjoining flat tubes such that they shall not extend outside the tubes. A sub- cooling coil shall be an integral part of the main outdoor air coil. Each outdoor air coil shall be factory leak tested with high-pressure air under water. B. Fan motors shall be an ECM type motor for proportional control. The unit controller shall proportionally control the speed of the condenser fan motors to maintain the head pressure of 1232 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 the refrigerant circuit from ambient condition of 0~120°F. Mechanical cooling shall be provided to 0º F. The motor shall include thermal overload protection and protect the motor in the case of excessive motor temperatures. The motor shall have phase failure protection and prevent the motor from operation in the event of a loss of phase. C. The condenser fan shall be low noise blade design. Fan blade design shall be a dynamic profile for low tip speed. Fan blade shall be of a composite material. D. The unit shall have scroll compressors. One of the compressors shall be an inverter compressor providing proportional control. The unit controller shall control the speed of the compressor to maintain the discharge air temperature. The inverter compressor shall have a separate oil pump and low oil safety protection. E. Pressure transducers shall be provided for the suction pressure and head pressure. Temperature sensor shall be provided for the suction temperature and the refrigerant discharge temperature of the compressors. All of the above devices shall be an input to the unit controller and the values be displayed at the unit controller. F. Each circuit shall be dehydrated and factory charged with R-410A Refrigerant and oil. 2.16 ELECTRICAL A. Unit wiring shall comply with NEC requirements and with all applicable UL standards. All electrical components shall be UL recognized where applicable. All wiring and electrical components provided with the unit shall be number and color-coded and labeled according to the electrical diagram provided for easy identification. The unit shall be provided with a factory wired weatherproof control panel. Unit shall have a single point power terminal block for main power connection. A terminal board shall be provided for low voltage control wiring. Branch short circuit protection, 115-volt control circuit transformer and fuse, system switches, and a high temperature sensor shall also be provided with the unit. Each compressor and condenser fan motor shall be furnished with contactors and inherent thermal overload protection. Supply fan motors shall have contactors and external overload protection. Knockouts shall be provided in the bottom of the main control panels for field wiring entrance. B. A single non-fused disconnect switch shall be provided for disconnecting electrical power at the unit. Disconnect switches shall be mounted internally to the control panel and operated by an externally mounted handle. 2.17 CONTROLS A. Provide a complete integrated microprocessor based Direct Digital Control (DDC) system to control all unit functions including temperature control, scheduling, monitoring, unit safety protection, including compressor minimum run and minimum off times, and diagnostics. This system shall consist of all required temperature sensors, pressure sensors, controller and 1233 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 keypad/display operator interface. All MCBs and sensors shall be factory mounted, wired and tested. B. The stand-alone DDC controllers shall not be dependent on communications with any on-site or remote PC or master control panel for proper unit operation. The microprocessor shall maintain existing set points and operate stand alone if the unit loses either direct connect or network communications. The microprocessor memory shall be protected from voltage fluctuations as well as any extended power failures. All factory and user set schedules and control point s shall be maintained in nonvolatile memory. No settings shall be lost, even during extended power shutdowns. C. The DDC control system shall permit starting and stopping of the unit locally or remotely. The control system shall be capable of providing a remote alarm indication. The unit control system shall provide for outside air damper actuation, emergency shutdown, remote heat enable/disable, remote cool enable/disable, heat indication, cool indication, and fan operation. D. All digital inputs and outputs shall be protected against damage from transients or incorrect voltages. All field wiring shall be terminated at a separate, clearly marked terminal strip. E. The DDC controller shall have a built-in time schedule. The schedule shall be programmable from the unit keypad interface. The schedule shall be maintained in nonvolatile memory to insure that it is not lost during a power failure. There shall be one start/stop per day and a separate holiday schedule. The controller shall accept up to sixteen holidays each with up to a 5- day duration. Each unit shall also have the ability to accept a time schedule via BAS network communications. F. The keypad interface shall allow convenient navigation and access to all control functions. The unit keypad/display character format shall be 4 lines x 20 characters. All control settings shall be password protected against unauthorized changes. For ease of service, the display format shall be English language readout. Coded formats with look-up tables will not be accepted. The user interaction with the display shall provide the following information as a minimum: 1. Return air temperature. 2. Discharge air temperature. 3. Outdoor air temperature. 4. Space air temperature. 5. Outdoor enthalpy, high/low. 6. Compressor suction temperature and pressure 7. Compressor head pressure and temperature 8. Expansion valve position 9. Condenser fan speed 10. Inverter compressor speed 11. Dirty filter indication. 12. Airflow verification. 13. Cooling status. 14. Control temperature (Changeover). 15. VAV box output status. 16. Cooling status/capacity. 1234 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 17. Unit status. 18. All time schedules. 19. Active alarms with time and date. 20. Previous alarms with time and date. 21. Optimal start 22. Supply fan and exhaust fan speed. 23. System operating hours. a. Fan b. Exhaust fan c. Cooling d. Inndividual compressor e. Heating f. Economizer g. Tenant override G. The user interaction with the keypad shall provide the following: 1. Controls mode a. Off manual b. Auto c. Heat/Cool d. Cool only e. Heat only f. Fan only 2. Occupancy mode a. Auto b. Occupied c. Unoccupied d. Tenant override 3. Unit operation changeover control a. Return air temperature b. Space temperature c. Network signal 4. Cooling and heating change-over temperature with deadband 5. Cooling discharge air temperature (DAT) 6. Supply reset options a. Return air temperature b. Outdoor air temperature c. Space temperature d. Airflow (VAV) 1235 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 e. Network signal f. External (0-10 vdc) g. External (0-20 mA) 7. Temperature alarm limits a. High supply air temperature b. Low supply air temperature c. High return air temperature 8. Lockout control for compressors. 9. Compressor interstage timers 10. Night setback and setup space temperature. 11. Building static pressure. 12. Economizer changeover a. Enthalpy b. Dry bulb temperature 13. Currently time and date 14. Tenant override time 15. Occupied/unoccupied time schedule 16. One event schedule 17. Holiday dates and duration 18. Adjustable set points 19. Service mode a. Timers normal (all time delays normal) b. Timers fast (all time delays 20 sec) H. If the unit is to be programmed with a night setback or setup function, an optional space sensor shall be provided. Space sensors shall be available to support field selectable features. Sensor options shall include: 1. Zone sensor with tenant override switch 2. Zone sensor with tenant override switch plus heating and cooling set point adjustment. (Space Comfort Control systems only) I. To increase the efficiency of the cooling system the DDC controller shall include a discharge air temperature reset program for part load operating conditions. The discharge air temperature shall be controlled between a minimum and a maximum discharge air temperature (DAT) based on one of the following inputs: 1. Airflow 2. Outside air temperature 3. Space temperature 4. Return air temperature 5. External signal of 1-5 vdc 1236 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 6. External signal of 0-20 mA 7. Network signal 2.18 ROOF CURB A. A prefabricated heavy gauge galvanized steel, mounting curb shall be provided for field assembly on the roof decking prior to unit shipment. The roof curb shall be a full perimeter type with complete perimeter support of the air handling section and condensing section. The curb shall be a minimum of 14" high and include a nominal 2" x 4" wood nailing strip. Gasket shall be provided for field mounting between the unit base and roof curb PART 3 - E EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Examine casing insulation materials and filter media before packaged, outdoor, fixed-plate, energy-recovery unit installation. Replace insulation materials and filter media that are wet, moisture damaged, or mold damaged. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, FIXED-PLATE, ENERGY- RECOVERY UNITS A. Install packaged, outdoor, fixed-plate, energy-recovery units, so supply and exhaust airstreams flow in opposite directions. 1. Install access doors in both supply and exhaust ducts, both upstream and downstream, for access to interior components. 2. Install removable panels or access doors between supply and exhaust ducts on building side for bypass during startup. 3. Access doors and panels are specified in Section 233300 "Air Duct Accessories." B. Equipment Mounting: 1. Install roof-mounted packaged, outdoor, fixed-plate, energy-recovery units on manufacturer's-recommended-height equipment roof curbs. 2. Comply with requirements for vibration-isolation devices specified in Section 230548.13 "Vibration Controls for HVAC." C. Install units with clearances for service and maintenance. 1237 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 D. Do not operate equipment fans until temporary or permanent filters are in place. Replace temporary filters used during construction and testing with new, clean filters prior to final inspection. 3.3 DUCTWORK CONNECTIONS A. Comply with requirements for ductwork in accordance with Section 233113 "Metal Ducts." B. Connect duct to units with flexible connections. Comply with requirements in Section 233300 "Air Duct Accessories." C. Isolation Dampers: Install isolation dampers. 3.4 PIPING CONNECTIONS A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Where installing piping adjacent to unit, allow for service and maintenance. C. Connect piping to units mounted on vibration isolators with flexible connectors. D. Condensate Drain Piping: Install condensate drain piping from drain pans to nearest floor drain, same size as condensate drain connection. 1. Construct deep trap at connection to drain pan, and install cleanouts at changes in direction. 3.5 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS A. Install electrical devices furnished by manufacturer, but not factory mounted, in accordance with NFPA 70 and NECA 1. B. Connect wiring in accordance with Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." C. Ground equipment in accordance with Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." D. Install nameplate for each electrical connection, indicating electrical equipment designation and circuit number feeding connection. 1. Nameplate shall be laminated acrylic or melamine plastic signs, as specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." 2. Nameplate shall be laminated acrylic or melamine plastic signs with a black background and engraved white letters at least 1/2 inch high. 1238 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.6 CONTROL CONNECTIONS A. Install control and electrical power wiring to field-mounted control devices. 3.7 STARTUP SERVICE A. Engage factory-authorized service representative to perform startup service. 1. Complete installation and startup checks in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. 3.8 ADJUSTING A. Adjust moving parts to function smoothly, and lubricate as recommended by manufacturer. B. Adjust initial temperature and humidity setpoints. C. Set field-adjustable switches and circuit-breaker trip ranges as indicated. 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Testing Agency: Engage qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. C. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage factory-authorized service representative to test and inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections. D. Perform tests and inspections with assistance of factory-authorized service representative. E. Tests and Inspections: 1. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. 2. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. F. Packaged, outdoor, fixed-plate, energy-recovery units will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. G. Prepare test and inspection reports. 1239 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.10 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain air-to-air energy-recovery units. END OF SECTION 237223.29 1240 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 238126 - SPLIT-SYSTEM AIR-CONDITIONERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes split-system air-conditioning and heat-pump units consisting of separate evaporator-fan and compressor-condenser components. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. Include performance data in terms of capacities, outlet velocities, static pressures, sound power characteristics, motor requirements, and electrical characteristics. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 2. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For units with factory-applied color finishes. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality-control reports. B. Warranty: Sample of special warranty. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For split-system air-conditioning units to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1241 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Filters: One set(s) for each air-handling unit. 2. Gaskets: One set(s) for each access door. 3. Fan Belts: One set(s) for each air-handling unit fan. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. ASHRAE Compliance: 1. Fabricate and label refrigeration system to comply with ASHRAE 15, "Safety Standard for Refrigeration Systems." 2. ASHRAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1, Section 4 - "Outdoor Air Quality," Section 5 - "Systems and Equipment," Section 6 - " Procedures," and Section 7 - "Construction and System Start-up." C. ASHRAE/IES Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IES 90.1. 1.8 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided. Cast anchor- bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork are specified in Section 033000 "Cast-in-Place Concrete." B. Coordinate sizes and locations of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations with actual equipment provided. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of split-system air-conditioning units that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: a. For Compressor: One year(s) from date of Substantial Completion. b. For Parts: One year(s) from date of Substantial Completion. c. For Labor: One year(s) from date of Substantial Completion. 1242 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Daikin. 2. Mitsubishi Electric & Electronics USA, Inc. 3. Samsung HVAC. 2.2 INDOOR UNITS (5 TONS (18 kW) OR LESS) A. Wall-Mounted, Evaporator-Fan Components: 1. Cabinet: Enameled steel with removable panels on front and ends in color selected by Architect, and discharge drain pans with drain connection. 2. Refrigerant Coil: Copper tube, with mechanically bonded aluminum fins and thermal- expansion valve. Comply with ARI 206/110. 3. Fan: Direct drive, centrifugal. 4. Fan Motors: a. Comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor, enclosure type, and efficiency requirements specified in Section 230513 "Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment." b. Multitapped, multispeed with internal thermal protection and permanent lubrication. c. Enclosure Type: Totally enclosed, fan cooled. d. NEMA Premium (TM) efficient motors as defined in NEMA MG 1. e. Controllers, Electrical Devices, and Wiring: Comply with requirements for electrical devices and connections specified in electrical Sections. f. Mount unit-mounted disconnect switches on interior of unit. 5. Airstream Surfaces: Surfaces in contact with the airstream shall comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1. 6. Condensate Drain Pans: a. Fabricated with one percent slope in at least two planes to collect condensate from cooling coils (including coil piping connections, coil headers, and return bends) and humidifiers, and to direct water toward drain connection. 1) Length: Extend drain pan downstream from leaving face to comply with ASHRAE 62.1. 2) Depth: A minimum of 1 inch (25 mm) deep. b. Single-wall, stainless-steel sheet. c. Drain Connection: Located at lowest point of pan and sized to prevent overflow. Terminate with threaded nipple on one end of pan. 1243 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1) Minimum Connection Size: NPS 1 (DN 25). 7. Air Filtration Section: a. General Requirements for Air Filtration Section: 1) Comply with NFPA 90A. 2) Minimum MERV according to ASHRAE 52.2. 3) Filter-Holding Frames: Arranged for flat or angular orientation, with access doors on both sides of unit. Filters shall be removable from one side or lifted out from access plenum. b. Disposable Panel Filters: 1) Factory-fabricated, viscous-coated, flat-panel type. 2) Thickness: 2 inches (50 mm). 3) MERV according to ASHRAE 52.2: 5. 4) Media: Interlaced glass fibers sprayed with nonflammable adhesive. 5) Frame: Galvanized steel, with metal grid on outlet side, steel rod grid on inlet side, and hinged; with pull and retaining handles. 2.3 OUTDOOR UNITS (5 TONS (18 kW) OR LESS) A. Air-Cooled, Compressor-Condenser Components: 1. Casing: Steel, finished with baked enamel in color selected by Architect, with removable panels for access to controls, weep holes for water drainage, and mounting holes in base. Provide brass service valves, fittings, and gage ports on exterior of casing. 2. Compressor: Hermetically sealed with crankcase heater and mounted on vibration isolation device. Compressor motor shall have thermal- and current-sensitive overload devices, start capacitor, relay, and contactor. a. Compressor Type: Scroll. b. Two-speed compressor motor with manual-reset high-pressure switch and automatic-reset low-pressure switch. c. Refrigerant: R-410A. d. Refrigerant Coil: Copper tube, with mechanically bonded aluminum fins and liquid subcooler. Comply with ARI 206/110. 3. Fan: Aluminum-propeller type, directly connected to motor. 4. Motor: Permanently lubricated, with integral thermal-overload protection. 5. Low Ambient Kit: Permits operation down to 45 deg F (7 deg C). 6. Mounting Base: Polyethylene. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Thermostat: Low voltage with subbase to control compressor and evaporator fan. B. Automatic-reset timer to prevent rapid cycling of compressor. 1244 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. Refrigerant Line Kits: Soft-annealed copper suction and liquid lines factory cleaned, dried, pressurized, and sealed; factory-insulated suction line with flared fittings at both ends. D. Drain Hose: For condensate. 2.5 CAPACITIES AND CHARACTERISTICS A. Cooling Capacity: 1. Total: 24,000 Btu/h (kW). 2. SEER: 17.0. 3. Fan Motor Electrical Characteristics: a. Volts: 120. b. Phase: Single. c. Hertz: 60. B. Outdoor Unit: 1. Type: Air cooled. 2. Electrical Characteristics: a. Volts: 208. b. Phase: Single. c. Hertz: 60. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install units level and plumb. B. Install evaporator-fan components using manufacturer's standard mounting devices securely fastened to building structure. C. Install roof-mounted, compressor-condenser components on equipment supports specified in Section 077200 "Roof Accessories." Anchor units to supports with removable, cadmium-plated fasteners. D. Equipment Mounting: 1. Install ground-mounted, compressor-condenser components on cast-in-place concrete equipment base(s). Comply with requirements for equipment bases and foundations specified in Section 033000 "Cast-in-Place Concrete." 2. Install ground-mounted, compressor-condenser components on polyethylene mounting base. 1245 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3. Comply with requirements for vibration isolation and seismic control devices specified in Section 230548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC." 4. Comply with requirements for vibration isolation devices specified in Section 230548.13 "Vibration Controls for HVAC." E. Install and connect precharged refrigerant tubing to component's quick-connect fittings. Install tubing to allow access to unit. 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. 1. Water Coil Connections: Comply with requirements specified in Section 232113 "Hydronic Piping" and Section 232116 Hydronic Piping Specialties." Connect hydronic piping to supply and return coil connections with shutoff-duty valve and union or flange on the supply connection and with throttling-duty valve and union or flange on the return connection. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect, test, and adjust components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections. B. Perform tests and inspections. 1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and to assist in testing. C. Tests and Inspections: 1. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 2. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. 3. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. D. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. E. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.4 STARTUP SERVICE A. Perform startup service. 1246 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.5 DEMONSTRATION A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain units. END OF SECTION 238126 1247 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 238129 – VARIABLE-REFRIGERANT-FLOW HVAC SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes complete VRF HVAC system(s) including, but not limited to the following components to make a complete operating system(s) according to requirements indicated: 1. Indoor, concealed, ceiling-mounted units for ducting. 2. Indoor, exposed, wall-mounted units. 3. Indoor, energy recovery ventilator. 4. Outdoor, air-source heat recovery units. 5. Heat recovery control units. 6. System controls. 7. System refrigerant and oil. 8. System condensate drain piping. 9. System refrigerant piping. 10. Metal hangers and supports. 11. Fastener systems. 12. Pipe stands. 13. Miscellaneous support materials. 14. Piping and tubing insulation. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Air-Conditioning System Operation: System capable of operation with all zones in cooling only. B. Heat-Pump System Operation: System capable of operation with all zones in either heating or cooling, but not with simultaneous heating and cooling zones that transfer heat between zones. C. Heat Recovery System Operation: System capable of operation with simultaneous heating and cooling zones that transfer heat between zones. D. HRCU: Heat Recovery Control Unit. HRCUs are used in heat recovery VRF HVAC systems to manage and control refrigerant between indoor units to provide simultaneous heating and cooling zones. "Heat Recovery Control Unit" is the term used by ASHRAE for what different 1248 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 manufacturers term as branch circuit controller, branch selector box, changeover box, flow selector unit, mode change unit, and other such terms. E. Low Voltage: As defined in NFPA 70 for circuits and equipment operating at less than 50 V or for remote-control, signaling power-limited circuits. F. Plenum: A space forming part of the air distribution system to which one or more air ducts are connected. An air duct is a passageway, other than a plenum, for transporting air to or from heating, ventilating, or air-conditioning equipment. G. Three-Pipe System Design: One high pressure refrigerant vapor line, one low pressure refrigerant vapor line, and one refrigerant liquid line connect a single outdoor unit or multiple manifold outdoor units in a single system to associated system HRCUs. One liquid line and refrigerant vapor line connect HRCUs to associated indoor units. H. Two-Pipe System Design: One refrigerant vapor line and one refrigerant liquid line connect a single outdoor unit or multiple manifold outdoor units in a single system to associated system HRCUs. One refrigerant liquid line and refrigerant vapor line connect HRCUs to associated indoor units. HRCUs used in two pipe systems act as an intermediate heat exchanger and include diverting valves and gas/liquid separators to move high and low pressure refrigerant between indoor units. I. VRF: Variable refrigerant flow. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for indoor and outdoor units and for HRCUs. 2. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. 3. Include operating performance at design conditions and at extreme maximum and minimum outdoor ambient conditions. 4. Include description of system controllers, dimensions, features, control interfaces and connections, power requirements, and connections. 5. Include system operating sequence of operation in narrative form for each unique indoor- and outdoor-unit and HRCU control. 6. Include description of control software features. 7. Include total refrigerant required and a comprehensive breakdown of refrigerant required by each system installed. 8. Include refrigerant type and data sheets showing compliance with requirements indicated. 1249 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 9. Indicate location and type of service access. B. Shop Drawings: For VRF HVAC systems. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and mounting attachment details. 2. Include details of equipment assemblies. Indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 3. Include diagrams and details of refrigerant piping and tubing showing installation requirements for manufacturer-furnished divided flow fittings. 4. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For VRF HVAC systems to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. B. Software and Firmware Operational Documentation: 1. Software operating and upgrade manuals. 2. Program Software Backup: On CD or DVD, USB media, or approved cloud storage platform, complete with data files. 3. Device address list. 4. Printout of software application and graphic screens. 1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Controllers for Indoor Units: One for each unique controller type installed. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: 1. Nationally recognized manufacturer of VRF HVAC systems and products. 2. Shipped VRF HVAC systems with similar requirements to those indicated for a continuous period of five years within time of bid. 3. VRF HVAC systems and products that have been successfully tested and in use on at least five completed projects. 4. Having complete published catalog literature, installation, and operation and maintenance manuals for all products intended for use. 5. Having full-time in-house employees for the following: 1250 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 a. Product research and development. b. Product and application engineering. c. Product manufacturing, testing, and quality control. d. Technical support for system installation training, startup, commissioning, and troubleshooting of installations. e. Owner training. B. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: 1. Authorized representative of, and trained by, VRF HVAC system manufacturer. 2. In-place facility located within 30 miles of Project. 3. Demonstrated past experience with products being installed for period within five consecutive years before time of bid. 4. Demonstrated past experience on five projects of similar complexity, scope, and value. a. Each person assigned to Project shall have demonstrated past experience. 5. Staffing resources of competent and experienced full-time employees that are assigned to execute work according to schedule. 6. Service and maintenance staff assigned to support Project during warranty period. 7. Product parts inventory to support ongoing system operation for a period of not less than five years after Substantial Completion. 8. VRF HVAC system manufacturer's backing to take over execution of Work if necessary to comply with requirements indicated. Include Project-specific written letter, signed by manufacturer's corporate officer, if requested. C. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are trained and approved by VRF HVAC system manufacturer. 1. Each employee shall be certified by manufacturer for proper installation of systems, including, but not limited to, equipment, piping, controls, and accessories indicated and furnished for installation. 2. Installer certification shall be valid and current for duration of Project. 3. Retain copies of Installer certificates on-site and make available on request. 4. Each person assigned to Project shall have demonstrated past experience. a. Demonstrated past experience with products being installed for period within three consecutive years before time of bid. b. Demonstrated past experience on five projects of similar complexity, scope, and value. 5. Installers shall have staffing resources of competent, trained, and experienced full -time employees that are assigned to execute work according to schedule. D. ISO Compliance: System equipment and components furnished by VRF HVAC system manufacturer shall be manufactured in an ISO 9001 and ISO 14001 facility. 1251 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver and store products in a clean and dry place. B. Comply with manufacturer's written rigging and installation instructions for unloading and moving to final installed location. C. Handle products carefully to prevent damage, breaking, denting, and scoring. Do not install damaged products. D. Protect products from weather, dirt, dust, water, construction debris, and physical damage. 1. Retain factory-applied coverings on equipment to protect finishes during construction and remove just prior to operating unit. 2. Cover unit openings before installation to prevent dirt and dust from entering inside of units. If required to remover coverings during unit installation, reapply coverings over openings after unit installation and remove just prior to operating unit. E. Replace installed products damaged during construction. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace equipment and components that fail(s) in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Structural failures. b. Faulty operation. c. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering and use. 2. Warranty Period: a. For Compressor: Five year(s) from date of Substantial Completion. b. For Parts, Including Controls: Five year(s) from date of Substantial Completion. c. For Labor: Five year(s) from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Daikin AC (Americas), Inc. 1252 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. LG Electronics. 3. Mitsubishi Electric & Electronics USA, Inc. B. Source Limitations: Obtain products from single source from single manufacturer including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Indoor and outdoor units, including accessories. 2. Controls and software. 3. HRCUs. 4. Refrigerant isolation valves. 5. Specialty refrigerant pipe fittings. 6. Equipment shall be compatible with base building VRF system. 2.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Direct-expansion (DX) VRF HVAC system(s) with variable capacity in response to varying cooling and heating loads. System shall consist of multiple indoor units, HRCUs, outdoor unit(s), piping, controls, and electrical power to make complete operating system(s) complying with requirements indicated. 1. Two-pipe or three-pipe system design. 2. System(s) operation, air-conditioning heat pump or heat recovery as indicated on Drawings. 3. Each system with one refrigerant circuit shared by all indoor units connected to system. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. C. AHRI Compliance: System and equipment performance certified according to AHRI 1230. D. ASHRAE Compliance: 1. ASHRAE 15: For safety code for mechanical refrigeration. 2. ASHRAE 62.1: For indoor air quality. 3. ASHRAE 135: For control network protocol with remote communication. 4. ASHRAE/IES 90.1 Compliance: For system and component energy efficiency. E. UL Compliance: Comply with UL 1995. 2.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Service Access: 1. Provide and document service access requirements. 1253 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Locate equipment, system isolation valves, and other system components that require service and inspection in easily accessible locations. Avoid locations that are difficult to access if possible. 3. Where serviceable components are installed behind walls and above inaccessible ceilings, provide finished assembly with access doors or panels to gain access. Properly size the openings to allow for service, removal, and replacement. 4. If less than full and unrestricted access is provided, locate components within an 18-inch reach of the finished assembly. 5. Where ladder access is required to service elevated components, provide an installation that provides for sufficient access within ladder manufacture r's written instructions for use. 6. Comply with OSHA regulations. B. System Design and Installation Requirements: 1. Design and install systems indicated according to manufacturer's recommendations and written instructions. 2. Where manufacturer's requirements differ from requirements indicated, contact Architect for direction. The most stringent requirements should apply unless otherwise directed in writing by Architect. C. Isolation of Equipment: Provide isolation valves to isolate each HRCU, indoor unit and outdoor unit for service, removal, and replacement without interrupting system operation. D. System Capacity Ratio: The sum of connected capacity of all indoor units shall be within the following range of outdoor-unit rated capacity: 1. Range acceptable to manufacturer. E. System Turndown: Stable operation down to 20 percent of outdoor-unit capacity. F. System Auto Refrigerant Charge: Each system shall have an automatic refrigerant charge function to ensure the proper amount of refrigerant is installed in system. G. Outdoor Conditions: 1. Maximum System Operating Outdoor Temperature: See Drawings. 2. Minimum System Operating Outdoor Temperature: . a. Unit shall provide air cooled heating operation down to -22°F WB. 1) System shall provide 100% heat capacity up to 0°F WB, up to 85% of nominal capacity in heating operation at -13°F WB, and up to 60% of nominal capacity in heating operation at -22°F WB. H. Capacities and Characteristics: As indicated on Drawings. 1254 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.4 INDOOR, CONCEALED, CEILING-MOUNTED UNITS FOR DUCTING A. Description: Factory-assembled and -tested complete unit with components, piping, wiring, and controls required for mating to ductwork, piping, power, and controls field connections. B. Cabinet: 1. Material: painted steel. 2. Insulation: Manufacturer's standard internal insulation, complying with ASHRAE 62.1, to provide thermal resistance and prevent condensation. 3. Duct Connections: Extended collar or flange, or designated exterior cabinet surface, designed for attaching field-installed ductwork. 4. Mounting: Manufacturer-designed provisions for field installation. 5. Internal Access: Removable panels or hinged doors of adequate size for field access to internal components for inspection, cleaning, service, and replacement. C. DX Coil Assembly: 1. Coil Casing: Aluminum, galvanized, or stainless steel. 2. Coil Fins: Aluminum, mechanically bonded to tubes, with arrangement required by performance. 3. Coil Tubes: Copper, of diameter and thickness required by performance. 4. Expansion Valve: Electronic modulating type with linear or proportional characteristics. 5. Unit Internal Tubing: Copper tubing with brazed joints. 6. Unit Internal Tubing Insulation: Manufacturer's standard insulation, of thickness to prevent condensation. 7. Field Piping Connections: Manufacturer's standard. 8. Factory Charge: Dehydrated air or nitrogen. 9. Testing: Factory pressure tested and verified to be without leaks. D. Drain Assembly: 1. Pan: Non-ferrous material, with bottom sloped to low point drain connection. 2. Condensate Removal: Unit-mounted pump or other integral lifting mechanism, capable of lifting drain water to an elevation above top of cabinet. 3. Field Piping Connection: Non-ferrous material. E. Fan and Motor Assembly: 1. Fan(s): a. Direct-drive arrangement. b. Single or multiple fans connected to a common motor shaft and driven by a single motor. c. Fabricated from non-ferrous components or ferrous components with corrosion- resistant finish. d. Wheels statically and dynamically balanced. 1255 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Motor: Brushless dc or electronically commutated with permanently lubricated bearings. 3. Motor Protection: Integral protection against thermal, overload, and voltage fluctuations. 4. Speed Settings and Control: Two (low, high), three (low, medium, high), or more than three speed settings or variable speed with a speed range of least 50 percent. 5. Vibration Control: Integral isolation to dampen vibration transmission. F. Filter Assembly: Separate, external to the unit, unless otherwise specified on the drawings. G. Unit Controls: 1. Enclosure: Metal, suitable for indoor locations. 2. Factory-Installed Controller: Configurable digital control. 3. Features and Functions: a. Self-diagnostics. b. Time delay. c. Auto-restart. d. External static pressure control. e. Auto operation mode. f. Manual operation mode. g. h. Power consumption display. i. Drain assembly high water level safety shutdown and notification. j. Run test switch. 4. Communication: Network communication with other indoor and outdoor units. 5. Cable and Wiring: Manufacturer's standard with each connection labeled and corresponding to a unit-mounted wiring diagram. 6. Field Connection: Manufacturer's standard with each connection labeled and corresponding to a unit-mounted wiring diagram. H. Unit Electrical: 1. Enclosure: Metal, suitable for indoor locations. 2. Field Connection: Single point connection to power unit and integral controls. 3. Disconnecting Means: Factory-mounted circuit breaker or switch. 4. Control Transformer: Manufacturer's standard. Coordinate requirements with field power supply. 5. Wiring: Manufacturer's standard with each connection labeled and corresponding to a unit-mounted wiring diagram. 6. Raceways: Enclose line voltage wiring in metal raceways. 2.5 INDOOR, EXPOSED, WALL-MOUNTED UNITS A. Description: Factory-assembled and -tested complete unit with components, piping, wiring, and controls required for mating to piping, power, and controls field connections. 1256 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Cabinet: 1. Material: Painted steel, or coated steel frame covered by a plastic cabinet, with an architectural acceptable finish suitable for tenant occupancy on exposed surfaces. 2. Insulation: Manufacturer's standard internal insulation to provide thermal resistance and prevent condensation. 3. Mounting: Manufacturer-designed provisions for field installation. 4. Internal Access: Removable panels of adequate size for field access to internal components for inspection, cleaning, service, and replacement. C. DX Coil Assembly: 1. Coil Casing: Aluminum, galvanized, or stainless steel. 2. Coil Fins: Aluminum, mechanically bonded to tubes, with arrangement required by performance. 3. Coil Tubes: Copper, of diameter and thickness required by performance. 4. Expansion Valve: Electronic modulating type with linear or proportional characteristics. 5. Unit Internal Tubing: Copper tubing with brazed joints. 6. Unit Internal Tubing Insulation: Manufacturer's standard insulation, of thickness to prevent condensation. 7. Field Piping Connections: Manufacturer's standard. 8. Factory Charge: Dehydrated air or nitrogen. 9. Testing: Factory pressure tested and verified to be without leaks. D. Drain Assembly: 1. Pan: Non-ferrous material, with bottom sloped to low point drain connection. 2. Condensate Removal: Gravity. a. If a floor drain is not available at unit, provide unit with field-installed condensate pump accessory. 3. Field Piping Connection: Non-ferrous material. E. Fan and Motor Assembly: 1. Fan(s): a. Direct-drive arrangement. b. Single or multiple fans connected to a common motor shaft and driven by a single motor. c. Fabricated from non-ferrous components or ferrous components with corrosion protection finish. d. Wheels statically and dynamically balanced. 2. Motor: Brushless dc or electronically commutated with permanently lubricated bearings. 3. Motor Protection: Integral protection against thermal, overload, and voltage fluctuations. 1257 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 4. Speed Settings and Control: Two (low, high), three (low, medium, high), or more than three speed settings or variable speed with a speed range of least 50 percent. 5. Vibration Control: Integral isolation to dampen vibration transmission. F. Filter Assembly: 1. Access: Front, to accommodate filter replacement without the need for tools. 2. Washable Media: Manufacturer's standard filter with antimicrobial treatment. G. Grille Assembly: Manufacturer's standard discharge grille with field-adjustable air pattern mounted in top or front face of unit cabinet. H. Unit Accessories: 1. Condensate Pump: Integral reservoir and control with electrical power connection through unit power. I. Unit Controls: 1. Enclosure: Manufacturer's standard, and suitable for indoor locations. 2. Factory-Installed Controller: Configurable digital control. 3. Features and Functions: Self-diagnostics, time delay, auto-restart, external static pressure control, auto operation mode, manual operation mode, filter service notification, power consumption display, drain assembly high water level safety shutdown and notification, run test switch. 4. Communication: Network communication with other indoor units and outdoor unit(s). 5. Cable and Wiring: Manufacturer's standard with each connection labeled and corresponding to a unit-mounted wiring diagram. 6. Field Connection: Manufacturer's standard with each connection labeled and corresponding to a unit-mounted wiring diagram. J. Unit Electrical: 1. Enclosure: Manufacturer's standard, and suitable for indoor locations. 2. Field Connection: Single point connection to power entire unit and integral controls. 3. Disconnecting Means: Factory-mounted circuit breaker or switch, complying with NFPA 70. 4. Control Transformer: Manufacturer's standard. Coordinate requirements with field power supply. 5. Wiring: Manufacturer's standard with each connection labeled and corresponding to a unit-mounted wiring diagram. 6. Raceways: Enclose line voltage wiring in metal raceways to comply with NFPA 70. 2.6 INDOOR, ENERGY RECOVERY VENTILATOR A. Description: Factory-assembled and -tested complete unit with components, wiring, and controls required for mating to ductwork, power, and controls field connections. 1258 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Cabinet: 1. Material: Galvanized steel. 2. Insulation: Manufacturer's standard internal insulation. 3. Duct Connections: Extended collar or flange, or designated exterior cabinet surface, designed for attaching field-installed ductwork. 4. Mounting: Manufacturer-designed provisions for field installation. 5. Internal Access: Removable panels or hinged doors of adequate size for field access to internal components for inspection, cleaning, service, and replacement. C. Damper Assemblies: 1. Outdoor Air Intake and Exhaust Air Discharge: a. Low-leakage damper with spring return electric actuator to fail closed on loss of power. b. Damper controlled by unit to open when unit is operating and close when unit off. 2. Energy Recovery Heat-Exchanger Bypass: a. Low leakage damper with electric actuator with integral controls to bypass outdoor air around the energy recovery heat exchanger during times of favorable weather, and there is no energy-saving benefit to circulate air across the energy recovery heat exchanger. D. Fan and Motor Assemblies: Separate fan and motor assemblies for supply and exhaust airstreams with control for equal airflow. 1. Fan(s): a. Direct-drive arrangement. b. Fabricated from non-ferrous components or ferrous components with corrosion protection finish. c. Wheels statically and dynamically balanced. 2. Motor: Brushless dc or electronically commutated with permanently lubricated bearings. 3. Motor Protection: Integral protection against thermal, overload, and voltage fluctuations. 4. Speed Settings and Control: Two (low, high), three (low, medium, high), or more than three speed settings or variable speed with a speed range of least 50 percent. 5. Vibration Control: Integral isolation to dampen vibration transmission. E. Filter Assemblies: Separate filter assemblies for outdoor air and exhaust airstreams entering energy recovery heat exchanger. 1. Access: To accommodate filter replacement without the need for tools. 2. Efficiency: ASHRAE 52.2, MERV 7. 3. Replaceable Media: Extended surface, panel, or cartridge with antimicrobial treatment fiber media. 1259 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 F. Energy Recovery Heat Exchanger: 1. Total (sensible and latent) energy exchange between outdoor air and exhaust airstreams with performance indicated on Drawings. 2. Fixed element with no moving parts. 3. AHRI 1060 certified and bearing the AHRI labe1. G. Unit Accessories: 1. Electric Duct Preheater: a. Heater operation interlocked with energy recovery ventilator unit. b. Heater with integral controls to control outdoor air temperature entering energy recovery ventilator unit to a temperature set-point determined by energy recovery ventilator unit manufacturer. c. Listed and labeled. H. Unit Controls: 1. Enclosure: Metal, similar to enclosure, and suitable for indoor locations. 2. Factory-Installed Controller: Configurable digital control. 3. Features and Functions: Self-diagnostics, time delay, auto-restart, external static pressure control, local auto operation mode, auto operation through remote signal, manual operation mode, filter service notification, power consumption display, run test switch. 4. Communication: Network communication with other indoor units and outdoor unit(s). 5. Cable and Wiring: Manufacturer's standard with each connection labeled and corresponding to a unit-mounted wiring diagram. 6. Field Connection: Manufacturer's standard with each connection labeled and corresponding to a unit-mounted wiring diagram. I. Unit Electrical: 1. Enclosure: Metal, similar to enclosure, and suitable for indoor locations. 2. Field Connection: Single point connection to power entire unit and integral controls. 3. Disconnecting Means: Factory-mounted circuit breaker or switch, complying with NFPA 70. 4. Control Transformer: Manufacturer's standard. Coordinate requirements with field power supply. 5. Wiring: Manufacturer's standard with each connection labeled and corresponding to a unit-mounted wiring diagram. 6. Raceways: Enclose line voltage wiring in metal raceways to comply with NFPA 70. 2.7 OUTDOOR, AIR-SOURCE HEAT RECOVERY UNITS A. Description: Factory-assembled and -tested complete unit with components, piping, wiring, and controls required for mating to piping, power, and controls field connections. 1260 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Specially designed for use in systems with simultaneous heating and cooling. 2. Systems shall consist of one unit, or multiple unit modules that are designed by variable refrigerant system manufacturer for field interconnection to make a single refrigeration circuit that connects multiple indoor units. 3. All units installed shall be from the same product development generation. B. Cabinet: 1. Galvanized steel and coated with a corrosion-resistant finish. 2. Mounting: Manufacturer-designed provisions for field installation. 3. Internal Access: Removable panels or hinged doors of adequate size for field access to internal components for inspection, cleaning, service, and replacement. C. Compressor and Motor Assembly: 1. One or more positive-displacement, direct-drive and hermetically sealed scroll compressor(s) with inverter drive and turndown to 15 percent of rated capacity. 2. Protection: Integral protection against the following: a. High refrigerant pressure. b. Low oil level. c. High oil temperature. d. Thermal and overload. e. Voltage fluctuations. f. Phase failure and phase reversal. g. Short cycling. 3. Speed Control: Variable to automatically maintain refrigerant suction and condensing pressures while varying refrigerant flow to satisfy system cooling and heating loads. 4. Vibration Control: Integral isolation to dampen vibration transmission. 5. Oil management system to ensure safe and proper lubrication over entire operating range. 6. Crankcase heaters with integral control to maintain safe operating temperature. 7. Fusible plug. D. Condenser Coil Assembly: 1. Plate Fin Coils: a. Casing: Aluminum, galvanized, or stainless steel. b. Fins: Aluminum or copper, mechanically bonded to tubes, with arrangement required by performance. c. Tubes: Copper, of diameter and thickness required by performance. 2. Aluminum Microchannel Coils: a. Series of flat tubes containing a series of multiple, parallel-flow microchannels layered between refrigerant header manifolds. b. Single- or multiple-pass arrangement. 1261 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 c. Construct fins, tubes, and header manifolds of aluminum alloy. 3. Hail Protection: Provide condenser coils with louvers, baffles, or hoods to protect against hail damage. E. Condenser Fan and Motor Assembly: 1. Fan(s): Propeller type. a. Direct-drive arrangement. b. Fabricated from non-ferrous components or ferrous components with corrosion protection finish to match performance indicated for condenser coil. c. Statically and dynamically balanced. 2. Fan Guards: Removable safety guards complying with OSHA regulations. If using metal materials, coat with corrosion-resistant coating to match performance indicated for condenser coil. 3. Motor(s): Brushless dc or electronically commutated with permanently lubricated bearings and rated for outdoor duty. 4. Motor Protection: Integral protection against thermal, overload, and voltage fluctuations. 5. Speed Settings and Control: Variable speed with a speed range of least 75 percent. 6. Vibration Control: Integral isolation to dampen vibration transmission. F. Drain Pan: If required by manufacturer's design, provide unit with non-ferrous drain pan with bottom sloped to a low point drain connection. G. Unit Controls: 1. Enclosure: Manufacturer's standard, and suitable for unprotected outdoor locations. 2. Factory-Installed Controller: Configurable digital control. 3. Factory-Installed Sensors: a. Refrigerant suction temperature. b. Refrigerant discharge temperature. c. Outdoor air temperature. d. Refrigerant high pressure. e. Refrigerant low pressure. f. Oil level. 4. Features and Functions: Self-diagnostics, time delay, auto-restart, fuse protection. 5. Communication: Network communication with indoor units and other outdoor unit(s). 6. Cable and Wiring: Manufacturer's standard with each connection labeled and corresponding to a unit-mounted wiring diagram. 7. Field Connection: Manufacturer's standard with each connection labeled and corresponding to a unit-mounted wiring diagram. H. Unit Electrical: 1262 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Enclosure: Metal, similar to enclosure, and suitable for unprotected outdoor locations. 2. Field Connection: Single point connection to power entire unit and integral controls. 3. Disconnecting Means: Factory-mounted circuit breaker or switch, complying with NFPA 70. 4. Control Transformer: Manufacturer's standard. Coordinate requirements with field power supply. 5. Wiring: Manufacturer's standard with each connection labeled and corresponding to a unit-mounted wiring diagram. 6. Raceways: Enclose line voltage wiring in metal raceways to comply with NFPA 70. I. Unit Piping: 1. Unit Tubing: Copper tubing with brazed joints. 2. Unit Tubing Insulation: Manufacturer's standard insulation, of thickness to prevent condensation. 3. Field Piping Connections: Manufacturer's standard. 4. Factory Charge: Dehydrated air or nitrogen. 5. Testing: Factory pressure tested and verified to be without leaks. 2.8 HEAT RECOVERY CONTROL UNITS (HRCUs) A. Description: Factory-assembled and -tested complete unit with components, piping, wiring, and controls required for mating to piping, power, and controls field connections. 1. Specially designed for use in systems with simultaneous heating and cooling. 2. Systems shall consist of one unit, or multiple unit that are designed by variable refrigerant system manufacturer for field interconnection to make a single refrigeration circuit that connects multiple indoor units. B. Cabinet: 1. Galvanized-steel construction. 2. Insulation: Manufacturer's standard internal insulation to provide thermal resistance and prevent condensation. 3. Mounting: Manufacturer-designed provisions for field installation. 4. Internal Access: Removable panels or hinged doors of adequate size for field access to internal components for inspection, cleaning, service, and replacement. C. Drain Pan: If required by manufacturer's design, provide unit with non-ferrous drain pan with bottom sloped to a low point drain connection. D. Refrigeration Assemblies and Specialties: 1. Specially designed by manufacturer for type of VRF HVAC system being installed, either two or three pipe. 2. Each refrigerant branch circuit shall have refrigerant control valve(s) to control refrigerant flow. 1263 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3. Spares: Each heat recovery control unit shall include at least one branch circuit port(s) for future use. 4. Each system piping connection upstream of heat recovery unit shall be fitted with an isolation valve to allow for service to any heat recovery control unit in the system without interrupting operation of the system. 5. Each branch circuit connection shall be fitted with an isolation valve and capped service port to allow for service to any individual branch circuit without interrupting operation of the system. a. If not available as an integral part of the heat recovery control unit, isolation valves shall be field installed adjacent to the unit pipe connection. E. Unit Controls: 1. Enclosure: Manufacturer's standard, and suitable for indoor locations. 2. Factory-Installed Controller: Configurable digital control. 3. Features and Functions: Self-diagnostics, fuse protection,. 4. Communication: Network communication with indoor units and outdoor unit(s). 5. Cable and Wiring: Manufacturer's standard with each connection labeled and corresponding to a unit-mounted wiring diagram. 6. Field Connection: Manufacturer's standard with each connection labeled and corresponding to a unit-mounted wiring diagram. F. Unit Electrical: 1. Enclosure: Metal, similar to enclosure, and suitable for indoor locations. 2. Field Connection: Single point connection to power entire unit and integral controls. 3. Disconnecting Means: Factory-mounted circuit breaker or switch, complying with NFPA 70. 4. Control Transformer: Manufacturer's standard. Coordinate requirements with field power supply. 5. Wiring: Manufacturer's standard with each connection labeled and corresponding to a unit-mounted wiring diagram. 6. Raceways: Enclose line voltage wiring in metal raceways to comply with NFPA 70. G. Unit Piping: 1. Unit Tubing: Copper tubing with brazed joints. 2. Unit Tubing Insulation: Manufacturer's standard insulation, of thickness to prevent condensation. 3. Field Piping Connections: Manufacturer's standard. 4. Factory Charge: Dehydrated air or nitrogen. 5. Testing: Factory pressure tested and verified to be without leaks. 2.9 SYSTEM CONTROLS A. General Requirements: 1264 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Network: Indoor units, HRCUs, and outdoor units shall include integral controls and connect through a manufacturer-selected control network. 2. Network Communication Protocol: Manufacturer proprietary or open control communication between interconnected units. 3. Integration with Building Automation System: ASHRAE 135, BACnet IP and certified by BACnet Testing Lab (BTL), including the following: a. Ethernet connection via RJ-45 connectors and port with transmission at 100 Mbps or higher. b. Integration shall include control, monitoring, scheduling, and change of value notifications. 4. Operator Interface: a. Operators shall interface with system and unit controls through the following: 1) Integration with Building Automation System. b. Users shall be capable of interface with controllers for indoor units control to extent privileges are enabled. Control features available to users shall include the following: 1) On/off control. 2) Temperature set-point adjustment. B. VRF HVAC System Operator Software for PC: 1. Software offered by VRF HVAC system manufacturer shall provide system operators with ability to monitor and control VRF HVAC system(s) from a single dedicated Owner-furnished PC. C. Central Controllers: 1. Centralized control for all indoor and outdoor units from a single central controller location. a. Include multiple interconnected controllers as required. D. Wired Controllers for Indoor Units: 1. Single controller capable of controlling multiple indoor units as group. 2. Auto Timeout Touch Screen LCD: Timeout duration shall be adjustable. 3. Temperature Units: Fahrenheit. 4. Temperature Display: 1-degree increments. 5. Temperature Set-Point: Separate set points for Cooling, Heating, and Setback. Adjustable in 1-degree increments between. 1265 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.10 SYSTEM REFRIGERANT AND OIL A. Refrigerant: 1. As required by VRF HVAC system manufacturer for system to comply with performance requirements indicated. B. Oil: 1. As required by VRF HVAC system manufacturer and to comply with performance requirements indicated. 2.11 SYSTEM CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING A. If more than one material is listed, material selection is Contractor's option. B. Copper Tubing: 1. Drawn-Temper Tubing: According to ASTM B88, Type L or Type DWV according to ASTM B306. 2. Wrought-Copper Fittings: ASME B16.22. 3. Wrought-Copper Unions: ASME B16.22. 4. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B32, lead-free alloys, and water-flushable flux according to ASTM B813. C. CPVC plastic pipe according to ASTM F441/F441M, Schedule 40, with socket-type pipe fittings according to ASTM F438 and solvent cement according to ASTM F493. D. PVC plastic pipe according to ASTM D1785, Schedule 40, with socket-type pipe fittings according to ASTM D2466 and solvent cement according to ASTM D2564, primer according to ASTM F656. 2.12 SYSTEM REFRIGERANT PIPING A. Comply with requirements in Section 232300 "Refrigerant Piping" for system piping requirements. B. Refrigerant Piping: 1. Copper Tube: ASTM B280, Type ACR. 2. Wrought-Copper Fittings: ASME B16.22. 3. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8/A5.8M. C. Refrigerant Tubing Kits: 1. Furnished by VRF HVAC system manufacturer. 1266 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Factory-rolled and -bundled, soft-copper tubing with tubing termination fittings at each end. 3. Standard one-piece length for connecting to indoor units. 4. Pre-insulated with flexible elastomeric insulation of thickness to comply with governing energy code and sufficient to eliminate condensation. 5. Factory Charge: Dehydrated air or nitrogen. D. Divided-Flow Specialty Fittings: Where required by VRF HVAC system manufacturer for proper system operation, VRF HVAC system manufacturer shall furnish specialty fittings with identification and instructions for proper installation by Installer. E. Refrigerant Isolation Ball Valves: 1. Description: Uni-body full port design, rated for maximum system temperature and pressure, and factory tested under pressure to ensure tight shutoff. Designed for valve operation without removing seal cap. 2. Seals: Compatible with system refrigerant and oil. Seal service life of at least 20 years. 3. Valve Connections: Flare or sweat depending on size. 2.13 METAL HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Copper Tube Hangers: 1. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, copper-coated-steel, factory-fabricated components. 2. Hanger Rods: Continuous-thread rod, nuts, and washer made of galvanized or copper- coated steel. 2.14 FASTENER SYSTEMS A. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Threaded, zinc-coated steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement concrete with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. B. Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: Insert-wedge-type anchors, for use in hardened portland cement concrete; with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 1. Indoor Applications: Zinc-coated steel. 2. Outdoor Applications: Stainless steel. 2.15 PIPE STANDS A. General Requirements for Pipe Stands: Shop- or field-fabricated assemblies made of manufactured corrosion-resistant components to support roof-mounted piping. 1267 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Compact Pipe Stand: One-piece plastic unit with integral-rod roller, pipe clamps, or V-shaped cradle to support pipe, for roof installation without membrane penetration. C. High-Type, Multiple-Pipe Stand: 1. Description: Assembly of bases, vertical and horizontal members, and pipe supports, for roof installation without membrane penetration. 2. Bases: One or more; plastic. 3. Vertical Members: Two or more protective-coated-steel channels. 4. Horizontal Member: Protective-coated-steel channel. 5. Pipe Supports: Galvanized-steel, clevis-type pipe hangers. 2.16 MISCELLANEOUS SUPPORT MATERIALS A. Grout: ASTM C1107, factory-mixed and -packaged, dry, hydraulic-cement, nonshrink and nonmetallic grout; suitable for interior and exterior applications. 1. Properties: Nonstaining, noncorrosive, and nongaseous. 2. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength. B. Structural Steel: ASTM A36/A36M, carbon-steel plates, shapes, and bars; galvanized. C. Threaded Rods: Continuously threaded. Zinc-plated steel or galvanized steel for indoor applications and stainless steel for outdoor applications. Mating nuts and washers of similar material as rods. 2.17 PIPING AND TUBING INSULATION A. Comply with requirements in Section 230719 "HVAC Piping Insulation" for system piping insulation requirements. 2.18 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Factory Tests: Test and inspect factory-assembled equipment. B. Equipment will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. C. Prepare test and inspection reports for historical record. Submit reports only if requested. 1268 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Examine products before installation. Reject products that are wet, moisture damaged, or mold damaged. C. Examine roughing-in for piping and tubing to verify actual locations of connections before equipment installation. D. Examine roughing-in for ductwork to verify actual locations of connections before equipment installation. E. Examine roughing-in for wiring and conduit to verify actual locations of connections before equipment installation. F. Examine walls, floors, roofs, and outdoor pads for suitable conditions where equipment will be installed. G. Prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to performanc e of the Work. H. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Clearance: 1. Maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances for service and maintenance. 2. Maintain clearances required by governing code. B. Loose Components: Install components, devices, and accessories furnished by manufacturer, with equipment, that are not factory mounted. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF INDOOR UNITS A. Install units to be level and plumb while providing a neat and finished appearance. B. Unless otherwise required by VRF HVAC system manufacturer, support ceiling -mounted units from structure above using threaded rods; minimum rod size of 3/8 inch. C. Adjust supports of exposed and recessed units to draw units tight to adjoining surfaces. 1269 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 D. Protect finished surfaces of ceilings, floors, and walls that come in direct contact with units. Refinish or replaced damaged areas after units are installed. E. In rooms with ceilings, conceal piping and tubing, controls, and electrical power serving units above ceilings. F. In rooms without ceiling, arrange piping and tubing, controls, and electrical power serving units to provide a neat and finished appearance. G. For floor- and wall-mounted units that are exposed, conceal piping and tubing, controls, and electrical power serving units within walls. H. Attachment: Install hardware for proper attachment to supported equipment. I. Grouting: Place grout under equipment supports and make bearing surface smooth. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF OUTDOOR UNITS A. Install units to be level and plumb while providing a neat and finished appearance. B. Install outdoor units on support structures indicated on Drawings. C. Roof-Mounted Installations: Install outdoor units on equipment supports. Anchor units to supports with removable, stainless-steel fasteners. 3.5 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PIPING INSTALLATION A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping and tubing systems. Install piping and tubing as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on coordination drawings. B. Install piping and tubing in concealed locations unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. C. Install piping and tubing at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. D. Install piping and tubing above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. E. Install piping and tubing to permit valve servicing. F. Install piping and tubing at indicated slopes. G. Install piping and tubing free of sags. H. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. 1270 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 I. Install piping and tubing to allow application of insulation. J. Install groups of pipes and tubing parallel to each other, spaced to permit applying insulation with service access between insulated piping and tubing. K. Install sleeves for piping and tubing penetrations of wal ls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for sleeves specified in Section 230517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for HVAC Piping." L. Install escutcheons for piping and tubing penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for escutcheons specified in Section 230518 "Escutcheons for HVAC Piping." 3.6 INSTALLATION OF SYSTEM CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING A. General Requirements for Drain Piping and Tubing: 1. Install a union in piping at each threaded unit connection. 2. Install an adjustable stainless-steel hose clamp with adjustable gear operator on unit hose connections. Tighten clamp to provide a leak-free installation. 3. If required for unit installation, provide a trap assembly in drain piping to prevent air circulated through unit from passing through drain piping. Comply with more stringent of the following: a. Details indicated on Drawings. b. Manufacturer's requirements. c. Governing codes. d. In the absence of requirements, comply with requirements of ASHRAE handbooks. 4. Extend drain piping from units with drain connections to drain receptors as indicated on Drawings. If not indicated on Drawings, terminate drain connection at nearest accessible location that is not exposed to view by occupants. 5. Provide each 90-degree change in direction with a Y- or T-fitting. Install a threaded plug connection in the dormant side of fitting or future use as a service cleanout. B. Gravity Drains: 1. Slope piping from unit connection toward drain termination at a constant slope of not less than one percent. C. Pumped Drains: 1. If unit condensate pump or lift mechanism is not included with an integral check valve, install a full-size check valve in each branch pipe near unit connection to prevent backflow into unit. 1271 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.7 INSTALLATION OF REFRIGERANT PIPING A. Refrigerant Tubing Kits: 1. Unroll and straighten tubing to suit installation. Deviations in straightness of exposed tubing shall be unnoticeable to observer. 2. Support tubing using hangers and supports indicated at intervals not to exceed 5 feet. Minimum rod size, 1/4 inch. 3. Prepare tubing ends and make mating connections to provide a pressure tight and leak- free installation. B. Install refrigerant piping according to ASHRAE 15 and governing codes. C. Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure. D. Install piping as short and direct as possible, with a minimum number of joints and fittings. E. Arrange piping to allow inspection and service of equipment. Install valves and specialties in accessible locations to allow for service and inspection. Install access doors or panels if valves or equipment requiring maintenance is concealed behind finished surfaces. F. Install refrigerant piping and tubing in protective conduit where installed belowground. G. Install refrigerant piping and tubing in rigid or flexible conduit in locations where exposed to mechanical damage. H. Unless otherwise required by VRF HVAC system manufacturer, slope refrigerant piping and tubing as follows: 1. Install horizontal hot-gas discharge piping and tubing with a uniform slope downward away from compressor. 2. Install horizontal suction lines with a uniform slope downward to compressor. 3. Install traps to entrain oil in vertical runs. 4. Liquid lines may be installed level. I. When brazing, remove or protect components that could be damaged by heat. J. Before installation, clean piping, tubing, and fittings to cleanliness level required by VRF HVAC system manufacturer. K. Joint Construction: 1. Ream ends of tubes and remove burrs. 2. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of tube and fittings before assembly. 3. Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and Tube" Chapter. 1272 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 a. Use Type BCuP (copper-phosphorus) alloy for joining copper fittings with copper tubing. b. Use Type BAg (cadmium-free silver) alloy for joining copper with bronze. 3.8 INSTALLATION OF METAL HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Metal Pipe-Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Install hangers, supports, clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping from the building structure. B. Comply with MFMA-103 for metal framing system selections and applications that are not specified. C. Fastener System Installation: 1. Install powder-actuated fasteners, for use in lightweight concrete or concrete slabs less than 4 inches thick, in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Use operators that are licensed by powder-actuated tool manufacturer. Install fasteners according to powder-actuated tool manufacturer's operating manual. 2. Install mechanical-expansion anchors in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3. Use powder-actuated fasteners or mechanical-expansion anchors instead of building attachments where required in concrete construction. D. Pipe Stand Installation: 1. Pipe Stand Types except Curb-Mounted Type: Assemble components and mount on smooth roof surface. Do not penetrate roof membrane. E. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary attachments, inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers, and other accessories. F. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal and seismic movement of piping systems, to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units. G. Install lateral bracing with pipe hangers and supports to prevent swaying. H. Install building attachments within concrete slabs or attach to structural steel. 1. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed; fasten inserts to forms and install reinforcing bars through openings at top of inserts. I. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loads and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment. 1273 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 J. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and to not exceed maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.9 for building services piping. K. Piping and Tubing Insulation: 1. Install MSS SP-58, Type 40, protective shields on cold piping with vapor barrier. Shields shall span an arc of 180 degrees. 2. Shield Dimensions for Pipe: Not less than the following: a. NPS 1/4 to NPS 3-1/2: 12 inches long and 0.048 inch thick. L. Horizontal-Piping Hangers and Supports: Install the following types: 1. Adjustable, Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated or insulated, stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 30. 2. Pipe Hangers (MSS Type 5): For suspension of pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 4, to allow off- center closure for hanger installation before pipe erection. 3. Clips (MSS Type 26): For support of insulated pipes not subject to expansion or contraction. 4. Multiple horizontal pipes located indoors may use metal framing systems with split clamp attachment for each pipe in lieu if individual clevis hangers. 5. Pipe stands for horizontal pipes located outdoors. 6. Provide copper-clad hangers and supports for hangers and supports in direct contact with copper pipe. 7. On plastic pipe, install pads or cushions on bearing surfaces to prevent hanger from scratching pipe. M. Horizontal Piping Hanger Spacing and Rod Size: Install hangers for drawn-temper copper piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod sizes: 1. Sizes through NPS 3/4: Maximum span, 5 feet; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch. 2. NPS 1: Maximum span, 6 feet; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch. 3. NPS 1-1/4: Maximum span, 7 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 4. NPS 1-1/2: Maximum span, 8 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 5. NPS 2: Maximum span, 8 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 6. NPS 2-1/2: Maximum span, 9 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 7. NPS 3 and Larger: Maximum span, 10 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. N. Vertical-Piping Clamps: Install the following types: 1. Extension Pipe or Riser Clamps (MSS Type 8). 2. Carbon- or Alloy-Steel Riser Clamps (MSS Type 42): If longer ends are required for riser clamps. O. Support vertical runs at roof, at each floor, and at midpoint intervals between floors, not to exceed 5 feet. P. Comply with MSS SP-69 for pipe-hanger selections and applications that are not specified. 1274 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 Q. Use hangers, supports, and attachments with galvanized coatings unless otherwise indicated. R. Hanger Adjustments: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieve indicated slope of pipe. S. Trim excess length of continuous-thread hanger and support rods to 1 inch. T. Hanger-Rod Attachments: Install the following types: 1. Steel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 13): For adjustment up to 6 inches for heavy loads. 2. Steel Clevises (MSS Type 14): For 120 to 450 deg F piping installations. 3. Malleable-Iron Sockets (MSS Type 16): For attaching hanger rods to various types of building attachments. 4. Steel Weldless Eye Nuts (MSS Type 17): For 120 to 450 deg F piping installations. U. Building Attachments: Install the following types: 1. Steel or Malleable Concrete Inserts (MSS Type 18): For upper attachment to suspend pipe hangers from concrete ceiling. 2. Top-Beam C-Clamps (MSS Type 19): For use under roof installations with bar-joist construction, to attach to top flange of structural shape. 3. Side-Beam or Channel Clamps (MSS Type 20): For attaching to bottom flange of beams, channels, or angles. 4. Center-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 21): For attaching to center of bottom flange of beams. 5. Welded Beam Attachments (MSS Type 22): For attaching to bottom of beams if loads are considerable and rod sizes are large. 6. C-Clamps (MSS Type 23): For structural shapes. 7. Top-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 25): For top of beams if hanger rod is required tangent to flange edge. 8. Side-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 27): For bottom of steel I-beams. 9. Steel-Beam Clamps with Eye Nuts (MSS Type 28): For attaching to bottom of steel I- beams for heavy loads. 10. Linked-Steel Clamps with Eye Nuts (MSS Type 29): For attaching to bottom of steel I- beams for heavy loads, with link extensions. 11. Malleable-Beam Clamps with Extension Pieces (MSS Type 30): For attaching to structural steel. 12. Welded-Steel Brackets: For support of pipes from below or for suspending from above by using clip and rod. Use one of the following for indicated loads: a. Light (MSS Type 31): 750 lb. b. Medium (MSS Type 32): 1500 lb. 13. Side-Beam Brackets (MSS Type 34): For sides of steel or wooden beams. 14. Plate Lugs (MSS Type 57): For attaching to steel beams if flexibility at beam is required. 15. Horizontal Travelers (MSS Type 58): For supporting piping systems subject to linear horizontal movement where headroom is limited. 1275 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.9 INSTALLATION OF PIPING AND TUBING INSULATION A. Seal longitudinal seams and end joints with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. Installation to maintain a continuous vapor barrier. B. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: 1. Install mitered sections of pipe insulation. 2. Secure insulation materials and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. C. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. Install preformed valve covers manufactured of same material as pipe insulation when available. 2. When preformed valve covers are unavailable, install cut sections of pipe and sheet insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. 3. Secure insulation to valves and specialties and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of ai r to surface being insulated. D. Where PVC jackets are indicated, install with 1-inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints; for horizontal applications. Seal with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. 1. Apply two continuous beads of adhesive to seams and joints, one bead under lap and the finish bead along seam and joint edge. E. Where metal jackets are indicated, install with 2-inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints. Overlap longitudinal seams arranged to shed water. Seal end joints with weatherproof sealant recommended by insulation manufacturer. Secure jacket with stainless-steel bands 12 inches o.c. and at end joints. 3.10 INSTALLATION OF DUCT, ACCESSORIES, AND AIR OUTLETS A. Where installing ductwork adjacent to equipment, allow space for service and maintenance. B. Comply with requirements for metal ducts specified in Section 233113 "Metal Ducts." C. Comply with requirements for air duct accessories specified in Section 233300 "Air Duct Accessories." D. Comply with requirements for flexible ducts specified in Section 233346 "Flexible Ducts." E. Comply with requirements for air diffusers specified in Section 233713.13 "Air Diffusers." 1276 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 F. Comply with requirements for registers and grilles specified in Section 233713.23 "Registers and Grilles." 3.11 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION A. Comply with requirements indicated on Drawings and in applicable Division 26 Sections. B. To extent electrical power is required for system equipment, components, and controls, and is not indicated on Drawings and addressed in the Specifications, the design for such electrical power shall be delegated to VRF HVAC system provider. 1. Delegated design of electrical power to equipment, components and controls, and associated installation shall be included at no additional cost to Owner. C. Connect field electrical power source to each separate electrical device requiring field electrical power. Coordinate termination point and connection type with Installer. D. Comply with requirements in Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables" for wiring connections. E. Comply with requirements in Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems" for grounding connections. F. Install nameplate or acrylic label with self-adhesive back for each electrical connection indicating electrical equipment designation and circuit number feeding connection. 1. Nameplate shall be laminated phenolic layers of black with engraved white letters. Letters at least 1/2 inch high. 2. Locate nameplate or label where easily visible. G. Boxes, conduits, and wireways: 1. Outlet boxes shall be no smaller than 2 inches wide, 3 inches high, and 2-1/2 inches deep. 2. Outlet boxes for cables shall be no smaller than 4 inches square by 1-1/2 inches deep with extension ring sized to bring edge of ring to within 1/8 inch of the finished wall surface. 3. Flexible metal conduit shall not be used. H. Comply with TIA-569-D for pull-box sizing and length of conduit and number of bends between pull points. I. Install manufactured conduit sweeps and long-radius elbows if possible. J. Install metal conduits with grounding bushings and connect with grounding conductor to grounding system. 1277 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.12 SOFTWARE A. Cybersecurity: 1. Software: a. Coordinate security requirements with IT department. b. Ensure that latest stable software release is installed and properly operating. c. Disable or change default passwords to password using a combination of uppercase and lower letters, numbers, and symbols at least eight characters in length. Record passwords and turn over to party responsible for system operation and administration. 2. Hardware: a. Coordinate location and access requirements with IT department. b. Enable highest level of wireless encryption that is compatible with Owner's ICT network. c. Disable dual network connections. 3.13 INSTALLATION OF SYSTEM CONTROL CABLE A. Comply with NECA 1. B. Installation Method: 1. Install cables in raceways except as follows: a. Within equipment and associated control enclosures. b. In accessible ceiling spaces where open cable installation method may be used. c. In gypsum board partitions where cable may be enclosed within wall cavity. 2. Conceal raceway and cables except in unfinished spaces. C. General Requirements for Cabling: 1. Comply with TIA-568-C Series of standards. 2. Comply with BICSI ITSIMM, Ch. 5, "Copper Structured Cabling Systems." 3. Terminate all conductors; no cable shall contain unterminated elements. Make terminations only at indicated outlets, terminals, and cross-connect and patch panels. 4. Cables may not be spliced and shall be continuous from terminal to terminal. Do not splice cable. 5. Cables serving a common system may be grouped in a common raceway. Install control cable in separate raceway from power wiring. Do not group conductors from different systems or different voltages. 6. Secure and support cables at intervals not exceeding 30 inches and not more than 6 inches from cabinets, boxes, fittings, outlets, racks, frames, and terminals. 1278 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 7. Bundle, lace, and train conductors to terminal points without exceeding manufacturer's limitations on bending radii, but not less than radii specified in BICSI ITSIMM, Ch. 5, "Copper Structured Cabling Systems." Install lacing bars and distribution spools. 8. Do not install bruised, kinked, scored, deformed, or abraded cable. Remove and discard cable if damaged during installation and replace it with new cable. 9. Cold-Weather Installation: Bring cable to room temperature before dereeling. Do not use heat lamps for heating. 10. Pulling Cable: Comply with BICSI ITSIMM, Ch. 5, "Copper Structured Cabling Systems." Monitor cable pull tensions. 11. Support: Do not allow cables to lie on removable ceiling tiles or access panels. 12. Secure: Fasten securely in place with hardware specifically designed and installed so as to not damage cables. 13. Provide strain relief. 14. Keep runs short. Allow extra length for connecting to terminals. 15. Do not bend cables in a radius less than 10 times the cable OD. 16. Use sleeves or grommets to protect cables from vibration at points where they pass around sharp corners and through penetrations. 17. Ground wire shall be copper, and grounding methods shall comply with IEEE C2. Demonstrate ground resistance. D. Balanced Twisted-Pair Cable Installation: 1. Comply with TIA-568-C.2. 2. Do not untwist balanced twisted-pair cables more than 1/2 inch at the point of termination to maintain cable geometry. E. Open-Cable Installation: 1. Suspend copper cable not in a wireway or pathway a minimum of 8 inches above ceilings by cable supports not more than 30 inches apart. 2. Cable shall not be run through or on structural members or in contact with pipes, ducts, or other potentially damaging items. Do not run cables between structural members and corrugated panels. F. Separation from EMI Sources: Comply with BICSI TDMM and TIA-569-D recommendations for separating unshielded cable from potential EMI sources including electrical power wiring and equipment. 3.14 FIRESTOPPING A. Comply with TIA-569-D, Annex A, "Firestopping." B. Comply with BICSI TDMM, "Firestopping" Chapter. 1279 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.15 GROUNDING INSTALLATION A. For data communication wiring, comply with TIA-607-B and with BICSI TDMM, "Bonding and Grounding (Earthing)" Chapter. B. For low-voltage control cabling, comply with requirements in Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." 3.16 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system equipment, piping, tubing, and valves. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Section 230553 "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment." B. Identify system electrical and controls components, wiring, cabling, and terminals. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." 1. Identify each control cable on each end and at each terminal with a number-coded identification tag. Each cable shall have a unique tag. 3.17 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage VRF HVAC system manufacturer's service representative to advise and assist installers; witness testing; and observe and inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including controls and connections. 1. Field service shall be performed by a factory-trained and -authorized service representative of VRF HVAC system manufacturer whose primary job responsibilities are to provide direct technical support of its products. a. Additional factory-authorized representatives may assist with completion of certain activities only if supervised by manufacturer's employee. A factory-authorized representative shall not provide assistance without manufacturer's employee supervision. 2. Final Inspection before Startup: a. Before inspection, Installer to provide written request to manufacturer stating the system is fully installed according manufacturer's requirements and ready for final inspection. b. All system equipment and operating components shall be inspected. If components are inaccessible for inspection, they shall be made accessible before the final inspection can be completed. c. Manufacturer shall provide a comprehensive inspection of all equipment and each operating component that comprise the complete system(s). Inspection shall follow a detailed checklist specific to each equipment and operating component. 1280 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 d. Inspection reports for indoor units shall include, but not be limited to, the following: 1) Unit designation on Drawings. 2) Manufacturer model number. 3) Serial number. 4) Network address, if applicable. 5) Each equipment setting. 6) Mounting, supports, and restraints properly installed. 7) Proper service clearance provided. 8) Wiring and power connections correct. 9) Line-voltage reading(s) within acceptable range. 10) Wiring and controls connections correct. 11) Low-voltage reading(s) within an acceptable range. 12) Controller type and model controlling unit. 13) Controller location. 14) Temperature settings and readings within an acceptable range. 15) Humidity settings and readings within an acceptable range. 16) Condensate removal acceptable. 17) Fan settings and readings within an acceptable range. 18) Unit airflow direction within an acceptable range. 19) If applicable, fan external static pressure setting. 20) Filter type and condition acceptable. 21) Noise level within an acceptable range. 22) Refrigerant piping properly connected and insulated. 23) Condensate drain piping properly connected and insulated. 24) If applicable, ductwork properly connected. 25) If applicable, external interlocks properly connected. 26) Remarks. e. Inspection reports for outdoor units shall include, but not be limited to, the following: 1) Unit designation on Drawings. 2) Manufacturer model number. 3) Serial number. 4) Network address, if applicable. 5) Each equipment setting. 6) Mounting, supports, and restraints properly installed. 7) Proper service clearance provided. 8) Wiring and power connections correct. 9) Line-voltage reading(s) within acceptable range. 10) Wiring and controls connections correct. 11) Low-voltage reading(s) within an acceptable range. 12) Condensate removal acceptable. 13) Noise level within an acceptable range. 14) Refrigerant piping properly connected and insulated. 15) Condensate drain piping properly connected and insulated. 1281 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 16) Remarks. f. Inspection reports for energy recovery ventilators shall include, but not be limited to, the following: 1) Unit designation on Drawings. 2) Manufacturer model number. 3) Serial number. 4) Network address, if applicable. 5) Each equipment setting. 6) Mounting, supports, and restraints properly installed. 7) Proper service clearance provided. 8) Wiring and power connections correct. 9) Line-voltage reading(s) within acceptable range. 10) Wiring and controls connections correct. 11) Low-voltage reading(s) within an acceptable range. 12) Controller type and model controlling unit. 13) Controller location. 14) Temperature settings and readings within an acceptable range. 15) Humidity readings. 16) Condensate removal acceptable. 17) Fan settings and readings within an acceptable range. 18) Fan external static pressure setting. 19) Filter type and condition acceptable. 20) Noise level within an acceptable range. 21) Automatic dampers properly installed and operating. 22) Ductwork properly connected. 23) If applicable, external interlocks properly connected. 24) Remarks. g. Installer shall provide manufacturer with the requested documentation and technical support during inspection. h. Installer shall correct observed deficiencies found by the inspection. i. Upon completing the on-site inspection, manufacturer shall provide a written report with complete documentation describing each inspection step, the result, and any corrective action required. j. If corrective action is required by Installer that cannot be completed during the same visit, provide additional visits, as required, until deficiencies are resolved and systems are deemed ready for startup. k. Final report shall indicate the system(s) inspected are installed according to manufacturer's requirements and are ready for startup. B. Perform the following tests and inspections with the assistance of manufacturer's service representative: 1. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters. 1282 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 3. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. 4. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. C. Refrigerant Tubing Positive Pressure Testing: 1. Comply with more stringent of VRF HVAC system manufacturer's requirements and requirements indicated. 2. After completion of tubing installation, pressurize tubing systems to a test pressure of not less than 1.5 times VRF HVAC system operating pressure, but not less than 600 psig, using dry nitrogen. 3. Successful testing shall maintain a test pressure for a continuous and uninterrupted period of 24 hours. Allowance for pressure changes attributed to changes in ambient temperature are acceptable. 4. Prepare test report to record the following information for each test: a. Name of person starting test, company name, phone number, and e-mail address. b. Name of manufacturer's service representative witnessing test, company name, phone number, and e-mail address. c. Detailed description of extent of tubing tested. d. Date and time at start of test. e. Test pressure at start of test. f. Outdoor temperature at start of test. g. Name of person ending test, company name, phone number, and e-mail address. h. Date and time at end of test. i. Test pressure at end of test. j. Outdoor temperature at end of test. k. Remarks: 5. Submit test reports for Project record. D. Refrigerant Tubing Evacuation Testing: 1. Comply with more stringent of VRF HVAC system manufacturer's requirements and requirements indicated. 2. After completion of tubing positive-pressure testing, evacuate tubing systems to a pressure of 500 microns. 3. Successful testing shall maintain a test pressure for a continuous and uninterrupted period of one hour(s) with no change. 4. Prepare test report to record the following information for each test: a. Name of person starting test, company name, phone number, and e-mail address. b. Name of manufacturer's service representative witnessing test, company name, phone number, and e-mail address. c. Detailed description of extent of tubing tested. 1283 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 d. Date and time at start of test. e. Test pressure at start of test. f. Outdoor temperature at start of test. g. Name of person ending test, company name, phone number, and e-mail address. h. Date and time at end of test. i. Test pressure at end of test. j. Outdoor temperature at end of test. k. Remarks: 5. Submit test reports for Project record. 6. Upon successful completion of evacuation testing, system shall be charged with refrigerant. E. System Refrigerant Charge: 1. Using information collected from the refrigerant tubing evacuation testing, system Installer shall consult variable refrigerant system manufacturer to determine the correct system refrigerant charge. 2. Installer shall charge system following VRF HVAC system manufacturer's written instructions. 3. System refrigerant charging shall be witnessed by system manufacturer's representative. 4. Total refrigerant charge shall be recorded and permanently displayed at the system's outdoor unit. F. Products will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. G. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.18 STARTUP SERVICE A. Engage a VRF HVAC system manufacturer's service representative to perform system(s) startup service. 1. Service representative shall be a factory-trained and -authorized service representative of VRF HVAC system manufacturer. 2. Complete startup service of each separate system. 3. Complete system startup service according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Startup checks shall include, but not be limited to, the following: 1. Check control communications of equipment and each operating component in system(s). 2. Check each indoor unit's response to demand for cooling and heating. 3. Check each indoor unit's response to changes in airflow settings. 4. Check each indoor unit, HRCU, and outdoor unit for proper condensate removal. 5. Check sound levels of each indoor and outdoor unit. 1284 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. Installer shall accompany manufacturer's service representative during startup service and provide manufacturer's service representative with requested documentation and technical support during startup service. 1. Installer shall correct deficiencies found during startup service for reverification. D. System Operation Report: 1. After completion of startup service, manufacturer shall issue a report for each separate system. 2. Report shall include complete documentation describing each startup check, the result, and any corrective action required. 3. Manufacturer shall electronically record not less than two hours of continuous operation of each system and submit with report for historical reference. a. All available system operating parameters shall be included in the information submitted. E. Witness: 1. Invite Architect and Commissioning Agent to witness startup service procedures. 2. Provide written notice not less than 20 business days before start of startup service. 3.19 ADJUSTING A. Adjust equipment and components to function smoothly, and lubricate as recommended by manufacturer. B. Adjust initial temperature and humidity set points. Adjust initial airflow settings and discharge airflow patterns. C. Set field-adjustable switches and circuit-breaker trip ranges according to VRF HVAC system manufacturer's written instructions, and as indicated. D. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months from date of Substantial Completion, provide on-site assistance in adjusting system to suit actual occupied conditions. Provide up to two visits to Project during other-than-normal occupancy hours for this purpose. 3.20 PROTECTION A. Protect products from moisture and water damage. Remove and replace products that are we t, moisture damaged, or mold damaged. B. Protect equipment from physical damage. Replace equipment with physical damage that cannot be repaired to new condition. Observable surface imperfections shall be grounds for removal and replacement. 1285 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. Protect equipment from electrical damage. Replace equipment suffering electrical damage. D. Cover and seal openings of equipment to keep inside of equipment clean. Do not remove covers until finish work is complete. 3.21 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a VRF HVAC system manufacturer's factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain entire system. B. Instructor: 1. Instructor shall be factory trained and certified by VRF HVAC system manufacturer with current training on the system(s), equipment, and controls that are installed. 2. Instructor's credentials shall be submitted for review by Commissioning Agent before scheduling training. 3. Instructor(s) primary job responsibility shall be Owner training. 4. Instructor(s) shall have not less than three years of training experience with VRF HVAC system manufacturer and past training experience on at least three projects of comparable size and complexity. C. Schedule and Duration: 1. Schedule training with Owner at least 20 business days before first training session. 2. Training shall occur before Owner occupancy. 3. Training shall be held at mutually agreed date and time during normal business hours. 4. Each training day shall not exceed eight hours of training. Daily training schedule shall allow time for one-hour lunch period and 15-minute break after every two hours of training. 5. Perform not less than eight total hours of training. D. Acceptance: Obtain Commissioning Agent written acceptance that training is complete and requirements indicated have been satisfied. END OF SECTION 238129 1286 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 238316 - RADIANT-HEATING HYDRONIC PIPING TIPS: To view non-printing Editor's Notes that provide guidance for editing, click on MasterWorks/Single-File Formatting/Toggle/Editor's Notes. To read detailed research, technical information about products and materials, and coordination checklists, click on MasterWorks/Supporting Information. Content Requests: <Double click here to submit questions, comments, or suggested edits to this Section.> Access Manufacturer-Provided, AIA MasterSpec-Based Sections: <Double click here for this Section based on specific manufacturer’s products set as Basis-of-Design at ProductMasterSpec.com.> PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes radiant-heating piping, including: 1. PEX pipe and fittings 2. PEX-AL-PEX pipe and fittings 3. Distribution manifolds 4. Piping specialties 5. Controls 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. CWP: Cold working pressure. B. PEX: Crosslinked polyethylene. C. PEX/AL/PEX: Crosslinked polyethylene/aluminum/crosslinked polyethylene. D. PTFE: Polytetrafluoroethylene plastic. 1287 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include data for piping, fittings, manifolds, specialties, and controls; include pressure and temperature ratings, oxygen-barrier performance, fire-performance characteristics, and water-flow and pressure-drop characteristics. B. Shop Drawings: Show piping layout and details drawn to scale, including valves, manifolds, controls, and support assemblies, and their attachments to building structure. 1. Shop Drawing Scale: 1/4 inch = 1 foot (1:50). 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plan(s) and other details, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved: 1. Suspended ceiling components. 2. Structural members to which radiant-heating piping will be attached. 3. Items penetrating finished ceiling, including the following: a. Lighting fixtures. b. Air outlets and inlets. c. Speakers. d. Sprinklers. e. Access panels. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For radiant-heating piping valves and equipment to include in operation and maintenance manuals. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PEX PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Apollo Valves; a part of Aalberts Integrated Piping Systems. 2. IPEX USA LLC. 3. REHAU. 4. Uponor. B. Pipe Material: PEX plastic according to ASTM F876. 1288 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. Oxygen Barrier: Limit oxygen diffusion through the tube to maximum 0.10 mg per cu. m/day at 104 deg F (40 deg C) according to DIN 4726. D. Fittings: ASTM F1807, metal insert and copper crimp rings or ASTM F1960, cold expansion fittings and reinforcing rings. E. Pressure/Temperature Rating: Minimum 100 psig (690 kPa) and 180 deg F (82 deg C). 2.2 DISTRIBUTION MANIFOLDS A. Manifold: Minimum NPS 1 (DN 25), stainless steel. B. Main Shutoff Valves: 1. Factory installed on supply and return connections. 2. Two-piece body. 3. Body: Brass or bronze. 4. Ball: Chrome-plated bronze. 5. Seals: PTFE. 6. CWP Rating: 150 psig (1035 kPa). 7. Maximum Operating Temperature: 225 deg F (107 deg C). C. Manual Air Vents: 1. Body: Bronze. 2. Internal Parts: Nonferrous. 3. Operator: Key furnished with valve, or screwdriver bit. 4. Inlet Connection: NPS 1/2 (DN 15). 5. Discharge Connection: NPS 1/8 (DN 6). 6. CWP Rating: 150 psig (1035 kPa). 7. Maximum Operating Temperature: 225 deg F (107 deg C). D. Balancing Valves: 1. Body: Plastic or bronze, ball or plug, or globe cartridge type. 2. Ball or Plug: Brass or stainless steel. 3. Globe Cartridge and Washer: Brass with EPDM composition washer. 4. Seat: PTFE. 5. Visual Flow Indicator: Flowmeter with visible indication in a clear plastic cap at top of valve. 6. Differential Pressure Gage Connections: Integral seals for portable meter to measure loss across calibrated orifice. 7. Handle Style: Lever or knob, with memory stop to retain set position if used for shutoff. 8. CWP Rating: Minimum 125 psig (860 kPa). 9. Maximum Operating Temperature: 250 deg F (121 deg C). E. Zone Control Valves: 1. Body: Plastic or bronze, ball or plug, or globe cartridge type. 1289 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Ball or Plug: Brass or stainless steel. 3. Globe Cartridge and Washer: Brass with EPDM composition washer. 4. Seat: PTFE. 5. Actuator: Replaceable electric motor. 6. CWP Rating: Minimum 125 psig (860 kPa). 7. Maximum Operating Temperature: 250 deg F (121 deg C). F. Thermometers: 1. Mount on supply and return connections. 2. Case: Dry type, metal or plastic, [2-inch (50-mm)] <Insert dimension> diameter. 3. Element: Bourdon tube or other type of pressure element. 4. Movement: Mechanical, connecting element and pointer. 5. Dial: Satin-faced, nonreflective aluminum with permanently etched scale markings. 6. Pointer: Black metal. 7. Window: Plastic. 8. Connector: Rigid, back type. 9. Thermal System: Liquid- or mercury-filled bulb in copper-plated steel, aluminum, or brass stem. 10. Accuracy: Plus or minus 1 percent of range or plus or minus 1 scale division to maximum of 1.5 percent of range. G. Mounting Brackets: Copper, or plastic- or copper-clad steel, where in contact with manifold. 2.3 PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Cable Ties: 1. Fungus-inert, self-extinguishing, one-piece, self-locking, Type 6/6 nylon cable ties. 2. Minimum Width: 1/8 inch (3 mm). 3. Tensile Strength: 20 lb (9 kg), minimum. 4. Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 185 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 85 deg C). B. Floor Mounting Staples: 1. Steel, with corrosion-resistant coating and smooth finish without sharp edges. 2. Minimum Thickness: 3/32 inch (2.4 mm). 3. Width: Minimum, wider than tubing. C. Floor Mounting Clamps: 1. Two bolts, steel, with corrosion-resistant coating and smooth finish without sharp edges. 2. Minimum Thickness: 3/32 inch (2.4 mm). 3. Width: Minimum, wider than tubing. D. Floor Mounting Tracks: 1. Aluminum or plastic channel track with smooth finish and no sharp edges. 2. Minimum Thickness: 1/16 inch (1.6 mm). 1290 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3. Slot Width: Snap fit to hold tubing. 4. Slot Spacing: [2-inch (50-mm)] [3-inch (75-mm)] <Insert dimension> intervals. E. Channeled Subfloor: 1. Plywood, APA-rated subfloor panel, composed of premium, tongue-and-groove, seven- layer, Douglas fir structural subfloor panels. 2. Particleboard manufactured to comply with Federal Housing Authority standards of less than 0.3-ppm formaldehyde. 3. Clad panel with minimum 0.025-inch- (0.635-mm-) thick aluminum recessed in the grooves sized to maintain contact with radiant piping. F. Modular Interlocking Blocks: 1. Polypropylene snap-together blocks with grooves to support piping. 2. Galvanized sheet metal or aluminum emission plates. 3. Natural mineralboard cover panel. G. Heat-Emission Plates: 1. Formed aluminum suitable for radiant-heating piping. 2. Minimum Thickness: 1/16 inch (1.6 mm). 3. Slot Width: Snap fit to maintain pressure fit on tubing. 2.4 CONTROLS A. Temperature-control devices and sequence of operations are specified in Section 230923 "Direct Digital Control (DDC) System for HVAC" and Section 230993.11 "Sequence of Operations for HVAC DDC." B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Apollo Valves; a part of Aalberts Integrated Piping Systems. 2. Danfoss, Inc. 3. REHAU. 4. Uponor. C. Precipitation and Temperature Sensor: 1. Microprocessor-based control with manual on, automatic, and standby/reset switch. 2. Precipitation and temperature sensors shall sense the surface conditions of pavement and shall be programmed to operate pump and zone control valves as follows: a. Temperature Span: 34 to 44 deg F (1 to 7 deg C). b. Adjustable Delay Off Span: 30 to 90 minutes. c. Start Pump or Open Zone Control Valves: Following two-minute delay if ambient temperature is below set point and precipitation is detected. 1291 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 d. Stop Pump or Close Zone Control Valves: On detection of a dry surface plus time delay. 3. Corrosion-proof and waterproof enclosure suitable for outdoor mounting, for controls and precipitation and temperature sensors. 4. Minimum 30-A contactor to start pump and open valves. 5. Precipitation sensor shall be mounted in pavement. 6. Provide relay with contacts to indicate operational status, on or off, for interface with central HVAC control-system workstation. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces and substrates to receive radiant-heating piping for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. Ensure that surfaces and pipes in contact with radiant-heating piping are free of burrs and sharp protrusions. 2. Ensure that surfaces and substrates are level and plumb. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 APPLICATIONS A. Install the following types of radiant-heating piping for the applications described: 1. Piping in Exterior Pavement: hePEX. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicate piping locations and arrangements if such were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Shop Drawings or coordination drawings. B. Install radiant-heating piping continuous from the manifold through the heated panel and back to the manifold without piping joints in heated panels. C. Connect radiant piping to manifold in a reverse-return arrangement. D. Do not bend pipes in radii smaller than manufacturer's minimum bend radius dimensions. E. Install manifolds in accessible locations, or install access panels to provide maintenance access as required in Section 083113 "Access Doors and Frames." 1292 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 F. Comply with requirements in Section 232113 "Hydronic Piping" and Section 232116 Hydronic Piping Specialties" for pipes and connections to hydronic systems and for glycol-solution fill requirements. G. Fire- and Smoke-Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials according to Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping." H. Piping in Exterior Pavement: 1. Secure piping in concrete floors by attaching pipes to reinforcement using cable ties. 2. Space cable ties a maximum of 18 inches (457 mm) o.c. and at center of turns or bends. 3. Maintain 3-inch (75-mm) minimum cover. 4. Install a sleeve of 3/8-inch- (9.5-mm-) thick, foam-type insulation or PE pipe around tubing and extending for a minimum of 10 inches (250 mm) on each side of slab joints to protect the tubing passing through expansion or control joints. Anchor sleeve to slab form at control joints to provide maximum clearance for saw cut. 5. Maintain minimum 40-psig (275-kPa) pressure in piping during concrete placement and continue for 24 hours after placement. I. Revise locations and elevations from those indicated as required to suit field conditions and ensure integrity of piping and as approved by Architect. J. After system balancing has been completed, mark balancing valves to permanently indicate final position. K. Perform the following adjustments before operating the system: 1. Open valves to fully open position. 2. Check operation of automatic valves. 3. Set temperature controls so all zones call for full flow. 4. Purge air from piping. L. After concrete or plaster heating panel has cured as recommended by concrete or plaster supplier, operate radiant-heating system as follows: 1. Start system heating at a maximum of 10 deg F (6 deg C) above the ambient radiant- panel temperature and increase 10 deg F (6 deg C) each following day until design temperature is achieved. 2. For freeze protection, operate at a minimum of 60 deg F (16 deg C) supply-water temperature. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Prepare radiant-heating piping for testing as follows: 1. Open all isolation valves and close bypass valves. 2. Open and verify operation of zone control valves. 3. Flush with clean water and clean strainers. 1293 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Perform the following tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory-authorized service representative: 1. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Subject piping to hydrostatic test pressure that is not less than 1.5 times the design pressure but not more than 100 psig (690 kPa). Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 2. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. C. Radiant-heating piping will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. E. Protect hydronic piping system from damage during construction. END OF SECTION 238316 1294 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 260519 - LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Copper building wire. 2. Metal-clad cable, Type MC. 3. Connectors and splices. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. RoHS: Restriction of Hazardous Substances. B. VFC: Variable-frequency controller. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For testing agency. B. Field quality-control reports. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Member company of NETA. 1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Certified by NETA to supervise on-site testing. 1295 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 COPPER BUILDING WIRE A. Description: Flexible, insulated and uninsulated, drawn copper current-carrying conductor with an overall insulation layer or jacket, or both, rated 600 V or less. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Cerro Wire LLC. 2. General Cable technologies Corporation. 3. Encore Wire Corporation. 4. Southwire Company. C. Standards: 1. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and use. 2. RoHS compliant. 3. Conductor and Cable Marking: Comply with wire and cable marking according to UL's "Wire and Cable Marking and Application Guide." D. Conductors: Copper, complying with ASTM B3 for bare annealed copper and with ASTM B8 for stranded conductors. E. Conductor Insulation: 1. Type THHN and Type THWN-2: Comply with UL 83. 2. Type XHHW-2: Comply with UL 44. 2.2 METAL-CLAD CABLE, TYPE MC A. Description: A factory assembly of one or more current-carrying insulated conductors in an overall metallic sheath. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. AFC Cable Systems; a part of Atkore International. 2. Southwest Company. C. Standards 1. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and use. 1296 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Comply with UL 1569. 3. RoHS compliant. 4. Conductor and Cable Marking: Comply with wire and cable marking according to UL's "Wire and Cable Marking and Application Guide." D. Circuits: 1. Single circuit. E. Conductors: Copper, complying with ASTM B3 for bare annealed copper and with ASTM B8 for stranded conductors. F. Ground Conductor: Insulated. G. Conductor Insulation: 1. Type THHN/THWN-2: Comply with UL 83. 2. Type XHHW-2: Comply with UL 44. H. Armor: Aluminum, interlocked. I. Jacket: PVC applied over armor. 2.3 CONNECTORS AND SPLICES A. Description: Factory-fabricated connectors, splices, and lugs of size, ampacity rating, material, type, and class for application and service indicated; listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and use. B. Jacketed Cable Connectors: For steel and aluminum jacketed cables, zinc die-cast with set screws, designed to connect conductors specified in this Section. C. Lugs: One piece, seamless, designed to terminate conductors specified in this Section. 1. Material: Copper. 2. Termination: Compression. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONDUCTOR MATERIAL APPLICATIONS A. Feeders: 1. Copper; solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger. B. Branch Circuits: 1297 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Copper. Solid for No. 12 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 10 AWG and larger. 3.2 CONDUCTOR INSULATION AND MULTICONDUCTOR CABLE APPLICATIONS AND WIRING METHODS A. Service Entrance: Type XHHW-2, single conductors in raceway. B. Exposed Feeders: Type THHN/THWN-2, single conductors in raceway. Feeders Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, Partitions, and Crawlspaces: Type THHN/THWN-2, single conductors in raceway. C. Feeders Concealed in Concrete, below Slabs-on-Grade, and Underground: Type THHN/THWN-2, single conductors in raceway. D. Feeders Installed below Raised Flooring: Type THHN/THWN-2, single conductors in raceway. E. Feeders in Cable Tray: Type THHN/THWN-2, single conductors in raceway. F. Branch Circuits Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, and Partitions: Type THHN/THWN-2, single conductors in raceway. G. Branch Circuits Concealed in Concrete, below Slabs-on-Grade, and Underground: Type THHN/THWN-2, single conductors in raceway. H. Cord Drops and Portable Appliance Connections: Type SO, hard service cord with stainless steel, wire-mesh, strain relief device at terminations to suit application. I. VFC Output Circuits: Type XHHW-2 in metal conduit. 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Conceal cables in finished walls, ceilings, and floors unless otherwise indicated. B. Complete raceway installation between conductor and cable termination points according to Section 260533 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems" prior to pulling conductors and cables. C. Use manufacturer-approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values. D. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket-weave wire/cable grips, that will not damage cables or raceway. E. Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural members, and follow surface contours where possible. 1298 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 F. Support cables according to Section 260529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems." G. Complete cable tray systems installation according to Section 260536 "Cable Trays for Electrical Systems" prior to installing conductors and cables. 3.4 CONNECTIONS A. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque- tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A-486B. B. Make splices, terminations, and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than unspliced conductors. C. Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet, with at least 6 inches of slack. 3.5 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify and color-code conductors and cables according to Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." B. Identify each spare conductor at each end with identity number and location of other end of conductor, and identify as spare conductor. 3.6 SLEEVE AND SLEEVE-SEAL INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS A. Install sleeves and sleeve seals at penetrations of exterior floor and wall assemblies. Comply with requirements in Section 260544 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Electrical Raceways and Cabling." 3.7 FIRESTOPPING A. Apply firestopping to electrical penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies to restore original fire-resistance rating of assembly according to Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping." 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Administrant for Tests and Inspections: 1. Engage qualified testing agency to administer and perform tests and inspections. 1299 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Tests and Inspections: 1. After installing conductors and cables and before electrical circuitry has been energized, test service entrance and feeder conductors for compliance with requirements. 2. Perform each of the following visual and electrical tests: a. Inspect exposed sections of conductor and cable for physical damage and correct connection according to the single-line diagram. b. Test bolted connections for high resistance using one of the following: 1) A low-resistance ohmmeter. 2) Calibrated torque wrench. 3) Thermographic survey. c. Inspect compression-applied connectors for correct cable match and indentation. d. Inspect for correct identification. e. Inspect cable jacket and condition. f. Insulation-resistance test on each conductor for ground and adjacent conductors. Apply a potential of 500-V dc for 300-V rated cable and 1000-V dc for 600-V rated cable for a one-minute duration. g. Continuity test on each conductor and cable. h. Uniform resistance of parallel conductors. 3. Initial Infrared Scanning: After Substantial Completion, but before Final Acceptance, perform an infrared scan of each splice in conductors No. 3 AWG and larger. Remove box and equipment covers so splices are accessible to portable scanner. Correct deficiencies determined during the scan. a. Instrument: Use an infrared scanning device designed to measure temperature or to detect significant deviations from normal values. Provide calibration record for device. b. Record of Infrared Scanning: Prepare a certified report that identifies switches checked and that describes scanning results. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action taken, and observations after remedial action. 4. Follow-up Infrared Scanning: Perform an additional follow-up infrared scan of each switch 11 months after date of Substantial Completion. C. Cables will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports to record the following: 1. Procedures used. 2. Results that comply with requirements. 3. Results that do not comply with requirements, and corrective action taken to achieve compliance with requirements. 1300 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 END OF SECTION 260519 1301 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 260526 - GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Section 013100 “Project Management and Coordination”. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes grounding and bonding systems and equipment. B. Section includes grounding and bonding systems and equipment, plus the following special applications: 1. Underground distribution grounding. 2. Ground bonding common with lightning protection system. 3. Foundation steel electrodes. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Coordination Drawings: Plans showing dimensioned locations of grounding features specified in "Field Quality Control" Article, including the following: 1. Test wells. 2. Ground rods. 3. Ground rings. 4. Grounding arrangements and connections for separately derived systems. C. Qualification Data: For testing agency and testing agency's field supervisor. D. Field quality-control reports. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For grounding to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1302 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. In addition to items specified in Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following: a. Plans showing as-built, dimensioned locations of system described in "Field Quality Control" Article, including the following: 1) Test wells. 2) Ground rods. 3) Ground rings. 4) Grounding arrangements and connections for separately derived systems. b. Instructions for periodic testing and inspection of grounding features at test wells, ground rings, and grounding connections for separately derived systems based on NFPA 70B. 1) Tests shall determine if ground-resistance or impedance values remain within specified maximums, and instructions shall recommend corrective action if values do not. 2) Include recommended testing intervals. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Certified by NETA. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Comply with UL 467 for grounding and bonding materials and equipment. 2.2 CONDUCTORS A. Insulated Conductors: Copper wire or cable insulated for 600 V unless otherwise required by applicable Code or authorities having jurisdiction. B. Bare Copper Conductors: 1. Solid Conductors: ASTM B3. 2. Stranded Conductors: ASTM B8. 3. Tinned Conductors: ASTM B33. 1303 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 4. Bonding Cable: 28 kcmil, 14 strands of No. 17 AWG conductor, 1/4 inch (6 mm) in diameter. 5. Bonding Conductor: No. 4 or No. 6 AWG, stranded conductor. 6. Bonding Jumper: Copper tape, braided conductors terminated with copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches (41 mm) wide and 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) thick. 7. Tinned Bonding Jumper: Tinned-copper tape, braided conductors terminated with copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches (41 mm) wide and 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) thick. C. Grounding Bus: Predrilled rectangular bars of annealed copper, 1/4 by 4 inches (6.3 by 100 mm) in cross section, with 9/32-inch (7.14-mm) holes spaced 1-1/8 inches (28 mm) apart. Stand-off insulators for mounting shall comply with UL 891 for use in switchboards, 600 V and shall be Lexan or PVC, impulse tested at 5000 V. 2.3 CONNECTORS A. Listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for applications in which used and for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and other items connected. B. Welded Connectors: Exothermic-welding kits of types recommended by kit manufacturer for materials being joined and installation conditions. C. Bus-Bar Connectors: Compression type, copper or copper alloy, with two wire terminals. D. Beam Clamps: Mechanical type, terminal, ground wire access from four directions, with dual , tin-plated or silicon bronze bolts. E. Cable-to-Cable Connectors: Compression type, copper or copper alloy. F. Cable Tray Ground Clamp: Mechanical type, zinc-plated malleable iron. G. Conduit Hubs: Mechanical type, terminal with threaded hub. H. Ground Rod Clamps: Mechanical type, copper or copper alloy, terminal with hex head bolt. I. Service Post Connectors: Mechanical type, bronze alloy terminal, in short - and long-stud lengths, capable of single and double conductor connections. J. Signal Reference Grid Clamp: Mechanical type, stamped-steel terminal with hex head screw. K. Straps: Solid copper, copper lugs. Rated for 600 A. L. Tower Ground Clamps: Mechanical type, copper or copper alloy, terminal one-piece clamp. M. U-Bolt Clamps: Mechanical type, copper or copper alloy, terminal listed for direct burial. N. Water Pipe Clamps: 1304 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Mechanical type, two pieces with zinc-plated bolts. a. Material: Die-cast zinc alloy. b. Listed for direct burial. 2. U-bolt type with malleable-iron clamp and copper ground connector. 2.4 GROUNDING ELECTRODES A. Ground Rods: Copper-clad steel, 3/4 inch by 10 feet (19 mm by 3 m). PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATIONS A. Conductors: Install solid conductor for [No. 8] <Insert number> AWG and smaller, and stranded conductors for [No. 6] <Insert number> AWG and larger unless otherwise indicated. B. Underground Grounding Conductors: Install bare [tinned-]copper conductor, [No. 2/0] <Insert number> AWG minimum. 1. Bury at least 24 inches below grade. 2. Duct-Bank Grounding Conductor: Bury 12 inches above duct bank when indicated as part of duct-bank installation. C. Grounding Conductors: Green-colored insulation with continuous yellow stripe. D. Isolated Grounding Conductors: Green-colored insulation with more than one continuous yellow stripe. On feeders with isolated ground, identify grounding conductor where visible to normal inspection, with alternating bands of green and yellow tape, with at least three bands of green and two bands of yellow. E. Grounding Bus: Install in electrical equipment rooms, in rooms housing service equipment, and elsewhere as indicated. 1. Install bus horizontally, on insulated spacers 2 inches (50 mm) minimum from wall, 6 inches (150 mm) above finished floor unless otherwise indicated. F. Conductor Terminations and Connections: 1. Pipe and Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Bolted connectors. 2. Underground Connections: Welded connectors except at test wells and as otherwise indicated. 3. Connections to Ground Rods at Test Wells: Bolted connectors. 4. Connections to Structural Steel: Welded connectors. 1305 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.2 GROUNDING AT THE SERVICE A. Equipment grounding conductors and grounding electrode conductors shall be connected to the ground bus. Install a main bonding jumper between the neutral and ground buses. 3.3 GROUNDING SEPARATELY DERIVED SYSTEMS A. Generator: Install grounding electrode(s) at the generator location. The electrode shall be connected to the equipment grounding conductor and to the frame of the generator. 3.4 GROUNDING UNDERGROUND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM COMPONENTS A. Comply with IEEE C2 grounding requirements. B. Grounding Manholes and Handholes: Install a driven ground rod through manhole or handhole floor, close to wall, and set rod depth so 4 inches (100 mm) will extend above finished floor. If necessary, install ground rod before manhole is placed and provide No. 1/0 AWG bare, tinned- copper conductor from ground rod into manhole through a waterproof sleeve in manhole wall. Protect ground rods passing through concrete floor with a double wrapping of pressure -sensitive insulating tape or heat-shrunk insulating sleeve from 2 inches (50 mm) above to 6 inches (150 mm) below concrete. Seal floor opening with waterproof, nonshrink grout. C. Grounding Connections to Manhole Components: Bond exposed-metal parts such as inserts, cable racks, pulling irons, ladders, and cable shields within each manhole or handhole, to ground rod or grounding conductor. Make connections with No. 4 AWG minimum, stranded, hard-drawn copper bonding conductor. Train conductors level or plumb around corners and fasten to manhole walls. Connect to cable armor and cable shields according to written instructions by manufacturer of splicing and termination kits. D. Pad-Mounted Transformers and Switches: Install two ground rods and ground ring around the pad. Ground pad-mounted equipment and noncurrent-carrying metal items associated with substations by connecting them to underground cable and grounding electrodes. Install tinned- copper conductor not less than No. 2 AWG for ground ring and for taps to equipment grounding terminals. Bury ground ring not less than 6 inches (150 mm) from the foundation. 3.5 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING A. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with all feeders and branch circuits. B. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with the following items, in addition to those required by NFPA 70: 1. Feeders and branch circuits. 2. Lighting circuits. 3. Receptacle circuits. 1306 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 4. Single-phase motor and appliance branch circuits. 5. Three-phase motor and appliance branch circuits. 6. Flexible raceway runs. 7. Armored and metal-clad cable runs. C. Air-Duct Equipment Circuits: Install insulated equipment grounding conductor to duct-mounted electrical devices operating at 120 V and more, including air cleaners, heaters, dampers, humidifiers, and other duct electrical equipment. Bond conductor to each unit and to air duct and connected metallic piping. D. Water Heater, Heat-Tracing, and Antifrost Heating Cables: Install a separate insulated equipment grounding conductor to each electric water heater and heat-tracing cable. Bond conductor to heater units, piping, connected equipment, and components. E. Isolated Grounding Receptacle Circuits: Install an insulated equipment grounding conductor connected to the receptacle grounding terminal. Isolate conductor from raceway and from panelboard grounding terminals. Terminate at equipment grounding conductor terminal of the applicable derived system or service unless otherwise indicated. F. Poles Supporting Outdoor Lighting Fixtures: Install grounding electrode and a separate insulated equipment grounding conductor in addition to grounding conductor installed with branch-circuit conductors. G. Metallic Fences: Comply with requirements of IEEE C2. 1. Grounding Conductor: Bare copper, not less than No. 8 AWG. 2. Gates: Shall be bonded to the grounding conductor with a flexible bonding jumper. 3.6 FENCE GROUNDING A. Fence Grounding: Install at maximum intervals of 300 feet except as follows: 1. Fences within 100 Feet of Buildings, Structures, Walkways, and Roadways: Ground at maximum intervals 200 feet a. Gates and Other Fence Openings: Ground fence on each side of opening. 1) Bond metal gates to gate posts. 2) Bond across openings, with and without gates, except at openings indicated as intentional fence discontinuities. Use No. 2 AWG wire and bury it at least 18 inches below finished grade. B. Fences Enclosing Electrical Power Distribution Equipment: Ground as required by IEEE C2 unless otherwise indicated. 1307 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. Grounding Method: At each grounding location, drive a grounding rod vertically until the top is 6 inches below finished grade. Connect rod to fence with No. 6 AWG conductor. Connect conductor to each fence component at grounding location. D. Bonding Method for Gates: Connect bonding jumper between gate post and gate frame. E. Bonding to Lightning-Protection System: If fence terminates at lightning-protected building or structure, ground the fence and bond the fence grounding conductor to lightning-protection down conductor or lightning-protection grounding conductor, complying with NFPA 780. 3.7 INSTALLATION A. Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible unless otherwise indicated or required by Code. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage. B. Ground Bonding Common with Lightning Protection System: Comply with NFPA 780 and UL 96 when interconnecting with lightning protection system. Bond electrical power system ground directly to lightning protection system grounding conductor at closest point to electrical service grounding electrode. Use bonding conductor sized same as system grounding electrode conductor, and install in conduit. C. Ground Rods: Drive rods until tops are 2 inches below finished floor or final grade unless otherwise indicated. 1. Interconnect ground rods with grounding electrode conductor below grade and as otherwise indicated. Make connections without exposing steel or damaging coating if any. 2. Use exothermic welds for all below-grade connections. 3. For grounding electrode system, install at least [three] <Insert number> rods spaced at least one-rod length from each other and located at least the same distance from other grounding electrodes, and connect to the service grounding electrode conductor. D. Test Wells: Ground rod driven through drilled hole in bottom of handhole. Handholes are specified in Section 260543 "Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical Systems," and shall be at least 12 inches (300 mm) deep, with cover. 1. Install at least one test well for each service unless otherwise indicated. Install at the ground rod electrically closest to service entrance. Set top of test well flush with finished grade or floor. E. Bonding Straps and Jumpers: Install in locations accessible for inspection and maintenance except where routed through short lengths of conduit. 1. Bonding to Structure: Bond straps directly to basic structure, taking care not to penetrate any adjacent parts. 1308 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Bonding to Equipment Mounted on Vibration Isolation Hangers and Supports: Install bonding so vibration is not transmitted to rigidly mounted equipment. 3. Use exothermic-welded connectors for outdoor locations; if a disconnect-type connection is required, use a bolted clamp. F. Grounding and Bonding for Piping: 1. Metal Water Service Pipe: Install insulated copper grounding conductors, in conduit, from building's main service equipment, or grounding bus, to main metal water service entrances to building. Connect grounding conductors to main metal water service pipes; use a bolted clamp connector or bolt a lug-type connector to a pipe flange by using one of the lug bolts of the flange. Where a dielectric main water fitting is installed, connect grounding conductor on street side of fitting. Bond metal grounding conductor conduit or sleeve to conductor at each end. 2. Water Meter Piping: Use braided-type bonding jumpers to electrically bypass water meters. Connect to pipe with a bolted connector. 3. Bond each aboveground portion of gas piping system downstream from equipment shutoff valve. G. Bonding Interior Metal Ducts: Bond metal air ducts to equipment grounding conductors of associated fans, blowers, electric heaters, and air cleaners. Install [tinned ]bonding jumper to bond across flexible duct connections to achieve continuity. H. Grounding for Steel Building Structure: Install a driven ground rod at base of each corner column and at intermediate exterior columns at distances not more than 60 feet (18 m) apart. I. Ground Ring: Where a lightning protection is installed, install a grounding conductor, electrically connected to each building structure ground rod and to each steel column indicated item, extending around the perimeter of building. 1. Bury ground ring not less than 24 inches from building's foundation. J. Concrete-Encased Grounding Electrode (Ufer Ground): Fabricate according to NFPA 70; using electrically conductive coated steel reinforcing bars or rods, at least 20 feet long. If reinforcing is in multiple pieces, connect together by the usual steel tie wires or exothermic welding to create the required length. K. Connections: Make connections so possibility of galvanic action or electrolysis is minimized. Select connectors, connection hardware, conductors, and connection methods so metals in direct contact are galvanically compatible. 1. Use electroplated or hot-tin-coated materials to ensure high conductivity and to make contact points closer in order of galvanic series. 2. Make connections with clean, bare metal at points of contact. 3. Make aluminum-to-steel connections with stainless-steel separators and mechanical clamps. 4. Make aluminum-to-galvanized-steel connections with tin-plated copper jumpers and mechanical clamps. 1309 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 5. Coat and seal connections having dissimilar metals with inert material to prevent future penetration of moisture to contact surfaces. 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuits have been energized, test for compliance with requirements. 2. Inspect physical and mechanical condition. Verify tightness of accessible, bolted, electrical connections with a calibrated torque wrench according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3. Test completed grounding system at each location where a maximum ground-resistance level is specified, at service disconnect enclosure grounding terminal, and at individual ground rods. Make tests at ground rods before any conductors are connected. a. Measure ground resistance no fewer than two full days after last trace of precipitation and without soil being moistened by any means other than natural drainage or seepage and without chemical treatment or other artificial means of reducing natural ground resistance. b. Perform tests by fall-of-potential method according to IEEE 81. 4. Prepare dimensioned Drawings locating each test well, ground rod and ground-rod assembly, and other grounding electrodes. Identify each by letter in alphabetical order, and key to the record of tests and observations. Include the number of rods driven and their depth at each location, and include observations of weather and other phenomena that may affect test results. Describe measures taken to improve test results. C. Grounding system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. E. Report measured ground resistances that exceed the following values: 1. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity of 500 to 1000 kVA: 5 ohms. 2. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity More Than 1000 kVA: 3 ohms. 3. Power Distribution Units or Panelboards Serving Electronic Equipment: 3 ohms. 4. Pad-Mounted Equipment: 5 ohms. 5. Handhole Grounds:10 ohms. 6. F. Excessive Ground Resistance: If resistance to ground exceeds specified values, notify Architect promptly and include recommendations to reduce ground resistance. END OF SECTION 260526 1310 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 260529 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Steel slotted support systems. 2. Aluminum slotted support systems. 3. Nonmetallic slotted support systems. 4. Conduit and cable support devices. 5. Support for conductors in vertical conduit. 6. Structural steel for fabricated supports and restraints. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for the following: a. Slotted support systems, hardware, and accessories. b. Clamps. c. Hangers. d. Sockets. e. Eye nuts. f. Fasteners. g. Anchors. h. Saddles. i. Brackets. 2. Include rated capacities and furnished specialties and accessories. B. Delegated-Design Submittal: For hangers and supports for electrical systems. 1311 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Include design calculations and details of hangers. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plan(s) and other details, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved: 1. Suspended ceiling components. 2. Ductwork, piping, fittings, and supports. 3. Structural members to which hangers and supports will be attached. 4. Size and location of initial access modules for acoustical tile. 5. Items penetrating finished ceiling, including the following: a. Luminaires. b. Air outlets and inlets. c. Speakers. d. Sprinklers. e. Access panels. f. Projectors. g. Smoke detectors. h. Ceiling mount4ed lighting control devices. i. Cable trays and cable runways. B. Welding certificates. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SUPPORT, ANCHORAGE, AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS A. Steel Slotted Support Systems: Preformed steel channels and angles with minimum 13/32-inch- (10-mm-) diameter holes at a maximum of 8 inches (200 mm) o.c. in at least one surface. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Thomas & Betts Corporation; A Member of ABB Group. b. Unistrut; Part of Atkore International. 2. Standard: Comply with MFMA-4 factory-fabricated components for field assembly. 3. Material for Channel, Fittings, and Accessories: Galvanized steel. 4. Channel Width: Selected for applicable load criteria. 1312 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 5. Metallic Coatings: Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and applied according to MFMA- 4. 6. Nonmetallic Coatings: Manufacturer's standard PVC, polyurethane, or polyester coating applied according to MFMA-4. 7. Painted Coatings: Manufacturer's standard painted coating applied according to MFMA- 4. 8. Protect finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. B. Conduit and Cable Support Devices: Steel and malleable-iron hangers, clamps, and associated fittings, designed for types and sizes of raceway or cable to be supported. C. Support for Conductors in Vertical Conduit: Factory-fabricated assembly consisting of threaded body and insulating wedging plug or plugs for nonarmored electrical conductors or cables in riser conduits. Plugs shall have number, size, and shape of conductor gripping pieces as required to suit individual conductors or cables supported. Body shall be made of malleabl e iron. D. Structural Steel for Fabricated Supports and Restraints: ASTM A36/A36M steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. E. Mounting, Anchoring, and Attachment Components: Items for fastening electrical items or their supports to building surfaces include the following: 1. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Threaded-steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement concrete, steel, or wood, with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 2. Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: Insert-wedge-type, zinc-coated steel, for use in hardened portland cement concrete, with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 3. Concrete Inserts: Steel or malleable-iron, slotted support system units are similar to MSS Type 18 units and comply with MFMA-4 or MSS SP-58. 4. Clamps for Attachment to Steel Structural Elements: MSS SP-58 units are suitable for attached structural element. 5. Through Bolts: Structural type, hex head, and high strength. Comply with ASTM F3125/F3125M, Grade A325 (Grade A325M). 6. Toggle Bolts: All-Stainless-steel springhead type. 7. Hanger Rods: Threaded steel. 2.2 FABRICATED METAL EQUIPMENT SUPPORT ASSEMBLIES A. Description: Welded or bolted structural-steel shapes, shop or field fabricated to fit dimensions of supported equipment. 1313 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Materials: Comply with requirements in Section 055000 "Metal Fabrications" for steel shapes and plates. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. Comply with the following standards for application and installation requirements of hangers and supports, except where requirements on Drawings or in this Section are stricter: 1. NECA 1. 2. NECA 101 3. NECA 105. B. Comply with requirements in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping" for firestopping materials and installation for penetrations through fire-rated walls, ceilings, and assemblies. C. Comply with requirements for raceways and boxes specified in Section 260533 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems." D. Maximum Support Spacing and Minimum Hanger Rod Size for Raceways: Space supports for EMT, IMC, and RMC as required by NFPA 70. Minimum rod size shall be 1/4 inch (6 mm) in diameter. E. Multiple Raceways or Cables: Install trapeze-type supports fabricated with steel slotted support system, sized so capacity can be increased by at least 25 percent in future without exceeding specified design load limits. 1. Secure raceways and cables to these supports with single-bolt conduit clamps using spring friction action for retention in support channel. F. Spring-steel clamps designed for supporting single conduits without bolts may be used for 1- 1/2-inch (38-mm) and smaller raceways serving branch circuits and communication systems above suspended ceilings, and for fastening raceways to trapeze supports. 3.2 SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for installation requirements except as specified in this article. B. Raceway Support Methods: In addition to methods described in NECA 1, EMT, IMC and RMC may be supported by openings through structure members, according to NFPA 70. C. Strength of Support Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components so strength will be adequate to carry present and future static loads within specified loading limits. 1314 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 Minimum static design load used for strength determination shall be weight of supported components plus 200 lb (90 kg). D. Mounting and Anchorage of Surface-Mounted Equipment and Components: Anchor and fasten electrical items and their supports to building structural elements by the following methods unless otherwise indicated by code: 1. To Wood: Fasten with lag screws or through bolts. 2. To New Concrete: Bolt to concrete inserts. 3. To Masonry: Approved toggle-type bolts on hollow masonry units and expansion anchor fasteners on solid masonry units. 4. To Existing Concrete: Expansion anchor fasteners. 5. Instead of expansion anchors, powder-actuated driven threaded studs provided with lock washers and nuts may be used in existing standard-weight concrete 4 inches (100 mm) thick or greater. Do not use for anchorage to lightweight -aggregate concrete or for slabs less than 4 inches (100 mm) thick. 6. To Steel: Beam clamps (MSS SP-58, Type 19, 21, 23, 25, or 27), complying with MSS SP-69. 7. To Light Steel: Sheet metal screws. 8. Items Mounted on Hollow Walls and Nonstructural Building Surfaces: Mount cabinets, panelboards, disconnect switches, control enclosures, pull and junction boxes, transformers, and other devices on slotted-channel racks attached to substrate. E. Drill holes for expansion anchors in concrete at locations and to depths that avoid the need for reinforcing bars. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF FABRICATED METAL SUPPORTS A. Comply with installation requirements in Section 055000 "Metal Fabrications" for site- fabricated metal supports. B. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchor electrical materials and equipment. C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M. 3.4 CONCRETE BASES A. Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated, but not less than 4 inches (100 mm) larger in both directions than supported unit, and so anchors will be a minimum of 10 bolt diameters from edge of the base. B. Use 3000-psi (20.7-MPa), 28-day compressive-strength concrete. Concrete materials, reinforcement, and placement requirements are specified in Section 033000 "Cast-in-Place Concrete." 1315 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. Anchor equipment to concrete base as follows: 1. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use supported equipment manufacturer's setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 2. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. 3. Install anchor bolts according to anchor-bolt manufacturer's written instructions. 3.5 PAINTING A. Touchup: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field-painted surfaces. 1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils (0.05 mm). B. Touchup: Comply with requirements in Section 099123 "Interior Painting" and Section 099600 "High-Performance Coatings" for cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint on miscellaneous metal. C. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A780. END OF SECTION 260529 1316 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 260533 - RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Section 013100 “Project Management and Coordination”. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Metal conduits and fittings. 2. Nonmetallic conduits and fittings. 3. Metal wireways and auxiliary gutters. 4. Nonmetal wireways and auxiliary gutters. 5. Surface raceways. 6. Boxes, enclosures, and cabinets. 7. Handholes and boxes for exterior underground cabling. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping" for firestopping at conduit and box entrances. 2. Section 260543 "Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical Systems" for exterior ductbanks, manholes, and underground utility construction. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. ARC: Aluminum rigid conduit. B. GRC: Galvanized rigid steel conduit. C. IMC: Intermediate metal conduit. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For surface raceways, wireways and fittings, floor boxes, hinged-cover enclosures, and cabinets. 1317 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Shop Drawings: For custom enclosures and cabinets. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Conduit routing plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of items involved: 1. Structural members in paths of conduit groups with common supports. 2. HVAC and plumbing items and architectural features in paths of conduit groups with common supports. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 METAL CONDUITS AND FITTINGS A. Metal Conduit: 1. Listing and Labeling: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 2. GRC: Comply with ANSI C80.1 and UL 6. 3. ARC: Comply with ANSI C80.5 and UL 6A. 4. IMC: Comply with ANSI C80.6 and UL 1242. 5. PVC-Coated Steel Conduit: PVC-coated IMC. a. Comply with NEMA RN 1. b. Coating Thickness: 0.040 inch (1 mm), minimum. 6. EMT: Comply with ANSI C80.3 and UL 797. 7. FMC: Comply with UL 1; zinc-coated steel 8. LFMC: Flexible steel conduit with PVC jacket and complying with UL 360. B. Metal Fittings: 1. Comply with NEMA FB 1 and UL 514B. 2. Listing and Labeling: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 3. Fittings, General: Listed and labeled for type of conduit, location, and use. 4. Conduit Fittings for Hazardous (Classified) Locations: Comply with UL 1203 and NFPA 70. 5. Fittings for EMT: a. Material: Steel or die cast. b. Type: Setscrew or compression. 1318 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 6. Expansion Fittings: PVC or steel to match conduit type, complying with UL 651, rated for environmental conditions where installed, and including flexible external bonding jumper. 7. Coating for Fittings for PVC-Coated Conduit: Minimum thickness of 0.040 inch (1 mm), with overlapping sleeves protecting threaded joints. C. Joint Compound for IMC, GRC, or ARC: Approved, as defined in NFPA 70, by authorities having jurisdiction for use in conduit assemblies, and compounded for use to lubricate and protect threaded conduit joints from corrosion and to enhance their conductivity. 2.2 NONMETALLIC CONDUITS AND FITTINGS A. Nonmetallic Conduit: 1. Listing and Labeling: Nonmetallic conduit shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 2. RNC: Type EPC-40-PVC complying with NEMA TC 2 and UL 651 unless otherwise indicated. 3. LFNC: Comply with UL 1660. B. Nonmetallic Fittings: C. 1. Fittings, General: Listed and labeled for type of conduit, location, and use. 2. Fittings for ENT and RNC: Comply with NEMA TC 3; match to conduit or tubing type and material. a. Fittings for LFNC: Comply with UL 514B. 3. Solvents and Adhesives: As recommended by conduit manufacturer. 2.3 METAL WIREWAYS AND AUXILIARY GUTTERS A. Description: Sheet metal, complying with UL 870 and NEMA 250, Type 1 unless otherwise indicated, and sized according to NFPA 70. 1. Metal wireways installed outdoors shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Fittings and Accessories: Include covers, couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters, hold-down straps, end caps, and other fittings to match and mate with wireways as required for complete system. C. Wireway Covers: Hinged type unless otherwise indicated. 1319 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 D. Finish: Manufacturer's standard enamel finish. 2.4 SURFACE RACEWAYS A. Listing and Labeling: Surface raceways and tele-power poles shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Surface Metal Raceways: Galvanized steel with snap-on covers complying with UL 5. Manufacturer's standard enamel finish in color selected by Architect. C. Surface Nonmetallic Raceways: Two- or three-piece construction, complying with UL 5A, and manufactured of rigid PVC with texture and color selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. Product shall comply with UL 94 V-0 requirements for self-extinguishing characteristics. 2.5 BOXES, ENCLOSURES, AND CABINETS A. General Requirements for Boxes, Enclosures, and Cabinets: Boxes, enclosures, and cabinets installed in wet locations shall be listed for use in wet locations. B. Sheet Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: Comply with NEMA OS 1 and UL 514A. C. Cast-Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: Comply with NEMA FB 1, ferrous alloy, Type FD, with gasketed cover. D. Nonmetallic Outlet and Device Boxes: Comply with NEMA OS 2 and UL 514C. E. Luminaire Outlet Boxes: Nonadjustable, designed for attachment of luminaire weighing 50 lb (23 kg). Outlet boxes designed for attachment of luminaires weighing more than 50 lb (23 kg) shall be listed and marked for the maximum allowable weight. F. Small Sheet Metal Pull and Junction Boxes: NEMA OS 1. G. Box extensions used to accommodate new building finishes shall be of same material as recessed box. H. Device Box Dimensions: 4 inches by 2-1/8 inches by 2-1/8 inches deep (100 mm by 60 mm by 60 mm deep). I. Gangable boxes are allowed. J. Hinged-Cover Enclosures: Comply with UL 50 and NEMA 250, Type 1 with continuous-hinge cover with flush latch unless otherwise indicated. 1320 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Metal Enclosures: Steel, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 RACEWAY APPLICATION A. Outdoors: Apply raceway products as specified below unless otherwise indicated: 1. Exposed Conduit: GRC. 2. Concealed Conduit, Aboveground: GRC or IMC. 3. Underground Conduit: RNC, Type EPC-40-PVC non traffic areas, Type EPC-80-PVC under traffic areas, direct buried. 4. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Driven Equipment): LFMC. 5. Boxes and Enclosures, Aboveground: NEMA 250, Type 3R. B. Indoors: Apply raceway products as specified below unless otherwise indicated: 1. Exposed, Not Subject to Physical Damage: EMT. 2. Exposed, Not Subject to Severe Physical Damage: GRC or RMC. 3. Exposed and Subject to Severe Physical Damage: GRC. Raceway locations include the following: a. Loading dock. b. Corridors used for traffic of mechanized carts, forklifts, and pallet-handling units. c. Mechanical rooms. d. Parking Garage. 4. Concealed in Ceilings and Interior Walls and Partitions: EMT. 5. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Driven Equipment): FMC, except use LFMC in damp or wet locations. 6. Damp or Wet Locations: [GRC] [IMC]. 7. Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, except use NEMA 250, Type 4 in damp or wet locations. C. Minimum Raceway Size: 3/4-inch (21-mm) trade size. D. Raceway Fittings: Compatible with raceways and suitable for use and location. 1. Rigid and Intermediate Steel Conduit: Use threaded rigid steel conduit fittings unless otherwise indicated. Comply with NEMA FB 2.10. 2. EMT: Use setscrew or compression fittings. Comply with NEMA FB 2.10. 3. Flexible Conduit: Use only fittings listed for use with flexible conduit. Comply with NEMA FB 2.20. 1321 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 E. Install nonferrous conduit or tubing for circuits operating above 60 Hz. Where aluminum raceways are installed for such circuits and pass through concrete, install in nonmetallic sleeve. F. Do not install aluminum conduits, boxes, or fittings in contact with concrete or earth. G. Install surface raceways only where indicated on Drawings. H. Do not install nonmetallic conduit where ambient temperature exceeds 120 deg F (49 deg C). 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Comply with requirements in Section 260529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems" for hangers and supports. B. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for installation requirements except where requirements on Drawings or in this article are stricter. Comply with NECA 102 for aluminum conduits. Comply with NFPA 70 limitations for types of raceways allowed in specific occupancies and number of floors. C. Do not install raceways or electrical items on any "explosion-relief" walls or rotating equipment. D. Do not fasten conduits onto the bottom side of a metal deck roof. E. Keep raceways at least 6 inches (150 mm) away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot- water pipes. Install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping. F. Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation. G. Arrange stub-ups so curved portions of bends are not visible above finished slab. H. Install no more than the equivalent of three 90-degree bends in any conduit run except for control wiring conduits, for which fewer bends are allowed. Support within 12 inches (300 mm) of changes in direction. I. Make bends in raceway using large-radius preformed ells. Field bending shall be according to NFPA 70 minimum radii requirements. Use only equipment specifically designed for material and size involved. J. Conceal conduit within finished walls, ceilings, and floors unless otherwise indicated. Install conduits parallel or perpendicular to building lines. K. Support conduit within 12 inches (300 mm) of enclosures to which attached. L. Raceways Embedded in Slabs: 1322 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Run conduit larger than 1-inch (27-mm) trade size, parallel or at right angles to main reinforcement. Where at right angles to reinforcement, place conduit close to slab support. Secure raceways to reinforcement at maximum 10-foot (3-m) intervals. 2. Arrange raceways to cross building expansion joints at right angles with expansion fittings. 3. Arrange raceways to keep a minimum of 1 inch (25 mm) of concrete cover in all directions. 4. Do not embed threadless fittings in concrete unless specifically approved by Architect for each specific location. M. Stub-Ups to Above Recessed Ceilings: 1. Use EMT, IMC, or RMC for raceways. 2. Use a conduit bushing or insulated fitting to terminate stub-ups not terminated in hubs or in an enclosure. N. Threaded Conduit Joints, Exposed to Wet, Damp, Corrosive, or Outdoor Conditions: Apply listed compound to threads of raceway and fittings before making up joints. Follow compound manufacturer's written instructions. O. Coat field-cut threads on PVC-coated raceway with a corrosion-preventing conductive compound prior to assembly. P. Raceway Terminations at Locations Subject to Moisture or Vibration: Use insulating bush ings to protect conductors including conductors smaller than No. 4 AWG. Q. Terminate threaded conduits into threaded hubs or with locknuts on inside and outside of boxes or cabinets. Install bushings on conduits up to 1-1/4-inch (35mm) trade size and insulated throat metal bushings on 1-1/2-inch (41-mm) trade size and larger conduits terminated with locknuts. Install insulated throat metal grounding bushings on service conduits. R. Install raceways square to the enclosure and terminate at enclosures with locknuts. Install locknuts hand tight plus 1/4 turn more. S. Do not rely on locknuts to penetrate nonconductive coatings on enclosures. Remove coatings in the locknut area prior to assembling conduit to enclosure to assure a continuous ground path. T. Cut conduit perpendicular to the length. For conduits 2-inch (53-mm) trade size and larger, use roll cutter or a guide to make cut straight and perpendicular to the length. U. Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use polypropylene or monofilament plastic line with not less than 200-lb (90-kg) tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inches (300 mm) of slack at each end of pull wire. Cap underground raceways designated as spare above grade alongside raceways in use. V. Surface Raceways: 1. Install surface raceway with a minimum 2-inch (50-mm) radius control at bend points. 1323 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Secure surface raceway with screws or other anchor-type devices at intervals not exceeding 48 inches (1200 mm) and with no less than two supports per straight raceway section. Support surface raceway according to manufacturer's written instructions. Tape and glue are not acceptable support methods. W. Install raceway sealing fittings at accessible locations according to NFPA 70 and fill them with listed sealing compound. For concealed raceways, install each fitting in a flush steel box with a blank cover plate having a finish similar to that of adjacent plates o r surfaces. Install raceway sealing fittings according to NFPA 70. X. Install devices to seal raceway interiors at accessible locations. Locate seals so no fittings or boxes are between the seal and the following changes of environments. Seal the interior of all raceways at the following points: 1. Where conduits pass from warm to cold locations, such as boundaries of refrigerated spaces. 2. Where an underground service raceway enters a building or structure. 3. Conduit extending from interior to exterior of building. 4. Conduit extending into pressurized duct and equipment. 5. Conduit extending into pressurized zones that are automatically controlled to maintain different pressure set points. 6. Where otherwise required by NFPA 70. Y. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for solvent welding RNC and fittings. Z. Expansion-Joint Fittings: 1. Install type and quantity of fittings that accommodate temperature change listed for each of the following locations: a. Outdoor Locations Not Exposed to Direct Sunlight: 125 deg F (70 deg C) temperature change. b. Outdoor Locations Exposed to Direct Sunlight: 155 deg F (86 deg C) temperature change. c. Indoor Spaces Connected with Outdoors without Physical Separation: 125 deg F (70 deg C) temperature change. 2. Install fitting(s) that provide expansion and contraction for at least 0.00041 inch per foot of length of straight run per deg F (0.06 mm per meter of length of straight run per deg C) of temperature change for PVC conduits. Install fitting(s) that provide expansion and contraction for at least 0.000078 inch per foot of length of straight run per deg F (0.0115 mm per meter of length of straight run per deg C) of temperature change for metal conduits. 3. Install expansion fittings at all locations where conduits cross building or structure expansion joints. 4. Install each expansion-joint fitting with position, mounting, and piston setting selected according to manufacturer's written instructions for conditions at specific location at time of installation. Install conduit supports to allow for expansion movement. 1324 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 AA. Flexible Conduit Connections: Comply with NEMA RV 3. Use a maximum of 72 inches (1830 mm) of flexible conduit for recessed and semirecessed luminaires, equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission, or movement; and for transformers and motors. 1. Use LFMC in damp or wet locations subject to severe physical damage. 2. Use LFMC or LFNC in damp or wet locations not subject to severe physical damage. BB. Mount boxes at heights indicated on Drawings. If mounting heights of boxes are not individually indicated, give priority to ADA requirements. Install boxes with height measured to c CC. enter of box unless otherwise indicated. DD. Recessed Boxes in Masonry Walls: Saw-cut opening for box in center of cell of masonry block, and install box flush with surface of wall. Prepare block surfaces to provide a flat surface for a raintight connection between box and cover plate or supported equipment and box. EE. Horizontally separate boxes mounted on opposite sides of walls so they are not in the same vertical channel. FF. Locate boxes so that cover or plate will not span different building finishes. GG. Support boxes of three gangs or more from more than one side by spanning two framing members or mounting on brackets specifically designed for the purpose. HH. Fasten junction and pull boxes to or support from building structure. Do not support boxes by conduits. II. Set metal floor boxes level and flush with finished floor surface. JJ. Set nonmetallic floor boxes level. Trim after installation to fit flush with finished floor surface. 3.3 SLEEVE AND SLEEVE-SEAL INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS A. Install 0sleeves and sleeve seals at penetrations of exterior floor and wall assemblies. Comply with requirements in Section 260544 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Electrical Raceways and Cabling." 3.4 FIRESTOPPING A. Install firestopping at penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies. Comply with requirements in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping." 1325 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect coatings, finishes, and cabinets from damage and deterioration. 1. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc-rich paint recommended by manufacturer. 2. Repair damage to PVC coatings or paint finishes with matching touchup coating recommended by manufacturer. END OF SECTION 260533 1326 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 260544 - SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS AND CABLING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Section 013100 “Project Management and Coordination” 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Round sleeves. 2. Rectangular sleeves. 3. Sleeve seal systems. 4. Grout. 5. Pourable sealants. 6. Foam sealants. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping" for penetration firestopping installed in fire- resistance-rated walls, horizontal assemblies, and smoke barriers, with and without penetrating items. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ROUND SLEEVES A. Wall Sleeves, Steel: 1. Description: ASTM A53/A53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, zinc coated, plain ends and integral waterstop. B. Wall Sleeves, Cast Iron: 1327 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Description: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe," equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop. C. Pipe Sleeves, PVC: 1. Description: ASTM D1785, Schedule 40. D. Molded Sleeves, PVC: 1. Description: With nailing flange for attaching to wooden forms. E. Molded Sleeves, PE or PP: 1. Description: Removable, tapered-cup shaped, and smooth outer surface with nailing flange for attaching to wooden forms. F. Sheet Metal Sleeves, Galvanized Steel, Round: 1. Description: Galvanized-steel sheet; thickness not less than 0.0239-inch (0.6-mm); round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint, with tabs for screw-fastening the sleeve to the board. 2.2 RECTANGULAR SLEEVES A. Sheet Metal Sleeves, Galvanized Steel, Rectangular: 1. Description: a. Material: Galvanized sheet steel. b. Minimum Metal Thickness: 1) For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter less than 50 inches (1270 mm) and with no side larger than 16 inches (400 mm), thickness must be 0.052 inch (1.3 mm). 2) For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter not less than 50 inches (1270 mm) or with one or more sides larger than 16 inches (400 mm), thickness must be 0.138 inch (3.5 mm). 2.3 SLEEVE SEAL SYSTEMS A. Description: Modular sealing device, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between sleeve and raceway or cable or between raceway and cable. 1. Sealing Elements: EPDM or Nitrile (Buna N) rubber interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe. 2. Pressure Plates: Carbon steel. 1328 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel, with corrosion-resistant coating of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. 2.4 GROUT A. Description: Nonshrink; recommended for interior and exterior sealing openings in non-fire- rated walls or floors. 1. Standard: ASTM C1107/C1107M, Grade B, post-hardening and volume-adjusting, dry, hydraulic-cement grout. 2. Design Mix: 5000-psi (34.5-MPa), 28-day compressive strength. 3. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. 2.5 POURABLE SEALANTS A. Description: Single-component, neutral-curing elastomeric sealants of grade indicated below. 1. Grade: Pourable (self-leveling) formulation for openings in floors and other horizontal surfaces that are not fire rated. 2.6 FOAM SEALANTS A. Description: Multicomponent, liquid elastomers that, when mixed, expand and cure in place to produce a flexible, nonshrinking foam. Foam expansion must not damage cables or crack penetrated structure. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF SLEEVES FOR NON-FIRE-RATED ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS A. Comply with NECA 1. B. Sleeves for Conduits Penetrating Above-Grade, Non-Fire-Rated, Concrete and Masonry-Unit Floors and Walls: 1. Interior Penetrations of Non-Fire-Rated Walls and Floors: a. Seal space outside of sleeves with mortar or grout. Pack sealing material solidly between sleeve and wall or floor so no voids remain. Tool exposed surfaces smooth; protect material while curing. b. Seal annular space between sleeve and raceway or cable, using joint sealant appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. Comply with requirements in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants." 1329 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Use pipe sleeves unless penetration arrangement requires rectangular sleeved opening. 3. Size pipe sleeves to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between sleeve and raceway or cable, unless sleeve seal system is to be installed. 4. Install sleeves for wall penetrations unless core-drilled holes or formed openings are used. Install sleeves during erection of walls. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces of walls. Deburr after cutting. 5. Install sleeves for floor penetrations. Extend sleeves installed in floors 2 inches above finished floor level. Install sleeves during erection of floors. C. Sleeves for Conduits Penetrating Non-Fire-Rated Wall Assemblies: 1. Use circular metal sleeves unless penetration arrangement requires rectangular sleeved opening. 2. Seal space outside of sleeves with approved joint compound for wall assemblies. D. Roof-Penetration Sleeves: Seal penetration of individual raceways and cables with flexible boot-type flashing units applied in coordination with roofing work. E. Aboveground, Exterior-Wall Penetrations: Seal penetrations using steel pipe sleeves and mechanical sleeve seal systems. Size sleeves to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. F. Underground, Exterior-Wall and Floor Penetrations: 1. Install steel pipe sleeves with integral waterstops. Size sleeves to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between raceway or cable and sleeve for installing sleeve seal system. Install sleeve during construction of floor or wall. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF RECTANGULAR SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS A. Install sleeves in existing walls without compromising structural integrity of walls. Do not cut structural elements without reinforcing the wall to maintain the designed weight bearing and wall stiffness. B. Install conduits and cable with no crossings within the sleeve. C. Fill opening around conduits and cables with expanding foam without leaving voids. D. Provide metal sheet covering at both wall surfaces and finish to match surrounding surfaces. Metal sheet must be same material as sleeve. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF SLEEVE SEAL SYSTEMS A. Install sleeve seal systems in sleeves in exterior concrete walls and slabs-on-grade at raceway entries into building. 1330 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Install type and number of sealing elements recommended by manufacturer for raceway or cable material and size. Position raceway or cable in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between raceway or cable and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal. END OF SECTION 260544 1331 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 260553 - IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Labels. 2. Bands and tubes. 3. Tapes and stencils. 4. Tags. 5. Signs. 6. Cable ties. 7. Miscellaneous identification products. 8. Color and legend requirements for raceways, conductors, and warning labels and signs. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for electrical identification products. B. Delegated-Design Submittal: For arc-flash hazard study. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with ASME A13.1 B. Comply with NFPA 70. C. Comply with 29 CFR 1910.144 and 29 CFR 1910.145. 1332 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 D. Comply with ANSI Z535.4 for safety signs and labels. E. Comply with NFPA 70E and Section 260573.19 "Arc-Flash Hazard Analysis" requirements for arc-flash warning labels. F. Adhesive-attached labeling materials, including label stocks, laminating adhesives, and inks used by label printers, shall comply with UL 969. G. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes. 1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F (67 deg C), ambient; 180 deg F (100 deg C), material surfaces. 2.2 COLOR AND LEGEND REQUIREMENTS A. Raceways and Cables Carrying Circuits at 600 V or Less: 1. Black letters on an orange field. 2. Legend: Indicate voltage and system or service type. B. Color-Coding for Phase- Identification, 600 V or Less: Use colors listed below for ungrounded service, feeder and branch-circuit conductors. 1. Color shall be factory applied 2. Colors for 208/120-V Circuits: a. Phase A: Black. b. Phase B: Red. c. Phase C: Blue. 3. Colors for 240-V Circuits: a. Phase A: Black. b. Phase B: Red. 4. Colors for 480/277-V Circuits: a. Phase A: Brown. b. Phase B: Orange. c. Phase C: Yellow. 5. Color for Neutral: White. 6. Color for Equipment Grounds: Green. 7. Colors for Isolated Grounds: Green with two or more yellow stripes. C. Warning Label Colors: 1. Identify system voltage with black letters on an orange background. 1333 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 D. Warning labels and signs shall include, but are not limited to, the following legends: 1. Multiple Power Source Warning: "DANGER - ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD - EQUIPMENT HAS MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES." 2. Workspace Clearance Warning: "WARNING - OSHA REGULATION - AREA IN FRONT OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT MUST BE KEPT CLEAR FOR 36 INCHES (915 MM)." for 120/208V systems. 3. Workspace Clearance Warning: "WARNING - OSHA REGULATION - AREA IN FRONT OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT MUST BE KEPT CLEAR FOR 42 INCHES (915 MM)." for 277/480V systems. E. Equipment Identification Labels: 1. Black letters on a white field. 2.3 LABELS A. Vinyl Wraparound Labels: Preprinted, flexible labels laminated with a clear, weather- and chemical-resistant coating and matching wraparound clear adhesive tape for securing label ends. B. Snap-around Labels: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, preprinted, color-coded acrylic sleeves, with diameters sized to suit diameters and that stay in place by gripping action. C. Self-Adhesive Wraparound Labels: Preprinted 3-mil- (0.08-mm-) thick, polyester flexible label with acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive. 1. Self-Lamination: Clear; UV-, weather- and chemical-resistant; self-laminating, protective shield over the legend. Labels sized such that the clear shield overlaps the entire printed legend. 2. Marker for Labels: a. Machine-printed, permanent, waterproof, black ink recommended by printer manufacturer. D. Self-Adhesive Labels: Polyester, thermal, transfer-printed, 3-mil- (0.08-mm-) thick, multicolor, weather- and UV-resistant, pressure-sensitive adhesive labels, configured for intended use and location. 1. Minimum Nominal Size: a. 1-1/2 by 6 inches (37 by 150 mm) for raceway and conductors. b. 3-1/2 by 5 inches (76 by 127 mm) for equipment. c. As required by authorities having jurisdiction. 1334 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.4 BANDS AND TUBES A. Snap-around, Color-Coding Bands: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, solid-colored acrylic sleeves, 2 inches (50 mm) long, with diameters sized to suit diameters and that stay in place by gripping action. B. Heat-Shrink Preprinted Tubes: Flame-retardant polyolefin tubes with machine-printed identification labels, sized to suit diameter and shrunk to fit firmly. Full shrink recovery occurs at a maximum of 200 deg F (93 deg C). Comply with UL 224. 2.5 TAPES AND STENCILS A. Marker Tapes: Vinyl or vinyl-cloth, self-adhesive wraparound type, with circuit identification legend machine printed by thermal transfer or equivalent process. B. Self-Adhesive Vinyl Tape: Colored, heavy duty, waterproof, fade resistant; not less than 3 mils (0.08 mm) thick by 1 to 2 inches (25 to 50 mm) wide; compounded for outdoor use. C. Tape and Stencil: 4-inch- (100-mm-) wide black stripes on 10-inch (250-mm) centers placed diagonally over orange background and are 12 inches (300 mm) wide. Stop stripes at legends. D. Floor Marking Tape: 2-inch- (50-mm-) wide, 5-mil (0.125-mm) pressure-sensitive vinyl tape, with yellow and black stripes and clear vinyl overlay. E. Underground-Line Warning Tape: 1. Tape: a. Recommended by manufacturer for the method of installation and suitable to identify and locate underground electrical and communications utility lines. b. Printing on tape shall be permanent and shall not be damaged by burial operations. c. Tape material and ink shall be chemically inert and not subject to degradation when exposed to acids, alkalis, and other destructive substances commonly found in soils. 2. Color and Printing: a. Comply with ANSI Z535.1, ANSI Z535.2, ANSI Z535.3, ANSI Z535.4, and ANSI Z535.5. b. Inscriptions for Red-Colored Tapes: "ELECTRIC LINE, HIGH VOLTAGE". c. Inscriptions for Orange-Colored Tapes: "TELEPHONE CABLE, CATV CABLE, COMMUNICATIONS CABLE, OPTICAL FIBER CABLE" . 2.6 TAGS A. Metal Tags: Brass or aluminum, 2 by 2 by 0.05 inch, with stamped legend, punched for use with self-locking cable tie fastener. 1335 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Nonmetallic Preprinted Tags: Polyethylene tags, 0.023 inch thick, color-coded for phase and voltage level, with printed permanent designations; punched for use with self-locking cable tie fastener. C. Write-on Tags: 1. Polyester Tags: 0.015 inch thick, with corrosion-resistant grommet and cable tie for attachment. 2. Marker for Tags: a. Machine-printed, permanent, waterproof, black ink marker recommended by printer manufacturer. 2.7 SIGNS A. Baked-Enamel Signs: B. Laminated Acrylic or Melamine Plastic Signs: 1. Engraved legend. 2. Thickness: a. For signs up to 20 sq. in. minimum 1/16 inch thick. b. For signs larger than 20 sq. in. 1/8 inch thick. c. Engraved legend with black letters on white face. d. Punched or drilled for mechanical fasteners with 1/4-inch grommets in corners for mounting. e. Framed with mitered acrylic molding and arranged for attachment at applicable equipment. 2.8 CABLE TIES A. General-Purpose Cable Ties: Fungus inert, self-extinguishing, one piece, self-locking, and Type 6/6 nylon. 1. Minimum Width: 3/16 inch (5 mm). 2. Tensile Strength at 73 Deg F (23 Deg C) according to ASTM D638: 12,000 psi (82.7 MPa). 3. Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 185 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 85 deg C). 4. Color: Black, except where used for color-coding. B. UV-Stabilized Cable Ties: Fungus inert, designed for continuous exposure to exterior sunlight, self-extinguishing, one piece, self-locking, and Type 6/6 nylon. 1. Minimum Width: 3/16 inch (5 mm). 1336 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Tensile Strength at 73 Deg F (23 Deg C) according to ASTM D638: 12,000 psi (82.7 MPa). 3. Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 185 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 85 deg C). 4. Color: Black. C. Plenum-Rated Cable Ties: Self-extinguishing, UV stabilized, one piece, and self-locking. 1. Minimum Width: 3/16 inch (5 mm). 2. Tensile Strength at 73 Deg F (23 Deg C) according to ASTM D638: 7000 psi (48.2 MPa). 3. UL 94 Flame Rating: 94V-0. 4. Temperature Range: Minus 50 to plus 284 deg F (Minus 46 to plus 140 deg C). 5. Color: Black. 2.9 MISCELLANEOUS IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS A. Paint: Comply with requirements in painting Sections for paint materials and application requirements. Retain paint system applicable for surface material and l ocation (exterior or interior). B. Fasteners for Labels and Signs: Self-tapping, stainless-steel screws or stainless-steel machine screws with nuts and flat and lock washers. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Self-Adhesive Identification Products: Before applying electrical identification products, clean substrates of substances that could impair bond, using materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of identification product. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Verify and coordinate identification names, abbreviations, colors, and other features with requirements in other Sections requiring identification applications, Drawings, Shop Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and operation and maintenance manual. Use consistent designations throughout Project. B. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. C. Verify identity of each item before installing identification products. D. Coordinate identification with Project Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and operation and maintenance manual. 1337 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 E. Apply identification devices to surfaces that require finish after completing finish work. F. Install signs with approved legend to facilitate proper identification, operation, and maintenance of electrical systems and connected items. G. System Identification for Raceways and Cables under 600 V: Identification shall completely encircle cable or conduit. Place identification of two-color markings in contact, side by side. 1. Secure tight to surface of conductor, cable, or raceway. H. System Identification for Raceways and Cables over 600 V: Identification shall completely encircle cable or conduit. Place adjacent identification of two-color markings in contact, side by side. 1. Secure tight to surface of conductor, cable, or raceway. I. Auxiliary Electrical Systems Conductor Identification: Identify field-installed alarm, control, and signal connections. J. Emergency Operating Instruction Signs: Install instruction signs with white legend on a red background with minimum 3/8-inch high letters for emergency instructions at equipment used for power transfer. K. Elevated Components: Increase sizes of labels, signs, and letters to those appropriate for viewing from the floor. L. Accessible Fittings for Raceways: Identify the covers of each junction and pull box of the following systems with the wiring system legend and system voltage. System legends shall be as follows: 1. "EMERGENCY POWER." 2. "EMERGENCY STANDBY POWER." M. Vinyl Wraparound Labels: 1. Secure tight to surface of raceway or cable at a location with high visibility and accessibility. 2. Attach labels that are not self-adhesive type with clear vinyl tape, with adhesive appropriate to the location and substrate. N. Snap-around Labels: Secure tight to surface at a location with high visibility and accessibility. O. Self-Adhesive Wraparound Labels: Secure tight to surface at a location with high visibility and accessibility. P. Self-Adhesive Labels: 1338 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. On each item, install unique designation label that is consistent with wiring diagrams, schedules, and operation and maintenance manual. 2. Unless otherwise indicated, provide a single line of text with 1/2-inch- high letters on 1- 1/2-inchhigh label; where two lines of text are required, use labels 2 inches high. Q. Snap-around Color-Coding Bands: Secure tight to surface at a location with high visibility and accessibility. R. Heat-Shrink, Preprinted Tubes: Secure tight to surface at a location with high visibility and accessibility. S. Marker Tapes: Secure tight to surface at a location with high visibility and accessibility. T. Self-Adhesive Vinyl Tape: Secure tight to surface at a location with high visibility and accessibility. 1. Field-Applied, Color-Coding Conductor Tape: Apply in half-lapped turns for a minimum distance of 6 inches (150 mm) where splices or taps are made. Apply last two turns of tape with no tension to prevent possible unwinding. U. Tape and Stencil: Comply with requirements in painting Sections for surface preparation and paint application. V. Floor Marking Tape: Apply stripes to finished surfaces following manufacturer's written instructions. W. Underground Line Warning Tape: 1. During backfilling of trenches, install continuous underground-line warning tape directly above cable or raceway at 6 to 8 inches below finished grade. Use multiple tapes where width of multiple lines installed in a common trench or concrete envelope exceeds 16 inches overall. 2. Limit use of underground-line warning tape to direct-buried cables. 3. Install underground-line warning tape for direct-buried cables and cables in raceways. X. Metal Tags: 1. Place in a location with high visibility and accessibility. 2. Secure using plenum-rated cable ties. Y. Nonmetallic Preprinted Tags: 1. Place in a location with high visibility and accessibility. 2. Secure using plenum-rated cable ties. Z. Write-on Tags: 1. Place in a location with high visibility and accessibility. 2. Secure using plenum-rated cable ties. 1339 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 AA. Laminated Acrylic or Melamine Plastic Signs: 1. Attach signs that are not self-adhesive type with mechanical fasteners appropriate to the location and substrate. 2. Unless otherwise indicated, provide a single line of text with 1/2-inch high letters on 1- 1/2-inch- high sign; where two lines of text are required, use labels 2 inches high. BB. Cable Ties: General purpose, for attaching tags, except as listed below: 1. Outdoors: UV-stabilized nylon. 2. In Spaces Handling Environmental Air: Plenum rated. 3.3 IDENTIFICATION SCHEDULE A. Install identification materials and devices at locations for most convenient viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. Install access doors or panels to provide view of identifying devices. B. Identify conductors, cables, and terminals in enclosures and at junctions, terminals, pull points, and locations of high visibility. Identify by system and circuit designation. C. Accessible Raceways and Metal-Clad Cables, 600 V or Less, for Service, Feeder, and Branch Circuits, More Than 30 A and 120 V to Ground: Identify with self-adhesive raceway labels 1. Locate identification at changes in direction, at penetrations of walls and floors, at 50- foot maximum intervals in straight runs, and at 25-foot maximum intervals in congested areas. D. Accessible Fittings for Raceways and Cables within Buildings: Identify the covers of each junction and pull box of the following systems with self-adhesive labels containing the wiring system legend and system voltage. System legends shall be as follows: 1. "EMERGENCY STANDBY POWER." 2. "EMERGENCY POWER." E. Power-Circuit Conductor Identification, 600 V or Less: For conductors in vaults, pull and junction boxes, manholes, and handholes, use self-adhesive wraparound labels to identify the phase. 1. Locate identification at changes in direction, at penetrations of walls and floors, at 50- foot maximum intervals in straight runs, and at 25-foot maximum intervals in congested areas. 1340 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 F. Control-Circuit Conductor Identification: For conductors and cables in pull and junction boxes, manholes, and handholes, use self-adhesive labels with the conductor or cable designation, origin, and destination. G. Control-Circuit Conductor Termination Identification: For identification at terminations, provide self-adhesive labels with the conductor designation. H. Locations of Underground Lines: Underground-line warning tape for power, lighting, communication, and control wiring and optical-fiber cable. I. Concealed Raceways and Duct Banks, More Than 600 V, within Buildings: Apply floor marking tape to the following finished surfaces: 1. Floor surface directly above conduits running beneath and within 12 inches of a floor that is in contact with earth or is framed above unexcavated space. 2. Wall surfaces directly external to raceways concealed within wall. 3. Accessible surfaces of concrete envelope around raceways in vertical shafts, exposed in the building, or concealed above suspended ceilings. J. Workspace Indication: Apply floor marking tape to finished surfaces. Show working clearances in the direction of access to live parts. Workspace shall comply with NFPA 70 and 29 CFR 1926.403 unless otherwise indicated. Do not install at flush-mounted panelboards and similar equipment in finished spaces. K. Instructional Signs: Self-adhesive labels, including the color code for grounded and ungrounded conductors. L. Warning Labels for Indoor Cabinets, Boxes, and Enclosures for Power and Lighting: Self- adhesive labels. 1. Apply to exterior of door, cover, or other access. 2. For equipment with multiple power or control sources, apply to door or cover of equipment, including, but not limited to, the following: a. Power-transfer switches. b. Controls with external control power connections. c. UL924 devices for lighting circuit bypass and transfer. M. Arc Flash Warning Labeling: Self-adhesive labels. N. Operating Instruction Signs: Self-adhesive labels . O. Emergency Operating Instruction Signs: Self-adhesive labels with white legend on a red background with minimum 3/8-inch- high letters for emergency instructions at equipment used for power transfer. P. Equipment Identification Labels: 1341 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Indoor Equipment: Laminated acrylic or melamine plastic sign. 2. Outdoor Equipment: Laminated acrylic or melamine sign. 3. Equipment to Be Labeled: a. Panelboards: Typewritten directory of circuits in the location provided by panelboard manufacturer. Panelboard identification shall be in the form of an engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine label. b. Enclosures and electrical cabinets. c. Access doors and panels for concealed electrical items. d. Switchboards. e. Emergency system boxes and enclosures. f. Enclosed switches. g. Enclosed circuit breakers. h. Enclosed controllers. i. Variable-speed controllers. j. Push-button stations. k. Power-transfer equipment. l. Contactors. m. Remote-controlled switches, dimmer modules, and control devices. n. Battery racks. o. Power-generating units. p. Monitoring and control equipment. q. UPS equipment. END OF SECTION 260553 1342 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 260573.13 - SHORT-CIRCUIT STUDIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes a computer-based, fault-current study to determine the minimum interrupting capacity of circuit protective devices. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Existing to Remain: Existing items of construction that are not to be removed and that are not otherwise indicated to be removed and salvaged, or removed and reinstalled. Existing to remain items shall remain functional throughout the construction period. B. Field Adjusting Agency: An independent electrical testing agency with full-time employees and the capability to adjust devices and conduct testing indicated and that is a member company of NETA. C. One-Line Diagram: A diagram that shows, by means of single lines and graphic symbols, the course of an electric circuit or system of circuits and the component devices or parts used therein. D. Power System Analysis Software Developer: An entity that commercially develops, maintains, and distributes computer software used for power system studies. E. Power Systems Analysis Specialist: Professional engineer in charge of performing the study and documenting recommendations, licensed in the state where Project is located. F. Protective Device: A device that senses when an abnormal current flow exists and then removes the affected portion of the circuit from the system. G. SCCR: Short-circuit current rating. H. Service: The conductors and equipment for delivering electric energy from the serving utility to the wiring system of the premises served. I. Single-Line Diagram: See "One-Line Diagram." 1343 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. For computer software program to be used for studies. 2. Submit the following after the approval of system protective devices submittals. Submittals shall be in digital form. a. Short-circuit study input data, including completed computer program input data sheets. b. Short-circuit study and equipment evaluation report; signed, dated, and sealed by a qualified professional engineer. 1) Submit study report for action prior to receiving final approval of distribution equipment submittals. If formal completion of studies will cause delay in equipment manufacturing, obtain approval from Architect for preliminary submittal of sufficient study data to ensure that selection of devices and associated characteristics is satisfactory. 2) Revised one-line diagram, reflecting field investigation results and results of short-circuit study. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: 1. For Power Systems Analysis Software Developer. 2. For Power System Analysis Specialist. 3. For Field Adjusting Agency. B. Product Certificates: For short-circuit study software, certifying compliance with IEEE 399. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: 1. For overcurrent protective devices to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 2. The following are from the Short-Circuit Study Report: a. Final one-line diagram. b. Final Short-Circuit Study Report. c. Short-circuit study data files. d. Power system data. 1344 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Study shall be performed using commercially developed and distributed software designed specifically for power system analysis. B. Software algorithms shall comply with requirements of standards and guides specified in this Section. C. Manual calculations are unacceptable. 1. Power System Analysis Software Qualifications: Computer program shall be designed to perform short-circuit studies or have a function, component, or add-on module designed to perform short-circuit studies. 2. Computer program shall be developed under the charge of a licensed professional engineer who holds IEEE Computer Society's Certified Software Development Professional certification. D. Power Systems Analysis Specialist Qualifications: Professional engineer licensed in the state where Project is located. All elements of the study shall be performed under the direct supervision and control of this professional engineer. E. Short-Circuit Study Certification: Short-Circuit Study Report shall be signed and sealed by Power Systems Analysis Specialist. F. Field Adjusting Agency Qualifications: 1. Employer of a NETA ETT-Certified Technician Level III or NICET Electrical Power Testing Level III certification responsible for all field adjusting of the Work. 2. A member company of NETA. 3. Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 POWER SYSTEM ANALYSIS SOFTWARE DEVELOPERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: 1. SKM Systems Analysis, Inc. B. Comply with IEEE 399 and IEEE 551. 1. Analytical features of power systems analysis software program shall have capability to calculate "mandatory," "very desirable," and "desirable" features as listed in IEEE 399. C. Computer software program shall be capable of plotting and diagramming time-current- characteristic curves as part of its output. 1345 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.2 SHORT-CIRCUIT STUDY REPORT CONTENTS A. Executive summary of study findings. B. Study descriptions, purpose, basis, and scope. Include case descriptions, definition of terms, and guide for interpretation of results. C. One-line diagram of modeled power system, showing the following: 1. Protective device designations and ampere ratings. 2. Conductor types, sizes, and lengths. 3. Transformer kilovolt ampere (kVA) and voltage ratings. 4. Motor and generator designations and kVA ratings. 5. Switchgear, switchboard, motor-control center, and panelboard designations and ratings. 6. Derating factors and environmental conditions. 7. Any revisions to electrical equipment required by the study. D. Comments and recommendations for system improvements or revisions in a written document, separate from one-line diagram. E. Protective Device Evaluation: 1. Evaluate equipment and protective devices and compare to available short -circuit currents. Verify that equipment withstand ratings exceed available short-circuit current at equipment installation locations. 2. Tabulations of circuit breaker, fuse, and other protective device ratings versus calculated short-circuit duties. 3. For 600-V overcurrent protective devices, ensure that interrupting ratings are equal to or higher than calculated 1/2-cycle symmetrical fault current. 4. For devices and equipment rated for asymmetrical fault current, apply multiplication factors listed in standards to 1/2-cycle symmetrical fault current. 5. Verify adequacy of phase conductors at maximum three-phase bolted fault currents; verify adequacy of equipment grounding conductors and grounding electrode conductors at maximum ground-fault currents. Ensure that short-circuit withstand ratings are equal to or higher than calculated 1/2-cycle symmetrical fault current. F. Short-Circuit Study Input Data: 1. One-line diagram of system being studied. 2. Power sources available. 3. Manufacturer, model, and interrupting rating of protective devices. 4. Conductors. 5. Transformer data. G. Short-Circuit Study Output Reports: 1. Low-Voltage Fault Report: Three-phase and unbalanced fault calculations, showing the following for each overcurrent device location: 1346 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 a. Voltage. b. Calculated fault-current magnitude and angle. c. Fault-point X/R ratio. d. Equivalent impedance. 2. Momentary Duty Report: Three-phase and unbalanced fault calculations, showing the following for each overcurrent device location: a. Voltage. b. Calculated symmetrical fault-current magnitude and angle. c. Fault-point X/R ratio. d. Calculated asymmetrical fault currents: 1) Based on fault-point X/R ratio. 2) Based on calculated symmetrical value multiplied by 1.6. 3) Based on calculated symmetrical value multiplied by 2.7. 3. Interrupting Duty Report: Three-phase and unbalanced fault calculations, showing the following for each overcurrent device location: a. Voltage. b. Calculated symmetrical fault-current magnitude and angle. c. Fault-point X/R ratio. d. No AC Decrement (NACD) ratio. e. Equivalent impedance. f. Multiplying factors for 2-, 3-, 5-, and 8-cycle circuit breakers rated on a symmetrical basis. g. Multiplying factors for 2-, 3-, 5-, and 8-cycle circuit breakers rated on a total basis. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 POWER SYSTEM DATA A. Obtain all data necessary for conduct of the study. 1. Verify completeness of data supplied on one-line diagram. Call any discrepancies to Architect's attention. 2. For equipment included as Work of this Project, use characteristics submitted under provisions of action submittals and information submittals for this Project. B. Gather and tabulate the required input data to support the short-circuit study. Comply with requirements in Section 017839 "Project Record Documents" for recording circuit protective device characteristics. Record data on a Record Document copy of one-line diagram. Comply with recommendations in IEEE 551 as to the amount of detail that is required to be acquired in the field. Field data gathering shall be under direct supervision and control of the engin eer in charge of performing the study, and shall be by the engineer or its representa tive who holds 1347 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 NETA ETT-Certified Technician Level III or NICET Electrical Power Testing Level III certification. Data include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Product Data for Project's overcurrent protective devices involved in overcurrent protective device coordination studies. Use equipment designation tags that are consistent with electrical distribution system diagrams, overcurrent protective device submittals, input and output data, and recommended device settings. 2. Obtain electrical power utility impedance at the service. 3. Power sources and ties. 4. For transformers, include kVA, primary and secondary voltages, connection type, impedance, X/R ratio, taps measured in percent, and phase shift. 5. For reactors, provide manufacturer and model designation, voltage rating, and impedance. 6. For circuit breakers and fuses, provide manufacturer and model designation. List type of breaker, type of trip, SCCR, current rating, and breaker settings. 7. Generator short-circuit current contribution data, including short-circuit reactance, rated kVA, rated voltage, and X/R ratio. 8. Busway manufacturer and model designation, current rating, impedance, lengths, and conductor material. 9. Motor horsepower and NEMA MG 1 code letter designation. 10. Conductor sizes, lengths, number, conductor material and conduit material (magnetic or nonmagnetic). 11. Derating factors. 3.2 SHORT-CIRCUIT STUDY A. Perform study following the general study procedures contained in IEEE 399. B. Calculate short-circuit currents according to IEEE 551. C. Base study on device characteristics supplied by device manufacturer. D. Extent of electrical power system to be studied is indicated on Drawings. E. Begin short-circuit current analysis at the service, extending down to system overcurrent protective devices as follows: 1. To normal system low-voltage load buses where fault current is 10 kA or less. 2. Exclude equipment rated 240 V ac or less when supplied by a single transformer rated less than 125 kVA. F. Study electrical distribution system from normal and alternate power sources throughout electrical distribution system for Project. Study all cases of system-switching configurations and alternate operations that could result in maximum fault conditions. 1348 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 G. Include the ac fault-current decay from induction motors, synchronous motors, and asynchronous generators and apply to low- and medium-voltage, three-phase ac systems. Also account for the fault-current dc decrement to address asymmetrical requirements of interrupting equipment. H. Calculate short-circuit momentary and interrupting duties for a three-phase bolted fault and a single line-to-ground fault at each equipment indicated on one-line diagram. 1. For grounded systems, provide a bolted line-to-ground fault-current study for areas as defined for the three-phase bolted fault short-circuit study. I. Include in the report identification of any protective device applied outside its capacity. END OF SECTION 260573.13 1349 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 260573.19 - ARC-FLASH HAZARD ANALYSIS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Section 013100 “Project Management and Coordination”. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes a computer-based, arc-flash study to determine the arc-flash hazard distance and the incident energy to which personnel could be exposed during work on or near electrical equipment. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Existing to Remain: Existing items of construction that are not to be removed and that are not otherwise indicated to be removed, removed and salvaged, or removed and reinstalled. B. Field Adjusting Agency: An independent electrical testing agency with full-time employees and the capability to adjust devices and conduct testing indicated and that is a member co mpany of NETA. C. One-Line Diagram: A diagram that shows, by means of single lines and graphic symbols, the course of an electric circuit or system of circuits and the component devices or parts used therein. D. Power System Analysis Software Developer: An entity that commercially develops, maintains, and distributes computer software used for power system studies. E. Power Systems Analysis Specialist: Professional engineer in charge of performing the study and documenting recommendations, licensed in the state where Project is located. F. Protective Device: A device that senses when an abnormal current flow exists and then removes the affected portion from the system. G. SCCR: Short-circuit current rating. H. Service: The conductors and equipment for delivering electric energy from the serving utility to the wiring system of the premises served. 1350 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 I. Single-Line Diagram: See "One-Line Diagram." 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For computer software program to be used for studies. B. Study Submittals: Submit the following submittals after the approval of system protective devices submittals. Submittals shall be in digital form: 1. Arc-flash study input data, including completed computer program input data sheets. 2. Arc-flash study report; signed, dated, and sealed by Power Systems Analysis Specialist. 3. Submit study report for action prior to receiving final approval of distribution equipment submittals. If formal completion of studies will cause delay in equipment manufacturing, obtain approval from Architect for preliminary submittal of sufficient study data to ensure that selection of devices and associated characteristics is satisfactory. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: 1. For Power Systems Analysis Software Developer. 2. For Power System Analysis Specialist. 3. For Field Adjusting Agency. B. Product Certificates: For arc-flash hazard analysis software, certifying compliance with IEEE 1584 and NFPA 70E. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: 1. Provide maintenance procedures in equipment manuals according to requirements in NFPA 70E. 2. Operation and Maintenance Procedures: In addition to items specified in Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data," provide maintenance procedures for use by Owner's personnel that comply with requirements in NFPA 70E. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Study shall be performed using commercially developed and distributed software designed specifically for power system analysis. B. Software algorithms shall comply with requirements of standards and guides specified in this Section. 1351 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. Manual calculations are unacceptable. D. Power System Analysis Software Qualifications: An entity that owns and markets computer software used for studies, having performed successful studies of similar magnitude on electrical distribution systems using similar devices. 1. Computer program shall be designed to perform arc-flash analysis or have a function, component, or add-on module designed to perform arc-flash analysis. 2. Computer program shall be developed under the charge of a licensed professional engineer who holds IEEE Computer Society's Certified Software Development Professional certification. E. Power Systems Analysis Specialist Qualifications: Professional engineer in charge of performing the arc-flash study, analyzing the arc flash, and documenting recommendations, licensed in the state where Project is located. All elements of the study shall be performed under the direct supervision and control of this professional engineer. F. Arc-Flash Study Certification: Arc-Flash Study Report shall be signed and sealed by Power Systems Analysis Specialist. G. Field Adjusting Agency Qualifications: 1. Employer of a NETA ETT-Certified Technician Level III or NICET Electrical Power Testing Level III certification responsible for all field adjusting of the Work. 2. A member company of NETA. 3. Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 COMPUTER SOFTWARE DEVELOPERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: 1. SKM Systems Analysis, Inc. B. Comply with IEEE 1584 and NFPA 70E. C. Analytical features of device coordination study computer software program shall have the capability to calculate "mandatory," "very desirable," and "desirable" features as listed in IEEE 399. 2.2 ARC-FLASH STUDY REPORT CONTENT A. Executive summary of study findings. 1352 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Study descriptions, purpose, basis, and scope. Include case descriptions, definition of terms, and guide for interpretation of results. C. One-line diagram, showing the following: 1. Protective device designations and ampere ratings. 2. Conductor types, sizes, and lengths. 3. Transformer kilovolt ampere (kVA) and voltage ratings, including derating factors and environmental conditions. 4. Motor and generator designations and kVA ratings. 5. Switchgear, switchboard, motor-control center, panelboard designations, and ratings. D. Study Input Data: As described in "Power System Data" Article. E. Short-Circuit Study Output Data: As specified in "Short-Circuit Study Output Reports" Paragraph in "Short-Circuit Study Report Contents" Article in Section 260573.13 "Short-Circuit Studies." F. Protective Device Coordination Study Report Contents: As specified in "Coordination Study Report Contents" Article in Section 260573.16 "Coordination Studies." G. Arc-Flash Study Output Reports: 1. Interrupting Duty Report: Three-phase and unbalanced fault calculations, showing the following for each equipment location included in the report: a. Voltage. b. Calculated symmetrical fault-current magnitude and angle. c. Fault-point X/R ratio. d. No AC Decrement (NACD) ratio. e. Equivalent impedance. f. Multiplying factors for 2-, 3-, 5-, and 8-cycle circuit breakers rated on a symmetrical basis. g. Multiplying factors for 2-, 3-, 5-, and 8-cycle circuit breakers rated on a total basis. H. Incident Energy and Flash Protection Boundary Calculations: 1. Arcing fault magnitude. 2. Protective device clearing time. 3. Duration of arc. 4. Arc-flash boundary. 5. Restricted approach boundary. 6. Limited approach boundary. 7. Working distance. 8. Incident energy. 9. Hazard risk category. 10. Recommendations for arc-flash energy reduction. 1353 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 I. Fault study input data, case descriptions, and fault-current calculations including a definition of terms and guide for interpretation of computer printout. 2.3 ARC-FLASH WARNING LABELS A. Comply with requirements in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems" for self- adhesive equipment labels. Produce a 3.5-by-5-inch (76-by-127-mm) self-adhesive equipment label for each work location included in the analysis. B. Label shall have an orange header with the wording, "WARNING, ARC-FLASH HAZARD," and shall include the following information taken directly from the arc-flash hazard analysis: 1. Location designation. 2. Nominal voltage. 3. Protection boundaries. a. Arc-flash boundary. b. Restricted approach boundary. c. Limited approach boundary. 4. Arc flash PPE category. 5. Required minimum arc rating of PPE in Cal/cm squared. 6. Available incident energy. 7. Working distance. 8. Engineering report number, revision number, and issue date. C. Labels shall be machine printed, with no field-applied markings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine Project overcurrent protective device submittals. Proceed with arc-flash study only after relevant equipment submittals have been assembled. Overcurrent protective devices that have not been submitted and approved prior to arc-flash study may not be used in study. 3.2 ARC-FLASH HAZARD ANALYSIS A. Comply with NFPA 70E and its Annex D for hazard analysis study. B. Preparatory Studies: Perform the Short-Circuit and Protective Device Coordination studies prior to starting the Arc-Flash Hazard Analysis. 1354 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Short-Circuit Study Output: As specified in "Short-Circuit Study Output Reports" Paragraph in "Short-Circuit Study Report Contents" Article in Section 260573.13 "Short- Circuit Studies." 2. Coordination Study Report Contents: As specified in "Coordination Study Report Contents" Article in Section 260573.16 "Coordination Studies." C. Calculate maximum and minimum contributions of fault-current size. 1. Maximum calculation shall assume a maximum contribution from the utility and shall assume motors to be operating under full-load conditions. 2. Calculate arc-flash energy at 85 percent of maximum short-circuit current according to IEEE 1584 recommendations. 3. Calculate arc-flash energy at 38 percent of maximum short-circuit current according to NFPA 70E recommendations. 4. Calculate arc-flash energy with the utility contribution at a minimum and assume no motor contribution. D. Calculate the arc-flash protection boundary and incident energy at locations in electrical distribution system where personnel could perform work on energized parts. E. Include medium- and low-voltage equipment locations, except equipment rated 240 V ac or less fed from transformers less than 125 kVA. F. Calculate the limited, restricted, and prohibited approach boundaries for each location. G. Incident energy calculations shall consider the accumulation of energy over time when performing arc-flash calculations on buses with multiple sources. Iterative calculations shall take into account the changing current contributions, as the sources are inte rrupted or decremented with time. Fault contribution from motors and generators shall be decremented as follows: 1. Fault contribution from induction motors shall not be considered beyond three to five cycles. 2. Fault contribution from synchronous motors and generators shall be decayed to match the actual decrement of each as closely as possible (for example, contributions from permanent magnet generators will typically decay from 10 per unit to three per unit after 10 cycles). H. Arc-flash energy shall generally be reported for the maximum of line or load side of a circuit breaker. However, arc-flash computation shall be performed and reported for both line and load side of a circuit breaker as follows: 1. When the circuit breaker is in a separate enclosure. 2. When the line terminals of the circuit breaker are separate from the work location. I. Base arc-flash calculations on actual overcurrent protective device clearing time. Cap maximum clearing time at two seconds based on IEEE 1584, Section B.1.2. 1355 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.3 POWER SYSTEM DATA A. Obtain all data necessary for conduct of the arc-flash hazard analysis. 1. Verify completeness of data supplied on one-line diagram on Drawings and under "Preparatory Studies" Paragraph in "Arc-Flash Hazard Analysis" Article. Call discrepancies to Architect's attention. 2. For new equipment, use characteristics from approved submittals under provisions of action submittals and information submittals for this Project. 3. For existing equipment, whether or not relocated, obtain required electrical distribution system data by field investigation and surveys conducted by qualified technicians and engineers. B. Electrical Survey Data: Gather and tabulate the following input data to support study. Comply with recommendations in IEEE 1584 and NFPA 70E as to the amount of detail that is required to be acquired in the field. Field data gathering shall be under the direct supervision and control of the engineer in charge of performing the study, and shall be by the engineer or its representative who holds NETA ETT-Certified Technician Level III or NICET Electrical Power Testing Level III certification. Data include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Product Data for overcurrent protective devices specified in other Sections and involved in overcurrent protective device coordination studies. Use equipment designation tags that are consistent with electrical distribution system diagrams, overcurrent protective device submittals, input and output data, and recommended device settings. 2. Obtain electrical power utility impedance or available short circuit current at the service. 3. Power sources and ties. 4. Short-circuit current at each system bus (three phase and line to ground). 5. Full-load current of all loads. 6. Voltage level at each bus. 7. For transformers, include kVA, primary and secondary voltages, connection type, impedance, X/R ratio, taps measured in percent, and phase shift. 8. For reactors, provide manufacturer and model designation, voltage rating and impedance. 9. For circuit breakers and fuses, provide manufacturer and model designation. List type of breaker, type of trip and available range of settings, SCCR, cur rent rating, and breaker settings. 10. Generator short-circuit current contribution data, including short-circuit reactance, rated kVA, rated voltage, and X/R ratio. 11. For relays, provide manufacturer and model designation, current transformer ratios, potential transformer ratios, and relay settings. 12. Busway manufacturer and model designation, current rating, impedance, lengths, size, and conductor material. 13. Motor horsepower and NEMA MG 1 code letter designation. 14. Low-voltage conductor sizes, lengths, number, conductor material and conduit material (magnetic or nonmagnetic). 15. Medium-voltage conductor sizes, lengths, conductor material, conductor construction and metallic shield performance parameters, and conduit material (magnetic or nonmagnetic). 1356 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.4 LABELING A. Apply one arc-flash label on the front cover of each section of the equipment and on side or rear covers with accessible live parts and hinged doors or removable plates for each equipment included in the study. Base arc-flash label data on highest values calculated at each location. B. Each piece of equipment listed below shall have an arc-flash label applied to it: 1. Motor-control center. 2. Low-voltage switchboard. 3. Control panel. 4. Low voltage transformers. Exclude transformers with high voltage side 240 V or less and less than 125 kVA. 5. Panelboard and safety switch over 250 V. 6. Applicable panelboard and safety switch under 250 V. C. Note on record Drawings the location of equipment where the personnel could be exposed to arc-flash hazard during their work. 1. Indicate arc-flash energy. 2. Indicate protection level required. 3.5 APPLICATION OF WARNING LABELS A. Install arc-flash warning labels under the direct supervision and control of Power System Analysis Specialist. 3.6 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage Power Systems Analysis Specialist to train Owner's maintenance personnel in potential arc-flash hazards associated with working on energized equipment and the significance of arc- flash warning labels. END OF SECTION 260573.19 1357 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 260923 - LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Electronic time switches. 2. Electromechanical dial-time switches. 3. Outdoor photoelectric switches, solid state, flexible mounting. 4. Outdoor photoelectric switches, solid state, luminaire-mounted. 5. Outdoor photoelectric switches, low voltage. 6. Daylight-harvesting switching controls. 7. Daylight-harvesting dimming controls, analog. 8. Daylight-harvesting dimming controls, digital. 9. Indoor occupancy and vacancy sensors. 10. Switchbox-mounted occupancy sensors. 11. Digital timer light switch. 12. High-bay occupancy sensors. 13. Extreme-temperature occupancy sensors. 14. Outdoor motion sensors. 15. Lighting contactors. 16. Emergency shunt relay. 17. Conductors and cables. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 262726 "Wiring Devices" for wall-box dimmers, non-networkable wall-switch occupancy sensors, and manual light switches. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Show installation details for the following: 1358 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 a. Occupancy sensors. b. Vacancy sensors. 2. Interconnection diagrams showing field-installed wiring. 3. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plan(s) and elevations, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved: 1. Suspended ceiling components. 2. Structural members to which equipment will be attached. 3. Items penetrating finished ceiling, including the following: a. Luminaires. b. Air outlets and inlets. c. Speakers. d. Sprinklers. e. Access panels. f. Control modules. B. Field quality-control reports. C. Sample Warranty: For manufacturer's warranties. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For each type of lighting control device to include in operation and maintenance manuals. B. Software and Firmware Operational Documentation: 1. Software operating and upgrade manuals. 2. Program Software Backup: On USB media. Provide names, versions, and website addresses for locations of installed software. 3. Device address list. 4. Printout of software application and graphic screens. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer and Installer agree to repair or replace lighting control devices that fail(s) in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1359 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Faulty operation of lighting control software. b. Faulty operation of lighting control devices. 2. Warranty Period: Three years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ELECTRONIC TIME SWITCHES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Lutron Lighting Controls. 2. Crestron Lighting Controls. B. Electronic Time Switches: Solid state, programmable, with alphanumeric display; complying with UL 917. 1. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70 and marked for intended location and application. 2. Contact Configuration: SPST. 3. Contact Rating: 20-A ballast load, 120-/240-V ac. 4. Programs: 5. Automatic daylight savings time changeover. 6. Battery Backup: Not less than seven days reserve, to maintain schedules and time clock. 2.2 DAYLIGHT-HARVESTING SWITCHING CONTROLS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Lutron Lighting Controls. 2. Crestron Lighting Controls B. Description: System operates indoor lighting. C. Sequence of Operation: As daylight increases, the lights are turned off at a predetermined level. As daylight decreases, the lights are turned on at a predetermined level. 1. Lighting control set point is based on two lighting conditions: a. When no daylight is present. b. When significant daylight is present (target level). 1360 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 c. System programming is done with two hand-held, remote-control tools. D. Ceiling-Mounted Switching Controls: 1. Solid-state, light-level sensor unit, with power pack, that detects changes in indoor lighting levels that are perceived by the eye. E. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: 1. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 2. Operating Ambient Conditions: Dry interior conditions, 32 to 120 deg F (0 to 49 deg C). 3. Sensor Output: a. Contacts rated to operate the associated power pack, complying with UL 773A. Sensor shall be powered by the power pack. b. Digital signal compatible with power pack. 4. Sensor type: Closed loop. 5. Zone: Single. 6. Power Pack: a. Digital controller capable of accepting 4 RJ45 inputs with two outputs rated for 20A incandescent or LED load at 120 and for 1hp at 120-V ac. Sensor has 24- V dc Class 2 power source, as defined by NFPA 70. 1) With integral current monitoring 2) Compatible with digital addressable lighting interface. 3) Plenum rated. 7. General Space Sensors Light-Level Monitoring Range: 10 to 200 fc (108 to 2152 lux), with an adjustment for turn-on and turn-off levels within that range. 8. Atrium Space Sensors Light-Level Monitoring Range: 100 to 1000 fc (1080 to 10 800 lux), with an adjustment for turn-on and turn-off levels within that range. 9. Skylight Sensors Light-Level Monitoring Range: 1000 to 10,000 fc (10 800 to 108 000 lux), with an adjustment for turn-on and turn-off levels within that range. 10. Time Delay: Adjustable from 5 to 300 seconds to prevent cycling. 11. Set-Point Adjustment: Equip with deadband adjustment of 25, 50, and 75 percent above the "on" set point, or provide with separate adjustable "on" and "off" set points. 12. Test Mode: User selectable, overriding programmed time delay to allow settings check. 13. Control Load Status: User selectable to confirm that load wiring is correct. 14. Indicator: Two digital displays to indicate the beginning of on-off cycles. 2.3 DAYLIGHT-HARVESTING DIMMING CONTROLS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1361 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Lutron Lighting Controls. 2. Crestron Lighting Controls. B. Description: Sensing daylight and electrical lighting levels, the system adjusts the indoor electrical lighting levels. As daylight increases, lights are dimmed. 1. Lighting control set point is based on the following two lighting conditions: a. When no daylight is present (target level). b. When significant daylight is present. 2. System programming is done with two hand-held, remote-control tools. a. Initial setup tool. b. Tool for occupants to adjust the target levels by increasing the set point up to 25 percent, or by minimizing the electric lighting level. C. Ceiling-Mounted Dimming Controls: Solid-state, light-level sensor unit, with separate power pack, to detect changes in indoor lighting levels that are perceived by the eye. D. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: 1. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 2. Sensor Output: zero- to 10-V dc to operate luminaires. Sensor is powered by controller unit. 3. Light-Level Sensor Set-Point Adjustment Range: 20 to 60 fc (120 to 640 lux). E. Power Pack: Digital controller capable of accepting four RJ45 inputs two] output(s) rated for 20A incandescent or LED load at 120V and for 1 HP at 120-V ac. Sensor has 24-V dc Class 2 power source, as defined by NFPA 70. 1. With integral current monitoring. 2. Compatible with digital addressable lighting interface. 3. Plenum rated. 2.4 INDOOR OCCUPANCY AND VACANCY SENSORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Lutron Lighting Controls 2. Crestron Lighting Controls B. General Requirements for Sensors: 1. Ceiling mounted, solid-state indoor occupancy and vacancy sensors. 2. Dual technology. 1362 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3. Separate power pack. 4. Hardwired connection to switch and BAS and lighting control system. 5. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 6. Operation: a. Occupancy Sensor: Unless otherwise indicated, turn lights on when coverage area is occupied, and turn them off when unoccupied; with a time delay for turning lights off, adjustable over a minimum range of 1 to 15 minutes. b. Vacancy Sensor: Unless otherwise indicated, lights are manually turned on and sensor turns lights off when the room is unoccupied; with a time delay for turning lights off, adjustable over a minimum range of 1 to 15 minutes. c. Combination Sensor: Unless otherwise indicated, sensor shall be programmed to turn lights on when coverage area is occupied and turn them off when unoccupied, or to turn off lights that have been manually turned on; with a time delay for turning lights off, adjustable over a minimum range of 1 to 15 minutes. 7. Sensor Output: Sensor is powered from the power pack. 8. Power: Line Voltage. 9. Power Pack: Dry contacts rated for 20-A ballast or LED load at 120- and for 1 hp at 120- V ac. Sensor has 24-V dc, 150-mA, Class 2 power source, as defined by NFPA 70. 10. Mounting: a. Sensor: Suitable for mounting in any position on a standard outlet box. b. Relay: Externally mounted through a 1/2-inch (13-mm) knockout in a standard electrical enclosure. c. Time-Delay and Sensitivity Adjustments: Recessed and concealed behind hinged door. 11. Indicator: Digital display, to show when motion is detected during testing and normal operation of sensor. 12. Bypass Switch: Override the "on" function in case of sensor failure. 13. Automatic Light-Level Sensor: Adjustable from 2 to 200 fc (21.5 to 2152 lux); turn lights off when selected lighting level is present. C. PIR Type: Ceiling mounted; detect occupants in coverage area by their heat and movement. 1. Detector Sensitivity: Detect occurrences of 6-inch- (150-mm-) minimum movement of any portion of a human body that presents a target of not less than 36 sq. in. (232 sq. cm). 2. Detection Coverage (Room, Ceiling Mounted): Detect occupancy anywhere in a circular area of 1000 sq. ft. (93 sq. m) when mounted on a 96-inch- (2440-mm-) high ceiling. 3. Detection Coverage (Corridor, Ceiling Mounted): Detect occupancy within 90 feet (27.4 m) when mounted on a 10-foot- (3-m-) high ceiling. 4. Detection Coverage (Room, Wall Mounted): Detect occupancy anywhere within a 180- degree pattern centered on the sensor over an area of 1000 square feet (110 square meterswhen mounted 48 inches (1200 mm) above finished floor. 1363 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 D. Ultrasonic Type: Ceiling mounted; detect occupants in coverage area through pattern changes of reflected ultrasonic energy. 1. Detector Sensitivity: Detect a person of average size and weight moving not less than 12 inches (305 mm) in either a horizontal or a vertical manner at an approximate speed of 12 inches/s (305 mm/s). 2. Detection Coverage (Small Room): Detect occupancy anywhere within a circular area of 600 sq. ft. (56 sq. m) when mounted on a 96-inch- (2440-mm-) high ceiling. 3. Detection Coverage (Standard Room): Detect occupancy anywhere within a circular area of 1000 sq. ft. (93 sq. m) when mounted on a 96-inch- (2440-mm-) high ceiling. 4. Detection Coverage (Large Room): Detect occupancy anywhere within a circular area of 2000 sq. ft. (186 sq. m) when mounted on a 96-inch- (2440-mm-) high ceiling. 5. Detection Coverage (Corridor): Detect occupancy anywhere within 90 feet (27.4 m) when mounted on a 10-foot- (3-m-) high ceiling in a corridor not wider than 14 feet (4.3 m). 6. Detection Coverage (Room, Wall Mounted): Detect occupancy anywhere within a 180- degree pattern centered on the sensor over an area of 1000 square feet (110 square meters when mounted 84 inches (2100 mm) above finished floor. E. Dual-Technology Type: Ceiling mounted; detect occupants in coverage area using PIR and ultrasonic detection methods. The particular technology or combination of technologies that control on-off functions is selectable in the field by operating controls on unit. 1. Sensitivity Adjustment: Separate for each sensing technology. 2. Detector Sensitivity: Detect occurrences of 6-inch- (150-mm-) minimum movement of any portion of a human body that presents a target of not less than 36 sq. in. (232 sq. cm), and detect a person of average size and weight moving not less than 12 inches (305 mm) in either a horizontal or a vertical manner at an approximate speed of 12 inches/s (305 mm/s). 3. Detection Coverage (Standard Room): Detect occupancy anywhere within a circular area of 1000 sq. ft. (93 sq. m) when mounted on a 96-inch- (2440-mm-) high ceiling. 4. Detection Coverage (Room, Wall Mounted): Detect occupancy anywhere within a 180- degree pattern centered on the sensor over an area of 1000 square feet (110 square meters) when mounted 48 inches (1200 mm) above finished floor. 2.5 SWITCHBOX-MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Lutron Lighting Controls. 2. Crestron Lighting Controls B. General Requirements for Sensors: Automatic-wall-switch occupancy sensor with manual on- off switch, suitable for mounting in a single gang switchbox using hardwired connection. 1. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 1364 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Occupancy Sensor Operation: Unless otherwise indicated, turn lights on when coverage area is occupied, and turn lights off when unoccupied; with a time delay for turning lights off, adjustable over a minimum range of 1 to 15 minutes. 3. Operating Ambient Conditions: Dry interior conditions, 32 to 120 deg F (0 to 49 deg C). 4. Switch Rating: Not less than 800-VA ballast or LEDload at 120 V. 5. "WS1" and "WS2" in "Wall-Switch Sensor Tag WS1" and "Wall-Switch Sensor Tag WS2" paragraphs below are a suggested marking system on Drawings when detectors with different sensor characteristics are required. C. Wall-Switch Sensor Tag WS1: 1. Standard Range: 180-degree field of view, field adjustable from 180 to 40 degrees; with a minimum coverage area of 900 sq. ft. (84 sq. m). 2. Sensing Technology: Dual technology - PIR and ultrasonic. 3. Switch Type: SP, field-selectable automatic "on," or manual "on," automatic "off." 4. Capable of controlling load in three-way application. 5. Voltage: Dual voltage - 120 and 277 V. 6. Ambient-Light Override: Concealed, field-adjustable, light-level sensor from 10 to 150 fc (108 to 1600 lux). The switch prevents the lights from turning on when the light level is higher than the set point of the sensor. 7. Concealed, field-adjustable, "off" time-delay selector at up to 30 minutes. 8. Concealed, "off" time-delay selector at 30 seconds and 5, 10, and 20 minutes. 9. Adaptive Technology: Self-adjusting circuitry detects and memorizes usage patterns of the space and helps eliminate false "off" switching. 10. Color: White. 11. Faceplate: Color matched to switch. D. Wall-Switch Sensor Tag WS2: 1. Standard Range: 210-degree field of view, with a minimum coverage area of 900 sq. ft. (84 sq. m). 2. Sensing Technology: PIR. 3. Switch Type: SP, field-selectable automatic "on," or manual "on," automatic "off." 4. Capable of controlling load in three-way application. 5. Voltage: Dual voltage, 120 and 277 V. 6. Ambient-Light Override: Concealed, field-adjustable, light-level sensor from 10 to 150 fc (108 to 1600 lux). The switch prevents the lights from turning on when the light level i s higher than the set point of the sensor. 7. Concealed, field-adjustable, "off" time-delay selector at up to 30 minutes. 8. Concealed, "off" time-delay selector at 30 seconds and 5, 10, and 20 minutes. 9. Adaptive Technology: Self-adjusting circuitry detects and memorizes usage patterns of the space and helps eliminate false "off" switching. 10. Color: White 11. Faceplate: Color matched to switch. E. 1365 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.6 EMERGENCY SHUNT RELAY A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Lutron Lighting Controls. 2. Crestron Lighting Controls B. Description: NC, electrically held relay, arranged for wiring in parallel with manual or automatic switching contacts; complying with UL 924. 1. Coil Rating: 120V. 2.7 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Power Wiring to Supply Side of Remote-Control Power Sources: Not smaller than No. 12 AWG. Comply with requirements in Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." B. Classes 2 and 3 Control Cable: Multiconductor cable with stranded-copper conductors not smaller than No. 18 AWG. Comply with requirements in Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." C. Class 1 Control Cable: Multiconductor cable with stranded-copper conductors not smaller than No. 16AWG. Comply with requirements in Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine lighting control devices before installation. Reject lighting control devices that are wet, moisture damaged, or mold damaged. B. Examine walls and ceilings for suitable conditions where lighting control devices will be installed. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF SENSORS A. Comply with NECA 1. B. Coordinate layout and installation of ceiling-mounted devices with other construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, smoke detectors, fire-suppression systems, and partition assemblies. 1366 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. Install and aim sensors in locations to achieve not less than 90 percent coverage of areas indicated. Do not exceed coverage limits specified in manufacturer's written instructions. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF CONTACTORS A. Comply with NECA 1. B. Mount electrically held lighting contactors with elastomeric isolator pads to eliminate structure- borne vibration unless contactors are installed in an enclosure with factory-installed vibration isolators. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF WIRING A. Comply with NECA 1. B. Wiring Method: Comply with Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." Minimum conduit size is 1/2 inch (13 mm). C. Wiring within Enclosures: Comply with NECA 1. Separate power-limited and nonpower- limited conductors in accordance with conductor manufacturer's written instructions. D. Size conductors in accordance with lighting control device manufacturer's written instructions unless otherwise indicated. E. Splices, Taps, and Terminations: Make connections only on numbered terminal strips in junction, pull, and outlet boxes; terminal cabinets; and equipment enclosures. 3.5 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify components and power and control wiring in accordance with Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems. 1. Identify controlled circuits in lighting contactors. 2. Identify circuits or luminaires controlled by photoelectric and occupancy sensors at each sensor. B. Label time switches and contactors with a unique designation. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to evaluate lighting control devices and perform tests and inspections. B. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to test and inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections. 1367 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. Perform the following tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory-authorized service representative: 1. Operational Test: After installing time switches and sensors, and after electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper unit operation. 2. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. D. Lighting control devices will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. E. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.7 ADJUSTING A. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months from date of Substantial Completion, provide on-site assistance in adjusting lighting control devices to suit actual occupied conditions. Provide up to two visits to Project during other-than-normal occupancy hours for this purpose. 1. For occupancy and motion sensors, verify operation at outer limits of detector range. Set time delay to suit Owner's operations. 2. For daylighting controls, adjust set points and deadband controls to suit Owner's operations. 3. Align high-bay occupancy sensors using manufacturer's laser aiming tool. 3.8 SOFTWARE SERVICE AGREEMENT A. Technical Support: Beginning at Substantial Completion, service agreement shall include software support for two years. B. Upgrade Service: At Substantial Completion, update software to latest version. Install and program software upgrades that become available within [two] <Insert number> years from date of Substantial Completion. Upgrading software shall include operating system and new or revised licenses for using software. 1. Upgrade Notice: At least 30 days to allow Owner to schedule and access the system and to upgrade computer equipment if necessary. 3.9 DEMONSTRATION A. Coordinate demonstration of products specified in this Section with demonstration requirements for low-voltage, programmable lighting control systems specified in Section 260943.16 "Addressable-Luminaire Lighting Controls" and Section 260943.23 "Relay-Based Lighting Controls." 1368 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain lighting control devices. END OF SECTION 260923 1369 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 260936 - MODULAR DIMMING CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Wall-box multiscene dimming controls. 2. Multipreset modular dimming controls. 3. Conductors and cables. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. BAS: Building automation system. B. Fade Rate: The time it takes each zone to arrive at the next scene, dependent on the degree of change in lighting level. C. Low Voltage: As defined in NFPA 70, the term for circuits and equipment operating at less than 50 V or for remote-control, signaling, and power-limited circuits. D. RFI: Radio-frequency interference. E. Scene: The lighting effect created by adjusting several zones of lighting to the desired intensity. F. SCR: Silicon-controlled rectifier. G. Zone: A luminaire or group of luminaires controlled simultaneously as a single entity. Also known as a "channel." 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. For modular dimming controls; include elevation, dimensions, features, characteristics, ratings, and labels. 2. Device plates and plate color and material. 1370 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3. Ballast and lamp combinations compatible with dimmers. 4. Sound data including results of operational tests of central dimming controls. 5. Operational documentation for software and firmware. B. Shop Drawings: Detail assemblies of standard components, custom assembled for specific application on Project. Indicate dimensions, weights, arrangement of components, and clearance and access requirements. 1. Include elevation views of front panels of control and indicating devices and control stations. 2. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. 3. Address Drawing: Reflected ceiling plan and floor plans, showing connected luminaires, address for each luminaire, and luminaire groups. Base plans on construction plans, using the same legend, symbols, and schedules. 4. Point List and Data Bus Load: Summary list of all control devices, sensors, ballasts, and other loads. Include percentage of rated connected load and device addresses. 5. Wire Termination Diagrams and Schedules: Coordinate nomenclature and presentation with Drawings and block diagram. Differentiate between manufacturer -installed and field-installed wiring. 6. Block Diagram: Show interconnections between components specified in this Section and devices furnished with power distribution system components. Indicate data communication paths and identify networks, data buses, data gateways, concentrators, and other devices used. Describe characteristics of network and other data communication lines. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For master- and remote-control stations, and faceplates with factory-applied color finishes and technical features. D. Samples for Verification: For master- and remote-control stations, and faceplates with factory- applied color finishes and technical features. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality-control reports. B. Sample Warranty: For special warranty. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For standalone multipreset modular dimming controls to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1. In addition to items specified in Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following: a. Software manuals. 1371 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 b. Adjustments of scene preset controls, adjustable fade rates, and fade overrides. c. Operation of adjustable zone controls. d. Testing and adjusting of panic and emergency power features. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of standalone multipreset modular dimming controls that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Damage from transient voltage surges. 2. Warranty Period: Cost to repair or replace any parts for two years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Hubbell B. Douglas C. Leviton D. Acuity 2.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Compatibility: 1. Dimming control components shall be compatible with luminaires. B. Dimmers and Dimmer Modules: Comply with UL 508. 1. Audible Noise and RFI Suppression: Solid-state dimmers shall operate smoothly over their operating ranges without audible lamp or dimmer noise or RFI. Modules shall include integral or external filters to suppress audible noise and RFI. 2. Dimmer or Dimmer-Module Rating: Not less than 125 percent of connected load unless otherwise indicated. C. Surge Protection: Withstand supply power surges without impairment to performance. 1372 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Panels: 6000 V, 3000 A, complying with IEEE C62.41.1 and IEEE C62.41.2. 2. Other System Devices: 6000 V, 3000 A, complying with IEEE C62.41.1 and IEEE C62.41.2. D. Off Control Position: User-selected off position of any control point shall disconnect the load from line supply. E. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 2.3 WALL-BOX MULTISCENE DIMMING CONTROLS A. Description: Factory-fabricated equipment providing manual dimming consisting of a wall-box- mounted master controller and indicated number of wall-box zone stations. Controls and dimmers shall be integrated for mounting in multigang wall box under a single wall plate. Each zone shall be adjustable to indicated number of scenes, which shall reside in the memory of zone controller. B. Dimmers: 1. Each zone shall be configurable to control the following loads: a. LED lamps. 2. Regulate voltages to maintain a constant light level, with no visible flicker, when the source voltage varies plus or minus 2 percent of rms voltage. C. Memory: 1. Retain preset scenes and fade rates through momentary (up to 3 -second) power interruptions. 2. Retain preset scenes through power failures for at least seven days. D. Device Plates: Style, material, and color shall comply with Section 262726 "Wiring Devices." Master-control cover plate shall be one piece. E. Master controller shall include the following: 1. Cover-mounted switches, including master off, all bright, and selectors for each scene. 2. Cover-mounted LED indicator lights, one associated with each scene switch, and one for the master off switch. 3. Concealed switches and indicators for specified function. 4. A raise/lower switch for each zone for temporary adjustments of the zone, without altering scene values stored in memory. 5. Fade time indicated by digital display for current scene while fading. 6. Cover-mounted infrared receiver. 1373 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 F. Infrared Transmitters: Wireless remote control for recalling each of the presets. Operate up to 50 feet (15 m) within line of sight of the master controller. 2.4 MULTIPRESET MODULAR DIMMING CONTROLS A. Description: Factory-fabricated equipment providing manual dimming consisting of the following: 1. Master controller. 2. Controls and dimmers shall be integrated for mounting in a multigang wall box under a single wall plate. 3. Each zone shall be adjustable to indicated number of scenes, which shall reside in the memory of zone controller. B. Dimmers: 1. Each zone shall be configurable to control the following loads: a. LED lamps. 2. Regulate voltages to maintain a constant light level, with no visible flicker, when the source voltage varies plus or minus 2 percent of rms voltage. C. Memory: Retain preset scenes and fade settings through power failures by retaining physical settings of controls. D. Device Plates: Style, material, and color shall comply with Section 262726 "Wiring Devices." Master-control cover plate shall be one piece. E. Master controller shall include the following: 1. Wall-box style, single coverplate supplied by manufacturer. 2. Cover-mounted switches, including master off, all bright, and selectors for each scene. 3. Cover-mounted LED indicator lights, one associated with each scene switch, and one for the master off switch. 4. Concealed switches and indicators for specified function. 5. A raise/lower switch for each zone for temporary adjustments of the zone, without altering scene values stored in memory. 6. Fade time indicated by digital display for current scene while fading. 7. Cover-mounted infrared receiver. F. Remote-Control Stations: 1. Numbered push buttons to select scenes. 2. Off switch to turn master station off. 3. On switch turns all scenes of master station to full bright. 4. Control Wiring: NFPA 70, Class 2. 5. Mounting: Single flush wall box with manufacturer's standard faceplate. 1374 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 G. Infrared Remote-Control Station: Same functions as for standard remote-control station except that functions are input by a hand-held infrared transmitter. Operate up to 50 feet (15 m) within line of sight of the master controller. H. Dimmer Panels: Modular, plug-in type, complying with UL 508. 1. Integrated Short-Circuit Rating: 10 kA at 120 V. 2. Dimmers: a. Dimming Circuit: Two SCR dimmers, in inverse parallel configuration. b. Dimming Curve: Modified "square law" as specified in IES's "Lighting Handbook;" control voltage is zero- to 10-V dc. c. Dimming Range: Zero to 100 percent, full output voltage not less than 98 percent of line voltage. d. Voltage Regulation: Dimmer shall maintain a constant light level, with no visible flicker, when the source voltage varies plus or minus 2 percent of rms voltage. I. Circuit Breakers: Complying with UL 489 and classified as switch duty. 2.5 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Wiring to Supply Side of Remote-Control Power Sources: Not smaller than No. 12 AWG. Comply with requirements in Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." B. Class 2 Control Cable: Multiconductor cable with stranded-copper conductors not smaller than No. 18 AWG. Comply with requirements in Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF WIRING A. Comply with NECA 1. B. Wiring Method: Comply with requirements in Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." Minimum conduit size shall be 1/2 inch (13 mm). C. Wiring within Enclosures: Bundle, lace, and train conductors to terminal points. Separate power-limited and nonpower-limited conductors in accordance with conductor manufacturer's written instructions. D. Size conductors in accordance with lighting control device manufacturer's written instructions unless otherwise indicated. 1375 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 E. Splices, Taps, and Terminations: Make connections only on numbered terminal strips in junction, pull, and outlet boxes; terminal cabinets; and equipment enclosures. 3.2 IDENTIFICATION A. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." B. Label each dimmer module with a unique designation. C. Label each scene control button with approved scene description. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to test and inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections. C. Perform the following tests and inspections: 1. Continuity tests of circuits. 2. Operational Test: Set and operate controls to demonstrate their functions and capabilities in a methodical sequence that cues and reproduces actual operating functions. a. Include testing of modular dimming control equipment under conditions that simulate actual operational conditions. Record control settings, operations, cues, and functional observations. D. Dimming control components will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. E. Test Labeling: After satisfactory completion of tests and inspections, apply a label to tested components indicating test results, date, and responsible agency and representative. F. Reports: Written reports of tests and observations. Record defective materials and workmanship and unsatisfactory test results. Record repairs and adjustments. 3.4 DEMONSTRATION A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain modular dimming controls. Laptop portable computer shall be used in training. END OF SECTION 260936 1376 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 262416 - PANELBOARDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Section 013100 “Project Management and Coordination”. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Distribution panelboards. 2. Lighting and appliance branch-circuit panelboards. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. ATS: Acceptance testing specification. B. GFCI: Ground-fault circuit interrupter. C. GFEP: Ground-fault equipment protection. D. HID: High-intensity discharge. E. MCCB: Molded-case circuit breaker. F. SPD: Surge protective device. G. VPR: Voltage protection rating. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of panelboard. 1. Include materials, switching and overcurrent protective devices, SPDs, accessories, and components indicated. 2. Include dimensions and manufacturers' technical data on features, performance, electrical characteristics, ratings, and finishes. 1377 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Shop Drawings: For each panelboard and related equipment. 1. Include dimensioned plans, elevations, sections, and details. 2. Show tabulations of installed devices with nameplates, conductor termination sizes, equipment features, and ratings. 3. Detail enclosure types including mounting and anchorage, environmental protection, knockouts, corner treatments, covers and doors, gaskets, hinges, and locks. 4. Detail bus configuration, current, and voltage ratings. 5. Short-circuit current rating of panelboards and overcurrent protective devices. 6. Include evidence of NRTL listing for SPD as installed in panelboard. 7. Detail features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual overcurrent protective devices and auxiliary components. 8. Include wiring diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For panelboards and components to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following: 1. Manufacturer's written instructions for testing and adjusting overcurrent protective devices. 1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Keys: Two spares for each type of panelboard cabinet lock. 2. Circuit Breakers Including GFCI and GFEP Types: Two spares for each panelboard. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: ISO 9001 or 9002 certified. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Handle and prepare panelboards for installation according to NEMA PB 1. 1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: 1378 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Do not deliver or install panelboards until spaces are enclosed and weathertight, wet work in spaces is complete and dry, work above panelboards is complete, and temporary HVAC system is operating and maintaining ambient temperature and humidity conditions at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. 2. Rate equipment for continuous operation under the following conditions unless otherwise indicated: a. Ambient Temperature: Not exceeding 23 deg F to plus 104 deg F . b. Altitude: Not exceeding 6600 feet . 1.10 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace panelboards that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Panelboard Warranty Period: 18 months from date of Substantial Completion. B. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace SPD that fails in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. SPD Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PANELBOARD COMMON REQUIREMENTS A. Product Selection for Restricted Space: Drawings indicate maximum dimensions for panelboards including clearances between panelboards and adjacent surfaces and other items. Comply with indicated maximum dimensions. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. C. Comply with NEMA PB 1. D. Comply with NFPA 70. E. Enclosures: Flush and Surface-mounted, dead-front cabinets as indicated on the drawings. 1. Rated for environmental conditions at installed location. a. Indoor Dry and Clean Locations: NEMA 250, Type 1. b. Outdoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 3R. 2. Height: 84 inches maximum. 1379 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3. Front: Secured to box with concealed trim clamps. For surface-mounted fronts, match box dimensions; for flush-mounted fronts, overlap box. Trims shall cover all live parts and shall have no exposed hardware. 4. Hinged Front Cover: Entire front trim hinged to box and with standard door within hinged trim cover. Trims shall cover all live parts and shall have no exposed hardware. 5. Skirt for Surface-Mounted Panelboards: Same gage and finish as panelboard front with flanges for attachment to panelboard, wall, and ceiling or floor. 6. Gutter Extension and Barrier: Same gage and finish as panelboard enclosure; integral with enclosure body. Arrange to isolate individual panel sections. 7. Finishes: a. Panels and Trim: Steel, factory finished immediately after cleaning and pretreating with manufacturer's standard two-coat, baked-on finish consisting of prime coat and thermosetting topcoat. b. Back Boxes: Galvanized steel. F. Incoming Mains: 1. Location: Top or Bottom. G. Phase, Neutral, and Ground Buses: 1. Material: Hard-drawn copper, 98 percent conductivity. a. Plating shall run entire length of bus. b. Bus shall be fully rated the entire length. 2. Interiors shall be factory assembled into a unit. Replacing switching and protective devices shall not disturb adjacent units or require removing the main bus connectors. 3. Equipment Ground Bus: Copper - adequate for feeder and branch-circuit equipment grounding conductors; bonded to box. 4. Full-Sized Neutral: Equipped with full-capacity bonding strap for service entrance applications. Mount electrically isolated from enclosure. Do not mount neutral bus in gutter. H. Conductor Connectors: Suitable for use with conductor material and sizes. 1. Material: Hard-drawn copper, 98 percent conductivity. 2. Terminations shall allow use of 75 deg C rated conductors without derating. 3. Size: Lugs suitable for indicated conductor sizes, with additional gutter space, if required, for larger conductors. 4. Main and Neutral Lugs: Mechanical type, with a lug on the neutral bar for each pole in the panelboard. 5. Ground Lugs and Bus-Configured Terminators: Mechanical type, with a lug on the bar for each pole in the panelboard. 6. Feed-Through Lugs: Mechanical type, suitable for use with conductor material. Locate at opposite end of bus from incoming lugs or main device. 1380 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 7. Subfeed (Double) Lugs: Mechanical type suitable for use with conductor material. Locate at same end of bus as incoming lugs or main device. 8. Gutter-Tap Lugs: Mechanical type suitable for use with conductor material and with matching insulating covers. Locate at same end of bus as incoming lugs or main device. I. NRTL Label: Panelboards shall be labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authority having jurisdiction for use as service equipment with one or more main service disconnecting and overcurrent protective devices. Panelboards or load centers shall have meter enclosures, wiring, connections, and other provisions for utility metering. Coordinate with utility company for exact requirements. J. Future Devices: Panelboards or load centers shall have mounting brackets, bus connections, filler plates, and necessary appurtenances required for future installation of devices. 1. Percentage of Future Space Capacity: 20 percent or as indicated on drawings. K. Panelboard Short-Circuit Current Rating: Fully rated to interrupt symmetrical short-circuit current available at terminals. Assembly listed by an NRTL for 100 percent interrupting capacity. 1. Panelboards and overcurrent protective devices rated 240 V or less shall have short- circuit ratings as shown on Drawings, but not less than 10,000 A rms symmetrical. 2. Panelboards and overcurrent protective devices rated above 240 V and less than 600 V shall have short-circuit ratings as shown on Drawings, but not less than 14,000 A rms symmetrical. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Surge Suppression: Factory installed as an integral part of indicated panelboards, complying with UL 1449 SPD Type 2. 2.3 LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE BRANCH-CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Eaton. 2. Siemens Industry, Inc., Energy Management Division. 3. Square D; by Schneider Electric. B. Panelboards: NEMA PB 1, lighting and appliance branch-circuit type with factory-installed, integral SPD for panelboards indicated; labeled by an NRTL for compliance with UL 67 and UL 1449 after installing SPD. C. Mains: As indicated on the drawings. 1381 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 D. Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: Bolt-on circuit breakers, replaceable without disturbing adjacent units. E. Doors: Door-in-door construction with concealed hinges; secured with multipoint latch with tumbler lock; keyed alike. Outer door shall permit full access to the panel interior. Inner door shall permit access to breaker operating handles and labeling, but current carrying terminals and bus shall remain concealed. 2.4 DISCONNECTING AND OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES A. MCCB: Comply with UL 489, with interrupting capacity to meet available fault currents. 1. Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers: a. Inverse time-current element for low-level overloads. b. Instantaneous magnetic trip element for short circuits. c. Adjustable magnetic trip setting for circuit-breaker frame sizes 250 A and larger. 2. Adjustable Instantaneous-Trip Circuit Breakers: Magnetic trip element with front- mounted, field-adjustable trip setting. 3. Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers: a. RMS sensing. b. Field-replaceable rating plug or electronic trip. c. Digital display of settings, trip targets, and indicated metering displays. d. Multi-button keypad to access programmable functions and monitored data. e. Ten-event, trip-history log. Each trip event shall be recorded with type, phase, and magnitude of fault that caused the trip. f. Integral test jack for connection to portable test set or laptop computer. g. Field-Adjustable Settings: 1) Instantaneous trip. 2) Long- and short-time pickup levels. 3) Long and short time adjustments. 4. GFCI Circuit Breakers: Single- and double-pole configurations with Class A ground-fault protection (6-mA trip). 5. GFEP Circuit Breakers: Class B ground-fault protection (30-mA trip). 6. MCCB Features and Accessories: a. Standard frame sizes, trip ratings, and number of poles. b. Breaker handle indicates tripped status. c. UL listed for reverse connection without restrictive line or load ratings. d. Lugs: Mechanical style, suitable for number, size, trip ratings, and conductor materials. 1382 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 e. Application Listing: Appropriate for application; Type SWD for switching fluorescent lighting loads; Type HID for feeding fluorescent and HID lighting circuits. f. Ground-Fault Protection: Integrally mounted relay and trip unit with adjustable pickup and time-delay settings, push-to-test feature, and ground-fault indicator. g. Multipole units enclosed in a single housing with a single handle. h. Handle Padlocking Device: Fixed attachment, for locking circuit-breaker handle in on or off position. 2.5 IDENTIFICATION A. Panelboard Label: Manufacturer's name and trademark, voltage, amperage, number of phases, and number of poles shall be located on the interior of the panelboard door. B. Breaker Labels: Faceplate shall list current rating, UL and IEC certification standards, and AIC rating. C. Circuit Directory: Computer-generated circuit directory mounted inside panelboard door with transparent plastic protective cover. 1. Circuit directory shall identify specific purpose, location of load(s), with detail sufficient to distinguish it from all other circuits. 2.6 ACCESSORY COMPONENTS AND FEATURES A. Accessory Set: Include tools and miscellaneous items required for overcurrent protective device test, inspection, maintenance, and operation. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify actual conditions with field measurements prior to ordering panelboards to verify that equipment fits in allocated space in, and comply with, minimum required clearances specified in NFPA 70. B. Receive, inspect, handle, and store panelboards according to NEMA PB 1.1. C. Examine panelboards before installation. Reject panelboards that are damaged, rusted, or have been subjected to water saturation. D. Examine elements and surfaces to receive panelboards for compliance with installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1383 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 E. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of panelboards and components with other construction that penetrates walls or is supported by them, including electrical and other types of equipment, raceways, piping, encumbrances to workspace clearance requirements, and adjacent surfaces. Maintain required workspace clearances and required clearances for equipment access doors and panels. B. Install panelboards and accessories according to NEMA PB 1.1. C. Equipment Mounting: 1. Attach panelboard to the vertical finished or structural surface behind the panelboard. D. Mount top of trim 90 inches above finished floor unless otherwise indicated. E. Mount panelboard cabinet plumb and rigid without distortion of box. F. Mount recessed panelboards with fronts uniformly flush with wall finish and mating with back box. G. Install overcurrent protective devices and controllers not already factory installed. 1. Set field-adjustable, circuit-breaker trip ranges. 2. Tighten bolted connections and circuit breaker connections using calibrated torque wrench or torque screwdriver per manufacturer's written instructions. H. Make grounding connections and bond neutral for services and separately derived systems to ground. Make connections to grounding electrodes, separate grounds for isolated ground bars, and connections to separate ground bars. I. Install filler plates in unused spaces. J. Stub four 1-inch and three ½-inch empty conduits from panelboard into accessible ceiling space or space designated to be ceiling space in the future. K. Arrange conductors in gutters into groups and bundle and wrap with wire ties. 3.3 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify field-installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; install warning signs complying with requirements in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." 1384 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Create a directory to indicate installed circuit loads; incorporate Owner's final room designations. Obtain approval before installing. Handwritten directories are not acceptable. Install directory inside panelboard door. C. Panelboard Nameplates: Label each panelboard with a nameplate complying with requirements for identification specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." D. Device Nameplates: Label each branch circuit device in power panelboards with a nameplate complying with requirements for identification specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." E. Install warning signs complying with requirements in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems" 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect, test, and adjust components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections. B. Perform tests and inspections. 1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and to assist in testing. C. Acceptance Testing Preparation: 1. Test insulation resistance for each panelboard bus, component, connecting supply, feeder, and control circuit. 2. Test continuity of each circuit. D. Tests and Inspections: 1. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test for low-voltage air circuit breakers and low-voltage surge arrestors stated in NETA ATS, Paragraph 7.6 Circuit Breakers and Paragraph 7.19.1 Surge Arrestors, Low-Voltage. Do not perform optional tests. Certify compliance with test parameters. 2. Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest. 3. Perform the following infrared scan tests and inspections and prepare reports: a. Initial Infrared Scanning: After Substantial Completion, but not more than 60 days after Final Acceptance, perform an infrared scan of each panelboard. Remove front panels so joints and connections are accessible to portable scanner. b. Follow-up Infrared Scanning: Perform an additional follow-up infrared scan of each panelboard 11 months after date of Substantial Completion. c. Instruments and Equipment: 1385 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1) Use an infrared scanning device designed to measure temperature or to detect significant deviations from normal values. Provide calibration record for device. E. Panelboards will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. F. Prepare test and inspection reports, including a certified report that identifies panelboards included and that describes scanning results, with comparisons of the two scans. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action taken, and observations after remedial action. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Adjust moving parts and operable components to function smoothly, and lubricate as recommended by manufacturer. B. Set field-adjustable circuit-breaker trip ranges as specified in Section 260573.16 "Coordination Studies." END OF SECTION 262416 1386 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 262726 - WIRING DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Standard-grade receptacles, 125 V, 20 A. 2. USB receptacles. 3. GFCI receptacles, 125 V, 20 A. 4. Twist-locking receptacles. 5. Pendant cord-connector devices. 6. Wall plates. 7. Poke-through assemblies. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: List of legends and description of materials and process used for premarking wall plates. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality-control reports. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For wiring devices to include in all manufacturers' packing- label warnings and instruction manuals that include labeling conditions. 1387 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL WIRING-DEVICE REQUIREMENTS A. Wiring Devices, Components, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and use. B. Comply with NFPA 70. C. RoHS compliant. D. Comply with NEMA WD 1. E. Devices that are manufactured for use with modular plug-in connectors may be substituted under the following conditions: 1. Connectors shall comply with UL 2459 and shall be made with stranding building wire. 2. Devices shall comply with requirements in this Section. F. Devices for Owner-Furnished Equipment: 1. Receptacles: Match plug configurations. 2. Cord and Plug Sets: Match equipment requirements. G. Device Color: 1. Wiring Devices Connected to Normal Power System Gray. H. Wall Plate Color: For plastic covers, match device color. I. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of wiring device and associated wall plate from single source from single manufacturer. 2.2 STANDARD-GRADE RECEPTACLES, 125 V, 20 A A. Duplex Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A : 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Pass & Seymour/Legrand b. Eaton (arrow Hart) c. Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. d. Hubbell Incorporated; Wiring Device-Kellems. 2. Description: Two pole, three wire, and self-grounding. 3. Configuration: NEMA WD 6, Configuration 5-20R. 4. Standards: Comply with UL 498 and FS W-C-596. 1388 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Tamper-Resistant Duplex Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A : 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Pass & Seymour/Legrand b. Eaton (arrow Hart) c. Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. d. Hubbell Incorporated; Wiring Device-Kellems. 2. Description: Two pole, three wire, and self-grounding. Integral shutters that operate only when a plug is inserted in the receptacle. 3. Configuration: NEMA WD 6, Configuration 5-20R. 4. Standards: Comply with UL 498 and FS W-C-596. 5. Marking: Listed and labeled as complying with NFPA 70, "Tamper-Resistant Receptacles" Article. C. Weather-Resistant Duplex Receptacle, 125 V, 20 A : 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Pass & Seymour/Legrand b. Eaton (arrow Hart) c. Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. d. Hubbell Incorporated; Wiring Device-Kellems. 2. 3. Description: Two pole, three wire, and self-grounding. Integral shutters that operate only when a plug is inserted in the receptacle. Square face. 4. Configuration: NEMA WD 6, Configuration 5-20R. 5. Standards: Comply with UL 498. 6. Marking: Listed and labeled as complying with NFPA 70, "Receptacles in Damp or Wet Locations" Article. D. Tamper- and Weather-Resistant Duplex Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Pass & Seymour/Legrand b. Eaton (arrow Hart) c. Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. d. Hubbell Incorporated; Wiring Device-Kellems. 2. Description: Two pole, three wire, and self-grounding. Integral shutters that operate only when a plug is inserted in the receptacle. Square face. 3. Configuration: NEMA WD 6, Configuration 5-20R. 4. Standards: Comply with UL 498. 5. Marking: Listed and labeled as complying with NFPA 70, "Tamper-Resistant Receptacles" and "Receptacles in Damp or Wet Locations" articles. 1389 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.3 USB RECEPTACLES A. USB Charging Receptacles: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Pass & Seymour/Legrand b. Eaton (arrow Hart) c. Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. d. Hubbell Incorporated; Wiring Device-Kellems. 2. Description: Single-piece, rivetless, nickel-plated, all-brass grounding system. Nickel- plated, brass mounting strap. 3. USB Receptacles: Dual USB Type A, 5 V dc, and 2.1 A per receptacle (minimum). 4. Standards: Comply with UL 1310 and USB 3.0 devices. 2.4 GFCI RECEPTACLES, 125 V, 20 A A. Duplex GFCI Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Pass & Seymour/Legrand b. Eaton (arrow Hart) c. Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. d. Hubbell Incorporated; Wiring Device-Kellems. 2. Description: Integral GFCI with "Test" and "Reset" buttons and LED indicator light. Two pole, three wire, and self-grounding. 3. Configuration: NEMA WD 6, Configuration 5-20R. 4. Type: Feed through. 5. Standards: Comply with UL 498, UL 943 Class A, and FS W-C-596. B. Tamper-Resistant Duplex GFCI Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Pass & Seymour/Legrand b. Eaton (arrow Hart) c. Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. d. Hubbell Incorporated; Wiring Device-Kellems. 2. Description: Integral GFCI with "Test" and "Reset" buttons and LED indicator light. Two pole, three wire, and self-grounding. Integral shutters that operate only when a plug is inserted in the receptacle. 3. Configuration: NEMA WD 6, Configuration 5-20R. 4. Type: Feed through. 5. Standards: Comply with UL 498, UL 943 Class A, and FS W-C-596. 6. Marking: Listed and labeled as complying with NFPA 70, "Tamper-Resistant Receptacles" Article. 1390 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. Tamper- and Weather-Resistant, GFCI Duplex Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Pass & Seymour/Legrand b. Eaton (arrow Hart) c. Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. d. Hubbell Incorporated; Wiring Device-Kellems. 2. Description: Integral GFCI with "Test" and "Reset" buttons and LED indicator light. Two pole, three wire, and self-grounding. Integral shutters that operate only when a plug is inserted in the receptacle. Square face. 3. Configuration: NEMA WD 6, Configuration 5-15R. 4. Type: Feed] through. 5. Standards: Comply with UL 498 and UL 943 Class A. 6. Marking: Listed and labeled as complying with NFPA 70, "Tamper-Resistant Receptacles" and "Receptacles in Damp or Wet Locations" articles. 7. 2.5 TWIST-LOCKING RECEPTACLES A. Twist-Lock, Single Receptacles, 120 V, 20 A 1. Configuration: NEMA WD 6, Configuration L5-20R. 2. Standards: Comply with UL 498. B. Twist-Lock, Single Receptacles, 250 V, 20 A: 1. Configuration: NEMA WD 6, Configuration L6-20R. 2. Standards: Comply with UL 498. 2.6 CORD AND PLUG SETS A. Match voltage and current ratings and number of conductors to requirements of equipment being connected. B. Cord: Rubber-insulated, stranded-copper conductors, with Type SOW-A jacket; with green- insulated grounding conductor and ampacity of at least 130 percent of the equipment rating. C. Plug: Nylon body and integral cable-clamping jaws. Match cord and receptacle type for connection. 2.7 TOGGLE SWITCHES, 120/277 V, 20 A A. Single-Pole Switches, 120/277 V, 20 A: 1391 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Standards: Comply with UL 20 and FS W-S-896. B. Two-Pole Switches, 120/277 V, 20 A: 1. Comply with UL 20 and FS W-S-896. C. Three-Way Switches, 120/277 V, 20 A: 1. Comply with UL 20 and FS W-S-896. 2.8 WALL PLATES A. Single Source: Obtain wall plates from same manufacturer of wiring devices. B. Single and combination types shall match corresponding wiring devices. 1. Plate-Securing Screws: Metal with head color to match plate finish. 2. Material for Finished Spaces: 0.035-inch- (1-mm-) thick, satin-finished, Type 302 stainless steel. 3. Material for Unfinished Spaces: Galvanized steel 4. Material for Damp Locations: Cast aluminum with spring-loaded lift cover, and listed and labeled for use in wet and damp locations. C. Wet-Location, Weatherproof Cover Plates: NEMA 250, complying with Type 3R, weather- resistant, die-cast aluminum with lockable cover. 2.9 POKE-THROUGH ASSEMBLIES A. Description: Factory-fabricated and -wired assembly of below-floor junction box with multichanneled, through-floor raceway/firestop unit and detachable matching floor service- outlet assembly. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Eaton. b. Wiremold/Legrand c. Thomas & Betts Power Solutions; ABB Group. d. Hubbell Premise Wiring. B. Standards: Comply with scrub water exclusion requirements in UL 514. C. Service-Outlet Assembly: As indicated on the floor box schedule. D. Size: Selected to fit nominal 4-inch (100-mm) cored holes in floor and matched to floor thickness. E. Fire Rating: Unit is listed and labeled for fire rating of floor-ceiling assembly. 1392 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 F. Closure Plug: Arranged to close unused 4-inch (100-mm)]cored openings and reestablish fire rating of floor. G. Wiring Raceways and Compartments: For a minimum of four No. 12 AWG conductors and a minimum of four, four-pair cables that comply with requirements in Section 271513 "Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling." PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1, including mounting heights listed in that standard, unless otherwise indicated. B. Coordination with Other Trades: 1. Protect installed devices and their boxes. Do not place wall finish materials over device boxes, and do not cut holes for boxes with routers that are guided by riding against outside of boxes. 2. Keep outlet boxes free of plaster, drywall joint compound, mortar, cement, concrete, dust, paint, and other material that may contaminate the raceway system, conductors, and cables. 3. Install device boxes in brick or block walls so that the cover plate does not cross a joint unless the joint is troweled flush with the face of the wall. 4. Install wiring devices after all wall preparation, including painting, is complete. C. Conductors: 1. Do not strip insulation from conductors until right before they are spliced or terminated on devices. 2. Strip insulation evenly around the conductor using tools designed for the purpose. Avoid scoring or nicking of solid wire or cutting strands from stranded wire. 3. The length of free conductors at outlets for devices shall comply with NFPA 70, Article 300, without pigtails. 4. Existing Conductors: a. Cut back and pigtail, or replace all damaged conductors. b. Straighten conductors that remain and remove corrosion and foreign matter. c. Pigtailing existing conductors is permitted, provided the outlet box is large enough. D. Device Installation: 1. Replace devices that have been in temporary use during construction and that were installed before building finishing operations were complete. 2. Keep each wiring device in its package or otherwise protected until it is time to connect conductors. 1393 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3. Do not remove surface protection, such as plastic film and smudge covers, until the last possible moment. 4. Connect devices to branch circuits using pigtails that are not less than 6 inches (152 mm) in length. 5. When there is a choice, use side wiring with binding-head screw terminals. Wrap solid conductor tightly clockwise, two-thirds to three-fourths of the way around terminal screw. 6. Use a torque screwdriver when a torque is recommended or required by manufacturer. 7. When conductors larger than No. 12 AWG are installed on 15- or 20-A circuits, splice No. 12 AWG pigtails for device connections. 8. Tighten unused terminal screws on the device. 9. When mounting into metal boxes, remove the fiber or plastic washers used to hold device-mounting screws in yokes, allowing metal-to-metal contact. E. Receptacle Orientation: 1. Install ground pin of vertically mounted receptacles down and on horizontally mounted receptacles to the right. F. Device Plates: Do not use oversized or extra-deep plates. Repair wall finishes and remount outlet boxes when standard device plates do not fit flush or do not cover rough wall opening. G. Dimmers: 1. Install dimmers within terms of their listing. 2. Verify that dimmers used for fan-speed control are listed for that application. 3. Install unshared neutral conductors on line and load side of dimmers according to manufacturers' device, listing conditions in the written instructions. H. Arrangement of Devices: Unless otherwise indicated, mount flush, with long dimension vertical and with grounding terminal of receptacles on top. Group adjacent switches under single, multigang wall plates. I. Adjust locations of floor service outlets and service poles to suit arrangement of partitions and furnishings. 3.2 IDENTIFICATION A. Comply with Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." B. Identify each receptacle with panelboard identification and circuit number. Use hot, stamped, or engraved machine printing with black-filled lettering on face of plate, and durable wire markers or tags inside outlet boxes. C. Essential Electrical System: Mark receptacles supplied from the essential electrical system to allow easy identification using a self-adhesive label. 1394 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test Instruments: Use instruments that comply with UL 1436. B. Test Instrument for Receptacles: Digital wiring analyzer with digital readout or illuminated digital-display indicators of measurement. C. Perform the following tests and inspections: 1. Test Instruments: Use instruments that comply with UL 1436. 2. Test Instrument for Receptacles: Digital wiring analyzer with digital readout or illuminated digital-display indicators of measurement. D. Tests for Receptacles: 1. Line Voltage: Acceptable range is 105 to 132 V. 2. Percent Voltage Drop under 15-A Load: A value of 6 percent or higher is unacceptable. 3. Ground Impedance: Values of up to 2 ohms are acceptable. 4. GFCI Trip: Test for tripping values specified in UL 1436 and UL 943. 5. Using the test plug, verify that the device and its outlet box are securely mounted. 6. Tests shall be diagnostic, indicating damaged conductors, high resistance at the circuit breaker, poor connections, inadequate fault-current path, defective devices, or similar problems. Correct circuit conditions, remove malfunctioning units and replace with new ones, and retest as specified above. E. Wiring device will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. F. Prepare test and inspection reports. END OF SECTION 262726 1395 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 263213.16 - GAS-ENGINE-DRIVEN GENERATOR SETS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Engine. 2. Gas fuel system. 3. Control and monitoring. 4. Generator overcurrent and fault protection. 5. Generator, exciter, and voltage regulator. 6. Outdoor generator-set enclosure. 7. Vibration isolation devices. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 019113 “General Commissioning Requirements”. 2. Section 263600 "Transfer Switches" for transfer switches including sensors and relays to initiate automatic-starting and -stopping signals for engine generators. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. EPS: Emergency power supply. B. EPSS: Emergency power supply system. C. LP: Liquefied petroleum. D. Operational Bandwidth: The total variation from the lowest to highest value of a parameter over the range of conditions indicated, expressed as a percentage of the nominal value of the parameter. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1396 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. 2. Include thermal damage curve for generator. 3. Include time-current characteristic curves for generator protective device. 4. Include fuel consumption in cubic feet per hour (cubic meters per hour) at 0.8 power factor at 0.5, 0.75 and 1.0 times generator capacity. 5. Include generator efficiency at 0.8 power factor at 0.5, 0.75, and 1.0 times generator capacity. 6. Include air flow requirements for cooling and combustion air in cfm at 0.8 power factor, with air supply temperature of 95 deg F (35 deg C), 80 deg F (27 deg C), 70 deg F (21 deg C), and 50 deg F (10 deg C). Provide drawings showing requirements and limitations for location of air intake and exhausts. 7. Include generator characteristics, including, but not limited to, kilowatt rating, efficiency, reactances, and short-circuit current capability. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Include plans and elevations for engine generator and other components specified. 2. Include details of equipment assemblies. Indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 3. Identify fluid drain ports and clearance requirements for proper fluid drain. 4. Design calculations for selecting vibration isolators and seismic restraints and for designing vibration isolation bases. 5. Vibration Isolation Base Details: Detail fabrication including anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. Include base weights. 6. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. Complete schematic, wiring, and interconnection diagrams showing terminal markings for EPS equipment and functional relationship between all electrical components. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer, manufacturer, and testing agency. B. Source Quality-Control Reports: Including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Certified summary of prototype-unit test report. 2. Certified Test Reports: For components and accessories that are equivalent, but not identical, to those tested on prototype unit. 3. Certified Summary of Performance Tests: Certify compliance with specified requirement to meet performance criteria for sensitive loads. 4. Report of factory test on units to be shipped for this Project, showing evidence of compliance with specified requirements. 5. Report of sound generation. 6. Report of exhaust emissions showing compliance with applicable regulations. 7. Certified Torsional Vibration Compatibility: Comply with NFPA 110. 1397 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. Field quality-control reports. D. Warranty: For special warranty. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For engine generators to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1. In addition to items specified in Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following: a. List of tools and replacement items recommended to be stored at Project for ready access. Include part and drawing numbers, current unit prices, and source of supply. b. Operating instructions laminated and mounted adjacent to generator location. c. Training plan. 1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Fuses: One for every 10 of each type and rating, but no fewer than one of each. 2. Indicator Lamps: Two for every six of each type used, but no fewer than two of each. 3. Filters: One set each of lubricating oil, fuel, and combustion-air filters. 4. Tools: Each tool listed by part number in operations and maintenance manual. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An authorized representative who is trained and approved by manufacturer. B. Testing Agency Qualifications: Accredited by NETA. 1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Certified by NETA to supervise on-site testing. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of packaged engine generators and associated auxiliary components that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: 5 years from date of Substantial Completion. 1398 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product from the following: 1. Cummins Power Generation (Basis of Design) 2. Caterpillar, Inc., 3. Kholer Power Systems. B. Source Limitations: Obtain packaged engine generators and auxiliary components through one source from a single manufacturer. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. B11 Compliance: Comply with B11.19. B. NFPA Compliance: 1. Comply with NFPA 37. 2. Comply with NFPA 70. 3. Comply with NFPA 99. 4. Comply with NFPA 110 requirements for Level [1] [2] EPSS. C. UL Compliance: Comply with UL 2200. D. Engine Exhaust Emissions: Comply with EPA Tier [2] [3] [4] requirements and applicable state and local government requirements. E. Noise Emission: Comply with applicable state and local government requirements for maximum noise level by engine generator including engine, engine exhaust, engine cooling-air intake and discharge, and other components of installation. F. Environmental Conditions: Engine generator system shall withstand the following environmental conditions without mechanical or electrical damage or degradation of performance capability: 1. Ambient Temperature: 5 to 104 deg F (Minus 15 to plus 40 deg C). 2. Relative Humidity: Zero to 95 percent. 3. Altitude: Sea level to 4000 feet. 2.3 ENGINE GENERATOR ASSEMBLY DESCRIPTION A. Factory-assembled and -tested, water-cooled engine, with brushless generator and accessories. 1399 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended location and use. C. Power Rating: Standby. D. Overload Capacity: 110 percent of service load for 1 hour in 12 consecutive hours. E. EPSS Class: Engine generator shall be classified as Class 2 according to NFPA 110. F. Service Load: As indicated on the drawings. G. Power Factor: 0.8 lagging. H. Frequency: 60 Hz. I. Voltage: 208 V ac. J. Phase: Three-phase, four wire, wyeGovernor: Adjustable isochronous, with speed sensing. K. Mounting Frame: Structural steel framework to maintai n alignment of mounted components without depending on concrete foundation. Provide lifting attachments sized and spaced to prevent deflection of base during lifting and moving. 1. Rigging Diagram: Inscribed on metal plate permanently attached to mounting frame to indicate location and lifting capacity of each lifting attachment and generator-set center of gravity. L. Capacities and Characteristics: 1. Power Output Ratings: Nominal ratings as indicated at 0.8 power factor excluding power required for the continued and repeated operation of the unit and auxiliaries, with capacity as required to operate as a unit as evidenced by records of prototype testing. 2. Nameplates: For each major system component to identify manufacturer's name and address, and model and serial number of component. M. Engine Generator Performance: 1. Steady-State Voltage Operational Bandwidth: 3 percent of rated output voltage from no load to full load. 2. Transient Voltage Performance: Not more than 20 percent variation for 50 percent ste p- load increase or decrease. Voltage shall recover and remain within the steady-state operating band within three seconds. 3. Steady-State Frequency Operational Bandwidth: 0.5 percent of rated frequency from no load to full load. 4. Steady-State Frequency Stability: When system is operating at any constant load within the rated load, there shall be no random speed variations outside the steady-state operational band and no hunting or surging of speed. 1400 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 5. Transient Frequency Performance: Less than 5 percent variation for 50 percent step-load increase or decrease. Frequency shall recover and remain within the steady-state operating band within five seconds. 6. Output Waveform: At no load, harmonic content measured line to line or line to neutral shall not exceed 5 percent total and 3 percent for single harmonics. Telephone influence factor, determined according to NEMA MG 1, shall not exceed 50 percent. 7. Sustained Short-Circuit Current: For a three-phase, bolted short circuit at system output terminals, system shall supply a minimum of 250 percent of rated full-load current for not less than 10 seconds and then clear the fault automatically, without damage to generator system components. 8. Start Time: a. Comply with NFPA 110, Type 10 system requirements. N. Engine Generator Performance for Sensitive Loads: 1. Oversizing generator compared with the rated power output of the engine is permissible to meet specified performance. a. Nameplate Data for Oversized Generator: Show ratings required by the Contract Documents rather than ratings that would normally be applied to generator size installed. 2. Steady-State Voltage Operational Bandwidth: 1 percent of rated output voltage from no load to full load. 3. Transient Voltage Performance: Not more than 10 percent variation for 50 percent step - load increase or decrease. Voltage shall recover and remain within the steady-state operating band within 0.5 second. 4. Steady-State Frequency Operational Bandwidth: Plus or minus 0.25 percent of rated frequency from no load to full load. 5. Steady-State Frequency Stability: When system is operating at any constant load within the rated load, there shall be no random speed variations outside the steady-state operational band and no hunting or surging of speed. 6. Transient Frequency Performance: Less than 2-Hz variation for 50 percent step-load increase or decrease. Frequency shall recover and remain within the steady-state operating band within three seconds. 7. Output Waveform: At no load, harmonic content measured line to neutral shall not exceed 2 percent total with no slot ripple. Telephone influence factor, determined according to NEMA MG 1, shall not exceed 50 percent. 8. Sustained Short-Circuit Current: For a three-phase, bolted short circuit at system output terminals, system shall supply a minimum of 300 percent of rated full-load current for not less than 10 seconds and then clear the fault automatically, without damage to winding insulation or other generator system components. 9. Excitation System: Performance shall be unaffected by voltage distortion caused by nonlinear load. a. Provide permanent magnet excitation for power source to voltage regulator. 10. Start Time: a. Comply with NFPA 110, Type 10 system requirements. 1401 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.4 GAS ENGINE A. Fuel: Natural gas. B. Rated Engine Speed: 1800 rpm. C. Lubrication System: Engine or skid-mounted. 1. Filter and Strainer: Rated to remove 90 percent of particles 5 micrometers and smaller while passing full flow. 2. Thermostatic Control Valve: Control flow in system to maintain optimum oil temperature. Unit shall be capable of full flow and is designed to be fail-safe. 3. Crankcase Drain: Arranged for complete gravity drainage to an easily removable container with no disassembly and without use of pumps, siphons, special tools, or appliances. D. Jacket Coolant Heater: Electric-immersion type, factory installed in coolant jacket system. Comply with UL 499 and with NFPA 110 requirements for Level 1 equipment for heater capacity. E. Integral Cooling System: Closed loop, liquid cooled, with radiator factory mounted on engine generator mounting frame and integral engine-driven coolant pump. 1. Coolant: Solution of 50 percent ethylene-glycol-based antifreeze and 50 percent water, with anticorrosion additives as recommended by engine manufacturer. 2. Size of Radiator: Adequate to contain expansion of total system coolant from cold start to 110 percent load condition. 3. Expansion Tank: Constructed of welded steel plate and rated to withstand maximum closed-loop coolant system pressure for engine used. Equip with gage glass and petcock. 4. Temperature Control: Self-contained, thermostatic-control valve modulates coolant flow automatically to maintain optimum constant coolant temperature as recommended by engine manufacturer. 5. Coolant Hose: Flexible assembly with inside surface of nonporous rubber and outer covering of aging-, ultraviolet-, and abrasion-resistant fabric. a. Rating: 50-psig (345-kPa) maximum working pressure with coolant at 180 deg F (82 deg C), and noncollapsible under vacuum. b. End Fittings: Flanges or steel pipe nipples with clamps to suit piping and equipment connections. F. Remote Cooling System: Closed loop, liquid cooled, with remote radiator and integral engine- driven coolant pump. Comply with requirements in Section 232113 "Hydronic Piping" for coolant piping. 1. Configuration: Horizontal air discharge. 2. Radiator Core Tubes: Aluminum.Retain "Size of Radiator" or "Expansion Tank" Subparagraph below. Retain "Expansion Tank" Subparagraph if containment of coolant expansion by radiator is marginal or inadequate. Coordinate with Drawings. See 1402 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 Section 077200 "Roof Accessories" for the type and style of roof curbs and equipment supports for a remote radiator mounted on the roof. 3. Size of Radiator: Adequate to contain expansion of total system coolant from cold start to 110 percent load condition. 4. Expansion Tank: Constructed of welded steel plate and rated to withstand maximum closed-loop coolant system pressure for engine used. Equip with gage glass and petcock. 5. Fan: Driven by totally enclosed electric motor with sealed bearings. 6. Coolant: Solution of 50 percent ethylene-glycol-based antifreeze and 50 percent water, with anticorrosion additives as recommended by engine manufacturer. 7. Temperature Control: Self-contained, thermostatic-control valve modulates coolant flow automatically to maintain optimum constant coolant temperature as recommended by engine manufacturer. G. Muffler/Silencer: 1. Commercial type, sized as recommended by engine manufacturer and selected with exhaust piping system to not exceed engine manufacturer's engine backpressure requirements. a. Minimum sound attenuation of 12 dB at 500 Hz. b. Sound level measured at a distance of 25 feet (8 m) from exhaust discharge after installation is complete shall be 78 dBA or less. H. Air-Intake Filter: Standard-duty, engine-mounted air cleaner with replaceable dry-filter element and "blocked filter" indicator. I. Starting System:24V electric, with negative ground. 1. Components: Sized so they are not damaged during a full engine-cranking cycle with ambient temperature at maximum specified in "Performance Requirements" Article. 2. Cranking Motor: Heavy-duty unit that automatically engages and releases from engine flywheel without binding. 1. Cranking Cycle: As required by NFPA 110 for system level specified. 2. Battery: Lead acid, with capacity within ambient temperature range specified in "Performance Requirements" Article to provide specified cranking cycle at least three times without recharging. 3. Battery Cable: Size as recommended by engine manufacturer for cable length indicated. Include required interconnecting conductors and connection accessories. 4. Battery Compartment: Factory fabricated of metal with acid-resistant finish and thermal insulation. Thermostatically controlled heater shall be arranged to maintain battery above 50 deg F (10 deg C) regardless of external ambient temperature within range specified in "Performance Requirements" Article. Include accessories required to support and fasten batteries in place. Provide ventilation to exhaust battery gases. 5. Battery Stand: Factory-fabricated, two-tier metal with acid-resistant finish designed to hold the quantity of battery cells required and to maintain the arrangement to minimize lengths of battery interconnections. 6. Battery-Charging Alternator: Factory mounted on engine with solid-state voltage regulation and 35 A minimum continuous rating. 1403 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 7. Battery Charger: Current-limiting, automatic-equalizing and float-charging type designed for lead-acid batteries. Unit shall comply with UL 1236 and include the following features: a. Operation: Equalizing-charging rate of 10 A shall be initiated automatically after battery has lost charge until an adjustable equalizing voltage is achieved at battery terminals. Unit shall then be automatically switched to a lower float -charging mode and shall continue to operate in that mode until battery is discharged again. b. Automatic Temperature Compensation: Adjust float and equalize voltages for variations in ambient temperature from minus 40 deg F (minus 40 deg C) to 140 deg F (plus 60 deg C) to prevent overcharging at high temperatures and undercharging at low temperatures. c. Automatic Voltage Regulation: Maintain constant output voltage regardless of input voltage variations up to plus or minus 10 percent. d. Ammeter and Voltmeter: Flush mounted in door. Meters shall indicate charging rates. e. Safety Functions: Sense abnormally low battery voltage and close contacts providing low battery voltage indication on control and monitoring panel. Sense high battery voltage and loss of ac input or dc output of battery charger. Either condition shall close contacts that provide a battery-charger malfunction indication at system control and monitoring panel. f. Enclosure and Mounting: NEMA 250, Type 1, wall-mounted cabinet. 2.5 GAS FUEL SYSTEM A. Natural Gas Piping: Comply with requirements in Section 231123 "Facility Natural Gas Piping." B. LP Gas Piping: Comply with requirements in Section 231126 "Facility Liquefied-Petroleum Gas Piping." C. Gas Train: Comply with NFPA 37. D. Engine Fuel System: E. Natural Gas Vapor-Withdrawal System: 1. Carburetor. 2. Secondary Gas Regulators: One for each fuel type, with atmospheric vents piped to building exterior. 3. Fuel-Shutoff Solenoid Valves: NRTL-listed, normally closed, safety shutoff valves; one for each fuel source. 4. Fuel Filters: One for each fuel type. 5. Manual Fuel Shutoff Valves: One for each fuel type. 6. Flexible Fuel Connectors: Minimum one for each fuel connection. 7. LP gas flow adjusting valve. 8. Fuel change gas pressure switch. 1404 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.6 CONTROL AND MONITORING A. Automatic Starting System Sequence of Operation: When mode-selector switch on the control and monitoring panel is in the automatic position, remote-control contacts in one or more separate automatic transfer switches initiate starting and stopping of engine generator. When mode-selector switch is switched to the on position, engine generator starts. The off position of same switch initiates generator-set shutdown. When engine generator is running, specified system or equipment failures or derangements automatically shut down engine generator and initiate alarms. B. Manual Starting System Sequence of Operation: Switching on-off switch on the generator control panel to the on position starts engine generator. The off position of same switch initiates generator-set shutdown. When engine generator is running, specified system or equipment failures or derangements automatically shut down engine generator and initiate alarms. C. Provide minimum run time control set for 30 minutes with override only by operation of a remote emergency-stop switch. D. Comply with UL 508A. E. Configuration: 1. Operating and safety indications, protective devices, basic system controls, and engine gages shall be grouped in a common control and monitoring panel mounted on the engine generator. Mounting method shall isolate the control panel from generator-set vibration. Panel shall be powered from the engine generator battery. 2. Operating and safety indications, protective devices, basic system controls, and engine gages shall be grouped in a common wall-mounted control and monitoring panel. Panel shall be powered from the engine generator battery. 3. Operating and safety indications, protective devices, basic system controls, engine gages, instrument transformers, generator disconnect switch or circuit breaker, and other indicated components shall be grouped in a combination control and power panel. Control and monitoring section of panel shall be isolated from power sections by steel barriers. Panel shall be powered from the engine generator battery. Panel features shall include the following: a. Wall-Mounting Cabinet Construction: Rigid, self-supporting steel unit complying with NEMA ICS 6. b. Switchboard Construction: Freestanding unit complying with Section 262413 "Switchboards." Power bus shall be copper. Bus, bus supports, control wiring, and temperature rise shall comply with UL 891. c. Switchgear Construction: Freestanding unit complying with Section 262300 "Low- Voltage Switchgear." F. Control and Monitoring Panel: 1. Digital controller with integrated LCD, controls, and microprocessor, capable of local and remote control, monitoring, and programming, with battery backup. 2. Analog control panel with dedicated gages and indicator lights for the instruments and alarms indicated below. 3. Instruments: Located on the control and monitoring panel and viewable during operation. 1405 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 a. Engine lubricating-oil pressure gage. b. Engine-coolant temperature gage. c. DC voltmeter (alternator battery charging). d. Running-time meter. e. AC voltmeter, for each phase. f. AC ammeter, for each phase. g. AC frequency meter. h. Generator-voltage adjusting rheostat. 4. Controls and Protective Devices: Controls, shutdown devices, and common visual alarm indication, including the following: a. Cranking control equipment. b. Run-Off-Auto switch. c. Control switch not in automatic position alarm. d. Overcrank alarm. e. Overcrank shutdown device. f. Low water temperature alarm. g. High engine temperature prealarm. h. High engine temperature. i. High engine temperature shutdown device. j. Overspeed alarm. k. Overspeed shutdown device. l. Low fuel main tank. 1) Low-fuel-level alarm shall be initiated when the level falls below that required for operation for the duration required for the indicated EPSS class. m. Coolant low-level alarm. n. Coolant low-level shutdown device. o. Coolant high-temperature prealarm. p. Coolant high-temperature alarm. q. Coolant low-temperature alarm. r. Coolant high-temperature shutdown device. s. EPS supplying load indicator. t. Battery high-voltage alarm. u. Low cranking voltage alarm. v. Battery-charger malfunction alarm. w. Battery low-voltage alarm. x. Lamp test. y. Contacts for local and remote common alarm. z. Low-starting air pressure alarm. aa. Low-starting hydraulic pressure alarm. bb. Remote manual stop shutdown device. cc. Air shutdown damper alarm when used. dd. Air shutdown damper shutdown device when used. ee. Hours of operation. ff. Engine generator metering, including voltage, current, Hz, kW, kVA, and power factor. 1406 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 gg. Generator overcurrent protective device not closed alarm. G. Common Remote Panel with Common Audible Alarm: Include necessary contacts and terminals in control and monitoring panel. Remote panel shall be powered from the engine generator battery. H. Remote Alarm Annunciator: An LED indicator light labeled with proper alarm conditions shall identify each alarm event, and a common audible signal shall sound for each alarm condition. Silencing switch in face of panel shall silence signal without altering visual indication. Connect so that after an alarm is silenced, clearing of initiating condition will reactivate alarm until silencing switch is reset. Cabinet and faceplate are surface- or flush-mounting type to suit mounting conditions indicated. 1. Overcrank alarm. 2. Coolant low-temperature alarm. 3. High engine temperature prealarm. 4. High engine temperature alarm. 5. Low lube oil pressure alarm. 6. Overspeed alarm. 7. Low fuel main tank alarm. 8. Low coolant level alarm. 9. Low cranking voltage alarm. 10. Contacts for local and remote common alarm. 11. Audible-alarm silencing switch. 12. Air shutdown damper when used. 13. Run-Off-Auto switch. 14. Control switch not in automatic position alarm. 15. Fuel tank derangement alarm. 16. Fuel tank high-level shutdown of fuel supply alarm. 17. Lamp test. 18. Low cranking voltage alarm. 19. Generator overcurrent protective device not closed. I. Remote Emergency-Stop Switch: Flush; wall mounted, unless otherwise indicated; and labeled. Push button shall be protected from accidental operation. J. Supporting Items: Include sensors, transducers, terminals, relays, and other devices and include wiring required to support specified items. Locate sensors and other supporting items on engine or generator, unless otherwise indicated. 2.7 GENERATOR OVERCURRENT AND FAULT PROTECTION A. Overcurrent protective devices shall be coordinated to optimize selective trippin g when a short circuit occurs. 1. Overcurrent protective devices for the entire EPSS shall be coordinated to optimize selective tripping when a short circuit occurs. Coordination of protective devices shall consider both utility and EPSS as the voltage source. 1407 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Overcurrent protective devices for the EPSS shall be accessible only to authorized personnel. B. Generator Overcurrent Protective Device: 1. Molded-case circuit breaker, thermal-magnetic type; 100 percent rated; complying with UL 489: a. Tripping Characteristic: Designed specifically for generator protection. b. Trip Rating: Matched to generator output rating. c. Shunt Trip: Connected to trip breaker when engine generator is shut down by other protective devices. d. Mounting: Adjacent to or integrated with control and monitoring panel. 2. Molded-case circuit breaker, electronic-trip type; 100 percent rated; complying with UL 489: a. Tripping Characteristics: Adjustable long-time and short-time delay and instantaneous. b. Trip Settings: Selected to coordinate with generator thermal damage curve. c. Shunt Trip: Connected to trip breaker when engine generator is shut down by other protective devices. d. Mounting: Adjacent to or integrated with control and monitoring panel. 3. Insulated-case circuit breaker, electronic-trip type; 100 percent rated; complying with UL 489: a. Tripping Characteristics: Adjustable long-time and short-time delay and instantaneous. b. Trip Settings: Selected to coordinate with generator thermal damage curve. c. Shunt Trip: Connected to trip breaker when engine generator is shut down by other protective devices. d. Mounting: Adjacent to, or integrated with control and monitoring panel. 4. Molded-case type disconnect switch, 100 percent rated: a. Trip Rating: Matched to generator output rating. b. Shunt Trip: Connected to trip switch when signaled by generator protector or by other protective devices. C. Generator Protector: Microprocessor-based unit shall continuously monitor current level in each phase of generator output, integrate generator heating effect over time, and predict when thermal damage of alternator will occur. When signaled by generator protector or other generator-set protective devices, a shunt-trip device in the generator disconnect switch shall open the switch to disconnect the generator from load circuits. Protector performs the following functions: 1. Initiates a generator overload alarm when generator has operated at an overload equivalent to 110 percent of full-rated load for 60 seconds. Indication for this alarm is integrated with other generator-set malfunction alarms. Contacts shall be available for load shed functions. 1408 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Under single or three-phase fault conditions, regulates generator to 300 percent of rated full-load current for up to 10 seconds. 3. As overcurrent heating effect on the generator approaches the thermal damage point of the unit, protector switches the excitation system off, opens the generator disconnect device, and shuts down the engine generator. 4. Senses clearing of a fault by other overcurrent devices and controls recovery of rated voltage to avoid overshoot. D. Ground-Fault Indication: Comply with NFPA 70, "Emergency System" signals for ground fault. 1. Indicate ground fault with other engine generator alarm indications. 2. Trip generator protective device on ground fault. 2.8 GENERATOR, EXCITER, AND VOLTAGE REGULATOR A. Comply with NEMA MG 1. B. Drive: Generator shaft shall be directly connected to engine shaft. Exciter shall be rotated integrally with generator rotor. C. Electrical Insulation: Class H or Class F. D. Stator-Winding Leads: Brought out to terminal box to permit future reconnection for other voltages if required. Provide six\ lead alternator. E. Range: Provide extendedrange of output voltage by adjusting the excitation level. F. Construction shall prevent mechanical, electrical, and thermal damage due to vibration, overspeed up to 125 percent of rating, and heat during operation at 110 percent of rated capacity. G. Enclosure: Dripproof. H. Instrument Transformers: Mounted within generator enclosure. I. Voltage Regulator: Solid-state type, separate from exciter, providing performance as specified and as required by NFPA 110. 1. Adjusting Rheostat on Control and Monitoring Panel: Provide plus or minus 5 percent adjustment of output-voltage operating band. 2. Maintain voltage within 15percent on one step, full load. 3. Provide anti-hunt provision to stabilize voltage. 4. Maintain frequency within 5 percent and stabilize at rated frequency within 5 seconds. J. Strip Heater: Thermostatically controlled unit arranged to maintain stator windings above dew point. 1409 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 K. Windings: Two-thirds pitch stator winding and fully linked amortisseur winding. L. Subtransient Reactance: 12 percent, maximum. 2.9 OUTDOOR GENERATOR-SET ENCLOSURE A. Description: 1. Vandal-resistant, sound-attenuating, weatherproof steel housing, wind resistant up to 100 mph (160 km/h). Multiple panels shall be lockable and provide adequate access to components requiring maintenance. Panels shall be removable by one person without tools. Instruments and control shall be mounted within enclosure. a. Sound Attenuation Level: 78dB at 15 feet. 2. Prefabricated or pre-engineered galvanized-steel-clad, integral structural-steel-framed, walk-in enclosure, erected on concrete foundation. B. Structural Design and Anchorage: Comply with ASCE/SEI 7 for wind loads up to 100 mph (160 km/h). C. Hinged Doors: With padlocking provisions. D. Thermal Insulation: Manufacturer's standard materials and thickness selected in coordination with space heater to maintain winter interior temperature within operating limits required by engine generator components. E. Muffler Location: Within enclosure. F. Engine Cooling Airflow through Enclosure: Maintain temperature rise of system components within required limits when unit operates at 110 percent of rated load for 2 hours with ambient temperature at top of range specified in system service conditions. 1. Louvers: Fixed-engine, cooling-air inlet and discharge. Storm-proof and drainable louvers prevent entry of rain and snow. 2. Automatic Dampers: At engine cooling-air inlet and discharge. Dampers shall be closed to reduce enclosure heat loss in cold weather when unit is not operating. 3. Ventilation: Provide temperature-controlled exhaust fan interlocked to prevent operation when engine is running. G. Interior Lights with Switch: Factory-wired, vapor-proof fixtures within housing; arranged to illuminate controls and accessible interior. Arrange for external electrical connection. 1. AC lighting system and connection point for operation when remote source is available. 2. DC lighting system for operation when remote source and generator are both unavailable. H. Convenience Outlets: Factory wired, GFCI. Arrange for external electrical connection. I. 1410 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.10 VIBRATION ISOLATION DEVICES A. Restrained Spring Isolators: Freestanding, steel, open-spring isolators with seismic restraint. 1. Housing: Steel with resilient vertical-limit stops to prevent spring extension due to wind loads or if weight is removed; factory-drilled baseplate bonded to 1/4-inch- (6-mm-) thick, elastomeric isolator pad attached to baseplate underside; and adjustable equipment mounting and leveling bolt that acts as blocking during installation. 2. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of compressed height of the spring at rated load. 3. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of required deflection at rated load. 4. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness. 5. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 6. Minimum Deflection: 1 inch (25 mm). B. Comply with requirements in Section 232116 "Hydronic Piping Specialties" for vibration isolation and flexible connector materials for steel piping. C. Comply with requirements in Section 233113 "Metal Ducts" for vibration isolation and flexible connector materials for exhaust shroud and ductwork. D. Vibration isolation devices shall not be used to accommodate misalignments or to make bends. 2.11 FINISHES A. Indoor and Outdoor Enclosures and Components: Manufacturer's standard finish over corrosion-resistant pretreatment and compatible primer. 2.12 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Prototype Testing: Factory test engine generator using same engine model, constructed of identical or equivalent components and equipped with identical or equivalent accessories. 1. Tests: Comply with IEEE 115 and with NFPA 110, Level 1 Energy Converters. B. Project-Specific Equipment Tests: Before shipment, factory test engine generator and other system components and accessories manufactured specifically for this Project. Perform tests at rated load and power factor. Include the following tests: 1. Test components and accessories furnished with installed unit that are not identical to those on tested prototype to demonstrate compatibility and reliability. 2. Test generator, exciter, and voltage regulator as a unit. 3. Full load run. 4. Maximum power. 5. Voltage regulation. 1411 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 6. Transient and steady-state governing. 7. Single-step load pickup. 8. Safety shutdown. 9. Provide 14 days' advance notice of tests and opportunity for observation of tests by Owner's representative. 10. Report factory test results within 10 days of completion of test. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas, equipment bases, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation and other conditions affecting packaged engine generator performance. B. Examine roughing-in for piping systems and electrical connections. Verify actual locations of connections before packaged engine generator installation. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Interruption of Existing Electrical Service: Do not interrupt electrical service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary electrical service according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Architectand Owner no fewer two working days in advance of proposed interruption of electrical service. 2. Do not proceed with interruption of electrical service without Architect' and Owner's written permission. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 404. B. Comply with packaged engine generator manufacturers' written installation and alignment instructions and with NFPA 110. C. Equipment Mounting: 1. Install packaged engine generators on cast-in-place concrete equipment bases. Comply with requirements for equipment bases and foundations specified in Section 033000 "Cast-in-Place Concrete." 1412 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases for packaged engine generators. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified with concrete. 3. Install packaged engine generator and enclosure with restrained spring isolators having a minimum deflection of 1 inch on 8-inch high concrete base. Secure sets to anchor bolts installed in concrete bases. D. Install packaged engine generator to provide access, without removing connections or accessories, for periodic maintenance. E. Drain Piping: Install condensate drain piping to muffler drain outlet with a shutoff valve, stainless-steel flexible connector, and Schedule 40, black steel pipe, the full size of the drain connection, with welded joints. F. Gaseous Fuel Piping: 1. Natural gas piping, valves, and specialties for gas distribution are specified in Section 231123 "Facility Natural Gas Piping." 2. LP gas piping, valves, and specialties for gas piping are specified in Section 231126 "Facility Liquefied-Petroleum Gas Piping." G. Electrical Wiring: Install electrical devices furnished by equipment manufacturers but not specified to be factory mounted. 3.4 CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Sections. Drawings indicate gene ral arrangement of piping and specialties. B. Connect fuel, cooling-system, and exhaust-system piping adjacent to packaged engine generator to allow service and maintenance. C. Ground equipment according to Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." D. Connect wiring according to Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." Provide a minimum of one 90-degree bend in flexible conduit routed to the engine generator from a stationary element. E. Balance single-phase loads to obtain a maximum of 10 percent unbalance between any two phases. 3.5 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components according to Section 230553 "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment" and Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." 1413 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Install a sign indicating the generator neutral is bonded to the main service neutral at the main service location. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: 1. Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. Perform tests recommended by manufacturer and each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical and mechanical test listed in the first two subparagraphs below as specified in the NETA ATS. Certify compliance with test parameters. a. Visual and Mechanical Inspection: 1) Compare equipment nameplate data with drawings and specifications. 2) Inspect physical and mechanical condition. 3) Inspect anchorage, alignment, and grounding. 4) Verify the unit is clean. b. Electrical and Mechanical Tests: 1) Perform insulation-resistance tests in accordance with IEEE 43. a) Machines larger than 200 hp (150 kW). Test duration shall be 10 minutes. Calculate polarization index. b) Machines 200 hp (150 kW) or less. Test duration shall be one minute. Calculate the dielectric-absorption ratio. 2) Test protective relay devices. 3) Verify phase rotation, phasing, and synchronized operation as required by the application. 4) Functionally test engine shutdown for low oil pressure, overtemperature, overspeed, and other protection features as applicable. 5) Perform vibration test for each main bearing cap. 6) Verify correct functioning of the governor and regulator. 2. NFPA 110 Acceptance Tests: Perform tests required by NFPA 110 that are additional to those specified here, including, but not limited to, single-step full-load pickup test. 3. Battery Tests: Equalize charging of battery cells according to manufacturer's written instructions. Record individual cell voltages. a. Measure charging voltage and voltages between available battery terminals for full-charging and float-charging conditions. Check electrolyte level and specific gravity under both conditions. b. Test for contact integrity of all connectors. Perform an integrity load test and a capacity load test for the battery. 1414 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 c. Verify acceptance of charge for each element of the battery after discharge. d. Verify that measurements are within manufacturer's specifications. 4. Battery-Charger Tests: Verify specified rates of charge for both equalizing and float- charging conditions. 5. System Integrity Tests: Methodically verify proper installation, connection, and integrity of each element of engine generator system before and during system operation. Check for air, exhaust, and fluid leaks. 6. Exhaust-System Back-Pressure Test: Use a manometer with a scale exceeding 40-inch wg (120 kPa). Connect to exhaust line close to engine exhaust manifold. Verify that back pressure at full-rated load is within manufacturer's written allowable limits for the engine. 7. Exhaust Emissions Test: Comply with applicable government test criteria. 8. Voltage and Frequency Transient Stability Tests: Use recording oscilloscope to measure voltage and frequency transients for 50 and 100 percent step-load increases and decreases, and verify that performance is as specified. 9. Harmonic-Content Tests: Measure harmonic content of output voltage at 25 percent and 100 percent of rated linear load. Verify that harmonic content is within specified limits. 10. Noise Level Tests: Measure A-weighted level of noise emanating from generator-set installation, including engine exhaust and cooling-air intake and discharge, at four locations 25 feet (8 m) from edge of the generator enclosure, and compare measured levels with required values. C. Coordinate tests with tests for transfer switches and run them concurrently. D. Test instruments shall have been calibrated within the last 12 months, traceable to NIST Calibration Services, and adequate for making positive observation of test results. Make calibration records available for examination on request. E. Leak Test: After installation, charge exhaust, coolant, and fuel systems and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. F. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation for generator and associated equipment. G. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. H. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. I. Retest: Correct deficiencies identified by tests and observations and retest until specified requirements are met. J. Report results of tests and inspections in writing. Record adjustable relay settings and measured insulation resistances, time delays, and other values and observations. Attach a label or tag to each tested component indicating satisfactory completion of tests. K. Infrared Scanning: After Substantial Completion, but not more than 60 days after final acceptance, perform an infrared scan of each power wiring termination and each bus connection 1415 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 while running with maximum load. Remove all access panels so terminations and connections are accessible to portable scanner. 1. Follow-up Infrared Scanning: Perform an additional follow-up infrared scan 11 months after date of Substantial Completion. 2. Instrument: Use an infrared scanning device designed to measure tem perature or to detect significant deviations from normal values. Provide calibration record for device. 3. Record of Infrared Scanning: Prepare a certified report that identifies terminatio ns and connections checked and that describes scanning results. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action taken, and observations after remedial action. 3.7 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Initial Maintenance Service: Beginning at Substantial Completion, provide 12 months' full maintenance by skilled employees of manufacturer's designated service organization. Include quarterly exercising to check for proper starting, load t ransfer, and running under load. Include routine preventive maintenance as recommended by manufacturer and adjusting as required for proper operation. Provide parts and supplies same as those used in the manufacture and installation of original equipment. 3.8 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain packaged engine generators. END OF SECTION 263213.16 1416 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 263600 - TRANSFER SWITCHES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Molded-case-type automatic transfer switches. 2. Transfer switch accessories B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 013100 “Project Management and Coordination” 2. Section 017900 “Demonstration and Training” 3. Section 019113 “General Commissioning Requirements” 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for transfer switches. 2. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, details showing minimum clearances, conductor entry provisions, gutter space, and installed features and devices. 2. Include material lists for each switch specified. 3. Single-Line Diagram: Show connections between transfer switch, power sources, and load; and show interlocking provisions for each combined transfer switch and bypass/isolation switch. 4. Riser Diagram: Show interconnection wiring between transfer switches, bypass/isolation switches, annunciators, and control panels. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For manufacturer-authorized service representative. 1417 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Field quality-control reports. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For each type of product to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1. In addition to items specified in Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following: a. Features and operating sequences, both automatic and manual. b. List of all factory settings of relays; provide relay-setting and calibration instructions, including software, where applicable. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: 1. Member company of NETA. a. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Certified by NETA to supervise on-site testing. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace c omponents of transfer switch or transfer switch components that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Comply with NEMA ICS 1. C. Comply with NFPA 99. D. Comply with NFPA 110. E. Comply with UL 1008 unless requirements of these Specifications are stricter. 1418 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 F. Indicated Current Ratings: Apply as defined in UL 1008 for continuous loading and total system transfer, including tungsten filament lamp loads not exceeding 30 percent of switch ampere rating, unless otherwise indicated. G. Tested Fault-Current Closing and Short-Circuit Ratings: Adequate for duty imposed by protective devices at installation locations in Project under the fault conditions indicated, based on testing according to UL 1008. 1. Where transfer switch includes internal fault-current protection, rating of switch and trip unit combination shall exceed indicated fault-current value at installation location. 2. Short-time withstand capability for three cycles. H. Repetitive Accuracy of Solid-State Controls: All settings shall be plus or minus 2 percent or better over an operating temperature range of minus 20 to plus 70 deg C. I. Resistance to Damage by Voltage Transients: Components shall meet or exceed voltage-surge withstand capability requirements when tested according to IEEE C62.62. Components shall meet or exceed voltage-impulse withstand test of NEMA ICS 1. J. Electrical Operation: Accomplish by a nonfused, momentarily energized solenoid or electric- motor-operated mechanism. Switches for emergency or standby purposes shall be mechanically and electrically interlocked in both directions to prevent simultaneous connection to both power sources unless closed transition. K. Service-Rated Transfer Switch: 1. Comply with UL 869A and UL 489. 2. Provide terminals for bonding the grounding electrode conductor to the grounded service conductor. 3. In systems with a neutral, the bonding connection shall be on the neutral bus. 4. Provide removable link for temporary separation of the service and load grounded conductors. 5. Surge Protective Device: Service rated. 6. Ground-Fault Protection: Comply with UL 1008 for normal busses. 7. Service Disconnecting Means: Externally operated, manual mechanically. L. Neutral Switching: Where four-pole switches are indicated, provide neutral pole switched simultaneously with phase poles. M. Neutral Terminal: Solid and fully rated unless otherwise indicated. N. Oversize Neutral: Ampacity and switch rating of neutral path through units indicated for oversize neutral shall be double the nominal rating of circuit in which switch is installed. O. Heater: Equip switches exposed to outdoor temperatures and humidity, and other units indicated, with an internal heater. Provide thermostat within enclosure to control heater. P. Battery Charger: For generator starting batteries. 1419 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Float type, rated 10A. 2. Ammeter to display charging current. 3. Fused ac inputs and dc outputs. Q. Annunciation, Control, and Programming Interface Components: Devices at transfer switches for communicating with remote programming devices, annunciators, or annunciator and control panels shall have communication capability matched with remote device. R. Factory Wiring: Train and bundle factory wiring and label, consistent with Shop Drawings, by color-code or by numbered or lettered wire and with printed markers at terminations. Color- coding and wire and cable markers are specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." 1. Designated Terminals: Pressure type, suitable for types and sizes of field wiring indicated. 2. Power-Terminal Arrangement and Field-Wiring Space: Suitable for top, side, or bottom entrance of feeder conductors as indicated. 3. Control Wiring: Equipped with lugs suitable for connection to terminal strips. 4. Accessible via front access. S. Enclosures: General-purpose NEMA 250, Type 1 complying with NEMA ICS 6 and UL 508, unless otherwise indicated. 2.2 CONTACTOR-TYPE AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. ASCO 2. Cummins Power Generation 3. Caterpillar, Inc; Electric Power Divison. 4. Eaton 5. Kohler Power Systems. B. Comply with Level 1 equipment according to NFPA 110. C. Switch Characteristics: Designed for continuous-duty repetitive transfer of full-rated current between active power sources. 1. Limitation: Switches using molded-case switches or circuit breakers or insulated-case circuit-breaker components are unacceptable. 2. Switch Action: Double throw; mechanically held in both directions. 3. Contacts: Silver composition or silver alloy for load-current switching. Contactor-style automatic transfer-switch units, rated 600 A and higher, shall have separate arcing contacts. 4. Conductor Connectors: Suitable for use with conductor material and sizes. 5. Material: Hard-drawn copper, 98 percent conductivity. 6. Main and Neutral Lugs: Mechanical type. 1420 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 7. Ground Lugs and Bus-Configured Terminators: Mechanical type. 8. Ground bar. 9. Connectors shall be marked for conductor size and type according to UL 1008. D. Automatic Closed-Transition Transfer Switches: Connect both sources to load momentarily. Transition is controlled by programming in the automatic transfer-switch controller. 1. Fully automatic make-before-break operation when transferring between two available power sources. 2. Load transfer without interruption, through momentary interconnection of both power sources not exceeding 100 ms. 3. Initiation of No-Interruption Transfer: Controlled by in-phase monitor and sensors confirming both sources are present and acceptable. a. Initiation occurs without active control of generator. b. Automatic transfer-switch controller takes active control of generator to match frequency, phase angle, and voltage. c. Controls ensure that closed-transition load transfer closure occurs only when the two sources are within plus or minus 5 electrical degrees maximum, and plus or minus 5 percent maximum voltage difference. 4. Failure of power source serving load initiates automatic break-before-make transfer. E. Manual Switch Operation, Load-Breaking: Under load, with door closed and with either or both sources energized. Transfer time is same as for electrical operation. Control circuit automatically disconnects from electrical operator during manual operation. F. Manual Switch Operation, Non-Load-Breaking: Unloaded. Control circuit automatically disconnects from electrical operator during manual operation. G. Electric Switch Operation: Electrically actuated by push buttons designated "Normal Source" and "Alternative Source." Switch shall be capable of transferring load in either direction with either or both sources energized. H. Signal-Before-Transfer Contacts: A set of normally open/normally closed dry contacts operates in advance of retransfer to normal source. Interval shall be adjustable from 1 to 30 seconds. I. Digital Communication Interface: Matched to capability of remote annunciator or annunciator and control panel. J. Automatic Transfer-Switch Controller Features: 1. Controller operates through a period of loss of control power. 2. Undervoltage Sensing for Each Phase of Normal and Alternate Source: Sense low phase- to-ground voltage on each phase. Pickup voltage shall be adjustable from 85 to 100 percent of nominal, and dropout voltage shall be adjustable from 75 to 98 percent of pickup value. Factory set for pickup at 90 percent and dropout at 85 percent. 1421 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3. Voltage/Frequency Lockout Relay: Prevent premature transfer to generator. Pickup voltage shall be adjustable from 85 to 100 percent of nominal. Factory set for pickup at 90 percent. Pickup frequency shall be adjustable from 90 to 100 percent of nominal. Factory set for pickup at 95 percent. 4. Time Delay for Retransfer to Normal Source: Adjustable from zero to 30 minutes, and factory set for 10 minutes. Override shall automatically defeat delay on loss of voltage or sustained undervoltage of emergency source, provided normal supply has been restored. 5. Test Switch: Simulate normal-source failure. 6. Switch-Position Pilot Lights: Indicate source to which load is connected. 7. Source-Available Indicating Lights: Supervise sources via transfer-switch normal- and emergency-source sensing circuits. a. Normal Power Supervision: Green light with nameplate engraved "Normal Source Available." b. Emergency Power Supervision: Red light with nameplate engraved "Emergency Source Available." 8. Unassigned Auxiliary Contacts: Two normally open, single-pole, double-throw contacts for each switch position, rated 10 A at 240-V ac. 9. Transfer Override Switch: Overrides automatic retransfer control so transfer switch will remain connected to emergency power source regardless of condition of normal source. Pilot light indicates override status. 10. Engine Starting Contacts: One isolated and normally closed, and one isolated and normally open; rated 10 A at 32-V dc minimum. 11. Engine Shutdown Contacts: a. Instantaneous; shall initiate shutdown sequence at remote engine-generator controls after retransfer of load to normal source. b. Time delay adjustable from zero to five minutes, and factory set for five minutes. Contacts shall initiate shutdown at remote engine-generator controls after retransfer of load to normal source. 12. Engine-Generator Exerciser: Solid-state, programmable-time switch starts engine generator and transfers load to it from normal source for a preset time, then retransfers and shuts down engine after a preset cool-down period. Initiates exercise cycle at preset intervals adjustable from 7 to 30 days. Running periods shall be adjustable from 10 to 30 minutes. Factory settings shall be for 7-day exercise cycle, 20-minute running period, and 5-minute cool-down period. Exerciser features include the following: a. Exerciser Transfer Selector Switch: Permits selection of exercise with and without load transfer. b. Push-button programming control with digital display of settings. c. Integral battery operation of time switch when normal control power is unavailable. K. Large-Motor-Load Power Transfer: 1422 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. In-Phase Monitor: Factory-wired, internal relay controls transfer so contacts close only when the two sources are synchronized in phase and frequency. Relay shall compare phase relationship and frequency difference between normal and emergency sources and initiate transfer when both sources are within 15 electrical degrees, and only if transfer can be completed within 60 electrical degrees. Transfer shall be initiated only if both sources are within 2 Hz of nominal frequency and 70 percent or more of nominal voltage. 2. Motor Disconnect and Timing Relay Controls: Designated starters in loss of power scenario shall disconnect motors before transfer and reconnect them selectively at an adjustable time interval after transfer. Control connection to motor starters shall be through wiring external to automatic transfer switch. Provide adjustable time delay between 1 and 60 seconds for reconnecting individual motor loads. Provide relay contacts rated for motor-control circuit inrush and for actual seal currents to be encountered. 3. Programmed Neutral Switch Position: Switch operator with programmed neutral position arranged to provide a midpoint between the two working switch positions, with an intentional, time-controlled pause at midpoint during transfer. Adjustable pause from 0.5 to 30 seconds minimum, and factory set for 0.5 second unless otherwise indicated. Time delay occurs for both transfer directions. Disable pause unless both sources are live. 2.3 TRANSFER SWITCH ACCESSORIES A. Remote Annunciator System: 1. Source Limitations: Same manufacturer as transfer switch in which installed. 2. Functional Description: Remote annunciator panel shall annunciate conditions for indicated transfer switches. 3. Annunciation panel display shall include the following indicators: a. Sources available, as defined by actual pickup and dropout settings of transfer - switch controls. b. Switch position. c. Switch in test mode. d. Failure of communication link. 4. Annunciator Panel: LED-lamp type with audible signal and silencing switch. a. Indicating Lights: Grouped for each transfer switch monitored. b. Label each group, indicating transfer switch it monitors, location of switch, and identity of load it serves. c. Mounting: Flush, modular, steel cabinet unless otherwise indicated. d. Lamp Test: Push-to-test or lamp-test switch on front panel. B. Remote Annunciator and Control System: 1. Source Limitations: Same manufacturer as transfer switch in which installed. 2. Include the following functions for indicated transfer switches: 1423 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 a. Indication of sources available, as defined by actual pickup and dropout settings of transfer-switch controls. b. Indication of switch position. c. Indication of switch in test mode. d. Indication of failure of digital communication link. e. Key-switch or user-code access to control functions of panel. f. Control of switch-test initiation. g. Control of switch operation in either direction. h. Control of time-delay bypass for transfer to normal source. 3. Malfunction of annunciator, annunciation and control panel, or communication link shall not affect functions of automatic transfer switch. In the event of failure of communication link, automatic transfer switch automatically shall revert to standalone, self-contained operation. Automatic transfer-switch sensing, controlling, or operating function shall not depend on remote panel for proper operation. 4. Remote Annunciation and Control Panel: Solid-state components. Include the following features: a. Controls and indicating lights grouped together for each transfer switch. b. Label each indicating light control group. Indicate transfer switch it controls, location of switch, and load it serves. c. Digital Communication Capability: Matched to that of transfer switches supervised. d. Mounting: Flush, modular, steel cabinet unless otherwise indicated. 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Factory Tests: Test and inspect components, assembled switches, and associated equipment according to UL 1008. Ensure proper operation. Check transfer time and voltage, frequency, and time-delay settings for compliance with specified requirements. Perform dielectric strength test complying with NEMA ICS 1. B. Prepare test and inspection reports. 1. For each of the tests required by UL 1008, performed on representative devices, for emergency systems. Include results of test for the following conditions: a. Overvoltage. b. Undervoltage. c. Loss of supply voltage. d. Reduction of supply voltage. e. Alternative supply voltage or frequency is at minimum acceptable values. f. Temperature rise. g. Dielectric voltage-withstand; before and after short-circuit test. h. Overload. i. Contact opening. j. Endurance. 1424 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 k. Short circuit. l. Short-time current capability. m. Receptacle withstand capability. n. Insulating base and supports damage. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Floor-Mounting Switch: Anchor to floor by bolting. 1. Install transfer switches on cast-in-place concrete equipment base(s). Comply with requirements for equipment bases and foundations specified in Section 033000 "Cast-in- Place Concrete." 2. Comply with requirements for seismic control devices specified in Section 260548.16 "Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems." 3. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases. 4. Provide workspace and clearances required by NFPA 70. B. Annunciator and Control Panel Mounting: Flush in wall unless otherwise indicated. C. Identify components according to Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." D. Set field-adjustable intervals and delays, relays, and engine exerciser clock. E. Comply with NECA 1. 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Wiring to Remote Components: Match type and number of cables and conductors to generator sets, control, and communication requirements of transfer switches as recommended by manufacturer. Increase raceway sizes at no additional cost to Owner if necessary to accommodate required wiring. B. Wiring Method: Install cables in raceways and cable trays except within electrical enclosures. Conceal raceway and cables except in unfinished spaces. 1. Comply with requirements for raceways and boxes specified in Section 260533 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems." C. Wiring within Enclosures: Bundle, lace, and train conductors to terminal points with no excess and without exceeding manufacturer's limitations on bending radii. D. Ground equipment according to Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." 1425 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 E. Connect wiring according to Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." F. Connect twisted pair cable according to Section 260523 "Control-Voltage Electrical Power Cables." G. Connect twisted pair cable according to Section 271513 "Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling." H. Route and brace conductors according to manufacturer's written instructions and Section 260529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems." Do not obscure manufacturer's markings and labels. I. Final connections to equipment shall be made with liquidtight, flexible metallic conduit no more than 18 inches (457 mm) in length. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Administrant for Tests and Inspections: 1. Engage qualified testing agency to administer and perform tests and inspections. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. After installing equipment, test for compliance with requirements according to NETA ATS. 2. Visual and Mechanical Inspection: a. Compare equipment nameplate data with Drawings and Specifications. b. Inspect physical and mechanical condition. c. Inspect anchorage, alignment, grounding, and required clearances. d. Verify that the unit is clean. e. Verify appropriate lubrication on moving current-carrying parts and on moving and sliding surfaces. f. Verify that manual transfer warnings are attached and visible. g. Verify tightness of all control connections. h. Inspect bolted electrical connections for high resistance using one of the following methods, or both: 1) Use of low-resistance ohmmeter. 2) Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical connections by calibrated torque-wrench method according to manufacturer's published data. i. Perform manual transfer operation. j. Verify positive mechanical interlocking between normal and alternate sources. k. Perform visual and mechanical inspection of surge arresters. l. Inspect control power transformers. 1426 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1) Inspect for physical damage, cracked insulation, broken leads, tightness of connections, defective wiring, and overall general condition. 2) Verify that primary and secondary fuse or circuit-breaker ratings match Drawings. 3) Verify correct functioning of drawout disconnecting contacts, grounding contacts, and interlocks. 3. Electrical Tests: a. Perform insulation-resistance tests on all control wiring with respect to ground. b. Perform a contact/pole-resistance test. Compare measured values with manufacturer's acceptable values. c. Verify settings and operation of control devices. d. Calibrate and set all relays and timers. e. Verify phase rotation, phasing, and synchronized operation. f. Perform automatic transfer tests. g. Verify correct operation and timing of the following functions: 1) Normal source voltage-sensing and frequency-sensing relays. 2) Engine start sequence. 3) Time delay on transfer. 4) Alternative source voltage-sensing and frequency-sensing relays. 5) Automatic transfer operation. 6) Interlocks and limit switch function. 7) Time delay and retransfer on normal power restoration. 8) Engine cool-down and shutdown feature. 4. Measure insulation resistance phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground with insulation- resistance tester. Include external annunciation and control circuits. Use test voltages and procedure recommended by manufacturer. Comply with manufacturer's specified minimum resistance. a. Check for electrical continuity of circuits and for short circuits. b. Inspect for physical damage, proper installation and connection, and integrity of barriers, covers, and safety features. c. Verify that manual transfer warnings are properly placed. d. Perform manual transfer operation. 5. After energizing circuits, perform each electrical test for transfer switches stated in NETA ATS and demonstrate interlocking sequence and operational function for each switch at least three times. a. Simulate power failures of normal source to automatic transfer switches and retransfer from emergency source with normal source available. b. Simulate loss of phase-to-ground voltage for each phase of normal source. c. Verify time-delay settings. d. Verify pickup and dropout voltages by data readout or inspection of control settings. 1427 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 e. Test bypass/isolation unit functional modes and related automatic transfer-switch operations. f. Perform contact-resistance test across main contacts and correct values exceeding 500 microhms and values for one pole deviating by more than 50 percent from other poles. g. Verify proper sequence and correct timing of automatic engine starting, transfer time delay, retransfer time delay on restoration of normal power, and engine cool - down and shutdown. 6. Ground-Fault Tests: Coordinate with testing of ground-fault protective devices for power delivery from both sources. a. Verify grounding connections and locations and ratings of sensors. C. Coordinate tests with tests of generator and run them concurrently. D. Report results of tests and inspections in writing. Record adjustable relay settings and measured insulation and contact resistances and time delays. Attach a label or tag to each tested component indicating satisfactory completion of tests. E. Transfer switches will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. F. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. G. Prepare test and inspection reports. H. Infrared Scanning: After Substantial Completion, but not more than 60 days after Final Acceptance, perform an infrared scan of each switch. Remove all access panels so joints and connections are accessible to portable scanner. 1. Instrument: Use an infrared scanning device designed to measure temperature or to detect significant deviations from normal values. Provide calibration record for device. 2. Record of Infrared Scanning: Prepare a certified report that identifies switches checked and that describes scanning results. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action taken, and observations after remedial action. 3. Follow-up Infrared Scanning: Perform an additional follow-up infrared scan of each switch 11 months after date of Substantial Completion. 3.4 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain transfer switches and related equipment. B. Training shall include testing ground-fault protective devices and instructions to determine when the ground-fault system shall be retested. Include instructions on where ground-fault sensors are located and how to avoid negating the ground-fault protection scheme during testing and circuit modifications. 1428 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. Coordinate this training with that for generator equipment. END OF SECTION 263600 1429 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 264313 - SURGE PROTECTION FOR LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CIRCUITS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Section 013100 “Project Management and Coordination”. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes field-mounted SPDs for low-voltage (120 to 600 V) power distribution and control equipment. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 262413 "Switchboards" for factory-installed SPDs. 2. Section 262416 "Panelboards" for factory-installed SPDs. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Inominal: Nominal discharge current. B. MCOV: Maximum continuous operating voltage. C. Mode(s), also Modes of Protection: The pair of electrical connections where the VPR applies. D. MOV: Metal-oxide varistor; an electronic component with a significant non-ohmic current- voltage characteristic. E. OCPD: Overcurrent protective device. F. SCCR: Short-circuit current rating. G. SPD: Surge protective device. H. VPR: Voltage protection rating. 1430 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, a nd furnished specialties and accessories. 2. Copy of UL Category Code VZCA certification, as a minimum, listing the tested values for VPRs, Inominal ratings, MCOVs, type designations, OCPD requirements, model numbers, system voltages, and modes of protection. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality-control reports. B. Sample Warranty: For manufacturer's special warranty. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For SPDs to include in maintenance manuals. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to replace or replace SPDs that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL SPD REQUIREMENTS A. SPD with Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Comply with NFPA 70. C. Comply with UL 1449. D. MCOV of the SPD shall be the nominal system voltage. 2.2 SERVICE ENTRANCE SUPPRESSOR A. SPDs: Comply with UL 1449, Type 2. 1431 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. SPDs: Listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction as complying with UL 1449, Type 2 1. SPDs with the following features and accessories: a. Internal thermal protection that disconnects the SPD before damaging internal suppressor components. b. Indicator light display for protection status. c. Form-C contacts rated at 2 A and 24-V ac, one normally open and one normally closed, for remote monitoring of protection status. Contacts shall reverse on failure of any surge diversion module or on opening of any current-limiting device. Coordinate with building power monitoring and control system. d. Surge counter. C. Comply with UL 1283. D. Peak Surge Current Rating: The minimum single-pulse surge current withstand rating per phase shall not be less than 200 kA. The peak surge current rating shall be the arithmetic sum of the ratings of the individual MOVs in a given mode. E. Protection modes and UL 1449 VPR for grounded wye circuits with 480Y/277 V 208Y/120 V, three-phase, four-wire circuits shall not exceed the following: 1. Line to Neutral: 1200 V for 480Y/277 V 700 V for 208Y/120 V. 2. Line to Ground: 1200 V for 480Y/277 V 1200 V for 208Y/120 V. 3. Line to Line: 2000 V for 480Y/277 V 1000 V for 208Y/120 V. F. SCCR: Equal or exceed 100 kA. G. Inominal Rating: 20 kA. 2.3 PANEL SUPPRESSORS A. SPDs: Comply with UL 1449, Type 2. 1. Include LED indicator lights for power and protection status. 2. Internal thermal protection that disconnects the SPD before damaging internal suppressor components. 3. Include Form-C contacts rated at 5 A and 250-V ac, one normally open and one normally closed, for remote monitoring of protection status. Contacts shall reverse on failure of any surge diversion module or on opening of any current-limiting device. Coordinate with building power monitoring and control system. B. Peak Surge Current Rating: The minimum single-pulse surge current withstand rating per phase shall not be less than 100 kA. The peak surge current rating shall be the arithmetic sum of the ratings of the individual MOVs in a given mode. C. Comply with UL 1283. 1432 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 D. Protection modes and UL 1449 VPR for grounded wye circuits with 480Y/277 V 208Y/120 V, three-phase, four-wire circuits shall not exceed the following: 1. Line to Neutral: 1200 V for 480Y/277 V 700 V for 208Y/120 V. 2. Line to Ground: 1200 V for 480Y/277 V 700 V for 208Y/120 V. 3. Neutral to Ground: 1200 V for 480Y/277 V 700 V for 208Y/120 V. 4. Line to Line: 2000 V for 480Y/277 V 1200 V for 208Y/120 V E. Protection modes and UL 1449 VPR for 240/120-V, single-phase, three-wire circuits shall not exceed the following: 1. Line to Neutral: 700 V. 2. Line to Ground: 700 V. 3. Neutral to Ground: 700 V. 4. Line to Line: 1200 V. F. SCCR: Equal or exceed 100 kA. G. Inominal Rating: 20 kA. 2.4 ENCLOSURES A. Indoor Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, or integral installation into panelboard, distribution panelboard, or switchboard as indicated 2.5 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Power Wiring: Same size as SPD leads, complying with Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." B. Class 2 Control Cables: Multiconductor cable with copper conductors not smaller than No. 18 AWG, complying with Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." C. Class 1 Control Cables: Multiconductor cable with copper conductors not smaller than No. 16 AWG, complying with Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1. B. Install an OCPD or disconnect as required to comply with the UL listing of the SPD. 1433 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 C. Install SPDs with conductors between suppressor and points of attachment as short and straight as possible, and adjust circuit-breaker positions to achieve shortest and straightest leads. Do not splice and extend SPD leads unless specifically permitted by manufacturer. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended lead length. Do not bond neutral and ground. D. Use crimped connectors and splices only. Wire nuts are unacceptable. E. Wiring: 1. Power Wiring: Comply with wiring methods in Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." 2. Controls: Comply with wiring methods in Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory-authorized service representative. 1. Compare equipment nameplate data for compliance with Drawings and Specifications. 2. Inspect anchorage, alignment, grounding, and clearances. 3. Verify that electrical wiring installation complies with manufacturer's written installation requirements. B. An SPD will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.3 STARTUP SERVICE A. Complete startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Do not perform insulation-resistance tests of the distribution wiring equipment with SPDs installed. Disconnect SPDs before conducting insulation-resistance tests, and reconnect them immediately after the testing is over. C. Energize SPDs after power system has been energized, stabilized, and tested. 3.4 DEMONSTRATION A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel to operate and maintain SPDs. END OF SECTION 264313 1434 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1435 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 265119 - LED INTERIOR LIGHTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes Interior LED Lighting. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 260923 "Lighting Control Devices" for automatic control of lighting, including time switches, photoelectric relays, occupancy sensors, and multipole lighting relays and contactors. 2. Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination”. 3. Section 017900 “Demonstration and Training” 4. Section 019113 “Commissioning Requirements”. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. CCT: Correlated color temperature. B. CRI: Color Rendering Index. C. Fixture: See "Luminaire." D. IP: International Protection or Ingress Protection Rating. E. LED: Light-emitting diode. F. Lumen: Measured output of lamp and luminaire, or both. G. Luminaire: Complete lighting unit, including lamp, reflector, and housing. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Arrange in order of luminaire designation. 1436 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Include data on features, accessories, and finishes. 3. Include physical description and dimensions of luminaires. 4. Include emergency lighting units, including batteries and chargers. 5. Include life, output (lumens, CCT, and CRI), and energy-efficiency data. 6. Photometric data and adjustment factors based on laboratory tests complying with IES "Lighting Measurements Testing and Calculation Guides" for each luminaire type. The adjustment factors shall be for lamps and accessories identical to those indicated for the luminaire as applied in this Project, IES LM-79 and IES LM-80. a. Testing Agency Certified Data: For indicated luminaires, photometric data certified by a qualified independent testing agency. Photometric data for remaining luminaires shall be certified by manufacturer. B. Shop Drawings: For nonstandard or custom luminaires. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and mounting and attachment details. 2. Include details of luminaire assemblies. Indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 3. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For testing laboratory providing photometric data for luminaires. B. Seismic Qualification Data: For luminaires, accessories, and components, from manufacturer. 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. 2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. 3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. C. Product Certificates: For each type of luminaire. D. Product Test Reports: For each type of luminaire, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency. E. Sample warranty. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Luminaire Photometric Data Testing Laboratory Qualifications: 1. Luminaire manufacturer's laboratory that is accredited under the NVLAP for Energy Efficient Lighting Products. 1437 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Provided by an independent agency, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, that is an NRTL as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7, accredited under the NVLAP for Energy Efficient Lighting Products, and complying with the applicable IES testing standards. B. Provide luminaires from a single manufacturer for each luminaire type. C. Each luminaire type shall be binned within a three-step MacAdam Ellipse to ensure color consistency among luminaires. D. Mockups: For interior luminaires in room or module mockups, complete with power and control connections. 1. Obtain Architect's approval of luminaires in mockups before starting installations. 2. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed Work. 3. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such deviations in writing. 4. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect finishes of exposed surfaces by applying a strippabl e, temporary protective covering before shipping. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Warranty: Manufacturer and Installer agree to repair or replace components of luminaires that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. B. Warranty Period: Five year(s) from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 LUMINAIRE REQUIREMENTS A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Factory-Applied Labels: Comply with UL 1598. Include recommended lamps. Locate labels where they will be readily visible to service personnel, but not seen from normal viewing angles when lamps are in place. 1438 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Label shall include the following lamp characteristics: a. "USE ONLY" and include specific lamp type. b. Lamp diameter, shape, size, wattage, and coating. c. CCT and CRI. C. Recessed luminaires shall comply with NEMA LE 4. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Metal Parts: 1. Free of burrs and sharp corners and edges. 2. Sheet metal components shall be steel unless otherwise indicated. 3. Form and support to prevent warping and sagging. B. Steel: 1. ASTM A36/A36M for carbon structural steel. 2. ASTM A568/A568M for sheet steel. C. Stainless Steel: 1. Manufacturer's standard grade. 2. Manufacturer's standard type, ASTM A240/240M. D. Galvanized Steel: ASTM A653/A653M. E. Aluminum: ASTM B209. 2.3 METAL FINISHES A. Variations in finishes are unacceptable in the same piece. Variations in finishes of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and if they can be and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. 2.4 LUMINAIRE SUPPORT A. Comply with requirements in Section 260529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems" for channel and angle iron supports and nonmetallic channel and angle supports. B. Single-Stem Hangers: 1/2-inch (13-mm) steel tubing with swivel ball fittings and ceiling canopy. Finish same as luminaire. C. Wires: ASTM A641/A641M, Class 3, soft temper, zinc-coated steel, 12 gage (2.68 mm) . 1439 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 D. Rod Hangers: 3/16-inch (5-mm) minimum diameter, cadmium-plated, threaded steel rod. E. Hook Hangers: Integrated assembly matched to luminaire, line voltage, and equipment with threaded attachment, cord, and locking-type plug. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Examine roughing-in for luminaire to verify actual locations of luminaire and electrical connections before luminaire installation. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 TEMPORARY LIGHTING A. If approved by the Architect, use selected permanent luminaires for temporary lighting. When construction is sufficiently complete, clean luminaires used for temporary lighting and install new lamps. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1. B. Install luminaires level, plumb, and square with ceilings and walls unless otherwise indicated. C. Install lamps in each luminaire. D. Supports: 1. Sized and rated for luminaire weight. 2. Able to maintain luminaire position after cleaning and relamping. 3. Provide support for luminaire without causing deflection of ceiling or wall. 4. Luminaire-mounting devices shall be capable of supporting a horizontal force of 100 percent of luminaire weight and a vertical force of 400 percent of luminaire weight. E. Flush-Mounted Luminaires: 1. Secured to outlet box. 2. Attached to ceiling structural members at four points equally spaced around circumference of luminaire. 3. Trim ring flush with finished surface. 1440 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 F. Wall-Mounted Luminaires: 1. Attached to structural members in walls. 2. Do not attach luminaires directly to gypsum board. G. Suspended Luminaires: 1. Ceiling Mount: a. Two 5/32-inch- (4-mm-) diameter aircraft cable supports adjustable as required. 2. Pendants and Rods: Where longer than 48 inches (1200 mm), brace to limit swinging. 3. Stem-Mounted, Single-Unit Luminaires: Suspend with twin-stem hangers. Support with approved outlet box and accessories that hold stem and provide damping of luminaire oscillations. Support outlet box vertically to building structure using approved devices. 4. Continuous Rows of Luminaires: Use tubing or stem for wiring at one point and tubing wire support for suspension for each unit length of luminaire chassis, including one at each end. 5. Do not use ceiling grid as support for pendant luminaires. Connect support wires or rods to building structure. H. Ceiling-Grid-Mounted Luminaires: 1. Secure to any required outlet box. 2. Secure luminaire to the luminaire opening using approved fasteners in a minimum of four locations, spaced near corners of luminaire. 3. Use approved devices and support components to connect luminaire to ceiling grid and building structure in a minimum of four locations, spaced near corners of luminaire. I. Comply with requirements in Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables" for wiring connections. 3.4 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components, wiring, cabling, and terminals. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and inspections: 1. Operational Test: After installing luminaires, switches, and accessor ies, and after electrical circuitry has been energized, test units to confirm proper operation. 2. Test for Emergency Lighting: Interrupt power supply to demonstrate proper operation. Verify transfer from normal power to battery power and retransfer to normal. 1441 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 B. Luminaire will be considered defective if it does not pass operation tests and inspections. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.6 ADJUSTING A. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months of date of Substantial Completion, provide on-site assistance in adjusting the direction of aim of luminaires to suit occupied conditions. Make up to two visits to Project during other-than-normal hours for this purpose. Some of this work may be required during hours of darkness. 1. During adjustment visits, inspect all luminaires. Replace lamps or luminaires that are defective. 2. Parts and supplies shall be manufacturer's authorized replacement parts and supplies. 3. Adjust the aim of luminaires in the presence of the Architect. END OF SECTION 265119 1442 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 27 00 00 - 1 SECTION 27 00 00 – COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. The extent of firestopping wortk is indicated by drawings and information as specified herein. Communications pathways are defined to include, but not limited to, ladder rack, cable tray, and suspended support infrastructure. B. Section includes: 1. Information for the pathways of communication systems, and components installed under Division 27. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specifications Sections, apply to this section. B. All Division 27 construction documents are complementary to one another and should be viewed as a single document. All information contained within individual sections shall be as if it is included and documented within all sections. The architect is the only entity to interpret the intent of the drawings. C. Refer to the Technology (T) series drawings for information and related details. D. All Division 26 Electrical, for Telecommunications systems related items. 1.03 REFERENCES A. All equipment and materials shall comply with the latest revisions and addendums to the standards listed below: B. BICSI TDMM C. ANSI/EIA/TIA-310 D. ANSI/EIA/TIA-568 E. ANSI/EIA/TIA-569 F. ANSI/ICEA S-83-596 G. ANSI/EIA/TIA-606 H. ANSI/EIA/TIA-607 I. U.L 969, 1363,1449 J. National Fire Protection Association: National Electric Code K. Any additional regulations or requirements noted in Sectio 27 00 00. L. All related sections of the National Fire Protection Association: 70, 72,75, 101,252, 800. M. All Regional & Local Electrical Codes as set forth by the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) 1443 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 27 00 00 - 2 1.04 DEFINITIONS: A. All definitions are complementary to the definition lists throughout the Division 27 specifications. B. AVIXA: Audiovisual and Integrated Experience Association (www.avixa.org) C. Cable Tray: A rated, pre-fabricated structure designed to provide pathway space for premise cabling. The tray can be either: wire mesh, trough, ventilated, or solid/non-ventilated materials to allow/disallow for air passage. D. BICSI: Building Industry Consulting Services International (www.bicsi.org) E. Ladder Rack: A pre-fabricated structure designed as a cable pathway, and consisting of two side rails and transverse connecting members (rungs), and typically used in T.R.'s, TER's, E.R.'s, E.F.'s, or Data Centers. F. LAN: Local Area Network G. RCDD: Registered Communications Distribution Designer H. TR/TER: Telecommunications Room/Telecommunication Equipment Room (interchangeable) I. ER/EF: Entrance Room/Entrance Facilities (interchangeable) J. WA: Work Area K. TO: Telecommunications Outlet L. NON-COM: Non-Combustible material rating M. TGB: Telecommunications Grounding Busbar N. MEP: Mechanical/Electrical/Plumbing O. GC: General Contractor P. OAC: Owner, Architect, Consultant team Q. AHJ Authority Having Jurisdiction R. ITS: Information Transport Systems S. AFF: Above Finished Floor T. AMI: Electro-Magnetic Interface U. LEC: Local Exchange Carrier V. CLEC: Collective Local Exchange Carrier W. NRTL: Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (e.g.: U.L.) X. MAC: Move/Add/Changes Y. Work: Work as it relates to this project, all work that is base bid, or otherwise approved by the OAC team. Z. EMT: Extruded Metal Tubing 1444 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 27 00 00 - 3 AA. RNC Rigid Non-Metallic Conduit BB. PVC: Poly-Vinyl Chloride CC. R.U.: Rack Unit, equipment rack unit of measurement, typically 1.75" per R.U. DD. Contractor: The Contractor performing the work under this Division of the Specifications EE. Provide: Contractor is responsible for the furnishing and installation of FF. NEMA: National Electrical Manufacturers' Association GG. NECA: National Electrical Contractors' Association HH. NEC: National Electrical Code II. NESC: National Electrical Safety Code JJ. NFPA: National Fire Protection Association KK. TDMM: Telecommunication Distribution Methods Manual LL. RFI: Request for Information MM. CO: Change Order NN. W.O.: Work Order OO. F.O.: Field Order 1.05 SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS A. Telecommunications Rooms, identified as the MDF (Room 142) & IDF (Room 105), provide a connection point between horizontal and backbone cabling infrastructures. Typically they provide environmental support and facilities for active telecommunications and information equipment. B. Environmental Requirements for Communications rooms include, but are not limited to, space, power, grounding, ventilating, and air conditioning (A.C.), access control, and fire detection/suppression. While the MEP construction of this/these room(s) is not addressed in this section, the G.C. and Division 27 contractor are responsible for coordinating the room environmental requirements with the other contractor/suppliers, Architect, and the Owner. Specific requirements for the rooms are: 1. Area: All rooms should be a minimum of ten (10) feet by ten (10) feet to accommodate any potential growth in the cabling infrastructure in the future. Larger facilities or service areas will require additional and/or larger rooms. 2. Ceiling heights: A minimum of ten (10) feet AFF, unless circumstances dictate otherwise. The G.C. will inform the OAC team of such conditions so that a resolution can be provided. No suspended ceilings should be installed in the communications rooms. 3. Conduits, Trays, Slots, and Sleeves & Ducts: Locate & install with OAC coordination, and so that the pulling and termination of cabling infrastructure, and bend radius requirements are all standards-compliant. 1445 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 27 00 00 - 4 4. Doors: All doors shall open outward from the room unless specifically forbidden by Code, and be a minimum of three (3) feet wide and seven (7) feet tall. T.R.' s/TER's should be designed in a space to allow for outward swings of doors, but if not possible, Owner coordination will be required to ensure proper location and installation. 5. Dust & Static Electricity: Communications rooms shall not be carpeted. Treet all surfaces to minimize dust, and ground and bond all relevant materials in the room to the TGB. 6. Ventilation & Air Conditioning: Rooms should be designed for 24/7/365 days of continuous operation regardless of facility occupancy percentages, with positive air pressure in the room. Air temperature in the room should not deviate from the following range: sixty-four (64) degrees Fahrenheit to seventy-four (74 degrees Fahrenheit. Relative humidity in the room will not exceed fifty-five (55) percent. Systems should be connected to emergency power to ensure interruption- free service. 7. Fire Protection: Fire protection must be provided in all areas. Sprinkler systems will include cages to prevent accidental discharge. If the system provided is a "wet system," sprinkler heads will be installed in such a manner as to allow the installation of drainage troughs to remove any water that may leak from the system. NON-COM 3/4-inch rated A.C. plywood will be installed in communications rooms. Rated plywood will be standard four (4) feet by eight (8) feet sheets, and will be installed to a minimum height of eight (8) feet AFF. Additional height may be required for proper routing of the horizontal cabling entering the room. 8. Floor Loading: Floor loading shall be a minimum of 50lb/sq ft, per ANSI/EIA/TIA-569 for communications rooms. In case the room is being designated as an Equipment Room (E.R.), the minimum distribution floor loading shall be a minimum of 100lb/sq ft, and the minimum for a concentrated load shall be 182lb/sq ft. 9. Grounding and Bonding: All equipment and cabling shielding shall be properly bonded. Bonding in any T.R. shall be made from the equipment to a TGB. The TGB shall be bonded to the structural metal of the building, as well as the other communications rooms' bonding busbars, and shall comply with all installation requirements in the Division 26 installation specifications. All clamps & connectors shall be of the mechanical type and made of silicon bronze. All terminals shall be solder-less compression type, copper long-barrel NEMA two bolts. The TGB shall be capable of accepting up to one quarter (1/4) inch NEMA bolts and should be installed in proximity to the Division 27 equipment racks. The Contractor will be responsible for bonding all equipment racks and pathways, as required by Code, installed under this Division of the specifications, and all related Division 27 sections. 10. Lighting: Lighting in ITS rooms shall provide a minimum of fifty (50) foot-candles of illumination at eighteen (18) inches AFF. Lighting shall be installed at a minimum of eight and a half (8.5) feet AFF, and not to exceed ten (10) feet AFF. 11. EMI: Locate all telecommunications cabling and pathways a minimum of six (6) inches away from sources of EMI. All pathways & cabling should cross EMI sources at right angles, and be installed in a separate support system. Sources of EMI include, but are not limited to: a. Electrical power cabling and transformers b. R.F. sources and transmitters 1446 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 27 00 00 - 5 c. Large motors and generators 1.06 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. It is the responsibility of the contractors to ensure that all installed systems function within the industry-recognized standards and manufacturer's stated parameters for their intended usage. B. U.L. Classified: All products shall be U.L. tested and approved for the stated use and comply with all applicable local, state, and national codes. C. U.L. Listed: All systems that are installed during this project shall be U.L. Listed, and be tested to perform to the stated use. 1.07 SUBMITTALS A. All submittals shall follow Section 01 – Submittal Procedures, in addition to the requirements listed herein. B. Product Data: For each type of product indicated, include construction details, materials, descriptions, and dimensions of individual components, profiles, and finishes for equipment racks and cabinets. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, if any, and any furnished specialties and accessories, and any warranty supplied by the manufacturer of the specified materials. C. Any shop drawings shall be the responsibility of the General Contractor, and the Division 27 contractor, for all horizontal materials as necessary. The infrastructure installation will meet minimum standards, as noted above in the "Related Sections" and "References." D. Close-out Submittals: The Contractor will submit to the Owner all relevant documentation as it pertains to the backbone cabling systems. The Division 27 contractor shall coordinate with the Division 26 contractor, and General Contractor to ensure that all relevant information is contained in this portion of the close-out submittal package. 1. The Contractor shall provide the OAC team with as-built drawings showing the installation of cabling infrastructure in its entirety, and this includes the communications rooms. All labeling for the horizontal systems shall be included, along with all other relevant information. 2. Maintenance Contract: The Contractor shall furnish the Owner with a rate sheet, detailing any costs for additional MAC work on-site, and shall hold the pricing valid for one (1) year from the date of final acceptance or occupancy, whichever comes first, not the date of completion. The Contractor shall ensure this work will not in any way negate the warranty on previously installed work. 3. Warranty Documentation: The Contractor will provide the Owner with all documentation relative to the warranty for the cabling installation. The warranties listed will include the manufacturer's warranty, and the warranty provided by the Contractor as part of their work related to the project. 4. Test and Evaluation Reports: The Contractor shall submit both an electronic and hard-bound copy of the test results to the Owner, no later than two (2) weeks after completion of the project, and before occupancy of the spaes. The testing results will include all test results for both horizontal and backbone cabling and shall be labeled identical to final port labeling to ensure ease of tracking cable. 1447 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 27 00 00 - 6 a. Any failed tests will not be accepted without the express consent of the Owner. Failed tests will require resolution by the Contractor to ensure that the cabling passes all applicable tests. 1.08 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engage in the manufacture of backbone cabling materials, including high pair count copper and fiber, and whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than five (5) years. B. Installer Qualifications: The Division 27 contractor, responsible for the installation of telecommunications systems, shall have a minimum of five (5) years experience successfully installing telecommunications systems on projects of similar scope. C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled and defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for the intended location and application(s). D. Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces: Compliant with the most current revision of ANSI/EIA/TIA-569. E. Grounding and Bonding: Compliant with the most current revision of TIA/EIA-J-STD-307, as well as all applicable local, state, and national codes. F. Fire Stopping: Fire stopping for all telecommunications cabling, pathways, and spaces will comply with all local, state, and national codes. All components to be used in fire stopping installation shall be U.L. Classified. The final installation will comply with all guidelines from the manufacturer, and represent a U.L Listed system. No deviation from the proper installation methodologies will be accepted, and the Contractor will correct at no additional cost to the OAC team. G. Delivery, Storage, and Handling of Project Materials: 1. Deliver materials to site in manufacturer's original, unopened packaging, with clear identification of the product name and manufacturer. 2. Store materials in a clean, dry, and secure indoor area that meets the manufacturer's recommendations for storage. 3. Protect materials from adverse conditions and corrosion during and after installation, until the facility is completed and acceptance has been declared by the Owner. 1.09 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: do no deliver or install equipment frames and cable trays until spaces are enclosed and weather tight, plumbing work is in the spaces is complete and dry, and work above ceilings is complete. Any damage to the materials will result in a rejection from the OAC team and will require the Contractor to replace materials at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.10 COORDINATION A. Coordinate the layout and installation of communication equipment with the Owner's representative and associated equipment providers. 1448 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 27 00 00 - 7 1.11 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Warranty: The Contractor shall facilitate the approval of a minimum of 15-year manufacturer's performance warranty on the installed solution. The manufacturer will replace any component that fails to support the manufacturer's performance and capabilities claims, at no expense to the Owner. This warranty applies to regular use of network and not meant to include vandalism, theft, abuse, etc. This warranty will be in addition to any warranties provided by the general conditions and specifications of this project. It will be issued directly from the manufacturer to the Owner and will be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. B. The Contractor will warrant the cabling infrastructure installation and all components thereof, against defects in workmanship for one (1) year from the date of final acceptance. This warranty will cover all labor and materials to correct a failed portion of the system, and to demonstrate performance within the original specifications. This warranty will be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. C. Before acceptance by the Owner, the Owner's representative will perform a final inspection of the cabling installation with the contractor project foremen. Any work that does not meet the base bid, or approved work requirements, CO, WO, FO, will require correction by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. D. Upon receipt of the testing results, the Owner reserves the right to perform spot testing of a random sampling of the cabling infrastructure to validate test results. If any discrepancies are discovered, the Contractor will be required to provide resolution at no additional cost to the Owner. E. Activate of the cabling infrastructure, by the Owner, will no way negate the warranties provided by the Contractor through general conditions and the project specifications. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PATHWAYS A. Cable Support: NRTL labeled. Cable support devices shall be designed to prevent the degradation of cable performance and pinch points that can damage cables. Cables should be secured in a manner that does not expose cables to any of the type of physical damage. 1. Cable Trays: Cable trays shall provide the same level of support as noted above, but will not require any securing method for the cable. The trays shall be of a design that allows for ease of installation, as well as repeated access for Owner MAC work. B. Conduit and Boxes: comply with requirements laid out in Division 26 05 34 - Pathways and boxes for Communication Systems." C. Additional information shall be contained in Division 27 05 28 - Pathways for Communication Systems. 2.02 BACKBOARDS A. Backboards: All plywood backboards shall be of non-combustible design. Backboards shall be no less than ¾-inch thick, and four (4) feet in width by eight (8) feet in length, unless used as filler pieces to achieve the desired height and full lateral overage of the wall. Playwood shall be painted with a fire rated product with the rating stamp still visible. 1449 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 27 00 00 - 8 2.03 EQUIPMENT RACKS A. Provide as noted in Division 27 11 00, for specific manufacturer's details and instructions. B. Refer to the construction drawings for additional information regarding the racks, types, and quantities. This project shall utilize four-post equipment racks. C. Cable management shall be install on and between all equipment racks. 2.04 POWER STRIPS A. PROVIDE DESCRIPTION OF MANAGED POWER STRIPS 2.05 GROUNDING AND BONDING A. Comply with requirements in Division 26 05 26 – Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems, and Division 27 05 26 – Grounding and Bonding for Communication Systems, for grounding and bonding of conductors and connectors. B. A TGB will be provided by the Division 26 electrical contractor in all communications rooms. The busbar will be grounded to the building structural steel, and provide space for the Division 27 contractor to ground all equipment installed under this specification. C. All methods must comply with the most current version of TIA/EIA-J-STD-037, as well as applicable local, state, and national electrical codes. 2.06 ENTRANCE PROTECTION A. All service providers, utility service cabling, shall have entrance protection provided by the service provider and shall not be the responsibility of the Contractor or Owner. The Contractor shall be required to coordinate with the service provider to ensure that the placement of any protection does not conflict with the planned layout of devices within the communications room. 2.07 LABELING & IDENTIFICATION A. Refer to Section 27 05 53 for labeling information. All work must comply with the requirements within that section. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PATHWAYS A. General Requirements: All pathway installations shall comply with ANSI/EIA/TIA-569 standards. It is the responsibility of the GC and Contractor to report any pathway issues that would not be standards compliant to the OAC team for resolution. B. Refer to Division 27 05 28 for specific information on approved manufacturers and parts relative to the work of this project. All materials must be installed as per the manufacturer's printed instructions and should allow for compliance with all related standards and codes that are referenced through the project specifications. C. Conduit and Boxes: comply with requirements laid out in Division 26. 1450 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 27 00 00 - 9 3.02 EQUIPMENT RACKS A. Equipment racks will be installed in all communication rooms per the direction from the OAC team. The IT consultant will provide the Contractor with layout drawings of each room, before equipment installation. It is the Contractor's responsibility to ensure that the installation of the rack(s) complies with all printed instructions from the manufacturer, and does not violate any standards or codes. B. Equipment racks shall be as noted in Division 27 11 00 for manufacturers and installation parameters. C. Vertical and Horizontal wire managers will be installed on both sides of the equipment rack, front and back sides, and shall be as specified in Division 27 11 00. D. The equipment rack(s) will all be installed with proper grounding and bonding, as specified in Division 27 05 26. Additionally, as noted in the same section, all racks will be installed with one isolator pad for each rack. 3.03 GROUNDING AND BONDING A. All grounding and bonding shall conform to the requirements in Division 27 05 26, and Division 26. No deviation from these standards and specifications will be accepted. B. All grounding methods and materials will meet full local, state, and national code compliance, and will be installed in such a manner as not to violate those above. C. All materials to be used for this purpose shall be rate, classified, or listed for the intended use by U.L or similar NRTL. D. All bonding installations shall also receive an inspection by the Division 26 contractor before any inspections by the local AHJ, or final acceptance by the Owner. The Contractor shall correct any work that does not conform to industry best practices or code requirements at no additional cost to the OAC team. 3.04 LABELING & IDENTIFICATION A. Comply with requirements in Division 27 05 53 – Identification for Communication Systems. B. All labeling done throughout the work described within these Division 27 specifications will meet all requirements of the Owner. C. All labeling methods will conform to the most current revision of ANSI/EIA/TIA-606-A, in addition to the above-listed material, Owner requirements, and any local, state, or national requirements. D. All labeling work shall be completed with pre-printed or computer-printed labels, and resist ink smudge. E. No handwritten labels will be accepted. F. The Contractor will coordinate with the OAC team to ensure that the labeling of the facility is done correctly before occupancy. Any errors in the labeling will require correction by the Contractor at no additional cost to the OAC team. 1451 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 27 00 00 - 10 3.05 FIELD QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All work must be field verified for code compliance by the GC, and Division 26 & 27contractors, before the electrical inspection by the AHJ. B. Any work that does not meet the requirements of these documents shall be rejected and require the Contractor to correct at no additional cost to the OAC team. 3.06 CLEAN-UP A. The Contractor will be required to clean all communications rooms before the Owner occupancy of any foreign materials and garbage. B. Any materials left in the room deemed garbage will be the responsibility of the installing trade to remove and clean up. C. The Contractor will wipe down the wire managers and patch panels to ensure a clean and professional appearance for the Owner. D. Any materials not deemed to be trash, and left in the room(s), will be interpreted to be extra stock for the Owner to make use of as they see fit. END OF SECTION 1452 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 27 01 00 - 1 SECTION 27 01 00 - GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR COMMUNICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Work consists of furnishing labor, materials, equipment, and services required for a complete installation of work shown in the Contract Documents and specified in Division 27. 2. Include all parts and labor that are incidental and necessary for a complete and operational installation even though not explicitly mentioned in the Contract Documents. Such items include nuts, bolts, anchors, brackets, sleeves, offsets in conduit, fittings, relays, etc. 3. Arrange with the appropriate utility companies to provide temporary and permanent utility services as required and coordinate their installation with the construction progress of this project. 4. Obtain all temporary and permanent permits and licenses required in connection with this Division’s Work. Pay all fees and expenses as are necessary for such permits and licenses. 5. Pay all fees and costs charged by utility companies for utility services. 6. Request inspections as required by regulating agencies and regulations. Pay all charges for inspections by regulating agencies of installations of plan specifications. 7. Include State and Local sales taxes in the bid. Keep accurate records of these taxes and furnish documents to the Owner upon request. 8. Provide the Owner with a certificate of final inspection and approval by enforcement authorities. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 0 and 1 apply to all Work of Division 27 and are an integral part of this Section. Where the conditions specified are at variance with other Division, Section 27 01 00 takes precedence. Section 27 01 00 specifies conditions, procedures, equipment, and material particular to the communications work and applies to all communications Work of the Contract Documents. 2. Division 0 and 1 and Section 27 01 00 and all Addenda form a part of and apply to all contracts or sub-contracts relating to Division 27 work. Copy these documents to all Sub-contractors receiving other Sections of Division 27. 3. Where a Specification Section refers to other Sections under the Article or Related Sections, this is done for the Contractor’s convenience only. It shall in no way relieve the Contractor of responsibilities stated in other Sections of the Specifications, even if not explicitly referenced. The Contractor is responsible for all information contained in this specification as well as information contained in all other Divisions. 1453 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 27 01 00 - 2 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Unit prices are the lump sum of direct costs for all services, materials, deliveries, trucking, transportation, storage, cleaning, labor, tools, and equipment plus field supervision, insurance, overhead, profit, permits, and tests applied to each unit requested. Include costs for any software and programming. B. Unit Price Description: Refer to Section 01 22 00. 1.03 ALTERNATES A. Alternate Price Description: Refer to Section 01 23 00. 1.04 REFERENCES A. Meet or exceed all current applicable codes, ordinances, and regulations for all installations. Promptly notify the OAC team, in writing if the contract documents appear to conflict with governing codes and regulations. The Contractor assumes all responsibility and costs for correcting non-complying work installed without notifying the OAC team. B. Higher quality of workmanship and materials indicated in the Contract Documents takes precedence over that allowed in referenced codes and standards. C. Perform all work in compliance with the currently adopted version of the following codes and standards for this project: 1. National Electric Code 2. State and Local Electrical Codes 3. International Building Code 4. International Fire Code 5. International Mechanical Code 6. State and Local Building Codes and Ordinances 7. State Industrial Commission Regulations 8. State and Local Fire Codes and Regulations 9. State and Local Mechanical Codes 10. State Elevator Code 11. Occupational Safety and Health Administration Regulations 12. Americans with Disabilities Act 13. Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards 14. State Board of Health 15. NFPA 101 Life Safety Code 1454 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 27 01 00 - 3 16. State Energy Code D. Use the Standard where referenced in the Specifications by the following abbreviations: 1. AIA: American Insurance Association 2. AIA: American Institute of Architects 3. ANSI: American National Standards Institute 4. ASTM: American Society of Testing and Materials 5. EPA: Environmental Protection Agency 6. FM: Factory Mutual Insurance Association 7. IEEE: Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers 8. IES: Illuminating Engineering Society of North America 9. ICEA: International Cable Engineers Association 10. NBS: National Bureau of Standards 11. NEMA: National Electrical Manufacturers Association 12. NFPA: National Fire Protection Association 13. NSC: National Safety Council 14. UL: Underwriters’ Laboratories 1.05 DEFINITIONS A. The terms defined below apply to all work included in Division 27. 1. The work – as defined in the AIA A207-2007 document: “The term ‘Work’ means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents, whether completed or partially completed and includes all other labor, materials, equipment, and services provided or to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor’s obligations. The work may constitute the whole or part of the project.” 2. Furnish: To obtain in new condition ready for installation into the work. 3. Install: To store, set in place, connect, and place into operation into the work. 4. Provide: To furnish and install. 5. Connect: To bring service to the equipment and make the final attachment, including necessary switches, outlets, boxes, termination, etc. 6. Conduit: hidden from sight in chases, furred spaces, shafts, hung ceilings, embedded in construction, in crawl spaces, or buried. 7. Exposed: Not installed underground or concealed as defined above. 1455 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 27 01 00 - 4 8. Building structure or structural building members: consists of steel columns, steel beams, steel joists, top cord, and at panel points, concrete block walls. Metal decking, joist bridging, and bottom chords of bar joists shall not be construed as building structure or as building structural members for the purpose of support. B. The drawing and specifications constitute the Contract Documents. Any item noted in the specification or shown on the drawings is included in the Contract Documents. C. All electrical details are diagrammatic unless specifically noted. Field-verify all dimensions and notify the OAC team of any conflicts of discrepancies, in writing, before installation. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Initiate, maintain, and supervise all safety precautions required with this work in accordance with the regulations of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) and other governing agencies. B. Environmental Requirements: 1. Do not remove or disturb any asbestos-containing materials from the project. Immediately stop work and notify the Owner if asbestos-containing materials are suspected. 2. Do not dispose of any PCB containing materials. Disposal of all PCB containing materials will be the responsibility of the Owner. C. Provide new, first quality material for all products specified. Do not reuse materials unless indicated or approved by the Engineer. D. Comply with the NEC as applicable to the construction and installation of equipment specified in this Section. E. Provide equipment specified in this Section that has been listed and labeled by a nationally recognized testing laboratory. F. Comply with ANSI as applicable to equipment specified in this Section. G. Comply with NEMA as applicable to equipment specified in this Section. 1.07 PROJECT SITE CONDITIONS A. Correlation of Work: 1. Consult the drawings and specifications of all other Divisions for correlating information and layout work so that it will coordinate with other trades. Verify dimensions and conditions (ile, finished ceiling heights, footing and foundation elevations, beam depths, etc.) with the Architectural and Structural drawings. Notify the Architect/Engineer of any conflicts that cannot 1456 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 27 01 00 - 5 be resolved, in the field, by affected trades. Replacement of work due to the lack of coordination and failure to verify existing conditions will be completed at no cost to the Owner. 2. Install all conduit, cable tray, bus duct, equipment, etc. allowing proper code and maintenance clearances and to avoid blocking passageways and access panels. 3. Where work must be replaced due to the failure of the Contractor to verify the conditions existing on the job, such replacement must be accomplished at no cost to the Owner, including shop fabricated work and work built in place. 4. Throughout the duration of the work, minor changes and adjustments to the installation may be requested by the Engineer. The Contractor shall make adjustments without additional cost to the Owner, where such modifications are necessary to the proper installation and operation within the intent of the Contract Documents. 5. Equipment outlines shown on the detail plans of 1/4” = 1’-0” sale or larger and dimensions indicated on the drawings are limiting dimensions. Do not install any equipment that exceeds the equipment outlines shown or reduces indicated clearances. 6. Include the better quality, greater quantity, or higher cost for an item or arrangement where disagreement exists in the drawings and specifications. 1.08 FIRESTOPPING A. Provide firestopping around all new penetrations, sleeves, and openings through all partitions, walls, and floors. B. Provide UL listed components installed by certified factory-trained personnel. 1.09 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING PART 2 - PRODUCTS - NOT USED - PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Material and Workmanship 1. Provide new material and equipment, unless noted otherwise. Protect equipment and material from damage, dirt, and weather. 2. Provide the highest quality workmanship. Install material and equipment following the manufacturer’s recommendations instructions and current NECA standards. 3. The Engineer reserves the right to reject material or workmanship not in accordance with the specifications, before or after the installation. 3.02 FIRESTOPPING 1457 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 27 01 00 - 6 A. Provide firestopping around all penetrations, sleeves, and openings through all partitions, walls, and floors. B. Install firestopping on both sides of each partition, filling the void around the opening. C. Fire stopping of the interior of conduits and sleeves is by the Contractor providing the cabling inside the conduit or sleeve. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing: Refer to Sections 27 22 00, 27 31 00, 27 41 16, 27 41 17, 27 41 18, 27 42 00. B. Final Inspection: 1. A final inspection of the communications systems will be required before the contract can be closed out. Request a final inspection by the Engineer after all systems are fully completed and operational. The Engineer will schedule an inspection and generate a list of items to be corrected or completed before the Contract Closeout. If the Engineer is requested to make a final inspection by the Contractor, and the Engineer finds the work is not complete enough to perform the inspection, the Contractor will compensate the Engineer for his time. The Contractor will then perform the necessary work to complete the project and request a Final Inspection. 3.04 CLEAN UP A. Keep the premises free from accumulation of waste material or rubbish, caused by their employees or work, at all times. Remove debris, tools, scaffolding, and surplus materials from and about the building, and leave work areas “broom clean” or the equivalent upon completion of the work. B. After tests have been made and accepted, clean equipment racks, cable racks, vertical and horizontal cable management, and patch panels, and other equipment installed by the Contractor, leaving the entire work area is clean and complete working order. 3.05 PROTECTION A. The Contractor is responsible for any damage to the communications equipment or materials until final acceptance of the entire project by the Owner. Keep all equipment materials clean until final acceptance of the entire project by the Owner. END OF SECTION 1458 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 SUBMITTALS AND PROJECT CLOSEOUT 27 01 05 - 1 SECTION 27 01 05 - SUBMITTALS AND PROJECT CLOSEOUT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 PRIOR APPROVALS A. Refer to Section 00 26 00 (Pre-bid Approval Requests) and 00 26 01 (Substitution Request After Award of Project) for approval forms. Submit the approval form for each request for prior approval. B. Submit electronic PDF requests to use unspecified items to the Consultant, no later than ten (10) calendar days before the bid opening. Submit detailed information for proposed material or equipment specific to the project, clearly indicating all options included in the Submittal. C. Accepted substitutions will be incorporated in Addendum to the Contract Documents. D. The Contractor is responsible for dimensional differences, electrical requirements, and any other resulting changes when using accepted substitutions. The Contractor is responsible for an additional cost incurred because of substitutions, include other contractors and Architect/Engineer Fees. 1.02 PAY REQUEST COST BREAKDOWN A. Provide a Schedule of Values for the utilization of submitting a "Pay Request." Allocate the appropriate share of overhead and profit to each item. Separate each item into labor and material. B. Submit cost breakdown on AIA document G703. Provide a minimum breakdown, as indicated below. Provide additional breakdown as required for clarity or request by the Engineer. 1. General Conditions 2. Communications Equipment Room Systems 3. Communications Backbone Cabling Systems 4. Communications Horizttal Cabling Systems 5. Communications Connecting Cords, Devices and Adapters 6. Electronic Security and Access Control 7. Sound Masking 8. Audio-Visual Systems 1.03 SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES A. Submit in accordance with Division 0 and Division 1. Submit drawings to the Consultant for review within thirty (30) calendar days after award of Contract. B. Submit electronic, bookmarked, PDF documents for each submittal list in the table at the end of this section. Combination submittals will be returned to the Contractor without review. Do not combine submittals. 1459 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 SUBMITTALS AND PROJECT CLOSEOUT 27 01 05 - 2 C. Submittals shall include the project name, name of Architect, name of Consultant, Contractor, Sub- Contractor, Manufacturer, Supplier, and Sales Representative. Include name, address, and phone number for the Sales Representative. Identify section number and description of equipment submitted. Shop drawings, not including all of this information, will be returned without review. D. Examine all shop drawings noting capacity, arrangement, and physical dimensions. Highlight all relevant items on catalog data. Review and stamp shop drawings before submitting to the Consultant. E. All shop drawings must be reviewed and accepted by the Consultant before fabrication and installation. F. Shop drawings will be reviewed by the Consultant, with one of the following actions checked on the submittal stamp: 1. No Exceptions Taken: Indicates the Submittal appears to conform to the design of the Work and that the Contractor at their discretion, may proceed with fabrication, procurement, and installation. 2. Make Corrections As Noted: Indicates the Submittal, after noted corrections are made, would appear to conform to the design concept of the Work and that the Contractor, at their discretion, may proceed with fabrication, procurement, and installation, if the Contractor accepts the corrections without an increase in Contract Sum or Time. 3. Rejected: Indicates that the Submittal does not appear to conform to the specifications and that a complete re-submittal is required. The Contractor shall not proceed with fabrication or procurement. 4. No Consultant Action Required: Indicates the Contractor may proceed without a review of the Submittal based on provisions of the Contract Documents. G. Allow a minimum of fourteen (14) calendar days for the Consultant to review the shop drawings. Time is from when the Consultant receives the electronic drawings. H. If the Consultant rejects the submittals two (2) times for the same section, the Consultant will be compensated for the additional reviews. Compensation will be incorporated by Change Order deducted from the Contractor's application for payment. The Contractor is responsible for delays caused by the re-submittal process. I. Refer to the end of this section for a list of Shop Drawings required for this project. 1.04 CAD DRAWING FILES A. CAD drawing files will be made available to the Contractor for use in preparing shop drawing submittals. B. CAD drawing files will not be made directly to the subcontractors. The Prime Contractor must make requests for CAD drawings. 1.05 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Submit to the Consultant an electronic PDF Operating and Maintenance manual package. Submit in portfolio form neatly edited with similar equipment grouped, bookmarked, and indexed. Provide electronic materials. Provide the following in each manual. 1460 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 SUBMITTALS AND PROJECT CLOSEOUT 27 01 05 - 3 1. Shop drawings, approved manufacturer's bulletins, and other appropriate data from a specific manufacturer of each piece of equipment furnished or installed. Shop drawings, manufacturer's bulletins, and other data shall be marked to reflect the "as-built" condition. Cross out or delete all information shown on shop drawings or literature, not applying to this specific project. 2. Copies of manufacturer's warranties 3. Operating instruction for equipment. 4. Wiring and installation records 5. Recommended maintenance schedules and procedures for equipment. 6. Recommended troubleshooting procedures for equipment. 7. Equipment parts list. 8. Settings, adjustments, and calibrations for systems as required. 9. Local equipment suppliers, reps names, telephone numbers, and email addresses. 10. Equipment manufacturer's names, addresses, and telephone numbers. 11. Sub-contractor's names, addresses, and telephone numbers. 12. Refer to individual Sections in Division 27 for additional requirements. 13. Test Reports 1.06 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Provide record drawings per the requirements of Division 0, Division 1, and this section. B. The preparation of as-built drawings does not constitute authorization to make changes unknown or unapproved by the Owner or Owner's representative. C. As Work progresses, neatly and legibly, record the following update information on the record set of plans: 1. Update the contract documents to show all modifications, including but not limited to Addendums, Change Orders, approved Proposal Requests, and Architects' Supplemental Instructions. 2. Indicate the exact location of the routing of cabling, complete from each end. Indicate the path of conduits as accurately as possible, showing elbows, sweeps, and turns. 3. Provide exact routing of outside underground cabling and conduits, showing dimensions from structural foundation walls or columns. Indicate depth and type of conduits. D. The Consultant will recommend withholding payment if as-built drawings are not being maintained on-site. E. Submit record drawings to the Consultant for review after the completion of Work. Submit final record drawings as part of the Operation and Maintenance Manual package. 1461 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 SUBMITTALS AND PROJECT CLOSEOUT 27 01 05 - 4 1.07 DOCUMENT TURNOVER A. Construction Documents CD's, Owner and Operation (O&M's), As-Built, Specifications and other documents turned over at the completion of the project shall be furnished to the Owner in digital PDF format. 1. Construction Documents: a. PDF Creation: Each set of drawings shall be combined into a single PDF document. b. Bookmarking: Each page of the PDF shall be bookmarked with the number and name of the sheet. c. Naming: The PDF shall be labeled: "Building Name_Year_Title_Spec_Type" 1) Name = Building Name 2) Year = Date of Documents 3) Title = “Addition” “Remodel,” etc. 4) CD = Construction Document 5) Type = Arch, Mech, Electrical, Communications or a combination of the above 2. Specifications a. PDF Creation: All specifications shall be combined into a single PDF document. b. Bookmarking: Each section of the PDF shall be bookmarked with then number and name of the section. c. Naming: The PDF shall be labeled: "Building Name_Year_Title_Spec_Type" 1) Name = Building Name 2) Year = Date of Documents 3) Title = “Addition” “Remodel,” etc. 4) CD = Construction Document 5) Type = Arch, Mech, Electrical, Communications or a combination of the above 3. Operation and Maintenance Manuals a. O&M’s shall be turned over by the Contractor b. PDF Creation: All Operation and Maintenance Manuals shall be converted into a single PDF document. c. Bookmarking: Each section and subsection shall be bookmarked. 1462 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 SUBMITTALS AND PROJECT CLOSEOUT 27 01 05 - 5 1.08 WARRANTY A. Guarantee and maintain the stability of Work and materials and keep the same in perfect repair and condition for one (1) year after the final completion of the Work as evidence by the issuance of the final certificate by the Architect. B. Defects of any kind due to faulty Work or materials appearing during the above mentioned period shall be immediately corrected by the Contractor at his own expense to the satisfaction of the Owner, Architect, and Consultant. Include damage to the finish or the building resulting from the original defect or repairs. C. The guarantee does not apply to injuries occurring after final acceptance and due to wind, fire, violence, abuse, or carelessness or other Contractors or their employees or the agents of the Owner. D. The guarantee does not apply where other warranties for different lengths of time as specified. PART 2 - PRODUCTS - NOT USED- PART 3 - EXECUTION - NOT USED- END OF SECTION 1463 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR COMM SYSTEMS 27 05 26 - 1 SECTION 27 05 26 - GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provision of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, and Division 01 Specifications sections, apply to this section. B. Refer to the Technology (T) series drawings for information and related details. C. All Electrical, for Telecommunications systems, Division 26 for related grounding and bonding considerations. D. All information in the Division 27 documents related to the communication systems. 1.02 SUMMARY A. The extent of telecommunications grounding and bonding work is indicated by drawings and schedules as specified herein. Grounding and bonding work is defined to encompass systems, circuits, and equipment. B. Section includes: 1. Grounding and Bonding information for the scope of Work. 2. References, definitions, and descriptions relative to the scope of Work. C. Applications of telecommunications grounding and bonding work in this section includes the following: 1. Underground metal piping 2. Building frames – structural steel 3. Electrical Power Systems 4. Grounding electrodes 5. Raceways 6. Service Equipment 7. Enclosures 8. Equipment 9. Equipment cabinets 10. Equipment racks 11. All Conduits (including risers and sleeves) 12. Cable trays and ladder rack 1464 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR COMM SYSTEMS 27 05 26 - 2 D. A dedicated telecommunications grounding system shall be provided. Insulated bonding backbones (TBB), equalizing connectors (TEC), and pre-drilled, tinned copper buses (TMGB & TGB) shall be provided and installed at each communications room by Division 26 electrical contractor to bond metallic equipment and hardware components. E. Related Sections: 1. All Division 27 specification sections 2. Division 26 04 26 - Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 1.03 REFERENCES A. All equipment and materials shall comply with the latest revisions and addendums to the standards listed below: 1. BICSI, TDMM, Tampa, FL; BICSI 2. Compliance with IEEE Standards 80, 81, 14, 142 pertaining to grounding and bonding of systems. 3. ANSI/EIA-310-D: Cabinets, Racks, Panels & Associated Equipment 4. TIA/EIA-J-STD-307: Commercial Building Grounding and Bonding Requirements for Telecommunications 5. UL 467, Electrical Grounding and Bonding Equipment 6. National Fire Protection Association, NEC requirements 7. All Regional & Local Electrical Codes as set forth by the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. All definitions are complementary to the definition lists throughout the Division 27 specifications. 1. TMGB: Telecommunications Main Grounding Busbar 2. TGB: Telecommunications Grounding Busbar 3. TBB: Telecommunications Bonding Backbone 4. MEP: Mechanical, Electrical, & Plumbing 5. GC: General Contractor 6. OAC: Owner, Architect, Contractor Team 7. AHJ: Authority Having Jurisdiction 8. Contractor: The Contractor performing the Work under this division of specifications 9. Provide: “Contractor is responsible for the furnishing and installation of.” 10. NEMA: National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association 11. NECA: National Electrical Contractors Association 1465 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR COMM SYSTEMS 27 05 26 - 3 1.05 SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS A. A Telecommunications Grounding Busbar (TGB) shall be installed within the facilities’ MDF and all IDF rooms. The TGB’s shall be bonded to the building electrical ground, and shall be designed following the recommendations contained in the most recent version of ANSI/J-STD-607. B. Installation and termination of the busbars and ground conductors, at a minimum, shall be done by a licensed electrical contractor. C. All busbars shall be interconnected via a Telecommunications Bonding Backbone conductor to equalize potential between rooms. D. The Division 27 contractor shall be responsible for bonding all equipment installed under this scope of Work. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. As noted in the beginning section of the Division 27 specification. B. Close-out Submittals: The Contractor will submit to the Owner all relevant documentation as it pertains to the grounding and bonding system. The Division 27 contractor shall coordinate with the Division 26 contractor, and General Contractor to ensure that all relevant information is contained in this portion of the close-out submittal package. 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer’s Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in the manufacturing of grounding and bonding products of types, and ratings required, and ancillary grounding materials, including stranded cable, copper braid, and bus grounding electrodes, plate electrodes, and bonding jumpers whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than five (5) years. B. Installer Qualifications: The Division 26 contractor, responsible for the installation of the busbars, bonding backbone, shall have a minimum of five (5) years experience installing grounding and bonding systems under a similar scope. The Division 27 telecommunications contractor is responsible for the bonding of all the installed devices and systems as it directly relates to the communications systems to provide TGB within the MDF/IDF rooms. The Division 27 contractor shall have a minimum of five (5) years experience successfully installing grounding and bonding components on projects of similar scope. The individual responsible for the connections shall coordinate with the GC and the Division 26 contractor to ensure that all grounding and bonding work meets all current local, state and national code requirements, and will pass electrical inspection by the AHJ. C. Grounding and Bonding: Compliant with the most current information and addendum in ANSI/J- STD-607. 1.08 COORDINATION A. Coordinate the layout and installation of grounding and bonding equipment with the GC and Division 26 contractor. 1.09 WARRANTY A. As noted in Section 27 00 00. 1466 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR COMM SYSTEMS 27 05 26 - 4 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GROUNDING BUSBAR A. Comply with requirements in this section, as well as Division 26 05 26 – Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems, for grounding of conductors and connectors. B. A Telecommunications Grounding Busbar (TGB) will be provided by the Division 26 Electrical contractor in the MDF and all IDF rooms. The Busbar(s) will be grounded to an approved grounding source, and provide space for the Division 27 contractor to bond all equipment installed under these specifications. The following requirements must be met in the MDF: 1. The Busbar shall utilize standoffs to mount to the backboard with a minimum of two (2) inches standoff. 2. The MDF busbar shall be a minimum of twenty-four (24) inches in length, three (3) inches height, and one quarter (1/4) inch depth. 3. The IDF busbars shall be a minimum of twelve (12) inches in length, three (3) inches in height, and one quarter (1/4) inch in depth. 4. All TGB devices shall accommodate one quarter (1/4) inch onding lugs, a minimum of one (1) inch on center. C. All methods must comply with the most current revision of ANSI/J-STD-607 – Commercial Building Grounding and Bonding Requirements for Telecommunications, as well as applicable local, state, and national electrical codes. D. The minimum acceptable ground conductor to be supplied by the Division 26 contractor, for the TBB system, shall be #2/0 AWG, stranded core conductor with green sheath. The Division 26 contractor shall review the sizing of the conductor to ensure it meets any local code and inspection requirements. E. The minimum acceptable ground conductor to be supplied by the Divisio 27 telecommunications contractor, for bonding equipment within the communications rooms, shall be #6 AWG, stranded core conductor with green sheath. All bonding shall take place within the communications room(s), and no conductors shall exit the room, or travel to other locations except for the bonding backbone between rooms. The Division 27 contractor shall coordinate with the Division 26 contractor on the required minimum conductor size required by Code. 2.02 CONNECTORS A. All connectors shall be listed and labeled by a nationally recognized testing laboratory acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for applications in which used, and for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and items connected. B. Bolted Connectors For Conductors and Pipes: Copper or copper alloy, bolted pressure-type with at least two bolts. 1. Pipe Connectors: Clamp type, sized for the pipe. C. Welded Connectors: Exothermic-welding kits of types recommended by Cadweld or approved equal manufacturer for materials being joined and the installed conditions. 1467 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR COMM SYSTEMS 27 05 26 - 5 D. Compression Fitting: All cable splices from bonding backbone to tie cables shall use irreversible compression fittings to join cable ends. Compression fittings shall be made of silicon bronze and long-barrel, two-bolt connection to the ground busbar. Connectors shall be able to accept a minimum of #6 AWG conductors, or larger as required to assemble the system correctly. 2.03 LABELING & IDENTIFICATION A. All labeling for the Work done by the Contractor, under the Division 27 specifications, shall fully comply with ANSI/J-STD-607, U.L. 969, in addition to any Owner requirements. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install grounding materials according to BICSI TDMM – Grounding, Bonding, and Electrical Protection, Chapter, and all current local, state, and applicable national codes. B. All Work shall comply with NFPA 70. C. Comply with ANSI/J-STD-607. D. Install all systems as per manufacturer’s printed instructions as well as per all local, state, and national codes. 1. The MDF busbar may be mounted lower on the backboard to limit the possibility of conflict with surface mounted devices or cabling routing. Twelve (12) inches AFF is the preferred mounting location. 2. The IDF busbars should be mounted at a higher elevation, near the equipment rack, to facilitate ease of connection. E. Conductors for bonding shall be connected as noted below: 1. TMGB: shall be connected to main electrical ground bus with insulated #2/0 stranded bonding conductor installed in continuous conduits where required by Code, as well as to building steel if existing within the room, size as necessary. 2. The TGB devices shall be connected to the TMGB via the insulated #2/0 stranded bonding conductor installed into continuous conduits where required by Code. 3. All conductors shall be installed to minimize excess length, and shall be in the shortest and straightest paths possible unless otherwise directed or required by Code. 4. Avoid placing conductors where access is not possible, or where its subjected to strain, damage, or adverse environmental conditions. 5. Install all bonding straps and jumpers in easily accessible locations for inspection and maintenance. F. Bond all metallic equipment and materials to the grounding busbar in the corresponding communications room. This includes but is not limited to the following: 1. Armored and metal-clad cable sheaths. 2. Equipment racks and cabinets 1468 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR COMM SYSTEMS 27 05 26 - 6 3. Cable trays and ladder racks 4. Conduits, including risers and sleeves 5. Equipment and power supply enclosures 6. Wall-mounted cable terminals 7. All other metallic components as necessary G. Apply corrosion-resistant finish to all field-connections, buried metallic grounding and bonding products, and places where factory applied protective coatings have been destroyed or subjected to corrosive action. H. Install all connectors on a clean metal contact surface to ensure electrical conductivity and circuit integrity. I. The Division 27 contractor shall coordinate with the Division 27 contractor on sizing the grounding conductor appropriately in all TR’s. The Division 26 contractor shall review the conductor sizing and installation for code compliance. 3.02 LABELING & IDENTIFICATION A. Comply with requirements in Division 27 05 53 – Identification for Communication System. B. Comply with any Owner directed labeling or identification methods in conjunction with Division 27 05 53, in addition to any current local, state, or national requirements. C. All labels shall be preprinted or computer-printed type. Labeling ink should not fade or become illegible over time. No handwritten labeling will be accepted. The Contractor will replace labels at no additional cost to the Owner if not installed per the guidelines in these specifications. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All Work must be field verified for code compliance by the GC, and Division 26, and 27 contractors, before the electrical inspection by the AHJ. B. Examine areas and conditions under which telecommunications grounding and bonding connections are to be made, and notify the Architect and Engineer in writing of the conditions detrimental to the proper completion of Work. Do not proceed with Work until all unsatisfactory conditions have been addressed and corrected. END OF SECTION 1469 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 27 05 28 - 1 SECTION 27 05 28 - PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provision of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Refer to the Technology (T) series drawings for information and related details. C. All Division 26 Electrical, for Telecommunication systems related items. D. All information in the Division 27 documents related to the communication systems. 1.02 SUMMARY A. The extent of pathway work is indicated by drawings and information specified herein. Communications pathways are defined to include, but not limited to, ladder rack, cable tray, and suspended support infrastructure. B. Section includes: 1. Information for the pathways of communications systems, and components installed under Division 27. 2. References, definitions, and descriptions relative to the scope of Work. C. Related Sections: 1. All Division 27 specification sections 1.03 REFERENCES A. All equipment and materials shall comply with the latest revisions and addendums to the standards listed below: 1. Any regulations or requirements, as noted in Section 27 00 00. 2. All related sections of the National Fire Protection Association, 70, 72,75, 101, 252, 800. 3. All regional & local electrical codes as set forth by the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) 1.04 DEFINITIONS: A. All definitions are complementary to the definition lists throughout the Division 27 specifications. 1. Cable Tray: a rated prefabricated structure designed to provide pathway space for premise cabling. The tray can be either wire mesh, trough, and ventilated or non-ventilated to allow or disallow for air passage. 2. Ladder Rack: a prefabricated structure designed as a cable pathway, and consisting of two side rails and transverse connecting members (rungs), and typically used in communications rooms, equipment rooms, data centers, etc. 1470 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 27 05 28 - 2 3. Work: work as it relates to this project, all Work that is base bid, or otherwise approved by the OAC team. 4. EMT: Extruded Metallic Tubing (Conduits) 5. RMC: Rigid Metal Conduit 6. RNC: Rigid Non-Metallic Conduit 7. PVC: Poly-Vinyl Chloride (Conduit Material) 8. NEMA: National Electrical Manufacturer's Association 9. NECA: National Electrical Contractors Association 1.05 SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONS A. Support infrastructure will be designed to mirror the communications cabling infrastructure throughout the facility. This support system will be used with all cabling installed under Division 27 Specifications for the project. B. Support systems will not be comprised of any product that will, over time, has been shown to cause damage to the cabling infrastructure, and consequently degrade service. C. The licensed Division 26 electrical contractor shall install all cable tray products outside of the communications rooms. The Division 27 communications contractor is responsible for the installation of all ladder rack and suspended pathways devices in the facility. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. As noted in the beginning section of the Division 27 specifications. B. Any shop drawings shall be the responsibility of the General Contractor, and the Division 27 contractor, for all horizontal materials as necessary. The infrastructure installation will meet minimum standards, as noted above, in the related sections and references. 1. Submit a riser diagram showing the intended materials for the horizontal cabling systems for approval. C. Close-out Submittals: the Contractor will submit to the owner all relevant documentation as it pertains to the backbone cabling systems. The Division 27 contractor shall coordinate with the Division 26 contractor, and General Contractor to ensure that all relevant information is contained in this portion of the close-out submittal package. 1. The Contractor shall provide the OAC team with as-built drawings showing the installation of the cabling support infrastructure in its entirety. 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in the manufacturing of backbone cabling materials, including high pair count copper and fiber, and whose products have been satisfactorily used in similar service for not less than five (5) years. 1471 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 27 05 28 - 3 B. Install Qualifications: The Division 27 contractor, responsible for the installation of the telecommunications systems, shall have a minimum of five (5) years experience successfully installing telecommunications systems on projects of similar scope. C. As noted within section 27 00 00, all pathway work will comply with the latest addenda and revisions to ANSI/EIA/TIA 569. Any deviation from this requirement will result in rejection of the installation and rework by the Contractor at no additional cost. 1.08 COORDINATION A. Coordinate the layout and installation of pathways, including ladder rack, conduits, grounding and bonding equipment, with the GC and Division 26 contractor. 1.09 WARRANTY A. As noted in Section 27 00 00. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 HANGERS AND SUPPORT A. The following manufacturer's products are acceptable for use in the Work under this Division 27 section: 1. Erico/Caddy 2. Arlington 3. Equal B. Cable supports must be NRTL labeled. Supports shall be designed to prevent the degradation of cable performance and pinch points that can damage cables. Bridle rings are not an acceptable device to use in routing cabling. C. Cables shall not be physically secured to the support devices, but maybe "retained" within if the method is integral to the actual device itself and is not additional materials. 2.02 CABLE TRAYS A. The following manufacturer's products are acceptable for use in the Work under this Division 27 section: 1. Legrand Cablofil 2. Snake Tray 3. Wiremaid 4. Equal B. As noted above, the electrical Contractor shall be responsible for the full installation of the cable tray devices within the facility, except the ladder rack within the communications room. 1472 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 27 05 28 - 4 C. Cable trays shall provide the same level of support and protection, as noted in the above Section, but will not require any method of securing cabling as the tray devices should include a lid type device to enclose the cabling within and provide protection. The Trays shall be of a design that easily allows the installation of cabling infrastructure, as well as repeated access for Owner MAC work. D. Materials: The materials for the cable trays shall comply with all local, state, and national codes for their intended usage, and the area in which they are placed. The preferred material is metal, suitable for indoor usage, and it should have protection against corrosion. Recommended product types are as follows: 1. Ladder Cable Tray: Shall be no less than eighteen (18) inches wide and have no more than twelve (12) inches of spacing between rungs, constructed of metal materials. 2. Solid-bottom Cable Trays: One (1) piece construction and will be no less than eighteen (18) inches wide. Provide solid cover. 2.03 SURFACE MOUNTED RACEWAYS A. It is not anticipated that surface-mounted raceways shall be used on this project. All raceways to the communication backboxes shall be installed by the Division 26 contractor and shall be contained within the walls unless specifically noted otherwise on the technology drawings. 2.04 LADDER RACK SYSTEMS A. The following manufacturer's products are acceptable for use in the Work under this Division 27 section: 1. Chatsworth 2. B-Line 3. Legrand 4. Equal B. Ladder rack shall meet the minimum standards as required above, and should be finished to match the equipment racks installed in this project. C. The ladder rack systems should include all mounting hardware to allow for attachment at not only the wall points, but also to secure the ladder rack to additional sections of ladder rack, such as butt splices, and 90-degree intersections, as well as the equipment racks themselves. D. Ladder rack systems shall be a minimum of eighteen (18) inches in width and shall have no further than twelve (12) inches of space between the "rung" devise. E. Finish: Black F. Bond all ladder rack sections to the TGB within the communications room. G. Install all ladder rack devices and components using all manufacturer's recommended accompanying materials. 1473 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 27 05 28 - 5 2.05 LABELING & IDENTIFICATION A. All labeling for the Work done by the Contractor, under the Division 27 specifications, shall fully comply with ANSI/J-STD-607, and U.L. 969, in addition to any Owner requirement. Refer to Section 27 05 53 for additional information related to the labeling requirements of this project. B. As previously noted, the Contractor may mark their support systems to assist in the identification, and potentially prevent other trades from using the installed systems without prior approval. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Hangers and Support Devices: 1. General Requirements: All support installations shall comply with ANSI/EIA/TIA-569 standards. It is the responsibility of the GC and Contractor to report any pathway issues that would not be standards compliant to the OAC team for resolution. 2. All support equipment, regardless of manufacturer or type, shall be secured in a manner that would not allow for the device to come undone over time. a. Acceptable methods to attach support shall be: 1) Clamps (beam or otherwise) 2) Hangers shot into a solid structure, framing, etc. Hanger shall not be shot into roofing material under any circumstances. b. Support devices shall not be attached, affixed, or in any other way fastened to any electrical, HVAC, or other systems in the ceiling space. Any work that is done in this manner will require correction from the Contractor at no additional cost to the OAC team. c. Hanging of any devices shall not violate any codes related to the particular regional area of installation. 3. The support equipment should be spaced four (4) to six (6) feet on center between devices. In a location where this is not possible, the Contractor shall make all provisions to protect the cable and ensure ta proper degree of support. The Contractor shall notify the OAC team of the locations, and request approval for the solution proposed to be accepted. 4. There should be no hard turns out of support devices. The Contractor will install support devices with sweeping turns to minimize any possible stresses on the cable infrastructure that is being supported. 5. Cables shall be secured in the support systems, but not in a manner that can cause any damage to the cables. Securing the cables is a protective measure and only to be used to prevent cabling from coming out of the support devices, as noted above. 6. All support devices shall be appropriately sized to accommodate the cable load that will be placed upon them. The Contractor will replace any devices that are deemed insufficient for the cable bundle at no additional cost to the OAC team. 1474 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 27 05 28 - 6 7. All support devices, regardless of type, shall be rated for the intended application, and meet or exceed all applicable local, state, and national codes and standards. B. Cable Trays: 1. Cable trays shall be installed by the Division 26 electrical contractor per the construction documents. 2. The Division 27 contractor must coordinate with the Division 26 contractor to ensure that the installation of the cable tray meets all applicable standards, etc. and that the system will meet the needs of the communications infrastructure. C. Ladder rack: 1. Ladder rack inside the MDF/IDF rooms shall be installed by the Division 27 telecommunications contractor, as shown on the construction drawings. Secure to the plywood backboard using lag screws at a minimum to ensure structural stability. 2. Install butt splices and vertical joint sections, as shown in the construction drawings. 3.02 LABELING & IDENTIFICATION A. Comply with requirements in Division 27 05 52 – Identification for Communication Systems. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All Work must be field verified for code compliance by the GC, and Division 26 & 27 contractors before the electrical inspection by the AHJ. B. Any work that does not meet the requirements of these documents shall be rejected and require the Contractor to provide correction or resolution at no additional cost to the OAC team. END OF SECTION 1475 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 FIRESTOPPING FOR COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 27 05 29 - 1 SECTION 27 05 29 - FIRESTOPPING FOR COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. The extent of firestopping work is indicated by drawings and information as specified herein. Communications pathways are defined to include, but not limited to, ladder rack, cable tray, and suspended support infrastructure. B. Section includes: 1. Information for pathways of communication systems and components installed under this Division 27 section. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Refer to the Technology (T) series drawings for information, and related details C. All Division 26 Electrical, for Telecommunications systems related items. D. All information in the Division 27 documents related to the communications systems. 1.03 SUMMARY A. The extent of Firestop work is indicated by drawings and information specified herein. The Contractor shall refer to the Architectural drawings to locate and identify any fire-rated structures, and plan accordingly if these structures interact with the communication systems. B. Section Includes: 1. Firestopping information for communications systems, and components installed under Division 27. 2. References, definitions, and descriptions relative to the scope of Work. C. Related Sections: 1. All Division 27 Specification Sections 2. Division 07 – Thermal and Moisture Protection 1.04 REFERENCES A. All equipment and materials shall comply with the latest revisions and addendums to the standards listed below: 1. Any regulations or requirements as noted in Section 27 00 00. 2. All related sections of the National Fire Protection Association, 70, 72, 75, 101, 252, 800. 3. All Regional & Local Electrical Codes as set forth by the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) 1476 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 FIRESTOPPING FOR COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 27 05 29 - 2 4. ASTM E814 – Fire testing for through penetration firestop. 1.05 DEFINITIONS A. All definitions are complementary to the definition lists throughout the Division 27 specifications. 1.06 SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONS A. Firestopping systems shall be to restore a fire rating of a wall or similar. These systems shall limit or completely remove the potential for passage of smoke and or flame to another room or Section of the facility. B. The Division 27 Contractor shall be responsible for firestopping all penetrations and pathways used for the Work under this Division. No other contractor on the project shall be responsible for firestopping. 1.07 SUBMITTALS A. As noted in the beginning section of the Division 27 specifications. B. Any shop drawings shall be the responsibility of the General Contractor, and the Division 27 contractor, for all horizontal materials as necessary. The infrastructure installation will meet minimum standards as noted above in the “Related Sections” and “References”. C. Close-out Submittals: The Contractor will submit to the Owner all relevant documentation as it pertains to the backbone cabling systems. The Division 27 Contractor shall coordinate with the Division 26 Contractor and General Contractor to ensure that all relevant information is contained in this portion of the close-out submittal package. D. The Contractor shall provide the OAC team with all relevant information for the firestop infrastructure in its entirety. 1.08 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer’s Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacturing backbone cabling materials, including high pair count copper and fiber, and whose products have been satisfactorily used in similar service for not less than five (5) years. B. Installer Qualifications: The Division 27 contractor, responsible for the installation of the telecommunications systems, shall have a minimum of five (5) years experience successfully installing telecommunications systems on projects of similar scope. C. Firestop Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application(s). D. Firestopping: Compliant with the most current information and addendum in ASTM E814, the BICSI TDMM, and all applicable local, state, and national codes and standards. E. Do not mix any firestop products from different vendors. Doing so will place all liability of the litigation on the Contractor responsible for the installation. The Contractor shall correct at no additional cost to the OAC team. 1477 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 FIRESTOPPING FOR COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 27 05 29 - 3 1.09 WARRANTY A. As noted in Section 27 00 00. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FIRESTOP PRODUCTS A. The following manufacturer’s products are acceptable for use in the Work under this Division 27 Section: 1. STI 2. 3M 3. Hilti 4. Equal B. Use qualified and tested systems to firestop through penetrations in fire-rated walls and floors, for pipes, cables, conduit, ducts, inner-duct, and cable trays or ladder rack. C. All materials used in firestop work shall be U.L. classified and assemble to a U.L. listed system with known operating parameters and results, or assembled to a rated system by another, recognized third- party testing organization. D. All putty-type materials shall be of a dielectric, water-resistant, non-hardening, and permanently flexible design. E. As noted throughout this document, all materials must be able to meet the most current criteria outlined in ASTM E814, ASTM E-119-73, and U.L. 1479. 2.02 LABELING & IDENTIFICATION A. All labeling for the Work done by the Contractor, under Division 27 specifications, shall fully comply with the latest revision of ANSI/EIA/TIA-606, and U.L.969, in addition to any Owner requirements. Firestop installations shall be marked with the manufacturer provided labeling. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. As noted above, the Division 27 Contractor shall be responsible for firestopping and caulking all penetrations that are populated with communications cabling. B. Install firestop materials according to the latest revision of the BICSI TDMM firestopping methods and all current local, state, and national applicable codes and standards. C. Comply with ASTM E814, ASTM E819, and U.L.1479. D. Install all systems as per manufacturer’s printed instructions as well as per all local, state, and national codes and standards. 1478 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 FIRESTOPPING FOR COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 27 05 29 - 4 E. Firestop Caulk: All caulk will be used to seal around the exterior of any penetrations used for this project, for the use of the Division 27 communications cabling. The Contractor will form an even bead around the perimeter of the penetrating object, and then shall “tool” in the material to maximize its surface contact, and its firestopping capabilities. F. Firestop Putty: All putty used in firestopping, shall be water-resistant, and permanently flexible. Installation of putty in conduits, and all other applicable locations, shall meet minimum depths and manufacturer installation techniques to ensure full code compliance, and minimum operational characteristics, and restoration of the assembly rating. All putty installation shall fully encircle, 360 degrees, the communications cabling that passes through the penetration. No deviation from this will be accepted, and the Contractor will be required to correct at no additional cost to the OAC team. G. Mineral Wool and Similar Backing Materials: Shall be installed in any penetration in the space between two openings. The material shall be spread evenly around the cabling bundles and provide a semi-solid backing for the firestop putty. H. Rated “Pillows” and Bricks: Pillows and bricks may be used in any situation where cable tray or ladder racking is penetrating a rated wall assembly. In these situations, bricks or pillows may be used to restore the rating of the structure. All items installed, must be done per manufacturer’s installation guidelines. I. Collars, Rated Pads, and Other Devices: All additional devices installed shall be compliant with all listed codes and standards and shall be installed per the manufacturers’ installation guidelines. No deviations shall be accepted. 3.02 LABELING & IDENTIFICATION A. Comply with requirements in Division 27 05 53 – Identification for Communication Systems. B. Comply with any Owner directed labeling or identification methods in conjunction with the above- stated information, in addition to any current local, state, and national requirements. C. Labels shall be preprinted or computer-printed type. Labeling ink should not fade or become illegible over time. No handwritten labeling will be accepted. The Contractor will replace labels at no additional cost to the Owner if not installed per the guidelines in these specifications. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All Work must be field verified for code compliance by the GC, and Division 07 & 27 contractors, before an inspection by the AHJ. B. Any work that does not meet the requirements of these documents shall be rejected and require the Contractor to provide correction or resolution at no additional cost to the OAC team. END OF SECTION 1479 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 COMMUNICATIONS ROOM EQUIPMENT FITTINGS 27 11 00 - 1 SECTION 27 11 00 - COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT ROOM FITTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specifications Sections, apply to this Section. B. Refer to the Technology (T) series drawings for information and related details. C. All Division 26 Electrical, for Telecommunications systems related items. D. All information in the Division 27 documents related to the communication systems. 1.02 SUMMARY A. The extend of communications room work is indicated by drawings and schedules as specified herein. Details shall be included in the construction documents to assist in the layout of the communications rooms and equipment racks contained in these rooms. B. Section Includes: 1. Information for the fittings, devices, and infrastructure for the communications rooms, and their components installed under this Division 27 Section. 2. References, definitions, and descriptions relative to the scope of work. C. Related Sections: 1. All Division 27 Specification Sections. 1.03 REFERENCES A. All equipment and materials shall comply with the latest revisions and addendums to the standards listed below: 1. BICSI, TDMM, Tampa, FL; BICSI 2. ANSI/EIA/TIA-568 3. ANSI/EIA/TIA-569 4. ANSI/ICEA S-83-596 5. ANSI/EIA/TIA-606 6. ANSI/EIA/TIA-607 7. U.L 969, 1363, 1449 8. Any additional regulations or requirements, as noted in Section 27 00 00. 9. All related sections of the National Fire Protection Association, 70, 72, 75, 101, 252, 800. 10. All Regional & Local Electrical Codes as set forth by the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) 1480 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 COMMUNICATIONS ROOM EQUIPMENT FITTINGS 27 11 00 - 2 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. All definitions are complementary to the definition lists throughout the Division 27 specifications. B. As noted within Section 27 00 00. 1.05 SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONS A. This Section deals explicitly with communications rooms equipment and fittings to be installed during the project. B. Entrance protection shall be defined as any protective devices or units that, when coupled with OSP or Entrance cable, provides a degree of protection from potential electrical surges across conductors. Optical fiber cable does not require any entrance protection devices. C. Protection systems should be comprised of solid-state protection components. D. Grounding and bonding shall be installed as part of a facility system, and the Division 27 contractor shall properly implement a grounding system for all communications materials installed. E. Termination equipment shall be installed as well-mounted or rack-mounted equipment, and shall house all cabling connections for horizontal and backbone systems. F. Cable management systems will be used to route and protect cabling systems within the telecommunications rooms, and any other area that would require them by industry standards. Cable management can consist of D-Rings, ladder-rack, vertical and horizontal rack-mounted systems, etc. G. Provide 3/4" plywood backboard with two coats of fire retardant paint along walls of each technology room shown on technology drawings. H. Prower protection shall be used to provide rack systems. All information related to the power aspects is contained within the Division 26 specification sections. 1.06 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure that all installed systems function within the industry-recognized standards and manufacturer's stated parameters for their intended use. 1.07 SUBMITTALS A. As noted in the beginning section of the Division 27 Specifications. B. Any shop drawings shall be the responsibility of the General Contractor, and the Division 27 Contractor, for all horizontal materials as necessary. The infrastructure installation will meet minimum standards as noted above in the "Related Sections" and "References." C. Close-Out Submittals: The Contractor will submit to the Owner all relevant documentation as it pertains to the backbone cabling systems. The Division 27 Contractor shall coordinate with the Division 26 Contractor and General Contractor to ensure all relevant information is contained in this portion of the submittal package. 1. The Contractor shall provide the OAC team with as-built drawings showing the installation of the cabling infrastructure in its entirety, and this includes the communication rooms. All labeling for the horizontal systems shall be included with all other relevant information. 1481 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 COMMUNICATIONS ROOM EQUIPMENT FITTINGS 27 11 00 - 3 1.08 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in the manufacturing of backbone cabling materials, including high pair count copper and fiber, and whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than five (5) years. B. Installer Qualifications: The Division 27 Contractor, responsible for the installation of the telecommunications systems, shall have a minimum of five (5) years experience successfully installing telecommunications systems on projects of similar scope. C. Grounding and Bonding: Compliant with the most current information and addendum in ANSI/J- STD-607, as well as all applicable local, state, and national codes. 1.09 COORDINATION 1. Coordinate layout and installation of equipment room fixtures with all relevant trades, the GC, and the Owner to ensure no conflicts arise. 1.10 WARRANTY A. As noted in Section 27 00 00. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PATHWAYS A. The Division 26 Contractor will be responsible for installing all cable tray that routes throughout the building except for the MDF and IDF communications rooms. B. In the communications rooms, the Division 27 contractor shall install all required ladder rack and management devices. The definition of "management devices" includes but is not limited to: D-rings, hook and loop wraps, vertical and horizontal, rack-mounted wire managers, and any other device that would be used to route the cabling within the room. C. The Division 27 contractor is also responsible for installing all suspended cable support devise, such as J-hooks, loops, etc. Horizontal cabling shall be CAT6 UTP grade cable or equal, and all devices shall be rated to support the listed cable type adequately. Horizontal cabling for wireless access points shall be CAT6A UTP grade cable. D. Devices may be marked with paint, as specified in Section 27 05 53, to help identify the responsible trade. Any paint markings must take place before the installation of cabling and should match the color of the cable sheath. E. Given the bend radius requirements for the cabling, the installed suspended pathway devices should be placed to follow and comply with those requirements. F. All devices and suspension systems shall be NRTL tested, and classified or listed for the appropriate use. 1482 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 COMMUNICATIONS ROOM EQUIPMENT FITTINGS 27 11 00 - 4 2.02 ENTRANCE PROTECTION A. All service provider utility cabling shall have entrance protection provided by the service provider, and shall not be the responsibility of the Contractor or Owner. The Contractor shall be required to coordinate with the Service Provider to ensure the placement of any protection does not conflict with the planned layout of devices within the communications room. 2.03 GROUNDING AND BONDING A. Refer to Section 27 05 26 for information related to the grounding and bonding requirements for the communication systems. B. All metallic infrastructures shall be bonded to the appropriate grounding point within the communications room. 2.04 EQUIPMENT RACKS A. General Rack Requirements: 1. The following equipment rack manufacturers are acceptable for the completion of the work under this specification: a. Chatsworth Products Inc. – Adjustable Rail ServerRack b. Panduit – Four-post Relay Rack c. Ortronics – Four-Post Rack d. Equal 2. Dimension: Width compatible with ANSI/EIA-310-D, nineteen (19) inch panel mounting. Unless otherwise specified, all equipment racks will have 45RU of space. 3. Review the construction drawings for the types and quantities of equipment racks needed within the communications rooms. B. The equipment racks for this project shall be four-post modular, freestanding equipment racks, and allow for the following: 1. Steel construction, with standard forty-five (45) rack units of equipment space. 2. Allow for the mounting of vertical and horizontal cable management channels. 3. Allow for potential power strips to be mechanically fastened to the rack(s). 4. Have a provision to provide the proper bonding to a grounding system. 5. Finish: Black 2.05 PATCH PANELS A. All Patch panels shall be rack-mounted devices within the communications rooms. Refer to Section 27 15 00 for additional information regarding the patch panel devices. 1483 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 COMMUNICATIONS ROOM EQUIPMENT FITTINGS 27 11 00 - 5 2.06 CABLE MANAGEMENT DEVICES A. Wall-Mounted Devices: 1. D-rings are acceptable management devices for this project. Other options will be considered and shall be presented to the OAC team at the time of submittals with any recommendations by the Contractor. 2. Devices shall be constructed of metallic compounds to ensure durability. 3. Devices shall be mechanically fastened to the backboards. 4. Any cabling routed through these devices shall not be done in an area that is susceptible to high traffic, and thus potential damage. B. Horizontal Cable Management: 1. The following manufacturers are acceptable for completion of the work under this specification: a. Tyco Electronis/AMP Netconect b. Panduit c. Ortronics d. Chatsworth e. Equal 2. Horizontal wire management shall not be double-sided cable managers and will be 1RU and 2RU height units, as shown on drawings. 3. Wire managers shall be plastic and will incorporate "finger ducts" to assist in routing cables. Wire managers of a "Punched Plastic" design are not permitted, and shall not be accepted at the time of submittals. 4. Cable Support Bars: Used to route the horizontal cables to the back of patch panel and shall be constructed of metal. Cable support manager devices shall be from the same manufacturer as the cable management devices themselves. 5. Horizontal wire managers will be manufactured of metal and will ensure that the maximum bend radius of any cabling, routed through the manger, is not exceeded. C. Vertical Cable Management: 1. The following manufacturers are acceptable for completion of the work under this specification: a. Tyco Electronis/AMP Netconect b. Panduit c. Ortronics d. Chatsworth e. Equal 1484 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 COMMUNICATIONS ROOM EQUIPMENT FITTINGS 27 11 00 - 6 2. Vertical cable managers will be single-sided cable managers attached to the front and back of the sides of the equipment racks. The internal dimension will be no less than six (6) inches wide by (6) inches deep, on both front and rear cable channels. 3. Vertical cable managers will be manufactured of plastic and will ensure that the maximum bend radius of any cabling, routed through the manger, is not exceeded. The manager should make use of "finger duct" technology to assist in routing the cables. 4. Mounting bracket ears will be placed to the backside of the equipment racks to avoid any mounting complications for the patch panels, horizontal wire managers, and Owner supplied equipment on the front side of the rack. D. Ladder Rack: 1. Refer to Section 27 05 28 for relevant information. 2.07 BACKBOARDS A. The Division 27 Contractor shall be responsible for furnishing and installing fire-rated plywood backboard in the communications rooms. Plywood should be fire-rated, minimum of three quarters 3/4" inches thick, and free from large knots and defects – AC grade or better preferred. 2.08 LABELING & IDENTIFICATION A. Refer to Section 27 05 53 for labeling information. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Equipment Racks: 1. Install all equipment racks, as shown in the construction drawings. 2. Secure the ladder rack devices to the top of the equipment using "J-type" bolts. B. Cable Management Devices: 1. All cable management devices shall be installed as per the manufacturer's recommendations, or in the absence of that, industry best practices. 2. All vertical cable managers shall be installed with the mounter brackets or ears to the reverse channel of the equipment racks to avoid any conflicts with the patch panels and horizontal wire managers on the front of the racks. C. Ladder Rack: 1. Lag bolts shall secure ladder rack to the plywood backboard materials within the room and, at a minimum, should use "L-Bracket" mounting devices to secure to the backboard. 2. The ladder rack should be secured to the equipment racks utilizing the appropriate equipment rack mounting plate and attachment bolts. 3. The ladder rack sections should be attached utilizing the appropriate joining materials. All sections must be bonded to the TGB within the communications room. 1485 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 COMMUNICATIONS ROOM EQUIPMENT FITTINGS 27 11 00 - 7 D. Backboards 1. The Division 27 Contractor shall install the backboard from six (t) inches above the finished flooring to each eight foot six inches (8' -6") above the finished flooring. The backboard may be attached directly to block walls, or a metal stud system, whichever is deemed more appropriate by the GC given the building construction. 3.02 LABELING & IDENTIFICATION A. Comply with requirements in Division 27 05 53 – Identification for Communications Systems. B. Comply with any Owner directed labeling or identification methods in conjunction with the above- stated information, in addition to any current local, state, and national requirements. C. Labels shall be preprinted or computer-printed type. Labeling ink should not fade or become illegible over time. No handwritten labeling will be accepted. The Contractor will replace labels at no additional cost to the Owner if not installed per the guidelines in these specifications. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All work must be field verified for code compliance by the GC, and Division 26 & 27 Contractors, before the electrical inspection by the AHJ. B. Any work that does not meet the requirements of these documents shall be rejected and require the Contractor to provide correction or resolution at no additional cost to the OAC team. END OF SECTION 1486 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 COMMUNICATIONS BACKBONE CABLING SYSTEMS 27 13 00 - 1 SECTION 27 13 00 - COMMUNICATIONS BACKBONE CABLING SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Refer to the Technology (T) series drawings for information and related details. C. All Division 26 Electrical, for Telecommunication systems related items. D. All information in the Division 27 documents related to the communications systems. 1.02 SUMMARY A. The extent of the backbone cabling systems shall be as noted within the construction documents. B. Section Includes: 1. Information for the copper and optical fiber backbone cabling of the communication systems, and their components install under Division 27. 2. References, definitions, and descriptions relative to the scope of Work. C. Related Sections: 1. All Division 27 specification sections. 1.03 REFERENCES A. All equipment and materials shall comply with the latest revision and addendums to the standards listed below: 1. BICSI, TDMM, Tampa, FL; BICSI 2. ANSI/EIA/TIA-568 3. ANSI/EIA/TIA-569 4. ANSI/ICEA S-860596 5. ANSI/EIA/TIA-492-AAAB 6. ANSI/EIA/TIA-526 7. ANSI/EIA/TIA-598 8. ANSI/EIA/TIA-604 9. Any additional regulations or requirements, as noted in section 27 00 00. 10. All related sections of the National Fire Protection Association, 70, 72, 75, 101, 252, 800. 11. All Regional & Local Electrical Codes as set forth by the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) 1487 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 COMMUNICATIONS BACKBONE CABLING SYSTEMS 27 13 00 - 2 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. All definitions are complementary to the definition lists throughout the Divisio 27 specifications. B. As noted within Section 27 00 00 1.05 SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONS A. This Section deals specifically with all backbone cabling to be installed during the project. This Section only addresses inside plant cabling. B. All backbone cabling systems shall be installed in the cable tray with the horizontal cabling infrastructure. Systems shall make use of common support systems. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. As noted in the beginning section of the Division 27 specification. B. Any shop drawings shall be the responsibility of the General Contractor, and the Division 27 Contractor, for all backbone related materials as necessary. The infrastructure installation will meet minimum standards, as noted above in the “Related Sections” and “References.” 1. Submit a riser diagram showing the intended materials for the backbone cabling systems for approval. C. Close-out Submittals: The Contractor will submit to the Owner all relevant documentation as it pertains to the backbone cabling systems. The Division 27 Contractor shall coordinate with the Division 26 Contractor and General Contractor to ensure that all relevant information is contained in this portion of the close-out submittal package. 1. The Contractor shall supply the OAC team with as-built drawings showing the approximate routing pathway of all backbone cabling, types, and measurements of the systems. 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer’s Qualifications: Firms regularly engage in the manufacturing of backbone cabling materials, including high pair count copper and fiber, and whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than five (5) years. B. Installer Qualifications: The Division 27 Contractor, responsible for the installation of the telecommunications systems, shall have a minimum of five (5) years experience successfully installing telecommunication systems on projects of similar scope. 1.08 COORDINATION A. Coordinate the layout and installation of grounding and bonding equipment with the GC and Division 26 Contractor. 1.09 WARRANTY A. As noted in Section 27 00 00 1488 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 COMMUNICATIONS BACKBONE CABLING SYSTEMS 27 13 00 - 3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 OPTICAL FIBER BACKBONE CABLE A. The following manufacturer’s products are acceptable for use in the Work under this Division 27 Section: 1. Tyco Electronics / AMP Netconnect 2. Panduit (Pan/Gen Solution is Acceptable) 3. Leviton 4. Hubble B. The optical fiber backbone system shall consist of two (2) different types of optical fiber: 1. One twelve (12) strand, 9/125 micrometer Single-mode cable 2. One twelve (12) strand, 50/125 micrometer, laser-optimized Multi-mode cable. C. All fiber backbone cabling shall meet the minimum industry standards for the intended use, and carry a documented rating for verification and independently verified. D. All backbone cabling shall be OFNP rated, with an inter-locking armored sheath. No exceptions shall be made. E. Additional minimum cable specifications shall be as follows: 1. Crush Resistance: EIA-FOTP-411500n/cm 2. Impact Resistance: EIA-FOTP-25 at 1.6nm, 1000 cycles 3. Flexing: EIA-FOTP-104 4. Max Pulling Load: EIA-FOTP-33, 1800 newtons 5. Min Bend Radius: twenty (20) times outside diameter of the cable during installation. Ten (10) times outside diameter after installation. 6. Max safe operating load: 1000 newtons 7. Factory/ Manufacturer recommended installation and storage temperatures 2.02 COAXIAL BACKBONE CABLE A. The following manufacturer’s products are acceptable for use in the Work under this Division 27 Section: 1. Belden 2. Berk-Tek, Inc. 3. General Cable 4. Superior Essex 5. Approved equal 1489 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 COMMUNICATIONS BACKBONE CABLING SYSTEMS 27 13 00 - 4 B. The MATV coaxial backbone cabling system shall consist of the following: 1. One RG-11 indoor, UL Type CATVR C. All coaxial backbone cabling shall meet the minimum industry standards for the intended use, and carry a documented rating for verification and independently verified. D. All backbone cabling shall be riser rated. No exceptions shall be made. E. Additional minimum cable specifications shall be as follows: 1. No. 14 AWG, solid, copper-covered steel condusctor; gas-injected, foam-PE insulation 2. Riser rated. 3. Gas-injected, foam PE-insulation. 4. Shielded with 100 percent aluminum tape and 60 percent aluminum braid. 5. PVC (Flame-Retardant, SUN RES & RoHS compliant) 6. Suitable for indoor installations. 2.03 CONNECTORS AND TERMINATIONS A. The Contractor shall utilize materials from one manufacturer to maintain all warranties provided by the manufacturer. If a Contractor chooses to mix manufacturer products, they shall not do so unless they have received written approval from the OAC team, and have documentation from the manufacturer that provides for the continuance of the warranty regardless of the products. B. Optical Fiber Terminations and Enclosures: 1. The Contractor shall utilize rack-mounted optical fiber enclosures to terminate the backbone cabling. The enclosures should allow for enough adapter plates for all necessary terminations, with a 20% growth factor. The rack-mount devices shall fit into a 19” universal rack. 2. The rack-mounted fiber enclosures in the IDF rooms shall be a minimum of two (2) rack units in height, and the enclosure in the MDF shall be a minimum of four (4) rack units in height. Both shall be sized appropriately to accommodate the physical and planned requirements. 3. The enclosure should be lockable and constructed of metal and plastic materials. 4. Terminations for the backbone, optical fiber cabling system, shall be LC type at ALL locations. Connectors shall only be terminated when the potential for contamination from construction has been minimized. Crimp style, and Epoxy style connectors are acceptable. The connectors and connections must meet all current, applicable standards. C. MATV Coaxial Cable Terminations and Enclosures: 1. The Contractor shall utilize rack-mounted coaxial cabling distribution amplifier to terminate the backbone cabling. 2. Connectors for the backbone, coaxial cabling system, shall be F type, 75 ohms. 1490 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 COMMUNICATIONS BACKBONE CABLING SYSTEMS 27 13 00 - 5 2.04 BACKBONE SUPPORT INFRASTRUCTURE A. All support infrastructure for the backbone cabling systems shall be as noted in section 27 05 28. Refer to this Section for related information. 2.05 LABELING AND IDENTIFICATION A. All labeling for the Work done by the Contractor, under the Division 27 specifications, shall fully comply with ANSI/ J-STD-607, and U.L. 969, in addition to any Owner requirements. Refer to section 27 05 53 for additional information related to the labeling requirements of this project. 2.06 TESTING DEVICES A. Optical Fiber: 1. All testing equipment will test to current ASSI/EIA/TIA standards for both single-mode (9 micrometer), and multi-mode (laser optimized 50 micrometer) fiber specifications. 2. All other parameters shall be equal to those listed within the “Copper tester” entry above. B. Coaxial Cabling: 1. Testing equipment will test coaxial backbone cabling for DC loop resistance, shorts, opens, intermittent faults, and polarity between conductors. Test cables after termination. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Backbone Cabling (COAXIAL, & OPTICAL FIBER): 1. All cabling for the backbone infrastructure shall be installed into the cable tray noted on the construction documents. The Contractor shall take all steps to ensure that the cabling will not be adversely affected by the placement, or in potential position for damage. 2. All cabling shall be installed in a manner that is consistent with the installation methods that are noted within the other Division 27 sections. 3. Installation of the cabling, in addition to the previous note, shall comply with the manufacturer’s printed instructions and guidelines and industry best practices. 4. All terminations for the cabling shall be done to comply with ANSI/ EIA/ TIA-568-B. 5. Route cable to the termination point using the pre-specified support systems, and in a manner that limits exposure of the cable to potential damage, etc. 6. Service loops for backbone cabling shall be three (3) meters at each end of the cable run. 7. All service loops for the copper backbone cabling shall be kept above the ceiling, in the nearest adjacent space with an accessible ceiling space, and shall be managed in such a way as to minimize long term risk to the cable. 8. The service loops for the optical fiber shall be kept within the termination enclosure, routed via the service loop management devices. 1491 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 COMMUNICATIONS BACKBONE CABLING SYSTEMS 27 13 00 - 6 B. Backbone Cable Termination Devices: 1. Optical fiber termination devices and enclosures shall be rack-mounted within the communications rooms and shall be installed at RU 45 unless otherwise noted. Dress optical cabling through the rack-mounted wire managers as appropriate and position loose fiber strands in the enclosure using service loop devices. Close all doors after completing the terminations. Leave fiber connectors with dust caps in place until the communications rooms are free from contaminants, or the Owner commences activating the infrastructure. C. Separation from EMI Sources: 1. Separation between open communications cables or cables in nonmetallic raceways and unshielded power conductors and electrical equipment shall be as follows: 1) Electrical Equipment Rating Less Than 2 kVA: A minimum of 5 inches (127 mm). 2) Electrical Equipment Rating Between 2 and 5 kVA: A minimum of 12 inches (300 mm). 3) Electrical Equipment Rating More Than 5 kVA: A minimum of 24 inches (610 mm). 2. Separation between communications cables in grounded metallic raceways and unshielded power lines or electrical equipment shall be as follows: 1) Electrical Equipment Rating Less Than 2 kVA: A minimum of 2-1/2 inches (64 mm). 2) Electrical Equipment Rating Between 2 and 5 kVA: A minimum of 6 inches (150 mm). 3) Electrical Equipment Rating More Than 5 kVA: A minimum of 12 inches (300 mm). 3. Separation between communications cables in grounded metallic raceways and power lines and electrical equipment located in grounded metallic conduits or enclosures shall be as follows: 1) Electrical Equipment Rating Less Than 2 kVA: No requirement. 2) Electrical Equipment Rating Between 2 and 5 kVA: A minimum of 3 inches (76 mm). 3) Electrical Equipment Rating More Than 5 kVA: A minimum of 6 inches (150 mm). 4. Separation between Communications Cables and Electrical Motors and Transformers, 5 kVA or HP and Larger: A minimum of 48 inches (1200 mm). 5. Separation between Communications Cables and Fluorescent Fixtures: A minimum of 5 inches (127 mm). D. FIRESTOPPING 1. Comply with TIA-569-D, Annex A, "Firestopping." 2. Comply with BICSI TDMM, "Firestopping Systems" Article. 3. Provide conduit sleeves through penetrations of fire rated walls and floor/ceiling penetrations. 3.02 LABELING AND IDENTIFICATION A. Comply with requirements in Division 27 05 53 - Identification for Communications Systems. 1492 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 COMMUNICATIONS BACKBONE CABLING SYSTEMS 27 13 00 - 7 B. Comply with any Owner directed labeling or identification methods in conjunction with the above- stated information, in addition to any current local, state, and national requirements. C. Labels shall be preprinted or computer-printed type. Labeling ink should not fade or become illegible over time. No handwritten labeling will be accepted. The Contractor will replace labels at no additional cost to the Owner if not installed per the guidelines in these specifications. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All Work must be field verified for code compliance by the GC, and Division 26 & 27 Contractors, before the electrical inspection by the AHJ. B. Any work that does not meet the requirements of these documents shall be rejected and require the Contractor to provide correction/ resolution at no additional cost to the OAC team. 3.04 INFRASTRUCTURE TESTING A. All testing shall conform to the latest revisions and addendum to the standards referenced within these documents. B. Optical Fiber Testing: 1. Test all fiber optic cable strands for continuity and performance before AND After cables are pulled and terminated. 2. Test link attenuation of all installed fiber optic strands after termination per ANSI/EIA/TIA 568. 1. One (1) direction with an optical light source and an optical power meter. 2. Two (2) wavelengths (850nm and 1300nm) to account for attenuation differences due to wavelength. 3. Per ANSI/EIA/TIA 526, one reference jumper. 4. Wrap reference jumper around a mandrel to remove high-order mode transient losses as specified in ANSI/ EIA/ TIA 568. C. Coaxial Cabling Testing: 1. Visually inspect coaxial jacket materials for NRTL certification markings. 2. Visually inspect cable placement, cable termination, grounding and bonding, equipment and patch cords, and labeling of all components. 3. Test coaxial backbone copper cabling for DC loop resistance, shorts, opens, intermittent faults, and polarity between conductors. Test operation of shorting bars in connection blocks. Test cables after termination. END OF SECTION 1493 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING SYSTEMS 27 15 00 - 1 SECTION 27 15 00 - COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. The extent of horizontal cabling work is indicated by drawings and schedules, as specified herein. Horizontal cabling is defined to include but is not limited to cabling for voice, data, and video services. B. Section includes: 1. Information for the horizontal cabling of communications systems, and their components installed under this Division 27. 2. References, definitions, and descriptions relative to the scope of Work. C. Related Sections: All Division 27 specification sections 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Refer to the Technology (T) series drawings for information and related details. C. All Division 26 Electrical, for Telecommunications systems related items. D. All information in the Division 27 documents related to the communications systems. 1.03 REFERENCES A. All equipment and materials shall comply with the latest revisions and addendums to the standards listed below: 1. BICSI, TDMM, Tampa, FL; BICSI 2. ANSI/ EIA/ TIA-568 3. ANSI/ EIA/ TIA-569 4. ANSI/ ICEA S-83-596 5. ANSI/ EIA/ TIA-492-AAAB 6. ANSI/ EIA/ TIA-526 7. ANSI/ EIA/ TIA-598 8. ANSI/ EIA/ TIA-604 9. EIA-FOTP, all relevant sections 10. Any additional regulations/ requirements as noted in section 27 00 00. 1494 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING SYSTEMS 27 15 00 - 2 11. All related sections of the National Fire Protection Association, 70, 72, 75, 101, 252, 800. 12. All Regional & Local Electrical Codes as set forth by the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) 1.04 DEFINITIONS: A. All definitions are complementary to the definition lists throughout the Division 27 specifications. B. As noted within section 27 00 00 C. UTP: Unshielded Twisted Pair cable 1.05 SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONS A. This Section deals specifically with all horizontal cabling to be installed during the project. B. All horizontal cabling systems shall be installed in the cable tray with the backbone cabling infrastructure. Systems shall make use of common support systems. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. As noted in the beginning section of the Division 27 specification. B. Any shop drawings shall be the responsibility of the General Contractor and the Division 27 contractor for all horizontal materials, as necessary. The infrastructure installation will meet minimum standards as noted above in the “RELATED SECTIONS,” and “REFERENCES.” 1. Submit a riser diagram showing the intended materials for the horizontal cabling systems for approval. C. Close-out Submittals: The contractor will submit to the Owner all relevant documentation as it pertains to the backbone cabling systems. The Division 27 contractor shall coordinate with the Division 26 contractor, and General Contractor to ensure that all relevant information is contained in this portion of the close-out submittal package. 1. The contractor shall provide the OAC team with as-built drawings showing the installation of the cabling infrastructure in its entirety. All labeling for the horizontal systems shall be included, along with any other relevant information. 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer’s Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in the manufacturing of backbone cabling materials, including high pair count copper and fiber, and whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than five (5) years. B. Installer Qualifications: The Division 27 contractor, responsible for the installation of the telecommunications systems, shall have a minimum of five (5) years experience successfully installing telecommunications systems on projects of similar scope. 1.08 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of grounding and bonding equipment with GC and Division 26 contractor. 1495 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING SYSTEMS 27 15 00 - 3 1.09 WARRANTY A. As noted in Section 27 00 00. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 1. Copper UTP horizontal network cable A. The following Category 6 network cable with the following minimum specifications: 1) Provide plenum rated cable 2) ANSI/EIA/TIA-568-B.2 Category 6A compliant 3) Provide following colored jackets for systems cabling a) Horizontal Data Cabling: Blue b) Horizontal Security Cable:Yellow c) Horizontal BAS Cable: White 4) Approved manufacturers: Belden, Superior Essex, CommScope/Uniprise, Mohawk/CDT, Lucent, or General Cable equals. B. The following Category 6A network cable with the following minimum specifications: 1) Provide plenum rated cable 2) ANSI/EIA/TIA-568-B.2 Category 6A compliant 3) Provide following colored jackets for systems cabling a) Horizontal Access Points: Green 4) Approved manufacturers: Belden, Superior Essex, CommScope/Uniprise, Mohawk/CDT, Lucent, or General Cable equals. C. Horizontal cabling shall meet or exceed requirements of ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B.2-10 Category 6A UTP, IEEE 802.3an-2006, and ISO 11801 Class Ea channel standards. D. Copper horizontal cabling shall be unshielded twisted pair (UTP), a minimum of four pairs, conductors shall be solid core, minimum 24 AWG, and RoHS compliant. E. Cabling sheath color shall be Blue and shall be CMP rated for use in plenum spaces. No exceptions so the cable rating shall be accepted. F. The cabling shall be capable of no less than ten (10) times cable diameter for bend radius during installation, and no less than eight (8) times cable diameter after installation. 1496 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING SYSTEMS 27 15 00 - 4 G. Cable materials shall be certified and marked to meet or exceed all mechanical and performance characteristics up to or exceeding the appropriate MHz rating (minimum of 500MHz) as specified in ANSI/ EIA/ TIA-568-B.2-10 Category 6A UTP including color codes, cable diameter, breaking strength, bending radius, DC resistance, DC resistance unbalance, mutual capacitance, capacitance unbalance, characteristic impedance, structural return los (SRL), return loss, insertion loss, near-end cross-talk (NEXT) loss, power sum near-end cross-talk (PSNEXT) loss, equal level far-end cross-talk (ELFEXT), power sum equal level far-end cross-talk (PSELFEXT), propagation delay, propagation delay skew and performance marking. H. There may be utility/ service-oriented connections required within the facility for communications. If these types of connections are external to the building, the contractor shall supply an indoor/outdoor rated cable with solid-state protection devices (at point of entry, or both ends as applicable) as necessary. Refer to Section 27 11 00 for additional information regarding protection device requirements. 2.02 CONNECTORS AND TERMINATIONS A. The contractor shall utilize materials from one manufacturer to maintain all warranties provided by the manufacturer. If a contractor chooses to mix manufacturer products, they shall not do so unless they have received written approval from the OAC team, and have documentation from the manufacturer that provides for the continuance of the warranty regardless of the products. B. Patch Panels: 1. All patch panels used for the horizontal cabling terminations shall have a rating equal to that of the horizontal cabling used. 2. Terminations shall be 110-style, and may be integral to the patch panel, or as keystone jack devices to be inserted within the panel. 3. All patch panels shall be capable of mounting in a standard-sized equipment rack, as noted within the previous sections. Racks shall be nineteen (19) inches wide, and 45 RU tall standard. 4. Terminations on the patch panels shall be universal, and capable of meeting 568A or 568B standards (as directed by the Owner), and accept insulated 22-24AWG solid-core conductors. 5. Approved Manufacturers: Ortronics p/n OR-PHA6AU48, Leviton, Panduit or pre-approved equal 6. Horizontal cabling support infrastructure A. All support infrastructure for the horizontal cabling systems shall be as noted in section 27 05 28. Refer to this Section for related information. 2.03 LABELING & IDENTIFICATION A. All labeling for the Work done by the Contractor, under the Division 27 specifications, shall fully comply with ANSI/ J-STD-607, and U.L. 969, in addition to any Owner requirements. Refer to section 27 05 53 for additional information related to the labeling requirements of this project. B. Testing devices 1. Copper tester: 1497 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING SYSTEMS 27 15 00 - 5 A. Test equipment and field test instruments shall meet requirements for ANSI/EIA/TIA-568. B. Store test results, including date stamp of tests and jack designator for each tested link. C. Able to print test results in a report form when connected to a PC. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Horizontal Cabling (Copper UTP): 1. All cabling for the horizontal infrastructure shall be installed into the cable tray noted on the construction documents. The contractor shall take all steps to ensure that the cabling will not be adversely affected by the placement, or in potential position for damage. 2. Where cable tray is not available, the contractor shall utilize J-hook devices to deliver cabling to the appropriate locations, as noted within the construction documents. 3. All cabling shall be installed in a manner that is consistent with the installation methods that are noted within the other Division 27 sections. 4. Installation of the cabling, in addition to the previous note, shall comply with the manufacturer’s printed instructions and guidelines and industry best practices. This includes, but is not limited to: bend radius requirements, clearances from energized fixtures, protection of cable sheath, etc. 1) All terminations for the cabling shall be done to comply with ANSI/ EIA/ TIA-568-B. 2) Route cable to the termination point using the pre-specified support systems, and in a manner that limits exposure of the cable to potential damage, etc. Maintain a minimum of twelve (12) inches clearance from energized (powered) devices such as lighting fixtures, power supplies, and high voltage conduits. 3) Service loops for backbone cabling shall be one (1) meter at each end of the cable run. 4) All service loops for the horizontal cabling shall be kept above the ceiling, and shall be managed in such a way as to minimize long term risk to the cable and visibility from below if contained within a partially open ceiling space. B. Horizontal Cable Termination Devices: 1. Horizontal cable termination devices shall be rack mounted in the 19” standard equipment racks within the communications rooms. The contractor shall route the cabling to the appropriate location via ladder rack, and rack-mounted (mechanically) cable management devices. A. All terminations shall be installed as per the manufacturer’s preprinted instructions and in compliance with all relevant standards and industry best practices. C. Labeling & Identification: 1. Comply with requirements in Division 27 05 53 “Identification for Communications Systems.” 2. Comply with any Owner directed labeling/ identification methods in conjunction with the above- stated information, in addition to any current local, state, and national requirements. 1498 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING SYSTEMS 27 15 00 - 6 3. Labels shall be preprinted or computer-printed type. Labeling ink should not fade or become illegible over time. NO handwritten labeling will be accepted. The contractor will replace labels at no additional cost to the Owner if not installed per the guidelines in these specifications. D. Field Quality Assurance: 1. All Work must be field verified for code compliance by the GC, and Division 26 & 27 contractors, before the electrical inspection by the AHJ. 2. Any work that does not meet the requirements of these documents shall be rejected and require the contractor to provide correction/ resolution at no additional cost to the OAC team. E. Infrastructure Testing: 1. All testing shall conform to the latest revisions and addendum to the standards referenced within these documents. 2. Copper testing A. Test 100% of installed backbone copper cabling for: 1) Wire map 2) Length 3) Additional tests for cross-talk, and attenuation as part of best practice for cabling installation testing. 3. Replace cable and terminations as necessary to ensure 100% passing performance 4. Submit printed test results reports for each copper cabling link to the OAC team before the project is closed. Any cable run that fails testing will be rejected by the OAC team and will require that the contractor replace and retest at no additional cost. END OF SECTION 1499 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 COMMUNICATIONS FACEPLATES AND CONNECTORS 27 15 43 - 1 SECTION 27 15 43 - COMMUNICATIONS FACEPLATES AND CONNECTORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. First Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Refer to the Technology (T) series drawings for information and related details. C. All Division 26 Electrical, for Telecommunications systems related items. D. All information in the Division 27 documents related to the communications systems. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Information for the communications systems faceplates and connectors, and their components installed under this Division 27. 2. References, definitions, and descriptions relative to the scope of work. B. Related Sections: 1. All Division 27 specification sections 1.03 REFERENCES A. All equipment and materials shall comply with the latest revisions and addendums to the standards listed below: 1. Any regulations/ requirements as noted in section 27 00 00. 2. ANSI/NECA/BICSI-568 3. ANSI/EIA/TIA-568 4. ANSI/EIA/TIA-569 5. All related sections of the National Fire Protection Association, 70, 72, 75, 101, 252, 800. 6. All Regional & Local Electrical Codes as set forth by the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) 1.04 DEFINITIONS: A. All definitions are complementary to the definition lists throughout the Division 27 specifications. 1.05 SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONS A. This section deal specifically with all faceplates, and associated connectors, to be installed during the project. All communications outlet locations shall contain a four (4) port capable faceplate minimum, higher count as necessary to allow for additional cabling. 1500 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 COMMUNICATIONS FACEPLATES AND CONNECTORS 27 15 43 - 2 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. As noted in the beginning section of the Division 27 Specifications. B. Any shop drawings shall be the responsibility of the General Contractor, and the Division 27 contractor, for all horizontal materials as necessary. The contractor shall include with their submittal package, examples of the labeling scheme that meet the descriptions contained herein. C. Close-out Submittals: The contractor will submit to the Owner all relevant documentation as it pertains to the cabling systems. The Division 27 contractor shall coordinate with the Division 26 contractor, and General Contractor to ensure that all relevant information is contained in this portion of the close-out submittal package. 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer’s Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in the manufacturing of backbone cabling materials, including high pair count copper and fiber, and whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than five (5) years. B. Installer Qualifications: The Division 27 contractor, responsible for the installation of the telecommunications systems, shall have a minimum of five (5) years experience successfully installing telecommunications systems on projects of similar scope. C. Before acceptance, and during punch list walk, the consultant and contractor shall review the labeling work to ensure its correct installation. 1.08 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of grounding and bonding equipment with GC and Division 07 contractor. 1.09 WARRANTY A. As noted in Section 27 00 00. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. The following manufacturer’s products are acceptable for use in the work under this Division 27 section: 1. Ortronics 2. Tyco Electronics/ AMP Netconnect 3. Panduit (Pan/Gen solution) 4. Leviton 2.02 TELECOMMUNICATIONS OUTLETS A. Faceplates 1. Faceplates shall contain a minimum of four (4) insert/ port locations each. 1501 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 COMMUNICATIONS FACEPLATES AND CONNECTORS 27 15 43 - 3 2. Faceplates shall be stainless steel in color 3. Faceplates shall have a location designated for labeling that protects the labels from potential “wear and tear” factors. 4. Faceplates shall be flush-mount faceplates and will be single-gang or double-gang faceplates as noted on the construction documents. B. Faceplate inserts: 1. Copper connectors for voice and data applications shall be CAT6 rated (at a minimum) and shall be white in color. 2. Blank inserts will be sized appropriately for the openings to be occupied and should match the color of the connectors. All slots that are not occupied by the previously mentioned inserts shall require a blank insert to be installed. 3. Additional connectors may be required, as noted on the construction documents. All part numbers for the miscellaneous connectors shall be contained in the “Notes” sections of the prints. Color for these items should be matched to the color of the faceplates unless otherwise noted. 2.03 CABLING CONNECTORS A. Copper cable termination shall be made with an 8-position modular plug and utilized as noted on the construction documents. The manufacturers noted above shall also be the same permitted for this item. Selection shall be the same as all other materials to prevent any issues with intercompatibility. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Faceplates: all faceplates shall be installed as per the printed manufacturer’s instructions. The contractor is responsible for reporting any issues that arise during construction that require direction— position faceplates in a manner that is plumb vertically and horizontally for a professional appearance. B. Faceplate Inserts: All inserts shall be terminated and installed as per the printed manufacturer’s instructions. C. Connectors: All connectors shall be installed and terminated as per the printed manufacturer’s instructions. 3.02 LABELING & IDENTIFICATION A. Comply with requirements in section 27 05 53 “Identification for Communications Systems.” B. Comply with any Owner directed labeling/ identification methods in conjunction with the above- stated information, in addition to any current local, state, and national requirements. C. Labels shall be preprinted or computer-printed type. Labeling ink should not fade or become illegible over time. No handwritten labeling will be accepted. The contractor will replace labels at no additional cost to the Owner if not installed per the guidelines in these specifications. 1502 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 COMMUNICATIONS FACEPLATES AND CONNECTORS 27 15 43 - 4 3.03 FIELD QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All work must be field verified for compliance with any applicable codes, and these construction specifications, by the GC and Division 27 contractors, before the final inspection by the AHJ. B. Any work deemed to not meet the contractual requirements of these documents shall be rejected and require the contractor to correct at no additional cost to the OAC team. 3.04 TESTING A. Testing for all installed faceplate connectors and cabling connectors shall be done during the testing of the horizontal & backbone cabling testing procedures. Testing for all items is similar and can be grouped to minimize the amount of time for testing. END OF SECTION 1503 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 PATCH STATION CROSS CONNECT WIRES 27 16 19 - 1 SECTION 27 16 19 - PATCH STATION CROSS CONNECT WIRES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. The extent of horizontal cabling work is indicated by drawings and schedules, as specified herein. Horizontal cabling is defined to include but is not limited to cabling for voice, data, and video services. B. Section includes: 1. Information for the horizontal cabling of communications systems, and their components installed under this Division 27. 2. References, definitions, and descriptions relative to the scope of Work. C. Related Sections: All Division 27 specification sections 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Refer to the Technology (T) series drawings for information and related details. C. All Division 26 Electrical, for Telecommunications systems related items. D. All information in the Division 27 documents related to the communications systems. 1.03 REFERENCES A. All equipment and materials shall comply with the latest revisions and addendums to the standards listed below: 1. BICSI, TDMM, Tampa, FL; BICSI 2. ANSI/ EIA/ TIA-568 3. ANSI/ EIA/ TIA-569 4. ANSI/ ICEA S-83-596 5. ANSI/ EIA/ TIA-492-AAAB 6. ANSI/ EIA/ TIA-526 7. ANSI/ EIA/ TIA-598 8. ANSI/ EIA/ TIA-604 9. Any additional regulations/ requirements as noted in section 27 00 00. 10. All related sections of the National Fire Protection Association, 70, 72, 75, 101, 252, 800. 11. All Regional & Local Electrical Codes as set forth by the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) 1504 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 PATCH STATION CROSS CONNECT WIRES 27 16 19 - 2 1.04 DEFINITIONS: A. All definitions are complementary to the definition lists throughout the Division 27 specifications. B. As noted within section 27 00 00 C. UTP: Unshielded Twisted Pair cable 1.05 SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONS A. This Section deals specifically with all cords and wires to be installed during the project for the communications systems, or post-project by the Owner as necessary. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. As noted in the beginning section of the Division 27 specification. B. Any shop drawings shall be the responsibility of the General Contractor and the Division 27 contractor for all horizontal materials, as necessary. The infrastructure installation will meet minimum standards as noted above in the “RELATED SECTIONS,” and “REFERENCES.” 1. Submit a riser diagram showing the intended materials for the horizontal cabling systems for approval. C. Close-out Submittals: The contractor will submit to the Owner all relevant documentation as it pertains to the backbone cabling systems. The Division 27 contractor shall coordinate with the Division 26 contractor, and General Contractor to ensure that all relevant information is contained in this portion of the close-out submittal package. 1. The contractor shall provide the OAC team with as-built drawings showing the installation of the cabling infrastructure in its entirety. All labeling for the horizontal systems shall be included, along with any other relevant information. 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer’s Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in the manufacturing of backbone cabling materials, including high pair count copper and fiber, and whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than five (5) years. B. Installer Qualifications: The Division 27 contractor, responsible for the installation of the telecommunications systems, shall have a minimum of five (5) years experience successfully installing telecommunications systems on projects of similar scope. C. Any work that relates to cords and cross-connect wires shall fully comply with all local, state, and national codes and standards D. Pre-Terminated cables: All pre-terminated cables shall come tested and fully certified by the manufacturer. Any cables that are found to be defective shall be replaced before acceptance. E. Custom-made cables: The contractor may be required to custom fabricate cables onsite for the project. In these instances, the contractor shall test the cable for full compliance with all recognized standards previously noted in the Division 27 specification. Any cables found to be defective will be replaced before acceptance. 1505 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 PATCH STATION CROSS CONNECT WIRES 27 16 19 - 3 F. All Work completed in this Section shall conform to the general cabling requirements as laid out in the previous (and subsequent) Division 27 sections. G. Before acceptance, and during the punch list walk, the Consultant and Contractor shall review the cabling installation to ensure its correct installation. 1.08 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of grounding and bonding equipment with GC and Division 26 contractor. 1.09 WARRANTY A. As noted in Section 27 00 00. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. The following manufacturer’s products are acceptable for use in the Work under this Division 27 section: 1. Ortronics 2. Panduit (Pan/Gen solution) 3. Hubbell 4. Leviton a. The manufacturer selected for these materials will be the same manufacturer selected for the structured cabling materials to ensure the continuity across the systems. If the selected manufacturer does not have a suitable product to be used, they contractor shall find a suitable replacement from the other listed manufacturers, and provide documentation as to the reason for the substitution. 2.02 COPPER PATCH CABLES A. Copper patch cabling shall be CAT6 rated, at a minimum, for all communications applications (data & VoIP) as directed by the Owner. B. Copper horizontal cabling shall be four (4) pair, insulated 22-24 AWG, stranded conductor UTP cable, and be RoHS compliant. C. Patch cables shall be pre-terminated to the ANSI/ EIA/ TIA-568B standard. D. Two (2) patch cables will be provided for every port that the contractor terminates in the telecommunications room. The lengths of these patch cables shall be 5ft. and 7ft. E. In addition to the previous note, the contractor shall provide 400 patch cables for the Owner in the following length(s) and color(s): 0.5ft. & blue, 1ft. & blue, 3ft. & blue, 5ft. & blue, 7ft. & blue. Supply twenty-five (100) of 0.5ft. & blue, and an equal amount each thereafter for the total number to be delivered. 1506 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 PATCH STATION CROSS CONNECT WIRES 27 16 19 - 4 F. Patch cables shall meet the minimum industry standards for the intended use, and carry a documented rating for verification, and independently verified. G. All horizontal cabling patch cords shall be RISER rated unless otherwise specified. The contractor is responsible for materials and must comply with these specifications. Non-compliance will result in the correction by the contractor at no additional charge to the OAC team. H. Independently certified, and marked to meet or exceed all CAT6 mechanical and performance characteristics up to or exceeding the appropriate MHz rating (minimum of 500MHz) as specified in ANSI/ EIA/ TIA-568-B including: color codes, cable diameter, breaking strength, bending radius, DC resistance, DC resistance unbalance, mutual capacitance, capacitance unbalance, characteristic impedance, structural return los (SRL), return loss, insertion loss, near-end crosstalk (NEXT) loss, power sum near-end crosstalk (PSNEXT) loss, equal level far-end crosstalk (ELFEXT), power sum equal level far-end crosstalk (PSELFEXT), propagation delay, propagation delay skew and performance marking. 2.03 COPPER CROSS-CONNECT WIRES A. Supply copper cross-connection wires to be used for the intercom/pa system. B. Cross-connect wires for voice shall consist of one (1) pair, insulated 24 AWG, solid core conductors, with appropriate color coding. 2.04 OPTICAL FIBER PATCH CABLES A. All fiber patch cables shall 50/125 Laser Optimized duplex, multi-mode fiber cables, and 9/125 duplex, single-mode fiber cables with LC connectors (pre-terminated). The contractor shall provide two (2) optical fiber patch cables for every pair (2 strands) of optical fiber terminated in 10 ft. Lengths. Match types of fiber. B. Patch cables shall meet the minimum industry standards for the intended use, and carry a documented rating for verification, and independently verified. C. All horizontal cabling patch cords shall be RISER rated unless otherwise specified. The contractor is responsible for materials and must comply with these specifications. Non-compliance will result in correction by the contractor at no additional charge to the OAC team. D. Independently certified, and marked to meet or exceed all 50/125 and 9/125 micrometer fiber assembly mechanical and performance characteristics up to or exceeding the appropriate MHz rating as specified in ANSI/ EIA/ TIA-568-B. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Copper patch cables: 1. The contractor shall install patch cables to activate all installed ports. Cross-connect these patch cables to the active network electronics equipment and record all cross-connections in a spreadsheet format for close-out documentation to the Owner. 2. Route the patch cables through the cable management devices to the switch locations, and manage using hook and loop style wraps to bundle together. 1507 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 PATCH STATION CROSS CONNECT WIRES 27 16 19 - 5 B. Optical fiber patch cables: 1. Cross-connect the active network electronics to the optical fiber backbone utilizing the wire manager devices in the equipment rack. Manage excess loop within the fiber enclosures where possible to reduce possible damage potential to the fiber cable. Provide connections to ALL active network devices, provide surplus patch cables to the Owner for future use. 3.02 LABELING & IDENTIFICATION A. Comply with requirements in section 27 05 53 “Identification for Communications Systems.” B. Comply with any Owner directed labeling/ identification methods in conjunction with the above- stated information, in addition to any current local, state, and national requirements. C. Labels shall be preprinted or computer-printed type. Labeling ink should not fade or become illegible over time. No handwritten labeling will be accepted. The contractor will replace labels at no additional cost to the Owner if not installed per the guidelines in these specifications. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All Work must be field verified for compliance with any applicable codes, and these construction specifications, by the GC and Division 27 contractors, before the final inspection by the AHJ. B. Any work deemed not to meet the contractual requirements of these documents shall be rejected and require the contractor to correct at no additional cost to the OAC team. 3.04 TESTING A. Testing for all preassembled cross-connection cables (fiber and copper) shall be done by the manufacturer, and include testing results or verification in the packaging. The contractor will warrant any cabling that is not pre-terminated for the extent of the project warranty period. END OF SECTION 1508 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 INTEGRATED AUDIOVISUAL SYSTEMS 27 41 16 - 1 SECTION 27 41 16 - INTEGRATED AUDIOVISUAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section B. Refer to the Technology (T) series drawings for information and related details C. All Division 26 Electrical, for Telecommunication systems related items. D. All information in the Division 27 documents related to the communication systems. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This section covers the requirements for the Contractor to provide equipment for, and install, an integrated audiovisual system. The work covered in this document consists of furnishing all labor, material, and services necessary to install a complete and operational audiovisual system as indicated on the project drawings and in these specifications. B. The Contractor is responsible for all subsequent design and engineering not included within the RFP documents. C. The Contractor shall supply accessories and minor equipment items needed for a complete system, even if not specifically mentioned herein or on the drawings. D. Before purchasing materials or commencing any construction activities, The Contractor shall provide the Consultant and Owner with a complete bill of materials, including all quantities of components, devices, equipment, and wiring required to complete this work. Submit product data, including manufacturer’s data sheets for all system components that deviate from the original equipment list. The Contractor shall submit PDF’s with all specific items and indicated and any options highlighted. E. Scheduling: All Division 27 contractors are responsible for coordinating work with the Owner, and Consultant. 1.03 REFERENCES A. All equipment and materials shall comply with the latest revisions and addendums to the standards listed below: 1. Any regulations or requirements, as noted in Section 27 00 00 2. All related sections of the National Fire Protection Association, 70, 72, 75, 101, 252, 800. 3. All regional & local electrical codes as set forth by the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) 1.04 CODES AND STANDARDS A. Install the system in conformance to the current versions of the following standards: B. BICSI’s Telecommunications Distribution Methods Manual (TDMM) 13th Edition C. BICSI’S Information Technology Systems Installation Methods Manual (ITSIMM) 7th Edition 1509 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 INTEGRATED AUDIOVISUAL SYSTEMS 27 41 16 - 2 D. Infocomm’s AV Installation Handbook 2nd Edition E. Philip Giddings. Audio System Design and Installation. Indianapolis: Howard W. Sams & Co., 1990. F. Federal Communications Commission G. Underwriters Laboratories H. National Electric Code ANSI/NFPA-70, (Especially Articles 250, 770 and 800). I. NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code J. In accordance with standard industry practice 1.05 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. The construction documents indicate the installation requirements and provision for the multimedia systems. The Audiovisual System Contractor shall observe the equipment plans and detail drawings to provide a complete system. B. Functional Description: 1. Digital Signage: a. The Digital Signage and Cable TV displays are in lobbies, common areas and breakrooms. b. Displays, mounting equipment, signage players, and installation shall be provided by the AV contractor. c. Signage system to control display power on/off via scheduling software. d. AV contractor to provide micro SD cards for signage players. e. Digital signage content provided by Owner. 2. Conference Rooms 106, 123, 175, and 187: a. The system shall consist of an integrated multimedia system with shared central audiovisual components as indicated on plans and specified herein. b. Presentation functions shall be provided via the LCD display, PTZ camera, wireless collaboration device, ceiling speakers, table microphone, and table HDMI input. c. System control shall be through a tabletop color touchscreen controller. The touchscreen controller shall include buttons and navigation pages for the following functions: 1) System On/Off Turn on the video display and activate video, audio, and control headend equipment. Toggle to turn off all audio/video system components. a) A single opening screen touch will turn on all associated displays and activate or otherwise enable video, audio, control and other room devices as required. A page flip will then display the available sources and associated room controls. b) A system off button will be always visible and will display a confirmation page with two options. 1510 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 INTEGRATED AUDIOVISUAL SYSTEMS 27 41 16 - 3 a. Cancel – This button will cancel the system off and return to the previous activity. b. Shutdown – This button will power off all associated displays and deactivate or disable video, audio, control and other room devices as required. When the system is fully shut down the opening screen page will be displayed. 2) Input Selection – Buttons to select between room video sources, audio selection shall follow video selection. 3) Cable TV Tuner – Provide controls for channel number entry, channel up/down control, menu keypad, and selection buttons. 4) Camera controls – Provide standard PTZ controls for room camera(s). a) Also provide three PTZ preset buttons to allow end user to save/recall user defined views. 5) Volume Up/Down – Adjusts overall room audio reinforcement volume, and discrete control over microphone and video sources. 6) Phone Dialer – Keypad for dialing phone numbers, dial, and end call controls. 7) Shade and light control to be included in Large Conference Room 106. d. Room EDID strategy: Configure 1080p the default input video resolution. Secondary input video resolutions should be 4K, 720P, 1360x768 (WXGA), 1024x768 (XGA), respectfully. Minimize transitions between system output resolution, video timing, color space, etc.to minimize the duration of video switching transitions. Device audio shall be configured per approved EDID flow diagram submitted with shop drawings. 3. Fireside / Multipurpose Room 120 a. Shall consists of an integrated multimedia system and components as indicated on plans and specified herein. b. Presentation functions shall be provided via the LCD display, soundbar, wireless collaboration device, and digital signage player. 4. Council Chambers a. The system shall consist of a complete, integrated multimedia presentation system as indicated on plans and specified herein. b. The council chambers is used for various city meetings and training, and touchscreen controllers will allow for simple use of the presentation displays, ceiling speakers, dais microphones, and wireless microphones. In this use the audio inputs are routed through the audio DSP and controlled via the touch screen controllers. Control to include but not limited to: 1) Set audio amplifier power save mode on system power off. 1511 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 INTEGRATED AUDIOVISUAL SYSTEMS 27 41 16 - 4 2) Control of lighting zones with the ability for the end user to save five presets on-the-fly. 3) Control of AJA Kumo for cable cast routing, control to be coordinated with city for routing requirements. 4) Control of lobby overflow monitor and speakers 5) Overflow of conference room 106 to council chambers for EOC capabilities. c. Each seating position at the dais or staff tables will have a dedicated LCD monitor, microphone with mute button, and dedicated miniature line array speaker. d. An assisted listening system that transmits audio via RF and provides audio streaming to the owners WIFI network. Bodypacks with headphones and neck loops shall be provided to meet ADA requirements. e. Two (2) complete wireless microphone systems with a handheld and lapel microphone, will be available for meetings. f. Ceiling speakers will be zoned to provide even coverage in the public seating space and overflow in the lobby. g. Presentation video will be distributed via network video encoders/decoders to two (2) large presentation LCD monitors at the front of the chambers. The network will also distribute to a confidence monitor at the back of the chambers, overflow LCD in the lobby, and the broadcast production system. h. Local video inputs will be available on each staff table and lectern. i. Presentation Video Sources: Wireless Collaboration, three (3) local inputs, and document camera. 5. Control Room a. The control room will have a rack to support the audiovisual equipment for the chambers. b. A video playback server, with integrated CG, and router control will be used to route and playback video to Comcast channel. c. Control room will house owner furnished equipment from production company to broadcast meetings. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: The Division 27 contractor, responsible for the installation of the Audiovisual systems, shall have a minimum of (5) years’ experience successfully installing Audiovisual systems on projects of similar scope. 1. Manufacturer’s authorized representative who is trained and approved for installation of units required for this Project, and are Certified Technology Specialists (CTS, CTS-I, CTS-D), with a minimum of 5-years industry experience. 1512 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 INTEGRATED AUDIOVISUAL SYSTEMS 27 41 16 - 5 2. Provide certifications for CTS personnel assigned to the project with CTS-I certificate or equal designation with a minimum of five years of industry experience. 3. The certification level of the submitting contractor’s programming staff shall be submitted with shop drawing submittals. 1.07 COORDINATION A. Coordinate the layout and installation of pathways, including ladder rack, conduits, grounding, and bonding equipment, with the GC and Division 26 contractor. 1.08 WARRANTY A. As noted in Section 27 00 00. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS A. Provision: Products listed in schedule below shall be provided unless a substitution has been approved. B. Substitutions: Contractor may propose substitutions as specified in Section 00 21 14 Supplementary Instructions to Bidders. C. Substitution Approval: Consultant, Owner, or Owners Representative reserve the right to govern over and determine whether proposed substitutions are equal to the specifications. Conference Room 106 MFG Model Description QTY NEC C981Q 98” Direct LED 4K LCD Public Display Monitor 1 Chief XSM1U X-Large Fusion Micro-Adjustable Tilt Wall Mount 1 Chief FCA115 Fusion Wall Plate 1 Chief CSSLP15x10 Proximity Component Storage Panel, Sliding 1 QSC PTZ-20x60 Q-SYS PoE Camera for AV-to-USB Bridging 1 QSC I/O USB Bridge Q-SYS PoE Bridging End Point 1 Barco CX-50 ClickShare Wireless Conferencing System 1 Barco R9861500T01 ClickShare Tray - Button Switch Holder 1 Shure MXA710AL-2FT Linear Array Microphone - 2FT 2 Shure A710-FM-2FT Two Foot Flush Mount Kit for MXA710 2 QSC SPA2-60 1/2 Rack 250W 70V Amplifier 1 Stewart Audio CVA40-1-CV-D Single-Channel Dante Subcompact PoE++ Amplifier 40W 2 QSC AC-C6T 6.5-inch 2-way Speakers 8 Crestron TS-770-B-S 7-Inch Touch Screen - Black 1 Crestron GLS-OIR-C-NS Passive Infrared Ceiling Mount - Occupancy Sensor 1 Crestron GLSA-ODT/OIR-FP- 500 Occupancy Sensor Lens, 500 SQ FT 1 Crestron HD-TX-101-C-E DM Lite - HDMI over CATx Transmitter Surface Mount 1 1513 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 INTEGRATED AUDIOVISUAL SYSTEMS 27 41 16 - 6 Crestron HD-RX-101-C-E DM Lite - HDMI over CATx Receiver Surface Mount 1 Conference 123 MFG Model Description QTY NEC E558 55" 4K UHD Display with Integration ATSC/NTSC Tuner 1 Chief MTM1U Medium Fusion Micro-Adjustable Tilt Wall Mount 1 Chief CSSLP15x10 Proximity Component Storage Panel, Sliding 1 QSC PTZ-IP 12x72 Q-SYS PoE Camera for AV-to-USB Bridging 1 QSC I/O USB Bridge Q-SYS PoE Bridging End Point 1 Barco CX-50 ClickShare Wireless Conferencing System 1 Barco R9861500T01 ClickShare Tray - Button Switch Holder 1 Shure MXA710AL-2FT Linear Array Microphone - 2FT 1 Shure A710-FM-2FT Two Foot Flush Mount Kit for MXA710 1 Stewart Audio CVA40-1-CV-D Single-Channel Dante Subcompact PoE++ Amplifier 40W 1 QSC AC-C6T 6.5-inch 2-way Speakers 4 Crestron GLS-OIR-C-NS Passive Infrared Ceiling Mount - Occupancy Sensor 1 Crestron GLSA-ODT/OIR-FP- 500 Occupancy Sensor Lens, 500 SQ FT 1 Crestron TS-770-B-S 7-Inch Touch Screen - Black 1 Crestron TSW-770/1070- MUMK-B Mullion Mount Kit for TSW-770 and TSW-1070 Series, Black 1 Crestron TSS-770-B-S 7 in. Room Scheduling Touch Screen, Black Smooth 1 Crestron HD-TX-101-C-E DM Lite - HDMI over CATx Transmitter Surface Mount 1 Crestron HD-RX-101-C-E DM Lite - HDMI over CATx Receiver Surface Mount 1 Conference 153 MFG Model Description QTY NEC E558 55" 4K UHD Display with Integration ATSC/NTSC Tuner 1 Chief MTM1U Medium Fusion Micro-Adjustable Tilt Wall Mount 1 Chief CSSLP15x10 Proximity Component Storage Panel, Sliding 1 Crestron MP-WP152-W Media Presentation Wall Plate - HDMI®, White 1 Brightsign XD234 Standard I/O Player 1 Conference 175 MFG Model Description QTY NEC C981Q 98” Direct LED 4K LCD Public Display Monitor 1 Chief XTM1U X-Large Fusion Micro-Adjustable Tilt Wall Mount 1 Chief FCA115 Fusion Wall Plate 1 Chief CSSLP15x10 Proximity Component Storage Panel, Sliding 1 QSC PTZ-20x60 Q-SYS PoE Camera for AV-to-USB Bridging 1 1514 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 INTEGRATED AUDIOVISUAL SYSTEMS 27 41 16 - 7 QSC I/O USB Bridge Q-SYS PoE Bridging End Point 1 Barco CX-50 ClickShare Wireless Conferencing System 1 Barco R9861500T01 ClickShare Tray - Button Switch Holder 1 Shure MXA710AL-4FT Linear Array Microphone - 4FT 1 Shure A710-FM-4FT Four Foot Flush Mount Kit for MXA710 1 Stewart Audio CVA40-1-CV-D Single-Channel Dante Subcompact PoE++ Amplifier 40W 1 QSC AC-C6T 6.5-inch 2-way Speakers 6 Crestron GLS-OIR-C-NS Passive Infrared Ceiling Mount - Occupancy Sensor 1 Crestron GLSA-ODT/OIR-FP- 500 Occupancy Sensor Lens, 500 SQ FT 1 Crestron TS-770-B-S 7-Inch Touch Screen - Black 1 Crestron TSS-770-B-S 7 in. Room Scheduling Touch Screen, Black Smooth 1 Crestron TSW-770/1070- MUMK-B Mullion Mount Kit for TSW-770 and TSW-1070 Series, Black 1 Crestron HD-TX-101-C-E DM Lite - HDMI over CATx Transmitter Surface Mount 1 Crestron HD-RX-101-C-E DM Lite - HDMI over CATx Receiver Surface Mount 1 Conference 187 MFG Model Description QTY NEC E658 65" 4K UHD Display with Integration ATSC/NTSC Tuner 1 Chief MTM1U Medium Fusion Micro-Adjustable Tilt Wall Mount 1 Chief CSSLP15x10 Proximity Component Storage Panel, Sliding 1 QSC PTZ-IP 12x72 Q-SYS PoE Camera for AV-to-USB Bridging 1 QSC I/O USB Bridge Q-SYS PoE Bridging End Point 1 Barco CX-50 ClickShare Wireless Conferencing System 1 Barco R9861500T01 ClickShare Tray - Button Switch Holder 1 Shure MXA710AL-2FT Linear Array Microphone - 2FT 1 Shure A710-FM-2FT Two Foot Flush Mount Kit for MXA710 1 Stewart Audio CVA40-1-CV-D Single-Channel Dante Subcompact PoE++ Amplifier 40W 1 QSC AC-C6T 6.5-inch 2-way Speakers 4 Crestron GLS-OIR-C-NS Passive Infrared Ceiling Mount - Occupancy Sensor 1 Crestron GLSA-ODT/OIR-FP- 500 Occupancy Sensor Lens, 500 SQ FT 1 Crestron TS-770-B-S 7-Inch Touch Screen - Black 1 Crestron TSW-770/1070- MUMK-B Mullion Mount Kit for TSW-770 and TSW-1070 Series, Black 1 Crestron TSS-770-B-S 7 in. Room Scheduling Touch Screen, Black Smooth 1 Crestron HD-TX-101-C-E DM Lite - HDMI over CATx Transmitter Surface Mount 1 Crestron HD-RX-101-C-E DM Lite - HDMI over CATx Receiver Surface Mount 1 Conference 190 1515 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 INTEGRATED AUDIOVISUAL SYSTEMS 27 41 16 - 8 MFG Model Description QTY NEC E558 55" 4K UHD Display with Integration ATSC/NTSC Tuner 1 Chief MTM1U Medium Fusion Micro-Adjustable Tilt Wall Mount 1 Chief CSSLP15x10 Proximity Component Storage Panel, Sliding 1 Conference Room Head End MFG Model Description QTY QSC Core 510i CTO Integrated Core w/ 256x256 networked audio channels 1 QSC RP1 CTO Rear Blank Panel 8 Crestron CP4N 4-Series Control System w/ (2) Ethernet Ports 1 QSC Q-SYS NS-1148P Pre-Configured Dell EMC Network Switches 1 Open Office MFG Model Description QTY NEC E558 55" 4K UHD Display with Integration ATSC/NTSC Tuner 1 Chief MTM1U Medium Fusion Micro-Adjustable Tilt Wall Mount 1 Chief CSSLP15x10 Proximity Component Storage Panel, Sliding 1 Crestron MP-WP152-W Media Presentation Wall Plate - HDMI®, White 1 Brightsign XD234 Standard I/O Player 1 Office 126 MFG Model Description QTY Crestron TSW-770/1070- MUMK-B Mullion Mount Kit for TSW-770 and TSW-1070 Series, Black 1 Crestron TSS-770-B-S 7 in. Room Scheduling Touch Screen, Black Smooth 1 Fireside Room 120 MFG Model Description QTY NEC E658 65” LED 4K Public Display Monitor with built-in ATSC 1 Chief LTM1U Large Fusion Micro-Adjustable Tilt Wall Mount 1 Chief CSSLP15x10 Proximity Component Storage Panel, Sliding 1 Yamaha YAS109 Sound Bar with Built-In Subwoofers and Alexa Built- In 1 Brightsign XD234 Standard I/O Player 1 Crestron MP-WP152-W Media Presentation Wall Plate - HDMI®, White 1 Crestron TSW-770/1070- MUMK-B Mullion Mount Kit for TSW-770 and TSW-1070 Series, Black 1 Crestron TSS-770-B-S 7 in. Room Scheduling Touch Screen, Black Smooth 1 Digital Signage 1516 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 INTEGRATED AUDIOVISUAL SYSTEMS 27 41 16 - 9 MFG Model Description QTY NEC E558 55" 4K UHD Display with Integration ATSC/NTSC Tuner 2 Chief TS325TU Medium THINSTALL Dual Swing Arm Wall Display Mount 2 Chief CSSLP15x10 Proximity Component Storage Panel, Sliding 2 Brightsign XD234 Standard I/O Player 2 Tighrope Media CLD-PRO-PLR-1YR Media Player License 4 Tighrope Media CLD-CHD-BASIC Basic Channel Design 1 Tighrope Media CLD-ACAD-USER Content-Creation Training Course 1 Tighrope Media CLD-ACAD- ADMIN Admin Training Course 1 Tighrope Media CLD-ACAD-ALL All-User Courses Bundle 1 Council Chambers MFG Model Description QTY NEC C981Q 98” Direct LED 4K LCD Public Display Monitor 2 Chief PNRUB Large Flat Panel Swing Arm Wall Display Mount - 25" Extension 2 Chief CSMP9x12 Proximity™ Component Storage Panel, Interface 2 NEC C861Q 86" Ultra High-Definition Commercial Display 2 Chief XTM1U X-Large Fusion Micro-Adjustable Tilt Wall Mount 2 Chief FCA115 Fusion Wall Plate 2 Dell U2419H Dell Ultrasharp 24" Monitor 16 Chief CSSLP15x10 Proximity Component Storage Panel, Sliding 1 Chief FTR100 Small Flat Panal Tilt Wall Mount 16 Crestron HD-DA4-4KZ-E 1:4 HDMI Distribution Amplifier w/ 4K60 4:4:4 Support 5 Crestron DM-NVX-E30 DM NVX® 4K60 4:4:4 HDR Network AV Encoder 6 Crestron DM-NVX-360 DM NVX® 4K60 4:4:4 HDR Network AV Encoder/Decoder 12 Barco CX-50 ClickShare Wireless Conferencing System 1 Barco R9861500T01 ClickShare Tray - Button Switch Holder 1 Council Chambers Cont. MFG Model Description QTY Wolfvision VZ-8neo HD Document Camera 1 Vaddio 999-8250-000 AV Bridge 2x1 Series 1 Shure MX412/C 12-Inch Gooseneck Microphone w/ Built in preamp 16 Clock Audio TS 003 Capacitive Touch Switch 16 Custom Custom Custom 1-Gang Microphone Plate 16 K-Array Lyzard-KZ14 Miniature Slim Line Array 16 1517 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 INTEGRATED AUDIOVISUAL SYSTEMS 27 41 16 - 10 Stewart Audio MC850-LZ-D 8-Channel Dante/AES67 Amplifier 2 QSC AD-P6T 6.5-Inch, 2-Way, Pendant-Mount Loudspeaker 7 QSC AC-C6T 6.5-inch 2-way Speakers 4 QSC CXD4.2Q 700W x 4 Channel Amplifier 1 QSC Core 510i CTO Integrated Core w/ 256x256 networked audio channels 1 QSC CIML4 4-Channels, Mic/Line Level Analog Audio in w/ 48V Phantom 5 QSC COL4 4-Channels, Balanced, Line-Level Output 3 QSC RP1 Rear Blank Panel 1 QSC I/O-8 Flex Q_SYS Channel Expander 2 QSC Q-SYS NS-1148P Pre-Configured Dell EMC Network Switches 1 WilliamsAV FM 588-12 PRO FM Plus Assistive Listening System 1 Shure QLXD124/85 Handheld and Lavalier Combo Wireless Microphone System 2 Shure UA845UWB Antenna Distribution System 1 Shure UA834 In-Line Antenna Amplifier 2 Shure SBC800-US 8-Bay Shure Battery Charger for SB900 w/ Power Supply 1 Shure SB900A Shure Lithium-Ion Battery 4 Crestron CP4N 4-Series Control System w/ (2) Ethernet Ports 1 Crestron TS-770-B-S 7-Inch Touch Screen - Black 1 Crestron TSW-770-B-S 7 in. Wall Mount Touch Screen, Black Smooth 1 Apple MK2K3LL/A Apple 10.2" iPad 64GB, Wifi Only, Space Gray 1 IPort 72300 Connect Pro Case 1 Iport 72352 Connect Pro Base Station 1 Vaddio 999-1005-032 USB 3 Extender 1 Dell U2719D Ultrasharp 27-Inch Monitor 2 Blackbox IC400A-R2 4-Port USB 2.0 Type-A over CatX Extender 330'1 Yamaha HS7 6.5-Inch Powered Studio Monitor - Black 2 Focusrite RedNETAM2 Dante Stereo Output Device 1 NEC E328 32" Display w/ Integrated ATSC/NTSC Tuner 1 Chief MIWRFVB Medium Low-Profile In-Wall Swing Arm Mount - 10"1 AJA GEN10 HD/SD Sync Generator 1 Cablecast CBL-VI0LITE-600 Cablecast VIO LITE 2-Channel Video Server 8 TB & CG 1 Cablecast CBL-VIOLITE-CG- SVR Cablecast VIO Server Hardware 8TB 1 AJA KUMO 1616 Compact 3G-SDI Router 16x16 1 AJA KUMO CP Network Control Panel 1 AJA UDC UP/DOWN/CROSS/CONVERTER 1 AJA HI5 HD-SDI/SDI to HDMI Video and Audio Converter 2 AJA FS1 Universal Frame Synchronizer/Converter 1 1518 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 INTEGRATED AUDIOVISUAL SYSTEMS 27 41 16 - 11 2.02 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIAL A. Required Equipment: Contractor shall provide additional system components typically and reasonably required to make system operational even though not specially indicated in Drawings, Appendices or Specifications including but not limited to: cable, connectors, connecting accessories, adaptors, power supplies, power strips, rack mounting adapters, mounting adapters, shelves, cover plates, terminal blocks, relays, switches, and related connector and termination hardware required by but not supplied with the equipment. 2.03 CABLING A. Intra-Video Control Room Video Cabling: Low loss serial digital coax, Riser-CMR, sub- miniature 23 AWG solid bare copper conductor, foam HDPE core, Duofoil (+95%) tinned copper braid, PVC jacket available in 10 colors – Belden 1855A, or pre-approved equal. B. Cable runs outside of control room Video Cabling: Low loss serial digital coax, Plenum-CMP, RG6 18 AWG solid bare copper conductor, foam FEP core, Duofoil (+95%) tinned copper braid, Flamarrest jacket, available in 10 colors. – Belden 1695A, or pre-approved equal. C. Wireless Antenna: RG-8U 50-Ohm Plenum black cable. 10 AWG solid .108” bare copper conductor. Duofoil tinned copper braid shield (90% coverage). - Belden 7733A, or pre-approved equal. D. Installed Microphone: Audio cable, 1 pair 22 AWG stranded tinned copper pair, FEP insulation, foil shield, drain, plenum flamarrest jacket, available in 10 colors – Belden 9451P, or pre- approved equal. E. Installed Line Level: Audio cable, 1 pair 22 AWG stranded tinned copper pair, FEP insulation, foil shield, drain, plenum flamarrest jacket, available in 10 colors – Belden 9451P, or pre- approved equal. F. Speaker 70V: Unshielded speaker cable, Plenum-CMP 2-16 AWG stranded bare copper conductors with flamarrest insulation, flamarrest jacket with ripcord, available in 11 colors – Belden 6200E, or pre-approved equal. G. Speaker Low Impedance: Unshielded speaker cable, Plenum-CMP 2-16 AWG stranded bare copper conductors with flamarrest insulation, flamarrest jacket with ripcord, available in 11 colors – Belden 6200E, or pre-approved equal. H. UTP: CAT6+ (350MHz), 4-Pair, U/UTP-unshielded, Plenum-CMP, Premise Horizontal Cable, 23 AWG solid bare copper conductors, dual FRPO/FEP insulation, tape separator, ripcord, flamarrest jacket, available in 11 colors – Belden 2413, or pre-approved equal. I. STP: CAT6A (625MHz), 4-Bonded-Pair, F/UTP-foil shielded, Plenum-CMP, Premise Horizontal Cable, 23 AWG solid annealed bare copper conductors, FEP insulation, tap separator, ripcord, available in 5 colors – Liberty 23-4P-P-L6ASH-BLU, or pre-approved equal. J. Control: Plenum-CMP, 8-22 AWG stranded bare copper conductors with flamarrest insulation, foil shield, and flamarrest jacket with ripcord, available in 4 colors – Belden 6506FE, or pre- approved equal. 1519 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 INTEGRATED AUDIOVISUAL SYSTEMS 27 41 16 - 12 K. CATV Coax Cables: CATV Video, series 6, 18 AWG solid bare copper-covered steel conductor, foam FEP insulation, duobond IV quad shield (Foil + 60% braid + Foil + 40% braid), Plenum, PVC Jacket – Belden 1189A, or pre-approved equal. 2.04 CONNECTORS A. UTP Keystones: Unshielded, Category 6A keystone jack, 8-position, 180-degree exit, icon compatible, T568A/B wiring – Ortronics KT2J6A-88, or pre-approved equal. B. STP Keystones: Shielded, ANSI/TIA-C.2.1 Category 6A, Krone/110 universal IDC, 180-degree format, 750 minimum mating lifecycle – Liberty 1A8TPZA0, or pre-approved equal. C. BNC Video: 3-piece 75 Ohm BNC connector frequency up to 5 GHz, Kings 2065-11-9, Kings 2065-10-9, or pre-approved equals. D. BNC RF Antenna: 3-piece 50 Ohm BNC connector for RG-58U, Amphenol 031-320, or pre- approved equal. E. XLR: Nickel-plated shell with silver contacts, solder contacts max wire size 14 AWG polyurethane boot available and male and female configurations - Neutrik NC3MXX or NC3FXX, or pre-approved equal. F. F Connector: F male one-piece compression, RG-6 quad shield, tin-plated brass terminal, tin- plated beryllium copper contact – Belden SNS1P6QS, or pre-approved equal. G. ¼ TRS: Narrow-profile shell, chuck strain relief, nick-plated diecast shell, ¼” phone connector for solder termination of three-conductor cables – Neutrik NP3X, or pre-approved equal. 2.05 PATCH PANELS A. Identification strips to be printed labels, provide black font on white background. B. CAT6A Shielded modular keystone panel for HDBaseT and DigitalMedia connections. C. Flush-mount modular keystone panel, Cat6A 110 punch-down, shielded 1x24, 1 RU – Bittree DSKP124B-C6APS, or pre-approved equal. D. CAT6 Unshielded modular keystone panel for data connections. E. Flush-mount modular keystone panel, Cat6, 110 punch-down, unshielded, 1x24, 1RU – Bitree DSKP124B-C6P, or pre-approved equal. 2.06 MODULAR WALL PLATES A. Available in thermoplastic and stainless steel. B. Identification strips to be printed labels, provide black font on white background. C. Available in single-gang configurations with up to six (6) keystones. D. Available in dual-gang configurations with eight (8) keystones. E. Keystone faceplate for UTP, STP, data, HDBaseT, and DigitalMedia connections. 1520 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 INTEGRATED AUDIOVISUAL SYSTEMS 27 41 16 - 13 F. Single-gang, four (4) keystone faceplate with label field – Ortronics Techchoice OR-KSFP4-88, or pre-approved equal. G. Single-gang, two (2) keystone faceplate with label field – Ortronics Techchoice OR-KSFP2-88, or pre-approved equal. 2.07 PATCH CORDS A. UTP Cat6: Snagless unshielded (UTP) Cat6A patch cable, ANSI/TIA 568 C.2 Cat6A tested, wiring scheme 568B, stranded UTP, PVC jacket, available in eleven (11) colors, available in twenty-two (22) lengths – CTG Cat6a Snagless Unshielded (UTP Ethernet Patch Cable, or pre- approved equal. B. STP Cat6A: Snagless shielded (STP) Cat6A patch cable, ANSI/TIA 568 C.2 Cat6A tested, wiring scheme 568B, stranded SSTP, PVC jacket, available in four (4) colors, available in eighteen (18) lengths – C2G Cat6a Snagless Shielded (STP) Ethernet Patch Cable, or pre- approved equal. C. HDMI: Support video resolutions up to 4K (4096x2160 at 60Hz, 4:4:4), the nominal velocity of propagation 10.2Gbps, HDMI ethernet channel, CEC system control compatibility, available in eleven (11) lengths – C2G High-Speed HDMI Cable with Ethernet – 4K 60Hz, or pre-approved equal. 1521 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 INTEGRATED AUDIOVISUAL SYSTEMS 27 41 16 - 14 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. All equipment and materials shall be new. Take care during installation to prevent damage such as scratches, dents, chips, etc. B. All equipment and enclosures must be mounted plumb and square. Any permanently mounted equipment shall be firmly and securely held in place with support loads imposed for a safety factor of at least three. C. Pass-through cable hole edges in chassis, racks, boxes, etc. must be covered with rubber grommet by Middle Atlantic 3.02 FURNITURE INTEGRATION A. The furniture manufacturer shall provide and install raceways and rough-ins required for AV equipment integrated into furniture. Installation of cabling and equipment provided by AV contractor. 3.03 EQUIPMENT RACKS AND CONSOLES A. Wiring at the rear of the rack: Locate AC power wiring to the left; line-level audio, video, and RF wiring on the right. B. Unused rack spaces shall be filled with steel flanged black powered coated panels: Middle Atlantic EB series or approved equal. C. Panels or equipment mounted to the rear rack rails should not block access to front-mounted equipment. D. Hook and loop straps shall be used for all control room wiring to strap and secure cables. The hook and loop straps should be spaced evenly throughout the dressed length. 3.04 SYSTEM WIRING A. Racks must be wired following the AVIXA F502.01:2018 Rack Building for Audiovisual Systems standard. B. Provide adequate service loops so that equipment mounted on casters or furniture pads may be pulled out fully, to their locked position without straining the cable. C. General Equipment and Cable Labeling: D. Electronic printed labels on the front and rear of active equipment mounted in the racks. Mount labels in a neat and plumb manner. E. Printed labels to have 1/8” high characters minimum. Labels to be black with white characters except where indicated. F. Cables and wiring to be logically, legibly, and permanently labeled for easy identification. Handwritten or self-laminating labels are not acceptable. 1522 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 INTEGRATED AUDIOVISUAL SYSTEMS 27 41 16 - 15 G. Wiring designations to be an alpha-numeric code that is unique for each cable. Locate the cable designation at the start and end of each cable within 3” inches of the point of termination or connection. Add cable designation codes to system schematic drawings included with record documentation. 3.05 TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS A. Upon completion of the installation phase, test and adjust the system to ensure proper operation. B. Test each available function and feature of the system. C. Make appropriate correction(s) and adjustments as required. 3.06 TEST EQUIPMENT A. Provide the following equipment on-site for final acceptance testing: B. Audio Line Tester/Cable Tester/ Test Tone Generator: Whirlwind QBOX C. Acoustical signal generator meeting IEC 60268-16 with STIPA test signal and spoken messages. Calibrated level output, ±1 dB flatness from 100 Hz to 10kHZ: NTI Talkbox D. Sound level meter, spectrum analyzer, and STIPA analyzer, battery-powered – NTI XL2 Audio and Acoustic Analyzer E. Video generator providing 4K60 4:4:4 output, EDID emulation, HDCP, and CEC – Quantum Data 780E 3.07 TRAINING A. Provide a minimum of two (2) hours of systems operation and maintenance support sessions to the Owner, and sessions will the following: B. Three (3) separate sessions for the presentation video system by an instructor fully knowledgeable and qualified in system operation. Reference manuals should be complete and onsite during sessions. C. One a minimum of two (2) hour session for the broadcast control room by an instructor fully knowledgeable and qualified in system operation. Reference manuals should be complete and onsite during sessions. D. Training to be conducted during evening hours. E. Coordinate time with the Owner. F. Event support attendance for at least two (2) city council meetings for a total of six (6) hours each. Tasks shall be strictly assistance, not operation. G. Provide a minimum of two (2) hours of follow-up on-site system operation training to occur at least three (3) months after but no longer than six (6) months after the initial on-site training at each site. This requirement intends to allow the Owner to learn the functions of the system. Minor program modifications to be made by The Contractor at the owner’s request for the DSP and control system. 1523 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 INTEGRATED AUDIOVISUAL SYSTEMS 27 41 16 - 16 3.08 RECORD DOCUMENTATION A. Provide two (2) complete as-built manuals assembled in loose-leaf binders and containing the following: B. As-built system function block diagrams C. Cable run list with cable numbers, cable source, and cable destination D. Basic Audio/Visual presentation system operation guide E. Name, address, and phone number of the responsible service organization F. Provide electronic PDF documentation and configuration files via electronic communication or USB storage media containing the following: G. As-built system function block diagrams in PDF form H. As-built system function block diagrams in DWG format I. Cable run list with cable numbers, cable source, and cable destination, in editable format J. Basic Audio/Visual presentation system operation guide K. Name, address, and phone number of the responsible service organization L. Equipment manuals M. Uncompiled control system code N. The current version of the DSP configuration software and configuration file O. Final equipment list including serial numbers and IP address information 3.09 FINAL CHECKOUT AND ACCEPTANCE A. Demonstrate the operation and use of the system to the Consultant and to the Owner's representatives at the time of the final inspection. B. Verify that the system installation is complete and fully operational. C. Verify that the Owner training is complete. D. Turn complete as-built documentation over to the Owner. E. Final acceptance of the system will be given upon completion of all the above requirements. 3.10 WARRANTY A. The Contractor will, in conjunction with the system manufacturer, provide a complete part and labor warranty for the system. The warranty period will commence on the date of final acceptance and will continue for one (1) year. During this period, The Contractor will provide all materials and labor required to correct any system malfunction or failure at no charge to the owner. This warranty will cover any system malfunction or failure except those that are caused by negligence, abuse, or misuse. 1524 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 INTEGRATED AUDIOVISUAL SYSTEMS 27 41 16 - 17 B. During the warranty period, The Contractor shall provide the following response times for system issues: C. Email response: Email is considered a low priority service issue; a response within 24hrs of the initial email is required. D. Phone response: Phone calls are considered a high priority service issue; a call back is required within two (2) business hours of the initial phone call. If an issue is unable to be resolved during the phone call, an on-site service visit is required. E. On-Site response: If during the initial support phone call, an on-site visit is determined to be needed, The Contractor shall provide onsite service within eight (8) business hours to correct the problem and coordinate and RMA’s as needed. 3.11 MAINTENANCE A. The Contractor will be a local authorized service agent for the system and will maintain a local service center within 25 miles. Service technicians must be available to perform testing, inspection, maintenance, and repair of the system. Provide name and contact information for the assigned service technician assigned to the City. The service technician shall be someone knowledgeable in system operation. B. Provide pricing for a second- and third-year maintenance contract. The maintenance contract should include two (2) preventative maintenance visits done per year. Response times during the maintenance period should meet or exceed response times of the initial one-year warranty. END OF SECTION 1525 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 MASTER ANTENNA TELEVISION SYSTEM 27 41 33 - 1 SECTION 27 41 33 - MASTER ANTENNA TELEVISION SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. MATV equipment using cable television service as the signal source. 2. MATV head-end components. 3. Distribution components. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Agile Receiver: A broadband receiver that can be tuned to any desired channel. B. A/V: Audio/Visual. C. Broadband: For the purposes of this Section, wide bandwidth equipment or systems that can carry signals occupying in the frequency range of 54 to 1002 MHz. A broadband communication system can simultaneously accommodate television, voice, data, and many other services. D. Carrier: A pure-frequency signal that is modulated to carry information. In the process of modulation, the signal is spread out over a wider band. The carrier frequency is the center frequency on any television channel. E. CATV: Community antenna television. A communication system that simultaneously distributes several different channels of broadcast programs and other information to customers via a coaxial cable. F. CCTV: Closed-circuit television. G. CEA: Consumer Electronics Association. H. dBmV: Decibels relative to 1 mV across 75 ohms. Zero dBmV is defined as 1 mV across 75 ohms. dBmV = 20 log 10(V1/V2) where V1 is the measurement of voltage at a point having identical impedance to V2 (0.001 V across 75 ohms). I. Headend: The control center of the MATV system, where incoming signals are amplified, converted, processed, and combined into a common cable along with any locally originated television signals, for transmission to user-interface points. It is also called the "central retransmission facility." J. I/O: Input/Output. K. L-Band: For the purposes of this Section, wide bandwidth equipment or systems that can carry Satellite TV signals occupying in the frequency range of 950 to 2150 MHz. L. MATV: Master antenna television. A small television antenna distribution system usually restricted to one or two buildings. M. RF: Radio frequency. 1526 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 MASTER ANTENNA TELEVISION SYSTEM 27 41 33 - 2 N. User Interface: End point of Contractor's responsibility for Work of this Section. User interfaces are the 75-ohm terminals on device plates. 1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. System shall consist of cable television service with a head-end provided by the owner and utilizing the horizontal category cabling infrastructure for distribution connecting the head-end to each User Interface. B. System shall consist of backbone (trunk) coaxial cable, head-end amplifiers, distribution amplifiers, splitters, horizontal catgeory cabling, and media converters. 1. Distribution of cable television service signals, which includes coordinating with Owner's selected service provider for installation of cable to the service point ready for connection into the distribution system. Obtain signal levels and noise and distortion characteristics from service provider as the point of departure for system layout and final equipment selection. C. Cable distribution system consisting of horizontal category cables, user interfaces, splitters, RF amplifiers, signal equalizers, power supplies, and required hardware resulting in performance parameters specified in this Section. System shall be capable of distributing television channels as follows, according to EIA 542: 1. Cable Televisions Channels (55-850 MHz) 2. Satellite Televisions Channels to Set Top Boxes (950-2150 MHz) D. Under the scope of this project, a complete system, including headend (& distribution) broadband amplifiers are to be provided. All necessary headend amplification equipment and all items required to make a fully operational system, shall also be provided by this Contractor. E. Coordination of Cable TV feed to the property is to be by the Owner, outside the scope of this project. F. Hardware Requirements: Use plug-in, modular, solid-state electronic components. Mount amplifiers and other powered equipment in standard 19-inch (483-mm) rack complying with EIA/ECA-310-E. 1.05 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. General Requirements: 1. Combine electronic submittals into one unified PDF document that includes complete Product Data and Shop Drawings organized per the table of contents. Piecemeal submittals will not be accepted. The submittal shall be free of copyrighted files and proprietary file formats. Electronic links may be submitted to supplement product datasheets, but may not be used as a substitute for product datasheets that are required to be included in the unified PDF submittal. 2. Provide itemized bill of materials indicating model number and quantity for each product. 3. On datasheets with multiple products, indicate which product is provided under this project. 4. Manufacturers' catalog sheets with complete technical data for each item being furnished. B. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. C. Shop Drawings: For headend and distribution system. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Detail fabrication and installation details for television equipment. 2. Functional Block Diagram: Show single-line interconnections between components for headend and distribution system to user-interface points. Show cable types and sizes. 3. Dimensioned Plan and Elevations of Headend Equipment: Show access and workspace requirements. 1527 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 MASTER ANTENNA TELEVISION SYSTEM 27 41 33 - 3 4. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring. For UTP or fiber-optic cable, include cross connects, patch panels, and patch cords. D. Design Calculations: Calculate signal attenuation budget and show calculated line and equipment losses for the system based on the functional block diagram, to show that proposed system layout can be expected to perform up to specification. Calculate signal strength from sources to headend input points for each antenna, satellite dish, and CATV grouping. Allowable losses between components and user interface shall be used to determine size and type of coaxial cable. 1.06 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Include dimensioned plan and elevation views of components and enclosures. Show access and workspace requirements. B. Equipment List: Include each piece of equipment and include model number, manufacturer, serial number, location, and date of original installation. Insert testing record of each piece of adjustable equipment, listing name of person testing, date of test, and description of as-left set points. C. Field quality-control reports. 1.07 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For headend and distribution system to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.08 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 1.09 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: System components shall be equipped and rated for the environments in which they are installed. B. Environmental Conditions: Capable of withstanding the following environmental conditions without mechanical or electrical damage or degradation of operating capability: 1. Interior, Controlled Environment: System components, except central-station control unit, installed in air-conditioned interior environments shall be rated for continuous operation in ambient conditions of 36 to 122 deg F (2 to 50 deg C) dry bulb and 20 to 90 percent relative humidity, noncondensing. 2. Interior, Uncontrolled Environment: System components installed in non-air-conditioned interior environments shall be rated for continuous operation in ambient conditions of 0 to 122 deg F (minus 18 to plus 50 deg C) dry bulb and 20 to 90 percent relative humidity, noncondensing. 3. Exterior Environment: System components installed in locations exposed to weather shall be rated for continuous operation in ambient conditions of minus 30 to plus 122 deg F (minus 34 to plus 50 deg C) dry bulb and 20 to 90 percent relative humidity, condensing. Rate for continuous operation when exposed to rain as specified in NEMA 250, winds up to 85 mph (137 km/h). 1.10 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size and location of raceway system and provisions for electrical power to equipment specified in this Section. B. Coordinate Work of this Section with requirements of cable television service provider. C. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided. 1528 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 MASTER ANTENNA TELEVISION SYSTEM 27 41 33 - 4 D. Coordinate installation of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations with actual equipment provided. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. System shall consist of cable television service and a coaxial cable distribution system. 1. Headend equipment shall consist of associated signal distribution amplification and equalization. 2. Distribution of cable television service signals, which includes coordinating with Owner's selected service provider for installation of cable to the service point ready for connection into the distribution system. Obtain signal levels and noise and distortion characteristics from service provider as the point of departure for system layout and final equipment selection. 3. Cable distribution system consisting of horizontal category cabling, user interfaces, splitters, RF amplifiers, signal equalizers, power supplies, and required hardware, complying with EIA/ECA 310-E and CTA-2032-B and resulting in performance parameters specified in this Section. System shall be capable of distributing television channels according to CTA-542-D. B. Hardware Requirements: Use plug-in, modular, solid-state electronic components. Mount amplifiers and other powered equipment in standard 19-inch (483-mm) rack complying with EIA/ECA 310-E. 2.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Minimum acceptable performance of distribution system at all user-interface points shall be as follows: 1. RF Video-Carrier Level: Between 3 and 12 dBmV. a. Relative Video-Carrier Level: Within 3 dB to adjacent channel. b. Carrier Level Stability, Short Term: Level shall not change more than 0.5 dB during a 60- minute period. c. Carrier Level Stability, Long Term: Level shall not change more than 2 dB during a 24-hour period. d. Channel Frequency Response: Across any 6-MHz channel in the 54- to 750-MHz frequency range, referenced to video; signal amplitude shall be plus or minus 1 dB, maximum. e. Carrier-to-Noise Ratio: 45 dB or more. f. RF Visual Signal-to-Noise Ratio: 43 dB or more. g. Antenna Combiner Insertion Loss: 40 dB maximum. h. Signal Power Splitter and Isolation Tap Return Loss: 17 dB minimum. i. Cable Connectors Attenuation: Less than 0.1 dB. j. Cross Modulation: Less than minus 50 dB. k. Carrier-to-Echo Ratio: More than 40 dB. l. Composite Triple Beat: Less than minus 53 dB. m. Second Order Beat: Less than minus 60 dB. n. Terminal Isolation from Television to Television: 25 dB, minimum. o. Terminal Isolation between Television and FM: 35 dB, minimum. p. Hum Modulation: 2 percent, maximum. q. RF FM Carrier Level: 13 to 17 dB below video-carrier level. r. FM Frequency Response: More than in the 88- to 108-MHz frequency range; signal amplitude is plus or minus 0.75 dB, maximum. s. FM Carrier-to-Noise Ratio: More than 24 dB. 2.03 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Components: Plug-in, modular, heavy-duty, industrial- or commercial-grade units. 1529 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 MASTER ANTENNA TELEVISION SYSTEM 27 41 33 - 5 B. Equipment: Silicon-based, solid-state, integrated circuit devices. C. Power Supply Characteristics: Devices shall be within specified parameters for ac supply voltages within the range of 105 to 130 V. D. Protect signal cables and connected components against transient-voltage surges by suppressors and absorbers designed specifically for that purpose. Comply with requirements in Section 264313 "Surge Protection for Low-Voltage Electrical Power Circuits." E. Provide ac-powered equipment with integral surge suppressors complying with UL 1449. F. RF and Video Impedance Matching: Signal-handling components, including connecting cable, shall have end-to-end impedance-matched signal paths. Match and balance devices used at connections where it is impossible to avoid impedance mismatch or mismatch of balanced circuits to unbalanced circuits. 2.04 COAXIAL BACKBONE CABLE A. Description: Coaxial cable with a 75-ohm characteristic impedance designed for CATV transmission. Return loss of 20 dB minimum from 5 to 1000 MHz and 15 dB minimum from 1000 MHz to 2200 MHz. B.Manufacturers: available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Belden CDT Networking Division 2. Berk-Tek, Inc. 3.CommScope, Inc. 4. Or Equal C. NFPA and UL compliance, listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction as complying with UL 1655 and with NFPA 70, "Community Antenna Television and Radio Distribution Systems" Article. Types are as follows: 1. RG-11/U, Indoor Cable: UL Type CATVP. a. No. 14 AWG, solid, copper-covered steel conductor; gas-injected, foam-PE insulation. b. Plenum rated. c. Gas-injected, foam-PE insulation. d. Shielded with 100 percent aluminum tape and 60 percent aluminum braid. e. Double shielded with 100 percent aluminum foil shield, 60 percent aluminum braided inner shield, and 40 percent aluminum braided outer shield. f. Jacketed with black PVC or PE. g. Suitable for indoor installations. 2.05 MATV EQUIPMENT A. Description: Signal-source components, signal-processing and amplifying equipment, distribution components, and interconnecting wiring. System shall receive, amplify, process, and distribute signals to outlets for receiving sets. Equipment shall translate UHF channels to VHF channels before distribution to outlets. B. MATV System Qualitative and Quantitative Performance Requirements: Reception quality of color- television program transmissions at each system outlet from each service and source shall be equal to or superior than that obtained with performance checks specified in "Field Quality Control" Article, using standard, commercial, cable-ready, multiple A/V input color-television receivers. 2.06 MATV SYSTEM COMPONENTS 1530 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 MASTER ANTENNA TELEVISION SYSTEM 27 41 33 - 6 C. Headend Equipment: 1. Signal Converter (located in MDF): a. Manufacturer: Lynx Broadband b. Model: Lynx Ultra Hub Assembly (16 Port) c. Part#: L40-0270 d. Qty: 1 2. Signal Converter (located in IDF) a. Manufacturer: Lynx Broadband b. Model: Lynx Ultra Hub Assembly (8 Port) c. Part#: L40-0269 d. Qty: 1 3. High Frequency RF Balun: a. Manufacturer: Lynx Broadband b. Model: Lynx Ultra Converters (Passive) c. Part#: L40-0257 d. Qty: 24 4. Jumper Cables: a. Manufacturer: Lynx Broadband b. Model: 12-inch coax jumper cable c. Part#: 180-0455 d. Qty: 24 2.07 ENCLOSURES A. Enclosures for Interior, Controlled Environments: NEMA 250, Type 1. B. Enclosures for Interior, Uncontrolled Environments: NEMA 250, Type 3R. C. Enclosures for Exterior Environments: NEMA 250, Type 4X. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine roughing-in for antenna to verify actual locations of cable connections before antenna installation. B. Examine walls, floors, roofs, equipment bases, and roof supports for suitable conditions where television equipment is to be installed. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install signal line surge suppressors on coaxial cables entering headend equipment space and at antenna-mounted amplifiers. Comply with requirements in Section 264313 "Surge Protection for Low- Voltage Electrical Power Circuits." 3.03 GENERAL WIRING A. Wiring Method: Install cables in raceways except in accessible indoor ceiling spaces and as otherwise indicated. Conceal raceways and wiring except in unfinished spaces. 1531 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 MASTER ANTENNA TELEVISION SYSTEM 27 41 33 - 7 B. Wiring within Enclosures: Bundle, lace, and train conductors to terminal points with no excess and without exceeding manufacturer's limitations on bending radii. Provide and use lacing bars and distribution spools. C. Splices, Taps, and Terminations: For power and control wiring, use numbered terminal strips in junction, pull, and outlet boxes; terminal cabinets; and equipment enclosures. D. Grounding: According to recommendations in IEEE 142 and IEEE 1100. E. Comply with Section 271513 “Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling” for installation of copper horizontal cabling. 3.04 COAXIAL CABLE INSTALLATION A. Cold-Weather Installation: Bring cable to room temperature before dereeling. Heat lamps may not be used for heating. B. Cable may not be installed in same raceway with power cable. C. Coaxial cable shall not be spliced except on plywood backboards in Telecommunications rooms, or in cabinets designated for the purpose. D. Outdoor connections shall be installed in enclosures meeting NEMA 250, Type 4X. Connectors shall be corrosion resistant with properly designed O-rings to keep out moisture. E. Do not use water-based cable pulling lubricants with PVC-jacketed cable. F. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended minimum bending radiuses. G. Pulling Cable: Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended pulling tensions. Do not install bruised, kinked, scored, deformed, or abraded cable. Do not splice cable between termination, tap, or junction points. Remove and discard cable if damaged during installation and replace it with new cable. H. Exposed Cable: Install parallel to building lines, follow surface contours, and support cable according to manufacturer's written instructions. Do not run adjacent and parallel to power or data cables. I. Cable Support: Install supports at intervals recommended in writing by cable manufacturer. Install supports within 6 inches (150 mm) of connector so no weight of cable is carried by connector. Use no staples or wire ties, pull tie-wrap snug, and do not over tighten. J. Signal Equalization: Where system performance may be degraded in certain operating modes, revise component connections and install distribution amplifiers and attenuators as required, providing a balanced signal across the system. 3.05 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components, wiring, cabling, and terminals. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect, test, and adjust components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections. B. Perform tests and inspections. 1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and to assist in testing. 1532 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 MASTER ANTENNA TELEVISION SYSTEM 27 41 33 - 8 C. Inspection: Verify that units and controls are properly installed, connected, and labeled, and that interconnecting wires and terminals are identified. D. Tests and Inspections: 1. Align and adjust system and pretest components, wiring, and functions to verify that they comply with specified requirements. 2. Replace malfunctioning or damaged items. 3. Retest until satisfactory performance and conditions are achieved. 4. Prepare television equipment for acceptance and operational testing. 5. Use an agile receiver and signal strength meter or spectrum analyzer for testing. 6. Off-Air, Mast-Mounted Antenna Sources: Connect receiver to the down-lead of a 10-element, single-channel antenna, tuned and oriented to optimize reception for the channel and placed at system antenna's location. Alternatively, connect receiver to a single-channel video amplifier connected to the down-lead of the above single-channel antenna. 7. CATV Sources: Connect receiver to an agile demodulator or CATV set-top converter at CATV service entrance to the facility. 8. Satellite Earth-Station System Sources: Adapt receiver to the output of satellite-television receiver. 9. CCTV Sources: Connect receiver to the output of each CCTV signal source or the distribution amplifier associated with it. 10. Test Schedule: Schedule tests after pretesting has successfully been completed and system has been in normal functional operation for at least 14 days. Provide a minimum of 10 days' notice of test schedule. 11. Operational Tests: Perform tests of operational system to verify that system complies with Specifications. Include all modes of system operation. Test equipment for proper operation in all functional modes. 12. Distribution System Acceptance Tests: a. Field-Strength Instrument: Rated for minus 40-dBmV measuring sensitivity and a frequency range of 54 to 812 MHz, minimum. Provide documentation of recent calibration against recognized standards. b. Signal Level and Picture Quality: Use a field-strength meter or spectrum analyzer, and a standard television receiver to measure signal levels and check picture quality at all user- interface outlets. 1. Test the signal strength in dBmV at 55, 151, 547 and 750 MHz. 2. Minimum acceptable signal level is 3 dBmV (1000 mV). 3. Maximum acceptable signal level over the entire bandwidth is 12 dBmV. 4. Television receiver shall show no evidence of cross-channel intermodulation, ghost images, or beat interference. 13. Signal-to-Noise-Ratio Test: Use a field-strength meter to make a sequence of measurements at the output of the last distribution amplifier or of another agreed-on location in system. With system operating at normal levels, tune meter to the picture carrier frequency of each of the designated channels in turn and record the level. With signal removed and input to corresponding headend amplifier terminated at 75 ohms, measure the level of noise at same tuning settings. With meter correction factor added to last readings, differences from first set must not be less than 45 dB. 14. Qualitative and Quantitative Performance Tests: Demonstrate reception quality of color-television program transmissions at each user interface from each designated channel and source. Quality shall be equal to or superior than that obtained with performance checks specified below, using a standard, commercial, cable-ready, color-television receiver. Level and quality of signal at each outlet and from each service and source shall comply with the following Specifications when tested according to 47 CFR 76: a. RF video-carrier level. 1533 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 MASTER ANTENNA TELEVISION SYSTEM 27 41 33 - 9 b. Relative video-carrier level. c. Carrier level stability, during 60-minute and 24-hour periods. d. Broadband frequency response. e. Channel frequency response. f. Carrier-to-noise ratio. g. RF visual signal-to-noise ratio. h. Antenna combiner insertion loss. i. Signal power splitter loss. j. Cable connector attenuation. E. Headend and distribution system will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. F. Prepare test and inspection reports. G. Cap all unused connectors and seal weathertight. 3.07 DEMONSTRATION A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain MATV equipment. 1. Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules for troubleshooting, servicing, and maintaining equipment. 2. Demonstrate methods of determining optimum alignment and adjustment of components and settings for system controls. 3. Demonstrate programming and tuning of satellite receivers. END OF SECTION 1534 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 SOUND MASKING SYSTEMS 27 51 19 - 1 SECTION 27 51 19 - SOUND MASKING SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Refer to the Technology (T) series drawings for information and related details. C. All Division 26 Electrical, for Telecommunication systems related items. D. All information in the Division 27 documents related to the communications systems. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Electronic noise generators. 2. Amplifiers. 3. Wiring. 4. Masking speaker assemblies. 5. Controls. 6. Component mounting racks. 1.03 REFERENCES A. All equipment and materials shall comply with the latest revision and addendums to the standards listed below: 1. BICSI, TDMM, Tampa, FL; BICSI 2. ANSI/EIA/TIA-568 3. ANSI/EIA/TIA-569 4. ANSI/ICEA S-860596 5. ANSI/EIA/TIA-492-AAAB 6. ANSI/EIA/TIA-526 7. ANSI/EIA/TIA-598 8. ANSI/EIA/TIA-604 9. Any additional regulations or requirements, as noted in section 27 00 00. 10. All related sections of the National Fire Protection Association, 70, 72, 75, 101, 252, 800. 11. All Regional & Local Electrical Codes as set forth by the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) 1535 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 SOUND MASKING SYSTEMS 27 51 19 - 2 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. Covered Spaces: Spaces above which masking speakers are installed. B. Privacy Index: According to the American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standard E1130. C. Octave and 1/3-Octave Bands: Centered on ANSI/ISO preferred frequencies. D. Sound Level Meter and Filter Set: Calibrated ANSI Type 1 or Type 2. E. Pink Noise: Constant energy in constant percentage (e.g. 1/1 or 1/3 octave) frequency bands, random or pseudo-random noise. F. SPL: Sound pressure level in dB re 0.00002 Pa (0.0002 microbars). G. ISO: International Standards Organization H. NEC: National Electrical Code I. UL: Underwriters Laboratories 1.05 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. The work of this Section consists of the provision of all materials, labor and equipment, and the like as required to form a complete and functional Sound Masking System. B. Functional Requirements of Systems: 1. Distribute sound masking to all areas, as indicated on the drawings. C. All active electronic components shall be conveniently accessible for service. D. Zones: Single-zone coverage. E. Channels: Single channel of masking sound to each zone. F. Channels: Separate channel of masking sound to each of two groups of speakers in each zone. G. Signal Levels: Individually adjustable for each of 14 one-third octave bands centered at 200 through 4000 Hz, for sound-masking noise channels. H. Sound-Power Level Produced by System: Match NC 40 contour between 400 and 2000 Hz, with smooth roll-off above and below those frequencies. 1. Initial Level: 40 dB, A-weighted. 2. Final Adjusted Level: 40 to 50 dB, A-weighted. Determine the final level for each space individually by measurement as specified in Part 3. 3. Measurements: Made under calibration conditions. I. Maximum Local Variance of Sound-Power Level: 6 dB for the 500-Hz octave band and 3 dB for the 1000-, 2000-, and 4000-Hz octave bands for 75 percent of the locations in covered spaces. 1536 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 SOUND MASKING SYSTEMS 27 51 19 - 3 J. Maximum Average Range of Sound-Power-Level Deviation: 2 dB in the 250-, 2000-, and 4000-Hz octave bands and 1.5 dB for the 500- and 1000-Hz octave bands for all locations. K. Directional Effect: People in covered spaces under calibration conditions cannot determine the source of masking sound. L. Uniformity with Respect to Time: One-minute time-averaged sound-pressure level of any octave band of masking sound from 250 to 8000 Hz remains constant in any space to within a standard deviation of 2 dB when measured over a 30-minute period. M. Sound Quality: No audible hum or noise from this system in covered spaces when noise generators are off, and power amplifiers are on with input volume controls set at 50 percent. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. As noted in the beginning section of the Division 27 specification. B. Any shop drawings shall be the responsibility of the General Contractor, and the Division 27 Contractor, for all backbone related materials as necessary. The infrastructure installation will meet minimum standards, as noted above in the "Related Sections" and "References." 1. Submit a riser diagram showing the intended materials for the backbone cabling systems for approval. C. Close-out Submittals: The Contractor will submit to the Owner all relevant documentation as it pertains to the backbone cabling systems. The Division 27 Contractor shall coordinate with the Division 26 Contractor and General Contractor to ensure that all relevant information is contained in this portion of the close-out submittal package. 1. The Contractor shall supply the OAC team with as-built drawings showing the approximate routing pathway of all backbone cabling, types, and measurements of the systems. 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engage in the manufacturing of backbone cabling materials, including high pair count copper and fiber, and whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than five (5) years. B. Installer Qualifications: The Division 27 Contractor, responsible for the installation of the telecommunications systems, shall have a minimum of five (5) years experience successfully installing telecommunication systems on projects of similar scope. 1.08 WARRANTY A. As noted in Section 27 00 00 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Atlas Sound LP. 1537 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 SOUND MASKING SYSTEMS 27 51 19 - 4 2. Cambridge Sound (Active Emitter, Direct Audio System) 3. Dynasound, Inc. 4. Lencore. 5. SoftDB. 2.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SOUND-MASKING EQUIPMENT A. Components: Modular plug-in, heavy-duty, industrial-grade integrated circuit devices. B. AC Supply Voltage Tolerance: 105 to 130 V with no degradation of system performance. C. Protection from Power Line Surges: Integral surge protection devices listed in UL 1449; with the following features: 1. Suppression Level: 300 V. 2. Maximum Response Time: 5 nanoseconds. 3. Circuit: Multistage, using inductors and silicon-avalanche zener diodes or equivalent. 4. Indicator Lamp: Neon or light-emitting diode located on the control panel and arranged to extinguish on the failure of protection. 5. Fuses: Externally accessible. D. Component Housings: Suitable for mounting in standard 19-inch (480-mm) relay racks, with connections at rear and controls either on rear panel or protected by a screw-fastened security cover. 2.03 NOISE GENERATOR AND FILTER UNITS A. Unit may be hardware or software-based. Digital Masking Generator Spectra: Pink, white, and superwhite. B. Pink Noise Generator: Output octave bands from 30 to 4000 Hz. C. Filters for One-Third Octave Bands: Adjustable from 10 dB of boost to 10 dB of cut at each center frequency. D. Mixer Inputs: Two high level and one microphone level. E. High-Pass Filter: Approximate range of cutoff adjustment is 37 to 400 Hz. F. Low-Pass Filter: Adjustable roll-off frequency 100 Hz to 10 kHz. G. High-Cut Filter: Approximate range of cutoff adjustment is 180 to 9000 Hz with slope varying to 12 dB per octave. H. Auxiliary Inputs: Able to accept two, high-level, auxiliary signals such as music and telephone pag- ing as well as general paging. I. Mounting: Shelf or rack 3-1/2 inches (90 mm) high. 1538 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 SOUND MASKING SYSTEMS 27 51 19 - 5 2.04 PROGRAMMABLE AUDIO-LEVEL CONTROL UNIT A. Automatic Sound-Power-Level Changes: Six system channel changes, four times per day, and capable of different time settings for each day of the week. B. Level Changes: Programmable from the front panel of the unit, and automatically incremented over a period long enough for sound-level variations to be imperceptible to occupants of covered spaces. C. Muting: Control unit shall be programmed to permit muting for emergency paging. D. Program Memory: Nonvolatile for at least one year without power. When re-energized after a power outage, control starts at zero level and automatically advances system sound level at the same rate used for programmed level changes. 2.05 POWER AMPLIFIERS A. Power Amplifiers: Comply with CEA-426, and have the following minimum features: 1. Mounting: Rack-mounted. 2. Output Regulation: Less than 2 dB from zero to full load. 3. Total Harmonic Distortion: Less than 3 percent, at rated power output from 50 to 12,000 Hz. 4. Signal-to-Noise Ratio: 60 dB or greater, at rated output. 5. Frequency Response: Within plus or minus 2 dB from 50 to 12,000 Hz. 6. Input: From internal masking or mixer board, or from an outside source such as an automatic level control or another mixer. 2.06 MASKING SPEAKER ASSEMBLIES A. Speakers: Cone type, with the following minimum features: 1. Minimum Axial Sensitivity: 45 dB. 2. Frequency Response: Within plus or minus 3 dB from 50 to 15,000 Hz. 3. Size: 8 inches (200 mm) with 1-inch (25-mm) voice coil and minimum 5-oz. (142-g) ceramic magnet unless otherwise indicated. 4. Dispersion Angle: 100 degrees. 5. Rated Output Level: 10 W. B. Configuration: Dual 8-inch (200-mm) and dual 5-inch (125-mm) units mounted on metal baffles and arranged for optimum, multidirectional, angular sound distribution. Arrange units for suspension from the building structure [above the ceiling]. C. Matching Transformers: Full-power rated with four (4) standard taps and a maximum insertion loss of 1539 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 SOUND MASKING SYSTEMS 27 51 19 - 6 0.5 dB. D. Assemblies installed in air-handling spaces shall comply with NFPA 70 requirements for the rate of heat-release and rate of smoke-release characteristics. Tests for these requirements shall be according to UL 2043. 2.07 WIRE A. Speaker Wire: UTP cable complying with manufacturer's requirements; listed and labeled for environmental air plenums where the cable is indicated in plenum spaces and is not indicated to be in raceway. Comply with requirements in Section 27 15 13 – Communications Horizontal Cabling Systems. 2.08 COMPONENT MOUNTING RACKS A. Configuration: Comply with CEA-310-E. Factory-fabricated units designed for interchangeable mounting, forced or convection air cooling, wiring connection, and enclosure of standard 19-inch (482-mm) relay rack modules. B. Mounting Provisions: Equipped for freestanding floor mounting. C. Cabinet: Factory-finished steel with component mounting rails and prewired plug strips for component power connections. Full front and rear doors with continuous hinges, handles, and cylindrical keyed locks. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Speaker Assemblies: Suspend with chains from building structure above ceilings, so the bottom of assembly is 6 to 8 inches (150 to 200 mm) above the upper plane of finished ceiling material, or as otherwise directed by the manufacturer. Use eyebolts on speaker assemblies for attachment. Suspend independently of supports for components of other building systems. B. Install seismic restraints on speakers. Comply with requirements for seismic-restraint devices specified in Section 270548 "Seismic Controls for Communications Systems." C. Speaker Connections: For two- or three-channel systems, connect speaker assemblies alternatively so masking sound is redundant throughout zones of coverage. D. Wiring Method: Install cables in raceways and cable trays except within consoles, cabinets, desks, and counters and unless otherwise indicated. 1. Except raceways are not required in accessible indoor ceiling spaces and attics. 2. Except raceways are not required in hollow gypsum board partitions. 3. Conceal raceways and wiring except in unfinished spaces. 1540 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 SOUND MASKING SYSTEMS 27 51 19 - 7 E. Wiring Method: Conceal conductors and cables, inaccessible ceilings, walls, and floors where possible. 1. Install plenum cable in environmental air spaces, including plenum ceilings. 2. Comply with requirements specified in Section 27 05 28 – Pathways for Communications Systems, for cable trays 3. Comply with requirements for raceways and boxes specified in Section 27 05 28 – Pathways for Communications Systems. 4. Comply with requirements in Section 27 15 00 – Communications Horizontal Cabling Systems. F. Wiring within Enclosures: Bundle, lace, and train conductors to terminal points with no excess and without exceeding manufacturer's limitations on bending radii. Provide and use lacing bars and distribution spools. G. Exposed Cable: Install parallel to building lines, follow surface contours, and support as recommended by the manufacturer. H. Grounding: As recommended by manufacturers, unless more stringent requirements are indicated. Ground equipment and conductors to eliminate shock hazards and to minimize ground loops, common-mode returns, noise pickup, cross talk, and other impairments with a maximum of 5-ohm to ground at main equipment location. Measure, record, and report ground resistance. I. Impedance Matching: For system components, including connecting cable, provide an end-to-end level and impedance-matched signal paths. Use matching networks and balancing devices at connections where necessary to avoid mismatches. J. Splices, Taps, and Terminations: Make splices, taps, and terminations on numbered terminal strips injunction, pull, and outlet boxes; terminal cabinets; and equipment enclosures. 3.02 IDENTIFICATION A. Use color-coded conductors and apply wire and cable marking tape to designate wires and cables, so the media are identified in coordination with system wiring diagrams. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Section 27 01 00 - General Provisions for Communication Systems. B. Label speaker assemblies as to channel, zone, and address. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. 1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and to assist in testing. B. Tests and Inspections: 1541 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 SOUND MASKING SYSTEMS 27 51 19 - 8 1. Operational Test: Start system to confirm proper operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest. Make initial sound-spectrum and -level adjustments for each zone. 2. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. 3. Inspection: Verify that units and controls are properly labeled, and interconnecting wires and terminals are identified. 4. Pretesting: Tune, align, and adjust system and pretest components, wiring, and functions to verify they comply with specified material, installation, and performance requirements. Correct deficiencies and retest until satisfactory performance and conditions are achieved. 5. Masking Sound-Power-Level Adjustments: Adjust independently for each space to a minimum level between 40 and 50 dB that will provide speech privacy between adjacent workstations while complying with other system requirements. C. Final Acceptance Testing: Provide a minimum of 10 days' notice of acceptance test performance schedule. Schedule tests after pretesting have been completed. 1. Tests and Calibration Conditions: Spaces shall be completely furnished but unoccupied; lights and HVAC systems shall be on; HVAC system testing and balancing shall be completed; and electronic ballasts, lighting relay panels, and low voltage transformers shall be in place. 2. Test Conditions: Complying with ASTM E 1130 and calculated according to ANSI S3.5. 3. Instrumentation: Use a professional-quality, sound-level meter with octave-band filters and documentation of recent calibration against recognized standards. 4. Record test observations, readings, and corrective actions. 5. System Tests: Include the following for each system zone: a. Speaker Circuit Impedance Test: Measure impedance at 1000 Hz with amplifier disconnected, using a professional impedance meter or bridge. Locate and correct faults denoted by abnormal readings. b. Ambient Sound-Level Tests: With system off, measure ambient sound level in one-third octave bands. Also measure ambient sound level as a single, wide-band, A-weighted reading. c. Amplifier Noise Test: Check for performance specified in "System Description" Article with masking noise generator off and amplifiers on. d. System Noise Test: With masking noise signal on and amplifiers adjusted at a working level 10 dB above ambient sound level, check for hum, buzz, rattle, or other operating deficiencies. e. Spatial Uniformity Test: Measure sound level at locations no greater than 15 feet (4.6 m) o.c. throughout covered spaces to determine compliance with specified performance level. f. Frequency Response Adjustment and Test: Adjust one-third octave frequency bands and other unit filters to provide a response. Adjust to meet the requirement of space speech intelligibility and quality of background sound. Comply with ANSI S3.2, CEA 426, and ASTM E 1110. 1542 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 SOUND MASKING SYSTEMS 27 51 19 - 9 6. Adjust the level of masking sound for each space, so one-third octave band centered at 500 Hz has the final selected sound-power level for that space. Measure deviation from listed values in one- third-octave bands from 100 to 1000 Hz. Measured values must not deviate from those listed by more than 4 dB for open plan areas and 8 dB for enclosed offices. The total of individual band deviations in eight bands must not exceed 16 dB for open plan areas and 30 dB for enclosed offices. 7. Walk-through Test: People in covered spaces cannot discern speaker locations. 8. Temporal Stability Test: Check for uniformity of time by measuring sound level in each of 14- octave bands at one-minute intervals over a 30-minute test period. Deviations must not exceed limits specified in the "System Description" Article. 9. Where required, space shall meet the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act for privacy and the Gramm-Leach Bliley Act to protect consumer personal and financial information in open office layouts. D. Retest: Correct deficiencies identified by tests and observations and retest until meeting specified requirements. E. Recording Control Settings and System Adjustments: Record final control settings and programming, and final tap setting of speaker matching transformers. Record final sound-level measurements and observations. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months of the date of Substantial Completion, provide on-site assistance in adjusting the system to suit actual occupied conditions. Provide up to two visits to Project during other-than-normal occupancy hours for this purpose. 3.05 DEMONSTRATION A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate and maintain services. END OF SECTION 1543 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 SECURITY SYSTEMS 28 00 00 - 1 SECTION 28 00 00 - SECURITY SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. All Division 28 construction documents are complementary to one another and should be viewed as one document. All information contained within individual sections shall be as if included and documented within ALL sections. The architect is the only entity to interpret the intent of the drawings. C. Refer to the Technology (T) series drawings for information and related details. D. All Division 26 Electrical, for Telecommunications systems related items. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section covers the basic design intent of the Division 28 scope of Work. All individual sections will further detail and describe the individual Work to be completed. B. Section includes: C. General information for scope of Work under this Division 28. D. References, definitions, and descriptions relative to the scope of Work. E. Related Sections: F. All Division 28 specification sections 1.03 REFERENCES A. All equipment and materials shall comply with the latest revisions and addendums to the standards listed below: 1. BICSI, TDMM, Tampa, FL; BICSI 2. ANSI/ EIA/ TIA-310 3. ANSI/ EIA/ TIA-568 4. ANSI/ EIA/ TIA-569 5. ANSI/ ICEA S-83-596 6. ANSI/ EIA/ TIA-606 7. ANSI/ EIA/ TIA-607 8. U.L 969, 1363, 1449 9. National Fire Protection Association: National Electric Code (including Chapter 8) 1544 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 SECURITY SYSTEMS 28 00 00 - 2 10. Any additional regulations/ requirements as noted in section 27 00 00. 11. All related sections of the National Fire Protection Association, 70, 72, 75, 101, 252, 800. 12. All Regional & Local Electrical Codes as set forth by the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) 1.04 DEFINITIONS: A. All definitions are complementary to the definition lists throughout the Division 28 specifications. B. Cable Tray: A rated, pre-fabricated structure designed to provide pathway space for premise cabling. The tray can be either: wire mesh, trough, ventilated, or solid/ non-ventilated materials to allow/ disallow for air passage. C. CL BICSI: Building Industry Consulting Services International (www.bicsi.org) D. Ladder Rack: A pre-fabricated structure designed as a cable pathway, and consisting of two side rails and transverse connecting members (rungs), and typically used in TR's, TER's, ER's, EF's, or Data Centers. E. LAN: Local Area Network F. RCDD: Registered Communications Distribution Designer G. TR/ TER: Telecommunications Room/ Telecommunications Equipment Room (interchangeable) H. ER/ EF: Entrance Room/ Entrance Facilities (interchangeable) I. WA: Work Area J. TO: Telecommunications Outlet K. NON-COM: Non-Combustible material rating L. TGB: Telecommunications Grounding Busbar M. MEP: Mechanical/ Electrical/ Plumbing N. GC: General Contractor O. OAC: Owner, Architect, Consultant team P. AHJ: Authority Having Jurisdiction Q. ITS: Information Transport System(s) R. AFF: Above Finished Floor S. EMI: Electro-Magnetic Interference T. LEC: Local Exchange Carrier U. CLEC: Collective Local Exchange Carrier V. NRTL: Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (e.g.: UL) W. MAC: Move/ Add/ Changes 1545 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 SECURITY SYSTEMS 28 00 00 - 3 X. Work: Work as it relates to this project, all Work that is base bid, or otherwise approved by the OAC team Y. EMT: Extruded Metal Tubing (conduit material) Z. RNC: Rigid Non-Metallic Conduit AA. PVC: Poly-Vinyl Chloride (conduit material) BB. RU: Rack Unit, equipment rack unit of measurement, typically 1.75" per RU CC. Contractor: The contractor performing the Work under this Division of the Specifications DD. Provide: means "Contractor is responsible for the furnishing and installation of .... complete in every respect" EE. NEMA: National Electrical Manufacturers' Association FF. NECA: National Electrical Contractors' Association GG. NEC: National Electrical Code HH. NESC: National Electrical Safety Code II. NFPA: National Fire Protection Association JJ. TDMM: Telecommunications Distribution Methods Manual (BICSI published manual) KK. RFI: Request for Information LL. CO: Change Order MM. WO: Work Order NN. FO: Field Order 1.05 SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONS A. Telecommunications Rooms, identified as the MDF & IDF's, provide a connection point between horizontal and backbone cabling infrastructures. Typically they provide environmental support and facilities for active telecommunications and information transport equipment. B. Environmental Requirements for communications rooms include (but are not limited to): space, power, grounding, ventilating and air conditioning (AC), access control, and fire detection/ suppression. While the MEP construction of this/ these room(s) is not addressed in this Section, the GC (and Division 28 contractor) are responsible for coordinating the room environmental requirements with other contractors/ suppliers, Architect, and the Owner. Specific requirements for the rooms are: C. Area: All rooms should be a minimum of ten (10) feet by ten (10) feet to accommodate any potential growth in the cabling infrastructure in the future. Larger facilities or service areas will require additional and/or larger rooms. D. Ceiling heights: A minimum of ten (10) feet AFF, unless circumstances dictate otherwise. The GC will inform the OAC team of such conditions so that a resolution can be provided. No suspended ceilings should be installed in the communications rooms. 1546 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 SECURITY SYSTEMS 28 00 00 - 4 E. Conduits, Trays, Slots, Sleeves & Ducts: Locate & install with OAC coordination, and so that pulling and termination of cabling infrastructure, and bend radius requirements are all standards-compliant. F. Doors: All doors shall open outward from the room (unless specifically forbidden by Code), and be a minimum of three (3) feet wide and seven (7) feet tall. TR's/TER's should be designed in a space to allow for outward swings of doors, but if not possible, Owner coordination will be required to ensure proper location and installation. G. Dust & Static Electricity: Communications rooms shall NOT be carpeted. Treat all surfaces to minimize dust, and ground and bond all applicable materials in the room to the TGB. H. Ventilation & Air Conditioning: Rooms should be designed for 24/7/365 days of continuous operation (regardless of facility occupancy percentages), with positive air pressure in the room. Air temperature in the room should not deviate from the following range: sixty-four (64) degrees Fahrenheit to seventy-four (74) degrees Fahrenheit. Relative humidity in the room will not exceed fifty-five (55) percent. Systems should be connected to emergency power to ensure interruption-free service. I. Fire Protection: Fire protection MUST be provided in all areas. Sprinkler systems will include cages to prevent accidental discharge/ damage. If the system provided is a "wet system", sprinkler heads will be installed in such a manner as to allow the installation of drainage troughs to remove any water that may leak from the system. NON-COM three-quarters (3/4) inch rated plywood will be installed in all communications rooms. Rated plywood will be standard four (4) feet by eight (8) feet sheets, and will be installed to a minimum height of eight (8) feet AFF. Additional height may be required for proper routing of the horizontal cabling entering the room. J. Floor Loading: Floor loading shall be a minimum of 50lb/sq ft, per ANSI/ EIA/ TIA-569 for communications rooms. In the case of the room being designed as an Equipment Room (ER), the minimum distributed floor loading shall be a minimum of 100lb/sq ft, and the minimum for a concentrated load shall be 182lb/sq ft. K. Grounding and Bonding: All equipment and cable shielding shall be properly bonded. Bonding in any TR shall be made from the equipment to a properly installed TGB. The TGB shall be bonded to the structural metal of the building, as well as the other communications rooms' bonding busbars, and shall comply with all installation requirements in the Division 26 installation specifications. All clamps & connectors shall be of mechanical type and made of silicon bronze. All terminals shall be solder-less compression type, copper long-barrel NEMA two bolts. The TGB shall be capable of accepting up to one quarter (1/4) inch NEMA bolts, and should be installed near the Division 28 equipment racks. The contractor will be responsible for bonding all equipment racks and pathways (as required by code) installed under this Division of the specifications, and all related Division 28 sections. L. Lighting: Lighting in ITS rooms shall provide a minimum of fifty (50) foot-candles of illumination at eighteen (18) inches AFF. Lighting shall be installed at a minimum of eight-point five (8.5) feet AFF, and not to exceed ten (10) feet AFF. M. EMI: Locate all telecommunications cabling and pathways a minimum of six (6) inches away from sources of EMI. All pathways & cabling should cross EMI sources at right angles, and be installed in a separate support system. Sources of EMI include, but are not limited to: 1. Electrical power cabling and transformers. 1547 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 SECURITY SYSTEMS 28 00 00 - 5 2. RF sources and transmitters: Large motors and generators. 1.06 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. It is the responsibility of the contractor to ensure that all installed systems function within the industry-recognized standards and manufacturer's stated parameters for their intended usage. B. U.L. Classified: All products shall be U.L. tested and approved for the stated use and comply with all applicable local, state, and national codes. C. U.L. Listed: All systems that are installed during this project shall be U.L. Listed, and be tested to perform to the stated use. 1.07 SUBMITTALS A. ALL submittals shall be per Section 01 – Submittal Procedures, in addition to the requirements listed herein. B. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include construction details, materials, and descriptions, dimensions of individual components, profiles, and finishes for equipment racks/cabinets. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics (if any), and any furnished specialties and accessories, and any warranty supplied by the manufacturer of the specified materials. C. Any shop drawings shall be the responsibility of the General Contractor, and the Division 28 contractor, for all horizontal materials as necessary. The infrastructure installation will meet minimum standards as noted above in the "RELATED SECTIONS", and "REFERENCES". D. Close-out Submittals: The contractor will submit to the Owner all relevant documentation as it pertains to the backbone cabling systems. The Division 28 contractor shall coordinate with the Division 26 contractor, and General Contractor to ensure that all relevant information is contained in this portion of the close-out submittal package. 1. The contractor shall provide the OAC team with as-built drawings showing the installation of the cabling infrastructure in its entirety, and this includes the communications rooms. All labeling for the horizontal systems shall be included, along with all other relevant information. 2. Maintenance Contract: The contractor shall furnish the Owner with a rate sheet, detailing any costs for additional MAC work on the site, and shall hold the pricing valid for one (1) year from the date of final acceptance or occupancy, whichever comes first (NOT the date of completion). The contractor shall ensure that this Work will NOT in any way negate the warranty on the previously installed Work. 3. Warranty Documentation: The contractor will provide the Owner will all documentation relative to the warranty provided on the cabling installation. The warranties listed will include the manufacturer's warranty, and the warranty provided by the contractor as part of their Work related to the project. 1548 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 SECURITY SYSTEMS 28 00 00 - 6 4. Test and Evaluation Reports: The contractor shall submit both an electronic and hard-bound copy of the test results to the Owner, no later than two (2) weeks after completion of the project, and before occupancy of the spaces. The testing results will include all test results for both horizontal and backbone cabling and shall be labeled identical to final port labeling to ensure ease of tracking cabling. a. Any failed tests will not be accepted without the express consent of the Owner. Failed tests will require resolution by the contractor to ensure that the cabling passes all applicable tests 1.08 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in the manufacturing of backbone cabling materials, including high pair count copper and fiber, and whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than five (5) years. B. Installer Qualifications: The Division 28 contractor, responsible for the installation of the telecommunications systems, shall have a minimum of five (5) years experience successfully installing telecommunications systems on projects of similar scope. 1. All qualifications for the contractor (and manufacturer) shall be included in the submittal package to the OAC team. C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled and defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for the intended location and application(s). D. Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces: Compliant with the most current revision of ANSI/ EIA/ TIA-569. E. Grounding and bonding: Compliant with the most current revision of TIA/ EIA-J-STD-037, as well as all applicable local, state, and national codes. F. Fire Stopping: Fire stopping for all telecommunications cabling, pathways and spaces will comply with all local, state, and national codes. All components to be used in fire stopping installation shall be U.L. Classified. The final installation will comply with all guidelines from the manufacturer, and represent a U.L. Listed system. No deviation from the proper installation methodologies will be accepted, and the contractor will correct at no additional cost to the OAC team. G. Delivery, Storage, and Handling of Project Materials 1. Deliver materials to the site in manufacturer's original, unopened packaging, with clear identification of the product name and manufacturer. 2. Store materials in a clean, dry, and secure indoor area that meets manufacturer's recommendations for storage. 3. Protect materials from adverse conditions and corrosion during and after installation, until such time as the facility is complete and the Owner has declared acceptance. 1549 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 SECURITY SYSTEMS 28 00 00 - 7 1.09 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental limitations: do not deliver or install equipment frames and cable trays until spaces are enclosed and weather tight, plumbing work in the spaces is complete and dry, and work above ceilings is complete. Any damage to the materials will result in a rejection by the OAC team and will require the contractor to replace said materials at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.10 COORDINATION A. Coordinate the layout and installation of communications equipment with the Owner's representative and associated equipment providers. B. Meet as necessary with the Owner, and associated trades/ contractors to exchange information and agree upon any details of equipment arrangements, and installation interfaces. Document all conversations and provide to the OAC team in meeting minute format for review. 1.11 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Warranty: The contractor shall facilitate the approval of a minimum 15-year manufacturer's performance warranty on the installed solution. The manufacturer will replace (material and labor) any component that fails to support the manufacturer's performance and capabilities claims, at no expense to the Owner. (This warranty applies to regular use of network and not meant to include vandalism, theft, abuse, etc.) This warranty will be in addition to any warranties provided by the general conditions and specifications of this project, and will be issued directly from the manufacturer to the Owner and will be provided at no additional cost. B. The contractor will warrant the cabling infrastructure installation, and all components thereof, against defects in workmanship for one (1) year from the date of final acceptance. This warranty will cover all labor and materials to correct a failed portion of the system, and to demonstrate performance within the original specifications. This warranty will be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. C. Before acceptance by the Owner, the Owner's representative or IT Consultant will perform a final inspection of the cabling installation with the contractor project foreman. Any work that does not meet the base bid or approved work requirements (CO, WO, FO); will require correction by the contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. D. Upon Receipt of the testing documentation, the Owner reserves the right to perform spot testing of a random sampling of the cabling infrastructure to validate test results. If any discrepancies are discovered, the contractor will be required to provide resolution at no additional cost to the Owner. E. Activation of the cabling infrastructure, by the Owner, will in no way negate the warranties provided by the contractor through general conditions and these project specifications. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PATHWAYS A. Cable Support: NRTL labeled. Cable support devices shall be designed to prevent the degradation of cable performance and pinch points that can damage cables. Cables should be secured in the support, in a manner that does not expose cables to any type of physical damage. Additional requirements on support structures as follows: 1550 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 SECURITY SYSTEMS 28 00 00 - 8 B. Cables trays: Cable trays shall provide the same level of support as noted above, but will not require any securing method for the cable. The trays shall be of a design that allows for ease of installation, as well as repeated access for Owner MAC work. C. Conduit and Boxes/ Back boxes: comply with requirements laid out in Division 26 05 34 "Pathways and boxes for Communications Systems". D. Additional information shall be contained within 27 05 28 "Pathways for Communications Systems." 2.02 BACKBOARDS A. Backboards: All plywood backboards shall be of non-combustible design. Backboards shall be no less than three quarters (3/4) inch thickness, and four (4) feet in width by eight (8) feet in length, unless used as filler pieces to achieve the desired height and full lateral coverage of the wall. Plywood shall remain UNPAINTED, and the rating stamp must remain visible. 2.03 EQUIPMENT RACKS A. As noted in Division 27 11 00, for specific manufacturer's details and instructions. B. Refer to the construction drawings for additional information regarding the racks, types, and quantities. This project shall utilize four-post equipment racks. C. Cable management shall be installed on (and between) ALL equipment racks. 2.04 GROUNDING AND BONDING A. Comply with requirements in Division 26 05 26 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems", and Division 280526 "Grounding and Bonding for Communications Systems" for grounding and bonding of conductors and connectors. B. A TGB will be provided by the Division 26 electrical contractor in all communications rooms. The busbar will be grounded to building structural steel, and provide space for the Division 28 contractor to ground all equipment installed under these specifications. All methods must comply with the most current version of TIA/ EIA-J-STD-037, as well as applicable local, state, and national electrical codes. 2.05 ENTRANCE PROTECTION A. All service provider utility service cabling shall have entrance protection provided by the service provider, and shall not be the responsibility of the contractor or Owner. The contractor shall be required to coordinate with the service provider to ensure that the placement of any protection does not conflict with the planned layout of devices within the communications room. 2.06 LABELING & IDENTIFICATION A. Refer to section 27 05 53 for labeling information. All Work must comply with the directives/ requirements within that Section. 1551 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 SECURITY SYSTEMS 28 00 00 - 9 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PATHWAYS A. General Requirements: All pathway installations shall comply with ANSI/ EIA/ TIA-569 standards. It is the responsibility of the GC and contractor to report any pathway issues that would not be standards compliant, to the OAC team for resolution. B. Refer to Division 27 05 28 for specific information on approved manufacturers, and parts relative to the Work of this project. All materials MUST be installed as per the manufacturer's printed instructions, and should also allow for compliance with all related standards and codes that are referenced throughout these Division 28 Specifications. C. Conduit and Boxes/ Back boxes: comply with requirements laid out in Division 26. 3.02 EQUIPMENT RACKS A. Equipment racks will be installed in all communications rooms per the direction from the OAC team. The IT consultant will provide the contractor with layout drawings of each room, before equipment installation. It is the contractor's responsibility to ensure that the installation of the rack(s) complies with all printed instructions from the manufacturer, and does not violate any standards or codes. B. Equipment racks shall be as noted in Division 27 11 00 for manufacturers and installation parameters. C. Vertical and Horizontal wire managers will be installed on both sides of the equipment rack (front side), and shall be as noted in Division 27 11 00. D. The equipment rack(s) will all be installed with proper grounding and bonding, as specified in Division 27 05 26. Additionally, as noted in the same Section, all racks will be installed with one isolator pad for each rack. 3.03 GROUNDING AND BONDING A. All grounding and bonding shall conform to the requirements outlined in Division 27 05 26, and Division 26. No deviation from these standards and specifications will be accepted. B. All grounding methods and materials will meet full local, state, and national code compliance, and will be installed in such a manner as not to violate those above. C. All materials to be used for this purpose shall be rated, classified, or listed for the intended use by U.L. (or similar NRTL). D. All bonding installations shall also receive an inspection by the Division 26 contractor before any inspections by the local AHJ, or final acceptance by the Owner. The contractor shall correct any work that does not conform to industry best practices or code requirements at no additional cost to the OAC team. 3.04 LABELING & IDENTIFICATION A. Comply with requirements in Division 27 05 53 "Identification for Communications Systems". B. All labeling done throughout the Work described within these Division 28 specifications will meet all requirements of the Owner. 1552 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 SECURITY SYSTEMS 28 00 00 - 10 C. All labeling methods will conform to the most current revision of ANSI/ EIA/ TIA-606-A, in addition to the above-listed material, Owner requirements, and any local, state, or national requirements. D. All labeling work shall be completed with pre-printed or computer-printed labels, and resist ink smudge. E. No handwritten labels will be accepted, only those types noted above and within this document shall be accepted as meeting the required criteria. F. The contractor will coordinate with the OAC team to ensure that the labeling of the facility is done correctly before occupancy. Any errors in the labeling will require correction by the contractor at no additional cost to the OAC team. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All Work must be field verified for code compliance by the GC, and Division 26 & 27 contractors, prior to electrical inspection by the AHJ. B. Any work that does not meet the requirements of these documents shall be rejected, and require the contractor to provide correction/ resolution at no additional cost to the OAC team. 3.06 CLEAN-UP A. The contractor will be required to clean all communications rooms, before Owner occupancy, of any foreign materials and garbage. B. Any materials left in the room deemed garbage will be the responsibility of the installing trade to remove/ clean up. C. The contractor will wipe down the wire managers and patch panels to ensure a clean and professional appearance for the Owner. D. Any materials not deemed to be trash, and left in the room(s), will be interpreted to be left as "extra stock" for the Owner to make use of as they see fit. END OF SECTION 1553 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR SECURITY 28 01 00 - 1 SECTION 28 01 00 - GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR SECURITY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Work consists of furnishing labor, materials, equipment, and services required for the complete installation of Work shown in the Contract Documents and specified in Division 28. 2. Include all parts and labor that are incidental and necessary for a complete and operable installation even though not explicitly mentioned in the Contract Documents. Such items include nuts, bolts, anchors, brackets, sleeves, offsets in conduit, fittings, relays, etc. 3. Arrange with appropriate utility companies to provide temporary and permanent utility services as required and coordinate their installation with the construction progress of this project. 4. Obtain all temporary and permanent permits and licenses required in connection with this Division's Work. Pay all fees and expenses required for such permits and licenses. 5. Pay all fees and costs charged by utility companies for utility services. 6. Request inspections as required by regulating agencies or regulations. Pay all charges for inspections by regulating agencies of installations of plans specifications. 7. Include State and Local sales taxes in the bid. Keep accurate records of these taxes and furnish such records to the Owner upon request. 8. Provide the Owner with a certificate of final inspection and approval by enforcement authorities. 1.02 Related Sections: A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. All Division 28 construction documents are complementary to one another and should be viewed as one document. All information contained within individual sections shall be as if included and documented within ALL sections. The architect is the only entity to interpret the intent of the drawings. C. Refer to the Technology (T) series drawings for information and related details. D. All Division 26 Electrical, for Telecommunications systems related items. 1.03 UNIT PRICES: A. Unit prices are the lump sum of direct costs for all services, materials, deliveries, trucking, transportation, storage, cleaning, labor, tools, and equipment plus field supervision, insurance, overhead, profit, permits, and testes applied to each unit requested. Also, include costs for any related software or programming. B. Unit Price Description: Refer to Section 01 22 00. 1554 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR SECURITY 28 01 00 - 2 1.04 ALTERNATES A. Alternate Price Description: Refer to Section 01 23 00. 1.05 REFERENCES A. Meet or exceed all current applicable codes, ordinances, and regulations for all installations. Promptly notify the Engineer in writing, if the contract documents appear to conflict with governing codes and regulations. The contractor assumes all responsibility and costs for correcting non-complying Work installed without notifying the Engineer. B. Higher quality of workmanship and materials indicated in the Contract Documents takes precedence over that allowed in referenced codes and standards. C. Perform all Work in compliance with the currently adopted version of the following codes and standards for this project: 1. National Electric Code 2. State and Local Electrical Codes 3. International Building Code 4. International Fire Code 5. International Mechanical Code 6. State and Local Building Codes and Ordinances 7. State Industrial Commission Regulations 8. State and Local Fire Codes and Regulations 9. State and Local Mechanical Codes 10. State Elevator Code 11. Occupational Safety and Health Administration Regulations 12. Americans with Disabilities Act 13. Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards 14. State Board of Health 15. NFPA 101 Life Safety Code 16. State Energy Code D. Use the Standard where referenced in the specifications by the following abbreviations: 1. AIA: American Insurance Association 2. AIA: American Institute of Architects 3. ANSI: American National Standards Institute 4. ASTM: American Society of Testing and Materials 1555 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR SECURITY 28 01 00 - 3 5. EPA:Environmental Protection Agency 6. FM: Factory Mutual Insurance Association 7. IEEE: Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers 8. IES: Illuminating Engineering Society of North America 9. ICEA: International Cable Engineers Association 10. NBS: National Bureau of Standards 11. NEMA: National Electrical Manufacturers Association 12. NFPA: National Fire Protection Association 13. NSC: National Safety Council 14. UL:Underwriter's Laboratories 1.06 DEFINITIONS A. The terms defined below apply to all Work included in Division 28. 1. The Work – as defined in the 1997 AIA Document A201: "The term 'Work' means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents whether completed or partially completed and includes all other labor, materials, equipment, and services provided or to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations. The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project." 2. Furnish – to obtain in new condition ready for installation into the Work. 3. Install – to store, set in place, connect, and place into operation into the Work. 4. Provide – to furnish and install. 5. Connect – to bring service to the equipment and make the final attachment, including necessary switches, outlets, boxes, terminations, etc. 6. Conduit – includes in addition to the conduit, all fittings, pull boxes, hangers, and other supports and accessories related to such conduit. 7. Concealed – hidden from sight in chases, furred spaces, shafts, hung ceilings, embedded in construction, in crawl spaces or buried. 8. Exposed: not installed underground or concealed as defined above. 9. Building structure or structural building members - consists of steel columns, steel beams, steel joists (top chord and at panel points), concrete walls, and concrete block walls. Metal decking, joist bridging, and bottom chords of bar joists shall not be construed as building structure or as a structural building member for the purpose of support. 10. The drawing and specifications constitute the Contract Documents. Any item noted in the specification or shown on the drawings is included in the Contract Documents. 1556 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR SECURITY 28 01 00 - 4 11. All electrical details and drawings are diagrammatic unless specifically noted. Field-verify all dimensions and notify the Engineer of any conflicts of discrepancies, in writing, before installation. 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Initiate, maintain, and supervise all safety precautions required with this Work in accordance with the regulations of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) and other governing agencies. B. Environmental Requirements: a. Do not remove or disturb any asbestos-containing materials from the project. Immediately stop Work and notify the Owner if asbestos-containing materials are suspected. C. Do not dispose of any PCB containing materials. Disposal of all PCB containing materials will be the responsibility of the Owner. D. Provide new, first quality material for all products specified. Do not reuse materials unless indicated or approved by the Engineer. E. Comply with the NEC as applicable to the construction and installation of equipment specified in this Section. F. Provide equipment specified in this Section that has been listed and labeled by a nationally recognized testing laboratory. G. Comply with ANSI as applicable to equipment specified in this Section. H. Comply with NEMA as applicable to equipment specified in this Section. 1.08 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. Site Inspections: 1. Before submitting a proposal on the Work contemplated, examine the site of the proposed Work and become thoroughly familiar with existing conditions and limitations. No extra compensation will be allowed because of misunderstanding as to neither the amount of Work involved nor bidder's lack of knowledge of existing conditions that could have been discovered or reasonably anticipated before bidding. 2. Conduits, pipes, ducts, lights, devices, speakers, etc., shown on the drawings as existing have been based on existing plans and casual site observations, and may not be installed as initially shown. It is the Contractor's responsibility to visit the site and make the exact determination of the existence, location, and condition of such facilities before submitting a bid. 1557 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR SECURITY 28 01 00 - 5 B. Correlation of Work: 1. Consult the drawings and specifications of all other Divisions for correlating information and lay out Work so that it will coordinate with other trades. Verify dimensions and conditions (i.e., finished ceiling heights, footing and foundation elevations, beam depths, etc.) with the Architectural and Structural drawings. Notify the Architect/Engineer of any conflicts that cannot be resolved, in the field, by affected trades. Replacement of Work due to lack of coordination and failure to verify existing conditions will be completed at no cost to the Owner. 2. Install all conduit, cable tray, bus duct, equipment, etc. allowing proper code and maintenance clearances and to avoid blocking passageways and access panels. 3. Where Work must be replaced due to the failure of the Contractor to verify the conditions existing on the job, such replacement must be accomplished at no cost to the Owner. This applies to shop fabricated Work as well as to work fabricated in place. 4. Throughout the Work, minor changes and adjustments to the installation may be requested by the Engineer. The Contractor shall make adjustments without additional cost to the Owner, where such adjustments are necessary to the proper installation and operation within the intent of the Contract Documents. This does not include Work already completed. 5. Equipment outlines shown on detailed plans of 1/4"=1'-0" scale or larger or dimensions indicated on the plans are limiting dimensions. Do not install any equipment that exceeds the equipment outlines shown or reduces indicated clearances. 6. Obtain exact location of connection to equipment, furnished by others, from the person furnishing the equipment. 7. Drawings and specifications are complementary, and what is called for in either on is as binding as if called for in both. 8. Include the better quality, greater quantity, or higher cost for an item or arrangement where disagreement exists in the drawings and specifications. 1.09 FIRESTOPPING A. Provide firestopping around all new penetrations, sleeves, and openings through all partitions, walls, and floors. B. Provide UL listed components installed by certified and factory-trained personnel. 1.10 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Refer to General Conditions and Requirements. PART 2 - PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 NOT USED 1558 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR SECURITY 28 01 00 - 6 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Continuity of Service: 1. No Division 28 systems are to remain inactive at the end of the workday. Assure that the systems are all operational at the end of each workday. Coordinate temporary outages with the Owner. 2. Coordinate/schedule all work with the Owner to minimize any disruptions. Confine all interruptions to the smallest possible area. Provide temporary connections if required to provide continuity of service. 3. Inspect all areas affected by the interruptions and return all automatically controlled equipment, electrically operated equipment to the same operating condition before the interruption. B. Use of Facility: C. Do not disturb the normal use of the facility, except within the immediate construction area. Keep walks, driveways, entrances, etc. free and clear of equipment, material, and debris. D. Store all equipment and material in a place and manner that minimizes congestion and is approved by the Owner. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Material and Workmanship 1. Provide new material and equipment, unless noted otherwise. Protect equipment and material from damage, dirt, and the weather. 2. Provide the highest quality workmanship and perform all Work only by skilled mechanics. Install material and equipment per manufacturers' recommendations, instructions, and current NECA standards. 3. The Engineer reserves the right to reject material or workmanship not in accordance with the specifications, before or after installation. B. Cutting and Patching: 1. Perform all cutting and patching necessary to work, unless specifically delegated to be performed under a different Division. 2. Obtain special permission from the Engineer before cutting structural members or the finished material. 3. Perform all patching in a manner as to leave no visible trace and return the area affected to the condition of undisturbed Work. Perform all patching by workers experienced, skilled, and licensed for the particular type of Work involved. Inferior Work will not be accepted. 4. Patch all holes left as a result of the demolition of electrical equipment and devices. 5. Drill all holes in masonry with a rotary drill. Impact tools are not allowed. Core drill all holes in masonry and concrete for the electrical raceway. Provide and dispose of all water required for core drilling. Coordinate with other trades to prevent damage from water. 1559 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR SECURITY 28 01 00 - 7 6. Prevent the spread of dust, debris, and other material into adjacent areas. 7. Replace all ceiling tiles damaged during the installation of Work, with new tile. C. Painting: 1. Refinish all electrical equipment damaged during shipping or installation to its original condition. Remove all rust, prime, and paint per manufacturer's recommendations for finish equal to the original. 2. Paint all new raceway systems in exposed finished areas to match the existing finish. 3.03 FIRESTOPPING A. Provide fire stopping around all new penetrations, sleeves, and openings through all partitions, walls, and floors. B. Install fire stopping on both sides of each partition, completely filling the void around the opening. C. Fire stopping of the interior of conduits and sleeves is by the contractor providing the cabling inside the conduit or sleeve. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing: Refer to sections 27 22 00, 27 31 00, 27 41 16, 27 41 17, 27 41 18, 27 42 00. B. Final Inspection: 1. A final inspection of the electrical systems will be required before the Contract can be closed out. Request a final inspection by the Engineer after all systems are fully completed and operational. The Engineer will schedule an inspection and generate a list of items to be corrected or completed before Contract Closeout. If the Engineer is requested to make a final inspection by the Contractor, and the Engineer finds the Work is not complete enough to perform that inspection, the Contractor will compensate the Engineer for his time. The Contractor will then perform the necessary Work to complete the project and again request a Final Inspection. 3.05 CLEAN UP A. Keep the premises free from accumulation of waste material or rubbish, caused by his employees or Work, at all times. Remove rubbish, tools, scaffolding, and surplus materials from and about the building, and leave work areas "broom clean" or it's equivalent upon completion of the Work. Clean electrical equipment and remove temporary identification. In case of dispute, the Owner will remove the rubbish and charge the cost to the Contractor. B. After tests have been made and accepted, clean light fixtures, panels, and other equipment installed by the Contractor, leaving the entire work area is clean and complete working order. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Cover openings and equipment, where set, to prevent obstruction to conduits, breakage, misuse, or disfigurement of equipment. Cover openings in equipment immediately upon uncrating or receipt at the job site and keep covered until a permanent connection is made. 1560 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR SECURITY 28 01 00 - 8 B. The contractor is responsible for any damage to electrical equipment or materials until final acceptance of the entire project by the Owner. Keep all equipment and materials clean until final acceptance of the entire project by the Owner. C. If a portion of the project is to be occupied by the Owner before Substantial Completion of the entire project make arrangements with the Owner to transfer responsibilities for protection and housekeeping. END OF SECTION 1561 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 SUBMITTALS AND PROJECT CLOSEOUTS 28 01 05 - 1 SECTION 28 01 05 - SUBMITTALS AND PROJECT CLOSEOUT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 PRIOR APPROVALS A. Refer to Section 00 26 00 (Pre-bid Approval Requests) and 00 26 01 (Substitution Request after Award of Project) for approval forms. Submit the approval form for each request for prior approval. B. Submit hard copy, bound requests to use unspecified items, to the Engineer, no later than ten (10) calendar days before the bid opening. Submit detailed information for proposed material or equipment specific to the project, clearly indicating all options included in the Submittal. C. Accepted substitutions will be incorporated in an Addendum to the Contract Documents. D. The contractor is responsible for dimensional differences, electrical requirements, and any other resulting changes when using accepted substitutions. The contractor is responsible for any additional costs incurred as a result of substitutions, including other contractors and Architect/Engineer Fees. E. Material and equipment not specified or accepted in an Addendum will be removed and replaced at no cost or inconvenience to the Owner. 1.02 PAY REQUEST COST BREAKDOWN A. Provide Schedule of Values for the utilization of submitting a "Pay Request". Allocate the appropriate share of overhead and profit to each item. Separate each item into labor and material. B. Submit cost breakdown on AIA document G703. Provide a minimum breakdown as indicated below. Provide additional breakdown as required for clarity or requested by the Engineer. 1. General Conditions 2. Access Control Systems 3. Intrusion Detection Systems 4. Video Surveillance Systems 1.03 SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES A. Submit in accordance with Division 0 and Division 1. Submit drawings to the Engineer for review within 30 calendar days after award of Contract. B. Submit separately-bound documents for each Submittal listed in the table at the end of this section. Combination submittals will be returned to the contractor without review. Do not combine submittals. C. Include project name, name of Architect, name of Engineer, contractor, sub-contractor, manufacture, supplier, and sales representative, including name, address, and phone number for the sales representative. Identify section number and description of equipment submitted. Shop drawings, not including all of this information, will be returned without review. 1562 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 SUBMITTALS AND PROJECT CLOSEOUTS 28 01 05 - 2 D. Examine all shop drawings noting capacity, arrangement, and physical dimensions. Mark all relevant items on catalog data and cross-out unrelated information—review and stamp shop drawing before submitting to the Engineer. E. Submit a minimum of eight (8) sets of shop drawings. The Engineer will distribute as follows: 1. Engineer - One (1) copy. 2. Owner - One (1) copy. 3. Contractor - Remaining copies (two copies to be incorporated into the O&M Manuals. F. All shop drawings must be reviewed and accepted by the Engineer before fabrication and installation. G. Shop Drawings will be reviewed by the Engineer, with one of the following actions checked on the submittal stamp: 1. NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN—Indicates the Submittal appears to conform to the design concept of the Work and that the Contractor at his discretion, may proceed with fabrication or procurement and installation. 2. MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED—Indicates that the Submittals, after noted corrections are made, would appear to conform to the design concept of the Work and that the Contractor, at his discretion, may proceed with fabrication or procurement and installation, if the Contractor accepts the corrections without an increase in Contract Sum or Time. 3. REJECTED—This indicates that the Submittal does not appear to conform to the specifications and that a complete resubmittal is required. The Contractor shall not proceed with fabrication or procurement. 4. NO ENGINEER ACTION REQUIRED—Indicates the Contractor may proceed without a review of the Submittal based on provisions of the Contract Documents. H. Allow a minimum of fourteen (14) calendar days for the Engineer to review the shop drawings. Time is from the receipt of drawings in the Engineers office until they are shipped out of the office. I. If the Engineer rejects (Make corrections noted/Submit corrected copy, Rejected/Submit specified item) two (2) times for the same section, the Engineer will be compensated for the additional reviews. Compensation will be incorporated by Change Order and deducted from the Contractor's application for payment. The contractor is responsible for delays caused by the resubmittal process. J. Refer to the end of this section for list of Shop Drawings required for this project. 1.04 CAD Drawing Files: A. CAD drawing files will be made available to the Contractor for use in preparing shop drawing submittals. B. CAD drawing files will not be made available directly to the subcontractors. Requests for CAD drawings must be made to the Prime Contractor. 1.05 DEMONSTRATION / Training A. Fully lubricate, charge, fill, etc. all equipment, per manufacturer's recommendation, before start-up. 1563 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 SUBMITTALS AND PROJECT CLOSEOUTS 28 01 05 - 3 B. Operate equipment and systems in all their operating modes, to verify proper operation, before final inspection and Owner instructions. Notify the Engineer, in writing, that all systems have been tested and are functioning and operating properly. C. Fully instruct the Owner's designated operating in the operation of each electrical system at the time it is put into service. Provide instruction using competent instructors and factory-trained personnel. D. Include documentation of instructions in the Operation and Maintenance Manuals. E. Obtain a written statement from the Owner that his designated personnel have been instructed. F. Refer to the end of this section for training requirements for each system 1.06 Operating and Maintenance Manuals: A. Submit to the Engineer three (3) Operating and Maintenance manuals. Submit in portfolio form neatly edited with similar equipment grouped, tabbed and indexed. Provide printed or typewritten materials. Provide the following in each manual: 1. Shop drawings, approved manufacturer's bulletins, and other appropriate data from specific manufacturer of each piece of equipment furnished and/or installed. Shop drawings, manufacturer's bulletin, and other data shall be appropriate marked to reflect the "as-built" condition. Cross out or delete all information shown on shop drawings or literature not applying to this specific project. 2. Copies of manufacturer's warranties 3. Operating instruction for equipment. 4. Wiring and installation instructions for equipment. 5. Recommended maintenance schedules and procedures for equipment. 6. Recommended trouble shooting procedures for equipment. 7. Equipment parts list. 8. Settings/adjustments/calibrations for systems as required. 9. Local equipment suppliers/reps names, addresses, and telephone numbers. 10. Equipment manufacturers names, addresses, and telephone numbers. 11. Sub-contractors names, addresses, and telephone numbers. 12. Refer to individual Sections in Division 28 for additional requirements. 13. Test reports. 1.07 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Provide record drawings per the requirements of Division 0, Division 1, and this section. B. Preparation of as-built drawings does not constitute authorization to make changes unknown to or unapproved by the Owner or the Owner representative. 1564 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 SUBMITTALS AND PROJECT CLOSEOUTS 28 01 05 - 4 C. As Work progresses, neatly and legibly, record the following information on the record set of plans: 1. Update the contract documents to show all modifications, including but not limited to Addendums, Change Orders, approved Proposal Requests, and Architect's Supplemental Instructions. Cut and paste original documents to the as-built set. 2. Indicate the exact location and routing of cabling, complete from each end. Indicate the routing of the conduits as accurately as possible, showing elbows, sweeps, and turns. 3. Provide exact routing of outside underground cabling and conduits, showing dimensions from structural foundation walls or columns. Indicate depth and type of conduits. 4. Provide routing of conduit from outlet to outlet, routing of conduit under-floor, overhead, in walls or exposed, combining of circuits into a common conduit, exact sizes of conduits and conductors, revisions to circuit breaker quantity or arrangement in panel boards. D. The Engineer will recommend withholding payment if as-built drawings are not being maintained on- site. E. Submit record drawings to the Engineer for review at the completion of the Work. Submit final record drawings as part of the Operation and Maintenance Manual package after the completion of the project. 1.08 DOCUMENT TURNOVER A. Construction Documents CD's, Owner and Operation Manuals (O&M's), As-Builts, Specifications and other documents turned over after the projects shall be furnished to the Owner in both hard paper copy and digital Adobe PDF. 1. Construction Documents a. PDF Creation: Each roll of drawings shall be scanned or converted to PDF to one single PDF document. 1) Scanning: a) 200DPI Grayscale b) Cropped to original size c) Color corrected and despeckled b. Bookmarking: Each page of the PDF shall be bookmarked with the number and name of the sheet. c. Naming: The PDF shall be labeled: "Building Name_Year_Title_Spec_Type" 1) Name = Building Name 2) Year = Date of Documents 3) Title = “Addition” “Remodel,” etc… 4) CD = Construction Document 5) Type = Arch, Mech, Electrical, Communications or a combination of the above 1565 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 SUBMITTALS AND PROJECT CLOSEOUTS 28 01 05 - 5 2. Specifications a. PDF Creation: All specifications shall be scanned or converted to one single PDF file. 1) Scanning: a) 200 DPI Grayscale b. Bookmarking: Not required. c. Naming: The PDF shall be labeled: "Building Name_Year_Title_Spec_Type" 1) Name = Building Name 2) Year = Date of Documents 3) Title = “Addition” “Remodel,” etc… 4) CD = Construction Document 5) Type = Arch, Mech, Electrical, Communications or a combination of the above 3. Operation and Maintenance Manuals a. O & M's shall be turned over by the Contractor. b. PDF Creation: All Operation and Maintenance Manuals shall be scanned or converted to one single PDF file. 1) Scanning: a) 200 DPI Grayscale c. Bookmarking: Bookmarking of O & M Manuals shall be extensive. 1.09 WARRANTY A. Guarantee and maintain the stability of Work and materials and keep the same in perfect repair and condition for one (1) year after the completion of the Work, as evidenced by the issuance of the final certificate by the Architect. B. Defects of any kind due to faulty Work or materials appearing during the above mentioned period must be immediately made good by the Contractor at his own expense to the entire satisfaction of the Owner and Architect and Engineer. Include damage to the finish or the building resulting from the original defect or repairs. C. The guarantee does not apply to injuries occurring after final acceptance and due to wind, fire, violence, abuse or carelessness or other Contractors or their employees or the agents of the Owner. D. The guarantee does not apply where other guarantees for different lengths of time are specifically called for. E. Refer to the end of this section for a list of specific warranty items for each system. PART 2 - PRODUCTS - NOT USED – 1566 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 SUBMITTALS AND PROJECT CLOSEOUTS 28 01 05 - 6 PART 3 - EXECUTION - NOT USED - END OF SECTION 1567 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR SECURITY SYSTEMS 28 05 26 - 1 SECTION 28 05 26 - GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR SECURITY SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Refer to the Technology (T) series drawings for information and related details. C. All Electrical, for Telecommunications systems, Division 26 for related grounding and bonding considerations. D. All information in the Division 28 documents related to the communications systems. 1.02 SUMMARY A. The extent of telecommunications grounding and bonding work is indicated by drawings and schedules as specified herein. Grounding and bonding work is defined to encompass systems, circuits, and equipment. B. Section includes: 1. Grounding and Bonding information for the scope of Work. 2. References, definitions, and descriptions relative to the scope of Work. C. Applications of telecommunications grounding and bonding work in this Section include the following: 1. Underground metal piping 2. Building frames – structural steel 3. Electrical power systems 4. Grounding electrodes 5. Raceways 6. Service equipment 7. Enclosures 8. Equipment 9. Equipment cabinets 10. Equipment racks 11. All Conduits (including risers and sleeves) 12. Cable trays and ladder rack 1568 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR SECURITY SYSTEMS 28 05 26 - 2 D. A dedicated telecommunications grounding system shall be provided with insulated bonding backbones (TBB), equalizing conductors (TEC), and pre-drilled, tinned copper busses (TMGB & TGB) shall be provided and installed at each communications room by the Division 26 electrical contractor to bond metallic equipment and hardware components. E. Related Sections: 1. All Division 28 specification sections 2. Division 26 05 26 “Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems” 1.03 REFERENCES A. All equipment and materials shall comply with the latest revisions and addendums to the standards listed below: 1. BICSI, TDMM, Tampa, FL; BICSI 2. Compliance with IEEE Standards 80, 81, 14, 142 pertaining to grounding and bonding of systems. 3. ANSI/ EIA-310-D: Cabinets, Racks, Panels & Associated Equipment 4. TIA/ EIA-J-STD-037: Commercial Building Grounding and Bonding Requirements for Telecommunications 5. UL 467, Electrical Grounding and Bonding Equipment 6. National Fire Protection Association, NEC requirements 7. All Regional & Local Electrical Codes as set forth by the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) 1.04 DEFINITIONS: A. All definitions are complementary to the definition lists throughout the Division 28 specifications. 1. TMGB: Telecommunications Main Grounding Busbar 2. TGB: Telecommunications Grounding Busbar 3. TBB: Telecommunications Bonding Backbone 4. MEP: Mechanical, Electrical & Plumbing 5. GC: General Contractor 6. OAC: Owner, Architect, Contractor team 7. AHJ: Authority Having Jurisdiction 8. Contractor: The contractor performing the Work under this Division of the Specifications 9. Provide: “Contractor is responsible for the furnishing and installation of.... complete in every respect.” 10. NEMA: National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association 1569 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR SECURITY SYSTEMS 28 05 26 - 3 11. NECA: National Electrical Contractors Association 1.05 SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONS A. A Telecommunications Grounding Busbar (TGB) shall be installed within the facility’s MDF/MTR, and ALL IDF/TR rooms. The TGB’s shall be bonded to the building electrical ground, and shall be designed per the recommendations contained in the most recent revision of ANSI/ J-STD-607. B. Installation and termination of the busbars and ground conductors, at a minimum, shall be done by a licensed electrical contractor. C. All busbars shall be interconnected via a Telecommunications Bonding Backbone conductor to equalize potential between the rooms. D. The Division 28 contractor shall be responsible for bonding all equipment installed under this scope of Work. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. As noted in the beginning section of the Division 28 specifications. B. Wiring diagrams: Submit wiring diagrams for telecommunications grounding and bonding work which indicates the layout of ground rods, locations of systems grounding electrode connections, routing of grounding electrode conductors, and diagrams of circuits and equipment grounding connections. C. Submit ground riser diagram for the entire project for review. Show busbars with transformer ground electrode conductors, etc. D. Close-out Submittals: The contractor will submit to the Owner all relevant documentation as it pertains to the grounding and bonding system. The Division 28 contractor shall coordinate with the Division 26 contractor, and General Contractor to ensure that all relevant information is contained in this portion of the close-out submittal package. 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer’s Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in the manufacture of grounding and bonding products of types, and ratings required, and ancillary grounding materials, including stranded cable, copper braid, and bus, grounding electrodes and plate electrodes, and bonding jumpers whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than five (5) years. B. Installer Qualifications: The Division 26 contractor, responsible for the installation of the busbars, bonding backbone (including all related and required total system components), and shall have a minimum of five (5) years experience installing grounding and bonding systems under a similar scope. The Division 28 telecommunications contractor is responsible for the bonding of ALL installed devices/systems (as it DIRECTLY relates to the communications systems) to the provided TGB within the MDF/MTR/IDF/TR rooms. The Division 28 contractor shall have a minimum of five (5) years experience successfully installing grounding and bonding components on projects of similar scope. The individual responsible for the connections shall coordinate with the GC and the Division 26 contractor to ensure that all grounding and bonding work meets all current local, state and national code requirements, and will pass electrical inspection by the AHJ. 1570 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR SECURITY SYSTEMS 28 05 26 - 4 C. Grounding and Bonding: Compliant with the most current information and addendum in ANSI/ J- STD-607. 1.08 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of grounding and bonding equipment with GC and Division 26 contractor. 1.09 WARRANTY A. As noted in Section 28 00 00. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GROUNDING BUSBAR A. Comply with requirements in this Section, as well as Division 260526 “Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems” for grounding of conductors and connectors. B. A Telecommunications Grounding Busbar (TGB) will be provided by the Division 26 Electrical contractor in the MDF/MTR and all IDF/TR rooms. The Busbar(s) will be grounded to an approved grounding source, and provide space for the Division 28 contractor to ground all equipment installed under these specifications. The following requirements must be met in the MDF/MTR: 1. The busbar shall utilize standoffs to mount to the backboard (Lexan or similar) with a minimum of two (2) inches standoff. 2. The MDF/MTR busbar shall be a minimum of twenty-four (24) inches in length, three (3) inches in height, and one quarter (1/4) inch in depth. 3. The IDF/TR busbars shall be a minimum of twelve (12) inches in length, three (3) inches in height, and one quarter (1/4) inch in depth. 4. All TGB devices shall accommodate one quarter (1/4) inch bonding lugs, a minimum of one (1) inch on center. C. All methods must comply with the most current revision of ANSI/ J-STD-607 (Commercial Building Grounding and Bonding Requirements for Telecommunications), as well as applicable local, state & national electrical codes. D. The minimum acceptable ground conductor to be supplied by the Division 26 contractor, for the TBB system, shall be #2/0 AWG, stranded core conductor with a green sheath. The Division 26 contractor shall review the sizing of the conductor to ensure it meets any local code and inspection requirements. E. The minimum acceptable ground conductor to be supplied by the Division 28 telecommunications contractor, for bonding equipment within the communications rooms, shall be #6 AWG, stranded core conductor with a green sheath. All bonding shall take place WITHIN the communications room(s), and no conductors shall exit the room, or travel to other locations except for the bonding backbone between rooms. The Division 28 contractor shall coordinate with the Division 26 contractor on the required minimum conductor size required by Code. 1571 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR SECURITY SYSTEMS 28 05 26 - 5 2.02 CONNECTORS A. All connectors shall be listed and labeled by a nationally recognized testing laboratory acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for applications in which used, and for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and items connected. B. Bolted connectors for conductors and pipes: Copper or copper alloy, bolted pressure-type with at least two bolts. C. Pipe connectors: Clamp type, sized for the pipe D. Welded connectors: Exothermic-welding kits of types recommended by Cadweld (or approved equal) manufacturer for materials being joined and installation conditions. E. Compression fitting: All cable splices from bonding backbone to tie cables shall use irreversible compression fittings to join cable ends. Compression fittings shall be made of silicon bronze and long-barrel, two-bolt connection to the ground busbar. Connectors shall be able to accept a minimum of #6AWG conductors, or larger as required to assemble the system correctly. 2.03 LABELING & IDENTIFICATION A. All labeling for the Work done by the Contractor, under the Division 28 specifications, shall fully comply with ANSI/ J-STD-607, and U.L. 969, in addition to any Owner requirements. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install grounding materials according to BICSI TDMM “Grounding, Bonding, and Electrical Protection” Chapter, and all current local, state and national applicable codes B. All Work shall comply with NFPA 70. C. Comply with ANSI/ J-STD-607. D. Install all systems as per manufacturer’s printed instructions as well as per all local, state, and national codes/ standards. 1. The MDF/MTR/MTR busbar may be mounted lower on the backboard to limit the possibility of conflict with surface mounted devices or cabling routing. Twelve (12) inches AFF is the preferred mounting location. 2. The IDF/TR/TR busbars should be mounted at a higher elevation, near the equipment rack, to facilitate ease of connection. E. Conductors for bonding shall be connected as noted below: 1. TMGB: shall be connected to main electrical ground bus with insulated #2/0 stranded bonding conductor installed in continuous conduits where required by Code, as well as to building steel if existing within room (size as necessary). 2. The TGB devices shall all be connected to the TMGB via the insulated #2/0 stranded bonding conductor installed into continuous conduits where required by Code. 1572 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR SECURITY SYSTEMS 28 05 26 - 6 3. All conductors shall be installed to minimize excess length, and shall be in the shortest and straightest paths possible unless otherwise directed or required by Code. 4. Avoid placing conductors where access is not possible or where subjected to strain, damage, or adverse environmental conditions. 5. Install ALL bonding straps and jumpers in easily accessible locations for inspection and maintenance. F. Bond ALL metallic equipment and materials to the grounding busbar in the corresponding communications room (MDF/MTR/ IDF/TR). This includes but is not limited to the following: 1. Armored and metal-clad cable sheaths. 2. Equipment racks/ cabinets (Bonding must be done on a paint-free surface) 3. Cable trays and ladder racks 4. Conduits (including risers and sleeves) 5. Equipment and power supply enclosures 6. Wall-mounted cable terminals 7. All other metallic components as necessary G. Apply corrosion-resistant finish to all field-connections, buried metallic grounding and bonding products, and places where factory applied protective coatings have been destroyed or subjected to corrosive action. H. Install ALL connectors on clean metal contact surfaces to ensure electrical conductivity and circuit integrity. I. The Division 28 contractor shall coordinate with the Division 26 contractor on sizing the grounding conductor appropriately in all TR’s. The Division 26 contractor shall review the conductor sizing and installation for code compliance. 3.02 LABELING & IDENTIFICATION A. Comply with requirements in Division 28 05 53 - Identification for Communications Systems. B. Comply with any Owner directed labeling/ identification methods in conjunction with the above- stated information, in addition to any current local, state, and national requirements. C. Labels shall be preprinted or computer-printed type. Labeling ink should not fade or become illegible over time. No handwritten labeling will be accepted. The contractor will replace labels at no additional cost to the Owner if not installed per the guidelines in these specifications. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All Work must be field verified for code compliance by the GC, and Division 26 & 27 contractors, before the electrical inspection by the AHJ. 1573 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR SECURITY SYSTEMS 28 05 26 - 7 B. Examine areas and conditions under which telecommunications grounding and bonding connections are to be made, and notify the Architect and engineer in writing of the conditions detrimental to the proper completion of Work. Do not proceed with Work until all unsatisfactory conditions have been addressed or corrected. END OF SECTION 1574 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 PATHWAYS FOR SECURITY SYSTEMS 28 05 28 - 1 SECTION 28 05 28 - PATHWAYS FOR SECURITY SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Refer to the Technology (T) series drawings for information and related details. C. All Division 26 Electrical, for Telecommunications systems related items. D. All information in the Division 28 documents related to the communications systems. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Extent of pathway work is indicated by drawings and information as specified herein. Communications pathways are defined to include, but not limited to, ladder rack, cable tray, and suspended support infrastructure. B. Section includes: 1. Information for the pathways of communications systems, and components installed under this Division 28. 2. References, definitions, and descriptions relative to the scope of Work. 3. Related Sections: 4. All Division 28 specification sections 1.03 REFERENCES A. All equipment and materials shall comply with the latest revisions and addendums to the standards listed below: 1. Any regulations/ requirements as noted in section 28 00 00. 2. All related sections of the National Fire Protection Association, 70, 72, 75, 101, 252, 800. 3. All Regional & Local Electrical Codes as set forth by the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) 1.04 DEFINITIONS: A. All definitions are complementary to the definition lists throughout the Division 28 specifications. B. Cable tray: a rated pre-fabricated structure designed to provide pathway space for premise cabling. Tray can be either wire mesh, trough, and ventilated or non-ventilated to allow/disallow for air passage. C. Ladder Rack: a pre-fabricated structure designed as a cable pathway, and consisting of two side rails and transverse connecting members (rungs), and typically used in communications rooms, equipment rooms, data centers, etc. 1575 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 PATHWAYS FOR SECURITY SYSTEMS 28 05 28 - 2 D. Work: work as it relates to this project, all Work that is base bid, or otherwise approved by the OAC team. E. EMT: Extruded Metallic tubing (conduits) F. RMC: Rigid Metal Conduit G. RNC: Rigid Non-Metallic Conduit H. PVC: Poly-Vinyl Chloride (conduit material) I. NEMA: National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association J. NECA: National Electrical Contractors Association 1.05 SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONS A. Support infrastructure will be designed to mirror the communications cabling infrastructure throughout the facility. This support system will be used with all cabling installed under these Division 28 Specifications for the project. B. Support systems will not be comprised of any product that, over time, has been shown to cause damage to the cabling infrastructure, and consequently degrade service. C. The licensed Division 26 electrical contractor shall install all cable tray products outside of the communications rooms. The Division 28 communications contractor shall install all ladder rack and suspended pathway devices in the facility. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. As noted in the beginning section of the Division 28 specifications. B. Any shop drawings shall be the responsibility of the General Contractor, and the Division 28 contractor, for all horizontal materials as necessary. The infrastructure installation will meet minimum standards as noted above in the “RELATED SECTIONS”, and “REFERENCES”. 1. Submit a riser diagram showing the intended materials for the horizontal cabling systems for approval. C. Close-out Submittals: The contractor will submit to the owner all relevant documentation as it pertains to the backbone cabling systems. The Division 28 contractor shall coordinate with the Division 26 contractor, and General Contractor to ensure that all relevant information is contained in this portion of the close-out submittal package. 1. The contractor shall provide the OAC team with as-built drawings showing the installation of the cabling support infrastructure in its entirety. 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer’s Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in the manufacture of backbone cabling materials, including high pair count copper and fiber, and whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than five (5) years. 1576 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 PATHWAYS FOR SECURITY SYSTEMS 28 05 28 - 3 B. Installer Qualifications: The Division 28 contractor, responsible for the installation of the telecommunications systems, shall have a minimum of five (5) years experience successfully installing telecommunications systems on projects of similar scope. C. As noted within Section 28 00 00, all pathway work WILL comply with the latest addenda and revisions to ANSI/EIA/TIA 569. Any deviation from this requirement will result in rejection of the installation and rework by the contractor at no additional cost. 1.08 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of pathways, including ladder rack, conduits, and grounding and bonding equipment with GC and Division 26 contractor. 1.09 WARRANTY A. As noted in Section 28 00 00. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 HANGERS AND SUPPORT A. The following manufacturer’s products are acceptable for use in the Work under this Division 28 section: 1. Erico/Caddy 2. Arlington 3. Equal B. Cable supports must be NRTL labeled. Supports shall be designed to prevent the degradation of cable performance and pinch points that can damage cables. To that end, bridle rings are NOT an acceptable device to use in routing cabling. C. Cables shall not be physically secured to the support devices, but may be “retained” within if the method is integral to the actual device itself, and is not additional materials. 2.02 CABLE TRAYS A. The following manufacturer’s products are acceptable for use in the Work under this Division 28 section: 1. Cablofil 2. Snake Tray 3. Wiremaid 4. Equal B. As noted above, the electrical contractor shall be responsible for the full installation of the cable tray devices within the facility, except for the ladder rack within the communications room. 1577 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 PATHWAYS FOR SECURITY SYSTEMS 28 05 28 - 4 C. Cable trays shall provide the same level of support and protection, as noted in the Section above, but will not require any method of securing cabling as the tray devices should include a lid type device to enclose the cabling within and provide protection. Trays shall be of a design that easily allows the installation of the cabling infrastructure, as well as repeated access for Owner move/add/change work. D. Materials: The materials for the cable trays shall comply with all local, state, and national codes for their intended usage, and the area in which they are placed. The preferred material is metal, suitable for indoor usage, and it should have protection against corrosion. Recommended product types are as follows: 1. Basket Cable Tray: Wire mesh construction, shall not exceed two (2) inches by four (4) inches spacing on the wire mesh, and will b no smaller than two (2) inches deep by six (6) inches wide. 2. Trough Cable Trays: Shall be no less than two (2) inches deep by six (6) inches wide. 3. Ladder Cable Trays: Shall be no less than twelve (12) inches wide, and have no more than twelve (12) inches of spacing between rungs. It is constructed of metal materials. 4. Channel Cable Trays: One (1) piece construction, no less than four (4) inches wide. Slot spacing shall not exceed six (6) inches on center. 5. Solid-bottom Cable Trays: One (1) piece construction, and will be no less than twelve (12) inches wide. Provide solid covers. 2.03 SURFACE MOUNTED RACEWAYS A. It is not anticipated that surface-mounted raceways shall be needed for this project. All raceways to the communications back boxes shall be installed by the Division 26 contractor and shall be contained within the walls. 2.04 LADDER RACK SYSTEMS A. The following manufacturer’s products are acceptable for use in the Work under this Division 28 section: 1. Chatsworth 2. B-Line 3. Equal B. Ladder rack shall meet the minimum standards as required in note “D” above, and should be finished to match the equipment racks installed in the project. C. The ladder rack systems should include all mounting hardware to allow for attachment at not only the wall points, but also to secure the ladder rack to additional sections of ladder rack (butt splices, and 90 degree intersections) as well as the equipment racks themselves. D. Ladder rack systems shall be a minimum of eighteen (18) inches in width, and shall have no further than twelve (12) inches of space between the “rung” devices. (See drawings for ladder rack sizing.) 1. Finish: Black 1578 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 PATHWAYS FOR SECURITY SYSTEMS 28 05 28 - 5 E. Bond all ladder rack sections to the TGB within the communications room, no exceptions shall be made for this requirement. F. Install all ladder rack devices/ components using all manufacturer’s recommended accompanying materials. 2.05 LABELING & IDENTIFICATION A. All labeling for the Work done by the Contractor, under the Division 28 specifications, shall fully comply with ANSI/ J-STD-607, and U.L. 969, in addition to any Owner requirements. Refer to section 28 05 53 for additional information related to the labeling requirements of this project. B. As previously noted, the contractor may mark their support systems to assist in the identification, and potentially prevent other trades from using the installed systems without prior approval. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Hangers and support devices. 1. General Requirements: All support installations shall comply with ANSI/ EIA/ TIA-569 standards. It is the responsibility of the GC and contractor to report any pathway issues that would not be standards compliant to the OAC team for resolution. 2. All support equipment (regardless of manufacturer or type) shall be secured in a manner that would not allow for the device to come undone over time potentially. 1) Acceptable methods to attach support shall be: 2) Clamps (beam or otherwise) b. Hangers shot into a solid structure, framing, etc. Hangers shall NOT be shot into roofing material under any circumstances. 3. Support devices shall NOT be attached, affixed, or in any other way fastened to any electrical, HVAC, or other systems in the ceiling space. Any work that is done in this manner will require correction from the contractor at no additional cost to the OAC team. 4. Hanging of any device shall NOT violate any codes related to the particular regional area of installation. 5. The support equipment should be spaced four (4) to six (6) feet on center between devices. In locations where this is not possible, the contractor shall make all provisions to protect the cable and ensure a proper degree of support. The contractor shall notify the OAC team of the locations, and request approval for the solution proposed to be provided. 6. All support devices shall be mounted above or in the red-iron joists to minimize any potential conflicts with the infrastructure of the other trades. 7. There should be NO hard turns out of support devices. The contractor will install devices with sweeping turns to minimize any possible stresses on the cable infrastructure that is being supported. 1579 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 PATHWAYS FOR SECURITY SYSTEMS 28 05 28 - 6 8. Cables shall be secured in the support systems, but NOT in a manner that can cause any damage to the cables. Securing the cables is a protective measure and only be used to prevent cabling from coming out of the support devices, as noted above. 9. All support devices shall be appropriately sized to accommodate the cable load that will be placed upon them. The contractor will replace any devices that are deemed insufficient for the cable bundle at no additional cost to the OAC team. 10. All support devices (regardless of type, etc.) shall be rated for the intended application, and meet or exceed all applicable local, state, and national codes and standards. 3.02 CABLE TRAYS A. The Division 26 electrical contractor shall install cable trays as per the construction documents. B. The Division 28 contractor must coordinate with the Division 26 contractor to ensure that the installation of the cable tray meets all applicable standards, etc. and that the system will meet the needs of the communications infrastructure. 3.03 LADDER RACK A. Ladder rack inside MDF/IDF rooms shall be installed by Division 28 telecommunications contractor, as shown on the construction drawings. Secure to the plywood backboard using lag screws at a minimum to ensure structural stability. B. Install butt splices and perpendicular joint sections, as shown in the construction drawings. 3.04 LABELING & IDENTIFICATION A. Comply with requirements in Division 28 05 53 “Identification for Communications Systems.” 3.05 FIELD QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All Work must be field verified for code compliance by the GC, and Division 26 & 27 contractors, before the electrical inspection by the AHJ. B. Any work that does not meet the requirements of these documents shall be rejected and require the contractor to provide correction/ resolution at no additional cost to the OAC team. END OF SECTION 1580 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 FIRESTOP FOR SECURITY SYSTEMS 28 05 29 - 1 SECTION 28 05 29 - FIRESTOP FOR SECURITY SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. The extent of firestopping work is indicated by drawings and information as specified herein. Communications pathways are defined to include, but not limited to, ladder rack, cable tray, and suspended support infrastructure. B. Section includes: 1. Information for the pathways of communications systems, and components installed under this Division 28. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Refer to the Technology (T) series drawings for information and related details. C. All Division 26 Electrical, for Telecommunications systems related items. D. All information in the Division 28 documents related to the communications systems. 1.03 SUMMARY A. The extent of firestop work is indicated by drawings and information as specified herein. The contractor shall refer to the Architectural drawings to locate and identify all fire-rated structures, and plan accordingly if these structures interact with the communications systems. B. Section includes: 1. Firestopping information for communications systems, and components installed under this Division 28. 2. References, definitions, and descriptions relative to the scope of Work. C. Related Sections: 1. All Division 28 specification sections 2. Division 07 “Thermal and Moisture Protection” 1.04 REFERENCES A. All equipment and materials shall comply with the latest revisions and addendums to the standards listed below: B. Any regulations/ requirements as noted in Section 28 00 00. C. All related sections of the National Fire Protection Association, 70, 72, 75, 101, 252, 800. D. All Regional & Local Electrical Codes as set forth by the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) 1581 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 FIRESTOP FOR SECURITY SYSTEMS 28 05 29 - 2 E. ASTM E814, “Fire testing for through penetration firestop” 1.05 DEFINITIONS: A. All definitions are complimentary to the definition lists throughout the Division 28 specifications. 1.06 SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONS A. Firestopping systems shall be to restore a fire rating of a wall, or similar. These systems shall limit or completely remove the potential for passage of smoke and/ or flame to another room/ section of the facility. B. The Division 28 contractor shall be responsible for firestopping all penetrations and pathways used for the Work under this Division of the specifications. No other contractor on the project shall be responsible for firestopping. 1.07 SUBMITTALS A. As noted in the beginning section of the Division 28 specifications. B. Any shop drawings shall be the responsibility of the General Contractor, and the Division 28 contractor, for all horizontal materials as necessary. The infrastructure installation will meet minimum standards as noted above in the “RELATED SECTIONS,” and “REFERENCES.” C. Close-out Submittals: The contractor will submit to the Owner all relevant documentation as it pertains to the backbone cabling systems. The Division 28 contractor shall coordinate with the Division 26 contractor, and General Contractor to ensure that all relevant information is contained in this portion of the close-out submittal package. D. The contractor shall provide the OAC team with all related information for the firestop infrastructure in its entirety. 1.08 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer’s Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in the manufacture of backbone cabling materials, including high pair count copper and fiber, and whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than five (5) years. B. Installer Qualifications: The Division 28 contractor, responsible for the installation of the telecommunications systems, shall have a minimum of five (5) years experience successfully installing telecommunications systems on projects of similar scope. C. Firestop Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application(s). D. Firestopping: Compliant with the most current information and addendum in ASTM E814, the BICSI TDMM, and all applicable local, state and national codes and standards. E. Do not mix any firestop products from different vendors, doing so will place all liability of litigation on the contractor responsible for the installation. The contractor shall correct at no additional cost to the OAC team. 1582 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 FIRESTOP FOR SECURITY SYSTEMS 28 05 29 - 3 1.09 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of grounding and bonding equipment with GC and Division 07 contractor. 1.10 WARRANTY A. As noted in Section 28 00 00. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FIRESTOP PRODUCTS A. The following manufacturer’s products are acceptable for use in the Work under this Division 28 section: 1. STI 2. 3M 3. Hilti 4. Equal B. Use QUALIFIED and TESTED systems to firestop through penetrations in fire-rated walls and floors, for pipes, cables, conduit, ducts, inner-duct, and cable trays/ ladder rack. C. All materials used in firestop work shall be U.L. Classified, and assemble to a U.L. Listed system with known operating parameters and results, or assemble to a rated system by another, recognized third- party testing organization. D. All putty-type materials shall be of a dielectric, water-resistant, non-hardening, and permanently pliable design/ manufacture. E. As noted throughout this document, all materials must be able to meet the most current criteria outlined in ASTM E814, ASTM E-119-73, and U.L.1479. 2.02 LABELING & IDENTIFICATION A. All labeling for the Work done by the Contractor, under the Division 28 specifications, shall fully comply with the latest revision of ANSI/ EIA/ TIA-606, and U.L. 969, in addition to any Owner requirements. Firestop installations shall be marked with the manufacturer provided labeling. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. As noted above, the Division 28 contractor shall be responsible for firestopping and caulking all penetrations that are populated with communications cabling. B. Install firestop materials according to the latest revision of the BICSI TDMM firestopping methods and all current local, state, and applicable national codes. C. Comply with ASTM E 814, ASTM E 119, and/ or U.L. 1479. 1583 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 FIRESTOP FOR SECURITY SYSTEMS 28 05 29 - 4 D. Install all systems as per manufacturer’s printed instructions as well as per all local, state, and national codes/ standards. E. Firestop Caulk: All caulk will be used to seal around the exterior of any penetrations added during the project, for the use of the Division 28 communications cabling. The contractor will form an even bead around the perimeter of the penetrating object, and then shall “tool” in the material to maximize its surface contact, and its firestopping capabilities. F. Firestop Putty: All putty used in firestopping, shall be water-resistant, and permanently pliable. Installation of putty in conduits (and all other applicable locations), shall meet minimum depths and manufacturer installation techniques to ensure full code compliance, and minimum operational characteristics, and restoration of the assembly rating. All putty installation shall fully encircle (360 degrees) the communications cabling that passes through the penetration. NO DEVIATION FROM THIS WILL BE ACCEPTED, and the contractor will be required to correct at no additional cost to the OAC team. G. Mineral wool (and similar backing materials): Shall be installed in any penetration in the space between end openings. This material shall be spread evenly around the cabling bundles, and provide a semi-solid backing for the firestop putty. H. Rated “Pillows” and Bricks: Pillows and bricks may be used in any situation where cable tray/ ladder racking is penetrating a rated wall assembly. In these situations, bricks or pillows may be used to restore the rating of the structure. All items installed, must be done per manufacturer’s installation guidelines. I. Collars, Rated Pads, and Other Devices: All additional devices installed shall be compliant will all listed codes and standards and shall be installed per the manufacturer’s installation guidelines. No deviations shall be accepted. 3.02 LABELING & IDENTIFICATION A. Comply with requirements in Division 28 05 53 “Identification for Communications Systems”. B. Comply with any Owner directed labeling/ identification methods in conjunction with the above- stated information, in addition to any current local, state, and national requirements. C. Labels shall be preprinted or computer-printed type. Labeling ink should not fade or become illegible over time. No handwritten labeling will be accepted. The contractor will replace labels at no additional cost to the Owner if not installed per the guidelines in these specifications. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All Work must be field verified for code compliance by the GC, and Division 07 & 27 contractors, before the inspection by the AHJ. B. Any work that does not meet the requirements of these documents shall be rejected and require the contractor to provide correction/ resolution at no additional cost to the OAC team. END OF SECTION 1584 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 1 SECTION 28 13 00 - ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes an Access Control System consisting of a Server, one or more networked workstation computers, operating system and application software, and field-installed Controllers connected by high-speed electronic data transmission network to card readers, switches, sensors, and hardware provided by Section 07 71 00 – Door Hardware. B. The Access Control System shall be an extension of the Owner's existing PACOM access control database. C. The Access Control System shall perform Intrusion Detection functions and shall be capable of dialing out to a monitoring company or local law enforcement. D. The Access Control System shall include the following: 1. Access Control a. Regulating access through doors b. Visitor assignment c. Tamper protection d. Secondary alarm annunciator e. Credential cards and readers f. Push-button switches g. Monitoring of field-installed devices h. Reporting 2. Security a. Intrusion Detection b. Second sub-subparagraph 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Section 08 71 00 – Door Hardware – for hardware devices for connections to the security system. C. All Division 26 Electrical, for Telecommunications systems related items. D. All information in the Division 28 documents related to the communications systems. 1585 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 2 1.03 REFERENCES A. All equipment and materials shall comply with the latest revision and addendums to the standards listed below: 1. Any regulations and requirements as noted in Section 28 00 00 2. All related sections of the National Fire Protection Association, 70, 72, 75, 101, 252, 800. 3. All Regional & Local Electrical Codes as set forth by the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) 1.04 DEFINITIONS: A. All definitions are complementary to the definition lists throughout Division 27 and Division 28 specifications. 1. Controller: An intelligent peripheral control unit that uses a computer for controlling its operation. 2. CPU: Central processing unit. 3. Credential: Data assigned to an entity and used to identify that entity. 4. DPI: Dots per inch. 5. GFI: Ground Fault Interrupter. 6. Identifier: A credential card, keypad personal identification number, or code, biometric characteristic, or other unique identification entered as data into the entry-control database to identify an individual. Where this term is presented with an initial capital letter, this definition applies. 7. I/O: Input/Output 8. LAN: Local area network. 9. Location: A Location on the network having a PC-to-controller communications link, with additional controllers at the Location connected to the PC-to-controller link with Ethernet or TIA 485-A communications loop. Where this term is presented with an initial capital letter, this definition applies. 10. OSDP: Open Supervised Device Protocol 11. PC: Personal computer Applies to the central station, workstations, and file servers. 12. PCI Bus: Peripheral Component Interconnect. A peripheral bus providing a high-speed data path between the CPU and the peripheral devices such as a monitor, disk drive, or network. 13. PDF: Portable Document Format. The file format used by the Acrobat document-exchange- system software from Adobe. 14. RF: Radio frequency. 15. ROM: Read-only memory. ROM data are maintained through losses of power. 16. TCP/IP: Transport control protocol/Internet protocol incorporated into computer operating systems and network equipment. 1586 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 3 17. TWAIN: Technology without an Interesting Name. A programming interface that lets a graphics application, such as an image editing program or desktop publishing program, activate a scanner, frame grabber, or other image-capturing devices. 18. UPS: Uninterruptible power supply 19. USB: Universal serial bus 20. WAN: Wide-area-network 21. Wiegand: Patented magnetic principle that uses specially treated wires embedded in the credential card. 22. Windows: Operating system by Microsoft Corporation. 23. Workstation: A PC with software that is configured for specific, limited security-system functions. 24. WYSIWYG: What You See Is What You Get. Text and graphics appear on the screen as they will in print. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. As noted in the beginning section of the Division 28 specifications. B. Any shop drawings shall be the responsibility of the General Contractor and the Division 28 contractor for all horizontal materials, as necessary. The infrastructure installation will meet minimum standards, as noted in the "RELATED SECTIONS" and "REFERENCES." 1. System labeling scheduling: Including an electronic copy of labeling schedules that are part of the cable and asset identification system of the software specified in Parts 2 and 3. 2. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring. Show typical wiring schematics, including one-line connection diagrams. 3. Battery and charger calculations for the central station, workstation, and controllers. C. Close-out Submittals: The Contractor will submit to the Owner all relevant documentation as it pertains to the access control system. The Division 28 contractor shall coordinate with the Division 08, 26, and 27 contractors, and General Contractor to ensure all relevant information is contained in this portion of the close-out submittal package. 1. The Contractor shall provide the OAC team with as-built drawings showing the installation of the access control system and infrastructure in its entirety. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturers' Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in the manufacturing of access control systems and components, and whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than five (5) years. B. Installer Qualifications: The Division 28 contractor, responsible for the installation of access control systems, shall have a minimum of five (5) year's experience successfully installing access control systems on projects of similar scope. 1587 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 4 1. The installer shall have a registered communications distribution designer (RCDD) certified by BICSI. C. Source Limitations: Obtain central station, workstation, controllers, Identification readers, and all software through one source from a single manufacturer. D. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended Location and application. E. Comply with NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: 1. PACOM 2. HID 2.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. The system shall consist of field-installed Controllers connected over an IP network to the Owner's existing PC-based Server. 1. System Software: An extension of the Owner's existing system. Software shall have the following capabilities: a. Multiuser multitasking to allow for independent activities and monitoring to coincide at different workstations. b. A graphical user interface to show pull-down menus and a menu tree. c. System license shall be for the entire project site and shall include the capability for future additions that are within the indicated size limits specified in this Section. d. The system shall have an open architecture that allows importing and exporting of data and interfacing with other systems that are compatible with the Microsoft Windows operating system. e. A password-protected operator login and access. B. A network connecting the Server and workstations shall be a LAN using Ethernet C. A network connection between the Server and the Owner's existing database cluster. 1. Coordinate network connections with the Owner. 2. This project's database to be independently licensed and operating from the existing database. 2.03 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIERMENTS A. Access Control System shall use a single database for access-control and credential-creation functions. 1588 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 5 B. Distributed Processing: System shall be fully distributed processing system, so that information including time, date, valid codes, access levels, and similar data is downloaded to Controllers so that each controller makes the access-control decision for that Location. C. Number of Readers and Clients: the system shall have the capacity to operate a minimum of 512 card readers and ten (10) clients simultaneously. D. System Network Requirements: 1. Interconnect system components and provide automatic communication of status changes, commands, field-initiated interrupts, and other communications required for proper system operation. 2. Provide all patch panels, patch cords, cabling, and transceivers necessary to form a fully networked system. 3. The Security network shall be a VLAN on the building network. Ethernet switches provided by Owner's IT department. Coordinate network requirements with Owner's IT department. 4. Communication shall not require operator initiation or response and shall return to normal after partial or total network interruption such as power loss or transient upset. 5. The system shall automatically annunciate communication failures to the operator and identify the communication link that has experienced a partial or total failure. 6. Communications Controller may be used as an interface between the Server display systems and the field device network. Communications Controller shall provide functions required to attain the specified network communications performance. E. The Server shall provide the operator interface, interaction, display, control, and dynamic and real- time monitoring. The Server shall control system networks to interconnect all system components, including workstations and field-installed Controllers. F. Field equipment shall include Controllers, sensors, and controls. Controllers shall serve as an interface between the Server and sensors and controls. Controllers shall serve as the interface between the Server and sensors and controls. Data exchanged between the Server, and the Controllers shall include down-line transmission of commands, software, and databases to Controllers. The up-line data exchange from the controller to the Server shall include status data such as intrusion alarms, status reports, and entry-control records. Controllers are classified as alarm-annunciation or entry-control type. G. System Response to Alarms: Field device network shall provide a system end-to-end response time of (1) second or less for every device connected to the system. Alarms shall be annunciated at the Server within 1 second of the alarm occurring at a Controller or device controlled by a local Controller, and within 100ms if the alarm occurs at the Server. Alarm and status changes shall be displayed within 100ms after receipt of data by the Server. All graphics shall be displayed, including graphics- generated map displays, on the console monitor within 5 seconds of alarm receipt at the security console. H. False Alarm Reduction: The design of Server and Controllers shall contain features to reduce false alarms. Equipment and software shall comply with SIA CP-01 1589 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 6 I. Data Line Supervision: System shall initiate an alarm in response to opening, closing, shoring, or grounding of data transmission lines. J. Door Hardware Interface: Coordinate with Section 08 71 00 – Door Hardware, that specify door hardware required to be monitored or controlled by the Access Control System. The Controllers in this Section shall have electrical characteristics that match the signal and power requirements of door hardware. Integrate door hardware specified in Section 08 71 00 – Door Hardware to function with the controls and PC-based software and hardware in this Section. 2.04 APPLICATION SOFTWARE A. System Software: Based on Windows server and workstation operating system and application software. 1. Multiuser multitasking shall allow independent activities and monitoring to co-occur at different workstations. 2. The graphical user interface shall show pull-down menus and a menu-tree format. 3. Capability for future additions within the indicated system size limits. 4. Open architecture that allows importing and exporting of data and interfacing with other systems that are compatible with the operating system. 5. Password-protected operator login and access. B. Application Software: Interface between the alarm annunciation and entry-control controllers to monitor sensors, operate displays, report alarms, generate reports, and help train system operators. 1. Reside a the central station, workstations, and controllers as required to perform specified functions. 2. Operate and manage peripheral devices. 3. Manage files for disk I/O, including creating, deleting, and copying files; and automatically maintain a directory of all data, including size and Location of each sequential and random- ordered record. 4. Import custom icons into graphics to represent alarms and I/O devices. 5. Globally link I/O so that any I/O can link to any other I/O within the same Location without requiring interaction with the host PC. This operation shall be at the controller. 6. Globally code I/O links so that any access-granted event can link to any I/O with the same Location without requiring interaction with the host PC. This operation shall be at the controller. 7. Messages from PC to controllers and controllers to controllers shall be a polled network that utilizes checksumming and acknowledgment of each message. Communication shall be automatically verified, buffered, and retransmitted if the message is not acknowledged. 8. Selectable poll frequency and message time-out settings shall handle bandwidth and latency issues for TCP/IP, RF, and other PC-to-controller communications methods by changing the polling frequency and the amount of time the system waits for a response. 1590 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 7 9. Automatic and encrypted backups for database and history backups shall be automatically stored at the central-control PC and encrypted with a nine-character alphanumeric password that must be used to restore or read data contained in the backup. 10. Operator audit trail for recording and reporting all changes made to the database and system software. 11. Support network protocol and topology, TCP/IP, and LAN/WAN C. Workstation Software: 1. Password levels shall be individually customized at each workstation to allow or disallow operator access to program functions for each Location. 2. Workstation event filtering shall allow a user to define events and alarms that will be displayed at each workstation. If an alarm is unacknowledged for a preset amount of time, the alarm will automatically appear on the filtered workstation. D. Controller Software: 1. Controllers shall operate as autonomous, intelligent processing units. a. Controllers shall make decisions about access control, alarm monitoring, linking functions, and door-locking schedules for their operation, independent of other system components. b. Controllers shall be part of a fully distributed processing-control network. c. The portion of the database associated with a controller, and consisting of parameters, constraints, and the latest value or status of points connected to that controller, shall be maintained in the controller. 2. The following functions shall be fully implemented and operational within each controller: a. Monitoring inputs b. Controlling outputs c. Automatically reporting alarms to the central station. d. Reporting of sensor and output status to the central station on request. e. Maintaining real-time, automatically updated by the central station at least once a day. f. Communicating with the central station. g. Executing controller resident programs. h. Diagnosing i. Downloading and uploading data to and from the central station. 1591 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 8 3. Controller Operations at a Location: a. Up to 64 controllers connected to TIA 485-A communications loop. Globally operating I/O linking and anti-passback functions between controllers within the same Location without Server or workstation intervention. Linking and anti-passback shall remain fully functional within the same Location even when the central station or workstations are off-line. b. In the event of communication failure between the central station and Location, there shall be no degradation in operations at the controllers at that Location. Controllers at each Location shall be connected to a memory buffer with the capacity to store up to 10,000 events: there shall be no loss of transactions in system history files until the buffer overflows. c. Buffered events shall be handled in a first-in-first-out mode of operation. 4. Individual Controller Operation: a. Controllers shall transmit alarms, status changes, and other data to the central station when communications circuits are operable. If communications are not available, controllers shall function in a stand-alone mode; operational data, including the status and alarm data normally transmitted to the central station, shall be stored for later transmission to the central station. Storage capacity for the latest 1024 events shall be provided at each controller. b. Card-reader ports of a controller shall be custom configurable for at least 120 different card- reader or keypad formats. Multiple reader or keypad formats may be used simultaneously at different controllers or within the same controller. c. Controllers shall provide a response to card readers or keypad entries in less than .25 seconds, regardless of system size. d. Controllers that are reset, or powered up from a nonpowered state, shall automatically request a parameter download and reboot to their proper working state. This shall happen without any operator intervention. e. Initial Startup: when controllers are brought on-line, database parameters shall be automatically downloaded to them. After the initial download is completed, only database changes shall be downloaded to each controller. f. On failure for any reason, controllers shall perform an orderly shutdown and force controller outputs to a predetermined failure-mode state consistent with the failure modes shown and the associated control device. g. After power is restored, following a power failure, startup software shall initiate self-test diagnostic routines, after which controllers shall resume regular operation. h. After controller failure, if the database and the application software are no longer resident, controllers shall not restart but shall remain in the failure mode until repaired. If the database and application programs are resident, controllers shall immediately resume operation. If not, the software shall be restored automatically from the central station. 5. Communications Monitoring: a. The system shall monitor and report the status of the TIA 485-A communications loop of each Location. 1592 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 9 b. Communication status window shall display which controllers are currently communicating, a total count of missed polls since midnight, and which controller last missed a poll. c. Communication status window shall show the type of CPU, the type of I/O board, and the amount of RAM for each controller. 6. Operating systems shall include a real-time clock function that maintains seconds, minutes, hours, day, date, and month. The real-time clock shall be automatically synchronized with the central station at least once a day to plus or minus 10 seconds. The time synchronization shall be automatic, without operator action and without requiring system shutdown. E. PC-to-Controller Communications: 1. Server or workstation communications shall use the following: a. TCP/IP LAN interface cards 2. Direct serial, TCP/IP, and cable or satellite communications shall be alike in the monitoring control of the system except for the connection that must first be made to a voice-over IP location. 3. TCP/IP network interface card (NIC) shall have an option to set the poll-frequency and message- response time-out stings. 4. PC-to-Controller and Controller-to-Controller communications shall use a polled-communication protocol that checks sum and acknowledges each message. All communications in this subparagraph shall be verified and buffered and retransmitted if not acknowledged. F. Direct Serial or TCP/IP PC-to-Controller Communications: 1. Communication software on the PC shall supervise the PC-to-Controller communications link. 2. Loss of communications to any controller shall result in an alarm at all PCs running the communication software. 3. When communications are restored, all buffered events shall automatically upload to the PC, and any database changes shall be automatically sent to the controller. G. Controller-to-Controller Communications: 1. TIA 485-A, four-wire, point-to-point, regenerative communications network methodology. 2. TIA 485-A communications signal shall be regenerated at each controller. 3. Ethernet. H. Database Downloads: 1. All data transmissions from PCs to a Location, and between controllers at a Location, shall include a complete database checksum to check the integrity of the communication. If the data checksum does not match, a full data download shall be automatically retransmitted. 2. If a controller is reset for any reason, it shall automatically request and receive a database downloaded from the PC. The download shall restore data stored at the controller to their normal working state and shall take place with no operator intervention. 1593 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 10 3. Software shall provide for setting downloads via dial-up connection to once per 24 hour period, with the time selected by the operator. I. Operator Interface: 1. Inputs in the system shall have two icon representations, one for the normal state and one for the abnormal state. 2. When viewing and controlling inputs displayed, icons shall automatically change to the proper icon to display the current system state in real-time. Icons shall also display the input's state, whether armed or bypassed, and if the input is in the armed or bypassed state due to a time zone or manual command. 3. Outputs in the system shall have tow icon representations, one for the secure, locked state, and one for the open or unlocked state. 4. Icons displaying the status of the I/O points shall be updated continuously to show their current real-time condition without prompting by the operator. 5. The operator shall be able to scroll the list of I/Os and press the appropriate toolbar button, or right-click, to command the system to perform the desired function. 6. Graphic maps or drawings containing inputs, outputs, and override groups shall include the following: a. Database to import and store full-color maps or drawings and allow for input, output, and override group icons to be placed on maps. b. Maps to provide real-time display animation and allow for control of points assigned to them. c. System to allow inputs, outputs, and override groups to be placed on different maps. d. Software to allow changing the order of priority in which maps will be displayed. 7. Override Groups Containing I/Os: a. The system shall incorporate override groups that provide the operator with the status and control over user-defined "sets" of I/Os with a single icon. b. The icon shall change automatically to show the liver summary status of points in that group. c. The override group icon shall provide a method to control or set to time-zone points in the group manually. d. Override group icon shall allow the expanding of the group to show icons representing the live status for each point in the group, individual control over each point, and the ability to compress the individual icons back into one summary icon. 8. Schedule Overrides of I/Os and Override Groups: a. To accommodate temporary schedule changes that do not fall within the holiday parame- ters, the operator shall have the ability to override schedules individually for each input, output, or override group. b. Each schedule shall be composed of a minimum of two dates with separate times for each date. 1594 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 11 c. The first time and date shall be assigned the override state that the point shall advance to when the time and date become current. d. The second time and date shall be assigned the state that the point shall return to when the time and date become current. 9. Copy command in the database shall allow for like data to be copied and then edited for specific requirements, to reduce redundant data entry. J. Operator Access Control: 1. Control operator access to system controls through three password-protected operator levels. System operators and managers with appropriate password clearances shall be able to change operator levels for operators. 2. Three successive attempts by an operator to execute functions beyond their defined level during 24 hours shall initiate a software tamper alarm. 3. A minimum of 32 passwords shall be available with the system software. The system shall display the operator's name or initials in the console's first field. The system shall log the operator's name or initials, action, date, and time on the system log at login and logoff. 4. The password shall not be displayed or printed. 5. Each password shall be definable and assignable for the following: a. Selected commands to be usable. b. Access to system software. c. Access to application software. d. Individual zones that are to be accessed. e. Access to the database. K. Operator Commands: 1. Command Input: Plain-language words and acronyms shall allow operators to use the system without extensive training or data-processing backgrounds. The system prompts shall be a word, a phrase, or an acronym. 2. Command inputs shall be acknowledged, and processing shall start in not less than one second(s). 3. Tasks that are executed by the operator's commands shall include the following: a. Acknowledge Alarms: Used to acknowledge that the operator has observed the alarm message. b. Place Zone in Access: Used to disable intrusion-alarm circuits emanating from a specific zone remotely. The system shall be structured so that the console operator cannot disable tamper circuits. c. Place Zone in Secure: Used to activate intrusion-alarm circuits emanating from a specific zone remotely. 1595 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 12 d. System Test: Allows the operator to initiate a system-wide operational test. e. Zone Test: Allows the operator to initiate an operational test for a specific zone. f. Print reports. g. Change Operator: Used for changing operators. h. Security Lighting Controls: Allows the operator to remotely turn on or turn off security lights. i. Display Graphics: Used to show any graphic displays implemented in the system. Graphic displays shall be completed within 20 seconds from the time of operator command. j. Run system tests. k. Generate and format reports. l. Request help with the system operation. 1) Include in the main menus. 2) Provide unique, descriptive, context-sensitive help for selections and functions with the press of one function key. 3) Provide navigation to a specific topic from within the first help window. 4) Help shall be accessible outside the application program. m. Entry-Control Commands: 1) Lock (secure) or unlock (open) each controlled entry and exit up to four times a day through time-zone programming. 2) Arm or disarm each monitored input up to four times a day through time-zone programming. 3) Enable or disable readers or keypads up to two times a day through time-zone programming. 4) Enable or disable cards or codes up to four times a day per entry point through access- level programming. 4. Command Input Errors: Show operator input assistance when a command cannot be executed because of operator input errors. Assistance screen shall use plain-language words and phrases to explain why the command cannot be executed. Error responses that require an operator to look up a code in a manual or other document are not acceptable. Conditions causing operator assistance messages to include the following: a. Command entered is incorrect or incomplete. b. The operator is restricted from using that command. c. Command addresses a point that is disabled or out of service. d. Command addresses a point that does not exist. 1596 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 13 e. The command is outside the system's capacity. L. Alarms: 1. System Setup: a. Assign manual and automatic responses to incoming-point status change or alarms. b. Automatically respond to input with a link to other inputs, outputs, or operator-response plans; unique sound with the use of non-proprietary audio files; and maps or images that graphically represent the point location. c. Sixty-character message field for each alarm. d. Operator-response-action messages shall allow message length of at least 65,000 characters, with a database storage capacity of up to 32,000 messages. Setup shall assign messages to access point, zone, or sensor. e. Secondary messages shall be assignable by the operator for printing to provide further information and shall be editable by the operator. f. Allow 25 secondary messages with a field of four lines of 60 characters each. g. Store the most recent 1000 alarms for recall by the operator using the report generator. 2. Software Tamper: a. Annunciate a tamper alarm when unauthorized changes to system database files are attempted. Three consecutive unsuccessful attempts to log onto the system shall generate a software tamper alarm. b. Annunciate a software tamper alarm when an operator or other individual makes three consecutive unsuccessful attempts to invoke functions beyond the authorization level. c. Maintain a transcript file of the last 5000 commands entered at each central station to serve as an audit trail. The system shall not allow write-access to system transcript files by any person, regardless of their authorization level. d. Allow only acknowledgment of software tamper alarms. 3. Read access to system transcript files shall be reserved for operators with the highest password authorization level available in the system. 4. Animated Response Graphics: Highlight alarms with flashing icons on graphic maps; display and continuously update the current status of alarm inputs and outputs in real-time through animated icons. 5. Multimedia Alarm Annunciation: non-proprietary audio files to be associated with alarm events for audio annunciation or instructions. 6. Alarm Handling: Each input may be configured so that an alarm cannot be cleared unless it has returned to normal, with options of requiring the operator to enter a comment about the disposition of alarm. Allow operators to silence alarm sound when the alarm is acknowledged. 1597 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 14 7. Alarm Automation Interface: High-level interface to server alarm automation software systems. Allows input alarms to be passed to and handled by automation systems in the same manner as burglar alarms, using a TIA 232-F ASCII interface. 8. Video Surveillance Alarm Interface: Allow commands to be sent to Video Surveillance Systems during alarms (or input change of state) through serial ports, software connection (Driver, API, or SDK). 9. Camera Control: Provides operator the ability to select and control cameras from graphic maps. M. Alarm Monitoring: Monitor sensors, controllers, and circuits and notify operators of an alarm condition. Display higher-priority alarms first and, within alarm priorities, display the oldest unacknowledged alarm first. Operator acknowledgment of one alarm shall not be considered acknowledgment of other alarms, nor shall it inhibit reporting of subsequent alarms. 1. Displayed alarm data shall include the type of alarm, location of the alarm, and secondary alarm messages. 2. Printed alarm data shall include the type of alarm, location of alarm, date and time (to the nearest second) of occurrence, and operator responses. 3. Maps shall automatically display the alarm condition for each input assigned to that map if that option is selected for that input location. 4. Alarms initiate a status of "pending" and require the following two handling steps by operators: a. First Operator Step: "Acknowledged." This action shall silence sounds associated with the alarm. The alarm remains in the system "Acknowledged" but "Un-Resolved." b. Second Operator Step: Operators enter the resolution or operator comment, giving the disposition of the alarm event. The alarm shall then clear. 5. Each workstation shall display the total pending alarms and total unresolved alarms. 6. Each alarm point shall be programmable to disallow the resolution of alarms until the alarm point has returned to its normal state. 7. Alarms shall transmit to the central station in real-time except for allowing connection time for dial-up locations. 8. Alarms shall be displayed and managed from a minimum of four different windows. a. Input Status Window: Overlay status icon with a large red blinking icon. Selecting the icon will acknowledge the alarm. b. History Log Transaction Window: Display name, time, and date in red text. Selecting red text will acknowledge the alarm. c. Alarm Log Transaction Window: Display name, time, and date in red. Selecting red text will acknowledge the alarm. d. Graphic Map Display: Display a steady colored icon representing each alarm input location. Change icon to flashing red when the alarm occurs. Change icon from flashing red to steady red when the alarm is acknowledged. 1598 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 15 9. Once an alarm is acknowledged, the operator shall be prompted to enter comments about the nature of the alarm and actions taken. The operator's comments may be manually entered or selected from a predefined programmed list, or a combination of both. 10. For locations where there are regular alarm occurrences, provide programmed comments. Selecting that comment shall clear the alarm. 11. The time and name of the operator who acknowledged and resolved the alarm shall be recorded in the database. 12. Identical alarms from the same alarm point shall be acknowledged at the same time the operator recognizes the first alarm. Identical alarms shall be resolved when the first alarm is resolved. 13. Alarm functions shall have priority over downloading, retrieving, and updating databases from workstations and controllers. 14. When a reader-controlled output (relay) is opened, the corresponding alarm point shall be automatically bypassed. N. Monitor Display: Display text and graphic maps that include zone status integrated into the display. Colors are used for the various components and current data. Colors shall be uniform throughout the system. 1. Color Code: a. FLASHING RED: Alerts operator that a zone has gone into an alarm or that primary power has failed. b. STEADY RED: Alerts operator that a zone is in alarm and alarm has been acknowledged. c. YELLOW: Advises the operator that a zone is in access. d. GREEN: Indicates that a zone is secure and that power is on. 2. Graphics: a. Support 32,000 graphic display maps and allow the import of maps from a minimum of 16 standard formats from another drawing or graphics program. b. Allow I/O to be placed on graphic maps by the drag-and-drop method. c. Operators shall be able to view the inputs, outputs, and the point's name by moving the mouse cursor over the point on the graphic map. d. Inputs or outputs may be placed on multiple graphic maps. The operator shall be able to toggle to view graphic maps associated with I/Os. e. Each graphic map shall have a display-order sequence number associated with it to provide a predetermined order when toggled to different views. f. Camera icons shall have the ability to be placed on graphic maps that, when selected by an operator, will open a video window, display the camera associated with that icon, and provide pan-tilt-zoom control. 1599 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 16 g. Input, output, or camera placed on a map shall allow the ability to arm or bypass an input, open or secure an output, or control the pan-tilt-zoom function of the selected camera. O. System test software enables operators to initiate a test of the entire system or a particular portion of the system. 1. Test Report: The results of each test shall be stored for future display or printout. The report shall document the operational status of system components. P. Report-Generator Software: Include commands to generate reports for displaying, printing, and storing on disk. Reports shall be stored by type, date, and time. Report printing shall be the lowest- priority activity. Report-generation mode shall be operator selectable but set up initially as periodic, automatic, or on request. Include time and date printed and the name of the operator generating the report. Operators may configure report formats. 1. Printing on Request: An operator may request a printout of any report. 2. Alarm Reports: Reporting shall be automatic as initially set up. Include alarms recorded by the system over the selected time and information about the type of alarm (such as door alarm, intrusion alarm, tamper alarm, etc.), the type of sensor, the location, the time, and the action taken. 3. Access and Secure Reports: Document zones placed in access, the time placed in access, and the time placed in a secure mode. 4. Custom Reports: Reports tailored to exact requirements of who, what, when, and where. As an option, custom report formats may be stored for future printing. 5. Automatic History Reports: Named, saved, and scheduled for automatic generation. 6. Cardholder Reports: Include data, or selected parts of the data, as well as the ability to be sorted by name, card number, imprinted number, or by any of the user-defined fields. 7. Cardholder by Reader Reports: Based on who has access to a specific reader or group of readers by selecting the reader from a list. 8. Cardholder by Access-Level Reports: Display everyone that has been assigned to the specified access level. 9. Who Is "In" (Muster) Report: a. Emergency Muster Report: One-click operation on toolbar launches report. b. Cardholder Report. Contain a count of persons who are "In" at a selected location and a detailed listing of the name, date, and time of last use, sorted by the previous reader used or by the group assignment. 10. Panel Labels Reports: Printout of control-panel field documentation, including the actual location of equipment, programming parameters, and wiring identification. Maintain system installation data within the system database so that data are available on-site at all times. 11. Activity and Alarm On-Line Printing: Activity printers for use at workstations; prints all events or alarms only. 1600 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 17 12. History Reports: Custom reports that allow the operator to select any date, time, event type, device, output, input, operator, Location, name, or cardholder to be included or excluded from the report. a. Initially, store history on the hard disk of the host PC. b. Permit viewing of the history on workstations or print history to any system printer. c. The report shall be definable by a range of dates and times with the ability to have a daily start and stop time over a given date range. d. Each report shall depict the date, time, event type, event description, and device; or I/O name, cardholder group assignment, and cardholder name or code number. e. Each line of a printed report shall be numbered to ensure that the integrity of the report has not been compromised. f. The total number of lines of the report shall be given at the end of the report. If the report is run for a single event such as "Alarms," the total shall reflect how many alarms occurred during that period. 13. Reports shall have the following four options: a. View on-screen. b. Print to system printer. Include automatic print spooling and "Print To" options if more than one printer is connected to the system. c. "Save to File" with a full path statement. d. The system shall have the ability to produce a report indicating the status of system inputs and outputs or of inputs and outputs that are abnormal, out of time zone, manually overridden, not reporting, or in alarm. 14. Custom Code List Subroutine: Allow the access codes of the system to be sorted and printed according to the following criteria: a. Active, inactive, or future activate or deactivate. b. Code number, name, or imprinted card number. c. Group, Location access levels. d. Start and stop the code range. e. Codes that have not been used since a selectable number of days. f. In, out, or either status. g. Codes with trace designation. 15. The reports of the system database shall allow options so that every data field may be printed. 16. The reports of the system database shall be constructed so that the actual position of the printed data shall closely match the position of the data on the data-entry windows. 1601 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 18 Q. Visitor Assignment: 1. Provide for and allow an operator to be restricted to only working with visitors. The visitor badging subsystem shall assign credentials and enroll visitors. Allow only those access levels that have been designated as approved for visitors. 2. Provide an automated log of visitor name, time and doors accessed, and name of the person contacted. 3. Allow a visitor designation to be assigned to a credential holder. 4. Access Control System shall be able to restrict the access levels that may be assigned to credentials issued to visitors. 5. Allow the operator to recall visitors' credential-holder file once a visitor is enrolled in the system. 6. The operator may designate any reader as one that deactivates the credential after use at that reader. The history log shall show the return of the credential. 7. The system shall have the ability to use the visitor designation in searches and reports. Reports shall be able to print all or any visitor activity. R. Training Software: Enables operators to practice system operation, including alarm acknowledgment, alarm assessment, response force deployment, and response force communications. The system shall continue normal operation during training exercises and shall terminate exercises when an alarm signal is received at the console. S. Entry-Control Enrollment Software: Database management functions that allow operators to add, delete, and modify access data as needed. 1. The enrollment station shall not have alarm response or acknowledgment functions. 2. Provide multiple password-protected access levels. Database management and modification functions shall require a higher operator access level than personnel enrollment functions. 3. The program shall provide means to disable the enrollment station when it is unattended, to prevent unauthorized use. 4. The program shall provide a method to enter personnel identifying information into the entry- control database files through enrollment stations. In the case of personnel identity-verification subsystems, this shall include biometric data. Allow entry of personnel identifying information into the system database using menu selections and data fields. The data field names shall be customized during setup to suit user and site needs. Personnel identity-verification subsystems selected for use with the system shall fully support the enrollment function and shall be compatible with the entry-control database files. 5. Cardholder Data: Provide 99 user-defined fields. The system shall have the ability to run searches and reports using any combination of these fields. Each user-defined field shall be configurable, using any combination of the following features: a. MASK: Determines a specific format with which data must comply. b. REQUIRED: Operator is required to enter data into the field before saving. 1602 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 19 c. UNIQUE: Data entered must be unique. d. DEACTIVATE DATE: Data entered will be evaluated as an additional deactivate date for all cards assigned to this cardholder. e. NAME ID: Data entered will be considered a unique ID for the cardholder. 6. Personnel Search Engine: A report generator with capabilities such as search by the last name, first name, group, or any predetermined user-defined data field; by codes not used in a definable number of days; by skills; or by seven other methods. 7. Multiple Deactivate Dates for Cards: User-defined fields to be configured as additional stop dates to deactivate any cards assigned to the cardholder. 8. Batch card printing. 9. Default card data can be programmed to speed data entry for sites where most card data are similar. 10. Enhanced ASCII File Import Utility: Allows the importing of cardholder data and images. 11. Card Expire Function: Allows readers to be configured to deactivate cards when a card is used at selected devices. 2.05 SYSTEM DATABASE A. Database and database management software shall define and modify each point in database using operator commands. B. Provide connections to the Owner's existing Database. C. Integrated database and database management software shall define and modify each point in the database using operator commands. D. Database and database management software shall define and modify each point in the database using operator commands. The definition shall include parameters and constraints associated with each system device. E. Database Operations: 1. System data management shall be in a hierarchical menu tree format, with navigation through expandable menu branches and manipulated with the use of menus and icons in a main menu and system toolbar. 2. Navigational Aids: a. Toolbar icons for add, delete, copy, print, capture image, activate, deactivate, and muster report. b. Point and click feature to facilitate data manipulation. c. Next and previous command buttons visible when editing database fields to facilitate navigation from one record to the next. 1603 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 20 d. Copy command and copy tool in the toolbar to copy data from one record to create a new similar record. 3. All data entry shall be automatically checked for duplicate and illegal data and shall verify that data are in a valid format. 4. Provide a memo or note field for each item that is stored in the database, allowing the storing of information about any defining characteristics of the item. A memo field is used for noting the purpose the item was entered for, reasons for changes that were made, and the like. F. File Management: 1. Provide database backup and restoration system, allowing the selection of storage media, including designated network resources. 2. Provide manual and automatic mode of backup operations. The number of automatic sequential backups before the oldest backup becomes overwritten; FIFO mode shall be operator selectable. 3. The backup program shall provide manual operation from any PC on the LAN and shall operate while the system remains operational. G. Operator Passwords: 1. Software shall support up to 32,000 individual system operators, each with a unique password. 2. Operator Password: One to eight alphanumeric or symbolic characters 3. Allow passwords to be case sensitive. 4. Passwords shall not be displayed when entered. 5. Provide each password with a unique and customizable password profile, and allow several operators to share a password profile. Include the following features in the password profile: a. Allow for at least 32,000 operator password profiles. b. Predetermine the highest-level password profile for access to all functions and areas of the program. c. Allow or disallow operator access to any program operation, including the functions of View, Add, Edit, and Delete. d. Restrict which doors an operator can assign access to. 6. Operators shall use a user name and password to log on to the system. a. This user name and password is used to access database areas and programs as determined by the associated profile. 7. Make provision to allow the operator to log off without entirely exiting the program. Users may be logged off, but the program will remain running while displaying the login window for the next operator. H. Access Card/Code Operation and Management: Access authorization shall be by card, by a manually entered code (PIN), or by a combination of both (card plus PIN). 1604 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 21 1. Access authorization shall verify the facility code first, the card or card-and-PIN validation second, and the access level (time of day, day of the week, date), anti-passback status, and the number of uses last. 2. Use data-entry windows to view, edit, and issue access levels. Access authorization entry management system shall maintain and coordinate all access levels to prevent duplication or the incorrect creation of levels. 3. Allow the assignment of multiple cards/codes to a cardholder. 4. Allow assignment of up to four access levels for each Location to a cardholder. Each access level may contain any combination of doors. 5. Each door may be assigned four time zones. 6. Access codes may be up to 11 digits in length. 7. Software shall allow the grouping of locations so all locations can share cardholder data in the group. 8. Visitor Access: Issue a visitor badge, without assigning that person a card or code, for data tracking or photo ID purposes. 9. Cardholder Tracing: Allow for selection of cardholder for tracing. Make a special audible and visual annunciation at the control station when a selected card or code is used at a designated code reader. Annunciation shall include an automatic display of the cardholder image. 10. Allow each cardholder to be given either an unlimited number of uses or a number from 1 to 9998 which regulates the number of times the card can be used before it is automatically deactivated. 11. Provide for cards and codes to be activated and deactivated manually or automatically by date. Provide for multiple deactivate dates to be preprogrammed. I. Security Access Integration: 1. Photo ID badging and photo verification shall use the same database as the security access and may query data from cardholder, group, and other personal information to build a custom ID badge. 2. Automatic or manual image recall and manual access based on photo verification shall also be a means of access verification and entry. 3. The system shall allow sorting of cardholders together by group or other characteristics for a fast and efficient method of reporting on, and enabling or disabling, cards or codes. J. Facility Codes: System shall accommodate up to 2048 facility codes per Location, with the option of allowing facility codes to work at all doors or only particular doors. K. Operator Comments: 1. With the press of one appropriate button on the toolbar, the user shall be permitted to make operator comments into history at any time. 1605 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 22 2. Automatic prompting of operator comments shall occur before the resolution of each alarm. 3. Operator comments shall be recorded by time, date, and operator number. 4. Comments shall be sorted and viewed through reports and history. 5. The operator may enter comments in two ways; either or both may be used: a. Manually entered through keyboard data entry (typed), up to 65,000 characters per each alarm. b. Predefined and stored in the database for retrieval on request. 6. The system shall have a minimum of 999 predefined operator comments with up to 30 characters per comment. L. Group: 1. Group names may be used to sort cardholders into groups that allow the operator to determine the tenant, vendor, contractor, department, division, or any other designation of a group to which the person belongs. 2. System software shall have the capacity to assign 1 of 32,000 group names to an access au- authorization. 3. Make provision in software to deactivate and reactivate all-access authorizations assigned to a particular group. 4. Allow sorting of history reports and code list printouts by group name. M. Time Zones: 1. Each zone consists of a start and stop time for 7 days of the week and three-holiday schedules. A time zone is assigned to inputs, outputs, or access levels to determine when an input shall automatically arm or disarm, when an output automatically opens or secures, or when access authorization assigned to an access level will be denied or granted. 2. Up to four time zones may be assigned to inputs and outputs to allow up to four arm or disarm periods per day or four lock or unlock periods per day; up to three holiday override schedules may be assigned to a time zone. 3. Data-entry window shall display a dynamically linked bar graph showing active and inactive times for each day and holiday, as start and stop times are entered or edited. 4. The system shall have the capacity for 24 time zones for each Location. N. Holidays: 1. Three different holiday schedules may be assigned to a time zone. The holiday schedule consists of date in format MM/DD/YYYY and a description. When the holiday date matches the current date of the time zone, the holiday schedule replaces the time zone schedule for those 24 hours. 2. The system shall have the capacity for 32,000 holidays. 3. Three separate holiday schedules may be applied to a time zone. 1606 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 23 4. Holidays have an option to be designated as occurring on the selected date each year. These holidays remain in the system and will not be purged. 5. Holidays not designated to occur each year shall be automatically purged from the database after the date expires. O. Access Levels: 1.The system shall allow for the creation of up to 32,000 access levels. 2.One level shall be predefined as the Master Access Level. The Master Access Level shall work at all doors at all times and override any anti-passback. 3.The system shall allow for access to be restricted to any area by reader and by time. Access levels shall determine when and where an Identifier is authorized. 4.The system shall be able to create multiple door and time zone combinations under the same access level so that an Identifier may be valid during different periods at different readers even if the readers are on the same Controller. P.User-Defined Fields: 1.The system shall provide a minimum of 99 user-defined fields, each with up to 50 characters, for specific information about each credential holder. 2.The system shall accommodate a title for each field; field length shall be 20 characters. 3.A "Required" option may be applied to each user-defined field that, when selected, forces the operator to enter data in the user-defined field before the credential can be saved. 4.A "Unique" option may be applied to each user-defined field that, when selected, will not allow duplicate data from different credential holders to be entered. 5.The data format option may be assigned to each user-defined field that will require the data to be entered with certain character types in specific spots in the field entry window. 6.A user-defined field, if selected, will define the field as a deactivate date. The selection shall automatically cause the data to be formatted with the windows MM/DD/YYYY date format. The credential of the holder will be deactivated on that date. 7.A search function shall allow anyone user-defined field or combination of user-defined fields to be searched to find the appropriate cardholder. The search function shall include a search for a character string. 8.The system shall have the ability to print cardholders based on and organized by the user- defined fields. Q.Code Tracing: 1.System shall perform code tracing selectable by cardholder and by reader. 2.Any code may be designated as a "traced code" with no limit to how many codes can be traced. 3.Any reader may be designated as a "trace reader" with no limit to which or how many readers can be used for code tracing. 4.When a traced code is used at a trace reader, the access-granted message that usually ap- pears on the monitor window of the Central Server shall be highlighted with a different color than regular messages. A short singular beep shall occur at the same time the highlighted mes- sage is displayed on the window. 5.The traced cardholder image (if image exists) shall appear on workstations when used at a trace reader. R.Interface to Other Systems 1.The Access Control System database shall have the capability of interfacing to other systems (such as human resource databases, etc.) thru CSV, LDAP, and ODBC methods. 1607 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 24 2.06 POWER SUPPLIES A. Power Supplies: Low-voltage power supplies matched for voltage and current requirements of Access Control System Components. 1. Enclosure: NEMA 250, Type 1, or 4X. 2. Manufacturers: a. Altronix eFlow Series with Linq module b. LifeSafety Power FlexPower Series c. Pre-approved equal. 3. Provide a data outlet at each power supply location for remote monitoring. Provide network monitoring modules as required for power supply monitoring—coordinate monitoring of power supplies with the Owner's IT and Security Departments. 2.07 SURGE AND TAMPER PROTECTION A. Surge Protection: Protect components from voltage surges originating external to equipment housing and entering through power, communication, signal, control, or sensing leads. Include surge protection for external wiring of each conductor-entry connection to components. 1. Minimum Protection for Power Connections 120V or More: Auxillary panel suppressors complying with requirements in Section 26 45 13 – Surge Protection for Low-Voltage Electrical Power Circuits. 2. Minimum Protection for Communication, Signal, Control, and Low-Voltage Power Connections: Comply with requirements in Section 26 43 13 – Surge Protection for Low-Voltage Electrical Power Circuits, as recommended by the manufacturer for type of line being protected. B. Tamper Protection: Tamper switches on enclosures, control units, pull boxes, junction boxes, cabinets, and other system components shall initiate a tamper-alarm signal when the unit is opened or partially disassembled. Control-station control-unit alarm display shall identify tamper alarms and indicate locations. 2.08 SERVER HARDWARE A. Provided by Owner's IT Department 2.09 STANDARD WORKSTATION HARDWARE A. Provided by Owner's IT Department 2.10 CONTROLLERS A. Controllers: Intelligent peripheral control unit, complying with UL 294, that stores time, date, valid codes, access levels, and similar data downloaded from the central station or workstation for controlling its operation. B. Subject to compliance with requirements in this article, manufacturers may use multipurpose controllers. 1608 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 25 C. Battery Backup: Sealed, lead acid; sized to provide run time during a power outage of 90 minutes, complying with UL 924. D. Alarm Annunciation Controller: 1. The controller shall automatically restore communication within 10 seconds after an interruption with the field device network, with dc line supervision on each of its alarm inputs. a. Inputs: Monitor dry contacts for changes of state that reflect alarm conditions. It provides at least eight alarm inputs, which are suitable for wiring as normally open or normally closed contacts for alarm conditions. b. Alarm-Line Supervision: 1) Supervise the alarm lines by monitoring each circuit for changes or disturbances in the signal, and for conditions as described in UL 1076 for line security equipment by monitoring for abnormal open, grounded, or shorted conditions using dc change measurements. The system shall initiate an alarm in response to an abnormal current, which is a dc change of 5 percent or more for longer than 500 ms. 2) Transmit alarm-line-supervision alarm to the central station during the next interrogation cycle after the abnormal current condition. c. Outputs: Managed by the server software. 2. Auxiliary Equipment Power: A GFI service outlet inside the controller enclosure. E. Entry-Control Controller: 1. Function: Provide local entry-control functions including one- and two-way communications with access-control devices such as card readers, keypads, biometric personnel identity-verification devices, door strikes, magnetic latches, gate and door operators, and exit push buttons. a. Operate as a stand-alone portal controller using the downloaded database during periods of communication loss between the controller and the field device network. b. Accept information generated by the entry-control devices; automatically process this information to determine valid identification of the individual present at the portal: On authentication of the credentials or information presented, check privileges of the identified individual, allowing only those actions granted as privileges. 1) Privileges shall include but are not limited to, time of day control, day of week control, group control, and visitor escort control. c. Maintain a date-, time-, and Location-stamped record of each transaction. A transaction is defined as any successful or unsuccessful attempt to gain access through a controlled portal by the presentation of credentials or other identifying information. 2. Inputs: a. Data from entry-control devices; use this input to change modes between access and secure. b. Database downloads and updates from the central station that include enrollment and privilege information. 1609 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 26 3. Outputs: a. Indicate success or failure of attempts to use entry-control devices and make comparisons of presented information with stored identification information. b. Grant or deny entry by sending control signals to portal-control devices and mask intrusion- alarm annunciation from sensors stimulated by authorized entries. c. Maintain a date-, time-, and Location-stamped record of each transaction and transmit transaction records to the central station. d. Door Prop Alarm: If a portal is held open for longer than 20 seconds, alarm sounds. 4. With power supplies sufficient to power at voltage and frequency required for field devices and portal-control devices. 5. Data Line Problems: For periods of loss of communication with the central station, or when data transmission is degraded and generating continuous checksum errors, the controller shall continue to control entry by accepting identifying information, making authentication decisions, checking privileges, and controlling portal-control devices. a. Store a minimum of 1000 transactions during periods of communication loss between the controller and access-control devices for subsequent upload to the central station on the restoration of communication. 6. Controller Power: NFPA 70, Class II power-supply transformer, with 12- or 24-V ac secondary, backup battery, and charger. a. Backup Battery: Valve-regulated, recombinant-sealed, lead-acid battery; spill-proof. With single-stage, constant-voltage-current, limited battery charger, comply with the battery manufacturer's written instructions for battery terminal voltage and charging current recommendations for maximum battery life. b. Backup Power-Supply Capacity: 90 minutes of the battery supply. Submit battery and charger calculations. c. Power Monitoring: Provide manual, dynamic battery-load test, initiated and monitored at the control center, with automatic disconnection of the controller when the battery voltage drops below controller limits. Report by using local controller-mounted digital displays and by communicating status to the central station. Indicate normal power on and battery charger on trickle charge. Indicate and report the following: 1) Trouble Alarm: Normal power-off load assumed by the battery. 2) Trouble Alarm: Low battery. 3) Alarm: Power off. 1610 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 27 2.11 CARD READERS, CREDENTIAL CARDS, AND KEYPADS A. Manufacturer: 1. HID B. Card-Reader Power: Powered from its associated controller, including its standby power source, and shall not dissipate more than 5w. C. Response Time: The card reader shall respond to passage requests by generating a signal that is sent to the controller. Response time shall be 800 ms or less, from the time the card reader finishes reading the credential card until a response signal is generated. D. Communications: OSPD protocol shall be used to communicate to card reader devices. Wiegand protocol is not secure and should not be used. E. Enclosure: Suitable for surface, semi-flush, mullion, pedestal, or weatherproof mounting. Mounting types shall additionally be suitable for installation in the following locations: 1. Indoors, controlled environment. 2. Indoors, uncontrolled environment. 3. Outdoors, with built-in heaters or other cold-weather equipment, to extend the operating temperature range as needed for operation at the site. F. Listing: All card readers must be UL 294 listed. G. Display: Digital visual Indicator shall provide visible, and audible status indications and user prompts. Indicate power on or off, whether the user passage request has been accepted or rejected, and whether the door is locked or unlocked. H. Touch-Plate and Proximity Readers: 1. Activate-detection proximity card readers shall provide power to compatible credential cards through magnetic induction, and shall receive and decode a unique identification code number transmitted from the credential card. 2. Passive-detection proximity card readers shall use a swept-frequency RF field generator to read the resonant frequencies of tuned circuits laminated into compatible credential cards. The resonant frequencies read shall constitute a unique identification code number. 3. The card reader shall read proximity cards in a range from direct contact to at least 6-inches from the reader. I. Touch-Plate and Contactless Card Reader: The reader shall have a "flash" download capability to accommodate card format changes. The card reader shall have the ability to transmit data to the security control panel and shall comply with ISO/IEC 7816. J. Keypads: 1. Entry-control keypads shall use a unique combination of alphanumeric and other symbols as an Identifier. 1611 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 28 2. Keypads shall contain an integral alphanumeric and special key symbols keyboard with symbols arranged in ascending ASCII-code ordinal sequence or random scrambled order. 3. Communication protocol shall be compatible with the local processor. K. Keypad Display: 1. Keypads shall include a digital visual indicator and shall provide visible or visible and audible status indications, and user prompts. 2. The display shall indicate power on or off and whether user passage requests have been accepted or rejected. 3. Design of the keypad display or keypad enclosure shall limit viewing angles of the keypad as follows: a. Maximum Horizontal Viewing Angle: Plus or minus 5-degrees or less off a vertical plane to a perpendicular to the plane of the face of the keypad display. b. Maximum Vertical Viewing Angle: Plus or minus 15-degrees or less off a horizontal plane perpendicular to the plane of the face of the keypad display. L. Keypad Response Time: 1. The keypad shall respond to passage requests by generating a signal to the local processor. The response time shall be 800 ms or less from the time the last alphanumeric symbol is entered until a response signal is generated. M. Keypad Power: 1. The keypad shall be powered from the source as shown and shall not dissipate more than 150 W. N. Keypad Mounting Method: 1. Keypads shall be suitable for the surface, semi-flush, pedestal, or weatherproof mounting as required. O. Keypad Duress Codes 1. Keypads shall provide a means for users to indicate a duress situation by entering a unique code. 2.12 PUSH-BUTTON SWITCHES A. Manufacturers: Subject to the compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: 1. Edwards Signalling & Security Systems 2. Hub Brand 3. Securitron Magnalock Corporation B. Push-Button Switch: Momentary-contact back-lighted push buttons with stainless-steel switch enclosures. C. Electrical Ratings: 1612 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 29 1. Minimum continuous current rating of 10 A at 120-V ac or 5 A at 240-V ac. 2. Contacts that will make 720 VA at 60 A, and that will break at 720 VA at 10A. D. Enclosures: Flush or surface mounting. Push-buttons shall be suitable for flush mounting in the switch enclosures. E. Enclosures shall additionally be suitable for installation in the following locations: 1. Indoors, controlled environment 2. Indoors, uncontrolled environment 3. Outdoors. F. Power: Push-button switches shall be powered from their associated controller, using dc control. 2.13 DOOR AND GATE HARDWARE INTERFACE A. Exit Device with Alarm: operation of the exit device shall generate an alarm and, where indicated in Section 08 71 00 – Door Hardware specification, annunciate a local alarm. Exit device and alarm contracts are specified in Section 08 71 00 – Door Hardware. B. Exit Alarm: Operation of a monitor door shall generate an alarm. Exit devices and alarm contacts are specified in Section 08 71 00 – Door Hardware. C. Electronic Door Strikes: Use end-of-line resistors to provide power-line supervision. Signal switches shall transmit data to the controller to indicate when the bolt is not engaged, and the strike mechanism is unlocked, and they shall report a forced entry. Power and signal shall be from the controller. Electronic strikes are specified in Section 08 71 00 – Door Hardware. D. Electromagnetic Locks: End-of-line resistors shall provide power-line supervision. Lock status sensing signal shall positively indicate the door is secure. Power and signal shall be from the controller. Electromagnetic locks are specified in Section 08 71 00 – Door Hardware. 2.14 DOOR CONTACTS A. Flush, Concealed: 1. Coordinate door and frame preparations with door and frame suppliers. 2. Switches shall be installed recessed in frame head approximately 4" from latching door edge. 3. Self-lock mounting. 4. Hermetically sealed reed switch, encapsulated in polyurethane. 5. Life Cycle: 100,000 full load, 10,000,000 dry circuit. 6. Sense Range: 0.5" nominal. 2.15 REQUEST TO EXIT DEVICES A. Monitor request to exit devices and shunt Access Control System alarm signals form doors opened by authorized request to exit inputs. Request to exit devices may be integrated with electronic locking hardware per Section 08 71 00 – Door Hardware. 1613 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 30 B. Where not part of an integrated locking device, provide a request to exit motion sensor above the doorway on the secured side unless otherwise indicated. C. Microwave-Passive Infrared (PIR) Dual-Technology Sensors shall comply with the following requirements: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Bosch Security b. Honeywell Security c. Interlogix d. Securition e. Visonic Inc. 2. Description: Single unit combining a sensor that detects changes in microwave signals and a PIR sensor that detects changes in the ambient level of infrared emissions caused by standard-intruder movement within the detection pattern. 3. Listed and labeled by a qualified testing agency for compliance with SIA PIR-01 4. Device Performance: An alarm is transmitted when either sensor detects a standard intruder within a period of three to eight seconds from when the other sensor detects a standard intruder. a. Minimum Detection Pattern: A room by 20x30 feet. b. PIR Sensor Sensitivity: Adjustable pattern coverage to detect a change in temperature of 2 deg F or less, and standard-intruder movement within sensor's detection patterns at any speed between .3 to 7.5 fps across two adjacent segments of detector's field of view. c. Microwave Sensor Sensitivity: Adjustable, able to detect standard-intruder movement within the sensor's detection pattern at any speed between .3 to 7.5 fps. Sensor sensitivity adjustments shall be accessible only when sensor housing is removed, and sensors shall comply with 47 CF 15. d. Activation Indicator: LED Indicator shall not be visible during normal operation. The Indicator shall light when the sensor detects a standard intruder. Locate test enabling switch under sensor housing cover. e. Remote Test: When initiated by a master control unit, start a test sequence for each detector element that simulates standard-intruder movement within the sensor's detection patterns, causing an alarm. 2.16 TIA 232-F ASCII INTERFACE SPECIFICATIONS A. ASCII interface shall allow TIA 2320F connections to be made between the control station operating as the host PC and any equipment that will accept TIA 232-F ASCII command strings, such as Video Surveillance switches, intercoms, and paging systems. 1614 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 31 1. Alarm inputs in the system shall allow for individual programming to output up to four unique ASCII character strings through two different COM ports on the host PC. 2. Inputs shall have the ability to be defined to transmit a unique ASCII string for alarm and one for restore through one COM port, and a unique ASCII string for a nonalarm, abnormal condition, and one for a normal condition through the same or different COM port. 3. Predefined ASCII character strings shall have the ability to be up to 420 characters long with full use of all the ASCII control characters, such as return or line feed. Character strings shall be defined in the system database and then assigned to the appropriate inputs. 4. COM ports of the host PC used to interface with external equipment shall be defined in the setup portion of the software. COM port's baud rate, word length, stop bits, and parity shall be definable in the software to match that of the external equipment. B. Pager-System Interface: Alarms shall be able to activate a pager system with a customized message for each input alarm. 1. TIA 232-F output shall be capable of connecting to a pager interface that can be used to call a paging system or service and send a signal to a portable pager. The system shall allow for an individual alphanumeric message per alarm input to be sent to the paging system. This interface shall support numeric and alphanumeric pagers. C. Alarm-System Interface: 1. TIA 232-F output shall be capable of transmitting alarms from other monitoring and alarm systems to server automation software. 2. Alternatively, alarms that are received by this access-control system are to be transferred to the alarm automation system as if they were sent through a digital alarm receiver. a. The system shall be able to transmit an individual message from any alarm input to a burglar alarm automation monitoring system. b. The system shall be able to append to each message a predefined set of character strings as a prefix and a suffix. 2.17 CABLES A. Manufacturers: 1. Belden 2. Berk-Tek 3. General Cable 4. Mohawk/CDT 5. West Penn Wire 6. Or approved equal complying with specified requirements B. Comply with Section 27 10 00 – General Provisions for Communications 1615 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 32 C. General Cable Requirements: Comply with requirements in Section 28 05 13 – Conductors and Cables for Electronic Safety and Security, and as recommended by the system manufacturer for integration requirements. D. Plenum-Type, TIA 232-F Cables: 1. Two pairs, 22 AWG, stranded (7x30) tinned copper conductors, plastic insulation, and individual aluminum-foil/polyester-tape shielded pairs with 100 percent shield coverage; plastic jacket. 2. Pairs are cabled on a common axis with No. 24 AWG, stranded (7x32) tinned copper drain wire. 3. NFPA 70, Typ CMP 4. Flame Resistance: NFPA 262 flame test. E. Plenum-Type, TIA 485-A Cables: 1. Two pairs, 22 AWG, stranded (7x30) tinned copper conductors, fluorinated-ethylene-propylene insulation, unshielded, and fluorinated-ethylene-propylene jacket. 2. NFPA 70, Type CMP. 3. Flame Resistance: NFPA 262 flame test. F. Paired, Plenum-Type, Reader and Wiegand Keypad Cables: 1. Three pairs, 22 AWG, stranded (7x30) tinned copper conductors, plastic insulation, individual aluminum-foil/polypropylene-tape shielded pairs each with 22 AWG, stranded tinned copper drain wire, 100 percent shield coverage, and fluorinated-ethylene-propylene jacket. 2. NFPA 70, Type CMP. 3. Flame Resistance: NFPA 262 flame test. G. Multiconductor, Plenum-Type, Reader and Wiegand Keypad Cables: 1. Six conductors, 20 AWG, stranded (7x28) tinned copper conductors, fluorinated-ethylene- propylene insulation, overall aluminum-foil/polyester-tape shield with 100 percent shield coverage plus tinned copper braid shield with 85 percent shield coverage, and fluorinated-ethylene- propylene jacket. 2. NFPA, Type CMP. 3. Flame Resistance: NFPA 262 flame test. H. Paired, Plenum-Type, Lock Cables: 1. One pair, twisted 16 AWG, stranded (19x30) tinned copper conductors, fluorinated-ethylene- propylene insulation unshielded, and plastic jacket. 2. NFPA 70, Type CMP. 3. Flame Resistance: NFPA 262 flame test. I. Paired, Plenum-Type, Lock Cables: 1616 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 33 1. One pair, twisted, 18 AWG, stranded (19x30) tinned copper conductors, fluorinated-ethylene- propylene insulation, unshielded, and plastic jacket. 2. NFPA 70, Type CMP. 3. Flame Resistance: NFPA 262 flame test. J. Paired, Plenum-Type, Input Cables: 1. One pair, twisted, 22 AWG, stranded (7x30) tinned copper conductors, fluorinated-ethylene- propylene insulation, aluminum-foil/polyester-tape shield (foil side out), with 22 AWG drain wire, 100 percent shield coverage, and plastic jacket. 2. NFPA 70, Type CMP. 3. Flame Resistance: NFPA 262 flame test. K. Paired, Plenum-Type, AC Transformer Cables: 1. One pair, twisted, 18 AWG, stranded (19x30) tinned copper conductors, fluorinated-ethylene- propylene insulation, unshielded, and plastic jacket. 2. NFPA 70, Type CMP. 3. Flame Resistance: NFPA 262 flame test. L. LAN Cabling: 1. Comply with requirements in Section 27 15 00 – Communications Horizontal Cabling Systems. 2.18 TRANSFORMERS A. NFPA 70, Class II control transformers, NRTL listed. Transformers for Security access-control system shall not be shared with any other system. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine the pathway elements intended for cables. Check raceways, cable trays, and other elements for compliance with space allocations, installation tolerances, hazards to cable installation, and other conditions affecting the installation. B. Examine roughing-in for LAN and control cable conduit systems to PCs, controllers, card readers, and other cable-connected devices to verify actual locations of conduit and back boxes before device installation. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1617 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 34 3.02 PREPARATION A. Comply with recommendations in SIA CP-01. B. Comply with TIA/EIA 606-C, "Administration Standard for Commercial Telecommunications Infrastructure." C. Obtain detailed Project planning forms from the manufacturer of the access control system; develop custom forms to suit Project. Fill in all data available from Project plans and specifications and publish as Project planning documents for review and approval. 1. Record setup data for the control station and workstations. 2. For each Location, record setup of controller features and access requirements. 3. Propose start and stop times for time zones and holidays, and match up access levels for doors. 4. Set up groups, facility codes, linking, and list inputs and outputs for each controller. 5. Assign action message names and compose messages. 6. Set up alarms. Establish interlocks between alarms, intruder detection, and video surveillance features. 7. Prepare and install alarm graphic maps. 8. Develop user-defined fields. 9. Develop screen layout formats. 10. Propose setups for guard tours and key control. 11. Discuss badge layout options; design badges. 12. Complete system diagnostics and operation verification. 13. Prepare a specific plan for system testing, startup, and demonstration. 14. Develop acceptance test concept and, on approval, develop specifics of the test. D. In meetings with Architect and Owner, present Project planning documents and review, adjust and prepare final setup documents. Use final documents to set up system software. 3.03 CABLING A. Comply with NECA 1, "Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction." B. Wiring Method: Install wiring in raceway and cable tray except within consoles, cabinets, desks, and counters and except in accessible ceiling spaces where unenclosed wiring method may be used. Use NRTL-listed plenum cable in environmental airspaces, including plenum ceilings. Conceal raceway and cables except in unfinished spaces. C. Install LAN cables using techniques, practices, and methods that are consistent with UTP Cable rating of components and fiber-optic rating of components, and that ensure UTP Cable and fiber- optic performance of completed and linked signal paths, end to end. 1618 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 35 D. Boxes and enclosures containing security-system components or cabling, and which are easily accessible to employees or the public, shall be provided with a lock. Boxes above ceiling level in occupied areas of the building shall not be considered available. Junction boxes and small device enclosures below ceiling level and easily accessible to employees or the public shall be covered with a suitable cover plate and secured with tamperproof screws. E. Install end-of-line resistors at the field device location and not at the controller or panel location. 3.04 CABLE APPLICATION A. Comply with TIA 569-D, "Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces." B. Cable application requirements are minimum requirements and shall be exceeded if recommended or required by the manufacturer of system hardware. C. TIA 232-F Cabling: Install at a maximum distance of 50 ft. (15 m). D. TIA 485-A Cabling: Install at a maximum distance of 4000 ft. (1220 m). E. Card Readers and Keypads: 1. Install the number of conductor pairs recommended by the manufacturer for the functions specified. 2. Unless the manufacturer recommends larger conductors, install 22 AWG wire if the maximum distance from controller to the reader is 250 ft. (75 m), and install 20 AWG wire if the maximum length is 500 ft. (150 m). 3. For greater distances, install "extender" or "repeater" modules recommended by the manufacturer of the controller. 4. Install a minimum 18 AWG shielded cable to readers and keypads that draw 50 mA or more. F. Install a minimum 16 AWG cable from controller to electrically powered locks. Do not exceed 250 ft. (75 m). 3.05 GROUNDING A. Comply with IEEE 1100, "Recommended Practice for Power and Grounding Electronic Equipment." B. Ground cable shields, drain conductors, and equipment to eliminate shock hazards and to minimize ground loops, common-mode returns, noise pickup, cross talk, and other impairments. C. Bond shields and drain conductors to ground at only one point in each circuit. D. Signal Ground: 1. Terminal: Locate in each equipment room and wiring closet; isolate from the power system and equipment grounding. 2. Bus: Mount on the wall of the main equipment room with standoff insulators. 3. Backbone Cable: Extend from signal ground bus to signal ground terminal in each equipment room and wiring closet. 1619 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 36 3.06 INSTALLATION A. Push Buttons: Where multiple push-buttons are housed within a single switch enclosure, they shall be stacked vertically with each push-button switch labeled with 1/4-inch- (6.4-mm-) high text and symbols as required. Push-button switches shall be connected to the controller associated with the portal to which they are applied, and shall operate the appropriate electric strike, electric bolt, or other facility release device. B. Card Readers: Shall be installed as indicated on the detail drawings unless specifically indicated otherwise on the project drawings. The system supplier shall furnish the manufacturers' backboxes. The electrical contractor shall provide all other required backboxes. C. Electrified Door Hardware: Coordinate the installation requirements with the hardware supplier and install the power supplies. Provide connections to all required power supplies. The electrical contractor shall install door openers, door locks, electric hinges, and pushbars. D. Fire Alarm Interface: provide necessary input contact points for the release of locked doors during a fire alarm event. 3.07 IDENTIFICATION A. Label each terminal strip and screw terminal in each cabinet, rack, or panel. 1. All wiring conductors connected to terminal strips shall be individually numbered, and each cable or wiring group being extended from a panel or cabinet to a building-mounted device shall be identified with the name and number of the particular device as shown. 2. Each wire connected to building-mounted devices is not required to be numbered at the device if the color of the wire is consistent with the associated wire connected and numbered within the panel or cabinet. B. At completion, cable and asset management software shall reflect as-built conditions. 3.08 SYSTEM SOFTWARE AND HARDWARE A. Develop, install, and test software and hardware, and perform database tests for the complete and proper operation of systems involved. Assign software license to the Owner. 3.09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 1. Perform tests and inspections 2. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and to assist in testing. 1620 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 37 B. Tests and Inspections: 1. LAN Cable Procedures: Inspect for physical damage and test each conductor signal path for continuity and shorts. Use Class 2, bidirectional, Category 6 tester. Test for faulty connectors, splices, and terminations. Test, according to TIA/EIA 568.1-D, "Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standards - Part 1: General Requirements." Link performance for UTP cables must comply with minimum criteria in TIA/EIA 568.1-D. 2. Test each circuit and component of each system. Tests shall include but are not limited to, measurements of power-supply output under maximum load, signal loop resistance, and leakage to ground where applicable. System components with battery backup shall be operated on battery power for a period of not less than 10 percent of the calculated battery operating time. Provide special equipment and software if testing requires special or dedicated equipment. 3. Operational Test: After installation of cables and connectors, demonstrate product capability and compliance with requirements. Test each signal path for end-to-end performance from each end of all pairs installed. Remove temporary connections when tests have been satisfactorily completed. C. Devices and circuits will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.10 STARTUP SERVICE A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to supervise and assist with startup service. 1. Complete installation and startup checks according to approved procedures that were developed in "Preparation" Article and with manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Enroll and prepare badges and access cards for the Owner's operators, management, and security personnel. 3.11 PROTECTION A. Maintain strict security during the installation of equipment and software. Rooms housing the control station, and workstations that have been powered up shall be locked and secured with an activated burglar alarm and access-control system reporting to a central station complying with UL 1610, "Server Burglar-Alarm Units," during periods when a qualified operator in the employ of Contractor is not present. 3.12 DEMONSTRATION A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate and maintain Access Control System. B. Provide Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ) handouts as part of training sessions that describe how to accomplish common operator tasks. Handouts should be intuitive and should make use of graphical "how to" instructions whenever possible. C. Develop separate training modules for the following: 1. Computer system administration personnel to manage and repair the LAN and databases and to update and maintain software. 1621 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 13 00 - 38 2. Operators who prepare and input credentials to man the control station and workstations and to enroll personnel. 3. Security personnel. 4. Hardware maintenance personnel. 5. Corporate management. D. The suppliers shall provide a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours of training for the security system to the Owner's operating personnel. E. The supplier shall provide the Owner with forms and schedules for organization and documentation of all system operating parameters. END OF SECTION 1622 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM 28 23 00 - 1 SECTION 28 23 00 - VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide video surveillance equipment, system programming and training. Provided equipment includes video surveillance servers, IP application software, cameras, camera mounts and camera power supplies. B. Technology contractor is responsible for all field installation, field terminations and camera/device mounting and camera focusing. Refer to project drawings for cable requirements, equipment locations and quantities. C. Section includes a video surveillance system consisting of cameras, digital video recorder, data transmission wiring, and a control station with its associated equipment. D. Video surveillance system shall be integrated with monitoring and control system specified in Section 28 13 00 - Access Control which specifies systems integration. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 27 15 00 – Communications Horizontal Cabling Systems for cabling between master control units and field-mounted devices and control units. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. AGC: Automatic gain control. B. BNC: Bayonet Neill-Concelman - type of connector. C. B/W: Black and white. D. CCD: Charge-coupled device. E. FTP: File transfer protocol. F. IP: Internet protocol. G. LAN: Local area network. H. MPEG: Moving picture experts group. I. NTSC: National Television System Committee. J. PC: Personal computer. K. PTZ: Pan-tilt-zoom. L. RAID: Redundant array of independent disks. 1623 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM 28 23 00 - 2 M. TCP: Transmission control protocol - connects hosts on the Internet. N. UPS: Uninterruptible power supply. O. WAN: Wide area network. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include dimensions and data on features, performance, electrical characteristics, ratings, and finishes. B. Shop Drawings: For video surveillance. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. C. Functional Block Diagram: Show single-line interconnections between components for signal transmission and control. D. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring. E. Equipment List: Include every piece of equipment by model number, manufacturer, and location. 1.05 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For cameras, power supplies, digital video recorders, and control- station components to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. B. Lists of spare parts and replacement components recommended to be stored at the site for ready access. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Comply with NECA 1. C. Comply with NFPA 70. D. Electronic data exchange between video surveillance system with an access-control system shall comply with SIA TVAC. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: Capable of withstanding the following environmental conditions without mechanical or electrical damage or degradation of operating capability: B. Interior, Uncontrolled Environment: System components installed in non-temperature-controlled interior environments shall be rated for continuous operation in ambient temperatures of [0 to 122 deg F. Use NEMA 250, enclosures. C. Exterior Environment: System components installed in locations exposed to weather shall be rated for continuous operation in ambient temperatures of minus 30 to plus 122 deg F. Rate for continuous operation when exposed to rain as specified in NEMA 250, winds up to 85 mph and snow cover up to 24 inches thick. Use NEMA Type 4 enclosures. 1624 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM 28 23 00 - 3 D. Security Environment: Camera housing for use in high-risk areas where surveillance equipment may be subject to physical violence. 1.08 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of cameras, equipment related to camera operation, and control-station equipment that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. B. Warranty Period: Three years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Owner to provide video surveillance server, system programming, and training. Owner provided equipment includes video surveillance server, and IP application software. B. Technology contractor is responsible for all field cabling, field terminations and camera /device mounting and camera focusing. C. The cameras shall be: MFG Model Description Qt y March Networks 39367- 101 VA4 Indoor IR Dome - 2.8-8mm Motorized Lens 21 March Networks 38501 Oncam C-12 Outdoor Plus Camera - 12MP 360, HDR, D/N, Alarm I/O, Audio input, POE 9 March Networks 38505 Oncam C-12 Accessory, Heater Module 9 March Networks 38500 Oncam C-12 Indoor Camera - 12MP 360, HDR, D/N, Alarm I/O, Audio input, POE 3 Louroe LE-770 Ceiling Mount Microphone 2 March Networks 38503 Indoor Pendant Mount 2 March Networks 38504 Oncam C-12 Accessory, Outdoor Pendant Kit 9 March Networks 34493 Oncam EVO-05 and C-12 1.5-Inch NPT Outdoor Wall Mount - White 3 March Networks 34487 Oncam EVO-05 and C-12 1.5-Inch NPT Outdoor Corner Mount - White 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine pathway elements intended for cables. Check raceways and other elements for compliance with space allocations, installation tolerance, hazards to camera installation, and other conditions affecting installation. 1625 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM 28 23 00 - 4 B. Examine roughing-in for LAN, WAN, and IP network before device installation. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 WIRING A. Comply with requirements in Section 260533 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems." B. Wiring Method: Install cables in raceways unless otherwise indicated. C. Except raceways are not required in accessible indoor ceiling spaces and attics. D. Except raceways are not required in hollow gypsum board partitions. E. Conceal raceways and wiring except in unfinished spaces. F. Wiring within Enclosures: Bundle, lace, and train conductors to terminal points with no excess and without exceeding manufacturer's limitations on bending radii. Provide and use lacing bars and distribution spools. G. Splices, Taps, and Terminations: For power and control wiring, use numbered terminal strips in junction, pull, and outlet boxes; terminal cabinets; and equipment enclosures. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A-486B. H. For LAN connection and fiber-optic and copper communication wiring, comply with Section 271300 "Communications Backbone Cabling" and Section 271500 "Communications Horizontal Cabling." I. Grounding: Provide independent-signal circuit grounding recommended in writing by manufacturer. 3.03 VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. Install cameras and infrared illuminators level and plumb. B. Install cameras with 84-inch minimum clear space below cameras and their mountings. Change type of mounting to achieve required clearance. C. Set pan unit and pan-and-tilt unit stops to suit final camera position and to obtain the field of view required for camera. Connect all controls and alarms, and adjust. D. Install power supplies and other auxiliary components at control stations unless otherwise indicated. E. Install tamper switches on components indicated to receive tamper switches, arranged to detect unauthorized entry into system-component enclosures and mounted in self-protected, inconspicuous positions. F. Avoid ground loops by making ground connections only at the control station. G. For 12- and 24-V dc cameras, connect the coaxial cable shields only at the monitor end. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect, test, and adjust components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections. B. Perform tests and inspections. 1626 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM 28 23 00 - 5 C. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and to assist in testing. D. Tests and Inspections: E. Inspection: Verify that units and controls are properly installed, connected, and labeled, and that interconnecting wires and terminals are identified. F. Pretesting: Align and adjust system and pretest components, wiring, and functions to verify that they comply with specified requirements. Conduct tests at varying lighting levels, including day and night scenes as applicable. Prepare video-surveillance equipment for acceptance and operational testing as follows: G. Verify operation of auto-iris lenses. H. Set back-focus of fixed focal length lenses. At focus set to infinity, simulate nighttime lighting conditions by using a dark glass filter of a density that produces a clear image. Adjust until image is in focus with and without the filter. I. Set back-focus of zoom lenses. At focus set to infinity, simulate nighttime lighting conditions by using a dark glass filter of a density that produces a clear image. Set and name all preset positions; consult Owner's personnel. J. Set sensitivity of motion detection. K. Connect and verify responses to alarms. L. Verify operation of control-station equipment. M. Test Schedule: Schedule tests after pretesting has been successfully completed and system has been in normal functional operation for at least 14 days. Provide a minimum of 10 days' notice of test schedule. N. Operational Tests: Perform operational system tests to verify that system complies with Specifications. Include all modes of system operation. Test equipment for proper operation in all functional modes. O. Video surveillance system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. P. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.05 ADJUSTING A. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months of date of Substantial Completion, provide on-site assistance in adjusting system to suit actual occupied conditions. Provide up to two visits to Project during other-than-normal occupancy hours for this purpose. Tasks shall include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Check cable connections. 2. Check proper operation of cameras and lenses. Verify operation of auto-iris lenses and adjust back-focus as needed. 3. Adjust all preset positions; consult Owner's personnel. 1627 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Permit Documents City Hall NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 023-10311-00 February 18, 2022 VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM 28 23 00 - 6 4. Recommend changes to cameras, lenses, and associated equipment to improve Owner's use of video surveillance system. B. Provide a written report of adjustments and recommendations. 3.06 CLEANING A. Clean installed items using methods and materials recommended in writing by manufacturer. B. Clean video-surveillance-system components, including camera-housing windows, lenses, and monitor screens. 3.07 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain video-surveillance equipment. END OF SECTION 1628 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 SECTION 284621.11 - ADDRESSABLE FIRE-ALARM SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Existing fire-alarm system to be modified. 2. Manual fire-alarm boxes. 3. System smoke detectors. 4. Duct smoke detectors. 5. Carbon monoxide detectors. 6. Fire-alarm notification appliances. 7. Fire-alarm remote annunciators. 8. Fire-alarm addressable interface devices. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 087100 "Door Hardware" for magnetic door holders that release in response to fire-alarm outputs. 2. Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables" or Section 260523 "Control Voltage Electrical Power Cables" for cables and conductors for fire-alarm systems. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. DACT: Digital alarm communicator transmitter. B. EMT: Electrical metallic tubing. C. FACU: Fire-alarm control unit. D. High-Performance Building: A building that integrates and optimizes on a life-cycle basis all major high-performance attributes, including energy conservation, environment, safety, security, durability, accessibility, cost-benefit, productivity, sustainability, functionality, and operational considerations. 1629 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 E. Mode: The terms "Active Mode," "Off Mode," and "Standby Mode" are used as defined in the 2007 Energy Independence and Security Act (EISA). F. NICET: National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies. G. PC: Personal computer. H. Voltage Class: For specified circuits and equipment, voltage classes are defined as follows: 1. Control Voltage: Listed and labeled for use in remote-control, signaling, and power- limited circuits supplied by a Class 2 or Class 3 power supply having rated output not greater than 150 V and 5 A, allowing use of alternate wiring methods complying with NFPA 70, Article 725. 2. Low Voltage: Listed and labeled for use in circuits supplied by a Class 1 or other power supply having rated output not greater than 1000 V, requiring use of wiring methods complying with NFPA 70, Article 300, Part I. 1.4 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Existing Fire-Alarm Equipment: Maintain existing equipment fully operational until new equipment has been tested and accepted. When new equipment is installed, label it "NOT IN SERVICE" until it is accepted. Remove labels from new equipment when put into service, and label existing fire-alarm equipment "NOT IN SERVICE" until removed from building. B. Equipment Removal: After acceptance of new fire-alarm system, remove existing disconnected fire-alarm equipment and wiring. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Approved Permit Submittal: Submittals must be approved by authorities having jurisdiction prior to submitting them to Architect. B. Product Data: For each type of product, including furnished options and accessories. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions, profiles, and finishes. 2. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, and electrical characteristics. C. Shop Drawings: For fire-alarm system. 1. Comply with recommendations and requirements in "Documentation" section of "Fundamentals" chapter in NFPA 72. 2. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details, including details of attachments to other Work. 3. Include details of equipment assemblies. Indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and locations. Indicate conductor 1630 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 sizes, indicate termination locations and requirements, and distinguish between factory and field wiring. 4. Annunciator panel details as required by authorities having jurisdiction. 5. Detail assembly and support requirements. 6. Include voltage drop calculations for notification-appliance circuits. 7. Include battery-size calculations. 8. Include input/output matrix. 9. Include written statement from manufacturer that equipment and components have been tested as a system and comply with requirements in this Section and in NFPA 72. 10. Include performance parameters and installation details for each detector. 11. Verify that each duct detector is listed for complete range of air velocity, temperature, and humidity possible when air-handling system is operating. 12. Provide control wiring diagrams for fire-alarm interface to HVAC; coordinate location of duct smoke detectors and access to them. a. Show critical dimensions that relate to placement and support of sampling tubes, detector housing, and remote status and alarm indicators. b. Show field wiring and equipment required for HVAC unit shutdown on alarm. c. Locate detectors in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. d. Show air-sampling detector pipe routing. 13. Include voice/alarm signaling-service equipment rack or console layout, grounding schematic, amplifier power calculation, and single-line connection diagram. 14. Include floor plans to indicate final outlet locations showing address of each addressable device. Show size and route of cable and conduits and point-to-point wiring diagrams. D. Delegated Design Submittal: For notification appliances and smoke and heat detectors, in addition to submittals listed above, indicate compliance with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1. Drawings showing location of each notification appliance and smoke and heat detector, ratings of each, and installation details as needed to comply with listing conditions of device. 2. Design Calculations: Calculate requirements for selecting spacing and sensitivity of detection, complying with NFPA 72. Calculate spacing and intensities for strobe signals and sound-pressure levels for audible appliances. 3. Indicate audible appliances required to produce square wave signal per NFPA 72. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality-control reports. B. Qualification Statements: For Installer. C. Sample Warranty: Submittal must include line item pricing for replacement parts and labor. 1631 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For fire-alarm systems and components to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1. In addition to items specified in Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following and deliver copies to authorities having jurisdiction: a. Comply with "Records" section of "Inspection, Testing and Maintenance" chapter in NFPA 72. b. Provide "Fire-Alarm and Emergency Communications System Record of Completion Documents" in accordance with "Completion Documents" Article in "Documentation" section of "Fundamentals" chapter in NFPA 72. c. Complete wiring diagrams showing connections between devices and equipment. Each conductor must be numbered at every junction point with indication of origination and termination points. d. Riser diagram. e. Device addresses. f. Air-sampling system sample port locations and modeling program report showing layout meets performance criteria. g. Record copy of site-specific software. h. Provide "Inspection and Testing Form" in accordance with "Inspection, Testing and Maintenance" chapter in NFPA 72, and include the following: 1) Equipment tested. 2) Frequency of testing of installed components. 3) Frequency of inspection of installed components. 4) Requirements and recommendations related to results of maintenance. 5) Manufacturer's user training manuals. i. Manufacturer's required maintenance related to system warranty requirements. j. Abbreviated operating instructions for mounting at FACU and each annunciator unit. 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Extra Stock Material: Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Lamps for Remote Indicating Lamp Units: Quantity equal to 10 percent of amount installed, but no fewer than one unit. 2. Lamps for Strobe Units: Quantity equal to 10 percent of amount installed, but no fewer than one unit. 3. Smoke Detectors, Fire Detectors: Quantity equal to 10 percent of amount of each type installed, but no fewer than one unit of each type. 4. Detector Bases: Quantity equal to two percent of amount of each type installed, but no fewer than one unit of each type. 1632 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 5. Keys and Tools: One extra set for access to locked or tamperproofed components. 6. Audible and Visual Notification Appliances: One of each type installed. 7. Fuses: Two of each type installed in system. Provide in box or cabinet with compartments marked with fuse types and sizes. 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: 1. Personnel must be trained and certified by manufacturer for installation of units required for this Project. 2. Installation must be by personnel certified by NICET as fire-alarm Level II technician. 3. Obtain certification by NRTL in accordance with NFPA 72. 4. Licensed or certified by authorities having jurisdiction. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace fire-alarm system equipment and components that fail because of defects in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 EXISTING FIRE-ALARM SYSTEM TO BE MODIFIED A. Source Limitations for Fire-Alarm System and Components: Components must be compatible with, and operate as extension of, existing system. Provide system manufacturer's certification that components provided have been tested as, and will operate as, a system. 2.2 MANUAL FIRE-ALARM BOXES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Honeywell International (Notifier). 2. Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC. 3. Tyco International (Johnson Controls - Autocall). B. General Requirements for Manual Fire-Alarm Boxes: Comply with UL 38. Provide type acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Boxes must be finished in red with molded, raised-letter operating instructions in contrasting color; must show visible indication of 1633 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 operation; and must be mounted on recessed outlet box. If indicated as surface mounted, provide manufacturer's surface back box. 2.3 SYSTEM SMOKE DETECTORS A. Photoelectric Smoke Detectors: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Honeywell International (Notifier). b. Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC. c. Tyco International (Johnson Controls - Autocall). 2. Performance Criteria: a. Regulatory Requirements: 1) NFPA 72. 2) UL 268. b. General Characteristics: 1) Detectors must be four or two-wire type to match the existing addressable system. 2) Integral Addressable Module: Arranged to communicate detector status (normal, alarm, or trouble) to FACU. 3) Self-Restoring: Detectors do not require resetting or readjustment after actuation to restore them to normal operation. 4) Integral Visual-Indicating Light: LED type, indicating detector has operated and power-on status. 5) Detector address must be accessible from FACU and must be able to identify detector's location within system and its sensitivity setting. 6) Operator at FACU, having designated access level, must be able to manually access the following for each detector: a) Primary status. b) Device type. c) Present average value. d) Present sensitivity selected. e) Sensor range (normal, dirty, etc.). 7) Detector must have functional humidity range within 10 to 90 percent relative humidity. 8) Color: White. 9) Multiple levels of detection sensitivity for each sensor. 1634 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 10) Sensitivity levels based on time of day. 2.4 DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Honeywell International (Notifier). 2. Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC. 3. Tyco International (Johnson Controls - Autocall). B. Description: Photoelectric-type, duct-mounted smoke detector. C. Performance Criteria: 1. Regulatory Requirements: a. NFPA 72. b. UL 268A. 2. General Characteristics: a. Detectors must be four or two-wire type to match the existing addressable system. b. Integral Addressable Module: Arranged to communicate detector status (normal, alarm, or trouble) to FACU. c. Self-Restoring: Detectors do not require resetting or readjustment after actuation to restore them to normal operation. d. Integral Visual-Indicating Light: LED type, indicating detector has operated and power-on status. e. Detector address must be accessible from FACU and must be able to identify detector's location within system and its sensitivity setting. f. Operator at FACU, having designated access level, must be able to manually access the following for each detector: 1) Primary status. 2) Device type. 3) Present average value. 4) Present sensitivity selected. 5) Sensor range (normal, dirty, etc.). g. Weatherproof Duct Housing Enclosure: NEMA 250, Type 4X; NRTL listed for use with supplied detector for smoke detection in HVAC system ducts. h. Each sensor must have multiple levels of detection sensitivity. i. Sampling Tubes: Design and dimensions as recommended by manufacturer for specific duct size, air velocity, and installation conditions where applied. j. Relay Fan Shutdown: Fully programmable relay rated to interrupt fan motor- control circuit. 1635 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.5 CARBON MONOXIDE DETECTORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Honeywell International (Notifier). 2. Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC. 3. Tyco International (Johnson Controls - Autocall). B. Description: Carbon monoxide detector listed for connection to fire-alarm system. C. Performance Criteria: 1. Regulatory Requirements: a. NFPA 72 b. NFPA 720. c. UL 2075. 2. General Characteristics: a. Mounting: Adapter plate for outlet box mounting. b. Testable by introducing test carbon monoxide into sensing cell. c. Detector must provide alarm contacts and trouble contacts. d. Detector must send trouble alarm when nearing end-of-life, power supply problems, or internal faults. e. Locate, mount, and wire in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. f. Provide means for addressable connection to fire-alarm system. g. Test button simulates alarm condition. 2.6 FIRE-ALARM NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES A. Fire-Alarm Voice/Tone Notification Appliances: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Honeywell International (Notifier). b. Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC. c. Tyco International (Johnson Controls - Autocall). 2. Description: Notification appliances capable of outputting voice evacuation messages. 3. Performance Criteria: a. Regulatory Requirements: 1636 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1) NFPA 72. 2) UL 1480. b. General Characteristics: 1) Speakers for Voice Notification: Locate speakers for voice notification to provide intelligibility requirements of "Notification Appliances" and "Emergency Communications Systems" chapters in NFPA 72. 2) High-Range Units: Rated 2 to 15 W. 3) Low-Range Units: Rated 1 to 2 W. 4) Mounting: Flush. 5) Matching Transformers: Tap range matched to acoustical environment of speaker location. 6) Combination Devices: Factory-integrated audible and visible devices in single-mounting assembly, equipped for mounting as indicated, and with screw terminals for system connections. B. Fire-Alarm Visible Notification Appliances: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Honeywell International (Notifier). b. Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC. c. Tyco International (Johnson Controls - Autocall). 2. Performance Criteria: a. Regulatory Requirements: 1) NFPA 72. 2) UL 1971. b. General Characteristics: 1) Rated Light Output: a) 15/30/75/110 cd, selectable in field. 2) Clear or nominal white polycarbonate lens mounted on aluminum faceplate. 3) Mounting: Wall mounted unless otherwise indicated. 4) For units with guards to prevent physical damage, light output ratings must be determined with guards in place. 5) Flashing must be in temporal pattern, synchronized with other units. 6) Strobe Leads: Factory connected to screw terminals. 7) Mounting Faceplate: Factory finished, red. 1637 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2.7 FIRE-ALARM REMOTE ANNUNCIATORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Honeywell International (Notifier). 2. Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC. 3. Tyco International (Johnson Controls - Autocall). B. Performance Criteria: 1. Regulatory Requirements: a. NFPA 72. 2. General Characteristics: a. Annunciator functions must match those of FACU for alarm, supervisory, and trouble indications. Manual switching functions must match those of FACU, including acknowledging, silencing, resetting, and testing. 1) Mounting: Flush cabinet, NEMA 250, Type 1. b. Display Type and Functional Performance: Alphanumeric display and LED indicating lights must match those of FACU. Provide controls to acknowledge, silence, reset, and test functions for alarm, supervisory, and trouble signals. 2.8 FIRE-ALARM ADDRESSABLE INTERFACE DEVICES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Honeywell International (Notifier). 2. Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC. 3. Tyco International (Johnson Controls - Autocall). B. Performance Criteria: 1. Regulatory Requirements: a. NFPA 72. 2. General Characteristics: a. Include address-setting means on module. b. Store internal identifying code for control panel use to identify module type. c. Listed for controlling HVAC fan motor controllers. 1638 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 d. Monitor Module: Microelectronic module providing system address for alarm- initiating devices for wired applications with normally open contacts. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and conditions for compliance with requirements for ventilation, temperat ure, humidity, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. Verify that manufacturer's written instructions for environmental conditions have been permanently established in spaces where equipment and wiring are installed, before installation begins. B. Examine roughing-in for electrical connections to verify actual locations of connections before installation. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Preinstallation Testing: Perform verification of functionality of installed components of existing system prior to starting work. Document equipment or components not functioning as designed. B. Interruption of Existing Fire-Alarm Service: Do not interrupt fire-alarm service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary guard service in accordance with requirements indicated: 1. Notify Construction Manager no fewer than seven days in advance of proposed interruption of fire-alarm service. 2. Do not proceed with interruption of fire-alarm service without Construction Manager's written permission. C. Protection of In-Place Conditions: Protect devices during construction unless devices are placed in service to protect facility during construction. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT A. Comply with NECA 305, NFPA 72, NFPA 101, and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for installation and testing of fire-alarm equipment. Install electrical wiring to comply with requirements in NFPA 70 including, but not limited to, Article 760, "Fire Alarm Systems." 1. Devices placed in service before other trades have completed cleanup must be replaced. 1639 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 2. Devices installed, but not yet placed, in service must be protected from construction dust, debris, dirt, moisture, and damage in accordance with manufacturer's written storage instructions. B. Connecting to Existing Equipment: Verify that existing fire-alarm system is operational before making changes or connections. 1. Connect new equipment to existing control panel in existing part of building. 2. Connect new equipment to existing monitoring equipment at supervising station. 3. Expand, modify, and supplement existing equipment as necessary to extend existing functions to new points. New components must be capable of merging with existing configuration without degrading performance of either system. C. Install wall-mounted equipment, with tops of cabinets not more than 78 inch (1980 mm) above finished floor. D. Manual Fire-Alarm Boxes: 1. Install manual fire-alarm box in normal path of egress within 60 inch (1520 mm) of exit doorway. 2. Mount manual fire-alarm box on background of contrasting color. 3. Operable part of manual fire-alarm box must be between 42 and 48 inch (1060 and 1220 mm) above floor level. Devices must be mounted at same height unless otherwise indicated. E. Smoke- and Heat-Detector Spacing: 1. Comply with "Smoke-Sensing Fire Detectors" section in "Initiating Devices" chapter in NFPA 72, for smoke-detector spacing. 2. Comply with "Heat-Sensing Fire Detectors" section in "Initiating Devices" chapter in NFPA 72, for heat-detector spacing. 3. Smooth ceiling spacing must not exceed 30 ft. (9 m). 4. Spacing of detectors for irregular areas, for irregular ceiling construction, and for high ceiling areas must be determined in accordance with Annex A in NFPA 72. 5. HVAC: Locate detectors not closer than 36 inch (910 mm) from air-supply diffuser or return-air opening. 6. Lighting Fixtures: Locate detectors not closer than 12 inch (300 mm) from lighting fixture and not directly above pendant mounted or indirect lighting. F. Install cover on each smoke detector that is not placed in service during construction. Cover must remain in place except during system testing. Remove cover prior to system turnover. G. Duct Smoke Detectors: Comply with NFPA 72 and NFPA 90A. Install sampling tubes so they extend full width of duct. Tubes more than 36 inch (9100 mm) long must be supported at both ends. 1. Do not install smoke detector in duct smoke-detector housing during construction. Install detector only during system testing and prior to system turnover. 1640 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 H. Remote Status and Alarm Indicators: Install in visible location near each smoke detector, sprinkler water-flow switch, and valve-tamper switch that is not readily visible from normal viewing position. I. Audible Alarm-Indicating Devices: Install not less than 6 inch (150 mm) below ceiling. Install bells and horns on flush-mounted back boxes with device-operating mechanism concealed behind grille. Install devices at same height unless otherwise indicated. J. Visible Alarm-Indicating Devices: Install adjacent to each alarm bell or alarm horn and at least 6 inch (150 mm) below ceiling. Install devices at same height unless otherwise indicated. K. Device Location-Indicating Lights: Locate in public space near device they monitor. 3.4 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS A. Connect wiring in accordance with Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." B. Ground equipment in accordance with Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." C. Install electrical devices furnished by manufacturer, but not factory mounted, in accordance with NFPA 70 and NECA 1. D. Install nameplate for each electrical connection, indicating electrical equipment designation and circuit number feeding connection. 1. Nameplate must be laminated acrylic or melamine plastic signs, as specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." 2. Nameplate must be laminated acrylic or melamine plastic signs with black background and engraved white letters at least 1/2 inch (13 mm) high. 3.5 CONTROL CONNECTIONS A. Install control and electrical power wiring to field-mounted control devices. B. Connect control wiring in accordance with Section 260523 "Control-Voltage Electrical Power Cables." C. Install nameplate for each control connection, indicating field control panel designation and I/O control designation feeding connection. 3.6 PATHWAYS A. Pathways above recessed ceilings and in inaccessible locations may be routed exposed. 1641 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 1. Exposed pathways located less than 96 inch (2440 mm) above floor must be installed in EMT. B. Exposed EMT must be painted red enamel. 3.7 CONNECTIONS A. For fire-protection systems related to doors in fire-rated walls and partitions and to doors in smoke partitions, comply with requirements in Section 087100 "Door Hardware." Connect hardware and devices to fire-alarm system. 1. Verify that hardware and devices are listed for use with installed fire-alarm system before making connections. B. Make addressable connections with supervised interface device to the following devices and systems. Install interface device less than 36 inch (910 mm) from device controlled. Make addressable confirmation connection when such feedback is available at device or system being controlled. 1. Alarm-initiating connection to smoke-control system (smoke management) at firefighters' smoke-control system panel. 2. Alarm-initiating connection to stairwell and elevator-shaft pressurization systems. 3. Smoke dampers in air ducts of designated HVAC duct systems. 4. Magnetically held-open doors. 5. Electronically locked doors and access gates. 6. Alarm-initiating connection to elevator recall system and components. 7. Alarm-initiating connection to activate emergency lighting control. 8. Alarm-initiating connection to activate emergency shutoffs for gas and fuel supplies. 9. Supervisory connections at valve supervisory switches. 10. Supervisory connections at low-air-pressure switch of each dry-pipe sprinkler system. 11. Supervisory connections at elevator shunt-trip breaker. 12. Data communication circuits for connection to building management system. 13. Data communication circuits for connection to mass notification system. 14. Supervisory connections at fire-extinguisher locations. 15. Supervisory connections at fire-pump power failure including dead-phase or phase- reversal condition. 16. Supervisory connections at fire-pump engine control panel. 3.8 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components, wiring, cabling, and terminals. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Section 270553 "Identification for Communications Systems." B. Install framed instructions in location visible from FACU. 1642 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 3.9 GROUNDING A. Ground FACU and associated circuits in accordance with Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." B. Ground shielded cables at control panel location only. Insulate shield at device location. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field tests must be witnessed by authorities having jurisdiction. B. Administrant for Tests and Inspections: 1. Administer and perform tests and inspections. C. Tests and Inspections: 1. Visual Inspection: Conduct visual inspection prior to testing. a. Inspection must be based on completed record Drawings and system documentation that is required by "Completion Documents, Preparation" table in "Documentation" section of "Fundamentals" chapter in NFPA 72. b. Comply with "Visual Inspection Frequencies" table in "Inspection" section of "Inspection, Testing and Maintenance" chapter in NFPA 72; retain "Initial/Reacceptance" column and list only installed components. 2. System Testing: Comply with "Test Methods" table in "Testing" section of "Inspection, Testing and Maintenance" chapter in NFPA 72. 3. Test audible appliances for public operating mode in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Perform test using portable sound-level meter complying with Type 2 requirements in ASA S1.4 Part 1/IEC 61672-1. 4. Test audible appliances for private operating mode in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. 5. Test visible appliances for public operating mode in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. 6. Factory-authorized service representative must prepare "Fire Alarm System Record of Completion" in "Documentation" section of "Fundamentals" chapter in NFPA 72 and "Inspection and Testing Form" in "Records" section of "Inspection, Testing and Maintenance" chapter in NFPA 72. D. Reacceptance Testing: Perform reacceptance testing to verify proper operation of added or replaced devices and appliances. E. Fire-alarm system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. F. Prepare test and inspection reports. 1643 Item 2. City of Columbia Heights, MN Pricing Review Set City Hall PERMIT DOCUMENTS 023-10311-000 February 18, 2022 END OF SECTION 284621.11 1644 Item 2. 023-10311-00 APPENDIX A COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN Appendix - A Audiovisual Equipment Schedule TYP.Mfg.Model Description Qty Unit Price Ext. Price NEC C981Q 98” Direct LED 4K LCD Public Display Monitor 1 -$ -$ Chief XTSM1U X-Large Fusion Micro-Adjustable Tilt Wall Mount 1 -$ -$ Chief FCA115 Fusion Wall Plate 1 -$ -$ QSC PTZ-20x60 Q-SYS PoE Camera for AV-to-USB Bridging 1 -$ -$ QSC I/O USB Bridge Q-SYS PoE Bridging End Point 1 -$ -$ Barco CX-50 ClickShare Wireless Conferencing System 1 -$ -$ Shure MXA710AL-4FT Linear Array Microphone - 4FT 1 -$ -$ Shure A710-FM-4FT Four Foot Flush Mount Kit for MXA710 1 -$ -$ Stewart Audio CVA40-1-CV-D Single-Channel Dante Subcompact PoE++ Amplifier 40W 1 -$ -$ QSC AC-C6T 6.5-inch 2-way Speakers 6 -$ -$ Crestron GLS-OIR-C-NS Passive Infrared Ceiling Mount - Occupancy Sensor 1 -$ -$ Crestron GLSA-ODT/OIR-FP-500 Occupancy Sensor Lens, 500 SQ FT 1 -$ -$ Crestron TSW-760-B-S 7-Inch Touch Screen - Black 1 -$ -$ Crestron TSW-760-TTK-B-S Tabletop Kit for TSW-760 - Black 1 -$ -$ Crestron HD-TX-101-C-E DM Lite - HDMI over CATx Transmitter Surface Mount 1 -$ -$ Crestron HD-RX-101-C-E DM Lite - HDMI over CATx Receiver Surface Mount 1 -$ -$ Crestron FT2-202-MECH-AL FT2-202 Cable 1 -$ -$ Crestron FT2A-PLT-PT-10 Cable pass-Through Plate 4 -$ -$ Crestron FT2A-PLT-BLANK-10 Blank Modules for FT2 Sereis 2 -$ -$ Crestron FT2A-CBLR-CR-4K-HD Gravity Cable Retractor for FT2 Series HDMI to HDMI 1 -$ -$ Crestron FT2A-PWR-US-1 AC Power Outlet Module for FT2 Series, US NEMA 1 -$ -$ Crestron FT2A-CHGR-USBA-BASIC USB Rapid Charging Module for FT2 Series, Mechanical 1 -$ -$ Crestron FT2A-PLT-BLANK-10 Blank Plate Modules for FT2 Series 1 -$ -$ CONFERENCE ROOM 175 HARDWARE TOTAL -$ Misc. Parts and Cabling -$ Installation Labor -$ Programming & DSP Configuration Labor -$ Project Management & Engineering Labor -$ Freight & All Other Costs -$ TYP.Mfg.Model Description Qty Unit Price Ext. Price NEC E557Q 55” LED 4K Public Display Monitor with built-in ATSC (8-VSB, Clear-QAM)/NT 1 -$ -$ Chief MTM1U Medium Fusion Micro-Adjustable Tilt Wall Mount 1 -$ -$ QSC PTZ-IP 12x72 Q-SYS PoE Camera for AV-to-USB Bridging 1 -$ -$ QSC I/O USB Bridge Q-SYS PoE Bridging End Point 1 -$ -$ Barco CX-50 ClickShare Wireless Conferencing System 1 -$ -$ Shure MXA710AL-2FT Linear Array Microphone - 2FT 1 -$ -$ Shure A710-FM-2FT Two Foot Flush Mount Kit for MXA710 1 -$ -$ Stewart Audio CVA40-1-CV-D Single-Channel Dante Subcompact PoE++ Amplifier 40W 1 -$ -$ QSC AC-C6T 6.5-inch 2-way Speakers 4 -$ -$ Crestron GLS-OIR-C-NS Passive Infrared Ceiling Mount - Occupancy Sensor 1 -$ -$ Crestron GLSA-ODT/OIR-FP-500 Occupancy Sensor Lens, 500 SQ FT 1 -$ -$ Crestron TSW-760-B-S 7-Inch Touch Screen - Black 1 -$ -$ Crestron TSW-760-TTK-B-S Tabletop Kit for TSW-760 - Black 1 -$ -$ Crestron HD-TX-101-C-E DM Lite - HDMI over CATx Transmitter Surface Mount 1 -$ -$ Crestron HD-RX-101-C-E DM Lite - HDMI over CATx Receiver Surface Mount 1 -$ -$ Crestron FT2-202-MECH-AL FT2-202 Cable 1 -$ -$ Crestron FT2A-PLT-PT-10 Cable pass-Through Plate 4 -$ -$ Crestron FT2A-PLT-BLANK-10 Blank Modules for FT2 Sereis 2 -$ -$ Crestron FT2A-CBLR-CR-4K-HD Gravity Cable Retractor for FT2 Series HDMI to HDMI 1 -$ -$ Crestron FT2A-PWR-US-1 AC Power Outlet Module for FT2 Series, US NEMA 1 -$ -$ Crestron FT2A-CHGR-USBA-BASIC USB Rapid Charging Module for FT2 Series, Mechanical 1 -$ -$ Crestron FT2A-PLT-BLANK-10 Blank Plate Modules for FT2 Series 1 -$ -$ CONFERENCE ROOM 187 HARDWARE TOTAL -$ Misc. Parts and Cabling -$ Installation Labor -$ Programming & DSP Configuration Labor -$ Project Management & Engineering Labor -$ Freight & All Other Costs -$ CONFERENCE ROOM 175 CONFERENCE ROOM 187 INTEGRATED AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEMS 27 41 16 -1 1645 Item 2. 023-10311-00 APPENDIX A COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN TYP.Mfg.Model Description Qty Unit Price Ext. Price NEC E557Q 55” LED 4K Public Display Monitor with built-in ATSC (8-VSB, Clear-QAM)/NT 1 -$ -$ Chief MTM1U Medium Fusion Micro-Adjustable Tilt Wall Mount 1 -$ -$ QSC PTZ-IP 12x72 Q-SYS PoE Camera for AV-to-USB Bridging 1 -$ -$ QSC I/O USB Bridge Q-SYS PoE Bridging End Point 1 -$ -$ Barco CX-50 ClickShare Wireless Conferencing System 1 -$ -$ Shure MXA710AL-2FT Linear Array Microphone - 2FT 1 -$ -$ Shure A710-FM-2FT Two Foot Flush Mount Kit for MXA710 1 -$ -$ Stewart Audio CVA40-1-CV-D Single-Channel Dante Subcompact PoE++ Amplifier 40W 1 -$ -$ QSC AC-C6T 6.5-inch 2-way Speakers 4 -$ -$ Crestron GLS-OIR-C-NS Passive Infrared Ceiling Mount - Occupancy Sensor 1 -$ -$ Crestron GLSA-ODT/OIR-FP-500 Occupancy Sensor Lens, 500 SQ FT 1 -$ -$ Crestron TSW-760-B-S 7-Inch Touch Screen - Black 1 -$ -$ Crestron TSW-760-TTK-B-S Tabletop Kit for TSW-760 - Black 1 -$ -$ Crestron HD-TX-101-C-E DM Lite - HDMI over CATx Transmitter Surface Mount 1 -$ -$ Crestron HD-RX-101-C-E DM Lite - HDMI over CATx Receiver Surface Mount 1 -$ -$ Crestron FT2-202-MECH-AL FT2-202 Cable 1 -$ -$ Crestron FT2A-PLT-PT-10 Cable pass-Through Plate 4 -$ -$ Crestron FT2A-PLT-BLANK-10 Blank Modules for FT2 Sereis 2 -$ -$ Crestron FT2A-CBLR-CR-4K-HD Gravity Cable Retractor for FT2 Series HDMI to HDMI 1 -$ -$ Crestron FT2A-PWR-US-1 AC Power Outlet Module for FT2 Series, US NEMA 1 -$ -$ Crestron FT2A-CHGR-USBA-BASIC USB Rapid Charging Module for FT2 Series, Mechanical 1 -$ -$ Crestron FT2A-PLT-BLANK-10 Blank Plate Modules for FT2 Series 1 -$ -$ CONFERENCE ROOM 123 HARDWARE TOTAL -$ Misc. Parts and Cabling -$ Installation Labor -$ Programming & DSP Configuration Labor -$ Project Management & Engineering Labor -$ Freight & All Other Costs -$ TYP.Mfg.Model Description Qty Unit Price Ext. Price NEC C981Q 98” Direct LED 4K LCD Public Display Monitor 1 -$ -$ Chief XSM1U X-Large Fusion Micro-Adjustable Tilt Wall Mount 1 -$ -$ Chief FCA115 Fusion Wall Plate 1 -$ -$ QSC PTZ-20x60 Q-SYS PoE Camera for AV-to-USB Bridging 1 -$ -$ QSC I/O USB Bridge Q-SYS PoE Bridging End Point 1 -$ -$ Barco CX-50 ClickShare Wireless Conferencing System 1 -$ -$ Shure MXA710AL-2FT Linear Array Microphone - 2FT 2 -$ -$ Shure A710-FM-2FT Two Foot Flush Mount Kit for MXA710 2 -$ -$ QSC SPA2-60 1/2 Rack 250W 70V Amplifier 1 -$ -$ Stewart Audio CVA40-1-CV-D Single-Channel Dante Subcompact PoE++ Amplifier 40W 2 -$ -$ QSC AC-C6T 6.5-inch 2-way Speakers 8 -$ -$ Crestron GLS-OIR-C-NS Passive Infrared Ceiling Mount - Occupancy Sensor 1 -$ -$ Crestron GLSA-ODT/OIR-FP-500 Occupancy Sensor Lens, 500 SQ FT 1 -$ -$ Crestron HD-TX-101-C-E DM Lite - HDMI over CATx Transmitter Surface Mount 1 -$ -$ Crestron HD-RX-101-C-E DM Lite - HDMI over CATx Receiver Surface Mount 1 -$ -$ Crestron FT2-202-MECH-AL FT2-202 Cable 1 -$ -$ Crestron FT2A-PLT-PT-10 Cable pass-Through Plate 4 -$ -$ Crestron FT2A-PLT-BLANK-10 Blank Modules for FT2 Sereis 2 -$ -$ Crestron FT2A-CBLR-CR-4K-HD Gravity Cable Retractor for FT2 Series HDMI to HDMI 1 -$ -$ Crestron FT2A-PWR-US-1 AC Power Outlet Module for FT2 Series, US NEMA 1 -$ -$ Crestron FT2A-CHGR-USBA-BASIC USB Rapid Charging Module for FT2 Series, Mechanical 1 -$ -$ Crestron FT2A-PLT-BLANK-10 Blank Plate Modules for FT2 Series 1 -$ -$ CONFERENCE ROOM 106 HARDWARE TOTAL -$ Misc. Parts and Cabling -$ Installation Labor -$ Programming & DSP Configuration Labor -$ Project Management & Engineering Labor -$ Freight & All Other Costs -$ CONFERENCE ROOM 123 CONFERENCE ROOM 106 INTEGRATED AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEMS 27 41 16 -2 1646 Item 2. 023-10311-00 APPENDIX A COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN TYP.Mfg.Model Description Qty Unit Price Ext. Price QSC Core 510i CTO Integrated Core w/ 256x256 networked audio channels 1 -$ -$ QSC RP1 Rear Blank Panel 8 -$ -$ Crestron CP3N 3-Series Control System w/ (2) Ethernet Ports 1 -$ -$ QSC Q-SYS NS-1148P Pre-Configured Dell EMC Network Switches 1 -$ -$ SHARED AV COMPONENTS HARDWARE TOTAL -$ Misc. Parts and Cabling -$ Installation Labor -$ Programming & DSP Configuration Labor -$ Project Management & Engineering Labor -$ Freight & All Other Costs -$ TYP.Mfg.Model Description Qty Unit Price Ext. Price NEC E657Q 65” LED 4K Public Display Monitor with built-in ATSC 1 -$ -$ Chief LTM1U Large Fusion Micro-Adjustable Tilt Wall Mount 1 -$ -$ Brightsign XD234 Standerd I/O Player 1 -$ -$ FIRESIDE/MULTI-PURPOSE ROOM 120 HARDWARE TOTAL -$ Misc. Parts and Cabling -$ Installation Labor -$ Programming & DSP Configuration Labor -$ Project Management & Engineering Labor -$ Freight & All Other Costs -$ TYP.Mfg.Model Description Qty Unit Price Ext. Price NEC C551 55" Thin-Depth Commercial Display 3 -$ -$ Chief MTM1U Medium Fusion Micro-Adjustable Tilt Wall Mount 3 -$ -$ Brightsign XD234 Standerd I/O Player 2 -$ -$ Tighrope Media CLD-PRO-PLR-1YR Media Player License 1 -$ -$ Tighrope Media CLD-CHD-BASIC Basic Channel Design 1 -$ -$ Tighrope Media CLD-ACAD-USER Content-Creation Training Course 1 -$ -$ Tighrope Media CLD-ACAD-ADMIN Admin Training Course 1 -$ -$ Tighrope Media CLD-ACAD-ALL All-User Courses Bundle 1 -$ -$ DIGITAL SIGNAGE HARDWARE TOTAL -$ Misc. Parts and Cabling -$ Installation Labor -$ Programming & DSP Configuration Labor -$ Project Management & Engineering Labor -$ Freight & All Other Costs -$ TYP.Mfg.Model Description Qty Unit Price Ext. Price NEC C981Q 98” Direct LED 4K LCD Public Display Monitor 2 -$ -$ Chief XTM1U X-Large Fusion Micro-Adjustable Tilt Wall Mount 2 -$ -$ Chief FCA115 Fusion Wall Plate 2 -$ -$ NEC C551 55" Thin-Depth Commercial Display 1 -$ -$ Chief MTM1U Medium Fusion Micro-Adjustable Tilt Wall Mount 1 -$ -$ Dell U2419H Dell Ultrasharp 24" Monitor 16 -$ -$ Chief FTR100 Small Flat Planel Tilt Wall Mount 16 -$ -$ Crestron HD-DA4-4KZ-E 1:4 HDMI Distribution Amplifier w/ 4K60 4:4:4 Support 5 -$ -$ Crestron DM-NVX-350 DM NVX 4K60 4:4:4 HDR Network AV Encoder/Decoder 14 -$ -$ Wolfvision VZ-8neo HD Document Camera 1 -$ -$ Shure MX412/C 12-Inch Gooseneck Microphone w/ Built in preamp 16 -$ -$ Custom Custom Custom 1-Gang Microphone Plate 16 -$ -$ K-Array Lyzard-KZ14 Minature Slim Line Array 16 -$ -$ Stewart Audio MC850-LZ-D 8-Channel Dante/AES67 Amplifer 2 -$ -$ QSC AD-P6T 6.5-Inch, 2-Way, Pendant-Mount Loudspeaker 7 -$ -$ QSC AC-C6T 6.5-inch 2-way Speakers 4 -$ -$ QSC CXD4.2Q 700W x 4 Channel Amplifier 1 -$ -$ QSC Core 510i CTO Integrated Core w/ 256x256 networked audio channels 1 -$ -$ QSC CIML4 4-Channels, Mic/Line Level Analog Audio in w/ 48V Phantom 5 -$ -$ QSC COL4 4-Channels, Balanced, Line-Level Output 2 -$ -$ QSC RP1 Rear Blank Panel 1 -$ -$ QSC Q-SYS NS-1148P Pre-Configured Dell EMC Network Switches 1 -$ -$ WilliamsAV FM 588012 PRO FM Plus Assistive Listening System 1 -$ -$ FIRESIDE/MULTI-PURPOSE ROOM 120 DIGITAL SIGNAGE CITY COUNCIL CHAMBERS SHARED AV COMPONENTS INTEGRATED AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEMS 27 41 16 -3 1647 Item 2. 023-10311-00 APPENDIX A COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY HALL COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN Shure QLXD124/85 Handheld and Lavalier Combo Wireless Microphone System 2 -$ -$ Shure UA845UWB Antenna Distribution System 1 -$ -$ Shure UA834 In-Line Antenna Amplifier 2 -$ -$ Shure SBC800-US 8-Bay Shure Battery Charger for SB900 w/ Power Supply 1 -$ -$ Shure SB900A Shure Lithium-Ion Battery 4 -$ -$ Crestron CP3N 3-Series Control System w/ (2) Ethernet Ports 1 -$ -$ Crestron TSW-760-B-S 7-Inch Touch Screen, Black 1 -$ -$ Crestron TSW-760-TTK-B-S Tabletop Kit for TSW-760, Black 1 -$ -$ Crestron TSW-1060-B-S 10.1-Inch Touch Screen, Black 1 -$ -$ Crestron TSW-1060-TTK-B-S Tabletop Kit for TSW-1060, Black 1 -$ -$ Panasonic AW-HN130K HD PTZ Camera w/ IP Control & NDI 4 -$ -$ Vaddio 535-2000-223 Thin Profile Wall Mount Bracket 4 -$ -$ NewTek FG-002694-R001 Tricaster TC410 Plus Base Bundle 1 -$ -$ Dell U2719D Ultrasharp 27-Inch Monitor 2 -$ -$ Blackbox IC400A-R2 4-Port USB 2.0 Type-A over CatX Extender 330'1 -$ -$ Yamaha HS7 6.5-Inch Powered Studio Monitor - Black 2 -$ -$ Focusrite RedNETAM2 Dante Stereo Output Device 1 -$ -$ NEC E327 32" Display w/ Integrated ATSC/NTSC Tuner 1 -$ -$ Chief MIWRFVB Medium Low-Profile In-Wall Swing Arm Mount - 10"1 -$ -$ AJA GEN10 HD/SD Sync Generator 1 -$ -$ Cablecast CBL-VI02-600 Cableast VIO 2 2-Channel Video Server 10 TB & CG 1 -$ -$ AJA KUMO 1616 Compact 3G-SDI Router 16x16 1 -$ -$ AJA KUMO CP Network Control Panel 1 -$ -$ AJA UDC Up/Down/Cross Coverter 1 -$ -$ Middle Atlantic VC-7219-WS18 Viewpoint Bay, 72"W, 19"D, 3 Access Panels, 18" Work Surface 1 -$ -$ Middle Atlantic VC-SP2-19 Viewpoint Side Panel Pair, Style 2, for 19" Deep Bays 1 -$ -$ Middle Atlantic VC-SSK Viewpoint Console Smart Start Kit, Inst and Hardware 1 -$ -$ Middle Atlantic VC-MM1X1C Viewpoint Monitor Mount 1x1 4 -$ -$ Middle Atlantic WRK-44SA-32LRD WRK-SA Series Rack, 44 RU, 32" D, W/O Rear Door 1 -$ -$ Middle Atlantic CBS-WRK-32 Caster Base, 32" D, WRK Series 1 -$ -$ Middle Atlantic UPS-2200-IP Premium Series UPS RackMount, 8 Outlet 2150VA 1 -$ -$ Middle Atlantic PD-2420SC-NS Slim Power Strip, 24 Outlet 20A 1 -$ -$ CITY COUNCIL CHAMBERS HARDWARE TOTAL -$ Misc. Parts and Cabling -$ Installation Labor -$ Programming & DSP Configuration Labor -$ Project Management & Engineering Labor -$ Freight & All Other Costs -$ INTEGRATED AUDIO VISUAL SYSTEMS 27 41 16 -4 1648 Item 2.